pi- 
 
 CORNELL 
 
 UNIVERSITY 
 
 LIBRARY 
 
 FROM 
 
 P. R. Cameron 
 
r /// 
 
 Date Due 
 
 
 (M- 
 
 '-'' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 FiEB- 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 £V 
 
 
 
 r^^ 
 
 
 
 ^tf/^ 
 
 ft^/^^ 
 
 m 
 
 
 Vf 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 'i £> 
 
 corneu University Library 
 PL 6446.A56 
 
 of the Hawaiian lanfluaf,; 
 Dictionary pf.we„n„,|,,,„,|,,,|,|,|i|inim|n 
 
 7924 026 916 167 
 
The original of tiiis book is in 
 tine Cornell University Library. 
 
 There are no known copyright restrictions in 
 the United States on the use of the text. 
 
 http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924026916167 
 
DICTIONARY 
 
 HAWAIIAN LANGUAGE, 
 
 TO -WHICH IS APPBNDBD AM 
 
 ENGLISH-HAWAIIAN YOCABULAEY 
 
 AND A 
 
 CHEONOLOGICAL TABLE OF REMARKABLE EVENTS 
 
 BY LORRIN ANDREWS, 
 
S-Tv 
 
 TO THE 
 
 FOREIGN RESIDENTS ON THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS, 
 
 THE 
 
 BY TBEIR 
 
 FELLOW-CITIZEN AND HUMBLE SERVANT. THE AUTHOR. 
 
AUTHOU'S PREFACE. 
 
 It was the intention of the Author of this volume to make some extended 
 remarks concerning the character, peculiarities and extent of the Hawaiian 
 Language, by way of Preface or Introduction} but the want of physical strength, 
 and especially of mental energy, has induced him to forego such an attempt and 
 be contented with a mere History of the manner in which this Dic^onary has 
 come into existence. The History of Hawaiian Lexicography is shgirt. For 
 the first effort the Author will quote from the preface of "A Vocabulary of 
 Words in the Hawaiian Language'* as follows ; 
 
 " At a General Meeting of ttie Hiasion ia SUne, 1834, it was Toted, That Mb. Andrews 
 prepare a Voc(ihvkiry 0/ the BawaUan Zaiigiiage.^ At the same time a wish was earnestly 
 expressed and often repeated, that the work should not be delayed, but should be printed 
 as seen as possible ; and it was fully nuderstood and expected that the work would neces- 
 sarily be an imperfect one. ' 
 
 "On receiving the above appointment IVom the Mission, <he Compiler set about a review 
 of his materiaU for the compilation af a Vocabulary. The materials at and and irom 
 whicb the following work has beea compiled were the following : 
 
 " 1. A vocabulary of words collected mostly, it is believed, by Mr. Loomis, formerly a 
 member of this Mission. This was transcribed by the Compiler on his voyage from the 
 tTnited States, and put to use in 1828. In using it, bis object was to insert every new word 
 wbjch he saw in print or understood in conversation or could obtain in any oUier.way, 
 besides correcting such mistakes as had been made in transcribing from the copy of Mr. 
 Loomis. It was also a point with him to insert, if possible, the authority. Owing, however, 
 to his ignorance of the Language at the time, many mistakes were made both in thu orthog- 
 raphy of the Words and in the d^nitions. 
 
 " 2. A vocabulary of words arranged, it is believed, in part by Mr. Ely, at the request of 
 the Mission, and finished by Mr. Bishop. A copy of this was receijied and transcribed by 
 the Compiler in the summer of 1829. Every other page was left blank for the insertion of 
 new words, and for any such other corrections or additions as should be important. In 
 using this manuscript, the same method was taken as with the Vocabulary of Hr. Loomis. 
 New words and new definitions oi words before c<dlected, increased the suse of the book''to 
 a considerable extent. 
 
 " On the slightest review of these irregular masses of materials, it was manifest that the 
 labor of a thorough examination of every word, either by consulting intelligent Natives or 
 by examining the usus loquendi from such manuscripts as could be obtained, or from the 
 books that had been printed, mast necessarily be a very protracted Ubor— the labor of 
 some years at least. In consideration, therefore, of the argent desire-thBtsometbing should 
 be commenced in the form of a Vocabulary, and that a work having any pretensions to 
 perfection must bo slow in its progress, and protracted in its completion— and as the Com- 
 piltt was burdened with labors of vaother kind— be judged it best to keduce the materials 
 
VI AUTHOR'S PREPACB. 
 
 Still there has b^n ftibple room for th^ exercise of the Author's own judg* 
 ment. The different departments in which he has been called to act, as that of 
 a Missionary, a Tocher in the Seminary at LahainalUna, a Magistrate in the 
 different Courts of the Kingdom and Secretary of the PriTy Council, in all which 
 the Hawaiian Language was used, have brought before him a great variety of 
 forms of speech, and perhaps also, a greater variety of the senses in which many 
 words are used than could have been obtained had he been confined to any one 
 department. But after all, as he reviews his Dictionary, ne feels that he has 
 nothing to boast of. The deficiencies are still great. Much vriil remain for the 
 Author's successors t6 do before the genius, extent, and peculiarities of tha 
 Hawaiian Language will be fUlly developed. 
 
 There are several departments of the language the words of which are but 
 feebly represented in this Dictionary. That which relates to the imaginative 
 ih the Kaaos or Legends of difierent classes, — that which relates to what ma^ 
 be termed their philosophical views, i. e., their mode of accounting for natural 
 phenomena, as the creation of their own islands, — ^the Origin of their fieligioos 
 rites, — arid especially the power of imagination displayed in their Meles and the 
 consequent richness of their language for expressing the nicest shades of love» 
 of hatred, of jealousy and revenge, and the language employed by the priests 
 when drawing on their gods for assistance, are but partially presented in die 
 definitions of this Dictionary. The Kaao of Laieikaw^i is alpnost the only spec- 
 imen of that species of language which has been laid before the public. Many 
 fine specimens have been printed in the Hawaiian periodicals, but are neither 
 seen ttor regarded by the foreign community. Volumes more of the same qual- 
 ity as Laieikawai might be collected and printed and whose moral influence 
 would be no worse on Hawaiian rainds than the famous Scott's Novels are on 
 Eiiglish readers. The study of these Kaaos would demonstrate that the Hawai- 
 ians possessed a language not only adapted to their former necessities, but capa- 
 ble of being used ih introducing the arts of civilized society, and especially of 
 pure morals, of law and the religion of the Bible. 
 
 The number of words in this Dictionary is about 15,500. The Author would 
 here state that four-fifths of the work were completed before he had any intima- 
 tion that it would ever be printed. It was written solely for his own amuse- 
 ment and information, and preparatory to a more full investigation of those 
 departments of the language above mentioned. He has been desirous lor many 
 years of going more fully into the study of Hawaiian poetry, and as a prepara- 
 tion to it he was induced to collect specimens of the language of common life* 
 hence the origin of this Dictionary, An appropriation of money for a Dictionary 
 passed by the Legislature of i860 without his knowledge, was the first intima- 
 
AUTHOB'S PBEFAOE. Vll 
 
 tion the Author had that such a work was desired by the Foreign coramumty 
 on the Islands. 
 
 Much praise is due to the Managers of the Office of the Advertiser for the 
 correctness of the printing. Seldom is a book of this size printed with so few 
 typographical errors. The public will also feel indebted to Professor Alexander 
 for assiduous attention not only in one reading of each proof sheet, hut in sug- 
 gesting improvements in the language of definitions. The work is now sub- 
 mitted to a candid public. The Author hopes and prays that as God has spared 
 his life to bring it to a close, he will in som? way make it useful to the increase 
 of intelligence in this Hawaiian Kingdom. 
 
 LORBIN ANDREWS. 
 HoNoiutn, April, 1865. 
 
Vlll 
 
 AUTHOE'S PKEFAOZ. 
 
 NOTICES TO THE READER. 
 
 The Reader will notice that the Order of words in the Dictionary does not 
 follow the order of letters in the English Alphabet, but they follow the order in 
 which they stand in the Hawaiian ^rs^ booh for children, viz. : 1st, the vowels j 
 2d, the Hawaiian consonants, and 3d, such foreign consonants as have been in- 
 troduced in connection with foreign words. (See the Alphabet below.) 
 
 In arranging the definitions, where there are several attached to a word, the 
 Author has endeavored first to ascertain, if possible, the radical idea of the word 
 in its simplest form, and from that he has used his best judgment in arranging 
 in the order d their sequence the various derived significations. How far he 
 has succeeded must be left to the judgment of the Reader. 
 
 The Reader of Hawaiian vrill notice that many words begin with the letters 
 hoo. In looking in the Dictionary for such words, he may not find them ; thus, 
 haoncumao will not be found under the letter H. Throw off then the hoo and 
 look for TWMiao, v., and there it will appear, and so of many others. 
 
 The sounds of the vowels will appear in the Alphabet below, and in the same 
 order as they stand in the Dictionary. 
 
 Hawaiian Vowels. 
 
 A as heard in arch, ask, Sec. 
 
 E as in hate, late, &c. 
 
 I as in ee in English, or as i in piqtie. 
 
 O as long in Twte. 
 
 IT as 00 in coo. 
 
 Hawaiian 
 Consonants 
 
 
 
 X 
 
 B. 
 
 H 
 
 
 
 D. 
 
 E 
 
 
 Foreign 
 
 F. 
 
 L 
 
 
 Consonants 
 
 G. 
 
 v' 
 
 as in English. 
 
 pronounced 
 
 R. 
 
 N 
 
 
 as in 
 
 S. 
 
 P 
 
 
 English. 
 
 T. 
 
 W 
 
 
 
 V. 
 
 
 
 
 Z. 
 
 L. A. 
 
INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 
 
 The Hawaiian is but a dialect of tiie great Polynesian language, which is 
 spoken with extraordinary uniformity over all the numerous islands of the Pacific 
 Ocean between New Zealand and Hawaii. Again, the Polynesian language is 
 but one member of that wide-spread family of languages, known as the Malayo- 
 Polynesian or Oceanic family, which extends from Madagascar to the Hawaiian 
 Islands, and from New Zealand to Formosa. 
 
 The Hawaiian dialect is peculiarly interesting to the philologist from its 
 isolated position, being the most remote of the family from its primeval seat in 
 South-Eastern Asia, and leading as it were the van while the Malagasy brings 
 up the rear. We will first give a brief account of what has been done for these 
 languages, chiefly by European scholars. 
 
 The similarity of the Polynesian dialects to one another is so striking that it 
 did not escape the iiotice of the first discoverers in this Ocean. Dr. Reinhold 
 Forster, the celebrated naturalist of Captain Cook's second voyage, drew up a 
 table containing 47 words taken from 11 Oceanic dialects, and the corresponding 
 terms in Malay, Mexican, Peruvian and Chilian. From this table he inferred 
 that the Polynesian languages afford many analogies with the Malay, while 
 they present no point of contact with the American languages. Afterhim Mr, 
 Anderson, in a. comparative table, which was published at the end of Cook*s 
 third voyage, drew attention to the striking resemblance of the Polynesian 
 numerals to those of the Malay archipelago and Madagascar. 
 
 According to Max Muller, it was the Abbe Lorenzo Hervas who first made 
 what he calls ''one of the most brilliant discoveries in thehistory of the science 
 of language, the establishment of the Malay and Poljrnesian femily of speech, 
 extending irom the Island of Madagascar over 208 degrees of longitude to Easter 
 Island," &c. From what has been said, however, it is evident that the credit 
 of this discovery is really due to Forster and Anderson". Hervas was a Spanish 
 Jesuit, who spent several years as a missionary in South America, where his 
 attention was drawn to the comparative study of languages. After his return 
 to Europe, he lived chiefly at Home, where his correspondence with Jesuit mis- 
 sionaries in all parts of the world gave him great assistance in his philological re- 
 searches. Inhis "Catalogue of Languages," published in the year 1800, he clearly 
 stated this relationship, which it was reserved for a Humboldt to demonstrate. 
 
 A few years later William Marsden, who was the first to investigate with 
 2 
 
X INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 
 
 accuracy the history of the East Indian Archipelago, arrived independently at 
 the same conclusions. He considered all the insular nations as colonies from 
 the Malays, whose original home was the Island of Sumatra, and their coiumon 
 speech he termed the Great Polynesian. 
 
 John Crawford, in his great work on the East Indian Archipelago, published 
 in 1820, in which he gave a valuable comparative vocabulary, advanced a very 
 different theory, which has occasioned a great deal of discussion, and is not 
 without its advocates even at the present day. He supposed that the basis of 
 each barbarous language was originally distinct, each tribe being a distinct race, 
 and properly indigenous. The common words in each dialect he supposed to 
 have been derived from a foreign language, which he calls the Great Polynesian, 
 and which was spread, as he imagined, by a more civilized people, through 
 conquest and commercial intercourse, over the whole Archipelago. On this 
 subject we briefly remark that his theory affords no explanation of the dispersion 
 of the Polynesian race over the islands of the Pacific Ocean. Besides we have 
 good reason to believe that whatever superiority in civilization is enjoyed by the 
 East Indian islanders, was derived by them from Continental India, long after 
 the dispersion of the insular races from their common center, and not from his 
 imaginary Great Polynesian. Again, the words which are common to all these 
 languages are such as are least likely to have been borrowed by one race from 
 another, as the pronouns, the numerals, the names of family relations, of parts 
 of the body, of the great objects of nature, and all the simplest ideas of every- 
 day life. The Saxons, for example, learned to use many Norman-French words, 
 bat nibst of their household words remained Saxon. So did their numerals, so 
 did their pronouns, and so in the highest degree did their grammar. 
 
 Dumont d'Urville^s report on the Philology of the French Exploring Expedi- 
 tion, during the years 1825-1829, published in 1833, reflects great credit on its 
 author. Besides other valuable materials, it contains a comparative vocabulary 
 of seven Oceanic languages, comprising over eight hundred, words in the Mada- 
 gascar, New Zealand, Tongan, Tahitian, Hawaiian and Malay languages. 
 
 In the able essay which accompanied it, he drew attention to the fact that a 
 • class of words common to the Malagasy and the Polynesian are wanting in the 
 Malay; which confirmed, as he justly thought, Forster's opinion tliat "all these 
 languages were derived from one very ancient tongue, now lost," which held 
 towards them all the relation of a common parent, the Polyriesian having re- 
 mained nearest to the original type, while the Malay has been greatly modified 
 by the influence of the Sanscrit, and the Malagasy by the African and Arabic 
 languages. M. d'ljrville then goes on to advance an ingenious hypothesis, 
 which, however, will not stand the test of examination, that a continent like 
 Australia, or at least an archipelago, once occupied part of Polynesia, inhabited 
 
INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. XJ 
 
 by a people of whon) (he Polynesian tribes are but the remnant that have sur- 
 vived some great convulsioii of the globe. In that case the Malays would have 
 been but colonists from the supposed Polynesian continent, Who had followed 
 the general course of the trade winds. 
 
 The earliest really scientific analysis of the structure of a Polynesian language, 
 with which we aire acquainted, is the work on the Hawaiian language published 
 at Berlin in 1837, by Adelbert von Chamisso, the poet, who had been the natu- 
 ralist of the Russian Exploring Expedition, under Kofzebue, in the years 1815 
 to 1818. It is a work of rare ability, considering the meagre materials which 
 the author had at his command. In the year 1838 appeared a work by Baron 
 Y/illiara von Humboldt, the distinguished statesman and scholar, which marked 
 a oew era in the history of the science of .language, and which first fixed on an 
 impregnable basis the relationship of the Malayo-Polynesian languages. This 
 great work " On the Kawi Language in the ' Island of Java," which was edited 
 after the author's death by his friend and assistant, M. Buschmatm, has ever 
 since been regarded as a model and masterpiece of philological research. In 
 the words of Professor De Vere, "the Kawi served him as a canvas on which to 
 weave those truths and that wisdom, which have placed bis name in universal 
 comparative philology by the side of that of Leibnitz." 
 
 In this work, which occupies three quarto volumes, he first lays down the 
 fundamental principles which govern the development of language, and shows 
 ,the influence of the structure of language on the intellectual development ti" 
 races. He then institutes a most minute and searching examination of the nine 
 principal languages of the Malay stock, viz. : the Malagasy, Malay, Javanese, 
 Bughis, Tagala, New Zealand, Tongan, Tahitian and Hawaiian, analyzing the 
 structure of their roots, and investigating the laws of derivation and euphoiiy, 
 in accordance wiih which the common stock of words is modified in each dia- 
 lect. He new proceeds to make a most careful and elaborate analysis of the 
 grammatical structure, the perficles and formatives of each language, after which 
 he nfakes a comparison of the numerals, and of 131 primitive words in all tli,e 
 nine languages mentioned above. The result of this extensive and laborious 
 analysis is to prove that there is not only a fundaimental and close affinity be- 
 tween these languages in respect to their vocabulary ,^but that their construction 
 is so similar that they may be considered as belonging to one and the same 
 grammatical system, and pervaded by the same modes of thought. Humboldt 
 also showed that the Tagala, the leading language of the Philippine Islands, is 
 by f^r the richest and most perfect of these languages, and that it may even be 
 considered as the type 6f the family. " It possesses," he said, " all the forms 
 collectively of which particular ones are found singly in other dialects ; and it 
 has preserved them all with very trifling exceptions Unbroken, and in entire har- 
 mony and symmetry. * * * It was necessary, in order to display the high- 
 
xil INTEODUCTOKY REMARKS. 
 
 est perfection of which the organism of this stock of languages is capable, to 
 exhibit the systein of verbs in the Tagala." 
 
 The languages of the Oceanic region have been divided into six great groups : 
 1st, the Polynesian ; 2d, the Micronesian ; 3d, the Melanesian or Papuan ; 4th, 
 the Australian; 5th, the Malaysian, and 6th, the Malagasy, as the language of 
 Madagascar is caUed. In regard to these different groups our limits will not 
 allow us to go into any details. Suffice it to say of the Australians that their 
 languages appear to be radically distinct from the Malayo-Polynesian family, 
 though they have left some traces of former contact on the dialects of the small 
 islands west of New Guinea. The Melanesian or Papuan languages present 
 but very slight points of resemblance to the Malay or Polynesian,' and diSer 
 greatly among themselves. If, as is generally supposed, the black race were the 
 first settlers in the Pacific, the wave of immigration which peopled Polynesia 
 must have swept around them to the north, and at a later period the Micrcne- 
 sians may have moved in and closed up the rear. 
 
 Of the languages of Malaysia, those of the Moluccas approach the nearest to 
 Polynesian. Those islands then may be considered as the probable starting 
 point of the ancient Polynesian emigrants. The languages of Micronesia unmis- 
 takably belong to the great Malay family, and in their grammatical structure 
 reseinble the East Indian languages more than the Polynesian. 
 
 The remarkable fact that the language of Madagascar belongs, to this great 
 family was first establislied by William Humboldt in his great work on the 
 Kawi language. The Malagasy has no resemblance to the South African lan- 
 guages. In its grammatical structure it approaches nearest to the Tagala, but 
 it contains several Polynesian words which are wanting in the intervening Mal^y 
 languages. The first ten numerals in Malagasy are " Eee or isa, rua, telu, efat, 
 dimi, eniin, fitu, valu, sivi, fulu.'' In Malay they are " Satu, dua, tiga, ampat, 
 lima, anam, tujuh, delapan or walu, sambilan, sa-puluh.'' The original Poly- 
 nesian forms are " Tasi, lua, tolu, fa, lima, ono, fitu, valu, s-iwa, fulu." Coin- 
 pare the Malagasy word for " heaven," langits, with the Malay langit, the Poly- 
 nesian langi or lani ; the Malagasy word nifi,.a, "tooth," with the Polynesian 
 nifo or niho ; the Malagasy uvi, a " yam," with the Polynesian ufi or tdii. In- 
 deed some words", such as mate, " dead," &;c., are found in the same identical 
 forms throughout this whole circle of languages. Many other examples might 
 be given if they were needed to illustrate the connection of these languages. 
 
 The Polynesian language is, as has been before remarked, an extremely 
 ancient and primitive member of the great Malay family. 
 
 It was observed by Humboldt that the introduction of Sanscrit words into the 
 Javanese and Malay must have been centuries before the Christian era, and thai 
 the separation between the different branches of the Malay family must have 
 
INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. xiii 
 
 taken place at a still earlier period. It has also been .seen that the internal 
 structure of the Polynesian language indicates its high antiquity. It was the 
 belief of William Humboldt fbat the Polynesians exhibit the original state of 
 civilization of the Malay race, when they first settled in the Indian Arnhipelago, 
 and before they had been changed by foreign influence. The unity of the Poly- 
 nesian dialects is still an astonishing fact. Tribes like the Hawaiians and New 
 Zealanders, separated from each other by one-fourth of the circumference of the 
 globe in space, arid thousands of years in time, speak dialects of one language, 
 and have the sftme customs and mythology. The laws of eu{Aony in the sev- 
 eral dialects which regulate the changes of consonants are so fixed and uniform, 
 that a New Zealand or Samoan word being given, we can generally tell with 
 certainty what its form will be in each of the other dialects. The conclusion 
 that the course of migration in the Pacific was from west to east might be de- 
 duced from an examination of the comparative grammar and vocabularies of the 
 different dialects. We find in those of the western groups many forms which 
 are entirely wanting in the eastern dialects, while others whifch are complete in 
 the former are found in the latter defective or perverted from what was evidently 
 their original meaning. 
 
 The New Zealand dialect, on the whole, is the most primitive and entire in 
 its forms. The Hawaiians, Marquesans and Tahitians form a closely related 
 group by themselves. For example, the Marquesan conrerts are using Hawai- 
 ian books, and the people of the Austral Islands read the Tahitian Bible. 
 
 Although, in a scientific point of view, the Hawaiian may seem (o be one of 
 the most attenuated and degenerate dialects of this family, we believe it to be 
 practically one of the most copious and expressive, as well as the richest in 
 native traditional history and poetry. 
 
 The Samoan and Tongan languages have probably been modified, hy a later 
 importation from the East Indies. They contain several Malay words which 
 are wanting in the eastern dialects. The Tongan in particular has several 
 Feejee traits not found elsewhere in Polynesia. 
 
 The Feejee or Viti seems to form the transition between Polynesian and 
 Papuan, where the two streams of colonization met and mingled. The princi- 
 ples of its grammar and one-fifth of its words are Polynesian. Among the re- 
 maining four-fifths are several pure Malay words, such as vula, the moon, lako, 
 to go, masima, salt, &c., while many of its peculiar words are also found in the 
 Kingsmill Group, and some, e.- g. dra, blood, kana, to eat, tina, mother, can even 
 be traced into Micronesia. The Kingsmill Group, as far as its language is con- 
 cerned, has a closer connection vyith Polynesia than Micronesia, though consid- 
 erably modified by mixture with the latter as well as with the black race. To- 
 
xiv INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 
 
 gptber with the Feejee and Rotumafi it retains some characteristics of Eastern 
 Malaysia, particularly -of Aru-Sambawa, and even some traces of Australian. 
 The native traditions show that they are a mixed mce sprung from Samoan and 
 Microncsian colonists. 
 
 At the sottth-east extremity of Polynesia the Pa'uiaotu or Dangerous Archi- 
 pelago, presents a curious problem for the philologist. While the grammar and 
 most of the', vocabulary is Tahitian, the numerals aud a large number of the 
 uftcist c^ariflion words are utterly unlike every other Oceanic language with which 
 we are acquainted, although Logan finds many of them "recognizable as Indoj 
 nesian or Indian' words." Their canoes and some of their manufactures are of 
 the Micronesian pattern, though there is nothing in their language that points 
 in that direction. 
 
 ' A few words should be added on the peculiar genius and structure of the 
 Polynesian Language in general, and of the Hawaiian dialect in particular. 
 
 .It is a law of all Polynesian languages that every word and syllable mUsl end 
 in a vowel, so that no two consonants are ever heard without a vowel sound be- 
 tween tiem. Most of the radical words are dissyllables, and the accent is gen- 
 erally on the penult. The Polynesian ear is as nice in marking the slightest 
 variatioiis of vowel sound as it is dull in distinguishing consonants. No Poly- 
 nesian dialect, for instance, makes any distinction between * and p, d and t, g 
 and k, I and r, or v and w. Besides I is often sounded like d and t like k, which 
 latter was unfortunately adopted in the written language of the Hawaiian Islands 
 to represent the same element which is represented by t thrcaighout the rest of 
 Polynesia. 
 
 As was said before, the laws which regulate the changes of consonants in the 
 diSTerent dialects are remarkably uniform. I» Hawaiian both/and s are changed 
 into H, ng is softened into n, k at the beginning of a word is dropped, but in the 
 middle of a word is represented by a peculiar guttural catch or break, and w is> 
 used for », though the sound is properly intermediate between the two. 
 
 The following table from Hale shows the number of consonants in each dia- 
 lect, and the changes which they undergo in passing from one dialect to another. 
 The guttural break, which takes the place of i;, is represented by an apostrophe. 
 
 'akiuifo. 
 
 Samoan. 
 
 TongaD. 
 
 New Zealand. 
 
 RarotoDgun. 
 
 Tahitian. 
 
 Bawallan. 
 
 Marqacsan. 
 
 c. 
 
 F. 
 
 F. 
 
 Wor 
 
 H. 
 
 Wantiug. 
 
 ForH. 
 
 H. 
 
 
 F or H. 
 
 K. 
 
 J 
 
 K. 
 
 K. 
 
 
 K. 
 
 1 
 
 J 
 
 
 K. 
 
 L. 
 
 L. 
 
 L. 
 
 R. 
 
 
 R. 
 
 R. 
 
 L. 
 
 
 Wanthie. 
 
 M. 
 
 M. 
 
 M. 
 
 M. 
 
 
 M. 
 
 M. 
 
 M. 
 
 
 M. 
 
 N. 
 
 N. 
 
 N. 
 
 N. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 N. 
 
 N. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 NG. 
 
 NG. 
 
 NG. 
 
 NG. 
 
 
 NG. 
 
 Dropped. 
 
 N. 
 
 
 NG. N or K. 
 
 P. 
 
 P. 
 
 P or B. 
 
 P. 
 
 
 P. 
 
 P. 
 
 P. 
 
 
 P. 
 
 S. 
 
 S. 
 
 II. 
 
 H. 
 
 
 Wanting. 
 
 H. 
 
 H. 
 
 
 H. 
 
 T. 
 
 T. 
 
 T. 
 
 T, 
 
 
 T. 
 
 T. 
 
 T or 
 
 K. 
 
 T. 
 
 Y. 
 
 V. 
 
 V. 
 
 W. 
 
 
 V. 
 
 V. 
 
 W. 
 
 
 V. 
 
INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 
 
 The vowels undergo but few changes, and these chiefly in consequence of 
 CQ»sunant changes. E. g. fetH, a star, and fetma, knd, in Hawaiian become 
 hokii, and homta, and the omission of k produces similar changes, so that meika, 
 a banana, becomes mai'a, and meitaki, good, becomes TnaikaH. It will be ob- 
 served that in consonant sounds the Hawaiian is. one of the softest and most 
 attenuated of the dialects, being surpassed in that respect only by the effeminate 
 Marquesan. The following examples show the changes which words undergo 
 in passing from one dialect to another. 
 
 Faknaf!). 
 
 Samoau. 
 
 Tnngan. 
 
 New Zealand. 
 
 .Foe. 
 
 Foe. 
 
 FOQ. 
 
 tloe. 
 
 Tonga. 
 
 loam. 
 
 Tonga. 
 
 Tongfa. 
 
 Sina. 
 
 Sioa. 
 
 liina. 
 
 Ilina: 
 
 IKu. 
 
 I'a. 
 
 Ika. 
 
 Ika. 
 
 V»ka. 
 
 Va'a. 
 
 Vaka. 
 
 Waka. 
 
 Son^i. 
 
 Sui/gl. 
 
 Uongi. 
 
 llouKl.' 
 
 Turuiigli. 
 
 'Fufunga. 
 
 TBfuiiga. 
 
 Tnhunga. 
 
 Kup^nga. 
 
 'Upenga. 
 
 Kupenga. 
 
 Kupenga. 
 
 Rarotongan, 
 
 TKhltian. 
 
 Hswnllan. 
 
 Nuknhlraa. 
 
 Oe. 
 
 n«e. 
 
 II oe. 
 
 Hoe. 
 
 Tonga. 
 
 Toa. 
 
 Kona. 
 
 Tonga, tona. 
 
 Ina. 
 
 Ulnk. 
 
 Iliua. 
 
 Hina. 
 
 ika. 
 
 I'a. 
 
 I'a. 
 
 Ika. , 
 
 Vaka. 
 
 Va'a. 
 
 W.'a. 
 
 Vaka. 
 
 Ongi. 
 
 Hoi. 
 
 IlODl. 
 
 Hongi, 
 
 Taunga. 
 
 Tiihua. 
 
 Kahuna. 
 
 Tuhuna. 
 
 Kupenga. 
 
 'Upii'a. 
 
 L'lKDa. 
 
 Kttpcka, &<!. 
 
 The vocabulary of the Hawaiian is probably richer than that of most other 
 Oceanic tongues. Its child-like and primitive character is shown by the absence 
 of abstract words and general terms. As has been well observed by M. Gaussin, 
 there are three classes of words, corresponding to as many different stages of 
 language : 1st, those that express sensations, 2d imagw, and 3d, abstract ideas. 
 The Polynesian vocabulary was originally composed chiefly of words of the 
 first two classes. As languages grow older, words acquire a figurative sense, 
 and the original meaning is gradually fot^otten. In English, for instance, how 
 many are aware that tribulation originally meant' threshing, respect, looking 
 back, reveal to draw back a vail, affront to strike in the face, and insult to leap 
 upon the body of a prostrate foe ? Now there were comparatively, few Hawai- 
 ian words that bad gone through this process. 
 
 Not only are names wanting for the more general abstractions, such as space, 
 hature, fate, &c., but there ase very few generic terms. For example there is 
 no generic term for animal, expressing the whole class of living creatures, or for 
 insects or for colors. At the same time it abounds in specific names and in nice 
 distinctions. 
 
 The first step in the formation .of language Was no doubt the employment of 
 particular names to denot.e individual objects. It was only afterwards by a pro- 
 cess of abstraction that these individual objects were classified by those qualities 
 which are common to a number of them. It is from the specific that we ascend 
 to ^e general. The same principle applies to verbs or names of actions as well 
 as to nouns. The savage has in his mind a picture of the whole action, and 
 does not always abstract or separs.te the principal circumstance from the acces- 
 sory details. This is true of uncultivated lanji^uages in general, and is not pecu- 
 liar to .Hawaiian, Thus the Javanese has ten words to express as many different 
 
xvi INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 
 
 modes of sfonding, and twenty of sitting. The Feejee has sixteen words mean- 
 ing to strike, and eight to wash, "according as it affects the head, face, hands, 
 fe6t or body of an individual, or his clothes, dishes or floor," So in Hawaiian 
 everything that relates to their every-day life gr to the natural objects with 
 which they were conversant is expressed with a vivacity, a minuteness and 
 nicety of coloring which cannot be reproduced in a foreign tongiie. Thus the 
 Hawaiian was very rich in termg for every Variety of clouds. It has names for 
 every species of plant on the mountains or fish in the sea, and is peculiarly copi- 
 ous in terms relating to the ocean, the surf and waves. The ancient Hawajians 
 were evidently close observer? of nature. For whatever belonged to their reli- 
 gion, their wars, their domestic life, their handicrafts or their amusements, their 
 vocabulary was most copious and minute. Almost every stick in a native house 
 had i(s appropriate name. Hence it.abounds in synonyms, which, however, are 
 such only in appearance, and on which a volume might be written. E. g. To 
 be broken ae a string is mohu, to be broken as a dish ?wAa, as a stick haM, to 
 fall from an upright to a horizontal position as a wall is hina, to fall from a 
 height through the air Jwvle; auamo means to carry on the shoulder with a 
 stick, ka'ika^i in the hands, hii as a child in the arms, Art* on a stick between two 
 men^ haaux on the back, kali to carry in general, &c. 
 
 Besides the language of every day life, there was a style appropriate to ora- 
 tory, and another to religion and poetry. This latter is known tr; but few na- 
 tives of the present generation, and is fast disappearing. The same thing is 
 takii^ place in New Zealand and Tahiti. 
 
 The above mentioned characteristics make it a pictorial and expressive lan- 
 guage. It still has the freshness of childhopd. Its words are pictures rather 
 than colorless and aibstract symbols of ideas, and are redolent of the mountain 
 the forest and the surf. It was completely adapted to the country f-y^A the circle 
 of ideas in which the people lived, and bore no trace of a higher civilization or 
 of foreign influence. Far be it from us however to deny its capability for higher 
 development. Its characteristics are such as belong to all languages in a certain 
 stage of growth. It has been and is successfully used to express the abstmc- 
 tions of mathematics, of English law, and of theology. 
 
 We regret that our limits forbid our adding any remarks on the grammatical 
 Structure of the Polynesian languages. 
 
 W. D. ALEXANDER. 
 
 HoNOLULB, April, 1865. 
 
A DICTIONARY 
 
 OP ruE 
 
 HAWAIIAN LANGUAGE. 
 
 4 in Hawaiian, as in most other lan- 
 ■**• J guages, is the first letter of the alpha- 
 bet ; " because, if pronounced open as a in 
 father, it is the simplest and easiest of all 
 Roimcls." Mncye. Amer. Its sound, in Ha- 
 waiian, is generally that of n in father, ask, 
 pant, &c.; but it has, sometimes, when 
 Klanding before the consonants k, I, m, n, 
 aild p, a short sound, sf)raewhat resembling 
 the short u, as in miiMa; but not so short. 
 Thiisjjafco, muiimaii, kiim, mana, napenape, 
 are pronounced somewhat as we should 
 pronounce pulcka, mvUymvUy, lumma, 
 munna, rmppurwfjpy, '&c. ; reference being 
 had only- U> the <irst vowel of each word^ 
 It has also in a few words, a sound nearly 
 resembling (but not so strong) that of <}« 
 or otc in tnglish ; as iwuho, mawaho, pro- 
 nounced somewhat as iwauho, mavMuho. 
 To foreigners who merely read the lan- 
 guage, the common pronunciation of u as 
 »n fathier is near enough for all practical 
 purposes ; but to those who wish to speak 
 it, the mouth of a Hawaiian is the best 
 directory. 
 A is used for various parts of speech, 
 
 and, of course, has various significations. 
 \, adv. When ; then ; there ; until. 
 With verbs in a narrative tense, it signifies 
 when, and when, &c. ; as, a hiki mai ia, 
 when he arriyod. With nei it signifies a 
 designation of place, as mai a nd ahu, from 
 tcre (this place) onward. Until, as noho 
 oia malaila a make, he lived there until 
 he died. Note. — A nei is often written as 
 one *ord, and then it signifies Aere, present 
 place. A when pronounced with a pro- 
 tracted sound, signifies a protracted pe- 
 riod of time, or distance, or a long eontin- 
 lusd action ; as,holo ae la ia a— ^ hiki i ka 
 aina kabiki, he sailed a long time (or a 
 long, distance) wvtii he reached a foreign 
 country. 
 
 A, conj. And; and then; and when. 
 
 When it connects verbs, it usually stands 
 
 by itself; as, holo ka waa, a komo iho, 
 
 the canoe Bailed wnd sank. WJjcn it con- 
 
 3 
 
 neote nouns, it is usu^iHy joined <vitli me^ 
 as, haawi mai oia i ka fti a- IM ke kapa, he 
 ftirnished food and clothing. A with me- 
 signifies and and also, bt^idss, together 
 with, (fee. When emphatic; it is merely a 
 disjunctive. i«nfe-6;39. No'BE. — In nar- 
 ration, it frequently stands at the begin- 
 ning of sentences or paragraphs, and 
 merely reffers to what has been said wifli' 
 out any very close connection with it. In 
 many cases, it is apparently euphonic, or 
 seems to answer no purpose, except ae a 
 preparatory sound to something that may 
 follow ; as! akabi no onkou a hele i keia 
 ala, never before have you passed tWs 
 road. Oram. § 166. 
 
 h.,prep. Of; to; in connection with mo- 
 tion, 6 hoi .oe a ka hale, return to the 
 house, QuM i) understood. Xoteifc. 12. 
 Unto; itt; belonging. It designates the 
 properties of rnation, possession and 
 place ^ end is often i synonymous with o, 
 but more f euerally distinct, giving another 
 shade of meaning and implying a more 
 close connection. Gram. § 69. 8. 
 
 A, int. Lo ; behold. It is expressive of 
 surprise, disappointment, astonishment or 
 admirdtion. It is similar in meaning to 
 aia hoi, eia hoi, aia ka, 
 
 A, V. To bum> as a fire ; ua a mai ke 
 ahi, the ftro kums: ua a mai ke ahi ma 
 ka waha. the fire burned in their moutiiB. 
 
 2. To biu'n, as a lamp ; to blaze, as a 
 flame. 
 
 3. Fio. To burn, as jealousy. Iial.'l9:5. 
 As anger. 2fah. 11:1. 
 
 4. Moo or Iu>. To cause to burn, i. e., to 
 kindle : to light, as a lamp ; to kindle, lu; a 
 fire. Also witli ho doubled, as Jiohoa. to 
 di-y; na hua i hohoa ia, dried fruits. Oihk. 
 2:14. See the reduplicate form Aa and 
 Hoo. Gram. § ?12. 
 
 A, adj. Fi«ry burning h« iua a, a 
 
 fiery nit 
 A, «. The jawbone ; the eheek hone. 
 
 Mai. 3i7, A Jima, uj/per jaw ; s !»!» lower 
 
 jaw. 
 
AA 
 
 IS 
 
 AAE 
 
 A , s. The name of an instrument made 
 of smooth bone, and used formerly for 
 piercing or killing an unborn child. It 
 was called the tz oo, the piercing a; also a 
 k(>holtia. See Koholua. 
 
 A, s. Name of broken lava from the 
 volcano'; probably ao called from being 
 burnt. See A, v. Ke a o Kaniku a me 
 Napuuapele. 
 
 A, s. Name of the white spots that ap- 
 pear in poi when pounding. 
 
 A, s. Name of a large sea bird often 
 caught by natives ; also called aaianuhea- 
 kane, feathers white. 
 
 A, s. Name of a small fish that bites 
 at a hook ; called also aakimakan. 
 
 A, s. Name of the Hawaiian alphabet; 
 also thp first sheet on which it was printed. 
 
 A-A, V. A doubled. See A, verb, before. 
 To burn fiercely or furiously, as a fire ; to 
 burn constantly. Oihk. 6:9. 
 
 2. Fio. To kindle; to : bum furiously, 
 as anger. Ndh. 11:33. 
 
 3. JHoo. To cause to kindle ; to bum, as 
 a fire ; to light, as a lamp. 
 
 4. Fio. To bum, as anger. Kin. 30:2. 
 
 5. To rage ; to be angry. 
 
 A-A, «^'. Burning ; raging, as a fire, he 
 
 abi aa loa ; also as anger. 
 A-A, s. A burning; a lighted fire, &c. 
 
 A-A, V. To be bold.; to dare. Jfah. 14:44. 
 
 2. To tempt ; to challenge. Puk. 17:2. 
 To defy. 1 Sam. 17:10. 
 
 3. To venture, ua aa anei oe e hele i ke 
 kaua '! Ua aa aam oe e hele i ke alii ? 
 
 4. To accept a challenge : to act pre- 
 ^umptuously. Kard. 1:43. He aa ka ma- 
 nao ; be wiwo ole. 
 
 A-A,«. A daring; tempting. JViiA. 14:22. 
 A-A, adj. Spiteful ; q«ick angry ; also 
 
 Togniah ; mischievous. 
 A-A, V. To gird; tie around, as a loose 
 
 garment 
 A-A, s, A belt; a girdle. 
 A-A, V. To make a noise, as in trying to 
 
 speak, as a dumb person ; hence, 
 2. To be dumb, ua oa ka leo. 
 A-A, adj. Silent; still; lonely, as a 
 
 house uninhabited ; he aa ko ka bale, the 
 
 people of the house are silent. 
 A-A, s. Dumbness; inability to speak 
 
 intelligibly; also a dumb person. Puk. 
 
 4:11. I loheia e na oa lololohe ; i man 
 
 aa lolo fcnli. 
 A-A, s. The small roots of trees or 
 
 plants. lob. 8:17, Also called weli. 
 2. The veins or arteries for blood, from 
 
 their resemblance to the toe roots of trees, 
 
 uole lakou i ike ke koko maloko o na oo. 
 imt. 1. 
 
 3. Pig. The lower part of the neck. 
 
 4. Ofi^ring. 
 
 A-A, s. A pocket; a bag, Joi. 14:17. 
 
 Stn. with eke. Aa moni, a purse ; a scrip ; 
 
 a bag to carry provlsi(»is in for a journey ; 
 
 aole kanaka oa ole, no man without bis 
 
 scrip ; a bag for weights (of moaey.) 
 
 KaA 25:13, The name of the envelop for 
 
 a foetas. Laieik. 190. Kau kaikaina 1 ka 
 
 aa hookabi. 
 A-A,s. A dwarf; a small person. OiAk. 
 
 21:20. Kanaka poupou aa; ua Ike au i 
 
 kahi keiki i komoiii,aano hoi ke kino. 
 A-A,s. See A above. Broken lava, i.e., 
 
 sand, earth, stones and melted lava, cooled 
 
 and broken up ; hence 
 A-A, adj. Stony ; abounding with lava ; 
 
 rough with broken lava, as ground to walk 
 
 over, or to work in. See A, broken lava, 
 
 above. 
 A-A, s. A covering for the eyes. 
 A-A, ?. See A above. Name of a bird 
 
 that hunts fish during^ tiie di^, but files 
 
 back to the mountains in the evening. 
 A-A, s. The caul of animals; aa ma- 
 
 Inna o ke eke, the cauZ above the liver. 
 
 Pufc. 29:13. The midriffi OVik. 3:4. 
 A-A, s. Name of a sea breeze at La- 
 
 h^a and some other places on the islands. 
 A-A, s. Name of the cloth-like covering 
 
 near ihe roots of cocoanut leaves, oa niu. 
 
 Hence, 
 
 2. The name of a coarse kind of clotb, 
 he aa haole. 
 
 3. The outer husk of the cocoanut ; the 
 flbjn of the banana, same aspaaa. 
 
 A-A, », Chafi"; hulls; the outside of 
 
 seeds or fruit ler. 23:28. 
 A-A, s. Name of a reddish fish. See A 
 
 above. 
 A-A,'ti. To send love in compliment; 
 
 as, e oa mai ana o mea ma ia oe ; the 
 
 answer would be, Anoai wale laua, or 
 
 welina wale laua, or aloha wale laua. 
 A-A-a,'o4?. Hospitable; friendly; kind 
 
 to strangers, be makamaka aloha ; Syn. 
 
 withftooa. 
 
 A-A-A, adj. Uninhabited, as a house or 
 
 village; lonely. 
 A-A-A, s. A house without inhabitants ; 
 
 also a low or bumble dwelling, he bale 
 
 aaa, aole kiekie. 
 
 A-A-A-Ki, c. To bite often. See Am, to 
 
 bite. 
 A»A-E, s. See Aa, fine roots. A kalo 
 
 patch where the kalo is pulled. 
 2. The young shoots of kalo remaining 
 
 in the ground after the old is pulled. Sin. 
 
 with oha,»s, pau ke kalo i ka hukiia, o ka 
 
 oha wale no koe, oia ka oat. 
 
AAU 
 
 18 
 
 AAH 
 
 A-AE, s. A certain fonii of .commencing 
 
 worship anciently. 
 
 ^at, t kanlei, « lelel, e kn I kiona 
 la o« e KahamuilL 
 
 A-AE-A, s. A word used by children in 
 addressing parents before- tbey can Spealc 
 plainly. 
 
 A-Ai, V. See Ai, to eat. To eat to sati- 
 ety ; to conBume much. 
 
 2. To inorcaBC or grow, as an ulcer. 
 
 3. To ulcerate; to eat or make progress, 
 as a sore. 
 
 i. Fig. To give pain ; irritate. 2 Km. 
 '2:17. Aote hoi e aai ka bcwa iloko o ka 
 poe e ka paa ana, sin will not increase in 
 thoHe who stand fast. 
 . A'Ai, adj. Eating; .increasing; continu- 
 ing, aa a aorc ; he mai aai, an increasing 
 sore,*hc Icperaoat ia. Oil^. ISM. 
 A-Ai, s. The progress or continuance of 
 
 a sore. 
 A-AI, i. The action of the surf at high 
 tide, when ilasbing ufihor^ and (hen reced- 
 ing, thus wealing away (he gravel ; spelled 
 also aei. 
 A-AI, s. Naine of the net used to catch 
 the Rub opelu and maomao ; as, aai opelu, 
 the opcfiii net; aai maomao, the maomao 
 net ; also written aei. 
 A^-iA-Nti-iiEA-KA-NE,s. Name of a bird. 
 
 See A above. , 
 A-A-ho-LE, aij, Aai, to grow, and ok, 
 not. Falling before ripe, as bread-flrult ; 
 applied to men who die before their time, 
 i. e., before r&atarify. 
 A-A-i-o-LE, *, The bread-fruit which is 
 
 ripe and fallen down of itself. 
 A.-A'1-viA, adv. Loudly; strongly, as a 
 sound, kani aaimi also continually. See 
 Aiir, to increase. 
 A-AO, adj. Greedy, as dogs ; always 
 
 ready to eat, or seize food. 
 Aa-o, adj. A speciea of tall, wild ba- 
 
 nai^a, he raaia aao. 
 A-A-o-Ko-KO, aij. Aa, vein or artery, 
 and ^ofco, blood. Epithet of any substance 
 red hot, aa fire, iron, stone, Ac. ; probably 
 from the raging or rapid flow of blood. 
 A-AU, s. See Au. To swim dispers- 
 edly; a flock, as of birds when fright- 
 ened ; a school, as of flsh as they come to- 
 gether and frightened ; suddenly separate. 
 2. A slight ripple on the eurface of calm 
 water by a light breeze.^ 
 A-AU, V. To ripple mildly, as a calm 
 6ea, I^ a slight wind. 
 
 ■2. To separate, as a Bock of birds when 
 . frightened, or a school of fish. 
 K<t iele aau o ka mauu o Klwat, 
 The rrigbtened flight of the birds otHlvit. 
 Ka aau moi Sukoni^ ke koae, 
 The Sock tnxa Kukosa, Ue koae. 
 
 Ke koae oul hulH mesmea, 
 Ibe great &athei«d koae. 
 
 A-Au-A) *. Epithet of a woman as sbe 
 begins to advance in age, has wrlnklea 
 about the eyes, Ac. 
 
 A-AU-A, adj. Strong scented, as the skin 
 of a hog U) dressing. 
 
 A-A-HA, s. Name of some kind of out- 
 side covering for a dish. He ipu i hanaia 
 i ka aaha a paa, the cup was held with the 
 aaha, and tightly. 
 
 A-A-Hi, s. il.bag, and ahi, fire. A bag 
 in which fire and fire materials wei? car- 
 ried ; he kieke aM. 
 
 A-A-JH, X. Name of the iliahi or san- 
 dal-wood when young. 
 
 A-A-HI, J). See definition of Aamoo. 
 Perhaps a and aJii, to bum, as with lust. 
 
 A-A-Ho, V. To put up pia in small pack- 
 ages, that It may keep sweet. 
 
 A-A-HO, *. A container in which pia is 
 put up. 
 
 A-A-HtJ, if. See Aa, kind of -cloth, and 
 AHU,aflncmat. An outside garment. J(in. 
 27 :!.'>. A cloak ; a garment thrown loosely 
 over the shoulders. 
 
 2. At robe. /o6. 29:U. A covering for 
 ornament ; aahu kapa maikai, the drees ot 
 a dandy, L «,, dandyism. Noi».— The aaku 
 was formerly spme kind of kapa ; mamua, 
 aahu kapa, mahope, aoJiu lole. 
 
 3. The. bark of the mulberry soaked in 
 water for making kapa. 
 
 4. itaftu'kaua, f^rmor. 1 Sam. 17:38. 
 A-A-HU, V. To cover with kapa; to 
 
 cover, as with a cloak. 
 2. To put on or wear clothes ; to pnt on 
 
 one's_ganneht, 
 3- Fio. lob. 29:14. Aahu ibo au i ka 
 
 pono, I have clothed myself with righte- 
 ousness. 
 4. Hoo. To clotheoiie; to provide clothfes 
 
 for one. Kin. 3:21 ; Oihk. 8.7. Sr.v. with 
 
 hookomo ka)>a.' 
 A-A-HU-A, V. Pass of the foregoing lor 
 
 aahuia. Oram. § 211. Clothed ; dressed ; 
 
 covered. 
 A-A-HU-A, V. To speak reproachfully ; 
 
 to use words of strong contempt for one. 
 A-A-HU-A-LH, adj. Aa, dwarf, and hua- 
 
 Ui, diminutive. Small j low in stature ; 
 
 defective in bodily structure ; noiuoi. 
 A-A-HU-A-LU, s. The name of a god. 
 A-A-HU-A-poo, t. Aahu, covering, . and 
 
 foo, head. A covering or clothing for the 
 ead ; a defense in time of peril : a shield 
 in war. 2 OiM. 14:8. A buckler, i Oiht. 
 23.-9. Connected with mahiole and pale- 
 kaua. 
 
 A-A-HU-i, s. Aa, vein, and hid, pain, 
 ache. 
 
AAK 
 
 20 
 
 AAL 
 
 1. Lit. An acbiag vein. 
 
 2.' A desire for plijasure, attenrled with 
 some sense of pain. Pau ke aakui, ke aa- 
 koni oloko, the painful desire within has 
 ceased. 
 ' A-A-HC-u-LA, s. Aahu and ufa, red. A 
 cloak or royal dress adorned with red 
 leathera, considered very valuable ; o ka 
 mhiiida, he waiwai makamae nui ia. 
 
 A-A-HU-KA-pu, ». Aaku, garment, and 
 kupu, forbidden. A consecrated or holy 
 garment; Puk. 28:2. 
 
 A-A-HU-MA-lCA-LOA, V. Aohu, garment, 
 ■mnlo and loc, long malo. To clothe one, 
 or put on the long malo ; na aahuia ka 
 maioloa, nolaiia, he aahwnakalm, 
 
 A-A-HU-MA-MO, s. Aahu and maim, a yel- 
 low "bird. A large yellow robe worn by 
 the king or high chief; no ka hanohano 
 nui ka aahiimamo. 
 
 A-A-Hir-PA-wB-HE, s. Aahu, gstrment, 
 ftnd paweAe, which see. A garment made of 
 a kind of mat called pawehe ; nolaila i ole- 
 ' loia'i i' aah-iwaioehe hiwa ua ka makahi. 
 
 A-A-KA, V. To complain, as a person of 
 a perverse or sour temper; to grumble; 
 chide ; find fault ; to strive. Nah. 20:13. 
 lole makoa e aaka a koca iho, that we may 
 not think hard and refuse. 
 
 2. To be very dry ; to be sxceedingly 
 lhiri?ty. 
 
 3. To burst or crack open, as a ripe 
 melon or banana. 
 
 ■1. To be hard, severe, as labor or toil ; 
 aoie i aakaia ka hana ana haku, the work 
 for the lords was not hard. 
 
 A-A-KA, s. Harsh speaking against one; 
 a grumbling ; a fault-finding. 
 
 A-A-KA, s. Name of a species of san- 
 dal-wood. When young it is called jiaio; 
 when old aud when mature, it is odorifer- 
 ous. It is very durable when used for 
 house posts. 
 
 A-A-KA, adj. Coarse; iUiberal; fault- 
 finding ; hard ; severe. Sol 8:13. 
 
 2, Peeled ; skinned, as a banana. 
 
 3. Dry, as the coral of the reef at low 
 tide. 
 
 A-A-KA, «. 5th conj.of «4a. See Gram. 
 § 20&. To langh at ; to ridicule. 
 
 A-AtKA-KA, s. A, u> bum, and akaka, 
 clearly. The clear biu'ning or splendor of 
 the heavenly bodies in a clear night. 
 
 A-A.-KI, ». 5th conj. of aid. To bite fre- 
 quently ; to bite in two ; to bite, as the 
 bark froBl a slick, or the rind from sugar- 
 cane. 
 
 2. To grate the teeth ; ua aaki ke kui, ua 
 make loa, b^ grates his teeth, he is dying. 
 .3. To teel the soverepaugs of child-birth* 
 
 A-A-KT, V, To surround or come upon 
 
 one, as darkness ; ua poult loa, ke (UHd 
 mai nei ka poeleele. 
 
 2. To experience palpable darkness. 
 Puk. 10:21. 
 
 3. To be caa^ or held by a thing j ua 
 holo ia kanaka i ka moana, na aaki i ke 
 koa a paa, that man sailed out upob the 
 ocean, he i» edugMM the coral, and is fast. 
 
 4. To come upon, as a fit of love ; ua 
 ■aaki paa ia ke aloha wela iluna ona. 
 Laktk. 197. 
 
 A-A-iti, adj. Thick; obsetwe, as dark- 
 ness, lob. 38:9. 
 
 A-A-Ki, s. A biting ; ka naio manini nui, 
 he aaki nei i ka lima. 
 
 A-A-Ki-MA-KAU, s. A hook-biting fish; 
 the name of a small fish noted for its read-, 
 iness to bite at a hook. See A. 
 
 A-A-KO, V. 5th conj. of ako. To cut or 
 clip off, as the spray of the sea when the 
 surf stiikes against a bluff of perpendicular 
 rocks and is met by a wind from the land, 
 and cuts or clips off the spray. 
 
 A-A-KO, V. Used in the imperative ; be 
 quick ; go to work, &c. 
 
 A-A-Ko, s. Ako, the name of a disease. 
 
 1. The furor uterieneis of females ; insa- 
 tiable desire of coition ; oafeokahi mail ku 
 hana hewa. 
 
 2. Theitch; hemaneofljelalawti. This- 
 last form of the word expresses the name 
 of the last stage of the disease, followed, 
 by death. A primary stage is expressied 
 by ako, to itch. 
 
 A.-A-K0-K0, s. Aa, vein, and koko, blood. 
 
 A vein ; a blood vein. Anal. 45. 
 A-A-KO-jn, s. Aa, vein, and koni, to 
 
 throb. Hence, an artery, perhaps ; pau ke. 
 
 aahiij, ke aalihui, ke aakoni oloko. 
 A-A-LA, ». 5th conj. of aZffl, to perfume. 
 
 To emit a perfume ; to be fragrant Zs«. 
 
 3:24. 
 2. To smell of perfumery. Sal. 4o:8. 
 
 Aala i ka ihuana ka nka o Eawela. 
 A-A-LA, adj. Ala, odoriferous ; aala ka 
 
 hata, sweet the halft ; aaia ka rose, sweet 
 
 the rose ; o na kaikawahine aofct o Aiwo- 
 
 hikupua. Laieik. 62. 
 A-A-LA, i. Ala. An odor. 
 
 2. A kind of scrofulous sore, so called 
 from the srael-l, . 
 
 3. Fig. HeaatonooKaahumanu,asweot 
 perfume is Kaabnmanu. 
 
 A -A-LA-i-o-A, i. Name of a wild ferocious 
 roan who lived in the fore.st ; hence, 
 
 2. Wildnesa; ferocity : a savage appear- 
 ance ; kuku ka aaiaiaa. ' 
 
 A-A^LA-i-Hi, $. A species of fish, small 
 and yellow. 
 
 A-A-LA-KAi, adj. See Alaka.i. Large; 
 plubsp ; full fleshed. 
 
AAN 
 
 21 
 
 AE 
 
 A-A-LE-LE, s. A<t, vein, and lele, to 
 
 jump. An artery, from its motion. Arwi.S. 
 A-A-u,s. A small or low place between 
 
 two larger ones ; he puali. 
 A-A-Lii, s. Name of a hard timber; 
 
 raore generally aliL 
 A-A-Li-Sf A-Tf 01, adj. Large, fat and weak, 
 
 as a fat man. 
 A-A-Lo, V. 5th conj. of do. To dodge 
 
 often ; to dodge, ais one docs a stone. . 
 A-A-Lo-LE, «. AUi cloth of cocoanut 
 
 leaves. The name flrst given to cloth liy 
 
 the people of Kaaai. 
 A-A-LO-LO, s. Aa and Mo, the brain. A 
 
 nerve ; cittloJo hoao. Anai.T. ^alolo lohc, 
 
 the auditory nerve. 
 A-A-i.u,s. Dim.ofaZK. A ravine; a small 
 
 ferook' valley or ravine. 
 A-A-MA, V. To stretch out the hands for 
 
 the.purpoBe of catching somcfliin^. 
 2. To steal small articles ; to pilfer. 
 A-A-MA, s. That motion of the hands 
 
 when a person would try to seize hold of 
 
 something while it rolls down a pali. 
 
 2. The act of stealing or pilfering. 
 
 3. A blacit crab living on a rocky shore. 
 
 4. Name of a four-foot«d animal in the 
 sea. 
 
 A-A-MA, s. A person who speaks rap- 
 idly, concealing from onu and communi- 
 cating to another. 
 
 2. One who is expert in gaining knowl- 
 edge. 
 
 A-A-Mo, adj. Insatiable in lust; never 
 satisfied; applied to females; he wahinc 
 aamo, ana ole. 
 
 A-A-Moo, s. See Aa. The cloth-sub- 
 stance around, cocoanut leaves ; a veil j 
 thin white cloth ; u ka mea keokcoelalahi 
 ana i ka moo, he mea lahilahi a puawoawe ; 
 whatever is light, thin, as thin cloth. 
 
 A-A-VLOO, adj. Light; thin, as cloth j o 
 ka inoa o ka lolc lahilahi loa. 
 
 A-A-KA, V. To speak angrily ; to fret ; 
 olelo aana mai oia. 
 
 A-A-NA-Puu, V. To crook in different 
 directions ; to be small and large, i. e., to 
 be uneven in size, as a rope. 
 
 A-A-NEI, adv. An interrogative adverb, 
 and marks a question like anei ; sometimes 
 it' is used of place, as pchca aanei la oe! 
 M'here are you in the matter ? 
 
 A-A-NE-MA, c. To be jealous of a man's 
 friend, or to discover jealousy. 
 
 A-A-No, V. The 7th conj. of am- Hoo. 
 To change one's form ; to become another 
 in.appearanco ; ua Aooano no oukou he poe 
 akamai; to feign; to pretend to be some- 
 thing one is not. 
 
 A-A-Ki-r, $. See Aa and Niu, cocoa- 
 
 nut.: The covering like a coarse cloth 
 
 arpund cocoanut leaves ; a hookabekahe 
 
 ma ka aaniu. 
 A-A-PA, adj. Presumptuous, as when a 
 
 drunken man lies down on a precipice. 
 A-A-pi, V, 5th conj. of apt. To bend, as 
 
 the gills of a fish ; to spring or warp, sa 
 
 a board. 
 A-A-po, V. 5th conj. of apo, to catch. 
 
 To snatch, as several persons at once ; 
 
 to catch at, as several hands at the same 
 
 thing. 
 2. To receive readily in the mtnd ; to 
 
 grasp mentally, as a truth ; ke aapo nci 
 
 makou a malama. 
 A-A-Po, adj. Beady, quick to receive 
 
 knowledge; quick at apprehension; he 
 
 aapo ka naau o na kamalii. 
 A-A-PO, s. One who snatches. 
 
 2.. One wllo learns quickly ; a ready 
 
 scholar. 
 A-A-poo, s. The skin, flesh and sinews 
 
 on the back of the neck ; he aapoo ka mea 
 
 ma ka ai he aapoo bipL Kam. 
 A-A-ptJ, 4. See Apn, a cup. A thin 
 
 piece of wood, such as will bend up. 
 
 2. A concave vessel. 
 
 3. A valve of a vein. Anai, 4S. 
 A-A-PU, V. To warp or bend, as a board 
 
 in the sun. 
 
 2. To wrinkle or ruffle, as cloth; mimino. 
 See Aah. 
 
 3. ifoo. To turn the hollow of the hand 
 upward ; e hooaapu ae i kou poho lima. 
 
 A-A-PU-A, s. Aa, bag, and pua., an ar- 
 row. An arrow case; aquivepi Job. 39:23; 
 Kin. 27:3. 
 
 A-A-puu-pur, s. A capsular ligament. 
 Dr. J. 
 
 A-A-WA, «. See Awa. Name of a spe- 
 cies of fish, reddish arid striped; he ia 
 kokoke like ke ano me ko ka ea. 
 
 2. Also the name of a tree. 
 
 3. Name of an insect that deabroys sweet' 
 potatoes ; aa make ka mala iiala i ka hoo- 
 paln, i ke pai. i ka peelua a me ka aawa. 
 
 A-A-WE, V. 5th conj. of awe. Used im- 
 peratively with mai, bring here ; with aku, 
 take away. 
 
 A-E, V. To pass, physically or men- 
 tally, from one state, condition, or place, 
 to another. 
 
 1. SpecificoSy, to break a kapu, ua ae 
 lakon iliina 6 kahi laa ; to violate a law or 
 agreement, i. e,, to transgress, as a law, to 
 break a covenant los. 7.11 ; Hal. 89:34. 
 
 2. To pass over, as the mind, i. e., to 
 yield assent to the thought or .opinion of 
 another '; to assent to the request of an- 
 otter ; to say yes to a request or to an af- 
 firmation. 
 
 3. To permit, grant permission for a tbfttg 
 
AEA 
 
 22 
 
 AES 
 
 to be done ; he nea at ia, a tbiog per- 
 mitted or allowed. 
 
 4. To pass physically from one place to 
 another, fiam one situation to another, as 
 flrom land on board a ship ; ua a« aku lakou 
 liuna o ka mokn, iluna o ka lio, to embark, 
 to mount a boree. Hioo., coqj. 3. To cause 
 to pass from one place to another, from one 
 
 . person to another j to transfer. 
 
 5. To raise or lift np, as the head, with 
 joy, e at ko onkou poo no ka olioli. 
 
 6. To mount, as a horse or a mule, i 
 Sam. 13:29. 
 
 7. To be sea-sidk ; to throw u^ from the 
 the month; to vomit; hemealuaikamoku, 
 o ka He wate aku no. 
 
 A-£, (. Assent, expressed by one per- 
 sod to the thought or opinion of another ; 
 approval of the conduct or opinion of an- 
 other; consent; agreement 
 
 A-E, adj. Consenting ; agreeing ; he 
 olelo aelikt, an agreement. 
 
 A-£, s. Name of an east wind. 
 2. Acneciesofeeamosg. _ 
 
 A'^, s. The water or liquid as wrung 
 from the leaves of vegetables, as kalo, &e. ; 
 be a« kalo, h6 ae wauki, he ohi. 
 
 A-E, s. An irregular movement of the 
 ocean ; .he wahi ano ia ma ka moana, a ma 
 ka be kai, a ma ka aina 
 
 2. The coming in and receding of the 
 sea upon flie shore ; the flux and reflux of 
 tlie tide. See. Agkai. 
 
 A-E, verbal dtrectiee. Gram. ^ 234, 4. 
 Implies an <>bUqHe motion of the verb, 
 either np, down, or sideways. It often fol- 
 lows after noons, also adjectives, as aohe 
 kanaka e ae, there is no other man. 
 
 A-E, adv. See verb 2. Yes ; the. kc- 
 preasion of affirmation, approbation or con- 
 sent ; opposed to euile, or aohe. ^itiipaJui, 
 as ae pmOt a polite way of assenting when 
 full belirf is withheld ; ae ka paha, even 
 so, be it so. 
 
 A-ErA, V,. To wander away from a place ; 
 mai'bo'^ alo aku, aole oe e aea, from my 
 presence, do not wander away ; to wan- 
 der from place to place, Jfoft. 14:33. 
 
 a. To wander ; go astray morally. HaL 
 583. ' 
 
 3. To remove ; to be removed ; to go to 
 another place, ler. 4:1. 
 
 4. To live unsteadily ; as, i koua wa i ona 
 ai, nui kona aea ana^ in Us seasons of drunk- 
 enness, he lived prmcipally here and there. 
 
 5. To toss or throw back the head, as a 
 person with pride, as a horse on putting 
 on a bridle ; e- <i«a ae ke poo o ka Uo i ke 
 kaulawaha. 
 
 A-E-A, s. A vagabond ; an outcast. La. 
 11:12. Hejweoea, fiigitives. iwnfc. 12:4, 
 2. The name of the r©p'e connecting two 
 fish nets. See Kvk4|, 
 
 e., light and darkness 
 The ebh- 
 
 A'S-A,adj. Wandering; unstable; shift* 
 ing a place; he one aea ke one o Hoo- 
 hila ; unsettled, as kanaka aea ; a vaga- 
 bond ; wandering about. Kin. 4:12. 
 
 A-E-A, adj. Wanderingly, in a loose 
 unstable manner. 
 
 Ae-ae, v. Conj. 13 of ae, 4. To be a 
 frequent transgressor, he aeae oe maluna o 
 kam kapu. 
 
 2. To step over a thing often. 
 
 3. To work over and over, as in pouiid- 
 iiig poi, until very flne. 
 
 4. To be or become very small or fine, 
 as dust .2 Nal. 23:6. 
 
 5i Te inten'upt one in his speech). 
 Ae-ae, tuf/. Comminuted; small or fine, 
 as dust ; flne, as poi well j[)ounded ; be j^oi 
 aeat, he poi nouo, he wall. 
 
 2. Dark, obscure, as a vision, indistinctly 
 seen ; po aide, si night of indistinct vision, 
 not totally dark, i. 
 mixed. 
 Ab-ae^kai,p. See Ae, before. 
 
 ing add flowing of the sea. 
 A-Ei, *. Name of the net used in catch- 
 ing tlie opeln and the maomao. 
 2. A kind of roite of the medium size. 
 A-Ei, s, Sfee Aai, before. Oia ka ma- 
 
 lama e kalai ai i ka kuku oei o Vein. 
 A-EiK»-LE, J. See Aaiole. Bread-fruit. 
 
 ripe and fallen down, he ulu baule wale. 
 Ae-o-ka-ha-lo-a, i. A kind of faipa 
 made of wauke, and colored with charcoal, 
 kuina aeokahaloa. 
 Ae-kai, t. The name of the place in 
 the sea where the surf breaks ; o kahi o ke 
 kai I poi iho ai, he oefcat ka inoa. 
 A-e-lo, adj. Botten ; applied to eggs. 
 
 Fig. Ua like makou me na hua ado. 
 Ae-lo-a, s. The north-east trade vrind 
 
 on the ocean ; same as moae. 
 Ae-kei, v. To be here ; to be present; 
 
 to be In existence. Mat. 2:18. Note. 
 
 This word seems to be compounded of ae. 
 No. 4, expressive of a passing or transfer, 
 and nci, which refers to present time or 
 present place ; something not flxed or ex- 
 actly deuned, but near by, cither in time 
 or place, as at this joresent. 
 Ae-nei, adv. Now", i. e., about this time, 
 just now, within a short time past or future. 
 2. Here : hereabouts ; near by ; not lar 
 off; ua holo aenei, he has just npw sailed ; 
 ua olelo <i«net, he has lately spoken ; ua 
 make aenei no ke alii, the king died a 
 short time ago ; ua hole aenei no kahi i 
 noho ai,he is gone a little ways to his place 
 of residence. 
 
 A-E-NEi, ». Bread-fruit. See Aainei. 
 Ae-se-lo-na, $. Heb. Name of an un- 
 clean bird, so translated in Kanl. 11:13. 
 
AIA 
 
 23 
 
 AIA 
 
 A-E^o, s. Gr, An eagle. Puk. 19:4; 
 
 Hoik. n-.U. 
 Ai, v.. To eat; to consume faod, as 
 
 pei'soiis or animals. 
 
 2. To devoiu-, as animals. 
 
 3. To destroy, consume, as fire. Nah. 
 16:35. 
 
 4. To congnme ; spoken of the sword, 2 
 Satn. 2:26. 
 
 5. To eat, consume, as a sore ; aole ai ka 
 mai, tlie disease has made no advance. 
 OikTc. 1S:5. 
 
 £. To taste, eat, enjoy the benefits of, bave 
 the profits of, as land ; e ai i ka aiiia. Nali. 
 32; 19th conj, sa hoo. .. 
 
 7, To cause to eat, L e., compel, w iudnce 
 to eat ; huhu loa ia (Kckaokalani)ika^a{ 
 noa ana a lakoa i ke alii (Liholiho,) he was 
 very angry at them for eausing the king 
 to eat fr«ely, i. e., contrary to kapu. 
 
 8.. To have sexual interconrse; appUed 
 to both sexes ; also to animals. Kin. 30:41. 
 
 Ai, s. Food ; vegetable food, in dis- 
 tinction from ia. meat. Ai oo, ripe food ; 
 at rnaloo, dried food ; ai maka, green food , 
 vegetables. Note.. — .^7, food, is the repre- 
 sentative of property gencmlly. 
 
 Ai, adj. .Consuming; destroying; spo- 
 ken of fire. 
 
 Ai, <idv., for aiii. There ; near by, but 
 not ill contact ; ai no U^ko o ka hale, there 
 in the bouse. 
 
 2. There, at anotbet' place, however dis- 
 tant : there ; when ; as, Auhea o Kekuao- 
 kalani ? .4i ae no mauka mat Where is 
 Kekuaokalani ? There he is coming by 
 land 
 
 Ai, verbal directive. Gram. § 242. It 
 has reference, generally, to a preceding 
 noun, verb or adverb, expressive of time, 
 place, cause, manner or instrument ; often 
 contracted, thus, bana'i, for hana ai. 
 
 A-i, *. The neck.; he a4 ko ke kanaka, 
 oia kahi e hui ai ke poo me ke kino, mati 
 has a'72«cfc, it is that which unites the head 
 with the body. A-i oolea, a stiff neck. 
 
 2. Fi^wralAviy, perverseness ; disobedi- 
 ence. Ruh. 39:3. 
 
 A-i-A, «. To be or show one's self con- 
 .ti-ary to the gods.. 
 
 2. To disregard the will of the gods ; to 
 be ungodly in practice. 
 
 3. To have the cjiaraeter of an ungodly 
 person. ler. 23:11. See Haihaia. 
 
 A-i-Aj s. An unprincipled or -ungodly 
 person. KaL 14:1. 
 
 2. The.practiceof ungodliness itself; he 
 hoomaloka : be hoole akua. 
 A-i-A, adj. Ungodly ; irreS^ous. 
 
 2. Bad, sore, watery, as the-tsy* ; onohi- 
 ota, a sore or watery eye. 
 A-I-A, adv. There, referring to place; 
 
 akt malaila ka bans ana, there the work is 
 doing. 
 
 2. Then, referring to time, generally in 
 connection with some other event Ifah. 
 10:3. 
 
 A-I-A, interj. Es;piessive of admiration 
 or surprise, of triumph or contempt. Aia 
 hoi, behold ! see there ; aia ka, there now ! 
 Jos. 9:12. Aia la, there you have it!' an 
 expression of triumph with contempt. Hal 
 35:21. 
 
 Ai-Ai,- ». To reduce to very small par- 
 ticles ) to make small. Eard. 9:21. To re- 
 duce to powder. 
 
 Ai-Ja» V. Found only ia, 15tb conj. Hoo. 
 
 ■ , Tp make .white ; splendlci ;, to beautify ; c 
 hooaiai ana i ke kula o Lele, beaulii'yjjag 
 the upland of Lele. 
 
 Ai-AifS. .Brightness; clearness; tialike 
 ke keokeo m« ka aiai. Puh. 24:10.. 
 
 Ai-Ai, <u^'. Bright, as moonlighl;. fair; 
 W^te. lob. 25:5. He malamalams aiai. 
 a Sam. 23:4. Pure, as milk. 1 Pit 2:2. 
 Clear, as glass. Hoik. 21:18. Pure, as 
 gold. .Ho?fc.21:21. White, cleans as linen. 
 Hoik. 19:6. 
 
 A-i-Ai, adv. Nearly. 
 
 Ai-Ai-ArKU-TT-LA, «. Name cf a god, the 
 s(^ of Hinahele, his mother, and Kuala, 
 bis father. _ He was a god of fishermen^ he 
 akua Tawaia. 
 
 Ai-Ai-NA, V. Ai, to eat, and aina, land. 
 Lrr. To eat the land. i. e., to enjoy, to pos- 
 sess land ; to own land ; aole ia i aiaina, 
 he did not possess land. 
 
 Ai-AU, r. To pray or poison to death, 
 as was formerly practiced. 
 
 2. To show covetousness in asking : as, 
 •ua aiau aku i ka hai, he coveted what was 
 another's. Similar to aluna and maket. 
 
 Ai-A-HU-A, V. To break secretly the 
 kapus of tiie gods, but to observe them 
 Oipenly : to act hypocritically. 
 
 2. To conspire secretly against one. 
 
 3. To defraud one's landlord by with- 
 holding the tax and nsin^ it himself 
 
 4. To pray to death. Similar to ancuma. 
 
 Ai-A-HU-A, s. A term apiplied to those 
 who disregard the kapu while othere ob- 
 si>rve it. When the. kapu is generally 
 disregarded it is called ainoa ; hence, 
 2. A hypocrite ; an irreligious person. 
 
 Ai-A-Hir-A, adj. Irreligious ) nnmjndful 
 of the kapu ; nanl ke kanaka aiahim. See 
 
 AlAHULU. 
 
 Ai-A-HU-LU, V. To pray or poison to 
 death. 
 
 2. To procure the death of another b^ 
 any firaudnlent means, or for any political 
 ov' selfish purpose. Notb. — The agent of 
 the intrigue is called kalaiino, niania, pao- 
 
AIE 
 
 24 
 
 AIH 
 
 pao;aobo]iia. See these worda in their 
 places. 
 
 Ai-A-HO-LU, s. Food baked a long time 
 in the oren till it is brown. 
 
 Ai-A-HU-PU-AA, <adj. See Ai and Ahu- 
 PUAA. A division ©f country ; he alii aior 
 hiipuaa, enjoying the office and pei'quisites 
 of an overseer of land. Laieik. 34. 
 
 Ai-A-KA-KAi, s. Ai, food, and akdkai, a 
 rush. New, fresh, sweet food, }ike poi 
 newly pounded ; he ai hou, he ai manalo. 
 Such food is also called pololei. 
 
 Ar-A-LA-A-LA, s. Ai, io eat, and ala, or 
 alaala, odoriferous. The scrofula. 
 
 Ai-A-Lii, V. Ai and oKi, chief. E hooha- 
 nohano, to etyoy the ease, hon«r and dig- 
 nity of a chief; to act Hie chiet See Nali- 
 
 jiALI. 
 
 Ai-A-LO, s. At, to eat, and alo, in front. 
 To eat before. 
 
 1. The people about the chief ; his at- 
 tendants, in distinction from the poe maka- 
 ainana ; kanaka akdo no ke alii. 
 
 2. A prince or princess ; -those about a 
 king. Sol. 31:4. Pan loa na makaainana 
 a me na aiah i ka pii inka, all the common 
 people and those about the chief Went up 
 the mountain. 
 
 3. A small division of land less than an 
 ahupnaa ; na kanaka o na aina, a me na ahu- 
 puaa, a me na aialo. 
 
 4. One who is a hanger -on and lives 
 lazily with a chief and aats Ks food. 
 
 Ai-A-NA, s. Eng. THe- Hawaiian pro- 
 nunciation of iton : a flat iron. 
 
 Ai-A-NA, adj. Walking wearily up and 
 down precipices ; he hele aikena, he ma- 
 loeloe. 
 
 Ai-A-NEi, adv. There ; just by ; not far 
 off. 
 
 Ai-E, V. Ai, to eat, and e, before hand, 
 i. e., to eat or enjoy a thingbeforeitispaid 
 for ; from the custom of paying for work 
 before it was done,«nd the pay consuiQed. 
 
 1. To owe : to be indebted ; aole oia (o 
 Kamehameha) i me, he (Kamehameha) 
 never went into Jebt. 
 
 2. To enjoy something yet to be paid 
 for ; e lawe e i ka waiwai a mahope hookaa. 
 
 Ai-E,s. Indebtedness; the state of being 
 in debt ; he poe «ie kakou, we »Te debtors. 
 2. A debt ; that which is due for any 
 cause; e lawe aie, to go in debt for a thing; 
 ^eft. 5;2. B haawi aie, to give (lend) on 
 usury, KanU 23:20. 
 
 Ai-E, adj. In debt; owing; under ob- 
 ligation to render some equivalent for 
 something received. 
 
 Ai-E, ado. E haawi aie, to give to be 
 paid again. 
 
 Ai-e'a, s. Fatigue; weariness. 
 
 Ai-EA,s. Name of a specie»of tree founa 
 on Lanai and other islands used for finish- 
 ' lag off canoes. 
 
 Ai-i-Li-Lo-Ko, V. Ai, to enjoy. Hi, the 
 skin, surface (of land,) ^^o. that which i! 
 contained in something else. To have or 
 possess a division of land less than an ahu- 
 pnaa. 
 
 Ai-o, V. The exclamation of one who 
 commands others to pull, or lift altogether ; 
 e holo, e ale, e miha, aio / 
 
 A-i*0E-OB, s. A-i, the. neck, and oeoe, 
 long. A-iong neck; applied, 
 
 1. ITo animals, as to nene, a goose, a ter- 
 rapin, the camelopard. 
 
 2. To persons. Note. — Thiswas the dis- 
 'tinctive appellation which the Hawaiians 
 
 first gave to the missionaries' wives, on ac- 
 count of the fashion of their bonnets (in 
 1820,) which gave them the appearance ot 
 long necks. No ka loloa o ka o-i a me ka 
 oeo« o ka papale, kapa akn na kanaka ia 
 lakou, Aioeoe. Mooehio Hawaii, p. 39. 
 
 Ai-o-HA-HA, s. Ai, fiswi, -and ^hnha, 
 plump. Vegetables, kalo or potatoes, fall 
 sized and good. 
 
 Ai-o-HAi-LAu, s. Ai, food, and oha, the 
 lower part of kalo tops, and lau, leaf. Food, 
 of the kalo tops, often fed to swine. 
 
 A-i-u-HA-u-HA, s. j4-«,-theneck, an'.'-Jt^- 
 vha. A stiff or cramped neck. '' 
 
 Ai-u-HA-TJ-HA, s. Ai, to eat, and uha- 
 uha, riotous. Epithet of a lower class of 
 chiefs ; eatingitiotously. or riotous eat*!^. 
 
 Ai-HA-HA, s. Ai, food, and haha, skin 
 ot kalo tops. The food of poor people ;'e 
 aihaha ana na luwahine. 
 
 Ai-HA-LA-LE, V. Ai, eat, and Mak, to 
 sup up, as a liquid. To be 'lazy ; to do 
 nothing : to be the reproa<iii of others ; to 
 eat the food of others without Work. See 
 
 LoM-VLOMAAIH.V].AI^. 
 
 Ai-HA-MU, J. Ai, food, and ha?rai, reiji- 
 nants of food. 
 
 1. The food left after a meal, especially 
 when little is left. 
 
 2. Crumbs and scrapings, that which is 
 burned on to the stones of the oven. 
 
 Ai-HA-MU, c. Ai, .to eat, and hamn, 
 refuse food. 
 
 1. To eat refuse food. 
 
 2. To eat up clean ; ua alhamuia kaii 
 mala uala. 
 
 3. Applied as an epithet of reproach to 
 the poe 'kahuna auaana, the priests -iv^o 
 practiced sorcery. 
 
 Ai-HE-A, int. adb. Ai, there, and kea, 
 where. At, or towards what place? the 
 answer, aUaita, there Note, — The a may 
 be a No. 2. Note-. — And ihea the auialo of 
 kea. See Oram. § .165, p. 93. 
 
AIK 
 
 .S5 
 
 AIL 
 
 Ai-Hu-A-WAA, t>. Xo pass firom one place 
 to anotlier aiid find a dwelling place. 
 
 Ai-HU-A-WAA, tdj. He poe a&aumaa, 
 wandererH tiiat have not settled down in 
 any place. 
 
 Ai-Hu-E, V. Ai, food, axii hue, to steal. 
 IiTT. To steal food. But ai representfi 
 ])ropcrty of all kinds. See Ai, a. Notk. — 
 Hence, to steal generally ;. to take (mother's 
 property secretly and without leave; to 
 steal a person. KarU. 24:7. 
 
 Ai-Hu-E, s. A thief; one who steals. 
 
 Al-HU-K-A, 
 Al-HU-E-IA, 
 Al-HU-E-HI-A, 
 Al-HV-E-LI-A, 
 
 V. These are all passive 
 
 forms of the \ei:h aik>u; 
 
 ' to be -stoilen. For these 
 
 forma, see Oram. § 211 : 
 
 1st, 2d. 
 
 Ai-Hti-E, adj. Found in all the above 
 forms. Stolen ; taken secretly. 
 
 Al-KA-HA-U-'LA, S. See MoEKAHAULA. A 
 dreaming of oomiirtitting adultery or fornix 
 cation ; a lasotvious dream. 
 
 Ai-KA-NE, v; Ai, No. S, and kam, male. 
 h To cohajiit, as male with mal^, or 
 female with female. 
 2. To commit sodomy ; hence 
 
 Ai-KA-NE, s. An intimate friend of the 
 same sex ; a friend or companion of the 
 same sex. 
 
 2. Those who mutually give and receive 
 presents, being of the same sex. 
 8. Sodoniy; dissoluteness of habit. 
 
 Ai-KA-PA, V. Ai, to enjoy, and kapa, side, 
 edge, border. To own one-half of a thing ; 
 applied to anything of which one-half be- 
 longs to one person and one-half to an- 
 other. 
 
 Ai-KA-pu, V. Ai, to eat, and kapu, forbid- 
 den. 
 
 1. To eat according to the restrictions 
 of the kapu. \ 
 
 2. To obey the rules of the tabu (kapii) 
 system, i. e., to observe the ceremonies of 
 the kapu. Notjb. — It is the opposite of 
 ainoa. 
 
 Aj-KA-pu, s. The observance of the rules 
 of the kapu ; yielding obedience to them ; 
 hooikaika lakou ia ia e hoopaakiki me ka 
 nikapu, thoy encouraged him to be'firml>y 
 the kapu. „ 
 
 Ai-KE-NA, V. To compel to work when 
 one is already fatigued ; to cause a groan- 
 ing or complaint for hard usage. 
 
 Ai-KE-PA, V. Ai and kepa, to scrape off, 
 as du-t from a stone. 
 
 1. To level off; to Yabbet, as the edge 
 of a board. 
 
 2. To lap over ; to cut a thing off ob- 
 liquely se^s to make uneven parts. 
 
 Ai-KE-PA, adj. Being Cut obliquely off, 
 so as to make uneven parts ; o ko'u la, ua 
 4 
 
 oki^atfcepa ia aku nei a uuku loa, my fish, 
 
 it is cut off oUiguely, and is v6ry small ; 
 
 be lole i oki aikepa ia a pono ole, the cloth 
 
 is cut off obJi^ueJ;^, and not straight. 
 Ai-KE-PA-KE-PA, V. To quarrel, as a man 
 
 and his wife when anotlier intercedes ; be 
 . wahlnc nuku aikepakepa lua. 
 Ai-Ki, V. Abbreviation of the word few- 
 
 i}d. To peep privately, or to look slyly ;■ 
 
 i lele i ke kapu a pa i ka aiki. 
 Ai-KO-LA, V. See Akola. Used only in 
 
 conj. 13. Eoo. To despise; to spurn from; 
 
 to triumph over ; to treat contemptuously. 
 
 IM. 22:24. V 
 
 2. Fio. Applied to, trees; to rejoice over, 
 in view of victory. laa. 14;8. See also 
 IIooNAiKOLA, anouier form of the same 
 word. ' 
 
 Ai-Ko-LA, s. Hoo. The subject of scorn 
 
 or derisfon J he mea hoaik^M a akaaka hoi,- 
 
 a subject of scorn and derision, JIal. 79: 
 
 4. See HoAUoiA. 
 Ai-Ko-LA, inl;. An expression of triuraj)h 
 
 mixed with contemptj as o/tu / Etth. 26:3. 
 Ai-KU, V. Ai, to eat, and ku, to stand. 
 
 •livt. To eat standing. 
 
 1. To eat in an improper manner. 
 
 ■ 2. Fio. To do a thing contrary to rule 
 
 or ceremony. 
 
 3. To break a kapn; similar to aia. Ailot 
 was jvn offense against the cods. 
 
 A<-KU, s. A-i, the neck, and lot, to stand. 
 A standing collar ftff a jacket. 
 
 Ai-Ku, s. Name of a disease ; the croup, 
 from the disposition to hold the head erect. 
 
 Ai-KU-KU-KU, V, To be sick with swell- 
 ing in the month and legs; aa aihikvku 
 ma ka waha, he has a swelling in the 
 mouiil ; ua aikukulcu ma ka wawae, aole 
 ola, he has swelled legs, he will not live. 
 
 Ai-Ku-KU-KU, s. The swelling and sore- 
 ness of the mouth and tegs, ilke the large 
 itch. 
 
 Ai-Kn-Piru,x Ai, food, and kupuu. Dry 
 food, as baked kalo of other vegetables. 
 
 Ai-LA, i. Bng. OH; aila kukui, lamp 
 
 oil; ai^amura, ointment. SoL27:9. Note 
 
 The Hawaiian words are momona, kona- 
 hua, Sk. 
 
 Ai-LA, s. The name o^ a tree j called 
 also Mi. 
 
 Ai-LAi-LA, adi:. Ai (see Ai, adv.) and 
 laila, there. In answer to the interrogative 
 aiJiea; thero ; by the side of ; in that place ; 
 there ; there it is. 
 
 Ai-LA-Lo, adv. Ai, ada., and lalp,iov/n. 
 Down ; down under ; down there ; ailalo 
 kahll make ai, down there is the place where 
 he died. 
 
 Ai-LE^-Aj.v. Ai, V. 8, and ha, pleasure. 
 
AIL 
 
 26 
 
 AIN 
 
 To copulate, as mak- and female ; spoken 
 of raen'and animals. , 
 Ai-LE-FE, I'. Ai and lepe, the comb of a 
 Clock. 
 
 1. To turn up and Iback. 
 
 2. To ruck, aa the skin when broken, or 
 as kapa when ruffed. 
 
 Aj-le-pe, adj. Turned up; fucked; as 
 the skin when broken;, as kapa when 
 rnffed. 
 
 'Ai-LE-Fo, s. Ai, to eat, arid lepo, dirt. 
 An expression applied to a multitude of 
 fish. The application is not clear. 
 
 A-i-Li, V. To pant ; to gasp for breath. 
 
 2. To pull lip, as a bush ; e uhuki. 
 
 3. To pull ap, as a hook with a fish on 
 it ; ka aili ae no ia i ke aho lou ka ia i 
 ka mftkau, he pulled up his hook line, the 
 hook was the fish. See Kaili. 
 
 Ai-i,i-.A, V. Pass, of aili for aUiia. 
 Ai'hn, V. Ai arid lii for alii. To enjoy 
 
 the dignity of a chief; to be noble. 
 Ai-Li-Hi, V. At, to eat, enjoy, and lihi, a 
 
 border, edge. 
 
 1. To possess or enjoy a piece of land 
 only in part, as some comer, end or outr 
 side, while the main part is denied. See 
 Ahcapa. '' 
 
 2. To pay only a part Of a debt and 
 withhold the remainder ; ua bookaa mai i 
 kekahi a ua alihi aku no i kekahl, he paid 
 Bome and withheld some (of the debt.) 
 
 a, To disregard the kapu in respect to 
 trading. 
 
 Ai-Li-Hi, *. A creditor; he mea i aili- 
 hiia, a person paid only in part ; he inoa 
 BO kekejii mea. 
 
 Ai-LO-LO, *. The name of a religious per- 
 formance when a hog was offered in B»iri- 
 fice ; a part of it was eaten at the time of 
 offering. 
 
 Ai-LO-Lo, V. To teach the art of Ittaani 
 the practice of armaria; sorcery and the 
 practice of soldiery, so as to be a proficient. 
 Ua ao i ka Ina, a ua make ke kanaka, ua 
 ailolo. Ua ao i ka anaana, ua make fee 
 kanaka, ua ailolo. Ua ao i ke koa, ua ku i 
 'ka mokn, a ua ailolo. 
 
 Ai-LO-LO, adj. Disobedient, as a child, 
 and thus destroys himself; one that de- 
 stroys himselfHhrough his own evil courses; 
 it belongs to persons of all classes ; he'ke- 
 iki.hoolohe ole, a ua lele i ka pali no ko 
 kolohe, a ua make aUdlo ka hookuli, he 
 was a disobedient child, be leaped a preci- 
 pice through mischief, he died throua;h 
 <lisobeflience, &o. ; ua make no ke kanaka 
 hewa no ka hookuli aihlo no ia lakou. 
 
 Ai-iiOrtQ,,*. He inoa no kekahi mea. 
 
 Ai-Lu-NA, adi). There above ; up ; up- 
 wards. 
 
 Ai-MA-HA-HA, s. A kind of hard kalo, 
 
 difficult to make into good poi. 
 Ai-MA-Lu, V. Ai, to eat, and Tnalu, st- 
 
 cretly. 
 
 1. To transgress or break a law secretly. 
 
 2. To eat with one contrary to kapu; he 
 aimalu ka poe tX puupuu o na 'lii, the 
 stewards of the chiefi; transgressed. 
 
 Ai-MO-Kir, s. Ai, to eat, enjoy, and mohi, 
 a district. A person whet holds the rank 
 of a chief over some district or island ; one 
 who enjoys the honors and profits of such 
 a post without really 0¥/ning the land; e 
 pau kona uimoku, ana, his authority is 
 ended. Laleik. 34. 
 
 Ai-MO-KU, adj. Having the authority of 
 a chief; he kane aimoku, epithet of i per- 
 son acting for a chief, a lieutenant, one 
 who enjoys the fruits of the land bat pays 
 a part to the owner ; na 'lii aimoku, gov- 
 ernors. Ezr. 8:36 ; JEsel. 3:12. 
 
 Ai-NA, s. Ai, it eat, enjoy, and na, con- 
 traction of an^ (the participial termination 
 of wfords equivalent to JEhg. ing. See Oram. 
 § 204,2.) An eating; the means of eating, 
 i. e., ttie fhiits of the land ; hence, 
 
 1. Land generally ; a farm ; a field ; a 
 country: an island. In this sense it is STN. 
 with moKu, or mokupuoi ; elua inoa ika- 
 paia ma ka mokupuni, be moku ' kekahi, a 
 he a.im kekahi, an island has two names, 
 moku is one, and oina is the other. D. 
 Mak). 7:1. 
 
 2. Any taxable privilege, as the right of 
 fishing, the right to sell things in market, &c. 
 
 3. Any means of obtaining a living ; e 
 Mi au e hao i kela waiwai, no ka mea, o 
 ko'u ama no o ka hao wale aku, I will go 
 and rob that property, because it is my 
 means of living to rob. Baw. Hist. 
 
 Ai-NA,.s. A contractiott of ei awffl. See 
 above. An eating ; a meal. 
 
 Ai-NA, ttdj. Eating ; dining ; papa aina. 
 an eating table ; hale aina, one of the six 
 houses of an establishment ; he hale aina 
 oia kekahi, the eating house is one. 
 
 Ai-NA, s. The snap of a gun; the jar of 
 a door; the report of lightning. See P.u-a- 
 
 INA. 
 
 Ai-NA, 0. Lit. Being eaten. Used pass- 
 ively; 'to be desti-oyed; to bo devoured; 
 eaten up. Ahia o Hawaii e ka pele, Ha- 
 waii is eaten by the volcano ; aina ke ka- 
 naka e ka mauo, the man was devoured 
 by a shark ; aina ka ai c ka puaa, the food 
 was eaten by a hog. 
 
 Ai-NA, s. Pain; grief; weariness; disap- 
 pointed affection ; he kona, hihi, he lea. 
 
 Ai-NA-o-LE,_t!. To eat silently, gently, 
 without noise ; c ai mahie, e mukamuka. e 
 ainaole. 
 
 Ai-na-hoo-i-li-na, s. Aim, land, and 
 
AIP 
 
 27 
 
 AO 
 
 kooUina, to inherit. An inheritance, i. e , 
 land inherited. 2 OM. 20:11. An inher- 
 ited portion. loh. 24:8. 
 
 Ai-NA-KE-A, s. Aimi, eating, and kea, 
 species of cane. See Kokea. The eating isf 
 sugar-cane till dry and wliite. 
 
 Ai-NE-A, V. To labor iri vain; to be 
 weary with hard toil. See IiiiiA.. 
 
 Ai-NE-MA-NE-MA, V. Ai and Tiema. To 
 reproach ; to vility. 
 
 Ai-NO-A, V. Ai, to eat, and noa, free 
 from restraint. To eat freely, without re- 
 garding the kapu ; to brealt Itapu by eat- 
 ing ; to disregard the kapus in one's man- 
 ner of living. 
 
 Ai-NO-A, s. Ai and noa. Implying a re- 
 lease from fcapit; the opippsite of aikapu; 
 freedom from the restrainits of kapu ; o ka 
 ainoa, oia ka hoomaka ana e pau ai ia man 
 kapu, the eating freely, i. o., (the disregard- 
 ing the kapu,) that was the beginning of 
 tiie destruction of the kapu system. Ainoa 
 was the general term, and universally ap- 
 plied wl^n the nation threw off idolatry. 
 Jlaw. Ilist. 
 
 Ai-No-A, s. Name of those persons who 
 first ate together, men and women, con- 
 trary to the kapu. 
 
 Ai-PA (e-pa), s. Heb. Name of a dry 
 measHre ; an epha. Nah. 6:15. 
 
 Ai-FAA, s, Ai, food, and paa, hard. 
 Hard food ; food, that is, kalo prepared for 
 keeping. 
 
 Ai-PA-LAi, s. A name for scrofula. The 
 word is said to hare originated with Kame- 
 hameha I., meaning the same as aialaala. 
 
 Al-FO-d-LA, s. He axpoda, he like me ka 
 puupoola i ka moni. 
 
 Ai-FO-o-LA, i. He hana mahiai, a ma- 
 hope kalaa ka mea ai no ka luhi o I^a hana 
 ana ; he kaumaha paha o ka mea i haaaia, 
 he aigooh,. 
 
 Ai-PO-o-LA, adj. Ua paa i ka hana, he 
 hana hoaipodUi. 
 
 A.-1-TVV, s. ^-i, neek,,andpKM, a bunch. 
 
 1. A bunch on the shoulder from oarrj- 
 ing heavy b'ardens. 
 
 2. Name of the person who has Bueh a 
 b'lnch. 
 
 8. The'^atae of a diseasfc; also called 
 Uholelu). Ka pilikia no ke kan ana mail o 
 K& mai dipuu a e anal mai, the difficulty 
 fSroitt the attack of the disoase aipuu caus- 
 ing waste, &c. ; he kokuaieholeho. 
 
 Ai-puu-puu, V. Ai, food, and puupuu, to 
 divide out. See Puu. 
 
 1. Soo. To serve out provisions to oth- 
 ers ; to supply with provisions. 
 
 2. To serve or wait on at table. 
 
 3; To act as a servant in' any manner. 
 
 Ai-PUU-PUtJ, *. A sfervant who prepares 
 
 food; a steward; a cook; a servant gen- 
 erally ; originally, applied to stewards of 
 chiefs. 
 
 Ai-PU-Hi-0, s. The release from the re- 
 strictions of kapu ; it has the same meau- 
 ing as ainoa, but Is seldom used. 
 
 Ai-PU-KA, s. See Ipuka, a gate. Ipajta 
 is the C;drreot orthography, 
 
 Ai-PU-Nl, V. To go around; to. circum- 
 ambulate, as a tract of country ; like kaa- 
 pwni. 
 
 A-i-WA (e-i-wa), num. adj. The simple 
 form is iwa. Nine ; the number nine. 
 
 A-i-wa-i-wa, v. To be very good, benefi- 
 cent and kind, or the contrary. Aiviaiwa 
 refers to the excess of charactei', very good 
 or very bad. Aiwaiwa ke kanaka akamai 
 i ka naauao ; aiviaivoa no hoi ke alii loko- 
 maikai ; aiwaiwa no hoi ke keiki kolohe. 
 Aiioaiwa refers to a person accomplished 
 with learning ; it applies to a very kind- 
 hearted chief; it also applies to a mischiev- 
 ous child. 
 
 Ai-wA-i-WA, s. A remarkable person or 
 animal ; applied to the fabulous dog Kala- 
 bumoku, of Tahiti ; a ike aku la ia Kalahu- 
 moku 1 ke aiwaivM o Tahiti. Laieilc. 108. 
 
 Ai-WA-i-wA, V. To look long and stead- 
 ily at a person or thing ; aiviaiwa nui i ka 
 nana loihi a ike, he persevered in loolring 
 for a long time. 
 
 Ai-wAi-u, adj. Ai, to eat, and waiu. 
 
 milk. Milk-eating; epithet of a socking 
 
 child ; an infant. lia. 49:15. Lit. A milft- 
 
 eater; 
 Ad, ». To be or become light or day, 
 
 as iii the morning ; ua «(o ka po, the night' 
 
 ha:3 become Ught. OHu 12:18. 
 
 2. To awake, as from a vision or dream. 
 
 3. To come to one's right mind or self- 
 possession. 
 
 4. To teach ; instruct. Lvk. 11:1. 
 
 5. To enlighten ; instruct in one's duty 
 or conduct. OiMc. 10:11. 
 
 6. To reprove ; take heed ; beware ; tiJ 
 
 warn. JCi».. al>OA. 
 
 7. To regard with reverence ; to ftbej. 
 
 8. To charge strictly* 
 
 9. To learn to do a thing ; to learn, to 
 study, as a language ; e na kumu e, e an 
 oukou i ka olelo Hawaii, O teachers, Stiidy 
 the Hawaiian language. 
 
 10. To copythe Sample of others. Kant. 
 18:9. In the imperative.- e ao, look out ; 
 watch ; be on your guard ; take heed. los. 
 22:5. 
 
 Ao, ». Found only ift hoo., conj. 3; To 
 teinpt ; to try ; to prove. Dan. 12:10. 
 
 2. To try one's conduct or fitness for a 
 duty. Lank. 7:4. 
 
 3. To try ; assay- Kari. 4:34. 
 
 4. To try to do a thing to aacerttaa 
 
AOA 
 
 28 
 
 AOU 
 
 wbether it can be done ; e hoao e ae oe 
 mamua a maopopo, a ina maopopo, alaila 
 hana, try first whether the thing is feasible, 
 if feasible, then do it. 
 
 5. To try ; taste of, i. e., suffer, as pain 
 or death. Mat. 16:18. To tempt, as the 
 Holy Spirit. Oih.&-X 
 
 6. To try, i. e., to cohabit before mar- 
 riage. 
 
 7. To exhibit or practice the shameless 
 conduct of the sexes as in former times. 
 
 Ao, s. Light ; day, in distinction ffom 
 po, night. Kill. 1:5. For the different j)e- 
 riods of time through the night, see Laieik. 
 30. 
 
 -2. The world. floJ. 89:11. Okeoonei, 
 o lieia ao, this world ; o kela ao, the future 
 world; liawahi 00, heavenly places. JSpes. 
 1:3. 
 
 3. Light; applied to, the. light-green of 
 fresh leaves of plants or trees ; the green 
 itesh buds ; a kupu, a lau, a loa, a ao, a 
 muo, a liko ; ' the middle or new leaf of 
 plants ; as, ao ko, ao kalo.' 
 
 4,, Knowledge ; instruction ; ke ao 9na, 
 doctrine. 
 
 A-p, s. A cloud. Fuk. 14:19. ilopouli, 
 a dark cloud. Pule. 14:2Q, Na mea ITana 
 i ke ao. observers of; elaad$. Kanl. 18:14. 
 
 Ao, adj. EriUghtene4 i informed; in- 
 structed ; mostly connected with naau, as 
 naauoo, and written as one word. 
 
 Ao, ^. Dried kalo or potatoes (i. e,, kalo 
 or potatoes baked and dried,), used for 
 food. 
 
 2. Sea-bread or any hard bread was 
 called 00 by Hawaiians when they fltat saw 
 it. 
 
 Ao,s. Art., ka. Name of a species of 
 bird. Litidk. 29. 
 
 A-o-4, V. To howl, as a dog or wolf. 
 
 2. To howl or wail for grief for the loss' 
 of friends ; to howl for a calamity that has 
 come upon oiie, Isa. 13:6. 
 
 3. To ci-y, as one in distress and anguish. 
 , lak.Sil. To howl, as in despair. JoS. 1:6. 
 A-o-A, *. A howling, as of a- dog or 
 
 ravenous beast ; a wailing for the dead. 
 A-o-A, adj. Howling, as of a ravenous 
 
 beast. Isa. 13:21. Holoholona aoaoa, 
 
 howling beasts. Hence, cross ;■ angry; 
 
 rough in language. 
 A-o-A, 5. A snail ; he pupu. , 
 
 ■ 2. Also the name of a species of small 
 
 fish. 
 
 A-o-A, s. Name of a tree, not found on 
 these islands, but in some foreign country; 
 often spoketi of in the ancient meles. 
 
 Ao-Ao, 4 The side of a thing, as land, 
 country; the CQS.st of r* country. Ma ka 
 aoaei Puna a me Kala kiv holo ana, along 
 the shore of Puna and Kftii was the saiL'ng, ; 
 
 Pehea na aoao o Ferani? what are the 
 boundaries'of France ? 
 
 2. Trap. A way, habit, manner, peculiar 
 to any one. Oih. 17:2. A course of lifejr 
 Hal 1:1 and 6. 
 Ao-AO, V. To accustom ; to practice ; & 
 hoomaamaa. See Maa. To repeat fre*- 
 quently. 
 
 2. To teach ; to give instruction to one 
 how to act on occasion. Laieik. 12. 
 A-o-Ao, V. To make one's escape from 
 justice ; to depart secretly from fear of 
 being taken ; e aoao malu ana, i mahuka,. 
 io escape secretly, to run away. 
 
 2. To show or point out a way for one to 
 go ; abao aku la mea, eia ko alanui. 
 Ao-AO, Ji What one has been taught to 
 say or do ; kahea iho la e like me ke aoao 
 ana, he called out as he had b^ett in-- 
 structed. Laieik. 170. 
 A-oA-OA, s. Name of a pleasant iea- 
 breeze at Honolulu ; he paa o aoaoa lani. 
 Ao-AO-NU-i, s, The name of a specie* 
 
 of broad fish ; he ia kino palahalaha. 
 Ao-A-KU-A, s. Ao, for imo, a desert • 
 place, and akua, God. A lonely place;: 
 generally a barren place ; a desert. More 
 properly written waoakua, the region of • 
 the gods, ghosts, hobgoblins, &c. See Wao- 
 AKUA. Note. — The proper orthography is 
 auakua. * 
 
 Ao-AO-WE-LA, s. A species of fish of a 
 
 green color. 
 A-o-E, adv.- One of tjie forms of the ad- 
 verb of negation ; aohe, aole, aoe, no, not, 
 nor, a universal negative. 
 A-oE, V. See Oe. To move along with 
 a rustling, rippling noise, as a wave of the 
 sea : to make a noise like a rippling wave; 
 ooe ka ale ka moana, the slight wave of 
 the ocean ripples, &c. ; he hele wale no e 
 \ike me ka aol, 
 AtOo, s. See A 00 uoder A. Name of 
 an instnin^ent for destroying unborn chil- 
 dren; &c. See RoHOLUA. 
 A-o-o; adj. See Oo, to be mature. f!pi- 
 thet of a full gro'fyn man when all his fac- 
 ulties of 'body and mind have come to ma- 
 turity ; he aoo ia, he is full grown. 
 A-o-o-No-Hi, s. He aoonohi ulaula; an 
 expression signifying that a ?torm is near. 
 Ao-o-pu-A, s. Ao, cloud, and pua, an 
 arrow. Sharp-pointed clouds' as they ap- 
 pear in the sky^ me he mau aoopua la e 
 kau ana, pela ke kau ana o ka make 
 raaluna o na kanaka, as sharp-pointed 
 clouds hang in the sky, so death hangs 
 over men. 
 
 Ao-u-Li, s. Ao, a cloud, and uli, blue. 
 1. A blue cloud, i. e„ the-sky, the firma- 
 ment. 
 
AOL 
 
 29 
 
 AU 
 
 2. The visible arch of heuveii ; aia iluna 
 lilo ke anuK la, there above is the sky. 
 
 3. Tlie stai-s collectively; the liosfof 
 heaven. 2 O'M. 33:5. 
 
 4. Heaven itself. Jliil 89:6. Notk.— 
 Ill grammar, it ia used liir mood ; as, (uyuii 
 hai, indicative mood; aouli kanolia, imper- 
 ative mooti; mni.li\iu'ihe,imh]\iaciiYv mood ; 
 aindi kuwalo, iiifiiiilivo mood, 
 
 A-o-HE, adv. No; not; not at all; by 
 no moans. See Aoj.B and Aok. 
 
 ade. Used as ad- 
 verlw aiid inter- 
 jections. What ! 
 how great! tnily 
 so; a confirmation 
 of the declaration 
 
 Ao-HAA, 
 
 Ao-HE-IO, 
 
 Ao-HE-IO-HOI, 
 
 Ao-TIE-HOI, 
 
 Ao-HE-0-KA-NA.-MAI, 
 
 of another ; also, surprising ; admirable ; 
 
 never so many, &e. 
 Ao-HE-LE, V. Ao, to teach, and hele, to 
 
 1. To teach as one travels ; to preach 
 traveling about; ua aohek o Kaahunianu 
 ine ka hoohuli i na kanaka a [>au mu ka 
 |i()i\o, Kaahilmanuwent a)»o>it teaching the 
 leojilo and turning them to do wliat was 
 right. 
 
 2. To <Ieclarc ; pnbli.sh, as a law ; as a 
 chief when he went from placo to place ; 
 aHifk na 'lii i na kanawai. . 
 
 ko-uo-KV, V. Ao, to teach, and /loku, a 
 star. To teach aslronofliy. 
 
 Ao-HO-su, *. Astronomy as a science ; 
 tilso an astronomer ; pepehiia ac la ke alii 
 muku a me ka mea aohoku, the, captain of 
 the ship was slain and the astronomer. 
 
 Ao-KA, V. To be crushed or chewed 
 finely for swallowing. 
 
 A-o-kX-o-ka, v. See Oka. To pulver- 
 ize ; make fine ; to bruise or pound fine ; 
 aweluawehi. See Okaoka, 
 
 A-0-KA-A-o-KA, s. Any fine particles of 
 matter, as saw-dust. Ices of wine, dregs of 
 any liquid ; hence, 
 
 \ 2. An offensive smell, as connected with 
 sueli matter. 
 
 Ao-KA-HA-EA, s. A'o, cloud, and kahaea. 
 A kind of cload as it appears in the heaV- 
 ens ; he aokahaea i Wnohinohiia. 
 
 ■ Ao-KU, s. The name of a rain ; he ua 
 
 ao}m. 
 
 A-o-LE (ole), adv. An adverb of deny- 
 ing, "refusing ; no ; not ; a universal nega- 
 tive ; for euphony's sake, it takes different 
 forms J as, aohe, aole, ohe, ole, and aoe. The 
 form, ote is, -privative in its meaning, and 
 may be added to almost any adjective, noun 
 (proper names excepted.) or verb in the 
 language. It is cciuivalont to the English 
 ihseparable negative particles, lesSjin, vn, 
 &c. See Oi.B- 
 
 A-o-LE, V. To not ; not to do ; aole oia 
 i hana, he did it not. 
 
 2. To deny ; refuse to do a thing ; aok 
 ae la ia i hoopono ia ia, ia inanawa, he re- 
 fused (he did not) reform himself at that 
 time. 
 
 3. Not to be ; no existence. IM. 37:30. 
 Aoh e ole, a phrase signifying the strong- 
 est aflirniation, as, it cannot but be, it can- 
 not be otherwise, it will not fail of being 
 so, there is no wjt in the case, &e. Note. — 
 the sense 2, to deny, is more generally 
 found under the form.ofe, v., 3d conj. hoo., 
 which sec. 
 
 A-o-LE -E-o-LE, adv. See Aole above. 
 It cannot but be. tiiT. It cannot be not. 
 
 A-o-LE-io-Hoi, adv. See under Aohaa. 
 How very ! Md€ 6:23. Aole hu, God for- 
 bid. Xwfc. 20:16. 
 
 A-o-LE-PA-HA, adv. A strong affirma- 
 tion ; how true ; tjuo indeed ; so it is. 
 
 A-o-LE-Hoi-NA, adv. A very aflfectionate 
 salutation ; now used only among the old 
 people ; th(! modern term is aloha. 
 
 Ao-LbA, s. Ao, cloud, and loa, long. A 
 comparison of clouds, as high and low; 
 applied also to men, as more or less honor- 
 able ; o Ku ke aoloa, o Ku ke avpoko, Ku 
 is the long cloud, Ku is the short cloud. 
 Sec AoPOKO. 
 
 Ao-Mi-LO, V. To procure abortion ; oo 
 no lakou i na keiki, acmMo a hahai, ua nui 
 na kamalii i make. Note. — The methods 
 of pi'ocuring abortion were numerous and 
 various. 
 
 A-o-NB, s. Dirt ; he lepo, he lau one. 
 See O.NK, sand? 
 
 .^-o-NO, adj. num. See Ono, the simple 
 form. Six ; with other forms, eono, ke ono, 
 he ono, 
 
 Ao-No-KA, ade. A contracted poetical 
 phrase tor «ole no ka e kala, not lately 
 done, long ago. 
 
 Ao-Nu-i-Hoo-LA-HO-LA-HO, s. The name 
 of a broad mass of clouds extending over 
 a great space. 
 
 2. A mass of pillar clouds as seen at 
 night. 
 
 Ao-po-KO, s. See AotoA. LiXi A short 
 cloud. Fig. Men of little weight of char- 
 acter. 
 
 Au, pen. pron., 1st per. sing. I ; when 
 prefised or preceded by the emphatic o, as 
 au, the compound sound resembles that 
 of w ; hence it has the forms au, o an, wau, 
 and b vmu ; the o is no part of the word, 
 and should be written separately. 
 
 A'u, pron. So written for adu, one a 
 dropped and the apostrophe siTpplied. It 
 is the auipiU, one of the oblique cases of 
 au, 'I. - See Oram. § 124. Of me ; mine. 
 
AU 
 
 30 
 
 AUA 
 
 There is a aensible break in the pronunci- 
 ation, to distingiiish it fromau, the 1st per- 
 son, and from au, of the 2d person next 
 below. 
 
 Au, pron-. With a more protracted, 
 smooth pronunciation thaii the foregoing, 
 one of t^e-auipili cases of the 2d per. alng. 
 of oe. Oram. § 132. Thine ; of thee. 
 
 Au, s. The handle or helve of an axe. 
 Kanl. 19:5. The staff of a spear. 1 Safa. 
 17:7. The handle. of a sword, iunfc. 3;22. 
 The handle of an auger, &c. ; au koi, au 
 pahi.. 
 
 Av, s. The current in the ocean ; au 
 inaloko o ka modna ; o kahi o ke kai e wili 
 ana, he au-ia ; he witi au kahi inoa. 
 
 2. The grain in wood. 
 
 3. The niotioh of the hand in mixing poi. 
 
 4. An a«ti6n of the mind ; as, ke au wale 
 nel no ko'ttimanao e akc c pnlelo iki ae, 
 my mind is exercisittgj &c. See Au, v., 
 below. 
 
 Au, s. The gall of animals. Oihk. 3:i; 
 
 Zo&. 16:13; Met. Oihi 8:23. 
 Atr, s. T.iine ; a period of time, more or 
 
 less dcMtely designated, as the reign of a 
 
 king. lit: 28:1. 
 2. The timcof one's life; i keauia Kala- 
 
 niopuu ; i ke au Likoliho, in the time of 
 
 Kalanlopnu, &e. 
 S.ABfeasoif. Oift. 11:28. A portion of 
 
 time. 
 
 Au, s. A territory; district of country; 
 generally compounded with other qualiff- 
 ing words ; as, ouakua, a desert, a place of 
 gods, ghosts, &c. See Adakua. jlwkanaka, 
 an inhabited country ; awpuni, a large re- 
 gion, &c. ' Note. — Au is the term repre- 
 senting all places where food grows ; as 
 Jcalm represents such places as arc on- or 
 near the shore where food does not grow. 
 This applies mostly to the leeward side of 
 the islands. 
 
 Au, V. To swim; ua au na kanaka i 
 fe» moana, a pakelo i ka make, tlie people 
 swam the ocean and escaped death. 
 
 2. To float on the surface of water ; to 
 turn, as the eyes to look at something; ina 
 ua ike oc e au ana kona maVa. Laink. 145. 
 SvN', with nana ia. 
 
 3. Hoo., 3d coty. To cause to swim, to 
 float ; Aooau hele aku la i na pahu o lakou, 
 they floated along their (watbr) casks. 
 
 4., To convey, as on a raft.' 2 Oihl. 2:16. 
 
 5. To swim through the water by the ex- 
 ertions of the arms and other limbs ; poho 
 ka uhane o ka poe make i ka moana, aole 
 paha e hiki ke au iuka, the souls of those 
 who sink in the ocean are lost, they are not 
 able to swim ashore. Used imperatively, 
 to ciuioken, to hasten ; more generally 
 •Joubled, as dw««, which see. 
 
 Au, s. Name of a fish with a sharp 
 nose. 
 2. Name of a soft porous stone. 
 
 Au, V. To loTig aft^r, or be wholly bent 
 on ; to be fully engaged in a course of con- 
 duct ; alalia, au loa wan i na ino o ke ao 
 nei, then I was wholly engrossed in ttie 
 vileness of the world ; makemake, puiii 
 lilo loa. See Av, cun-ent, above. 
 
 Au-A, V. To dislike to part with prop- 
 erty ; to be stingy in giving. 
 
 2. To keep back what -should be given 
 to another; to withhold. Sol. 11:24. 
 
 3. Not to give a thing asked for ; to be 
 
 stmgy. 
 4. To 
 
 4. To think so much of a thing bs not to 
 part with it. Kin. 46:20. Ua hewa no kahi 
 aud -ana o na Lunaatihau, some of the 
 stinginess of the Lunaailfaaus is wrong. 
 
 6. To look with regret upon a thing. 
 
 6. To forbid ; withhold. Kin. 30:2. 
 
 7. To reftise assent to a proposal ; not 
 to be pleased with it. LaieUe. 140. 
 
 Au-A, s. The name of a fish. 
 Au-A, s. Stinginess; closeness. 
 Au-A, s. The voice of the bird alala. 
 Au-A, adj. Close; hard; parsimonious; 
 
 stingy ; he pi, he paa. 
 Au-AE, s. See Auwae, the chin. A 
 
 lana ka omk kahi nnku. 
 Au-AE, adj. Expert; cunning; provi- 
 dent. 
 Au-AE, V. To be lazy; to spend time 
 
 idly ; e kalauea, e kaialili. 
 Au-AE, s. Laziness, indolence ; one whp 
 
 spends time idly. 
 Au-AE-puu, V. For auwaepuu. Hoo. To 
 
 bo lazy, indolent. 
 Au-Au, V. Conj. 6 of au, to swim. To 
 
 bathe in water, as a person. Pvk. 2:5. 
 
 2. To wash ; cleanse with water. Oihk. 
 15:5. - 
 
 3. To take out wrinkles from a piece of 
 cloth. Hoo., conj. 3. To wash; cleanse 
 &c. 
 
 4. Used imperatively, to excite; hasten; 
 e awa« atai kakou, e wikiwiki; eauoMtiaJ 
 oe, come quickly, e wikiwiki mai oe ; used 
 also with ho. See Hoauau. 
 
 Au-Au, *. A bathing; washing; ua hele 
 i ka o«<iu, he is gone to bathe. 
 
 Au-AU, adj. Of, or belonging to bath- 
 ing ; as, he wai auau ; wahi auau. 
 
 Au-AU, s. Name of a certain aho (a 
 small. stick) to be thatched firet in the pro- 
 cess of building a heiau. 
 
 Au-AU, s. Name of a long slun fish ; 
 the guard-fish that swims near the surface 
 of the water. 
 
 Au-AU, s. A snare for catching and 
 
AUA 
 
 31 
 
 AUH 
 
 killing birds; he pahele e make ai ka 
 manu ; he auau manu. 
 
 Au-Au, s. The stalk of loulu made into 
 a spear ; be ihe. 
 
 Atj-au-nei. Probably for auanei, which 
 see. 
 
 Au-AU-PA-PA-o-HE, p. Also oupapoohe. 
 
 • Name of a fish, a variety of the species auau. 
 
 Au-AU-WA-HA, i, Au, a place, au dou- 
 blocl and ^oAa, a.mouth. To dig a fiirrow 
 or ditch; <to dig up. into furrows, as for 
 planting. Hoo. ^To make a furrow by dig- 
 ging. Hal. 14:7. . See Adwaha. 
 
 Au-A-KU-A, s. Also written wauakua and 
 waoahua. Au, a place, and aleua, a god. 
 
 1 . A region remote fi-om inhabitants, and 
 supposed to be the haunts of spirits, ghosts, 
 hobgOblingj &c, 
 
 2. A desolate place ; uninhabited. Isa. 
 13:9. He anoano kanaka ole. 
 
 AtJ-A-Lii, adj. Name of a kapu sacred 
 to Kama, an ancient chief of Maiu ; o. ka 
 nockole aualii kapu o Kama. 
 
 Au-A-LO, s. Au, place, and alo, in front. 
 A shed or verandah adjoining a house for 
 storing canoes, calabashes, and other prop- 
 erty. 
 
 Atj-a-mo, s. Au, a handle, and amo to 
 carry. A stick or pole with which burdens 
 are carried across the shoulder. 1 Oihl. 
 la-.li. A staff or pole for carrying a bur- 
 den. Puk. 25:13. Hale auamo,'Si palanr 
 quin. Mel. Sol. 3:9. A yoke. Kara. 21:3. 
 Fig. a burden ; service. Mat. 11:30. 
 
 Au-A-Mo, V. To carry on the shoulders 
 or back ; c halihali, e mamaka : to carry 
 on a stick across the shoulder. Seeabove. 
 
 Au-A-Mo-£, V. Auamo, to bear, and e, 
 extra. To bear a very heavy load, so as 
 to sprain or bruise the neck ; e auamoe me 
 ka nanaha o ka a-i, to carry a load with 
 the straining of the neck. 
 
 Au-A-NA, ». Also written auwana. Au, 
 to swim, and ana,, the participial termina- 
 tion ing. A swimming off. The word has 
 its origin in the overturning of a oanoc, 
 when men and all the cargo of the canoe 
 float off in different directions. 
 
 1. To be scattered ; dispersed, as things 
 disperse in the upsetting of a canoe. 
 
 2. To go astray, as the miiid; awmana 
 hcwa ka naau; to be wandering, as the 
 thoughts. 
 
 3. To scatter from each other, as people. 
 
 4. To go here and there in search of 
 something. Tvk. 5:12. 
 
 5. i7oo. To scatter ; disperse abroad ; to 
 cause to wander; to go froni place to place. 
 Kin. 20:13. TJa hooauwanaia ka poe hewa 
 
 , i ka make, the wicked are scattered in 
 death. See Aowana, 
 
 Au-A-NA, adj. Scattered; wandering; 
 dispersed. 
 
 Au-A-NEi, adv. Au, time, and and, now, 
 here, &c. It refers to an indefinite future 
 time, but. not far off; hereafter; by and 
 by; soon; used only after verbs. E ua 
 auanei, ke opiopi mai nei kc ao, it will rain 
 soon, the clouds are folding up; e ino aua- 
 nei, ke okupukupu mai la ka hao ino. 
 Note. — After a word ending with a, it is 
 often written uanei. 
 
 Au-E, int. Also auwe. ' O ; oh ! woe to ; 
 alas: O dear; expressive of regret, of 
 griei, of pain, of disappointment ; -xue ka 
 make 1 am ke ano e ! See ArwE. 
 
 Au-E, V. See also Auwe. To. cry ; to 
 weep ; to lament for any loss, suffering or 
 calamity. 
 
 Au-i, V. To decline, as the sun in the 
 afternoon. 1 Nal. 18:29. 
 
 2. To be turned aside in a course ; a i 
 ka moana, aiuiia ka waa e ka ale, when on 
 the ocean, the canoe was turned aside by 
 a wave. 
 
 ' 3. To vary .from a direct line ; to turn 
 aside, as the head ; ua aui ae nei ka la ; ua 
 aui ac nei ka ia. 
 4. To swell, as the sea, in great rollers. 
 6. To pass by a certain time. 
 
 6. To shun a blow by inclining the head- 
 
 7. To roll up roughlyl as high waves of 
 the sea ; ke aiui mai la ka nalu ; aui mai la 
 ka alex> ke kai. Conj. 9. Avriravri, to roll 
 up, as the sea, &e. 
 
 Ai-i-AU-i, V. See Am, v., above. To 
 roll up, as a high sea. 
 
 Auii, s. A wave of the sea ; a billow. 
 Isa. 48:18. He aui no ka nalu. 
 
 2. The name for case in grammar. Oram. 
 § 99. 
 
 Au-i-A-LB, rf, Aui and ale. A swell of 
 the sea, not > small wave ; so called from 
 the motion, passing by. _ 
 
 Au-i-NA, s. Aui, to decline, and ana, 
 the participial terminationi, !Fhe declining 
 or turning aside ; .1 ka aufna la, at sun de- 
 clining, that is, in the afternoon. Zaieik. 
 49. See AowmA. 
 
 Au-o-Lo, s. Au and o&% to vibrate, A 
 tabernacle; a temporary house. loh. 27:18. 
 An out-house for sheltering canoes; he aur 
 do waa ; also written auwolo. 
 
 Au-o-Lo, adj. Belonging to a temporary 
 building ; abaaina auolo, feast of tabema- . 
 cles. Karil. U:IS. 
 
 Au-HA, s: A shed or house for putting 
 canoes to screen them from the sun ; he 
 auolo no ka waapa. See Auolo. 
 
 Au-HAi, V. To tear; to rend, as clothes. 
 See XJhai. 
 
 Au-HAU, V. To put a people under trib- 
 ute. Lank. 1:28. To tax ; assess a tax. . , 
 
AUH 
 
 32 
 
 AUK 
 
 2. To exfirciae lordship j to exact of one. 
 JVcft. 5:10. Note. — In ancient times every 
 article of value was i^zed, to be paid in 
 kind ; at present, the auhau dala is tiie 
 great thing. 
 
 Au-HAU, g. A tax; a revenue for the 
 
 benefit of chiefs ; kahi auhau, a place for 
 
 - collecting taxes : similar to kookitpu. , 
 
 Au-HAU, s. Name of a species of wood 
 for mailing spears j he hau i^a ihe c Icaua 
 ai, he auhau kekahi ihe, the spears for war 
 are made of hau, some spears are made of 
 avhau. 
 
 Air-HAU-HU-i, s. A religious ceremony 
 in the koopiopio; perliaps, to strike regu- 
 larly. 
 
 Ar-BLAU-MA-u-LE, s. I na auhaumaule ka 
 pa, ua huna ia malalo o ka weuweu. 
 
 Atf-HAU-ni-KA, t>. To beg; to ask for a 
 thing. Stn. with not, but more modest. 
 See Noi, MAKTLp, Apike, &c 
 
 AtJ-HAir-PU-KAi's. A beggar; one who 
 solisits favors of chiefs ; he auliaupaka na 
 kanaka noi wale. 
 
 2. Beggary ; a system of living by beg' 
 gary ; ma ka auhaupuka e loaa ai ka ai a 
 me ke kapa, by begging they obtain food 
 and clothing. 
 
 Au-HA-KA, s. Epithet of a man with 
 long, spindling legs, like the legs of a 
 horse; he kanaita wawae loloa auliaka 
 loihi, e like me ka lio wiwi auhaka. 
 
 Au-HA-KA, adj. A man tall, poor and 
 thin, especially his legs: spindle-legged; 
 me he wawae auhaka la ka eaea. 
 
 Au-HE-A, adv. int. Au, place, and /tea, 
 what. 
 
 1. Where? what place? 
 
 2. A can of attention to what one has to 
 say; auJiea oe? aukea oukou? where art 
 thou ? where are you? 
 
 Atr-HEE, V. Au, to svfim, and hee, to 
 melt, causing an intensive. 
 
 1. To melt ; to flov, *s a liquid. 
 
 2. To fleo from one ; to slip off from 
 danger ; auhce mai la sa auwaa, the fleet 
 of cp.nfle8 hurried off (from fear ;) to floe, 
 iss fir?3» jamptation. ^ 
 
 3. Tfl fl(^^ or be put to flight in battle. 
 3. OihllQ'.l. To be scattered ; disappear. 
 
 •1. Used imperatively, go away ; let me 
 ialone : forbear. 2 Oihi. 35:21. 
 
 5. Bao. To put to flight, to rout, as an 
 enemy. Oftfc. 26:8. 
 
 6. To drive away ; to dispel, as dark- 
 ness. See Heh. 
 
 Au-HEE, V. To be destitute ; to be be- 
 reaved ; to be depviced of all comforts ; to 
 make desolate. 
 
 Ua lllo kua aina, ua aukee ^ti, 
 My land Is gone, 1 am poor. 
 Uaanake kuu wahine, ua auhee au, 
 M; iTife ia dead, Iiuu bereaved. 
 
 Ua wela kua hale, ua auhee ua, 
 My house is burned, I am destitute. 
 Ua make kuu alti, ua auhee makoa. 
 My chief Is dead, ve are frlendleea. 
 
 Au-HE-LE, B. Au and hele, to move. 
 
 1. To cut out clothes, i.e., to move round, 
 as the shears or scissors in cutting out 
 clothes. This is a modern word, or at least 
 a modern use of the word ; equivalent to 
 helehele. , 
 
 2. To sail fram one place to another ; 
 fiuhde au ma ka nioana. a pae mauka, I 
 sailed about on the ocean, and then went 
 ashore ; auJiele makou a pao i o. 
 
 Au-Ho-LA, s. See Hola. The name of 
 the plant with which flsh are intoxicated 
 and caught. See AuHmin. 
 
 Au-Ho-LA, V. From Ike foregoing. To 
 catch fish by means of tlje auhola or 'iwla. 
 
 Au-HO-NU-A, s. Au, time, aiid honud, 
 earth. The time of tlie earth, i. e., as long 
 as the world has stood, of old time, from 
 the beginning. 
 
 Au-HU-HTJ, s. A shrub; the name of a 
 plant used in poisoning or intoxicating 
 fish, that tliey may be caught. See AchoIa. 
 
 Au-HU-LA-A-NA, adj. The net of .swinj- 
 ming round a pali where there is no road ; 
 he poe auhvlamia no ka pali ; those swim- 
 ming round the pali ; ke llele la ka poe 
 auhulaana o MiloHi ma Kanai. 
 
 Au-HU-Li,- V. Au and kuli, kalo tops for 
 planting. 
 
 1. To thrust downwards, as in planting 
 kalo ; to plant kalo. 
 
 2. To send downwards ; to drive away. 
 
 3. To overturn, as a kingdom. 
 Au-HU-Li-Hi-A, p. Pass, of atJiuIi, with 
 
 h inserted. Gram. § 48. To be overturned; 
 to be dispossessed of land and tenements ; 
 to be turned off or driven from house and 
 home; to be driven to ruin. Hal. 9:17, 
 AuMdihia ke aupuni a lilo aku I ka mcao, 
 the kingdom is overturned and gone to- 
 another. 
 
 Au-HU-Li-Hi-A, s. A change of govern- 
 ments or rulers J an overturn of govern- 
 ment ; a revolution. 
 
 Au-Hu-LU, V. To stick together, as lit- 
 tle things, by wotting tlioni in the mouth. 
 
 Au-lKA, V. To be wearied; fatigued with 
 doing a thing. ler. 6:11. 
 
 Au-KA, adj. Tired; weary, as of sittinsr 
 still. 
 
 Au-KA, s. A bar, as of soap. 
 
 2. A bar of unwrought silver, iron or 
 gold. los. 7:21. 
 
 3. In arahiieciure, a fillet. Puk. 27:10. 
 
 4. A bar of a city gate. 1 Ifal. 4:13. 
 
 A-u-KA, V. A, prep. ; of and uha, in- 
 land. To belong inland, or up country ; 
 auka akn nei ma Ivona hoi mai uci. 
 
AUK 
 
 33 
 
 AUM 
 
 Au-KA-Hi, adj. Au and kahi, to cut 
 smooth. 
 
 1. Smooth, without knots Or protube- 
 rances, as a canoe ; he waa mkahi, aole 
 lala, aole opuupuu, a canoe, smooth, no 
 knots, no protnberances. 
 
 2. Lovel and straight, as a floor ; smooth 
 and straight throughout ; hookahi ano o ka 
 au o ka laau. 
 
 3. Straight and Bmooth, as a looldng- 
 glass. 
 
 4. Applied also to a well composed 
 speech ; correct i ^eloquent. 
 
 Ay-KA-KA, s. 4k, wave, and frafca, hook. 
 
 A place far outsat sea where fiah arc caught; 
 
 o ka piliina o I'awaia o ku aukaka. 
 Au-KA-KU, s. Name of a fish with a 
 
 sword Bnout. 
 Au-KA-NA-KA, s, Au, place, and kanaka, 
 
 men. A place or region where men are 
 
 found, in distinction from awxlma, region 
 
 or the gods. 
 
 1. I&nphatieally, a thickly peopled place; 
 he wahi kanalca, he wahi paapu, a Ichu- 
 lebu. 
 
 2. Theljabited world, j^at. 24:14. 
 Au-KT5-juA, V. Au, to swiffii, &ni kela, to 
 
 excel. To swjm ahead of others. 
 Au-Ki, s. For koiki. The ki leaf; also, 
 
 2.- A species of fish. 
 Au-Koi, s. A disease in the gram, k- 
 
 sulling from pollution; he cwai, he auwakoi. 
 Au-KU, V. All, to swim, and'i»ii to stand. 
 
 1. To swim or sail uprightly, as a vessel 
 rising and pitching in a heavy sea ; o?tfc« 
 ka ibu i ka makani : to stand up, Sa the 
 bow of a vessel by the wind, from the re- 
 semblance to a man's position in swimming 
 uprightly in a rough sea. 
 
 2. To tpsd up the nose, as an expression 
 of pride, anger or contempt, for a thing ; 
 aitku ka ihn o ka vahine huhu wale, the 
 angry woman turns up her nose ; auku 
 ilima ka ihu o ke kanaka haaheo, the nose 
 of the proud man is turned np. 
 
 3. To climb, as a man, up a precipice. 
 4.. To rise up, as the end of the nose at a 
 
 bad smell, or the end of a canoo in a surf. 
 
 Au-KiT, s. Au and ku. A stream, so 
 shallow that a person can wade through 
 with his clothes on ; a sliallow stream, not 
 deep. 
 
 2. Name of a road or path leadrag up 
 hill. , ■ . , 
 
 As-KU and Au-kwu, s. Name of a bird 
 'which raalces a loud, yelling noise at night; 
 a sea-bird. 
 
 Au-Kuu, s. The action of a person vom- 
 iting. 
 2. A kind of fish-hook. 
 
 At'-Kuu, s. The name of a bird ; me he 
 mikuu la ke kau i ke abua. aa an auhmi, 
 5 
 
 lights on a bank ; ua hoolikoia ko kanaka 
 hana hewa mo ka a'lhm, a bad man is 
 likened to an tiukuu ; no ka mea, he abua 
 kahi e kau ai kaawfewtt, because the aukuu 
 sits on a bank ; nolaila i olclo mai ka poe 
 kahiko ; hence the ancients say : 
 
 Me he aukuu U ke kan I ke aliutt. 
 
 As the m(kuu sits npon a lund bwk, 
 
 Alaalawa na maka me tie pueo la. 
 
 Its eyes lookiog i."jout like an owl. 
 
 Au-KU-KU, s. A swelling up of the 
 water of the sea ; the rise and rapid flow 
 of water in a river ; moana ke kai kele a 
 ka aukuku ke kae ka hohonu. 
 
 A0-i,A, fflfZ;.. Stinted, as vegetables; bar- 
 ren, as ground ; he palakai, he aula, he 
 ponalo. 
 
 Au-LAU, s, A bundle of cane or other 
 leaves bound together, used in taking fish. 
 See AUMAIEWA. 
 
 Au-LA-MA, V. To give or cause light 
 
 • around. See Lama. He koljkukui, i oiiiia- 
 maia. 
 
 Au-LE-tE, V. To fly off in flocks, as 
 many kinds of birds. 
 
 Au-LE-FE, s. Name of a long slim fish, 
 
 Atr-Lii, adj. Neat ; nice ; excellent. 
 
 Au-Li-KE, 0. Au, to swim, and like, 
 alike. To.swim evenly ; to swim abreast, 
 as two or more persons. 
 
 A(j-Li-KE, adj. Even and smooth from 
 end to end, as a piece of timber ; he laaii 
 aulike, a straight, smooth piece of tin-ber ; 
 he ankahi. 
 
 Au-Li-Ko-Lo-MANU, s. A beautiful, well- 
 . formed person. 
 
 2. Any article beautifully made. 
 
 3. An expression of commendation or 
 praise, cotinectcd with boasting or pride 
 of one's circumstances or privileges, iu) 
 being skillful, expert or reflecting. 
 
 Atr-iii-MA, s. Au, a handle, and liTna, 
 the band. The name of the stick held iu 
 the hand when rubbing to produce fire. 
 TTie name of the stick rubbed is aunaki. 
 
 ; Note. — The action of rubbin^j is kia. 
 
 Av-iiJi., s. See Paiauma. A person in 
 dtstresp or pain, bo as not to be still. 
 
 Au-MAi-E.-wA, s. Many persons engaged 
 in taking fish and using the lau halaakia. 
 
 Au-MA-KA, s. Au,'a handle, and ??eaAa. 
 A pole to carry baggage on. See Mamak*. 
 
 Au-MA-KU-A, s. Name of a class of- an- 
 cient gods who were considered able and 
 trastworthy ; na akua i ka po, o na ait*no- 
 Jcua i ke ao, gods of the ni^ht, gods of the 
 day ; o Kiha i ka po, o Liloa i ka po, o , 
 Umi i ka po, Mea i ke ao. 
 
 Au-MA-KU-A, adj. He akua aumak-Ka, 
 able, that may be trusted as a child trusts 
 to a parent ; aa ola ke akua aumolma. 
 
AUP 
 
 84 
 
 AUW. 
 
 Kukuluia k» hale no ko Kamebamehit mau 
 iwi, i mea a hoolilo ai ia ja i akua aumor 
 kwa, a house was bailt.for Eamehameha's 
 bones that he might become a substemtud 
 god. 
 
 Au-MA-KU A, *. A person so called who 
 providcil for a chief or for chiefB; a trusty, 
 steadfast servant ; one who is not easily 
 provoked to Icaye his place. 
 
 A.-tr-ME-u-ME, V. A and U7ne, to pull, 
 draw out. To contend, to strire for a 
 thing, in order to obtain it from another ; 
 to pull fiom one to another ; aumeume na 
 kanaka i ka ia, the people contended for 
 the fish ; aameume na kanaka i ka lole, the 
 people contended for the cloth. 
 
 A-u-ME-u-ME, s. A pulling from one 
 person to another in contention ; an acting 
 with opposition and force ; he hnki aku, 
 liuki mai, a puepue, there was pulling this 
 way and that with force; he ola nae, he 
 ola aumeume, there was me, however, but 
 life with eonteniion. 
 
 Atr-Mi-HA, s. Au and tdika. To float off 
 in the air, as miagma ; contagion ; evil in- 
 fluence supposed to attend the graves of 
 the dead. 
 
 Au-Mi-Hi, V. Au and miki. To sorrow; 
 to repent ; to grieve for the loss of a thing. 
 See MiHi. , 
 
 Au-Mi-Ki, s. Water kept in a calabash, 
 and the chief drinks awa, (which is very 
 bitter,) then drinks this water, which he 
 thinks is sweet. 
 
 Au-Mo-A-NA, s. Swimming the ocean; 
 name of a class of Kamehameha's laws. 
 
 Au-MOE, s. Au, time, and moe, to sleep. 
 The season when the world is asleep ; 
 night. Specifically, midnight. Pule. 11:4. 
 
 Air-MU, s. A placfe for bating; an oven; 
 he wahi e kalua ai 1 ka ai: a place for 
 cooking food. See Umo and Imo. 
 
 Ad-mu, v. To bake; to cook by baking 
 or burying under ground. 
 
 Ao-MU, adj. Epithet of the stones of 
 an oveii, that is, oven stones; pohaku 
 aumu. 
 
 Au-NA, s. A collection or flock of birds ; 
 as, uuna kolea, a flock of koleas ; auna 
 kolea e wili ana me be auna manu la, a 
 fiock of koleas mingling together like a 
 floiik of birds. 
 
 Au-NA-Ki, s. The name of the stick 
 nibbed upon in obtaining tiro by friction. 
 See Auu»A. 
 
 Au-NEi, SYH. with auanei. A particle 
 referring to future time, but not distant. 
 1 Sam. 31:4. Soon; pretty soon; by and by. 
 
 AtJ-PArPA, V. To be poor j to lose one's 
 property. Vjh. Ohina aiipapa, the swim- 
 ming board is lost Same aa pau ka waiwai'. 
 
 Au-PA-PA, adj. A man who, in swim- 
 ming on a board through the gnrf, loses his 
 board ; hence, 
 
 2. A person who has lost his property, 
 1. e., bis board was his dependence. 
 
 Axr-PA-PA-o-HE, s. Name of a fish sim- 
 ilar to auaupapaphe, a species of the auau. 
 
 Au-Ptr-LA, V. To catch fish with a net 
 when the pulale is used ; he mea e loaa'i 
 ka ia c like me ka lau, a ihing for obtain-, 
 ing fish like the lau. 
 
 Au-PH-Ni, s. Au, a place, &nd. pam, 
 around. 
 
 1. A region of country governed by ft 
 chief or king. Note. — Oiigmally the word 
 did not imply a large country, bs there 
 were formerly several aupunis on one 
 island. At present, the word is used to 
 signi<y, 
 
 2. A, Ifingdom ; the dominion and juna- 
 diction of a king. 
 
 Atr-PU-Ni, V. To be in an undisturbed 
 state ; to be in a state of peace and quiet- 
 ness, as a kingdom. 
 
 2. To exist or be known as a kingdom ; 
 ua aupuni keia pae aina, these islands are 
 tit peace. . 
 
 3. To become ji kingdom. &ek. 16:13. 
 Air-pu-i«i, adj. Relating to the kingdom 
 
 or govempient; he ban a aupuni, govern- 
 ment work; he maulio mtp«ni, horses, the 
 property of the government. 
 
 Att-wa, V. A different orthography for 
 aua. See Aca. To forbid ; refuse a favor 
 when asked. Luk. 6:29, 
 
 An-WAA, s. Au, a place, and teaa, i 
 canoe. A cluster or fleet of canoes ; o ka 
 nui o ka auinaa, ua pau i ka lukuia, the 
 greater part of the fleet of canoes was de- 
 stroyed ; any number of canoes in com- 
 pany; e boomakankau i ko lakou auima 
 iho,^to get ready their own canoes. 
 
 Au-WAA-LAU-Ki, s. Auwcw, and lau H, 
 ki leaves. Ki leaves folded up so as to 
 sail for children's sport. 
 
 Au-WA-A-ui-LiTA; s. The name of a spe« 
 eies of fish ; he wahi mea hole maloko o 
 ke kai, e like me ka waa, an animal thai 
 sails in the sea like a canoe. 
 
 Au-WAE, s. The chin of a person; au- 
 woe, kahi malalo o ka waha, the auwaeU 
 the place below the month. 
 
 2. The jog cut in the top of the post of a 
 Hawaiian house. See Auae. 
 
 Au-WAE-Ai-NA, s. A present out of re- 
 spect to the hakuaina of a hog or other 
 fruits of the land. Note. — When a land 
 was transferred to a new owner, and bo re- 
 inHtaled the people upon it, they usually 
 bring a present from the land; tbia present 
 
 , of hoge, food, kapa, fish, nets, &c., was 
 called ammeaina. 
 
AUW 
 
 35 
 
 AHA 
 
 Au-WAE-puu, s. Laziness; indifTorence. 
 See AuABFUiT. 
 
 An-WAi, s. Au, furrow, and «oa«, water. 
 A brook ; a small water course, (iol. 21:1. 
 The outlet of a'popl. laa. 7:3. The gen- 
 eral name for etreaina usedinarUGcial irri- 
 gation. 
 
 Air-wAi-m-Ki, or Auwaiahiki, s. A run- 
 
 . nSng disease in the groin from impure 
 habits ; he wai ma ke kumu ulia,he aukoi, 
 ho ewai, be auwakoi ; a swelling iu the 
 grAin and under the arms. 
 
 Au-WA-HA, i. Au and waha, mouth. 
 An opening of the ground, as a furrow ; 
 plowed ground. 1 Sam. 14:14. A ditch. 
 Sol. 23:27. A channcV; a place dug like a 
 
 Eit. Hai. 7:15. Ho lua loihi i eli isi a pnni 
 e kihapai, a long pit dug around the gar- 
 den. See Adauwaha; 
 Aw-WA-HA, V. To make a groove in 
 wood ; to cut forked, like the foot of a 
 rafter on a Hawaiian house. 
 
 2. IIoo. To make a ditch or furrow, i. e., 
 to plow. M. 1:14 ; Jfifc. 3:12. 
 Au-WA-KO-i, s. He auwaiahiki ; a swell- 
 ing in the groin ; a bubo. 
 Au-WAA-LA-Ki, s. Name of the little 
 ships wliich children make of cane leaves ; 
 auwaaiaki hooholoholo. See Avwaalauki. 
 Au-WA-NA, V. See Auana. In this, like 
 many other cases, the lo is a mere expletive, 
 as the words may bo wiitten both ways and 
 . the pronuneiation continue the same. 
 '^ 1. To wander ; to go from place to place. 
 los. 5:C ; lob. 1:7. 
 
 2. To scatter ; disperse, as an army. 2 
 Om. 18:16. 
 
 3. -Bfoo. To cause to wander, &c. ifin. 
 20:13. 
 
 4. To go astray morally; to deviate from 
 the path of rectitude. Kani. 13:6. 
 
 Au-WE, ». Also aue. To express an af- 
 fection of the mind, as love, grief, disap- 
 pointment, &c. 
 
 2. To mourn for one beloved. Kanl. 
 34:8. 
 
 3. To cry to one for help. 2 Nal. 4:1. 
 To cry in great distress. IM. ,18:6. 
 
 4. To groan ; to sigh ; to groan inwardly. 
 loh. 11:33. Sec Aue. 
 
 Au-WE, s. The cry of persons lament- 
 ing for the sick or dying ; lamentation for 
 any great loss or calamity. 
 2. Affection ; love. 
 
 Au-WE, int. See Aue. An exclamation 
 of wonder, of surprise, of fear, of pity or 
 affection, as oh! woe! alas! 2 Nal. 6:5. 
 Auioe kakou, alas for us ! ,1 '8am. 4:7, 8. 
 A%we ka lehulehu o ka poe i poho, alas for 
 the multitude of those who were tost! 
 
 2. Also an expression of execratiori or 
 cursing. Mai. 1:14. 
 
 Au-wi, V. See Aui. To decline; to in- 
 cline from a perpendicular. 
 
 2. To move off; to pass along, as the 
 BUn is supposed to do; to^ decline, as the 
 day. Rom. 13:12. 
 
 Atj-wi-ii, s. Au, tide, and will, to furn.- 
 A returning tide ; he nalu mauka aku, an 
 outward current. 
 
 Au-wi-NA, s. A declining, &c. See Au- 
 
 INA. 
 
 Au-wi-Ni-wi-Ni, s. Au and wini, sharp 
 pointed. The sharp end of a potato leaf 
 drooping with the rain ; he auwiniit>ini ke 
 an o ka uala luea i ka ua. 
 
 Au-wo-Lo. See Auolo. 
 
 A-HA, num. adj. See Ha. Four; the 
 number four ; also eha. 
 
 A-HA, *. A company or assembly, of 
 people for any purpose. Puk, 35:1. Often 
 compounded with some qualifying word ; 
 as, atoaina, aAoolelo, oAukanaka, ahahoo- 
 Kolokolo, a/iamoljomoko, &c. See these 
 compounds, which arc sometimes writtfa 
 in one word, and sometimes divided. Aka- 
 akohipa, a company for shearing sheep. 2 
 Sam. 13:23. 
 
 A-HA, s. Name of a certain prayer con- 
 nected with a kapu ; inawalaauke kanaka 
 i ka alia, make no ia,if a man should idakft 
 a noise during the praytr, he would die, 
 i. e,| he would be gfiiiltyof an offense for 
 which he would forfeit his lifio. The name 
 originated in the fact that cocoanut fibre 
 (see Aha, below) is very strong when 
 braided into strings ; so this prayer, wiUi 
 its rigid Jiapus, was; supposed to be very 
 efficacious in holding the kingdom together 
 in times of danger. 
 
 2. Th^ success or answer of a prayer, or 
 such a proper performance of prayer as to 
 insure success^ loaa ka kakpu aha, we 
 have received our prayer, i. e., the answer ; 
 ua lilo ka aha, alalia, e pule hou, theprayer 
 is lost, (of no avail,) then pray again. 
 
 A-HA, s. A cord braided from the husk 
 of the colcoanut. 
 
 2. A'cord braided from human hair. 
 
 3. Strings made from the intestines of 
 animals ; ka naau i mea aka inoa, the in- 
 testines for strings to tie fowls with ; he 
 aka puln niu ; he aka waa a me ka aha boa 
 waa, a cord for tying and strengthening a 
 canoe in ,3 storm ; he aka palaoa, he lau- 
 oho i hill uilo ia. 
 
 A-HA, ». Name of a small piece of 
 wood, around which was wound a pieceof 
 kajMk, afidheld.in the hand of the priest 
 while offering sacrifices. 
 
 2. Name of a kind of bapa made on 
 Molokai. 
 
 ArHA, s. iTie earwig. 
 
AHA 
 
 36 
 
 AHA 
 
 % The name of a species oi' long fish 
 swimming near the surface of the water. 
 
 A^HA, inter, pron. Declinable with the 
 definite article ; indeclinable with the in- 
 definite. Oram. § 159. Beaha, what ': often 
 united with the article; why? for what 
 reason? Bal 68:16, NO kealw, ? i keaha ? 
 It is also used as an interrogative adverb, 
 why? 
 
 A-HA, V. To what ; to do, &c. ; e aha 
 aaa oia? what shall he do? Of course it 
 is used only in the interrogative. loh. 
 20:21. 
 
 A-HA. An interjection of surprise, won- 
 der, iScc. ITa heiuhelu laliou, aha ; ua loaa 
 laliou e moe ana, aha. 
 
 A-HA, V. To stretch the cord by which 
 the first posts of a house were pat down or 
 set straight ; e kii i ko kaula e a?ux ai, fetch 
 the rope to make straight with. 
 
 2. Fio. Aha, oia ka ana a me ka qM 
 pololei no ke aupuni, aha, that is, to meas- 
 ure and direct straightly the government. 
 
 A-HA, s. Used in the expressions, ua 
 like ua aha, the sides are equal ; aha like, 
 meaning side — measure perhaps. 
 
 A-HA-Ai-NA, s. Aka, a company, and 
 aina, eating. 
 
 1. A company fqr eating.. 
 
 2. A feast for pleasure or enjoyment; 
 ahaaina clioli, a joyful feast. 
 
 3. A feast as a celebration of a past 
 event. Puk. 12:14. Ahaaina is often qual- 
 ified by the following word ; as, ahakina 
 hebedoma, a feast of weeks. Puk. 34:22. 
 Ahaaina kauhale lewa, feast of taberna- 
 cles. Oihk. 23:34. Ahaaina laa, a solemn 
 feast. Nah. 16:3. .4/taaina moliaola, feast 
 of the passover. 2 OUtl. 36:lg. 
 
 4. The food for the company In such 
 ca'ses. Ahaainq, awakea, a dinner; aha- 
 aina ahiahi, a supper. 
 
 A-HA-AI-NA, V. Aha, company, and aina, 
 to eat. 
 
 1. To collect together for eating. 
 
 2. To eat together ; to feast ; to partake 
 of a banquet ; to hold a fea-st. Puk. 5:1. 
 
 A-HA-A-HA, V. To go or walk in a 
 mincing or irregular manner. Hooahaaha, 
 hele hooalmaha, hele hoohaha. 
 
 A-HA-A-HA, adv. Sitting squarely ; up- 
 rightly, &c. 
 
 A-HAi, V. To take .away J to carry off; 
 to bear away. Imeik. 18. Hence, 
 
 2. To flee; to be routed, as men in battle. 
 
 3. To fiee from fear ; to forsake the care 
 of; ua ahai na makua'i na keiki, aole hoi- 
 hoi hou mai i ke kula, the parents took no 
 care of the children, and did not send them 
 back to school. . . 
 
 4. To arrive, as a set day or proper time 
 lor doing a thing ; ahai ia ka la e baknka ai. 
 
 A-HAi, *. The name of a pillar, wood 
 or stoae, which a chief sets up in memory 
 of some great exploit. The exploit itself 
 is aj)ao(arch.) Alalia, kaukaaftai maliiua 
 iho na pao. 
 
 A-HAI, dt^'. Breaking off and carrying 
 away ; ka manu ahai kanu aw4 e, the bird 
 clipping the twig of a tree and planting jt 
 elsewhere ; poetical. 
 
 A-HAi-HAi, adj. See above. Ka manu 
 
 , ahaihai kanu awa e, the bird breaking off 
 the awa plants. 
 
 A-HA-i-Ki, s. Aka, assembly, and iM, 
 small. A small party for private conver- 
 sation; a small council or ooUoction of 
 people ; a secret council respecting Var or 
 an emergency. 
 
 ArHAi-LO-No, s. See Ahai. The person 
 who alone survives or escapes after a bat- 
 tle, 0^ a canoe oat of a fleet, all others be- 
 ing taken or lost; pepehiia a pau, aohe 
 maUono. Laie>.k. 104. See next page of 
 Laieik. 105. 
 
 A-HA-i-NU, V. Aha, a company, and 
 inu, to drink. To partake at a driaking 
 feast. Eset. 7:1. 
 
 A-ha-i-n1t, adj. Relating to banqueting 
 or to a drinking feast; a wine-drinking 
 feast, ler. 51:39. Hale ahairai. Md. Sol. 
 2:4. 
 
 A-ha-1-nu-a-wa, s. Aha and inu, to 
 drink, and awa. An assembly for drink- 
 ing awa; he aliainuawa no na kanaka kahu 
 akua hoomanamaua ia Nahien^ena, an as- 
 sembly for drinking awa by the protectors 
 of the god worshipped by Nahienaena. 
 
 A-riA-i-NU-TVAi-NA, s. Aha, inu and 
 teaina. A wine feast ; a feast for drinking 
 wine. Eset. 7:7. 
 
 A-HA-i-Nu-RA-MA, s. An assembly for 
 drinking rum or any alcoholic drinks, for- 
 merly practiced by chiefs and people. 
 
 A-HA-o-LE-iiO, s. Aha, a company,' an*! 
 olelo, to speak. '-. 
 
 1. A council ; a body of chieis assem- 
 bled to reguUite public affairs. 
 
 2. A consultation. 
 
 3. In modern times, a legislature ; a 
 body to consult and enact laws for the 
 good of the kingdom. 
 
 A-HA-0-LE-LO, V. Aka, assembly, and 
 oZeto, to speak. To take council ; to con- 
 sult togetiier to get th% united wisdom of 
 all" present ; ahaolelo iho la na 'lii, the 
 chiefs held a consultation. 2 OiM. i0:6. 
 In modern times, to meet and consult, an 
 the legislative bodies of Isobles and Rep- 
 resentatives, to make and adopt laws for 
 the nation. 
 
 A-HA-MA, 0. See Ha, to breathe. To 
 pant ; to breathe hard on account of heat, 
 as a hog or a dog from a chase ; ua ahaha - 
 
AHE 
 
 51 
 
 AHI 
 
 ka llio i ba wela, a i ka malocloe i ka loa, 
 the dog panted hard from heat and from 
 long wearineBs. 
 A-HA-KA-NA-KA, s. Aka, assembly, and 
 kanaka, men. A great company ; a mul- 
 titude ; an assembly. Lunk. 20:2. Na ka- 
 naka lehulehu, paapu. 
 
 A-HA-KEA, s. Name of a species of yel- 
 lowish wood used for rime of canoes. It 
 is also used for making poi boards, canoe 
 paddles, &c. ■ 
 
 A-HA-Li-KE, adj. Aka, four, and like, 
 alike. Four sides alike or equal ; a quad- 
 rangular j aoao oWifcc. P«fc. 28:1.6. Like 
 na aoao, like ka loa me ka laula; four 
 square. Ezek. 40:47. 
 
 A-HA-Li-KE, *. Name of the square bone 
 in the wrist joint ; he iwi ahalike maloko 
 o ka pulima. 
 
 A-HA-LC-A-Li-KE, adj. Fpur sided, with 
 two sides parallel. Anah. 43. 
 
 A-HA-i-u-NA-KA-NA-WAi, s. A courtioom; 
 a* judgment hall. Imk. 22:66. Court ; 
 sanhedrim. 
 
 A-HA-MA-iiA, s. The part of the face in 
 front of the cars ; ma ka aoao elua, ma 
 kcla maha ma koia maha. 
 
 A-HA-MA-HA, s. A feint; a show; a sham 
 flght, 
 
 A-HA-MA-iCA, s. A kapa fastened at each 
 end between two posts and swinging be- 
 tween ; na kapa e kan ana ma ka maauua 
 mai hope a mua, he moo Iowa. 
 
 2. A brave man skilled in a knowledge 
 of the lua and of war. 
 
 A-HA-MA-KA, s. An assembly for prayers. 
 
 A-HA-MO-A, s. Name of the assembly 
 collect.ed at a cook-fight ; he akamoa o ka 
 naau o ke kanaka ; ua Itau ia i akamoa. 
 
 A-HA-MO-KO-MO-KO, s. Aha, meeting, and 
 mokmnoko, boxing. An assembly for box- 
 ing ; a boxing match. Laieik. 21. 
 
 A-nA-wA, V. To collect together, as 
 water, to overflow a low place ; ua. ahua, 
 ua aliMwa. 
 
 A-HE, adv. Used for ae, yes. As, oia 
 no ; uhe, ho oiaio paha ; yes, so it ia ; ye.s, 
 it is perhaps true ; ake, kuhi au ua hala 
 lakou, aole ka ! ahe, pela kou manao ca ? 
 
 A-HE, s. A slight or hacking cough ; 
 hi; ahmhe. lie mai Jcunu. 
 
 A-HE, s. Anything light, gentle or soft, 
 as a light breeze, ke ahe makaui puulcna. 
 Laieik. 34. Ahe. koolauwahine.be makani 
 aheahe ka makani. 
 
 A-HE, s. A wind; a slight breeze. 
 
 A-HE-A, int. adv. When ; used only 
 witli reference to the future. Hal. 101:2. 
 
 A-HE-A, adv. Used' only with the future ; 
 when ? at what time '! Altea ka ina o ke 
 
 keiki e kuimua ; ahea ka inoa o ke alji ; 
 
 . aheii no la nalo ka moe ke aahi la i ka piU 
 o ka bAupo. 
 
 A-HE-A-HE, s. See Ahe. A light gentle 
 breeze. 
 
 2. A faint diminishing sound ; he ^a- 
 muinii ko ahmhe maliu,a sound of a still, 
 small voice. 1 NA 13:12. Ahwihe ka 
 makani ma Pu ; aheahe mai ke kaianlu o 
 Waianae. 
 
 A-HE-A-HE, adj. A cough; a hacking 
 cough ; i ka manawu aheahe, ke kau aheahe 
 make o Kahalaiama laua o Humchume, in 
 the time of coughing, there lighted a deadly 
 cough upon Kahalaia and Humehume. 
 
 A-HE-A-HE-A, adj. Warm, as water by 
 standing in the sun. 
 
 A-HE-A-HE, u To be hungry; he poloii; 
 ahealie kahi opii i ka poloii. 
 
 A-HE-A-KA, s. A shade; shadow. See 
 Aka. 
 
 A-HE-Ko-Lo, s. Ahe and kola, to creep, 
 A slight breeze ; ahekolo ka makani, ahe- 
 ahe malie, a creeping, g,entle wind. 
 
 A-HE-Ko-Lo, V. To creep ; to crawl 
 along ; ke i ae la ahekolo kana hele, be 
 says 1)6 w.ilks creeping along. 
 
 A-HE-LE, s. A anare ; used in a former 
 translation for ya/»ele. jfer. 18:22. A snare; 
 samo as jMhde, but is more used. 
 
 A-HE-WA, t. A and kewa, wrong, sin. 
 
 1. To turn off thu eyes, as one cross- 
 eyed. 
 
 2. To plead against one. 
 
 3. To condemn for a crime or fault. 
 
 4. To cause to be under a curae. I/unk. 
 21:18. To condemn one. 2 Sam. 1:16. 
 Hoo. Ua hooahe)/iaki oia e make, he ia con- 
 demned to die. 
 
 A-HE-WA, *. Evil; condemnation. Itr. 
 29:11. 
 
 A-HE-WA. A hanai aku ahetoa ae ka 
 waha loaa ka hale. 
 
 A-HE-WA-iA, s. Punishment; condemna- 
 tion. 1 fiam. 28:10. 
 
 2. The state of being accused or uadCr 
 a curse. Kin. 3:14. E ka poe i alieaaia, 
 ye cursed. Mai. 25:41. 
 
 A-HE-wA-HE-WA, s. Name of a tree ou 
 the mountains. 
 
 A-Hi, s. A fire ; he a/ii e a ana, a bum- 
 ing lire. 
 
 A-HI, s. Name of the fish called albi- 
 core. 
 
 A-Hi-A, adj. See Ahiahia. 
 
 A-Hi-A (ehia), int. ado. How many? 
 Ahia ka nui o ka waiwai ? how many arti- 
 cles of property? SeeEini. Note.— There 
 is a nice distinction iq the use of ahia and 
 ehia, difBoult to underetaad ; ,iii many cases 
 they are synonymous. 
 
AHI 
 
 38 
 
 AHU 
 
 A-m-Ai-Ho-NU-A, s. Aht, fire, ai, to eat, 
 and lionua. earth. Epithet of a volcano ; 
 earth-eater or consumer. 
 
 A-Ht-Ai-Ho-NU-A, adj. Earth-consum- 
 ing, as a Tolcano ; coastaatly burning ; 
 unquenchable. 
 
 A-Hi-A-pi, s. The after part of the day j 
 ua aui ai ka la ; tlie afternoon ; towards 
 night ; ua napoo ka la ; evening. Sol. 7:9. 
 Note. — ^yhen it is dark, it is po. 
 
 A-Hi-A-Hi, V. To be or become evening ; 
 a ahiahi jho la, hoi mai ia, when it was 
 evening he returned. 
 
 A-Hi-A-Hi, V. To spread slanderous re- 
 ports ; e olelo ino. 
 
 2. To complain falsely of another; e 
 niania. 
 
 3. To defame ; to tell tales ; e holoholo- 
 olelo, to reveal seMets. 
 
 A-Hi-A-KJr, s. A false report concerning 
 
 one ; a defamation ; a slander. 
 A-Hi-A-Hi-A, adj. Obscure; faded; dim, 
 
 as colors in kapa or calico ; kohu maikai 
 
 ole ; as olcfth having lost color ; ahiahia 
 
 ke koko, the blood is col'orless ; applied to 
 
 the uuoolored parts of dyed cloth or kapa ; 
 
 he ahiahia ka palapala, the writing is dim, 
 
 not plain ; ulaula ahiahia, faded red, that 
 
 is, purple, .2 OiM. 3:14. 
 A-Hi-TJ, s. The name of a wind. 
 A-Hi-u, adj. Wild ; untanied, as a horse ; 
 
 he aa ; aole laka mai. See Hmiu. 
 A-Hi-Hi, V. To be united with another 
 -or with others in mischief or error. 
 
 2. To conspire with ; to be involved 
 
 with another or others, as in ignorance ; 
 
 ua ahihi pu aku la laua ilaila, they were 
 
 both involved in that matter; ahihi i ka 
 
 naaupo. See HiHi and Hmu. 
 A-Hi-Hi, s. Name of a tree or shrub in 
 
 Nuuanu ; he lei no ki huakaihele o Kona. 
 A-Hi-Ko-Li, V. To cut off even, as in 
 
 trimming a lamp. 
 A-Hi-Ku (ehiku), num. adj. Sevfen; with 
 
 the article, the seventh. Gh-am. § 110, 1st. 
 
 The i-oot is hilcu. 
 
 A-Hi-NA, s. A gray color. 
 
 A-Hi-NA, adj.. A and Aina, gray hairs. 
 Applied to Molokai ; Molokai ahina, gray 
 Molokai, from the fog around the top. 
 
 A-HI-NA, adj. Gray, "as the head of an 
 old man ; he poo ohina.; applied to a dry 
 tree ; he laau ahina. See Hina aadNpoo- 
 urNA. 
 
 A-Hi-NA-Hi-NA, s. Name of a species of 
 .grass. 
 
 2. Name of a plant living in cold, dry 
 places ; so named from its color, a light 
 silver gra;^: known as the "silver sword." 
 
 3. The lire-everlasting plant. 
 
 A-Hi-NA-Hi-NA, adj. Very .light blue; 
 gray ; slate color. Ottfc. 13:37. 
 
 Ariio, V. To be patient, submissive, 
 humble ; to be merciful, kind ; to be ready 
 to do a kind act. See the compouncfe 
 AiioNui and Aholoa. 
 
 A-Ho, c.A (Impersonal.) It is easier; it 
 is better ; it is less severe ; e aho naxi e 
 kokua mai jajnakou,it is better for you to 
 help us ; it imf)UeS a comparison. 2 Sam. 
 18:3. Ea/ipuae ko lakon hope i ko kakou, 
 their end, hovyever, will be more tolerable 
 than ours ; it is better that, &c. Mah. 14:2. 
 It had been better if, '&c. los. 7:7. It ia 
 bettor, preferable ; e aho iki, no ke hoj 
 kakou, it will be a little better for us to 
 return ; e aho no ka hole mamuli o ka, 
 noho ana me ka pilikia, it is better to go 
 than to stay in perplexii^. 
 
 A-Eo, s. Art., ke. The natural breathing 
 of a person ; the breath ; hence, 
 
 2. Patience ; i nui ke aho, let the breath 
 be long, i. e., be patient. 
 
 3. Met. Spirit ; courage. Jos. 2:11. Res- 
 olution ; also kindness. 
 
 A-HO, s. Art., ke. A line; a cord, as a 
 fifiS line ; ke aho lawaia ; a kite string : ke 
 kakaiapola a me ke aho; alalia, hoolele 
 aku i ka lupe i ka lewa, a paa aku ma ke 
 aho, (prepare) the kite tail and the string, 
 then send off the kite into the air, but hold 
 fast by the string. 
 
 A-Ho, s. ./I'-f.jka. The name of the small 
 sticks used in thatcliing. 
 
 A-Ho-Ai-o-LE, «. An aho or string too 
 short ; not long enough for the purpose. 
 
 A-h6-le,- s. Name of a species of white 
 fish. 
 
 A-ho-le-ho-le, s. Name of a species of 
 fish. See Auole above. 
 
 A-Ho-LoA, adj. Aho, patient, and foop, 
 long. Patient; long suttering. See Ahontji. 
 
 A-Ho-LOA, s. Aho, a cord, and loa, long. 
 A long string for fishing or sounding in 
 deep water; he oAotoa'toa 1, ka mio ; he 
 uholoa i ka luu ilalo o ka moana^ 
 
 A-Ho-NA,' V. Almna a kui maoli aku 
 kela, le' • liilii. Laieik. 42. 
 
 A-Ho-NC-i, V. Aho, patient, and nui, 
 much. To be patient, gentle, kind, &c. 1 
 Tes. 2:7. See Auoi.oa. 
 
 A-Ho-NU-i, s. .4 Ao, 'patient, and nui, 
 much. Forbearance ; long suffering ; pa- 
 tience. 
 
 A-Ho-NC-i, a<i;. Patient; enduring; long 
 suffering. Puk. 34:6. 
 
 A-HU, V. To gather or collect together. 
 Kin. 43:11. Ahu iho la i kahakai. hu ae la 
 ?:a lolo, they gathered them together (dead 
 bodies) on the sea shore,the brains flowed; 
 to collect one's food where there is little. 
 
AHU 
 
 39 
 
 AHU 
 
 Ahu iho ka hoka i ka p&kat, 
 Ka i ka pakai ka mea baku ole, 
 Leie ae no ka maau i Boua, 
 Hapapa vale Iho no ka hokahoka. 
 
 To collect but gain little ; dhu wale iho 
 no, aolc wahi kapa ; ahu wale iho, aolc ai ; 
 ahu wale iho no i ka oneanea. 
 
 2. To lay up, as in a store-house ; to lay 
 tip for future uss, as goods. Mat. 6:19. To 
 store in the memory. 
 
 3. To lie strewed over the ground. Puk. 
 16:3. 
 
 4. To cover one with a cloak; to be 
 merely covered. lob. 26:6. To clothe. 
 
 5. Hoo. To collect what is scattered. 
 
 6. To fall together, as men slain in bat- 
 tle. 
 
 7. To keep ; treasure up, as anger ; hoo- 
 ahu iholaika huhu maluna o kela poe, 
 he kept in l-eaerve his anger for that com- 
 pany. 
 
 8. To pile up, as stones. los. 8:29. To 
 gather up ; glean, as a field. Rut. 2:7. 
 
 9. To bring condemnation upon. 
 
 10. To reply to ; to object to something 
 said. Bom. 9:20. 
 A-Hu, s. See Aha. An assemblage or 
 collection of things : dhu ai, >&: place for 
 storing food ; a collection of' provisions. 
 2 OiU. 11:11. Wiihi ahu, a place for some- 
 thing, loh. 28:1. Ahu ponaku, * pave- 
 ment; a heap, as of stones. Kin. 31:46. 
 
 2. A heap of stones as a way mark. 
 ler. 31:21. 
 
 3. As a memorial, ibs. 7:26.. 
 
 A-Hu, adj. Storing; collecting; hale 
 
 dhu, a store-house, loh. 38:22. 
 A-HtJ, s. A fine mat; a coarse one is 
 
 moena; a maC for oovei'ing a canoe ; o ka 
 
 uhi ana i ka dhu, sa, oia ka ihea e pale ^ax. 
 
 'i kekahi ale, the spieadiog over a mat, 
 
 that is what will keep oil some of fte 
 
 waves ; dhvM), dhu mokoloa. 
 A-HU-A, s. See Aim, collection. -Any 
 
 place elevated in the manner of a high 
 
 path. 
 
 2. A bank in the sea ; a bank formed by 
 the sand at a mouth ef a river ; hence, 
 
 3. A ford ; a place for passing a stream 
 or river. los. ?:7 ; Xtmfc. 3:28. He puu ; 
 a hillock ; he kiekie ma kekahi aoao. 
 
 A-HU-A, V. To be raised up on a plat- 
 form ; ua aftwa,' ua ahawa. 
 
 A-H0-AO, s. iipiie young and tender 
 leaves of the hala for m^ing mats ; ahu 
 moena, aha pawche, ahuao. 
 
 A-HC-A-HU, s. Young sprouts or shoots 
 fiom layers, as from sngar-cane. 
 2. A boy or girl that grows up quickly. 
 
 A-HU-A-HTi, adj. Angry;, fretful; un- 
 willing, as when one receives orders to 
 work, and from fatigue or indolence he is 
 unwilling, he is then akuahu. 
 
 A-HU-A-HU, V. To be sullen ; unwilling 
 
 to do a thing ordered. 
 A-HU-A-Hu, ado. Unwillingly; fretfully. 
 A-Htr-A-LA-LA, V. To lie slain, as many 
 
 bodies slain in battle ; aia hoi, e ahualaUi 
 
 kukui ana ka heana, behold, they were 
 
 dead bodies fallen to the earth. 2 OiM. 
 
 20:24. 
 A-HU-A-WA, s. A species of strong rish 
 
 of which cords are made ; the leaves are 
 
 made into hats. - ^ 
 
 2. The name of the cord itseif; mai hpka 
 
 au i ke ahuawa. 
 A-HU-E, V. See Hue, to lie. To.steal ; 
 
 to take without liberty. See Aihue. 
 2. To double up ; to turn up, as a piece 
 
 of kapa or paper. 
 A-HU-i, s. A bunch or cluster of fruit, 
 
 as bananas, grapes, or hala. 
 A-Htr-i-ti, V. To lie sick; to be weak; 
 
 e ahuUi auanei ka poe hooko i ka eha. 
 A-Hu-i-WAi-NA, i. Ahui, a cluster, and 
 
 wmna, grapes. A bunch or cluster of 
 
 grapes. Hoik. 14:18. 
 A-'HU-Mo-E-NA, s. A figured, fine mat, 
 
 or a fine mat of- small figures of different 
 
 colors. Zaieik. 112. 
 A-HU-u-A, s. A heap; a pile; a collec- 
 tion of things ; he ahuua waiwai, he ahuua 
 
 kiekie, a pile of g6ods, a liigh heap. 
 A-Su-tr-A, V. To ' heap up j to put in 
 
 heaps ; ke ahuiui ma! la. Bee Aeu. 
 A-Hir-tr-LA, *. Ahu, a garment, and ula, 
 
 red. 
 
 1. A red feathered cloak ; a cloak made 
 of the feathers of the oo and the red feath- 
 ers of the'iiwi, worn by kings and high 
 chiefe ; a gorgeous dress. Laieik. 112. 
 
 2, A kind offish net ; ka upena puni, a 
 baku a maikai. 
 
 A-HU-Hi-NA-LO, *. A garment or cloth 
 made of the hala leaf. 
 
 A-HU-KU, V. To stone; to bury with 
 stones or other missiles ; e hailuku, e hoo- 
 nou, e hooulua. 
 
 A-Hu-LAU, s. A pestilence among men. 
 Hob. 3:5. A murrain among cattle. JPitfc. 
 9:3. A sickness like a pestilence. Note.--- 
 The most destructive raged while Kaine- 
 hameha lived the first time at Oahu ; ICa- 
 mehameha himself was attacked, but re- 
 covered. Thoiisands were swept off by it 
 at that time ; probably in IS04. 
 
 A-mi-LAT!,mj. Epidemic; pestilential; 
 mai ahuhu, a pestilence. Oihk. 26:25. 
 
 A-HU-iAU, V. To have the pestilence ; 
 to die with it ; ua ahuhu ae la na kanaka 
 i ^a make. 
 
 A-HU-Li-n, adj^ Heated hot, as stones 
 in the oven ; heated to whiteness ; ahuiiu 
 ka imu, the oven is exceedingly hot. 
 
'AKA 
 
 40 
 
 AKA 
 
 A-HU-LU, I'. To be overdone, as food 
 cooked too inuciii ; ue. ahvht, ion kaumu al, 
 ua ulaala ka ai. to he too hot. 
 
 A-HU-LTT, adj. Overdone, as foodj baked 
 too mucb ; cooked-bard. 
 
 2. Spoiled, as eggs, or medloiDes by long 
 lying. 
 
 3. Uanatural in appearance ; dirty ; de- 
 fective; ua ahviu fie kaS, i. c, dirty or 
 grcoii, not blue and clear. 
 
 A-HU-LU-HU-LU, s. A species .of smaU, 
 
 rod fish ; some kind of mechanical tool ; 
 
 kbi ahubihAdu. , ' 
 
 A-HU-NA-.UI, s, A small cbicf. 
 A-HU-NA-Lii, adj. A colored kapaj he 
 
 mamakl ahunalii, he m&maki i hooluuia, a 
 
 colored raamaki kapa. 
 A-HUrPA-WE-HE, s. Ahu, mat, and pa- 
 
 wehe. Name of a kind of striped mat made 
 
 on Niihan ; he akapaweie no Nlihau. 
 A-HU-pu-AA, s. Ma, collection, and 
 
 puaa, hog. r 
 
 1. Name of one of the smaller divisions 
 of a country, made up of several ill, and 
 under the care of a head man ; a hog paid 
 the tax of that district to the king. He 
 akumaa o Walluku ; o na aina malokb o 
 Wailuku, he ili, he moo. 
 
 2. A city ; a village ; a settlement, as 
 the capital of said ahupwM. 
 
 A-HU-wAi-WAi, adj. Ahu, collection, and 
 waiwai, property. The property of a treas- 
 ury ; belonging to a plac3 for storing 
 property. OiM. S:26. Hale akuwaiwai, a 
 Btore-house. 
 
 A-HifrVsrA-Li:, V. To be in plain sight, 
 as a hill, i^r a house on a )uU. 
 
 A-KA. A particle set before, verbs to ex- 
 prsss carefulness, regularity of proceeds 
 mg, &o. ; asj ofc« hele, go carefully ; aka 
 holo, sail or rva slowly ; aka haaa, work 
 carefully ; ika noho, sit quietly. 
 
 A-K.4, €onj. But; if not; on the other 
 hand. The word is generally used to, ex- 
 press strong opposition of idea. 
 
 A-KA, s. The shadow of a person ; the 
 figure or outline of a thing ; a similitude 
 or likeness. Nah. 12:8. Nois. — The shade 
 of a tree or house Is maJw. 
 
 2. The dawn or light of the moon before 
 rising. 
 
 ,3. The knuckle ,ioinis;_the protuberances 
 of the ankle joints ; the joints of the back- 
 bone. 
 
 4. Fto. a shadow; frailty impotente. 
 Isa. 30:2. 
 
 A-KA, V. To light up, as the moon be- 
 fore rising; ua aha ka mahinat kokoke 
 pnka, ua aka mai la, Uow is the moon ? it 
 18 near rising, it lights lip. 
 2. To go up and down, as on a hilly 
 
 road. (See No. 2 above,JointB of the back- 
 bone.) 
 
 3. To be split or peeled np, as tho bark 
 of a tree. 
 
 4. To be torn off, As the kanpaku of a 
 house ; ua alca ke kaupaku o ha hale. 
 
 A-KA, V. To laugh; to deride; i ko'u 
 noonoo a;ia i keb komu manau, na aka 
 iki mai no ka pono, in thinking of this 
 composition, I ^lled at its correctness. 
 (Tho 13th coi^'., <ilcacika,ia more generally 
 used.) 
 
 A-itAA, V. To break open, as a seal. 
 Hoik. 5:2. To tour pr take np, as a mat 
 
 A-KAA, adj. Anything broken up ; not, 
 cohering ; he akaa walo, he pipili ole. 
 
 A-KA-A-EA, V. See Aka, to laugh. To 
 langh; toiaughat. Sol.i:9. £oo. To came 
 to laugh ; to have joy. Kin, 21:6* 
 
 A-KA-A-KA, s. Laughter ; exhilaration 
 of spirits. Hal. 126:2. 
 
 A-KAA-KAA, V. See Akaa, to break up. 
 
 To fall off, ^ the old thatching of a house. 
 
 2. To break up, as tho roof or sides of a 
 
 house ; ua 'akaakaaia e ka mea kolohe, it 
 
 was pulled ofi' by^some mischievous one. 
 
 A-KAA-KAA, s. The falling off of the 
 8carf-sk|n aJFter a course of drinking awa. 
 Ua tDahnni I ka awt(, 
 Va akaakoa ka 111, 
 Be puabHohilo ke koa i ka lepo, 
 Ua akaakaa, 
 
 A-K^'KAJL, adj. Poor; destitute. 
 A-EAArKAi, *. Bulrushes out of which 
 
 mata an4 tiags are made. 
 2. On^ns bave taken the same name 
 
 from the similarity of the tops. Nah. 11 :6. 
 A-KA-i-Ki, V. Aha, to laugh, and iM, a 
 
 little, 
 
 1. To be pleased ; to smile ; to be grat- 
 ified on receiving a favor ; akaiki lakou 
 me ka olioli ho ka loaa o ko lakoti waiwal, 
 they smiled with pleasure on obtaining 
 theur property. 
 
 2. To laugh in one's sleeve ; to laugh 
 secretly ; na hoa nohoi i kani ai ka akaiki 
 i Ua wahi la, the companions also chuckled 
 at us in that place. 
 
 3. To sn^er at. See Akaaka. 
 A-KA-i-Ki, s. A rejoicing in consequence 
 
 qf hope ; de'Sire in proportion to the pros- 
 pect of receiving a thin^ 
 
 A-KA-oo, s, Aka, shadow, and oo, ripe. 
 A full grown shadow: applied to a person 
 who is close, hard or stingy, 
 
 A-KA-o-LEi-Lo, V. 4^a and delo. To 
 speak cautiously ; to speak deliberately, 
 advisedly.- 
 
 A-KAU, arf/. The right; on the right; 
 Ihna akau, the right hand ; ma ka aoao 
 akoM, on the right side. In geography, the 
 person is supposed to stand viith his face 
 
AKA 
 
 41 
 
 AKE 
 
 to tho wvHt; hcnco tbe right hand in to- 
 wards tho north, and his left to the soutb. 
 Aooo akau, north side : aoao hema, souih 
 k!(1o ; wolau akau, norOi, pole, &c, 
 
 A-KA-HA, 3. Name of a tree. One spe* 
 cloK baa long leavoB and grows inland; one 
 HpocicH by- tho Boa. It in a hard true, likO 
 tho iiweu ; also called ekaha, 
 
 A-KA-HAi, B. Ma, with care, and hai, 
 to Hpuuk. To be tondor of heart; nioek. 
 'i Nal. 22:18. 
 
 A-KA-iiAi, s. Aha, with cate, and hai, 
 totueiik. Mecknesa; modesty; gentlonesfi. 
 JyaA. 12:;). Poo aMai, the mock. 2ep.2:3. 
 
 A-KA-iiAi,' o^?'. Modest; gentle, &c. 
 Sol. If):!. Soft in epcoch. 
 
 A.-xA-HE-i,E, r. See AxA and Hele, to 
 go. To go slowly or moderately in doing 
 a thing ; to go carefully ; the opposite of 
 Uldwattie. E hikiwawo mai i ka lobe, c 
 akaiuslie hoi i ka olelo, be quick to bear, 
 bu t kIow to speak. Udcd also imperatirelv j 
 beware ; be cautious ; e alcahde ka pcpcni 
 mni o oukou i ke akna, beware Of y cur 
 striking the god ; e aki^e ka huhu, mai 
 hikiwawe, be slow to anger, not quick. 
 
 A'KA-HE-NE-HE-NE, ». Aka, to laugh, 
 and KeMkem, to ridicule. To laugh to 
 scorn ; to laugh in derision or mockery, 
 jyeft. 2:19. 
 
 A-KA-Hi, *. The number ope; root, kahi. 
 
 A-KA-Hi, adv. One; once; just now; 
 expressive of greatness . or superiority. 
 MmjpiuUicaiUy, akaki no au i iohe i ka he- 
 kili, once liave I heard it thunder, i. e., 
 thunder loudly: alcahi no au i ike i ka 
 
 ■-ino, once^bave I witnessed a storm, i. e., 
 never so great a one before. 
 
 A-KA-Hi-:A-SA-Hi, odv. LiT. Once by 
 once ; of little experience ; a novice. 1 
 Tim. 3:6. Aole ka mca akahidkahi e holo 
 i ka ino o make auanei i ka moana a pac 
 kupapau aku i lauai, let not the incxptS 
 rionccd sail out in a storm lest he die in 
 the ocean and his dead body float ashore 
 on Lanai. 
 
 A-KA-KA, V. To be plains to be clear, 
 as a thought or the expression of an idea ; 
 to be distinct, intclligibh;, as language. 
 
 2. To be clear, transparent, as glass. 
 Hmk. 22:1 ; Anat. 2. Clear, as a liquid. 
 
 3. Heo. To make plain ; to expound, de- 
 monstrate ; to bring to light. 
 
 4. Ttf,' ct up boundary lines. 
 
 A-KA-KA, adj. Clear, as water, 
 
 2. Lucid ; bright, as the moon. 
 
 3. Certain ; distinct ; transparent ; he 
 akaka, kokokc like me ke aniani kona 
 akaka ana, clear, almost like glass. 
 
 A-KA-KA, adv. ilioAoloa, very plainly; 
 very clearly Toan. Vitii. 
 
 A-KA-xA, adj. Rent; torn; dead. See 
 Nakaka. 
 
 A-KA-KA-LA-Ni, *. Poctical for akalani, 
 A heaven of light; a great light.; tho 
 
 ' heavens much lighted j ho akakalani no ka 
 Uhano Homolole. Mel, Creat. 
 
 A-KA-KA-NE, s. Name of a small bird 
 found in tho mountains. 
 
 A-XA-KE, adj. Spry; light, as one walk- 
 ing or running ; not loaded ; he akake no 
 kau, you are spry, quick at walking. 
 
 A-KA-Ki-wi, V. To set lip on the edge,. 
 
 A-KA-Ku, V. To cease; to abate; to 
 grow calm, as wind, rain, surf, anger ; ua 
 ahtlm mai ka makani, the wind has abated; . 
 ua akaku mai ka ua ; akc^m mai ka ino o 
 ke kuikoo ; to be gentle ; quiet. 
 
 A-KA-KU, s. A subsiding of a storm, 
 wind, &e. 
 
 2. A delirium; a trance. Oih. 10:1{1. 
 An ecstasy ; vision. 2 Oilil.2S:5. He moe 
 tthane. Jloo. A vision. Oih. 26:19. 
 
 A-KA-KU, adj. Gentle, &c. Tit. 3:2. 
 
 A-KA-Kuu, V, To be settled; calmed; 
 -quieted: appeased; ua pkakau mai ka 
 buhu o Ko alii i na kanaka, the anger o( 
 the chief towards the people is appeased ; 
 ua dkakuu mai ke alii, aole inu rama hou, 
 the mind of the chief is settled, he wilt 
 drink no more rum. 
 
 A-DtA-KDU, adj. Gentle; quiet; kindi 
 calm. Kt. 3:2. 
 
 A-KA-LA, s. A berry, something like a 
 strawberry ; a raspberry. 
 
 A-KA-LA, s, A kind of cloth, e like me 
 ka lole alaihi. 
 
 A-ka-la; *. The end of a house. See 
 Kali. 
 
 A-KA-LATJ. See KiNOAKALAH and, Wai- 
 ixii. A ghost that appears to some people, 
 but not to othere. 
 
 A-KA-LEi, s. See Lei. A lei worn on 
 the neck. 
 
 A-KA-LA-Ni, «. See Akakalani abore. 
 A heavenly shadow ; a splendid light. 
 
 A-KA-W4I, V. To be wise ; makemake 
 au e akamai oukou a pau, I wish that you 
 may all become wise ; mostly used in the 
 causative, lloo. To lie or become wise; 
 to make wise ; skillful. Sol. 3:7. To think 
 one's self wise. 
 
 A-KA-MAi, s. Wisdom; skill; ingenu- 
 ity. Uoo. Bb^hibiting wisdom. I Kor. 2:1. 
 
 A-KA-MAi, adj. Wise; skillful; ingeni- 
 ous; expert; sagacious; learned; akaiMi 
 ma ka naan. Puk. 28:3. 
 
 A-KE, V. To desire, Nah. 23:10, To 
 wisii for a thing ; tike nui no lakou e haute 
 ka aa, they greatly desired that rain should 
 fall; to paat after-; <tke nui kahi poe i ka 
 
AKE 
 
 42 
 
 AKI 
 
 waiwai, certain weopie greatly desire prop- 
 erty; to wish to no a tiling; «fce no na 
 kamalii e paani ; to be Trilling ; ake no na 
 kanaka i ka hewa. 
 
 A-KE, V. To blab ; to tattle ; to prate 5 
 to slander ; tell lies ; e wahahce ; « iml 
 hala ; to go about talking nonsense. 
 
 A-KE, s. A lie; a falsehood; a slan- 
 derous report of one ; noho o Laliainaluna 
 i kc ake, the people of Lahainaluna live 
 under slanderous reports. 
 
 A-KE, »; The Uyer of an animal. Puk. 
 29:13. Akepaa, same. 
 
 A-KE is a gehejal name for several in- 
 ternal organs, qualified by different terms; 
 see below. 
 
 A-KE-i, adj. Broad; spacious; open; 
 not Qrowded; public; ua kaavale lea bale, 
 lia (Scea oloko; 
 
 j^-KE-i, «fi». Openly; publicly; ua 
 hana akea ia, it was done publicly. 
 
 A-KE-A, ». To be broad or wide, as a 
 land. 
 
 2. To be separate, as different things, a 
 space being between them; ua akea ka 
 aina,.aole pilikia. Mostly used in the caus- 
 ative sense. 
 
 3. Hoo. To enlarge ; widen out. Isa. 
 54:2. 
 
 i. To make room for one, i. e., to set 
 free from difficulty, and supply one's wants. 
 Kanl. n:Zu. 
 
 5. To enlarge one's heart. Isa. 60:8. To 
 become generous. 
 
 A-'KE-A, s. A broad open space ; a place 
 not concealed. 
 
 A-KE-A-KA-MAi, s. Ake, desire, and dka- 
 indi, skill. A lover of wisdom ; epitet of 
 a pIiiloBopher. Oih. 17:18. 
 
 A-KE-A-KE, s. Name of a bird. 
 
 A:KE-A-KE, adj. See Ake, to desire. 
 Quick; ready; smart, CBpeciall^ to do a 
 kindpess; cheerful in entertaining stran- 
 gers. 
 
 A-KE-A-KE-A, V. To fade, as kapa or 
 cloth colored ; to lose the color ; to fade 
 out ; he akeakea ka ulaula, he-ula akeakea 
 ka palapala, the red is faded out, a faded 
 red is the printing. 
 
 A-KEU-KETJ, adj. Active; ready; skill- 
 ful ; receiving kindly one's friends. Stn. 
 with he mikimiki, he oleole. See Akeaxe, 
 
 A-KE-KE, s. A singular little animal of 
 the sea. 
 
 2. A small quantity of dust ; aole nuj 
 ka lepo. 
 
 A-KE-KE, ) s, A species of bird. See 
 
 A-KE-KE-KIE, j Kekk. 
 
 A-KE-KEE, s Name of a little brown 
 bird resembling the wren found on the 
 mountain of Waialeale on Kauai ; it was 
 
 formerly worshipped by the natives as the 
 
 god 0/ tlic mountain. 
 A-KE-LE-KE-LE, *. An escape from great 
 
 danger, as a person in a canoe in a storm ; 
 
 he aWefcete wale no ka pakels, mai make. 
 A-KE-LOA, ),. ^Ae, liver, and loa, 
 A-KE-NI-AU, } long. The spleen. • 
 A-KE-itA-KA-Ni, s. The lungs. See Ake-. 
 
 A-KE-MA-MA, ) s. Ake, liver, and 
 
 A-KE-PA-Hoo-LA, J mama, light The 
 lungs ; thfe lights ; oia ke ake e hanu ai, 
 that is the lungs by which we breathe. 
 
 A-KE-N.<[, V. To be proud; boasting; to 
 be high minded ; proud of 8ome_ favor re- 
 ceived; ua akena mai o Foki i ua mes 
 pono ke Akna ana i ike ai, Pokl wus 
 boasting of the favors which God had per- 
 mitted liim to see ; akena ia ia ibo, to boast 
 of one's self; to behave boastingly, as- in 
 war, joined with singing. 
 
 A-KE-NA, adv. Proudly; loftily; boast- 
 ingly. 
 
 A-KE-NA, s. Pride ; haughtiness ; feel- 
 ing of superiority over others. 
 
 A-KE-NA-KE-NA. Ac intensive of the 
 foreigoiag ia all its meanings. 
 
 A-KE-Ni-Ap, J. See AkelOa above. The 
 spleen. 
 
 A-ke-pa, s. The name of a bird. 
 2. A sprightly, active man. 
 
 A-KE-PA, adj. Sprightly; active; turn- 
 ing this way and that. 
 
 A-ke-pa-ke-pa, ». To stand p every 
 way, as uncombed hair ; ak^pak^ mai hi 
 na ia ma ke opi a pan, the fish were cut 
 cross ways and eveiy way. 
 
 A-KE-PAA, s. The hver. Oihk, 3:4. 
 
 A-KE-PAA-Ho-o-iA, s. The. lights, &c. 
 See Akemama.. 
 
 A-KE-Ri-DA, s. Heb. Uhini akerida, a 
 grasshopper. Oihk. 11:22. 
 
 A-Ki, V. To bite ; to bite in two, as a 
 thread; to bite, as in peeling sugar-cane 
 or cocoahut ; e dici 1 ke ko, e <tki i ka niu. 
 
 2. To backbite ; to spesJt reproachfully 
 of one behind him ; to taunt Siek. 5:15. 
 
 3. To spread false repdrts; aki wahahee, 
 e ake e hewa ka mea hewa ole ; to slander. 
 Bai, 60:20. Note. — Some of the meanings 
 of aki are similar to ake. This verb has 
 various forms; as, aki, aaki, aaajci, aki- 
 ofci, wliich see in their places. 
 
 A-KI, V. To begin to heal or scar over, 
 as a wound. 
 
 2. To lop or double down, as the top of 
 a sail when there is much wind ; ofcj ko 
 oukou pea; from OKi, locks of hair, &c. ; 
 see below. 
 
 A-KI, s. Locks of hair left behind the 
 
AKI 
 
 43 
 
 AKO 
 
 head, while all ahovf is shorn off; he lau- 
 
 oho uki loloA mahopa ; ka aki lauoho pu- 
 
 punl vaiwai, 
 2. Backbiting; Bppaklng ill of another. 
 A-Ki, ». The stools on which canoes 
 
 are placed when Rtandlng on shore, 
 A-ki, adj. Backbiting; reviling. Rom. 
 
 1:80. 
 A-Ki, s. A disease; the headache. 
 A-Ki-A, s. Name of an intoxicating 
 
 ihrab ; its qualities are like tbo nuhuha ; 
 
 it is also called baakta. The bark is used 
 
 to poison fish in fresh water as aububu is 
 
 in. salt. 
 A-Ki-A-HA-LA, s. Name of a tree ; also 
 
 called puahanui. 
 A-Ki-A-Ki, V. See Aki. To bite in two 
 
 repeatfsdly. 
 
 2. To take away by little and little. 
 
 3. To nibble, as a fish at a hook. 
 
 4. To pilfer; he aihneliilii.' 
 A-Ki-A-Ki, s. A backbiter ; a revdler ; a 
 
 slanderer. 1 Kor. 6:10. 
 
 A-Ki-A-Kr, s. A disease ; the dog colic. 
 
 A-KI-A-E3, «. Name of a species of sea- 
 weed adhering to the rocks ; it is eaten for 
 food. 
 
 A-KJ-o-HA-LA, s. Nastoe of a plant j the 
 marshmallows ; the same perhaps as akia- 
 bala above. 
 
 A-Ki-u, adv. Used in a prayer as fol- 
 lows : Akele akiu kelokele akiu, kau akn 
 akiu ilana ke kau lua he wai akane, &c. 
 
 A-Ki-TJ-Ki-Tj, ». See Knr. To act the 
 part of a spy ; to search into ; to penetrate. 
 
 A-Ki-u-Ki-ir, adj. Searching; penetrat- 
 ing; a me ka makani akiukiu kipe pua 
 hale Piiakei, tjie searching wind pelting 
 the hala blossoms of Puakei. 
 
 A-Ki-Hi-A-Lo-A, s. Name of a small yel- 
 low bird; o ka akihiaioa, he mauu hulu 
 lenalena. 
 
 A-Ki-Hi-PO-LE-NA, s. Name of a small 
 bird with red feathei-s. 
 
 A-Ki-Hoo-LA-NA, s. J4», stools forcanoes, 
 and hoolana, to float. A dry dock; ka 
 bana ana i ka akihooletna i ke awa o Hono- 
 Inln, building a dry iktck in the harbor of 
 Honolulu. 
 
 A-Ki-Ki, s. A dwarf; a person of full 
 age, but a child in size ; he keiki kahiko, 
 aole BUT,. 
 
 A-Kii-kii, s.- Name of a round fish net 
 to -catch the pahuhu in ; he upena akiikii. 
 
 A-Ki-tot;, s. AM, to bite, and Zom, a 
 hook. A hook biter, that is, a thief. 
 Note. — Thieves formerly supplied them- 
 selves yath hooked rods to a.s8ist in ob- 
 taining articles of property ; hence akUou, 
 to apply liUe hook, was to .steal. 
 
 A-Ki-Lou, V. Aki and lou, to bend over. 
 
 To cat secretly the food of another. 
 A-Ki-LO-Lo, s. The name of a fish ; a 
 
 species of small fish. 
 A-Ko, V, To cut, as with scissors; to 
 
 cut, clip off; to crop off. JSzek. 17:4. 
 • 2. To pluck, 'Tm flowers or Trait. 'Hai. 
 
 80:12. To shear, as sheep. Kin. 31:18. 
 
 To cut off, as hair. ler. 7:29. Ua ako la 
 
 ka lanoho ; ua ako la i ka'hula o ka hlpa ; 
 
 na dfcoia ka Ian o ka nalu i ka makani. 
 3. To clip off, as the wind the top of the 
 
 surf. 
 A-KO, t>. To thatch ; to cover a house 
 
 with thatch ; ua akola ka hale. 
 A-ko, s. The art of thatching ; ua pau 
 
 ka hale i ke ako ; mea ako hale, a house 
 
 thatcher ; mea ako hlpa, a sheep shearer. 
 A-Ko, s. Name of a disease of females 
 
 of bad character ; he ako na wahine hana 
 
 hewa; he ako ka mai o na wahine hana 
 
 hewa. 
 A-Ko-A, s. Kapa of a snufif color; so 
 
 named flrom the dye made of the akoa tree; 
 
 he kapa i kuku ia ma ka akoa ; he paupau 
 
 akoa. 
 A-Ko-A-KO, u See Ako. To move, as 
 
 the lips in speaking to one's self. 1 Sam. 
 
 1:13. 
 
 2. To itch in the throat before coughing; 
 akahi no ka akoako o knn pua no ka ma- 
 neo, uncommon is the ticklmg of my throat 
 on account of itching. 
 
 3. To have a hacking cough in l^e throat. 
 A»KO-A-KO, V. Akoako ka ale, to swell 
 
 up, as a wave just before breaking : kuku 
 ka lili ka nalu. 
 A-Ko-A-Ko-A, V. To assemble, as people 
 for business. 
 
 2. To collect together what is separated; 
 uaaAroa/coa na kanaka ma ka hale pule, 
 the people are assembled at the meeting 
 house. Hoo.. To gather together, as men. 
 Kin. 34:30. 
 
 3. To collect together, as waters. Pvk. 
 15:8. To come together again, as a dis- 
 persed people. Kanl 30:3. E hoouluulu 
 ae ma kabi hookahi. 
 
 A-KO-A-KO-A, orfy. Assembled; collected. 
 A-Ko-A-Ko-A, ode. Collectively, in heaps; 
 
 e waiho akoakoa. to lay down in heaps. 2 
 
 OiM. 31:6. 
 A-KO-A-KO-A, s. The horned coral. 
 
 2. Coral generally. Ezek. 27:16. 
 
 3. A precious stone. lob. 28:18. 
 
 A-KO-HE-KO-HE, s. Name of g smaE 
 bird making its nest on the ground. 
 
 A-KO-Z.A, V. To triumph over the ills 
 or misfortunes of another. Hal. 94:3; To 
 triumph, as over an enemy ; hooakola mai 
 oia ia lakoa me ka olelo ana, akola! h& 
 
AKU 
 
 44 
 
 AKU 
 
 triumphed over them, exclaiming hnrrah ! 
 
 akola/ pakelemai nei no au, well done ! 
 
 I have jnst escaped. See Aieola. Sonai- 
 
 kola is another form. 
 A-KO-LA, int. An exclamation of tri- 
 umph of any kind ; a word of contempt 
 
 for not getting a thing, or for losing. 
 A-KO-LA, s. Name of a fruit fbund on 
 
 Hawaii. 
 A-Ko-LE, V. See KotE. To make or 
 
 render one's self ^opr. Stn. with e hooili- 
 
 hnne, e hoowaiwai ole. 
 A-Ko-LE, adj. Poor, in consequence of 
 
 squandering one's property. 
 A-Ko-LE-A, s. Name of a species of 
 
 shrub, grass, or fern. 
 A-Ko-Lo, adv. A cant word, expressive 
 
 of contempt. 
 A-Ko-Lo, V. .4foraa,-and kcHo to run. 
 
 To run into small roots, as potatoes, and 
 
 b^r no fruit, 
 
 At present, the word Ahua is used for the 
 true God, the Deity, the object of loye an4 
 obedience as well as fear. 
 
 2. The name of the-nightwhenthe moon 
 was perfectly fuU • a a£ka loa o ja poe- 
 poe ana, o AJcim la no; hence it would 
 seem that the ancient idea ot an Ahua em- 
 braced somettiing incomprehensible, pow- 
 erful, and yet complete, full orbed. ' The 
 names of me four principal gods of ibs 
 Hawaiians were Ku, Lono, Kane, and 
 Kanaloa. 
 
 A-Kxr-A-Atr-MA-iXr^A, s. Ahua, au, time, 
 and OTofcuix Parent. The ancestors of those 
 who died long ago, and who have become 
 gods ; th!* spirits of former heroes. 
 
 A-Ktr-A-ui'^i s- Akua, goi,&rxi ulu, to 
 inspjis. The goa which came upon one 
 andinspired him to speak ; the god of k- 
 gpjation. 
 
 AKu-A-HAi-A-Mio, s. Akua, god,kai, to 
 speak, and amio, to be silent. A god 
 
 A-KO-Lo, a^/. Eunninff and branching //P«^^^ng «'e'^«y- ,, ^ . 
 
 as roots of plants ; good above and sma-n A-ku-a-ha-nai, s. Aktm, god, and 
 
 below. Stn. with aakolo, \e kolo pu. 
 A-KO-toA, s. A species of fern. 
 k-Tio--LV,ac^.num. See Kouj.Tnree; 
 
 the pumbfer three ; also written e^ilw 
 A-EtT, ». To follow. 
 A-K0, A verbal directive. ^^^ ^<'^- * 
 233, ?, and § 236. In Ha™«"»0' *5e mo- 
 tion or action of Verb is supposed to be 
 towards one (Jft(?r,)o.r !»» 0?^ (afe*,) or 
 upwards (oe,) or ddv^^*'*^^:) «"^ ^^,^ 
 ways, which is aia»<*«- 4to*.is mostly 
 connected with '«rbs, spmetmaies with 
 nouns and adv^''^ t it impUes motion or 
 tendency fi-a?"^"'^®! onward, &c,; as,e hele 
 akM, to go(#. go /'•"m one ; the opposite 
 of e he]s ***<**> to come towards one. In 
 nalTal^'e tenses the verbal dlreotlv^B are 
 genei-"iy followed by the syllable to; as, 
 hen ok\L ia oia,' he went off; noho iho ia 
 iif he sat dovin, or he dwelt. 
 A-KU, s. Name of a species of fish, 
 smooth, round ; the bonjto ; the name of 
 one of the two fish that accompanied Pili 
 in his voyage to these islands; aku helped 
 paddle (haluku) the canoe, and opeJu 
 calmed the winds when too strong. D. 
 Malo 4:13. See OrELtr. 
 
 A-KU, adj. Clear; unclouded; spoken 
 of the moon when fully up; he ahu, ka 
 mahina, the moon is clear. 
 
 A-Ku-A, s. Among Hawaiians, formerly, 
 the name of any supernatural being,. the 
 object of fear or worship ; a god. The 
 term, on the visit of foreigners, was ap- 
 plied tq artificial objects,- the nature or 
 properties of whicli Hawaiians did not iin- 
 derstand, as the uiovoment of a watobv ^ 
 compass, the self-strikiug of a olo«k, &c. 
 
 llOr 
 
 nai, to feed. 
 
 i. SThe god that fed poison to people ; 
 tjheged of poison; hence, 
 
 2. Poison itself; he akmhanai ka rama, 
 rum is a poisonous god, a he moonihoawa 
 ka aie, and a poiso^i toothed lizard (ser- 
 pent) is ^oing into defit 
 
 A-kit-a-Hoo-u-na:-u-na, *. Ahm, god, 
 and koourm, to send. A class of gods who 
 were sent on errands like Mercury of the 
 Greeks; the names of gome of them were 
 KeaWenuikanohilo, KapO, Kapua, Kama- 
 kakou, end many others. ' 
 
 A-Ktr-A-Kii, s. Akua, god, and kii, an 
 image. 
 
 1. The god represented by an imag«; 
 hence, 
 
 2. An idol ; a god made. OOik. 26:1 ; 
 I«a. 31:7. . 
 
 A-KtT-A-feu, adv. Up and down, as an 
 uneven road ; having the form of stairs ; 
 be ala akuaku. 
 
 A-KU-A-KtT, adv. Sailing, as over a rough 
 sea, or traveling over a rough road ; hele' 
 akimlcv, ma ke ala ; holo oJcimIbu, ka mokn ; 
 with one end up, then down. . 
 
 A-KU-A-KU, s. A species of rush. 
 
 A-KU-A-KTJ, adj. Done in a hurry; there- 
 fore, badly done ; he akimkn iho kou, you 
 were in a great hurry : he 'akuaini kana 
 hana, his work is badly done. 
 
 A-KU-A-LA-pu, s. Akua, god, and la'pu, 
 a ghost. A ghost ; a spectre ; an appari- 
 tion ; an evil spii-lt. Notm. — According to 
 the old people, the poe akmdapa were the 
 spirits of deucased persons seen in the 
 night about burying and other places for 
 the purpose of frigbteuing people. 
 
ALA 
 
 45 
 
 ALA 
 
 A-Kn-A-LE-LE, s. Akua, god, and lele, 
 to fly. A meteor; an igniafatuus. Note. — 
 Wbeu the Hawaiiana -vrere flret shown the 
 representation or imaginary picture of an 
 an^el, they at once called it an alatalele, a 
 flying god. 
 
 A-KH-A-NO-Ho, s. Name of a class of 
 gods supposed to bo the gpliits of men de- 
 ceased ; theywere supposed to dwell with, 
 or 1>e over men as guardiaoB. 
 
 A-Kff-E, s. A short, low woman; he 
 wahine poupou. 
 
 A-KU-i-Ku-i, V. See Kui, to strike. To 
 atrike often, as with a stick in order to 
 drive fl.sh into a net. 
 
 A-KUri'KTT-i, s. Name of a particular 
 fiaU net. See Akuikui above. Also, the 
 name of the stick used to drive fish into 
 the kuikui, 
 
 A-Kxr-HE, V. To be bluck, blue or dark 
 colored. See Kotcuhk. 
 
 AiKU-KA-pi-HE, s. The juice of the tree 
 called koko, used aniong Hawadians as a 
 cathartic. 
 ' A-KU-Kr, s. The standing up of ^vater 
 when wind and current are opposite : me 
 he a/euku nalu la i pol Uoko o ka malama 
 Kaiilua. Laieik. J167. 
 
 A-KU-tE, s. Name of a species of fish. 
 
 A KJC-LE, s. An epithei of an aged per- 
 son ; an old man or woma.a. See Ei.kma- 
 
 KUIJB. 
 
 A-KU-Li, ». To collect in a stream of 
 water, as leaves, bloaeoins, &c. 
 
 2. To dam up the water by such collec- 
 tion ; ua a^i ka wai, a ua bataua ; a ua 
 ale-jii ka tan o ka laaii iloko o ka wai. 
 
 Akvti ka paao ka taau i ka wa{, 
 Lutana Bi\a 1 k» »e wnilllua. 
 Be wai hoopaa fa nol-illa 
 No ua 'koa la, o Ueua, o I/imalca. 
 
 A-KU-Li-KU-Li, ff. A kind of water herb, 
 perhaps purslain; he moa ulu ma ka aina, 
 ma na aliali, a he papapa kekahi inoa. 
 
 A-Ku-LU, s. A species of color or colors; 
 he ahdu moe wai, a eleele uliuli. 
 
 A-KU-LU, s. Name of a species of fish. 
 
 A-Kir-Mtr. adj. Broken or cut off till 
 very short; applied to anything cut or 
 broken off piecef by piece, as a pen in 
 mending, or a pencil in sharpening. 
 
 A-LA, V. To wake from sleep j to watch, 
 i. «., to keep fram sleep. 
 
 2. To rise up, as from a sleeping pos- 
 ture ; t! bikilele oia ua ka hiamoc ana. 
 Ptik. 10:23,- Ala ku e, to rise up against 
 one. Puk. 15:7. 
 
 3. To 1186 up, as a new generation of 
 people ; ta come forward. ImvA. 2:10, 
 
 4. BoQ. To '■.^nae one to rm ; to lift up ; 
 to rise from the dead. 
 
 6. To raise up ; excite to aQtion ; to stir 
 up, as the mind. 2 Pd. 3:1. 
 
 6. To stir up ; excite to evil. Pwfc. 23:1. 
 
 7. To raise up, as a delivca'er or beno- 
 factor. I/unk. 3:9. 
 
 8. To repair, as a brckeii down wall. 
 Nelu 3:4. 
 
 A-LA, V. I To anoint; to dress a sore or 
 
 a limb. 2 Sam 19:24. • 
 A-LA, V. A round, smooth stone ; a 
 
 pebble, suob as has been worn by the 
 
 water ; he pohaku maloko o ka muliwai. 
 
 1 Sam. 17:40 and 43. Ala o ka maa, a sling 
 
 stone. Zek. 9:1.5. 
 A-LA, s. A path; way;, road; often 
 
 alanui, great road ; it is used in some 
 
 places as synonymous with kuamoo} he 
 
 kahi e hcle ai ; kuu aku ana keia i ke afo ; 
 
 po oloko i ke ala. Laieik. 62. 
 A-LA, .adj. Round or oval, as a smooth 
 
 stone or bullet : hence, heavy : kanmaha, 
 
 e like me ka cua o kahawai, heavy, as a 
 
 smooth stone in a- water course. See Ala, 
 
 a round, smooth stone. 
 ■A-LA, adj. Spicy ;_ perfumed J aromatic. 
 A-LA, adj. Fair 'eyed, but blind ; a& 
 
 ka maka, e like me ko ka clemakule, dim 
 
 sighted, as an old person. 
 A-LA,, s. A variety of kalo, tough and 
 
 stringy. 
 A-LA-A, V. To work with the oo in 
 
 cultivating or digging off green sward. 
 A-LA-A, $. A kind of tree. 
 A-LA-A-LA, *. Ala, round, &c. A scrof- 
 ulous sore ; an ulcer; particularly on tlif 
 
 neck; the ringworm; poha ka alatUa me 
 
 kahab uli. 
 A-LA-A-LA, s. A soft substance in the 
 
 squid used for bait in fishing ; he cHaalahee. 
 
 ^ 2. Soft, flabby flesh ; soft and tough, as 
 
 Kome kinds of fO)Od. 
 8. The name of potatoes that grow on 
 
 the leaf of the potato. 
 A-LA-A-LA, adj.. Scrofulous. 
 A-LA-A-LAE, adj. Herd, or half cooked, 
 
 aa kalo ; aohe maneo, moa puehuehu, he 
 
 maneo ia. 
 
 Ell! Hawaii he one, 
 
 AlatU(u: ke one, 
 
 Eg poha ka mai, lie liki ka lau. 
 
 A-LA'A-LAi, *. Name of a bird. 
 
 A-LA-A-LAi, s. The name of a kalo 
 patch formed by bending down the nishes 
 and covering them with dirt and irrigating 
 it; hence 
 
 A-LA-A-LAi, J5. Argillaceous earth. 
 
 A-LA-A-LA-HEE, s. The spawn or black 
 substance found ia the ^quid. .See Aij.- 
 ALA. He alaakihee me ka^i knkui inamona, 
 the spawn of the squid with kukui nuts aa 
 a, relish. 
 
ALA 
 
 46 
 
 ALA 
 
 A-LA-A-LA-pu-LOA, s. A plant with small 
 yellow blossoms ; called also uhola. a spe- 
 cies of useless -siirub ; anhea o mea? aia i 
 kiila i ka alacUapiiioa, i. e., gene on a, wild 
 goose chase, or on a fool's errand. 
 
 A-LA-A-LA-PU-LOA, s. The name of a 
 species of fish of the squid kind ; he alacda- 
 pvJ.oa me ka'wekaweka no. 
 
 A-LA-A-LA-WA, V. The compound, fre- 
 quentative, poetical form of aJawa ; to^ look 
 frequently one way and the otha-, as in 
 fear of being seen ; alauXawa ka maka o 
 ka aihne, <Aaalawa na maka me he pueo 
 la, the eyes of the thief look this way and 
 that, they look here and therelike an owl. 
 
 A-LA-A-iiA-WAi-mri, s. Name of a large 
 tree whose fruit is used in dying. 
 
 A-LA-A-LA-wAi-NUi, s. Name of a small 
 plant growing in ston^ places; he a ahi 
 nlu liilii ma ke ahn pohaku. 
 
 A-LA-A-MAo-MAO, s. Name of a god of 
 the winds ; the Eolus of the Hawaiian 
 Islands. 
 
 Huai mai ka ipu makani, 
 Alaamaomao ke ^ua makani. 
 
 A-1J.-A-PA-PA, s. The name of a kind 
 of dance ^ he alaapapa kaM hnla. 
 
 A-LA-A-FA-PA, V. To disclose to an- 
 other what onp has said of his character. 
 
 A-LAE, s. Name of a bird with a red 
 skin oa the upper part of its bill ; oia Isa 
 mca (0 Maiiinkaiaui) nana i imi i ke ahi, a 
 loaa i ka alae, he it was (Maniakalani) who 
 being in search of fire,, found the alae; 
 alae, h,T moa eleele loa, a very black fowl. 
 The alae was formerly worshipped as a 
 god, especially the alae keokeo, the white 
 aiae. 
 
 A-LA-EA, s. Red dirt ; a kind of Span- 
 ish brown dug from the earth. 
 
 2, Any red coloring matter ; red ochre. 
 Isa. 44:13. 
 
 A-LA-EA, adj. Relating to the practice 
 of the priest offering the yearly sacrifice ; 
 uele mai ke kahnua alaea mu ke kanaka, 
 nana e lawc ka- ipu alaea. 
 
 A-LA-EA, adj. Red, as the flesh of the 
 fish aku and ahi. See foregoing. Iluki 
 kokc ka io ■alaea a, me: na io a pnu ; name 
 of a muscle. Anal 50. 
 
 A-LA-EA, s. The fore part of the thigh. 
 
 A-LA-EA, *. A family, tribe or clan. 
 2. The descendants of servants ; the de- 
 scendants of KeopuolMu are the daea of 
 Nahienaena. 
 
 A-LA-E-LA, adv. Poetic for aia la, there 
 it is. 
 
 A-LAi, V. To obstruct; to hinder one 
 in any way ; ua alai ia e ka, hilahila a biki 
 olo ke pane aku, ho or she was hindered 
 by shame and could not answer. Zaieik. 
 
 127. To block up a door or passage by 
 sitting down in ii. 
 
 2. To foi-m a circle round one for his 
 defense in danger. 
 
 3. To defend ; oppose one. 
 
 4. To be so thronged as not to see ort. 
 Note, — The double form, alalai, is more 
 generally used. Ua alai ia, ua paapu loa,, 
 dole ike aku kahi mea, he was thronged 
 thickly, he could not see out. 
 
 A-LAi-A, s. A small, thin surf board. 
 
 A-LA-i-iHi, s, A species of small red fish. 
 2. ^ame of a red cloth. 
 
 A-LA-i-Ki, s. The practice of quartering 
 in one's house or seizing one's property 
 when a chief traveled wi3i his people. 
 
 A-LAi-LA, adv. Refers both to time and 
 place ; there, when place is referred to ; 
 then, when reference is made to time. Like 
 many other adverbs, it is declinable with 
 the simple prepositions. Gram. § 68 and 
 § 165. 2d. 
 
 A-LA-0, s. Name of a class of heiaus. 
 
 A-LA-o, s. The eating of the oopu or 
 other fish raw, and even before dead ; ka 
 alao mai no i na wahi oopu, a me na wahi 
 opae. ' 
 
 A-LA-ou. Ua like me alao. See the 
 foregoing. 
 
 A-la-Ij-lo-li, s. Ala, path, and ololi, 
 narrow, A narrow path ; a lane, as of a 
 dty, 
 
 A.-LA-0-jyiA, V. To receive into the 
 nioutli ; to swallow greedily, as a fish the 
 bait ; alaoma ka waha o ka oopu a me ke 
 aholehole i ke koe; the mouths of the oopu 
 and the aholehole greedily swallow the 
 worm ; alaume momoni, 
 
 A-LA-tT, t). To knock with the knuckle 
 on anything'hard, as a board ; olou. 
 
 A-lau, s. Place where a wind is parted, 
 as the east wind at Hana,, Maui. 
 
 A-LAxr-A, », To look upon one's self 
 with admiration ; e alava ana ia ia iho me 
 ka manao na nani oia. 
 
 A-LAU-KA, s. Badness; worthlessness ; 
 vileness ; the otfscouring or dregs of soci- 
 ety ; he hana inoino pupuka akeulca. 
 
 A-LA-u-KA, adj. Vile; bad; worthless; 
 slovenly ; negligent ; pupuka. 
 
 A-LA-u-LA, s. Ala, Toad, and rda, red. 
 
 1. A streak of light, such as is .seen after 
 the sotting and before the rising sun. Kin. 
 32:24, Henct!, 
 
 2. The first dawn of the morning. Hat 
 46:5, The early dawn or first gleam of 
 morning light, 2 Pet. 1:19. 
 
 A-LA-u-LA .$. Red dust in a road ; the 
 red dust of a pali ; red dust generally, 
 
 2, A kind of red chalk in which nothing 
 will groiv. 
 
ALA 
 
 47 
 
 ALA 
 
 3. A kind o£ searWeed, blacfcish ; a spe- 
 ciee of limu. 
 A-tA-u-ME, r. See Alaom>. 
 A-LAtr-WA-mo,. «. A species of bird, 
 
 email and yellow. See Xavwi. 
 A-LA-HA-KA, s. Ala, a path, and haka, 
 open. 
 I.' A ladder. Kin. 28:12. 
 2. A rough road, with many raTines or 
 chitema. Laidk. 71. 
 A-LA-HEE, s. Nameof a tree; a species 
 of tree, very hard, of .which instruments 
 were made to till tW soil with ^ o n» oo 
 mahiai i ka wa kahiko, o ka nlei a o ke 
 aiaMi, ^e diggers for farming in ancient 
 times were made of ulei and alahee. 
 A-LA:Hn, ». A species of wood; bastard 
 sandal-wood. 
 2. A row or hom, as on a mat. 
 A-LA-Hou-AK-A, s. Ala, to rise, and hou, 
 again, and the participial :tenmnation ana. 
 A rising again; a nsingifiom the dead. 
 Oitc. 24:15. A resurrection. 
 A-LA-Ho-Nu-A, s. The south-west direc- 
 tion from Hilo ; ke ala ana i ka manawa 
 i makemake ole ai; o ke aWionua ana 
 mamua, aole i hiki i ka manawa. 
 A-'CA-HTHLA, V. To break a certain 
 kapu; n» alahda kahi kapu, ua uoa ke 
 kanawal. -, 
 
 2. Alahula Pnuloa, he hele na Kaapfjhau. 
 • 3. To make a road through one's "bcflise 
 or farm by constantly passing^ through 
 it; ua lilo i alanui hele man ma ia wahi. 
 A-LA-HU-LA, s. A thoroughfare; a path 
 or place much frequented ^ ua maa i ka 
 ikeia, ua hele pinepine la. 
 
 2. A road made on a pafi <m which a 
 stranger cannot go, only traveled by resi- 
 dents. 
 
 2. A place where it is necessary to swim 
 past a clitf that intercepts the passage 
 along the beach, as Blelu on Hawaii.. 
 A-L.t-KAi, V. Ma, road, and kai, to lead. 
 
 1. To lead along the path ; to guifle or 
 conduct one on a road. Puk. 13:17. 
 
 2. To lead, as captives, 2 OiM. 6:36. 
 
 3. To take, as a person, from one place 
 to another. 2 Oihl. 8:11. 
 
 i. To lead, as an animal ; alakai ke ke- 
 iki i ka puaa, the child. L^a-ds the hog ; ua 
 alakaiia ka Ho i ka pa. IIoo. To cause to 
 lead. Ezek. 89:28. 
 
 A-LA-KAi, s. J&, path, and W, the sea. 
 He alakai ke alanui hnlaana o. na pali, a 
 path where one must swim around a pro- 
 jecting clitf or Wutf. 
 
 A-LA-KAi, s. Ala, road, and kai, to lead. 
 A leader ; conductor ; guide- Heb. 13:7. 
 
 A-LA'KAf, adj. Large ; pot-bellied ; 
 plump. 
 
 A-LA-KAi-MAU-NA, s. Alokai, guide, and 
 mauna, mountain. A guide on the moun- 
 tains and inland ; what a pilot is on board 
 ship. 
 
 A-LA-Ko, V. Ala, path, and ko, to drag 
 along. 
 
 1. To drag along the ^ound. 
 
 2. To lead, as a criminal ; k^dred with 
 ahkai. //«!. 28:3, E kauo, e huki. 
 
 3. To trail, as a gown in the dust ; he 
 (^doko mai i ka le^o, to drag in the dirt. 
 
 i. To draw or influence one. Hos. 11:4. 
 
 A-LA-LA, .J. Name of a bird ; a species 
 of raven on nawaii ; so namejd from its 
 cry, resembling that of a child. Jai^iA. 29. 
 
 A^LA-LA, V. To cry, as the young of 
 animals. Mik. 1:8. 
 
 A-LA-LA, s. The cry of young animals; 
 a ci^ng; weeping; a bleating, crying, 
 &c,, of flocks. 1 mm. 15:14. The squeal- 
 ing of hogs. Laieik.V!. 
 
 A-LA-i,A, s. A specie of potato with 
 fruit on the leaves. See Alaala. 
 
 A-LA-LAi, V. Aids road, and led. 
 
 1. To hinder one from doing a thing. 
 
 2. To obstnict one's road. Idb. 19:8. 
 
 8. To be in the way of another : ua ala- 
 tai mai oia i ko'u hele ana,.he hindered me 
 in my passage ; he keakoa. 
 
 A-LA-LAi, V. To consecrate; to render 
 sacred by coming In contact with some 
 sacred object. 
 
 A-j;a-lau-wa, i. A species of small fish ; 
 called BO when small or young ; when 
 larger or olfier they are called aweoweo. 
 
 A-la-la-l^ V'\ To spread out tobacco 
 leaves over or before a fire to, dry for use, 
 
 A-lAtLE-hb, aetj. Sick; weakj hungry, 
 as a child : he ukuhi ohemo na keiki, 
 omino, c^dUme, ka alalehe, ka uwe wale. 
 
 A-LA-LO, «. A, jaw, and Ida, under. 
 The lower jaw of men and animals ; the 
 lower mandible of a bird. 
 
 A-LA-LO-A, s. Ala, path, and loa, long, 
 a highway ; path, &c. Stn. with alanui. 
 JVoft. 20:17. 
 
 A-LA-MA-A-WE-i-Xi, J, Ala, path, maawe, 
 any small su'bstance, and iki, little. A 
 small, narrow, indistinct path; it is ap- 
 plied to the departure of the soul when one 
 dies; he is said to have gone along the 
 alamaavieiki, i. e., the untrodden path ; he 
 alaololi. 
 
 A-LA-MA-KA^i-Nir, s. Name of a stone 
 at Maiao,' flat and shining ; applied to a 
 disobedient child ; he alamakahinu i ke 
 alii. 
 
 A-LA-ME-A, V. To be too ripe; rotten, 
 as anything lying out in the rain ; ua ka- 
 pule alamea i ka ua. 
 A-tA-ME-A, s. The name of a species 
 
ALA 
 
 48 
 
 ALA 
 
 of hard stone from volcanoes, out of which 
 
 stoQfi axes were made. 
 A-LA-MO-LE, S. A species of stone. 
 A-LA-NA, s. A present made by a chief 
 
 to u priest to procure his prayers. 
 
 2. A present made to a god; he makana 
 e haawi akn ai i ke akua. 
 
 3. An oblation or free will offering for 
 any purpose. Puk. 18:12. 
 
 4. AsacriBoe. J'ufc. 29:28. .^fctnahoBno, 
 a holy oblation. Mek. 48:10. He cdana 
 ka mea e haawiia aku al e kalaia mai ai 
 ka hala o ka moa lawehala. 
 
 5. A fee prepaid to a physician to at- 
 tend upon a sick person. 
 
 A-iA-NA, V. To give or bring a present 
 as an offering. Oihlc. 12:14. To offer' a 
 sacrifice. Hal. 66:15. 
 
 A-I.A-NA, adj. A and lana, to float. 
 Light ; not heavy ; easily floating on the 
 water ; he hookomo ole ; not sinking. 
 
 A-I-A-NA, s. Alala, to cry, and ana. A 
 crying ; the voice of suffering or of eom- 
 plaiut ; ko oho aiana, makuakahi, the voice 
 of complaint from an only parent. 
 
 A-LA-NA-A-i,6-HA, s. Alana, offeringj 
 tod cUoKct, love. A peace offering ; an of- 
 fering for making peace with another to 
 procure one's favor ; he alana e aloha mai 
 o hai ia ia. 
 
 A-LA-NA-Ktr-Ni, s. Atana and kuni, to 
 bnrn. An offering to procure the death of 
 a sorcerer ; e make ai ka mea nana i ana- 
 ana ; a burnt offering. 
 
 A-LA-NA-MO-u-A, s. An offering' made 
 to the gods to procure a curse ; he alana e 
 molia i kipi aina, to curse the rebels ; ke 
 alana e molia i ka mamala ku i ka pa ; be 
 alana e molia i ka olulo pae i kapa,. 
 
 A-L'A-NE-o, adj. Ala, piith, and neo, 
 silent. 
 
 1. Clear ; serene ; unclouded, as the at- 
 mosphere on the mountains; alane.o ka uka, 
 aole ao, clear was the iipland, no clouds. 
 
 2. Desolate ; w;ithout people, as a coun- 
 try; alanio kauhaie; aole kanaka. ler. 50:3. 
 See Nboneo. 
 
 A-LA-NE-o, s. The name of a disease 
 where the patient is swelled greatly in 
 every part except the face ; he olelo a ne 
 kaMina lapaau ; ina olelo aku i ka mai, 
 pela he alaneo kou mai, o ke ano ia olelo, 
 he loai kanaka ole, aole lehulehu o kanaka 
 nana e Mi i ka laau. 
 
 2. A class of gods, males only. 
 
 3. The name of a cloak or royal robe 
 made of the feathers of the mamo only ; o 
 ka aahuula i hanaia i ka hulu mamo wale 
 u<> uu kapaia he alaneo. 
 
 4. Clear weather ; no clouds. 
 
 A-LA-Ni, s. The name of the mountain 
 on iianai and some other plaiies. 
 
 A-iA-Ni, s. Name of a timber tree used 
 
 ia fitting up canoes. 
 A-LA-Ni, s. Eng. The Hawaiian pro- 
 nunciation of the word orarjge; an orange, 
 
 a foreign fruit ; also, the name of the tree. 
 A-LA-Ni, *. Name of a land breeze at 
 
 Lanai, from the name of the mountain. 
 A-LA-NI, s. Name of a species of limu, 
 
 bitter, and very similar to the limu lipoa. 
 A-iiA-Ni-A, adj. Smooth, as the ocean, 
 
 without wave or ripple ; aole apuupnu, he 
 
 kalarda. 
 A-LA-Ni-HO, s. Ala, path, and niho, 
 
 tooth. Name of the long strips of tatoo 
 
 made on the skin by means of a shark's 
 
 tooth. 
 A-iA-NU-i, s. Ala, path, and rod, large 
 
 A highway ; a road ; a frequented, path. 
 
 See Alaioa. In some places kuamoo is 
 
 used. 
 A-LA-PA, adj. Ugly J poor; thin in 
 
 flesh, as a hog. 
 A-I^-PA-HI, V. To spread false repoits , 
 
 to slander. 2 Sam. 19:27. 
 
 2. To deceive ; to lead others astray. 
 
 3, To deceive, as a demagogue. 
 A-LA-PA-Hi, s. Slander; detraction; 
 
 falsehood ; he cUapahi moe ipo ka nana ; a 
 lie ; false speaking. 
 
 A-LA-PA-HI, adj. Olelo alapaki, a slan- 
 derous or false report. 2feh. 14:36. 
 
 A-LA-PA-Ktri, adj. Exceedingly fragrant, 
 too much so, or too strong to be pleasant. 
 
 A-LA-PA-pii-Moo-KU, s. A mean man of 
 no character who goes before the king; 
 ka mea ino pii i kahi o ke alii. 
 
 A-LA-pn, B. Ala, path, and pii, to as- 
 cend. A ladder ; stairs. 2 Nai. a.13. An 
 ascent. 1 Ned. 10:5. He alahaka, he alt- 
 ulii ; he alapii pali ino o Wahinekapu. 
 
 A-LA-Pu-KA, adj. Having scrofulous 
 sores, as on the neck, legs, &c. 
 
 2. Applied to kaVo which has spots of 
 dry-rot ; he kalo alapuka. 
 
 A-LA-wA, V. To look on one side, then 
 on the other, as one who is afraid of beiu^ 
 seen ; e hoi oukou me ko oukou niaka 
 alawa pie io a ip. 
 
 2. To look up, as one downcast. 
 
 3. To lift up the eyes in pride. Isa. 
 37:23. . 
 
 4. To lift »ip the eyes to see a thing. 
 loan. 4:36. To take a survey, {sa. 60:4, 
 
 5. To turn the eyes in an oblique direc- 
 tion. Kin. 33;6. 
 
 6. To turn one's head to look about. 
 
 7. To be lifted or turned up. as the eyes; 
 alaxea ae la kona mau maka, 
 
 A-LA-WA, .f. A tiiming of the eyes ti- 
 look behind ; be alaioa na maka i hope e 
 ike i ka poe e liele mai ana. 
 
ALE 
 
 49 
 
 ALI 
 
 A-UA-BA-TA, ) adj. Gt. Alabaster; he 
 
 A-LA-BA-TE-RO, J ipuotoftafa. Lufc. 7:37. 
 
 A-LB, V. To swallow, in various senses; 
 » moni akn. 
 
 1. VVhea anything disagteeabJe is to be 
 taken. 
 
 2. To drink in, as water. 
 
 3. To drink in, as the earth drinks water. 
 
 4. To swallow up, as the earth. A'oA. 
 16:^2. To absorb ; to swallow, as a flood ; 
 to destroy. 
 
 5. To overpower, as an army. 2 Sam. 
 17:16. AU wale, to swallow without chok- 
 ing- 
 
 6. Ke aZe niai,<to come up into, as tears 
 into the eyes ; as poets say, the tears welled 
 'up in her eyes. 
 
 A-I.E, s. A wave ; a billow put ip mo- 
 tion by the win4 ; a. wave of the sea. Ic^. 
 9:8. Aloia mai u ha ale ino o La^ Hao, 
 having escaped the raging hittoiBs of Cape 
 Horn ; make iho nei ia iloko o ka a2e o 
 Pailolo, be was lately drowned in the 
 waves of Pailolo ; loi alenq i ke alia o kolo. 
 Via. Ale o ka make. 2 Sain. 22:5. Holo 
 pipi kaote ka moana, the erest.of a wave; 
 ka die, water put in niotion ; ka alt wai 
 hail a ke 'kua, teaitr of snow of the god. 
 Note. — It was supposed that the gods 
 made the snow. 
 
 A-LE-A, *. See Lea. Having a pleasant 
 voice for singing ; agreeable, as the voice. 
 
 A-i.£-A-LE, V. 13th conj. of ale. To 
 make into waves ; to stir up. as water ; to 
 trouble ; to toss about, as restless waters. 
 ^es. 4:14. Ale(de ka wai, ua piha a aleale 
 ke keakea. Hoo. To stir up, as water. 
 /(N^n. 5:4. _ ._ 
 
 A-tK-A-LE, *. A moving, swelling,; stir- 
 ring, as the waves of the.sea; as water any- 
 Vi'here. 
 
 A-LB-A-LE-A, t. A sharp, white,: small 
 8heH.flsh found near the shore ; he pupu 
 aleaieoi 
 
 A-tB-o, adj. High ; applied to a house 
 or a room^,; a look-out on a hOUse-top. 
 
 A-LEir-LEU, t. Old kapa or mats ; also 
 applied to all kinds of bad kapa. 
 
 A-LE-KU-MA, J J. Heh. A later ortho- 
 
 A-LB-GU-HA, ) graphy tovaleguma; name 
 of a timber tree, as below ; name of a tree 
 found in the deserts of Arabia ; the algiuu 
 tree. 2 OUU. 2:8. Also^. by a change of 
 letters, ofemuffo. See below. Supposed by 
 Kitts to be the sandal-wood. 
 
 A-M-LE, V. To go or act as a messenger. 
 
 2. To go or act as a spy. 
 
 3. To look or examine the condition of 
 another. See Lei.e. 
 
 A-LB-LE, s. See Lble and Exele. A 
 messenger ; one sent on business ; he (dele 
 7 
 
 wau i hoounaia mai nei, I am a messenger 
 sent hither. Laieik. 79. See Luna. 
 A-le-le, s. a messenger of a chief; an 
 ambassador. See Elele. 
 
 He Iciu ka pus kulcuf } 
 
 He alele booholo na ke Koolao. — Melt. 
 
 A-le-he, s. a snare ; a noose ; he 
 ahele, he pahele. 
 
 A-LE-Lo, *. The tongue, of man or ani- 
 mals. Puk. 11:7 ; 2 Sam. 23:2. See Elelo. 
 
 A'LE-Lo, s. The tongue ; he alelo wana 
 ka ono, he ono ke aleto wana, he okulikuli. 
 
 A-LE-MA-NA-KA, «. Eng. An almanac; 
 the first was published in Hawaiian iu 
 183—, 
 
 A-LE-MO-NB, adj. Eng. of an almond. 
 A-ix-MO-HE, s. A hazle. Etn. 30:37. 
 The almond tree. Kekah. 12:15. 
 
 f^t^ \ *• See Alekuma above. 
 
 A-LE-KU-UA, \ 
 
 A-UE-FA, s. Gr. Alepa, alpha; name of 
 
 the first letter of the Greek alphabet; hence, 
 the first, ka mua. Soik. 21:6. 
 
 A-LE-WA-LE-WA, s. A cloud or smoke 
 floating in the atmosphere ; hookaa ka pn- 
 nobn ka aleuxtleaa. 
 
 A-LE-GU-MA, s. See AlekuIha above. 
 
 A-Li, *. A scar on the face. Isai 1:6. 
 
 A-Li, V. To have a scar on the cheek ; 
 uaa2t ka papalina i ka mai; to have a scar 
 anywhere. 
 
 2. Sqo. To shake ; to wave ; to move to 
 and fro,Jtc.. ,Niih. 5:25. See Ho.u.i. 
 
 A-Li-A, ij.', To wait; to stop one when 
 doing a thing ; to restrain. 2 Sam. 24:16. 
 f. Used imperatively,, stop ; wait ; ap- 
 plied to a person in tb^ way ; take care ; 
 stand aside. 1 5am. 1^16. 
 
 A-Li-A, s. A large, flat surface where it 
 is "white with salt ; he alia boohaahaa 
 piiakai ; loi ale no i ke alia okolo. salt bed. 
 
 A-LI-A, s. The name of two sticks car- 
 ried by a person before the god of the year. 
 
 A-ii-A, adv. By. and by ; after a little. 
 
 A-Li-A-Li, adj. White, as snow or paper; 
 he wai cdiati, he keokeo ; he huali. 
 
 A-Li-A-u, V. Ua aliali, to have scars j 
 to be rough with scars ; to be scarred ; ua 
 kalibati, kokoke e piha ; ukali ae no hoi ; 
 hnlihuli. 
 
 A-Li-A-u-A, s. He alialia paakai, a bed 
 where salt is dried ; lio alUtlia manu ; na 
 alialia o na wai puna buihul See Aua 
 above. 
 
 2. Ground which is smooth, dry and 
 barren, as that which is baked in the sun, 
 or covered with salt. 
 
 A-Li-A-rs', adv. A word of similar im- 
 port with none and i none, let us see, show 
 
ALI 
 
 50 
 
 ALO 
 
 it to me, &c. ; aa aliane, referring to some- 
 thing spoken of, let «s see ; let me see. 
 
 A-Lii, s. Name of a hard timber tree, 
 used for posts of houses and other pur- 
 poses ; also called aalii. 
 
 A-Ui, s. A chief; one who rules or has 
 authority over other men ; a king, quali- 
 fied by various epithets. 
 
 1. Ke alii moi, the supreme executive, 
 
 2. Ke alii aiittohu, a chief over a divis- 
 ion, J. e.. a governor under the cUU moi. 
 
 3. Alii koa, a chief over soldiers, i. e., a 
 general, leader of an army." 2 Sam. 2:8. 
 
 i. .4Kiofca;Mi, chief of a district. Luk.^'^. 
 A-ui, V. To act the chief; to be chief 
 
 or principal. Ifin. 1:16. To rule over men. 
 
 OiMc. 26:17. To govern. Kin. 37:8. 
 2. Boo. To crown one a king ; to make 
 
 one a king ; to make one's self a king ; to 
 
 rule ; to have power or influence with. 
 A-Lii, adj. Mea noho alii, a ruler. Puk. 
 
 22:28. Alii weliweli, king of terrors. Icb. 
 
 18:14. 
 A-Lii-KOA, s. A general of an army. 2 
 
 Sam. 2:18. 
 A-LH-PA-PA, s. Name of a cliild where 
 
 the mother was a chief and the father not. 
 A-LII- WA-Hi-NE, s. AUi and vsahine, 
 
 woman. A Queen. Mat. 11:44. 
 A-u-u-Li-u, adv. A long time. 
 A-Li-Hi, s. H inserted ; a captain of a 
 
 company. Jos. 10:24. 4(iM kaua, a general. 
 A-u-Hi, s. The lines of a fish net ; o 
 
 ke kaula ma ka pikoni. 
 
 2. The cords holding the sinkers of a net. 
 
 3. The upper part of a calabash strap ; 
 healihi no ke koko o ka umeke ; o kaoIiM 
 maluna o ka waa e kalai bon a haahaa ka 
 niao o ka alihi maluna o ka umeke : ma ka 
 alihi moana. e pili aka ana i kumu lani. at 
 the edje of the ocean, i. e., where th& ocean 
 and sky meet. J). Malo 5:13. 
 
 A-LI-HI, V. To be ready to work for the 
 
 sake of gain, bnt at other limes abseut: 
 A-U-HI, adv. Unwillingly. 
 A-Li-Hi-KAir-A, s. Ali/d (alii) and katea, 
 
 war. A general ; commander ; one who 
 
 directs in battle. 1 Nal. 16:16. 
 A-Li-Hi-LA-Ni, s. The horizon. 
 A-Li-Hi-LE-LE, «. Name of a drag-net ; 
 
 thi; net for taking the anae. 
 A-Li-TKA-Li-KA, ^j. Clammy; sticky; 
 
 tough, as kalo baked ;' as mud. 
 2. Stingy ; not liberaL 
 
 A-Li-KE-A-Li-KE, s. See Like. One-half; 
 
 an equal division of a thing. 
 A-LMU-Li-Ki, V. See Lrei; see Opuohao. 
 
 To be swelled tight as the skin can hold, 
 
 as in the di-opsy, 
 2. To be girded tightly. 
 
 A-Li-MA (e-li-ma), adj. Five ; the num- 
 ber five. See Lima. 
 
 A-Li-MA, s. See AinJMA, the stick held 
 in the hand in rubbing to obtain fire. 
 
 A-LI-MA. 
 
 Alima hea ko alaksi, 
 
 Ke aoi peahi la la Limaloa 
 
 1 hoapili no mana a bepa ka aa — ^he. 
 
 A-Li-NA, V. To be defiled or contam- 
 inated, as by marrying one of low birth ; 
 mai moe oukou i ka poe keiki a ka poe 
 kauwa. o alina auauei ka oukou mau keiki; 
 applied to a chief who married a low woman 
 and had children of low order ; alina oe i 
 kou mare ana i kau kauwa. 
 
 2. To be scarred, as one burned badly ; 
 to be scarred by scrofula; ua alina oe i ke 
 ahi. 
 
 3. To have spots or blemishes ou one's 
 person. 
 
 4. MoraRy,io be disgraced or implicated 
 in sin. 
 
 5. To be filthy, as food ; ua aliva loa o 
 Mea ; ua alina ka kakou. ua makole.. 
 
 A-LI-MA, s. A low servant ; a slave. 
 A-Li-NA, adj. Low; degraded. 
 A-Li-NA-Li-NA, s. A shell fish of the 
 
 sea ; the young or small of the opihL 
 2. A mark ; a sign ; nearly stk. witb 
 
 hoailona. 
 A-Lo, o. To elude or dodge the stroke 
 
 of a weapon. 1 Sam. 18:11. 
 
 2. To pass over from one place to an- 
 other ; ua alo aku nei na kaulua i na knmn 
 i Molokai. 
 
 3. TO'Skip or pass over something; eaio 
 i kekahi la, e hana i kekahi la. 
 
 4. To pass through the water by swim- 
 nuQg ; to extend the bands in swimming. 
 
 5. To set one's self against; to be op- 
 posed to ; e a2o ia ia, to &ce him; to turn 
 and front bim. 
 
 6. To meet some difficulty or resisting 
 force or opposition; ua nui ka makou hana 
 I ke aUs ana. itte na' hakii i ka maka o ke 
 kaua, we have much work to do in resist- 
 ing with onr masters the front of the war. 
 
 7. To resist boldly, as a difficulty; face, 
 as an enemy in danger. los. 8:20. G a2i> 
 i na i'no a pan e biki mai ana e like me 
 kaua i alo hoomanawanui ai i ka la o ka 
 makalii. 
 
 8. To double, as a cape ; e akna mu »i 
 n a ale Lae Hao. 
 
 9» To face ; to be against. Imnk. 20:48. 
 To resist. Puk. 23:29. 
 
 10. To consQine : devour. 
 
 11. flbo. To pass away; forget /so. 40:27. 
 
 12. To shun ; eschew. 1 Pe<. 3:11. 
 A-LO, s. The front; the face; the-iffes- 
 
 cncepfone. ffin. 3:8. Ma ke oJo, betbre ; 
 in front. 
 2. The fereasl or bolly. Kin. S:14. Ua 
 
ALO 
 
 61 
 
 ALU 
 
 hlki mal I ko'a aio nei, It fatwi come ta-my 
 fr<mt,l. e.,to mu; ma koiiu ulo ilio, directly 
 In front of Ub. li/n.iUiO. Ma ko o^o uUl. 
 persone living witb and In tlie fuvor of tile 
 chief. 
 
 A-LO, s. The name of a four-footed ani- 
 mul in tbo hvu. 
 
 A-Lo-X-Lo, 0. Double form of do. To 
 turn thiR way ainl thut ; to look one wny 
 and nnotliur, ua If In funr, or about to do 
 mincbiuf'. I'lilc. 'i:li. Aloalo na maka o 
 ka aihue. 
 
 A-i'O-A-LO, V, See Axo. To dodge; to 
 Sou fitim. Bj) u nhowcr, i. e., to run from 
 onu tree to another -, aloalo ua, aloc^o mo- 
 kaoi, kipakipa, pukuuliale, to dod^o the 
 rain, Ac. 
 
 A-LO-A-I.0, V. To go after, as a servant; 
 to bring thingf! ; to wait on ; hu ui ijuiipiiu, 
 he poi pmipiiii. 
 
 A-lo-e; (. Ertg. Aroes. Mel. Sol. 4:14 
 
 A-Loi-Loi, s. A species <»f small fish. 
 
 A-M-HA, 13. To love ; to regard with 
 aiiiovtion ; to degire. 
 
 2, To liarc pity or compassion upon. 
 , 3. To show morcy ; to be merciful as a 
 habit. Mat. 5:7. To spare; to pity, j^e/c. 
 7:9,- 
 
 4. To salute at meeting or parting. 1 
 Sam. 10:4. 
 
 6. To salute contempmonsly ; cioha ino 
 kaua, alas for us two. TfoTK^—Atoba, as a 
 word of salutation, is modern ; the ancient 
 forms were anoai, welina, &e. 
 
 C. IIoo. To give tbanks as an act of wor- 
 ship. 1 Om. 2S:3. 
 
 A-LO-HA, s. A word expressing different 
 feelings ; as, love ; aftiection ; gratitude ; 
 kindness; pity; compassion; grief; the 
 modern common salubitlon at meeting and 
 parting; 
 
 A-Lo-HA, adj. Loving; beloved; f^vpred. 
 
 A-M-HA-iA. A verbal from the verb 
 olo/ui above iia(.'d u.'< u noun. Favor; kind' 
 ncRs; loaa ia ia ko alfihala mai, he obt-ainud 
 favor ; favor ; good will. Kin. 33:10. 
 
 A-LO-HA-i-No, int. Aloha and ino. An 
 intentive; it expresses great love, pity or 
 coippassion for a person in a suffering con- 
 dition. It is also used by way of contempt, 
 as poor fellow! good enough tor you! 
 
 A-LO-HA-LO-HA, V. To love touch. 
 
 2. /Zoo. To give thanks; to express 'af- 
 fection for ; to bless in worship. 2 flam. 
 22:00. 
 
 " 3. To salnto. 2 Sam. 8:10. 
 
 4. To speak kindly to; to entreat gently. 
 Luk. 1.5:28. 
 
 A-Lo-Hi, v: To shine ; to become shining, 
 or bright; to reflect brightness. lsa.9.l. 
 Alohi e like me ka la i ke a,wakea. Fia.' 
 To shine, as christian character. PU. 2:1.5.' 
 
 A'LO-Bi, *, A bright shining; bright- 
 ness ; splendor. 
 
 A-LO-Hi-Lo-Bi, s. Splendor; brightness 
 //oifc. 21:11. Light; i«Q.S!l:9. Sparkling, 
 as the oyo; ka inoa he akna I ke (UohttoRi 
 o na maka, I thonglit they wore gods by 
 the hriglUnais of their eyes. ' 
 
 A-LO-Hi-Lo-ni, adj. Malamalama alohi- 
 lohi, bright light M. 37:21. 
 
 A-LO-Hi-LO-Hi, V. To shine brigbdy. 
 Luk.VM. To Hh|ne, as light. Dun. ]2:a 
 
 A-Lo-Lo, adv. Exclamation of triumph 
 at the ills of another, as the fall of an en- 
 emy. See LoLO. 
 
 A-LO-LU-A, adj. Two-sided; double- 
 
 ' faced ; applied to men and things ; nioena 
 nlolua, a double mat, having two faced 
 sid^. 
 
 A-Lo-PE-KE, *. Gr. A fox. Luvk. 15:4. 
 
 A-Lo-pi-HE, s. Alo and jnhe, the sound 
 of mourning as it floats in the air. 
 
 A-LU, V, To combine, as several per- 
 sons in aiding another either in a good or 
 bad cause. 
 
 2. To give aid or assistance. Oih. 21:28. 
 To help, as in quari'cls where one is likely 
 to betkitled and several aid in effecting 
 his escape. 
 
 3. To unite together, as several persons 
 for a particular object. 
 
 4. To be connected, as the joints of the 
 human body. 
 
 5. To adhere to ; to act with ; e olu aku 
 mabopoj make o Manono no ka nui o kona 
 aluia, Dunono died for the strength of her 
 adherence to him. 
 
 A-LU, v. To relax i hang down ; be 
 weak. Fulc. 17:11. 
 
 2. To bend the knees ; to oourtesy. 
 
 3. To stoop down, as in entering a low 
 door ; to stoop down, as in hiding behind 
 a low object ; olu ae la maua e pee ana. 
 Laieik. 207. 
 
 "4. To ruff up, as a mat; na otu na moena 
 i ka nakuia. 
 
 S. Hoc. To lopsen, as the tongue, ilfar. 
 7:31. 
 
 A-LU, *. The lines of the hand. 
 
 2. A gutter ; a ravine ; kabawai awawa; 
 a road descending a hill. 
 
 3. A courtesy. 
 
 4. Tile muscles of the eye. ifa(, 76:4, 
 
 5. The 6kin and soft parts of njen, fish, 
 and all animals, when the bones are taken 
 oiit. See AhvxLv: 
 
 6. A name given to women who have 
 borne children. See Ai.uaIo. 
 
 A-LU, adj. Combined; acting together; 
 
 he man ilio a}ui ka hakaka. 
 
 A-LU-A (e-lu-a), mim. adj. The number 
 
 two ; two. See L(m. 
 
ALU 
 
 52 
 
 AMA 
 
 A-Lu-A, adj. A word signifykig admira? 
 tioa ; it applies to what is good, great, ad- 
 mired, &c. ; the o is often dropped ; as, 
 aoheonafua, there J9. none like him. See 
 hVK. ka ipoa o ka ona no kon% wai^ai 
 (iho,) ka mahiina <Aua. surely drunkcn- 
 m'93 (by awa) has its own reward, the 
 wonderml scaling of the skin. Laieik. 35. 
 
 A-hv-A-LU, V. Jftt, doubled; 13th conj. 
 of alu. To come upon one. 
 
 2. To follow; pursue; overpower. Kanl. 
 32:30. 
 
 3. To pursue, as an enemy. Kin. 14:15; 
 1 Sam. 17:52. 
 
 4. To chasS. los. 23:10. 
 
 5. To persecute. 1 Tcs. 2:16. 
 
 6. To be wrinkled, as the cheeks and 
 forehead of old tiersons. 
 
 A-Ltr-A-m, s. The flexible skin or hide 
 of an animal ; he ahwlu bipi. 
 
 2. The soft parts of flesh when the bones 
 are taken out; the appearsince is flabby, 
 loose and wrinkled, &c. 
 
 3. The fetus of animals or men ; kaauia 
 ka aluaiu i ka Icpo, the/s<«s was buried in 
 the dust. 
 
 4. The skins, rinds and refuse of melons 
 after the substance is eaten ; lia aiia na 
 ipu. a ka alwdv, wale no koe. 
 
 A-Lu-A-LTJ, adj. Loose; flabby; prema- 
 ture ; ahapelcsB, as an untimely birth. 
 Laieik. 12. Slack, as a^rope or string. 
 
 2. Uneven ; rongh ; full of lines. 
 
 3. He ill alwdu, a loose skin; applied to 
 an untimely birth; he keiki a/waiu, ua like 
 me ka iewe ke ano,an imperfect child, like 
 a jjlaccpta. 
 
 Aau-A-LTJ-A, s. A crack, as in the wall 
 
 of a house. Oikk. ] 4:.'i. 
 
 2. A rough road, full of ravines and dif- 
 ficult passes ; he aluaiu inoino ke alanui e 
 Jiele ai i ICahakuloa. 
 
 3. A second-hand garment, full of wrin- 
 klt-3. 
 
 4. The name given lo the numeration 
 tabic, beginning thus : ehia lua aha, two 
 twos are four ; ma l»e ahudua ko lakou ao 
 ana i ka hclu. through th(! miiliinjjcation 
 table they learn nviihmetic. 
 
 A-Lu-HEE, adj. Loose, as a bundle not 
 
 well bound ; liangiii<r lliibWly. 
 A-ur-KA, V. To jumble together, as 
 
 parts of two stories. 
 
 2. To mix togellier, as contributions for 
 different purposes, or dffTel'ent taxes. 
 
 3. To mix together, .so as not to distin- 
 gnieh, 
 
 4. Jinn. To cause a mixture, as above ; 
 e 80 hoa'nka i ka waiwai hookupu ; sim- 
 ilar to huikai. 
 
 A.-LU-KA, *. The uniting or mixing to- 
 gether of things of different or opposite 
 qualities ; ke atuka o kahewa o ka pono. 
 
 A-LU-Li, ». To turn the head on one 
 
 side ; ho aluii ke poo, ho kekee. 
 
 A-LU-Lu, adj. Quick; in a hurry; he 
 hopubopu ai'uiu kona hele ana no ka lohe 
 ana he m»ke. 
 
 A-LU-W, adi). Quickly ; "hastily ; hob 
 hopufaopu aMa aku la makou a ee maluna 
 o ka was. 
 
 A-Lu-NA, s. A, the jaw, and luna, upper, 
 over. The upper part of the mouth of a 
 gerson ; oF the bill of birds; of the mouth 
 of animals. Laieik. 104. The roof of Jhe 
 mouth. .Hai, 137:5. The upper jaw. ' 
 
 A-LU-Ntr, V, See Lunu. To defraud. 1 
 Sam. 12:3, 4. Tg be overbearing in a bar- 
 gain. Oihk. 19:13. To oppress ; to be hard 
 upon one. Eiinli 24:14. 
 
 2. To accuse falsely. Luk. 3:14. 
 
 3. To be desirous of ijoasesaing prosprty. 
 A-LU-NU, s. Oppression, ha. m0:13. 
 
 Usury. jVeA. 5:10. Kxtortipn; coretnus- 
 ness. Isa. 57:17. He o/ttnu, an extortioner. 
 
 A-HJ-Mir, adj. Covetous; greedy of gain; 
 waiwai alunu, property unlawfully taken. 
 Puk. 18:21. Waiwai Mwmis also more. 1 
 Sam. 8:3. Alunu is opposed to lokomaUecU. 
 Isa. 32:5. 
 
 A-LH-NU-WA-LE, s. A Strong desire to 
 take what is another's; extortion; robbery. 
 
 A-MA, s. Tl)e longitudinal stick of the 
 outrigger of a canoe. 
 
 A-MA, adj. Satisfied ; satiated, as with 
 food. 
 
 2. Talkative; revealing secrets; tattling; 
 ho afaiahi ; be waha ama ia hai, a mouth 
 revealing to others. Seu Amaama. 
 
 A-MA, J). To offer to the gods ohias and 
 melons ; mostly found in the conj. haa and 
 hoo ; as, hoama, hadma, &c. ; fumma ka 
 ohia ; haama i ka ipuhaole ; akahi no a 
 haama ac i ka ipu aimaka. See Amasia, to 
 offer, &,G. 
 
 A-MA-A-MA, V. See Aima 2. To reveal 
 secrets ; to tell anothijr's faults ; to slan- 
 der ; airmama ka waha i ka hoi i ka hewa 
 ka mea e. 
 
 A-MA-A-MA, adj. Slanderous, as the 
 mouth of one ever ready to speak evil ; he 
 waha amaama, ka leleol, ka waha hiki- 
 wawe i ke kamailio ma na olelo i manaoia 
 buna. 
 
 A-MA-A-MA, s. A species of fish ; young 
 mullet perhaps. 
 
 A-MA-A-MAU, V. Ama, satisfied with 
 food, and amau, still. 
 
 1. To eat much; to be satisfied with 
 food ; e al nui i ka ai me ka amaamau. 
 
 2. To eat quickly or fast, as one who is 
 hungry and has a keen appetite. ' 
 
 A-MAUf V. To hush up; to keep one 
 from speaking or conlplaiaing ; na ajiiau 
 
AMI 
 
 53 
 
 AMO 
 
 akii au e noho malic, aole pono t pane 
 mai. Sue Hamad. 
 A-MA-tfi, s. A species of small bird. 
 A-mAu-mau, adj. A god growing among 
 the forns on the mountains; i iia 'icua 
 antay,mau o'ke kiila. 
 A-MAu-MAu, J. The fern ; the brake. 
 A-mA-ka-mi-ka, v. See Amika, to desire 
 fu()(l> To Ae»ire food, aa w(i suy, liis mouth 
 wators fur it 
 
 2. To liavo a desire for that which can- 
 not: be obtained: 
 A-MA^Ki'Ml, S, Name of a sjimii ytll*.w 
 
 bifd i hemami hulu Icnaleua ia.. 
 
 A-MA-Ki-KA, s. A species of small bird. 
 
 A-mA-ma, v. Conj. 9th of ama, to offer, 
 
 Ac. To Rive over to the gods in samilice. 
 
 2. To offer sacrifice as au act of worship. 
 
 Wbifc. 8:3. O ke kino nhane ole e waiho 
 
 £,na, amama ae la ke alii, the body lying 
 
 without Hf" the '"nj? oflorcd in Bacrillcej 
 
 ua amamaia aku la i Icona akiia ia Kaili, 
 
 ho was sacriQced to Iiia god Kaili : to offer 
 
 prayers; amama, ua noa, like our term 
 
 j^mcn to a prayer. Xaici/c. 104. 
 
 A-MA-MA, s. The offering of a sacrifice; 
 
 ka amama ana i ke kanaKa i ke alaia. 
 A-MA-NA, s. Tw;o sticks crossing each 
 other at oblique angles. 
 
 2. The branches of a tree in the form of 
 tuc letter Y. , 
 A-MA-NA, adj. Crossing; put together 
 in the form of a cross or gallows ; ua laaii 
 amana i kauia'i o Kuliama ; he aleo kahi 
 hale, he amana koltahi hale. 
 A-MA-NA, V. Amana mau ke kani ana 
 o ka pu; amaw! mau ke kani o ka pu a ka 
 anela. 
 A-MA-RA, s. Eng. The Hawaiian ortho- 
 graphy for tne word armorer; a black- 
 smith. 1 AVtm. 18:19. NoTB.— The first ships 
 that visiti'd the islands were ships of war 
 or of discovery, and their blacksmiths wero 
 called armorers; hence the word. 
 A-ME-NE, adv. Eng.; from the heb. 
 
 Amen ; so be it : truty ; pela no. 
 A-ME-NE, s. Heb. Ka amem, an epithet 
 of Jesus Christ as a true and faithful 
 Savior. Hoik. S:14. 
 A-ME-TC-SE-TE, s. Gr. An amethyst; a 
 piecious stone. IloOc. 21:20; also, fufc. 
 28:19. 
 A-Mi, V. To turn, as upon hmges ; as 
 a door ; as the lid of a chest, &c.; to move 
 back and forwards; to make 'any motion 
 back and forth ; to swing back and forth, 
 as a gate ; to move up and down, as the 
 chin in eating. 
 A-MI, 4. A hinge; a butt for a door. 
 
 Sol 26:1*. 
 2. A joint of a war harness. 1 Nal 22:3 ♦. 
 
 Joiiit of an animal. Epes. 4:l(i. Joint of a 
 li'mbi Dan. 5:6. 
 
 3. A small worm which, in crawling, 
 doubles itself up ; he peelua kuapuu. 
 
 4. A swinging, pendulous motion. 
 
 5. The name of a long slim fish ;' he ia 
 kino oeoe. 
 
 A-Mi-A-Mi, adj. Elastic; pendulous. 
 i. A terra used to reproach one just mar- 
 ried ; ka gardami ana o ka puaa. 
 
 A-Mi-o, B. To walk or move still and 
 ilyly, so as not to be heard ; maanei no i 
 amio ibo nei a nalowale, he came here si- 
 i"nt)» just now and is gone; mai kukuiu 
 aku w 1 ko Kuu..; ma. ka puka ; to tiure,as 
 the blaze of a lump in cite Tvi,>d : he amio 
 ka makani, e pio auanei ; to move silunuy 
 this way and that. 
 
 A-Mi-o, s. That which enters silently, 
 asdeatli ; as a. tish iloats unseen and culiies 
 not to the top; a gentle moving to and fro. 
 
 A-Mi-KA, V. To desire food or drink. 
 
 A-Mi-KA, s. A desire or relish for food. 
 
 A-Mi-KA-Mi-KA, V. See Amika. To eat, 
 but not enough: the-desire is for more; 
 aole i onoonu iho kufai puu i ka me:i ai, 
 aolo i (imikamika iho,; aole ona o ka awa, 
 aole amihainka iho. 
 
 A-Mi-KA-Mi-KA, s. A remainder wished 
 for. 
 
 A-Mo, V. To wink, as the eye. I Kor. 
 
 15:52. 
 
 2. To twinkle, as a star; k» amo mai la 
 ka hoku ; often doubled, as amoattui ; ap- 
 plied to the winking of any animal. See 
 Imo. 
 A-Mo, ». To bear or carry a burden on 
 the shoulder. I'iik.'4l:T. To bear or bring 
 along a weight ; to carry. 
 
 2. Ffc. To perform difficult offices of any 
 kind. I'ulc. 18:22. Syn. with lawe. Oihi. 
 15:2: 
 
 3. Hoo. To put upon the shouldeis of 
 one. Nirrii. — ^To carry on the ba'-k ishaawe; 
 to carry under the arm is hii. 
 
 A-MO, s. A burden carried on the shoul- 
 ders. 
 
 A-Mo-A, M. Pass. foTamoia; also amoafay 
 a double passive, ua laweia. 
 
 A-Mo-A-Mo, V. To be high; to be raised 
 up as a high precipice ; to rise high, as ihe 
 cre-st of a wave ; amoanio iluna o ka [lali 
 o Kihiopua ; amoamo ilima ka lau n ka 
 naltt. 
 
 A-Mo-A-Mo, V. See Awo, to wink. To 
 wink repeatedly. 
 
 A-Mo-A-Mo, s. A winking; a twinkling, 
 as of the eye or a star ; a sudden change 
 of the wind. 
 
 A-MO-E, s. For aujiioe; midnight; 3 
 iiolo, ua nui ke kai o ke amoe. 
 
ANA 
 
 54 
 
 ANA 
 
 he 
 
 A-Moo-Moo, s. Work for women 
 
 kiiliii rtmoomoo, he piUholo ke kapa. 
 A-Moo-Moo, s. A kind of fiah ; a small 
 
 flsli ■■-& so the uhia. 
 A-Mo-Hn-i.u, *. E papani ka amohtdu o 
 
 ia iiol : a lascivious w-)rd. 
 A-Mo-MO, *. The general name of odnr- 
 
 iferoiid harbs mentioned in Hoik. 18:13. 
 
 Latin, mnonms. 
 A-Mo-PDT-u,' adj. Lean ; thin in flesh ; 
 
 hakake, olalft : a word uspd in caviling. 
 A-jao, B. To shear or shave the hair 
 
 from the head. Oih. 18:18. To trim the 
 
 hair ; iia kolikoliia no a amw. 
 A-tau, adj. Relating to shearing or 
 
 diaviag, be pahi amu, a. lazor. 1 Sam. 
 
 1:11:. He laiioho amo no kona, he has his 
 
 tiair cut. 
 A-MU, ) y, T^ ^gg profane lan- 
 
 A-MU-A-JBU, J gaage; to revile; amuama 
 
 i ke Aksia. to blaspheme ; amiiamu 1 ka 
 
 hunhauio. to curse the friendlosa. 
 A-M0-A-»ro, *. A cursing; a reviling; 
 
 reproac-^tng ; ka amaamu ana i ke alii me 
 
 ka Jjoohiki ino, a ciivsiog of the king with 
 
 profanity i he fcuamuamu, a reviling of sar 
 
 cred things. Bal. 10:7. 
 
 Ke amummuia la i ka ae wale, 
 
 ka 03 wftio iho no la. 
 
 O ka ke kamaltt hana^na an ia. 
 
 A-Mo-E-Mir-E, V. To feel the chilling 
 breeiie of a cold moaning wbon the skin 
 eoptracta with cold : to suffer the same 
 from being long in the iirater. 
 
 A-MiT^Kij, V. See MnKU, to cut short. 
 To cut oif t ti ontin pieces. See OMrsu. 
 
 AriTO-MU, adj. Blunt on the edge; dull, 
 as a tool. Sttc Kumuju. 
 
 A-mn-Msji, s. Bluntness j dullness, as a 
 tool. 
 
 A-Mtr-PU, *. A word of reproaching or 
 revilin^r ; he kanaka amupu. smali. insig- 
 nificant. 
 
 A-NA,- o. To sufier; to undergo, as' an 
 
 exptTim'iju 3f healing id scknend. 
 
 2. To be grieved ; troubled. Oih. lfi:18. 
 , 3. To he affected at coa tempt or vile 
 
 treitment Sal. li!3 3 4. 
 
 A-NA, ».< To measure. Hoik. 21:16. 
 
 /i. To mnasure in any wjy ; e hiki ia'u 
 ke (Jna i ka loa, a me ka. lania, a me ka 
 hohonu a me ke kiekie o keia mii« ; met. 
 
 3. Ana w,iu i kou pono a me kou bewa. 
 I mnasuri'd your good and jour eivll'; no 
 ke ana ana in measuring; Oihk. IS-.STy. 
 Mea ana bora, a dial. /so. 38.8. ffoo. To 
 set apart; to set aside. Puk. IfiSS. To 
 re-strain : keep back. O'h ."> ' 
 
 A-NA, V. To be satiated ; satisfied, as 
 
 the eye with seeing. Kekah. 1:6. 
 
 2. To have a sufficiency of property. 
 Kekafi. 5:10. 
 
 3. Pig. To drink snffleiently, as the sword 
 drinks blood, i. e., to be revenged. Isa. 
 31:6. 
 
 4. Hoo. To saliate, as with food. ler. 
 31:25. As with drink; MijU. 104:11. Ua 
 am. it is enongd. Sol. 30;li>. 
 
 A-MA, adj. Satisfied, as with food, hav- 
 ing eaten sufficiently ; manna. 
 
 A-NA, V. To praise much and covet an- 
 other's wealth. 
 
 A-HA, s. Grief ; sadness ; sorrow ; 
 trouble from the conduct of others. 
 
 2. The feelings of a parent towards a 
 child that refuses his Instructions'; amised 
 feeling of weariness, anger aud love. Oih. 
 16:18. 
 
 3. Fatigue from hard labor or toil. 
 A-NA, s. A measure, as for clodi. Ptik. 
 
 26:2. A mtiosure of any kind. KanL 25:14. 
 
 Ana ohe, a measuring rod. Ezflc. 40:3. 
 A-NA, s. A kind of light stone found 
 
 in the^eea. used by .nurses to., (jure .the e% 
 
 or the white fur on the tongue ; also used 
 
 in' rubbing and polishing off canoes and 
 
 wooden calabashes. 
 A-NA, s. A cave ; a den formed by 
 
 rocks. Kin. 19:30; los. 10:1& 
 
 2. Name of a holloa place in the m.oiitb 
 by which the voice is modified. AnaU U. 
 
 3. A cave for the retreat, of the van- 
 quished ; a place where the conquered are 
 found. 
 
 A-NA, pron. The oblique case of the 
 pronoun, third person sing. ; of him ; of 
 her ; of it ; his ; hers. Gram. § 139. Aui- 
 pUi. 
 
 A-NA. The participial termination of 
 verbs answering to the Eng. ihy; as, lawe 
 ana. carry ingi; hana ana. worktTij; but it 
 has some peculiarities. 
 
 i. The ana is not united with the verb 
 OS ing U in Eng. 
 
 • 2. The ami may be separated from the 
 verb, and any qualifying word or words, 
 and also the verbal directives may come 
 between. Oram. S 233. As, e knkulu hale 
 ana la, he is build bouse ing: e hopu bipi 
 ono. be is catch cattle imj, «c . In many 
 oases the_ participial termination ana be- 
 comes uoit'jd :with a noun and becomes a 
 participial noiin ; ia which, case the iirat a 
 of the ana is dropped, or coalesces with 
 the last letter of the precedilig word, and 
 ttiey both baconu! one word ; aahopejia for 
 Aopfi ana; luiaie'nafor haaiol «(«i. »a\ 
 
 .^-NA-A-NA V. To practice divination 
 or .sorcery by prayer- « anaana aua ia k»- 
 kou. they wore praclicine sorcery upou us. 
 
 A-NA-A-NA, s. A kind of sorcery or 
 prayer used to procure the death oracurso 
 U(>ou one. ]fah. 22:7. 
 
ANA 
 
 bb 
 
 ANA 
 
 2; AVitchcraft. 1 iScw». 16:23. Uivinatioii. 
 
 fer. H-.li. 
 A-NA-A-NA, adj. Divining J consulting 
 
 divinations; kahuna annana, a diviiioi-. 
 
 Katil, 18:10. Pulu anaana, a praying onu 
 ■ to (Icatli. , 
 A-NA-A-NA, ady. In small balls, as the 
 
 tiling of slieop or goats; lie annana lia iepo 
 
 o k(! Isao a mu ka faipa ; anaana ka Iepo i 
 
 ka ni liilii. 
 A NA-A-NA, r. To be in a tremor, as Ihe 
 
 rausclus al'tcr great fatigue ; anaivua pu na 
 
 wuwau i ka malooioe i ka licic ana. 
 A-NA-A-NA-PD, V. To undulatc, as the 
 
 air audfir a liut sun. 
 
 2. To flasli, us ligbliung ; ka nnaanupu 
 ana o ka uila ma ka po ; to send liirtli liglit. 
 
 3. To ctook (tftoo; to liavo many crooks. 
 Sou Anaanapiiu ; ulsu Anai'a. 
 
 A-NA-A-NA-PBU, adj. Bent ; crooked ; 
 
 out of a straigbt liiiu; lie kMi\Aiin<i.anapvM 
 
 o ka hilfl ana ; lio lojii amuinapuu ana ; lie 
 
 aiiuii haniin loa o annannpuu, 
 A-NA-A-NE-A, adj. Stupid; palalfa. 
 A-NA-A-NAi, w. Frequentative of anai. 
 A-<r*A-Ai-MA, ) J. An eating civcle. 
 A-HAI-NA, J ' 3. A congriigalion of jico- 
 
 plo for any piirposie, provided a hj-'*'^" *"' 
 
 loft in the center ; a oongregation. I'ulc. 
 
 29;4. 
 A-WA-Ai-NA, ». Ana, to measure, and 
 
 aina, land. To survey or measure land. 
 A-NA-AI-NA., s. Land surveying. See 
 
 above. Analionua. 
 A-NAB, s. Name of a species offish; o 
 
 Kaulua, oia Ita malama c pae mai ai ka 
 
 piia anae. 
 A-NA-E, V. See Ana e. Hod. To set 
 
 aside ; to sot apart. Puk. I(i:Ji;5, US. 
 A-i«JAE, s. A species of fish; the mullet. 
 A-mai-na, v. Tp assemble around a pej- 
 
 Kon or place; to meet around a thing. 
 
 ttoik. 6:11. 
 A-nai-ka, s. An assembly ; a multitude. 
 
 Eiek. 23:i2. 
 A-nai, ) p. To rub ; to rub out 
 
 A-NA-A-lSfA't.' ) {prain with tlie band, iufc.fi:!. 
 
 2. To grind; to scour; to brush down 
 thatching ; to polish ; kalai a maikai, anai 
 apakika. OiiM.«:28. To smooth. Isa. 41:7. 
 Hence, 
 
 3. To bSotout; cut off; destroy. Puk. 
 17:14. To lay waste. Isa. 5:6. To blot 
 out. Oik. 13:19. 
 
 4. Pra. To huUify one's character or 
 protonsions. 1 Kor. 1:28. 
 
 A-NA-A-NAI, 0. To be angry; perhaps 
 
 to nestle. 
 A.-NX-A-SAi, adj. Angry. 
 
 A-NAi-NA-KA-NA-KA, s. See AnaimA. A 
 congregation of people. VYai. 7:7. An as- 
 sembly of men. iTan?. 31:30. 
 
 A-nai-nai, v. To rub often ; to polish, 
 &c. csce Anai, conj. !>th. 
 
 A-NAU, V. To pace, as a horse. 
 
 2. To go about irregularly from house to 
 house. 
 
 3. To traipse up and down. 
 A-NA-HA, (. The reflection or glancing 
 
 of tight ; the Hashing of light. 
 A-NA-HA-NA-HA, I g. Repeated reflec- 
 A-NA-HA-NA-PA, ) iion or gleamiug of 
 
 light. 
 A-NA-Ho-NV-A, . V. Ana, to measure, and 
 
 homta, flat land. To survey land. 
 A-NA-iio-NU-A, s. Land measuring ; 
 ^eumelry ; ine ka ike aku i ke anatu/Atia. 
 2. The UUb of a sebool book, ifcomilnj. 
 A-NA-uu-A, s. A tall man bending over; 
 
 tsl^iop-Kboiilderiit) ; ke kanahm, he onliu. 
 A-NA-HO-A, s. The second son of Lua- 
 hoomoc; he kahuna inakapo, akaioni, he 
 akua no ka poc mabiai ; the god of buu- 
 bandmeit. • 
 
 A-NA-iio-Lir, t. To arrive at, or amount 
 to the number ten; applied to days; a 
 inahvUu ae. alaila kiki mai, when ten days 
 had passed he an i ved. 
 A-NA-uu-iiW, *. A period of ten days ; 
 a decade. 1 Sam. 25:38. A malaila i nuho 
 loJhi ai ekolu annhubi. haifik. 61. 
 A-NA-KA, s. Ueb. A ferret. Oihk.).\-:3Xi. 
 A-NA-Ki-MA, s. I eb. Name of a pcoplje 
 mentioned in the books of Dcuferonum/ 
 aud Joshua remarkable for their tsaJH. Io$. 
 1 1:21. Tbey lived mostly in the south itnd 
 south-west parts of C'tnaua. 
 A-NA-KO-i, s. A swelling in the groin, 
 
 •See Haimi. 
 A-NA-u-o, s. General name of the stars 
 mtar the horizon at any point of the com- 
 pa.s8. See Anai.ito. 
 A-NA-Li-po, s. Name of the place sup- 
 posed to bo beyond the stars, i. e., Ovt of 
 sight, but really below Ibo horiEOfi. 
 A-NA-Mi-u, V. To break off the root 
 which unites the potato to the main root ^ 
 e emicmi ibo la lakou i ka uala nui ahahai 
 ae la i ke anamia o ka uala. 
 A-NA-NA, V. Conj. 9th of ana, (6 meas- 
 ure. 
 A-NA-NA, s. A common but indefinite 
 measure foi-merly used ; the length of the 
 arms and body when both arms wora ox- 
 tended, to the ends of the long^t fingers. 
 2. Afothom. 
 A-NA-Ni-o, s. The root which holds the 
 potato to (be main root; emobaikctfttanio 
 
ANE 
 
 56 
 
 ANE 
 
 A-KA-Ntr, s. See Lahlisle. Name of a 
 plant used for fond, boiled. 
 
 A-NA-PA, V. To shine with xeflected 
 light, as the moon reflected from the water: 
 like tbe siin reflected from a mirror. 
 
 2. To fl.osh like lightning, or like the 
 burning of gunpowder. 
 
 3. To light suddenly. 
 A-NA-PAO-NA, s. A mftchine to measure 
 
 weight ; a balance. Sof. 1C:11. 
 A-NA^PAir, 0. To turn ; to bend ; to warp ; 
 
 to turn, as dh hinges ( to crook round. 
 A-NA-PAif, *. A crook in a thing; a 
 
 bending ; a turning ; a hinge. 
 A-NA-PA-NA-PA, s. The dazzling of the 
 
 sun on any Inrainous body, such as strikes 
 
 the eyes With pain. 
 A-NA-PA-NA-PA, s. A species of tree, the 
 
 bark of which is used for Soap. 
 A-NA-PA-NA-PA, s. A species of limu. 
 A-NA^PTJ,«. A flash of light. Mat. 2i:21. 
 
 See An'.\Pa. IToo. To send fotth lightning. 
 
 Hal. 144:0. See Axaanapu. 
 
 2. To burn ; scorch, as the direct rays of 
 tlie sua ; e wela ana ka wawae i ka la. 
 
 3. To quiver, as the rays of the sun on 
 black lava. 
 
 A-NA-pu, s. A glimmering, as of light. 
 
 A-NA-PTju, V. To crook, as a rafter, or 
 as a rope large in some places and small 
 in others. 
 
 A-NA-puu, s. A comer formed by tvvo 
 lines meeting. 
 
 A-NA-puu, adj. Contorted; blunt. 
 
 A-KA-pn-NA-PU, s. Heat or light re-_ 
 fleeted, or both ; the light and heat of re- 
 flection. 
 
 A-NA-pu-Ni, V. Ana, to measure, and 
 puni, around. To encompass, as a bound- 
 ary line. See Asaroxua 10. 
 
 A-NA-t0-Ni, s. A circle. 
 
 A-NA-wAE-NA, s. Ana,, measure, and 
 waxma, middle. A diameter of a circle. 
 4noA. 23. 
 
 A-NA-WAE-NA-LOA, s. As above. Lit. 
 A long diameter, that is, the diameter of 
 an ellipse the long way. ^anft. 24. 
 
 A-NA-WAE-NA-po-Ko, s. The short or 
 conjugate diameter of an ellipsis. Anah. 
 24. 
 
 A-NA-TO-Mi-A, s. Gr. The science of 
 dissecting animal bodies ; applied mostly 
 to human bodies. 
 
 2. Name of the book teaching that sci- 
 ence. 
 
 A-NE, •«. To eat, as small insects eat 
 wood. 
 
 2. To be near doing a thing ; to like to 
 do it, but not quite ; as, (me aku an e hoo- 
 nou i ka puhaku, I was near throwing a 
 
 stone. SeeANEANE. Ane like iki, it is 
 almost like. 
 A-NE, s. Name of a small msect that, 
 eats wood, but is not itself visible. 
 '2. The worm dust of wood ; powder-post. 
 
 3. The cntaneous disease called ring- 
 worm. 
 
 4. A soft stone nsed in polishing wood ; 
 also written ana. 
 
 A-ME, adj. Light, as worm-eaten tim- 
 ber ; not hefivy t mama. 
 
 A-N£, idt). With diificuliy; scarcely; 
 nearly; generally followed by oZe; ant 
 haalele ole ia ia, it hardly loaves him ; ant 
 hiki ole ke hali, which can scarcely be car- 
 ried. 
 
 A-NE-A, u For arma.; pass, of ane; to 
 be worm-eaten ; to be light, as worm-eaten 
 wood ; to be dry. as tiftiber. 
 
 A-NE-A, s. The dry-rot of wood, occa- 
 sioned by heat, or the action of insects ; 
 applied to timbur very old ; aUo to other 
 things. See ASOA. 
 
 A-NE-A, *. The heat of the sun ; more 
 properly the apparent vibration of the air 
 c.tused by the heat of the sun. 
 
 A-Nfi-A, adj. Ineipid: tasteless, as the 
 inside of worm-eaten food, or of poor food; 
 applied to persons having no appetite for 
 lood, on .iccount of oppressive heat; ex 
 hausted as men by hunger, by lohg absti- 
 nence, by long sleep, or by diving in deep 
 water. See Kanka and Akease. 
 
 A-NE-A-NE, V. To be exhausted, as a 
 man with- hnnger or by long abstinence: 
 by long sleep, or by diving in deep wat*)r. 
 
 2. To blow softly, as a light breeze or 
 zephyr. 
 
 3. To be almost something; to be almost . 
 at a place. Xaieifc. 71. Ayuan&oiAeboo- 
 hiki ino akn i kona kkua. he almost cursed 
 his god. Laieik. 158. Almpst to do some- 
 thing. Oih. 19:27. See AiSE. 
 
 A-NE-A-NE, t, A jest ; a kind of jocose 
 defliEbl to a request. 
 
 2. A vacancy of the stomach for want of 
 food or from sickness; he aneane no lar; 
 he aneane pupuka no la ; be amane poiia 
 la ; he aneane hiki no la. 
 
 A-NE-A-NE, ad;. See Ane above. Faint; 
 feeble ; low ; weak, as a sick person. 
 
 A-NE-A-JjE< ado. See Ane. Nearly; 
 almost; in danger of; liable to; applied 
 to number ; he aneane pono ole ko'u noho 
 ana maanei ; aneane make, unto death, 
 almost dead. Ivnlc. l(i:16. 
 
 A-NEE, V. To hitch or move lilong, like 
 a cripple ; to walk on one's knees. 
 
 2. To go about from house to house beg- 
 ging ; aia no ois ma ka huahuelo kahi i 
 anee ai. 
 
 A-NEE, s. One who goes from house to 
 
ANI 
 
 57 
 
 ANO 
 
 house telling fortunes, begging, or for any 
 
 such purpose ; a beggar. 
 A-NEE, adj. Moving about from place 
 
 to place ; going about begging ; kanaka 
 
 anee, a beggar ; a foi-tane toUer. 
 A-NEE-NEE, s. Mats old and worn ; he 
 
 wahi moena aneenei uukn, a small mat 
 
 about a fathom long. 
 A-NEi,' ». See Nei. To sweep off; to 
 
 cause to disappear. 
 A-NEi, adv. The sign of a question, 
 
 used after verbs or nouns ; as, mai and 
 
 oia? is lie sick? ua holo mwi ia? has ho 
 
 sailed ? he mai anei ? 
 A-NEI, adv. Here; in this places like 
 
 moanei ; mai anei aktt. Kin. 50:25. I ko 
 
 kakon hoi ana and a hiki i Kauai, on our 
 
 returning along this way till we roach 
 
 Kauai. Laieik. 87. 
 
 A-NE-HE, V. To be on the alert j ready 
 for a start, as a cat for a mouse ; as a bird 
 to fly. 
 
 2. To be ready to seize upon a person or 
 thing when >. Lrcumstances require. 
 
 A-NE-HE-NE-HE, V. The double root of 
 the abQve; to bo prepared; all leiuly to 
 do a thing ; to be on the look out to do it 
 Oife. 21:35. / 
 
 A-KE-HE-NE-HE, s. Violence; disorder, 
 Ac., as of a mob. 
 
 A-NE-HO, s. He hala. 
 
 A-NE-LA, s, Eng. An anged; a messen- 
 ger from heaven. Puk. ll:I9. 
 
 A-NE-NE. See Aneenee. ■ 
 
 A-NE-wA, adj. Ind9lent; sleepy. 
 
 A-NE-WA, V: To be inactive, as asleep. 
 
 A-NE-WA-NE-WA, V. To be as ie^^. 
 
 * 2. To be in a fainting fit ; unconBcloas, 
 as men ; as fish poisoned with hota. 
 
 3. In morals, to be unmindful of evils 
 around us. Sec Kunkwanewa. Ke anewa- 
 newa kakon hoolono io ana ke kihi, huna 
 pala iki ke akamai. 
 
 A-NE-TE-Lo-PE, ) s. Eng. An antelope. 
 A-NB-TE-LO-PA, y Mel.Sol.i:7; lMl.i:2Z. 
 A-NE-TO, s. Eng. An herb; anise. 
 
 Mat. 23:23. 
 A-Ni, V. To pass over a surface, as the 
 
 hand over a table. 
 
 2. To draw a net over the surface of the 
 
 3. To beckon one with the hand ; to make 
 signs secretly to one. 
 
 Ani muiii ka ike llaila 
 X ka mauU hoaalohft ff&le, 
 Aloba ops, opa he ake. 
 
 4. To blow softly, aa a gentle breeze; ke 
 ani net ka makani, ke ani peahi la ia Lima- 
 loa, the wind blows softly, it fahs Licialoa 
 with a fan. I 
 
 8 
 
 A-Ni, adj. Drawing; dragging, as a net 
 for fish ; ho upena ani. 
 
 A-Ni-A, V. To be hard and smooth on 
 the surface. 
 
 A-Ni-A, adj. Smooth and even. See 
 NiANiA, Aniania and Maniama. 
 
 A-Ni-A-Ni, s. A glass; a mirror; a look- 
 ing-gloss. Pv,k.'68:8. He aniani nana hele- 
 helcna; he kUo kekab! inoa; called by 
 HawAiians kUo. 
 
 A-Ni-A-Ni, II. See Ani 4. To cool; to 
 refresh one heated ; aniani mai la k^ ma- 
 kani, Oih. 27:13. To blow gently, as a 
 wind ; aniani pnka alohi na ka faaole paha 
 la ; aniani poaeae na maka o Kuawili. 
 
 A-NI-A-NI, adj. Agreeable; cool; re- 
 freshing. 
 
 A-Ni-A-Ni-A, adj. See Ania. Smooth 
 and oven, as the surface of a planed board; 
 smooth, as the sea in a calm ; applied also 
 to the skin when burnt hard ; he paapaa 
 Hi mawaho no ka lapalapa o ke ahi. 
 
 A^!n-HA, V. To be provoked at the mis- 
 chief of one j to be angry at a person on 
 account of lying and deception. 
 
 2. To be hardened in crime ; capable of 
 committing any ofiiense. 
 
 A-Mi-iiA-Ni-HA, V. To be near obtaining 
 an object and fail ; anikanVm makou e 
 pae, a loaa ka makani. 
 
 A-Ni-HA-Ni-HA, adj. Easily provoked; 
 
 captious- caviling. 
 A-Ki-Hi-Mi-Hi, A Kalo tops;hekalo, he 
 
 anihinihi, ho oha. See Oniotui. 
 A-Ni-ra-Ni-Hi, V. See Nmi. Near to 
 
 falling ofi* a pali ; to stand in a dangeroas 
 
 place. 
 
 A-Ki-Ni, adj. Small; dwarfish; stinted, 
 as men or animals. 
 
 A-No, s. Likeness; resemblance;' image 
 of a thing. 
 
 2. Tlie meaning of a word or phrase. 
 
 3. The moral quality of an action, as 
 good or evil, or the moral state.of the heart. 
 
 i. The character of -a peraon, as to bis 
 life and manners; the explanation of a 
 thing obscure. Mii. 41:8. 
 
 A-NO, V. To have a form or appearance. 
 
 2. With hmt, to change the form or ap- 
 pc^ralice of a person or thing; eano ae, 
 to become new. Oihk. 13:16. To change 
 the state of things. 
 
 3. With Aoo,. to boast ; to glory ; to hal- 
 low ; to consecrate. Kin. 2:3. 
 
 i. To ti-aiisform: to change the external 
 appearance. 
 
 5. With e, to set apart to another pur- 
 pose ; to consecrate. Bal. 4:3. 
 
 6. With hou, to change ; to tranafonn. 
 2j5br. 11:13. 
 
ANO 
 
 58 
 
 ANU 
 
 7. With e, to chai^, as ^e countenance, 
 firom mirth to sadness and fear. Dan. 5:10. 
 
 A-NO, s. Fear; dread; ua kau mai ke 
 ano ia'u la, fear fell upon me ; ke kau mai 
 la l:e ano hewa ia oe. 
 
 A-No, V. To be in fear ; ano wale mai 
 la no au. See Ano or Anoano. To be silentj 
 solitary, as a deserted village ; ua pau i 
 ke1<aua,bauaiana kanaka a pau i ka hana. 
 
 A-No, adu. Now; at the present time; 
 ano nei, ano la. 1 Sam. 2:16. Soon. 
 
 2. Often used more as an expression 
 of earnestness or certainty of sometMng 
 doing, or to be done, than of anything lit- 
 erally doing now. Pvk. 6:1. 
 
 3. It is nsed after some other eyent has 
 been spoken of as a consequence. los. 1:2. 
 Ina no ano, even now. 1 Hal. 14:14. 
 
 A-NO-A, adv. Same as ano above. Now; 
 at this time ; immediately ; OTioa no hele ; 
 ahea heleT anoa no. 
 
 A-No-Ai, ode.. But; except; lest; per- 
 haps ; malia paba. 
 
 A-No-Ai, adv. A warm salutation; as, 
 doha, welina; a salutation; a bow; a 
 courtesy. 
 
 A-Mo-A-No, s. Seeds; the seeds of fruit, 
 as apple, onion, melon, &c. Nah. 20:5. 
 
 2. The semen of males. Oihk. 15:16. 
 
 3. Descendants ; childreu of men. Ikek. 
 44:22. Note. — The iruit itself is ftua; also, 
 the seeds incased in pods or husks are 
 called Aim; anoano oiU, seeds destitute of 
 meat. 
 
 A-NO-A-NO, f. A solemn stillness. 
 
 2. ABacred,haUowedplace. SeeAso,s., 
 fear; dread. 
 
 A-NO-A-NO, adj. Solitary; still; retired. 
 BitL 17:12. He waM anoano, mehameha 
 loa no ka makau i ka, make ; aohe lua o ka 
 noho ana i ua kula anoano kanaka ole 
 nei.. 
 
 A-No-E, V. To be different from some- 
 thing else; to take a different form or 
 character. See Ano and E. 
 
 A-KO-i, p. To desire very strongly ; to 
 covet ; e anoi ana na alii wahine. 
 
 A-NO-i, s.- A thirst; a strong desire for 
 a/thing; eia ka pono, o ka noonoo, o ka 
 .anoi, ke ake e loaa. 
 
 A-No-Ho, *, A custom; a practice, as 
 strict as a law ; ina e ku ke kanaka i ka 
 anoJu) ana o ko ke alii ipuwai auau, a me 
 ka anoho ana o kona kapa, make no ia. 
 
 A-n6-L4-ni, adj. Ami, character, and 
 lani, heaven. A modern coined word per- 
 haps ; of heavenly character ; good ; pure ; 
 he manao anolani, he naau anwani, he kino 
 anolani. 1 Kor. 16:40. 
 
 ArNO-NA-NO-NA, s. An ant. Sol. 6:6. 
 See NoNANONA. Name of a periodical for- 
 
 merly printed at the islands; aloha oe e 
 Arwnanona. 
 A-KO-Ni, V. To mix together several 
 ingredients, as differetnt kinds of food ; to 
 make a garment of different tejrtures of 
 cloth; to mis together falsehood and truth; 
 to corrupt. 2 Kor. 2:17. 
 
 2. To ponder with anxiety, as an act of 
 the iuind ; to revolve in one's mind. 
 
 3. To be agitated with anxiety; to be 
 troubled in mud, so as not to sleep. Dan. 
 2:1. 
 
 4. To be in doubt or suspense what jndg- 
 meut to form respecting one's meaning. 
 See Anononi. 
 
 A-NO-m-NO-Ni, «. SeeANONi. To doubt; 
 to he ia qnspense asto the result of a tliiiig; 
 ua anoniiwni ka pakele ana i ka make. 
 
 A-NO-Ni-NO-Ni, adj. Doubtful; uncer- 
 tain ; he pono anonmom na paani nawaV- 
 wali. 
 2. Angry. 
 
 A-No-No-Ni, V. See Anoni. To doubt; 
 to hesitate ; to be in suspense, as one in an 
 inquiring state of mind. 
 
 A-NU, adj. Cold ; hui, huihui. 
 
 A-mr, s. Cold; the absence of warmth ; 
 ua make au i ke anu, I am dead with the 
 cold ; huihui ko'u mau wawae i ke ami. 
 
 A-NU, v.jSo be cold; to feel cold; ua 
 anu au i kaiii l^apa ole, I am cold, having 
 no clothes; anu aku la o Maunakea i ka 
 hoilo, Maunakea feels cold in the winter. 
 
 A-NU-A, s. A pile, as of mats piled one 
 upon another. 
 
 AtNU-a-nu, adj. Cold; huihui. See 
 Ano. 
 
 A-MU-A-NU, *. Cold ; chillineas. Hal. 
 147:17. 
 
 A-NW-A-Nir-A, ) s. A rainbow. JBS«.9:13- 
 
 A-NU-E-NU-E, ) Exk. 1:28. 
 
 A-NUTJ, V. To sprain, as a muscle; hina 
 iho la au maluna o ka papaa lepo a onuu 
 kuu kua, eha loa iho la, I fell upon the 
 hard ground and sprained my back, with 
 great pain. 
 A-Nuu, s. A sprain by a false step. > 
 A-NutT, «, A building in a sacied in- 
 closure foraed by long poles overhung 
 near the top, which also were tied and cov- 
 ered with white pieces of kapa. 
 
 2. A high place iu the heiau before which 
 me idols stood, and where the victims were 
 laid. Zaieik. 164. 
 
 A-mni, s. A rest or jog in a wall. 1 
 Sal. 6:6. 
 
 2. Stairs or steps for ascending a height. 
 Emk. 40:6. Anitu wili, winding stairs. I 
 Nal. 6:8. 
 
 3. A ledge of rocks. I ilfet TaSL 
 
APA 
 
 59 
 
 APA 
 
 i. Jogs or steps in ascending a steep 
 
 place. 
 5. In music, a tone. 
 Anhu, s. Name of a ship formerly at 
 
 the islands ; no ka naaupo, na kapaia aku 
 
 e makon ka moku he anuu. Iium. Haw. 
 
 11:4, 3. 
 A-Nuu-HA-PA, s. In music, anuu, a tone, 
 
 and Auspoe, a part. A semitone. 
 A-Nuu-Ntru, V. To strike; to beat; to 
 
 pound, as kapa. 
 2, Hoo. £Aooanuiunuuai ke poo, to raise, 
 
 to elevate the head. 
 A-Nuu-Nuu, s. See Anuu. Stairs; steps 
 
 for ascending or descending. Neh. 3:15. 
 2. A plaid in a plaided garment. 
 A-Nnu-NU0, adj. Having steps like 
 
 stairs; provided with or made with steps; 
 
 8 ku kakoa,a pii aku i ke alanui anuunuu, 
 
 l^t us axiae and go up the road made with 
 
 steps ; formed in the manner of stairs ; he 
 
 papale anwunv'j.; rough, as a bad road. 
 
 A-NU-HE (e-nu-he), s. A large worm 
 
 that desfeo'ys the '.eaves of vegetables ; he 
 
 poelua,.he poke. 
 A-NU-HE-NTT-HE, odj. Rarely done, as 
 
 food not sufficiently cooked. 
 2. Bongh with cold, aniAermhe ka ill i 
 
 kc anu, the skin is pimpled with cold. 
 A-NU-HE -Ntr-HE, s. The eating of bad 
 
 food, fish, or meat, that is spoiled. 
 A-MU-HE-NV-HE, s. Name of a species 
 
 of fish ; also of limu. 
 A-NU-LU, V. To be covetous; to be 
 
 greedy, &o. See Attnra, by change of syl- 
 lables. 
 A-NU-NE-NU-NE, V. To mix up, as hash ; 
 
 avriliwili. 
 A-NU-Nu, s. Change of n for I. See 
 
 AHJNU. An oppressor; one greedy of gain. 
 
 A-au-NV, adj. SeeALUNU. Oppressive; 
 hard; extortionate; he makeo, hepaa. 
 
 A-PA, s. A roll ; a bundle, as a piece 
 of cloth, or a ream of paper. 
 
 A'P A, adj. Meddling; officious; busy; 
 mischievous, as a child; careless; blun- 
 dering ; slow ; tardy ; .nahili, he lohi. 
 
 A-PAA, s. Name of a wind; i kuipeia 
 e ka makani apaa, he was knocked down 
 flat by the wind apaa. 
 
 2. Name of a region of country below 
 the ma'u or vmokarudca on the side of the 
 mountains. 
 
 A-PA-A-PA, V. To be evilly disposed; 
 to be treacherous ; to deceive ; to be mis- 
 chievous. 
 
 A-PA-A-PA, s. Guile ; deceit j evil geri- 
 erally. 1 Pet. 2:22. That which is uatrie ; 
 false in opposition to truth and stability. 
 
 Eom. 1:25. Haalele i ka oiaio no ka mea 
 apaapa, forsook the truth for a false thing. 
 2. One who frequently changes his situ- 
 ation. 
 A-PA-A-PA, adj. Unsettled; unstable; 
 irresolute. 
 
 2. Without truth ; deceitful ; lalau wale 
 iho no ka oleic. 
 
 3. Ca.'oless; without thought; kapnlu. 
 See Ata. 
 
 A-PAA-PAA, s. Name of a wind at Ko- 
 hala. 
 
 A-PAA-PAA, adj. Firm ; hard ; compact, 
 as a well made road ; he alanui apaapaa, 
 aolc pueho o ka lepo. 
 
 A-PAA-PAA, s. The name of a species 
 of fish ; he nla apaapaa. 
 
 A-PAA-PA-Ni, V. To oppose one with 
 words ; to. reply quickly ; to overwhelm 
 with words. 
 
 2. To make one forget the subject of dis- 
 pute; 
 
 A-pAa-pa-ni, s. a speech in opposition ; 
 a rapid reply. See Apani. 
 
 A-PAT, s. A deep, long fish net for catch- 
 ing the opae. 
 
 A-PA-HU, V. To cut up ; to cut square 
 off, as a piece of timber. 
 
 2. To cut in pieces; to chop off; to cut 
 in two, as pieces of wood or sugar-cane. 
 
 3. To stuff food into one's mculh. 
 A-PA-HU, s. Pieces cut off or cut in two, 
 
 as wood, sugar-cane, &o. 
 2. A kind of pan. 
 A-FA-HiT, adj. Marked; distinguished 
 by some mark or dress or cut of toe hair ; 
 nani na kanak&apahu 
 A-PA-HU, s. The sound of a trumpet ; 
 the bursting forth of a sound sr Idenly ; 
 the sound iirom a sudden falling oi a sub- 
 stance. 
 A-PA-KATJ, V. Tiy seize upon; to lay 
 hold of : to hold on to, as on falling. 
 
 2. To lay hold of tilings and displace 
 them; as a child. 
 3; To give tlioughtlessly, as a man gives 
 ' away his food until it is all gone. 
 A-PA-Li, V. To go into the presence of 
 a cbiefr and on account of shame, return 
 witiiout making a request. 
 
 A-PA-Li-PA-Li, 0, To hurry; to hasten. 
 
 A-PA-NA, s. A fragment J a patch: a 
 ]>iece; a slice; a piece, as of breadj a por- 
 tion ; apana poobiwi, a shoulder piece for 
 a garment. Puk. 39:4. A piece of any 
 substance; of a human body. Lunk. 19:29. 
 A division of people, l^^ol. 16:21. Apana 
 v., a sector of a circle. Anahon. Apana 
 nuku, a little piece. loan. 6f7. 
 
 A-PA-NA-PO-Ai, s, Apana and poai, to 
 surround. A segment of a circle. . Anak. 23. 
 
API 
 
 60 
 
 APO 
 
 A-PA"NE, s. A species of bird much 
 valued on account of its red feathers. 
 
 2. A species of the lehua, the ohia, with 
 red blossom!?, which are food for birds. 
 
 A-PA-NE, adj. Red on the flesh when 
 burned ; hence, applied to anger. 
 2. Red ; flushed with anger. 
 
 A-PA-Ni, V. To go from house to house 
 tattling and doing nothing valuable; he 
 mea hele kaahale c apani ana ia hale aku 
 ia hale alcu me ka holoholo kauhale. 
 
 A-PA-Ni-PA-Ni. See Apami above and 
 Apaapani. 
 
 A-pa-pa, v. To deceive. See Apaapa. 
 
 A-pa-pa, s. Name of a strong wind 
 blurring over Kohala Point. 
 
 A-FA-PA-NE, s. The name of a bird on 
 Hawaii ; a i kani aku ka leo o ka apapane. 
 Laieik. 29. It has red feathers. Hulu apa- 
 pane, the red feathers of the apapanei 
 
 A-PE, s. A plant with broad leayes, 
 acrid to the taste, like kalo, but more so ; 
 it is eaten for food in times of scarcity. 
 
 A-PE-A-PE, adj. Full of knots, . as a 
 string; full of small round stones, as a road. 
 
 A-PE-A-PE, s. The motion of the gills 
 of a fish in water ; the breathing of a fish.- 
 Sce Aw. 
 
 2. The name of a remarkable plant found 
 near the top of WaialcaleonKauai;^length 
 of Btalk, twenty foot or over ; leaves, six 
 feet in diameter, somewhat resembling, in 
 shape, <the ape; the leaf is round and at- 
 tached to the stem in the center. 
 
 A-PE-A-PEtA, s. A species of squid not 
 eaten ; ho apeapea noloko o ke kai. i, 
 
 A-PEE-PEE, s. A species of limu; he 
 limu apeepee. 
 
 A-PE-17, s. A species of poor mats ; ua 
 lawo aku an i apeu moena; large mats, but 
 very poor ones. 
 
 A-PEU-PEU, adj. See the foregoing, 
 Apeupm applies to kapa as well as mats, 
 
 A-PE-Ri-LA, s. Eng. Name of the month 
 April. 
 
 A-pi, V. To gather together, as people 
 to one spot; to bring into a small compass, 
 as baggivxe ; e opi mat a uuku. ' 
 
 A-pi, V. To flap, as the gills of a fish 
 when breathing out of water. 
 
 2. To shake, as a cocoanut 'leaf in the 
 brecije. 
 
 3. To tremble, as the liver of a hog when 
 killed. 
 
 4. To throb ; to beat, as the pulse. 
 
 5. To be greedy ; to covet this and that 
 thing. 
 
 A-PI, s. The gills of a fish ; same as 
 mdhamaha,. ' 
 2. The fins with which a fish swims. 
 
 3. The beating of the pulse. 
 , 4. Greediness ; covetousness ; ke api » 
 £a ia nui pimoe. 
 
 5. A small net. 
 
 6, The name of a very flat fish. 
 A-Pi-A-Pi, s. The drinking (breathing) 
 
 of a flsh in the water. 
 2. The flowing of water or of blood in 
 
 the veins. 
 A-pii, s. A species of large Imlo. 
 A-Pii-Pii, s. Name of a species of shrub 
 
 or bush. 
 A-Pii-pii, adj. Curling, as the hair; he 
 
 lauoho apiipii. 
 A-Pi-KA-pi-KA, adj. Spotted, See Opi- 
 
 KOPIKO. 
 
 A-Pi-Ki, V. To sport at the expense of 
 another ; to be roguish ; to act mischiev- 
 ously. 
 
 2. To beg ; to live at the expense of 
 others. 
 
 A-PI-KI, s. Sleight; cunning; craft. 
 Eps. 4:14. 
 
 A-pi-Ki, adj. Eoguish; mischievous; 
 lawless ; addicted to roguish tricks. 
 
 2. Deceitful ; he hoopunipuni ; he lei 
 apiki, he lei ilima. 
 
 A-Pi-Ki, adj. Of or belonging to the 
 ilima, yellow flowers. Ac. 
 
 A-Pi-Ki-pi-Ki, V. To fold up, as a piece 
 of kapa. 
 
 2. To spread out one upon another for 
 the purptxse of folding, as sheets of paper, 
 kapa, cloth, &c. 
 
 3. To multiply thoughts. 
 A-PI-KI-PI-KI, s. A kind of agitation of 
 
 the mind ; anxiety ; doubt. 
 2. A particular kind of kapa. 
 
 A-Pi-Pi (ho-a-pi-pi), adj. United; joined 
 together, as the two canoes of a double 
 canoe ; he raau waa elua i hoapipiia. 
 
 A-Po, V. To catch at, as with the hand ; 
 to hook in. 
 
 2. To span or reach round. I Ned. 7:1.5. 
 To put one's arm around another. Zaieik. 
 117. 
 
 3. To receivn; to embrace, as a long- 
 absent friend. Kin. 29:13. 
 
 4. To fall upon one, as an expression of 
 affection. Kin. 33:4. 
 
 6. To contain, hold or encircle. 1 Ifal 
 8:27. 
 
 6. To receive, as into the mind ; to ap- 
 prehend intellectually. Oih. 8:27. 
 
 7. To recoivo and embrace, as a truth. 
 loan. 17:18. ' 
 
 8. To receive ; to take out of sight, as a 
 cloud. Qih. 1:9. 
 
 A-PO, s. A hoop; a band ; apo hao, an 
 iron hoop ; in gramjjiar, kaha ajw, the sign 
 of a parenthesis, thus : ( ); a ring or clasp 
 
APO 
 
 61 
 
 APU 
 
 Ibr the Itngors or arm ; apo gula. a golden 
 ling. Pufc. 26:12. He apo gul* pepeiao, a 
 golden ear-ring. 'Pule. 32:2. In geometry, 
 a circle. Fio. Apo o ka make, bands of 
 death. Oih. 2:24. A cei'tain kind of belt 
 worn by women. 
 
 Apo na poe a ka ua kuahlae, 
 Noho hoonialHie i ka uka o Kahut 
 Ka hookohttkobu puahi ole a ka ua. 
 
 A-FO, s. The union of the check bone 
 .with the iwi maha. Anut. 11. 
 
 A-po, s. A particular variety of sweet 
 jjotatoes. 
 
 A-vo-A-ro, V, See Apo. To catch at 
 frequently ; to snatch or scramble for ; to 
 seize upon a person or thing ; to seize ur 
 come upon one, as fear ; apoapo ka naau i 
 ka makau ; to be troubled with doubt, 
 anxiety ; apoapo ka oili ; to be troubled 
 with jealousy. Mat. 2:3. Apoapo, lelele 
 ka oiU, to palpitate, an tlie heart. 
 
 A-eo-a-po, s. a catching ; a seizing ; a 
 forcing. 
 
 A-po-A-PO, s. A bunch, as of kalo ; a 
 hill of potatoes ; be apncpne. 
 
 A-poo, V. TO- go from house to house, 
 doing no work ; ua apoo hole i kauhulo i 
 ka ua. 
 
 A-Poo, s. An idle, lazy person who goes 
 from houae'to house ; aia i kaoprwkauhale. 
 
 A-poo-poo, s. A deep or holli»v place, 
 as the hollow of the hand or foot ; the frog 
 or hollow place of a horse's foot. 
 
 A-PO-HAO, s. Jpo, hoop, and haa, iron. 
 
 1. An iron hoop. See Apo. 
 
 2. A name formerly of the king's guard. 
 A-PO-KAU, e. To take hold, of and dis- 
 place. See Apakad. 
 
 A-po-KE, V. To cut up into short pieces. 
 A-po-KE, s. A short piece cut off. 
 A-PO-u-MA, s. See Apo and Lima, hand. 
 
 A signet ; a finger-ring. Mn. 38:18. 
 A-PO-NO, V. To approve; to treat as 
 
 innocent. 2 Oihl. «:23. The opposite of 
 
 ahcwa. . ,,,-,, 
 
 2. To justify ; to be accepted. Fuk. 
 
 28:38. 
 
 3. IToo. To exculp:ite from blame, mn. 
 44:16. 
 
 4. To clear, as one chargedwitha cnme. 
 Puk. 34:7. The opposite of Itookewi. 
 
 Kurd. Z5U. . . 
 
 A-PO-No-iA, s. 'Hoo. Justification; treat- 
 ment of one as just. Bom. 9:30. 
 
 A-Po-PE-PEi-AO, s. Apo, a ring, and pe- 
 peiao, ear. A ring for the ear ; an eai--ring. 
 
 A-PO-PO, adv. Lit. When the night 
 nights, i.e., to-morrow. iM)ifc.l9:9. Apopo 
 kela la aku, day after to-morrow. 
 
 A-po-GU-LA, s. ^po, ring, and gTtZa, gold. 
 
 A gold ring, but often applied to an ear- 
 ring of any material. 
 
 A-pu, V. To run after; to chase with 
 a design of overtaking another. 
 2. To devour food greedily. 
 
 A-Ptr, s. A cup made of cocoanut shell 
 for drinking awa ; he apu ka iwi o ka niu. 
 
 2. A dish : a cup of any material. 
 
 3. Met. Affliction ; suffering ; ho kiaha ; 
 also, 
 
 4. Water in which kalo has been soaked, 
 a kind of medicine : apu kalo, apu laan ; 
 the cup gives name to the drink. 
 
 A-pu-A, V. To be disloyal; to disregard 
 or disobey the orders of his chief. 
 
 A-PU-A, *. A man who disobeys or dis- 
 regards the commands of his chief. 
 
 A-PU-A, s. A shell or cup for scooping 
 up the oopu ; he ajmi oo])Uk 
 
 A-Pu-Ai, s. A variety of kalo. 
 
 A-PU, ) «. A file ; a rasp. 1 Sam. 
 
 A-PU-A-PU, J 13:2U. 
 
 2. The beard of a fish-hook. 
 
 A-ru-AU-iiu-HU, s. Apu, cup, and mi- 
 halm, the poison plant. A cup for con- 
 taining the auhuhu. 
 
 A-pu-A-PA-LE-LEO. V. Apua, to disobey, 
 pule, to reject, and leo, voice. To disobey ; 
 not" to comply with a command. 
 
 A-pu-A-PA-LE-LEO, s. Epithet of a chief 
 who obeyed not the word of the priest. 
 
 A-PUrA-WA, s. Apu, cup, and awa, a 
 plant. The awa cup ; a cup out of which 
 awa was drank. 
 
 A-pu-E-pu-E, V. See Pue, to force. To 
 solicit one of the other sex. 
 
 2. To strive ; to contend, as two persons 
 endeavoring to get the same thing ; apae- 
 pue na kanaka i ka ai i ka manawa wi, 
 
 A-PU-E-PU-E, s. Strife between two per- 
 sons to get the same thing ; attempting to 
 get what another wants. 
 
 2. A difliciilty ; a contention ; iakiapue- 
 pm, to obtain with difficultjf. 
 
 3. A bunch of kalo ; a hill of potatoes. 
 See Apoapo. 
 
 A-PU-E-pu-E, adv. With strife; with 
 difficulty. Mai. 19:23. 
 
 A-PUU-PUU, adj. SeePuu. Rough; un- 
 even, as land ; as a road. Zsa. 45:2. Full 
 of hillocks. 
 
 A-Puu-puu, s. Hillocks; rough places; 
 e hoomania i na apuupuu a paiahaUha ae, 
 smooth ddVn the rough places till they are 
 smooth. 
 
 A-pn-KA, V. To hide; to secrete; to 
 steal. 
 
 A-FU-KA, s. Deceit; treachery. 
 
 %. A thief ; e manaoia oia no he apufca. 
 
AWA 
 
 62 
 
 AWA 
 
 he BhaU be considered as having stolen. 
 Kan. Haw. 
 3. Apuka, in law, is forgery. 
 A-Pii-Ko-HE-o-HE-6, s. Apu, cup, and 
 kohcoheo, causing death. 
 
 1. The cup in which deadly ingredients 
 were mixed, and out of which they were 
 drank, such as auhuhu and awa. 
 
 2. Fis. ka hewa, oia ka apukoheoheo 
 e make ai na kanaka a pau i ke ao nei, sin 
 is the cup of death causing all people to die. 
 
 A-pu-Li;, V. To wax old; ready to be 
 laid aside. IsOi 31:6. 
 
 A-Pu-Ltr, adj. Old; worn out; he waa 
 aptdu, an old canoe ; he upena apylu, a 
 worn out mat ; apidu is applied to things 
 as eUmakide is to men. 
 
 A-PU-E0, s. A shied, or anything old 
 and rotten or decayed, as a garment, a 
 house, a canoe, &c. ; he wahi apulu hale, 
 the ruins of a house ; he wahi apulu kapa, 
 a remnant of a garment, &c. 
 
 A-PO-Ni, s. The name of a day supposed 
 to he inauspicious to one's enemies ; e hee 
 ai kou boapaio ia oe, no ka mea o apuni 
 keia la, he la hee. 
 
 A-pu-Ni, V. To come together, as two 
 persona, and scold and threaten and curse 
 one another, but separate without fighting. 
 
 A-wA, V. To converse earnestly. 
 
 A-WA, *. Name of a plant, of a bitter 
 acrid taste, from which an intoxicating 
 drink is made. 
 
 2. The name of the liquOT itself ex- 
 pressed from the root of the plant'; the 
 drinking of awa causes the skin to crack 
 and flake off for a time ; i ka manawa e inu 
 at kekahi i ka aioa, he maikai kona ili ke 
 nana aka ; a mahope, mahuna ka ili, na- 
 kaka, puehoeho, inoino loa ke nana aku. 
 
 3. Bitterness, from the name of the plant. 
 A-WA, s. Fine rain ; mist ; he ua awa, 
 
 ma ka mauna ia ua. 
 2. A species of fish. 
 
 A-WA, if. A harbor ; a landing place ; 
 an entrance between two reefs ; lie aioa o 
 Kou ma Oahu, he awa ku moku ; he nui 
 na aiou Kookomo waa, there is the harbor 
 of Kon on Oahu where ships anchor. 
 
 A-WA-A, V. To dig, as a ditch or a pit ; 
 kohi, eli, kulepe, ekuia a awaawaa. 
 
 A-WAA, s. A ditch, trench or pit dug 
 deep ; a hole ; a cave. 
 
 2. A famine, or the consequences of a 
 famine. 
 
 A-WAA-wAA, v. To make a groove; 
 awaaieaa waena, to make a hole in tjie 
 center. 
 
 A-WA-A-wA, adj. Sour; bitter; sharp; 
 pungent, as rum, pepper, orange skin, &c.; 
 unpleasant to the taste ; salt, as sea-water ; 
 brackish ; no ka awaawa o ka wai, hoo- 
 koni. 
 
 2. Met. Hard to deal with. 
 
 3. Harsh in manners, as a person. Luk. 
 19:21, 22. 
 
 A-WA-A-WA, s. Bitterness; sourness; 
 
 pungency to the taste. 
 A-WA-A-WA, V. To be bitter, &c. Hoik. 
 
 10:10. See Awa. 
 A-WA-A-WA, s. A mist J a spray. See 
 
 Awa above. 
 A-WAi, *. Name of a disease ; a swell- 
 ing in the groin ; he awai ma ke kumu o 
 
 ka uha. 
 2. A bunch ; a cluster ; he aica', kalo, a 
 
 bunch of kalo; he awai huihui waina, a 
 
 bunch of grapes. 
 A-WAi, 0. To bind or tie up. 
 A-WAi, s. A place to stand on when 
 
 addressing a multitude. Neh. 8:4. 
 
 2. A raised platform ; a scaffold ; a pul- 
 pit. 2 OiU. 6:3. 
 A-WAi, s. A bundle or something tied 
 
 up ; lewa ka aioai o ka paipu. 
 A-WAi-A-Hi-Ki, s. A swelling in the 
 
 groin ; a bubo. See Awai. 
 A-WA-HE-WA, B. To miss; to overlook; 
 
 to make a mistake. 
 A-WA-HE-WA, s. A mistake; an error, 
 
 when the physician thought that a god had 
 
 the direction of the disease or sent it. 
 A-wA-Hi-A, V. The passive of awa for 
 
 awaia, h inserted. Cfram. § 48. To be bit^ 
 
 ter to the taste. 
 2. Fig. Hoo. To make bitter, severe ; to 
 
 be hard in treatment of men. Kol 3:19. 
 
 Met. To cause to be laborious, painful, 
 
 toilsome. Puk. 1:14. 
 A-WA-HiA, i. Bitterness; sourness; ka 
 
 awaawa, ka mulea. 
 A-WA-HI-A, o^'.. Bitter, like gall; like 
 
 the apuawa ; he mulemule. 
 A-WA-m-A, s. A mist or spray. See 
 
 Awaawa and Awa. 
 
 A-watHu-a, adj. Surly; regardless of 
 everybody; obstinate; perverse. 
 
 2. Unwilling to attend to one's duly ; 
 regardless of the will of the gods and the 
 duties of religion ; he aia, lokoino. 
 
 A-wa-ke-a, s. The time of day when 
 the sun is the highest ; noon ; midday. 
 
 2. The name of the god vho opened the 
 gate of the sun ; o Av>akea ka mea nana 1 
 wehe ke pani o ka la, kahi i noho ai o Ka- 
 onohiokala. 
 
 A-wAA-wAA, V. To dig; to throw up 
 dirt : to root, as a hog ; kohi, eli, awaa, I A-wa-ke-au, s. Living together a Meat 
 kulepe, ekuia a awaawaa. 1 aistance off and a long timS ago ; loihi loa 
 
AWE 
 
 63 
 
 AWI 
 
 ka hele ana a me ka noho ana ma kahi 
 
 hookahi ; kabiko, linliu. 
 A-WA-u., t). To pull steadily and care- 
 
 fbUy, as ai flshennan afraid of losing his^ 
 
 fish. Jam. Mtw. 45:43. Awala i ke aho. 
 2. To work steadily and with energy; 
 
 awala ae la ia me ka huki a,e i kana lice 
 
 iluna ka waa, he pulled steadily and 
 
 drew hia squid into the canoe. 
 A-WA-LB, adj^ A, burning, and wale. 
 
 Bamt rery much ; burnt of itself. 
 AiWA-Lii, s. Name of a hard stone out 
 
 of whlcli k(jis were made. 
 A-WA-LOA, s. A place where the bones 
 
 of chlefe were hid ; he iwi kau i ka awcUoa. 
 A-WA-I,u, adj. num. Eight; the num- 
 ber eight ; also ewalu. See Walo. 
 A-WA-pn-Hi, s. The ginger root ; the 
 
 bastard ginger,, the smell odoriferous, used 
 
 for dyeing-. 
 A-WA-WA, $. The opposite of mauna. 
 
 Jos. 9:1. A valley; he kahawai; a low, 
 
 level place with Wsfli ground on each side. 
 
 Nah. 24:6. 
 
 2. The space between two prominences. 
 
 3. The space between the fingers of the 
 hand and the toes of the feet. 
 
 4. The space between the branches of a 
 river ; he wahi poopoo loihi, a long deep 
 place. See Wa. 
 
 A-WE, V. To carry; to bring, as it is 
 followed with niai or ofcuj e awe aku, to 
 carry off; e awe mai, to 'bnng here ; gen- 
 erally written lawe. Pass. TO be borne, 
 carried. Jso.46:3. Hookahi mea ana i awe 
 aku la mai ko kakou alo akB;alaila,i)nolo- 
 ae la a paa, awe mai la aloko nei, theQ tie 
 up the bundle fast, bring it inhere. 
 
 A-VTE, s. A burden; that which is car- 
 ried. 
 
 A-WE, s. The tails of the squid; na 
 awe ka hee. 
 
 A-WE-^A-WE, V. Hoo. To make small; 
 to diminish; to render 'of small account; 
 e maawe. 
 
 A-wE-A-iyE, s. The curling of the water 
 in the wake of a ship. 
 
 2. The tra«k or wake of a sMp. 
 
 3. The tails or arms of a squid ; he waiu 
 no ka hee malalo o ke aweawe. 
 
 A-WE-A-WE, ae^/. Beautiful; handsome; 
 
 applied to men and women. 
 A-WE-A-WB, adj. White; slimy, as the 
 
 fseces in some diseases. See Walkwalb, 
 
 adj. 
 A-WE-A-WE, s. Tied up in ft bundfe ; 
 
 bound tight ; he laulau aweawe no ka ha- 
 
 awe. 
 A-WE-A-WE, adj. Well mixed j applied 
 
 to poi. 
 
 A-wE-A-WE-A, V. To see in a slight de- 
 gree ; to catch a glimpse of an object. 
 
 2. To act the part of a weawea or pro- 
 curer ; to act the pimp. See Weawea. 
 
 A-wE-A-WE-A, ?. A glimpse; a half 
 sight of an object 
 
 A-WE-A-WE-A, adj. Spotted; variegated 
 with spots of different colors ; he aweaweo, 
 ulanla ; obscure ; hot plain ; aaeawfj}. ka 
 lohn. 
 
 A-WE-A-WE-A, s. The seeds of green 
 fruit, as squashes, melons, &c. 
 
 A-wn-A-WE-A, adv. Dimly to the sight; 
 not plainly seen; faintly; ike aweawea 
 aku la oia he wahi onoM ma Koolau, o 
 Hawaii. Laieik. 26. 
 
 A-wE-o-WE-0, s. A shrub or sniall tree 
 resembling pig-weed, sometimes eaten by 
 Hawaiians. 
 
 A-wE-o-WE-0, s. Name of a species of 
 reddish fish. See Alalacwa. 
 
 A-WE-o-wE'O, adj. Applied to some 
 fish ; a iho aku la i lui paeaea aweoweo. 
 ioieifc. 206. 
 
 A-WEU-WEU, s. A species of wild ot 
 mountain kalo ; called also the mamauea, 
 
 A-WE-KA, I adj. Deceitful; dis- 
 
 A-WE-KA-WE-KA, J honest; parsimonious, 
 
 A-wE-EA, )s. Deceit; dishon- 
 
 A-WE-KA-WE-KA, ) esty ; one who refiiaes 
 to pay a forfeit. 
 
 A-WE-LA, ) $. A species of fish ; 
 
 A-WE-LA-WE-LA, ) be puhi awela; a va- 
 riety probably of the kala. 
 
 A-WE-LA-wE-i^, orf?'- Escaping, as a 
 fiSh from a net; ke kukai aweldwela; he 
 poniu, he kaibi. 
 
 A-WE-LE, s. The running of a man 
 sent on an errand ; aka, i lilo ka awetle ka 
 pahu i kekah: nana ke eo. ' 
 
 A-WE-i»u, ^dj. See Welu. Torn; 
 ragged ; worn to holes, as a kapa; he wahi 
 kapa aw6lu kona i haawiia'ku. 
 
 A-WE-LU-WE-LU, V: To be torn; to be 
 ragged, as a kapa ; nahaebae, weluwelu. 
 
 A-wi-A-wi, s. A plant, used to stop 
 bleeding. 
 
 A-wi-HA, ) t>, To have a glimpse 
 
 A-wi-HA-wi-HA, ) of a thing. See Awe- 
 awea. 
 
 A-WI-HA, I ». A glimpse; an im- 
 
 A-wl-HA-wi-HA, ) perfect sight. 
 
 A-wi-Hi, V. To wink; to ogle; to look 
 obliquely; to eye; to look atone with jeal- 
 ousy. 1 Sam. 18:9. 
 
 A-wi-Hi, s. Ka poe awihi hoowalewale,. 
 enchanters. Jer. 27 9. 
 
 A-wi-Ki, V. Imp- Bo quick ; hasten. 
 
E 
 
 64 
 
 EA 
 
 A-WT-Ki-wn-Ki, s. A vine bearing black 
 berries about the size and phape of Ajner- 
 jcan blackberries ; they arc used as a med- 
 icine, operating both as an emetic and 
 cathartic ; Ice okoie o makilfi. 
 
 A-wi-Li, V. To mix together diffelent 
 ingredientB. 
 
 2. To malie a garment of diiferent tex- 
 tures of cloth. 
 
 3. To wind ; to twist about a thing ; to 
 entwine. lob. 8:17. 
 
 4. To be agitated with conflicting emo- 
 tion.1. See Wua. >, 
 
 A-wi-Li-tvi-Li, V. The intensive of dwUi 
 
 above. 
 A-wi-wi, V. To quicken; to hasten; to 
 
 expedite ; to accelerate. Syn. with wiki- 
 
 wixi. 
 A-BA, s. Heb. Father; he makuakane. 
 
 >-Bi-BA s. Heb. Name of a month. 
 
 Puk. 13:4. 
 A-ci-DA, s. Eng. An ficid i he mea 
 
 omo i ka puna. Anat. 2. 
 A-DA-MA, s. Eng. Adamant. Zei. 7:12. 
 A-Do-Bi-E, s. Sp. A species of brick 
 
 D.ad« of earth and water mixed with grass 
 
 or straw and dried in the sun. 
 A-GA-TA, s. Eng. An agate ; h precious 
 
 stone. Ezek. 27:16. 
 A-GA-Ti, s. Eng. Name of a precious 
 
 stone ; an agate. Puk. 28:19. See above. 
 A-Go-ZA, *. Heb. A nut. Mel. Sol. &:ll. 
 A-RE-DE-A, s. Heb. Name of an unclean 
 
 bird. Kanl. 14:18. 
 A-KE-zA, .1. Heb. Name of a tree ; the 
 
 cedar or fli-. Zunk. 9:15. 
 A-SA-Hi-o,s. Gr. Afarthmg. MaM0:29. 
 
 E, 
 
 T^ the second lett«r of the Hawaiian 
 
 "-^> alphabet. It represents the sound of 
 the ion'g slender a in English, or its sound 
 is like that of e in obey. It is sometimes 
 commuted for a, as in the nnmerifials from 
 ehM, alua, to eiwa, aiwa ; also in cddo, the 
 tongue, delo ; inahana, warm, mehana. In 
 an unaccented syllable at the end of a 
 word, its sound is similar to that of the 
 English y, as ope, opy ; mahope, inahopy, &c. 
 
 B, adv. Synonymous with .and a con- 
 traction forae; yes. E, yes, is more famil- 
 iar,.and not so dignified and respectful as 
 oe. See Ak. 
 
 E, edv. Other; anotlier; stra:nge; new; 
 mea e, a stranger, a strange thing ; kanaka 
 e, a sti-anger ; often syn. with malihinl, 
 Nah. 15:15. 
 
 E, adv. From ; away ; e holo e lakou, 
 they will flee from; e pnhi e, blow away; 
 i kai lilo e, at sea afar off. 
 
 E, prep. By. As a preposition, it is 
 mostly used after passive verbs to express 
 the agent ; as, ua aknuiaia oia e ke alii, be 
 toas eomUnnnid by tHe chief. Many verbs 
 have no sign of a passive voice, the con- 
 struction of the sentencf) alone determipes 
 it, and the e thus situated helps determine 
 the point as much as anything ; uui loa boi 
 ka poe daimonio 1 mahiki aku e ia. Oram. 
 § 105, 11, 
 
 E Standing before nour.s marks the aui- 
 hea 0!' vocaiive case ; it also often follows 
 the same ease; as, e ka lani e, ehi^. 
 Gram. § 105, 8. 
 
 E is used also to call or invite atten- 
 tion to what one is about to say : a con- 
 
 traction, perhaps of ea. Note. — E is mostly 
 used at the beginning of an address, and 
 ea in the middle, or if a single sentence, 
 only at the end. 
 
 E following either active, passive or 
 neuter verbs signifies before liand. and 
 serves to mark a kind of second future 
 tense of the verb ; as. lohe e au, I heard 
 before; hiki e mai oia, he liad arrived /i-sJ. 
 Oram. § 190, 2d. 
 
 E is the sign of the imperative mood, 
 and generally of the infinitive also, though 
 after UH and porm thp « of the infinitive is 
 changed into fc& Grow. § 191 and 193. E 
 is also the sign of the future tense. Graith 
 § 190, 1. 
 
 'E. After a word ending in a, 'e is a 
 
 contraction for as. 
 E, 0. To enter, as into a country or 
 
 city. 
 2. To dash upon, as waves upon Ihe deck 
 
 of a ship : aohc o kuna mai o ka nui o na 
 
 ale i e mMuna o ka mokn. See ViR. 
 
 E-A, V. To raise up, as a person bowed 
 down. 
 
 2. To lift or throw up. 
 
 3. To raise up, as from the grave. /o!).7:9.. 
 
 4. To mount or go up upon, as an an- 
 cient bed. Soi. 132:3, 
 
 5. To rise up, as water. Puk. 15 :8. 
 
 6. Soo. To be tlirown or raised up. as 
 land out of the ocean; ua hoea mai na aina 
 mai loko mai o ka monna, the land wtm 
 thrown up out of the ocean. 
 
 7. To rise in sight, as a cldud. 1 Nal 
 18:44. To heave in sight, as a ship ; a Aoea 
 
EAE 
 
 65 
 
 EEE 
 
 mai mok^ aku o Hilo, she hove in siqht off 
 HUo. 
 
 8. To rise np, as out of the water. JStri. 
 41:2, 3. 
 
 9. To stir lip, excite, as the aflectiuns : 
 la manawa ka hoea ana mai o ka hai, at 
 that time was the excitinp; of other's love. 
 
 E-A, s. A species of turtle much valued 
 on account of the sbulj. 
 
 2. The shell itself ; he ea kuu wakawaka. 
 Xnt ):6. Put for ivory. Note. — The ea 
 was forbidden to women to cat, under the 
 kapn System. 
 
 E-A, s. A species of fish somewhat sim- 
 ilar to the hilu, aawa and poon. 
 
 E-A, s. Takes fe for its article. Spirit; 
 rilal breath ; the breath of life. 
 
 2. Life it-ielf ; oiai ke ea, while life lasts. 
 
 3. The natural breath of life. 1 Tes. 2:8. 
 E fcaili aku ke f.a, to die. Kin. 2.'5:8. 
 
 4. The breath of 'Inan or beast. Kekah. 
 3:21. Nuni ka lokornEUkai o ke Akua i 
 kona haawi ana mai i ke ea o ke kanaka. 
 llal. 78:3i). Syn. with hann. Isa. 42I>. 
 
 !). lie maVani ku molio, oia ka makaui e 
 hanu ai kakou, the breathable air. 
 
 E-A, s. The thrush or aphthae, a dis- 
 ease of children ; art., ka. 
 
 E-A, s. Dirt ; du.st raised by the wind. 
 
 Ea mo he opuH liiki kakahlaka la, 
 lie he mea la Hokn o MahcalanI 
 Ka hakiku o ka vaa la I ka lae. 
 
 E-A, adj. Dirty J dusty, as when the 
 air is full of dust. 
 
 E-A, int. The expression of a call to 
 one's attention, as aluha oii1[oa,ea, to which 
 a reply is expected ; generally oe, aloha. 
 
 E-A is used in answer to a call, more 
 familiar and disreapectful than eo. JSa is 
 also used by a speaker to call the attention 
 of his hearers to some particillar point 
 which he is about to state ; its frequency 
 of use is accurdiiig to the taste of the 
 speaker; it is bi-ought out generally, in the 
 middle of a sentence. Lunk. 7:3. Some- 
 times it commences a speech. 1 Sam. S:'). 
 
 E-A, s. In music, the highest part; the 
 air. 
 
 E-i, adj. Windy; noisy; without ef- 
 fect : he ea ka waha i ke ao ana i ke keiki 
 hookuli, wahapaa ; noisy ; clamorous ; as- 
 senting to the commands of a parent, but 
 not obeying ; disobedient. 
 
 E-A, s. Ku ka ea o Lahainaluna i ka 
 lepo ; dust raised by the wind, but not a 
 whirlwind. 
 
 E-A, adj. Strong smelling, as meat or 
 food kept too long. Sec Eaba. 
 
 E-A-E-A, adj. Dignified; honorable; 
 high. Stk. with hanohano, hiehie, eaca kai. 
 Me lie wawao, kuhaka la ka eaea. 
 9 
 
 E-A-K-A, *. See Ea, odj., above. The 
 strong, offensive smell of meat; eaea, paoa, 
 haana, hohonn ; eaea ka iloli o ka mano <S 
 Koolau; e«ea ka hohono^o ka palaui (ba- 
 raui.) 
 
 E-A-E-A, ». To cover the eyebrows, as 
 a fisherman, to shade the oyea while look- 
 ing into deep water for fiah ; ka lawaianui 
 i eaea, na knemaka i ohuehu na libilihi. 
 
 E-A-E-A, V. To be covered with dust, 
 as one out in the wind wjiere the dust is 
 flying ; eoea na kamalii o Lahainaluna i 
 ka lepo. 
 
 Ea-ea-ksi, i. That which is covered 
 with sea drops or tho spray of tlie sea. 
 
 E-a-ha, adv. int. See E. E, sign of 
 the future tense, and aha, what. How? 
 what? used v/ith the future, as heaha is 
 with the present and past; eaha ia oot 
 how will it be with you? what will become 
 of you? Maha ana oukou? what will you 
 he abo\it? 
 
 E-E, V. See E, to dash upon. To 
 mount ; to get upon anything higher, as » 
 horse ; to leap upon ; to get on board a 
 ship ; ee al^u la maluna o ka moku ; to get 
 into a carriage. lNal.l2:lS. To go aboard 
 a vessel. 
 
 2. Moo. To receive on board a ship ; to 
 put upon, as a saddle upon a horse. Kin. 
 22:8. To set or plit one up, as upon » 
 horse. Kin. 31:17. 
 
 3. To pass from one caniagc to another. 
 2 OiM. 35:24. Ee ma.lnna o ka waa; m 
 maluua o ka Ho. See Ae, 4. 
 
 E-E, adj. Out of sight; at a great dis- 
 tance. See E, adv. 
 E-E, adv. Opposite to ; a.dversely ; 
 
 against. 1 Tim. 0:20. 
 E-E, adj. He hulu ee no ka manu oo, 
 
 that is, the yellow feathers under tine wing 
 
 (or the ee) of the oo, oia ka lei fauln manu. 
 E-E, adj. Hoo. A rising; a sweeping; 
 
 as, kai hoee. Dan. 9:26. 
 E-E, «. The armpit. See Pose and 
 
 PoAEAE. Same under the wing of fowls. 
 E-E, adj. Majoo, kaee; dry; not wet. 
 E-E, ad;. Caressing; inviting; kind; 
 
 he makamaka ee,*he like, he lokomaikai, he 
 
 koe ole, aole wawau.- 
 E-E-E, V. To rise up. See Ee, to mount. 
 
 To rise up from one's seat to steal soine- 
 
 thing. Hence, 
 2. To be mischievous. 
 E-E-A, V. To rise up frequently. See 
 
 Ea. 
 E-E-A, 0^.. Se? the foregoing. Quick; 
 
 ready ; expert. 
 E-E-K-LU. i. The top of a tre«* when 
 
 cut off. 
 
EEN 
 
 66 
 
 EU 
 
 E-Ei, ) Some of the words of 
 
 E-EI-E-HI E-HI, > a filthy song Etsng at a 
 E-Ki-Ki-LAir ) S"*** dayof tbe Princess. 
 E-E-ii-NA, V. To creak; to grate, as one 
 thing against another: to crepitate. See 
 
 UllINA. 
 
 E-EU, adj. Alert; ready to obey orders. 
 E-E-Hi, p. To tramp up^ to kick up, 
 
 as dust' See Em and Hehi. 
 E-E-Hi-A, . V. Passive, k inserted, for 
 
 eeia. See E, anotlicr; strange. To fear 
 
 greatly; to be afraid; to be dreadful. Kin. 
 
 28:17. 
 
 2. To lop the ears, as an animal, through 
 fear or shame. 
 
 3. Applied to men whoso countenances 
 droop with fe^r ; kindred with makau, but 
 .stronger ; also written ehia. 
 
 E-E-HI-A, s. Art., ke. Fear; dread; 
 reverence ; awe. 2 OiM. 17; 10, 
 2. A vision. 
 E-E-Hi-A, arf;. Fearful; dreadful; awfuL 
 Kin. 28:17. 
 
 2. Trembling with fHght, occasioned by 
 a dream or vision. 
 E-E-KE, V. To Start away, as a person 
 from danger ; to shrink back. 
 
 2. The motion of one's hand when ho has 
 t jrnt his finger. 
 
 3. To twinge or writhe, as with -great 
 pain. 
 
 4. To start, as witli fear j e puiwa; eefce 
 mai la ia i ka wela i ke ahi. 
 
 E-E-KE, adj. Excellent, &c. See Eke. 
 E-E-KE, 4"'. A starting froni fear; a 
 
 shrinking from the coutact'with fire or any 
 
 fearful object. 
 
 2. The shrinking or contracting of a rope 
 
 in length. 
 E-E-KE, s. A species of crab in the sea. 
 E-E-KE, arf;. Excellent; nice; applied 
 
 to a canoe, Ac. See Bice, adj. 
 E-E-KE-Loi (ka-e-ke-loi), x. To drum 
 
 with the fliigers on the pahu and sing at 
 
 the same time. 
 
 E-e-lo-ko-a, s. a storm at Waimea 
 
 from the north-east. 
 E-e-na, adj. ka puel eena ole ia o ka 
 
 moku? Wild; untamed, as children in a 
 
 school. 
 2. Skillful; applied to birds and hsh 
 
 that discover the snare or not, 
 
 E-E-NE, V. To tremble for, as for one 
 in d.inger; erne aku i ka mcaaneanohaule. 
 2. To be astonished at, or ashamed of 
 one for lying or committing other evil. 
 
 X To tremble for one violating the kapu 
 of the chiefs, as a child ignorantly climb- 
 ing on the person oif a chief, which was 
 death. 
 
 E-E-PA, ». See Epa. Forgery; deceit; 
 
 treachery. 
 E-E-WA, V. Ewa, ewaewa ; to mock ; 
 
 to make mouths at ; to vex. 
 
 E"i, ado. A particle of place ; here ; 
 
 similar to eia: ei ae, here ; close by ; ci 
 
 ae,ke hele mat noi, Aere,he is coming now. 
 
 E-iA, adv. Here ; in this place ; used 
 
 in answer to the question auhca oo? Ans. 
 
 Ma wau la, here am I. Note. — Sia, here. 
 
 is in contrast with aia, there. 
 
 Ei-A, adj. pron. This. Syn. with kefa. 
 
 Ei-MEi, comp. pron. This one, present; 
 
 this' person ; this thing. 
 E-i-WA, num. adj. See Iwa. Nine; the 
 
 number nine ; also written alwa. 
 E-o, V. See O. To answer to a call; 
 to say Acre to one calling. /o6. 13:22. No 
 ka mca, ua m kakou i kc Akuu ; pcnei ko 
 kakon m ana ia ia. 
 E-o, s. The answer to a call. 
 E-o, V. To gain or win in a bet or 
 wager; ua eo wau ia oe, I have gained you, 
 i. e., the Met. Laieik. 97. E ko. 
 
 2. To give as an equivalent in a bar- 
 gain ; to have made an honest, hmxa fide 
 bargain ; no ka mca, f,u ko kaua kuai ana 
 me ka ae like. 
 E-o, adj. See Eo, v., to gain. Fin- 
 ished; inadu an end of: complete; piini, 
 eo, a full accomplishment. 
 E-O, *. A calabash or other vessel brim- 
 ful of food ; be aloha i ka ipu ka eo. 
 E-o-E-KA-LA, (adv. phrase) for -eole e 
 
 kala ; long ago ; not lately. 
 E-o-LA-Ni, adj. Stretching or reaching 
 up to heaven, i. e., very high; eofoni na 
 kia o ka moku kifekie. 
 E-o-wo, num. adj. Six. See Aono. 
 
 Simple form, ono. 
 Eu, V. To rise up, as one who has been 
 sitting. 
 
 2. To ascend from an humble to an ex- 
 alted .situation. 
 
 .t. To (!xeite or stir up ono to do a thing- 
 l NoL 21:1.5. O aku la o Poki ia Kaiai- 
 wuhi, cu, hoi kaua ma Ouhii, Poki said to 
 Kalaiwahi, como on (up,) let wa two return^ 
 to Oahu. 
 
 4. jHoo. To collect ; to call o«t, as & 
 company of soldiers on an emei-gency ; to 
 excite to t«ars ; ia manawa, c Hoeu ana kit 
 aloha, ' hoolalc ana i na wiii raaka. The 
 root, CM, is often doubled, giving iiii^^n.ilty; 
 as, hooeueu, to excite, stir up, rouse to ac- 
 tion. See EiiKu. 
 Eu, s. A rising up to do something; 
 , aole ana eu, ae, he did not get up. i. e., did 
 not exert himself. 
 
 2. In the abstract, mischief ; theft; mur- 
 der, and tho like. Laieik. 104. Notk — Ku 
 
EHA 
 
 67 
 
 EHU 
 
 eu also meaiti a pucaliar sensation of tliu 
 skin, a, creeping nnmbness, liHe maede or 
 ■malanai ; bolo ka cu raa ka lae. 
 
 Eu, adj. Disobedient; mischievous; he 
 wabapaa. 
 
 E-u, V. To live; to crawl here and 
 there, as worms in a putrid, dead body ; 
 eu ka ilo, apuupnn ka. ili, eu ka nalo, eu 
 ka naio, i3u mai ka opau ; e noe, e kolo 
 paba. 
 
 2. To steal ; notqiiite so Strong as aihue. 
 
 3. To trouble by asking favors. 
 E-ii-A-NE-Lio, s. Gr. The gospel; the 
 
 life and labors.of Jesus Christ as described 
 by one of the Evangelists. 
 
 2. The system of salvation as revealed 
 in the New Testament. Mat.U:5; Gaf. 1:6. 
 Ke Uauoha hou, k& olelo maikai. 
 
 Eu-EB, V. 13th Conj. of eu; see above. 
 Ifoo., conj. 15th. To 'stir up ; to influen(?e 
 one to action. iPet. 1:13. Often sTN.with 
 hoala. 
 
 2. To etir up one to perform his duty. 2 
 OiM. 24:6. SJuea ka lebclehe o ka wahiue 
 nnku waie, tbc lips of a scolding woman 
 make troufjle. 
 
 Eii-Ecr, s, A .stirring np; an excite- 
 ment. 2Pe(. 1:12, 13. 
 
 E-u-LU, V. To cut or crop off a branch 
 with some smaller branches; e oki akn i 
 ■ka eulu mc na hila liiiii ; " no ka lau ka 
 (fuiu pipili ka lani, oki ka bonu»." Sec 
 Ui.u, to; ffrow. 
 
 E-u-LU, 's See Ulu, to grow. A branch 
 cut off 10 bo plant*!!] again ; a layer. 
 
 2, The top and branches of a tree which 
 are cut oflT and left as good for nothing. 
 
 E-u-Ntj-HA, s. Gr. A eunuch; onecas- 
 
 Irateil, Mul. 19:12. 
 
 E-u-NU-uA, ». Gr. Hoo. To make one 
 
 acnriiich. Mat. 10:12. 
 E-u-wE-KE, B. To open ; to take off, as 
 
 a man takes off irons from one confined. 
 
 2. To burHt open. 
 
 3. To dash upon, as a wave does a double 
 canoe by rising between them. 
 
 E-HA, ». To be hurt; to be sore; to be 
 paiufu! j to suffer ; eha ka naau, tlie heart 
 is pained. JIoo. To suffer in sny way, ns 
 in sickness or pain, or by punishment ac- 
 cording to law, jnstly or unjustly. 1 Pet 
 4;15, Ifi. Fi«. To cause hurt ; to grieve 
 one. Jipfr;. 4:30. 
 
 E-HA, s. Pain ; soreness of any kind ; 
 sonow ; suffering of punishment ; a hurt ; 
 affliction. 1 Saw.. 1:11. 
 
 E-HA, adj. Sore ; painful ; hurtful, 
 
 5-HA, num. adj. Four; the number 
 tbnr. See Aiu and Ha. 
 
 E-HA -1! -HA, V. Conj. 13 of f/ifl. Hoo. To 
 givepaiuj' to alHict. jVah.29.'!. To chas- 
 
 tise ; to pnnisb. Kanl. 8:.5. To grieve,L e.. 
 
 to cause grief to one. Hal. 96:10. To vex. 
 
 Kin. 21:12. 
 E-HA-E-HA, s. Suffering; torment; pain; 
 
 grief. 
 E-HA-E-liA, adj. Intensely painful. 1 
 
 Ndl. 12:4. 
 E-hX-e-ha, adv. Painfully; grievously. 
 E-HA-HA, ». To lell ; to pant, as a dog 
 
 or hog after violent exercise, or witli heat. 
 
 See Ahaha. 
 E-HE, adj, Huluiia mai kuu lani kuu 
 
 alii the. 
 E-HE-A, e. To call ; to call aloud ; per- 
 haps |he imperative mood of hea, to call. 
 
 See Kahea. 
 
 E-HE-E-HE, V. To cough J to cough 
 sliglitly ; to hack. 
 
 E-HE-E-HE, adj. Pertaining, or belong- 
 ing to » cough ; mai eftefiAe. 
 
 E-HE-w, *, The wingof afowl;namea 
 ekev; winged animals. Kin. 1:21. Fio. 
 Care • l>n)tec(ion : (iia no an iloke o na 
 dita « ko kftua makuahine ; the wing, as of 
 an eugle. Puk. 19:4. Oul^ou, " na boa 
 (siJiolars of the Sem.) o na eMu o ke kaka 
 biaka nni. Sheu takies both forma of the 
 article ka and ke. See Eksiieu, 
 
 B-HE-s', adv. As wings; as if with 
 
 wings. Isa. 40:31. 
 E-HE-HEU, s. A wing. See Eheo. 
 E-HE-NA, V. See Hehena. 
 E-Ht, v.- To tread upon; to trample 
 
 down ; to kick. See Heei and Hahi. 
 E-sH-A, int. adv. How many ? 
 E-Hi-A, V. See Eehia. 
 E-MS-E-Hi, V. To slander; to spread 
 
 evil reports of one. See Ahuhi. 
 E-hi-kh, nu7)f. adj. Seven; also ahiku, 
 
 and hiku. 
 E-hi-na, adj. .Reddish; eandy; applied 
 
 to VbG hail'. 
 E-Hi-PA, V. To crook"; to bend. 
 E-hi-pa, s. A«rook. 
 E-Hi-PA, adj. Crooked. 
 E-Ho, s. A stone idol; heakuaoLono- 
 
 kaeha. 
 
 2. A collection of stone gods. 
 
 3. A momucent ; a stone pillar set up 
 na a memorial. Klh. 28:18; also Kin. 35:14. 
 Name of a pile rf stones set np to attract 
 the attention of fishermen. 
 
 4.^4 swelling or bimoh internal, a kind 
 of disease, 
 
 5. Name of a stone put inside of an ani- 
 mal in coQking. 
 
 E-no-E-ao, v. See Eho, 3. 
 E-HC, s. The spray of the surf. 
 
EKE e 
 
 2. The Eteam of boiling water. SeeMABU 
 und KtsBv. 
 
 3. One of the servants of the king. 
 E-HU, c. Hoo. To drive awayi to scare 
 
 away, as hoes or heua. 
 E-HU, adj. Red or sandy haired; ruddy 
 
 in counteBaQce ; florid. 1 Sam. ISrlS. 
 E-M0-A-HI-A-HI, s. Lit. The red of the 
 
 evening. 
 2. An epithet of old age. 
 E-HU-A-WA, s. A species of Strong gfruss 
 
 or rash from which. cords are made ; also 
 
 written ahnavM. 
 E-Hu-E-HU, s. A Strong wind blowing 
 
 seyprciy; aka hnhnmanu ehuehu ka makani, 
 
 indino Icpolepo ka moana : hakukai ka ale 
 
 o kn moana 1* ka ehwehu o ka makani. 
 2. Darkness arising from dust, fog or 
 
 vapor. 
 E-Hoit-Ho, adv. Angrily; furiously; 
 
 in a raging manner, as the wind. See Eku. 
 
 Ku ehiidm, huhu, inaina. 
 B-Hu-KA-KA-fti-A-KA', *. LiT. The red of 
 
 the morning ; an epithet of youth. See 
 
 Ebvabixm. 
 E-KA, s. Costiveness; filth. 
 
 ° 2. Name of a sea breeze at Kona. 
 E-KA, *. The uppei part of a bunch .of 
 
 Itananas ; be Jiia wale no mai ka eka luna 
 
 a liiki i ka pola. 
 E-KA, s. Eng, An acre (of land); a 
 
 meiisnred quantity, ba. 6:10. 
 E-KA, adj. Dirty; unclean; foul. ha. 
 
 ,57:20. 
 
 2. Costive ; filthy. 
 
 3. Curly, as a Negro's hair. 
 E-KA-E-KA, adj. See Eka. Dirty ; cov- 
 ered wU!i filth ; very dirty. 
 
 E-KA-HA, s. Name of a parasitical plant. 
 
 2. Name of a hard kind of bush which 
 grows in the sea. 
 
 3. Also the name of a fex-n-like plant. 
 E-KA-HA-KA-HA, «. Name of a species 
 
 of aea-wetjd, 
 2. Name of a plant, large, long leaf. 
 E-KA-Kw, s. The rolling of a stone down 
 a pail ; kaa ka pohaku, ula ka pali, he 
 abaia ? he ekalai. 
 E-KA-LE-si-A,. s. Gr. A church ; a body 
 of professing obristiana. Oih. 8:1. 
 2. He eJailesiq, a ohurcb member. 
 E-KE, s. A pocket; a bag; a small 
 aa«k. Lvk. 9:3. Eke kala, a money bag ; 
 a purse. Jomi. 12:6. Syk. with hipuu. 
 
 2. Name of a kind of net ; properly, the 
 bottom or bag part of the net. 
 
 E-KB, adj. Excellent; nice; applied to 
 canoes ; perhaps to other things. 
 
 E-KK-E-KE, V. To be in pain; to be 
 pained, mk tlie bowels on pressure. 
 
 3 ELA 
 
 2. To be pained, ae the mind atung by 
 an offense." 
 E'KE-E-KEi, s. A piercing, Stinging pain. 
 
 2. Displeasure, arising from an offense. 
 
 3. The feeling one has when that which 
 he prizes is.gpokcn «^inst or injured. 
 
 E-KE-E-KE, (uij. Hurt; pained, as" the 
 
 striking at something hard. 
 E-KE-E-KE, V. To brush ofT, as a fly or 
 
 insect. 
 E-KE-E-KE, adj. Excellent; nice, &c. 
 
 See Eek, adj. 
 E-KE-E-KEI, V. To be too short. Hoo. 
 
 To shorten ; to make short. See Ekbkbi. 
 E-KE-u, s. A wing of a bird. Hal. 17:8. 
 
 Syk. with eheu. See Bkekk and Bkekeu. 
 E-KE-u, adj. Proud; haughty; applied 
 
 to a person neatly dressed, who despises 
 
 .others. Syn. with Haaheo. 
 E-KE-KE, ) J. A wing; the wing of a 
 E-KE-KE-F, J bird. . See Ehed and Ekbc. 
 E-KE-KEi, fl^'. Short; too short; shorter 
 
 than something else ; applied to clothes, 
 
 strings, &e. 
 E-KE-KEU, *, A wing, &c. See Ekeke 
 
 above. 
 E-KE-KE-Mu, V. To open or move the 
 
 lips, as in speaking, but without sound. 
 E-KE-Mu, ». To open, as the mouth. 
 
 2. To utter by the organs of speech. 2 
 
 3. To apeak audibly or intelligibly. Xtn. 
 24:2X. 
 
 4. To speak out; to reply to a question. 
 Mn. 45:3. 
 
 6. To answer in reply. los. 22:21, 
 
 6. To come forth in any way. 
 
 7. To operate as" a cathartic. 
 
 E-Ki, adj. See Elaueki. Pertaining to 
 the top of a ki leaf. 
 
 E-Ki-Ki-LAir. See Eei. A word used in 
 
 a dirty mele. 
 E-Ko, ),. Dirt; filth, &c. Spoken 
 E-KO-E-KO, J of a person unwashud. 
 E-Ko, )adj^ Dirty; filthy, as in 
 
 E-Ko-E-ko, J former times, when it was 
 
 kapu to bathe. See Ska. 
 
 E-Ko-Lu, adj. laim.. Three ; the number 
 
 throe ; also akolu. See Koi.u. 
 E-KU, V. To root, as a pig; [motiofoeti 
 
 in tderof) to dig ii4 the ground, as a plow. 
 
 Ijaieik. 107. 
 E-KU-LE, s. A species of fish. 
 E-LAA, ) a^p Together with; along 
 E-LAA-HOI, J with ; likewise ; thus ; in 
 
 like mannes ; as also ; the same ; alike ; 
 
 Uie same as ; penel, (Haa ka moa ole ana. 
 
 See I.AA 
 
ELE 
 
 E-LAU, s. The straight top of a tree, 
 or of a sugar-cane. 
 
 2. The end of one's flng«r , the point of 
 a bayonet ; the bearded part of a spear. 
 
 'A. The coinraencement of a breeze of 
 wind. ' 
 
 4. The pointed end of a substance. See. 
 AVklau and WKi,Er.An. 
 E-LAU-E-Ki, s. A bayonet. 
 
 E-LAU-l-KI, E-LA-WAI-KI, Ot E-WU-WAI- 
 Ki, s. Tli<« top of the Isi leaves. 
 
 E-LE, V. To be dark; black; to be dark 
 colored ; not clear. 
 
 E-LE. An intensive added to many 
 words; very; much-; greatly. &c. 
 
 E-LE-AO, s. Name of a woTni that de- 
 stroys food ; he ilo, he mea c make ai ka 
 uln o ka al. 
 
 E-LE-E-LE, adj. See Ele. Dark col- 
 ored ; black ; blue ; dark red ; brown. 
 See Uuuu ; also Lipolipo. 
 
 E-LE-E-LE, s. Darkness ; ua like ka 
 eleele me ka uliuli. 
 
 E-LE-E-LE, adv. Darkly; without much 
 light ; ke hele dede nei an, I walk in dark- 
 ness. M. 30:28. 
 
 E-LE-E-LE-KU, V. To fly to pieces; to 
 break easily. Heo Ki.kku below. 
 
 E-LE-E-LE-KU, adj. Easily broken ; sim- 
 ilar to lielelei ; pohakn eleJcu. 
 
 'Z. Unhandsome ; niisightly ; applied to 
 a homely, lean, or insignificant person; a 
 good for nothing man. 
 
 E-LE-E-LE-Pi, adj. Dashing different 
 ways, as waves affected by ditttsrent winds. 
 2. Applied to men of difiurent minds : 
 as, dedtjn ka waha o kanaka. 
 
 E-LEi-o, V. To go after anything pri- 
 vately, as a mouse after poi. 
 
 E-LE-u, adj. Alert. 
 
 E-LE-u-Li, s. A kind of kapa; kapa 
 eleuii no Ftina. 
 
 E-LE-HEi, adj. Too- short for the pur- 
 pose designed ; one leg too short ; as an 
 oopa, wawao pokoli. Sec EKBKtii, 
 
 E-LE-HEi, s. Shortness; want of length; 
 
 i ka elehe't, 1 ka mumukn. 
 E-LE-HEU, s. Anger; rage. 
 E-LE-HEU, adj. Angry; very angry; in 
 
 a raging manner. 
 E-LE-KA, s. Eng. The elk; an animal. 
 
 Lam. Haul. 6:1. 
 E-LE-KU, V. To fly to pieces. See Ele- 
 
 KLEKU. 
 
 E-LE-KU, adj. Easily broken; similar 
 to hileki ; pohaku eteku. 
 
 2. A good for nothing man ; a coward ; 
 applied to a homely,-Iean or mean insig- 
 niQcaat person. See Ei.eiiLhKV. 
 
 69 ELI 
 
 E-LE-KU, s. A species of stone; he po- 
 haku dehu, 'a brittle stone. 
 
 E-LE-LE, s. A messenger; one sent. by 
 authority. 2fah. 21:21. An ambassador*; 
 ka mea i hoounaia'kn ; a representative to 
 transact the bastacss of another j one sent 
 to carry news. 1 Sam. 4:17. Often st». 
 vrith luna. 
 
 E-t,E-LO, s. Art., ke. The tongue of 
 man or beast ; the organ of speech ; the 
 Instrnmcntof communicating good or evil. 
 lob. 20:16. See Ai.fxo and Lei.o. 
 
 E-LE-LO-LU-A, adj. Tongue-tied. 
 
 E-iE-Lo-LU-A, t. A tongue-tied person. 
 
 E-LE-LU, )s. A cockroach; elelu lii- 
 
 E-LE-LE-LU, 5 lii, the small cockroach ; 
 Mu papa, the flat, broad cockroach. ' 
 
 E-LE-MA-KC-LE, V. To be orbecomeoldj 
 to have the evidence of decay ; mostly ap- 
 plied to men ; sometiioeB, via., to other 
 things. Ileb. 8:13. 
 
 E-LK-MA-KU-LE, s. An old man; an 
 aged man ; olelo ino aku la ia i kekabi 
 mau f2emakvk, he spoke reproachfully to 
 certain old men; ukiuki ino la ua man 
 demakMle la. Mostly applied to persons ; 
 sometimes to things — the works of crea- 
 tion. Eal. 102:26. 
 
 E-LE-MA-KU-LE, adj. Old; aged; decay- 
 ing, as men advanced in life, but often in- 
 dednito. When one has not seen a child 
 for some time, and the child has grown 
 considerably, he exclaims, ka, ua Mtnakuie 
 no, why, he has become an old man. 
 Note. — The same idea- applied to an old 
 woman would he Juoftine. 
 
 E-LE-Mi-o, 0. To taper off to a point. 
 
 E-LE-Mi-o, adj. Tapering to a point. 
 
 E-LE-Mi-Hi, s. Ndme of a four-footed 
 animal in the sea. 
 
 E-LE-PAi-o, s. A species of bird. Laieik. 
 29. Also, 
 2. A species of kalo with spotted leaves. 
 
 E-LE-PA-NE, s. The sea elephant; a 
 s«al ; a walrus. 
 
 E-LE-PA-NE or E-LE-PA-Ni, s. En^. The 
 elephant; 
 
 E-LE-PA-NE, adj. Niho clepane, ivory; 
 1 Nttl. 10:22. 
 
 E-LE-Pi, *. Name of a four-footed ani- 
 mal foiiiiil in the sua. 
 
 E-Li, V. To loosen or break up earth ; 
 to dig in the ground, lis a pit, hole or ditch; 
 kohi ; e eJi oukon i ka Uia a poopoo, dig 
 the pit until it is deep ; alalia, e kanu aku 
 i ka laan, then plant the tree; xndi lakou 
 i ka auwaha u hohonu, they dug a ditch 
 , very deep. 
 
 E-Li-E-Li, r. To dig repeatedly. See 
 above. 
 
EMO 
 
 70 
 
 END 
 
 E-u-e-l!. Etieli kapu, elieli noa. 
 
 E-Li-MA, num. adj. Fivej the number 
 five ; also alima. See Lima. 
 
 E-LO, adj. Wet; to soak, as kapa with 
 rain ; pulu k«hi kapa i ka ca, do wale, a 
 kapa was wet with rain, and aU soft. 
 
 E-Lo-E-Lo, adj. Very wet. See_ Elo. 
 Uapnln.dpeZp.wale ko !ako\iaabu i kawai- 
 tnaka, .their robes were soaked soft with 
 their tears. 
 
 E-LO-E-Lo, t). To moisten; to make 
 wet; Kb^Io. keia malama, ke eiodo nei 
 na hnihui i ke kai, o Kaelo ia ke doelo nei 
 i ka aa. 
 
 E-Lo-WA-LE, V. To be wet ; dirty } de- 
 filed. 
 
 E-Lfr, 0. To crumble to pieces. 
 
 E-LU 1, 7mm. adj. Two ; the mimber 
 two. See Alda and Lua. 
 
 E-BiA-NU-E-LA, s. Heh. God v/ith as; 
 Emmanuel ; a aame of Jesus Christ. Mat. 
 1:2,3. 
 
 E-ME-RA-i/A, s. Eng. Name of a pre- 
 cious stone. jPufc. i!8:18. An emeiald. 
 
 E-Mi, V. To fall, behind, as one of sev- 
 eral persons walking together. 
 
 2. 'So decrease in number. 
 
 3. 'to retire back ; ebb ; subside, as, the 
 title; to diminish in quanfity. Kin. S;]. 
 
 4. To take an humble place after oecu-, 
 i>ying one higher. 
 
 6. To think one's self of little conse- 
 quiSnce. 
 
 ■ C. To desj)ond; to flajg.'as the mind or 
 spirits'; to fail, as me cwif&ge. 
 
 7. Roo. Tf diminish. Pvk. 21:10. To 
 shorten ; to make few ; to sink back with 
 fear ; ke liucmi nei iakou i kau hana. 
 
 E-Mi, s. InOTHsic.afiat; the character b. 
 
 E-Mi-E-Mi, V. See above. To fell be- 
 hind, &c. ; e emtemi ihd la Iakou i ka )iala 
 nui a hafaai ae la i ke ananiiu o ka uala. 
 
 E-an-E-Mi, adv. Backwardly ; lazily ; 
 falling behind; mai hele emiemi i hope, 
 mai Lopohopo, mai makau, e hele aku i 
 mua, do not fall behind, tremble not, fear 
 not, go ahead. 
 
 E-Mi-Kir-A, V. To go backward. 
 
 E-Mo, V. To be long; to delay; to put 
 off; not much used, except with the nega- 
 tive ole; as, emoole, which see below. 
 
 E-Mo, s. A waiting ; a delay, 
 E-MO-o-LE, s. Quickness; dispatch; he 
 
 hikiwawe. Kin. 27:22. Suddenness. Gal. 
 
 1:6. 
 
 E-MO-o-LE, adj. Emo and ok. Quickly ; 
 soon ; active ; punctual ; aole emo 1 bow 
 quickly r 
 
 E-MO-o-LE, adv. Suddenly. Oih. 2:S. 
 
 E«Mu, V. To cast away'; to throw away. 
 
 Hoo. The same ; e hookuke, e kipakn. 
 E-WA, V. To be in a rage, as in aiager. 
 2. To burn, as fire ; ua (rio. loa ka nla o 
 • ka mai, the sick person is red with heat ; 
 
 ke ena loa ae nei, wena. ' 
 E-NA, adj. Red hot ; raging, as fire ; 
 
 •epithet of an oven when red hot ; applied 
 
 also to anger. 
 
 2. Angry; wild; nntamed, i.s fn ai»i- 
 mal; full of fiiiy. 
 
 3. Jealous, as a bird of a snare, or fear- 
 ful, as a villain of good men ; threatening, 
 aa some kinds of clouds that threaten a 
 stoi'm. 
 
 E-HA-E-NA, V. To bum, as a raging 
 fire : to be hot. Kanl. 32:22. Spoken of 
 anger. 
 
 2. To be si'ongly offensive to the smpU, 
 as the stench of a dead carcass ; enaena ka 
 pilau o ka lio make ; ua enaena Rilauea i 
 ka pele. 
 
 3, Boo. To beat, as an oven. Sos^ 7:4. 
 E-NA-E-NA, s. A raging, furious heat. 
 
 Pan. 3:19. 
 
 E-ME, V. To creep, as a child first at- 
 tempting; na ene ke keiki, the child has 
 begun to creep. 
 
 2. To creep along ; to get near an ob- 
 ject; etie aku la au e pehi i ka pohaku. 
 Hoo. Eooem aku la ua kahnna i ka iaau 
 h^laio. 
 
 E-NB, s. The commencement of a child's 
 creeping. 
 
 E'NEi, adv. For 7iei; here; this place; 
 this neighborhood. Kul. 4:9. Mahea ko 
 enei kamalii? where are the children of 
 this place ? See An'EI, here. 
 
 E-NE-HE, o. See Anehe. To be ready 
 to do a thing ; prepared for it ; tnehe ako 
 no ka lima e lalau, the hand was ready t» 
 catch hold ; enehe aku la laua e bolo aku. 
 
 E-NE-Mi, s. Eng. . An enemy. PvM. 
 
 23:22. He mea e ku e ai. NaL 2i:2€. 
 E-NE-NE, r. 9th conj. of ene. To move 
 
 itself, a.s a thing of Wfe. 
 
 2. To bore a small hole in order to make 
 a larger. 
 
 3. To file or rasp gently. 
 
 4. Soo. To move itself, as a chicken in 
 the shell.. Lam. Haw. 12:2, 1. 
 
 E-NO, c. To be wild ; easily made 
 afraid, as an animal partially tamod. See 
 Hoo. 
 
 E-No-E-NO. See Maenoeno. 
 
 E-NU-KE, s. A species of worm, large 
 and striped. See Anche. On Maui it is 
 called pceiua. HepukOjbeppeliia. Nch'B. — 
 The w^ord is used for worm, generally in a 
 moral wase, that is. 
 2, A poor, helpless, despicable creamre. 
 
I 
 
 71 
 
 I 
 
 Nal. 22:6 Worms. Kanl 28:38. Pjo. Ap- 
 plied to men. Isa. 41:14. 
 3. A caterpillar. Icr. 51:14. 
 E-PA, V. To be deceived ; to be lad into 
 error. 
 
 2. To be deceitfiil. 
 
 3. To steal. 
 
 4. To backbite ; e wahahee, e hoopuni- 
 ptini, e ftlajnahi. 
 
 5. Hoo. To act basely or treacherously ; 
 also, maepa with hoo ; aubea oukou e ka 
 po« 1 kapa ae nci, he pono ka Iwospaepa ? 
 Spa wahahee, to get up a lie or falge i-e- 
 port. Jial. 119:69. 
 
 E-pA, t. One who is false to his trust. 
 
 2. An act of villainy ; fraud, or artifice. 
 
 3. Falsehood ; forgery, by getting prop- 
 erty in the name of aiyither ; haku epa, one 
 who speaks falsely to the hurt of another. 
 
 E-PA, adj. False; deceitful. 
 
 E-PA, *. Heb. Name of a Hebrew meas- 
 ure; an ephah. Ltink. 6:19; P«fc. 16:36. 
 
 E-PA-E-PA, V. See Epa above. 
 
 E-PO-DA, s. Heb. An ephod ; a part of 
 tbo official dress of a Jeivish high priest. 
 
 , 1 Som.. 2:18. • 
 
 E'WA, V. To crook ; to twist ; to bend 
 out of shape. 
 . -2. To ^ct improperly ; to pervert. 
 
 3, To mock ; to vex ; to trouble. Hoo. 
 Hooewa ac mahope kuai ka hal$ ; e hoewa 
 ue 'ma ke kna ; e hoewa aku ma ke kala ; 
 hoewa nnkn mua ; he sneered at the h^use 
 and afterwards bought it j it was crodked 
 on the back side, it was crooked at the end, 
 it was crooked in front. Ariat. Generally 
 in the reduplicated form. 
 
 E-WA-E-WA, V. To mock; to vex; to 
 render one uncomfortable. 
 
 2. To act unjnstly or unrighteously ; to 
 pervert justice. Ezek.18-25. 
 
 3. Hoo. To cause mockery: vexation, &c. 
 See Maewa and SIaewaewa.' 
 
 E»wA-E-WA, s. Injustice ; a turning 
 aside from right. HaJ. 9:8. 
 
 E-WA-EWA, adj. Unequal; unjust; ir- 
 regular in structure, as an irregular bone, 
 Anat. 4. 
 
 2. •Grinning or expressing anger; ap- 
 plied to the mouth and eyes ; as, he maka 
 ewaewa, he waha ewoeiea. 
 
 E-WA-E-WA, adv. Unjustly, respecting 
 persons in judgment. IToJ. 3:15. Wifli par- 
 tiality. 1 Tim. 6:21.' 
 
 E-WA-E-wA-i-Ki, s. A lohe oe' i Ita leo 
 o ka ewaewxild e hoonene an'i. T^aleik. 
 149. The imaginary voice of a female 
 spirit who had died, anil het unborn infant 
 with her. 
 2. Name of a bird on Hawaii. 
 
 E-WAi, s. A swelling under the armpit 
 or groin ; also aioai; he auwakoi. 
 
 E-WA-LV, num. adj. Eight; the niim- 
 ber eight ; also awalv, and waVa. 
 
 E-wE, V. To grow again after being 
 cut off, as a stalk of su^ar-canc ; ke ctoc ka 
 aa ; alalia kukulu na 'lii a pau i else ai, be 
 hoiau hoonluulu na ia. 
 
 E-wE, s. The navel string. 
 
 2. Ke eme o ka huamoa, the whU/e of an 
 egg. loh. 6:6, 
 
 3. The abdominal aorta ; he eioc, ke ewe. 
 
 4. The place of one's birth and where 
 his ancestors before hitn were bbrn ; kona 
 ewe hanau. See Iewe, placenta. 
 
 E-WE-WE, s. The love, affection apd 
 remembrance one has for the place of his 
 birth and where he lias spent his first years; 
 o ke aloha mai ia oukou me ke ewetoe o ka 
 noho pu ana, malaila mai no ke aloha ana 
 ia oukon. 
 
 E-BO-Ni, s. Eng: Ebony, a species of 
 blank wood. Ezdc. 27:15. 
 
 E-DE-MA, s. Heh Name of the garden 
 planted for our first parents. Kin. 2:8. 
 
 E-VA-NE-Li-o, s. Gr. The gospel ; the 
 history of Jesus Christ ;" the news of salva- 
 tion. See EuANBLio. Mar.V.i. 
 
 I. 
 
 I the third letter of the Hawaiian 
 » alphabet. Ita sound is that of ee in Bng- 
 .Usb. or that of the French i. 
 I is the medium of communication be- 
 tween an active transitive verb or a verb 
 of motion and its object. See Gram. § 105, 
 p. 49. d and e; also. Gram, Synta.t, Rule 
 > 19. iBefOre proper names of jiorsons and 
 pronouns, the i becomes ia. See note Gram. 
 
 P- IS- . . 
 
 I has a variety of significations, ana is 
 
 used for a variety of purposes. 
 
 I, prepi To ; towards ; in ; at ; unto ; 
 
 by ;.for ; in respect of; abov« ; more than ; 
 on account of, &e. 
 
 I, adj. Stingy. 
 
 I, adv. When; while; if. 
 
 I, conj. If; that; a contraction perhaps 
 
 of ina. 
 I. A sign. 1st. Of the imperfect tense 
 
 of verbs. . 
 2. A sign of the snbjuuctive mood : a 
 
 contraction of itui. 
 
lA 
 
 72 
 
 IAN 
 
 3. As a sign of a tense, it often has the 
 meaning of a poteqtial ; tbat ; as, ua hai 
 altu au i lobe outcou, I have spoken, tluU 
 you might bear,. 3ee Gram. § 209, subj. 
 mood, 4th form^ 
 
 4. The sign <lt the imperatiTe mood, 
 passive in certain cases ; aB,t kukui,i wai, 
 i nobo, briAg a lamp, water, &c. 
 
 I with an ajMstropne before it, is a con- 
 traction after o of the preceding word, for 
 ai ; as, malaila kahl i waihoia'i ka waiwai, 
 for waihoia ai. 
 i, V. To 6peakj to say, in connection 
 with the thing spoken or said. £tn. 1:3 
 and 20, 
 
 2. 1^<> address one ; to make a speech to 
 one; often stn. with olelo. Kin. 3:1. / 
 mai la ia i ka wahine, be said to the woman 
 (after this follows What' was said.) 
 .3. To sa;^ within one's self. Kant. 18:21 
 i. To pronounce a single word, aa aeig- 
 nal, Jjank. 12:6. 
 
 5. To give an appellation, and sxK. with 
 kapa. Isa. 32:5. To designate the name 
 qf.a person. Oih. 9:36. 
 
 I, ». To beget, as a father. 
 
 I, s. Name of the papaia fiuit and tree. 
 Seeli. 
 
 1a, v. Hod. To enter; to be received, 
 as into tbe month. 
 
 Ia, v. To beat or pound, as in making 
 kapa. 
 
 Ia, s. The name of the. mallet, used in 
 beating kapa. 
 
 Ia, prep. Used before proper names of 
 persons, and before pronouns, as i Is be- 
 fore common nouns. See I, prep. It signi- 
 fies, to ; of ; for ; by ; with ; . on accoont of ; 
 in respect of, &c. See Oram. § 1.26, 6. 
 
 Ia, adv. In the beginning of a sentence^ 
 and before a pronoun, it. refers to time: 
 when; at that time, &c. ; as, ia lako.u 1 
 noho ai il^la, whMe they lived there; ia 
 manawa, make iho la ke aUi, at Ihat time 
 the chief died. 
 
 Ia, pen. pron., third pers. sing. He ; 
 she ; it ; more rarely in the sense of it, for 
 which Hawaiians use a peripltrasis ; thus : 
 ia kanaka, ia wahine, ia mea, kela, keia, 
 &c. Oram, § 137, 140, Sd. 
 
 Ia, pron. adj. This ; that ; according as 
 the thing referred to is present or absent. 
 
 Ia annexed to verbs, forms the passive 
 voice of all the conjugations ; as,xi». alohaia 
 mai kakou, we ore beloved, This sign of 
 tbe passive voice may be annexed to the 
 verb and form one word, or it may be sepa- 
 rated, cue or more words intervening ; as, 
 uB lawe malu ia kc dala, the money vias 
 iakfn secretly. Oram. § 211. Notjs. — 
 Sometimes letters are inserted before the 
 ia; as, aicalm, it is bitter, for atoaio. 
 
 I-A, s. A fish J the general name of all 
 sea animals, «l8o those in fresh water ; ua 
 kipaia na mea a pan ma ke kai he ia, o na 
 mea holo a me na mea faolo ole ; aia no ^ 
 kekahi man ia maloko o ka wai maukii o 
 ka aina. 
 
 2. Meat of any kind, in distinction from 
 ai, vegetable food ; o ka ia wale iio i koe 
 ia ia, the fish only remained to him (i. e., 
 Dagon.) 1 8am. 6:4. Note. — The names- 
 of tbe fish formerty kapu fol: women to cat- 
 were : kumu, moano, ulna, hoou perhaps,- 
 and the ea. 
 
 Ia, s. Pronounced yah. Eng. A yard 
 in length. 
 
 I'a, s. The galaxy or mil^ way. 
 
 Ia-o, s. Name given to a small fish 
 used for bait: 
 
 2. Name, of a bird somewhat like the 
 moho. 
 
 Ia'-u, pron. pers., 1st pers. A contrac- 
 traction of ia mi-; the auialo (accusative or 
 objective case) of au ; me ; to me ; for me ; 
 by me. &c. Chram. ^ 126, 6th auialo. 
 
 Ia-t7, g. Name of a species of srnall fish. 
 
 I-A-HA, ado. int. See Aha. For what?' 
 
 ' to what? iaha la ka makemake? for what- 
 is the desire? 
 
 i-A-Bo-NA, V. To be near to death, i>at 
 desirous of living ; to wish to live or re- 
 cover, from sickness; iahiona paha a ike 
 
 , oku, kuu make paba ia. Xoietfc. 180. 
 
 Irk'VO, s. The number forty; a round 
 or whole number, as we say, a dozen ; it 
 is. applied mostly, if not exclusively, to 
 counting kapaa; perhaps to a few other 
 things ; a me ka iako kapa he nui loa, and 
 the very maxiy forties of kapas. 
 
 I-a-xo, s. Name of the arched sticks 
 which connect a canoe with its outrigger ; 
 
 ka iojco waa, o ka hau ka iako paa. 
 
 W-Ko, s: The name of a class of per- 
 sona skilled in dealing, emptying and re- 
 fitting a canoe upset in a storm at sea ; ka 
 poe i aoia i ka holo moana a mc ka Inn kai 
 
 1 nei viko, oia ka poe i aoia e kamai kn 
 bnli pu. 
 
 I-a-lo-aI, v. To embakn. Kin. 60:2. To 
 bury dead bodies with perfumes ; to pre- 
 serve dead bodies by sailing them; 
 
 I-A-Lo-A, J. AdeadbodyemlKtliAedand 
 preserved ; a lawe ae la oia i koiia mau 
 %aloa a pan. Zaiei/c. T23. 
 
 Ia-lo-ko, s. /a, prep., andTo&o, internal. 
 That which is inside ; what belongs 'inside. 
 See LoKO. 
 
 Ia-na, s. Heh. A word translated and 
 in Isa. 13:21. The ostrich perhaps. 
 
 Ia-nei, adv. Ia, prep., and nei, h&x. 
 Here ; at this place, Isa. 45:14. 
 
 Ia-nu-a-ei, *. Eng. The name of the 
 
lES 
 
 73 
 
 III 
 
 first month in the ye?.r; adopted by Hawai-j 
 
 ians from the Romans through the English. 
 
 The name of the Hawaiian month nearly 
 
 corresponding is Kaelo. See D.Malo 12:6. 
 Ia-wi, s. Name of a small red bird. 
 Ia-CtU-a, s. Eng. Name of the animal 
 
 jaguar. 
 Ia-se-pi, s. Gr. A jaspers a precious 
 
 stone. Pttfc. 28:20 ; Hoik. 21:11. ' ' 
 
 Ie, b. To insult ; to provoke ; to pick 
 
 a quarrel. 
 Ie, a Canvas; ienani, fine linen; white 
 
 cotton cloth, lole ie. 
 
 2. A vine used in making baskets, also 
 in decorating their persons ; he te .o ka 
 nahelehele. 
 
 3. A material braided into hats by the 
 women ; he ulana ie papale ka na wahine 
 nana. 
 
 i. Name of a stick used in beating kapa; 
 he ie kuku. 
 . Ie, adj. Flexible ; limber, like cloth 
 dt a vine ; he lole ie, he kanaka ie ke ona 
 J ka rama, a man is limber (like cloth) 
 when he is drank ; he lapa ; he noho ie, he 
 papale ie, be ipu ie. 
 
 i-E-i-E, s. The leaves of the ie formerly 
 used in decorating the gods of Hawaii, 
 generalfy made into wreaths ; he ieie hue- 
 wai, he ieie hnla. 
 
 I-E-I-E, adj. He poo ieie no Hilo; a kind 
 of lei for the head used by Hilo people. 
 
 I-E-t'fi, V. To be decorated with leaves; 
 to be dressed in wreaths. 
 2. Hoo. To be ennobled; to be dignified. 
 
 I-E-i-E, adj, Boo. Proud 5' pompous j 
 light minded. 
 
 •I-E-i-E-wA-HO, 4. Name of the sea or 
 channel between Oahii and Kauai ; hoi 
 msd fio ma ka moaua o ka /etetea/w, be re- 
 turned by the ocean of the Mewaho. 
 
 I-E-i-E-WE, s. The envelop of a fetus; 
 placenta; secundines feminarom parturi- 
 entium. 
 
 2. The uterus ; the. womb ; ka aa, ka 
 alualu. 
 
 Ie-ho-ta, s. Heb. The name of the one 
 eternal, living and true God,ia opposition 
 to all other gods. JsCi. 45:5, 6. H)S name 
 and attributes have been Cicceptdd by Ha- 
 waiians. 
 
 l-E-WE, s. The navel string connecting 
 the new-born infant with the moiber. 
 
 2. The infant itself; a young one just 
 born. JTonJ. 28:57. 
 
 3. The after-birth. 
 
 i-E-LE, s. A chief; a king; he alii, ke 
 alii. 
 • I.E-SE-E0-NA, «. Ileb. A poetical name 
 for the Israelitish people, signifying up- 
 right, beloved. Kant. 32:15—33:5. 
 10 
 
 I-i, adj. Sour; mouldy; musty, as food 
 injured by long standing. .SrXjWith pnna- 
 belu. 
 2. Covetous; close; niggardly, 
 
 l-i, V. To be mouldy, Sec., as food; ua 
 ii loa ka ai. 
 
 2. To be lost; forgotten, as something 
 formerly known ; ua ii na olelo kabiko, na 
 nalo^ale. 
 
 I-i, s. Mould; rust; anything indi- 
 cating age or decay. 
 
 I-i, V. To collect; to gather up, as small 
 things ; to bring together. See Non. Ua 
 ko waa, ke ii nei ka aha. 
 
 I-I, s. A gathering together; a collect- 
 ing, as of small things ; ka noil ; ua hele i 
 ka ii hana ; he pii no 1 ka ii poaaha, they 
 
 . go up to collect mulberry bark. 
 
 I-i, s. Arejoicing with an audible voice, 
 like a chant ; o ka mea lea i ke olioli, aia 
 a loaa ka, ii iioko o ka puu ; a singing in 
 the threat, like the gurgling of water ran- 
 ning from a calabash ; e olaola ana me he 
 huewai la ; oia ka ii. 
 
 I-I, s. A heavy weight, difficult to lift; 
 he kaumaha, he koikoi ka pupu. 
 
 I-i, s. A person hard hearted, cruel and 
 selfish ; ka hooii puahi ole a ka ua iuka 
 wale no e haakeke ai. 
 
 I-I, s. Name of a bird, partly red, bill 
 hooked. SeeAPANE. Hemanaliiliiulaula; 
 he apapane kekahi inoa. 
 
 2. Name of.a species of fish around Molo- 
 ktd ; ka pua ii. 
 
 3. Aldndoffera. 
 
 4. Name of the papaia ; also written i. 
 
 I-ii I adj. Stinted; unthrifty; choked 
 I-I-I, ) with weeds ; applied to vegetables 
 or animals. 
 
 2. Mortified or humbled, as O' person by 
 the overbearing conduct of another ; re- 
 strained. 
 
 3. Tight, as a rope in a hole. 
 
 4. Close : parsimonioua. See Ii 2. 
 I-i-A-AO, s. Hard mouldy poi. 
 
 I-i-i, s. A child of slow growth, many 
 years, little stature ; aole nae' ka. Hi loa, a 
 nonoi no hoi j aia he uuku nui ae. Ua ike 
 an i kahi keiki i komo Hi, aa no hoi ke 
 
 .^ kino ke nana aku. 
 
 I-i-i, adj. Little; smalj; dwarfish; he 
 pnaa Hi, a small hog ; he laau tii, a small 
 tree; also, ka pulu Hi, little cotton; ka 
 ipuln Hi. 
 
 I-i-r, f. SmaUness; littleness; inferior- 
 ity ; ka tit, ka aa, ke noinoi, ke knpalii. 
 
 2. Name of a plant eaten in time of 
 scarcity. 
 
 I-H, V. To choke; to restrain; to hedge 
 up. 
 
lO 
 
 74 
 
 lU 
 
 I-M-KA, J. A Scarpa contraction of the 
 skin from a wound. 
 
 I-i-i-NA, V. To desire strongly. See Imi. 
 
 I-i-KA, edj. Small; little in size; he 
 wabi maaini ii'A^a. a small maninl, i. e., a 
 kind of fish ; ke kalo iika, the little kalo ; 
 he wiwi. he ol»la. 
 
 I-i-KE, adj. See Ike, to know. Quick 
 to learn ; ready ; amait ; having gained 
 knowledge. 
 
 I-i-Mo, e. See Imo. To wink repeat- 
 edly ; to wink often. 
 
 2. To convey some idea by winking. 
 Sol. 6:13. 
 
 I'l-Ki, , V. To desire ; to wish for ; to 
 long after. i5n. 31:30. 
 
 2. To fear or expect the loss of a thing 
 which we very much love. 
 
 3. To desire strongly to have or do a 
 thing. 2 Sam. 13:39. Ke iinl nei ka naau 
 i ka ponO; the heart desires that which is 
 good. 
 
 I-i-Ni, s. A strong desire ; ka iini nui, 
 the greatly loved one. Laidk. 114. Ka 
 makemake nui me ka ikaika. ' 
 
 I-i-wi, s. A small red bird ; also iawi. 
 
 I-i-wa-po-LE-NA, s. The name of a bird 
 mentioned in Lamkamai 29, 80 and 149. 
 
 I-o, s. A species of bird j a hawk. 
 
 I-o, .«. Name of a game. 
 
 I-o, s. Lean flesh ; the animal muscle, 
 Anat, 3. A muscle ; he io ku e, an antag- 
 onistic, muscle. Anat.i^.- 
 
 2. Flesh in general. Pi*. 29:14. 
 
 3. Flesh, i. e.. person. 0!hk. 16:4. 
 
 4. One's flesh, i. e., kindred; relation. 
 Kin. 29:14. Jo maha, the muscle on the 
 side of the head. 
 
 I-o, s. Part; portion; reality; truth'; 
 
 • verity. Ezek. 12:23. 
 
 I-O, s. A forerunner; one who announces 
 the approach of a cldef. 
 
 I-O, adj. True; real; not imaginary; 
 Da paa ka inanao o kanaka he akua io no 
 o Lono, the minds of the people were firm 
 that Lono (Captain Cook) was a reaX god. 
 
 I-o, adv. Truly ; 'really ; verily ; cer- 
 tainly -.oiaio, truth. Io is a strong inten- 
 sive. Pela io no ka hana ana. a lakou: 
 aohe io ka hewa, the wickedness is great 
 
 I-o, adv. I, prep., and o, there. Yonder; 
 aia noia io, there he is yonder. See O. Io 
 ia nei, adverbial phrase, hither and thither. 
 
 I-O, prep. Nearly syn. with ia; used 
 ■before proper names and pronouns. To ; 
 tov.fards. fob. 5:1. But implying motion. 
 
 I-o, V. To flee ; to hasten away- with 
 fear. 
 
 I-o, «. To be loaded with bundles ; ua 
 alaulau. 
 
 I-o-E-NA, adj. Wild; savage; untamed, 
 as a wild, ferocious animal ; he pieoa, faihju. 
 I-o-i-o, V. To peep, as a chicken ; also 
 piopio. Isa. 10:14. Misprinted oioi; to 
 chatter. Isa. 38:14. To whisper, as ghosts 
 were supposed to do. See Haneha;<£. 
 I-o-i-o, adj. Peeping, as a chicken ; he 
 
 manu ioio, a swallow, ler. 8:7. 
 I-o-i-o, V. To look this way and that, 
 as a thief about to steal ; ioio na maka o 
 ka hohe wale. 
 I-o-i-o, V. To appear above ■water,/as a 
 shark's fin when swimming ribout; ioio 
 kuala o ka mano i ka ili kai. 
 I-o-i-o, V. To project upwards, as a 
 point of a mountain : Una ae ana o Puno- 
 nioni e oni ae ana e like me Mannakea. 
 I-o-i-o-LE-A, adj. Brisk; lively ; Tight 
 in traveling ; mama ma^ ka hele ana ; also, 
 2. Angry ; quick tempered. 
 I-o-i-o-LE-Po, s. A bearer of tidings ; a 
 
 messenger to carry news. 
 I-o-KiT-Pij, *. Io, flesh, and kupu, to grow 
 np. A polypus, name of a disease in the 
 nose ; a gum-boil ; tampers in a horse. 
 I-P-LA-NA, ». SeeLANA. To float in the 
 
 Ave, as a bird. 
 I-OrtE, s. A mouse. Oihk. 11:29. Ide 
 
 nui, a rat or rabbit ; a mole, Isa. 2:20. 
 I-o-LEA, adj. Wild; untamed, as an 
 
 animal ; he puaa io2ea, iiihiu. 
 I-o-LE-Nir-i, Si A rat, especially the large 
 
 wharf-rat 
 I-0-LE-RA-BA-Ti, s. Hawaiian name for 
 
 the -rabbit, a fer«gn anisl&l. 
 I-o-Litr, s. The lean flesh inside the 
 backbone of, beef, &c., adjoining the ribs.. 
 Note. — ^The flesh out^'de ia called ^dum. 
 lo-MA-HA, ». See Io, muscle, and Maha^ 
 side of the head, temple. The muscle on 
 the temple orUmpU muscle. AmiU 6. 
 I-o-Mo, p. To throw a stone into the 
 air which falls into the water; 
 
 2. To leap, as a person into the water, 
 provided he does not spatter the water, 
 ifoo. The same. 
 I-o-po-No, *. Name of a class of persons 
 formerly who were entrusted with the care 
 of the king, ahd whose business it was to 
 guard his person and effects, lest some one 
 should obtain his spittle and garments, and 
 thus have power to pray him to death. The 
 poe iopono were generally high chie&. 
 
 2. A &iend ; a relation of one whose 
 
 faithfulness might be trusted; hehoahanau 
 
 iopono no kola nbu, ua make no oe he-io- 
 
 pimo. 
 
 l-v, s. Name of a particular kapu re- 
 
 lating to females. 
 I-u, adj. Prohibited; sacred; tabooed; 
 
IHE 
 
 75 
 
 IHO 
 
 applied to everytliing within tlic reach of 
 the fcapu ; iu kahi o ke alii, ano, mukau, 
 sacred is the place of the cljief, it is consc- 
 cratod, it ia to be feared. 
 
 I-D, s. A consecrated place; he kapu 
 ke alii, nobo i ka iwla, the yng is kapu, 
 he sits in the sacred pUwe. 
 
 1-u, V. Hoo. To lay a kapu for a pfir- 
 tieulartime; e Aooiuaku i kekahi manawa. 
 
 I-u-i-u, V. To be afar off; higli up; to 
 live in sow« sacrod, kapu place. Noiii;,— 
 The idfeas of /ar ojf or high up seem to lie 
 cdnuected with sacredneas, or separation 
 from everything common. See Hkmolelk. 
 
 I-ir-i-u, s. A place supposed to be afar 
 olT or higli up above the earth. or beneath 
 the occao, ^tcred to the dwellihg place of 
 God ; ke Akua noho i ka iuiu, the God 
 dwells, afar off;- i ka welaa o ka makani, 
 at the further end of the wind ; he onohi 
 ku i ka inoana, an eye-ball ati^nding in the 
 ocean, i. e., the center of the ocean. 
 
 1-u-j-u, adj. What is high up or afar 
 off; he poiuin, h^ poliuUu. 
 
 I-u-KA, adv. J, prep., towards, and i{ia, 
 inland. A direction oppo.site from the sea ; 
 inland ; up the mountain. . 
 lu-LAi, s. Eng. Name of the modem 
 seventh month, July, answering to Kaaona 
 of the ancient Hawaiian division. 
 Id-ni-pe-ra, *. Eng. Name of a tree 
 not found on these islands ; juniper ; laau 
 innipera. 1 Higli,. 19(4. 
 lu-jpi-TA, s. Eng. The planet Jupiter; 
 
 the Hawaiian name is J£aau)e2au 
 lu-Bi-LE, *. Heb. A year of release jlirom 
 
 service. Oiftfc. 26:9-, 11. 
 Iff-Bi-LE, adj. Oi .or-pertaining to jubi- 
 lee or the year of release; makahild iwbile. 
 OUilq. 25:26. 
 lu-DAi-6, s. A Jew; a -descendant of 
 
 Abraham. 
 I-HA, V. To be intent upon : persevering 
 
 at ; to desire' greedily ; ua iha wale no, he 
 
 gives bis whole attention. 
 l-iiA-i-HA,' adj. Firmly drawn, as a rope; 
 
 ua HiaOM ke kaula, na maloeloe, strained.^ 
 1-iiA-i-HA, adj. Ua ihaiha ka puukole i 
 
 ka mimi, ua ibeihe ; ua bele a ihaiiw, wale 
 
 ka poe iuinei liewa, e faana mau ma ka hewa; 
 
 to draw in, restrain, aci one desiring to ful- 
 fill a call of natnre, and is I'estrained by 
 
 the presence of some one ; so also having 
 
 a desire to lascivionsness. 
 I-HE, s. A spear, los. 8:18. Ihe hulali, 
 
 a glittering spear; a javelin. Noli. 25:7. 
 
 He Uie pakelo ; ih/t pahce a me na iAe o, the 
 
 hand staves and the spears. 
 1-HE-A, adv. int. I and hea, where ? To 
 
 what place? whither? iAc<t oukoa? where 
 
 are, yoii going? 
 
 I-HEE, adj. Still; quiet, as the weather; 
 he ^e no ka la malic. 
 
 I-HEE, V. To run from; to escape; e 
 {/tee ana i ka iu <kaweIo) i ka mua o qa 
 waa. 
 
 I-HEE-HEE, V. To poui iDto ; to slip 
 easil;y, as oil into a bottle ; e thtchee&na, i 
 ka aila iloko o ka huewai. 
 
 I-HE-i-HE, s. A species of fish of the 
 swprd.kind, but Hmall ; Kaawili ilielhe. 
 
 1-Hi, V. To peel off the bark from a stick. 
 Kin. 30:37. 
 
 2. To peel ; to flay the skin from an ani- 
 mal ; <t Vdi ka ai, to take the skin from 
 
 , food (kalo or potatoes) ; e lAi i ka ili oka 
 manini, to peel the sMn from the maniui 
 (a species of kalo) ; e hoopohole, e maibij 
 ua ini ka la, ua'wela ka pahoeljioe, the enn 
 is peeled off, i. e., the clouds, ttie smooth 
 rocks are hot ; na ihi ke kapu o ke alU, 
 the kapu is taken off. Lit, Peeled off. 
 
 I-Hi, s. The name of a plant growing 
 on the mountains, the root, used iu native 
 medicines, slightly cathartic ; also, 
 
 2. A plant like the pig-sorrel, which is 
 called ihi makole. 
 
 l-m,adj. Sacred; hallowed. Hal.l2:19. 
 Generally applied to high chiefs. 
 
 I-Hi-i-ni, adj. Sacred; holy. /<w.24:19. 
 No mJxttire of evil. Isa. 8;8. 
 2. Majestic ; dignified. See Ihi, adj. 
 
 IrHi-i-Hi, Si See fill above. Name of a 
 plant ; ke Hiiifd makole, he ihiihi ai. 
 
 I-HW-Hi, inter j. An. expression of sur- 
 prise at seeing anything uncommon or out 
 of the ordinary course of things ; he haa- 
 olelo kab ha, a word expressive of aston- 
 ishment. 
 
 I-ai-i-Hi, V. Hoo. To put on dignity or 
 importance. 
 
 I-Hi-Hi, adj. Angry; cross; offended; 
 unsociable; ho kanaka ihihi; displeased 
 with-; disa-Tocted to; parsimonious; be 
 kanaka ihihii c aua no, stingy. 
 
 I-HI-HI, V. To neighj as a horse. 
 
 I-Hi-MA-Nn, s. Name of a large cfeature 
 of the ocean, one and a h&lf or two feet in 
 diameter; perhaps Wivmanu is a bettei 
 ordiography. Itum. 
 
 I-HO, V. To go down; to "descend, as 
 firom ai higher to a lower i>lace. Nah. 12:5. 
 To go down from an eminence. Pufc. 19:2-J. 
 E ifto ana i ka pali, descending a precipice. 
 
 2. Hoo. To cause to descend ; to bring 
 down, as a punishment. 1 Nal. 2:9. 
 
 3. To cause to fall. Ezek. 26:20. 
 
 I-uo, si The pith oi a vegetable ; he Via 
 
 laan ka mea mawaona o ka laau, the pith 
 
 of a tree is what is in the center of the tree. 
 
 2. In geotfraphy, the pele of the earth ; 
 
 be ilto ko ka honua a puka ma na aoao 
 
IHU 
 
 76 
 
 IKE 
 
 elaa, tbe earth bae a pith (pole) coming 
 out at both sides; kaiAolcukui. SeulBOJUO. 
 
 I-Eo, s. Name of the inferior kapas in 
 a set, the best being the kilohana. 
 
 I-HO. A verbal directive, which implies, 
 
 1. Motion or tendency downward. 
 
 2. It implies succession, and is used 
 much in narrative tenues ; generally fol- 
 lowed by to. Oram. S 233, 5 234, 3d : § 
 237, § 239. 
 
 I-Hp is also used after adverbs of time, 
 and e.Tpresaes succession of time ; as, ma- 
 hope ito, after that. Jjunk., 1:1. Jho nei, 
 just now. 
 
 I-HO, following nouns or pronouns, is 
 equivalent <Ut self or selves; as, e malama ia 
 oubott Vio, take care of yOur selves; eia 
 kp'tt manao uo'ai^, here j8*Suy opinion of 
 mf/sdf. It is equivalent to o^nanierapoE- 
 aessive ; as, kona iho, hia own. 
 
 I-ao"i-Ho, s. The solid, heavy part of 
 .tlsiber ; the heart ; something solid inside 
 of eomething soft ; hele laai ia me ka pu a 
 me ka pololu a me ka ihoiko kukui. 
 
 I-Ho-i-HO-KU-KUl, s. A string of kukui 
 nuts, used for torches. 
 
 I-HO-LE-NA, s. A species of banana which 
 were permitted to be eaten uuder thekapu 
 system ; eia na maia a Papa e ni ai, o ka 
 popolu, ka Vwlena. . 
 
 i-Ho-NA, s. I/wandawo. A descending j 
 going down ; a path descendinf; a hill. 
 
 I-HO-PE, adv. I, prep., and h^e^ end. 
 Back ; backward. Meb. 10:38, 39, 
 
 I-RU, s. The nose of a person, isa. 65:5. 
 The snout of an animal. Sol. 11:22, The 
 bili of Si bird ; the bowsprit of a ship ; the 
 fore part of a canoe, &o. ; e homai ka ihw, 
 give mc a kiss. LaieifeiTi. Note.— Hawai- 
 iaas kissed by touching noses. LaieOc. 119. 
 Oia ka manawa e loaa'i kou ihu i ke keiki 
 Kauai; a proverbial expression, or it may 
 be a misprint for ike. Laieik. 126. 
 
 I-Hir-A-NU, s. Ihu, nose, and anu, cold. 
 
 1. Name of a wind upland of Kaweia; o 
 ka Oamnu, he makani ia no Kaweia, mauka 
 m^. 
 
 2. Name of an odoriferous tree or shrub 
 of that place. 
 
 I-HU-o-LA-o-LA, s. i%M, nose, and o/ao^o, 
 to snore. 
 
 1. A breathing hard ; a snoring. 
 
 2. A snoring nose. 
 I-mj-HA-NU-NU, adj. Ihu, nose, and ha- 
 
 nmu, to breathe hard. A hard breathing 
 nose ; hard breathing ; snoring. 
 
 I-HU-i-HU, adj. A word "used in con- 
 temning another. 
 
 I-HU-KU, V. Ihu, nose, and ku, to stand. 
 To turn up the hose in uoger or contempt. 
 See Jnura. 
 
 I-HU-KU, s. Anger; contempt. 
 
 I-Hir-Ku-iCA-Ni, adj. Ihu, ku and kani, 
 to sound. Hard breathing. 
 
 I-HU-MAA, adji Disobedient; mischiev- 
 ous ; manomano ke keild ihmnwi oe, you 
 are a child of freq«ent disobedience. 
 
 I-HU-KA, adj. Mischievous; applied to 
 persons; kolohe. 
 
 I-HTJ-NA-NA, adj. Snoring; a snoring 
 person. See Ihcnono below. 
 
 I-HU-NO-NO, V. Ihu, nose, and ruyrw, to 
 snore. To snore in one's sleep. SeeNoNoo 
 and NoKE. 
 
 I-Hu-PA-PA, ) g^j. jj,ju^ uQse, and papa, 
 
 I-HU-PE-PE, V flat, or pepe, maehed. De- 
 
 pressed ; flat or depressed nosed. 
 I-HU-PE-PE, «. A flat nosed person. Othk. 
 
 21:18.. Puka iku, a nostril. Sah. 1130. 
 I-HU-PH, I'. Uai, nose, and pii, to go up. 
 
 To turn up the nose in contempt. 
 I-Hir-pu, i. A wojd of contempt. Liy. 
 
 A turned up nose. 
 I-KA, u To float ashore, as a drowned 
 
 person ; a ^o ia po, Sea ia aku la ia kanaka 
 
 iuka o ITkumebame ; to be driven on shore 
 
 by the surf. 
 2. To be turned aside, as a vessel by the 
 
 wind and current. Oih. 27:41. 
 8. To fall off, as a vessel before the wind. 
 4. To run before the wind. Hoo. To be 
 
 thrown up on the bank of a kalo patch. 
 
 I-KA, s. rfeme of the aides of a kalo 
 patch, or of a mala where the grass is 
 thrown; oia ka mea e malu ai na iifca, i lilo 
 ole ka mea kanu a kekahi i kekahi. 
 
 I-KA, adj. Drifting; inclined to fall off 
 before the wind ; making leeway. . 
 
 I-KAi, adv, I, prep., towards, and hai, 
 sea. Towards the sea; &e opposite of 
 iuka, towaras4nland. 
 
 I-KAi-KA, V. See Ika 3 and 4. To exer- 
 oise_ muscular strength ; to' be strong ; ua 
 ikaika kona lima, his arm was strong. 
 
 2. To be strong mentally or morally; to 
 be courageous; perseverine; energetic. 
 Kard. 31:6. 
 
 3. Soo. To make strong, as one weak in 
 body. 
 
 4. To be courageous in jnind. 
 
 5. To be persevering in'businesB. 
 ■ 6. To exhort one to be strong, energetic, 
 persevering, &c. 
 
 I-KAI-KA, s. Strength; power; valor; 
 
 zeal ; periseverance. 
 1-KAi-KA, adj. Strong; hardy; perse- 
 
 tering. 
 I-KAi-KA, adv. Strongly; perseveringly. 
 
 I-KE, V. To see, perceive by the eye. 
 
IKI 
 
 77 
 
 ILI 
 
 2. To see, perceive mentally, i. e., to 
 know ; underBtaifd. 
 
 3. A form of pending love to an absent 
 one ; as,c ike akji oe ia me&,do you salute 
 ^uch a one. 
 
 , i. To receive, as a visitor or a messei^er. 
 
 5. To- know ; to have carnal knowledge 
 4}{. .STm. 4:1 and 19:5. 
 
 6. Hoo. To exhibit; to show; to point 
 out ; to cause to know ; to give testimony 
 in a court conceraingu^ne. 
 
 I-KE, s. Knowledgfti) instruction ; ka 
 ike, the person having knowledge. Puk. 
 4:11. Understanding. Karil. 4:G. A part- 
 ing salutation ; as, e ike. 
 
 I-KE-A, V. Used for ikeia, the passive 
 of ike. Oram. § 211. It has also tiie regu- 
 lar passive ikeia. To be seen; to be known; 
 to appear. Puk. 16:10. 
 2. Hop. To be exhibited ; manifested. 
 
 I-KE-A-KA, V. Ike, to know, and aka, 
 clear. To know clearly: to perceive dis- 
 tinctly. Stn. with ikepaka, ikelea. 
 
 I^KE-i-KE, ». See Ike. To see; to know, 
 &c. Eoo. To explain; to exhibit; to show; 
 to bear witrotw. 8(A. 10:32. 
 
 I-KB-i-KE, j; Hoo. A testimonial; a 
 superscription. 
 
 I-KE-i-KE, adj. Showing; witnessing. 
 
 I-EE-MA-KA, s. Ike, to see, and Tnaka, 
 the eye. An eye witness ; one that sees with 
 his own eyes, or knows a thing of his own 
 knowledge ; a witness. ler. 32:10. 
 
 I-EE-UA-KA, V. Ike, to see, and maka, 
 the eye. To know positively ; to see with 
 the eyes. 
 
 I-Ki, adj. Small; diminutive; little; 
 often used in compounds; as, kamaiSd, 
 keiki, the little, one, &c. ; he wahi mea 
 uuku, he liilii. '■ 
 
 IrKJ« adv. Nt-t at all ; nearly ; ke hoo- 
 koeifci nei no ka aie o ke aupuni. there re- 
 mains very little of the government defet. 
 
 1-Ki, V, Hso. To spare ; to hold back ; 
 to mak^ small, isa. 54:2. 
 
 I-Ki-i-Ki, u To be pressed ; to be com- 
 pelled to do a thing J to be compelled to 
 act or not to act against one's will. 
 
 2. To be weary of refraining fr»m. ler. 
 20:9. 
 
 3. To pant for breath, as one dying. 
 
 I-Ki-i-Ki, 5. A confinedness; want of 
 room. 
 
 2. A close, tight room. 
 
 3. Severe pain ; panting for broath ; 
 strangulation ; the pangs of death. 
 
 4. A siege of a city. ter. li9:9. 
 
 1-Ki-i-Ki, adj. Close and hot, as the con- 
 fined air of a crowded room. 
 
 2. Tight, as a bandage or clothes made 
 too small. 
 
 I-KI-I-KI, s. Name of the fifth month 
 
 of the Hawaiian year. 
 I-Ki-Ki, s. Disquietness; suffering. Hal. 
 
 38:2. Stifling for want of air ; hot. 
 I-Ki-Ki, s. See Ikiiki above and Oik,'"-. 
 
 Name of a month, May. 
 I-Ki-MA-KTj-A, s. Name of a kind of Stone 
 
 out of which the maika stones were made. 
 I-KO, V. To imitate. Syn. with hoko. 
 I-KO-i, s. A buoy ; a float. See Lalea. 
 I-KU, int. A word of encouragement to 
 
 pei'sons about to exert themselves in any ^ 
 
 exercise, thus: iku, ikuku, oinana, o^o- 
 
 kuo, oia, ka holo no ia. 
 
 I-KU-A, s. Ancient name of one of the 
 months ; also written ikuwa ; October! 
 
 I-KU-i-Kir, s. An offensive smell. Syn. 
 with okaoka. 
 
 I-Ku-WA, s. Name of one of the Hawai- 
 ian months. See the above. 
 
 I-KU-WA, adj. A lobe oe i ka leo iiutoa 
 (bird singing) a na manu. Laieik. 149. 
 
 I-KU-WA, V. Ka leo o na kahuli e ikuma 
 ana ; singing like birds. LaieUc. 149. 
 
 I-i^> ) s. A dark spot on the skin; he 
 
 I-LAA, ) wahi eleele iki ma ke kino. 
 
 I-LAi-LA, adv. The auialo of ^««7a;, there; 
 in that place ; to that place. Gram. § 165:2. 
 
 I-LAi-LAU. See Laulele. 
 
 I-LA-LO, adv. The auialo of /afo, dowiji 
 down ; downwards ; below. Gram. § 161. 
 
 I-LA-MU-KU, s. An officer whose busi- 
 ness it was to enforce the orders of a chief, 
 or of a judge. 
 
 2. An executioner ; a destroyer. Kard. 
 16.18. 
 
 3. An executive officer. 1 ^HftZ. 23:4. 
 
 4. In modern times, a marshal ; a sheriif. 
 
 I-Li, V, To Strike, rub or scrape on the 
 ground, as a canoe, boat or ship. Kin, 8:4. 
 
 2. To strike or run aground, as a ship ; 
 to strike a rock. 
 
 3. To be cast awaiy ; ua Hi ka moku a aa- 
 haha, the ship stranded and was broken up. 
 
 4. To rest on land, as a boat when <-he 
 water subsides ; to stick fast. 
 
 5. To lay upon one, as good or bad, i.e., 
 to make responsible. Nah. 18:1. 
 
 6. To come upon one, as a good or a 
 blessing. Eanl. 28:2. Also, 
 
 7. As a curse or evil. K<inl 28:15. 
 
 8. To fall or come to one, as an inherit- 
 ance, or to becotne one's by iuUeritancs. 
 los. 24:32. 
 
 9. To inherit, as laud. Kin. 15:8. 
 
 10. To pass over, as the moon over the 
 surface of the ocean j uaiK ka mahina ma- 
 luna o ka Hi o ke kai. 
 
 11. Eoo. To cause one to inherit, as an 
 estute, i. e.. to give one an inhcritacce 
 
ILI 
 
 12. To bring npon one, as evil, i. e., to 
 come upon one, as a judgment ; to fasten 
 tJie charge of evil upon one. 
 
 13. To count or consider a thing as be- 
 longing to ona; to impute, or attribute 
 Bomethiag to one, Ac. Km. 15:6. 
 
 14. To attribute to another a plan which 
 was partly bis own ; hooUi akti la na ke 
 Uabuna wale no ka olelo, a buna i kana 
 ibo, he i^ttributed lie plan to the priest, 
 and toncealed bis own part. 
 
 15. To cause a transfer of property or a 
 kingdom to another ; i hooUi pono aku ai 
 o Kaahumanu i ke iinpuni no Liboliho, that 
 Kaahumanu might transfer the kingdom to 
 Liboliho as bis. 
 
 16. 'To lade, as a beast df burden; to take 
 in, as a passenger on board a shipf Vie hoo- 
 Ui nei i ka ukana o. ka molni. 
 
 17, To be stopped, as a stone rolling down 
 a bill, i. e., to strike. 
 
 18. Applied also to a person pursued in 
 battle until be is angry with the pursuer, 
 and turns npon his adversary with such 
 fury that he also runs in turn. 
 
 I-M, s. The stranding of a ship on a 
 shore or rock. 
 
 2. The descent of property from parents 
 to children. 
 
 3. The dashing of one thing against an- 
 other. 
 
 I-Li, s. The skin of a person or anitnal. 
 lob. 16:15. Eia mai ua Ui o kanaka, be 
 keokeo kekabi, he ulanla kahi, be eleele 
 kekahi. 
 
 2. The bark of a tree ; the outer rind of 
 any vegetable ; the husk or shuck of fruit. 
 
 3. The surface of the ground or sea ; na 
 ka la e hoomalamalama i ka i^i o ka honua; 
 the sun enlightens the surface of the earth; 
 maluha o ka Hi kai kona bele, his going 
 was upon the surface of the sea. 
 
 i. Mea Hi, whatever is made of skin. 
 Ntth. 31:21. 
 
 6. The surface of any substance; elua 
 no ano o na Ui, o ka Hi lanmania, a o ka 
 t2i hualala. Anahon. 
 
 1-ii, *. The name of a small district of 
 land, next smaller than an ahnpuaa. There 
 are thirty-three His in the ahupuaa of Hono- 
 lulu. 
 
 J-Li, *. A small, Smooth stone worn by 
 the water ; a pebble. 
 
 I-Li, s. In gfometry, a side ; a surface ; 
 Ui ke kui, surface of the sea ; iU o ka 
 aina, surface of tite land. 
 
 I-u-AU, s. A species of bush in the for- 
 est ; nana aku he ka moloua }£a iliau. 
 
 I-Li-A-Hi, s. Sandal-wood; a deeply 
 scented, bard wood, formerly a wood of 
 traffic. 
 
 I-u-E, «. A kind of vine; with its roots 
 icars are made in the skin in mourning for 
 
 T^ IU 
 
 the dead or kumaloena. The operation is 
 
 called kuni. 
 I-Li-i-Li, s. Safe In above. Small, smooth 
 
 stones worn by the watei" ; pebblcB. Sol. 
 
 20:8. Gravel. Zsa. 48:19. 
 2. Small stones used in playini; at fco- 
 
 nane. Laink. 38. 
 I-u-i-Li, u Hoo. To collect; to gather 
 
 in, as the fruits of harvest. Isa. 17:S. 
 
 2. To gather up ; to pick up, as fuel. 
 Nah. 15:32. 
 
 3. To gather, as grapes of a Vintage. 
 Kard. 24:20, 21. 
 
 4. To collect together, as small pieces of 
 anything. 
 
 6. To obtain, as property. Kin. 12:5. 
 Wa hooUiHi ai, harvest time. Notb. — Hoo- 
 iliili is the opposite of hodlei. loan. 6:12. 
 
 ■Li-i-iii, s. Hoo; A gathering in; a col- 
 lection ; a harvest. 
 
 •Li-o, s. A dog; ilio hihiu, a wolf; 
 ilio bahai, a greyhound. Sol. SU:31. 
 
 2. The cross $eam of a house. 
 
 3. Fig. A catamite. JSoik. ^2:16. 
 
 4. A stingy, close Juan. 
 'L!-o, adv. 1 hele aku, ea, mai maka- 
 
 maka Uio i ka buelo ka ika, a proverbial 
 
 expression : the end of a friendship that 
 
 (Mice existed, false friendship, remains. 
 'U-o-E-HA, $. A species. of fish. 
 
 u-o-HA, s. A species of limu having 
 
 broad leaves ; he limu lau palahalaha. 
 
 2. Also a plant with small leaves. 
 u-o-HAE, ) J. Epithet of a wolf; 
 
 Ll-o-Hi-HlTJ-HAE, } a fierce, cross dog. 
 
 Lam. Eavo. 23:1, 1. 
 •u-o-LE-LO, V. Bi an^ olelo, to talk. To 
 
 go about tattling ; retailing scandal ; e imi 
 
 olelo, hooholoboio olelo. 
 ■Li-o-MA-KA, s. Hi, skin, and om^Ji-a, 
 
 prepuce. The foreskin. See Omaka. 
 •U-HATJ, s. The bark of the hau tree, 
 
 of which ropes are made ; ho kaula UiJuw. 
 ■LI-BEE, s. A shrub, the bark of whose 
 
 root is very acrid ; also hUiee. 
 •u-HE-LO, s. Name of the class of 
 
 farmers who worked but little ; o ka poe 
 
 mahiai liilii, ua kapaia lakou he mahiai 
 
 Uihel(fi 
 
 •u-HiA, V. To be astonished s^t an 
 
 event. Oihk. 26:32. 
 
 2. jTs bo offended, OB with a servaot-wbo 
 has done mischief. 
 
 3. To bo in great fear ; ua Uikia makou 
 i ka makau maoU. 
 
 4. lloo. To cause fear or trepidation ; 
 me he mea la e hooUilda ka olelo a na ka- 
 huiiu, 
 
 I-Li-m-A, adj. Quick tempered. 
 l-u-Hi-A, s. Great fear; trepidation; he 
 makau, he woUweli. 
 
ILI 
 
 79 
 
 ILU 
 
 1-u-m-t.ATj-NAi V. To reach or arrive 
 ■ at ;^to associate with. 
 I-Li-HO-Lo, s. Name of those who worked 
 at mahiai only a part of the day. See lu- 
 
 FIU>. 
 
 I-u-Hu-NE, adj. lU,skin,andkune,jtooT, 
 I.e., poor to the skin. Poor ; destiUite of 
 property ; without clothing. 
 
 I-W-Htr-NE, 'c. Tobepoor; without prop- 
 eity. i Sim. li:i. The opposite of uaiwai. 
 JF/oo. T6 make or caase one to become 
 poor. 1 Sam. 2:7. 
 
 I-u-i£Ai, s. Hi, isutface, and kai, sea. 
 IiTT. The garface (skin) of the sea ; the Sur- 
 face of any substance, 
 
 i-xi'KAi, adj. Horizontal; kaha ilikai 
 aiiorizontal line. Am. Bon. 4. 
 
 l-Li-KA-LA, ) J, i?i, skin, and Wa,'rough; 
 
 1-U-KA-Kl, ) epithet of the shark skin. The 
 skin stvetcbed over and fastened to a cocoa- 
 nut shell, which formed a kind of dnim ; 
 pcnei e iiana'i, o ka pnnin, o ka UikcUa 
 (sharkskin paha,) ka pili me ka pil^,li o kc 
 kukui,'a pab, kakoo me ke kaula a maloo, 
 wafho a maloo, alalia, hookani iho meka 
 uhane. 
 
 I-u-Ki, V. To dash ; to strike against, 
 
 1. As a weapon of war. 
 
 2. As rain in a storm. 
 
 3. An water in a toirent ; i ka manawa 
 e kaua ai, 'Uiki iho la ka pobaku me ka 
 laau, nahoahoa ke poo ; i ko laua'hele ana 
 i ka makaikai a Koolau, Uiki iho ana ka 
 ua ; aole o kanamai o ka Uiki ana mai a 
 ka wai o na kahawai. 
 
 1-U-Ki, s. A dashing; a striking against, 
 
 &c. 
 I-Li-Ki, s. A varnish made of the kukui 
 
 bark, lani; opunmaia, &c. 
 I-Li-Ko-NA, s. A wart ; a small, bard 
 
 protuberance on tbe skin ; he puupuu ino 
 
 paakiki, wanawana liilii. 
 I-i;i;-KO-iiE, ) adj. m, skin, and kole, 
 I-LI-KO-NK, ) raw. Very poor; destitute, 
 
 ao much that life is undesirable ; e aho ka 
 
 make ia Milu, loaa ke akua o ka po, it is 
 
 better to die by Milu and be received by 
 
 the god of night. 
 I-Li-KO-LE, adj. Not thoroughly ripe, as 
 
 the cocoauut; not oolealoa; heniuilifcoie. 
 I-u-Li-HiA, ad). See Ilihia. Excited; 
 
 filled with fear. 
 2. Dignified ; full of dread. 
 T-Li-tn-A, s. Hi, skin, and lua, sscdftd. 
 
 1. The second or new Skin ; applied to 
 6ld age. , . , , 
 
 2. The seventh stage of life— wrinkled 
 skin. 
 
 8. An aged person ; he pakaka ka ili. 
 I-U-LC-NA, s. Bi, skin, and luna, upper; 
 
 I-: 
 
 I-i 
 
 above. Lrr. The' upper skin, i. e., the sur 
 face of a thing ; the ton. 
 lii-MA, s. A shrub With green and yel- 
 low flowers; the shrub is used for fucj. 
 See Apiki. He apiki, he lei apikt. 
 
 2. The name of a region next below the 
 apaa on thg side of the mountains. 
 Li-MA-No, s. i^i, skin, and jwano, shark. 
 Lrr. The shark skin; used for making drum 
 heads ; oia ka ili i hanaia i ka pabuhacke- 
 eke. 
 
 Li-NA, s. A burying place where many 
 are buried (where only one is buried, it is 
 called liunakde)'; a grave. 2 Oihl. 34:4. 
 With fc«po2»m{, a burying place. Kin. 49:ii0. 
 A sepulchre. Keh. 2i5. A tomb ; satofc as 
 hale kmapau. 
 
 2. itoo. An inheritance. Sdni. 18:2. A 
 possession. Kin. 48:4. 
 
 3. An heir; one to whom an estate or 
 inheritance has fallen or is to fall ; he mea 
 e hooili ai ka waiwai a ka nica i make. 
 
 ii-NA-WAi, s. llina and wa«, water. 
 A place where a brook loses itself in the 
 gjround. Ll*. The grave of the water. 
 
 ■u-PA-LA-PA-LA, s. Hi, skin, and pcda- 
 pdla, to write. A ekin written upon; a 
 parchment. 2 Tim. 4:13. 
 
 ■Li-pi-LO, s. Name of the fanners who 
 worked all day till dark ; o ka poe mahiai 
 nui a po ka la, ua kapaia lakon he mahia! 
 ilipih ; those who worked little were called 
 iliheh. 
 
 Li-WAi, ■ adj. Bi, surface, and wai, 
 water. Horizontal ; level. Ana. lion. 4. 
 He kaha iliwai, a horizontal lino. See lu- 
 
 KAI. 
 
 u-wa-hi-Wa-hi, s. Ili, skin, and wdhi, 
 covering. A sword scabbard. 
 ■I40, s. A maggot ; a body worm. lob. 
 
 7:5. 
 
 2. A worm consuming vegetables. Pith. 
 16:20. 
 
 3. Worms of various kinds ; nai2o ilima, 
 na Uo baka, na ilo liilii e ulu ae ana ma ka 
 nahelehele. 
 
 -LO-i-Lo, V. To be wormy ; full of 
 worms, as meat, or as worms on vegeta- 
 bles ; ua Uoilo ka ia, ua kan ia nae e ka 
 iloUo liilii. Boo. Ua hooiloilo ke kahuna e 
 make. 
 
 Lo-i-LO, adj. Woririy ; full of worms 
 or maggots. 
 
 -LO-KO, prep. 7 and Mo, internal. In; 
 inside of; ■«vithin. Oram. ^ 161. 
 W-u, S. A stropg sijiell; scent; ap- 
 plied to the shark ; ka Uoli o ka mano. 
 
 2. The unpleasant sensations of preg- 
 tiancy. 
 
 i-Lir-NA, prep. 1 and luna, above. Up ; 
 upward ; upon , above. Oram. § 161. 
 
IMU 
 
 I-Lc-NA, adv. Up; upward. 
 I-Mi, u. To search foi a thing as tost ; 
 to look after with a view to find. 
 
 2. To seek, as for knowledge, for riches, 
 for pleasure. 
 
 3. E imi hala, to seek some eril against 
 Oine ; to devise devices. ler. 18:18. To seek 
 occasioa agsfinst Dan. 6:4. 5. 
 
 I-Mi-i-Mi, V. Freq. of the foregoing. To 
 
 seek earnestljr or diligently for a thing ; 
 
 uiindimi wahi dala no ke Mno ; uaimifei 
 
 wahi noho hou aku. 
 t-Mi-HA^je,-!;. To seek occasion against. 
 
 See Imi above. 
 i-Mi-HA-LE, s. Epithet of one who is a 
 
 seeker of property, in distinction from one 
 
 who is to possess it, who is the rwho hale; 
 
 Kamehameha ka iniVidle, o Liholiho ka 
 
 noho hale. 
 1-Mt-HA-LE, V. To seek an inheritance 
 
 for one's children, as Kamehameha did and 
 
 left it for Ws children. 
 I-mi-hia; v. Pass, of imi for imiia. To 
 
 be sought; looked for. JSfeefc.5:17; also 6:1. 
 I-Mi-o-LE-LO, V. Imi and oMo, word, 
 
 speech. , 
 
 1. To He ; to obtain a thing by false' 
 statemeDts. 
 
 2. To ^rattle ; to tell tales ; to slander. 
 I-Mo, u 'To wink. Hal. 35:19. See 
 
 Amo. Conj.5th,M;no,to wink; to triumph, 
 as one in mischief. Sol. 6;13. 
 
 2. To snap, as the eyes on drinking some- 
 thing very acid. 
 
 3: To twinkle, as a star ; imo ou iho na 
 maka o ke koa, kuku ka lihilibi, okalakala 
 ka hulu o ke koa, pai o kukae me ka naau. 
 
 T-Mo, s. E lele i ka imo o ka lani ; a 
 look; a looking. 
 
 I-MO-i-MO, V. See above. To wink re- 
 peatedly; to wink fast. Idb. 15:12. Ua 
 imoimo na maka 1 ka ue. 
 
 I-MO-i-MO, adv. Very high; very far off; 
 at a great distance ; poiuin loa ; ua kania 
 na hua u ka niu iluna loa, a imoimo ke 
 nana aku, the fruit of the cocoanut hangs 
 very high, it is very high (there is winldng) 
 to look at it. 
 
 I-MTJ, s. A place for baking made by 
 heating stones under ground ; an oven for 
 baking vegetables or meat. Puk. 7:28. 
 See also Umu. 
 
 I-MU-A, prep. I and mua, first. Before ; 
 in front of; in presence of; tm«o no o 
 Kokuokalani a make ; aole i hoi iho^e, 
 imim no ka poe koa a make. 
 
 1-Mtr-Li, prep. 1 and muli, remainder. 
 
 Behind ; coming after ; in the rear. 
 I-MU-LOA, s. Imu and loa, long. A lor.g 
 
 oven ; an oven for baking men. 
 
 80 INA 
 
 I-MU-LOA, V. To perfoHn the process of 
 baking men, sometimes as offerings to the- 
 gods and sometimes for medicinal purposes. 
 
 I-NA, V. To judge ; to set in order; to 
 settle a diflicnlty. 
 
 2. To pry up ; to raise by means of a 
 lever. 
 
 3. To sound, as from a distance ; e ina 
 mai ka leo o tnea e hea mai. 
 
 4. ''"" modulate or ease off, as the sylla- 
 bles at the end of a meU line ; ina leo ; 
 hootJiM leO, same. 
 
 I-NA. Used in an imperative inviting 
 sense, come on ; go to ; let us do (some- 
 thing) ; mostly in the plural ; ina kakou, 
 &C: Kin. li:i; also 37:20. AdverbkiMy.be 
 quick ; used in exhortation, to make speed; 
 ina hoi. Laky.20:li. Come on, let us do 
 this or that ; ma no. though ; albeit. Etek. 
 2:6. 
 
 1-NA, s. A species of sea egg; poke 
 ina; he ia poepoe Iralakala. 
 
 I-NA, adv. With no, for indeed. 
 
 I-NA, conj. If; it implies condition, and 
 is usually followed by a corresponding 
 ina, answering to then, in the last member 
 of the sentence ; as, ina 1 makemake mat 
 oe la mea, ina ua kii mai oe, if you had 
 desired that thing, Oun (if) you would have 
 , come for it. 
 
 t-NA, i7aerj. 6 that. lab. 29:2, I wish 
 that. AeA. 22:29, Would to Cfod. Pufc. 16:3. 
 Ina no wau i make nou, O tiist I had died 
 for thee. 2 Sam. 18:33. Ina aole makou e 
 
 ; bikunai,0 that we had not come. Xateik.67. 
 
 I-NAij *. The little delicacies which 
 
 , give relish to food ; nondiments. 
 
 I-NAr-NA, V. To hate. Kin. 57:4. To 
 be angry with ; to grieve. 
 
 ■ 2. To have the feeling hurt by another's 
 condact; to abhor; to dulike. Oi}Uc 26:1S. 
 8. Boo. To excite one's anger or rage, 
 ier. 32:31. 
 
 I-NAi-NA, V. To shake; to move; to 
 stir; paonioni. 
 
 I-NAi-NA, ». "Anger; hatred. Em. 3:15. 
 Malice; width. 
 
 ?r;The reddish evacuation which pre- 
 cedes labor ;ua hemokainaina oke kciki, 
 kokoke paha ka manawa e hanau ai. 
 
 I-NAI-NA, \adj. Angry; abominable; 
 
 I-NAI-NA-IA. \ hatefui ; causing one to be 
 angry. Oihk. 18:29, 30. 
 
 I-NA-HE-A, adv. int. When? at what 
 time? referring onljr to past time ; irMhea 
 oe i b )le mai ai? when did you come? ine- 
 hinei, yest<!rday. 
 
 I-NA,-LE-o, s. Any word which stands, 
 before nouns to limit and direct the sense; 
 in grammar, a preposition. 
 
INO 
 
 81 
 
 IPO 
 
 1-NA-LF-A. s, A basket used in catching 
 fish ; he hnehae, ho laau hihi, he mea hopu 
 ia. 
 
 I-NA-MO-NA, s. The meat of the kukui 
 nat roasted and pounded up with salt as a 
 relish for food. 
 
 I-NA-NA, V. To walk about idly, without 
 any definite object; to loaf about. 
 
 I-NA-NA, ) ^,. Imp. Let me see ; let me 
 
 I-KA-NE, J hear ; show it to me ; exhibit 
 it, &c., according to the subject. Note. — 
 The last form, inane, is better language 
 than the other. 
 
 I-NE, conj. If; used less frequently than 
 ina. See Ina, conj. 
 
 I-NE A, 5. Fruitless labor; hard toil with 
 little reward ; na hoa o keia inea, o ka poe 
 nana e waele. 
 
 I-NE-A, adj. Hard to be obtained, cost- 
 ing much time and labor with liability to 
 loss ; o knu hoapili, hoa inea, my compan- 
 ion, a friend' hard to be obtained; o keia 
 wahi in«o, this hiird living place. Boo. E 
 o'u hoa hooinea,-0 my long tried friend. 
 
 2. Deceitful ; Tain ; useless. Sol. 11:18. 
 He hana inea- ka hewa, sin is labor with- 
 out reward.; be hana inea ka inn rama, 
 rum drinking doesnot pay. 
 
 I-NEi, adv. Here. See Ianei. 
 
 I-NE-Hi-NEi, ) adv. Yesterday. 2 N I. 
 
 I-KEI-HI-NEI, ) 9:26. ImUnei keia la akn, 
 day before yesterday; fio. loh. 8:9. See 
 Nbhi. 
 
 I-NE-KA, ) s. Eng. Ivik; Hawaiian word 
 
 I-NI-KA, ) waieleeie. 3 Joan. 13. 
 
 I-Ni-i-Ni-Ki, V. To pinch a little; to 
 
 I-Ni-HA, s. An inch, 
 pinch often or frequently. See next word. 
 
 I-Ni-Ki, V. To pinch with thumb and 
 finger; to snatch away; to carry off; kaili, 
 lawe lilo ; to pinch off, as the bud of a 
 plant. 
 
 I-Ni-Ki-Ni, s. Eng. Indians; applied to 
 the aborigines of America; he nui na lahui 
 Inikini e nohoana ma Amerika, many are 
 the tribes of Indians jn America. 
 
 I-No, V. To hurt; to injure; to render 
 uncomfortable ; oia ka mea e im ai ke 
 kino, that is what injures the body. 
 
 2. To be or become worthless. ler. 18:4 
 
 3. Hbo. To disfigure. Oihlc. 19:27. To 
 trouble with evil. PiUc. 7:27. 
 
 i. To punish ; to afflict ; to suffer evil. 
 
 5. To reproach; to vex; to tease; to 
 harass. 
 
 6. To curse. 
 
 I-NO, s. Iniquity. Puk. 37:7. Deprav- 
 ity; jinything which is contrary to the gen- 
 oral good. . . . T 
 2. The poor quality of a thing ; eja Se- 
 ll 
 
 kahi, o ke itm 6 ka pepa a meka inikt^, the 
 poor quality of the paper and ink. . 
 
 3. The Substance in the intestines ; ho- 
 nowa. 
 
 4. Hoo. Violence ; iniquity ; cursing. 
 
 5. A gale; a storm of wind and rain; 
 he ino huhu, a horrible tempest. 
 
 I-No, adj. Bad ; wicked ; vile ; sinful ; 
 mea ino, an abomination ; an evil thing. 
 Mat. 24:15. 
 
 I-No, adv. Badly; wickedly. 
 
 I-NO. A strong intensive, used in both 
 a good and bad sense ; it expresses very 
 great feeling of affection or hatred ; aloha 
 ino, very great love, or with a peculiar 
 tone of jroice, very great contempt ; he 
 mea minamina ino ka waa, a thing of very 
 great loss is the canoe. 
 
 I-NO-1-NO, V. See Ino above. To make 
 sad ; to be grieved ; no ke aha la i inoino 
 ai kou maka? why is your countenance 
 sad? Neh.M. 
 
 2. To be very tempestuous, as the sea. 
 Jona. 1:13. 
 
 3. .Hoo. To defile ; to deface ; to poUuce. 
 I-NO-i-NO, s. Badness; worthlessness ; 
 
 indecency; ua like ka inoino me ka pu- 
 puka, a mc ka pelapela, a me ke alauka. 
 
 2. A bad disposition ; a mind for doing 
 harm. Laieik. 101. 
 
 I-NO-i-NO, adj. Very poor; leanj miser- 
 able; despicable. 
 
 I-NO-A, s. A name ; name, of a person, 
 place or thing. 
 
 I-NO-A. Kainoa, an adverbial expres- 
 sion ; just as if ; I thought j kainoa ua pau 
 loa na kanaka Hawaii i ka ike au, I thought 
 all the people of Hawaii knew how to 
 swim ; it is connected with some degree of 
 surprise, or contrariety of opinion. 
 
 I-NTi, V. To drink, as water or any 
 liquid. 
 
 2, JToo. To cause to drink. Na}i. 20:6. 
 
 3. To give drink to ; to water, as a flock. 
 Note. — This verb sometimes takes the syl- 
 lable ha between the causative hoo and 
 the verb ; as, hoohainu. Kin, 24:14. 
 
 I-NU, s. Drink; any liquid for drink- 
 ing ; he inu awa, awa drinking. 
 Inu aku i ka awa o Eoukoa 
 Ka awa lau hiiialo aala 
 Awa Mamalaboa be hoa — e.^ 
 
 I-NU-WAi, s. Inu, to drink, and tirai., 
 
 water. Name of a sea breeze at Lehua on 
 
 Kauai. 
 I-NU-wAi, s. Epithet of such Hawaiians 
 
 as have signed the total abstinence pledge; 
 
 ka poe puali imwai, the anny of water 
 
 ■drinkers, 
 I-pOj V. To cohabit before mt-rriage or 
 
 without marriage ; tc practice lasciviout- 
 
 neas ; to commit fcmtcation. 
 
IPU 
 
 82 
 
 IWf 
 
 I-po, s.' A sweetheart; a paramour. 
 
 Jor. 4:30. 
 I-PO'i-PO, adj.. Hoo. Making lascivious 
 gestures while eating. 1 Pet 4:3. AJtaaina 
 liooipoipo, a lascivious feast. 
 l-Ptr, S. A general name for all kinds of 
 goai'ds, ciilal} ashes, melons, pumpkins, &c. 
 2. A general name for small containers, 
 as dish, cup, mug, tumbler, Ac. Kanl. 
 23:25. Eajh kind is designated by some 
 additional Word expiossive of its quality or 
 use, whicli see under their own names. 
 
 I-PU-Ai, s. A vessel (calabash) for con- 
 taining food ; a me kana mau ipaai. 
 
 I-pu-Ai-MA-KA, s. Ipu, ai and maka, 
 green ; f'-esh. A melon ; a fruit to be eaten 
 I'aw. 2tah. 11:5. 
 
 I-putA-hi, s. Ipu, cup, and ahi, fire. A 
 cenuer. Nali. 4:14. 
 
 I-pxr-A-iA, s. Ipu, cup, and ala, odorif- 
 erous. A box for containing odors; also 
 a musk-melon. 
 
 1-PU-AU-AU, s. Jpu and auau, to wash. 
 A wash-basin ; a laver. FvJc. 30:18. 
 
 I-ptj-A-WA, s. Ipu and atea, bitter. The 
 bitter calabEtsh. 
 
 I-ptr-A-WA-A-wA, s. See above. The bit- 
 ter or poison calabash. 
 
 I-PU'i4, s. Jpu and ia, meat; fish. A 
 meat dish ; a flesh pet. Puk. 16:3. 
 
 I-pu-i-Ni-KA, s. Ipu and inika, ink. An 
 inkstand. 
 
 I-PTj-HAo, s. Ipu and kao, iron. An iron 
 pot. 2 2^al. 4:38. 
 
 I-ptr-KA-o-LE, s. 7pw and ^o&, foreigner. 
 A foreign ipu, i. e., a water-melon. 
 
 I-pu-Ho-LOi, s. Ipu and holoi, to wash. 
 A layer ; a wash-basin. 1 Ifal. 7:38. 
 
 I-PTJ-HO-LO-Ho-Lo-NA, s. Ipu and holoho- 
 hna, crawling things. A calabash for fish- 
 ing worms. Xow. Haw. 25:4, 3. 
 
 I-pu-KA, s. See PuKA. A door; agate; 
 a place for entering a house or an inclosure. 
 Pvk. 32:27. A window ;• the gate of a city. 
 
 IrPV-KA-iA, s. A calabash for containing 
 fish {ka inserted) ; o ke aloha ka mea i oi 
 ako ka maikai mataua o ka uiaeki poi a 
 me ka ipukaia, love is that which excels in 
 excellency the poi dish and the fish bowl. 
 
 I-pu-KA-LiTA, s: The name of a vegeta- 
 ble. 
 
 I-pt;-ka-p(j-a-hi, t. Ipu and fcapua/ii, a 
 fire place. A censer. Gift. 16:12. 
 
 I-pu-KU-KOT, *. Ipu and kukui, fruit of 
 the kukui. A candlestick ; a lamp. Puk. 
 25:31. 
 
 I-pu-KU-Ni-A-LA, I. Ipu and ku7d, to 
 burn, and ala, incense. A censer. Ji'ah. 
 16:6. 
 
 I-pu-LA-AU, s. Ipu and laau, wopd. A 
 
 wooden vessel. Oihk. 15:12. 
 I-pu-tEi, s. Applies to, a person with 
 
 a large body and small legs; a word of 
 
 reproach to the people of Eohala ; ipidei 
 
 Kobala na ka moaeku. 
 I-pu-tE-po, s. Ipu and lepo, earth ; clay. 
 
 An earthern vessel. Oihk. 15:12. A cup ; 
 
 a potter's vessel. Sal. 2:9. 
 I-PV-LU, s. Ftdu iii, ipulu iii. See FtTLU, 
 
 The i does not belong to the .vord. Fine 
 
 pulu, in distinction from pubi Jtaapu. 
 
 I-pu-Nui, s. Ipu and nui, large. The 
 sea of Solomon's temple. 2 Niil. 25:]6. 
 
 I-pu^pu, s. Ipu and pu, fruit of the 
 squash kind. A pumpkin ; a squash. 
 
 I-ptr-WAi-AU-AU, s. A wash-bowl ; ina 
 lawe ia mai kona ipuwaiamu ; this epithet 
 used to be applied to those who kept the 
 genealogies of the chiefs, because they 
 managed to wash the pharacters of the 
 chiefs so far as their pedigree was con- 
 cerned : \ia kapaia ka pOe Icitanhau he ipu- 
 toaiav.au no na alii e hoomaemae ai. 
 
 I-Pt;-«A-KA, s. Ipu and baka [Erig.), to- 
 bacco. A tobacco pipe. 
 
 I-PD-Ti, s. Ipu and H (Eng.), tea. A tea- 
 pot. 
 
 I-WA, num. adj. Nine ; the number 
 nine ; also aiwa and eiuxu 
 
 1-WA, *. A thief; the word comes frorp 
 Oiwa, a notorious thief who lived long ago 
 and obtained t^e surname of OtwaAue,i. e., 
 Oiwathief. 
 
 I-WA, *. The name of a large bird with 
 black feathei-3. 
 
 I-WAE-NA, prep. In the midst; -between;, 
 among. 
 
 I-WAE-NA-KO-Ntr, 5. The Center of a cir- 
 cle ; the middle ; in the midst of. Lmik. 
 20;42. 
 
 I-WA;i-WA, adj. Learned; intelligent; 
 skillful. See Anv-.jw\. 
 
 2. Also the name of a plant ; he mea ulu 
 e like me ka palaa, ua ulana pa ia me ka 
 papale mauu. 
 
 I-WA-Ho, prep. I and 7mAo, out of. Out ; 
 out of; without. 
 
 I-WA-KA-LU-A, num. adj. Twenty; the 
 
 " number twenty; with the article it be- 
 comes a noun. 
 
 I-wi, *. A bone. 
 
 2. The midrib of a vegetable leaf. 
 
 3. The side of an upland field of kalo. 
 
 4. A coooanut shell ; the rind of sugar- 
 cane. 
 
 6. The stones stuck up along thebonnd- 
 aries of ilis, or rather lands ; sometimes a 
 low stone wall; e kubikuhi i kajtri okoka. 
 poe kahiko wahi i mabiai, to point out the 
 
S3 
 
 O 
 
 boundiiry stones o£ the p]«LCe8 where the 
 ancicntB cultivatecl. 
 
 6. Any hard broken material ; the rem- 
 liaiits of other things, as corn cob8,,the re- 
 mainH of lime pits ; paiwi. . ' 
 
 7. Used via. for near kindrnd. Kin. 
 29:14. Alalia pomiikai kaua, ola na kci 
 iloko ko kaua man laelemakule. Laieik. 
 9. Thijn we two shall be happy, our de- 
 scerulanh ahall live in li<e dayc of our old 
 
 age. See the n^ueg of some of ihe bones 
 
 of the human fv me uclow. lioiwi hfclua i j.^j.j^^.J^.j^j^ 
 oc; ho/iioi kau i ka awaloa, reproachful ' 
 
 epithets. 
 
 1-wi, s, Thename of a small bird with 
 
 red feathers ; o ka iwi, he ulaula ka Inihi. 
 1-wi, V. To turn aside ; to be crooked, 
 
 as the eyes ol cross-eyed person.?. 
 !-wi, ) adj. Crooked ; pointed ; 
 Uwi-I-WI, J curved, as most bones are ; 
 
 ina i ehnchu me ke kikala, he hulu iwi ia 
 
 puaa. 
 1-wi-A, *. Iwi and a, the jaw. A jaw- 
 bone. Lurilc. la-.lS, 
 1-wi-AO-Ao, s. Iwi and aoao, side. A 
 
 Bide bone ; the rib, 2 Sam. 2:23. _ 
 1-wi-i-wi, adj. Poor in flesh; thin. Lit. 
 
 Bony. 
 I-wi-A-LA-LO, s. Iwi and a< jaw, ard 
 
 lalo, under. The under jawbone. 
 I-wi-A-LU-NA, s. Itei and a, jftw, and 
 f luna, upper. The upper jawKono. 
 I-wi-E-LE-LO, s. Iwi and ^efo,the tongue. 
 
 The tongue bone. AtuiL 14. 
 I-wi-o-LE, s. Name of certain kinds of 
 
 koi or adz ; o ka iwiole kekahf koi. 
 I-w'-o-PE-A-]PE-A, s. Name of a bone in 
 
 a poraon's heart. Awd. 8. The t.at-hone. 
 l-wi-w-LU-iy A, J. Ivn and uluna, pillow. 
 
 The bono of the upper arm. Lit. The pil- 
 low bi/ne. 
 ;l-wi-u-MAD-M«, s. Iv)i and umauma, 
 
 breast. The brc^'st bone. 
 I-wi-Hi-LO, s. Iwi and kUc, thigh. The 
 
 thigh bone. Amd. 21. 
 I-wi-Ho£-MOE, s. Iwi and koehce, paddle. 
 
 The shoulder bone ; the shoulder blade. 
 I-wi-Ho-PE, s. The skull bone of the 
 
 back part of the head. Anat. 7. 
 
 I-wi-HU-A, s. Anat. G. 
 
 I-wi-KA, s. Iwi and ka. A bone near the 
 
 seat. 
 I-wi-KA-B-LE (i-wi-ka-la), s. The huli of 
 
 a ship ; the body of a canoe ; kalai la, kn. 
 
 iwikade. 
 I-wi-KA-LA-Ktr-A, s. The bones of a fish 
 
 which run up from the backbone. 
 I-wi-KA-LA-LO, s. The bonos tsf a fi^h 
 
 which run down from the backbone. 
 
 s. Iwi and ktinaka. hu- 
 man being. A bumfiu bone. Nah. 19:1B, 
 I-wi-KA-NA-NA, i. Name of a bone in 
 
 the r.ont part of the head. Anat, 8. 
 I-wi-KA-NO, «. Iwi and karw, handle. 
 
 T.nM ijone of the ??■'■'• arm wt:;cb joins xse- 
 
 >vri«f 
 I-wt-KE-E-LE, ) i. The ketil i,f •>. ship or 
 1-WI-K3-LE, ) boat. i"«e iwikaEus. 
 I-wi-KO, *. Iwi at'd m, i>' stand. Oxi<i 
 
 of the bones cf the lower n 4 Ancti. z\. 
 I-wi-KU-A-MOO, s. Im and kuamot., liz- 
 ard. The bones of the bsf-k; the haci- 
 
 bonc. 
 IiWi-xu-A-Moo, s. Or.s who attended t.ao 
 
 person of a high chief, executed V.s ;,r 
 
 ders,&c.; ko ke alii mau ivAli.iuii:,oo pcnol. 
 
 Laidh. 'i6. See Ii.a.huku and I'ollamuili;. 
 I-wi-LAE, s. The bone of the foieheau. 
 
 Anat. 6. 
 I-wi-x,Ei, s. The shoulder bone; the 
 
 collar bone ; also, 
 2. The mcas^jxe of a yard, i. e., ft'om the 
 
 breastbone to the end of the longest finder. 
 I-wi-HA-HA, s. The cheek bone; he 
 
 wahi Iwi cwacwa ia. Anat. 7. 
 I-wi-Pi-L!, s. The double or united bones 
 
 of the arm or leg. 
 2. A stalk of gmEJ. 
 I-wi-poo, a. The skull bon.e. lMnk.9:53. 
 I-wi-PO-NA, s. A joint; the bones of a 
 
 person separated from eitch other CE-i aH 
 
 jumbV-d together ; hai pu ka iwipo.h., 1 ka 
 
 uwe. See ^i and Pcvi. 
 I-wi-purHA-KA, s. The boncs of the loins. 
 I-wi-pu-Ni-u, «. The skull bone. 
 I-BE-KA, s. Name of an ani^nal; the 
 
 ibex. iSb?.6:19. 
 
 o. 
 
 Othe fourth letter of the Hawaiian 
 J alphabet. It is the easiest sonnded, 
 nest to «, of all the letters. Its sound is 
 moiidy tiist of the long English in note, 
 iom., &s. '''here is a difference in some 
 word^ among fla\Yaiiana as to the quan- 
 
 tity; some sa/waftopp, others iis.ymakcppii. 
 The first is the mre con.'.."'. 
 0. This lettoT is -^rcfxed iu .muns, both 
 common and proper, as w U i..; to pro- 
 nouns, tc render them emphatic or definite. 
 This should be carefully distinguished 
 
o 
 
 &4 
 
 OAO 
 
 from ft the preposition. It may be called 
 the empluiHc. It is used in particular- 
 izing one or more persons or tUingB from 
 othera. The o emplktio stands only before 
 the auikamn or nommative case. Gram. 
 §53. 
 
 0, prep. Of; belonging to ; ka hale o 
 kc alii, the house of the chief; it is synon- 
 ymous with ko ; as, fco ke alii hale, the 
 thisfts house ; but the words require to be 
 differently disposed. In a few words it is 
 interchangeable with a. See A prep. As, 
 k» pane ana o ka waha, and ka pane ana a 
 ka waha, the opening ojf the mouth. 
 
 0, s. A place, but indefinitely ; mai o 
 a 0, from there to there; throughout. Puk. 
 27:18. From one side to the other; io a 
 10 ae, this way or that way ; here or there. 
 More generally used adverbially ; as, 
 
 O, adv. Yonder; there; ma oaku, be- 
 yond; mai a 0, from here to there, or 
 from yonder to yonder, i..6., everywhere. 
 It takes the several prepositions no, fco, i, 
 •ma, moA. Oram. § 165, 2d. 
 
 is sometimes prefixed to the impera- 
 tive mood instead of e; as, o hele oe, go 
 thou, instead of e hele oe ; o hoi oukou i na 
 la ekolu, return ye for three days. In this 
 ' case, for the sake of euphony, the o may 
 take a u after it ; as, ou hoi olua, return 
 ye two. 
 
 O, amj. Lest. This is one form of the 
 subjunctive mood ; as, mai ai oukou o 
 make, eat not leal ye die; also. Nah. 14:42. 
 
 0, V. To pierce, as with a sharp instru- 
 ment; to dot into ; to prick ; to stab. StN. 
 with hou and ou. See On. 
 
 2. To thrust; to thrust through ; to gore, 
 as a bullock. Pufc. 21:28. Aoiholake- 
 kahi i ka polulu, some one pkrced him 
 with a long spear. See Oo. Pass. To be 
 pierced, stabbed ; hence, to be killed ; to 
 be pierced with a spear ; mai oia ke ka- 
 naka i ka ihe. Oia, passive of o, to plunge 
 under water, as a canoe or surf-board. 
 
 3. To extend or reach out, as the hand 
 or finger ; o ka mea e ae mai, e o mai lakou 
 i ko lakou lima, those who assent, let them 
 stretch out their hands ; to stretch eut the 
 hand to take a thing. En. 8:9. 
 
 4. To stretch out the hand to trouble or. 
 afflict. Pwfc. 8:2. 
 
 6. To dip, as the fingers in a fluid. Oilik. 
 
 4:6., Soo, for hoo-o. To stretch out, as lie 
 
 hand. Puk. 14:27. To thrust in the hand 
 
 or finger into an orifice. Anat. 45. 
 0„ V. To call for a thing desired. Sd. 
 
 2:3. 
 2. To answer to a call. ler. 7:13. To 
 
 answer to one's name when called ; aohe i 
 
 o mai, he answered not. 
 0, s. Art-fke. An instrument to pierce 
 
 •with; any sharp pointed instrument; a 
 
 fork ; a sharp slick ; ke o bipi, an ox goad. 
 Lunk. 3:30. Ke o manamana koln, a tfaceo- 
 pronged fork. 1 Sam. 2:13. 
 
 2. The effect for the cause ; a sharp pain 
 in the body; a stitch in the side, as if 
 pierced by a sharp instrument; a keen 
 darting pain in the side of the chest 
 
 O, s. Provision for a journey; travel- 
 ing food. Puk. 12:39. E hoomakaukau 
 oukou i no oukou, prepare /ood for your- 
 selves (for your journey) ; provision for a 
 voyage ; ke kalua,iho la no ia o ke o hole 
 i ka moana, that was the preparing the 
 provision to go on the ocean. 
 
 O, J. The sprit of a sail. 
 
 O, s. The sound of a small bell; a tink- 
 ling sound. See Oe. 
 
 0-A, V. To burst over, as a swollen 
 stream. 
 
 2. To exceed ; to go beyond ; to pass 
 over the point intended. 
 
 3. To shout, as a multitude of voices. 
 
 4. To roll, as a stone over a hill, or toso 
 it over. 
 
 5. To change conversation. 
 
 0-A, V. To gag ; to heave, as one sick 
 at the stomach. 
 
 2. To split, as a board or log. See Ook. 
 OwA and Oaoa. 
 
 0-A, V. To be bereaved of children; to 
 have lopt one's children. 
 
 2. To b.e bereaved of parents; to become 
 orphans. 
 
 0-A, adj. Bereaved; reduced to orphan- 
 age, as parents of children, or cbildrpn of 
 parents ; aole pono na keiki oa inakua ole, 
 uncomfortable are children bereaved of pa- 
 rents. 
 
 0-A, s. A species of wood resembling 
 mahogany. 
 
 0-A, s. A rafter of a house. 
 
 2. The timbers in the sides of a ship. 
 
 3. Name of the five parallel lines on 
 which music is written. 
 
 0-A-AA, s. The name of large threads 
 in cloth. 
 
 2. Similar appearances in bad potatoes 
 when cooked. 
 
 0-AE-AE, adj. A little watery; not 
 solid ; caeae ke kalo. 
 
 0-A-o-A (o-wa-o-wa), adj. Split; shat- 
 tered ; cracked, as wood ; he laau oooo. 
 See Oa 2. 
 
 0-A-o-A, *. The sound of water bub- 
 bling, as in a spring, or aa water running 
 nut of the neck of a calabash. 
 
 0-A-o-A, V. To gurgle, as water purling 
 or running unevenly, as through the neck 
 of a calabash ; oaoa ka wai o ka bnewai ; 
 oaoa ka nuku o ka huowai puoo. 
 
OAN 
 
 85 
 
 OEN 
 
 0-A-o-A. Ua oaoa au ; ua oaoa ae loko | 0-a-po-ko-le, s. See Oa, L 
 
 ou ; ua oaoa ka ilio. 
 
 0-A-O-A, adj. Calm; sereDuj joyful. 
 
 0-A-o-A-KA, V. To glitter; to glisten; 
 to spangle. 
 
 0-A-o-A-KA, s. Name of a shell fish of 
 the sua. 
 
 0-AU, pers. pron., 1st pera. sing. See 
 Au. 1 ; tho is emphatic, ami sounded 
 quickly with the following o, it becomes 
 10, as wau; when the o is a little more 
 heard, it becomes Ofuau; hence the several 
 forms : 
 J, Au,l, simple form. 
 i. Oau, I, with emphatic. 
 
 3. Wau, I, the o and o sounded quickly 
 together-T-tt). 
 
 4. Owau, 1, the third fprm again em- 
 phatic — owau. See these several forms in 
 their places, 
 
 0-Au, V. To mew, as a cat. See Owau. 
 
 0-AU foa-o-au), s. The name of a spe- 
 cies of fish ; ho oopu oau, he oaoou, he oln- 
 hehihe. 
 
 0-A-Hi, s. Name of a kind of stone 
 I'.sed in polishing canoes and wooden cala- 
 baslies, 
 
 0-A-KA, V. To open suddenly; to open, 
 as the mouth in the' beginning of a speech; 
 ua hoaka ae la oia e olelo akn ia lakou. 
 
 2. To open, as tho eyes. 
 
 3. To open, as a book, a door, &c. Fio. 
 To open the mouth, i. e., to liave made a 
 pro.TUse or vowed a vov/. I/iifik. 11:35, SS. 
 
 0-A-KA, s. The opening of the mouth 
 to speak; ka oaka ana o ka waba, ka 
 ekemu ana. Sol. 8:6. 
 
 2. The reflection of the srin on any lumin- 
 ous body. 
 
 3. A glimpse, glance or Dashing of light; 
 ho oaka ana ae o ka uila, the flashing of 
 lightning. 
 
 0-A-KA-A-KA, s. Repeated glancing ; 
 
 flashing, &c. See Oaoaka. 
 0-A-Ku-A, s. Name of the 14th day of 
 
 the month. See Akua 2. 
 0-A-LA, V. To toss UT) and whirl over 
 
 and over. 
 
 2. To cast or throw away. 
 
 3. To rear, pitch and kick up, as an un- 
 broken horse ; oala ka lio, he lio bolo ino 
 me ka oala mai a hope. 
 
 0-A-LA, s, A tossing or brandishing, as 
 
 a cane in the hand. 
 0-A-LA, adj. Name of a weapon or club 
 
 thrown in fighting in war ; o ka poe ike i 
 
 ka laau oala, pa aku i ka newa. 
 0-A-LA, s. The name of a species of fish. 
 0-A-MA, 5. Name of a kind of fish. 
 0-A-NEi, adv. Is it th'ere ? is it yonder ? 
 
 lies iR music. 
 and PoKOM, short. In mMie, a Icgor-line. 
 
 0-E, pers. pron., second pers. sing. 
 Thou ; you ; like au, it ofton 'takos o em- 
 phatic, as ooe^ ooe no kan i macao ai. you 
 thought of yoiitself ; e noho oe me karna- 
 kaukau, do you sit ready. " 
 
 0-E, V. See 0. To prick ; to probe ; 
 ke oe aku nei ia is, oukou me ka laau oioi, 
 he pricks ypu with a sharp stick ; to pick 
 up, an with anything sharp, 
 
 0-E, ) ^). To grate harshly, as one 
 
 0-E-o-E, ) thing rubbing against another. 
 2. To whiz, as a ball or grape-shot 
 through the air. 
 
 3.''To make an indistinct continued sound; 
 heaha lakeiamca e oeoe ae nei? whatia 
 thi^ thing that whizzes by us so ? 
 
 4. To murmur, as a purling brook or 
 running water. 
 
 0-E, ) s. A continued indistinct 
 
 0-E-o-E, J sound, as an axe upon a grind- 
 stone ; aa a pen drawn hard upon paper: 
 
 2. Tho continued sound of the surf ; the 
 animd of a ship passing through the water; 
 the sound of an army marching at a dis- 
 tance. Syn. with nehe, pawewe, kamumu. 
 
 0-E, ) J. An inverted cone. 
 
 0-E-O-E, ) 2. Ei.^thet of a inan who Wdikfi 
 genteelly ; superiority in some respects ; 
 knkulu ka oe, spoken of one riding or run- 
 ning swiftly'on foot: 
 
 5. Epithet of a beautiful woman. 
 
 4. A lengthening; a stretching out of 
 the neck. Isa. 3:16, 5. A monument. ; a 
 pillar or sign of something. 
 
 0-E, ladj. Long; applied to the 
 
 0-E-O-E, ) neck of a person or thing; ooue- 
 hoi ka a-i, be maikai no nae, long are their 
 necks, but still they are handsome ; oeoc 
 ka a-i o ka manu nene, long is the neck of 
 tho goose. 
 
 2. Applied to a sail ; he pea oeoe, he kio- 
 kic, a long, high sail ; applied to a house ; 
 hale oeoe; kukulu hou i hale oeoe a kapu. 
 
 O'-E, )s. A drumming and singing 
 
 O-E-o-iE' ) together ;keoeomua, he wabi 
 paha kapueku ana iloko o omua; kauo 
 aku la Wakea ia Pap^ ma ke o'e omua. 
 
 0-E-O-E, s. A species of fish. 
 
 O-E-o-E-o, adj. Of different heights, 
 some taller, some shorter. 
 
 O-E-xj-E-WE, adj. Moving; fluttering, 
 as a leaf in the wind ; o oe ia e ka lau oe- 
 oeMe, lau kapalili, thou art it, thou moving 
 loaf ; leaf fluttering. 
 
 O-E-HA, adj. See Ohaa. Broken or 
 bent, as an arm or leg. 
 
 0-E-NO,. adj. See Ahuoenj. Lakik. 
 112. -iKBaal mate. 
 
OIA 83^ 
 
 0-1, V. To project out or over ; to go 
 beyond ; exceed ; generally with mamua. 
 Joan. 13:16. 
 
 2. To be more in any way ; to be more 
 excellent ; tc be greater naturally or mor- 
 ally ; to be better. P«fc. 1:9. To be cx- 
 iiessire in Bome condition ; as, na oi paa 
 loa, aole e homo, it is very firmly fixed, it 
 ■will not be moved. 
 
 3. To limp; to walk stiffly. 
 
 4. To approach ; to draw near to, as in 
 speaking to one. Kin. 44:18. 
 
 5. Hoo. To go _ beyond, a prescribed 
 limit. X«fc. 3:13. Opposed to ftoemi. Kard. 
 19:1. Ua 'hdoi aku oc i ka lono, thou eie- 
 ceedest tlie i-ep^rt. 2 Oihl 9:6. 
 
 6. To be sharp, as a knife, hatciiet or 
 spade. Hal. 45:5. 
 
 7. To sharpen; to set on edge, as the 
 teeth. Ezeic.^lS:i. To sharpen, as a knife, 
 on a steel or whetstone. SeeKEiPA. Oiky>a, 
 a sharp instrument. 
 
 O-i, *. Excess; superiority; greatness. 
 Katd. 7.-T, 
 
 2. An 
 numbers, as in snbstraction. 
 
 3. The sharp edge or point of a weapon; 
 hence, 
 
 4. Offensive or defensive weapons; arms. 
 Luk. 11:22. The sharp points of broken 
 glass bottles ; uamaikaikaomlemawaho; 
 aka, ina e naha ka omole, ua piha loa oloko 
 i ka i>i. 
 
 5. The name of a small tree. 
 
 6. In music, a sharp. 
 .O-I, arfj. First; most excellent; greater; 
 
 the best. 
 
 2. Sharp ; full of sharp points ; sharp, 
 as a knife ; ka hoana oi, the sharp bone ; 
 ke apuapu oi, the sharp file. 
 
 3. Poor; thin in flesh, that is, having 
 sharp features. 
 
 '-'-I) ) adv. While ; whilst ; during 
 0-l-Ai, J some time when a thing was 
 doing ; e hele i ka malamalama, oi kau ke 
 ea i ke kino ; oi hull wale lakou ia ia, while 
 they sought for him in vain ; while yet. 2 
 Sam. 3-35. 
 
 0-u, pers. pron., third pers. sing. He, 
 she, or it ; the o is emphatic. Sec Ja. 
 Gram. § 53 and 64, 3. Oia no wau, I am 
 he; o ka laau hua ole, oia kana e oki aku, 
 the branch not fruitful, thai he outs off; it 
 is not so often used for things as for per- 
 sons ; oia Iho no, he by himself. 1 .2M. 
 18:6. 
 
 0-i-A, u To continue ; to endure ; to 
 remain the same ; -oia mau no ia, it is 
 always the :ame ; ho oia ka mea hawawa i 
 ka hoenalu,hai ka papa, the awkward per- 
 son always bveaks the board in riding on 
 the surf. Moo. To consent ; to affirm ; to 
 assent; to confess; to admit a truth orv 
 
 010 
 
 fact : to profess. KatU. 26:3. To avouch. 
 Kant. 26:17, 18. Note. — ^The ideas of being, 
 existence, continuance, fitness and truth 
 are from the same root, and has the same 
 forin a$ the third pers. sing, of the pro- 
 noun, and supply in some measure the 
 place of the substantive Terb. See Oram. 
 § 136, 1st. 
 O-i-A, s. Yes; verity; truth; also Aoo, 
 
 same. 
 0-i-A, adv. Yes ; it is so ; a strong af- 
 firmative. 
 0-i-A, s. A specie's of fish. 
 0-i-Ai, adv. While ; whilst, &c. See Oi. 
 Oiai e oia ana kakou i keia manawa, while 
 we are living at the present time. 
 0-iA-i-o, s. Oia, truth, and io, real. 
 ■ 1. Truth f verity ; what is true : upright- 
 ness. 
 
 2. Hoo. A pledge; a thing given in 
 
 pledge for another ; a pawn. Kin. 38:20. 
 
 Oi-A-i-o, V, Hoo. To declare to be true ; 
 
 ' to affirm; to verify; to prove. 1 2fal. 8:26. 
 
 2, To confess as an article of belief; to 
 
 -'acknowledge ; to trust jn. Kanl. 1:32. 
 
 Oi-A-i-o, adv. Truly; verily; of a truth. 
 
 loan. 3:3. A strong asseveration of truth. 
 
 Oi-A-io, adj. True; notfelsej heoiaio 
 
 maoli kana niau hana, aole keekee iki. 
 
 Oi-A-NA, int. Indeed! truly! Laieik.8. 
 
 Oi-A-NA, ) p. {^p^ Let it be seen ; let 
 
 Ol-A-NE, J it appear; show it me, &e, Sw. 
 
 _with inane. Oiane kau palapala, show 
 
 your book; sometimes written otamj. St.v. 
 
 also with hoike. E oiane oe i kau olele. 
 
 Oi-o, s. Name of a species of fish. 
 
 2. Name of a kind of stone used in pol- 
 ishing canoes. 
 
 3. Name of a species of small bird. 
 
 O-io, s. A company or troop of ghosts; 
 he huakai uliane ; the same in respect of 
 ghosts as hvakai is in respect of mon. 
 
 O-i-o, s. A long bundle of salt or fish ; 
 he oio paakai; he io kekahi iuoa; also 
 called io. 
 
 2, The name of a fish that burrows in the 
 sand ; o ka oio ka ia noho ma ke one. 
 
 0-10, s. 0, fork, and io, flesh. A flesh 
 hook ; a flesh fork. Puk. 38:3. 
 
 Oi-oi, V. To rest from fatigue, partic- 
 ularly the fatigue of walking. Nah. 10:83. 
 
 2. To move sideways ; to ,turn the side 
 U> one. Puk. 20:15. 
 
 3. Hoo. To shoot out thu lips, as in scorn. 
 
 Oi-oi, s. Something sharp; excessive. 
 
 Fig. a trial. 
 Oi-oi, adj. Sharp; full of .sharp points; 
 
 mea otoi, pricks ; sharp tilings. 
 2. Forwaxdi presuming. 
 
OIL 
 
 87 
 
 00 
 
 O-io-io, V, To pass and repass by num- 
 bers in quick Huccessiou. 
 
 Oi-o-i-NA, s. See Oioi, to rest. A rest- 
 ing ; a resting place lor travelers, wLerc is 
 found some accommoclations more than 
 usual : a pile of stones ; a tree ; a bush, 
 <to. iCm. 42:27. 
 
 Oi-oi-Ktr, V. To struggle ; to contend 
 with some difflc\ilty, as traveling in deep, 
 njud : oioilcu ka hele ana o ka mea nui. 
 See OiKu. 
 
 Oi-HAA, s. A person with crooked limbs, 
 but not so much as to hinder from busi- 
 ness. See OiiAA. 
 
 Oi-HA-NA, s. Oi, principal, and hana, 
 ■vrork. 
 
 1. A special duty or business ; the virork 
 • peculiar to one ; an occupation ; a trade. 
 
 Oih. 18:.3. 
 
 2. Duty ; employment. Kin. 47:3. Ser- 
 vice. 
 
 3. An observance; custom; ministry; 
 labor ; calling ; office. 
 
 4. One's tools; ini'^ruments or apparatus 
 for any business. Pufc. 27:3. Na kapu 
 kabiko a me na oihana wahahee, the an- 
 cient kapus and the false customs, i. e., 
 customs lotifided on false notions; na oi- 
 ^ona'i»puwa!e, foolish customs; ke hoike 
 mal nei ha kumu a kakou i keia oOiana o 
 na aina naanao. 
 
 5^ Tlio name of the book of Acts in the 
 New Testament. 
 
 Oi-HA-NA-A-ui, s. OzAfflwa arid fiZw, king, 
 A history of the acts of kings ; name of the 
 books in the Old Testament called Chron- 
 icles. 2 Nal. 13:8. 
 
 Oi-HA-NA-KA-Hu-NA, s. Oihana and ka- 
 hvma, priest. 
 
 1. Priestliood; the exercise of the priest's 
 office. Nah. 18:1. 
 
 2. Natne of the book Leoiticus. 
 0-i-Ki-PU-A-HO-LA, s. The name of a 
 
 pestilence in the time of Waia. 
 0-i-Ki-i-Ki, s. Name of the fifth month 
 0-i-Ki-Ki, s. Name of a month," same 
 
 as ikiki. 
 Oi-KU, V. To Struggle, as one walking 
 
 iu deep mud. See OioiKii. 
 Oi-Ku-WA, s. Name of the tenth month 
 O-i-Li, V. Kindred with vnli. To twist; 
 
 to roll up. 
 2. To roll up ft cloth, kapo- or paper. 
 
 5. Toimtwisl; to spring back, as a bun- 
 dle, when it gets loose ; e opcope ia wahi 
 mea a paa, o mli akn ia mea, hoka kakou. 
 See Wnu. 
 
 4. To feel uneasy ; to be agitated with 
 fe»r. 
 
 a. To faint ; to be discomposed ; to be 
 agitated with strong cmotiona. Mek Sol. 
 &:£. 
 
 6. To ascend ; to mount up, as an object 
 seen at a distance ; oiii ka hale kala o 
 liabainaluua ke nana mai i ka moana ; to 
 iisc in thA mind, as a thought j oM mai la 
 keiu mauao hou iloko o'u, this new idea 
 came up into me. 
 
 7. To project ; to extend be^nd ; sim 
 ilar to kda ; c oUi ae ana ka holo ana ; ka 
 oUi ae no ia hele ana iwaho ; o ka oili ae 
 mawaho o ka upona holo ana. 
 
 0-i-Li, s. The region of the heart; the 
 seat of fear ; lele ka oUi, a fright ; the seat 
 of judgment; conscience; kamoamaloko 
 e hoapono ana, a e hoahcwa ana. Kamak 
 ' Lele ka oiU o ka lani ; lele i ka lani o ka 
 oili ; o ka lani, oia ka mea e lele ana me 
 he Koki la ia, me he hokulcle la. . 
 
 0-i-Li, s. Name of a small fisih; also 
 
 0-I-LI, adj. Ke keiki oili wale, an un.-_ 
 timely birth. Kekah. 6:3. Ka manu oUi, 
 Ico lea o ke kakabiaka, the bird of the 
 morning unfoldinrj a lovely voice. 
 
 O-i-Li-LA-PA, s. Nameof a speciesof fish. 
 
 0-i-Li-LE-PA, s. Name of a species of 
 small fish in the ocean resembling, but a 
 little larger than the uwiwi. Note. — Per- 
 haps this is the same as the foregoing. 
 
 O-i-Li-LU-A, V. To go before; to project 
 one thing before another. See Hodkel*. 
 
 0-i-Li-PU-LE-LO, V. OUipuleto ke ahi o 
 ka maile; to send llghttil lire brands down 
 a pali in the night, formerly a sport for 
 
 , chiefs. 
 
 O-i-Ll-WA-LE, adj. Relating to an un- 
 timely birth ; prematurely unfolded. Ke- 
 kah. 6:3. 
 
 0-i-LO, s. He nahelehele liilii loa, e 
 oUo ae ana ilalo ; grass and other vegetfi- 
 bles when it first springs up. 
 
 0-I-LO, s. Name of a species of fish ; he 
 oUo pulii. 
 
 2. The springing up or first shooting of 
 plants and vegetables. 
 
 0-i-LO-A, adj. Oi, edge, point, and lua, 
 double. Double edged ; two edged, as a 
 sword ; sfime as makalvM. 
 
 0-i-wii s. See Iwi, s. The substantial 
 part of a thing ; that which gives character 
 or adds ornament ; the upper naked per- 
 son of a well baili man ; o hele a hoike 
 aku i ko oiwi i ke kumu ; maikai ka oiwi o 
 mea, kihi peahi lua, maikai ka oiwi ke 
 nana aku, pakaka. 
 
 Nanl ]f a oiwi o Hilo ! ka lebua 
 Ke kui la^i ke one i VTaialama 
 Mant ke kino o ia la.iu, he lauu. 
 
 0-0, t;. To ripen; to become ripe, as 
 fruit. los. 3:15. 
 
 2. Applied to men ; he kanaka oo !oa, a 
 full grown man ; he kanaka elemakale, 
 ua 00. 
 
. 001 I 
 
 8. To coni« to maturity, as children 
 grown up to manhood. 
 0-0, V. See O, to pierce, dot into, fc. 
 To crowd or cram into, as tobacco into a 
 pipe; e 00 iho i ka ipabaka i paa ai ka 
 ipubak»ke puhi aku ; e nounon. 
 
 i. To crowd herbs, &c., of an inflamma- 
 tory natui'e into the vagina of a female to 
 procure abortion. 
 
 3. To pierce with a sharp instrument the 
 foetus in the womb ; oo iio lakon ina keiki, 
 ua nui na kamalii i make pela. See Ao- 
 MiLO. He nui wale na wahine i oo i ka 
 lakou mau keiki i ka manawa e hapai ai. 
 
 4. To commit infanticide generally, of 
 which the Hawaiians had a variety of 
 methods. 
 
 5. To stab or pierce, as with a spear; 
 00 iho la laua i ko Keeaumoku kua i ka 
 pahoa, they two stabbed the back of Kee- 
 aumoliu with a pahoa. 
 
 0-0, s. Name of the process by which 
 
 a child was killed in the womb. 
 0-0, s. The instrument anciently used 
 
 by Hawaiians in cultiTating the ground. 
 
 Originally it was made of some hardwood. 
 
 flattened and sharpened at one end so as 
 
 to dig with. The kinds of wood were the 
 
 alabee, ulei, kauila, the uhiuM, &o. Iron 
 
 since its introduction has taken the place 
 
 of these kinds of woods. 
 0-0, s. Name of a species of bird Ht- 
 
 ing in the mountains in the daytime and 
 
 flies to the sea at uiglit; a small brown 
 
 bird, web-footed. 
 0-0, s. Name of a species of bird found 
 
 in great numbers on Hawaii ; the feathers 
 
 were much valued by the chiefe for orna- 
 
 mentiog their persons. 
 0-0, s. Name of a large fly brush. 
 0-0, adj. Ripe; mature, as fruit, ler. 
 
 24:2. 
 2. Applied also to full grown young 
 
 people ; ai oo mua, first ripe fruit. Puk. 
 
 22:29. 
 0-o-A-Hi, s. Oo and ahi, fire. A nre 
 
 sljipvel. 2 Oihl 4:11. O ka mea ike i ka 
 
 ooahi Naaiono; lele ka papala ooahi o 
 
 kapali. 
 0-o-B, pers. pron., second psrs. sing., o 
 
 emphatic. See Oram. § 131. Thou ; you. 
 
 See Oe. In the following cases it seems to 
 
 be used in the auipili ; ooe ke kukulu ana 
 
 keia hale ; ooe ka'hnmu ana a keia pea. 
 Oos is used often in Lamkawai for m, of 
 ttee ; nawai ke kama ooe. Laieik. 176. 
 
 0-oE, V. To split, as a log or a board ; 
 ooe aku la'la me ka laau no ka menemene 
 
 1 ka lalau aku me ka lima. 
 
 O-oi, V. To be sharp ; pointed ; ooi na 
 kakalaioa, the kakalaioa are sharp : ooi iia 
 puakajla, the pnakalas are sharp. See Oi. 
 
 3 OOL 
 
 O-oi, s. Roughness; anything with 
 sharp protuberances; ua like ka ooj me kc 
 kalakala. . 
 
 O-oi, adj. Sharp ; prickly, los. 23:1.'J. 
 Mea ooi, sharp things ; briers, lunk. 8:7. 
 Nahele ooi, thorns. 2 Sain. 23:6. Mea ooi, 
 sting of a wasp or asp. Hoik. 9:10. 
 
 0-0-0, V. To crow, as a cock. Mat. 
 26:74, 75. Stx. with kani. 
 
 0-0-0, s. Any small vessel for contain- 
 ing water to drink ; he ooo no ka, wai, be 
 kioo, Ipahaaha. 
 
 0-0-0, V. To shrink away. 
 
 2. To be very careful of one's person or 
 property. 
 
 3. To be parsimonious. 
 
 0-oir, V. To call aloud; to cry after 
 one to make him hear ; ua oou aku la au 
 ia ia i lohe mai ai, aole oia alawa mai, 
 Kam. 
 
 0-o-HAo, s. Oo and hao, iron. The iron 
 00. See Oo. Applied lately to the plow 
 for tilling the soil. 
 
 0-o-Hon, s. -Oo and /uni, new. The 
 name given to the plow as an instninient 
 for tilling the soil; the neu oo, i. o., the plow. 
 
 0-o-Hir, V. To bend over, as the shoul- 
 ders of a carpenter or any mechanic from 
 the constancy of work ; ooJm ke kua o ke 
 kanaka no ke kulou mau i ka hana ; ha- 
 nana, kuaoohu; ua oohu ke kua, he is 
 stoop-shouldered. 
 
 O-o-HU, s. A stoop-shouldered man. 
 2. The swell of the sea rolling down 
 from the north part of Hawaii ; when it 
 comes from the south point, it is called 
 kahtla. 
 
 O-o-HU, • adj. Crooking ; bending out- 
 ward. 
 
 O-D-Ki, V. The 5th conj. of oM. To cut 
 off; to lop, as the branch of a tree. Mar. 
 11 :S. To cut olT, as a rope. 
 
 2. To cut up, as wood for fuel : ke ooki 
 nei au i ka wahie ; ooki ae la lakou i ke 
 kaula ka waapa, they cut off the rope of 
 the boat. 
 
 3. To cut off, as the limb of a person. 
 iMnk. 1:6. 
 
 4. To divorce, as a married person ; ke 
 oofci nei au i kuu wahina no ka hewa ; 
 oofci i ka piko la, e lea hoahanau, a ejxjech 
 of one friend to another wlien they arc at 
 variance and can not agree. 
 
 O-o-LA, *. A blister oji the foot; a stone 
 bruise on the bottom of the foot, 
 
 0-o-tA-PU, s. A blister; the rising or 
 sweliing up of clothes in a tub of water. 
 
 0-o-LE-A, V. See^Oo, the instrument 
 formerly made of iiard wood, and Lba, au 
 intonsive, rauob, very, &c. To be hard; 
 severe ; cruel in treatment ; to strengthen ; 
 
OOL 
 
 89 
 
 OU 
 
 to make finn, as bunes do the animai sys- 
 tem. Anat. 1. 
 
 2. PhysicaUy, hard ; unyielding. 
 
 3. MoToBy, rough ; selfish in mannera. 
 
 _ 4. Boo. To harden ; to render obdurate, 
 either naturally or morally ; to harden, as 
 the neck, i e., to be obstinate. 2 ilai. 
 17:14. Mai Twoled i ka hana ana, e hana no 
 me ka oluolu. 
 
 5. To be stout; strong : confident, as in 
 using words. MnX. 3;1.3. To harden; make 
 bold ; fearless, as the face. Ezek, 3:8. 
 0-o-LEiV, s. Physically, strength; con- 
 fidence ; hardness ; severity. Oiltk. 25:46. 
 
 2. MoraUy, surety ; stem justice. Bom. 
 11:22. Opposed to lokonM^i. 
 
 3. Stren^h ; place of confidence. Hal 
 18:2. Ka ikaika, ka aawaliwali ole, ka 
 paakiki. 
 
 0-o-LEA, adj. Hard; compact; unyield- 
 ing. 
 
 2. Stiar; forward; obstinate. Kanl. 31:27. 
 IJntractable; disobedient; hoc, same; hoo- 
 kah! malama hookupn dala oolea, on the 
 first month they collect hard money as 
 taxes. 
 
 O-o-LE-Ku-KA-Hi, s. The name of the 
 seventh day of the month. 
 
 0-o-LE-Kp-EA-Hi, s. Ka Wku na la 
 ka malamf ; eha oia maii la i kapaia ia 
 mau inon, o ka wcdu, o ka aiim, a o ka 
 umi. 
 
 O-0"L»KTr-K0-Lts s. The ninth day of 
 the month. 
 
 O-o-LE-KTT-LTi-A, s. The name of the 
 eighth day of the month. 
 
 0-0-LE-PAU, s. The tenth day of the 
 month. ■ 
 
 G-0-Lo-HU-A, s. The fruit of the popolo. 
 
 O-o-LO-KiT, V. Olo, flexible, movable, 
 and ku., to rise. 
 
 1. To be in a state like the sea when the 
 current and wind are opposite;. to actMke 
 a chopped sea. 
 
 2. To be stormy oi.' tempestuoua, as the 
 sea ; knpikipiM io. 
 
 3.' Applied to the mind : to be troubled; 
 
 agitated. 
 O-o-Lo-KU, s. The raging of the sea j 
 
 ka ooloka ana o ke kai i ka ino. 
 0-o-LO-Ktr, adj. Boisterous; stormy, as 
 
 the sea. 
 O-o-Lo-LA, s. Name of a species of fish. 
 O-o-Lo-Li, cdj. Contracted or narrow, 
 
 asa place pjinched up; as toes within tight 
 
 Hhoes. 
 
 0-o-Lo-tn, adj. SeeOLoandIiii,sinail. 
 Thin ; narrow ; narrow, as a road ; ma ke 
 ala ooMii aole nahelehele. See Olou. 
 Ololii ia the more correct orthography. 
 
 O-o-Lo-PTJ, s. A mouthful of food or 
 12 
 
 water; 'hsoolopv. ai,he poolopu wai. Moo- 
 ole'o Haw. p. 114. 
 
 0-o-LO-ru,adj. Swelled full; distendied, 
 as a sail, a tnmor, &c. 
 
 0-o-MA, g. An open spout; the nose of 
 a pitcher ; a pitcher itself. 
 2. A gouge; a person with a sharp nose. 
 
 O-o-MA, adj. Open, as the mouth of a 
 person ; as the nose of a pitcher ; he kiaha 
 ooma wai, a pitcher. Luk. 22:10. The flare 
 of a bonnet, &o. ; epithet given by Hawai- 
 ians to the bonnets of the fixstmissionariea' 
 wives ; he papale ooma, ka ! 
 
 0-o-NTji, s. Name of a sppcies of fish. 
 
 0-o-PA, V. To be lame; to limp for 
 lameness. 2 Sam. 4:4. 
 
 0-o-PA, s. A lame person. Ma^. 11:15; 
 Oafc. 21:18. 
 
 0-o-PA, adj. Lame, as by walking; 
 lame, as an arm with hard labor; lame, 
 having lost a foot; lame, as a cripple; laaje 
 naturally ; he wawae oopa, hapakue. 
 
 0-o-PA-iATT, s. Oo, the name of the 
 Hawaiian digger, to which is added from 
 the English the word palau (plow.) Hence, 
 a plow for cultivating the ground ; he or;- 
 paiau ka oo a ka bipi e kano ai. See Oo- 
 HAO and OoHocr. 
 
 0-o-PA -LATT, V. To plow; to guide a 
 plow. I Nal. 19:19. 
 
 0-o-PtT, s. Name of a species of small 
 fish living in freshwater rivers and ponds. 
 
 0-o-pu-HA-pinr, s. Name ofa fish which 
 is caught far out at sea., 
 
 O-o-pir-Hff-E, s. A species of fish with 
 a rough skin, which is poisonous, if eaten. 
 2. A name of the bitter calabash. 
 
 O-o-pir-KAi, s. A species of oopu living 
 iij the sea. See Oopc. 
 
 O-o-PU-LH-UA, adj. The liver of an ani- 
 mal served up with other things as a sauce; 
 he ake puaa, he ake oopuluua. 
 
 O-o-pn-poo-PAA, s. Another species of 
 , oopu, similar, if not the same as oi^mkai. 
 
 Ov, pers. pron., second pers. sing., gen. 
 of oe. Thine ; yours ; belonging to you. 
 Sometimes it is used for kou, thy ; thine ; 
 as, me ow poe kanaka, instead of me kow 
 poe, £c; ou mau kamalii, thy children. 
 Gram. § 132, 1. 
 
 On is sometimes used for o in the im- 
 perative; as, ou hele oukou. Mat. 2:S; 
 Sfeh. 8:6. See Gram. § 192, last sentence. 
 The of this imperative is often written ou_ 
 
 O'v, pers. pron., first pers. sing., geni- 
 tive of au. My ; ■ mine ; of me ; belonging 
 to me. Oram. § 124, 1. 
 
 0-u, V. To lean the breast on a piece 
 of wood in order to float ; to ascend upon, 
 as a float. 
 
OUL 
 
 90 
 
 OMA 
 
 0-u, s. A float. See Mouo. 
 
 Ou, V. To steal. 
 
 2. To break off the top of a plant, bud 
 or leaf. 
 
 ' ■ 3. To commit a small offense ; e om fea 
 muou ka wa iki ; e ou ka muop.' o ka 
 baka. 
 
 Ou, V. To hide away ; to escape pun- 
 ishment for a crime ; aole wahi e ou ai ka 
 poe hewa i keia manawa, uapaa i ke kana- 
 wai ; -be ou nei ka poe hewa i kahi papa 
 popo. 
 
 Ou, V. See O, verb, and Hou. To 
 pierce or puncture, as witJi a sharp iastru- 
 ment ; e ou, o hooeha i ka pnupuu i kc 
 poo, to lance or pierce the' swelling on the 
 Ijead. 
 
 Ou, J. Name of a species of bird on 
 the mountains : o ka ouj na like ta me ka 
 moa opiupio ; no omaomao koiia bulu. 
 
 0-n-A, V. To stretch ottt. 
 
 O-xr-A-KA, V. To be oipen } to be full of, 
 holes. See Ovi^iJM. and Oaka. 
 
 0-ir-o-u, s. A sharp quick sound, as of 
 the kapa mallet ; kanl ouou ke kani ana a 
 ka ie knkn. 
 
 2. The sound of a drum when struck ; e 
 kani ov.wi ana ka leo o ka pahu ; ke kani 
 d ka ouou kuamuamu, the sound of the 
 sharp voice of railing. 
 
 Ou-ou, V. To be full of hard lumps, as 
 noi not well pounded ; he ouou ka ai, he 
 tiakubaku tiuvpuu. 
 
 Ou-ou, s. The name of a small bird. 
 
 Ou-ou, adj. Thfei ; feeble ; he puka- 
 puka, he kunono. 
 
 Ou^-LE, s. Firmness ; fearlessness. 
 See Ou, to hide away. 
 
 O-uo-uo, adj. Growing thriftily, as 
 plants; no stinting; mabakea kupu Ian 
 oiiouo ole. 
 
 Ou-Ho-Lo-Ai, s. A kind of mamaki kapa 
 
 vhich is dyed or painted different colors 
 on each side. 
 
 Ou-KoU, 2>ers. pron,, second pers. pliiral. 
 
 Ye ; you. 
 O-Uriii, s. A change in the appearance 
 
 of a thing. 
 
 2. Character; kind; description; applied 
 to many things ; lie ouK okoa ; ua maopopo 
 fca.o«/i ka poe hana hewa, ma ka lakou 
 hana ana. 
 
 3. A sign ; a token of the approach of a 
 storm or calamity ; an omen ; a sign in the 
 heavens. 
 
 4. Form ; change ; meSining of a *ord. 
 8. A sign of something expected; an 
 
 earnest or pledge ; e lawe i ka ouli ao, mc 
 ka ouli hana i pono ai o« i ka mak^ o kau 
 poe baumana. I 
 
 6. A sign or signal of divine authority. 
 Puk. 4:28. 
 
 7. A wonder, i. e., a thjng wondered at. 
 Isa. 8:18. Atokenof some evil. Zsa. 44:25. 
 In grammar, mood or mode; as, ouli hai, 
 indicativemood. 
 
 O-u-Li, «.T<ame of the god of those 
 
 who prayed people to deatl^; ka fnoa o ke 
 
 akua o ka. poe anaana. 
 Ou-Mu-A-MU-A, s. See Muamua. The 
 
 name of the foremost soldier or the front 
 
 rank in battle. 
 0-u-NAu-NA, Sj The name of a fou'- 
 
 footed animal in'the sea. 
 0-u-PE, ) r. To vex; to trouble; 
 
 O-U-PE-ou-PE, J to put to hazard ; to ill 
 
 fate ; c oupe mai kuu akua ia oe. 
 
 2. To be limber or weak, as the point of 
 a pen ; cupe ka maka o ka hulu. 
 
 3. To make limber or bend, as a stick. 
 
 4. To cause to fall, or to put down. 2 
 Oihl. 25:8. See Okupb. 
 
 Ou-WA, s. Auhea kakou a pau loa e o'u 
 poe hoa ouwa mau la wela nei la, where 
 are we all, my fellow young cocks of these 
 hot days ; also oua. See Moaoua. 
 
 Ou-WA, s. A person living with stran- 
 \gers till he beoKjmes as one of the people, 
 but still does not feel at home. ^ 
 
 Ou-RA-NA-TA-NA, s. Eng. The orang- 
 oulang. 
 
 0-H.A, i. The small sprigs of kaio that 
 grow on the sides of the older roots ; the 
 suckers which arc transplanted. 
 
 2. A branch from a stock. Isa. .'>%2. A 
 sucker from tho root of a plant or tree. 
 &«. 11:1. Fio. /er. 23:5. 
 
 3. A stick for ensnaring bitds ; he laau 
 kapili manu. 
 
 O-HA, s. A salutation between the 
 sexes J rather a call, as halloo ! to attract 
 attention, and when the person looks 
 round, then beckons. 
 
 O-HA, V. To salute, as a man a woman, 
 or vice versa; to call to one at some dis- 
 tance, and when he looks, then beckons to 
 hiiu. 
 
 O-HA, adj. Sick from grief or care. 
 
 0-HAA, s. The name of a fish; also 
 oe/ia ; ke opac ohaa. 
 
 0-HAA, adj. He wav/ae ohaa; a person 
 witb crooked or distorted limbs. 
 
 0-HAi, J. A flowering shrub resembling 
 
 a locust. 
 
 0-HAi-KAU, s. Name given to a sledge 
 obtained from Captain Cook which was' 
 worshipped. 
 
 0-HA-o, s. A swelling of the body from 
 sickness ; ka ohm o ka llio, the sweUirutot 
 the dog. 
 
OHA 
 
 91 
 
 OHE 
 
 0-HAo, ». To weed; to cultivate; to 
 rtress land. 
 
 O-HAo, adj. Swelled or dropsical; ka 
 opu ohao^ puflted np^ swelled full, as the 
 bowols with wind or water. SceOnAOiiAO. 
 
 0-HAO, s. Name of a rope to tie dogs 
 with. 
 
 O-HAo, V. To tie, as a rope or string; 
 to .feend on ; applied mostly to dogs ; e 
 o7«io i ka ilio a paa. 
 
 0-HA-o-HA, *. The fond recollection of 
 a Mond ; joy ; great desire ; strong affec- 
 tion. 
 
 0-HA-o-HA, adv. Thriftily, as oha shoots; 
 like ohaa; nlu ohnoha na laaa kanu, the 
 trees planted grow thriftily. 
 
 0-HAo-HAO, V. See Ohao. To swell, as 
 the belly or body; to bo full, as with much 
 eating ; ua b.QOkukn, na noptt. 
 
 2. To rise up, as a thought •in the mind. 
 See Ohao. . 
 
 0-HAo-HAO, adj. Puffed ttp; swelled 
 , full, as the bowels with wind; or water ; he 
 ohaohao ka opttghe ekceke k^ lomi iho. 
 
 O-MAo-HAO-LA, s. A false Speech ; a lie ; 
 a cuutvadiction iVomwfaat one has Kaid be- 
 fore; na ololo an i lohe ai ho ohaoluda 
 wale no ia, aole i like pu mo kau i olelo 
 ai, olMoJiaohi, obalahala. 
 
 O'Hio-HA-LA, ffl^'. Thrifty; rank, as 
 vegetables. SeeOBAUA and Oiiaoha. 
 
 O-HAo-HA-LA, J. A jpleasant delightful 
 sound. 
 
 0-HA-HA, adj. Rump; rank; thrifty; 
 flourishing ; referring to vegetables. Kin. 
 41 :!>, Ka u)n maikai aaa o ka mca kanu. 
 
 0-HA-HA, s. Name of a plant, arbores- 
 cent loMia ; a vice growing on trees ; a 
 jiarai^iLical plant. 
 
 0-HA-HA, adj. Swelled; puffed up; en- 
 larged. See Haiia. 
 
 0-HA-KA, V. Ua ohaka, ua pololi; to be 
 disconnected, 1)ul near together ; to have 
 a ci"ack betw<!en. 
 
 0-HA-KA, adj. Open J not joined; not 
 fitted together ; he mao vltaica, lie mao 
 hakaka. 
 
 O-HA-KA-LAi, s. Oha and ktdai. A stick 
 to rub or polish with,, us a file or other in- 
 strument 
 
 0-HA-ku-LAi, V. Oha, a shoot, and ku- 
 Ud, to push over. To bend off the young 
 kalo from the old to give it room to grow. 
 
 0-HA-KU-LAI, s. A hard protuberande 
 on the joints i.f the human body, as the 
 knees, hips, ankles, &c.; also called haupim. 
 2. A protuberance in tl>e flesh. 
 
 0-HA-LA, ttdj Green; young; not ripe. 
 
 U-KA-LAU, s. The soft tops and blossoms 
 
 ' of kalo leaves made into a luau; often 
 made where kalo grows plentifully. 
 
 0-HA-NA, s. A family. 2 Sam. 9:1. A 
 brood of birds. Kard. 22:6. A litter, as 
 of puppies or pigs ; an offspring ; a tribe. 
 Io$. 14:1, 2, 3. All the young of one ani- 
 mal; ka oha.ui Toioa, ka ohuna ilio, &e.\ 
 ohana nuku, an endearing appellation for 
 little children j oAanahipa, a flock of sheep. 
 
 0-HA-NA, a^. Of or relating to a fam- 
 ily ; he mohai ohana, a family sacrifice. 1 
 Sam. 20:29. 
 
 O-HA-NA, s. A family of parents, chil- 
 dren and servants living together ; o kc 
 kakae no ia o ka iepo o Lahainaluna me 
 he ohana moa la. 
 
 0-HE, s. Art., ke. The bamboo; the 
 outside wae formerly used for knives on 
 account of Its hardness ; a reed generally. 
 2 Nat. 18:21. 
 
 2. A measuring reed. Boik. 21:15. Ohe 
 hani, a flute ; ohe nana, a spyglass ; puna 
 n%e, a spoon made of bamboo. 
 
 3. Name of a forest tree ; timber soft, 
 like kukui, white, good for making kuku- 
 luaeo. 
 
 0-HE, s. A bundle. See Om. 
 
 O^HK, s. Art., ka. Name of a musical 
 
 instrument of the flute kind ; hookahi au 
 
 mca malama, o ka ohe a kaua ; aia malama 
 
 pono oe i ka oht. laieik. 122. He ohe 
 
 mana. Ih. 
 0-HE-A, adv. inter., the genitive case of 
 
 /tea. 'Of where ? of what place ? Oram. 6 
 
 160. 
 0-HE A, V. To\Veed; to hoe. SeeOnEU. 
 0-HE-A, s. An arrow not well fitted ; a 
 
 matter of play for children ; he pua lele 
 
 olc, he pua oMo. 
 0-HE-A, adj. Lazy after eating; tiyed 
 
 of work: ao inclination lo work; he mo- 
 
 lowa, hoihM ole, ohea I ka la. 
 0-HEA-HEA, "oa!;. Warm; tasteless, as 
 
 warm water,; he wai oheahea, he wai 
 
 mama. 
 0-HE-A-LA, s. OAc and afo, sweet. Sweet 
 
 cane ; a vegetable offered in sacrifice. Jsa. 
 
 43:24. Sweet calamus. Puk. 30:23. 
 O-HEE, *. O, to pierce, and hee, squid. 
 
 To take squid by spearing; i kaoAee lakou, 
 
 they are spearing squid. 
 
 0-HE-o-HE, adj. Half erect, not flat or 
 horizontal, but as a steep roof of a house ; 
 ku oheohe, a knln ole. 
 
 0-HE-o-HE, s. The bamboo; a reed gen- 
 erally See Ohe. 
 
 0-HE-u, V, To weed or hoe, as pota- 
 toes ; to dig over a garden. 
 0-HE-U, ) p. See ,Heu. To come 
 0-HE-U-HEU, J out, as the beard of a 
 
om 
 
 92 
 
 Offl 
 
 young man : oheuJieti, ua oAeii, ae no hoi 
 ECU piuiljolc', make buu makua.X 
 
 O-HE-'HA, adj. Sloiv; lazy in work. See 
 HuHA, niolowa. 
 
 0-HE-KA-PA-LA, s, Ohe, bamboo, and 
 kapala, to print. A piece of bamboo carved 
 for the purpose of printing tapa ; he o/»e 
 kakan. 
 
 0-HE-EE, adj. Fearful; bashful; mod-' 
 est ; hrimble ; ho oheke wale ko ko kua- 
 aina kanaka, the country people are mod- 
 est and difBdent: he oAffceole kanaka wahi 
 alii, the people about the chief are without 
 modeaiy. 
 
 O-HE-Lo, ) s. A species of srftall 
 
 O-HE-LO-H^-LO, ) fruit of a reddish color; 
 the Hawaaian whortleberry. See.HELC. 
 
 O-HE-LO-HErLO, odj, -Having the color 
 of thei ohko, i. e., a light red ; he hainlika 
 ohelsQheh. he eilika okdithdo. 
 
 0-HE-LO-PA-rA, s. A strawberry. 
 
 O-HE-Mo, adj. Weaned; broken off,, as 
 from sucking ; as a child from the breast. 
 See Hemo. He ukiihi ohemo na keiki. 
 
 0-HE-MO, V. To discharge freely from 
 the bowels, aa in a dysentery. 
 
 0-HE-Mo-HE-Mo, adj. Faint J languid ; 
 weak ; omino, alalone, nitwaliwali. 
 
 0-HE-NA-NA, J. Ohe, bamboo, and wa?M, 
 to see, look. A spyglass. See Ohe. 
 
 0-HE-wA, V. O, to pierce, and kewa, 
 wrong. To make a false stab at a. person 
 or thing. 
 
 0-HE-wA-HE-WA, adj.. Far gone with 
 sickness; dead drunk; dim-sighted; oke- 
 wahema mai la na maka, the eyes do 'hot 
 see plainly ; not able to see from intense 
 light or other cause ; liable to mistaka 
 what is seen. See Hoohewahbwa. 
 
 0-Hi, V. To gather up, a.s things scat- 
 tered ; to glean. Kanl. 2i:21. To collect 
 t6gether. Nah. 11:32. 
 
 2. To collect, as fruit; to gather in a 
 harvest. Oihk. 19:9, 10. 
 
 3. To pluck, as fruit, and carry away; 
 to collect together, as property ; ua ohiia 
 ka waiwai; to collect; to sweep in, as in 
 collecting the spoil of a conquered en- 
 emy. 
 
 4. To carry away by force ; equivalent 
 io h(jifi; aohe pu oloko o ka pa, ua pau i 
 ka ok'iia e na kanaka mawaho, there was 
 no gnu in the fort, theywere all tafcereaway 
 by the people without. 
 
 6, To choose out. 8am, 17:40. 
 
 6. To receive ; to be taken into the care 
 or friendship of ono ; ohi raai o Liholiho i 
 poo punah'ile nana ; pau ae la ke bui i ka 
 ohiia i makau, all the nails were collected 
 for flsh-hooks. 
 
 7, To receive, as the interest oa money. 
 
 8. To take up and protect, as an orphan. 
 Hal. 27:10. 
 0-Hi, s. A collecting, as of money or 
 property, implying difficulty ; the collect- 
 ing the frnits of a harvest. 2 Oihl 31:5. 
 The coUecttng, as debts. 
 
 2. A bundle or collection of sonsetbing ; 
 as, he ohi wauke, he ohi kalo, a ImtuMe or 
 wauke, a bundle of kalo. 
 0-HI, s. For oke, bamboo. Laieik. 22. 
 
 A misprint perhaps. 
 0-HI, adj. False; deceitful; waha oAi, 
 a lying mouth ; he wahahee ; he puaa ohi, 
 a female hog that bears no pig? ; he alii 
 ohi, oia ke alii nana e ae ke kapa moe^ 
 Note. — Another native says that ohi is the 
 appellation given to a female animal upon 
 the fii'st bearing of young. See Isa. 7:2], 
 After two or three productions she io called 
 Jaimulau. 
 0-Hi-A, s. A contraction for 'ohiia. A 
 forcing; constrtining; compelling. ?.Kor. 
 9:5. 
 0-Hi-A, s. Name of a species of large 
 tree, the timber used for various purposes, 
 but especially for making gods. See other 
 species' below. 
 
 2. The name of a class of gods under the 
 general name of akumoho. 
 0-HI-A, s. A deciduous fruit somewhat 
 
 resembling the apple. 
 0-HiA-Ai, *. Name of the tree that bears 
 , the ohia fruit ; ohia apane, the ohia with 
 
 red blossoms, . . 
 
 0-HiA-HA, s. Another species of the 
 
 ohia tree ; hili ohiaha a hoolun. 
 0-HiA-LE-HTJ-A, s. OMastui lehua, name 
 of a blossom of certain trees. Another spe- 
 cies of the ohia, bearing beautiful blossoms. 
 See Lehda. 
 0-Hi-E, adj. Wicked; perverse. See 
 
 HcE or HiEHiE, and Ohipua. 
 0-Hi-o, *. A hahai i ka ohio, a me k?i 
 
 oAio unnunu. 
 0-Hi-o, s. The thinking; the reflection 
 of the mind upon a beloved but absent Qb- 
 ject. ' ' 
 
 2. The undulating motion of the air over 
 a smooth plain in a hot day. 
 0-Hi-o, V. To Stir and loosen the ground 
 
 around a vegetable. 
 0-Hi-o-Hi, s. See Ohi. Falsehood ; de- 
 ceitful talk ; boasting ; bragging ; ohiohi 
 pulfupuku. 
 0-Hi-o-Hi, s. The small straight branches 
 of trees ; ohiohi ke kupu o ka laa ; ; ohiohi 
 ke kupu ana ae. 
 
 0-HI-O-HI, V. To have substances of 
 various colors united, or a substance cf 
 varions shades of color, as mahogany tim- 
 ber, carl-maple, curly koa, &c. 
 
OHI 
 
 93 
 
 OHU 
 
 2, To be very beautiful ; pleasing to look 
 at; lianilaome. 
 0-Hi-o-Hi-o, V. See Hio. To stagger or 
 reel, as one intoxicated ; to h^ slightly in- 
 toxicated, eo as to producB ihe desire of 
 sleep. 
 
 2. To do a thing but slightly. 
 
 3. To shut the door lest loafers should 
 come in. 
 
 0-Hi-o-Hi-o, s. The dizziness of slight 
 
 intoxication. 
 0-Hi-u, V. To thatch in a particular 
 
 manner. 
 0-Hi-u-Hi-u, «. Name of a species of 
 
 flsh found at Kawaihae ; at ofbor pUu-cK 
 
 tbey are cMled uhu: 
 0-Hi-KAU, V. To mistake ; to make an 
 
 error in speaking; ohilcau wale aku no. 
 
 See Ohipda. 
 0-Hi-KAt7, s. A mistake ; a blunder in 
 
 speaking. 
 0-Hi-Kij s. Name of a particular man- 
 ner of thatching ; ua ohild ka maka i ka 
 
 laau; ua ohikiia kalaau i ka ai i ka wawae. 
 2: Name of a species of small crab or 
 
 sand spider. 
 0-Hi-Ki, V. To shell, as one shells beans; 
 
 e oUki a hoihoi aku i ka pulupulu. 
 
 2. To put in; to cram down; e ohUci 
 iloko. 
 
 3. To pry up, as a stone. 
 
 4. To lance or open, as an abscess. 
 0-Hi-Ki-Hi-Ki, V. To persevere, as when 
 
 -.one expects a favor by asking. 
 ~2: To pick, as the teeth ; ohikihiki i ka 
 niho a pllo. ' 
 0-Hi-LO, s. Name of the first day of 
 the month among Hawalians; same asMlo. 
 0-Hi-NA, V. Ohia.ndana. To have one's 
 property swept away for, debt ; ohina au- 
 . J>apa, same aspau ka waiwai. 
 0-Hi-NU, V. To roast, as meat. Isa. 
 44:16. To hang up and turn round by the 
 fire foi roasting ; to roast over or before a 
 Are ; ua ohinuia 1 ka uwahi. 
 0-Hi-NTJ, s. The piece, of meat roasted 
 as above, oi a piece for roasting. 1 Sam, 
 2:18 ; Jsa. 44:16. 
 
 Ka ohinu lele uirahi manu e 
 O ka manu ai leleu. 
 2, The name of the stick which turns 
 while the meat is roasting. 
 0-Hi-NU-Hi-NC, V. See Ohinu. To roast 
 much or often. 
 
 2. To bo parched and dried, .as the skin 
 or as roast meat ; ua ohinuhimt ka ili, ua 
 upcpehu. 
 
 3. To be smooth and shining, as a swelled 
 skin; henc6, 
 
 4. To be sick. 
 
 0-Hi-PA, V. To vow J to take a vow. 
 
 2. To perform a vow. 
 
 3. To speak that which is false. See 
 
 HOOHIPA. 
 
 0-Hi-pu-A, adj. Wicked; naughty; per- 
 verse ; he ohipm ka olelo ; careless of 
 negligent in speaking, whether truth cr 
 falseiiood. 
 
 0-HO, V. To cry out J more often Aoo^o; 
 to exclaim, cry out, as many voices; to 
 cry out, exclaim, as a single voice ; h/joho 
 ac: la ia loo nui, a pane mai la ia me ka 
 hooho ana, auwe! pau! See Hooho. To 
 cry out, as a flock jf birds on being fright- 
 ciieil : ohf! ae la ka auna manu i ka ilio. 
 
 O-iio, s. The hair of the head. Mat. 
 G:3(i. Oi- Jninian hair ; oAo Jiina, gray liair. 
 Kin. 42::ia See LauoBO. 
 
 2. The leaves of the cocoamit trees from 
 their resemblance to hair; wehekekaiaulu 
 i ke oho o ka niu, the stroug wind loosens 
 the leaves of the coooanuts. , 
 
 0-no-A-KA, s. The name of the second, 
 day of the ponth ; same as koaka. 
 
 O-Ho-KU, s. Also the name of the sec- 
 ond day of the mocth. 
 
 O-Eo-KU, s. The name of the fifteenth 
 day of the month, that is, the day that suc- 
 ceeds the day of the full moon. 
 
 0-HO-Ktri, *. Oho, hair, and kui, to join 
 together, A wig, made awkwardly, for- 
 merly worn in war. Kum. Haw. 10. 
 
 0-HO-Li, t). See HoLi. To question for 
 information. _ 
 
 0-HO-MA, adj. Destitute; without con- 
 
 ' veniences ; ua ku an i kit pa ohoma, a ua 
 kokoke mai kona la. 
 
 0-HU, *. A fog; a mist; a cloud. Puk. 
 24:16. Smoke; vapor. lob. 36:27. Ka dh% 
 e uhi ana i ke kuahiwi; the ligM eknid that 
 covers the mountains. Stn. with awa, fine 
 rain ; also noe, spray. 
 
 2. The breatSh of ajperson ia a cold morn - 
 iiig; ka ohu no la o ke kanaka. Sec 
 Mahd. 
 
 0-HU, V. To roll up, as the sea that 
 does not break. Laieik. 91. To swell high, 
 as water ; ohu Uuna ka wai ; ua pilia a ohu 
 iluna ke kai. 
 
 0-mr, s. A roller or swell of water that 
 does not break. 
 
 2. Name of a place raised up for any 
 purpose. See Ohukb and Ahda. 
 
 0-HU-A, s. The family part of a house- 
 hold, as children, servants, domestics, so- 
 journers, &c. ; the master andmistress are 
 not generally included. Mn. 12:6. Ka 
 ohM ia Hinahele me Kuula. 
 2. Applied to the passengers on a vessel, 
 
 O-HU-A, V. To glide ; to slip off, as the 
 glancing of the arrow in throwing the 
 arrow ; ua ohua kaa ka ana i ka pua. 
 
OHU 
 
 94 
 
 OKA 
 
 0-HU-A, «. Name of the. young of the 
 fish called manini. See Maeajjiohha. 
 
 0-HU-A, s. Name of the thirteenth day 
 of the month ; properly hua. 
 
 0-HU-A-Li-KO, s. A species of fish like 
 the nianini. 
 
 -0-HU-A-Li-MU-KA-LA, s. A species of 
 
 Small fish. 
 
 0-HU-A-Li-Fo-Ai *. A species of small 
 ish. 
 
 0-KU-A-PAA-wE-LA, s. A species of fish. 
 
 O-ffli-A-PA-LE-Mo, s. A species of small 
 fish. Laieik. 12. 
 
 O-HF-i, V. To twist round, as in pull- 
 ing 4>ut a tooth. 
 
 :2. To 'snatch or rescue, as in pulling a 
 child from the flames. 
 
 3. To pick or pull out a sliver from the 
 flesh, 
 
 O-HU-i-HU-T, V. To twist round and 
 draw out, as a tooth ; oAuiM i ka niho ; 
 ohuVmi i ka naio, to pull up the iiiuo (san- 
 dal-wood.) SeeOHW. 
 
 0-Hu-o-Hu, s. A myrtle wreath worn 
 around the neck. 
 % A blackish kind of kapa. 
 
 0-HH-o-HU, adj. Large; heavy; bur- 
 dened ; ohitohu mea i hele mai la ; ohu- 
 ohu mea i ka lei. 
 
 O-Hu-o-HU, V. To dress in uniform. 
 2. To decorate, as a room ; to dress out, 
 as a ship ; to put on wreaths,, &c. 
 
 0-HU-Ku, J. A small, flat elevation ; a 
 platform. 
 
 2. A protuberance ; a round or blunt 
 protuberance of earth, stones or other 
 material. Stn. with puu, hua,ahua,wawa, 
 .&c. 
 
 0-HU-KU, V. To stick out; to be prom- 
 inent in some part ; ua ohuku ke poo. 
 
 0-Hu-LE,. V. To be or become 'lald- 
 headcd- Isa. 15:2. Lae ohide. OVtk. 13:40, 
 41. Mbo. To make the head bald. JBkek. 
 29:15. To make one's self bald. 0ifik.U:5. 
 Ka lauoho ole o ke poo, oia ka ohide. 
 
 O-mr-LE, s. A bald-headed person. 2 
 iVhZ. 2:23. 
 
 2. Baldness itself. Mik. 1:16. Ohule pa- 
 hnkani i ke aluia. 
 
 O-HU-LE, adj. Bald; bald-headed. 
 
 O-Hu-LU, s. Potatoes of the second 
 growth ; old sprouted potatoes ; ka uala 
 kahiko. 
 
 O-iJu-m, adj. A person that saih or 
 goes on the ocean ; he kanaka okulu no ka 
 moaua. 
 
 O-HU-KU, V. To complain of or find 
 fault with the conduct of some person or 
 pf something done. Neh.6:l. To complain 
 secretly or privately. 
 
 2. To confer privately concerning an 
 absent person, either with a goo4 or bad 
 design. _ 
 
 3. To confer clandestinely ; to ranrmnr. 
 
 4. To speak against oiie. Fuk. 16:7. To 
 complain of persons. los. 9:18. To con- 
 spire against one ; to grumble .socretly.jv 
 to be discontented. 
 
 6. To congratulate one's self; to think 
 in one's own mind: to lay out or plan any- 
 thing secretly within erne's self. 2 Sam. 
 13:32. 
 
 O-mr-MU, s. A murmuring or complain- 
 ing. Fuk. 18:12. 
 
 2. A secret conference or conticU. Kin. 
 49:6. He ohwmu kipi, a conspiracy. Ezek. 
 22:25. Ohumu wale, a grumbling ; a com- 
 plaint without cause. 
 
 O-HU-NA, s. Name of the eleventh day 
 of the month. See Hdna. 
 
 0-HH-NA, s. A species of very small 
 fish. 
 
 O-HU-ME, s. A species of very small 
 fish. 
 
 O-Hu-NE, s. A disease of the skin ; the 
 itch : jnai puupmi liilii. 
 
 O-KA, ». To seta decoy; to ensnare; 
 to place a bird in such a position as to 
 catch or tempt anotlier. 
 
 O-KA, V. To move, the lips, as in speak- 
 ing, but without sound : ooka wale ana no 
 ka waha, the month only was moving. 
 2. To blow the nose. 
 
 O-KA, V. To be small; few in numbei 
 or quantity : aohe oka mai o ka bipi, there 
 were not a few of cattle. See Okana. 
 
 O-KA, i. Dregs ; crumbs ; small pieces 
 of things, as saw-dust, tilings, &c; oka pa- 
 la9«, SiaS. Eql. 83:13. The refuse or 
 worthless part of a thing. Isa. 1 :2S. 
 
 2. An offensive smell; he pilopilo, he 
 wai no loko o ka oka awa ; he wai oka no 
 ke kukui. 
 
 O-KA, *. A, top made of a small gourd. 
 
 O-KA, s. Eng. An oak tree or wood. 
 Mn. 12:6. Laau oka, an oak grove or tree. 
 
 0-1U, adj. Small; fine; little; kaula 
 oka, a rope made of any fine substauce, an 
 tow or puln. Xunfc. 16:9. 
 
 0-KAA, V. To spin, as a top. See Kaa. 
 
 0-KAA, s. A top ; ka niu okaa. 
 
 0-KAi, s. A butterfly. 
 
 2. A lar^e company following one ; a 
 crowd moving from place to place. Svn. 
 with hnakal. Okal lua ka helc a kanaka, 
 kakai lua ka hele a kanaka. 
 
 3. Kekahi aoao o ka wiiha o ka upena 
 malolo, 
 
 4. Ka okai o ke kulina lalani. 
 
 0-KAi, adv. Of or belonging to the sea 
 (the opposite of ovJca); towards the sea. 
 
OKA. 
 
 95 
 
 OKI 
 
 0-KA-o-KA, V. See Oka, 13th conj. To 
 reduce to powder ; to beat small. 2 Sam. 
 22:43. To be broken up fine. los. 9:6. To 
 break into small pieces ; to shiver. Dan. 
 2:35—7:7. WithJiiUi, to be utterly de- 
 stroyed. Dan. 8:25, 
 
 O-KA-0-KA, s. Dust; small particles, 
 &p. SeeOKAj Puk. 32:20. Fine dust; 
 dregs. Hcil. 75:9. An intensive ; he oka- 
 ofca liilU me he oka la. 
 
 0-KA-O-KA, s. An offensive smell; oka- 
 oka pilopilo me he oka la. See Oka 2. 
 
 0-KA-o-KAi, s. Sickness ; a heaving of 
 tlje stomach before vomiting ; sickness of 
 tiie stomach from a bad smell. 
 
 2. Sweet, unfermented poi; hepoimana- 
 nalo. 
 
 0-KA-HAi, adj. Insipid; unpalatable. 
 See Hdkai and Hdkahukai. 
 
 0-KA-KA, *. A name given to foreigners 
 in former times. 
 
 2. In after times the name was transferred 
 to a company of substantial business men 
 belonging to Eamehameha L 
 
 0-KA-KAi, s. bee Okai 2. A crowd of 
 persons moving about after a chief? 
 
 O-KA-KA-LA, s. A siiivering; the sensa- 
 tion of cold from the application of a cold 
 substance, as water, &c. 
 
 2. A cold tremor from fear, from sudden 
 danger. 
 3^ A chill ; a shivering- 
 4. The name of a rougli kind of doth ; 
 ka lole okdlakala ulaula. 
 
 O-KA-KA-LA, V. To stand up stiffly and 
 roughly, like the briistles of a hog ; as the 
 hair of one in great fear. See Eaia. 
 
 O-KA-KA-LA, adj. Cold; chilly. 
 
 0-KA-LA, s. Name of a species of fish. 
 
 0-KA-LA, V. To bristle up with anger. 
 See Kala, to be rough. 
 
 0-KA-LA, s. Numbness or a disease 
 (Ma«le) of the head, as if the hair stood on 
 end ; akabi no ka okala o ko'u poo. 
 
 0-KA-LA-KA-LA,,». To be astonished ; to 
 shudder ; to quake. Stn. with kunaMhi. 
 
 2. To be boisterous or raging, as the 
 wind ; to rage with anger. 
 
 3. To be intent, or strongly desirous of 
 doing a thin^. Laieik. 39. 
 
 0-KA-LE-KA-LE, s. Name of a red fish. 
 
 0-KA-NA, s. A district or division of 
 country containing several ahupuaas ; o 
 Kona, a Kohala a me Hamakua, akohi 
 otoiaj'he man okana iwaena o k» moku. 
 See Kai.ana. 
 2. A division of food in dividing it out. 
 
 0-KA-NA, adv. A contraction of ote and 
 ana. Oka, to be small, few, and ana, the 
 participial termination; See Gram. 5 34. 
 Generally proceded by aok; as, sole pfe«n« 
 
 mai ka nui, not small the quantity or num- 
 ber, i. e., a great deal; not a little or a few; 
 aole okana mai na la o kona man malJi- 
 hiki. Kekah. 6:3. The days of his yeai-s 
 are very many ; sole okana mai o kona 
 waiwai, there is no end of his wealth; aohe 
 okana mai o kona hewa, there is ho bound 
 to his wickedness : aole okana mai ka oli- 
 oli. Oi;*. 20:12, They were not a little joy- 
 fill, i e., a good deaf. Note. — It is a word 
 used in strong expressions or in exagger- 
 ated descriptions. . 
 
 O-KA-TO-BA, g. Eng. Name of a month; 
 October. 
 
 0-KE, V, See Ke and Hooke. To urge 
 upon. Uoo. To press upon; to pursue 
 hard after. 
 
 2. To cro^ together to hear or see a 
 thing. 
 
 0-ke, s. Epithet of a persdn who goes 
 from house to house quickly j he kanaka 
 mama i ka hele kau hale, oke i kcla hale i 
 keia hale, oke wahahee ; talkative. 
 
 0-ke, adj. Rotten; torn; good for noth- 
 ing; okeoke. 
 
 0-ke-a, s. a land of gravel or sand; 
 the white sand of the sea. Note. — It ie the 
 name for sand on Oahu. 
 
 0-KE-A-Pi-Li-MAi, *. Name of that class 
 of persons who have no houses of their 
 own, and thus attach themselves to those 
 
 . who have for the sake of a house. They 
 wer« i^so called unupehiiote. 
 
 0-ke'A, adj. Hot, as stones heated to 
 whiteness {be okea is, imn, ahulu. 
 
 0-KEE, ». To turn round, as the wind; 
 to change. 
 2. To eddy, as water; okee mei kekaomi. 
 
 0-KEE, s. A changing a direction, as 
 the wind ; an eddy, as in water. 
 
 0-KE-o-KE, adj. Talkative. See Oke. 
 Paapaaina, popopo. 
 
 0-KE-NA, s. Name of a plant used in 
 coloring. 
 
 0-KE-NA, adj. Yellow. 
 
 0-Ki, V. To cut ofi ; to cut in two, as 
 any substance ; as, »ki laau, oki pohaku. 
 
 2. To end or finish any talk or busineus 
 jKin. 11:8. 
 
 3. To cut up root and branch; to de- 
 stroy in any way. 
 
 4. To stop ; put an end to ; e oki i ke 
 kamailio, to cease talking. -Kin. 17:22. 
 
 5. To cut off; to separate from privi- 
 leges ; to punish. Oi/tfc. 7:20.. 
 
 6. To cut grain, as a harvest. Kanl. 
 24:19. 
 
 7. To out off one's head. 
 
 8. To cut off food, as a famine ; oki loa 
 Iho la ka aina i ka wi, the land is utterly 
 destroyed by famine ; to take possession 
 Qf ; tif be subjected to the influence of, as 
 
OKI 
 
 96 
 
 OKp 
 
 intoxication ; inu iho la ke-Alii me kona 
 Kufaina, a oki mai la ka ona a ka awa. 
 Laieik. Si. Ina he kaikamahine, e okiia 
 ka piko ma ka hale, ina he keikikane, ma 
 ka heiau e pki ai ka piko o ua keiki la. 
 NoxB. — This Tflrb takes r«i before the im- 
 perative mood ; as, «a ofci, stop ; va'bki 
 pela, stop there. .Hoo. To stop ; to cease ; 
 to end : to cut short ; to terminate ; to de- 
 fer a decision ; the opposite of hoomaka, 
 to begin;, to oausetostop; cease. P«fc.5:4. 
 To cut and gather in, as a harvest. OiMc. 
 19:9. To cnt off; destroy. 2 Nai. 23:5. 
 Note. — Oki ioa and hooki loa imply a de- 
 structive process according to the nature 
 of the case ; a,s, oki loa ka hana i ka pan- 
 maele ; ofci loa ka waiwai i ka popopo ; 
 hence, 
 
 0-Ki, V. To be miserable; destitute; 
 hungry ; in want of all comforts. 
 
 0-Ki-A^ V. Passive of oki for okiia. To 
 be cut off, &c. Bos. 8:4. 
 
 0-ki-OtKI, v. See Oki. To cut frequently; 
 to cut into small pieces. 
 
 2. To reap and gather in, as a harvest. 
 OihJts. 23:10. 
 
 3; To divide into small pieces. OiJik. 
 
 1:12. To cut into small pieces, iunfe. 19:29. 
 
 if To divide out land among chiefs or 
 
 people; okioki na lii a me na kanaka i ka 
 
 aina o Hawfli ; to cut up ; destroy, &c. 
 
 0-fa-o-ki, adj. Cutting; dividing, Set.; 
 oia ka moku i loaa mai ai ka pafai o!M)ki, 
 that was tie vessel from which was ob- 
 tained the auUing knives. 
 
 OrKi-LO, s. Afar off; at a distance; a 
 space between two places. 
 
 O-sci-LO, V. See Kilo. To look earnestly 
 for something; to watch for; okUo ia, to 
 lodk into the water for squid ; to look for 
 fish, as a dsherman. 
 
 0-Ki-LOA, s. A destruction ; a cutting 
 up; a breaking down. Jer. 44:39. See Oki, 
 note. 
 
 0-Ki-LOA, I). To be dirty; filthy; pol- 
 luted ; to ba dirty all over. 
 
 2. To be defeated in one's purpose ; to 
 try in vain. Laieik. 64. 
 
 0-Ki-NA, s. Oki and ana, a finishing. 
 
 1. The cutting off of wood or cloth. 
 
 2. Moderrtly, the finis or ending of a 
 book. 
 
 0-Ki-poE-POE, X!. Oh, to cut, and poe- 
 poe, around; circularly. To circumcise; 
 to be circumcised. Kin. 17:10. Used also 
 with omafca, to circumcise. Pvk.i:25. See 
 the substantive below. 
 
 0-Ki-POE-POE, s. See the verb. A cut- 
 ting around ; circumcision. Note. — This is 
 a new coined word, used in the Hawaiian 
 translations of Scripture for circumcision; 
 the Hawaiian word was Jcahi, to cut, and 
 
 omaka, the foreskin. Tlje Hawaiian ex- 
 pi'ession for circumcision .anciently was 
 k<a,i anaka, slitted. See Omaka. OHpoe- 
 poe, oia ke oki b/ob, i ka omaka ; be kahe 
 ana o ka ule o na kamalii ma Hawaii i ka 
 manawa aku neL See Kahb, to cut longi- 
 tudinally. 
 0-KO-A, V. To be another; to be unlike 
 in soiue respects ; na dhxt ke kanaka vrai- 
 wai, ua okoa ke kanaka iHhune, the -neb. 
 man leas one thing, &e poor man teas ahr 
 oihir, L e., very different. 
 
 2. To be different from another thing ; 
 to be a different person or thing. 
 
 i3. To be besides ; over and above ; not 
 reckoned in. 1 Nal. 10:16. 
 
 4. To be unlike in appearance ; ua okoa 
 ke ano o na helehelena o na kanaka, ua 
 ofcoo na holoholona, different from each 
 other are the countenances of men, differ- 
 ent are those of beasts. 
 
 5. Soo. To cause a difference; hookoa 
 mai kau hana i ka makou. 
 
 6. To set aside ; to put off to another 
 time ; to defer. 
 
 O-ko-a, s. The totality of a thing; the 
 whole. Siek. 15:5. 
 
 0-Ko-A, adj. Different ; another; sep- 
 arate ; distinct from ; unlike. 
 
 2. A whole as distinct from a part. 
 
 3. Whole as distinguished from broken ; 
 he waa okoa ia, i. e., a canoe not broken ; 
 he waa nahaba ole okoa, a canoe not bl^ken 
 at all, Whole; he malama okoa, a whole 
 month. If all. 11:20. He mea okoa, another 
 thing. 
 
 0-Ko-A, adv. Wholly ; entirely. 1 Nd. 
 11:6.. Altogether ; the all of a thing ; e 
 kau okoa, to put all. OiKk. 8:27. 
 
 0-KO-o-Ko, s A blaze ; anything red 
 hot, as the iron from a blacksmith's forge; , 
 as stones thrown out of the volcano; a fiery 
 redness. Laieik. 176. 
 
 2. Any one in a dazzling dress. 
 
 3. The zeal of a soldier pressing boldly 
 into battle. 
 
 0-KO-o-KO, V. To bum, asthe sensation 
 of the itch ; okooko ka maneo ; or the ery- 
 sipelas. 
 
 0-Ko-o-KO, adv. Ragingly; heatedly, &c. 
 
 0-Ko-HE, V. To begin to heal, as a sore; 
 ua okohe kahi eha ; to begin to granulate, 
 as a wound ; also applied to the bark of 
 trees growing again. 
 
 0-Ko-HE-Ko-HE, V. To begin to heal. 
 
 Sep Okoue. 
 
 0-Ko-HE-Ko-HE, s. A Small kind of mus- 
 cle attached to wood that has been taf;ea 
 ftom a ship or from salt water. 
 
 0-Ko-HO-LA, adj. O, to pierce, stab, &c., 
 and kokola, a whale. Whale piercing ; o 
 ka nui o sn moku i ku mai, oia na moku 
 
OKU 
 
 97 
 
 OLA 
 
 ofcohqla, the greater number of ships which 
 anchor here arc whale-slabbing ships, or 
 simply ichalenhips. 
 
 0-Ko-Ko, V. To be red like blood; to 
 be rod with heat, riee KoKO. 
 
 0-Ko-Ko, s. A heat so intense as to be 
 red. Dan. 3:22. A red iieat. 
 
 0-Ko-KO, adj. BoiJ- ng, as lava ; lam- 
 bent, as flame. 
 
 O-KO-LE, s. O and kole, raw. 
 
 1. The amu ; l^ahi pialalo e hcmo ai l:a 
 honowa. 
 
 2. The posteriors ; o ko oi iho la no ia o 
 ka olcole, me he okole wabino la, i. e., a 
 very shameful thing. See Kole. 
 
 0-KO-LE-HAO, s. The name given to an 
 iron try-pot, broKght ashore and made into 
 a still. 
 
 2. TheviUjfar but expressive name given 
 to liquor which natives and some foreign- 
 ers distill from ki root; so called from 
 the name of the pot above mentioned. 
 
 0-KO-LE-E-Mi-E-Mi, s. Name of a species 
 of fish. See next art. 
 
 0-Ko-LE-HA-\vE-LE, s. Name of 3 species 
 of fisli ; same as above. 
 
 0-Ko-LE-KE, 5. A kind of namu ; .a spe- 
 cies of language got up for vile purposes ; 
 cia kahi hewa hon, o na olelo hou, o ke 
 kake. o ka nthiwa, o ka okoleke. Lam. 
 Haw. 13:4, 1. 
 
 O-Ko-LE-MA-in-Ki, s. Name of a plant 
 with small leaves, which grows thick like 
 the koall. 
 
 0-Ko-LO, adj. Slippery, where one is 
 liable to fall ; loi ale no i ke alia okolo. 
 
 0-KO-Mo, V. To calk a ship or vessel ; 
 ka poe haole e okomo ana i ka ropi ma ka 
 aoao p ka moku, the foreigners were calk- 
 ing (driving in the rope) on the sides of 
 the ship. 
 
 O-KU, V. To show a thing to one se- 
 cretly, lest another should see it and de- 
 mand it. 
 
 2. To set a bird near a snare to catch or 
 tempt another; e booku aku i ke poo, e 
 aim aku i ka lima. 
 
 0-KU, s. A giving secretly that no one 
 else may know. 
 
 O-KO-o-KtT, V. Hoo. See Oku, v. 
 
 0-KU-o-KU, V. To rise up, as the bow 
 of a canoe or ship by the waves in a storm. 
 2. To tear and pitch, as an unbroken 
 horse ; hole oleuoku ka lio pupu. 
 
 O-Kun, i;' To sit up because one has no 
 place or conveniences for lying down : to 
 8it up, as one on the deck of a vessel when 
 the water dashes over, because it is better 
 than to lie down ; the idea is to koep the 
 head up. 
 
 13 
 
 2. To sit in a meditating posture with th» 
 head reclined. 
 
 3. To sit with a covering over the shoul- 
 ders, and arms across the breast, as if cold. 
 
 0-Kun, s. Name of a great pestilence 
 which swept over the islands while Kamo- 
 hameha I. was living tin Oahu about 1807. 
 Great multitudes were swept off. The name 
 oJeiM was given to it because the people 
 ofcttuwaleakano i kauhaao, i.e., dismissed 
 A'eely their souls and 'died. See ICuu, to 
 let go. 
 
 O-KTJ-HE-Ku-HE, s. Name of a species 
 offish. 
 
 O-Ktr-Kir, V. To erect; to turn up, as 
 the bead when one is swimming ; to raise 
 up, as the head of a fish above water. 
 
 2, To think ; to reflect, as when one is 
 unexpe;cted]y accused of a wrong. 
 
 0-KU-Ku, s. Name of a species of fish , 
 
 the ahuluhnlu., 
 O-KU-Kir-Li, V. To be satisfied; full, as 
 
 with food or drink ; to have enough, 
 O-KU-Li-KU-xi, ». To be fat; rich; sweet 
 
 tasted, as high seasoned food. See Kuui- 
 
 KUHI. 
 
 O-KU-Li-KU-Li, V. To eat of sweet things 
 
 till one is sick. 
 O-Xu-ho, s. Name of the sixteenth day 
 
 of the month. See Kulu. 
 O-KU-MU-LAU, s, .See Kumulau. A leaf 
 
 or sprout that grows out of thn root or 
 
 st -.mp. 
 O-KU-FE, V. To sprain the ankle; to 
 
 stumble. Eeb. 12:13 ; Som. 11:11. 
 O-KU-pu, )». To rise up and" 
 
 O-KU-PU-K0-PO, ) cover with dark shades, 
 
 as clouds ; especially applied to those out 
 
 at sea. 
 0-LA, s. A recovery from sickness; a 
 
 state of health after sickness ; an escape 
 
 from any danger or threatened calamity. 
 
 2. A living, that is, the means of life, 
 food ; e pii ana au i ke ola, I am going up 
 (the hill) for life, i. e., to procure food. 
 
 3. Life ; the period of one's life ; living ; 
 while one lives. 
 
 4. Life ; salvation ; deliverance from 
 spiritual death. Note. — This last (4) defi- 
 nition is a modern one introduced vrith the 
 Christian system, and is often used in the 
 Hawaiian Bible along with definitions Ist, 
 2d and 3d. 
 
 0-LA, 0. To be saved from danger ; to 
 live after being in danger of death ; to re- 
 cover from sickness ; to get well ; i mai la' 
 o Kamebameha, ina e ola keia mai ana 
 o'u ; to enjoy an escape from any evil. 
 
 2. To live upon, or by means of a thing 
 without which one would die ; da no hoi 
 na iwi, proverbial expression:- poverty 
 
OLA i 
 
 (bones) shall be supplied, prosperity shall 
 Bonrish. Laieik. 124. See Iwt 7. 
 
 3. lino. To cause to live, i. e., to save 
 one, or to save alive. los. 6:25. To cause 
 to oiciipe, as one in danger ; to deliver 
 fi-oM. P'uk. 14:30. To heal, as a disease. 
 
 4. To save, i. e., cause to escape from 
 fiiture misery. See note under the noun 
 for the new modern idea of the word. 
 
 0-LA, adj. Alive; escaped; living in 
 opposition to dead.^- o-kou alii make no, a 
 rae kou alii old,. 
 
 0-i^! ) V, Tfie sense from the 
 0-LA-o-LA, ) sound. 
 
 1. To gaggle ; to gargle water in the 
 throat. 
 
 2. To snore. 
 
 0-LAE-LAjs, s. A bitter calabash, having 
 bittur meat and seeds. 
 
 0-LAi, s. Art Ice. An earthquake, i 
 Nai. ly:ll. He haalulu honua. 
 
 2. A piece of pumice-stone, used in pol- 
 ishing canoes. 
 
 P-I.AI-LA, adv. The auipili oilaila, there. 
 Oram. § 185, 2. Of there ; of that place. 
 
 0-LAo, V. To hoe up weeds, as in a 
 garden } to hoe up weeds and hill np the 
 flarfti around vegetables. Stn. with oheu. 
 
 0-LA-O-LA, s. An ebullition, or but bling 
 up of water. 
 
 O-LA-o-LA, V. To gargle, &c. See Ola. 
 
 2. To bubble, as water entering a cala- 
 bash and the air coming out. . 
 
 3. To snore in sleep ; okiola ka ihu me 
 be puaa la. 
 
 0-LA-O-LA, s. An ebullition; a bubbling 
 up of water, as from a spring. 
 
 0-LAo-LAo, V. See Olao. To weed; 
 dig round, as a plant. Isa. 5:6. To dig 
 with an oo or ?pade. 
 
 0-LA-Ho-NW-A, adv. Thoroughly; en- 
 tirely ; altogether ; o ka hooniaka ana, ua 
 like DO ;ia ino ke ao ana i olahonua i ka 
 palapala; i oiahonua, i pau ka noho hema- 
 
 . hema ana. See IIojmua, adv 
 
 0-LA-Hu-A, s. The fruit of the popolo ; 
 a species of berry ; he olelo hoomahua a, 
 ka oldliua ka mai, loaa hua. 
 
 0-LA-LA, V. To dry; to wither; to warm 
 by the fire until withered, as green leaves,; 
 a loaa mai ka lau halaj alalia, olcdd ma k6 
 ain". 
 
 2. To grow lean, as a fleshy person ; to 
 pine i\way. Ezuk. 33:10. 
 
 3. To be lean in flesh ; the opposite of 
 kaha. ha. 17:4-. See Lala. 
 
 0-LA-LA, adj. Lean ; poor in flesh ; ap- 
 plied \a animals. 
 2. Small; stinted; applied to vegetables. 
 
 0-LA-LA u, adj. Silent; dumb; out of 
 one's iniad ; ulula, pupule. 
 
 8 OLE . 
 
 0-LA-LA-j<AE, V. See the foregoing. To . 
 be out of one's mind ; papule. 
 
 0-LA-LE, s. Name of a species of fish. 
 
 0-LA-LJ (o-la-li-la-li), adj.^n0^t; shin- 
 ing ; glistening. 
 
 O-LA-Lo, adv. The auipiii cf lalo. Of 
 or pertaining to what is belovv'Dr under. 
 Gram. § 161. 
 
 0-LA-Ni, V. .To dry or roast by the fire; 
 e ala'e oe, e olani i irahi baka no kaua, get 
 up and dry the tobacco loaves for us two ; 
 e olani iho hoi ha. > 
 
 0-LA-PA, s. Name of a tree in the moun- 
 tains. 
 
 0-i.A-PA, V. To be moved, as the stom- 
 ach ; to ramble, as the bowels ; applied to 
 the stomach or bowels ; c olapa, e nabu. 
 
 2. To flash, as lightning; atopti kauwlla. 
 Laieik. 163. 
 
 3, To move, as a muscle or bone. Anai. 
 19. 
 
 0-i.A-PA-LA-PA, «, A ridge between two 
 ravines. 
 
 2. The rough protuberances of a preci- 
 pice. 
 
 3. A rough place ; pii i na oUtpalaiia 
 wai, a ho anu. 
 
 0-LA-PA-LA-PA, adj. Kough ; uneven, as 
 the surface of the ground ; full of ravines. 
 2. Full of corners or projections. 
 
 0-LA-PA-NAi, V. Ola, alive, and panai, 
 to redeem. Moo. To save by a substitute; 
 to redeem. Fuk. 13:5. ka poe i hooia- 
 panaiia, the redeemed ones. Isa. 35:9. 
 oTN. with kuai hoolaia. Isa- 35:10. 
 
 O-LA-pu, V. To raise a blister. 
 
 2. To act deceitfully, treacherously, fool- 
 ishly : e hokai, e boolapu. 
 
 3. To catch Ssh with tho hands as the 
 oopu is caught : to stir up water with the 
 hands ; olapu i ka wai i ka lepo ; properly 
 kolapu. • 
 
 0-LE, s. The eye tooth. 
 
 2. Name of a kind of fisii, 
 
 3.^ A pan na kui cLa, a pau na ole sha, B 
 ma ia ao ae o Huna ia la. Ole applies to 
 four days in the month, so called because 
 it was unsafe to ^o to sea on aijcouut of 
 high surf, as the, tides would be high. 
 O-LE, V. To be iiot ; to cease to exisi. 
 1 Sam. 2:31. To pass away iob._ 24:24. 
 A e ole !oa hoi, and to be no more. HcU. 
 39:14. Aole e ole. Lvk. 21:9. A ua oh ia, 
 and it is gone. ITol.. 103:16. 
 ■ 2. To not, or not to do a thing, with stn 
 inflnitive. Rom. 8:32. 
 
 3. Roo. To deny ; refuse ; make void ; 
 abrogate. 
 
 1. To ansN^r, or plead n>..i guilty to a 
 charge. 
 5. To reflise; forbid; rebuke, Notk.-— 
 
Ol,»! 
 
 <>9 
 
 OLE 
 
 QUt often has tlie tom of a verb, when it 
 serves only to express negation. 
 O-i.K, s. ^iothingness; vanity; in vain. 
 Olhk. 2«:20. Aole ka ale, wiUibxjt fail; «»e 
 not ; the negativo ; ka o!e, bo existence. 
 Bze/c. lii:19. 
 
 1. The want ; the lack ; the deatitntion 
 of a thing ; make ia no ka olt o ka ai, he 
 died for the not (want) of food. loh. 4;J1. 
 
 3. Boo. A denial ; a want of truth ; ina- 
 bility; nothingness. 
 
 0-LB, adB. A negative; tto; not; nor; 
 a particle of deprivation like un and less 
 in E'lglish. See AoiE. Aole is used b^ore 
 a noun or verb, and ok after it. 
 
 O-LE, V. To speak through th« throat 
 or through a trumpet. 
 
 O-iii, s. A speak'^ng-trumpet. 
 
 2. A kind of large sea shell. 
 0-LE-A, adj. Shinisig; hot: olea ka la; 
 
 of sound, loud ; piercing ; olea. ko kani ; 
 
 same perhaps as oolen. 
 0-LE-o-LE, s. Name of a board set on 
 
 posts with notches ojj it to hang calabashes 
 
 on. 
 0-LB-c-LE. V. Hoo. To deny; to deny 
 
 a charge repeatedly. 
 0-LE-o-LE, V. To talk thickly and in- 
 distinctly, as one very angry and scolding. 
 Z. To "grin like an idol; deole raai ka 
 
 waha ua 'kna-kli o na heiau; okoU no 
 
 ka waha o ka w^iine nuku. 
 
 3. To make notches in anything; to dove- 
 tail two pieces together. 
 
 O-LE-o-LE, adv. Indistinctly, as a sound; 
 
 inarticulate ; kani dleolr, kawaha o kauiia. 
 0-LEo-LEo, V. To act as one angry; to 
 
 rage,, as the ocean ; oleoleo la 3 ka moana 
 
 kau mai ana. 
 
 2. To be uneven, as waves ; to rise and 
 fall. 
 
 3. To be in confusion. See Hoo. 
 0-i.E-HA, B. To fix the eyes ; to set 
 
 them in a squinting manner. Sec Leua. 
 Oleha na maka i ka pololi. 
 
 0-LE-HA, s. Name of a play or game 
 in which the eyes are sot. 
 
 2. A setting or fixing of ihe eyes, as in 
 death ; o ka oleha make, muko ae no ia. 
 
 O-LE-iiA-LE-HA, s. The dazzling or blind- 
 ing of the eyes by an intense light of the 
 sun ; ka olelutleha o na maka i ka la. 
 
 O-LE-HA-LE-HA, adj. Dazzling; blinding 
 
 to the eyes on account of intense light. 
 O-LE-KU-KA-Hi, s. Name of the seventh 
 
 day of the month. 
 O-tE-KU-Lu-A, s. Name of the eighth 
 
 dav of the month. 
 b-iE-KU-Ko-LU, s. Name of the ninth 
 
 day of the montti. 
 
 0-LE-Lo, o. See Leo, \oice, and Lblo, 
 the tongue. To speak; to say; (it implies 
 a more formal or longer speech than i or 
 hai)] to converse. 
 
 %, To Uia-A ; to call ; to istvite, as to a 
 feast loan, 2;12. 
 
 8. To give a name. tsa. 56:7. E oido 
 hooweliwoH, to threaten.. (?ift.4:17. Ecfeto 
 hooino, to curse. Nai. 22:17. E olelo hoo- 
 maikai, to bless; e olelo hoohani, to glorify; 
 e olelo pohihi, to speak luyetically, darkly. 
 Joan. 18:2.'), Opposite to oWo ofcofca. loan. 
 1G:20. 
 
 O-LE-Lo, s. A word; a speech; lan- 
 guage. 
 
 2. Counsel ; plan; promise; an address; 
 he mau olelo umi, the ten coraroandmentB. 
 Pak. 34:28. Kana oldo, his word, i. 0., that 
 "Which one has spoken : kona olelo, what is 
 said about Mm ; kafai -.- .Celo ai, an oracle ; 
 a place to utier an oracle. 1 Nal. 6:19, 20. 
 
 O-LE-Lo, adv. Pane oklo, to speak a 
 word ; to ansv/or a word. 2 Bam. 3:11. 
 
 0-LE-LOA, ads. Ok, not, and loa, an in- 
 tensive. Not at all; by no means; entirely 
 destitute; without tbought. 
 
 O-I/E-Iaj-ao, v. Olelo, to speak, and ao, 
 to t<;ach. To give counsel ; advice in state 
 atfairs. 2 Oihl. 2g:3. OUoao mai o Van^ 
 kouva ia Kamcibameba e liooki i ke kana, 
 Yancouvcr jdmned Kanichamaha to c«ase 
 going to war. 
 
 0-LE-LO-Ao, s. Counsel ; advice in im- 
 pottaut matters. 2 Sam. 15:31. 
 
 0-LE-Lo-Hoo-HE-WA, s. An accusatloivj 
 a charge of wrong against one. 
 
 2. The act of epcaking against others. 
 
 3. Backbiting. 
 0-LE-LO-Hoo-FO-MAi-KAi, ». A promise; 
 
 a promise of a blessing. 1 iM. 2:24. 
 0-LE-Lo-Hoo-po-No, ' s. Kighteousncss. 
 
 lob. 29:14. 
 
 O-LE-Lo-KU-PAA, s. Olclo and ku, to 
 
 stand, and paa, fast. An ordinance ; an 
 
 established decision. 18am. 30:20. A legal 
 
 decree ; judgment. Puk. 16:25. 
 O-LE-Lo-MAi-KAi, .'. Olclo, vfovi, and 
 
 maikai, good. The gospel ; the preaching 
 
 of the gospel. 
 0-jLE-LO-NA-KE, s. Oldo, a Word; and 
 
 jiane, a riddle. A proverb. Kaid. 28:37. 
 
 A riddle ; parable ; enigma. Mat. 13:.3. 
 O-LE-Lo-PAA, *. OMo afid paa, fast. A 
 
 precept; a command. 5(12.119:87. 
 0-LB-LO-PAi-PAi, s. Olelo, word, and 
 
 jjaipoi, to stir up. An eichortation. Mal.iil. 
 O-I.E-M0, V. To banish one from hia 
 
 place ; to cast oif ; oJemu hue, kole ka aina 
 
 paipai. 
 
 O-ii-MU-iCAA, s. SeeLEMTTandKAA, to 
 i-all. Lit. The rolling thigii ; epithet of a 
 
OLI 
 
 100 
 
 OLO 
 
 man who often moves from place to place, 
 who gathers no property and never be- 
 Komes kttonoono, quietly settled; " the roll- 
 ing stone gathers no moss." 
 
 0-LE-NA, s. See Lena, yellow. Name 
 of a plant ; the tuimeric, th€ isoot of which 
 !8 used in dyeing yellow ; it also forms an 
 ingredient in curry ; it resembles the awa- 
 puhi ; also a yellow color, from the root. 
 
 O-LE'iNA (o-le-na-le-na), adj. Yellow, 
 from the plant. See above. Coloring yel- 
 low. 
 
 0-LE-PA, V. To cast about; to scatter 
 round ; to be turned up or over ; ua depa 
 ke kanpaku o ka bale. See Lefa, u smalt 
 flag floating in the wind. 
 
 .0-LK-PA, s. Odor; odoriferous; he mea 
 ala. 
 2. A clam ; a kind of flat tibckle. 
 
 0-LB-PAr, s. The tenth day of the 
 
 month. 
 "t)-i£-pA-LE-PA, V. See Lefa. To flap, 
 flutter or wave in the wind. 
 
 2. To be blown in different directions 
 by the wind, as a sail ; olepaiepa ka pea. 
 
 0-LE-PE, $. The name of a kind of fish 
 resembling the pipi. Anat S. 
 
 0-LB-PE, ». To turn, as a door on a 
 hinge; to turn one way and another, as 
 tii'fhelmof aship. 
 
 O-LE-PE-LE-TE, V. The opening fre- 
 quently of 8 door or window shutter ; ka 
 webe pinepine i ka puka. 
 
 0-iiE-PE-LE-PE, adj. Partially closed up, 
 as a window: puka ol^dfpe, a lattice win- 
 dow. Mel,. Sol. 2:9. The term applied to 
 window shutters. 
 
 0-LE-po-LE-po, adj. See Lepo. Out of 
 
 order, as the bowels. 
 0-LE-wA, t>. See Lewa. To be unfixed; 
 
 not firm ; to be movable ; changeable. 
 
 2. To be soft ; flowing ; applied to poi. 
 
 3. To b^ unstable ; liable to be over- 
 turned, as a law ; ua olew(^ kc kanawai o 
 ka ajna haunaele, the law is liable to be 
 overturned in a land of disorder ; aneane 
 oleum io ke kanawai, the law is nearly nul- 
 lified. 
 
 0-i.s-WA, adj. Fickle ; changeable ; 
 
 •swinging; applied to one who often changes 
 his place of residence. 
 
 2. Not firmly established ; of partial ap- 
 plication, as a law ; Inefffectual ; ua oleum 
 10 ke kanawai minamma ino ; he hee, mau- 
 mau olc, paa ole. 
 
 0-1.1 (o-li-o-li), V. To sing; to sing with 
 
 a joyful heart ; to be gli. '. ; to exult ;. to 
 rejoice. Puk. 18:9. E oli i ka oli, to sing 
 a. song. Lunh. 5:12. Boo. To cause joy ; 
 .extiltetion, &c. 
 
 0-w (o-li-o-li), s. Joy; exultation; glad- 
 ness ; delight ; pleasure. 
 
 2. A song. Laieik. 69.. A singing. Hal 
 96:1. Ka olUili nui o ua mea a pau i ka 
 hoihoi ana mai o ke anpuni. 
 0-Li-o-Li, adv. Joyfully; cheerfully. 
 
 Sal. 96:2. 
 O-Li-Li, adj. Withered; stinted; not 
 
 fully grown ; applied to fruit. '■ 
 0-Li-NA, V. To play; e lealoa, e walea. 
 O-Li-NA, adj. Of or pertaining to play; 
 
 aha olina. a meeting for jilay. 
 O-ii-NO, V. To shine brightly; to shine 
 
 with splendor. 
 O-Li-NO-Li-No, ». See Olino. 
 O-Li-No-Li-NO, s. Brightness; splendor; 
 glory. 2 Sam. 22:13. 
 
 2. Such intense brighincoS as to inrsXe 
 and bewilder the sight; ka ohewahewa 
 ana o ka maka. i ka malarnalama. 
 0-Li-NO-Li-No, adj. Where the intense 
 light of the sun has shlnert : hence, 
 
 2. Parched; dry, as land; lepo vUnolirio. 
 Jsa.35:7. 
 O-LT-VA (o-li-ve), s. Eng. An olive tree. 
 0-Li-VA (o-li-ve), ((JJ. Olive; belonging 
 to an olive j Ian oUvd. Kin. 8:11. He laau 
 cUva, an olive tree. 
 0-LO, V. To rub, as on a grater ; to 
 rub, as kalo or cocoanut on a rough stone 
 to grate it fine. 
 
 2. To rub up and down, as the motion 
 of a saw, particularly of a whip-saw. 
 
 8. To roll with fat, as the flanks and hips 
 of a very fat animal ; hence, 
 4. To saw. 1 NaL 7:9. 
 0-j.o, V. To be loud, as a so<md; to 
 make a loud sound, aa of many voices. 
 
 2. To sound, as a voice of wailing ; to 
 make a doleful noise. ler. 7:29. E olo no 
 wau i ka pihe : c o2o pihc ana, moaning ; 
 bemoaning one's self. ler. 31:18. 
 0-LO, s. See Olo, to rub ap and down. 
 A saw, from its motion ; also pahi ah, a 
 saw. 
 
 2. A double or fleshy skin ; tJ • monsg 
 flesh of a fat animal. 
 
 3. The swing-gobljie of a turkey. 
 
 4. A very thick gurf-board made of the 
 wiliwili tree. Laieile. 90. 
 
 0-LO, *. A loud wailing; a lamenta- 
 tion ; makena. See Pihe. 
 
 0-Lo-A, s. Mulberry bark soaked until 
 soft in water. 
 
 2. The name of small white kapas for- 
 merly put over the gods while the prayer 
 was said, thus : i puaa, i niu, i maia, i oloa. 
 
 3. A gift made to a chUd at tho time or 
 soon after it was born. See Kopili; see 
 iMieik. 101. 
 
 O-LO-A-L0, s, A place where the prop- 
 
OLO 
 
 101 
 
 OLO 
 
 orty of a chief was stored np ; ie olooJu o 
 ke alu o kabi e waiho ai ke ]|(apa o na 'Hi. 
 2. The sound ol many voices, at onoe, of 
 manjr hornn blowing at once, of many cocks 
 crowing together, &o. 
 
 0-LO-A-Lu, o. To seize or grasp, as sev- 
 eral persons at the Bam« thing ; ke aiuka 
 ana o ke kani ana o ka moa ; KeoUxdu ana 
 o na kanaka e hao c aluka. 
 
 2. To dodge, where jnany thtDg;s are fly- 
 ing thickly ;oJo(riu 1 ka ihe ke nui loa. 
 
 O-Lo-i, v. To rub, as the stone rubs 
 kalo.as well as pounds it. 
 
 2. To run upon or over, as a vessel runs 
 - over or upon a canoe, or a cart over a man, 
 
 or anything drawn over a man. 
 
 3. To rim agrpund, as a canoe, or on to 
 a atone ; doi ae la Ha waa i ka pobakn. 
 
 O-LO-o-Lo, o. See Old. To hang loosely, 
 as fat under ihe cliin or on the calf of the 
 leg. 
 
 2. To vibrate or swing, as a saw. Isa. 
 10:1.5. 
 
 3. To 1^11 behind ; to loiter. 
 
 4. To lose favor with one. 
 
 5. To be denied that which was before 
 freely given. Sea Ow)olo below. 
 
 O-M-o-LO, *. The calf of the leg, from 
 the flexibility of the muscle. 
 
 2. A bundle done up loosely ; a loose 
 bundle of poi. _ 
 
 O ka ruM kc ale la a hu 
 Ka oloola o ka hee o kal ull la, 
 Lehu ka hooloolo o ka ala&l£. 
 
 O-LO-O-LO, V. See Olo. To make a 
 great sound of- wailing, or. as many wailing 
 together. 
 
 ' 2. To roar or rush,. as the sound of water; 
 mai hooloolo onkou e ku auanei i ke au ; o 
 ka mea c hooloolo ana la ia e ka oia i ke 
 au ; oloolo na kabawai'ku ka pihea i kai, 
 the brooks roar like the roaring of the sea. 
 Note. — It is not easy to see the connection 
 between <ilo — olo6lo to sound, as the voice 
 of wailing, and oJ(>— olopjfj'tb swing, Vibrate, 
 Ac, lailesii the latter be the radical mean- 
 ing; and the voice of wailing be so ex- 
 pressed on account of th« vibratory motion 
 of the voice in mourning and w-ailmg- 
 
 O-LO-o-Lo, s. A sound like many horns 
 blown at once. 
 
 0-Lo-o-LO-KA, V. See Olo. To shake, 
 as the limbs of a fat person ; dtooloka na 
 wawao nunui maikai. See Oloka. 
 
 O-lo-o-lo-na, s. See Olona. The cords 
 or.IiRamentB \Hi bind together the bones 
 and muscles of tlwi inimal system. 
 
 2. lluty; office of one; service. 
 
 3. Baggage, or any kind of property to 
 be taken when one removesi; e nana ana 
 oia i ka oloolona nui e pono ole ai keia 
 manomauu kanaka. 
 
 O-LO-u, V. SeeAiAU. To strike, as the 
 
 knuckles on anything hard; to makes rap- 
 ping noise. 
 
 0-Lo-HA-NA, i. E^g. All hands; the 
 name given to Mr. John Young. 
 
 0-Lo-HE, 0. To Vita, pale in the face 
 from I'oar or pain. ler. 30:6. 
 
 0-Lo-HE, s. The epithet of a man that 
 is u rubber and skillful at the lua. 
 2. Kc akua o Kamaomao. 
 3 Skillful, as one able to direct or over- 
 see the work of others; applied morcMy 
 also to universal skill. 
 
 0-LO-HE, adj. Rigid; immovable with 
 fear; he kanaka olohe uwi paa i ka makan ia. 
 
 2. Sick, as a woman in child birth ; he 
 mai olohe kciki ia no na wabine. 
 
 3. Bare; destitute of verdure; ka Icut 
 Mine kc alialia, he lua olohelobe. 
 
 4. Bare; free from, hair on the body, 
 chin, eyeJJrows, &c. 
 
 0-Lo-HErLo-HE, ». See Olohe, To be 
 destitute ; empt^. Kin. 1:2. 
 
 2. To be destitute of; to be naked; with- 
 out clothing. Joan. 21:7. OioAefc^e ke kne- 
 maka; ua dohelohe ka aina, destitute of 
 verdure. 
 
 O-LD-HE-LO-HE, s. Nakednessi destitu- 
 tion of clothing or covering, lloih. 3:18. 
 
 0-LO-HE-LO-HE, odj. Destitute; naked; > 
 bare of vegetation, as a barren fleld. 
 
 0-Lo-Hi-o, V. See Ohio. 
 
 0-Lo-HU, Jf. Name of a stone to roll in 
 a kind of play. SeetJuj. 
 
 0-LO-puA, s. A berry somewhat like 
 the wiiortleberry, the fruit of the popolo. 
 
 0-LO-KA, V. See Olo. To shake, as the 
 soft limbs of a fat person when wa.lking ; 
 otofca na wawae. See Qi.ooloka. 
 
 0-LO-KAA, t). Ofo'and ka^i, to i^oU. 
 
 1. To roll ; to roll over and over,' as a, 
 stone. Mat. 28:2. To roll away ; to roll 
 to a place; to roll oir,a3 a burden; to lake 
 away, as a reproach. Tos. 5:9. Olokaa 
 lakou i ka pohaku mai luna a i lalo. 
 
 2. To roll off upon another ; to transfer, 
 as a debt ; ua olokcUi aku au i kc'u aie a 
 pau, I have paid' off (rolled) all'tuir debt." 
 
 0-Lo-KE, adj. Clamorous and ipcdhe- 
 
 rent, as the constant talk "of pne'dc'ranged; 
 
 oloke ka waha. See Piolokb. 
 0-LO-KEA, ». Olo and kea, cross ways. 
 
 To cross ; to vex ; to thwart one in his 
 • plans; e kau oio/cea, to throw together cria- 
 
 cross, as sticks of wood. 
 0-Lo-KEA, adj. A heap of bones thrown 
 
 together promiscuously. 
 
 2. A cross or gibbet.. Sset. 5:14. 
 
 3. A kind of ladder, such as is made by 
 tying sticks horizontally on 'erect poles. 
 
 4. The frame on which the people climbed 
 and stood in putting up a house. 
 
OLO 
 
 102 
 
 OLU 
 
 O-LO-KEA, s. Ill the foftnti of a cross, or 
 several crosses ; laau olokea. 
 
 2. Applied to the dlspofiition ; cross ; 
 fretful ; disobliMg. 
 
 O-to-KE-iiE, s. The name of a stream 
 or valley on Eanai. 
 
 0-Lo-Ki-Ki, V. To loosen, as a board. 
 
 O-Lo-LA, s, A species' bf the nrallet 
 when small. 
 
 0-Lo-Li, V. Oh and U for lii, small, lit- 
 tle, &c. To be narrfiV. Jjso. 28:20. To be 
 contracted, as a path. Mai. 7:14. 
 
 0-i,o-Li,fl<Zj. Narrow; contracted'; dif- 
 ficult. 1 M. 6:4. 
 
 0-LO-Li-Lo-Li, V. To be tough, wftter 
 soaked, like kalo. See Lolilou. 
 
 0-LO-LO, e. Olo, to rub, the 9th conj. 
 of ofo. To rnb with thfe hahd ; to polish. 
 Srs; with anai. 
 
 0-LO-Lo, . adj. Uneven, like a bundle 
 jutting out at the eorneri). 
 
 O-io-ME-A, s. A species of tree ; same 
 aatoaimea; olomed i paio ainft e mai la; 
 used in producing fire by friction. 
 
 0-_L0-ME-A, s. The name of a striped 
 bog ; ida i onionio ka hnlu o ka puaa ma 
 ka.loa, he olorhea ia puaa. 
 
 O-lotME-ha-Ni, s. a place where dirt 
 and filth are thrown. 
 
 0-LO-Mi-o, ». To contract, as the toe of 
 a shoe ; to puckor up, as the mouth of an 
 eel ; to corrugate, as the skin of a healing 
 wound : oXomio Iki ka hele a ke aXajia \ pa- 
 lanehe la i hele aku nei. 
 
 O-Lo-Mi-o, adj. Smooth and tapering; 
 verging to a point, but with a smooth sur- 
 face ; meomeo, nnku puhi, olomuo, olomua. 
 
 0-lO-mu-a, s. Oh and mua, the front ; 
 fore part. The foreskin. ler. 4:4. Olomua 
 kahi dmaka o ka ale ; ka omaka. 2 Sam. 
 3:14. 
 
 0-LO-MU-o, s. do, to rub, aiid muo, to 
 open, as a bud. 
 
 o^ 1. The bud of a blossom before it blooms; 
 Ka maka o ka pua aole i pohole. 
 
 '2. The prepuce ijiat is cut off in circnm- 
 cision ; ka olomw o kahi omaka. 
 
 0-Lo-NA, s. A shrub, the bark of which 
 dressed resembles bleached hemp or flax, 
 and is made into small cords. 
 
 2. The name Of the pgrd itself; hence, 
 
 3. Flax ; hemp ; linen. Pvk. 9;3i, 
 
 4. A cord; tendoQ Of a muscle of ani- 
 cinalsormen. ^o!.2:X9. A muscle. Sot 3:8. 
 
 Olona hao, an iron sinew. Isa. 48:4. The 
 hamstring of an animal. Kin. 32:32. In 
 mrgery, a ligament. AndJt, 1:24. 
 
 0-LO-NA, adj. Flaxen; pertaining to 
 linen. ler. 13:1. Ka lole dlom maikai ; he 
 
 ie nani otofia; ua aahnia i ka \6\e olona 
 
 aiaj keokeo. Roi}c 16:6. 
 0-LO-PA, V. To break up or break to 
 
 pieces ; simjlar to ulv.pa. 
 0-U)-PE, s. A house fallen down and 
 
 persons in it. 
 2. A house broken up without people. 
 0-Lo-PE-Lo-PE, s. A species of small 
 
 shrimp found in kalo patches. 
 0-Lo-pu, V. To hold m the mouth with- 
 out swallowinf! ; oltrpu ae la kona kapa i 
 
 ki makani. //o". JIoolopii ae la oia i ka 
 
 pei i ka makani. 
 0-Lo-pu, s. Hooinu iho la oia i ke keiki 
 
 i ka olopu wai ; a monthtul, as of food or 
 
 drink ; hookaW okipv, ai a me ke kiaha wai, 
 
 , one mouthful of food and a cup of water. 
 
 0-ia-vv-K, adj . L'iilinaeofopMo. Laieik. 
 
 142. 
 0-LO-wAE, s. The fat, the movable fledi 
 
 on the calf of the leg ; wawae he man olo- 
 
 wae. 
 0-LO-wA-LU, s. See Oloalu. ke do- 
 
 wa'u o ke kapu o ke alii ; kahi e kau ai ke 
 
 kapa o ke oloalu. 
 O-LO-WA-Ltr-puu, s. Name of a place 
 
 where many hillocks stand near feach other. 
 
 See also KiNiKiNiPnD. 
 0-hv, V. To feel comfortably; to be 
 
 agreeable ; to have the sensation of satis- 
 faction. 
 
 2. To plea.se ; to be pleased ; to regard 
 with favor, 
 
 3. To be cooi, as with a Salubrious 
 breeze ; olu ka wai ke luu aku ; ohi ka ma- 
 kani ke pa mai koaniani ; olu Lahainalnna 
 
 vl-ka makani maaa. 
 
 0-LU, s. The vibrations or springing 
 motion of the rafters of a house made by 
 the wind. See Upaipai. 
 
 2. An arch : flr bending of timber in a 
 house;' a bending or yielding without 
 breaking. 
 
 3. The squirming contortions of a worm 
 o^ a fish-hook. See Hoi.u, Pio, Ac. 
 
 0-iiU, adj. Cool; refreshing, Lunk. 
 5:28. Comfortable ; easy ; pleasant to the 
 sight; benign; contented. 
 
 2. Clear ; pleasant, as the voice ; o ka 
 olu o ka leo ka mea i akaka ai kona ma- 
 nao, the clearne&s of the voice makes clear 
 the thought. 
 
 3. Limber, so as tot.bend in all direc- 
 tions without breaking. See Ow, s. 
 
 0-Ltr, s, A cool breeze ; he koaniani. 
 
 2. Coolness ; a refreshing sensation. 
 0-LU, adj. Epithet of certain kinds of 
 
 fish or shells: as, ka papal ohi; ka uK< 
 
 olu; he wahl ieho olu, 
 
 O-LTT-A, pers. pron., second pers. dual. 
 You two, Ofdm. § 132, 2d. 
 
OMA 
 
 103 
 
 OMA 
 
 O-LU-AU, s. Name of a ceremony in the 
 
 worship of Kanaloa ; ua kapaia kcJa haria 
 he oluau. 
 
 O-Lir-E-KE-LOA-HOO-KAA-MO-E-NA, *. !Epi- 
 
 thet of a person wlio fanned the chief while 
 ho slept ; o ka mea kahili i ko ke alii wahi 
 moe ai, he oluekdoahookaatnoena ia. 
 O-LU-o-LU, V. See Olu. To be comfort- 
 able ; to be gratified ; to bo contented ; 
 patislied. Luk. 3:14. 
 
 2. IIoo. To comfort i to please ; to con- 
 solo; to please one; to render a thing 
 agreeable. 
 
 3. To treat kindly ; to be favorable ; to 
 comfort one ; to' cheer. Zanl. 24:5. Ua 
 ohtolu ka noho i ko kau o na 'lii malkal, it 
 is pleasant to live jr. 'the reign of good 
 chiefs. 
 
 0-LU-o-LU, adj. Cool; refreshing; agree- 
 able, &e. See Ouj. O ka makani oliwlu, 
 oia ka'riioa e pale ai i ka wela o ka la. 
 
 2. Large and fatjas a fat and-wcakman: 
 kanaka olwlu, an easy, good-natiiied man. 
 
 0-LU-HE-LU-HE, .1. A species of fish of 
 
 ibe oopii kind ; he oopu oau, he oaoau, he 
 ; oluHeluht: 
 O-LU-LE-LU-LE, adj. See Ltjle, to shake. 
 
 Largo ; fat, so as to haye the fat shake in 
 
 walking ; applied to men. 
 O-LU-LE-i-u-LEA, odj. For ohtldideia. 
 
 Large ; fat, ifec. See the foregoing. 
 O-L0-LO, s. A person cast away. 
 
 2. A statue ; a figure. 
 
 3. Food that has become sour and rotten, 
 as melons. 
 
 4. A long water calabash. 
 
 O-Lti-LO, adj. Ca.staway; shipwrecked; 
 
 he kanaka oMo i make ka waa i ka,moana. 
 0-LtT-LO-LU-Lo, adj. Large; fat; shak- 
 ing with fat, as a man. See Olui.bi.ulk. 
 O-LU-Lu, *. A person of portly habits, 
 
 but lax in joints. See Ot.u. 
 O-LU-NA, adv. The auipili of luna. Of 
 
 or belonging to what is upward or above. 
 
 See Gram, k 161. See LiWA. 
 0-LU-Pi, s. The falling down, as a child; 
 
 an upg£tting ; he kaekae ka oZupi mai ka 
 
 wai i olu ka puu. 
 0-MA, V. To solicit silently a favor; to 
 
 hint a desire for a favor. 
 
 2. To open the mouth, as a child about 
 to suck; keo?»o ae nei ka pahi i kamaunu; 
 o ke oma akiv no ia e lalau ia ia. 
 
 3. To strike with tht hands on the surf- 
 board. 
 
 0-MA, s. The space between two armies 
 where the sacrifices were offered. 
 
 2. The preparations previous to war. 
 
 3. Name of the man first killed in a bat- 
 tle. 
 
 0-MA, s. An oven ; a baking place j in 
 
 modern time's, a'bake pan ; ku wale ibo no 
 
 la hale i ke oma; e uhao i ka puaa i ke 
 
 oma i moa niaikai. 
 0-MA, s. The highest officer of the king; 
 
 Kalanimoku was Kaahumanu's oma; Kinau 
 
 was the oma of Kauikeaouli. 
 0-MA, s. A small adz or koi. 
 O-MAi, adj. Soft; flexible; limber. 
 0-MAi, $. See O and Mai. To answer 
 
 to a call ; omai ke alii nono la inoa. 
 O-mai-mai, adj. See Mai, sick, weak. 
 
 Weak ; void of strength ; sick. 
 0-MAO, s. A bunch of food. 
 
 2. -The cover or wrapper of the food. 
 
 3. A round bundle, as of food ; sharp 
 above and round below ; ka omao ai, or ai 
 omao. 
 
 0-MAO, s. Name of a species of sihall 
 bird ; it resembles the ou only ; its feath- 
 ers are dark colored. 
 
 0-MAo, oeZj. Green; greenish in color; 
 he manu prnao ; he Icho omao. 
 
 0-MAo, s. A child always crying; he 
 omao la ka uwc o ke keiki, o ka omao wrie 
 
 ' no ia e uwe ai. 
 
 0-MA-o-MA, V. To , solicit silently ji 
 favor. See Oma. 
 
 0-MA-o-MA, V. To be afraid to speak to 
 one for'fear of giving offense^ ua oi^/Mtma 
 aku no 'ka waha e pane aku la ia, hilahila 
 mai no hoi au. See Oma. 
 
 0-MA-O-MA, s. The bosom ; the breast. 
 See Umadma. kawaha o ka puhi laoraa- 
 otna. 
 
 0-MAO-MAO, adj. Green, as grass or veg- 
 etation, 
 2. Blue, as the sky. 
 
 tFa omanmao ka lani, ua kahaea lana, 
 Ua ptpi ka maka o na hoku. 
 
 0-MAO-MAO, V. To be or appear green, 
 as vegetation 5 ua o'maomao na nahelehele 
 i ka uliuli na manu ke kula, ua puift 
 make i ka nani. 
 
 0-MAO-MAO, s. Name of a precious stone; 
 an emerald, ftom its green color. Hoik 
 21:20. 
 
 0-MATJ, V. To gird, bind or tie on, as a 
 sword ; i ka wa i bele ai lakou i ke kaua, 
 omo.u no lakon i ka pahi. limk. 3:16. To 
 sheath, put up, as a sword. 
 
 2. To tuck in, ad the outer edge of a 
 pau to fasten it ; e omav. iho a paa ka lole. 
 
 3. To sew ; to stitch together ; to basre 
 cloth. 
 
 O-MAU, s. A tucking in of the edge of 
 a pau, which is tucked in under to fasten 
 it on the boaiy. 
 
 2. A Sheath, as for a sword. 
 
 3. Omaii i ke ala paa ole i ka omauia, 
 in the path not hard by frequent use (per^ 
 baps.) 
 
OMI 
 
 104 
 
 OMO 
 
 4. A pining aickneBS. isa.38;]2. English 
 translation, a piece out off ; a fragment ; a 
 thread, <S,c. Jlcb. Ka paa aiaopopo ole, ka 
 
 . Mrwv, wale iho; The idea seema to be, 
 something iinGjcedj insecure; something 
 firm in appearance, out Ijable to gire way; 
 temporary. 
 
 5. Name of a apecjes of fish-hook. 
 O-iHA-KA, s. The fountain head of a 
 
 stream. 
 
 2. The springing np of vegetables. See 
 Maka, the eye, the bud, &a. 
 
 3. The nipples of a female. Ezek. ^3:3. 
 Omaka waiu, the breast. Kanik. 4:3. 
 
 4. The foreskin in males that was cut off 
 in circunicision, Kanl. 10:16. Note. — Cir- 
 cumcision was formerly practiced among 
 Hawaiians. 
 
 5. Ka OTnaka wai o ka nin ; ka omixka,, 
 ka omua ke poo ; ua. haiu ka omaka wai i 
 kai, ua lepo ka omaka wai i kinohi. See 
 
 OjLOUUA. 
 
 6. The name of a flak 
 O-MA-LE-MA-LE, s. A species of fish ; 
 
 the same as the male ; the young of the uhu. 
 0-MA-Li, V. To be weakly in body ; 
 
 sickly ; ua omaii ke kino, he mai paaoao. 
 0-MA-LI, adj. Weak ; feeble with sick- 
 ness. 
 2. Unripe ; wilted, as fruit ; he ipu omali 
 
 00 ole, an unripe, soft melon. 
 0-MA-Lt, *. Weakness of body; infirm- 
 ity of the system ; ka omcdi, ka uawaliwaii, 
 
 ka paaoao. 
 0-MA-Li-o, adj. Broad; extended; flat, 
 
 as flat land. See KAHDAOMAiio. 
 O-MA-LU-MA-LU, adj. Cloudy and' dark, 
 
 as when the sun does not break out at all. 
 
 See Malu. 
 0-ME-o, ». Ua omeo ae ka puka ana. 
 
 See Opun. 
 0-ME-o-ME-o, adj. Ulaula, meomeo ; 
 
 Ked ; blushing, as people ; yellow,, as ripe 
 
 fruit : orange, musk-melon, &c. 
 0-ME-GAj s. Gr. The name of the last 
 
 letter of the Greek alphabet, the great 0; 
 
 hence, 
 2. The last, ka, welau, in opposition to 
 
 Icumv,; an epithet of Jesus Christ. Hoik. 
 
 21:6. 
 
 0-ME-KA, s. Heb. A dry measure ; an 
 
 omer. JPuk. 16:16. 
 
 0-Mi, V. To wither ; to droop, as vege- 
 tables; not to grow oi yegctate; e.u)u ole 
 o ke kanu ana, he loi homi. 
 
 2. To droop; lose flesh, as a person. See 
 Homi. 
 
 0-Mi, adj. Withering, as a tree with 
 few roots ; he kukui aa ole omi. See Homi 
 and Hoomim;. 
 
 0-idi-o-Mi, V. See Omi. To wither; to 
 
 lose flesh ; to droop ; applied to men or 
 
 plants ; to stop growing. See Omicaij. 
 O-Mi-KO, s. Lean and unproductive soil 
 0-Mi-KO, adj. Unfruitful, as ground that 
 
 yields nothing. 
 2. Stinted in growth, as vegetables ; he 
 
 loi ontiko. 
 0-Mi-Li-Mi-LU, 3. See Paopao, the name 
 
 of a &b. 
 0-Mi-Lo, V. See Milo. To spin ; to 
 
 twist, as a rope ; to spin, as thread. See 
 
 HrLO. To twist with the thumb and finger; 
 
 also in drilling a small hole. 
 2. To produce abortion. 
 0-Mi-LO, s. The name of a medicine 
 
 used in procuring abortion; he laau lapaau; 
 
 applied to the operation or to the mcaicilie! 
 
 nsed in procuring abortion. 
 0-Mi-LO-Mi-LO, V. To destroy or cause 
 
 the death of an unborn infant ; ina i ike oe 
 
 he kaikamahine, e omitomiio ac.au. Xuieik. 
 
 11. 
 0-Mi-Mi, V. To droop ; to wither, as a 
 
 plant. 
 2; -To lose flesh, as a person ; ua omimi 
 
 ka ulu ana o keia laau. 
 0-Mi-Mi, 5. A fading ; a decaying ; a 
 
 withering of animal or vegetable life. . 
 2. That which is of small or slow growth. 
 0-Mi-No, V. To wither; to droop. See 
 
 Om. 
 0-Mi-NO, s. A stinted person; a sickly, 
 
 crying child. 
 0-Mi-NO, adj. Stinted; sickly, as a child; 
 
 he keiki omino. uwe wale; withered; with- 
 out flesh ; small ; uuku, io ole. 
 0-Mo, V. To suck, as a child. Luk. 
 
 22:29. 
 
 2. To draw up, as a pump. 
 
 3. To cleave together, as if by sucking. 
 i. To evaporate, as water, and pass into 
 
 the clouds ; ua or/ioia ke kai e ka wela, a 
 
 lilo ia i mau ao. 
 0-Mo, adj. Suckingi keilti' owo waiu, 
 
 a sucking child. 2fah. 11:12. He mea omo 
 
 waiu, a suckling. 1 Sam. 22:19. He mea 
 
 omo, a thiug that sucks, 1. o., a child. 
 0-MO, s. A cover to a calabash or pot. 
 2. The name givei' to a long, narrow 
 
 kind of adz ; koi omo. 
 0-Moo-Moo, V. O ka lepo i omoomoma, 
 
 ahahBuia,oia kokahi hale; anovsl adobie; 
 
 any long, oval Shaped body, as balls of pia. 
 0-MOo-Noo, i. He lapa, he kualapa, he 
 
 moo. 
 
 0-MO-HA, s. A figure used in printing 
 kapa, 
 
 0-MO-HA-LC, s. Name of the twelfth 
 
 day of the month ; properly mohatu. 
 0-Mo-Ki, V. To stop up with a coA, 
 
ONA 
 
 105 
 
 ONA 
 
 bung or stopper, &c. ; ua paa i ka omokiia 
 ■ i ka pani. 
 
 0-MO-Ki, s. A cork; a stopper of a bot- 
 tle ; a bung of a cask ; the stopper of a 
 
 calabash, &. 
 0-Mo-Ki, V. To jump from a high place 
 
 into deep water, a sport for children ; 
 
 omofci lua ka wai o ko keiki akamai i ka 
 
 lelekawa. See XJmoki. 
 0-MO-KO-Ko, s. Omo, to sucli, and koko, 
 
 blood. A horse leech ; a blood-sucker. 
 
 Sol. 30516. 
 0-MO-LE, adj. Bound and smooth; he 
 
 huewai omolt ; hence 
 0-MO-LE, s. A glass bottle; a bottle ; a 
 
 cruse, ifal. 17:14. A phial; a polished 
 
 cane ; a large, fat, smooth hog ; he puaa 
 
 nui keia, he omole nei ka hulu. 
 0-MO,-LE-A, s. A species of tree. 
 0-Mo-LE-o-MO-LE, ) adj. Round and 
 0-MO-LE-MO-I-E, ) smooth. See Omoi.e. 
 O-Mo-Li-TJ, V. Omo, to suck, and Km, 
 
 3. iZoo. To make one drunk. 
 0-NA, s. A State of intoxication, as pro- 
 duced by alcohol, tobacco and awa. 
 
 2. Dizziness of the head. 
 
 3. A kind of nettling or pricking of ^oe 
 sldn, attended with some pimides. 
 
 0-NA, adj. Drunk; intoxicated. 
 0-NA, perx. pron., the auipili of ia. Of 
 
 him ; of her ; of it ; his ; hers j its ; rarely 
 
 in tile neuter gender ; belonging to him, 
 
 &c. Gram. § 137-130. 
 0-NA-o-NA, eutj. Weary; fatigued; faint, 
 
 as from traveling. 
 
 2. Paint ; dizzy, from weakness or want 
 of food ; poniuniu. 
 
 3. Applied to food ; unpalatable ; ono 
 olo ; wai onaona, bad tasted water ; hue- 
 wai onctontt, bad smelling calabash. 
 
 0-NA-o-NA, adj. Beautiful; graceful; 
 pretty faced ; ho mau maka onaona. he 
 maikai, he nani ; ka wehiwehi i ka onaona 
 i Ite ala ; beautiful ; applied to the eyes 
 and face ; rosy cheeks. 
 
 bilge water. To absorb or discharge fcilge 0-NA-O-NA, S. A pleasant, odoriferous 
 
 water from a canoe or ship; to pump water 
 from a ship. , ,. « u- 
 
 O-Mo-Li-TJ, s. Omo and m. A ship 
 pump. Noris. — The word pawma has been 
 introduced from the English pump. See 
 
 PaUMA- ' ■< m 
 
 0-Mo-MO, V. See Omo, to suck, lo put 
 the end of a thing into the mouth to wet 
 it; a omoTOO ko ke kanaka waha i ua puala. 
 
 0-MU-A, V. To tie up the wound of the 
 ■ foreskin when cat off in circumcision. 
 
 2. To tie a string around the fore end of 
 the pua or cane top to make a papua for 
 playing that game ; o omua ke kttmu o Ra 
 pua i ke kaula. , ,. - « 
 
 O-MU-A-MU-A, s. The bulb of a flower 
 before it blossoms ; omuamva pua. 
 
 0-MTJ-E, ) adj. Sweet scented ; 
 
 0-MU-E-MU-E, ) odoriferous. 
 
 0-MU-o, s. See Omua above. Omm pua. 
 
 O-MU-o-wn-o, s. The upper and young- 
 est leaves of the sugar-cane, ki, &c. ; as, 
 omiwmuo ko ; mrMOttiw) ki ; the hiili of the 
 kalo makua. See Moo, a bud. 
 
 O-MTJ-o-MU-o-FU-A, V. Muo and pua, a 
 flower. To swell out, as the bud of a 
 flower. 
 
 0-MutJ, V. To begin to grow, as a veg- 
 etable. See Omoa and Omuo. 
 
 0-MU-Kij, V. See Pahupahu.- Eamak. 
 To cut short ; to cut off. 
 
 0-NA, V. To be drunk; to be intoxi- 
 cated. 1 Hum. "25:36. Ua waiwai loa ia 
 haolo, na oiw, spoken sarcastically ; to be 
 under the Influence of intoxicating drinks. 
 3. To be delighted or ravished ; 
 
 mau mai kona aloha iloko ou. 
 14 
 
 Sol. 5:19. 
 
 smeil, as of a rostj ; aka e hai aku i ke ala 
 ame ke onaona, ame ka pnkue o ka na- 
 auao ; onaona ala, a pleasant smell ; me 
 ka honi ala onaona, alalia hoi ka makani 
 ala owiona, e nu ana ma ke kaena nei; 
 malnna o ka onanna ala latina. 
 0-NAu-NA, V. To come around, as fishes 
 
 when a baited hook is let d-Own. 
 0-NA-u-NA, at^. Neat; graceful; pretty. 
 0-NA-BA, P. To curve or bend round, 
 as a semi-circle or a half bounding line ; 
 owiha na kihi o ka mahina, the points of 
 the moon heni round. 
 
 2. To spread or crook, as the legs ; ap- 
 plied to one whose -legs _or knees spread 
 wide apart ; used in h'alliili. 
 0-NA-HA, adj. Crooked; bending, as 
 an aged person j he wahine onaha ICale- 
 pcamoa; crooked, as one's lege; wawae 
 onaha. 
 0-NA-HA, adv. Crookedly; in a bent 
 nosition ; ke waiho onaha mai la ka lima, 
 the arm lies half bent. See Naha, broken. 
 0-NA-HA-WA-HA, V. This word is used 
 in all the senses of onaha above ; as, cma- 
 hanaha na idhi o ka mahina, &e. ;_ he ka- 
 naka wawae orMhanaha ke bele mai, &c. 
 0-NA-HA-NA-HA, s. The halo of the 
 
 moon (doubtful.) 
 O-NA-HA-NA-HA-iA-TJA, V. See above. 
 Onakanahaiaua ke kihi oka moku ; pona- 
 hanaha ka moku me ka aina. 
 0-NA-LU-NA-LU, odj. HaTOig a high 
 surf, as the sea ; omAunalu ke kui. bee 
 Nam. 
 0-NA-NA, s. Name of the third month 
 of the year ; more propevlyATuna. 
 
ONI 
 
 106 
 
 ONI 
 
 0-NA-NA, adj. Perhaps a contraction of 
 ona and ann, partially intoxicati^d. Weak; 
 awlfwaid ; unakiliful ; he kanaka mrniM, 
 ikaikn olu, liemahcma. 
 
 0-NA-WA-Li, adj. See Nawali. Weak; 
 not strong ; awkward ; nawalhvali. 
 
 O-NA-WA-LI, 4'. An unripe, bitter melon 
 or sqiiashj he ipu awaawa oo o\ii. 
 
 0-NE, s. The sand; ke one o kahakai, 
 the sand of the beach ; ke one i Mahina- 
 hina ; fco lelo la ke one i Maoholaia. 
 
 0-NE, V. To be sandy; to have ;and 
 in plenty ; ua one Kavipo, ua ka ka ai i ka 
 Ina. 
 
 O-NE-A, s. One, sand, and a, burning. 
 (So calkd by llawaiians when they ftiut 
 saw gnnpowder.) Lit, Burning sand, that 
 is, giinpo-wder ; kc onea ka pauda, ka mca 
 e h!lc ai ka poka ; ua pau na kanaka i ke 
 o»ea o ka haole._ See I'auda (powder,) 
 which has since been introduced. 
 
 O-ne-a, adj. Destitute; all gone; vacant. 
 
 0-NE-A-NE-A, s. An open country ; a 
 desolate jjlace where nothing giows ; . ka 
 ulu ole na mca kanu. 
 
 0-NEA-NEA, V. To appear open and 
 clear ; to lie in fair sight, as a hill or moun- 
 tain. 
 
 2. To be desolate ; waste ; unfruitrul, as 
 a tract of country. 
 
 O-nea-nea; adj. Loft alone ; clear of 
 verdure, as land ; deBolal<! ; unfruitful ; 
 waste, as land ; niahakea, nuhclehelo ole. 
 See Nkonko.. 
 
 0-NEi, adv., the auipili of nei. Of this ; 
 of hero ; of this pers(m ; opposite to olailii, 
 that there. Notk. — Though often printed 
 as one woi'd, o nel are really two wordn. 
 
 0-NE-o-NE, V. To be broken; cracked, 
 as a melon, so the moat may run out. 
 
 0-NE-o-NE, V. The flowing out of the 
 meat of a melon. 
 2. The cracks through which it flows out. 
 
 0-NE-o-NE, adj. Soft ; flowing ; fine ; 
 dwindled to nothing, &c. ; p('|)ehi i na ka- 
 naka a oiienno. ' 
 
 O-ne-u-la, adj. Great; extended; vast. 
 
 0-ne-ha-nau, s. One, .sand, and harum, 
 l>()rii. The place of sne'g birth; native- 
 born place ; one's nativo country where he 
 and his ancestors lived ; e ike auanei i ko 
 kakoii onehnrnw, wu shall soon see oiu-. 
 , native-born place. 
 
 0-ne-i.au-e-na, «. Some imaginary land 
 or country where the god Kane lived or 
 came from ; lie aina 1 ke onelautiia a Kane, 
 he aina i Kahiki, aia iluila ke one/tmejiu ; 
 he ainti. moinona kc iiiin, 
 
 O-Ni, I). To move ; to stir, but to move 
 only throiigli a small space ; uole o hiki 
 
 ke oni i ka nawaliwali, he was not able to 
 move from weakness ; to turn the body in 
 4 restless mood. 2 Sam. 20:12. , 
 
 2. To ascend with a isigzag motion, as a 
 kite ; lele ka lupe iluna o ka lewa oni ae 
 ana. 
 
 5. To stretch out, as land into the sea. 
 4. To swim or move about in the sea. 
 
 OilJc. 11:10. 
 
 C>. To move on in a steady course of life; 
 e oni wale no oukou i kuu pono a, con-' 
 tinue to move on in my course. jKouoAa a 
 Kam. 
 
 6. To move, as a sign of life, in opposi- 
 tion to mot malie, a sign of death. 
 
 7. To move from one po:'iition to another; 
 ua oni kela mai kona kala a hiki ma ke|ti 
 kala, he moved from his eiid of the houstf 
 to this end. 
 
 .8. To move about; to be busy; dili- 
 gent '; to move to a/id fro ; e cni ana no ia 
 me ke kulapa ana ; e naku, e lapa, &c. . 
 
 O-m, adj: Uneasy; restless, as in pain. 
 
 O-W, #. Uneasiness; a shifting from 
 place to place.; epithet of a living being, 
 the moring. Ezek.i7:9. 
 
 O-m-oi s. Cloth printed, especially in 
 spots ;"the printed figures on calico. 
 
 OsNi-o, adj. Spotted ; printed, like cal- 
 ico or jcftpa, ' 
 
 O-Ni-o^Si, u 'See Oni. To dodge ; to 
 move back and forth, as the ei^rs of a horse; 
 onioni no na pepeiao, moe imua a mqe 
 ihope ; na onioni ka lupe mo he ao la, -the 
 kite^oate like a cloud. 
 
 O-Ni-o-Ni-o, adj. See Onio. Striped; 
 Rpot.tcd,a8 a cloth;"a,s animals. Kin. 30:S2. 
 Variegated, as with colors ; humuhumii 
 onioato, broidnred worii. Pufc. 28:39. ll6o. 
 Kapa hoonionio, broidered woi-k. JBsejli: 
 16:10. 
 
 0-Nt-o-Ni-o, V. To be spotted ; ua onio- 
 m"o kikokiko ka leopadi. 
 
 2. Ifoo. To embroider : to work figures 
 on cloth. Puk. 28:39. 
 
 0-Ni-u, )). To, spin, as a top made of a 
 coeoaniiti hoka i qniuia kona lae. 
 
 0-Ni-u, s. A top for spinning ; a play- 
 thing for children, generally made of ii 
 coconnut. 
 
 O-Ni-Hi-Ni-Hi. See Onimhi. 
 
 0-Ni-HO-Ni-Ho, s. Name of a species of 
 fish. 
 
 0-Ni-KA, s. Gr. Onyx; nameofaprer 
 oioiis stone. Kin. 2:12. 
 2. Also, a spice. Puk. 30:34. 
 
 O-Ni-Ki, adj. Flat,' smootli, as a surface. 
 
 0-Ni-Ki-Ni-Ki. I ka pawa haahaa oniki- 
 niki. 
 
 0-Ni-NA-Ni-NA, adj. Fat; plump, as the 
 cheeks of a man. See Umbanika. 
 
ONO 
 
 107 
 
 ONO 
 
 0-Ni-Ni, V. To Mow very softly, as the 
 beginning of a breeze. 
 
 2. To ejccito or stir up wuvcb in a calm ; 
 to cause a ripploou the unrface of water. 
 
 0-Mi:Ni, f. A very^siigKt breeze of air 
 like tbat WhJcli occasion^ a ripple after a 
 «aim 5 he wAlii onHd iki mai ; applied only 
 to a gentlq wind 'ivtihen it coyera the sea 
 with ripples; om'/n" 'loa mai na,hua; he 
 onini makani ; the flTst beginning of u Bea 
 breeze; apuft'ufwind. Isa.61-A.?,. 
 
 2. Tlic word' is appUed to one of imper- 
 fect vision when tryii^ ta read ; qnira ke 
 kanaka i ka iliwai. 
 
 0-Ni-Ni, V. To close' «c shut the eyes 
 on account of too strong light ; ua onini 
 na maka i ka malamaiaina, nakt^uli ka 
 onuhi, ua ano e ka maka. 
 
 0-NI-NI, adj^ The state itf one ahnost 
 dead ; he (clchu, be kapakahi, he kuhikce, 
 he kokoke make loa. 
 
 0-NI-NI, *. A kin4 of surf-board. 
 
 0-jfl-Ni-Hi, s. Young kaio; the tops of 
 kalo. See Pauanihi. 
 
 0-Ni-NO-Nj-NO,, ». To be dazSiling like 
 the 8tin;,ua oniTtonino na maka i ka la; 
 to blind (b6 eyes liy a dazzling light. See 
 Omnolivo. '. , 
 
 0-Ni-No-Ni-NO, adj. Dazzling; diiii- 
 sigbtod through a strong light. - 
 
 0-Ni-p/A, V. Oni and paa, fast. 
 
 1. To 156 Hxei', firmly bound together. 
 Bj/. Ul:8. To tie Stead&Bt, IIuLUOai. 
 To be immoFable. 
 
 2. To h? persevering. Sol. .10:24. XJa 
 onipaa loalce aupuni o kaMesia. IIoo. To 
 establish fimly. ler. 42:10. 
 
 0-Mi-pjiA, aif. Firm; strong; fixed j 
 immovable ; he nauwc ole, he kulanalar.a 
 olc : he liale onipaa a paa loa, 
 
 0-NO, i;. To be or become sweet ; to 
 relish, as food; to have a like or relish for 
 Bweetfood. 7iin. 27:4. To have a sweet 
 ti;st«. 
 
 2. To be sweet, that is, good to eat ; eat- 
 able. ICin. 3:6. 
 
 3. To desire jgreatly to taste or cat a 
 thing; ono iho la kefcahi man kanaka i ka ia. 
 
 4.' To be savory,; aa ono, ua-mikomiko, 
 ua onoono. 
 6. Morally, to havea relish for virtue. 
 
 0-NO, V. To disrelish food, as a sick 
 child or person without appetite, /loo. 
 Hooibi, hoono, hoonoono. 
 
 0-NO, s. Sweetness ; that which is 
 pleasant to the tasts either in eating or 
 drinking ; ka orao' oka puu i ka ai ana a i 
 ka inu ana. 
 
 0-NO, adj. Sweet; palatable; relisha- 
 ble; nlao>M>,.a sweet sairor. Oihk. X:^ 
 He kanaUa hua o«o oe. Prcnotrh. 
 
 0-No, s. Name of a very large species 
 of fish, the parents of the opi^lu ; o ke ano 
 makua o ka opelu ; computed at one-sixth 
 of the whole. 
 
 0-NO, a<Zy. The ordinal of six; the sixth j 
 used with the article. ^a»i. ]T5:4. Aono, 
 eono, six. 
 
 0-No-o-No, arf;. Palatable; hence, pleas- 
 ant ; comfortable. 
 
 0-NOTj, V. To entice ; to allure ; gener- 
 erally for a bad purpose. 
 
 2. To give a thing deceitfully ; to give 
 away, as one's daughter in marriage for a 
 selfish purpose. 
 
 3. To give the products of a land to an- 
 other, not to the owner. 
 
 4. To secrete by craft; to turn a'ide 
 from what is right. 
 
 5. To push agaiijst one, as if to push hia 
 down; to do things in a hurry. 
 
 6. To persuade one to leave hia proper 
 station for an iirproper ono. 
 
 7. To change employment. 
 
 0-Nou, s. An enticement ; a false giv- 
 ing ; a seduction ; an ehticing, alluring, 
 &B,, of one. Zaieiic. 198. O Icta onou wale 
 ana o na makua i ke keiki, the enticing cf 
 parente their children (to vice.) 
 
 0-Nou, if. The name of a small bird ; o 
 ka onc!'. he manu eleele ia. 
 
 0-NOU, of;. Seductive ; g-Uuring; de- 
 ceitful, &c. 
 
 0-Nou-NOU, ». See Onou above. To 
 
 entice ; seduce ; persuade.' Note This 
 
 form is frequentative of onou, and used in 
 all its senses. 
 
 O-NO-Hi, s. The center of the eye; ka 
 onohi o ka maka. Zek. 2:8. 
 
 2. The eye-ball ; the apple of the eyfe 5 
 kii otwhi, tiie littte image in the eye; so 
 haku onohi ; hence, , , , 
 
 3. The center of 'a thing ; the excess of 
 a thing ; applied to darknei^. SoL 20:20. 
 I, e., the profundity of darkness ; ke ono^t 
 o ka pouli, where darkness 49 concentrated. 
 
 4. It is applied to light or heat; ka. 
 oiwhi o ka umu ahi enaena, the center of a 
 raging, fiery -oven ; ka wacnakonu ka 
 lapalapa ahi, the center of a flame of fire ; 
 ke ojiohi o ia, la, the center of the gun ; 
 ke Alii e mw mai ana i ka onohi pono o. 
 ka la. LaieiH 1 W; He ao onohi opua kii- 
 kau. 
 
 0-NO-Hi, s. Ike aku la oia e ku ana ka 
 onohi iluna jtono o Maunalei. Iiaieik. in.' 
 
 0-NO-Hi-Ai-A, s. Onohi and aic, bad, &c. 
 A watery -or sore eye. 
 
 0-NO-Hi-D-LA, s. A deep red ; a species 
 
 of red color. 
 0-No-Hi-No-Hi, 1;. Ua miohinohi ka maka 
 
 ka hoku. 
 
OPA 
 
 108 
 
 OPE 
 
 0-Nv, V. To swell; to enlarge; to 
 
 spring. See Pehd, to rise up, as a swelling. 
 0-NU, s. A swelling'; a wen on the 
 
 neck or head ; anytjung growing up and 
 
 increasing. , ,, • ' 
 
 O-NU-HE-Ntr-HE-A, odj. Fat; very fat; 
 
 sjiaking fat ; applied to men when bloated 
 
 very much. ' ■ 
 0-PA, 17. To press; squeeze, as the head 
 
 of a child. Ancd. 6. 
 0-PA, adj. SeeOoPA. Lame; fatigued; 
 
 wfearied. 
 0-PA, adj. Huikau, laiki, kulipee. 
 0-PA, s. A limping, walking, as one 
 
 sore or' disabled ; ke kulipa, ka huikau, ka 
 
 laiM. 
 0-PAE, s. A very small fish; a shrimp; 
 
 a crab. 
 O-PAEKt-HAA, s. A species of small fish, 
 
 but a little larger than the opae. 
 0-PAi-PAi, V. To shake; to bend in and 
 
 out, as the rafters of a house ; opaipai ka 
 
 mauna, the mountain tremblea. Laidk. 163. 
 
 0-TA-o-;?A,Lttdf. See Opa. Wearied; 
 fatigued ; lame from walking. See Oopa. 
 
 0-PA-HA, s. A house, the rafters of 
 which have been broken. 
 2. A thin, shrunk up face. 
 
 0-PA-HA, V. To be bent in; as the roof 
 of a (gras3).hoiise partly fallen in. 
 
 2. To sink down ; to be depressed ; to 
 fall in: uhopalta ka iiale,uahina,uahllala, 
 a ua. poll aku lloko. . 
 
 0-PA-HA, adj. Bent in ; indented ; 
 pressed down. 
 
 0-PA-KA, adj. Having regular sides, as 
 a 8q[aare or octagon. 
 
 2. Having hewn or fls^t sides, as a square 
 piece ot' timber ; e kalai a opcjca, the tim- 
 ber il hewed; UB kalai opakapaka, the 
 timber is hewed on all aides. 
 
 0-PA-KA, u To hew sirioothly; to hew 
 and leave no knots ; e kalai a e hoopau i 
 ,ke ino. ,, 
 
 0-PA-KA, s. A ravine on the side of a 
 mountain. 
 
 2. The geometrieal figure: a prism. Ana- 
 hon. 
 
 0-PA-KA-PA-KA, adj. Hewed on all sides; 
 made flat or square. 
 
 0-PA-KA-PA-KA, s. Name of a species of 
 red fish. 
 
 0-PA-LA, s. Refuse litter, such as old 
 straw, leaves of trees, dried grass, or aay- 
 tbing worthless wliich may be burnt or 
 blown away by the wind. Hnl. 1:4. Light 
 rubbish ; diflferent things mized together. 
 2. TiQ. The rabble; people without char- 
 acter : aole i lilo kanaka i ka hewa ms 
 Fokl, he mau opda wale uo ka i lilo me 
 
 ia, the people did not turn to wickedness 
 with Poki, some of the chaff (unstable 
 men) only went with bim. 
 
 0-PA -LA, adj. Dirty; filthy; bad; un- 
 pleasant ; ua lemua opala, a long, disagree- 
 able rain. 
 
 0-PA-Li-PA-Li, s. A small or low pali ; 
 a place of low palis. 
 
 0-PA-PA, s. Proper name , of the wife 
 of Akea or Wakea ; they are represented 
 as the ancestors of the Hawaiian race.; 
 Note. — The o is no part of the word, it i^ 
 only o emphatic, yet it is sometimes bo 
 written. See Papa. 
 
 0-PE, V. To tie up in a bundle; to 
 bundle up for carrying away. Pafc. 12:34. 
 
 0-PE, s. A bundle;' a long bundle; a 
 bundle made up for carrying ; ope papa, 
 ope lole. 
 
 0-PE-A, V. To be turned or to lean to 
 
 one side. i 
 
 2. To turn off, as when land is taken 
 
 . away, perhaps for a fault, perhaps not ; u» 
 laweia ka aina, opeaia ke kanaka. 
 
 a. To drive one away; hakaka laua, a 
 opeoia o mea emea. 
 
 4. To bind ohe's hands behind his back; 
 qpeatekona man lima; to cross; to tie cross- 
 wise ; to treat ill. 
 
 6. To abuse or treat one evil without 
 reason. 
 
 6. To judge unrighteously. Sol. 18:5. 
 
 7. To treat the gods with contempt and 
 risk the consequences. See Pea. 
 
 8. To throw over one, as a kapa, or as a 
 child over the shoulder; ^ 
 
 0-PE-A, s. A cross, as sticks crossed. 
 See Pea and Kba. The cross stick which 
 holds up the 6uter and upper end of a sail. 
 
 0-PE-A, s. Used probably for qpejffl, what 
 ia bound up ; a testicle. 
 
 0-PE-A, adj. Villainousf; perverse; not 
 trusty. 
 
 0-PEA-PEA, s. A bat, an animal between 
 fowls and quadrupeds. Kard. 14:16. So 
 called from the shape of the wings boing 
 simitar to the ancient sails (pea) of their 
 canoes. 
 
 0-PEA-PEA, s. A species of shell fish. 
 2. Kalo lately planted, iVom the shape 
 of the young leaves. 
 
 0-PE-o-PE, V. See Ope. To tie up 
 tightly or frequently, as a buifdle. 
 
 2. To tie and hang Up agafiis* the side 
 of a house for preservation. 
 
 3. To fold up, 'as clothes. lohn. 20:7. 
 
 4. Fio. To bind up, as knowledge, ha. 
 8:16. Opeope ke akamai a waiho malie 
 iloko o kc kanaka noonoo, wisdom is bun- 
 dled up and laid away quietly in tho man's 
 mind. 
 
OH 
 
 109 
 
 OPU 
 
 0-PE-LE, V. To rest securely or quietly 
 in a place ; noa ke akua kapu ka miele. 
 
 O-PE-LE-PK-M, s. A flat, weak calabash,, 
 partly brokeh; also, a frall.water calabash 
 
 O-PE-iT, *. Name of a gpecjes of fish ; 
 mackerel ; opdu ka okoa ia ihp .ka moku. 
 2. The name of one of tke two fishwMch 
 aci-'ompanied Pili when he came to the 
 isilaads ; aku was the name of the other. 
 D. Mak). 4:13. ■ ' . . 
 
 0-PE-i.u-NU-i-K4U-HAA-u-iiO, s.'The son 
 of Pele and Kamapu'aa, who Ibecaine a god. 
 
 0-Pi, V. To folfl Up, as Itapa or cloth. 
 Soc Ope. , , , > , 
 
 2. To sink in, as the, mouth when the 
 teeth are jtone. 
 
 0-Pl, s. The folds in cloth or kapa; 
 the depressions made by folding kapa or 
 cloth ; akepakepa mai la no ia ma ii^c opi a 
 pan. 
 
 0-pi-o, adj. Young; juvenile, as a per- 
 son. 2 Sam. 18:29. As an animal ; bipl 
 kanc opio. Nah. 28:19. 
 
 0-Pi-o-pi, V. See Opi. To fold up, as a 
 
 ■ garment or kapa. 2 Ifal. 2:8. 
 
 2. To put in order ; opi(^i lua ka auwae 
 mo ho waha kao !a. 
 
 0-pi-o-Pi-o, 15. See Opio. To be young; 
 tender; as a plant or tree ; as a child or 
 animal. 1 Bam. 1:24. 
 
 0-PI-O-PI-O, adj. Young, as a person or 
 animal; immature; unripe. Puk.2i:6. Ap- 
 plied to persons ; opposed to kahiko. los. 
 6:21. Applied to fruits ; uala (ypi<^io; re- 
 cent ;, new ; late ; as, he mai opiopio, a new 
 or recent disease ; junior ; a son of a 
 father of the same name. 
 
 0-Pi-Hi, s. A species of shell fish 
 2. A stamp in natire cloth. 
 
 0-pi-Hi-pi-Hi, s. A particular kind of 
 mat, not the finest kind, though pretty fine. 
 
 0-Pi-KA-NA-LA-Ni, s. TJsed in poetry for 
 something laid up far off; hole ana i Opi 
 kananua i Opikanalani. 
 
 0-Pi-KA-NA-NUU, s. , See the above. Hele 
 ana i Opikananwt i Opikanalani. 
 
 O-Pi-Ki, V. To bend over, as in nodding 
 on going to sleep; to bend up, as the legs; 
 to come together, as a trap. See Upiki. 
 
 0-Pi-KO, s. A species of grass ; a spe- 
 cies of tree ; he kopiko. ,' 
 
 0-Pi-KO-pi-KO, s. Name of a disease; 
 he mai cpikopiko i ano o ka ili e like inc 
 ka pa!a, ulaulu a keokeo ; ke opikopVco o 
 ka ili, urn e hoopiliia ka heo, ola i ka ili, 
 ua opikopiko ka ili. 
 
 O-pi-Ko-Pi-KO, .«. Anxiety; concern"; so- 
 lioifcudo ; depression of spirits in view of 
 (langor, 
 
 O-Pi-KO-Pi-Ko, V. To be anxioas about 
 
 an event ;• to be concerned about some im- 
 pending danger. 
 2, To be troubled, us the sea in a storm. 
 0-w-M, V. To draw up; contract, as 
 one with the cramp or with cold weather^ 
 optti Ion iho no ka nui loa o ka ua. 
 
 2. To be ooldi to .shiver with- the cold. 
 
 3. To draw up or compose one's self on 
 a bed. Mn. 49:33. 
 
 4. Fio. Ua opik ka maka i ka anu i ka 
 waij'nolaila loaa.ole ka manao, haalulu » 
 make no hoi. 
 
 5. To bend or contrsict, a^ the knees in 
 kneeling ; oi lidho kiikiili a opiii ae na 
 
 ■ wawaeikaanullftlookalepo. £in. 49:33. 
 0;it7i la o poeleele o opu Icalakeila 
 Va iliu, he kua nui kiia loa, 
 He kua noho i ka Ida He uiahipule. - 
 
 0-Pi-Li, s. A cold; a shivering; a con- 
 traction of the limbs and muaoles through 
 cold or with ttie cramp; 
 2. The cramp itself. 
 
 0-pi-Li, adj. Stiff with wet and cold,; 
 benumbed. 
 
 0-pi-Lo, V. To break out afresh, as a,n 
 old sore. 
 
 2. To have a relapse in the recovery of 
 a disease ; to bring back a sickness ; mai 
 hole oe i ka auau, o opUo ko mai i ka wai. 
 See PrLO. 
 
 0-pi-Lo, s. A person who is often sick 
 and has become thin in flesh, is said to be 
 a" "Vn. ppiZo. 
 
 0-pi-i,v- -.''.wu, adj. Dirty; muddy; miry, 
 as a soft, slumpy road; ua nui na wahi 
 opUopUo ma ke alanu! o Makiki, ua poho- 
 poho loa ka wawae i kahi ino i ka Icpo. 
 
 2. Dirty ; bad smelling, as stagnant 
 water ; corrupt ; he opilopilo no kcia opn 
 puaa. 
 
 O-pi-Lo-Pi-M, V. To be dirty J bad smell- 
 ing, &,c. ; ke opilopilo nei no ka wawae i 
 ka honowa. See Pilopilo and Pilo. 
 
 0-Po. See in Hatjopo. Opo, in good 
 order ; even ; plainly done. 
 
 0-PO-HO-KA-No, adj. Stingy; cjose; not 
 willing to part with anything good ; o ka 
 poe lakou opokokano, he kukniolelo wale 
 no ia, aole e ai ana. 
 
 0-pu, V. To expand, as an opening^ 
 flower. See Opdd,, 
 2. To grow, as a fetus. Hal. 139:16. 
 I 3. To swell up ; tx) be full, as the belly 
 of a fat person ; opu mai ka opu. 
 4. To rise up, as water ; opu ka wai. 
 6. To live idly ; lazily ; ke opu waie ae 
 nei no, ka noho wale ; noho wale iho no, 
 loaa ole. 
 
 6. To sit with the knees gathered up, 
 
 7. To leap off or over, as a horse ; e opu 
 aku mao. 
 
 0-PU, s. A protuberance with an enclo- 
 
OPU 
 
 110 
 
 OPU 
 
 wire, as the belly, stomach, bladder, &,c. ; 
 as, opu o ke kai, the heart, belly (midst) 
 of the sea ; the crop of a bird. Oihk. 1:16. 
 The maw of enimals. Kanl. 18:3. The 
 v.'omb. lAmI':. 16:17. A round, liver-like 
 substance in the hog and other animals. 
 
 2. The name of a heap upon which a god 
 stands ; a bunch or bundle of small wood, 
 grass, weeds, <fec. ; a hill or bunch of kivlo 
 growing together. See Opdu. 
 
 3. The disposition of a person ;; state of 
 m«Ki. See the compounds Opuao, Ophino, 
 Opckopekopb, &c. Opu IB here stn. with 
 naau. Note.— The Hawaiians suppose t>e 
 seat of tliought, intelligence, &c., and i^so 
 the seat of moral powers, as the choice and 
 practice of good and evil, to be sea*d in 
 
 '■^e small intestines: hence, naav or opu 
 <the' emalr intestines) is used fc what we 
 should call the heart, i. e., the seat of the 
 moral powers. See Naauao, Xaasipo, Naao- 
 jNO, compaYed witi qpi!ao,<*p«i'«>, &c. See 
 Naaii. 
 0-pu, adj. SMJlM a< dmng into thf^ 
 water, so as not to S'patter ; opu ia waJii 
 kanaka : opv- i n»iea ka pau ai ole, fisher- 
 man's phrase. . 
 O-P0-A «. NjsJTow pointea cloudfe hang- 
 ing in the horizon ; clouds of ij.wjcg'alar 
 shape aAisicg out of the sea; opua kea, 
 . opm (Oeele. „ . S „ , , 
 2. A bunch ; a eoUeetJon, as of bushes, 
 lep/HS, kc; be opud hao'wale kcia no ka 
 fine,; ko opua puakala. -See Oi'u. 
 ff-ra-A, s. The nairve of a class of gods 
 
 among ihe poe aloii noho. 
 O-pu-A, adj. E:^isting or hanging in 
 bunches or clusters ; ao opua, clouds col- 
 lected ; kabi,7@ puka mai ai na ao upua mai 
 ka moana... 
 0-Ea-AO,-aeZ/. Opu, belly, and ao, en» 
 lighteiJfed. Wise hearted ; knowing ; intel- 
 ligent ; similar to naavao, but less used. 
 0-ptr-Ao, s. Knowledge ; intelligence ; 
 one instructed ; he uaauao, he noonoo, he 
 noiau. 
 O-PU-A-HA-o. No ke Itomo ana a opua- 
 
 hao ke kanaka a make. 
 0-ptr-A-Hu-A-WA, s. See Opu, a bunch, 
 and Ahuawa, a species of strong rush, A 
 bunch of grass, small sticks, &c., tied up 
 in a bundle with ahuawa string. 
 
 O-pu-A-KEA, i. Clearness ; whiteness ; 
 
 that which shines brightly. 
 O-pu-A-KEi, V. To appear, as a white 
 
 cloud. 
 
 Uft opuakea alalai kanukiiQU 
 
 Huaa \ ka mebeu Daave aUnul a ka puukolo 
 
 Ka makolo tatkav^t ala a ka Foulcua. 
 
 O-PU-A-KU, *. The clouds in the morn- 
 ing or evening wheu they take imaging 
 (shapes of things ; he ao opuakiikii. 
 
 O-pu-i-No-iNO, s. OpuanAino. An evil 
 disposition; malice. 1 Pel. 2:1. Wicked- 
 ness ; dforavity ; seeking evil against -one. 
 0-PU-i-W-i-No, adj. Evilly disposed ; 
 
 malevolent. 
 0-pir-/»-HAi, s. Cfpu, a bunch, and ohai, 
 a sJrub. -A bundle of grass ; a bundle of 
 tie ohai shrubs. 
 0-PU-o-UAo, s. Name of a disease in 
 which the abdomen becomes enlarged and 
 hard, while file limbs are enervated j tlic 
 dropsy ; ka opu me ka nanaia sxlikiliki lalo 
 o ka iomu. , 
 0-pu-o-pu, "v. To rise up ; to swell. 
 See 0pd8 To be swelled full, as one hav- 
 ing ea^n heartily. 
 
 2. ,To fill, as the belly of a hungry man; 
 to be full, as a water calabash with water; 
 0-p;uu, V. To bud, as a tree or plant ; 
 to shoot forth buds. 'Kin. 40:10. 
 
 2. To bud, i. e., to set fruit. Mai. 13:2$. 
 .S. To shoot out, as the branch of a tree. 
 Mar. 4:32. 
 4. JIoo. To Ciiiiee to grow. Ezek. 29:21. 
 Ua opuu ae kuabiwi i ka iU o ke kai, 
 Ua ouieo ac ka puka ana. 
 
 0-Puij, s. A bud. Nah. 17:23. The 
 germ of a vegetable ; a tuft ; . a cluster : a 
 bunch of corn, ffin, 41:5. An ear or bunch 
 of wheat or barley. Rvl. 2:2. 
 
 2. A protuberance See Puu. 
 
 3. A whale's tooth ; ka opvu nibo oko- 
 hola; opuu makamua, first green ears. 
 Oihk. 2:14. Ea opuu maia, a bunch of 
 bananas. 
 
 4. The spur of a very young cosk ; ka 
 opuu ana'e o ke kalakala o ka moa. 
 
 5. A conical hill ; hence, in yeomdry, a 
 cone. Apa. Son. 29. 
 
 0-PUTJ, s. Swelling highly, as a very 
 high surf before it breaks ; ohu ma! la he 
 wahi nalii opuu. Xcteifc. iil. 
 
 0-puu-puu, adj. See Pun. Kough ; not 
 smooth, ae a rough road ; the opposite of 
 laumania; the same as apuupuu; uneven ; 
 hilly; bulging or swelling ont : oppujitc 
 to upoho ; convex. Anal. 6. , 
 
 0-puu-puu, s. Ma ke Iralo, ma ka pspa- 
 kole, ma ke kuekue, ma ke opmqntu. 
 2. Name of a specifea of fish. 
 
 0-pu<HAO, 5. Opu and hao. A swelleQ 
 belly or stomach ; i Itona ai ana i ka opu- 
 hao ; penu no ia i k'.* kai jne !c:i op-jha,:-- ; 
 dropsy of the belly, aseitiis.. '>•■'■■ Oi-t^oii.vj, 
 
 0-pu-HEA, adj. Opu and hea. Ldzy ; 
 inactive; not iTiterprising or itidvisUioiB. 
 
 0-pi?"HU-E, s. Ojm, belly, and kue, a 
 calabash. Name of a spnoies of fish, spec- 
 kled, said to be poi;-'onous if ealea; the 
 fish swells up witli air and fioats, ontlio si-ft. 
 
 O-BU-KAE-Mo-A. Earn. voc. Ueu, keukeu. 
 fo coadema one's friend. 
 
OWA 
 
 111 
 
 OWl 
 
 O-PTj-KEA, s. See KoKEA, Kam.. 
 
 0-po-KEE-Mo-A, s. An evil disposition ; 
 an iaclination to badnesa ; also naavjfcee- 
 mou. 
 
 O-pir-Ko-PE-KO-PE, adj. Opu, disposi- 
 tiou, and kopekope, morose. Evilly dis- 
 posed; malevolent. 
 
 0-Fti-LB, s. A species of fish full of 
 spoisi ; xta. paapu i ke kakau. 
 
 O-PTJ-LE-Ptr-LB, adj. Spotted; light aiid 
 sbad)^ ; he klnofaicohi. 
 OpuUpule ke aks ilaln, kikokUco i na. akn, 
 Paapa i ria aka e like me Lahalraluna i k.". po mahina, 
 No ka paa i na laia nlu ame oa lau o ka maia 
 Ame ka ^auke, mahina oputepule o Lele (Lahaina.) 
 
 Spotted, af3 the feathere of the nene; he 
 hulu opul^vJe ko ka nene. 
 
 0-pn-MA-KA-Ni, s. Opu, belly, and ma- 
 kani, wind. A bellows ; a balloon. 
 
 0-PU-Mi-Mi, s. Opit and mimi, urine. 
 The bladder : the container of urines 
 
 0-pn-NA-HE'(.E-HE-LE, s. Opu and naJie- 
 lelide. a thicket. Ua pee i ka opunahelehele, 
 he hid bimself in the belly of the forest, 
 i. e., in the thick forest 
 
 O-P0-NhNi, V. To compel attendance; 
 to force eompliafloe. 
 
 O-rtr-NUi, adj. Opu ani nui. Epithet 
 of a large bellied man ; ina aoie lio, make 
 loa ua 'lii opunin i ka matoeloe, if there 
 are no horses, the big-bellied chiefs will 
 die with fatigue (of tiaycling.) . 
 
 O-PTJ-PA-LA-OA, *. Opuu, v/hale's tooth, 
 •iod paiaoa. An ornament made of a 
 ■whale's tooth. See Opcu, 
 
 0-WA, s. The word given and con- 
 stantly used by Kaknaokalalau for seizing 
 his prey. 
 
 O-WA3 V. To be split, as a board. See Oa. 
 
 0-WA4-w5!,A, adj. Hilly; full of knolls r 
 land fall of knobs. 
 
 0-wiA-wAA, s. Thick, heavy clouds ; 
 clouds portending a storla ; ina i poipu ka 
 lani me to rumawnn. he hakuma la, 
 
 0-wAE, V. See Wae. To crack, as a 
 iiiing breakiflg ; to tremble ; to erack, aa 
 dry ground. 
 
 0-WAi, pron. ira. Who ? what. person ? 
 
 It refers mostly to persons. Note. — The o 
 
 is the emphatic, and notanes,sential part 
 
 of the wor-i. See Gvam. § 5S and 12.3. 
 
 0-wA-o-WA, V. See Qwa. To be full 
 
 of cracks, aa rotten.wood; tobebrotefuip. 
 
 O-WAi-KU, s. Name of a pain in the 
 
 chest, or breast ojT men or women ; he mai, 
 
 he nae owatku. 
 
 O-WA-o-wA-KA, s. A species of shell 
 
 Bsh of the «lam kind. 
 WAO, ■p7'on., first pers. sing. I. See 
 Atr, Oao, d-vA Will. Grma. § §3 and 123. 
 
 0-WAU, V. To answer I, in obedience 
 to a call or a question ; owai ka niea pa- 
 pale ie oukou ? owaii aku la no hoi au, 
 (nuau? who among you has a straw hat? 
 I ied to him I. that is, I. answered L 
 
 O'-WATJ, s. A cat; so called from her 
 noiiie ; uwau is perhaps the right word. 
 
 0-WA1J, s. Name of a species of fish 
 found in the rivers; he okuhetuhe, he 
 akupa. 
 
 0-WA-HO, comp. prep., the auipili of 
 waho. Of or belonging to the outside, 
 loan. 7:24. Out of ; external. 6ram.^l6l. 
 
 0-wA-KA, adj. Open ; spread open, as 
 a flower. See Oaea. Open, as the mouth 
 for spea'king. 
 
 0-wA-KA, V. To open, as a flower; mo- 
 hola ; ua hamama, na t>waka ka pua ka 
 laau. See Oaka. 
 
 0-WA-KA-WA-KA, s. The breaking or 
 opening of daylight ; o ka wehe ana o ke 
 alaula ame ka malamalama ke kakahi- 
 aka. 
 
 0-WA-KA-WA-KA, V. To be somewhat 
 light, as the light of the nioon. See Waka- 
 
 WAKA. 
 
 O-WA-LA, V. To toss forward with both 
 hands. 
 
 2. To throw, as a horse his rider. 
 
 3. To brandish, as a epear. 
 
 4. To throw about one's hand.s. 
 0-WA-Li, adj. Weak; infirm; flexible. 
 
 See Nawali and Wall 
 0-WA-WA, s. A ditch; a furrow; chana 
 
 oinawa, e auwaha. See Awawa, .Kahawai, 
 
 &c. 
 0-WE-o-WE-NE, s. Small kalo, &c. See 
 
 OWEWEKE. 
 
 O-wE-HE'^wE-HE, s. See Wehe, to open. 
 
 A definite period of time in the morning ; 
 
 a i ka. ow^fnsslie ana ka alaula. Zaieik. 30. 
 0-wE-LA, s. The time when the sun is 
 
 hot and no rain ; vegetation dries up. 
 
 2. Hard %vork on land by several people 
 to get it workfd. 
 
 3. Land burnt over; scorched in the sun. 
 
 4. Anything hold near the fire so as to 
 be scorefaed. See Wbla.. 
 
 0-WE-NE, s. SmaB \a.\o'; julumi i ka 
 lepo, a popoi i ka maua, a mahope loaa 
 liahi owene. 
 
 0-we-we^ke, s. Small kalo, as the fin- 
 ishing of a patch of food ; perhaps better 
 written oieeowene. 
 
 O-vn, s. The name of a small shrub, a 
 nuisance to fanners. 
 
 0-wi-Li, V. To roll up ; to twist ; to 
 fold up, as the hands. 
 
 '/. To roll together, aa a roll of papar 
 that has been opened. Isa. 34:5. 
 
UA 
 
 112 
 
 UAU 
 
 3. To twist a thing to make it crooked. 
 Sec Oirj. 
 
 0-wi-Li, s. A roll, as of cloth or of 
 paper ; a skein of thread ; a Ml of a mat ; 
 he owUi palapala, the roll of a book. ler. 
 36:2. Eoi oikli, a koi made gouge-like for 
 working the inside of canoes. 
 
 0-WI-LI, s. Name of a very thick surf- 
 board made of wiliwili. 
 
 0-RE-NA, *. Heb. Name of a tree. &a. 
 
 44:14. English translation, an ash. 
 0-SE-FE-EA-&A, s. Name of a bird in 
 
 OiJik. 11:13. 
 O-sE-PE-KA, s. The ospray; name of a 
 
 bird in Oihk. 11:13. 
 0-SE-TE-Ri-KA, s. Eug. An ostrich. lob. 
 
 30:29. 
 
 u. 
 
 TT the fifth letter of the Hawaiian 
 ^ J alphabet. It represents generally the 
 sound of the English «o,as in too, co'o,fool, 
 Ac. ; but when preceded by i, it somenmes 
 has the sound of the English u or yu; as, 
 waiu, viaiyu; iuka, yuka. 
 U, V. To protrude ; to rise on the toes ; 
 to prepare .to,8tand up ; t-o draw out, as a 
 pencil from a case. 
 
 2. To weep. Mat. 5:4. To grieve ; to 
 mourn. Hcd. 38:6. E « hele, to go about 
 moumiEg ; to mourn for, 1. e., desire earn- 
 estly ; i kekahi manao o'n «b u nei, e ao 
 kakon i ka leo o ka hlmeni. 
 
 3. To drip or drizzle, as water ; to ooze 
 or leak slowly, as water from a kalo patch 
 or from the crevices of a rock ; e kahe ae. 
 
 U, V. To be tinctured or impregnated 
 with anything ; as, ua u ka pipi i ka paa- 
 kai ; ua u ke kapa i ka mea hooluu ; u ke 
 kapa i ka ua. 
 
 U, «. The breast of a female. Ezek. 
 23:8. 
 
 U, s. Grief; sonow ; expression of af- 
 fection ; like me ke aloha, ame ka u, ume 
 ka uwe ana. 
 
 2. The breast. Zuk. 23:29. The pap ; 
 the udder; hence, with wai, milk, i. e., 
 •waiu. Lit. Breast ■ft-ater, 
 
 3. Unwillingness ; not disposed to do. 
 I) -A, V. See Gr. tto, Malay ?ya«, to 
 
 wet ; to rain. To rain ; ua iho la ka iia, 
 he «a Eui loa. Lit. The rain rained, it was 
 a very great rain. 
 
 2, Hoo. To send or give rain ; to cause 
 to rain. Ein. 7:4. 
 
 TJ-A, s. Rain ; water falling from the 
 clonds. 1 iSi3B?i.. 12:17, 18. Rains were di- 
 vided by Hawafians into i«i loa, long rains; 
 ua poko, short rains ; ua hea. 
 
 U-A, adj. Vain ; useless ; to no profit. 
 
 U-A, adv. In vain ; to no purpose ; ma- 
 nao no ka poe kabiko ua luhi va ka lakon 
 hana ana. 
 
 (J-A, pron. dem. adj. Ua before a noun, 
 and la or nei after it, forms a strong ue- 
 monstrative adjective pronoun; this; tl»»t; 
 
 as la or nei is used. It refers to some noun 
 that has just been mentioned. Ua kanaka 
 nei, this man (just spoken of) ; hiolo tia 
 mau hale la, those houses" (just mentioned) 
 have fallen down. Gram. § 152. 
 
 U-A prefixed to verbs, marks the fourth 
 form of the preter tense. Gram. § 187. 
 
 U-A-A-u-LA, adj. Bad smelling ; filthy. 
 See Aa0A. 
 
 XJ-Ai, V. See UwAi. To open or shut, 
 as a door. 
 2. To extend : hoonee. See Hi'ai. 
 
 U-Ai, s. A door for stopping an en- 
 trance. See UwAi. 
 
 U-Ao, V. See Uwao. To interfere; to 
 procure peace between contending partiiss; 
 to intercede ; interpose ; reconcile ; » na 
 kekahi alii manawa Amerika i uao ; to take 
 one's part. 
 
 U-AO, I). To mew, as a cat. See below, 
 
 U-ao, s. A_ cat, from the noise. See 
 also OwAC and Uwau. 
 
 U-AU, s. A leather bag. 
 
 2 A species of bird that dives in the 
 water. 
 
 IT-AU, adj. Tough, as kalo. SeeU.inA. 
 
 U-A-n-A, adj. Poor; naked; destitute. 
 
 U-A-u-A, s. Pride; haughtiness; acting 
 the spendthrift. 
 
 2. The name of a kapa or pau colored 
 yellow ; ina i hooluu ia. ka pau i ka olena, 
 he tiaua ia. 
 
 U-A-UA, adj. Proud; haughty; arro- 
 gant ; vain. 
 
 U-A-tfA, «<?y. Strong; tight: fast; un- 
 broken. 
 
 2. Tough, as some kinds of kalo ; paa, 
 paakiM. 
 
 U-Au-A, s A noise ; a confused lioise, 
 sfi of an army or multitude ; the noise of 
 wailing ; he olopihe. 
 
 tJ-A-tf-A-iA, s. A Strong smell of decay- 
 ing food ; the smell of rotten potatoes ; 
 wekoweko. 
 
 U-Au-KE-wAi, s. The name of a large 
 
UAN 
 
 113 
 
 UIU 
 
 bird the siiae of a turkey; breast and winga 
 white, back black. 
 
 U-A-HAB, 0. To imbed in ; to lay in, 
 as brick or stone in mortar. See Uhau, 
 Anal. 19. 
 
 U'-A-Hi, S, V, ooze or milk, and aki, fire, 
 tliat 1b, Braoke. A cloud ; a vaporous ap- 
 pearance. SeeUwAHi. Note. — tfahi is un- 
 aoubtfedly the better orthography. 
 
 U-A-Hi-WAi, V. E kulii ana. See Wa- 
 WAi. To be desirous of some evil ; to lust 
 after ; to be greedy for. 
 
 U-A-Ho-A, adj. Hard, as an unfeeling 
 person ; unkind ; ungenerous ; passionate. 
 
 U-A-KA-HA, s. Stifiness; applied to the 
 neck. 
 
 U-A-Ko-Ko, *. See Koiula, Kam., Pu- 
 Kouv, i&c. A cloud standing erect and hav- 
 ing diftierent colors, somewhat like the rain- 
 bow. 
 
 U-A-LA, s. See U and Ala, sweet. The 
 Bwcet potato. 
 
 2. The large muscles of the iipper arm. 
 AiMt. 18. 
 
 3. A name of a certain kind of Icbo, a 
 sea shell. Sometimes written moala. 
 
 U-a-la-au (u-wa-la-au), v. See Wa- 
 
 lAMs. To cry out ; to make a great noise ; 
 
 to cry out in a confused mauner, asn great 
 
 multitude. Isa. 22:2. 
 U-A-LA-AU (u-wa-la-au), s. An outcry; 
 
 a loud noise in converaatiDn ; a confused 
 
 noise. 
 U-A-LA-KA-Hi-Ki, s. TJola, potato, and 
 
 TcakiJd, foreign. A foreign or Irish potato. 
 U-A-LA-pi-LAU, s. Uala, potato, and pj- 
 
 lau, strong scented. A turnip ; a radish. 
 U'A-LE-HA, adj. Lazy. See Hoopala- 
 
 LEflA. 
 
 U-a-le-he, v. To strip one of his prop- 
 erty ; to dispOBsess one ; bemo. 
 
 U-A-Lo, B. To cry; to call out; to com- 
 plain; to call for help. BaU.i-.l. SaeUoLO. 
 
 U-A-Lo, s. A complaining; a crying to 
 one for help. 
 
 U-A-NA, adv. Ua, sign of the perfect 
 tense, and na, quiet, enough, &c. See Na, v. 
 It is enough ; it is sufficient ; a plenty. 
 
 U-A-NA-oA, V. Va as above, and na, sat- 
 isfied, and 00, sick. To have no relish for 
 food. 
 
 U-A-NA-OA, adj. Wanting an appetite ; 
 disrelishing food. 
 
 •U-A-MEi, adv. Adverb of time future ; 
 it refers to something to be done or some- 
 thing to take place hereafter, but at no 
 frcat distance of tjcie ; soon ; by and by ; 
 ereafter. The full form is aaanei; it is 
 contracted by dropping the initial o, af*«r 
 a word ending in a. Dan. 1:10. 
 15 
 
 U-A-Nii, adj. Too salt ; miko loa. 
 U-E, V. To weep; to cry; to cry in an 
 audible manner. 
 
 2. To sigh ; to have inward anguish ; to 
 be afflicted. 
 
 3. To have pity npon. 
 
 4. To salute ; to love. 
 
 6. To cry to one for relief in distress. 
 6. To enter a complaint. SeeUwE. 
 
 U-E, V. To hitch or shove along a lit» 
 tie ; to shake. See Naub. Soo. To cause 
 a movement or shaking. 
 
 U-E, s. The wrenching of a stick j the 
 turning of a screw. 
 
 U-E, s. A kind of mat made without 
 trimming the lauhala. 
 
 U-E-UE, V. See Ue, to shake. Neko- 
 ueko, uiknnikn, pilnpilu. Soo. To cause 
 to shake ; to shake violently ; hooewaewa 
 ma ka nuku, me ka hoonaneuc ae. 
 
 U-£-UE-Ko, s. A bad smell; a atench. 
 See VVeweko. 
 
 U-E-UE-Ko, adj. Filthy ; unpleasant to 
 the smell. 
 
 U-E-PA, s. Eng. A wafer; better written 
 mpa ; better still wefa. 
 
 U-E-WA-LE, s. Ue, to cry, and wale, 
 without cause. A coward. ' 
 
 U-ij V. To ask a question; ui iho la au 
 penei, ahea ka nui o na haumanai to in- 
 quire of ; ua uiia mai oe e ke alii e oicio 
 i^u, thou art asked by the chief to speak. 
 2. To milk; to squeeze gut milk. Sec 
 Kowi. 
 
 8. To writig out, as washed clothes. 
 ' 4. To creak or squeak, as new shoes in 
 walking. 
 
 5. To grate, as the teeth. 
 
 U-i, *. A question ; a series of ques- 
 tions ; a catechism ; an interrogation ; ho 
 ui no na haumana o ke kulanui, a question 
 for the scholars of the high school. 
 
 U-i, s. A youth ; a young person ; 
 youth generally ; strength. Kin. 49:3. 
 
 U-I, adj. Young; strong; well propor- 
 tioned ; applied to young and vigorous 
 men. ijiri. 2:9. 
 
 Ui-io, V. To question ; to interrogate. 
 See Ui. 
 
 U-i-u-i, V. To squeak, as new shoes; 
 to gnash the teeth. See Ur. 
 
 U-i-u-i, s. Arrow-root. See Pla. 
 
 2. A beer mado of the ki root. 
 
 3. The fermented juice of the sugar-cane. 
 See UiuiA. 
 
 U-i-u-wi, *. A tooth ; a small, young 
 
 tooth. 
 Ui-ir-iA, s. A kind of beer made of cane 
 
 juice. 
 Ui-ui-Ki, V. To shine, as a light through 
 
uo 
 
 114 
 
 UUK 
 
 a small aperture ; to sfaine throagh a small 
 aperture into a dark room. 
 
 2. To glimmef feebly j ua uiu'M iki mai 
 kahi malamalama iki ma Hawaii nei. 
 
 Ui-ui-Ki, s. A small hole through which 
 light may shine ; he puku unku, he wahi 
 liakahaka unku, i puka mai ka malama- 
 lama o na hoku liilii loa, i ike powehiwe- 
 biia. 
 
 Ui-ui-Ko, s. An unpleasant smell. See 
 Ueueko. 
 
 Vi-vi-wi, s. The name of a species of 
 fish ; the oili. 
 
 Ui-HAA, adj. Weary with a long dis- 
 tance. 
 
 2. Idle, i. B., without work ; burdened 
 with work, but desiring It, 
 
 U-i-Ki,- s. See UiuiKi. A small aper- 
 ture ; he hakabaka. 
 
 Ui-Ki, s. Eng. The wick of a lamp or 
 candle. Slat. 12:20. Better written wiki. 
 
 Ui-LA, s. Lightning. Zek.lO-.l. Keahi 
 e hole ikaika ana iloko o na ao ua. 
 
 Ui-LA-Ni, V. To Struggle inefTectually 
 to get away from a person ; to struggle in 
 ^ain to get out of difficulty ; uilani ae la 
 makou; mehea la a hemo ae ai? we are 
 struggling ineffectually ; by what means 
 shall we break away? The word is also 
 used in a moral sense ; aole anei he uUani ? 
 is he not in difficdty ? Laieik. 206. 
 
 Ui-LA-Ni, s. Pride ; haughtiness ; self 
 exhortation. 
 
 U-i-Li, V. To Steer, as a canoe. 
 
 U-i-NA, V. Ui and fl>w. See Ui 4. 
 
 1. To crack ; to snap, as a whip. 
 
 2. To crack, as a rope or string of a lei. 
 Zaieik. 145. 
 
 3. To break, as a piece of wood. Note. — 
 It is the noise made by the breaking, and 
 not the breaking that makes the uitui. 
 
 U-i-NA, 5. See tliNA, V. A report of a 
 ■pistol ; the noise of a gun ; the cracking 
 of the fingers; a guttural break in pronun- 
 ciation between two vowels. 
 
 U-o (u-wo), V. To cry out ; to bellow, 
 as a bull ; to roar, as a lion ; e iio uo ka 
 liona i kona leo me ka ikaika loa. 
 
 XJ-o, V. Ka tio ana i ka lei, ke kui ana 
 me ka manai, a uo aku i ke kaula; to foaten 
 by tying or braiding for a certain purpose; 
 to splice two ends of rope. 
 
 TJh), s. The jingling of money. 
 
 U-o, *. Ka uo, ka aeae, ka wall, ka 
 uono ; the soft fluidity of poi mixed thin 
 wifi; water and clear of lumps. 
 
 U-O. adj. Ka poi wo, ka ai uouo; soft; 
 
 paste like ;. fluid, as soft poi. 
 U-o, adj. Quality of a species of ohia; 
 
 ka ohia no, nouolea iuka. 
 
 U-o-A, *. Nanie of a species of fish. 
 Uo-(j-o, adj. See Uo, soft. Soft; paate 
 
 like, as poi wet with water ; clear ; fine ; 
 
 without lumps. 
 Uo-uo, adj. See Uo, to cry out. Roar- 
 ing; crying; having a strong voice; he 
 
 kanaka umto o Kamehameha. 
 Uo-tJO-LEA, s. A species of ohia; ka 
 
 ohIa uo, uouolea iuka. 
 Uo-Ki, V. Contracrion of ua oki; used 
 
 in the imperative raood ; stop ; cease ; be 
 
 done ; leave off. See Oki. 
 U-o-M, u To call upon one ; to call 
 
 upon ; to complain. Hal. 4:1. See Uaio. 
 U-o, s. Mastujbation ; onanism ; ule- 
 
 ho!e. 
 U-u, V. To practice onanism ; e uie- 
 
 hole. 
 
 2. To pull off or pluck, as a tlowor ; e 
 hele oukon e uu mai i pua kilioopu. Zaieik. 
 192. To strip with the hand, as leaves. 
 
 3. To hoist, as a sail ; *e uu ae i ko kakou 
 pea ; ua ««irakahi pea, a koe no kekajii. 
 
 4. To draw out, as india rubber ; to pull 
 out, as a peucil from its case, &c. 
 
 U-ir, V. To groan; to be in a auflfering 
 state. Puk. 6:5. 
 
 V-rj, s. A stammering; an impediment 
 in speech. 
 
 U-tr, adj. Stammering; speaking hesi- 
 tatingly and indistinctly. 
 
 U-tr, s. A species of fish of a red color. 
 
 U-u-i-NA, V. To be brittle ; to break, as 
 glass. 
 
 2. To crack the joints of the fingers. 
 
 3. To squeak, as shoes. See \Ji, XJvai, 
 and Papaika. 
 
 4 To crepitate or grate, as the two ends 
 of a broken bone ; more, properly applied 
 to the joints of the backbone when pressed; 
 kamumumu. 
 
 U-u-ir, V. See Uu. To stammer; to 
 be impeded in speaking, as one afi'ccted 
 with fhe palsy. 
 
 2. To strip frequently, ga in stripping off 
 leaves. 
 
 U-u-u, adj. Hoarse; stammering; una- 
 ble to speak intelligibly. Isa. 32:4. 
 
 U-u-HAi, s. The door or door frame of 
 a house. See TJbai. 
 
 U-tr-Kir, V. See Uku, a genus of small 
 inseet.«i. Ta be small; little; few. 
 
 2. To diminish in size. 
 
 3. To make or bo few in mtmber. los. 
 7:3. kela mai ka Afea u uukri ai ua ka- 
 naka ia wa, that "sickness was what re- 
 duced the number of people at that period. 
 
 4. IIoo. To reduce ; to make fow. JVt. 
 28:54. To make few ; applied to words. 
 A'efcci.*'. 5:2. 
 
UHA 
 
 115 
 
 UHA 
 
 1/-0-KU, *. A little man; a dwarf; a 
 
 diiBinutive person. 
 V-u-Kii,adj. Little; small; diminutive; 
 
 few. 
 U-tr-LU-HA-KU, V. To stit up poi as 'a 
 
 lazy man, hence the pol will be Inmpy, 
 U-u-LU-KAi, adj. Large, fleshy and 
 
 weak, as a fat man. 
 2. Full or hanging, as the cheeks of one 
 
 who is somewhat ill or fat; uhekehcke, 
 
 »pehnpehu. 
 C-u-LU-KAi, V. To .be large and fleshy, 
 
 but weak. 
 U-LU-HA-KU, adj. Weary; lame with 
 
 walking or carrying a burden. 
 U-u-MA, V. To pinch the skin with the 
 
 hand; ama. 
 U-n-Mi, V. See Umi. To choke; to 
 
 throttle ; to strangle ; iia uumiia.ke keiki 
 
 e ka wahine kolohe ; e kaawe, e iinai. 
 
 2. To make great exertions. 
 
 3. To restrain, suppress, as the passions; 
 to mortify. Kol. 3:5. To refrain from 
 weeping when deeply affected. JTin. 43:31. 
 To reskain, hold in, as compassion. Jsa. 
 63:15. 
 
 4. To keep to one's self, as a saying or a 
 speech ; utwii i ke aloha, to refuse to love. 
 1 loan. 3:17. Uumi i ka manao, to refrain 
 from speaking, i. e., to choke the thought. 
 A uumi ia Kiwalao me ka lei o mann ma 
 kona lima, he choked Kiwalao with the 
 wreath of bird's feathers on his a.nn. See 
 U«i. 
 
 U-IJ-MI, *. A choking; killing, as of in- 
 fants ; o ke ufimi kamalii kekahi hewa ka- 
 hiko keia aina. See Umi. 
 
 U-u-MU-i-KU. I ka elehei, i ka uumuiku. 
 
 See MuMDiKU. 
 
 U-u-PE-Kir-PE-KU, s. I ka u-upekupeku. a 
 ka aoheo;,that which is unequal in length, 
 some long and some short ; the practice of 
 defilement and pollution of the sexes ; ap- 
 plied to persons of known lewdness. 
 
 U-o-wA, adj. Slippery; smooth; pau 
 na iwi i kekahi moa labllahi uuwa, oia ka 
 wahi ka iwi. Anat. 4. 
 
 U-u-wAi, adj. He wawai, he pipiwai- 
 Uu for uuku, and teai, water. A very lit- 
 tle water. 
 
 U-HA, V. To belch up wind. 
 
 2. To hawk np mucus ; to hawk, m a 
 means of raising phlegm firom the throat 
 or lungs. See Pcha, 
 
 3. To swell ; to disfe;nd, as tho stemacb. 
 
 4. To squander ; to misspend ; . •■ waste : 
 to misuse property. See IjHAtiHA. 
 
 U-HA, s. The thigh; the thigh of a per- 
 son. iMnk. 3:16. 
 2. The ham of a hog, 
 
 3. The lap of a woman. 2 Nal 4:20, 
 Uka hoali, the heave shoulder. Oihk. 7:34. 
 
 4. The enlarged intestine near the anus 
 of beasts ; the alimentary canal. 
 
 U-HA, adj. Slipping avv^ay; not easily 
 held, as a cunning rogue. . 
 2. Greedy ; craving ; eating often. 
 
 U-HAE, V. To tear ; to rend, as a gar- 
 ment. Oihk. 10:6. TJa uhaeia ka lole, na 
 uhaeia ka raoena. See Hae and Haehab. 
 
 U-HAi, V. See Hai. To break in two, 
 as a stick ; to break, as a bone. 2mh. 24:8. 
 To breol;. as tue neck. Pule. 13:13. 
 
 2. To break, as a covenant. KarU. 31:16. 
 To break, as a law ; na uhai ke kanawai ; 
 to disregard, as an agreement; to break 
 away, as from a yoke or bondage. 
 
 3. To jerVor pull out; to tear out or 
 off by force, as a branch from a tree. 
 
 4. To pound up or break to pieces, as 
 with a rod ; to break off, as a horn. Dan. 
 8:8. 
 
 5. To follow; chase; pursue. JLaieik.'Jl. 
 To overrun ; to treat with contempt. See 
 Habai. 
 
 ■ 6. To speak to ; to say to one ; ke uhai 
 mai nei ka uaaupo ia makon e hoohalikeia 
 ka mea naaupo me ka mea naauao. 
 
 U-HAi, s. E hilinai ana no ia maluna 
 o ka wltai ; the door shutter of a room ov 
 house ; e^ane mai i uhai. 
 
 U-HAI, s. The door ,-or 'properly the door 
 frame of a house ; ke kikihi o k^ hale. 
 
 U-HAi-A-Ho-LO, V. Uhai a.ni /tola, to PiTi. 
 Lit. To break away and run; to run, as in 
 a race ; to fly ; to hasten after a thing ; ke 
 uhaiaholo nei na kanaka ma kawaiwai,me 
 ke knkiui nui ma ia aoao me he mau elele 
 na ke alii o ka lewa. 
 
 U-HAi-A-Ho-Lo, s. A swift running; an 
 eager pursuit after a thing. 
 
 U-HAo,r,t'. See Haq. To put into ; to 
 fill ; to put into, as into a bag. Kin. 44:1. 
 Or into a basket or other container; ua 
 vhaoia ka ai iloko oka umeke; i ka ma- 
 nawa e uhao ai i ka poka i ka pu. See 
 Hahao. 
 
 U-HAo, 5. The line of lean flesh each 
 side, but outside of the backbone; the lean 
 flesh inside is called ioliu ; na io e moe lua 
 ana maloko. o ke ka o ka puaa a pili aku i 
 ke kuamoo. See Ioliu. 
 
 U-HATi, V. To pile together; to buiW 
 up, as the wall.' of a city. 2 OiKl. 32:5. 
 
 2. Tc put in, as clothes i&.^o a chest ; to 
 pack. See Uhao. 
 
 3. To lay brick or ^stone into the walls 
 of a house or city. Nih. 3:2. 
 
 4. To pHe one thing on another. 
 
 5. To whip : to scourge ; ke uhauia !a 
 ke kna o ke kanaka i kc kaula : to strike ; 
 to smite. Oih. 12:23. 
 
 6. To pincl; ; to afflict ; to press. 
 
UHA 
 
 116 
 
 urn 
 
 U-HAU, s. A whip to- strike with. 
 Nahvm. 3:2. 
 
 U-HAU-A, *. The stones; the testicles 
 of the male. lob. 40:17. 
 
 U-HA-u-HA, V. See Uha 4. To live in 
 a wasteful manaer ; to squander property. 
 2. To live in every indul^enge of pas- 
 sion ; a noho vhauha ke alii me lea inu 
 rama ame ka aie, tUe king lived in a revel- 
 ing inanner, drinkiqg rum and 'going into 
 debt. 
 
 U-HA-U-HA, adj. Riotous ; gluttonous ; 
 reveling. 
 2. Tough ; applied to kalo. See Uam. 
 
 U-HA-U-HA, a. Moral madness ; folly. 
 
 Kikah, 1:17. 
 
 U-HAU-HAu, V. See UhIh. To crowd 
 
 on ; to press forward. 
 U-HAu-HAu, s. Weakness; tremulous, 
 
 ikft of old ago. 
 U-HAti-HAU, otfj. Weak ; tremulous ; 
 
 tottering with age j fearful. 
 U-HAu-HA-LA-LE, ady Large, fat and 
 
 unwieldy, as a very lat person; also weak. 
 U-HAU-HU-i, «. Name of a religious cer- 
 emony in the pule anaana; same as aviumr 
 
 hui. 
 UiCAU-HU-MU, V. Vhau and hfttnu, to 
 
 unite. To lay stones smoothly in a wall. 
 U-HAU-LA, V. To waste; to be prodigal 
 
 of; e hoomauna. 
 U-HA-KA-KAu, s. The office of one df 
 
 the king's attendants. 
 U-HA-Ki, V. See Uhai, k inserted. To 
 
 break, as a stick or staff. Isa. 14:5. To 
 
 break, as the bones. Isu. .38:13. 
 2. To break, as a covenant. ler. 11:10. 
 U-HA-KI, adj. Broken, as some brittle 
 
 substance; jiu nlu uhalci; he kuapuu, i. e., 
 
 a broken or humpbacked person, 
 U-HA-Ku, V. To put together; to bun- 
 . die up ; to roll together. 
 U-HA-LE-HE, s. A vulgar word used by 
 
 children; similar to teaAoAec; be uhaldie oe. 
 U-HA-LE-HE, adj. Broad ; wide, as a 
 
 hole ; tihaiehe ka waha ; uh.atelus ka puka. , 
 
 U-HA-LE-NA, adj. Lazy; full by over 
 eating. 
 
 U-HA-LO-A, s. Name of a small shrub 
 growing in dry places, used in making 
 scars on the skin something like blisters. 
 
 U-HA-LU, adj. Hungry; weak from 
 hunger ; destitute. 
 
 U-n4-LU-HA-LtT, adj. Applied to the 
 
 visage; gazing ; staring. 
 
 2. Wa,tor-soaked ; toughs as kalo. 
 
 ,U-HA-LU-LA, adj. Lazy; slow; weak; 
 cowardly. 
 
 U-HA-HT-LA, s. Weakness; lazinfess; 
 cowardice. 
 
 U-HA-Mir-A, *. Uha and mua, first, fore. 
 . The shoulder of an animal. M'.ek. 24:4. 
 
 U-HA-NE, s. See Hane and Hanehane 
 in the mcles. The soul,; the spirit of a per- 
 son. Oihk. 5:1. He mea ninau i na vJiaiM 
 fno, a consulter of evil spirits. Kard. 18:11. 
 He kino wailua. 
 
 2. The ghost or spirit of a deceased per- 
 son. 
 
 3. The Spirit ; applied to the third per- 
 son of the Trinity, taan. 1:32. Uliane He-' 
 molele, the Holy Spirit Note. — Hawaiians 
 supposed that men bad two souls each: 
 that one died with tbe body, the other lived 
 on either visible or invisible as might be, 
 but had no more connection with the per- 
 son deceased than bis shadow. These 
 ghosts could talk, cry, complain, whisper, 
 &c. There were those who were supposed 
 to be skillful in entrapping or catching 
 thera. 
 
 U-HA-NE, adj. Spiritual. 1 Kor. 15:44, 
 Partaking ot- the spirit or sonf. 
 
 U-HA-NE, ado. Me ka hoi ithane aku 
 hoi i Kauai. Laieik. 95. Their flesh eaten 
 by the birds, they wonld return as to their 
 souls only to Kanai. 
 
 U-HA-NUi, ddj. Weak; feeble; having 
 little physical strength ; nut able to bear 
 a great weight ; he mea uhanwi ke kanaka 
 ikaika ole. 
 
 U-HEA, s. The coverttf a pof . Note. — 
 This may be an erroneous orthography for 
 uhiV; a contraction of itiliia, covered. 
 
 U-HE-u-HE, adj. Offended. See Uhe- 
 
 I.EUE. 
 
 U-HE-c-LE, s. A word used in vilifying 
 and reproachin;; another. 
 
 U-HE-KE, adj. Languid; weak; imbe- 
 cile. 
 
 U-HE-KE-HE-KE, adj. FuU; pjump; ap 
 plied to the cheeks ; papalina ^ckf.keke. 
 2. Large, Hcshy and weak, as a fat man. 
 
 U-HE-LE, P. To bark; to peel bark from 
 a tree or banana. 
 
 U-HE-LE-HE, adj. Offended. 
 
 U-HE-MO, p. See Hemo. To break off; 
 to separate into parts. 
 
 2. TO divorce, as man and wife ; alalia, 
 kuha aku. la o Wakca i ko Papa mau maka 
 a ukemo iho la laua, then Wakta spat in 
 Papa's face and they two were divoreed. 
 
 U-HE-NE, ) ,;. gee Henehene, to 
 
 U-HE-NE-HE-NE, J mock. To use vile and 
 lascivious language between the sexes. 
 
 U-Hi, 0. To cover over a thing so as to 
 hide itj to cover or hide, aa the water covets 
 what IS in the bottom of tbe sea. PiUe. 
 15:10, 
 
tlHO 
 
 117 
 
 UHU 
 
 2. I'o cwcr. i. e., spread over the coun- 
 try, as an army.- Nah. 22:5. To cover ; to 
 hide, as a ain, i. e., to forgive it. Neh. 4:5. 
 
 3. IIoo. To veil; to cover with a vol), 
 as the face. Kin. 24;(i5. 
 
 4. To spread over a cover ; to conceal, 
 as a cloud. Kin. 9:14. UH nha mai ka 
 pclo ka Ilia ahi, uhi mai ka leo o ko abi 
 ka pele. 
 
 ,'). To bo smothered, as the voice of one 
 - by tlie voices of many j na uhiia kona leo 
 
 e ka haukamumu. Lnuiik. 'i'L 
 U-Hi, .'5. A covering! a veil. PKi.26:14. 
 
 2. A fence ; a protection. 
 U-Hi, s. A yam, a vegetable; grows in 
 
 the ground. 
 U-HI, s. Name of a small shell fish. 
 U-Hi-A-PA-NA, V. See Pakuikui, Kam. 
 U-Hi-u-Hi, V. To thatch a house poorly 
 
 witn banana leaves ; be ako paa olc. 
 U-HI-U-HI, s. Name of a timber tree on 
 
 Kanai ; wood a dark red color, very dura- 
 ble, very hal'd. 
 U-Hi-Ki-No, s. TJhi, to cover, and kino, 
 
 the body. A covering ibr the body ; a 
 
 shield. Ilal 3.'j:2. 
 U-Hi-NA, s. A net for taking fish. 
 U-Hi-Ni, s. An insect somefliing like a 
 
 grasshopper j the word has been used in 
 
 the Bible for grasshopper. Hah. 13:33. 
 
 For locust. Pvk. 10:14. Mai ai oe i l(a 
 
 vhini; by a change of letters. Sec UMiii. 
 
 . Vhini huluhulu, a canker worin; Ifahum. 
 
 3:15. Uhini hulu ole, tbo )>almci' worm. 
 
 loel. 1:4. Uhini ot»io hnlu ole. tod. 2:25. 
 U-Hi-Ni, adj. Thin ; slender ; small j 
 
 almost broken ; puahilo. 
 [J-Hi-Ni-PAA-WE-LA, s. The parent of 
 
 the uhini ; Hhinipaawekt,; oia ka uhini 
 
 makua. 
 
 U-Hi-Ni-Pi-Li, s. The leg atid arm bones 
 
 bound up together ; be akua uhinipUi ; 
 
 they were worshipped in that condition. 
 
 See UnitiU'ii,!. 
 U7H1-N1-PU-A, s. See Uhini. The young 
 
 vhini before it has wings ; Oia ka uhini lii- 
 
 lii aole ehcu. 
 U-Hi-NU, V. To take advantage of a 
 
 man's ignorance in a bargain ; to deceive 
 
 in that way. 
 U-Hi-PAA, 0. Uhi, to cover, and jiaa, 
 
 fast. To cover up entirely so as to be out 
 
 of sight, as a cloud or fog.- Laieik. 16. 
 U-Hoi, V. See Hoi, to return. To return 
 
 from following one ; to turn back. 2 Sam. 
 
 2:26. 
 2. To unite together; to -live and sleep 
 
 together, as a man and wife once separated. 
 D-Ho-LA, V. See Hola. To unfold; to 
 
 sprpad out, as the wings of a bird. 
 2. To spread down, as a mat. 
 
 3. To spread out or smooth, as a cloth 
 that has been ruffled up. 
 
 4. To wrap up, as to wrap up one in bed 
 clothes; to spread out, as a net. ffal. 140:5. 
 
 5. Fio. Applied to the mind ; to calm ; 
 to soothe: to prepare for hearing a message, 
 good or bad. 
 
 6. To open, as the mind ; to ealighted 
 See HoiioLi and HoT.iHoi.A. 
 
 U-Ho-LE, e. See Hole. To skin; to 
 strip off the skin of an animal ; to peel the 
 bark from a tree ; to peel off the skin, as a 
 
 . banana; c maibi. 
 
 U-HU, V. To groan from pain ; to com- 
 plain of suffering. 
 
 2. To complain of an injury done to one. 
 
 3. To think hard of: mai wfta nul wale 
 00 i ka hoi i kou wahi ibo, do not ihink too 
 hard of going back to your own place. 
 
 4. To bolt, as a horse. 
 
 5. IIoo. Mai ImcAihu aku 00 i ka faolo 
 ka Ho ; to groan ; to coiigh. See KanIUuDi 
 
 U-HU, s. A cry of grief; grief; hard 
 feeling ; no kcia olelo a ua haole la, o ka 
 vhu koke ae la no ia e holo. 
 
 2. The groaning of persons. 
 
 3. The grunting of hogs ; kani uhi, a, 
 deep groan. 
 
 4. Name of a fish the size of a salmon. 
 U-HO, adj. Wasteful ; improvident. 
 U-HtJ-AO, I). Toiush; to struggle. 
 U-Hir-E'LA, «. A species of red fish. 
 U-HU-fl^tB-B'LE, S. A species of fish._ 
 U-Htr-u-HU, j). See Uho. To heigh, as 
 
 a liorae. ter. 6:8. To bray, as an ass. 
 
 2. To cough frequently. 
 
 3. IIoo. Td caiise a neighing or groan' 
 ing, &c. . 
 
 4. To hem) to hawk, as in clearing the 
 throat. 
 
 U-Hu-u-HU, *. A neighing, as of a horse. 
 
 Int. 8:16. A frequent coug^iing ; he kunn- 
 
 kunu. 
 U-Hu-HA-LA-HA-fLA,- «. Nameofafish. 
 U-Hu-Ki, V. To pull up, as grass or 
 
 weeds I to root up, as weeds or small trees. 
 
 ler, 11:19. 
 
 2. To root np, 'destroy, as a people. 
 Amos. 9:16. See HuKi, to pull ; draw. 
 
 3. To rob ; to take violently what is an- 
 other's. 
 
 U-Ho-Ki-WA-LEj Si A Seizing and taking 
 away what is another's : a robbery. 
 
 U-HU-PA-KA-Li, *. Cnu, a fish, and p9- 
 kali, to deceive so as to catch. The lish 
 used as a decoy in catching other fish : oia 
 ka uhu e hoowalewale ai, e kaana mai al 
 na uhu e a bei i ka upena. See Uho, fish. 
 
 U-HU-pi-Ko-u-LA, s. Name of a fish ; a 
 kind of fish and a way of catching it. See 
 Uhu, lisb. 
 
UKA 
 
 118 
 
 UKI 
 
 P-KA, s. The shore; the country inland; 
 
 opposed to kai. 
 U-KA, V. To send; to convey; mostly 
 
 with ftoo; to send, as a letter. 2 /Stem. 11:14. 
 
 To send, convey, as money or goods. 2 
 
 Om. 16:3. 
 
 2. To bring npon one, as evil. I<^s. 23:1.5. 
 
 3. To consume ; to destroy ; to devour. 
 
 4. To cast up; to ;nake a road. i«a. 57:14. 
 
 5. To add to ; to make more of. 1 Nal. 
 12:11. 
 
 6. To commence an attack, as in a bat- 
 tle ; ekolu paha la e kana. ai ; alalia, hoch 
 utonui. 
 
 7. To throw upon, as goods or property 
 on board a vessel. 
 
 U-KA, ». To address in calling a hog ; 
 i kuu manao, aole manao o ka puaa; ;na e 
 oleic aku ke kahu, e i aku ia me neia, itka — 
 uka — u mai ka puaa. See Uhu, a. 
 
 U-KAE, adj. Dirty; filthy; hoggjtsh. 
 
 U-KA-0-KA, V. Hoo. To throw or pile 
 upon, as baggage on a vessel or canoe. 
 
 2. To gormandize; to eat as long as one 
 can ; ka ai nui ana a ono ka ^ttu. 
 
 U-KAu-KAi, iidj. FoTukaukaai. Large, 
 fat and fee We; 
 
 U-KA-HE-WA, V. Uka, to make an at- 
 tsmpt, and hewa, wrong. To make an at- 
 tempt and miss ; to attempt and not per- 
 form. 
 
 U-KA-KA, s. The female of the bird oo. 
 
 U-KA-LE-KA-UE, adj: Deceitful lying. 
 See HooKAi.BKAT.B. He kanaka ukalekcSe, 
 aole oiaio. 
 
 U-KA-Li, ». To follow after ; to follow, 
 as people in a train of a chief; hahai, a 
 vkali i ke alii. 
 
 2. To accompany ^ne ; to go with. Sol. 
 7:Za. 
 
 3. To be sent after, as a package. 2 
 Sam. 11:8. 
 
 U-HA-Li, adj. The younger; the smaller; 
 applied to shot sent from the gun at the 
 game time with the ball: called poka ukali 
 because they follow after the ball ; called 
 also pokii, the younger' brothers (of the 
 ball.) 
 
 2. Following, 3. e.,' accompanying ; at- 
 tending upon ; ma na waa ufcoti o ke alii. 
 laieik. 112. 
 
 U-KA-LI, s. Name of the planet Mer- 
 cury ; so called from its following close 
 after the sun. 
 
 U-KA-Li, adv. After; behind, like one 
 following after ; hele vikcUi hou, they went 
 pillowing after. Laieik. 72. 
 
 U-jcA-NA, s. SeoUicAandAMA. A send- 
 ing ; something soni 
 
 2. Property or somethiog to be conveyed j 
 W tinother place. I 
 
 3. Baggage on or to be put on a canoe 
 or vessel. 
 
 4. Any movable property. itn.46:6. A 
 bundle ; one's substance. los. 14:4. 
 
 5. The calabashes, remnants of food, Ac,, 
 after a family has eaten. Laieik. 86. 
 
 U-KE, V. To Strike, as the cloth mallet; 
 to tick, as a watch. See Puke and Koele. 
 
 U-KE-KE, s. Name of an ancient pulsa- 
 tile musical instrument among the Hawai- 
 ians; aharp,„l Sam. 10:5. Kaukekehabsca. 
 
 U-KE-KE, s. A shuddering; a chill. See 
 Haceeke, anu, lia. 
 -KE- , ( j_ A species of bird. 
 
 U-KE-KE-KE, ) *^ 
 
 U-i:e-le, v. To be muddy; slipperj'. 
 See Kelb. 
 
 U-ke-le-ke-le, adj. Muddy ; miry ; 
 slippery from mud, as a road. See Kble, 
 mud; mire. 
 
 U-Ki, s. A plant or shrub, sometimes 
 used in thatching houses ; there are thi^fe 
 kinds ; the leaves of these bushes could be 
 used only in temporary shelters ; kamala 
 vjci, he hana wikiwiki ; kkmala liki kau 
 hana ana was jestingly said when one 
 thatched badly, leaving holes, as in a shel- 
 ter made quickly ; applied in this sense to 
 all thatching. 
 
 2.. Name of the grass inside of the house, 
 as the pili was outside. 
 
 U-Ki, V. To provoke ; to do that 'which 
 ir'itates one ; used mostly with hoo, or in 
 the frequentative form, as ukiuki. 
 
 U-KI, *. Name of a kind of grass. 
 
 U-KI, adj. Partaking of the quality of 
 uki : as, kamala uki, a shanty covered with 
 uki leaves ; unsubstantial ; applied also to 
 cloth : as, lole tiki, blue cloth. 2 Oihl. 
 3:14. '• 
 
 U-Ki, V. To have a strong offensive 
 smell ; to smell unpleasantly. See Ukiuki, 
 adj. 
 U-Ki-u, ) J. The shell of the kukui 
 U-KI-0-KI-U, 5 nut ; ka ili a kukui. 
 U-Ki-u, ) s. The name of a north 
 U-Kl-u-Kl-u, J wind ; similar to the hoo- 
 lua; he makani kiu. 
 
 tJ-Ki-p-Ei, V. To be offended ; to be 
 vexed ; provoked ; to be very angry. 
 2feh. 4:1. 
 
 2. To treat with contempt; to be in 
 anger at one. Kard.l9:6. To be displeased. 
 2 Sam. 6:8. 
 
 3. To scold ; to be indignant ; to jtreat 
 vindictively ; to hate. Kin. 50:15. Ua likC 
 ka ukiuki me ka inaina ; ukiuki iho la ia 
 no kona nele ana i ka aina ole, he was vm/ 
 angry for being deprived of land. Soo-~ 
 rm. The same meaning. 
 
UKU 
 
 119 
 
 ULA 
 
 U-Ki-if-Ki, V. To be gently in motion, 
 or to ha^e a little strength, as wares ; ufci- 
 wfei ka aleale ana. Aniani, aheahe, nahe, 
 &c.i ufduki and malanai arc Mrong in tlie 
 order in Wbicb they are here planed, TncUa- 
 naf being the strongest, 
 
 U-Ki-ir-Ei, 1. Gontempt; anger; ragej 
 envy ; disaiTection ; wrath. Kaiil. 29:27. 
 Fig. with ninini, Ezek. 20:13, 21. 
 
 U-Ki-u-xi, adj. Papa ukiuhi ka makani, 
 a strong blowing wind. 
 ; 2. Strong smelling; offensive; he ukmki 
 ka waha o ka mea puhi baka ; pilopilo. 
 
 U-Kj-Hi, adj. Sores at the comers of 
 the mouth. 
 
 2. Well spoken, as a fluent person in 
 speaking; lie waha ukVii, hoOpoloiei, miko- 
 mlko ha waha. 
 
 U-Ki-KE, s. Name of an ancient musical 
 instrument ; a kind of jewsharp. See 
 Ukeke. 
 
 U-Ki-Ki, s. Name of a species of fish. 
 
 U-KO, s. An offering which one carried 
 with hiin before Wakea when he died. 
 Human sacrifices were offered for this pur- 
 pose ; he uko keia oihana a ke kahuna — a 
 moa ae la ka puaa nko. 
 
 U-Ko-'KO-LE, adj. Sore ; inflamed ; ap-- 
 plied to a partial inflammation of the eye. 
 See KoLB. 
 
 U-KO-LE, s. Name of a species of fish. 
 
 U-Ko-LE-Ko-LE, adj., Reddened or in- 
 flamed, as the eye ; he ^kolekole ka maka. 
 
 U'KD, V. To pay j remunerate ; to pay, 
 as a Bne. I'uk. 21:30. To pay a tax or 
 debt. 
 
 2. To compensate either good or bad, 
 according to what has been previously 
 done. Puk. 34:7. Stn. with hoopai. 
 
 3. To reward ; require or demand pun- 
 ishment for an offense. 
 
 4. To bring evil upon one, as a pnnish- 
 ishment. . 
 
 6. Pass. Td hb punished 5 to be paid, as 
 wages ; e uku tiewa, to punish ; e vJcu mai- 
 kai, to reward. 
 
 6. Hoo. To reward ; to pay for a benefit. 
 2 Sam. 19:36. To lay a fine upon one. 
 Kanl. 22:19. 
 
 U-Kir, s. Wages' or reward for work 
 done. Mh. 18:31.- 
 
 2. Fine for a misdemeanor ; nk- hoopai, 
 punishment for a crime. Laidk: ZX2. Tax 
 or tribute to a ruler. 
 
 3. A pledge for a debt. Kani. 24:6. A 
 pledge for a thing lent. Kanl. 24:10. 
 
 4.' He vku mare, a dowry. Fuk. 21:10. 
 
 5. A priciB for a privi!er;9 ; a he uleu no 
 kou. kokoke aku, a price for your approach. 
 Laieik. 99. 
 U xtr, s. Name of a gienus of small in- 
 
 sects ; uku poo, a lead louse ; ufcu kapa, a 
 
 body louse ; «*tt pepa, the book insect ; 
 
 uku lele, a flea, &o. The root is probably 
 
 ufcu, to be little or small. See Ucku. 
 U-Ktr, *. A species of fish. 
 U-Ku-i, s. A reward. See Ukit. 
 U-KU-TT-KTT, adj. Very small ; little. 
 U-KtT-Hi, V. To pour, as wafer into a 
 
 cask ; to fill a vessel with any fluid. loa. 
 
 9:13. Ukuhi iho la a piha na pahu, they 
 
 poured into tbe'casks till full. 
 
 2. To get or obtain water ; i holo mai e 
 vkuAi wai a loaa ka ai i ola, they come 
 here to obtain water (Lit. to pour water 
 in) and to get provisions. 
 
 3. To wean, as a child from the breast. 
 Kin. 21:8. Equivalent to haalele waiu; 
 hooki i ka ai waiu ana ke keiki ; keiW i 
 vkwhiia, a weaned child. Hal. 131:2. 
 
 U-Ku-Hoo-PA-NEE, s. l/A«, pay, and Aoo- 
 panee, to put off^ i. e., interest on money 
 lent ; usury. Isa. 24:2. 
 
 U-KU-KA-PA, s. Uku, louse, and kapa, 
 garment. A kapa louse; a body louse; 
 he uku no ke kino ke kanaka. 
 
 U-Kn-Kir-Hi, V. To put or pour into, as 
 
 liquid into b vessel. See Ukuhi. JE kiaha- 
 
 dlia. 
 U-KU-LE-LE, s. Vku and lele, to jump, 
 
 A flea. '1 Sam, 24:15. 
 U-KU-PA-NAi, s. Uku, pay, and paTtai, 
 
 to redeem. A pledge for a payment. Pvk. 
 
 22:26. Security tor a person or thing. Oih. 
 
 17:9. 
 U-KU-PE-PA, s. Weu and pepa (Eng.), 
 
 p.iper. The insect that eats paper or books. 
 U-KU-poo, s. Uku, louse, and poo, the 
 
 head. A head louse. 
 U-LA, *. Ula, red. A lobster, from its 
 
 color : he ia iwi mawaho ; also, 
 2. A species of fish ; also Written xdaida. 
 U-LA, i ■«. To be or appear red, as 
 
 U-I,A-X?-I<A, ) the end of a blaze of fire, or 
 
 of Si.lamp : to be red. Isa. 63:2. 
 U-LA,' ) s. Redness ; a scarlet color. 
 U-LA-U-LA, J Puk. 25:4. Red, v. 5 ; ua 
 
 liko ka ulaula me ka weo ; name of a red 
 
 fish. See Ula. 
 U-LA, ) adj. Red, as a blaze seen ■ 
 
 U-LA-U-LA, J in the night; purple; ka- 
 naka ula. 
 U-LA-0-KO-KO, adj. l^a and too, blood. 
 
 Red, as fire, or anything paiE:.ed bright 
 
 red ; red, as blood, or blood red. Note, — 
 
 Sometimes the last o falls out in speaking, 
 
 thus, via — koko. 
 
 U-LAS, *. A species of fish. 
 U-LAi-A, V. To live in solitude, as & 
 hermit, oa account of disappointment. 
 
ULE 
 
 120 
 
 . tJLI 
 
 tJ-w-n-LA, s. See U1.A above. Ka weo- 
 
 vi-eo, ke kolekole ; the redness of tbe flesh 
 
 when the skin is mbbeil off. 
 U-LA-u-LA, adj. See Ula above. He 
 
 helohclo ; slight red; rerlilisb. 
 U-LA-i'-LA, s. Name of a species of fish. 
 U-LAtr-tAi-LA, s. Name of a child iile- 
 
 gitimately born of a chief aniJ a common 
 
 Yiom&n. 
 U-LA-u-LA-KE-A-Hi, 5. VlaiUa, red, and 
 
 ke ahi, the lire. 
 
 1. The name given to JiqviOr when first 
 diBtilled, from Its color ; also, 
 
 2i A name applied to the god who pre- 
 sided over the tusineBB of distillation ; no 
 Ulaviakeahi ke kiaha mua o ka vama, for 
 iTlanlakeahi the first ciip (distilled) of rum. 
 
 U-LA-Hio-Hio, adj. TJla and urn. The k 
 is probably euphonic. Eeally red. See 
 . Ulaokoko of the same meaning. 
 
 Il-LA-Hi-WA, adj. Ula,. red, and hiuoa, 
 black. Purple; dark red. 
 
 U-LA-LA, V. To act insanely ; to be out 
 of one's right miud. 
 
 0-LA-LA, s. Insanity ; madness. Kekah. 
 9:13. 
 
 2. A crazy person. 
 
 U-LA-LA, adj. Crazy; denented; out of 
 one's senses. 
 
 U-LA-LE-LE, s. A favorite; one highly 
 esteemed. 
 
 U-LA-NA, V. To weave ; to plait ; to 
 braid; to intertwine. as vines. Piifc. 28:32. 
 To wreathe ; to weave. 2 Nal. 25:17. E 
 idana mocna, to'braid or vireave a mat. 
 
 U-tA-NA, adj. Lying still or calm, as 
 the surface of water unrufBed by wind. 
 
 2. Idle ; unemployed ; lalana, Iieha, mo- 
 lowa. 
 
 D-LA-NA, adj. hvi ulana. Kam.., B. 9, 
 p. 7, 3. The prophecy or expression of the 
 kilokilo when looking upon a person in 
 good health, raeaniug he will soon die. 
 
 U-LA-PAA, s. Via, red, and poa, fast; 
 "■ concealed. The oesa vagina of females, 
 
 IT-L£, V. To hang; to swing; to pro- 
 ject. 
 
 U-LE, s. The penis; the genital of men 
 and male animals; o ka uU no paha ke 
 meue ; haha ia i ka ule o Kanekii. 
 
 2. A tenon for a mortice. 
 
 3. The pointed part of the post which 
 enters the crotch of the rafter. 
 
 U-LEi, s. Name of a tree, the timber 
 very hard; from this tree instruments were 
 made for cultivating the earth, as the oo, &c. 
 
 U-LEi, V. To open; to uncover; to sep- 
 arate ; helei, uwehe, wehe. 
 
 U-LEI, s. An opening; uncovering; ka 
 helei, ka uwehe. 
 
 U-LE-u-LE, s. A sty on the edge of the 
 
 eyelid ; ka v.le>de o ka maka. 
 U-LE-U-LE, adj. See Ule. Pendulous; 
 
 hanging down ; projecting out. 
 U-LE-ir-LiE-LE, I!. To ride on horseback ; 
 
 kaukaulelewaihui. See Poijshemhe. 
 U-LE-HE-LE-HE, adj. Not bound tight; 
 
 applied to a bundle ; paa ole. 
 U-LE-Hi-Lo, s. The gonorrhea; same as 
 
 waiki. 
 
 U-LE-Ho-LE, V. Vie and hole, to peel. 
 ■ To practice onanism or masturbation. 
 U-LE-Ho-LE, s. Onanism; masturbation, 
 
 &c. 
 U-LE-KA-Hi, s. Ule and liahi, to cut. A 
 
 name for circumcision. 
 U-LE-PAA, s. Epithet of a man who has 
 
 not kno^vn a woman ; the same as puupaa 
 
 applied to a woman. 
 U-LE-PE, V. To stand erect, as the comb 
 
 of a cock. See Lbpe. To stand erect, as 
 
 the hair when one is cold. 
 2. To be rongh. 
 U-LE-pu-AA, s. Ule and puaa, a hog. 
 
 The name given by Eawaiians to a screw 
 
 auger, gimlet, or any insti'ument of that 
 
 class. 
 U-Li, adj. Blue ; cerulean blue ; green, 
 
 as a meadow ; whatever is green among 
 
 vegetables. Puk. 9:22. Pertaining to a 
 
 dark or dusty color ; iiU ka wai o ka niu. 
 U-LI, s. The blue sky; ka poe nana 
 
 uli o ke alii, the foietellers of the weathei. 
 
 Laieik. 36. 
 U-LI, s. The name of a god to which 
 
 a prayer was addressed in the pule anaana. 
 U-LI, s. A canoe steerer for the king's 
 
 canoes ; one of the king's, special servants. 
 U-LI, V. To steer a canoe or ship.' See 
 
 HOEUU. 
 
 U-LI, V. To gurgle ; to make such a 
 noise as when water is poured out of a 
 calabash or a coccfannt ; e neneke ; uli ka 
 wai o ka niu. 
 
 U-LI, s. Name of a species of kalo. 
 2. Name of a species of fan leaf cocoa- 
 nut ; ka uli, ka loulu, ka hawane. 
 
 U-LT, s. The personal appearance or 
 fitness of a peison for any duty; applied 
 particularly to runners as fhey appeared 
 to the poe kilokilo; e nana no ka pocnana 
 uli, c like mc ke kukini. 
 
 U-Li-E-o, s. See Ull The appearance 
 of a person as fit or unfit for a duty or of- 
 .ficc, including his mental fitness ; helo mai 
 ka poe akimiu e nana i ka vHeo o kckahi 
 kukini. 
 
 U-li-u-li, adj. See Uli. Blue. Pu'c. 
 
 25:4. Greeu. Kant. 12:2. Osim. colored. 
 
ULU 
 
 121 
 
 ULU 
 
 ibi». 6:16. Black. Mel. Sol. 5:11. Ka mo- 
 ana vliuii ; ka lole vlmli, 
 V-Li-v-JA, s. Green things; verdure; a 
 
 pasture. lod. 1:19. 
 U-Li-Hi, ». An advanced state of old 
 
 age ; feebleness ; loss of hair ; want of 
 
 strength. 
 U-u-Hi-Li-Hi, adj. He mea. idikilihi ; a 
 
 running, as a low vine like the kowali. 
 U-u-KA, adj. "Wet ; soft to the touch. 
 U-u-KA-Li-KA, V. Ninanina.linalina; to 
 
 adhere to, like wax or any gluey substance; 
 
 like mud or clay ; like kalo that is loliloli. 
 U-Li-KA-Li-KA, adj. Sticky; adhesive, 
 
 as mad ; he lepo vMktUOca. 
 U-Li-i-1, *. A species of hird. 
 
 2. A small kinct of gourd used for a top 
 to play with ; also called uliviiu. 
 
 3. A Idnd of bamboo flute ; be ohl hoo- 
 kanikani. 
 
 4. A religious ceremony In the pule ana- 
 ana, the same as auhmthui, 
 
 5. The name.of a hula;_he«2{ii kahi hula. 
 U-u-Li, V.' Ke ulUi anapu nei i kuu 
 
 manawa. LaieUe. 118. To exhibit the trem- 
 ulous motion of the hot sunlight upon a 
 flat, smooth surface. 
 
 U-Li-Li, s. A ladder. 
 
 2. A whistle made of bamboo, in which 
 tire was put and blowed upon. 
 
 U-Li-u, adj. Ladder like; ala ulili, a 
 ladder. See Atahaka. 
 
 U-Li-NA, adj. See Lina. Soft, as the 
 fiesh of a fat person ; full fleshed ; plump. 
 2. Soft and tough, as clayey ground. 
 
 U-li-na-li-na, adj. Fat ; plump ; soft 
 to the touch ; tough ; adhesive, as cold 
 clayey ground. See Linauna and Uaca. 
 
 U-Lo-No, V. To cry, as in distress ; to 
 make a complaint ; to cry, as one in prayer 
 or in snffering. Hal. 30:2. 
 
 U-Lo-No, s. A cry of distress ; the voice 
 of crying. JBal. 9:12. He leo pule. 
 
 U-LU, V. To grow, as a plant. Isa. 53:2. 
 
 2. To increagc i'' any way ; to grow, as 
 a disetMse in the skin. Oihk. 13:39. 
 
 3. To become strong or excessive, as in 
 anger, with pwn^. Pvk. 32:22. To grow 
 or increase, as good or evil in a commu- 
 nity. 
 
 4. To grow up, as men. loh. 31:18. 
 
 5. To grow in size and ttrcngtb, as an 
 infant. 1 Pet. 2:2. 
 
 6. To be extene"'3ly known, as a report. 
 
 7. To have spiritual possession, either 
 good or bad; to be inspired; in this sense, 
 mostly in the passive ; as, lAuia or ulvhia. 
 Mat. 8:16. To influence tiie affections. 
 
 8. To poke the hot stones out of the hole 
 in which food is to be baked in order to 
 put in food; e vlu kakou i ka umu, to 
 
 16 
 
 throw out the stones of the oven when hot. 
 See Ulucmu. 
 
 9. To stick fast, as meat or bones be- 
 tween the teeth of the eater. 
 10. Iloo. To cause to spring up, as seed 
 sown. Fio. ko'u makcmake iiui, c lioo- 
 vlu i ka hana ana ma ka pono^ my gica^ 
 desire is to increase in good works. 
 U-LU, s. Name of a tree ; the bread- 
 fruit ; the fruit good for food, the timber 
 for building, for canoes, &c. 
 
 2. Name of a stone used in a play. At 
 Haul and Oahu this stone was called oloku. 
 See Oi-OHU. , 
 
 3. Name of the game where the said 
 stone was used. 
 
 4. Name of an oven for baking food. Sec 
 
 U»B. 
 
 U-LU, adj. Of or. belonging to what 
 grows, as fruit. Fio. Itr. 2:3. 
 
 2. Wet. See Polu. Uh, ka palapaja i 
 ka ua. 
 
 U-u'-A, s. Name ofa large kind of fi.sh. 
 
 2. A kind of vegetable forbidden to 
 
 women co eat ; ina i ai ka wahine i ka niu 
 
 paha, he maia paha, he viva paha, make ia. 
 
 U-LU-A, V. To assemble together, as 
 men ; ua vlua mai kakou ma keia wahi. 
 
 U-Lu-A, s. For vluia. See Ulu. A col- 
 lection ; a gathering together ; an assem- 
 bly. 
 
 2. A forest or garden of breadfruit trees; 
 ka haba ulu,ka hopuhopu ana i ke kanaka 
 e pepehi a make. 
 
 U-LU-A, s. Name of the sacrifice ob- 
 tained by the kapopo. 
 
 U-LU-A-o-A, u To gather in great num- 
 bers, as people ; to come together in-egu- 
 larly ; to make confusion in an assembly, 
 
 U-LU-A-o-A, s. Confusion ; want of reg- 
 ularity in an assembly of men. 1 Kbf. 
 14:33. 
 
 U-LU-A-o-A, adj. Gathered together, as 
 people ; confused and noisy. 
 
 U-LU-AU-wui, s. The name of a wind 
 off Hilo ; vhumrnd, he makani pono ole kc 
 ku ma ke awa o Hilo, a bad wind for 
 coming to anchor in the harbor of Hilo ; 
 the north wind, attended with rain. 
 
 U-LU-A-HE-WA. 
 
 U-LU-A-LA-NA, V. Ulu and alaTia, an of- 
 fering. To offer upon an altar ; to gq uxk. 
 upon an altar. See Alana. 
 
 U-LU-A-jao-HAi, s. The name of a fi^>. 
 
 U-LU-Eo, *. Name of a tree; timber 
 very durable, even more so than, uhiuhi. 
 
 U-LU-u, V. See Ulu. l/luia is the. pass- 
 ive. To be possessed by a spirit ; to be 
 inspired ; more often written wi & h in- 
 serted, uhihia. See (Jldhi^, below 
 
ULU 
 
 122 
 
 ULU 
 
 U-i.u-o-A, s. He puoa ; standing erect ; 
 
 Rcandlng uprightly. 
 U-LU-B-LV, V. To grow up; to grow 
 
 thick,, &c. See Ulu. 
 
 2. Hoo. To cause to gro-vy up. 
 
 3. To excite ; to stir up ; to provoke to 
 ■anger. See Naki.u. 
 
 U-LTJ-u-LU, V. To work or turn about 
 in the moutli, aa a person eating sugar- 
 cane ; idmihi no ma ka waha. 
 
 2. Moo. To gather together. Kin. 29:8. 
 To coUett, as things scattered ; to lay np ; 
 to assemble, tis a peoplt. Nah. 11:16. 
 
 3. To lift up ; to cavfy ; to convey to a 
 higher place ; e kau ae iluna i ke kapa. 
 
 U-LU-u-LU, s. A gathering ; an assem- 
 bly of people for any purpose. IIoo. A 
 convocation, &o. Oilik. 23:.3. 
 
 U-m-u-LU, s. Name of a species of fish 
 net ; upena uhadu. 
 
 U-LU-u-LU, V. To lift up one's dress on 
 passing over water or mud. 
 
 U-LU-p-LU, ado. O ka hana me ka 
 ikaika, me ka hele iduulu am.'i ka hele kipa- 
 iale ; laboring sti-ongly ; -pith energy. 
 
 U-LU-u-MTJ, s. The stick by which the 
 stones are thrown out of an oven when 
 heated. See XJhxi end XXmu. j 
 
 U-LU-HAi-HAi, f . See TJhVKU. The foel- j 
 ing of the mind under the influence of fear ' 
 with uncertainty as to the result, mixed | 
 with strong desire. &e. 
 
 U-LU-HA-oA, adj. Thick, as rough jagged 
 rocks among grass and bushes ; uhUtaoa 
 enaena maloko o ka nahele. 
 
 U-LU-HA-LA, s. A forest or thicket of 
 I'ala trees ; ka vkihala o Polon. 
 
 U-r,u-HEE, s. A species of plant or shrub. 
 
 U-LU-Hi-A, V. See Ulu and Uluia above. 
 Uliihia, }i inserted, to be possessed by a 
 spirit; to be influenced or under the direc- 
 tion of some spirit without the person. 
 Mat. 4:24. 
 
 U-LU-Hu-A, V. Ulu, to grow, and kua, 
 envy. 
 
 1. To trouble ; to give concern. 
 
 2. To be tired with one's company ; to 
 be weary of one's visit. 
 
 3. To be vexed or troubled with any 
 matter. Xaieik. 78. To be weary with 
 doing or repeating a thing. ler. 15:6. 
 
 4. To be weary with life. lob. 10:1. 
 
 5. Hoo. To cause grief or trouble. Hoi 
 10,:1. To be much vexed. Et.ek. 22:5. 
 
 U-LU-HU-A, s. Discouragement ; want 
 of confidence ; disappointment ; jelf dis- 
 pleasure. 1 NcU. 20:43. 
 
 U-LU-Hu-A, adj. Displeased; angry; 
 
 discontented ; dis?.ffected. 
 U-LtJ-KA-Hi-Ki, s. Vlu and kahiki, for- 
 
 eign. A foreign breadfruit tree, i. «., the 
 fig tree, from tlie resemblance of its leaves. 
 U-Lu-Kir, V. Ulu and ku, to stand. 
 
 1. To have a strong desire to perform 
 ^ anything. 
 
 2. To be restless at night or to lie sleep- 
 less. 
 
 3. To be troubled ; restless, as the see ; 
 kupikio ; same as hiaa. 
 
 U-Ltr-KU, s. Restless; sleepless; de- 
 siring strongly to possess or to obtain a 
 thing. 
 
 Ea uluku ulohalbai 
 
 Komia e oia Koia — MeU. 
 
 U-LU-LA, s. Name of a bird translated 
 
 owl Kard. 14:15. 
 U-LU-LA-Atf, s. XRu, to grow, and laau, 
 
 tree. 
 
 1. A thicket of trees ;_a wood. 
 
 2. Ahabitatlotidi Wild beasts. Jos.l7:18. 
 He vivicMu ! ua nel ae la iloko o ke kai, 
 it is a forest 1 it has moved into the sea ; 
 the exclamation of Hawaiians on first see- 
 ing the ships of Captain Cook. 
 
 U-LU-LE-LE, J. A favorite ; one highly 
 
 esteemed. 
 U-LU-LU, p. To rejoice ; to be gay; to 
 
 be cheerful ; e hoohoihoi, e hooolioli. 
 
 2. IIoo. To pretend t<i be what one is 
 not. 
 
 3. To flatter the gods : to be a favorite. 
 U-Lir-Lo, s. A rejoicing; gladness; self 
 
 satiafaction ; being on good terms with the 
 
 gods. 
 U-nj-LU, s. Name of a small fish net 
 
 which «ras sunk deep in the water'and en- 
 tangled the fish. 
 f-Lu-LU, adj. Rough; not smooth; ka 
 
 huluhuiu. ka mannmanu. 
 U-LTj-MAi-KA, s. The name of a game. 
 2. Name of the stone used in playing the 
 
 game. See Ulu; hIsoMaika. Note. — Since 
 
 the introduction of bowling-alleys, viu- 
 
 maika has been si)plied to the game of 
 
 bowls. 
 U-LIT-MA-HI-E-HI-E, V. See HoOMAHIE. 
 
 To appear or affect an extra appearance in 
 
 dress or in personal behavior, as we say 
 
 like one possessed. 
 U-LU-MA-NO, s. Name of a violent wind 
 
 which blows from the south aiid other quar- 
 , tors, in the night only, on the west side 
 
 o' Qawaii. Kamehameha ma were once 
 
 wrecked by it off Nawawa; a whole village 
 
 was burnt to light them ashore. 
 U-LTJ-MO-KU, s. A collection or fleet of 
 
 ships; a navy; applied to the arrival of 
 
 whalesbips. 
 U-LU-NA, V. To support the head; to 
 
 bolster up, as a weak person. 
 2. To sleep upon, as a pillow ; to make 
 
 ? pillow of, Sin. 28:18. 
 
UMA 
 
 133 
 
 'JMI 
 
 3. To tie up a bundfe for a pillow : e 
 
 pela ulunai to make a pillow. S«e Pela, 
 U-Lu-NA, s. A pillow. Kin. 28:11. 
 
 K«1ii makou ua kau ke poo i ka ukma, we 
 
 thou(|;ht we had laid our head^' tpon the 
 
 pUlow. 
 2. The upper part of the Bhoolders where 
 
 they unite with the neck. See Hokpa. 
 U-Lu-NA-HE-LE, s. Ma na kuamoo tune 
 
 na idunahel^ amo na loko; » growing luxn- 
 
 liantly, like fruit in a good soil. 
 U-Lu-PA, V. To break into pieces. 1 
 
 Sam. 2:10. ' To dash into atoms. Hal. 2:9. 
 2. To he^t tine. Isa. 27:9, E wawahi, 6 
 
 huopau. 
 U-LU-PA, s. A breaking to pieces; a 
 
 breaking up fine. 
 U-LH-PAA, s. The state of virginity. 
 
 Sec Ulbj'aa. 
 U-LU-FE, V. Tp be wet ; to be cold. 
 U-Lu-pii, V. To be wet and cold from 
 
 rain ; to bo ghivering from cold and wet. 
 U-Lu-Pii, adj. Wet and cold from rain; 
 
 shivering. 
 U-LU-pu-Ni, V. To be or to wax hot, as 
 
 one in anger. Pvlf. 32:19. See Ulo 3. To 
 
 swell, as in anger. See Pdnj. 
 U-Lu-WA-LE, V. * Ulu, to grow, and imle, 
 
 of itself. To grow wild ; to grpw without 
 
 cultivaliou. 
 
 CJ-LU-wE-Hi-wE-Hi, t, TJlu, a thicket, 
 
 and wddwehi, thick; tangled, as v cgf'ables. 
 
 1. An overgrowth of Terdur<i ; the t^ick 
 intertwined leaves of a forest 
 
 2. A general name for thick vines in a 
 forest ; Ka nahelehele nui a maluna i ka 
 lau na laau. 
 
 U-MA, V. To screw; to press, as a vice; 
 to grasp or hold. 
 
 2. To pry, as a lever. 
 
 3. To wrestle ; to throSv down In wrest- 
 ling. 
 
 i. To throw over from an upright posi- 
 tion ; e hoohina, e kulai, 
 
 U-MA, s. A vice ; a pressure ; a push- 
 ing over or down ; a kind of wrestling to 
 try strength. 
 2. The name of a game ; o kekahi lealea 
 
 kaumo. 
 
 U-MAU-MA, s. The breast; the bosom. 
 Puk. 4:e. The breast, i. e.. the meat of the 
 breast. Puk. 29:26. Umauma hoali, wave 
 breast. 2fah. 18:18. Umauma luli, wave 
 breast Oihk. 7:34. Kahi mawaena o na 
 waiu. 
 
 U-MA0-MA, adj. Of or belonging to the 
 breast; he pale umauma, a breast plate. 
 
 1 Sam. 17:.5. 
 
 U-MAXi-MA-LEi, s. A name of a species 
 offish. 
 
 U-MA-LEi, s. Name of a disease in the 
 
 chest. 
 
 _ 2. Name of a spficies of Osh. 
 U-MA-LU, s. The brow of a hitl; he 
 
 umalu o ka pali. 
 U-ME, V. Tq pull ; to pull after one ; 
 
 to draw out, as a drawer of a bureau. 
 
 2. To lengthen, as a sound. 
 
 3. Fio. To incline one to go after an- 
 other. Ma. Sol. l:i. 
 
 U-ME, s. A drawing out; a pulling; a 
 lengti^ening oul, as a sound. 
 . 2. A name given to the character •^ hold 
 in. mjtsic 
 
 3. A kind of a, lascivibtis play in the 
 night ; he lealea o ka u»»e i ka po. 
 
 4. The grass and thatching on the cor- 
 ners and ridges of a house. 
 
 U-ME, adj. Mea ume, something draw- 
 ing ; attractive. Fio. Mea urns, the mis- 
 tress of a lover; hele aku o Hauiliki a i ka 
 mea ume. Laielk. 114. See No. 3 of the 
 preceding. 
 
 U-ME-u-ME, V. See Umi. To pull; to 
 hook : to draw, 
 
 2. To_ struggle, as two persons for the 
 same thing. See Pauueume. 
 
 U-ME-u-ME, s. Name of a game. 
 
 2. E kalai ia ua moo a pau i ka umeumeia. 
 
 U-ME-KE, s. A poi calabash ; full form, 
 wmekepoi. See next. 
 
 U-ME-KE-Po-i, s. A ppi calabash full of 
 food, much valued by Hawaiians; o ke 
 aloha ka Biea i oi aku ka maikai mamua o 
 ka ume/cepoi amc ka ipakaia. 
 
 U-Mi, adj. The number ten; ka vmi' 
 the tenti^. 
 
 U-Mi, V, .To be ten in number. Kin. 
 18:32. 
 
 U-MI, V. To lengthen out the breath. 
 See Umb. To suppress the breath. 
 
 2. To choke ; to strangle ; to press upon 
 one so as to stifle him. 
 
 3. To crowd in ; thrust down. 
 
 4. To seize hold of the neck, as if to 
 choke. McU. 18:28. 
 
 5. To suppress a rising emotion. 
 
 6. To kill, as an infant in the practice of 
 infanticide. See TJmikeiki and Umikamai,ii. 
 
 7. /loo. To cause to choke; strangle, Ac. 
 U-Mi, adj. Strangled; pressed; killed; 
 
 mea umi wale. Oih. 15:20. 
 
 U-Mii, *. A kind of disease or pain in 
 the side attending disease. 
 
 U-Mi-u-Mi, V. The 13th conj. of umi. 
 To choke ; to strangle ; to kill. 2 Sam. 
 10:4. . 
 
 U-Mi-ti-Mi, I. The beard; hair on the 
 chin ; ka huluhulu o ka auwae. 
 
UNA 
 
 124 
 
 UNE 
 
 2. A kind of moBs which fastens the na- 
 hawele, a kind of shell fish, to the rocisg. 
 
 U-Mi-n-.Mi, adj. Thick ; large, as the 
 branches of trees ; na lala umiumi. Isa. 
 16:8. 
 
 U-Mi-HAU, s. Name of a strong east 
 wind which blows' all before it. 
 
 2. The name of the last hog sacrificed 
 when on the point of going into battle; ua 
 kapaia keia paaa he puaa umihau. 
 
 U-Mi-KA-MA-ui, ) s. Uffii and kamalii, a 
 
 U-MI-KE-I-KI, J child. The practice of 
 infanticide, mostly by pressing or choiring 
 to death. Note. — The infant was gener- 
 ally killed by choking or pressing on its 
 first presentation; bat if the mol^er had 
 great affection for it, it was buried alive in 
 the ground. Umikamalii, oia kc kinai ana 
 i ke keiki a make iloko o ka opu o ka tua- 
 jtuahine. Nni na hewa o ka wa kahiko, o 
 ka umikamaliL many were the ^rrors of 
 ancient times, infanticide. 
 
 U-Mi-Ki, V. To pinch with all the fin- 
 gers. 
 
 2, To scratch ; to bruise ; e wawaln, e 
 wau, e uwau. 
 
 U-Mi-Ki, s, A pinching; a scratching of 
 the skin ; e awaUi ana me ka boopohole i 
 ka ili ; ka waluwaln. 
 
 U-MI-KI, «. A large gourd. 
 
 U-Mi-wA-LE, s. Umi, to choke, and wale. 
 The seizing of a person by the throat; a 
 killing by strangulation. 
 
 U-Mo-Ki, s. A Stopple of a calabash ; a 
 cork of a bottle ; a bung of a barrel. See 
 Omoke. He umoki pu, the wad of a gun. 
 
 U-Mo-Ki, V. To stop up, as with a stop- 
 ple or bung. 
 
 U-Mu, V. To bake, as in an oven ; to 
 dig ; to heat ; to cover up ; to do all that 
 belonged to the process of baldng food 
 under ground. See Imt. 
 
 2. To collect; to place together; to leave 
 together, as in making an oven. 
 
 U-MU, s. An overt. Oikk. 2:4. A place 
 for baking food; a furnace. Neh. 3:11. 
 Umu hooheehee, a furnace for melting 
 metals. Eeek. 22:20. 
 
 U-Mt;-A-Hi, s. Lit. A fire oven ; a fur- 
 nace. Kin. 15:17. 
 
 U-MO-A-KU-A, adj. Unfriendly; unso- 
 cial; niggardly. 
 
 U-MU-LE-po, s. C7otm and fepo, earth. A 
 furnace for trying metals. 
 
 U-NA, V. To send one, as on business, 
 ifoo. The same; to commission to go. Nah. 
 13:17. 
 
 2. To send to one with a demand. los. 
 2:3. 
 
 3. To exercise authority ovct one in send- 
 ing. 
 
 U-NA, s. A sending, especially sending 
 
 one on business; o ke kena e holo i kabila 
 
 e imi waiwai. 
 U-NA, adj. Sore or stiflf from hard Work; 
 
 tired ; weak ; fatigued ; exhauateu. Lank. 
 
 4:21. 
 
 2. Dull; stupid; drunk. 
 
 3. Tired or weary, as a man sitting still. 
 See Unauna same. 
 
 U-NA, V. To be weary ; fatigued frorfl 
 labor. Note.— This word is probably the 
 same as una, to send, as senduig on busi- 
 ness may cause fotigue. 
 
 U-NA, s. Weariness; fatigue, &c. 
 
 U-NA, s. The shell of the turtle or tor- 
 toise. 
 
 U-NA, ) ^. To pry up, as a stone; 
 
 U-NA-U-NA, ) to loosen by prying ; more 
 properly une. See Unb. 
 
 U-NA-o-A, s. The barnacle on the outer 
 plank of a ship. 
 
 U-NA-tT-NA, V. To send. See Una. Hoo. 
 To send on repeated errands. Sol. 10:26. 
 To send new orders frequently. 
 2. To exercise authority over. Mat.20:i5. 
 
 U-NA-u-NA, adj. Tired ; weak ; ex- 
 hausted. See Una, to'be weary; dull; 
 
 ' stupid. 
 
 U-NA-u-NA-HE, ) adj. Soft ; melodious, 
 
 U-NA-HE, J as the voice ; he leo 
 
 unahe. 
 2. Thin ; soft, as kapa ; he unahenahe ke 
 
 . kapa. 
 
 U-NA-u-NA-Hi, ) y. To scale, as a fish; 
 
 U-NA-HI, J to scratch off the scales; 
 
 e hoopau i ka unaM o ka ia mawaho. 
 
 U-f{A-Hi, S. The scales of a fish. Oikk. 
 11:9. Scaly things; unahi laau; ka ili 
 oolea i ka ia mawaho. 
 
 U-NA-Hi, adj. Scaly; hard. 1 Sow. 
 17;5. Thin ; flexible, like a scale. 
 
 U-NE, V. To pry, as a stone with a 
 lever ; to bear down, as with a lever ; to 
 edge on ; to pry up out of the dirt, as a 
 stone ; to loosen. 
 
 U-NE, s. A lever for prying with; a 
 prying ; a lifting up. 
 
 2. The^ action or quality of a lever. 
 Anal. 1. 
 
 U-NK-A, s. Indolence; indiTerence; stu- 
 pidity. 
 
 U-NE-u-NE, V. See Une. To -pry up; 
 to loosen, as a stone ; to remove or turn 
 over, as stones. Kekah. 10:9. 
 
 2. To disturb, harass or vex one ; o ka 
 hookolokolo hewa, e uneune ana ia ame ka 
 imihala. 
 
 U-NE-u-NE-A, adj. Sickish at the stom- 
 ach ; having no relish for food. 
 
UNU 
 
 125 
 
 UFA 
 
 U-NE-LU-NE-LU, adj. Fat; soft; pliable. 
 See NotUNOLft. Unelandu kau baehae ana. 
 
 U-Ni-Hi, s. A species of grasshopper. 
 SeeUHWL He mea eheu liilii me he pinao 
 la, a little winged thing like the dragon- 
 fly i he mea lele. 
 
 U-NI-HI, ad). Small; thin; spindle 
 legged; hence, 
 a. Weak ; without strength. 
 
 U-Ni-Hi-pi-Li, s. The leg and arm bones 
 of a person. See Uhikipiu. He kanaka 
 mai loa a hiki ole ke hele mawaho ; ua 
 unihipiU leo, aole hiki ke pane mai, having 
 a feeble voice, not able to speak; ua uuku 
 ka leo. UnihipUi was one name of the class 
 of gods called akuanoho; aumakna was 
 another ; they were the departed spirits of 
 deceased persons. 
 
 U-Ni-Hi-pi-iii, udj. The qualities of some 
 gods; na akua unihipUi, arae na akua mano. 
 
 TJ-Ni-NA-Nl-NA, adj. Plump ; fat ; ap- 
 plied to the cheeks of a person. See Oni- 
 
 NANA and UUNALINA. 
 
 U-NO-A, adj.. Raw; uncooked. 
 
 U-Noo, adj. ,Not well cooked, as food ; 
 applied to vegetable food ; vhcn applied 
 to meat, it is kolckole ; but this last is some- 
 times applied to food ; unoo ka ai, unoo ka 
 malakeke. 
 
 U-N0-T7-N0, V. To be red ; inflamed, as 
 the eyes. See also Nounoc. 
 
 U-3JU, s. A place of worship; a tem- 
 ple ; he heiau, he Inakini. 
 
 U-Nir, s. A coward. 
 
 2. Small stones' or chips of atones for 
 propping up and sustaining large ones. 
 
 3. A prop or wedge. See Makia. 
 
 4. The small stones used to fasten the 
 posts of a house when erected in the ground. 
 
 5. Any small stones. 
 
 U^u, V. To drink; same as inu; unu 
 awa, to drink awa. 
 
 U-Nir, ». To make up into a round 
 heap ; to shorten. 
 
 U-NiT, adj. Made round; heaped up, &c. 
 
 U-NU, V. To prop up; to help hold up; 
 e UHU iki ae paha ka pono, to help a little 
 perhaps will be wellj to shove back or re- 
 tract, as the skin in amputation. 
 
 U-NU-A, V. To put or thrust into, as a 
 spear into a man. 
 
 Si. To breathe into a bamboo. 
 
 3 To put in and tread down, as feathers 
 or pulu into a cask in order to put in more; 
 e umia ibo i ka hulu, alalia hahao hou ; ua 
 unuaia ka' wawae. 
 
 U-NH-u-Nu, V. To prop up. See Unu. 
 
 JJoo. £ hooummnuia. 
 U-NU-u-NU, s.. Something guJiered int* 
 
 heaps; applied to soldiers who ure cow- 
 
 ardly and shrink from fighting ; alaila, o 
 
 aku imua me he unwuna la ke ano. 
 U-NU-u-NU, adj. Piltd up, as several 
 
 ohias in one hand; ame ka ohia unuunu 
 
 ma ka lima, 
 U-NU-Hi, V. To draw out in various 
 
 ways. 
 
 2. To take, as a ring from a finger. Kin. 
 41:42. 
 
 3. To take out, as the hand from one's 
 bosom. Puk. 4:6. 
 
 4. To draw out ; unsheathe, as a sword. 
 P«fc. 16:9. 
 
 .5. To let fall from a bundle. iJut 2:16. 
 
 6. To draw out, as from a ditch. 
 
 7. To take away a part; to substract, as 
 in arithmetic. 
 
 8. To translate from one language to an- 
 other; i urMhiia mai ka olelo Hawaii a i ka 
 olelo Beritania. See Nmn. 
 
 U-NU-Hi, adj. Perfect; good; skillful; 
 
 wise ; be hemolcle, he maikai, he akamai, 
 
 he naauao. 
 U-NU-NA, s. A pillow J something for 
 
 another to rest on. See Uluna. 
 U-NU-NU, s. Young ohia timber used in 
 
 making gods. 
 
 2. A stick erected as a sign of kapu. 
 
 3. Name of a wind or sea breeze atPuu- 
 loa. 
 
 U-NU-NU, V. To pull or scrape oif the 
 hair of a dog or hog preparatory to cook- 
 ing. Note. — ^It was done by laying the 
 animal on a tire. 
 
 U-Nu-pE-Hi-i-o-LE, s. Name of a class 
 of persons who' adhered to others for the 
 sake of a house. 
 
 U-PA, V. To act, as the jaws in eating; 
 to open and shut, as the mouth in eating 
 or speaking. 
 
 2. To devour with greediness. 
 
 3. To chew, as food, i. e., the action of 
 the jaws in chewing. 
 
 U-FA, s. Any instrument that opens 
 and shuts after the manner of shears, scis- 
 sors, a compass, bellows, &c,; a carpenter's 
 compass. Isa. 44:13. Tjoie action of the 
 material heart in receiving and sending 
 out blood. Ar«U. 44. Note.— Cutting in- 
 struments were formerly made of shark's 
 teeth. See the compoondg of the upa class. 
 
 U-FA, adj. Strong, as a man wno does 
 a great deal of work or rows fast in a canoe. 
 
 U-PAA, V. hele e ke kama e upaa me 
 ka pipine. 
 
 U-PA-A-Hi, *. Upaaaiahi,6ie. Tongs. 
 Puk. 25:38. 
 
 U-PAi, adj. Long; tall; slender; loibi, 
 
 piopio. 
 U'PAi-PAi,. 3. To bend, as the lafters of 
 
 a house in a strong wind. See Ofaipai. 
 
UPE 
 
 123 
 
 UPU 
 
 TJ-PAj-PAi, s. The bending or vibration 
 
 of the rafters of a house in a wind. 
 U-PA-(J-PA, V. See Ufa. To open or 
 
 act, as the mouth iu speaking or in prayer; 
 
 eupaupa ana i Ita waha me he meapulela. 
 U-PA-u-PAi, V. To hover, as an owl or 
 
 other bird just before darting on its prey; 
 
 U) icmain suspended in the air, as an owl ; 
 
 e upaupai i ua eheu ; e peahiahi. _ 
 lT-PA-KO-Li-KU-Ki;-r, s. tJpaand kdli SLnCi: 
 
 kuJcui. Snuffers. Puk. 25:38. 
 U-PA-MA-KA-Ni, y. Vpa and maka7d, 
 
 wind. Bellows. ler. 6:29.. 
 U-FA-LU, V. To be young ; beautiful ; 
 
 comely. 
 
 Ua upalu wale i ke oho o ke kapukupu 
 Pepe ka maka o ka abihi ka makahelei o 
 Malaila— «.— ilfe2e. 
 
 U-PA-LTi, adj. Beautiful ; splendid ; 
 lovely. 
 
 U-PA-PA-w, s. Name of a species of 
 fish. 
 
 U-PE, s. The mucus or secretion of the 
 nose ; petulta ; a ua kaumaha nul au i na 
 waimaka arae ka wpe o na makaainana « 
 pau. Mai makamaka wahine 5 ka «pe ke 
 ola. Ham. Prov. 
 
 U-PE, s. A living with quietness and 
 propriety after having been mischievous 
 and wicked ; ka t^e, opepe, hoolulelule ; 
 e upe ana i aa malua aui o Hawaii. 
 
 U-PE-HH-PE-HU, V. To be swollen; en- 
 larged. See Pehu. 
 
 U-PE-Hir-PE-HU, adj. Large; fleshy, but 
 weak, as a fat man. See Pehu. 
 
 U-PE-NA, s. A net for taking fish; a 
 snare for catching birds ; e malama i ka 
 upena nanana, take heed to the spider's 
 web ; ixpena papale oho, net work. Isa. 
 3:18. Fig. Anything for entrapping one 
 in evil ; ua makau au i ka uperia d ka make, 
 I am afraid of the snares of death. 
 
 2. The cord of which fish nets wer&made; 
 ke aho i hooliloia i upena. 
 Ea upena kua kanaka a Lono, 
 Ka upena iiahae e make af ka luhia ' 
 Ka lalakea, ka maDO ka mano ai a ka lani. 
 
 U-PE-NA-MA-Ki-Ni, s. Ka uperuimakini a 
 . ka poe kii ai ia ke ahi a ka po, e kinai au 
 e pio — e. 
 
 U-PE-NA-NA-NA-NA, s. Upenj. and na- 
 nana, spider. Thfe web of the nanana, a 
 certain kind of spider. See Nanana. 
 
 U-PE-PE, V. To ^-^ flattened down ; 
 crushed. 
 
 2. Applied to the mind ; to be broken 
 spirited; to be humble; to act awkwardly, 
 like a backwoodsman. 
 
 U-PE-PE, adj. Weak ; feeble, as a per- 
 son sick; dry; without sweetness, as sugar- 
 
 cane.; applied also to kalo ; kapae kekea 
 
 upepe ka hei — e. 
 U-PE-PE-HH, ofi;. Swollen, as the flesh. 
 
 of a person. See Peho. 
 U-Pi, V. To sourd, as water when 
 
 squeezed out of a sponge. 
 U-Pi, s. The noise made by walking 
 
 when the shoes are full of water. 
 U-Pi-u-Pi, V. The frequentative of upi, 
 U-i'i-Ki, V. To shut suddenly together, 
 
 as the jaws of a steel trap ; to entrap. 
 U-PI-KI, s. A trap. Jsa. 8:14. A snare; 
 
 anything deceitful; a treachery. Puk. 
 
 34:12; 
 U-pi-KW,i-MA, *. A handcuff. 
 U-pi-Ki-pi-Ki, m^V Shutting up; folding 
 
 together, as a foreign Ian ; he mea upiki- 
 j)&i, he pcahi maikai no. 
 tj-po, V- To desire strongly ; to lust 
 
 after ; to covet. See Ipo and Upu. 
 U.-POi, V. To sink, as in water; to sink 
 
 deep. 
 
 2. To move, as a bird moves its wings; 
 to cover with the wing. Isa. 10:14. 
 
 3. To break over, as the surge forming 
 the surf; to spread or cover over, as any 
 large covering. Laieik. 104. 
 
 , 4. To bring one's legs together, as when 
 theiiB is need of concealing; applied to 
 men or women when discovered without a 
 . pau or malo on. See Poi and Popoi. 
 
 U-po-HO, ». To be flattened down or 
 fallen in, as the' roof of a house; to be con- 
 cave, as a surface. Anal. 6. See Opaha. 
 
 U-Po-Po, V. To strike together, as the 
 hollow palms of the hands, making a hollow 
 sound ; e halehale, e poopoo. 
 
 U-PTT, V. To desire strongly; to be 
 strongly attached to a person. Laieik. 136. 
 To lust ; to covet. See Uro. 
 
 3.. To be long, as one who goes to an- 
 other place to make a long visit ; aoe npa 
 aku nei au, ke hoi mai nci no. 
 
 3. To swear or vow ; hoohiki ; to vow, 
 as when a man vows not to eat the food of 
 his land till he catches a certain fish, or 
 vows that the child then born shall cat the 
 sugar-cane that is then planting ; ua upu 
 ke kanaka i kana ai a loaa ka iu. 
 
 U-pu-u-pt;,, s. The desire to see a per- 
 son after separation of some time ; ka upu- 
 upu ole aku. See Hoo. - 
 
 U-PU-u-PU, I). See Upir. To be not long; 
 not to pass a long time ; to be not long after 
 a certain event. Laieik. 106. 
 
 U-FtJ-KA, s. A gate;' the various forms 
 are, puka, aipujca, ij}uka, up-uka and feani- 
 puka. See the first iu its place. 
 
 U-Pu-PA, s. The name of an unclean 
 bird in KaM. 14:18 ; the lapwinc ! also 
 OVik. 11:19. 
 
UWA 
 
 127 
 
 UWl 
 
 U-WA, V. To cry out; to exclaim aloud; 
 
 to shout, as the voice of a multitude. Oih. 
 
 n-22. 
 
 2. To cry out togethej' ; to make an up- 
 roar ; to be in commoilon. Laieik. 91. 
 U-WA, s. All outcry; the sound of 
 
 many voices m confusion ; hakaka iho la 
 
 lakou me ka uWa nui. 
 
 2. A joyful shouting. 2 OiU. 15rl4. 
 tJ-WAi, V. To open or shut, as a door. 
 
 See Uai. 
 U-WAi, s. A door, &c. See Uai. 
 U-WAO, V. To intercede in behalf of 
 
 contending parties. Heb. 7:25. To make 
 
 peace. 
 2. To intercede in behalf of the guilty. 
 
 Ier.7:l6. To reconcile. See Uao. 
 U-wAo, s. A peace-maker. Mat. 5:9. 
 
 An intercessor. 
 U-WAO, adj. Peace-making; mea. utvao, 
 
 an intercessor. &al. 3:20. 
 U-WAU, s. A species of bird; a kind of 
 
 water fowl. 
 XJ-wAu, V. To scratch the skin; to 
 
 pinch with the fingers. See Umiki.. 
 U-WAU, s. A cat, from her noise. See 
 
 OWAU. 
 
 U-WAU-WA, V. See Uwa. To cry out 
 in a clamorous manner. Mar. 15:14. 
 
 U-WAU-WA, s. A frequent shouting, as 
 a disordered multitude; a noise of revelry. 
 Puk. 32:17. 
 
 U-WAU-WA, V. To be tight; fast; hard; 
 e linalina, e moku ole, e paa. 
 
 U-WA-Hi, s. V and aki, fire. Smoke. 
 Fuk.lSilS. See Uaki. Ac liiiia/ii, a vapor- 
 ous cloud ; a fog, &o. ; uwaJii umuhao. the 
 smoke of a furnace, ios. 8:20. 
 
 U-WA-KA, V. See Oaka. To open, as a 
 door ; to open, as the moiith to speak. 
 
 U-wA-iiA, s. Name of a certain kind of 
 the leho, a sea-shell. 
 
 U-WA-LA, s. SeeUALA. f7 and a?fl, sweet 
 or odoriferous. 
 
 1. The sweet potato. 
 
 2. The large muscles of the upper arm. 
 
 U-WA-LA-AU, ». To make a noise, as a 
 multitude. Puk. 33:17. See WAl.A.tu. 
 
 U-WA-JLA-AU, s. A tumultuous noise; a 
 great confused noise; 'a shout. See Wa- 
 LAAiT. Note. — Uwalaan is a noise made by 
 the mouths of men; it applies also to birds 
 sitting togetti^r in afreqnented place called 
 kula manu ; other noises are called koele, 
 halvlu, &c. 
 
 U-WA-Lo, ». See Ualo. To cry out; to 
 call aloud. See Uwalaah and TJalo. To 
 call upon one in a way of entreaty. Laieik. 
 71. 
 
 U-WA-Lu, V. To scratch, as a cat. See 
 UWAU. To pinch with tho fingers; to 
 pucker up. 
 
 U-WA-NA-AO, r. SeeWANAAo. To dawn, 
 as the first light of morning. 
 
 U-WA-NA-AO, s. The dawning of day- 
 light. See Wanaao. 
 
 U-wA-Ti, .?. Eng. SeeWATi. A watch; 
 a time-piece. 
 
 U-WE, V. SeeUE. To weep; to mourn; 
 to cry for help for one's self or others. 
 Mh. 11:18. To moui'n. Mm. 32:2. 
 
 2. To cry in behalf of one, i. e., to pray 
 for him. Puk. 8:8. 
 
 3. To bewail; tb lament for. Oiftfc. 10:16. 
 
 4. To cry out for pain; pepehi iho la na 
 'kanaka, a, nwe ae la ua mau haole la no ka 
 eha, the men (natives) struck them, and 
 those fordgners cried out for pain. 
 
 5. To salute, as friends. Mat. 5:47. To 
 bfd good-by at parting. Oih. 18:18. 
 
 6. To bray, as an ass. ib6. 6:5. Tolov/', 
 as an ox. lob. 6:5. 
 
 U-wE, adj. That which pertains to 
 
 mournicg or lamentation. JPuk. 32:18. 
 U-WE, s. A movement. See Ue, to 
 
 hitch. A jerking movement ; he uwe, he 
 
 mea e lele ana ma ka lewa. 
 U-wE, V. SeeUE. To jerk; to shake; 
 
 to move : toMtch along ; mostly found in 
 
 the compounds nciict, naue, &c. 
 U-WEU-WE, V. Hoo. To move a little 
 
 without moving much; to pretend to move 
 
 or'leave one's place without doing it. 
 U-WE-HE, V. See Wehe. To open; to 
 
 untie ; to uncover. 
 U-wnE-KA, s. Epithet of a very erying 
 
 child ; applied to a crying child ; kani hoi 
 
 kela wahi uweka •; kani papala mai la hoi 
 
 ua uweka nei. 
 U-wE-KA-WE-KA, adj. TrouWesome ; 
 
 crying ; dirty, as a child. 
 
 U-WE-KE, V. To open ; to open wide, 
 aa a door. Eoo. To cause to be opened. 
 See Wehe. 
 
 U-WE-Ko, ». See Weko. Bad smelling^ 
 as food ; to smell like soured food ; as 
 rotten potatoes, &c. 
 
 U-wE-Ko, s. The smell of rotten pota- 
 toes or other lood. 
 
 U-WE-KO-WE-KO, s, A strong reeking 
 smell of decaying vegetables ; ka nauala, 
 ka pilopilo. 
 
 U-WE-NE, V. To break wind slightly. 
 
 U-WE-NE-wE-NE, adj. Hoo. Dirty in 
 one's habits ; stinking. 
 
 U-wi, V. See Ui, to wrings to squeeze. 
 To wring, as water from clothes. Lmik 
 6:38. 
 
HA 
 
 123 
 
 HA 
 
 2. To guasb or grind with the teeth. 
 Bal. 112:10. 
 
 3. To wring, i. e., to squeeze, as in milk- 
 ing an animal, ba. 66:11. 
 
 4. B uvii i ka poo, to wring off the neck. 
 (mc. 1:15. 
 
 U-wi-A, u For utoiia, the pass, of uwi. 
 To break ; to injure ; to upset j e nahae, e 
 hulipu. 
 U-wi-A, s. An injury done by rubbing 
 pr daslxing against. 
 
 ua make pabs keift 
 X uvin wale ia nei— ku 
 
 lI-wi-u-wi-A (ui-ui-a), v. To nib or dash 
 
 one against another ; to assemble thickly 
 
 together, 
 'L To make or create a shade. 
 U-wi-0-wi-Ki, s. Place of small holes ; 
 
 full of small holes, through which anything 
 
 can go. 
 U-wi-Ki, V. Tq be full of small holes, 
 
 through which light may pass; e hakahaka 
 
 liilii. 
 U-wi-Ki-wi-Ki, V. To shine, as light 
 
 through small apertures. 
 U-wi-LA, s. See Uila. Lightning. Jer. 
 
 10:13. 
 
 U-wi-Li, e. To mix together, as grass 
 and mud in making adobies. 
 
 U-wi-Ni-HE-PA, s. A bnck; so called 
 from Captain Winship, who brought the 
 first bricks to the islands. 
 
 U-wi-wi, s. A species of small fish. 
 See Oiu. 
 
 U-wo, V. See XJo. To cry out ; to pro- 
 claim as the watch' in the night, "all'ii 
 well." 
 
 2. To bellow, as cattle. 
 
 3. To roar, as a ravenous beast; as a 
 lion. Lmik. 14-.6. 
 
 U-wo, s. A crying out; a bellowing of 
 cattle. 1 iSam. 15:14. A roaring of beasts. 
 
 U-wo, s. SeeUo. Food well pounded ; 
 soft and flowing to the touch. 
 
 V-yro,cdj. SeeUo. Soft J well pounded, 
 aspoi. 
 
 U-wo, V. See Uo. "To drive or expel 
 something from a hollow substance; e koi, 
 e manai, e no i ka lei i ke kaula. 
 
 U-wo-u-wo, s. Name. of a species of 
 
 ohia on the hills. 
 U-Ri-MA, s. Heh. The urim worn by 
 
 the Jewish high priest. P«fc. 28:30. 
 
 H. 
 
 Hthe sixth letter of the Hawaiian 
 J alphabet. It represents, as in English, 
 the sound of an aspirate. It is frequently 
 euphonic, particularly between the verb 
 and its passive termination ia; ss.maluhia 
 instead of maluia. In this ca^e it is some- 
 times changed for I; as, kmtli,a for kauia. 
 See Oram. § 48. 
 
 Ha. a particle expressing strong affirm- 
 ation, stronger than no ; as, oia hoi ha, so 
 it is indeed; truly; certainly; indeed; i 
 mai ia, ua hewa ha oe, he said you are in- 
 deed guilty; e hele hoi ha wan. I will surdy 
 go. Fuk. 2:7. 
 
 Ha is often prefixed to the original root 
 of a word, or insorted when St takes the 
 causative hoo; aa,inu,to drink ; hoohainu, 
 to give drink ; like, to be like ; hookalike, 
 to resemble. It is also often prefixed to 
 the roots of words without any apparent 
 modiiioatien of the sense : in other words, 
 the sense is variously modified; as,havili, a 
 dark color. See Uli, blue, &o. Lalo, down; 
 haXalo, to turn the eyes and head down, to 
 think, reflect. 
 
 Ha Js also used in reciting meles in the 
 middle of a line »o a, o, «, &c., are at the 
 end for the voice to rest upon while can- 
 tiUating, as he ana/ia nui keia no ke au!r"e 
 
 la, where ha has no meaning except as the 
 voice protracts the syllable. 
 
 Ha, num. adj. The number four; gen- 
 erally prefixed by o or e. See Aha and 
 Kha. Ma seems to be the original word 
 for the nnmeral four ; as, wawae ha, four 
 feet. It becomes an ordinal by prefixing 
 the article ; as, ka ha, the fourth. Mat. 
 14:25. I ka to ka la, the fourth day ; i 
 ka to o ka makahiki. Othk. 19:25. 
 
 Ha, s. See the foregoing. On fours; by 
 fours ; e hele ana ma na ha, going on four 
 (feet.) Oihk. 11:20. 21. 
 
 Ha, v. To breathe ; to breathe with 
 some exertion ; to utter a strong breath ; 
 different ii'om hanu, to breathe naturally. 
 ib6. 15:30. It is connected with hanu m 
 Kin. 7:15. 
 
 2. Fig. To breathe revenge. Oih, 9:1. 
 
 3. To breathe upon ; to ke Akna i ka 
 lewa, God breathed into the open space. 
 Mde of Kekupuohi. To breatiie out; to 
 expire. 
 
 -Ha, s. a breathing; a strong breathing, 
 2. A strong forced breath, as of anger. 
 lob. 4:9. 
 S. The expression of anger. 2 Tes. 2:8. 
 
 4. Fn. Light ; transitory, as & breath or 
 breatSang. jSi2. 62:9. 
 
HAA 
 
 129 
 
 Ha, s. In music, name of the fourth 
 
 note from the key. 
 Ha, s. The lower end of Icalo tops or 
 
 leaves when cut off from the root; t^e same 
 
 also of cane tops ; the lower part of that 
 
 which is cut off. 
 
 2, The stem of a kalo leaf or of sugar- 
 cane. 
 
 3. The outside leaves of the kalo when 
 outside leaves are killed with cold or 
 drought; ua maloo ka AOjUapalakekumu; 
 ha ko, ha kalo, ha mala. 
 
 Ha, 5. Atroughforwater to run through; 
 a water pipe ; In modem times, a lead or 
 iron pipe through which water flows. See 
 
 HiWAI. 
 
 Ha, v. To dance ;• ha ana, a dancing ; 
 more generally written haa, which see. 
 
 Ha, s. A species of wood ; ohia ha or 
 haa. 
 
 Haa, v. To dance; connected among 
 Hawaiians with singing. 1 Saw. 18:6. As 
 an act of worship formerly among the Jews. 
 2 Sam, 6:14. 
 
 Haa, s. A dance ; a dancing, as in idol- 
 atrous worship. JPuk. 32:19. 
 
 Haa, s. Name of a shrub or tree. 
 
 Haa, adj. Short ; low ; humble ; gen- 
 erally doubled, haahad, which see ; ohi 
 kukai o kanuukea ka haa. 
 
 Haa is often used in some words for the 
 causative prefix instead of hoo; oftener 
 found in the Tahitian dialect. 
 
 Ha-a-a, tJ. To acknowledge one as a 
 friend; to treat with hospitality; to ex- 
 hibit affection for ; to love. 
 
 Ha-a-a, adj. Friendly; kind ; hospita- 
 ble. 
 
 Ha-ae, s. Saliva or spittle, especially 
 the saliva when worked up in the mouth 
 into foam ; hence, 
 
 2. The name of a beer made of the sugar- 
 cane when fermented and foaming. The 
 beer was intoxicating. 
 
 Ha-ae, v. To drizzle ; to drip ; to slab- 
 ber at the mouth. 
 Haa-i-kai-ka, v. To revile ; to" grin. 
 Ha-ao, s. a multitude following. 
 Ha-ao, adj. Driving,asrain with wind; 
 epithet of a rain of Anaulelc ; ua haao. 
 
 Eua haku i ka u« ioae— e— 
 
 My lord in the driving rain. 
 
 Ka lele la ka ua mauka o Auaolele; 
 
 The rain flies qalckly upland of Auaulele. 
 
 'tele ka ua, lele pu no me ka makani. 
 
 The rain flies,— fllee with the wind. 
 
 Haa-haa, u. See Haa. To be low; 
 humbic. 
 
 2. To like quietly ; e noho malie. 
 
 3. Hoo. To make lowr to humble: to 
 
 n 
 
 HAA 
 
 abase. Ezek. 8:21. Applied to those wjjo 
 are proud. Isa. 2:17. 
 4. To sabdue ; to put down. Kanl. 8:2. 
 
 Haa-haa, adj. Low ; short, as a man. 
 2. Fio. Humble; meek; sorry; cast down. 
 2 Cw. 7:6. See Haa, adj., above. 
 
 Haa-heo, v. See Heo. Haa is the caus- 
 ative tor hoo. Chain. 6 212, 3d. See Tahi- 
 tian Diet., art. haa. To strut ; to exhibit 
 pride in dress or movement. 
 
 Haa-heo, s. Pride ; haughtiness. See 
 Heo. OiW. 26:19. He A<zoAeo,he mea anei 
 ia e pono nona iho7 haughiincus, is that a 
 thing to benefit himself? ' 
 
 Haa-heo, adj. Proud; lofty; haughty; 
 magnificent ; applied mostly to persons. 
 
 Haa-kea, *. A species of fruit ; in Isa. 
 5:7 it is translated in English by wtZd grapes: 
 a species of weed ; in lob. 31:40 translated 
 cockle. 
 
 2. The fruit of a shrub, of which beads 
 are made, something like grapes; the name 
 of the plant is akia. 
 
 Haa-kei, p. Haa, causative, and kei. 
 See Kri. To be proud; )iighminded; vain- 
 glorious ; to be puffed uj). 
 
 Haa-kei, s. Causing pride. 
 
 2. A proud person ; a scoffer ; a con- 
 temptible person; o ka haaheo, he loea 
 paha ia e make ai no ka poe haakel, pride, 
 that is a thing perhaps to kill the scoffer. 
 
 3. Pride ; haughtiness. 
 Haa-kei, adj. Proud; assuming the 
 
 dress and character of another. 
 2. ScofiSng; scorning. Hal. 1:1. 
 Haa-ke-ke, v. Haa, causative; also hoo 
 
 and keke. See Keeb and Km. To strive ; 
 
 to cause strife ; contention ; to be angry ; 
 
 to scold. 
 Haa-kei-kei, v. See Kei and Haakei. 
 
 To vaunt in pride ; to be insolent. 
 Haa-ko-ae, liaa, causative, and koae. 
 
 1 . Name of a species of bird that is white. 
 See KoAE. 
 
 2. A high precipice. 
 Haa-koi, v. Haa, causative, and kd, to 
 
 force ; urge'. ^ 
 
 1. To practice onanism; applied to one 
 afone. See Pdahct. 
 
 2. Fio. To labor hard and obtain noth- 
 ing. 
 
 Haa-koi, s. The practice of onanism. 
 
 Haa-koi-koi, t. Haa, cau6ati\re, and koi. 
 To practice venery, like dogs or hogs. 
 
 Haa-koo-koo-wa-le, s. Haa for koo, and 
 kookoo. See Hakoeo, to wrestle. A wrest- 
 ling; a striving in the exercise of wrestling 
 
 Haa-ko-hi, e. /iaa,. causative, and A'oAi,' 
 to hinder; hold back. 
 
 1. To cause a restraint ; to choke. 
 
 2. To have or endure strong labor pains. 
 
HAA 
 
 130 
 
 HAA 
 
 as a female ; to be in strong labor. Kin. 
 
 35d6. 
 •3. To travail in child-bii'th. Oal. 4:19. 
 Haa-ko-hi, s. Labor pains. 
 Haa-ko-ko-hi, v. The 7th cotij. of /fo^e, 
 
 haa (or hoo ; intensive. 
 
 1. To have or snlTer hard labor pains. 
 
 2. To draw one tbing out of another with 
 difficulty. 
 
 Haa-jko-ko-hi, s. Strong labor pains of 
 & female. ] Tes. 5:3. 
 
 Haa-ko-ko-hi, adj. Suffering from strong 
 labor pains. Hal. 48:6. 
 
 Haa-ktj-a-u-ki, s. Name of an office 
 among the followers of the king. 
 
 Haa-ku-e, s. The name of the person 
 who swings the fly brush over tho chief 
 when he sleeps.; o ka mea nana e kahili i 
 ko ke alii wabi e moe ai, he haalcue ia. 
 
 Ha-a-le, v. Contraction for haa, caus- 
 ative, and ale, a wave or swell of water. 
 
 1, To cause to be full : to swell up, as 
 water. 
 
 2. To be deep; to overflow; to rise high; 
 h(uAe ka wai, the water rises. 
 
 Haa-i£-le, v. Haa and lele, to fly, 
 
 1. To cause to fly, that is, to forsake ; to 
 give up, as a man his wife ; as a child its 
 parents. 
 
 2. To leave off; for.sako, as a job of work 
 before it is finished. 
 
 X To reject ; cast off. The following is 
 often used in the same i«;nso, though really 
 as follows : 
 
 Haa-le-lea, v. Pass, of the foregoing 
 with thet dropped. Gram. § 211. To be 
 left; to bn thrown away; to be cast off, <fcc. 
 
 Haa-le-lea, s. That which is thrown 
 away or forsaken. 
 
 2. Name of a process In making gods. . 
 
 3. The name of the man sacrificed on 
 cutting down a tree to make a god. 
 
 Ha-a-li, v. To spread out or spread 
 
 down, as a cloth ; generaliy written 
 Ha-a-lii, V. SeeHAALi. To spread out; 
 
 to spread down, as a mat, kapa, paper, itc. 
 
 See Li/, h-a. 37:14. 
 Ha-a-li-a-li, s. The lips of a fish, or 
 
 the checks of a fish. 
 Ha-a-u-a-li, v. To catch by the neck, 
 
 as a fi.sh. 
 2. Used .^Kt-aRuelj/, and apiilied to men. 
 Haa-li-li. See Hoolili. 
 Haa-li-li, v. See Haalii. To spread; 
 
 to spread out, &c. 
 Haa-li-lo, adv. Kani kaalilo, nu ka 
 
 binihini. 
 Haa-lou, v. Haa and lou, to bend in 
 
 sorrow. 
 
 1. To cauac to bend in sorrow. 
 
 2. To sigh ; to weep in affliction or grief. 
 
 HAA-Lou-Loa, V. See foregoing. To be 
 
 dejected ; grieved ; sorrowful. 
 Haa-lou-i.ou, adj. Cast down in mind; 
 
 dejected ; sud. 
 Haa-lu-lu, v. jHoo, causative, and Zt«/w, 
 
 to shake. 
 
 1. To cause a trambling; to shake ; Ija 
 tremble. 
 
 2. To be ti'oublcd, or to tremble vvitl. 
 fear. 
 
 3. To bo out of joints, as bones. 
 
 4. To bo in great disorder ; to be in a 
 state of Jrepidation. 
 
 Haa-i-u-u;, .s. a trembling ; a trepida- 
 
 Uon. I'uk. 15:15. 
 2. A shaking, as the earth in an cartli- 
 
 quakc. 2 Sam. 2:8. 
 Haa-ma, v. To begin to ripen, as ohias, 
 
 oranges, &c., but not get soft. See Hooama. 
 Ha-a-no, v. To boast; to exalt; to ex- 
 tol. Sec next word. See Hoaxo. 
 Haa-noi, s. Boasting lang'uage ; olelo 
 
 haanou. 
 Haa-nou, v. Haa, causative, and tiou. 
 
 a puff of wind. See Nou. 
 
 I.' To be pleased or gratifled with the 
 
 admiration of another. 
 
 2. To bo puffed up with flattery. 
 
 3. To bo inflated with pride ; akcna. 
 Haa-nou, adj. Boasting ; olelo haanou, 
 
 boasting language. 
 Haa-nui, v. Haa and rod, great. 
 
 1. To praise greatly ; to extol ; to boast. 
 Sol. 20:4. 
 
 2. To exaggerate; to triumphs 2 Sam. 
 1:20. Syx. with akena and haanoi. 
 
 3. To .speak great words. 2Pe(. 2:18. To 
 magnify one's self. i)an. 18:11. 
 
 Haa-nui, s. The boasting of some thing 
 
 received or favor obtained. 
 2. A boa.ster ; ono who Ijrags. 
 Haa-pu, ». To desire strongly; to yearn 
 
 for. 
 Haa-pu, adj. Na hana naauao haapu, 
 
 the strongly desired laljoi-s of lenrning. 
 Ha.^-pu-ka, v. Haa, and pu.ka, to cheaC 
 
 To gather np ; to scrape together llic good 
 
 and the i>ad, anything and everything foi 
 
 property. .SW. 13:11. 
 
 Haa-pu-ku, v. To unite several children 
 or other friends in one's affection ; pilikil* 
 iho la oloko, haupuku niai la ka inanao aasv, 
 
 Ha-a-wa, s. Name of a tree; also written 
 
 hoawa. 
 Haa-we, v. Ha for /laa, and atoe, to 
 
 carry. To carry on the back ; to put upon 
 
 the back or slioulders foi- eai'ryiug. Syn. 
 
 with waha. See Awk and Lawk. 
 
 Haa-\ve, s. a burden. Isa. 58:6. A 
 pack carried on the back. Xunfc. 11:4C. 
 
HAE 
 
 131 
 
 HAI 
 
 HaA-we-a*we, s. The growth of pota- 
 toes from some being leSt when the crop 
 wae dug; ka. hnupaupu, kaokupn. 
 
 Haa-wi, v. Ha(orhoaihoo. SeeHoAwi 
 and Awi, a root which has not yet been 
 found. 
 
 1. To Kive ; to grant to another. 
 
 2. To help •; to ttssifit. 
 
 8. To offer or propose for a thing. 
 4. TocoDimeod to one's care; Imawi aie, 
 usury, ^anl. 23:20. iJoauii liio ole, to lend. 
 KoM, 24:10. To give ; with nmii, to as- 
 cribe praise. Isa. 42:8. 
 Haa-wi-na, s. Haam and ana, a par- 
 • ticipial termination. 
 
 ' 1< A giving ; a giving out; hence, 
 2.. A portion; something given ; a gift; 
 a part assigned to one. Bom. 11:29. 
 
 3. In school, a lesson appointed to be 
 learned. 
 
 4. A present from one. gYK.withmakana. 
 6. A gift, that is, ability to do a thing. 
 
 1 Kor. 12:4. 
 
 Hak, s. See Haehae. Something torn, 
 :as a piece of kapa or cloth. The Hawaiian 
 signals were formerly made of torn kapa ; 
 hence, in modern times, 
 
 2. A flag; ensign; banner; colors. Iidl. 
 20:5. The flag of a ship, &c. ; ke kia, ame 
 ka. pea, ame ka hoe, the masts, the sail, and 
 iheflag. See Lefa. 
 
 Hae, adv. A word expressive of deep 
 affection for another;, as, aloha hoi hae, 
 from the deep yearning, breaking or tear- 
 ing of the heart' See Haehae below! 
 
 Hae, s. a species of wood. 
 
 Hae, v. To bark, as a dog. /so. 56:10. 
 
 Hae, adj. Wild; tearing; furious; fero- 
 cious ; cross ; he ilio hihiu Aae, a ferocious 
 wild dog ; applied to a wolf. 
 
 2. The growling or snarling of a cross 
 dog. 
 
 Hae, ». To tear in pieces ; to rend, as 
 a savage beast. See Nahae. Often used in 
 the double form. 
 
 Ha-ei, v. To look; to peep; to look 
 sijly. See Kiei and Halo. 
 
 Hae-hae, v. See Hae. To tear or rend, 
 ks cloth or a garment. Kin. 44:13. With 
 aahu. /os. 7:6. 
 
 2. To tear iU' pieces, as a savage beast 
 does a person. Kin. 37:33. To tear, as a 
 garment, through grief or indignatior.. 
 NcOi. 14:6. 
 
 3. To rend, as the mountains in a hurri- 
 cane. liVfli. 19:11,4. See Hak, adt)., above. 
 
 4. To be moved with compassion ; to 
 sympathize with one. Kanl, 28:S2. Haehae 
 na maka, haehae ke aloba. 
 
 Hae-hae, s. Strong affection for one. 
 2. A strong desire for a thing, as a starv- 
 ing maa for food. 
 
 Hae-hae, s. Naftie of two yards per- 
 
 taining tci a particular house of Lono. 
 Hae-hae-ia, adj. Tom; injured. Kin. 
 
 31:39. Rent. los. 9:4. 
 Ha-e-hu, v. To grow thriftily and large, 
 
 as a tree or plant, potatoes or kalo. 
 Hae-kai-kai, v. To grin. 
 Ha-e-le, v. To go or come as mai or 
 
 clru is used. Syn. with hele. See Hkle. 
 
 But requires a dual or plural subject. 
 
 Ndi. 4:S ; Nah. 9:17. 
 Hai, t>. Often SYN. with hae. See above, 
 
 To break, as a bargain or covenant. 2 
 
 Nal. 18:12. 
 
 2. To break open ; separate, as the lijw 
 that are about to speak. 
 
 3. To spcik of; to mention. P^ufc. 23:13. 
 
 4. To tell; declare; confess; relate. Puk. 
 ip:8. Ke toi ole, not to tell ; to keep se- 
 cret, los. 2:14. 
 
 6. To break off; to stop doing a thing; 
 as, aole hai ke hoiho! akn, ho docs not cease 
 (begging) though sent away. Note. — The 
 ha of this word is sometimes doubled, then 
 it has the form of hahki, to follow, but its 
 signification is to break away or tear away ; 
 as, hahaiia ka lepa a ua poe kahuna la, the 
 ensign of those priests was broken away. 
 
 Hai, 0. T-o put or placfe in, as in a box; 
 hai aku i ke alii o lakon iloko, then they 
 put their chief inside. 
 
 Hai, s. a broken place ; hence, 
 
 2. A joint of a limb ; ka kai a mawe, the 
 elbow joint. 
 
 Hai, pron. or adj. Gram. § 15, 14:3. 
 Another ; another person ; no hai, for an- 
 other ; ia 7tat, to another. Neh. 5:5. Hoo- 
 kahl no makamaka, o oc no, aole o liai, one 
 oialy friend, thou art he, there is no other. 
 
 Ha-1, v. To be vain ; proud. 
 
 Hai, s. Name of the god of the poe 
 kuku kapa. 
 2. A sacrifice at the altar. 
 
 Hai, s. Name of a particular form of 
 gathering dead bodies slain in war. 
 
 Hai-a, s. An assemblage ; a number, 
 especially of persons ; it is used as a prefix 
 to other words. 
 
 Hai-na, *. Hai, to speak, and a/ia. A 
 speaking ; a declaration. 
 
 Hai-ai, v. To do over again. 
 
 2. To tie up a bundle of food anew ; to 
 tie up, as fagots. 
 
 3. To cook over again. 
 
 Hai-ao, s. Hai, sacrifice, and ao, day. 
 A sacrifice offered in the daytime in dis- 
 tinction from haipo, a. night sacrifice. 
 
 Hai-A-0, s. a modem word; hai, to de- 
 clare, and ao, to teach. A sermon ; a pub- 
 lic declaration of religious truth. 
 
 Hai-amu, V. 
 
HAl 
 
 132 
 
 HAI 
 
 Hai-a-no, s. Grammatical term ; hai, 
 to declare, arid ano, the meaning or qual- 
 ity. An adjective. 
 
 Hii-A-wA-Hi-Nfi, s. See Haia, a com- 
 pany, and Wahime, woman. Tlie united 
 assemblage of a number of wires of one 
 man exclusive of the favorite one among 
 several. 
 
 2. A wife of secondary quality; not a 
 favorite wife. 2 Sam. 13:3. A concribine. 
 bmh. 19:1. A kept mistress. 
 
 Hai-a-wa-hi-ne, r. To multiply wives; 
 as, nani kona haiavMhine ana, wonderful 
 his multiplying wives. 
 
 Hai-e-a, s. a species of fish. 
 
 Hai-i-noa, s. Hai, to declare, and inoa, 
 name. la. grammar, the word declaring 
 the name ; a nonn or substantive. 
 
 Hai-0-u-li, r. Hai, to declare, and ouli, 
 the sky. To prognosticate ; to declare fu- 
 ture events from observing the heavens. 
 
 HAi«o-t?-Li, X. A prognostication from 
 observing the .sky. Isa: 47:13. Kindred 
 with kilolani an4 kilokilo hoku. 
 
 Hai-o-la, s. Hai, to declare, and ola, 
 life ; salvation. 
 
 1. One who preaches or declares there 
 is salvation for men. 
 ■2. The declaration of such a feet. 
 
 Hai-o-le, adj. Hai, to break, and ole, 
 not Bold ; hard ; impudent ; unpacified ; 
 stubborn. 
 
 Hai-0-le-lo, s. Hai, to declare, and 
 oldo, word. 
 
 1. A preaching; a declaration of the 
 word (of God.) 1 Cw. 1:21.' 
 
 2. To make a speech or an address. 
 LaieUc. 115. 
 
 Hai-u-la, s. The red or yellow appear- 
 ■ ance of the dust raised by a whirlwind ; 
 the same to some extent in a waterspout. 
 
 Hai-hai, v. To follow; to pursue; to 
 chase. See Hahai. 
 2. To run a race. 
 
 Hai-hai, v. See Hai, to break. To 
 
 break ; to break in pieces ; to break, as a 
 yoke. Kin. 27:40. To break off, as the 
 branch of a tree. Bom. 11:17. To crush, 
 as a flower. Laieik. 142. 
 
 2. To break, as a law or command. Nah. 
 15:31. 
 
 3. Soo. To tease ; to vex ; to make one 
 cross ; to provoke. 
 
 4. To go through the process of separat- 
 ing the flesh from the bones of a dead per- 
 son; to dissect; ua haihai o Kamehameha, 
 alalia hoi mai o LihoUho mai Eawaihac 
 mai. 
 
 Hai-hai, adj. See Haihai, to break. 
 Brittle ; easily broken. 
 
 Hai-hai, s. A- state of brittleness ; lia 
 bility to break. Anat. 2. 
 
 Hai-hai, «. See Hai, to break. A breach, 
 or breaking of a law. 
 
 Hai-hai, adj. Proud; vaunting; lasciv- 
 ious. 
 
 Hai-hai, e. To show one's self haughty, 
 strutting, lascivious. 
 
 2. To feign one's self out of bis senses in 
 order to escape death from one upon Whom 
 he has practiced sorcery. 
 
 Hai-hai, v. SeeHAi, to speak. To con- 
 sult or talk together, as two or more per- 
 sons on business. 
 
 Hai-hai-a, adj. See Aia. 4^ repeatecl 
 to give intensity and h inserted. Wicked; 
 unreasonable ; vile. 2 Tes. 3:2. Profane. 
 Heb. 12:16. Ungodly. I.Tim. 1:9. 
 
 Hai-hai-a, t. Ungodliness. 2 Tim. 2:16. 
 
 Hai-hai-a, v. To court the favor of the 
 gods, or rather perhaps to use various artp, 
 as by getting herbs and medicines and of- 
 ferings to prevent the gods from hearing 
 another's prayers. 
 
 Hai-ha-na, v. Uai, to declare, and Aa?ia, 
 to do, i. c., to declare something done. In 
 grammar, a verb ; a modern wprd. 
 
 Hai-kai-ka, v. Tomockbyinakipg wrj 
 faces ; to make another word by the ti'ans- 
 positlon of letters. 
 
 Hai-kai-ka, adj. Grinning; expressing 
 anger ; he Kaikaika kona maka ame kona 
 waha. 
 
 Hai-ea-i^, s. Name of a fatal disease 
 of which VMiiki was the medicine. 
 
 Hai-ka-la-mu-ku, *. Name of a disease 
 equally fatal with the above, in which the 
 same medicine was used. 
 
 HA-i-Ki, adj. Ha and iki, small. See Iki. 
 
 1, Narrew.asapassage: pinched; scanty. 
 
 2. Suffering for want of food. ' 
 Ha-i-KI, V, To be pinched for want? to 
 
 be pinched with hunger. Mar. 2:26. To 
 be desolate ; bereaved. Laieik. 142. 
 
 Ha-i-ki-a-ka, v. To grin; to make wry 
 faces. See Haikaika. 
 
 Hai-la-we, tJ. To exchange, as in bar- 
 ter ; to give one piece of profterty for an- 
 other. 
 
 Hai-le-a, adj. See Loea. Ingenuity; 
 skill in doing a thing. 
 
 Hai-le-po, v. Hai, to break forth, and 
 lepo, dirt. 
 
 1. To evacuate the bowels. 
 
 2. To be sick with the disease called kai- 
 lepo. 
 
 Hai-le-po, s. A name of a disease or 
 sickness in former times. 
 
 2. Name of a large living creature of the 
 sea. See Hbbimanu and Hahalua. It was 
 
HAi 
 
 133 
 
 ,HAl 
 
 forbiddon to womea to eat ucdei' penalty 
 
 ol' death. 
 Hai-lC'PO, v. Na maka o kekahi poe e 
 
 hailepo ana, nolaiU no ka haiUpo ame ka 
 
 olelo ihaiha. 
 Ha-1-li, s. Ha and iU, skin ; surface. 
 
 1. A spirit ; a i^host 
 
 2. The impression of sometiung fondly 
 remembered; balialia wale mai no ke aloha, 
 facanoano wale mai no me he haili la e kau 
 ihu ana maluaa, love brought the fond re- 
 membrance, it Drought solemnity as if a 
 spirit rested on him: lele ke aka o ka 
 manao, leleiaka i ka lani ; lele ae la ka 
 tiaiii ka !a nui iluna. 
 
 Ha-JpLI, v. To cry but suddenly; to give 
 an alarm. 
 2. To gasp," to pant for breath. See Aim. 
 
 Ha-i-li, s. a temple. 
 
 Hai-li-a, v. To be frightened; to start 
 suddenly from fear. 
 
 HLv-i-li-a-ka, s. See Haili and Aka, 
 i^afiow. A ghost ; a spirit Sec Hiiu. 
 
 Ha-i-li-i-li, v. Reot probably hai, to 
 speak, and. ili (see lu, hoo 7), to use pro- 
 fane language. 
 
 1. To revile the gods; to swear pro- 
 fanely; to curse. 
 
 2. To SDeak disrespectfully of one. Pvjc. 
 .21:17. 
 
 3. To reproach ; to blackguard ; to re- 
 vile. Xer. 15:10. 
 
 Ha-i-lm-li, s. Cursing ; profane lan- 
 guage : he hoiao. 
 
 Hjii-Li-Li, V. To have the feelings of 
 sojTow and affection on the deai;h &f one 
 rery dear ; ua make hailiRe. 
 
 Hai-li-wla, s. Hai and li?na, the break 
 ot the arm, i. e., the elbow. In measure, 
 the distance of the elbow to the end of the 
 Sogers ; Jualf a yard or a cubit. JSzek. G:3. 
 
 Hai-EO-aa, s. Hai and haa, to obtain, 
 i: A key or answer to. a qiiestiou ; jl 
 declaration of what one has found oat. 
 
 2. The n&ms of a little book called >i key 
 to an algebra. 
 
 3. A key or clue to intricate propositions. 
 
 Hai-lo-na, t>. To cast or draw lets. 
 
 Oa. i:2S. -To distribute by lot. 
 
 2. To certify by actions that sometbang 
 will be done. 
 
 3. To make a signal for some porpose. 
 i. In modern times, to play at dice. See 
 
 HOilLONA. 
 
 Hai-u)-na, *. A mark, sign, character 
 representing a thing, as a letter repiesent- 
 ing a sound ; an aritiimctical sign, ifco. 
 
 2. A lot in casting lots ifel),. 6:5S, .'56. 
 Whatever js used in casting lot.-. Oih. 1:28. 
 
 Hii-LO-tfo, «. Hai and lono, the news. 
 To teit the news ; to spread a repor*. ; aohe 
 
 a haUoH'j iki, 2 Oihl 20:24. I. c., no.^e at 
 all (escaped) to tell the news. 
 
 HAi-Ltr-Ku, V. //«»' and Jwiw, to slaughter. 
 To stone. Puk. 17:4. To stone to death. 
 Oih. 7:69, To pelt with stones ; okena ae 
 ■ la ke alii e /wtiJufcu i ua poe la, the king 
 sent word to stone to death ttiose persons; 
 e hoonou, e hooulua, e ahuku. 
 
 Hai-lu-ku, s. a stoning to death ; lull- 
 ing one by stoning him. 
 
 Hai-ma-ltj-lu, adj. Soft ; effeminate ; 
 deliberate at work ; weak in body or per- 
 son ; haimdiulu i ka ua a ka naulu, weak- 
 ened by the rain of the mist. 
 
 Hai-ma-na'-wa, s. Name of a species of 
 white kapa rather thin. 
 
 2. Xame of. the school bopjc used at La- 
 hainalana in teaching chronology. 
 
 Hai-na, v. a verb formed from the 
 contracted hai ana. Se^ Hai.. To cell ; to 
 relate ; to declare ; to speak. 
 
 2. To break, as a command ; as a law. 
 See Hai 1. 
 
 3. To break, as a stick ; hence, 
 
 4. To reject; to destroy; to take no care 
 ofj as one sick. Noib.— The ideas of speak- 
 ing, declaring, &c., seem to be nearly con- 
 nected in Hawaiian with breaking. 
 
 Hai-na, s. A speaking; a declaration; 
 
 a conversation. 
 2. A breaking, tei of a stick or other 
 
 thing ; a breaking of a law. 
 Hai-ka, v. To abuse ; to be stingy of 
 
 food ; to witt(hoW food from those who de- 
 serve it. 
 Hai-ma, adj. Cruel; unmerciful; hard 
 
 hearted. - 
 Hai-no-le, v. See Kinaunait, Earn. 
 Hai-na-ka, s. B»g. A handkerchief; a 
 
 napkin. Pvk. 28:4. Also spelled ItaiuAkit. 
 Hai-na-ki, . *. The name of a prayer oh 
 
 gathering in the property tax for the chiet 
 Ha-i-mtj, v. See Init. Hoo. To give 
 
 drink to one; to cause to drink. Kin. 29:3. 
 
 Note. — The syllable ha is often inserted 
 
 between the causative hoo and the verb. 
 
 See Ha. 
 Hai-po, s. ,Ha«, a sacrifice, and ^, night 
 
 Name of a sacrMce offered in the night in 
 
 distinction fi'om haiao. 
 
 Ha-i-pct, s, Ea, the but-end of a leaf,, 
 and ip», a gourd. The stem of a gourd 
 k3,f used in medicine. 
 
 HAi-riy-LU, v. Hai, to speak, and fula, 
 
 to pray. 
 
 1. To speak or say a prayer to. the gods. 
 
 2. To worship visibly. 
 
 3. To exhibit the character of a wor- 
 shipper ; to practioB religious rites. 1 N<ii. 
 S:28. Ina e makemako oe o haipuie, if you 
 wish t« practice religions duties. 
 
HAO 
 
 134 
 
 HAO 
 
 i. To -consecrate a temple ; to prescribe 
 the formB of religion ; nana (na ke alii) e 
 haimde na beiau poo kanaka, oia hoi na 
 hiakini. 
 
 Hai-ptj-le, ». A devotee ; one addicted 
 to worship: a pions person; a saint Ep^s. 
 1:1. 
 
 2. Piety; profession of religion; outward 
 worship; Idk. 1:26. 
 
 Hai-pu-le, (tdj. Pious; devout; reli- 
 gioiie ; religiously disposed ; a ike mai o 
 Vanekouva he alii haifule o Kamehamcha, 
 Ac., when Vancouver saw that Kameha- 
 meha was religiously disposed, &a. 
 
 Hai-mta-le, adj. Hai, of another. An- 
 other's only. 
 
 Ha-o, v. To rob; to despoil. Mat. 12:29. 
 To strip one of property; to plunder. 
 Lunk. 2:14. 
 
 2. To kill and plunder, 1 Sam. 27:10. 
 
 3. To strip one of his garment Kin. 
 37:23. To take hy little and litt'e ; to col- 
 lect together, 
 
 Hao ba Koolau, pau na mea aloha, 
 Koolan was robbed of all endeared things, 
 ^htt tho ka poa wahairaha 1 Wailua, 
 Ibe despised blossoms vexe collected together at Wai- 
 lua. 
 
 Note. — ^It was formerly the practice of the 
 •chiefs to punish offenders for all offenses 
 less than death, by stripping them entirely 
 of thcjr property'; this practice continued 
 until the people'had a writtiu code of laws. 
 
 Ha-o, v. To put less things into r^ 
 greater ; to put into ; to take up and put 
 into ; to take up by handfuls. 
 2. To shovel dirt. See Haoiiao below. 
 
 Ha-o, v. To wonder at; to be aston- 
 ished ; mostly kaohao. 
 
 Ha-o, «. A robber ; a plunderer. I«?iit. 
 2:U. 
 
 Ha-o, s. Name of any hard substance 
 as iron, the horn or hoof of a beast 
 {% The name of a species of wood ; name 
 Of a tree. 
 
 Ha-o, adj. Strained tightly j hence, 
 hiird, &c. ; in the phra,ses kao na kepa, the 
 spurs are iron, applied to a horse running 
 swiftly ; also, hao na polena, the bowlines 
 are iron, applied to a swift sailing ship ; 
 hao ka lima, applied to one working hard. 
 
 Ha-o, adj. Thin ; poor in flesh ; wivvi, 
 emi iho ks kino a olala. 
 
 Ha-o-a, adj. Hot ; burning hot, as the 
 sun ; wela loa ; e na hoa o ka la nui haoa 
 na kula nei, e imi mua kakou i ka pono 
 ka naau, companions of the groat burn'- 
 ing sun of the high school, &c. 
 
 2. Suffering pain ; severe ailliction from 
 the pain of burning. 
 
 3. The Jfear of being burnt 
 
 Ha-6-a, «. The fierce burning heat of 
 summer. Laieik. 119. 
 
 2. The pungent bitter matter vomited 
 from the stomach ; sourness ; so\irue3s of 
 the rtomach ; heart-burn. AnM. 53. 
 
 Ha-o A, V, P3,ss. of hao instead of kaoia. 
 
 Tooe taken, as by an enemy; to be taken 
 
 byviolence; to be given up, as to an enemy. 
 
 2 To take, as an ensign in war. 1 Sam. 
 
 4:n. 
 
 Ha-ja-ptj-hi, s. Among fishermen, name 
 of the stick used ipstead of a hook in catch- 
 ing eels. 
 
 Ha-9E, V. To be uneven, as points of 
 a jubstance ; to rise one above another ; 
 han ka ale o llopoc i ka ino, the waves of 
 Hopoe stand up, are erect in the storm. 
 See Ha. without the hoo. 
 
 Ha-oe-oe, v. See before. To make a 
 rushing noise, as wind upon the trees ; ha- 
 oeoe ka ohia, ho ua nui ino Kaelcawaawa, 
 loli i ka ua c, the ohia trees give a sound, 
 Kaelcawaawa is in a great storm, it bends 
 to the great rain. 
 
 Ha-oe-oe, adj. Uneven, as points which 
 sticfup, or as waves of the sea; haoeoe na 
 ale o ke kai. 
 
 2. Applied also to men rutmin? where 
 some are before and some behind ; haoeoi 
 na kanaka e bolo iriai la. 
 
 Hao-hao, v. To doubt; to discredit; 
 \o distrnsi; a statement 
 
 2. To be troubled in accounting for an 
 event ; io be restless ; sleepless at night ; 
 b/mka.0 hoikeia po o'u, aolcwau i moe iki. 
 Luieik. 198. 
 
 3- To msrve! : to wonder. Isa. 63:5. To 
 bo asteni!<hed. Tsa. 52:14. 
 
 4. To be in doubt respecting one's char- 
 acter. Gal. 4:20. Haohao hewa, to think 
 or design evil. 
 
 5. To seek for ; to hunt after ; to search. 
 Hao-haso, v. To distribute ; to give 
 
 equally to many; e haawi like me ka puu- 
 
 nawe. 
 Hao-hao, v. To dip up with the hands; 
 
 to measure by handfuls. 
 Hao-hao, i. Disappointment; doubt; 
 
 uacertainty. Laieik. 106. 
 Hao-hao, adj. Soft; immature, as fruit; 
 
 as a soft cocoanut 
 Hao-hao-a, s. Places so covered with 
 
 t>roken lava that one cannot walk on them; 
 
 kapu ma ka haoa ka haohaoa lani. 
 Hao-hao-a-la-ni, s. The reverence and 
 
 affection formerly felt by the p'-ople for 
 
 their chiefs ; he kuhau lafapa o kekapu la. 
 Hao-hao-na, v. To spring up in the 
 
 mind, as love for a friend. 
 2. To have the recollection. of a person 
 
 by one who is separated firom him. 
 HAo-KA-Ntj, V. Hao and kanu, to buiy. 
 
 To plant; to plant or l^nry a thing with 
 
 earth brought &'om another place. 
 
HAU 
 
 133 
 
 HAU 
 
 Hao-ki-lou, s. Hao, iron, and Mtou, 
 hook. An iriMi hook. 
 
 Ha-o-le, adj. White ; he keokeo j ina 
 i keokeo ka buln o ka puaaapuni,heA«io2e 
 ia, pnaa ; lie pnaa hadf.. 
 
 Ha-o-le, s. See the above derivation. 
 A person with a vrbite skin ; hence, a for- 
 eigner ; but ilawaiians say haoh eleele for 
 a negro. 
 
 2. A person from a foreign country ; an 
 alien. Note. — The foreigners who arrived 
 first at the islands were white persons. 
 
 Hao-ma-na-ma-na, s. ffao, iron, and 
 wKwamana, divided. A gridiron; so called 
 by natives from the divided irons. 
 
 Hao-na, s. Name of some calabashes 
 lor food when first cooked. 
 
 Hao-wa-ha, s. Hao, iron, and waha, 
 mouth. The iron of the mouth, that is, a 
 bridle bit. Hat. 32:9. 
 
 Hao-wa-le, s. Hao, to rob, and wale, 
 without cause. Robbery ; a taking an- 
 other's without right. 
 
 Hau, s. Name of the land breeze, that 
 blows at night ; hence, any cool breczi? ; 
 hu liau kekahi makani mauka mni. iia ma- 
 nao ia mai loko mai o ke kuahiwi kcia ma- 
 kaui. Note. — This word has several forms. 
 It usually takes ke for its article instead of 
 ka; but thH ke is sometimes united with 
 it, and then it becomes kehati. This how- 
 ever requires a uew article, which would 
 be k€,kekehau; but thi.'S article also Bonie- 
 timcs adheres to the nouu, aud thus re- 
 quires a new article still ; hencfi the differ- 
 ent forms of the word : hau, kehan, and 
 kekeliau, all of which talce corresponding 
 articles. 
 
 Hau, s. The general name of snow, ice, 
 frost, cold dew, &c. ; i hooman.iwanui ai 
 hoi kaua i ka hau huibui o ke kakaiiiaka, 
 when we two also persevered in the cold 
 frCst of the morning ; hau paa, hoar frost. 
 Puk. 16:14. In the same verse hau is ren- 
 dered dew ; snow. Nah. 12:10. 
 
 2. The rough bristles of a hog when 
 angry ; hubu ka puaa. ku ka hau; hence, 
 
 3. Anger ; applied figuratively to men. 
 
 4. Name of a species of soft porous stone. 
 Hao, s. Name of a tree or large bush; 
 
 the bark was sometimes beafen into a fine 
 species of kapa sailed kapd hau. Laieik. 
 112. 
 
 2. A kind of dance used for lascivious 
 purposes, accompanied by singing. 
 Hau, 1). To swallow; to g:ulp down, as 
 the smoke of tobacco. 
 
 2. To inhale j to snuff up, as the wind. 
 ler. 2:24. 
 ' 3. To snort, as a horse, /er. 8:16. 
 
 Hau-a, v. To whip ; to applv ^st^ipes 
 to one; to chastise. iSoI, 19:18. SeeBiiBAV. 
 
 Hati-a, J. A whipping; a stripe; a 
 cbaslisement. Sol. 19:29. 
 
 HAU-A-Ptr, s; A ^earning; a strong feel- 
 ing for one. See Uwvyv. 
 
 Hati-e-ka, v. Hau and eka, filthy. To 
 be defiled ; to be filthy ; unclean. 
 
 Hau-e-li, f. Hau, /rost, snow, ice, and 
 di, to dig. Name of the native Glauber 
 Salts which are dug up out of caverns in 
 the rocks on the Island of Hawaii. 
 
 Hau-i, s. The title or epithet of a chief, 
 as noble, a descendant of kings, (fee. ; o 
 Ua'd ka lani, ke alii kiekie, he kumu alii. 
 
 Hau-pi-ao, s. a kind of fish net. 
 
 Hau-o-ki, $. Name of a medicine given 
 to wotrien ip labor, similar to slippery elm. 
 
 Hau-o-ki, ». A kind of palsy or perhaps 
 stiffness of the limbs, as when one w chilled 
 with cold ; having been long in the water. 
 
 Hau-o-le, adj. Hau, frost, dew, &c., 
 and ok, not. Without dew, 'as a barren 
 place. 
 
 Hau-o-li, v. Hau and oli, to sing. See 
 Oli. To sing ; to rejoice. inam.liW.To 
 expres^joy by singing; to be joyous. Hoo, 
 To cause joy : to make glad. llal. 36:4. 
 
 Hau-o-li, s. Joy; rejoicing; gladness. 
 
 Hau-o-li, adj. Joyous; glad. 
 
 Hau-o-li-o-li, v. Intensive form. To 
 take delight in ; to rojoicc in. Hal 1 19:77. 
 
 Hau-o-bia-lo-lo, s. Name of a species 
 of fish net. 
 
 Had-o-p6, v. To lay in good order, as 
 stones in a wall? to stand evenly; he waisi 
 i nini, i kumauoia a maikai. 
 
 Hau-o-po, s. What is put together it* 
 good order; a good, well finisUud work. 
 
 Hau-u-pu, s. Ifeep affection for one ; a 
 yearning over a beloved object. See lUu- 
 APu and HiUPiT. 
 
 ?Iau-hau, v. To lay stones in a wail ; 
 to build with stones. 
 
 Hait-hau, v. To strike ; to smite ; to 
 
 beat See Hahau. 
 Hau-hau, adj. See Hau, cold, &c. Cool, 
 
 as where the heat is separated from a thing'. 
 
 HA.U-HAU-NA, adj. Strong smelling; of- 
 fensive to *]ie smell. See Hauna. 
 
 Hau-hi-li, v. To bind up; to tie up, as 
 a bundle; eMuhili a paa, bind it ap tightly. 
 ■See Hill 
 
 Haf-hi-li, s. Carelessness in doing a 
 thing : no ka mikioi o ka hana, aole no ka 
 hauhiii, for the niceness of the work, not 
 for the slovenliness. 
 
 Hau-hi-i,j, adj. Diverging from the 
 straight path ; blundering ; false ; not to 
 be depended on for truth. 
 
HAU 
 
 136 
 
 HAU 
 
 2. Crooked or blind, as a path in the 
 buii}ie8. S«e Hiu. 
 
 Hah-Ica, 's. In gamUing, when one wins 
 he says ftaiifco ; a foreign word perhaps. 
 
 Hau-kae, v. See Hooeae. To deface ; 
 to blot oat; to squander: to behave shame- 
 fully. 
 
 2. fo do a thing carelessly ; hia e hau- 
 bili a haukae_ ka oukou hana,' if you do 
 yonr work In a slovenly and careless man- 
 ner. 
 
 3. To be filthy ; dirty in appearance. 
 Hait-kae, s. Filthiness ; carelessness ; 
 
 also, 
 2. A- mean fellow ; a babbler ; a trifling 
 
 talker. Ojft. 17:18. 
 Hatt-kab, adj. Slovenly done; foul; 
 
 unclean; impure ; wicked. 
 Haw-kai, v. See Haukae, v., above. 
 
 T« erase, blot out and destroy. 
 Hai;-kai, adj. See Saukae, adj. Care- 
 less ; unprepared. 
 Hait-kau, *. The staie of the sea in a 
 
 chopped sea something like the kai kupi- 
 
 kio, very difficult to urge a canoe through it. 
 Ha-u-ka-it-ka, s. Se^ Ukauka 2, to eat. 
 
 A ringworm. 
 Hau-ka-mu-mu, s. Hau and kamumu, a 
 
 rustling sound. 
 
 . 1. The confused noLseof a multitude; ua 
 
 ahiia kona leo e ka haukamumv, leo o ks. 
 
 aha, his voice was drowned by the Confused 
 
 noises of the multitude. LaieHc. 22 
 2. The low or indistinct conversation of 
 
 two persons. Laieik. 80. 
 Hatt-ke, ij. To hunt, a? for prey; to 
 
 fall npon ; to catch ; e hauke ukii, to hunt 
 
 Hoe in one's head. 
 HAtr-KE, ;. The act of hunting lice; ka 
 
 baule ana i ka nku poo. 
 Hau-ki,, s. The sea-egg. See Hatike- 
 
 uKe. 
 Hait-kea, s. Hau, snow, and kea, white. 
 
 The white snow : the whiteness of snow in 
 
 cold countries ; ka haukea o Maunakoa. 
 Ha-u-ke-tt-ke, v. To shiver much and 
 
 intensely with the cold. 
 Ha-u-xe-u-ke, s. The name of a. small 
 
 sea animal. 
 
 Ha-u-ke-u-ke, s. Name of a shell fish 
 that has many prongs two or three inches 
 long. 
 
 Ha-u-ke-u-ke, s. Name of a small in- 
 Boct that adheres to the skin of persons, 
 alrailar to th'> ane ; haukenke, he ane, ho 
 mea e pili ana ma ka ill o ke kanaka, «a 
 
 like me ke ktme. 
 
 Hau-ke-ki:, v. To iihi vet with the cold; 
 to be contracted with cold, as the mur^oles; 
 Aatifce/ce mai ana ka lehelohe, minonvino ua 
 
 lima, eleele ka liliilihi, the lips quivered 
 witb the cold, the' hands were wrinkled, 
 dark were the ^ebrows; to be in pain 
 with the cold. lob. 33:19. 
 
 Hatt-ke-ke, s. a shivering with the cold. 
 
 Hau-ke-ke, adj. Cold ; shivering with 
 cold. 
 
 Ha-u-la-u-la, v. See Ula, red. To be 
 a little red ; a haviavla ka waha i ka laau 
 
 Hau-la-la-pa, s. The high ascending 
 blaze of a large fire. See Lapa'^apaahi. E 
 ku haulakipa, e lapalapa. 
 
 Hau-la-ns, v. To root, as a hog; to 
 plunge, as a canoe. 
 
 2. To be restless in one's gra.sp ; to 
 squirm ; e oni ; to try to free one's self 
 when held fast. 
 
 Hau-la-ni, adj. Uneasy; seeking free- 
 dom from restraint; restive; he mauli hau- 
 lani. 
 
 Ha-u-le, v. To fall; to fall from a per- 
 pendicular state; to stumble; to fall down. 
 
 2. To come upon one, as a new set of 
 feelings ; to come to or arrive at a place ; 
 to encamp ; a kaule lakou i Kailna. 
 
 3. To loosen ; to let go ; to unfold. ," 
 
 4. To become void ; to lack ; to fail ; to 
 be wanting ; to fall dead. 
 
 .5. To overturn; to destroy; to seek after; 
 to fall npon for destruction. 
 
 6. To fail in coming to pass or to be fiiS- 
 filiedi as a promise. los. 21:45. To fall, as 
 one to fail in his moral or religions char- 
 acter. II<i>. 6:6. 
 
 7. Moo. To cause to fall; with va, as 
 rain, i. e.. to cause to rain. 1 l\al. 18:1. 
 
 8. To throw one's self down on to a thing. 
 1 iSam. 31:4. To cause to fall,i.e., destroy, 
 as an army. Ezek. 32:12. To be rendered 
 void, as a law. 
 
 Ha-u-le, adj. A thing lost ; dropped. 
 
 Oihk. 6:3. Kekahl mea haule. 
 Hau-le-na, s. Contracted from haule 
 
 ana. A falling, that is, whatever falls ; a 
 
 gleaning. OilJc. 19:9. 
 
 Ha-u-li, s. See Uli. Anything of a 
 dark color ; the dark shadow of an object ; 
 dark clouds ; the deep blue sky. 
 
 2. Fio. A stain upon a pei-son's char- 
 acter ; ka haidi o ka mea hewa ole, e nalo- 
 Walc la, the stain upon a person's character 
 without feult will soon vanish. 
 
 Ha-u-li, adj. Dark ; swarthy ; tawny ; 
 shadowing; darkish; shady. 
 2. Cool, having lost warmth. 
 
 Hau-lii-mi, v. Hau, iron, and KUii^ lit- 
 tle. A factitious word got up by Hawaiian 
 cooks, and moans to broil on the gridiron; 
 tliey call the gridiiun havliUii, i. e.. Utile 
 irons; with some, 3 YN. witb hooniakaukau, 
 to get ready. 
 
HAU 
 
 137 
 
 HAU 
 
 Ha-it-li-u-li, v. The intensive of te<ZJ. 
 
 To be dark, Sco. 
 ,2. To be in a slight state of commotion ; 
 
 applied to tlie rippling of the sea When the 
 
 wind just begins to blow. 
 Ha-u-li-u-u, s. Name of a species of 
 
 gBb. 
 Hau-ma-ea-iho-le, s. Epithet of an ad 
 
 vanced state of old age, when the eyc9 are 
 
 dim, the steps totter, and the breath short. 
 
 Hait-ma-na, v- To be or act, as a scholar. 
 
 2. Hoo. To teach, as one teaches scholars; 
 
 to make scholars or learners of persons. 
 8. To teach them some art, or convey to 
 
 them gome knoT/ledge they had not before. 
 4. To instruct, as a scholar or apprentice 
 
 ir any art or handicraft 
 Hau-ma-na, s. a scholar; an appien- 
 
 tice ; a disciple. Mai. 10:1. 
 HAu-MA-Ntr-BiA-Nr, odj. Full of holes, 
 
 . cracks or crevices. See Manu. 
 Hau-me-a, s. Name of the mother of Ke- 
 
 kaaakahi, the war gpd. 
 Hau-mi-a, v. To defile ; to pollute ; to 
 
 be either morally, physically or ceremoni- 
 
 alfy unclean. Hoo. To d«file naturally, 
 
 morally. Kin. 34:2. Or ceremonially, to 
 
 stain ; defile, lol. 3:5. 
 
 Hau-mi-a, s. Contagion; ceremonial de- 
 filement from contact or contiguity to dead 
 bodies. 
 
 2. Morally, from various wicked prac- 
 tices. 
 
 3. Things forbidden under penalty of 
 death, stronger than kapu; micleanness, 
 &c. OiWfc, 16:2, 3. Defilement. (?aJ.6:19. 
 
 Hau-mi-a, adj. Unclean; impure. 
 2. That which defileth. Oihk. 5:2. 
 
 Hau-na, s. The strong offensive smell 
 of meat 
 
 Hau-na, adj. Strong smelling; offen- 
 sive to the smell. 
 
 Hait-na, s. The striking of the hand or 
 other substance in playing the kilu ; a i 
 ka umi o ka liauna kilu, a laua. Lakik. 
 114. 
 
 Hau-na-e-le, v. To flee in war; to 
 suffer the consequences of such flight; that 
 is, to forsake houses, homes, and the gen- 
 eral lo^ of all comforts. 
 
 2. To be in confusion, as in a mob or 
 general disobedience to laws. Pule. 32:26. 
 
 3. To be in doubt or perplexity of mind. 
 
 4. Hoo. To stir up the people ; to make 
 popular disturbance in a government 
 Pvk. 32:25. Note.— The English faangla- 
 tlon nde and koomle in this verse is prefer^ 
 able. 
 
 HaU'Na-e-le, s. The excitement and 
 disturbance of war. 
 18 
 
 2. Any popular commotion or disturb- 
 ance. 1 Sam: 4:14. ' 
 
 Hai7-na-ma, s. a strong offensive smell, 
 but less so thanhajuia; he wahi pilau uuka. 
 See Hal'nj. 
 
 Ha-it-pa, v. To eat much; to swell up, 
 as the stomach from eating tov much- 
 
 2. To be greedy in eating. 
 
 3. To act, as the jaws i? eating fast. See 
 Ufa. 
 
 Hau-pee-pee, t>. To play hide and seek; 
 e peepes akua; to play hide and geek, as 
 children. 
 
 Hau-pee-pse, s. The play of children, 
 hide and seek. 
 
 Hau-pia, v. To mix together (pia) arrow- 
 root and oocoanut and bake it ; to cook 
 arrow-root and cocoanut together. 
 
 Hau-piA, s. The substances of arrow- 
 root and oocoanut mixed together aad 
 baked for food. 
 
 Hau-po, s. The lower end of the breast 
 bone ; the place where the ribs unite. 
 2. The thorax. See Houro. 
 
 Ha-u-pu, v. To excite ; to stir up, as 
 the affections or passions. 
 
 2. To suffer with anxiety; to be much 
 excited or moved ; ua haupu honua ae la 
 ka makaula, the prophet was much excited. 
 Laieik. 157. 
 
 3. To rise up suddenly in the mind, as a 
 thought. 
 
 4. To stir up one to recollection; alalia, 
 e haupa ia lakou me k&;hdinanao. 
 
 Ha-f-pu, s. The sudden excitement of 
 the passions. Note. — This word was used 
 in a moral philosophy for conscience, or 
 the internal monitor; o ka mea i nanea 
 palaka ka haupu, alalia aole e ole kona 
 hewa. Afterwards lunamanao was used. 
 
 Hau-puu, s. Any hard bunch or pro- 
 tuberance on the joints or limbs. 
 
 HA-ir-pir-ir-Pir. 
 
 Hau-putj-puu, s. A hard protuberance 
 on the joints, as on the fingers or wrists. 
 See Haopdu. 
 
 Hau-puu-puu, adj. Swollen, as the 
 ground by frost; Uneven, as with bunchce 
 of hail, or with heaps of salt in the salt-pits. 
 
 Hau-vva-la-au, v. To gabble where al! 
 talk and none hear. 
 
 2. To get into confusion, as an assembly 
 disagreeing in opinion ; alalia hauwalmu 
 loa ae la ka lehulehu, then the multitude 
 fell into great confusion. See Walaau. 
 
 HAtr-WA-LA-WA-L.4-AU, s. See the fore- 
 going. Noise, as of many talking or bawl- 
 ing at once without cause or meaning. 
 
 2. Mere gabbling without cause : make- 
 ka alii o Niinn ma Koolau, kahaha kahi 
 poe, i mai kanaka, he hmm(dawi(A<mji wal« 
 
HAH 
 
 138 
 
 HAH 
 
 no, when the chief Nona died sA Kooiau, 
 some were astoniehed, but the people said 
 fliere was nothing bat a great taik. See 
 
 WAIAiU. 
 
 Hau-wa-na-oa, v. To extend; to stretch 
 
 out. See Wanaoa. 
 Hait-wa-wa, v. To talk in vain, con- 
 
 ftisedly or In dis&rder. See Wawa. 
 Hau-wa-wa, s. Confusion ; disorder, as 
 
 a mnltltade talking at once. 
 |Ia-ha, e. See Ha: To breathp hard; 
 
 to pant for breath, as in great haste. 
 
 2. To feel of; to niove the hand over a 
 thing. Xm. 27:12, 21. 
 
 3. To feel, as a blind person ; to grope ; 
 to feel, as if searching for something, ha. 
 69:10. 
 
 4. ^00. To manipulate; to mannfachire; 
 heohaha paakai, to.manufactiire or make 
 salt. 
 
 6. To strut; to act the fop; to Tralk 
 
 about like a cock turkey. 
 Ha-ha, si Ifoo. AsweUingorpuffingup. 
 Ha-ha, s. The inside of kalo tops used 
 
 for food ; the whole top is called hvli. See 
 
 Ha, 
 Ha-ha, s. A sort of wooden net used 
 
 for catching the oopu, a fresh water fish, 
 
 from brootm. 
 
 2. The board on which fishermen place 
 their nets. 
 
 3. Name of a tree. 
 Ha-hae, v. See EUe. To rend ; to tear, 
 
 as a garment. 
 ' 2, To break; to separate into parte ; to 
 
 split, as lauhala, lengthways. 
 Ua-hai, V, To follow; to pursue. Fuk. 
 
 14:4. To chase ; to follow literally. 
 ^i. To follow one's example ; ua hahai 
 
 nuii ha kanaka a pau mamuli o na '111 e 
 
 noho ai, all iuen ^enerMj followed a^r 
 
 the chiefs for the time being. 
 8. To break ; to. break to pieces ; to 
 
 break, as a law. See Hae and Hab^g.' 
 Ha-hai, v. See Hai, to speak. To tell; 
 
 to talk about ; e hahai ana no lakou i na 
 
 moeuhane, they were tdiing their dreams. 
 
 Laieik. 143. 
 Ha-hai, s. A breaking; a disjoining; 
 
 a separating. See Hae. 
 Ha-hai, s. Name of a disease on the 
 
 upper part of the thigh or groin, occasioned 
 
 by impure connections and habits. 
 Ha-hao, v. See Hao. To put or thrust 
 
 in. Oihic. 10:1. To cram do>rn. 
 
 2. To put into, as a person into prison. 
 Oih. 16:24. 
 
 3. To throw or cast wood into a lire. 
 
 4. To put into a particular place; to put, 
 as money into a purse ; to put, as into a 
 buHket. Mat. 13:48. 
 
 C. To put into one's head ; to suggest to 
 
 the mindj to put words into one's mouth- 
 2 Sam. 14:19. 
 Ha-hait, v. See Haua. To whip; to 
 strike with a cane, stick, rod, or sword. 
 
 2. To scourge ; to chasten. Pvk. 5:14. 
 Rahauia kona kua i ke kaula e ka faaole, 
 his t)ack was whipped with a rope by a for- 
 eigner. 
 
 3. To inflict plagues. P«fc. 32:86. To 
 smite with blindness. 2 Nai. 6:18. 
 
 4. Hahau ai, to thrash, as grain. 
 6. To hew stones. 2 JVirf. 22:6. 
 
 Ha-bait, s. That which is put or laid 
 
 upon, as a burden, or punishmeni; stripes.^ 
 Ha-hait-a, v. See Hahati above. To 
 
 scourge ; to whip ; to strike. 
 Ha-hau-hu-i, f. Nante of a leligfious 
 
 ceremony in the pule hoopiopio ; same as 
 
 vhmihui. 
 Ha-ha-hi, v. The frequentative or 5th 
 
 aot^.othahi. To tread upon. JToI. 91:13. 
 
 To trample down. Isa. 63:3. Root haM. 
 
 See also Hehi and Eai. / 
 
 Ha-ha-kw, v. The 6th conj. of haku. 
 
 To tie together in a bunch; to tic up, as 
 
 feathers in a fiy-brush. 
 2.' To fold up ; to put in order. See 
 
 Haku. 
 Ha-ha-le, v. To flatten down; to sink 
 
 in. 
 2. To be hungry. See Halehale ; also 
 
 OpahA. 
 Ha-ha-l0, v. To be internally defective, 
 
 as wood worm-eaten or rotten inside. 
 2. Fio. Applied to a hungry man. See 
 
 the root Hal0. 
 Ha-ha-lit, adj. Sotten or defective in- 
 wardly ; applied to wood, kalo, potatoes, 
 
 &c., that are decayed inwardly. 
 2. Applied also to one hungry ; ua ha- 
 
 fiaiu, ua pololi ka opu. 
 
 Ha-ha-lit, s. Name of a species offish. 
 
 Ha-ha-lu-a, s. Name of a species of 
 fish, forbidden to women to eat under peO' 
 altjr of death ; also, name of a sea animal 
 similar to or Oxe same as ihimanu and hihi- 
 mann. 
 
 Ha-ha-na, V. See the root Hana, to 
 work. To be warm ; applied to the heat 
 of the sun; 
 
 2. To be warm from hard work. 
 
 3. To cook popolo, laulea, akeakea, &c., 
 with hot stones. 
 
 Ha-ha-na, ». Warmth ; a genial heat. 
 Ha-ha-na, adj. Very warm, as the heat 
 
 of the sun, the weather, or the effect of 
 
 labor. 
 Ha-ha-ha-na, v. See the root Hana, 
 
 and Oram. 6 226. To cause to work ; to 
 
 do; to do n-equently; pela laua i haho 
 
 kaMai. 
 
HAK 
 
 139 
 
 HAK 
 
 Ha-ha-no, b. To use the syringe ; to 
 
 give an Jujoction. See Hano. 
 Ha-ha-paa-kai, s. See Haha and Paa- 
 
 KAi, salt. A salt bed ; a place wlieie salt 
 
 18 made by evaporation of the sun. See 
 
 fUiiA i, hoo. 
 Ha-hei, v. To follow; to push with the 
 
 Bhoutder; e pahu pii ma ka bokua; ^e 
 
 puaa iiahei, a piishiDg or figbting hog. 
 Ha-hei,, adj. Fat; plump; full, as the 
 
 flesh oh a healthy fihoulder ; also kehei. 
 Ha-hko, v. To be proud, especially of 
 
 dveas or equipage ; to pat oa airs of supe- 
 riority. See Hbo. 
 Ha-heo, adj. Proud; proud of dress or 
 
 anything gaudy. 
 2. Haughty m maimer. 
 Ha-hi, v. To tread upoa; to trample 
 
 down ; to troad oat, ae grain. 1 IVm. 6:18. 
 
 To stamp with the feet &f.k. 6:11. To 
 
 tread or trample upon. See Ein andHEHi. 
 Ha-hi, s. A treading upon ; a trampling 
 
 down ; an overturning. 
 HA-Hi-HA-iSt, t». Freq. of the foregoing. 
 
 To tread or tfamplc upon frequently. 
 Ha-hi-u, »> Name of a species of fish. 
 Ha-ho, », lo become poor in flesh; to 
 
 fail; to want strength; e wiwi iho ma ke 
 
 kino. 
 Ua-hu, s. Ib.ving taken so much drastic 
 
 medicine that nothing is left in the bowels. 
 Ha^hh-a-lo, s. The tail fin of a fish. 
 
 See HuELo. 
 Ha-ka, v. To stare at. Fig. Hal. 22:11. 
 
 2. To look earnestly at a person or tbiae 
 for evil. Hal. 10:8. 
 
 3. To set one's eyes upon a thing with 
 desire. Dan. 10:1S. Often connected with 
 fiono as an intensive. Oih. 1:10. Sm with 
 nana, and sometimes with maka. 
 
 4. A haka mai na moa ma ka lani. 
 Ha-ka, s. A hole; a breach, as in a 
 
 side of a house ; hence, 
 
 2. A ladder, i. e., the cross sticks and 
 spaces between. 
 
 3. An artificial hen-roost ; hanaia i haka 
 no ua moa la e kau at 
 
 4. A building not lightly inclosed, hav- 
 ing many open places. 
 
 Ha'-kA, ddji Full of holes or crevices ; 
 many spaces. 
 
 Ha-ka, v. To quarrel; to spar; to dis- 
 pute ; to contend. See H.IKAKA. 
 
 Ha-kae, r. Probably for ^&a ae. To be 
 unsound ; to be weak ; frail ; applied to a 
 person out of health; applied to other 
 things deficient in strength. 
 
 Ha-ka-0, V. To go naked; to walk 
 about destitute of clothing. 
 
 Ha-ka-0-le-lo, v. Haka, to quarrel, and 
 
 olelo, word. To lay blame upon one ; to 
 accuse falsely. 
 
 Ha-k.4-o-le-lo, », Kartse of one whom 
 a chief employs_ to report the errors of the 
 people ; the epithet of parente in govern- 
 ing, their children, having the vight to sus- 
 tain and govern them. 
 
 Ha-kau, v. To look slim and tall, as a 
 person whose flesh is wasted from his limbs. 
 
 Ha-kau, adj. Slim; tall; poor in flesh. 
 
 Hatkau, v. To fight together, as two 
 cocks ; to practice cock-i^hting. 
 
 Ha-kau, v. See Haka., To fight; to 
 contend. 
 
 Ha-ka-ha, u To delay ; to detain. 
 
 Ha-ka-ha-ka, v. See Haka, To be full 
 of holes; unsound; cellular; to be hollow, 
 m a bone. Anat. 4. To be empty. 
 
 2. Hoo. Fig. To be oj>cn ; to be pene- 
 trable, as the ear to sound, i. e., to listen. 
 Isa. 48:8. E hoohakahafca i ka pepeiao i 
 vrahi e komo ai ka olelo'. 
 
 Ha-ka-ha-ka, i. That which is full of 
 holes or open spaces. 
 
 2. Fig. Want; deficiency; loss. 
 
 3. Empty room ; place unoccupied ; me 
 or ma ka iutkahaka, in the place of. JSset. 
 2:4. He hakahaka ka naau for pololi, hnn- 
 
 . gcr. Isa. 29:8. One in the place of an- 
 ether. i .JVa. 1:30, 36. 
 
 Ha-ka-he-le, v. To walk with meas- 
 ured steps, as one weak. See Aeargle. 
 
 Ha-ea-ka, I'. See Haka. To quarrel ; 
 to contend; to fight. 2 iSam. 14:6. But 
 often only in words. Kin. 26:20. To de- 
 bate. I 
 
 2. Hoo. To set at variance; to cause 
 strife : e Iwohakaka ana i na bipL 
 
 Ha-ka-xa, s. a fighting ; a quarrel ; A 
 contention ; a controversy. Mik. 6:2. 
 
 Ha-ka-kae, v. To rend ; to tear ; ' to 
 separate into parts. See Haea and Eae. 
 
 Ha-ka-kai, u To be swelled. See Ku- 
 uakaeai. 
 
 Ha-ka-kau, v. fZa^a, a ladder, and ifcau, 
 set up. 
 
 1. To be BUHpended, as on a baka. 
 
 2. To stand with a slender footing, as on 
 the edge of a canoe looking tor squid ; ke 
 hakakau la ke kanaka me he kioea la,, the 
 man stands like a Juoea (a long-legged 
 bird.) 
 
 Ha-ka-kau, s. A place to hang things 
 
 upon. 
 2, A thin, spare, tall man. 
 Ha-ka-kau-lu-na, s. Name of the stools 
 
 on which doable canoes were placed when 
 
 out of water ; also ake. 
 
 Ha-xa-kact-pi-li, v. Tp stand intent 
 upon any sound, like a thief. 
 % To be ready to fly from the approach 
 
HAK 
 
 140 
 
 KAK 
 
 of any one ; e kau me he iwa la i ka lai, e 
 lele aheahe malie ana. 
 
 Ee hcu'iakaupili me be mn la i Its lai, 
 Ke aka lele au a ks la hiki ale. 
 Oil ka maka la Eohala pall uka. 
 
 Ha-ka-ke, V. To Stand on stilts; to 
 stand, as a spider on long legs. 
 2. To stand huddled or crowded together. 
 
 HA-KA-Ttu, s. A frame for drying fish 
 for the chiefs which are kapu. 
 
 Ha-ka-la, s. The gable end of a house. 
 See Kala. Aia mahea ia! aia ma ka fvakaia 
 o ka bale, 
 
 Ha-ka-li-a, v. Hakaia, the I inserted. 
 Oram. S 48. To be hard ; difScult to ac- 
 complish. Kin. 18:14. 
 
 2. To be dilatory; glow in doing a thing; 
 ua hakalia ka amo ana o ka maka, sUyio waa 
 the winking of the eye». 
 
 3. Hoo. To defer or put off doing. Kekah. 
 5:4. 
 
 Ha-ka-li-a, s. a difficulty in doing a 
 thing ; meeting with ohstacles ; a deten- 
 tion ; he hcwa nui, o keia hakalia o lakou, 
 the great error was this slowness of them. 
 
 . See explanations in the next. 
 
 Ha-ka-u-a, adj. Long in doing a thing; 
 dilatory ; slow ; tailing too much time ; 
 also, 
 
 2. Careless; unthinking; holo makoa me 
 Ka hoopiipii mau ana ame ka haknlia. 
 
 Ha-ka-li-na. 
 
 Ha-ka-lij-Nu, s. Extreme old age when 
 one is no longer able to walk ; hele o mea 
 akauka luikalunu. 
 
 Ha-ka-mo-a, s. Haka, to quarrel, and 
 moa, a fowl. Cock-fighting ; the name of 
 a game practiced in former times ; o ka 
 tmkamoa kekahi mea makemake nui e na 
 'lii. 
 
 Ha-ka-ne-ne, v. To be swelled; puffed 
 
 up ; e m^imai, e nkeke. 
 Ha-ka-net-le, adj. Thin; spare in flesh; 
 
 ua liakamk oe i ko oukou hiki ana mai ; 
 
 applied to man and beast. 
 Ha-ka-po-no, i> See Haka. To look 
 
 earnestly at; to look steadfaetly; to direct 
 
 the eyes upon. 2 Ml. 8:11. 
 2. To stare or gaze at ; to be amazed ; 
 
 to see something to be wondered at. Isa. 
 
 13:8. Note — These two words are often 
 
 written separately as well as together, and 
 
 then pono is used as an intensive adverb. 
 Ha-ke, s. See Hoo. To resist; stand 
 
 against. See Ke and Hookbb. To displace; 
 
 put aside ; put away. 
 Ha-ke-a, adj. See Kea, white. Pale, 
 
 as one sick. 
 Ha-ke-lo, ) a^^-_ Hanging down 
 
 Ha-KB-lo-ke-lo, J lu swelling or pendu- 
 - loua"baQCbeii) as the mucus from the nosii 
 
 of a child ; applied to swellings of intemui 
 parts, as flie uterus ; hakelo or hakehkeXo 
 ka hupe. 
 Ha-ki, v. See Hai, k inserted. To break, 
 as a piece of wood ; to break, as with the 
 hands. Hal. 18:34. To break, ae a bone. 
 Hal. 34:20. Pass. EakiatoThaMia. tc be 
 broken. Oihk. 26:26. Fio. Applied to the 
 punishmentof wicked men. io&. 24:20. To 
 break, as the teeth, that is, one's power 
 crushed. Note. — The wor^ applies mostly 
 only to such things as are somewhat brittle. 
 Ha-ki, adj. That which is easily broken; 
 
 Tuiid wale, brittle. 
 Ha-ki-a. Pass, of hoM. See above. 
 JHa-ki-a, $. A pio;; jx nail. Syn. with 
 
 makia and kakia, 
 Ha-kii, I^. To tie fast; to make 
 HA-KU-Kn, J fast by tying. See Nakh. 
 Ha-ki-u, v. See Kixr. To spy out; to 
 look at ; to examine ; alalia, haidv, like iho 
 la lakou i ka mea a lakon i iini aL 
 Ha-ki-ha-ki, v. 13th conj. of haki. To 
 break in pieces, as wood ; to break fre- 
 quently. £iri.76:3. 
 Ha-ki-io, u. To observe narrowly; to 
 watch closely and attentively. 
 
 2. To look at what one is about to do. 
 Lvk. 14:1. To watch one's actions or con- 
 duct, generally to iind occasion, or with 
 some evil design. Mar. 3:2. 
 
 8. To eavesdrop or listen secretly, ex- 
 pecting something bad ; ua hxikiLo a£n an 
 la mea ma e ohumu ana. 
 
 4. To act the spy. See the root Eno. To 
 watch, as a thief does if any one sees him. 
 Ha-ki-ka, s. Contraction for haki ana, 
 a breaking. A piece broken off: a piece 
 of a thing ; a remnant ; hakina ai, a piece 
 of food. loh. 6:12. A iart ; a portion, 4c. 
 Ha-ki-na-o-le-lo, s. Used for syllable 
 in the music Gamut 
 
 Ha-ko, v. To be dignifiea in one's bear- 
 ing ; to appear honorable ; to be noble iu 
 form ; ua hako kona helehelena, ma kona 
 mau maka. 
 
 Ha-ko, «. The leaf of the sugar-cane ; 
 
 wakawaka o Mano e moku ae ka hako. 
 Ha-koi, v. To dash, as water against 
 
 water. 
 
 2. To be agitated, as wat«r carried in a 
 dish unsteadily ; hakoi ka wai. 
 
 3. To be unsettled, as one's thoughts 
 when in trouble. 
 
 Ha-koi, adj. Heavy; weighty, as lug- 
 gage, &c. ; kaumaha, koikoi ; heavy ; bur- 
 densome. 
 2. Fio. Heavy, as the heart. 
 
 Ha-koi, s. An action productive in chil- 
 dren of parapbimoBis. 
 
HAK 
 
 141 
 
 HAK 
 
 Ha-koi-koi, v. To rise or swell up, as 
 water. 
 
 2. Fio. Ma ka baale o ka manao e pii 
 iluna nie he wai la c liakoikoi Hoko o ka 
 manawa, through the overflow of thoughts 
 rising up like water, the afifcctions flow 
 within. 
 
 Ha-ko-ha-ko, adj. See Hako. Portly; 
 dignified in appearance ; noble in person; 
 
 Ha-ko-ko, ) ,,. To wrestle ; to con- 
 
 Ha-koo-koo, ) tend with anothet to cause 
 him to tall. iTin. 32:24. FiO. J^es. 6:12. 
 NoiK. — Hawaiians write the word in both 
 tlic forms. The last syllables are equally 
 long and accented. 
 
 Ha-ko-ko, ) j. A wrestling ; conten- 
 
 Ha-koo-koo, J tion of strength between 
 two persons to cause each other to fall; eia 
 kckalii Icalca, o ka hakookoo, here is on^ 
 
 ' pastime, wrestling. 
 
 Ha-ko-nA, adj. Scorched or dried black, 
 as breadfruit which hangs on the trees long 
 altei the season is over, when one side be- 
 comes parched and blaclc with the sun ; 
 he hakom ka hua ulu. 
 
 2. It applies also to the side lying long 
 on the dirt; the other side is kuapaa. 
 
 Ha-ko-na-ko-na, adj. Bough; dark; 
 clouded; uneven. 
 
 Ha-ku, v. To dispose of things in order, 
 to put in order. 
 
 2. To arrange or tie feathers in a kahili; 
 to make a wreatb.or lei ; e haku i ka lei ; 
 e hukw oe i lehua. LaleUc. 146. 
 
 3. To put wordB in order as in poetry ; 
 to compose a song. 
 
 4. To rule over people, 5. e., to put and 
 keep them in Order ; to act, as a lord over 
 men. 
 
 5. By a change of letters, haku for kaMi, 
 U> bake flsh mw hot stones. 
 
 6. I<'io. The forming of a new affection 
 in the mind; ka manawa i haku, ai ke aloha 
 ma ka naao. - 
 
 7. .Hbo. To tale over: to direct others. 
 Oi/ifc. 25:43. HaJca mele, a composer of 
 songs, L e., a poet; nana ia i haku, he com- 
 posed it. 
 
 Ha-ku, t. A lord ; a master ; an over- 
 seer ; a ruler. OiWc. 21:4. 
 
 2. A hard lump of anything; the tongue 
 of a bell ; a padlock ; a hard bunch in the 
 flesh ; the ball of the eye; haku onohi; the 
 name of several species of hard stones for- 
 merly used in working stone adzes ; ua 
 kapaia kela mau pohaku, he haku, ka koi 
 &a inoa. 
 
 Ha-ku-ai-na, s. Haku, lord, and aina, 
 land. A land-holder, i. e., one who man- 
 ages the land and the people on it under 
 tiie chief .or owner. 
 
 Ha-ku-a-kea, s. a phrase in praise of 
 
 Lono; a lord of extensive power; papa ka 
 
 hakuakea o Lono. 
 Ha-ku-a-fa, ) ^. Haku&ndapaaniepa, 
 Ha-KTT-e-pa, J false. To speak falsely; to 
 
 speak to the hutt of one ; to detract. 
 Ha-ku-a-pa, ) s. a false speaker; a de- 
 Ha-KU-je-pa, ) tractor. 
 
 2. A false report ; evil speaking. 1 Pet, 
 
 3:16. 
 Ha-ko-e, s. a species of sea-egg with 
 
 many prongs. 
 2. The prongs of such fish. See Hakui. 
 Ha-ki7-e-ku-e, s. The prongs of the 
 
 hakue. 
 2. The ringworm. See HAOHiiDKA. 
 Ha-ko-e-pa, s. See Hakuapa. 
 Ha-ku-i, v. See Km, to sound out. To 
 
 reflect sound, as an echo. 
 
 2. To sound in every direction, as thun- 
 der rumbling through the heavens ; e kani 
 
 mahope o kekahi kani ana me he kihili la ; . 
 
 to reverberate. 
 Ha-ku-i, v. To be sickish or a little sick 
 
 at the stomach ; hoopailua. 
 
 2. To make attempts at vomiting, ae one 
 sick at the stomach ; hakki wale mai no, 
 aole luai mai, he was merely sick at the 
 stomach, he did not vomit 
 
 3. To flutter ; to palpitate, as the heart. 
 
 4. To shoot, as pain in the chest; hakui 
 maloko o lea hoapo ; e apo ka oill. 
 
 Ha-kc-1, u To roast blood in cooking; 
 
 halcui koko. 
 Ha-kc-i, s. The blood of hogs when 
 
 roasted for eating. 
 Ha-ku-i, s. The horn of the sea-egg. 
 
 See Hmcub,' which is probilbly the more 
 
 correct orthographjr. 
 Ha-ku-ia, aaj. See Haku., Bound j 
 
 braided ; wreathed together, ice. Zaieik. 
 
 112. 
 Ha-ku-i-ku-i, V. To crack, as breakiQg 
 
 timber; to sound; to inake the noise of 
 
 breaking timber. 
 Ha-ku-0-hi-a, s. The lord of tiie ohia 
 
 trees. 
 2. The ohia tree of which an idol was to 
 
 be made ; a i ka la i pii aku ai 1 ka haku- 
 
 ohia make kekahi kanaka, i mea e mana ai 
 
 ua kii ohia la, on the day they went up for 
 
 an ohia tree some man would die, to give 
 
 efficacy to the idol. Note. — ^The species of 
 
 ohia used was the ohiaapdne. Sakuohia 
 
 the same as kiiohia. 
 Ha-ku-o-le-lo, v. Haku, and olelo, to 
 
 put words together. To accuse falsely; to 
 
 detract ; to slander. 
 Ha-ku-o-lf-lo, s. a false accuser; a 
 
 deti'actor. 
 Ha-ku-0-ne, s. Haku, lump, and one, 
 
 sand. Name of a small division of land, 
 
HAL 
 
 142 
 
 HAL 
 
 dmilsx to or smaller than a koelc cultivated 
 for the chief. See Ki'jikua. 
 liA-Kn-o-MO-Hi, s. Hafoi, a hard lump, 
 and onohi, the eys-baU. The apple of the 
 eye ; the little image in the eye. See Ku- 
 
 03J0HI. 
 
 IIa-ku-ha-ku, v. See Haku, to put to- 
 gether. To fold up, as kapa ; to put in 
 order ; to arrange. 
 
 Ha-ku-Ba-ku, a^'. Full of iiard lumps; 
 lampy. [ 
 
 Ha-ku-ha-le, s. Haku, master, and hale, 
 house. The master or owner of a house. 
 Puk. 22:8. 
 
 Ha-ku-ha-na, i. A word applied to the 
 appearance or motion of the clouas ; he ao 
 hakmana. 
 
 HA-KXT-KAi, 0. Haku, Itunpy, and kai, 
 sea. To be in perturbation, as the sea; to 
 be stormy. Sea Oomikd. 
 
 lia-KTj-KO-i, V. See Haettkai. 
 
 Ha-ku-ko-le, ». To blackguard; to re- 
 proach in iilthy language. 
 
 Ha-kct-ko-le, s. a blackguard; a vile 
 person. 
 
 Ha-kct-ma, s. a thick cloud, ooethreat- 
 -eainga storm. 
 
 HA-Kg-MA-KTJ-HA, ». Tolcwcr; to frown; 
 so look threatening, an clouds portending 
 a storm. Mat. 16:3. 
 
 2. To be rough or pitted, as from the 
 scars of the small-pbx; kakwumkuma ka ili. 
 
 3. To be thick together ; to be thici, as 
 a board. See Kumakdma. 
 
 Ha-ku^ma-k0-ma, adj. Lowering, as 
 clouds threatening a storm. 
 
 2. Pitted, aa the siin with disease. 
 
 3. Thick ; set close together. ' 
 
 Ha-ku-me-le, b. Haku, to compose, and 
 mefe, a song; poetry. To compose or make 
 poetry. 
 
 Ha-ku-me-le, s. a poet; one skilled as 
 a poet ; a coudftoser of songs. Kah. 21:27: 
 Oik. 17:28. 
 
 Ha-kh-pe. See Kupehe. 
 Ha-ko-pe-he, ». SeeLoLOHi. To speak 
 
 carefully as to truth and propriety; to roll, 
 
 as a ship with but little wind. 
 
 Ha-ku-wa-ki-ne, s. Baku, a lord, and 
 
 vnH'fte, a female. A female master, i. e.. a 
 mistress: the wife of a chief or noble. Qal. 
 4:22. 
 
 Ha-la, v. To miss the object aimed at. 
 Lunk. 20:16. Nou mai la ia, a hala iia po- 
 haku ; nou hon mai la ia a hala hou no ; a 
 i ke Jkolu o ka non ana, pa akn la; he threw 
 and the Btone missed; he threw ivgain and 
 missed again ; the third lime he threw he 
 bit. 
 
 2. To be gone ; to pass away ; to paes 
 over. 
 
 3. To proceed ; to pass onward ; to go 
 beyond. Nah. 22:18. To pass away, as 
 time. 
 
 i. Hoo. To miBs the object ; to cause to 
 err ; to be guilty or blame-worthy. 
 
 6. To depart from a command, or act in 
 opposition. Kad. 1:43. To err ia opinion; 
 to disobey ; to object to a request or com- 
 -iand ; to refuse obedience. jEsei. 3:3. To 
 transgress. Nah. 14:4. 
 Ha-la, s. A trespass; a sin; an oifen^e; 
 a transgression. 
 
 2. A matter of offense. KaiiL 9:21, 
 
 3. A law case ; $ iml hida, to seek occ»- 
 Mon against. lMnk.\i\i. Lawe^ota, a sig- 
 ner ; Wo ole, without sin ; without cause. 
 Puk. u-n. 
 
 Ha-la, adj. Sinful ; %vicked ; kanaka 
 haia, a sinner ; one often breaking some 
 law. 
 
 Ha-la, adv. Sinfully; in a state of sih; 
 hauau hala, born a sinner. 
 
 Ha-la, adn. (Referring to space past 
 over) onward; throughout; even to; up 
 to ; he pa |iohaku a hala i ka lani, a stone 
 wall (reaching) oZear up to heaven. Kavi. 
 1:28. Also ofeaZo, clear -up to. £ani. 9:1. 
 
 Ha-la, s. The pandanus tree. 
 2. The pine-apple. 
 S. A species of fish. 
 
 Hx-iJii, s. The lulling of a strong wind; 
 a calm. See La.i and hxE. 
 
 Ha-la-io, adv. The 1 is probably .sub- 
 stituted for n. Well done! clever! brave! 
 
 Ha-la-i-wi, s. See Halawi, to 'scruti- 
 nize. Looking earnestly at a thing with a 
 . desire to obtain or possess it ; k<£tim me 
 ka manao e lawe malu. 
 
 Ha-la-o, v. To foe! pain, as the eye 
 with some mote in it ; to have pain in the 
 eye from a mote ; halao ana i kun maka. 
 
 Ha-la-o, i'. Pain in the eye from some 
 small mote. See Lao. A small particle of 
 something moving in the five. 
 
 Ha-la-oa, r. To project; to stretch 
 out ; to extend cpwards. as the mast of a 
 ship ; to project, as the horns of the sea- 
 
 nA-xji-0A.,adj. Projecting j standing up. 
 Ha-lao-lao, v. To be small; thin m 
 
 flesh; poor, as small stunted weeds or 
 
 brush on poor land. 
 Ha-lao-lao, a<i/. Small; stunted; poor; 
 
 thin. 
 
 Ha-lau, v. To be long ; to extend; to 
 stretch out 
 
 Ha-lau, s. a long hou^e with the end 
 in front ; used mostly for canoes. 
 2. Name of a ben that bas bad chickens. 
 
HAL 
 
 143 
 
 HAL 
 
 Ha-la-ha-la, v. See Hala. To turn 
 aeido ; to go astray ; mostly used in the 
 causative hoo. 
 
 2. To object to one ; to decline a propo- 
 sition ; to find fault with one's words or 
 conduct ; aole hoohalahala kekabi o lakou, 
 not one of them found fault. 
 
 Ha-la-ha-la, adj. Bitter; spur; brack- 
 ish ; ko haUdMla, sour or fermented cane. 
 
 Ha-la-ua^la, *. Name of a species of 
 ash ; the uhu. See Uhuhaijuiala. 
 
 Ha-la-ha-la-wai, ado. Slippery; wet, 
 as a road ; running ; ua kelekele kcikihakir 
 wai i ka ua. 
 2, Wet, as a sore eye. 
 
 Ha-la-hi, u To miss, as anything 
 thrown at another. 
 
 2. To dodgo any missile. 
 
 3. To fly near to one, as a stone or other 
 atiasile thrown, 
 
 4. To hum while passing through the air. 
 Ha-la-hi, s. A hissing or whizzing of 
 
 any projectile passing through the air. 
 Ha-la-hu-la, s. Name of a particular 
 
 aha used in preparing for war. 
 Ha-la-katj, -y. To place one thing on 
 
 top of another. 
 2. To lean orer ; e baukau. 
 Ha-la-ke-a, s. The name of a kapa 
 
 when dyed with the niu. 
 2. The name of upright posts inside of 
 
 houses ; o na Mlakea, oia na kia e ku ana 
 
 mnloko u ka hale, 
 Ha-la-la, adj. Long and curving, %s 
 
 hog's tushes; hioiela ka niho o ka puaa 
 
 kahiko. 
 
 2. Applied also in men exposing them- 
 , selves. 
 
 3. A large bimch of bananas. 
 HX-la-lo, v. Ha and hlo, downward. 
 
 1. To take hold of with the .arms under, 
 as in taldpg up a child or anything else. 
 
 2. To drop the head downward, as i'l 
 deep thought. 
 
 3; To begin to think. 2 Om. 20:3.- To 
 think within one's, self; pela Uuu hsMo 
 ana ia'u iho, so I ihmight within myself. 
 
 4. To thinlf or reflect on the moral ac- 
 tions of others. Ke)cah.S:9. 
 
 6. To look earnestly at a thing near or 
 far o6f ; to think closely. 
 
 6. To look intetiially ; haialo iho la no 
 au a ioaa no. 
 
 7. To search closely or look for a thing 
 with effort. 
 
 Ha-la-lo, v' To administer an injec- 
 tion. See Hahano, , 
 
 Ha-l& loa, «. The name of a species 
 offish. 
 
 Ha-la-na, v. Ha and lana, to float. 
 1. To overflow, as water orer the banks 
 
 of a river, or over a levee or loft land. 
 Amos 9:5. 
 
 2. To float on the aurface of the water. 
 
 3. To be overflowed; i, e,, to be drwacd. 
 
 4. floo. To flood; to overflow wxth a 
 flood. Jsa. 54:9. 
 
 Ha-la-na-la-na, 0. See Halana. To 
 overflow; to flow thick and fast, as the 
 tears of one weeping ; nolaila i haUmalana 
 ai lakou me ka haloiloi i ko lakou wai- 
 maka ; to shed tearu. 
 
 Ha-la-pa, v. In a prayer, to bring to 
 pass ; to pray that ,; thing lioped for may 
 be granted ; halapa i ke mauli kultala ia 
 bale hau. 
 
 Ha-la-wai, v. To meet, as two persons; 
 to meet, as two lines in an angle. 
 
 2. To assemble, as persons for business 
 or for public worship. 
 
 3. IJbo. To cause to meet with, i, e., to 
 find. Kin. 27:20. 
 
 4. To come to one for assistance. Hal. 
 69:4. 
 
 Ha-la-wai, s. A meeting ; a place of 
 meeting ; the place of union between th« 
 heavens and, the earth ; the space b^ween 
 them ; same as lewa aadkiokui. See Hoo- 
 KOl. JD. Maio 5:5. 
 
 2. A meeting or assembly of people foi 
 business or public worship. 
 
 Ha-la-wai, adj. Of or pertaining to 
 meeting ; hale lialawai, a iiouae for a p^- 
 lio meeting. 
 
 Ha-la-pe-fe, s. A tree ; the hala tree, 
 a species of the pandanus; he laauano like 
 me ka hala. 
 
 Ha-la-pi-a, s. The white hala ; hala 
 keokeo. 
 
 Ha-la-^vi, v. See Halaiwi. To scruti- 
 nize ; to look critically at. 
 
 Ka-le, s. a house ; a habitation ; a 
 dwelling" place ; mostly for men. 
 
 2. A sheltered and inclosed place for 
 any purpose. Note. — ^In ancient times 
 every man was supposed to have six dif- 
 ferent houses of some size. 
 
 1. The heiau, house of worship where 't^>e 
 idols were "kept. 
 
 2. The rnua, the eating house for the hnsr 
 band, and distinct from^the eatiiig house 
 of the woman. Husband and wffe nevi- 
 ate together. The miux was kapu to tho 
 wife. 
 
 3. The noa, the .separate house of the 
 tlrife, but was free for her husbau'dtoentifl'. 
 The woman ate in the hale noa. 
 
 i. Hale aina, tho eating house of the wife. 
 
 6, The kua, the house where tl)e wife 
 beat out kapa. 
 
 6. HalepeOj the house of separation for 
 the wife during the periods of iier infirla- 
 ity. They had other houses and for other 
 purposes, but these were considered iteces- 
 
HAL 
 
 144 
 
 HAL 
 
 sary fisturea for every peTson in respesta- 
 
 ble alanding. See the above worcls in their 
 
 places. 
 Hi-tE-Ai-NA, s. Hale and aina. See 
 
 AiNA. The eating house for the woman ; 
 
 one of the houses anciently used to eat in ; 
 
 the mua was the eating house of the man. 
 
 See Rile. 
 HA-i:.E-ArKA-L(L, s. House of the sun; 
 
 name of the high monntain«on East Maui. 
 Ha-le-a-lii, s. Hale and alii. A chiefs 
 
 house; a palace. 1 Oihl. 29:19. Halealii 
 
 palaoa, an ivory palace. Sai. 45:8. 
 Ha-le-0-ne, s. a place made by men 
 
 for a temporary residence ; sand or soft 
 
 dirt made into a house ; kukulu lakou i 
 
 haleone, ua kapaia he hale pnone ; more 
 
 properly puu one, a sand pile. 
 HA=iiE-OTPE-o-PE, s. Hole and opeope, to 
 
 told up, as clothes. The name of the house 
 
 where tiie chief's wardrobe was kept. 
 Ha-l£-u, v. To comb ; to clear out ; to 
 
 puiily ; to cleanse. 
 Ha-le-u-ma, s. See Heleuma. 
 Ha-le-u-mu, s. Hale and umu, an oven. 
 
 Name of Lono's house. 
 Ha-le-hau, s. flaZe, house, and Aaa, the 
 
 hau tree. A house built of hau timber for 
 
 the use of the gods. 
 Ha-le-ha-la-wai, s. Hale and hakneai, 
 
 to meet ; assemble. A meeting bouse ; a 
 
 synagogue ; a place of meeting. 
 Ha-le-ha-le, v. To sink down ; to fall 
 
 in ; to flat downj as the roof of an old 
 
 house. 
 Ha-le-ha-le, s. A place deep down; a 
 
 pit; kalehale poipu, deep under the surf. 
 
 Laieik. 133. 
 Ha-le-ha-le, adj. Deep down, as a pit 
 
 dug ; deep, as a cavern. 
 Ha-le-hei-au, *. Hale and keiau. See 
 
 HEiikU. One of the houses of an establish- 
 ment. See Haiji. 
 HA-LE-Hoo-LTj-atj s. Hale and luhi. A 
 
 house of bondage ; hence, 
 2. Fig. Slavery. Lunlc. 6:8. A place of 
 
 bondage. Puk. 13:3. 
 Ha-le-hoo-ki-pa, S. Hate and Icipa. See 
 
 KiPA, to turn in and lodge with one. A 
 
 lodging house ; a house for strangers. See 
 
 Halekipa. 
 Ha-le-kaa, s. Hale and kaa, to roU. 
 
 1. Any carriage with a top or covering. 
 
 2. A chariot. Pvk. 14:7. 
 
 Ha-le-kau-a, s. Hale and kaua, war. 
 
 A fort; a tower; a fortification. Lunk. 
 
 9:51, 52. 
 Ha-le-ka-hi-ko-kap-a, s. Hale, kakifco, 
 
 armor, and kaua, war. An armory; a 
 
 place for storing or keeping arms. 
 
 Ha-le-ka-ma-la, s. Bde and kamala, 
 a temporary shed. 
 
 1. A house quickly and slightly built 
 
 2. A temporary shed ; a booth ; a tabet^ 
 nacle. Mar. 9:5. _ i 
 
 Ha-le-ki-a, s. Hale and kia, a post; n 
 
 pillar. A portico to a house ; a verandah 
 
 supported by pillars. 1 Nal. 7;6. 
 Ha-le-ki-ai, s. Hale a.ni Mai, to watch. 
 
 A watch tower ; a tower. J,unk. 8:9. 
 Ha-le-ki-pa, s. Hale and kipa, to lodge 
 
 a traveler. An inn; a lodging house. PtJc. 
 
 4:24. 
 Ha-le-ko-ko, s. Name of the house 
 
 where the hoali', slept ; ua kapaia ka Aate- 
 
 koko o ka hoalii. See HoAi.ii. 
 Ha-le-ku-a, s. Hale and kua. One of 
 
 the hou-ses of a residence. See Kua. 
 Ha-le-ku-ku, s: Hale and kulcu, to beat 
 
 kapa. Name of the house occupied by the 
 
 woman in beating out kapa. See Kda 
 
 under hale. 
 Ha-l£-ku-la, s. Hale and kola {Eng.), 
 
 school. A BChopl house. 
 Ha-le-ku-pa-pa-it, *. Hide and laipO' 
 
 pau, a dead body; corpse. A tomb; a sep- 
 ulchre. 2 Sam. 1§:37. A grave. 1 JSal. 
 
 13:22. 
 Ha-le-la-au, s. Hale and laau, wood ; 
 
 timber. A wood house, in distinction fi-om 
 
 a grass covered house. 
 Ha-le-la-na, s. Hale and lana, to float. 
 
 A floating house ; applied to Noah's ark. 
 Ha-le-la-na-la-na, *. See Halelana 
 
 above. 
 ELa-le-la-la-la-au, s. Hale, lala, a 
 
 branch, and laau, tree. A house made of 
 
 branches of trees or other slight materials; 
 
 a booth ; a shanty. OiMc, 23:42. 
 Ha-le-le-lo, s. Caves supposed to be 
 
 in the ocean. 
 Ha-le-le-po, s. Hak and lepo, dirt; 
 
 earth. A mud house; a house built of 
 
 adobies, or sun-dried brick. 
 Ha-le-le-wa, s. Hale and lewa, swing- 
 ing. A portable house ; a tent. los. 22:4. 
 Ha-l£-lo-l£, s. Hale and lole, cloth. A 
 
 cloth house, i. e., a tent. Stn. with hale- 
 
 lewa. 2 Sam. 7:6. Poe humuhumu hale- 
 
 lole. Oih. 18:3. 
 Ha-le-lu, s. Heb. A psalm; naioZe^, 
 
 the psalms of David. 
 Ha-le-lu, v. Heb. To sing praise to 
 
 Gfod. /er. 31:7. 
 Ha-le-lu, adv. E mele halebi aku ia 
 
 ia, to sing praises. 1 Oihl. 16:9. 
 Ha-lb-lu-a, «. Hale and lua, a pit. A 
 
 tomb ; a sepulchre ; a grave, 1 Sam. 2:6. 
 Ha-le-lu-a-paa-hao, s. Hale and hut, 
 
HAL 
 
 145 
 
 HAL 
 
 s& 
 
 pit, and paa and hao, iron. A prison house. 
 See Halepaahao. 
 Ha-le-lu-ia, v. Heb. imperat. Praise 
 tlie Lord. 
 
 Ha-le-ma-lu, s. Hale and mdu, cool; 
 shady. A' shaded house ; a shed. 
 
 Ha-le-ma-lu-ma-lu, s. Same as above, 
 Kin. 49:14. 
 
 Ha-lb-mo-e, j. Hah and moe, to sleep. 
 A sleeping house ; one of the houses of a 
 Hawaiian house-holder. See Moe. 
 
 Ha-le-mu-a, s. See Kale. Name of one 
 of several houses of a house-holder in 
 former times; the house where the husband 
 ate his food. 
 
 Ha-le-na-le, s. Clear moonlight. 
 
 Ha-le-pa-a-ni, s. Hale and paani, to 
 play. A play-house ; a theater. 
 
 Ha-le-paa-hao, s. Hale and paa, fast, 
 and hao, iron. A house of conmiement ; a 
 prison house. 
 
 Ha-le-pa-hu, s. Hale aad pahu, a box. 
 Kame of a particular house in the war cere- 
 mony. 
 
 Ha-le-pa-paa, .V, Hale and papaa, se- 
 cure. A store-house. Sin. 41:56. 
 
 Ha-le-pa-kui, «. Hale and paha, to 
 splice. A fortified house ; a tower. Kin. 
 11:4. A pyramid. 
 
 Ha-le-pe-a, s. ITafe and pea, filthy and 
 unclean. See under Halk. A house where 
 the mcnstruous women formerly were 
 obliged to remain, laieik. 171. Notb.^ — 
 The people might go to each woman's 
 house, but the priests could not. 
 
 Ha-le-pi-o, *. Hale and pio, an arch. 
 A particular kind of a house. 
 
 HA-LE-Fo-HA-Etr, s. Hale and pokaku, 
 stone. A house built of stone ; a stone 
 house. 
 
 Ha-le-po-ki, s. The name of the heiau 
 where the bones of the king were depos- 
 ited. 
 
 Ha-le-pu-kau-a, s. Hale, pu, a gun, 
 and kima, war. A fort; a. tower,; a house 
 
 4. To carry, as an armor bearer. 1 Sam. 
 31:4. 
 
 5. Fio. To bear the sin of others. Oihk. 
 10:17. 
 
 Ha-li, s. Contraction of kalii. That 
 which is spread down, as a mat, a carpet, 
 a cloth spread out. 
 
 Ha-li-a, v. Pass, of hali for haliia. To 
 
 Ha-le-pu-le, s. Hale and 'pde, to pray. 
 A prayer house ; a house of worship ; a 
 iaeeting house. 
 
 HA-tE-PU-NA, s. , Hale and puna, lime. 
 A house plastered with lime. 
 
 HA-LE-pn-PD, ) s. Bale and pupupu, 
 
 Ha-LE-PU-PU-PU, ) poor; frail. A tempo- 
 rary, frail house. Isa. 1:8. 
 
 Ha-li, v. To bear; to carry; to con- 
 vey ; haii mai, to bring ; kali aku, to take 
 or carry away. 
 
 2. To bear, as a burden. Na}i. 10:17. 
 
 3. To carry, as a child. Kanl 1:31. 
 
 19 
 
 Ha-li-a, v. To have a fond recollection 
 of a person or thing. Xaieifc.116. Seenext. 
 
 Ha-li-a, *. A symptom ; a premonition ; 
 the first' beginning of a feeling ; ke kau a 
 mai nei ia'u ka luuia o ka makau, ame ka 
 wcliweli. LaieVe. 180. 
 
 Ha-li-a-li-a, v. To have a recollection 
 of a friend ; e halialia ana no nae ke aloha 
 ia'u ma na wahi a kana ! ao ai. 
 
 2. To become inteWt, as the mind, or 
 fized, as thoaghts which keep one wakeful. 
 
 3. To spring up, as thoughts or affections 
 in the mind ; Jmlviiia ke aloha. Sec Lia. 
 
 Ha-li-a-ii-a, s. The rising of a fond 
 recollection of a person or friend in the 
 mind ; ke kau mai siei ka TudiaV.a aloha ia 
 lakou ; malaila no ka halialia aloha ana, 
 there was the beloved reeoUoctiuQ. Laieik, 
 34. 
 
 Ha-li- A-Li-A, adj. Beloved; cheri.shed; 
 remembered with affection ; ka manao ha- 
 lialia a'u i ka manao i ki- ao, I have a fond 
 remembrance of the desire for insti'uotion. 
 
 Ha-lii, v. To spread out and lay do\vn, 
 as a sheet or mat. 
 
 2. To spread upon or over,a9agarmentj; 
 io spread or cover over, as ^now over the 
 tops of the mountains. Laieik. 112. 
 
 3. To spread out, as grass or hay. 
 
 4. To expose to view as something that 
 had been concealed, los. 7:23. 
 
 5. To spread, as grain upon a cloth. 2 
 Sam. 17:19. To spread over, as a sheet. 
 
 Ha-lii, «. The out or under side of 
 leaves of certain plants; the under or dried 
 leaves of plants ; laele. 
 
 Ha-lu-ku-li, u. To be hard ; disobedi- 
 ent ; stubborn. 
 2.- To be thick. 
 
 Ha-lii-lii. v. See Halu. To spread out 
 or over frequently. 
 
 Ha-lu'-pi-li, u To spread over a regiop, 
 as a shower, like the spreading of & mat ; 
 haiiipili i ke kula o Me, the shower ex- 
 tends over the plain of Lahaina. 
 
 Ha-li-u, v. To turn towards or from- 
 as mai or aku is used. 
 
 2. To turn one's attention to a thing ; to 
 turn round to look. 
 
 3. To turn the ear ; io listen. 
 
 4. To tarn aside from following one 2 
 Sam. 2:21, 22. 
 
HAL 
 
 146 
 
 HAL 
 
 b. To turn from a direct road. Kanl. 
 1 :40. IVilh pepeiao, to listen. 
 
 6. To turn towards ono with love aad re- 
 •spoct; manafl iho la au e /wira ae i ka Haku, 
 i determined to turn to the Lord. 
 
 7. iioo. To cause to turn, as the allen- 
 tion or care. 1 ^fll. 8:58. 
 
 Ha-li-u, s. What the fundament is 
 wiped with; a word which Kamehameba 
 applied to Keoua when he threatened to 
 join kings against Mm. 
 
 Ha-li-ha-li, v. The' frequentative of 
 hali. To convey frequently ; to bring ; to 
 carry. •JVaft. 11:14. 
 
 Ha-u-ke, ». To liken J to resemble; to 
 be like. 
 
 i. To give equally ; to equalize in dis- 
 posing of things. , 
 
 8. Hoo. With me, to compare ; to do as 
 one does ; to resemble some one in con- 
 duct. 1 Ifal. 14:8. See Like. Note. — Like 
 is the root, ha is euphonic. Oram. § 48 and 
 211, 2. 
 
 Ha-u-na, s. Bali and ana. A bearing 
 or carrying j hence, 
 
 2. A bearing, or personal appearance ; 
 form; more generally /iaK»aii?ia. SeeLwA. 
 Ha-li-na-u-na, s. See Halina. Resem- 
 blance or similar appearance ; he helehe- 
 lena like. 
 Ha-lo, u'To turn; to look; to look 
 at; a halo aku la au mahope; to sweep 
 round. 
 
 2. To spread out, as the hands in the act 
 ol swimming. Isa. 25:11. 
 
 8. To look out ;, to peep ; to look slily 
 or shy. 
 1 To rub, grind or polish. 
 
 Ha-lo, s. The motion of the fins of a 
 fish in swimming ; the motion of the side 
 fins of a shark ; the motion of rubbing or 
 polishing. 
 
 Ha-lo-a-lo-a, v. To be rough or uneven, 
 
 as with stones. 
 Ha-lo-a-lo-a, s. Roughness. 
 Ha-lo-i, ) p. 'I'o be about to weep; 
 Ha-lo-i-lo-i, J to have tnat deep feeling 
 
 that exists just before the tears flow. 
 
 2. To shed or pour out tears. 
 
 3. To wipe the eyes when weeping ; to 
 wipe the tears of grief ; me ka haloiioi i ko 
 lakou waimaka no ke aloha. See Haloko- 
 
 I.0K0. 
 
 Ha-lo-i-lo-i, s. The state of feeling just 
 
 as one is about to weep; deep internal feel- 
 
 ifig. 
 Ha-lo-1-lo-i, adj. Weeping; shedding 
 
 tears; ka maka holoiloi o ka ohia, the 
 
 weeping eyes of the ohia. 
 
 Ha-lo-ke, v. To rtib against each other, 
 Ai, the ends of brolten bones. Anat. 26-.^'^' 
 
 Ha-lo-ke, adj. Sprained or broken, as 
 
 a limb. 
 Ha-lo-ko, s. a paddle of water.stand- 
 
 ing after a rain ; a small pool of water. 
 Ha-lo-ko-lo-ko, v. To stand in pools, 
 
 as water after a rain ; hence. 
 2. To be'9bout,to weep; to have deep 
 
 affliction. SeeHALOx. 
 Ha-lo-xo-lo-ko, s. Small pools of water 
 
 after a rain. 
 2. Dibi-s of tears as they flow from the 
 
 eyes. 
 Ha-lo-ko-wai, s. a pool of water; a 
 
 small lake ; o na waipunajhnihui, o na fta- 
 
 lokowai. ' \ 
 
 Ha-lo-ku,- v. To bubble up, as when a 
 
 heavy rain falls into water ; haloku ka la 
 
 o Kuluhaipo. 
 2. To disturb the surface of smooth water, 
 
 as when many small fish come to the sur-. 
 
 face. 
 Ha-lo-la-ni, s. The flight of a bird that 
 
 sails round arid round wili but little mo- . 
 
 tion of the wings ; lele ka pinao o Halo- 
 
 lani, lele i ka lani. 
 Ha-lo-h-i-li, adj. Lazy; idle; useless, 
 
 as a x;anoe made in the mountains, and 
 
 there lies and rots ; o Mano kapu o Jte ka- 
 
 ele haloUili. 
 2. Applied to lazy, useless persons. 
 Ha-ltt, ) ^; "Jo be thin ; lean, as 
 
 Ha-lu-HA-LU, ) a person poor in Sesh. 
 
 2. ■ To be hungry for food. 
 
 3. To be greedy after what is another's; 
 to confiscate property, as chiefs in ancient 
 time", 
 
 Ha-lu-a, v. To lie in wait for one. 1 
 Sam. 22:13. Hoo. To lie in wait in order 
 to Jail or injure one. Jer. 9:8. 
 Ha-lu-a, s. a ripple on the water; the 
 rising up of water by the wind; he nao 
 kuktt. 
 
 2. A streak, stripe or seam, as of a stock- 
 ing. 
 Ha-lu-a, adj. Striped; seamed; streak- 
 ed ; he lole h^lua; he kilika haiva. 
 Ha-ht-a-ltt-a-,- «, ■See Lualua, soft ; 
 flexible. 
 l„,Tp be soft ; flexible. 
 2. To be weak. 
 
 HA-Lij-A-LU-A, s. Softness ; weakness ; 
 
 ilexibility. 
 Ha-lu-a-po', v. SaLua and po, night, 
 
 1. To lie in wait in darkness. 
 
 2. Soo. To waylay ; to lurk for one ; to 
 lie in wail for a person with a design to 
 kill hija. See Halda. 
 
 Ha-lu-a-fou, v. To plant out bananas. 
 Ha-lu-i, ) ^,. See Lull To turn ; to 
 Ha-lu-li, J twist ; to shake. 
 
HAM 
 
 147 
 
 HAN 
 
 Ha-ltt-ku, v. To wallow in the mire, 
 68 -a hog. 2 Pd. 2:22. 
 
 2. To lap water, as a dog ; e kope i ka 
 wtu me he ilio la. 
 
 3. To use the padclle in rowing. 
 Ha-ltJ'KU-lu-ku, v. To fall, as a heavy 
 
 ghower with a heavy sound f to drip, as 
 water in a shower-bath. 
 
 Ha-lu-la, V, To become calm, as wind 
 after blowing. 
 
 Ha-x-u-ia, s. a calm ; stillness, as the 
 sea without wind. 
 
 Ha-lu-le-lu-le, v. Ha and lule, to be 
 shaken. To be weak: yielding; to be flex- 
 ible. 
 
 Ha-lu-lu, v. To roarj to rage; to roar, 
 as tbunder; as the sound of a heavy wind; 
 to roar, as the sea. Isa. 5:30. Ilcdulu aku 
 1b ka pohakn i ke kahakai, the rock thun- 
 dered off to the sea shore ; hahUu ana o 
 Iniia ma kapuka o ka hale, sftoofc violently 
 the door of the house. 
 
 Ha-ltj-IiTT, s. a noise of a chariot and 
 horsemen rushing to battle. 2 NaJ. 7:6. 
 The noise of rushing water. Hal AW. The 
 sound of thunder or wind. loh. 3:8. Ha- 
 tuJuhekili. Hoife. 6:1. 
 
 HA-LU-t0, s. The name of a fabulous 
 bird in ancient times killed by the chief 
 Waukulenuiaiku ; o haivhi, o ka mani kani 
 halau. 
 
 HatLU-NA, v. To summon men to work. 
 
 2. To breathe hard, as when the nose is 
 filled with mucuB. 
 
 3. To snore. 
 
 Ha-ma, v: To open, as ;he mouth. 
 
 Ha-mau, v. imper. Silence; hush; be 
 Btill. I/unk. 18:19. Alalia, hea mai la iu 
 makou, i mai la, kamau kakou, then he 
 called to us and said, let us be still. 
 
 Ha-mau. v. With the imperative form 
 e hamau, to keep silence as an act of wor- 
 ship, zip. 1:7. . 
 
 Ha-matt, adj. Silent, as a person who 
 refrains from speaking. Sol. 10:19. Re- 
 strdning speech. 
 
 Ha-matj, adv. Silentlyt Sol. 11:12. 
 
 Ha-matt, s. a species of the ohia tree. 
 
 Ha-ma-ktj-a, 5. The name of two dis- 
 tricts of land; one on the north-eastern 
 
 ' side of Hawaii, and the other on the nortli- 
 eastevn side of Maui. 
 
 Ha-ma-ktju, v. To raise ,up and stand 
 erect, as the hair with the fingers, &c. 
 
 Ha-ma-ma, v. The 9th conjugation of 
 the verb harm. To open wide, as a door : 
 to open, as the mouth. See Hama. 
 
 2. To' gape, as the earth. Nah. 16:30, 32. 
 
 3. To open, as a door, box or book. 
 
 i. Moo. To cause to op«ni to open wide. 
 
 Hul 35:21. Fig. To cause to open the 
 
 mouth. IM. Sl:10. 
 Ha-ma-ma, adj. See Hama. Open.; dis- 
 
 clos^ed. 
 Ha-ma-ma, adv. Openly; standing open, 
 
 as a door. los, 8:17. 
 Ha-wa-rk, ) s. Eng. A hammer. lAink. 
 
 m-ME-KE, ) 4:21. 
 
 Ha-me, s. Name of a tree supposed to 
 be very superior for the finest cabinet work. 
 
 Ha-me, s. 
 
 Ha-mi-ha, v. To make calm, as the sur- 
 face of the sea. 
 
 Ha-mo, v. To stroke over with the hand; 
 to wash the face ; to rub or brueli, a.'-; in 
 cleaning clothes. 
 
 2. To besmear with blood; to plaster 
 withlime ; to anoint with oil. Puk, 29:2. 
 Or ointment. 2 Sam. 12:20. 
 
 3. To bend orcrook the arm, as in doing 
 the foregoing things ; to crook round ; to 
 bend round, as an oval surface. 
 
 4. To be exactly circular, as a good cal- 
 abash; naftamo kaipu. See Ana. }I(m. 10. 
 
 Ha-mo, adj. Anointed ; plastered ; be- 
 smeared; ina hele ke kanaka me ke poo 
 hamo palolo, if a man went with head he- 
 smeared with white clay ; mea hmno, oint- 
 ment; perfume. 
 
 Ha-mo-u-la, s. Harm, rubbed over, and 
 uZa, red, A kind of kapa colored or stained 
 red ; similar to Icmula. 
 
 Ha-mo-ha-mo, V, Freq. of hamo. To 
 rub ; to feel frequently ; to touch ; to nib 
 the hand over a surfaxie. 
 
 Ha-mo-ha-mo, s. Name of an office ex- 
 ecuted by one of the servants of the king. 
 
 Ha-mo-le, adj. Rounded and smooth, 
 as the edge of a board. 
 2. Small, as the eyes ; he m^ka limnole. 
 
 Ha-mu, v. To eat fmgments of food ; 
 to eat the skin ; to pick bones ; to scrape 
 up and eat what is left ; e ai hamu. 
 
 Ha-mu, s. The refuse of food. 
 Ha-mu-i-li, s. The class of persons about 
 
 a chief; a distinct class of persons with 
 
 superior privileges. 
 
 Ha-mu-ha-mu, u. To crumble up into 
 
 2. To eat fragments. See Hamu. 
 
 Ha-mu-mu, s. A lov? indistinct rumbling 
 sound; an Indistinct sound of conversation. 
 
 Ha-mu-mu-mij, V, To talk in a low in- 
 distinct manner ; to whisper. 2 Sam^ 12:19. 
 To talk in a low voice just above a whisper. 
 
 Ha-na, v. To do ; to work ; to cause ; 
 used in the most exiensuve sense ; to act ; 
 to labor. 
 2. To inake ; to do a thing ; to aafoot ; 
 
HAN 
 
 148 
 
 HAN 
 
 to produce. iJow. 3:32: To perform a duty; 
 to cause a thing ; to 7juild, as an edifice. 
 
 3. To form for & particular purpose. 
 
 4. To observe a ceremony ; to keep a 
 command. Puk, 12:47. Pass. To cause to 
 be dotie, i. e., to become. Puk. 15:25. 
 
 6. To be or become warm. See this in 
 the compounds fiiHAKA, Ma or Mehaka, 
 Hasahana, and Kobeana. Note. — Hana is 
 qualified by other words; hana paa, to 
 bind ; imprison. Lak. 3:20. Saiia is often 
 used in a causative sense. OiA. 3:12. Mana 
 hou, to proceed to do again, fcr something 
 similar. 0»ft.5:3. jHantf make, to destroy; 
 kill. Bom. 14:15. Eana, kanawai, to keep 
 a law. ffana is often causative of the fol- 
 lowing verb. Isa. 42:2. Hana ino, to do 
 ba^ly- Sana kumu ole, to do without 
 cause. Moo. To cause or compete. Mek. 
 14:23. To work; to aflJiot PvJe. 1:13. To 
 refresh ; to renew. 
 
 Ha-na,,.?. Work; labor; duty; office; 
 calling; trade, &c.; kana mana, a miracle; 
 hana aka lani, the doing or the work of 
 the chief. 
 
 Ha-na, s. Name of the white or wauki 
 kapa. 
 
 Ha-wa, s. Name of the. middle post of 
 a honsii ; pou hana. 
 
 Ha-na-a-le, v. To pester; to hector; 
 10 rally- 
 
 Ha-nab, v. To blunder in doinga thing; 
 to labor it trifles. 
 
 Ha-nae, s. Vain labor; trifling effort; 
 a blunder. 
 
 Ha-na-ea, v. See Hana. To do ; to 
 work ; to make a thing. 
 
 Ha-nai, v. From hana and ai. To feed; 
 to nourish, as the young. 
 
 2. To support, as those in need. 1 2fal. 
 ,18:4. 
 
 3. To feed, as a flock ; to feed ; to fius- 
 taln, as a people. Kan!. 32:13. 
 
 4; To entertain, as strangers ; e hookipa 
 i namalahini; hanai waiu, to give suck; 
 to enokle, ae an infant. .Mat. 19:24. 
 
 5. To »ct the part of a parent towards an 
 orphan. 
 Ha-nai, s. One fed or sustained by an- 
 other ; a foster child ; a ward. 
 Ha-nai, adj. Nourished; fed; applied 
 to the receivor ; a servant, &c. X«fc. 1:54. 
 Fig. Keiki humi, a foster child. 
 
 2. Applied to the giver; as, makua toiai, 
 a foster parent ; he :j.!n hanai, &o. 
 Ha-nai, v. To skim along the ground, 
 
 as a bird. 
 HA-Nit, s. Name of the strings that 
 surround a calabash. 
 2. Kite strings. 
 Ha-nai-a-hu-hu, v. JTowfli, to feed, and 
 hu, to swell oat 
 
 1. To feed or stixff with food,' as a favo- 
 rite hog or dog. 
 
 2. To make a pet of a hog so he will fol- 
 low everywhere. 
 
 3. To feed, as a child or any young ani- 
 mal from birth ; he keiki hanaighuhu n^'u. 
 
 4. To be fed or brought up by hand, as 
 a cosset or any young animal. IToo.'tiie 
 same ; ua hoonanaiakiihu ka puaa i ka poi. 
 
 Ha-nai- A-HC-HtT, adj. Full fed; plump; 
 swelled out ; pu^ar hanaiahvhu, a pet hoe 
 well fed. 
 
 Ha-na-i-li, s. Sania and Ui, the skin, 
 A tanner; a manufacturer of leather. Oih. 
 9:48. 
 
 Ha-nai-pu, s. The feeding of a god with 
 the person who carried him ; o ke kanaka 
 nana e amo ke akua' ia ia no e hanai aka 
 ai, ua kapaia he harMimi, 
 
 Ha-n.i-oi, s. Harm and oi, sharp. A gen- 
 eral name for cutleiy, as knives, <fcc.; sueh 
 things as are sharp ; a unuhi ae 1 ka Aa-- 
 jiooi, (iien he drew out his knife. 
 
 Ha-nau, v. To come frous or be sepa- 
 rated, as a young animal from its mother ; 
 to be born. 
 
 2. More rarely used in .an a„tive sense to 
 bear or bring forth, as a mother. Kin. 16:1. 
 Note. — The translators of the Hawaoiaji 
 Bible have used the word in the active 
 sense for want of a better term, but Hawai- 
 ians seldom do ; it mostly expresses the 
 act of separation of the child from the 
 mother ; hence in a neuter or passive sense 
 often, then was horn to ovfoi- (such a one) 
 do and so. Kin. 5:3, and throughout 
 
 3. Soo. To cause to be l^orn, i. e., to 
 beget, as a father. 
 
 4. To bring forth, as a mother. JSak. 
 11:12. Hanau ana, the being born, i. e., 
 the birth. Jlfa^. 1:18. 
 
 Ha-natj, s. Child-birth. 
 
 Ha-nau, adv. Hoo. Ka holoi hookanau 
 hou ana, the washing of r'egereration. TU. 
 3:6. 
 
 HA-NAU-A-NAtf-A, i;. To whisper. See 
 Hawanawana. 
 
 Ha-nau-hp-pjj, ^. Thp, second child in 
 relation to the first, or the third in relation 
 to the second, &c., even to the last, accord- 
 ing to the connection. 
 
 Ha-nah-ka-hi, s. Hamw,, bom, and kahi, 
 one. The-one born, i. e., an only child of 
 parents ; the only born. Sol. 4:3. 
 
 Ha-nau-ka-ma, adj. Hanau and kama, 
 a child. Child bearing; fruitful in chil- 
 dren ; epithet of a mother having borne 
 many children. 
 
 Fa-nau-mha, s. Banau and viiuty the 
 first ; the first boia of parents. 
 1. The fii'Bt child. See Hiapo and Maka- 
 
 BIAFO. 
 
HAN 
 
 ' 2. Fio. Ka hanaumua o ka moke, the 
 first born of death. lob. 18:3. 
 Ha-nau-na, s. For kanau ana. Is used 
 for relations in generaL JSin.i7:l. Equiv- 
 alent to iMahanau. See Kin. 47:3. 
 
 1. A circle of relatione of the same faux- 
 
 Jiy. 
 
 2. A succession, as of father, son, grand- 
 son, &0. 
 
 3. A generation, i. e., people living at 
 the same time. Kin. 5:1. 
 
 Ha-nait-wa-le4. Siee Hanawalea. 
 Ha-nau-wa-ha-paa. See Hanawaha- 
 
 PAA. 
 
 Ha-na-ha-ka, v. To be severe; to be 
 hard ; to affect evilly ; to afiSict, as a fatn- 
 ■ ine. Kin. 47:13. 
 
 2. To he fatal j dea«lly, as siokneaj. 
 
 3. To be warm, as from violent exercise; 
 to be warm, as by the sun or fire. Note. — 
 This word is often used by foreigners as an 
 intensive of hana, to-do 'quickly or fre- 
 quently, but HawaiiJBis never use it in this 
 sense unless in imitation' of foreigners. See 
 Hana, 
 
 HA-NA-HA-NA,<id;. Warnj; heated, as 
 with exercise or other ways. See Eaiuxa, 
 Mehaka, &c. See the root H.4K4- 
 
 Ha-na-ha-na, adj. Disa^eep.ble to the 
 sn).ell ; offensive ; stinking ; ^naJiMa ka 
 ai awaawa. 
 
 Ha-na-ha-i»ai, *. SeePALiPALi. A place 
 near the top of a pali oa the ascending sid<?. 
 
 Ha-na-ha-kau-na, s. Hana, a redupli- 
 cation, and hanauna, a generation. A rela- 
 tion ; a kindred ; relations by friendship. 
 
 HA-NA-HA-NAa-NA, adj. Coteiflporaiy 
 born ; of the same age. 
 
 Ha-na-he-mo, v. Hana and hento, to 
 loosen. To loosen ; to let go ; to untie. 
 
 Ha-na-he-mo, s. a feeble state of health; 
 state of weakness. 
 
 Ha-na-hi-o, v. Hana and Mo, to lean 
 over. 
 
 1. To cause to lean or push over from an 
 upright position. 
 
 2. To stagger in walking; to go tore and 
 there. 
 
 Ha-na-hi-0, s. a Staggering; a walking 
 crookedly. 
 
 Ha-na-hi-hi-t;, ) s. Hana, a wort, and 
 
 Ha-NA-HI-KI-tt, \ hihiu. wild. A strange 
 work; a miracle. NoTK.-:-The last form, 
 hanahikiK, was found la a Hawaiian maau- 
 soript, but it may be a mistake for haj^uhi- 
 hiu, therefore both ai-e inserted. 
 
 Ha-na-hi-hi, adj. Ea7iaa.niMM. Wild; 
 uncirfl ; untamed. 
 , 2. Branching, as a vine, &c. 
 
 Ha-na-ho-kai, v. Hana and hokai, to 
 waste. To behave foolishly; to behave 
 
 149 .HAN 
 
 carelessly ; to act the spendthrift; to do 
 mischief. See Hokae. 
 
 Ha-na-kai, v. Hana and kai ; same as 
 . hokai. ,To erase; to blot out; better written 
 hanahae. 
 
 Ha-na-ma-na, s. .Sana and mana, super- 
 natural power. The words are often sepa- 
 rated ; as, hana mana. 
 
 1. Something done above or be; end 
 human ability: a work of the gods; hence, 
 
 2. Used in the Bible for a miracle. Note. 
 Hawaiians supposed there was a class of 
 gods having superhuman power, and next 
 to these were the highest chiefs, who were 
 reverenced as gods. Kamehameha was one. 
 
 Ha-na-ma-nu-ea, v. To blunder ; to be 
 
 careleiis ; to be slow in movement. 
 Ha-bta-na., adj. Crooking inwardly ; 
 
 bending ; flowing away. 
 Ha-na-na, v. See Halana, a change of 
 
 I for n. To flow , as water ; to ovei:flow, as 
 
 a stream its T)ack8 ; to overflow land. 
 Ha-na;NAI, V. To be lofty ; proud, 
 Ha-na-nai, *. Loftiness ; pride. • 
 Ha-na-paa, v. Ham and paa, fast • 
 
 tight. To fasten; to make fast; to tighten 
 
 The fiill form is hama apaa. 
 Ha-na-pe-pe, v. HaTia a.nipepe,hxciieii 
 
 fine. 
 
 1. To bruise greatly ; to crush ; to hurt 
 severely. Hal. 44:19. 
 
 2. Fig. To be pained. Uzek. 6:9. 
 Ha-na-wai, v. Aia hartavmi kou niakua- 
 
 Mne. Xaieifc. 171. Twices-ra.withmai. Ih, 
 
 1. A euphemism for kahx, koko. 
 
 2. To void urine. 
 Ha-na-pi-lo, ^ adj, Sana and pilo, pu- 
 Ha-NO-PI-LO, > trid or bad smelling. 
 Ha-NU-PI-LO, ) Hoarse ; speaking with a 
 
 low hoarse Voice, as with a cold or sore 
 throat. See these words in their places. 
 Ha-na-wa-le, v. Hana and wale, only. 
 
 1. To do for the sake of doing ; ^o do 
 something without reward, i. e., gratuit- 
 ously. 
 
 2. To work without design as to the end. 
 
 3. To labor in vain. 
 
 4. To do oi say a thing in sport. 
 Ha-na-wa-le, s. A gratuitous work; a 
 
 benefaction. 
 Ha-na-wa-ha-paa, s. a boisterous, noisy 
 
 person. 
 Ha-na-wa-ha-paa, adj. Obstreperous,- 
 
 fiill of noise in talk. 
 Ha-na-wa-le A, v. JETawa and jsa&o, sat-, 
 
 isfaction. 
 
 1. To live, act or do as one pleases. 
 
 2. To be satisfied with one s self or one'e 
 condition. 
 
 3. To be C'OUtented. 
 
HAN 
 
 150 
 
 HAN 
 
 Ha-na-wa-lea, & Self satisfaction ; 
 
 contentment; quietness. 
 Ha-na-wa-na-wa, v. HaWauawana by 
 
 inversion of letters, which see. To whisper. 
 Ha-ne, s. He nui ka hane ma kel^i 
 
 alii ; irregularity (perhaps) in living. See 
 
 EUneeani;. 
 Ha-mea, v. To have no appetite. 
 
 2. To be indolent ; inefficient ; stupid. 
 Ha-nea, s. Having no appetite ; loss 
 
 of strength ; indolence. 
 Ha-nee, V, Ed and nee, to slip; slide 
 
 along. 
 
 1. To fall flat, as a decayed house ; to 
 flat down; to tumble down, as a stone wall. 
 
 2. To slip or slide down, as an avalanche; 
 uakapaia o Eaholo mahope o knhanee ana 
 o ka pali, It (the place) was called Kaholo 
 (the moved) after the sliding down of the 
 pali. See Neb. 
 
 Ha-nee-nee, v. Intensive-of the above. 
 To bitch along ; me he oopa la haneenee ae 
 la ka nee, as a lame man hitches akmg his 
 pace. 
 
 Ha-ne-ha-ne, v. To cry; to wail, as 
 the ghosts of the dead were supposed to do. 
 
 Ha-he-ha-ne, *. The wailing or crying 
 of tne spirits ; hoopihaia i na leo wawalo o 
 ka hanehane,ra6 ka leo uwe ; (the air) was 
 filled with the voices of lamentation, and 
 crying ont and the sound of wailing. 
 
 Ha-ne-ne, v. To blackguard; to ase 
 vulgar, filthy language. 
 
 Ha-ne-ne, «. Low, vulgar, filthy lan^ 
 guage ; blackguardism. ' 
 
 Ha-ne-be, TOim. adj. Eng. A hundred 
 
 Ha-ni, v. To step lightly; to walk 
 softly. 
 
 2. To graze or just to touch in passing, 
 as a canoe does a rock. 
 
 3. To pass quickly through the air with 
 a humming noise. ' 
 
 Ha-ni-u, s. Ea, but-end or stem of a 
 leaf, and niu, cocoanut. The thick large 
 heavy end of a cocoanut leaf used in beat- 
 ing tue sides of kalo patches. 
 
 Ha-ni-ha-ni, p. To make first or slight 
 advances in tempting to adultery. Boo. 
 The same. 
 
 Ha-ni-le, p. To prepare for company ; 
 to receive company. 
 
 Ha-ni-na, s. a pau, an ancient woman's 
 garment colored with olena or turmeric. 
 
 Ha-ni-na, v. See Hoc and Hanihani. 
 No right ; no portion ; no part in a thing. 
 
 Ka-ni-ni, t). See Nini and Ninini. To 
 overflow : to run out, as water from! a ves- 
 sel full ot liquid ; to spill. 
 
 2. To pour out, as water. 2 Sam. 14:14. 
 To pour down, as a powerful rain, ha, 46:8. 
 
 3. To be gone ; to disappear. Jer. 49:7. 
 
 Ha-no, s. The- asthma ; a cough ; a 
 wheezing with the breath ; a cough, a sig- 
 nal of one's presence, laidk. 146. la wa 
 no kani aku la ka hano, then he emitted a 
 cough.' lb. 
 
 2. A syringe for giving injections ;. a 
 squirt-gun. See Haeako. 
 
 Ha-no, v. To use, as a syringe; to in- 
 ject 
 
 Ha-no, ) p. To breathe naturally, as a 
 
 Ha-nu, 5 -well person. Hoo. The same. 
 
 Ha-no, ) j. The breath ; the power of 
 
 Ha-NTJ, 5 breathing. OVi. 17:25. The nat- 
 ural breath, 
 
 Ha-no, adj. Desolate : lonely, as a place 
 uninhabited ; silent ; still. 
 
 Ha-no-a-le-wa, s. a temple ; a place 
 for sacrifice. 
 
 2. The oven of the temple ; be heiau, be 
 luakini. ' 
 
 Ha-notj, v. Hano, to breathe, and u, 
 pain ; grief. To pant ; to breathe with dif- 
 ficulty. 
 
 Ha-nou, s. a hard oi; difficult breath- 
 ing ; the asthma. 
 
 HA-No-HA-No,.)t,. To honor; to exalt; 
 
 Ha-NU-HA-NQ, J to triumph. 
 
 2. To be rich 2 to have the honor that 
 wealth gives. 
 
 3. Moo. To raise to honor, glory, &o. 
 
 4. To exercise authority or dominion. 
 Mat. 91:16. 
 
 Ha-no-hA-no, s. Glory; honor; pomp; 
 
 splendor ; excellency ; especially such as 
 
 arises from wealth. 
 2. Wealth ; the privileges of wealth. 
 Ha-no-ha-no, adj. Glonous; honored; 
 
 grave; sober; dignified. 1 Tim. 3:4, 11. 
 
 Also, 
 2. Proud ; haughty. 
 Ha-no-na, o. To drag a long fishing 
 
 line towards shore ; to lie along stretched 
 
 out, as a long line. 
 Ha-no-na-no-na, s. An artificial pond 
 
 made, but in letting in the water it will 
 
 not hold: 
 2. A kahawai that overflows with water, 
 
 but the rain stops and the stream is dry ; 
 
 he hanonono, he panonono. 
 Ha-no-no-no, adj. Cracked; full of 
 
 holes ; hakahaka, pukapuka. 
 Ha-no-pi-lo, v. To be hoarse; to speak 
 
 in a deep-toned voice ; to speak, as one 
 
 without a palate. See Hanamlo. 
 H4-N0-P1-L0, adj. Hoarse ; speaking 
 
 with a deep-to:ied voice. 
 
 Ha-nu, v. See Hano. To breathe; to 
 emit air from the lungs. LaiMk, 104. 
 2. To beat ; to throb, as the pulse. 
 
HAN 
 
 151 
 
 HAP 
 
 3. To act with energyl 
 
 4. To be 80' exceedingly angry that one 
 cannot stand still, that he nins one way 
 /then another, ranting, scolding and threat- 
 ening all that oome in his -way. 
 
 5. Hoo. To breathe furiously or ansrily. 
 i'Kfc. 15:8. ^ 
 
 Ha-nu, s. The breathing ; the natural 
 breath. 
 
 2. Breath; spirit. Pig. 2 OiW. 9:4. Ilanu 
 wale, m^e existence without enjoyment ; 
 vanity. lob. 1:16. 
 
 3. Breath, i. e., anything etaneccent; 
 vanity. Hal. 39:S, 11. 
 
 Ha-nu, adj. Na mea hanu, the breath- 
 ing things, i. e., people. los. 10:40. 
 
 JIa-nui, s. Ha and. nui,giea.t. Thebut- 
 
 ■ end of the stem of a cocoanut leaf. 
 
 Ha-n0-i, s. Name of a species of fish. 
 
 Ha-nu-ha-nu, v. To smell ; to smell, 
 as a dog following the track of his master ; 
 e imimaka7iam(/ianw ana l* ka ilio e loaa 
 ai ka hookapulii. 
 . Ha-nu-nu, v. To bend over; to be stoop- 
 ahouldered. See Oohu. 
 
 Ha-nu-nu, adj.- Stooping; bending over, 
 as a stoop-shouldcred-person. 
 
 Ha-nu-pi-lo, i;. See Hanomlo and Ha- 
 
 KAPU.O. 
 
 Ha-nu-a, v. To be low ; level ; plane ; 
 flat ; to lie flat. See Hoxua. 
 
 Ha-nu-a, adj. Level; plane; flat 
 
 Ha-nuu, s. Stairs; steps for ascending ; 
 uneven places. See Nco. 
 
 Ha-nuu, adj. Rising by steps ; ala ha- 
 nuu. Pufc. 20:23. 
 
 Ha-nuu-nuu, V. SeeHANUu. To ascend, 
 as upon stairs ; to go up stairs. 
 
 2. To lay one thing on the top of another. 
 
 3. To be uneven, as stairs ; as protuber- 
 ances on a plane. 
 
 Ha-nuu-nuu, s. Stairs; steps, &c. 
 
 2. Uneven ; irregiilar places on. a plane. 
 See Hanto and Nun. 
 
 3. irregular flashes, of flame; also, 
 
 4. Vibrations of sound. 
 Ha-nuu-nuu, adv. Irregularly; n&t 
 
 smooth: unequally; ina i ulanla hanuunuu 
 ke ao, if the clouds be unequaUy red. 
 Ha-nd-ha-nu, s. Name of a pastime 
 among the aocient Hawaiians ; kekahi lea- 
 lea o ka hctnuhanu. 
 
 Ha-nu-na-nu-na, s. The rising of fumes 
 from the stomach to the nose, as in drink- 
 ing soda-water, or after eating highly fer- 
 mented food, as new risen poi. 
 
 2. The hard breathing from <he stoppage 
 of the nose. 
 
 Ha-nu-pa, s. Ha and nupa, deep mud. 
 A deep muddy pit ; a dark hole. 
 
 Ha-nu-paa, ,s. Hanu and paa, tight. A 
 cold or catarrli. 
 
 Ha-nu-pau, s. Hanii, to breathe, and 
 pau, to finish. Tho gasping of a dying per- 
 son ; the giving up of the spirit ; he hanu- 
 pau ka make. 
 
 Ha-nu-pa-nu-pa, v. Ha&ninupa,soit; 
 niuddy. To be muddy; soft; to find it 
 difficult to walk from slipperiness. See 
 Hanupa. 
 
 Ha-nu-pa-nu-pa, adj. Slippery; muddy, 
 aa a road bad from deep mud ;. unsteady, 
 as by walking in a bad road ; allowing the 
 
 . feet to sink m, as a sandy or very dirty 
 road. 
 
 Ha-nu-pi-lo, v. See Hanapilo and Ha- 
 
 KOPILO. 
 
 Ha-pa, v. To diminish ; to make less ; 
 
 to decrease"; to "be partly done, as a job of 
 
 work. 
 Ha-pa, s. An indefinite part of a thing; 
 
 a few ; a small part. 
 Ha-pai, v. To lift up; lo elevate; to 
 
 take up ; to carry. 
 2. To raise the hands, as in taking an 
 
 oath. Kin. 14:22. 
 ■ 3. To honor; to praise; to exalt &r past 
 
 deeds ; to recompense. Eset. 6:6. 
 
 4. With pu, to assist (ne in his business; 
 t/O act together. 
 
 5. To take ilp, that is, commence, as a 
 speech. Nah. 23:7. 
 
 6. To conceive, 'as t female ; to become 
 pregnant. Oihk. 12:2 Hoo. To conceive. 
 Fig. Nah:n:l2. _ 
 
 Ha-pai, adj. Haviig conceived; preg- 
 nant, as a female ; lou hapai ana, thy con- 
 ception. Kin. 3:lf Hapai ana, the con- 
 ception (of femaleii) 
 
 Ha-pai-a-na, s. See Hapai above. 
 
 Ha-pau-ea, s. lb, breath, pau, all, and 
 ed, life. 
 
 1. Short breaih ; applied to invalids and 
 aged persons. 
 
 2. Weaknes-; feebleness. 
 
 Ha-pa-u-mi, ■. Hapa, part, and umt, 
 ten. A tend part; a tenth. Kin. 14:20, 
 Note. — Thi word has been used errone- 
 ously 'by Jtiwaiians to moan a small coin, 
 six and f quai-ter cents, which is not a 
 hapaumioi any known coir. ; hapaumi is 
 ten cent, or one-tenth of a dollar ; hapa- 
 vnlu is one-eighth of a dollar, or twelve 
 and aJalf cents; hapaha is one-fourth of 
 adoUc, and hapalua is ono-half of a dollar. 
 
 HA«PAr-PAU, adj. Besmeared; dirty; 
 obsoired, as glass, furniture, &c. ; ua ka- 
 pmqau ke aniani, ua hapaupau ka papa, e 
 ho^l ae. 
 
 Ha-'A-jU, s. Hapa, part, and Iia, four. 
 Afourth part of a thing. Mh. 23:10. A 
 
ftAP 
 
 162 
 
 HAW 
 
 (jaartef; specifically libo sum of twenty-five 
 ce^ti), or a quarter of a dollar. 
 
 Ha-pa'^ha-pai, v. See Hafai and Hoo- 
 UiiLGi. To lift or toss il^, as a child. 
 
 HA-fA-Ko-Ltr, s. Hapa and k<^u, three. 
 A third part of a thing. 
 
 HA-tA-KU-E, t. To be twisted in the 
 legs and fcut ; to be deformed ; to bo crip- 
 pled. 
 
 ' 2. To stammer or be slow in speech, as 
 an aged person ; ma ka olelo a«na eliema- 
 kiile, ua lohl ke kamailio ana, hapakrte ka 
 waiia i ka olelo. 
 
 Ha-pa-ku-e, ddj. Crooked; deformed; 
 crippled. 
 2. Stammcrine ; hesitating in speech. 
 
 Ha-pa-ku-i, v. To stammer. See Hapa- 
 
 KUE. 
 
 Ha-pa-la, v. See Pala. To defile ex- 
 ternally ; to disfigur« ; to besmear. 
 
 2. To daub ; to paint ; to plaster with 
 lime. KarU. 27:2. 
 
 3. Fio. To be satiated, 1. e., stained, as 
 with blood, tsa. 31:6. 
 
 4. To be soft, as kalo killed with cdld or 
 drought; ua hapala ke kalo, ua pala ke 
 ki'.mu. 
 
 Ha-pa-le, s. a shovel or trowel. 
 Ha-pa-li-ma, s. Hapa, part, and lima, 
 five. One-eah: a fifth part of a thinar; 
 
 Ha-pa-lct-a, s. Ha^a, part, and lua, two. 
 
 One-half; a half part. Puk. 24:6. This 
 
 word is used specifically for half a dollar 
 
 as Impaha is for twenty-five cents. 
 Ha-pa-pa, s. a Stratum of rOck covered 
 
 with thin earth ^ a stwiy place. 
 2. Earth covered with stones. 
 Ha-pa-pa, adj. Shallow, as earth above 
 
 the rock ; .shallow ; not deeply planted, as 
 
 seed ; o kahi hapapa i ulu ole a mac koke. 
 Ha-pa-pa-pa, s. and adj. Very shaUdw, 
 
 Ac. See above. 
 Ha-pa-wa-le, s. Hapa and wale, only. 
 
 Only a part ; a few ; a small portion. 
 Ha-pa-wa-lu, s. Hapa and. wahi,e.ight. 
 
 The eighth ; the eighth part of a thing ; 
 
 specifically, the sum of twelve and a half 
 
 ceuia. 
 Ha-pe, adj. Wrong! incorrect. 
 Ha-pou, *. Name of a soft porous kind 
 
 of stones. 
 Ha-po-po, adj. Dim-sighted ; almost 
 
 blind ; blear eyed, as one who cannot see 
 
 clearly ; kapopo ka miika. 
 
 Ha-pou-pou, adj. Blurred; darkened 
 or whitened over, as the eye ; o like me 
 poaeae ; hapoupou ka muka. See IIavopo. 
 
 Ha-pu, s. Name of a vegetable eaten j 
 in time of famine. ' 
 
 Ha-ptt-ee, s. Name of a species of fish. 
 Ha-pou, v. To be many? to be multi- 
 tudinous ; to abound in plenty 5 thick to- 
 gether. 
 Ha-puu, adj. Many; abounding; plen- 
 teous. 
 Ha-puu, s. Name of a species of large 
 fern ; the root is ratable in time of famiive. 
 Sec Kauai'uu. 
 2. Name of a species of flsh. 
 Ha-puu-puu, v. To be undecided as to 
 what one ha.s said ; to be not plain as to 
 the meaning of something said ; ua hapxu- 
 ; puu kana olelo, aole akaka ; ke hapmpvu 
 ' net ka manao, mafaope p»ha akaka. 
 Ha-puu-put;, a«^'.' See Hapuu, many. 
 To be numerous; hapuupwi ke lulo Hilo 
 i ka ua. 
 HA-puu-PTjg, s. Name of a species of 
 
 flsh. See Hapuu. 
 Ha-pu-ka-'o-hi-o-hi, V. To speak fool- 
 ishly ; to talk noniiense ; ma ka hapvkaoki- 
 ohi ana paha a ka waha ue ka poe Kauai la. 
 Ha-ptj-ka-o-hi-o-hi, 3. Foolish, nonsen':- 
 
 ical talk. 
 Ha-pu-ka, ) I,. To gather up everything; 
 Ha-pu-ku, ) to collect together indiscrim- 
 inately good and bad ; to Ecrape together. 
 2. To be crowded together, as thoughts 
 in the mind ; pillkia iho la oloko, ftapuku, 
 hapxdcu mai la ka manao ana. 
 Ha-ptt-na, s. a dirty puddle of \vater. 
 
 See Kio, Hai.6kowai, &e. 
 Ha-wa, v. To be daubed with excre- 
 ments ; to be defiled ^ to be in a pitiable 
 state. 
 Ha-wae, s. The white sea-egg. 
 Ha-wae-kai-nui, adj. Awkwaid, as in 
 diving and gpatterUig the water much; 
 hawaekainui ke kanaka i ka Inu. 
 Ha-wae-wae, s. a species of«mall lob- 
 ster. 
 Ha-waI, v. To pour water on an oven 
 
 when heated to generate steam. 
 Ha-wai, y. To pour or dash water on to 
 an oven to increase the steam ; i hale pa- 
 liraa, hale tiatixti m& ka la hookahi. 
 Ha-wai, adj. Pertaining to the place or 
 
 business of steaming food in an oven. 
 Ha-wai, s. Apipefercohveyingvrater; 
 
 a lead pipe, hose, &c. 
 Ha-wal-i, s. Name of the largest island 
 of the Hawaiian group, and gives name to 
 the group. Fi-om time immemorial the 
 people have called themselves "ko Ha- 
 waii," Mnd the'islands "ka pae aiiia o Ha- 
 waii," " na moku .Hawaii," &o. 
 Ha-wai-i-a-kea, s. Broad or large Ha- 
 waii ; i kana na ke kaikamahine alii o 
 itav>aiiakea. Laicik. 168. 
 
HAD 
 
 153 
 
 HEA. 
 
 Ha-wa-ha-wa, adj. Filthy; dirty; espe- 
 cially with such £rt aa sticks to one. See 
 
 HiWA. 
 
 Ha-wa-le, s. Lying; deceitful; no con- 
 fidence m, 
 
 Ha-wa-li; ) «. a place where veg- 
 
 Ha-wa-li-wa-m, J etatioa grows around 
 a salt pond. 
 2. A kind of slimy, sticky fish. 
 
 Ha-wa-na, v. To whisper ; to speak in 
 the eai' ; to speak in a low voice. 
 
 Ha-wa-na-wa-na, v. To whisper, &c. 
 See IIawana. A huki iho la ia ia, e ftawa- 
 naviana i kona pepeiao, he palled him to- 
 wards himself to whisp^ in his ear; to con- 
 sult against one. Hal. 41:7. 
 
 Ha-wa-na-wa-na, s. Whispering; low 
 talk in the ear ; soft conversation. 
 
 Ha-wa-ne, s. The name of the palm 
 coeoanut 
 
 2. The frnit of the tree otherwise called 
 loulu: the frnit is eatable ; its leaf made 
 into hats. 
 
 Ha-wa-wa, v. See Hawa, To be awk- 
 ward; foolish; ignorant; not to know how 
 to do things. 
 
 Ha-wa-w.^!,,. s. Awkwardness ; igno- 
 rance; without skill or energy to obtain it. 
 
 Ha-wa-wa, adj. Awkward; unapt; un- 
 skillful ; ignorant ; rude ; weak in knowl- 
 edge, mm. 1:21. Mea Jiatoatoo, a silly 
 person. Idb. 5:2. 
 
 Ha-we-le, v. To lengthen; to lengthen 
 by tying on a piece ; e loloa ae ; hence, 
 
 2. To tie or lash on with a cord or string. 
 
 3. To bind or secure by tying ; to fasten 
 by tying. 
 
 4. To bind on, as shoes or sandals. los. 
 9:5. To tie or fasten on, as a sword. 18am. 
 25:13. As the cover of a vessel. A'oA.19d5, 
 As armor generally. Kaid. 1:46. 
 
 5. I'd shoe; to put on shoes. .^es.6:15. 
 Ha-we-le, »'. A tying on; a binding on. 
 Ha-we-na, s. a substance similai to 
 
 chalk: chalk. 
 
 2. Hoariness; the wlu&hness of .gray 
 hair ; a hoary or gray head : hapala iaika 
 hawena, danbed with whilasnncBs. 
 
 3. Applied to a gray headed man who 
 has but little wisdom. 
 
 Ha-we-we, v. To make a monotonous 
 rustling sound, as one moving his feet, 
 dramming with his fingers, &c. ; nehc, ne- 
 neke. See TJb and TJecb. 
 
 Ha-we-we, s. A rustling indistinct 
 sound ; a slight rumbling sound. 
 
 Ha-da-sa, s. Hei. The myrtle tree. Tsa. 
 
 41:19. 
 
 Ha-da-sa, adj. Lala hadasg,, myrtle 
 branches. IS'eh. 8:15. 
 20 
 
 Ha-re, s. Eng. Name of an unclean 
 animal ; a hare. Oihk. 11:6. 
 
 He, art. The indefinite article, answer- 
 ing somewhat to English a or an. For its 
 various uses, see Gram. § 66, 111, Kale 6th, 
 Syntax, Ac. 
 
 He, s. a grave; a place where one per- 
 son is buried. Km. 36:20. A sepulchre ; 
 he lua kupapau. 
 
 % A dividing line or boundary between 
 lands. 
 
 He, s. Name of the little worm that eats 
 the leaves of the coeoanut and the palm- 
 leaf pandanus. 
 
 He, s. Nameof a weapon used in war; 
 bawane, he laau hanaia i hs kaua. 
 
 He, e. To roar, as a strong wind, such 
 as roars down the ravines ; he leo o ka 
 makani kauaula kahi i Ae iho nei, ke nee 
 nei i na kahawai. 
 
 He-a, e. To call; to give an appella- 
 tiofl. STO.withkapa. Joan. 13:13. To call 
 to one ; to call one. 
 
 2. To choose ; to appoint 
 
 3. To sing or recite a mele ; ina ku ke 
 kanaka i ka hta mele ana, if any man stand 
 up for reciting a mele. See Kahea. 
 
 He-a, s. a call ; a .calling out ; a cry. 
 
 He-a, adv. int. Which ? what ? When ? 
 where? referring to place, inhere; ka hale 
 h^a? what or which house? ka manawa 
 kea? when? what time? &c.; it is declined 
 like a noun. See Gram. § 160 and 165. It 
 takes also other prefixes; as, auhtaf pe- 
 kea? &c. 
 
 He-a, v. To eat up entirely; to leave 
 . nothing uneaten. Note, — This was applied 
 to the last hog that was sacrificed on the 
 , eighth day at the dedication of a heian. 
 ' The hog itself was called puaa kea, as it 
 was to be entirely eaten up. Should any 
 person refuse to eat of it on this occasion, 
 he would be immediately sacrificed ; or if 
 any part of the hog should be left after all 
 had eaten, they would all die by some 
 dreadful judgment. 
 
 He-a, e. To be red or sore, as inflamed- 
 eyes ; to be stained or colored red. 
 
 He-a, s. Sore eyes ; inflamed eyes. 
 
 He-a, adj. He ua hea. See Ua, *. A 
 cold rain. See Konahea, cold rain. See 
 
 KoNA. 
 
 He-a. Used as a sufSx to various wordg, 
 as paapuftea, meaning perhaps heavy qi 
 smoky. 
 
 He-au, s. Name of the place where 
 fishermen set the basket in catching fish ; 
 tl>e place was artificially built ; alalia ku- 
 kuin hou i mau AcoiA— mft ka hcma o ka'- 
 mokupuni, me ke kukulu heau no. 
 
HEE 
 
 154 
 
 HEl 
 
 He-a-iu, adv. int. Me and aka. Lit. A 
 
 what? what? why? 
 He-a-ha, ». . To what ; to ask what ; 
 
 heatia mai ]a kekahi, heaha ia ? a ceilam 
 
 person whatted (asked what) is it ? Gram. 
 
 §3T. See Aha. 
 Hk-a-he-a, u See Hea. To call; to 
 
 call freiiuently ; to call out; to call for 
 
 help yriOx earnestness. 
 Hea-eea, ». See HiiA, 0., to be red. To 
 
 imprint with spots ; to stain, especially 
 
 with rc4 colors; to be smeared, as with 
 
 red dirt. 
 Hea-hea-ia, s. a calling; a voice of 
 
 calliDg ; aote nse i loaa ka heaheaia mai. 
 
 Tjaidk. 91. 
 . Hea-hea-hea, adj. See HeAhe a. Wann, 
 
 &c. ; bald. 
 He-a-hi-o, adj. Lazy; loitering behind. 
 He-a-na, s. The dead body or corpse 
 
 of one or niore slain in battle Sanl 28:26. 
 
 A carcass of any dead animal. Mai. 24';2& 
 
 See He, a grave. 
 
 Hee, v. To melt ; to change from a 
 solid to a liquid snbstance ; to ran, as a 
 liqwd ; to flow, as biood or water. 
 
 2. To slip or glide along; to melt away; 
 to play on the surf-board. Xaieifc. 91. Stee 
 
 HEENiLir, 
 
 3. To flee through feat; Ite kau» ana. o 
 ka poe i Jiee. makau lakou ; to flee ; to be 
 dispersed in battle. iK». 34:10. 
 
 4. To melt ; applied no, to the heart; to 
 be feacl'ui : cowardly. Xanl 20:8. 
 
 5. To be disappointed, /so. 23:18 To 
 dip up and pour out water; to skim jff' the 
 scum, as cream, &c. See Auhee. 
 
 C. Impeiaiiveiy, hee akti paha, b- oft'; go 
 about your business ; contractioi perhaps 
 for hele. ; 
 
 Hee, s, a flowing, as of bimd or other ; 
 liquid. 
 
 2. A flight, as of a routed army. | 
 
 3. A bloody issue, catsimenia ; he Af* 1 
 koko ka wahine ; heskolua, to slide on the ! 
 holua, a pastime among 4e ancients ; hee- 
 nata, a playing on the ssrf-board. 
 
 Hee, s. The squid, irom his slippery 
 
 qualities. 
 2. The rope that supports the mast; a 
 
 stay. 
 He-e-he, v. To bteat, as a goat. 
 Hee~hee, v. The .13th conj. of fee. To 
 
 flow or melt avay ; to disappear ; to be- ; 
 
 come li(^uid ; *o flee in battle ; tj dip up i 
 
 water with a cup, ifooi To melt away, as { 
 
 an army ; hence, to flee ; to run. 
 2. A word used in enforcing the highest 
 
 kapus. 
 
 Hee-hee, f. A boil; a sore emitting 
 matter. See Hbhe. Boot ftee. 
 
 2. An avalanche or pali slidden down ; 
 earth or dirt fallen 'down from a steep side 
 hm. 
 He-e-hi-a, w. To be filled with awe ; 
 ■ to tremble with fear. See EfcHU. 
 Hee-ho-lxj-a, v. Bee and hiitta, a ma- 
 chine something: like a sled upon which tke 
 ancients slid down hill; a pastime among 
 the ancient Hawaiians. See Hoix'i. 
 Hee-kke, s. Name of a species of fish. 
 Hee-ko-ko, s. Hee and tUiho, biood. A 
 flowing of blood ; any great flow of blood ; 
 .spedfiii(iB.y, the catamenia. Oihlc. 15:25. 
 Hee-ma-ko-ko, s. Name of a species of 
 large squid fouu<2 in the ocean, not eata- 
 ble ; he hee nui loa ia ma ka moana, he 
 mea ai ole ia. 
 Hee-ma-ko-lj', s. Squid that has been 
 
 cured with -'alt. anfl is red. 
 Hke-na-lit, v. Hee and nala,ihe surf. 
 To slide down Uic surf; to play on the 
 surt-bo*rd. See below. 
 Hee-n>(:LU, s. Bee and nalu, the surf. 
 A pbying on the'surf, a pastime among the 
 auaenta; the name of their play on the surf. 
 Hes-ne-hu, s. The name of a species 
 it small fish; he uabuki heenehu na ka 
 lawaia. 
 SEE-Pt?-L0A, s. A fisn of the sqiiid genus. 
 'Hee-wa-le, v. Hee and iJiale, only. To 
 melt easily ; to flee, as a cow^d in lime of 
 danger. 
 He!, s. a net; a snare for entang'ing 
 and taking an anima} ; applied tt> men. 
 Sol 29:5. 
 
 2. A draught of fish. I/iike i:i., 
 
 3. Game caught ia hunting. 
 
 4. A cat's cradle. Sal. 
 
 Hei, v. To entangle, as in a net. 
 Hohak. 1:15. 
 
 2. Fig. To be insnared or entangled with 
 difficulty. 1 Tim. 3:7. 
 
 3. To catch and entangle one by the ncclc 
 or legs ; i mea e Aei ai ka a-i, ka wawae 
 paba. 
 
 4. ffoo. To catch in a net. J'lO. Zvke 
 6:10. To entrap, entangle, &n. ; ua makaii 
 an i ka mea kii nifti ia'u e hookei ultu, i aoi 
 afraid of him wijo shall come to miinip in(-. 
 
 Hei, s. The form of hanging grtv-as 
 about the house of the gods to render the 
 sacrifices acceptable; i mea c. hoobiwahiwa 
 aku. 
 
 2, A wreath of green leaves. Fig. Au 
 ornament ; o ke akamai o ka makuakano, 
 e lilo no ia i hei na ke fceiki, the wisdom of 
 the father, it shall become a virmlh for the 
 child. 
 
 Hei, s. The name of the pawpaw tree; 
 ateo called mili. 
 2. Also the name of the fruit, 
 
HEU 
 
 155 
 
 HEH 
 
 Hei-au, j;. a small secret room in the 
 large temple. 
 
 2. A. large temple of idolatry among 
 Hawaiians ; a temple for the worship of 
 oup or more of the gods ; e kiikulu oe i 
 ma\i heiau no na akua, no Kh, no Ijono,no 
 Kane ame Kanaloa, build thou some tem- 
 ples for the goda, for Ku, for Lono, for 
 Kane and Kanaloa. 
 
 3. The /leioft was one of the six houses of 
 every man's regular establishment — ^tho 
 house for the god ; cono hale o na kanaka, 
 he heiau, oia kekahi, men had six houses, 
 the heiau (temple) was one. 
 
 4. In the Bible, a high place of worship. 
 2 Ml. 12:14 ; Isa. 15:2. 
 
 Hei-e, s. a servant to a prophet who 
 
 reported his declarations. 
 HeI-hei, u To run, as in a race ; to 
 
 n>n a race. Jlcd. 19:5. 
 Hei-hei-ho-lu-a, s. a race with the 
 
 hooliiSi ; a sliding down hill on a lioolua. 
 Hei-het-na»lu, s. Ileihei and naiu, sni;f. 
 
 A riding tho surf in the way of a race be- 
 tween two or more persons; an ancient 
 
 pastime. 
 Hei-hei-waa, s. a race between, two or 
 
 more canoes ; practiced much in former 
 
 times. 
 He-o, adj. Proud ; haughty ; used 
 
 mostly with tlic causative luia. See Haahbo 
 
 a,n<l Hooauo. 
 He-0, s. The semen mascnlinum; eojii 
 
 ka puu, i olu jka heo ? 
 JJe-o, ) ^,. To be ill haste, as an assem- 
 He-oo, ) bly to disperse. 
 
 2. To be in haste to go, as one afraid or 
 jiot welcome. 
 
 3. T-o be in doubt what way to go,- 
 He-o-he-o, s. The glans penis j applied 
 
 to men and to some animals; witbm the 
 prepuce ; loaa ka heoheo. 
 
 He-u, s. Down or ftfie hair. 
 
 2. A youngster : a young man, from his 
 down or first beard ; kiiu kaae o ka wa 
 hen ole,my husband from the time o^?/ou<A 
 (without a beard.) Luieik. 204. 
 
 3. The quicksilver on the back of a look- 
 ing-glass ; boloi lakou i ka hsa o ka aniani, 
 thoy washed oif the quicksilver of the glass. 
 
 4. The work firet done, the speech firet 
 made, the first movement in an affair. 
 
 He-u, V. To begin to growy as the 
 beard ; he kanaka qpiopio wale bo, akahi 
 no a hen. 
 
 J1e-u, adj. The first shooting of beards 
 in boys ; he keiki hea, a ehpd bearded. 
 
 Hjs'u, } «. With a shajj) break in 
 
 He'u-HE'u, ) pronouncing, to sing, as birds; 
 to sound, as the voice of birds ; to sound, 
 ae toe voice of spiritB with sweet soimds. ' 
 
 He-u-he-u, v. See Heu above. 
 He-u-kae, v. To split, as ^ cane. 
 
 2. To treat one badly ; to use harshly. 
 
 3. To act the villain. See Hai'Kai:. 
 He-tj-mi-ki, adj. Good. 
 He-ha, adj. Lazy; indolent; slow in 
 
 work; opii 7icAa. 2';M;12. Translated sioic 
 
 hdlks. iSyn. with ulana, Molowai Icahana-, 
 
 manaka. 
 He-iie, v. See Hee. To run or flow 
 
 out, as an ulcer or the contents of a boil. 
 2. lloo. To melt or cause to become 
 
 liquid, as metals by heat. See Heehee. 
 He-he, v. To laugh j to mock; to de- 
 ride. 
 He-he, s. A swelling ulcerated on the 
 
 skin, 
 He -HE, s. The upper calabash of a drum. 
 He-he, adj. Ulcerous ; belonging to a 
 
 boil ; mai hehe. Kanl. 28:27. 
 2. Molten ; that which has been cast. 
 He-hee, v. To melt, as metals ; to 
 
 liquefy any solid substance. 1 Fei. &:12. 
 2. Ffn. To soft'jn, as the heart ; to make 
 
 fearful. Pufc. 15:15. 
 o. IIoo. To molt and cast into any figure. 
 
 Puk. 25:12. To cause to be soft; unstable; 
 
 e lewa. 
 
 4. To flow ; to :;un, as a liquid metal ; 
 he pohakn i hoohehee wale ia no. See Hee. 
 
 tiE-HEE, s. With mai, a running sore, 
 Oihk. 13:18. 
 
 He-hee, adj. Roo. Liquid; thir^j flow- 
 ing ; melting. Sol. 17:3. 
 
 He-he-hee, v. See Gram, k 228. A 
 poetical form of the verb Aee, to flow away, 
 1. e., to fade, as the colors of calico ; hehe- 
 Tiee i ka wai, to fade by washing, 
 
 He-hei, v. See Hei. To entangle in a 
 net, as fish or birds in a snare. 
 
 He-he-0, v. E peeaniki, e koheo, e 
 pueo. Kamdk. 
 
 He-he-lo, v. To be like the helo or 
 ohelo, a reddish brown ; hence, 
 2. To be good looking ; grand ; proud. 
 
 He-he-na, v. To be mad ; crazy ; in- 
 sane, /er. 25:16. 
 
 He-he-na, s. A madness. iTawZ. 28:28. 
 
 2. A mad person ; hana iho la e like me 
 
 na }tehena ame na holoholona, they acted 
 
 like madnien and brutes. 2 Nal. 9:11. See 
 
 Ehbs'a. 
 
 He-he-na, adj. Insane; crazy; deliri- 
 ous ; raving mad. 1 Sam. 21:13, 14. 
 
 He-hi, v. To tread upon. Kanl. 1:36. 
 To trample down. See Eai. With kajmai. 
 Kard. 11:24. ■ 
 
 2. To put the foot upon, a symbol of sub- 
 jection. 70S. 10:24. 
 
 3. To trample upon, i. e., disobey or dis- 
 
HEK 
 
 156 
 
 HEL 
 
 regard, ad a Uw ,' hehi na mea a pau ma- 
 luna o ke kanawai o ka aina, everybody 
 trampled upon the law of the land ; hehi 
 berita, to trample- apon or disregard a 
 covenant. Lutnk. 2:20. 
 
 i. To loathe, as a full person bis food. 
 8ol. 27:7. 
 
 He-hi, s. a treading; a place for tread- 
 ing; kabi hehi palaoa, a thrashing floor 
 where grain was trodden ont. Nah. 15:20. 
 
 He-bo, s. A cob ; a corn cob. 
 
 He-hu, V, To pull up by the roots ; to 
 root up. 1 Ned. 14:lfi. 
 
 2: Fic. To root out, as ,a people ; malia 
 paha i hehuia makou i poe nana ekuhikuhi 
 I na iwi o ka poe kahiko, perhaps we shall 
 be rooted up aa those who shall point to the 
 bones (land-marks) of the ancients. 
 
 3. To pull ttpfortraaspIanting4 to trans- 
 plant. 
 
 4. To carry manure for the good of -a 
 transplanted tree. 
 
 He-hu, v. To summon to work or to 
 war ; to warn oat 
 
 He-hu, s. A tree pulled up for trans- 
 plantation. 
 
 2. Mist ; steam : vapor ; spray from the 
 sea. See Ehu and Hhihokal 
 
 3. Name of a 'medicine. 
 He-hu-kai, s. See Eiiu. Heku and Icai, 
 
 the sea. The spray of the sea. 
 
 He-hu-na-kai, s. He and hina, small 
 particle, and ixit, sea. The spray of iiie sea. 
 
 He-ka, Xadj, Sore 5 red, as in- 
 
 He-ka-HE-ka, { flamed eyes; eyelids turned 
 ' out by inflammation. 
 
 He-kau, v. To tie with a rope. 
 
 ' 2. To make fast, as in anchoring a boat 
 or cask, by tying to stones or rocks tmder 
 water. LaieUc 12i. Aoleelilo,ua?ieJi;au{a. 
 
 He-kau, s. A large strong rope for fast- 
 ening boats, canoes, &c. 
 
 He-kau, adj. Epithet of a large strong 
 rope ; he kanla fte/cau; strong ; firm. 
 
 He-ke, s. a nail or pin to hang things on. 
 2. One thing up over another; a sail 
 
 - drawn up over another sail. 
 
 He-ke, adj. Fallen, as the countenance 
 with shaTie. 
 
 2. Faded ; wilted, as a plant. 
 
 3. Angi'y ; cross ; reluctant 
 He-ke-he-ke, adj. Weak; faint; des- 
 titute of energy. 
 
 He-ke-ke, adj. Hakake, leilei, pokole. 
 He-ki-li, «. Art. ke. Puk. 9:33; Puk. 
 
 20:18. Thunder; avoioefirom the clouds. 
 "i. Anything terrible, raging, terrific; uhi 
 
 paapu mai la oia i na hekili o ke kuko ino. 
 
 Lai^h. 196. 
 He-ki-li, v. To thunder. Hai. 29:3. 
 
 JIoo. To vav<ie to thunder. 2 Sam. 22:14. > 
 
 He-ku-ni, s. a steward. 
 
 He-ku-pau, s. Be, a grave, and kupa- 
 pau, a dead body. A grave ; a place for 
 depositing a corpse. Nah. 19:16. 
 
 Hb-la, )adj. Eednessofthecor- 
 
 He-LA-HE-LA; ) ner of the eye ; jpart'al 
 blindness ; o ka paholcholo o ka ill, hela- 
 heUi ino ka poe i hana pela. 
 
 He-le, v. To move in any way to a 
 large or small minute distance; the quality 
 of the motion is expressed T r other words. 
 
 2. To walk ; to go ; to more. 
 
 3. To act ; to exhibit moral cond,uct. 1 
 Kor. 3:3. 
 
 4. To stretch, as a string or rope. 
 
 6. Boo. To cause one to go or pass on. 
 jEiefc. 16:21. To desire or pretend to go on; 
 to depeu^ ; aole uae e pono ia laua e hoo- 
 hde wale 1 na pohaku hoohde ; htU kue, to 
 go against, as an enemy. Inaik. 1:10. ^eie 
 wale, to be or to wallc about naked. See 
 Belswale. Edi e, to go before ; ke he2< 
 aku nei ke keiki, the child grows, i. e., in-' 
 crease* in statiire ; IttU liilii, belelei, to 
 scatter ; to separate. See the compounds. 
 
 He-le, s. A noose i a snare for catch- 
 ing birds. See Pahele. 
 
 2. A going ; a passing on ; a journey ; a 
 course. 
 
 He-le-a, v. To put a noose around die 
 head of a shark ; i heka ka o kai o ka lani. 
 
 He-lei, adj. Inflamed ; opened, as the 
 eye, so a^ to turn the lid out; he maka 
 h4ei, an inflamed eye. 
 
 He-lei, v. To open or spread open, as 
 the legs; to straddle. See KuSklel A 
 Cfpecific word, and rather iudelicate. 
 
 2. To say no by a signal, that is, by pull- 
 ing down one corner of the eye slily. 
 
 He-le-0, *. A vulgar word for the welu 
 used in wiping the fundament. 
 
 He-le-u-ma, s. jBck, to move, and Mma, 
 to grasp. 
 
 1. The stone anciently used as an anchor 
 to hold a canoe. 
 
 %. In modern times, an anchor of a ves- 
 sel ; aole i kuu ka heleuma o ka moku, the 
 anchor of the ship was not let down, Fio. 
 lUb. 6:19. 
 
 He-ije-he-le, V. See Hele. To go 
 through; hence, to cut up; to divide asun- 
 der, as with a imife or shears. See Madelc. 
 
 He-le-he-le-na, $. The external ap- 
 pearance of a person, his form, contour; 
 especially the face of a person. lak. 1:23. 
 With maka, the appearance of tiie face. 
 Dan. 10:6. HMuima ka poiDO,/ace of 
 sadness. Laieik. 142. 
 
 He-le-ho-nu-a, v. ^e?e and /(onua, pre- 
 ceding ; going before. To precede ; to go 
 before ; to do previously. 
 
HEL 
 
 157 
 
 HEM 
 
 He-le-ho-mu-a, v. Hde, a noose or snare, 
 and Aonua, adv. To tie ; to bind ; to en- 
 tangle ; to cateh in a snare or net. 
 
 HE-I.E-SI-KA-HA, V. Hde &nd kikaka. 
 
 1. To act in ignorance of wliat is doing ; 
 to iroik in obscnrity. 
 
 2. To wander a loi^ way off; a pro- 
 vnrbial expression, msn noho a hmdakaha 
 aktt, act not witliout object. See Kikaha^ 
 
 He-le-ki-ki, v. Hele and kiki. See Kiei. 
 
 To act hastily ; to do quickly ; to go in a 
 
 hurry. 
 He-le-lei, v. Hele and lei, to throw 
 
 away. 
 
 1. To scatter, as any email articles ; to 
 spill, as water. 
 
 2. To distill, as dew, i. e., to fall upon 
 one, as music or a speech. Kmd. 3i-X 
 
 3. To slaver with one's spittle. 1 Sam. 
 21:13. 
 
 -. To scatter, i. e., to fall, as seed sown. 
 Mat. 13:4. ifoo. To cast or throw away, &o. 
 He-le-lei, adj. Scattered; dropping or 
 falling, as tears ; halawai oia me kana 
 keiki me ka waimaka hddH, she met with 
 her eon mthflov,ing tears. 
 
 2. Broken or crumbled, eo as to separate. 
 Tog. 9:12. Crumbling, as ilirt; he lepo 
 
 He-le-pe-la, V. imperat. Hde and pela, 
 
 tbuij; so. 
 
 , 1. Be gone ; be off ; get out ; go just as 
 
 you arfc j often more full ; thus, e Aefe Jop 
 
 joeld, get you gone clear away. 
 2. Boo. To cast out; to throw away; 
 
 to diive off. 
 Hfi-LB-wA-us, t'. Hde and i{»i2e, in the' 
 
 condition one is in naturally. See Wam;. 
 
 1. To go about destitute of clothing; to 
 be naked. 
 
 2. To be poor; desUtate of comforts. 
 See IiiiHOTJB. 
 
 3. To go or bie anywhere without any 
 fixed purpose ; helewale mai nei au, I hap- 
 nened to come along here. Note. — ^The 
 words are often written separately. 
 
 He-u-0, v. To face about; a military 
 teno. See Haluj. 
 
 He-lo, s. Name of a species of whor- 
 tleberry, of a reddish brown color ; gener- 
 ally written oheloj hence 
 
 He-lo-he-lo, adj. Red as the ohelo 
 berry ; reddish brown, 
 
 He-lo-he-lo, v. To h& red like the ohelo. 
 
 He-lu, v. To scratch the earth, as a 
 hen ; to dig potatoes with the fingers ; to 
 paw the ground, as an angry bull. 
 
 2. To count ; to number ; to compute ; 
 to reckon up the sum of numbers. Pufc. 
 30:12. ^ . ^ 
 
 3. To reckon in favor of one or agamst 
 him ; to impute, dhk. 7:18> 
 
 i. To tell ; to relate ; to recount some 
 past transaction. 2 Nal. 8:4. 
 He-lu, «. The seeds of the puakala. 
 
 2. Shot used in shooting birds. 
 
 {{e-ltt, adv. Reciting or proclaiming 
 
 the v!rttt6s of a deceased person ;.alaila, 
 
 nwo hdu mai In- ia, penei, a uwe fteiu ^o la. 
 
 Laietk. 60. 
 
 He-lit-ai, ». The office of a person en- 
 
 f' aged in ttie play of kiln ; a lalan mai ka 
 eluai i ke kifu. 
 HE-Lu-u,arfy. Pass, of Mm. That which 
 
 is counted or reckoned in. Nah. 7:2. 
 He-lu-u'ka, s. See Helu. Eduia and 
 ana, a number ; a numbering. The being 
 numbered. 1 Oyd. 27:1. 
 He-lu-he-lu, v. To read ; to con over 
 and over ; to read in or from a book. 
 
 2. To recount; to make mention of some 
 past transactioOr 2 2M. 23:2. 
 Ue-lu-na, £. Helu and ana. Gram. ^34. 
 
 1. A numbering, counting, &c. ; hence, 
 
 2. A number, L e., the result of counting. 
 Boik. 13:18. Ua like Hahehina o konamaa 
 
 ' nibo me ko ka lio, the num&er of his teeth 
 is like that of a horse. 
 
 Hb-lit-ho-i-ee, i. Helu and fuiike, to 
 show. An arithmeticon, a frame with 
 strings of counters, used as an aid in solv- 
 ing questions in arithmetic; a modern word. 
 
 His-MA, adj. -Lett; applied to two op- 
 po^te things ; as, lima luma, the Uft hand, 
 m distinction from lima akau, the rigid 
 hand: welan hema (in geograpliy), the south 
 pole; opposed to welau amu, the north 
 7)010; kanakalimabema, a left-handed man. 
 IJunk. 3:16. Note. — ^In marking the car- 
 dinal points of the compass, a Hawaiian 
 will place himself back to the east aad his 
 face to the west ; hence, his right indicates 
 the north and his left the sonu. 
 
 He-ma-H£-ma, adj. See Hema. Left- 
 handed; hence, 
 
 2. Awkward, as a left-banded man ; un- 
 skillful; inexpert 
 
 3. Boo. Dull of apprehension; ignorant. 
 JJom. 1:31. 
 
 4. Wanting; lacking; destitute. Oihk. 
 22:23. 
 
 He-ma-he-ma, v. SeeHEMA. To be des- 
 titute of ; to want. Kanl. 16:8. I makau- 
 kan ko oukon hoi ana, aole e hemahema, 
 that you may be supplied on your return 
 and not be deslUvie. 
 
 2. Boo. To make destitute ; to deinive 
 of; pehea kakou e hoohemdheina nei i kp 
 kakou ola? how are we oepriwnj ourselves 
 of our living I 
 
 He-ma-he-ma,^». Want; need; neces- 
 sity. 
 
 He-ho, v. To loosen; to untie, as a 
 rope ; to cast off. 
 
HEM 
 
 158 
 
 HEW 
 
 2. To come ou* ; move away ; depart ; 
 to turn off, as a lenant; to dispossess of 
 one's land, 
 
 3. To loosen, i. e., to sail, as a Tessel; to 
 set sail. 
 
 i. To break loose from restraint or con- 
 finement; to break over ft boundary. Puk- 
 19:21. 
 
 6. To break off a habit ; to wean, as a 
 child ; i hem.o ke keiki i ka wain, let the 
 cliiia be broken off from the tailk, i. e., 
 weaned. 
 
 6. Eoo. To loosen, &c. ; to put away, 
 i. e., divorce, as married persons ; he wa- 
 hine i Hoohemoia.. See On and Hooki. 
 He-mo, *. A loosening; a separation of 
 things once united ; ua like ka Imno me ka 
 makili. 
 He-mo, adj. Loose ; separating. 
 He-mo-e, adj. Hem.&iad. c,' strangelyi 
 i. e., very much. Faint; hungry; gasping; 
 near dissolution of soul and body ; dying ; 
 hemoe. ke aho, the breath is very loose. See 
 E, afl!>. 
 He-mo-he-mo, v. Freq. of hemo. To 
 Iposen often or very much. 
 
 2. To be weak fifom fear; to be unfast- 
 ened. 
 
 S. Hoo. To take away; to separate; to 
 takeoff. P«fc. 14:25. 
 He-mo-he-mo, s. A separating; agoing 
 
 off; a loosening. 
 He-mo-le-a-l'b-a, v. Hemo ani lea, joy; 
 cheerfulness. 7'o consent cheerfully to 
 one's going for, or doing a thing ; to bid 
 Wm God speed ; ka ae pono ia aku ; ka 
 hele ana aku me ka pono. 
 He-Mo-le-le, v. Hemo, to loosen, and 
 Z«Je,to jump or fly off; to be sepaiate from 
 some other thing; hence, 
 
 1. In a natural sense (the dofeci of a 
 thing is supposed to have been separated), 
 io be complete ; perfect ; fully finished. 
 
 2. In a moral sense, to bre^t or separate 
 from what is wrong or evil. Kanl. 26:19. 
 In this passage the lele is evidently used as, 
 the intensive of hemo, i. e., to be entirely 
 separated. Oihk. 19:2. 
 
 3. To be perfect; lacking nothing; com- 
 pleted, as a work. 1 loan. 2:5. Also in a 
 moral sense. Kol. 4:12. 
 
 4. To be perfect ia moral rectitude. 1 
 JfaZ.8;61. To be holy; perfect. 1 Pet 1:15. 
 
 5. jBoo. To perfect; to finish, l^zefc.- 27:4. 
 I1e-mo-i:,e-i,e, s. The perfection of a 
 
 thing. 
 
 2. Virtue; holiness. OiA. 3:12. A sepa- 
 ration from what is evil; goodness; a state 
 of glory. 
 
 He-jko-le-le, adj. Perfect ; faultless ; 
 holy; complete. Hal. 139:22. 
 
 He-mu, V, To scare or drive away, as 
 fowls,' pigs, &o. 
 
 He-na, s. The hollow of the thigh. 
 Kin, 32:25. The buttock; the nakedness 
 of a person. Isa. 47:8. The place of tie 
 kanha intestine. Anat. 52. The mons, 
 veneris. 
 
 He-na-he-ma, v. See Henehene. 
 
 He-na-lu, v. See Hkenalv. 
 
 He-ne, s. a bundle, as of potatoes or 
 other things done up for carrying. See 
 
 He-ne, u To laugh at ; to mock ; to 
 
 deride. See Hxnehbxe. 
 He-we-he-ne, v. To laugh in derision j 
 
 to mock ; ixt^ treat a person or thing with 
 
 contempt. 
 
 2. To oaat off and forsake as worthless or 
 contemptible. 
 
 3. To be secretly pleased when another 
 falls ; applied to wicked men when a good 
 man falls into sin. Sol 25:10. With the 
 passive heneheneia,io be the subject of rid- 
 icule. 1 Nal. 9:7. 
 
 4. Hoo. 1 laugh scornfully; to reproach. 
 Isa. SJ:ii. E henehtroe mai ka make itv, 
 lakou, death mocks them. 
 
 He-ne-he-ne-ia, s. Mockery; contempt. 
 
 2 Oild. 29:8. Superciliousness ; haughti- 
 ness. 
 He-ne-he-ne, adj. Disdainful; foohsh; 
 
 insipid ; aka, i ka poe hewa, he raea hen^' 
 
 ft.ne ia e lakou ka nani o ke Akua 
 He-ni-po-a, adj. See Nipoa. Feeble; 
 
 debiUtated ; weak. 
 He-nu, V. To anoint, &c. See Hmn. 
 He-nu-he-nu, v. See Hinuhinu. To be 
 
 smooth ; to be polished. 
 2. To be shining. 
 He-nu-he-nu, adj. Shining; glittering; 
 
 polished. 
 He-pa, s. A shaking of the limbs ; the 
 
 palsy ; a sitting in silence. 
 He -PA, adj.. Mischievous; false; lazy; 
 
 nani ke kanaka kepa. 
 He-pa-he-pa, adj. A person so diseased . 
 
 that he cannot help himself ; applied to the 
 
 palsy. 
 He-i-a-no-a, adj. See Panoa. Dry and 
 
 parched, as land. 
 He-pu-e, s. See Pue. A pushing on or 
 
 along ; the rapid flow of a current. 
 He-wa, v. To be virrong ; to be in the 
 
 wrong ; to act or to be in error. 
 
 2. To sin, 1. e., to go contrary to right ; 
 to transgiess. Isa. 43:27. To be viciously 
 inclined. 
 
 3. Hoo. To accuse ; to find fault with ; 
 to complain. See Abewa. 
 
 4. To condemn ; to reprove. 
 
 5. To be under a cnrse ; to be accursed. 
 Kin. 3:17. 
 
HIA 
 
 159 
 
 HIA 
 
 He-wa, s. Error ; wrong ; sin j vice ; 
 often connected with ino and halw. Pvk. 
 34:7. 
 
 2. The fruit or consequence of sin, i. e., 
 punishment; overthrow, i^unfe. 20:41. He 
 mau hewa lele wale, little vices that spring 
 up of themselves and are not punished. 
 
 He-wa, adj. Wrong; improper; sinful; 
 wicked. 
 
 He-wa, adv. Erroneously; wrongfully; 
 hele kexoa, to go wrong ; to miss the right 
 way.. Fig. To commit sin; 
 
 He-wa-he-wa, v. See. Hewa, to be 
 wrong. To make a mistake ; to commit an 
 error ; mostly used in the causative. 
 
 2. Hoo. To forgei' one's appearance or 
 name. 
 
 3; To mistake one person for another. 
 
 ' 4. To be deranged in mind ; to be silent 
 
 and unsociable through alienation of mind. 
 
 He-wa-he-wa, s. A rnistake of one per- 
 son or thing for another. 
 
 2. Derangement of mind from sickness. 
 
 3. Sullen silence. 
 He»wa-he-wa, adj. Crazy; unsound in 
 
 mind ; qmad. ler. 29:26. 
 
 He-be-do-ma, s. Gr. A term or space 
 of seven days ; a week \ a space of seven 
 years. Kin. 29:37. 
 
 He-be-ea, , s. Heb. A Hebrew ; a man 
 of the Hebrew race. Kin. 14:13. t)ne of 
 the descendants of Abraham ; mostly nsed 
 as an adjective. 
 
 HsfiBE-EA, adj. Hebrew; pertaining to 
 th6 Hebrew people. \P«i;. 21:2. Also per- 
 taining to lie Hebrew language. Luk. 
 33:38. 
 
 He-ke-e-ke-la, s. Engl Herschelj the 
 planet of that name. See Astronomia. 
 
 Hi, V. To droop ; to be weak. 
 
 2. To flow away, as the contents of the 
 bo wels in a dysentery ; to purge. 
 
 3. To blow out with force any liquid from 
 the mouth. 
 
 Hi, s. A' flowing away; a purging, as 
 in dysentery. 
 
 2. The name of the disease called dysen- 
 tery ; he hi Ka mai. 
 
 3. A hissing sound, as the rapid flow of 
 a liquid ; hikoko, a bloody flux. Oih. 28:8. 
 See Hikoko. 
 
 Ki-a, v. To rub ^,wo sticks one upon 
 another to. obtain fire. See Aclma and 
 AuxAHi. E hana i ke ahi me ka annahi, a 
 maluna iho ka aulima, alalia kuolo me ka 
 anai ana i mea e a i ke ahi. 
 
 2. To reflect ; to think. . 
 
 3. To run about as wild ; to strut about. 
 
 4. To entangle ; to catch; as in a net ; 
 eha ai i ka npena. 
 
 Hi-a, s. a reflecting; the act of think- 
 ing. 
 
 2. The person who Catches or entangles 
 
 fish in a net. 
 Hi-a, adj. Roving; unsteady; alsopn- 
 
 taugled. 
 Hi-A. The passive termination of many 
 
 verbs instead of ia; aa, p<iuhia tor pavia. 
 
 Oram. § 48. 
 Hi-A-A, V. To lie awake ; to be sleep- 
 less ; restless while attempting or wishing 
 
 to sleep ; e Maa ana no kona aloha, he was 
 
 wakefvi on accour t of his love. LaiMh. 205. 
 
 See UiVKV 2. 
 2. To be absent from one. as sleep : to 
 
 be sleeples.". as one troubled in mmd. 
 
 Dan. 2:1. 
 Hi-A-A, adj. Sleepless ; desiring to ' 
 
 sleep, but cannot. 
 Hi-A-Ai, s. Strong desire; a deSire which 
 
 keeps one awake during the time of sle<rn ; 
 
 applied to the mind; o ka hiaai o ka naau. 
 
 Hi-A-Hi-A, V. See Hie and Hiehie. To 
 be honorable ; to be honored ; noble ; to 
 be respected. 
 
 Hi*a-hi-a, v. See Hia, to rub two sticks 
 for fire. To obtain fire by rubbing two 
 sticks. 
 
 Hi-a-hi-a, s. Goodness; honor; nobility. 
 
 Hi-A-Hi-A,' adj. Fading; transitory; 
 soon done. 
 
 Hi-A-KA, V. To recite legends or fabu- 
 lous stories. See Httaka. 
 
 Hi-A-KA, s. The recitation of legends. 
 
 2. "A particular kind of mele or song. 
 
 3. The company of gods "belonging to 
 -Pele ; among the class called akuanoho. 
 
 Hi-A-KU, s. Name of a place in the sea 
 
 beyond the kainli, and inside the kohola. 
 2. The name of the fish caught in such a 
 
 place. 
 Hi-A-LA, ». Hoo. Zam. Haw. 16:i,3. To 
 
 be greedy of food ; to eat lar^ly of all 
 
 kinds of food. 
 Hi-A-Mo-E, V. Hi, to droop,. a, until, and 
 
 moe, to prostrate. 
 
 1. To lie asleep; to sleep; to fall asleep. 
 
 2. Fig. To rest in sleep ; e hiamoe i ka 
 make, to sleep in death, i. e., to be dead. 
 1 Nd. 15:8. To die. Kml. 31:16. 
 
 3. To fall prostrate, as if' asleep. Dan. 
 8:18.. 
 
 Hi-a-mo-e, s. Sleep; deep sound sleep; 
 
 rest in sleep. Stn. with moe. Sol. 6:10. 
 2. Hiamoe, the sloth, an animal of South 
 
 America. 
 Hi-A-po, s. The first born of parents. 
 
 See Makahiapo. Panina, the youngest 
 
 child, or mulikope ; first of several childreij. 
 
 iVe/i. 10 :36. In opposition to mulihope ; .me 
 
 ka leo na keita hiapo, aole me ka leo o 
 
 na keiki mulihope. 
 2. The first born of animals as well as of 
 
Hn 
 
 160 
 
 HIU 
 
 men. Fide, 12:12. Biapo is a!?o oitposed 
 to muli or rmdi ha. los. 6:26. 
 Hi-E, V. To be good; excellent; grand; 
 
 used mostly in compounds. 
 Hi-E-Hi-E, V. To be excellent or good 
 in appearance ; maikai loa ke nana aku. 
 
 2. Boo. To show a splendid appearance; 
 hence, 
 .3. To be proud; self dignified; haughty. 
 4. To be regardless of others; to act 
 shamelessly or unseemly. 1 Kor. 13:5. 
 Hi-E-Hi-E, s. Boo. Dignity in appear- 
 ance ; honor. 
 
 2. Pride; haughtiness; overbearing con- 
 duct.. 
 Hi-E-Hi-E, adj. Neat; tidy; good; lively. 
 2. Proud ; haughty ; o na mea hoohiehie 
 ame na mea Icalea. 
 Hi-E-NA, *. Eng. A hyena. Lam.Eaw. 
 22:1, 2 ; ler. 12:9. Note This last refer- 
 ence is not kmna in English. 
 Hi-E-NA, s. Name of a species of stone, 
 soft and porous. 
 
 Hn, V. To lift up ; to bear upon the 
 hips and support with the arms, as a child; 
 to hold, as a child on the knees. Isa. 66:12. 
 To caiTy in the arms and on the bosom ; 
 ike ae la oia i ke kaikamahine e hiiia mai 
 ana. Laieik. 10. To nurse ; to tend, as a 
 child. Kanik. 2:22. 
 
 Hn-A-KA, s. A general name of the gods 
 of volcanoes. See Hiaka. Biiaka ke 
 akua i hookahe mai i ke koko ma ke poo o 
 kona kahn. 
 
 Hu-KAU, V. See Hikau. To throw, as 
 a stone at a person or thing ; hiikau aku la 
 na kanaka i ka pohaku, the men threw 
 stones at them ; similar to nou. 
 
 Hn-KA-LA, s. Name ofa species offish- 
 hook. 
 
 Hii-LA-Ni, V. Hii, to lift up, and lani, 
 on high. 
 
 1. To nurse or take care of, as an infant 
 chief. 
 
 2. To exalt ; to praise ; to admire. See 
 HooLANi and Hoonam. Bal. 117:1. 
 
 3. To admire and obey, as a servant does 
 bis master. 
 
 Hu-LA-Ni, s. Praise; exaltation; defer- 
 ence paid to one dignified. 
 
 Hii-pa-ka", v. Aole no ia e hiipaka o ka 
 
 wahine ke kane waiwai. 
 Hii-po-i, c. Hit and poi, to protect. 
 
 1. To tend and feed, as a young child. 
 
 2. To feed and defend, as a chief does his 
 people. Oih. 13:18. . 
 
 3. To take in the arms, as a child. Mar. 
 7:36. To carry in the bosom, as a child. 
 JVoft. 11:12. 
 
 i. To take care of and provide for gen- 
 
 erally ; spoken of Gud'a care of men ; ke 
 liiipoi mai uei ke Akna ia kakou. 
 Hu-puu-PTTtr. See Hipuupttu. 
 Hi-o, V. To lean ovei; to slant; to in- 
 cline firom a perpendicular ; hence, 
 2. To be one-sided ; to swing to and fto. 
 A. To lean upon ; to trust in. Isa. 30:12. 
 4. To wander. Moo. To cause to wander. 
 ler. 48:12. ' Mea hoohio, a wanderer. 
 Hi-o, s. A slanting wind, 1. e., a wind 
 down a hill. 
 
 2. The inside comer of a (grasB^ house, 
 i. e., slanting two ways. 
 
 3. A howling confused noise. 
 
 4. The comb of a cock. 
 
 5. Eructatio ventris. 
 
 Hi-o, adj. Leaning; oblique; kahato; 
 any line which is not parallel, nor perpen- 
 dicnlar, nor horizontal, is hio. Ana. Bon. i. 
 
 Hi-o-o-LE, s. "With stability; firmness. 
 Ln'. Without leaning ; me ka haipule man 
 i ke Akua me ka hiaole. 
 
 Hi-o-Hi-0, V. To draw the breath into 
 the mauth, as one eating a hot potato ; 
 hence, 
 2. To eat in a hurry. 
 
 Hi-o-Hi-o, s. Name of a species of fish- 
 book. 
 
 Hi-o-Hi-o, adj. Bright red; ula kiohio. 
 
 Hi-o-tA-Ni, V. To lie stretched out with 
 laziness ; to sit at ease, as a chief; to be in 
 a posture of thought ; e pio na wawae, e 
 lele pio. 
 
 Hi-o-Hi-o-NA, s. Hio and ana, the lean- 
 ing. The featarea of a person; his peculiar 
 gait ; the form, external appearance. Isa. 
 52:14. Face; presence. Sxx. with helehe- 
 lena. 
 
 Hi-o-Lo, V. Hi, flowing, and olo, to vi- 
 brate. 
 
 1. To tumble down» as a wall. los. 6:20. 
 To fall over, as a house. 
 
 2. To Btnmble or fail down, as a horse. 
 
 3. To roll away, i. e., pai<s fiway in for- 
 getfiilness ; i ole e hioloia kona inoa. 
 
 4. To become useless or void. 
 
 5. Boo. To throw down ; to overthrow ; 
 to destroy, as a fortification. 2 Nal. 25:10. 
 
 6. To make void ; to set aside, as a law. 
 Jtom. 3:31. 
 
 Hi-o-LO, «. A tumbling down; a sliding 
 
 away ; a iiaUing over. 
 Hi-o-NA, s. Personal appearance ; face, 
 
 countenance, 4c. See Hiohioma. Anat. 6. 
 Hi-u, V. To seize ; to grasp hold of, as 
 
 a rope. 
 
 2. To throw a stone with violence. 
 
 3. To be wild ; untamed, as an animal. 
 
 4. To cry, as e sailor does in pulling a 
 rope; hence, 
 
 ■6. To haul, down a ship for rcipairs. 
 6. To practice sorcery. 
 
fflH 
 
 161 
 
 HIK 
 
 7. To mftre the kiu, (see the s.) in playing 
 konane, a game. 
 Hi-tJ, s. The tail of a fish, but not syn. 
 with bnelo. 
 
 2. The practice of sorcery. 
 
 3. The name of the counter or iliili used 
 in playiug konane or konene ; ina he hiu, 
 a he aneo paha, a he lalani, a he punikihi 
 palia.ala no 1 ko lana mau lunamanao. 
 
 Hi-tj-A, adj. He mea ula kiua; name of 
 a game played on a board of four squares. 
 . Hi-u-HT-iT, v. See Hnr,. To practice sor- 
 cery. 
 2. To play the game konane. 
 
 Hi-tr-MA-Lo-Lo, s. Hiu and maMo, the 
 flying-fish. The tail of the flying-fish. 
 
 Hi-u-WAi, s. The name of the ceremony 
 of batiiing in cold water in the worship of 
 some of the gods. 
 
 Hi-Hi, V. To branch or spread out, as 
 vines, or as the limbs of. a tree ; to grow 
 ' thick together ; ka pikopiko, ua lahi ; IM. 
 piea ka lewa. lawik. 168. 
 2. To be satisfied ; to have enough. 
 
 Hi-Hi, s. The running, spreading out, 
 the entwining or creeping" of vines, or a 
 thick growth of vegetation. 
 
 2. A cause of entangling ; an offense ; a 
 cause of offense. Note. — This last sense 
 mostly in the form MlAa. 
 
 Hi-Hi, adj. Thick together, as grass; 
 as vines ; as men. 
 
 Hi-Hi-A, xi. Thatis, AzAiea,pass. ofAiA?. 
 To be perplexed; entangled, either phys- 
 ically or morally. 
 
 2. To be in a state of difficulty or per- 
 plexity. 
 
 3. To be lost by going astray ; to tui'n 
 this way and that for relief. 
 
 4. To be offended. 
 
 5. JEToo. To entangle ; to be the cause of 
 trouble. P«fc. 10:7. 
 
 6. To be entangled; to he led astray; 
 to be the" cause of evil to one. 
 
 7. To entrap one in bis epeech ; to be 
 offended. 
 
 Hi-Hi-A, s. A difficulty; a thing per- 
 plexed ; a cause of trouble. 
 
 2. A thicket of forest; ka Wiia paa o ka 
 nahele. Laviak. 94. 
 Hi-Hi-A, adj. Difficult; perplexing; 
 
 troublesome. 
 Hi-Hi-A-Lou, ». Name of a plant with 
 
 small yellow flowers. 
 Hi-Hi-A-WAi. &. The name of a plant 
 sometimes eaten for food. 
 2. The name of a species of fish. 
 Hi-Hi-0, V. See Hio. To sleep ; to fall 
 asleep. 
 
 2. To dream; e paa ka malsik-a ike ka 
 uhane, to shut the eyes- and see with the 
 soul, that is, to have a ridioiu Bsyik. 1:1Q. 
 21 
 
 3. To fall asleep again after waking. 
 
 4. To sleep soundly. 
 
 5. To blow; to rush violently, as a strong 
 wind. See Pcahiohio. 
 
 Hi-Hi-o, s. A vision. Kin. 15:1. A 
 dream. 
 
 Hi-Hi-u, v. SeeHroS. To be wild; un- 
 tamed, as an animal; to be wild and sav- 
 age, as men. 
 
 2. To mistake in speaking, as one un- 
 taught. 
 
 Hi-Bi-iT, adj. Wild; untamed; strange; 
 unfriendly; unsocial; often applied to ani- 
 mals that have been once tamed, but have 
 become wUd. Whiu is the opposite of loka, 
 tame. Na holoholona Wim ame na holo- 
 holona laka ; he ilio lahiu hae, a wolf. 
 
 Hi-Hi-KA-E-KA, V. To tangle up, as a 
 rope or string ; to tangle, as the hair ; ua 
 hihia namea a pau,uaAi/iifcaefca ma ka leo 
 mana ; to tangle or perplex one 1:^ speak- 
 u>g- 
 
 Hi-Hi-MA-mj) &. Name of a large, broad, 
 soft living Creature found in ^e sea; It 
 was forbidden to women to eat under pen- 
 alty of death. See Ihimanu. 
 
 Hi-Hi-WAi, s. The name of a four-footed 
 
 -animal living in the sea. 
 Hi-KAU, V. To throw stones at one. See 
 
 HiiejlD. Sikau is perhaps the best orthog- 
 raphy. 
 Hl-KA-TT-Hi, adv. To no purpose ; of no 
 
 use, &c.; aia ko'nwaxthikavhi maMolokai; 
 
 hikauhi oe a hole e ka moku ; hele a Mka- 
 
 uhi. 
 Hi-KA-KA, V. To stagger; to reel in 
 
 walking, as a drunken man. Isa. 19:14. 
 
 To stagger, as a man carryiug a heavy 
 
 burden. 
 
 2. To wander ; to go astray. Isa. 47:15. 
 
 3. Moo. To cause to stagger, i.@., to walk 
 in darkness. lob. 12:25. 
 
 Hi-KA-KA, adj. Staggering ; walking 
 
 unsteadily. 
 Hi-KA-KA, adj. Bent round; curved; 
 
 crooked. 
 Hi-KA-PA-LA-LE, s. A word used in the 
 
 kaki or namu, unintelligible except to those 
 
 taught. 
 Hi-Ki, V. To come to ; to arrive at, as 
 
 connected with mat or aku. 
 
 2. To be able to do a thing ; to accom- 
 plish a purpose; to prevail. jERki is often 
 used with other verbs as !» kind of helping 
 verb. Orarii. § 171. 
 
 3. Soo. To cause to come ; to bring 
 forth; to produce. Pufc. 8:3. 
 
 4. To take an oath ; to atBrm a thing or 
 an signt as true. 
 
 5.' To call or give a name to • Mai. 
 22:43, 45. To name or speak of with ap- 
 probation.' J^os. 5:3, 
 
HIK 
 
 162 
 
 HiL 
 
 6. To mention in one'^ prayers, Pilem.i. 
 
 7. To vow ; to oonaocrale j to set apart ; 
 to promise a thing especially to a god ; to 
 set apart as sacred. I Sam. 1:11. IlooUki 
 ino, to desecrate ; to treat With contempt ; 
 hoohiki wahaheo, to sweaj' falsely ; to take 
 a false oath. See Hoouiki, s. Iliki wale, 
 to Iiappen ; to come by chance. 
 
 Hi-Ki-A-Lo-A-LO, adj. The rising and 
 coming to the zonith, as the full moon ; i 
 ka maliina hihialoalo. 
 
 Hi-Ki-E-E, vi, iTo approach to ; to draw 
 near. 
 , 2. To bridge over a stream. 
 
 Hi-Ki-E-E, s. An approach of one; a 
 coming near to. 
 
 2. A bridge over a stream 
 
 3; A raised platform for sleeping ; a sort 
 of bedsti^ad or couch ; a place for a bed. 
 Puk. 11:28. 
 
 Hi-Kii, V. To tie; to fasten by tying ; 
 to bind, as a person. ISn. 22:9. To bind, 
 as a prisoner ; to tie, as a rone or cord to 
 anything. 7oa.2:18iind 21. SeeNAXiL To 
 bind on, as a sandal ; to tie up, as a purse. 
 
 Hi-Kii, s. A b-nding; a tying; a fasten- 
 ing- 
 
 Hi-Kii-Kii, V. SeeHiKii. To tie; to bind 
 ntrongly. Mai. 27;'i. 
 
 IIi-Ki-Kb', s. Hiki and kv,, lo rise. The 
 place of the suu's rising ; poeticaUt/, the 
 oast. See Hikina. 
 
 Hi-Ki-LE-LE, V. Hiki and lele. to jump; 
 to fly. 
 
 1. To wake suddenly irom sleep. Isa. 
 ii'9:8. To wake witli affright. 
 
 2. To jump or start suddenly from sur- 
 prise or fear. 
 
 3. To do a thing su''denly and in haste ; 
 to be weak with fear from any event. Kin. 
 42:28. 
 
 4. Iloo. To wako up a person from sleep. 
 Isa. 29:8. 
 
 5. To come by sinprise, as one army 
 upon anothwr. Jo.i. 1 1 :7. 
 
 IL-Ki-LE-LE. «. A sudden coming upon 5 
 
 Hl-Kl-LE-LE, adv. Hoo. Quickly; sud- 
 denly. 7sa. 47:li. 
 
 Hi-Ki-MO-E, s. Hiki and moe, to lie down. 
 Poetical name of the west j place of (the 
 sun's) lying down. 
 
 Hi-Ki-NA, s. Hiki and ana, participial 
 termination. The full form is, ka hiki ana 
 (a ka la), the coming (of the sun), i. e., the 
 east ; the place of tlie sun's rising. Hal. 
 50:1. 
 
 Hi-Ki-NA, adj. The eastern; makaacao 
 hikina o Hawaii, on the eastern side of 
 Hawaii. 
 
 Hi-Ki-NA, ado. Eastwardiy. 1 Nal. 17:3. i 
 
 Hi-Ki-WA-WE, V. HiM&ndtoawe,i{nick. 
 To do quickly; to be quick or smart in 
 doing a thing. Hoo. To cause quickness ; 
 to make dispatch. 
 
 Hi-Ki-wA-WE, adv. Quickly; speedily; 
 without delay. 
 
 Hi-kitWA-le, adv. Hiki and wale, 
 merely. What has happened ; come by 
 chance ; withont design. 
 
 Hi-Ki-wi, u See Kivvi. To crook; to 
 bend. 
 
 Hi-Ko-Ko, s. Hi and koko, blood. A flow- 
 ing of blood ; specifically applied to a dis- 
 ease of the anus called emerods. Karil. 
 28:27. A dysentery ; a bloody flux. 
 
 Hi-Ko-wi, s. Nameof a ser /ant marked 
 
 in the forehead ; o ka poe kauw^t i hoailo- 
 
 ' naia ma ka lae, ua kapaia be kauwa hikoni. 
 
 Hi-ku, adj. The seventh in order; i ka 
 
 hiku ka malama. Oihk. 16:29 ; Oram. § 
 
 115, 2, 4. As a cardinal, seven. 
 Hi-KU-Hi-KU, s. A noise; confusion by 
 
 many voices. 
 H1-1.A, V, Not yet found in this single 
 
 form. See the double forms and Hoo. 
 Hi-LAi, adj. A word used in tne prayers 
 
 of the ancients, meaning not very clear. 
 
 Sec Lanahilai. 
 rii-LA-Hi-LA, V. To be ashamed ; to be 
 
 put in coufasioi; to be ashamed of iNal. 
 
 2:17. 
 
 2. Hoo. To. cause shame ; to ' make 
 ashamed. 
 
 3. To have that quick agitation whfch 
 arises from shame ; confusion^ sulfosiou nf 
 the face. 
 
 I^i-LA-Hi-LA, .-■. Shame ; a blushing of 
 the face ; confusion attendant on shame. 
 
 Hi-LA-fti-LA, adj. Ashamed. 
 
 Hi-LA-Hi-LA, ado. Shamefully. 
 
 Hi-LA-LA, V. To bend; to crook; to 
 bond from a straight line. See HiKiwi. 
 
 Hi-LE-A, adj. LazYE indoleiici <loing 
 
 Hi-Li, V. To braid ; to plait, as awreath ; 
 to braid, a.s the hair. 1 Pet. 3:3. To string, 
 as kukui nute ; e hili kukui. 
 
 2. To turn over and over, a.«in braiding; 
 to twist ; to spin ; to tie oa, as Hawaiians 
 formerly lied or brsudcd tbsir kois on to 
 the bandies. 
 
 3. To deviate from the path in traveling; 
 to wander here and there. SM. 15:22. To 
 miss one's way. . 
 
 4. To droop; to flag. See Mii.oandWiLt. 
 
 5. To smit^'. as with a sword or the hand. 
 Hi-LT, s. A general name for baras 
 
 used in dyeing ; as, hili kolea, hili koa, &o. 
 2. A black dye for coloring kapas made 
 of kolea bark. 
 
HIL 
 
 163 
 
 HIN 
 
 3. The principle of tanning in koa and 
 other barks. 
 
 Hi-Li, adj-i- Taming; wandering aside. 
 
 Hi-Li-AU, V. BUi and au, current. To 
 wander; to go astray niorally ; to do wrong; 
 he ikalka hiliau, sti'ong to flo evil. 
 
 Hi-Li-E-E, s. A shrub having a power- 
 ful stimulant corrosive bark. _ Sec Iuukb. 
 
 Hi-u-ou, s. A square braid of eight 
 straws. 
 
 2. A sickness of the bowels ; sickness of 
 the stomach ; fullness of the stomach. 
 
 Hi-Li-n, .1. The voice of a shell or trum- 
 pet ; tbe sound of one blowng a wind in- 
 striuucnt. 
 
 Hi-i.i-Hi-Li, V. See HiLi, coloring barks. 
 To color or dye red, or any dark color. 
 
 Hi-Li-Hi'Li, adj. Red or brown in color; 
 shaded; dark. 
 
 Hj-lj-ih-li-ho-nu, adj. Rich; wealthy. 
 
 Hi-L!-KAU, V. To accuse inuch, and 
 falsely ; to say and unaay. 
 
 Hi-u-KAU, adj. Tripping in one's walk; 
 stumbling.; 
 
 2, Varying in one's story ; c lauwili, e 
 lalau. ^ 
 
 3. Walking cross-legged. 
 Hi-u-NA-E-jiu, s. The nartie of a Hawai- 
 ian month ; tho tenth month of the Hawai- 
 ian calendar. 
 
 Hi-Li-SAi, V. HUi and nai, to strive for. 
 l.To loan upon; to lean against. Lunk. 
 16:26. 
 
 2. To trust in ; to have confidence in 
 one.'B word. 2 yal. 18:19, 20. . 
 Hi-u-NAi, s. TruEt; confidence; a lead- 
 ing againg* or upon. 
 
 2. What is leaned upon, as a table } a 
 bed or place for reclining. 
 
 Hi-Li-NA-MA, s. Name of the ninth 
 
 month among Hawaiians. 
 . Ht-li-nf.-hu, s. Name of the eleventh 
 
 Hivwaiiari month. 
 Hi-Li-NO-H0, *. The name of the eighth 
 
 month. 
 HirLO, V. To twist, as a string on the 
 
 thigli; to twist with the thumb and fingers. 
 2. To spin ; -to turn, as in twisting. See 
 
 HiL(, Mu.o, Win, See. 
 Hi-LO, s. The name of the first night in 
 
 which tho new moon' can bo seen, as it is 
 
 like a twisted thread ; o hUo ka po mua no 
 
 ka puahilo ana o ka mahina. 
 2. An issue; a running sore. Oihk. 
 
 15:2,3. 
 Hi-Lo, flcy. Spun J twisted. Puk. 26:1. 
 
 Iwi kilo. Ami. 16. 
 Hi-LO-Hi-LO, V. See Hilo, v. To wan- 
 der here and there in telling a story ; to 
 
 lengthen a speech by mentioning little cir- 
 cumstances. 
 2. To make nice oratorical lauguapic. 
 
 Hi-LO-Hi-LO, s. The sweet juice of the 
 ki root, especially when there is but little 
 and very sweet. 
 
 Hi-LTT, s. Name of a species of fish, 
 spotted, variegated with colors. 
 
 Hi-Li;, adj. Still; quiet; -reserved; dig- 
 nified ; a word of commendation ; h'du ka 
 'noho anao mea. 
 2. Neat; elegant; powerful; magnificent. 
 
 Hi-LU-m-LU, s. See Hilu. The excel- 
 lent ; tho glorious ; the powerful. 
 
 Hi-LTJ-Hi-Lu, adj. Excellent; nice; beau- 
 tiful. 
 
 Hi-ME-Ni, s. Eng. from Gr. A hymn ; 
 a song in sacred worship; a mele in praise 
 of lehova. 2 OiU. 20:28. 
 
 Hi-ME-Ni, V. Eng. from Gr. To hymn ; 
 to sing a hymn. 
 
 Hi-NA, ■». To lean from an upright posi- 
 tion. 
 
 2. To fall ; to fall down, as a house. 
 
 3. To fall morally, as a person from a 
 state of upi'ighlness ; to relapse or (fecline 
 from a state of i ectitade. 
 
 i. To offend; to be offended, /oan. 16:1. 
 6. Hoo. To slant over ; to throw down, 
 
 as a person, huk. 4:3.5. 
 Hi-NA, s. A leaning; a falling; a caus- 
 ing to fall ; a stumbling. 
 Hi-NA, s. Heb'. A hin, a Hebrew meas- 
 ure. Pvk. 29:40. 
 Hi-?A, s. Name of a goddess. SeeHiNA- 
 
 HEI.E below. 
 Hi-NA, adj. Gray; hoary; applied to 
 
 the head ; o|jo him. Kin. 44:?9. Gray, as 
 
 the beard ; be umiumi hina. 
 Hi-NA-A-LE, s. A species of small fish. 
 Hi-NA*-A-Lo, ) s. The blossoms of the 
 Hl-NA-LO, j hala fruit; the leaves which 
 
 inclose the hala fruit. 
 Hi-NA-A-Lo, ) adj. Aromatic ; fragrant, 
 Hl-NA-LO, ) as the fruit and blossomu of 
 
 the hala tree. 
 Hi-NAi, s. A container braided out of 
 
 the ie suid other materials; a basket. Oihk. 
 
 8:2. 
 Hi-NAi-A-E-LE-E-LE, s. Name of the 
 
 seventh Hawaiian month. 
 Hi-NAi-po-E-Po-E, s. A round basket; a 
 
 basket braided around a calabash ; hinai- 
 
 hooluuliiu. , 
 
 Hi-NA-HE-LE, s. Often called simply 
 
 Hina; the goddess of fishes, mother of 
 
 Aiaiaknula ; Hinuhele laua o Kuuk na 'kua 
 
 lawaia, mai Hawaii a Niihau. 
 Hi-NA-Hi-NA, adj. Gray; grayish. 
 2. Withered, as fruit ready to fall. 
 
HIP 
 
 164 
 
 HIW 
 
 Hi-NA-KU-LAi-NA, V. See HiNA and Ku- 
 LiiNA. to push over. To partially fall down. 
 
 Hi-NA-KU-LU-i-0A, s. Hina, goddass, 
 lojlu, to drop, as rain, and ua, rain. The 
 goddess of rain ; has two sisters, viz. : 
 Hinakealii and Hookuipaele. 
 
 Hi-NA-LE-A, s. A species of fish. 
 
 Hi-NA-LE-A, adj. Applied to a basket 
 for catching fish ; hinai hinalea. 
 
 Hi-NA-LE-A, V. To blow from aft, as 
 wind favorable for sailing. 
 
 Hi-NA-Lii, adj. Hifm, gray, and Hi, very 
 little. Very little gray, as the hair; whitish. 
 
 Hi-NA-Lii, s. The name of a person 
 (chief) in whose time there occurred a uni- 
 versal deluge or kai a kaSino?«; hence 
 kaiakahinalil is at present used for the 
 flood of Noah. Kin. 6:17. See also ke kai 
 a ka Hvlurnanu. 
 
 Hi-NA-Lo, s. The leaves inclosing the 
 hala fruit. See Hinaalo. 
 2. The flowers of the hala tree. 
 
 Hi-WA-MO-E, s. Hina, to fall, and moe, 
 to lie down. A place of death ; often ap- 
 plied to the volcano. 
 
 Hi-NA-NA, s. Name of a very small fissh, 
 the young of the oopu. 
 
 Hi-NA-WE-NA-wE, adj. Thin; spindling; 
 slender. See Umni. 
 
 Hi-NE, adj. Strutting; proud of one's 
 appearance. 
 
 HbNi, u. To be small; thin; feeble. 
 
 Hi-Ni-Hi-Ni, s. See Hini. Speaking in 
 a small, thin voice; a whispering; hane- 
 hane. 
 
 Hi~Ni-Hi-Ni, adj. See Hini and Uhini. 
 Tbin ; slender ; pointed. 
 
 Hi-ni-p6-a, adj. See Henipoa and Ni- 
 f OA. Heavy, as the eyes when drowsy or 
 very sleep/; he maluhiluhi. 
 
 HirNir, V. To anoint; to besmear, as 
 with oil or greasfl. 
 
 2. To be smooth ; shining. 
 
 3. To slip ; to slide easily. 
 
 4. To anoint. See Kahinu. 
 
 Hi-nu, s. Ointment ; substance for be- 
 smearing ; momo,na, mea poni, &c. 
 
 Hi-NU, adj. Smooth; greasy; polished; 
 dazzling with brightness ; anointed. 
 
 Hi-nu-hi-nu, v. SeeHiNU. To shine as 
 if anointed with oil. Hal. 104:15. To 
 glisten ; to be bright ; to sparkle. 
 
 Hi-NU-Hi-NU, adj. Bright; shining; 
 splendid, as red cloth ; glittering, as pol- 
 ished stones. 1 OiU. 29:2. 
 
 Hi-PA, s. A little bundle. 
 
 'i. A blunder in speaking; the use of 
 words out of their ordinary meaning. 
 Z. Hoo. A falsehood. ' 
 
 Hi-PA, V. To blunder in speaking. Rod. 
 
 To falsify. 
 Hi-PA, adj. Hoo. He olelo hoohipa, a 
 
 kind of mele. 
 Hi-PA, s. Eng. Sheep. loan. 10:2, 3. 
 Hi-PA-Hi-PA, V. To be joyful; to express 
 
 gladness. 
 H1-PA.-KA-NE, *. Hipa, sheep, and kam, 
 
 male. A vam. Kin. 15:9. Hi Aipafcojjs, 4 
 
 ram skin. Puk. 25:.'5 ; Oram. § 95. Fig. 
 
 Ilipakane wawp.hi, a battering ram. Ezek^ 
 
 4:2. 
 
 Hi-PA-KE-i-ia, s. Hipa,s]ieej>,Sindkeiki, 
 the little one. A lamb. Oih. 8:32. See 
 Keikthipa. Note. — The word lamb is ren- 
 dered in Hawaiian tty Ijoth forms, Mpor 
 keiki and keikihipa. 
 
 Hl-PA-PA-LA-LE, S. See,-PAPALALE. A 
 speaking with readiness and correctness, 
 without a tone, and not through the nose ; 
 ka hana maiau MpapaMe ole, noiau papa- 
 lale ole. 
 
 Hi-po-FO-TA-Mu, s. Gr. The river-horse. 
 lob. 40:15. The hippopotamus. 
 
 Hi-Ptr, ) y. To tie in knot3,as the string 
 
 Hi-puu, \ of a bundle or bag. 
 
 Hi-PU, )s. A knot; a fastoniriff; auy- 
 
 Hi-puu, J thing tied. Fig. £ weho oe i ka 
 hipw naaupo, make auanei oe. 
 
 2. A bag for carrying small things in, as 
 money; a purse. So?. 1:14. 
 
 3. fiijjuM tala, in the English translation, 
 a crisping pin. ' Isa. 3:22. 
 
 Hi-puu, adj,' Knotty, as a string tied 
 up in knots; tied fast; applied to men, 
 
 " m-schievous. 
 
 Hi-puu-pult, v. See Hipuu. To tie up 
 in knots ; hence, to tie up in a bundle. 
 
 2. To tie fast ; to gird around, as with a 
 sash ; aole kakou i like ne na kanaka kiai 
 alii a hipuupuu kahi malo, we are not the 
 men who guard the king, belted up with 
 
 Hi-PDtr-puu, s. What is tied up in knots 
 or made fast.' 
 
 Hi-puu-puu, adj. Se.^ Hipuii. Tied; 
 fastened ; knotty, as tied iii knots ; he hi- 
 p-Mtpuu kahi malo o kahi ijlii, the malos of 
 some chiefs were tied up in knots. 
 
 Hi-PU-KA, s. A kind of snare for catch- 
 ing birds ; ka hipui^ei no na manu hihiu ; 
 kau aku la ia i ka kipuka pahele. 
 
 Hi-wA, adj. Black; clear black; up- 
 plied mostly to thfit which was used in sac- 
 rilice to the gods, as a black hog; iua i ele- 
 ele a puni ka hulu, he hiwa pa. ia puan ; a 
 bl.ick cocoanut, a black kapa. &a.. and 
 always considered valuable ; hence, 
 
 2. Deiar; valued; l.aloved; precious; he 
 puaa him, he jM. hiwa, he awa hiim 
 
HO 
 
 165 
 
 riOA 
 
 H.i-wA, V. To be of a black color, such 
 6s was considered precious or valiiablo in 
 sacrilice ; to be of a <■ lear or pare blaci:. 
 
 Hi-WA, s. Any black article supposed 
 to be accexjtablc to tlie godsasanoftienDg; 
 hence, 
 
 2. A precious raluable article. 
 
 3. Applied to persons j keiki /iiwo, a dear 
 child. 
 
 Hi-WAA-WAA, adj. SeeMoijONA. Large; 
 
 faL, an a X^rge flcsliy person ; applied on'ly 
 
 to persons. 
 Hi-WA-Hi-WA, V. See Hiwa, adj. To be 
 
 greatly loved ; mostly witli hoo. 
 
 2. To be pleased with; to be satisflod 
 with, as a god with an offering ; to be uo- 
 ceptablc to ; e hoohiwahiwa kakou i ka 
 hana, let us make the work acceptable. 
 
 3. To pet i to treat a child, a servant or 
 an animal with delicacy iiol. 29:21. 
 
 Hi-WA-Hi-WA, s.' A person or thing 
 greatly beloved ; ^.pplied mostly to ani- 
 mals or children ; a pet ; a bele^ed one. 
 7Cani. 33:12. The beloved one. iufc. 23:35. 
 
 Hi-wA-Hi-wA, adj. See Hiwa. Thick; 
 dense ; black, as a cloud ; glossy black. , 
 
 2. Acceptable ; desired by any one. 
 
 3. Very preoidus ; greatly esteemed. 1 
 Tes. 2:8. Greasy beloved. Isa. 5:1. 
 
 4. Meek; docile; he keiki hiwahiwa ia. 
 
 Hi-wi, V. To diminish, as a swelling ; 
 to flatten down, as a protuberance; ua Mwi 
 mai. Sec the compound Poo.»iiwi and Kua- 
 
 DIWI. 
 
 Hi-wi, s. The flat or depressed summit 
 
 of a protuberance. 
 Ho, V. To transfer, i. e., to bring here 
 
 or carry away, according as it is followed 
 
 by mai or alai. See Mai and Aku. Oram. 
 
 § 233- arid 234. As, ho mai, bring here; lio 
 
 aku, carry away. 
 
 2. To bring ; to present. 1 Sam. 17:10. 
 To give or put away, as money at interest. 
 Mai. 15:5. 
 
 3. To carry or cause to be conveyed; to 
 transport ; to remove. 
 
 4. To produce; to bring forward, as food 
 on to the table. Kin. 43:31. 
 
 Ho, V. To cry out in a clamorous man- 
 ner 
 
 2. JFoo. Tu cause the voice to be raised; 
 to r^isis the voice to a high pitch. 
 
 3. To speak together, as in voting viva 
 voce; to "proclaira; to shottt acclamation 
 of approval Puk. 24:3. 
 
 4. To shout in triumph. los. 6:5. IIoolio 
 olioli, to triumph over one. Mai. 41:11. 
 
 5. To cry out for fear ; to cry. out in dis- 
 iresa. ifah. 14:1. 
 
 6. To wheeze ; to breathe hard, as in the 
 SJsthrjia; to snort; to blow, as a horse. See 
 Hooi(o in its place. 
 
 Ho, s. The asthma ; the lowing of cat- 
 tle, &c. 
 
 2. Eng. A farming utensil ; a hoe ; the 
 colter of a plow. 1 Sam. 13:20. 
 
 Ho. This syllable (see the two articles 
 above) has a 'neaning of its own, and as 
 such may enter into compound words; but 
 very often, as -. ill appear, it i» a contrac-. 
 tion of hoo. (See Hoo.) The contraction 
 is made before all *lie letters, but mostly 
 where the word commences with some of 
 the vowels, especially with the letter o. 
 
 Ho-A, s. A companion ; a fellow ; a 
 friend ; an assistant. It is found in laaaj 
 compounds ; as, hoapio, a fellow pi-isoner ; 
 hoamoe, a bed-fellow ; koahele, a traveling 
 companion, &c. 
 
 Ho-A, V. To strike on the head with a 
 stick. 
 
 2. To Jjpat, as kapa with a stick on » 
 stone. . 
 
 3. To strike, as in ^ghting. 
 
 4. To drive, *s cattlp, 
 
 Ho-A, V. To tie; to secure by tying: 
 to bind; to wind round, as a rope or string; 
 to rig up, as a canoe ; a ma ka wa e koa ai 
 ka waa, he kapu ka hoa ana. See A and 
 HoHOA. Alalia, koaia ka pou mo ka luhe- 
 lau. 
 
 Hc-A, 0. Ho for hoo, and a, to burn. 
 
 1. To kindle a fire; to btirn,i.e.,to cause 
 to blaze ; to make a U^jht. L/iieik. 77. To 
 rage, as a flame of love ; ua hoaia, Vj ahi, 
 enaena o ke aloha wela, th(; raging fire of 
 hot love blazed forth, Laieik. 204. 
 
 2. To comb or dress the hair or the head. 
 ' 3. To cast or throw away ; e hookuke ; 
 
 hence, 
 4. To commit mischief, as a child. 
 Ho-A, s. A tying ; a binding. 
 Ho-A, adj. Unsteady; movable. See 
 
 HiA, adj. 
 Ho-AA, V. See Ho for hoo, and Aa, to 
 
 blaze. To kindle ; to cause to bum. 
 
 2. To stare; to look about in doubt. See 
 Aa, to be bold. 
 
 3. To mistake; to blunder; to go astray. 
 
 4. To challenge j to dare ; to provoke. 
 Ho-AA, s. A mistake; a blunder; an 
 
 error. 
 2. The kindling, i. e., small pieces of fuel 
 
 used in kindling a fire. 
 Ho-A-Ai, s. Hoa, companion, and ai, to 
 
 eat. An eating companion; a guest. 1 
 
 Not. 1:41. 
 Ho-A-Ai-NA, s, Hoa and ahta, land. 
 
 1. A person to whom the hakuaina or 
 konohiki commits the care of his land. 
 
 2. A husbandman; a tiller of the ground. 
 
 Hc-A-A-Hi, s. flofor^ofl, a, tobum,and 
 ahi, fire. Fire kindlings ; the materials for 
 
HOA 
 
 166 
 
 HOA 
 
 causing a fiie to burn ; e imi mma o£ la no 
 ka hoaahi ana. 
 
 Ho-A-A-Htr, c. Ho for hoo, and adhu, to 
 clothe. To clothe ; to put on a garment ; 
 to give kapa or clothes to one. Mat. 25:36. 
 
 Ho-tA-A-LO-HA, s. lioa, rompanion, and 
 oZoAo, to love. Aftiend. Ioar;3:29. Abe- 
 loved companion; ja wa, ua iilo ko Hawaii 
 nei i poe hoaaloha no na misionari, at that 
 time the Hawaiians bepame friends to the 
 missionaries. 
 
 Ho-AA-MA-KA, V. Ho foT hoo, aa, bold, 
 and maka, eye. To beg for a thing by 
 looking wishfully at it. 
 
 Ho-A-A-NO, V. A factitious word; ho 
 for hoo, aa, to dare, and «6, a particle of 
 aflirmation, indeed ; truly ; hence, to have 
 confidence in one's self ; to brag; to ex- 
 press bravery. 
 
 Ho-A'A-NO, adj. See the verb. Forward; 
 presumptuous ; defying punishment. 
 
 2. Proud ; daring ; obstinate ; self con- 
 fident. 
 
 Ho-A-A-PiT, t'. lio for hoo, and aapu, to 
 warp ; bend up. To make a cup of the 
 hollow of the hand; e hoaapu. ae i kou 
 poho lima, make the palm of your hand 
 into a cup. 
 
 Ho-AE, V. Sfee Ho, v., and Ae, verbal 
 directive, ffrom. i§ 233, 5th. To move side- 
 ways ; to turn a little. Note. — The ae is 
 n; part of thfe verb. 
 
 2. To raise up : to cause to asc ; to 
 go up. 
 
 Ho-A-E-A, ». Ho fui- ^0, and acfl, to wan- 
 der about. To pretend to wander; to 
 make ae though one was a wanderer or 
 vagabond in order to accomplish a partic- 
 ular object. 
 
 Ho-Ai, V. Ho for hoo, and ai, food. - 
 
 1. To stir up ; to mix ; to make poi thin 
 with water that it may be fit for eating. 
 
 2. To unite two things together, as by 
 stretching or sewing kapas together. 
 
 3. To be singular in one's conduct or de- 
 portment. 
 
 Ho-Ai, s. The union of things sewed 
 together ; ka hoopili ana ma na hookuina. 
 2. In anatomy, a suture ; a joining ; hoai 
 manawa, coronal suture; tioai kaupakn, 
 sagittal; ftoai kala,lambdoidal; koai maha, 
 temporal suture, &c. 
 
 Ho-Ai-Ai, e. Ho for hoo, and aiai, to 
 be white. 
 
 1. To be clear ; white ; shining. 
 
 2. To cause to be white, &c.,'.i. e., to 
 , whiten; to clear oli rust or dirt freftn a 
 
 substance that it may shine. 
 
 S. To be clear; as the unclouded moon ; 
 to bo shining, as a light. • 
 
 4. To be proud; to be lifted up wi(,'i 
 pride. 
 
 Bo-.ki-Ai, s. See the foregoing. A soft 
 
 clear white light ; a pure light ; abstract 
 
 whiteness. 
 
 H(j-Ai-Ai,' a^j. White; clear; shining, 
 
 Ho-Ai-EA-N£, V. Ho{cThoo,aiani/cdne. 
 
 See AiKANB. 
 
 1. To 'fcommit the sin against nature ; to 
 -commit sodomv ; applied to either sex. 
 
 2. To be anlntimate friend of the s^me 
 sex, 1. e., to givp and 'receive favors ftom 
 one of the same sex. JUiieik. 81. 
 
 3. To act the part Of an aikane or inti* 
 Jteite friend; 
 
 4. To make friends, as two persons about 
 to flghti Lakik- 47. 
 
 Ho-Ai-KA-NE, s. A friend on terms of 
 
 reciprocity. 
 2. The house where such friends reside 
 
 or meet. 
 Ho-Ai-KO-irA, V. Ho for hoo. See Aikola, 
 
 Akola and Naikola. 
 
 1. To express triumph over one with 
 contempt for him ; to cause eontemptuons 
 treatment; to triumph over one with ex- 
 pressions of vanity and contempt. 
 
 2. To blackguard ; to triumph over an- 
 other's ills ; to reproach ; ua hoaikola mat 
 o Palu ia oe ; to rejoice or triumph over. 
 /«a.l4:8. ^- 
 
 3. To perplex ; to bring one into diffi- 
 culty. 
 
 4. To desire to have one put to death. 
 Ho-Ai-KO-LA, s. A sneer; a sneering ex- 
 pression of approval. 
 
 2. A contemptuous cheering, calling one 
 good fellow, wdl done, &c. ; in an ironical 
 sense, ku no ka akaiki o lakou ame ko lakou 
 hoaikola ana, their chuckling and their 
 false chemng hit us. 
 Ho-Ai-Lo-NA, ». SeeHAiLONA. To sound 
 the depth of water, i. e., to throw the lend. 
 
 2. To mark ; to set a mark upon one. 
 
 3. To cast lots for a thing. OihJc. 16:8. 
 In modern times, to play at dice. 
 
 Ho-Ai-LO-NA, i. See the verb. A mark; 
 a signal; a sign of somethiig differentfrom 
 what it appears to bo. 
 
 2. A sign or forerunner of something 
 coming to pass or expected. Oih. iHS.- 
 
 3. A part ropresonling the whole. Oihk. 
 2:2. 
 
 4. Something whose real signification is 
 different from the appearance. los. 4:7. 
 
 6. A sign; a pledge; a distinguishing 
 mark. Pitfc. 3:12. A sigiiet. PtjJIt. 28:11. 
 
 6. A target ; a mark to ahoot at 1 Sam. 
 20:20. 
 
 7. A lot cast, as in casting lots ; ma ka ■ 
 hoaHona, by lot. Imnk. 20:9. 
 
 8. A scepter; a badge of authority.: 
 Heb. 1:9. See next word, 
 
 Ho-Ai-Lo-NA-MO-i, s. See Hoailona 
 above, and Moi, sovereignty. A scepter ; 
 
HOA 
 
 167 
 
 HOA 
 
 a. badge or emblem of regal authority. Hal. 
 45:6. ■ 
 
 Ho-A-i-MU, ij. flo for hoo, a, to burn, and 
 imu, oven. To kindle a fire in the oven ; 
 to heat the oven. 
 
 Ho-A-i-po-o-LA, V, See Aipoola and 
 PuupooLA. To gulp up wind from the stom- 
 ach after eating heartily. 
 
 s. In Hawai- 
 ian paiftotojj/, the 
 names of a class 
 of dUeases, all 
 fatal : the vniiki 
 
 Hp-Al-PU-KA-HA-LE, 
 Ho-A-KAI-PU-KA-HA-LE 
 Ho-A-KA-KU, 
 HoA-KA-KA-KAI, 
 
 the only remedy used. 
 Ho-Ai-PUU-pnu, V. Ho{orhoo,a.niaipuu- 
 \ puu, which see. To act the aipnupuu ; to 
 
 serve out provisions ; to distribute food. 
 Ho-Ao, V. Ed for hoo, and ao, to try. 
 
 1. To try the qualities of a thing; to taste; 
 to tempt ; to make trial ; as^ay ; to hegin. 
 Zflieiifc. 184 
 
 2. To cohabit after marriage ; to make 
 public a marriage contract a(ter Uie ancient 
 manner. ^ 
 
 5. To prove ; to put to the test. 2 (Hhl. 
 8:1, * 
 
 4. To undertake ; to attempt Us^. 9:23. 
 
 6. To bang up ; e kaulai. 
 
 Ho-Ao, s. See the verb. Marriage after 
 the ancient custom of the islands. 
 
 2. The taste of any eatable. Nah. 11:8. 
 
 3. A temptation : a trial. Kani. 4:32. 
 Ho-AO, adj. The night of tiie day called 
 
 Huna ; mamua o ka po hoao o na alii, i ka 
 po Huna. 
 
 Ho-A-o-LE-LO, s. Hoa, companion, and 
 oUHo, word. A companion''in conversation; 
 one consulted on business; a counsellor; 
 lakou nq jcp Kamebameba mau hoaoMo 
 no fcela mea keia mea nui o ke aupunl, 
 those were Kamehameha's counsellyrs con- 
 cerning every important matter of the king- 
 dom. 
 
 Ho-A-o-PU-i-NO-i-NO, s. Hoaa-niopuino, 
 evilly disposed. A companion in crime; 
 one alike evilly disposed with aflbtlier. 
 
 Ho-Air, V. Ed for koo, and au, to swim. 
 
 1. To move gently a little ; to dodge. 
 
 2. To bring forward and present on the 
 altar of the gods. 
 
 3. To offer a sacrifice ; to courtesy. 
 Ho-An, V. To strike; to beat with a 
 
 stick. 
 
 2. To wash clothes, as Hawaiians wash 
 clothes by beating them. See Hoauau. 
 
 Ho-AU-AU, V. Ho for hoo, and ati, to 
 swim, or auau, to wash. To wash the bbdy ; 
 to bathe; to cleanse away filth by batjjjng. 
 
 Ho-AU-Ar, s. See the verb. A washing; 
 
 a cleansing by the use of water. 
 Ho-Atr-*u, V. Ho {oT hoo, a.ni(iuau. See 
 
 • AuAD'4. To excite ; to stir up ; to hurry ; 
 
 to quicken. one to do a thing. 
 Ho-Atr-AU, *. Quickness in doing a 
 
 thing; haste. 
 2. Name of a sni^re used in catching 
 
 birds, like kipuka, pahele, ahele, &c: 
 Ho-AU-AU-WA-HA, V. Uo for hoo, auau 
 
 for au, and wgha. See Au*aha. To make 
 
 a ditch ; to plow a furrow. 
 Ho-AU-AE-Puu, ) V. jio for hoo, and 
 Ho-AU-WAE-PUU, y ouae, to be lazy. To 
 
 be lazy; indolent; inactive; to spend time 
 
 to no profit. 
 Ho-AU-AE-FTiu, s. See AOAE. Indolence; 
 
 loitering ; inactive ; disposed to treat wi*h 
 
 contempt. 
 Ho-Atr-;HEE, V. Ho foT hoo, and auhee. 
 
 See Hkis, to flee. To cause to flee, as an 
 
 anny ; to rout ; to put to ^ight. 
 Ho-AU-HEE'HEE, V.- Seeabove. Tocon- 
 
 yergp pftMi^SB generally.' 
 Ho-AU-Lu; mj. Nice; well dressed; 
 
 straight as a stick ; skillful ; mikioi, pala- 
 
 waiki, hoakamai. 
 Ho-Au-MOfE, V. Ho for hoo, and aumoe, 
 
 to sleep. 
 X. To sleep with ; to lie in oi),e'8 bosoin. 
 2. To fondle ; to cherish in the bosom, as 
 
 a child or a pet. 
 Ho-AU-MO-E, s. A cherishing; a fond- 
 ling, as a child or a pet animal ; fondness ; 
 
 attachment. 
 Ho-AU-NA, V. Ho for hoo, and auna, a 
 
 flock. To collect together, as a flock of 
 
 birds. 
 Ho-A-u-NA, s. Sba, companion, and MMffi, 
 
 to send. . A companion of a messenger; one 
 
 who accompanies a messenger. 
 Ho-ADT-HTT-LU, V. To converse. See Ho-. 
 
 AUHGEUEE. 
 
 Ho-A-HA, V. Ho {or hoo, sjai aha, a. cord. 
 
 To make or braid together the strings for 
 
 a palabash ; to tie up a fS^lajj^s}) ; e hoalia 
 
 ika ipu. 
 Hu-A-kA-A-HA, V. To sit cross-legged, 
 
 a la Turk, in eating. 
 
 2. To be proud ; high-minded ; ;hc ka- 
 naka koahaafiii. ' 
 
 3. To be bent up ; stujjted ; crooked out 
 of shape. 
 
 Ho-A-HA-NA, s. Eoa, companion , and 
 luana, to work. A fellow laborer in any 
 kind of business. 1 Kor. 3:9. 
 
 •Ho-A-HA-NAU, s. Hoa, companion, and 
 hanau, to be bom. A companion by birth; 
 a kindred ; some blood relation ; a rela- 
 uve ; a brother in an extensive Sense. 1 
 (3fW. 9:25. In a modern sense, a fellow 
 professor of religion. 
 
 Ho-A-HA-NAU-NA, s. Hoa, ccAnpaniou. 
 ar ' himauna, relations. Relatives of oae's 
 
HOA 
 
 168 
 
 HOA 
 
 ovm clan, tribe or nation. Oal. 1:14. See 
 Hanauka. 
 
 Ho-A-HA-Ai-NA, V. Ho for hoo, aha, col- 
 lection, and aiTia, to eat. To cause a col- 
 lection for eating ; to make a feast. 
 
 Ho-A-HA-Ai-NA, s. Ho for Jma (one a 
 dropped), and ahaaina, a feast. A fellov/ 
 feaster ; one at the same feast. 
 
 Ho-A-HE-LE, s. Hoa and hele, to go. A 
 fellow traveler, los. 14:8. 
 
 Ho-A-HE-WA, ) ^. See Ahewa and 
 
 Hoo-A-HE-WA, ) Hewaw a finding or pro- 
 nouncing guilty of a crime, by wrong ; to 
 condemn. 
 -Ho-A-Hi-A-Hi, V. Ho for hoo, and ahiahi, 
 evening. To darken; to obscure; to cause 
 a thing to be obscure in vision; to be 
 neither clear nor dark. 
 
 Ho-A-Ho, V. Ho for ^0, and oAo, breath. 
 
 1. To give breath, i.^.J. deliverance iVom 
 immediate danger ; to put one in safety 
 from danger. 
 
 2. To be quick; to hasten; to do quickly. 
 
 3. To Idndle a iirei 
 
 Ho-A-Ho, V. Ho and aJu>, a string. 
 
 1. To make or twist strings for a house. 
 
 2. To tie aho oh to a' building. See Aho. 
 Ho-A-HO, s. Quickness; rapidity. 
 
 2. One who has escapecl a place of pro- 
 tection. 
 Ho-A-HO-A, V. See Hoa, to strike. The 
 frcq. conj. of lioa. To strike or smite fre- 
 quently. 
 
 2. To break fuel, as Hawaiians did be- 
 fore liiey had axes. 
 
 3. To cause the hair to stand erect; e' 
 hookuku ae i ka lanobo iluna. 
 
 Ko-A-Ho-Ai s. A striking, smiting, &c. 
 2. The name of the mallet with which 
 
 kapa (the wauki) was beaten. 
 HotA-hc-a-a-ka, v. Tq cause a fire to 
 
 bum ; to'make a blaze ; to make a shining 
 
 light. 
 Ho-a-ho-a-a-ka, s. a burnipg fire; a 
 
 blaze ; a bright light. 
 Ho-A-Hoo-LAU-KA-NA-KA, s. Hoa, friend, 
 
 hoo, causative; lau, the number 400, ka- 
 
 naka,'men. 
 
 1. A friend of the increase of men ; one 
 friendly to the multitude. 
 
 2. The multitude itself ; aloha oe e kuu 
 iMahoolaukanaka o kahi kanaka ole, good 
 morning mj friend of, the peoplfi where there 
 are none. 
 
 Ho-A-Hoo-i-Li-NA, s. Hoa, companjp'n, 
 hoo, causative, and Uina, an inheritance. 
 A fellow heir to an inheritance. 
 
 Ho-A-Hu, V. Ho for Aoo, and aku, a col- 
 lection of things. 
 
 1. To cause a collection or gatherinig to- 
 gether. 
 
 2. To lay np. aa goods for future use. 
 Mai. S:26. 
 
 3. To collect articles; to lay np in heaps. 
 
 4. To lay up against one, as aager ; e 
 hoahu ana i ka huhu maluna o kela poe. 
 
 Ho-A-HTJ, V. To esteem lightly; to des- 
 pise ; to contemn ; to dislike ; to be dissat- 
 isfied with, 
 
 Hp-A-Hu, s. An assemblage of things ; 
 a collection. 
 
 2. A collecting, as of property ; a gath- 
 ering together. 
 
 3. Dislike ; contempt for a thing. 
 Ho-A»HU, adj. Disagreeable ; unsatis- 
 factory. 
 
 Ho-A-KA, t). To lift up 5 io lift up, as a 
 spear in fighting. 2. Sam. 23:18. 
 
 2. To drive away -^ to frighten. 
 
 3. To open; to open the mouth in speak- 
 ing. See Oaka. Hoik. 13:0'. 
 
 4. To glitter ; to shine ; to be splendid. 
 ^ahitm, 2:3. 
 
 Ho-A-KA, u. Ho for hoo, and oka, to 
 laugh. To cause one to laugh ; to laugh ; 
 to be pleased. 
 
 Ho-A-KA, s. A name of one of the kapu 
 days ; the second day of the moon. 
 
 2. The crescent of the new moon ; the 
 hollow of the new moon. 
 
 3. The arch or Hntel over a door. Pvk. 
 12:7. 
 
 4. In speakAng, ft defense ; an apology. 
 Ho-A-KA, s. Brightness; shining; a 
 
 glittering ; a flaming torch. Nahum. 2:3. 
 
 Glory, as of a people, i. e., their liberty ; 
 ;-'^' freedom. 
 
 Ho-A-KAA, ) p. To covet ; to desire 
 Ho-A-KA-A-KA, \ earnestly. 
 Ho-A-KA-A-KA, '-. Ho for hoo, and aka, 
 
 to laugh. 
 
 1. To cause laughter; to cause one to 
 laugh. 
 
 2. To laugh at ; to mock ; to reproach. 
 Ho-A-KAtr-A, s. Hoa, companion, and 
 
 kaua, war. 
 
 1. A tellow soldier. 
 
 2. One against whom a soldier is fight- 
 ing ; an antagonist ; hoapaio. 
 
 Ho-AtKau-wa, s. Hoa, companion, and 
 
 kauvm,, a servant. A fellow servant. Hoik. 
 
 19:10. 
 Ho-A-KA-KA, V. Ho for hoo, and dkaka, 
 
 clear ; explicit. To make plain ; clear ; 
 
 to render explicit; to explain; to interpret. 
 Ho-A-KA-KA, ,.s. An explanation; an 
 
 opening of what is intricate. 
 Ho-A-KA-KA-fA, adj. Expressed; stated; 
 
 proved; rendered explicit; approved. Oik. 
 
 2:22, 
 Ho-A-KA-KA-KAi, s. Name of a disease, 
 
 generally fatal. 
 
HOA 
 
 169 
 
 HOA 
 
 Ho-A-KA-KE-A, s. Hoaka and kea, a cross. 
 The arch over a door ; a lintol. 
 
 Ho-A-KA-KU, ». Ho for Iwo, and akaku, 
 a vision. To have a vision with the eyes 
 open. 3e« Axakv, 
 
 Ho-a-katKU, s, a vision. 
 
 Ho-A-KA-KU, s. Name of a fatal disease; 
 an internal disease. 
 
 Ho-A-KA-LA-KA-i/A, s. A bracelet made 
 of hog's teeth. 
 
 Ho-A-KE-A, V. Ho for hoo, and akea, 
 broad. To make broad or wide : to cause 
 enlargement ; hence, to delivci from diffi- 
 culty. 
 
 Ho-A-KE-A-iA, s. Enlargement; escape; 
 deliverance. ISset. 4:14. 
 
 Ho-A-Ki, V. To withhold from the land- 
 lord htB due ; /toa/d I ka hakuaina. 
 
 Ho-A-Ko-A, s. .Hbas, companion, and Aoa, 
 soldier. A fellow soldier ; one under the 
 same leader. PUip. 2:25. See Hoakaua. 
 
 Ho-A-KO-A-KO-A, u Ho for hoo, and 
 akoakoa, to assemble. 
 
 1., To assemble ; to come together, as 
 men. 
 
 2. To collect, as things generally. See 
 Akoakoa. 
 
 Ho-A-KU-KA, I s. floa, companion, 
 
 Ho-A-KU-KA-KU-KA, ) and kuka, to con- 
 snlt. A fellow counsellor ; an advisor. 
 Bom. 11:34.. 
 
 Ho-A-tA, V. Ho for kpo, sSai ala, to rise 
 
 1. "^o raise up from a prostrate position. 
 
 2. To awake irom sleep; to cause one to 
 awake. 
 
 3. To raise up ; to excite ; to stir up ; 
 applied to the mind. 
 
 4. To rouse one to action. 
 Ho-A-LA'A-iA, V. The intensive of the 
 
 foregoing. 
 Ho-A-LAU-NA, s. Hoa, companion, and 
 
 launa, friendly. A companion on intimate 
 
 terms ; an intiinate friend always near. 2 
 
 Sam. 15:37. One in the habit of rendering 
 
 kind offices ; a neighbor. Puk. 12:4. 
 Ho-A-LA-KAA, V. Ho for, Iwo, ola, road, 
 
 and km, to roll. To cause to roll ; to roll 
 
 along a road. 
 Ho-A-LA-iJi., V. Ho for hoo, and alala, 
 • to cry out. See Alala. To make one cry 
 
 oat, as the alala. 
 Ho-A-i,A-LA-Hr-.A, V. To Stir one asleep 
 
 so as to wake him: to punch; to touch; to 
 
 shake so' as to waj;en one ; hoaMaMa aku 
 
 ua kane hele loa nei au la. 
 Hn-A-LA-wA-iA, s. Hoa, companion, and 
 
 hwaia, a fisherman. A fellow flshorman ; 
 
 a fishing corupaniou. 
 Ho-'-LA-WE-HArNA, s. fliw. Companion, 
 22 
 
 laiof,, to bear, and hana, woVfc. A fellow 
 laborer : a, fellow workman ; a helper ; an 
 assistant. JSzer. 5:3. gee Lawf.hana. 
 
 Ho-A-LA-WE-pu, s. Hoa and lawe, to 
 carry, and pu, together. One wlio works 
 with another; a partner in labor. Pilrni. 17. 
 
 Ilo-A-LE-A-LE, V. Ho for hoo, and ale, a 
 wave. To make or cause waves in water ; 
 to stir up, as water. See AixalK. 
 
 Ho-A-Li, V. To shake ; to wave an of- 
 fering made to the gods: to swing; to move 
 to and fro. Pvk. 29:24. To wave, as an 
 offering. Naif.. 5:26. 
 
 2. To offer, as a sacrifice. Nah. 8i21. 
 
 3. To stir up, as ashes. 
 
 Ho-A-Li, adj. That which maybe waved. 
 Puk. 29:24 Mohai hoali, a wave-offering. 
 
 Ho-A-Li-A-Li, V. See Hoali 2. To offer 
 freqiicntly to the gods. 
 
 Ho-a-li-a-li, v. Ho for hoo, and diali., 
 to whiten. To make white, as snow or 
 paper. 
 
 Ho-A-Lii, adj. /To for Aoo, and aZii, chief ; 
 king. Causing a royal appearance; imi- 
 tating royalty; royal; kingly; kapa houiii, 
 clothing of tapestry. iSW. 31:22. 
 
 Ho-A-Lii, s. Hoa, companion, and alii, 
 chie(. A contraction for hooalii or hoa'lii. 
 The companion of the king or high chief; 
 kukuluia i bale kamala no ka/iouTii, a moe 
 no ka hoalii ma ua bale la. 
 
 Ho-A-LO, V. SbforAoo,anda/o, tododge. 
 
 1. To shun or avoid ; to escape from. 1 
 Pcf. 3:11. To pass over or by. fso. 46:27. 
 
 2. To skip over, as in counting; ka hana 
 i kekahi la, ka noho wale .1 kekahi la, to 
 work one day, to do nothing one day. See 
 Alo. 
 
 Ho-A-Lo, s. A man that works, then 
 
 ceases, then works by spells. 
 Ho-A-Lo-A-Lo, V. SeeHoALo. To dodge 
 
 or pass by frequently. 
 Ho-A-LO-AA, s. Hoa, companiori, and 
 
 loaa, to obtain. 
 
 1. A follow receiver; a. partaker with 
 one. 1 P&l. 5:1. 
 
 2. One who receives as much as another; 
 ka loaa like. 
 
 Ho-A-Lo-HA, s. A contraction for /«?z- 
 doka. A friend ; a beloved companion : 
 one on friendly terms. Seft Hoaaloba. 
 Ho-A-LQ-HA, ) V. Ho for hoo, and 
 
 Ho-A-LO-HA-LO-HA, ) aXoha, to love. 
 
 1. To love ; to fondle ; to cherish. 
 
 2. To give thanks for Efomething received. 
 1 K<yr. 11:24 
 
 3. To make suit to ; to pay respects lo. 
 /o6. 11:19. To apply to for a favor. Laieik. 
 72. 
 
 Ho-A-iio-A-LO-HA-Lo-HA, s. Foetic : koa, 
 cf"npanion, and aloha, love. Those who 
 
HOA 
 
 170 
 
 HOA 
 
 converse often together, who are chief 
 friends and love eacli other. - 
 Ho-A-tu , ■ V. Ho for hoo, and alu, flexible. 
 
 1. To be flexible ; to loosen ; to hang 
 down, 
 
 2. To tow down ; to make low ; to be 
 humble ; to courtesy. See Ar.o. 
 
 Hp-A-LU, „. Flexibility; pliableness ; 
 humility ; a bending down. 
 
 Ho-A-LU, adj. Yielding; bending; loose; 
 
 hanging down. 
 Ho-A-Lff-A-Ltr, V. See Hoalu and Alu. 
 
 To be soft ; flexible ; yielding.' 
 2. To bow down ; to be humble. 
 Ho-A-LTT-A-Lu, s. Softness ; a pelding 
 
 to any pressure ; humility. 
 Ho-A-LU-A-LTT, adj- Hanging loosely; 
 
 bending down ; yielding. 
 Ho-A-Lu-Hi, s. Hoa, companion, and 
 
 hihi, fatigue from labor. A companion or 
 
 fellow laborer in any work or business, 
 
 whether there be much or little fatigue; 
 
 eia keia, e o'u hoaluhi. 
 Ho-A-MA, V. To begin to ripen, as obias 
 
 and othei- fruit, but not yet soft. 
 Ho-A-NA, *. A hone ; a whetstone ;' a 
 
 grindstone. 
 2. He hoana e paa ai ka waa, a polishing 
 
 stone for finishing a canoe. 
 Ho-A-NA, V. To rub, as with a stone ; 
 
 to grind, as with a grindstone. See Anai. 
 
 But hookala is more often used for grind- 
 ing, i. e., for sharpening tools. 
 2. To make believe ; to make pi-etense. 
 
 Ho-A-NA, s. The name of a species of 
 fish, large and singularly abmpt behind, 
 as if cnt off in the middle ; the diodon. 
 
 'Ho-A-NA-A-NA-PTJU, ) y. See HoANA, to 
 
 Ho-A-NA-PUTJ, ) grind. To twist; to 
 
 bend ; to undulate, as the air. 
 
 ; 2. To throw up in heags. 
 
 Ho-A-iTA-A-NA-puTJ, ) g. A cTooMng ; a 
 
 Ho-A-NA-PUU, ) bending ; an undu- 
 
 lating motion; protuberances. See AsAPun. 
 
 Ho-A-NA-E, V. To lay up; to stow away 
 for future use. 1' Pet. 1:4. 
 
 2. 'To set aside ; to reserve. Iitd. 6. To 
 lay aside, i. e., to conceal. Note. — In Oihk. 
 8:12 hoana is printed tbr Aoano, to sanctify, 
 to consecrate, and in acme senses h/iana is 
 similar in meaning to hoano. 
 
 Ho-A-NA-jiu-A, V. Ho for koo, and a7ia- 
 ?it«i, stooping; bending. To stoop; to bend 
 over, as a tall, slim man who walks stoop- 
 shouldered. See ASahua and Kanahua. 
 
 Ho-A-KA-Htr-A, s. A izil, slim, stoop- 
 shouldered man. 
 
 2. Anything like a humpbacked person. 
 See Kanahla. 
 
 Ho-A-NA-KAA, V. HouTia, grindstone, and 
 
 fcaa, to turn, To turn a grindstone; to grind 
 or sharpen, as an edged tool. 
 
 Ho^A-NA-KAA, s. A grindstone. See Ho- 
 ana. . 
 
 Ho-A-HA-PA, V. Ho for hoo, and anapi, 
 ~ to flash ; to shine. 
 
 1. To exhibit a flashing light ; to cause 
 sudden reflected light, as from a mirror. 
 
 2. To flash, as lightning ; to gHttcr. See 
 Anapa. 
 
 Ho-A-NA-PA, s. Light from reflection; 
 a bright flswhing light, like lightning ; any 
 reflected or sudden light. 
 
 Ho-A-NA-PATT, V, To t.um, as on hinges. 
 2. To^bentl, as a flexible piece of timber; 
 to form a cv.rve. See Axapau. 
 
 Ho-A-NA-PA0, s. See Anapau. A turn- 
 ing ; a place of turning ; a hinge joint ; a 
 bending : a crook. 
 
 Ho-A-NA-PUU, V. See HoANAAKAPUtr 
 above. To crook, as a piece of timber; to 
 be uneven, as a rope of unequal size ; to 
 project; to make an angle. See,AsAPuu. 
 
 Ho-A'-JTA-Puu, s. A crook; a bending; 
 a protuberance. 
 
 Ho-.4|-N0, «. Ho for hoo, and ano, form. 
 
 1. To reverence in the highest degree. 
 Mat. 6:9. To hallow. Oihk. 10:3. To be 
 holy. OUik. 11:45. 
 
 2. To set apart ; to consecrate ; to lay 
 up, as a sacred deposit; to put by; to keep 
 back.' See Hoaxae. 
 
 3. Soano e, to set apart for a particular 
 purpose, either good or bad; to keep back; 
 to conceal ; to embezzle property. 
 
 4. To dare ; to venture. 
 
 5. To be proud ; to be full of self confi- 
 dence, Rom. 2:17. 
 
 6. To change one's appearance ; to ap- 
 pear wiiat on» is not ; to disgnise. 2 Sam. 
 28:8. 
 
 Ho-A-No,.s. See the verb. Pride; self 
 confidence; a high, daring spirit. SeeHoA- 
 ANO and Aano. Boasting of one's bravery. 
 See Haako. 
 
 HotA-no, adj. Sacred. Puk. 3:5. De- 
 voted to sacred uses. Oihk. 5:15, 16. Con- 
 secrated. 
 
 Ho-A-No-Ho, s. Jt'oa, companion, and 
 noho, to dwell. A neighbor ; one who re- 
 sides with or near Tjy another. los. 20:5, 
 
 Ho-A-PAi-o, s. Hoa, companion, and 
 paio, to contend. An antagonist ; a fello^r 
 wrestler or fellow fighter. 2 Sam. 2:16. 
 
 Ho-A-PA-o-Ni-o-Ni, «. Hoa, companion, 
 and paonimii, to struggle. A fellow con- 
 tender. See Paonioni. 
 
 Ho-A-PA-PU-A, s. Hoa, companion, and 
 papua, to throw arrows. One who plays 
 with or bets with anothi^r in the game of 
 papua. 
 
HOA 
 
 171 
 
 HOE 
 
 Ho-A-Pi, V. See Hoaki. 
 
 Ho-A-pi-o, s. Hoa, fellow, and pih, pris- 
 oner. A fellow prisoner. Pjiem. 23. 
 
 Ho-A-pi-Li, s. i^a, companion, and pz'/i, 
 to adhere. One who attaches himself to a 
 chief and goes with hira constantly ; a 
 friend. 7/*i;. 16:3. An attache. Notk. — 
 Tl)iis was the name given to the late Gov- 
 ernor of Maui, from his attachment to Ka- 
 muhameha I. His original name was Ulu- 
 maheihei. 
 
 Ho-A-pi-Pi, V. To be united together, as 
 two canoes, but not like a double-canoe ; 
 he waaaole i ho(tpi,piia, ho waa hookahi. 
 
 Ho-A-PO-No, V. Ho for hoo, and apono, 
 to approve. To pronounce blameless ; to 
 approve ; to find not guilty on trial. 
 
 Hp-A-po-No, adj: Approved as not in 
 error ; right. 
 
 Ho-A-WA, V. Ho for Jmo, and taoa, bitter. 
 
 1. To cause bitterness; to make bitter to 
 the taste. 
 
 2. Fio. To be hard ; to be cruel ; to op- 
 press ; more often hoawwivia. 
 
 ilo-A-WA, i. Name of a tree or shrub. 
 
 Ho-A-WAA, s. The tackling or rigging 
 up of a canoe, tying on the ako, &c. ; o ka 
 ajfa, he mea hoawaa ia, a e holo ai. 
 
 Ko-A-wA-A-wA, V. Ho for hoo, and awa- 
 awa. See Awa. 
 
 1. To be bitter to the taste; to make 
 bitter ; to cause bitterness. 
 
 2. To be hard ; to be cruel ; to embitter 
 one's life ; to curse. 
 
 Ho-A-WA-A-WA, s. Bitterness to the 
 
 taste. Fio. Hardship. 
 Ho-A-wA-A-wA, adj. Bitter to the taste; 
 
 severe ; cruel ; hard. 
 Ho-A-WA-A-WA, s. Bitterness; sourness; 
 
 badness. 
 2. A rising in the stomach from sourness 
 
 or other causes. 
 Ho-A-WA-Hi-A, V. For hoawaia, passive. 
 
 To be bitter; to enuse bitterness; to cause 
 
 sadness, sorrow, snifering. See Awa and 
 
 AWAUIA. 
 
 Ho-A-WA-WA, V. Ho{oxhoo,s.nA,awawa, 
 a ditch. To make a ditch or furrow. See 
 
 AWAWA.. . 
 
 Ho-A-WE, t). Ho for hoo, and awe, to 
 carry on the back. To carry on the back, 
 »g a child br'a person. See Awe and Lawb. 
 
 Ho-A-wE, s. Ho and awe, a burden. A 
 burden ; a weight carried on the back. 
 
 Ho-A-WE-A-WE, s. Anything made small 
 or diminished. 
 
 Hb-A-WE-A-WE-A, V. To discolor; to be 
 colored a reddish brown, like red that is 
 faded- 
 
 Ho-A-WE-A-WE-A, s. A rcddish color ; 
 an indistinct color, like the sea at times. 
 
 Ho-A-WE-A-WE-A, adj. Faded ; discol- 
 ored. 
 
 I klkchukohu hoaweavira a ke kai. — Mele. 
 
 Ho-E, s. A paddle for a canoe ; an oar 
 for a boat. 
 
 Ho-E-u-M, s. A rudder. 
 
 Ho-E -HA, V. Ho for hoo, and eha, pain. 
 To cause pain ; to give pain. 
 
 Ho-E-HA-E-HA, u 36 for hoo, and eha- 
 eha, the reduplication of eha. To give pain, 
 bodily or mentally ; to vex ; to harass ; to 
 get one into perplexity ; to oppress. 
 
 Ho-E-HA-E-HA, s. Pain ; distress, either 
 of body or mind ; vexation ; peg)lexity. 
 
 Ho-E-HA-E-HA, adj. Painful; distress- 
 ing ; difficult ; treublesome. 
 
 Ho-E-HO-E, s. See Hoe. The shoulder- 
 blade, from Its resemblance to a canoe pad- 
 dle ; ka iwi ma ke kumu o ka iwi ulnna. 
 
 Ho-E-HO-E, V. See Hoe, a paddle? To 
 row a canoe or boat here and there. 
 
 Ho-E-HO-E, s. A wind instrument among 
 Hawaiians somewhat resembling the flute. 
 
 Ho-E-HO-E-NA, e. See Hoehoe above 
 and Ana. To play softly on the hoehoe ; 
 hence, 
 
 2. To be joyftil. See Hoenb. 
 
 3. To bore; to pierce through in boring; 
 e hoehoena iloko o ka pepeiao. 
 
 Ho-e-ho-e-ke, v. To be poor; destitute; 
 
 sick. 
 Ho-E-Htr, V. Ho for hoo, and ehu, to 
 
 scare awajr. 
 
 1. To drive or frighten away ; e hoehu i 
 ka puaa e ku mai nei, drive away the pig 
 standing here. 
 
 2.. To do a thing quickly. 
 Ho-E-LE-E-LE, V. Ho for hoo, and eleele, 
 
 dark. To make black ; to darken. 
 Ho-E-LE-i-Ki, s. Robberv; a lying in 
 
 wait to rob one ; deceit ; treachery. 
 Ho-E-Lo, -0. To urg'e on ; to push along ; 
 
 to cram down ; e ohiki iloko. 
 
 2. To kindle up, as a flame ; o ke ahi 
 nana e hoelo wela. 
 
 Ho-E-iiO, adj. Urging; throwing in. 
 Ho-E-LO-E-LO, V. f o press on ; to urge 
 
 forward. 
 Ho-E-Mi, V. Ho for hoo, and emi, to lessen. 
 
 1. To cause a diminution ; to lessen. 
 
 2. To shrink; to become blunt, as an 
 edged tool. 
 
 3. To return backwards ; to fall behind. 
 i. To drive back ; to put down. 
 
 Ho-E-Mi-E-Mi, V. SeeHoEMi. To shrink 
 
 . back, as the mind ; to doiibt ; '> heatnie. 
 
 Ho-E-MX!, V. Ho for hoo, and emu, to 
 
HOI 
 
 172 
 
 HOI 
 
 throw away. To cast away j to banish ; to 
 8cnd aw»jf ; to drive off; to drive off as 
 one drives off hope. 
 
 Ho-E-NA, V. Ho for hoo, and ena, to 
 lage, as fire. 
 J. To eause to burn ; to glow with heat. 
 
 , 1 2. To be In anger J to esiibit a high de- 
 gree of anger. See Ena. 
 
 Ho-E-NA-E-NA, V. To gloW, as stones 
 red hot in a fire. See Bna. 
 
 Ho-E-KE, V. To sing 5 to be joyful ; to 
 play well on an inatrnment. 
 
 Ho-E-NE, s. Pleasure; enjoyment; oka 
 /toeiic ku ka uwe a ka laniL 
 
 Ho-E-NE, u To give an injection; e 
 balalo ; to administer medicine. 
 
 Ho-E-NE, s. A syringe. 
 
 Ho-E-No, V, Ho for Aoo, afld eno, to be 
 wtld. To run aa wild ; to be scary, as an 
 animal once tame, ]}ut has become wild. 
 S^e Ahiu. 
 
 HorE-PA, V. Ho for hoo, and epa, to de- 
 ceive. To deceive; to cheat; to act basely 
 in everything. See Epa, 
 
 Ho-E-PA-E-PAj V. Freq. of the foregoing, 
 To act out a general bad character ; to 
 ^tea) ; to cheat ; 'to slander, &e. See Epa. 
 
 Ho-E-wA, V. Ho for hoo, and ewa, to 
 
 turn aside. To be one-sided; to lean over; 
 
 to sway to and fro like an old grass honsd 
 
 in the wind. 
 Ho-E-WAA, V, Hoe, paddle, apd waa, 
 
 canoe. To row or paddle a canoe. 
 Ho-E-WAA, s. An oarsman; one ^ho 
 
 rows a boat or paddles a canoe. Laieik. 8S. 
 Ho-i, V. To return ; to go back ; inth 
 
 hou, to return again ; imperativflg, e hoi, 
 
 and o Iwi, go back^; retnm. . 
 
 Ho-i, adv. Also ; besides ; moreover ; 
 indeed ; an intensive word ; no hoi, also ; 
 
 besides. 
 
 Hoi, s. The name of a vine bearing a 
 bulbous root, eaien in time of scarcity, 
 acrid to the taste. 
 
 Hoi, s, Thenameofa state of marriage 
 among chiefs. 
 
 Ho-j-i, V. Ho for hoo, and ii, parsimo- 
 nious. 
 
 1. To save; to gather together little 
 things. 
 
 2. To be close ; pirsimonious ; pinching 
 in a bargain. 
 
 .3. To squeezo or work out of anotheE 
 some little favor. 
 
 4. Tone hard ny,('a: tc oppress; applied 
 fj; )j( •.',;;:■• ' ''nr '.•1',',;ij':M(.' piu^xwcb ; oka 
 luiokohu! ';;iii r.'.u' \\i hoii a katjal-iii iiCi ke 
 Aiiiii Sec i; Mii-1 iviii 3. 
 
 Hu-i-i, i. Stinginesi!; closeness in deal- 
 
 ing ; hard and cruel oppression upon the 
 
 weak and poor. , 
 Ho-i-i-MA-KA, V. Ho for hoo, ii, to be 
 
 hard, and maka, face. 
 
 . 1. To forbid or discountenance iniquity 
 
 openly, but favor it aieoretly in practice. 
 
 2. To play the hypocrite. See Hon. 
 
 Ho-i-o, s. A species of plant, the tender 
 
 leaves of which are used for herbs. 
 Ho-i-o-LE, V. Ho for hoo, and iole, a 
 
 mouse. To cause to rush upon ; to seize, 
 
 as a cat does a mouse ; to bold fast. 
 2. To force ; to compel. 
 Ho-i-o-MO, V. Ho for hoo, and iomo, to 
 
 fall into the water without spattering. To 
 
 bung up ; to stop, as with a cork or bung^ 
 Ho-i-u, V. Ho for hoo, and iu, to ky a 
 
 kapu. 
 
 1. To lay a kapn upon a person, place or 
 thing ; to consecrate such person, place or 
 thing to a particular purpose. 
 
 2. To create fear, as fear was connected 
 with this kapu. 
 
 3. To be afraid. See Iu. 
 
 Ho-i-u, s. Fear ; trembling ; anxiety. 
 
 Ho-l-Hi, adj. Afer off; at a very great 
 distance. See Lomi. 
 
 Ho-i-HO-i, V, See Hoi, Used actively, to 
 I return a thing to its former place ; to re- 
 .' store ; to bring back. 2 Sam. 19:10, 11. 
 
 ' 2. To send back ; to dismiss. 
 
 3. To change one thing for another. 
 
 4. To retnm ; to restore, as a rebellious 
 people to their allegiance. 1 Nal. 12:21. 
 
 5. To return an answer; e koHwi i ka 
 olelo. M. 35:4. 
 
 Ho-i-Ho-i, B. In a neuter sense, to re- 
 turn ; to go back ; used for hoi. 
 
 Ho-i-Htf-i, 0. To be pleased; to rejoice; 
 tobejoyfnl. 
 
 2. ttoo. To refresh ; to assist ; to g^ve 
 pleasure. 2 Tim, 1:16. To be greatly con- 
 soled. Heb. 6:18. 
 
 3. To reprove. 2 Tim. 4:2. 
 Ho-i-HO-i, s. Joy; gladness; good feel- 
 ing; rejoicing; cheerfulness. Bom. 12:8. 
 Gratification m a thing. Neh. 4:6. Me ka 
 hoihoi, me ka hauoli ame ka manao lana, 
 with good feeling, with joy and with hope. 
 
 Ho-i-Ho-i, adj. Glad; joyful; gratified; 
 well pleased. 
 
 Ho-i-Hou, V. Hoi, to return, and hoi:, 
 again. To return again. 
 
 Ho-i-Hou, s. In music, name of the char- 
 acter signifying a repeat. 
 
 Ho-i-Ho-PE V. Hoi, to return, and hope, 
 back^vards. To go back after an advanioe; 
 to return hj fori!!':.- rn'acticeaafk'rareform- 
 atioti ; to rev(\i.!ij as one taken captive ; to 
 turn bac!.-. Ici: 6:28. 
 
 Ho-i-KE, V. .Hb for Aoo, and i^e, to know. 
 
HOI 
 
 173 
 
 HOC) 
 
 1. T6 cause to know ; to make known. 
 
 2. To show; to make a displ^; e nnihi, 
 c pufca iwaho j to put outside for appear- 
 ance; to exhibit; to explain, as a language. 
 
 Ho-i-KE, s. That which shows or is 
 shown ; an exhibition, as of a school ; a 
 witness of an event ;' a witness in a court 
 of justice. Stn. with ikemaka, also hoike- 
 maka, an eye-witness. PiKp. l:8r 
 
 Ho-i-KE, adj. Exhibiting; showing; 
 making plain. 
 
 Ho-i-KE, adv. Openly; visibly; clearly. 
 
 Ho-i-KE-A-NA, s. A showing; exhibiting. 
 
 2. The name of the last book in the 
 Bible, BevehiiUms. 
 
 Ho-i-KE-i-KE, V. Ho for hao, and Uce, to 
 kcow. To kiiow, more particularly than 
 hoike; to make I^nown clearly; to commu- 
 nicate knowledge ; to point oat tniUis or 
 facts. 
 
 Ho-i-M, V. J!/ofor^o, and «2i, to strike; 
 to hit. 
 
 1. To cause to bring or to come upsn 
 one. 
 
 5S. To place npM(, i. e., to put on board 
 a ship. 
 
 3. To strike Upon, as a ship upon a rock ; 
 to go ashore ; to strand. 
 
 i. To fall to on^, as property firom 4 
 parent ; to inherit.. See Im. 
 Ho-i-Li-i-Li, P. Hi) for hoo, and HiUi, to 
 collect 
 
 1. To collect together, as things of any 
 kind in one place. '' 
 
 2. To lay up ; to heap together. 
 Ho-i-Lo, s. The season of the yeat 
 
 answering to winter in more northern lati- 
 tudes. 
 
 2. Winter, the stormy season, from the 
 interruption of re^lar trade winds., ^otio 
 is nsed in opposition to kau, the hot or 
 summer season. Ttte word is also written 
 hooilo. 
 
 Ho-i-LO, adj. Wintry; pertaining to 
 winter. ler. 36:22. 
 
 IJo-i-Lo-i-Lo, V. To guess before hand ; 
 
 : to predict something future ; especiaUy, to 
 predict evil ; to tell one when he was sick 
 that he would die; ihoUoUo mai o mea ia'u 
 e make, a ua ola ; to give up a sick person 
 to die as incurable. 
 
 Ho-i-u-HU-NE, V. Ho for hoo, and Ui- 
 hune,poof, destitute. 
 
 1. To make one poor; to deprive one of 
 his property. 
 
 2. To be humble ; lowly. See Ilihomb. 
 Ho-z-Li-KO-LE, V. Ho fox hoo, aaAUikde, 
 
 raw skin. Like the foregoing, only more 
 strong. To make very 'poor; to deprive 
 of all comforts. See Iuxoi& 
 Ho-i-Mi, V. flb for /tea, and mi, to seek. 
 To search diligently. 
 
 Ho-i-NAi-NA, V. Ho for hoo, and irutina, 
 
 anger. To cause hatred ; to stir up anger ; 
 
 to, provoke one to*nger. 
 Ho-i-NA-i-NA, V. See Ina. To ease off; 
 
 to hang down ; to crook. 
 Ho-i-MO, V. Ho fdr hoo, and im, bad. 
 1. To curse one. litem. 17:43. To vex; 
 
 tu harass; to harm; to injure; to cause 
 
 reproach. 
 ■ 2. To make filthy ; to defile. See Im. 
 Ho-i-No, s. Reproach; contempt. 1 
 
 Sam. 17:26. 
 Ho-i-No, adj. Berena hoino, bread of 
 
 affliction. KanL 16:3. 
 Ho-i-No, adv. Mai olelo koi?io, do not 
 
 revile. Puk. 22:28. 
 
 Ho-i-NO-iA, s. That which is contempt- 
 ible ; A reproach ; contempt Kin. 30:23. 
 
 Ho-i-NO-i-NO, V. Ho for hoo, and inoino 
 (see Ino), to deface. To disfigure ; to .sad- 
 den ; to diseoiae, as the face by auBlerity. 
 Mat. 6:16. ' 
 
 Ho-i-N0, V. Ho tor hoo, and inu, to 
 drink. To give dmk; to cause ouc to 
 drink ; generally written hohainu. 
 
 Ho-i-po, \v. Ho for hoo, and ipo, 
 
 Ho-l-po?l-tO, j a paramour. To commit 
 fornication or adultery secretly. 
 
 Ho-i-wi, V. Ho for hoo, and itei, crooked. 
 See Itr, cdj. To turo ibt ^e-ball from its 
 natural position ; to turn the eyes aside ; 
 to squint 5 to tie cross-eyed. 
 
 Hoo. This word is the causative prefix 
 to verbs : as, moZu, to shade, koomalu, to 
 cause a shade, to overshadow ; p<mo, good, 
 right, hoopono, ia correct, to make right ; 
 aJ'ea, to be broad, hooakea or hoakea, to 
 cause to be broad, L e., to extend, enlarge, 
 &o. See Oram. § 33 and § 212, and- Sie 
 conjugations 7, 8, 11, 12, 15 and 16. 
 
 This prefix, wottgh originally adapted to 
 the verb, continues its innucnce though the 
 verb with its causative prefix becomes a 
 noun, adjective or adverb. Ua hele oiit, i 
 ka hoike, he has gone to the exhibiUon; he 
 kanaka hoopunipuni, a man earising decep- 
 Uan, i. e., t, deeti^vl man ; olclo hooino iho 
 la, he spoke causing reproach, i. e., he spoke 
 reproachfully. Before words whose first 
 letter is a vowel, the last o of the lioo fre- 
 quently coalesces^ with the vowel of the 
 word following, parlicttlarly before a, e and. 
 o; as, hoano for hooano; hook for hobole, 
 &Q. (See tiie pi^ceding pages from the 
 word hoaa to hoo.) Some words have haa 
 for their causative prefix instead of Koo; 
 as, haaheo for booheo (from heo, pride), to 
 be haughty. Tfaisfom seems to com ..from 
 the Tanitian dialect ,; A few words take 
 both forms for their causative, as /toonui 
 And haamii, from nut, to .be large. Eomoi, 
 
HOO 
 
 m 
 
 HOO 
 
 U) give, is used for hooawi, but haawi is 
 used oftener than either. 
 
 Strictly speaking, hoo in a Dictionary 
 >:l)Oulcl not begin a verb, but verbs liaving 
 this prefix .shoulc! be set in tlieir places, 
 and tbeir meanings be modified by the hoo 
 as it occiirs} as, ike, to know, &c., hoo. or 
 ho.; to oause tio know, to sliow, to exhibit ; 
 ilfc.ia, t<j be known, hoo., to be made known, 
 to be shown ; ifceifce, to know clearly, hoo., 
 to make known clearly or frequently, &c.; 
 but a large class of words have been found 
 beginning with the causative prefix hoo, 
 whose roots are not, known or have not 
 come to light, or are out of use. It is true, 
 such a root might be assumed as being in 
 existence or having once existed,' as Greek 
 Lexicographers often assume an obsolete 
 theme; but there would be much danger 
 in Hawaiian of getting the wrong word : 
 hence, we know not where to put such roots 
 unless we retain the hoo for the beginning 
 of the word. This occasions some repeti- 
 tion, but it is hoped it will not be a serious 
 iuconvenience. The following words be- 
 ginning with hoo are such as were first 
 found in that form and wliose root was not 
 known. They are now retained in that form 
 because many are other parts of speech 
 than verbs. Where the words beginning 
 with hoo have been defined under their 
 roots, Wie definitions here will be very short 
 and the reader referred to the root. 
 
 Ho-o, V. ]3ff for hoo, and o, to pierce. 
 See the verb 0. To pierce ; to stab ; to 
 cause to enter ; to thrust or put in. 
 
 2. To furnish ; to supply. lob. S8:36. ' 
 
 3. To stretch out ; toejctead.asthehand 
 to do a thing. 
 
 Ho-0, V. To caus3 to enter; to put 
 one's hand iu his pocket ; ]u)o iho la 1 ka 
 poi, kokulu iwaho. 
 
 Hoo-A, V. To break; to break up, as 
 
 fuel 5 to break to pieces. 
 2. To vomit ; to be sick at the stomach. 
 
 See HoowA. 
 H60-A, s. A breaking up J a separating. 
 Hoo-AA, ) J,. The o and a coalescing 
 Hoo-WAA, ) give the sound of to. See ©j-am. 
 
 § 13:7, note. 
 
 1. To dig up, as a trench ; to dig, as with 
 an 00 or spade. 
 
 2. To wander about without friends ; to 
 be destitate. 
 
 Hoo-AE, 0. See Ae, to break kapu. To 
 break, as a law'or kapu ; to transgress. 
 
 Hoo-Ai-KA-NE, V. See AiKANE. To make 
 friends. 
 
 Hoo-Ai-PUD-Puu, ». See Aipuyruu. To 
 make or constitute one an aipuupun or 
 waiting servant j to act as a servant, par- 
 ticulaiiy at waiting on the tabie. 
 
 Hoo-ATj-AU, 0. See Auau, to wash. To 
 wash the body ; to bathe. 
 
 Hoo-AiJ-A-NA, I 0. See Atj AN A, to wan- 
 
 Hoo-AU-WA-NA, ) dor. To cause to v/an- 
 der ; to scatter ; to disperse, as a conquer- 
 ing army disperses the enemy. Pass. To 
 be dispersed. 
 
 Hoo-AU-HEE, V. See Hee and Auhee, 
 to run, as from an enemy. To disperse in 
 battle ; to put to flight. 
 
 2. To pillage a conquered people. 
 
 3. Fig. To bo destitute ; to be stripped 
 of everything as those formerly conquered 
 were; hence, 
 
 i. To be poor ; to be destihite of every 
 
 comfort and resource. 
 Hoo-AU-wA-HA, V. See Auwaha and 
 
 AoAxrwAHA. To plow; to make a long ditch; 
 
 to dig a furrow. 
 Hoo-AU-wA-HA-WA-HA) v. Freq. of koo- 
 
 auwaha above. 
 Hoo-AU-WA-NA, V. See Auwjina. To 
 
 disperse, as a dogflisperseeatlcckof goate, 
 
 or as a conqueror disperses his enemies. 
 Hoo-A-HA, V. So •written for koowaha. 
 
 To make or dig a trench, ditch or furrow. 
 
 See Waha. 
 
 2. To cov^i ; to seize upor without per- 
 mission. 
 Hoo-A-HA-A-HA, u. To sit cross-legged. 
 Hoo-A-HE-WA, V. See Hoahewa. To 
 
 pronounce one guilty; to condemn. 
 Hoo-A-Hi, V. See Am, fire. To set fire 
 
 to ; to set on fire. 
 
 2. Fig. To fire up ; to be angry (or a 
 supposed offense; to be troubled with jeal- 
 ous feelings. 
 
 3. To peek or dig into, as a bird with its 
 bill. 
 
 Hoo-A-Ho, V. See Aho, sticks for thatch- 
 ing on. See also Hoaho. To put the aho 
 on a house ; to tie on small sticks to hold 
 the thatching of a house, 
 
 Hoo-A-HU, V. See Ahu, to collect. To 
 gather together ; to collect ; to heap up. 
 2. To put down ; to leave. 
 
 Hoo-A-Hu, adj. Gathered ; collected ; 
 
 laid up. 
 2. Dissatisfied, as with work imperfectly 
 
 done. 
 Hoo-A-KA, ) j,_ 
 
 Hoo-A-KA-A-KA, J \ 
 
 to make one laugh. 
 Hoo-A-KA, ) .y. See AfeAKA, clear. To 
 Hoo-A-KA-KA, 5 explain ; to make clear 
 
 \/hat is intricate ; to make perspicuous ; 
 
 to expound. 
 Hoo-A-KA-MAi, ». See Akamai, skillful. 
 
 To make wise : to h.- skillful at any art or 
 
 business ; to bo intelligent. 
 
 See Aka and Aka- 
 AKA. To cause to laugh; 
 
HOO 
 
 175 
 
 HOO 
 
 2. To make a pretense of wisclomi to be 
 
 ptoud of one'a attainments. 
 Hoo-A-KK-A, V. See Area, broad. To 
 
 enlarge; to spread out; to widen; to make 
 
 broad. 
 Hoo-A-LA-LA, V. See Alala and Hoa- 
 
 ijHa. To cry out, as the alala ; to make 
 
 one cry. \ ' 
 
 Hoo-a-le-a-le, v. See Ale, a wave, and 
 
 Alkalis. To stir round soft poiwith Uie 
 
 fingers, as in eating poi ; hence, 
 
 2. To eat poi. Syn. with miki. 
 
 3. To make the sea into -waves. 
 Hoo-a-li-a, v. See Alia. To hinder; 
 
 mal kooalia mai oe : to stand in the way of 
 another. 
 
 2. To cause one to stop doing a thing. 
 
 3, To wait ; to procrastinate. ^ 
 Hoo-A-Lii, V. See Ain, chief. Toniake 
 
 a chief; to establish one in office. 
 Hoo*iA-LO-HA, V. See Aloha, to love. 
 
 To cause to love; to make one's self friends. 
 Hoo-A-Lo-HA-LO'-flA, V. See Aloha, to 
 
 love. To take pleasure in ; to give thanks ; 
 
 to bless. 
 Hdo-A-LU-A-LU, V. See Altjaltj, loose. 
 
 To cause to loosen or slacken, as a rope ; 
 
 to make one's clothes loose. 
 Hoo-A-Mo, V. See Amo, to carry. To 
 
 cause one to carry or bear a burden. 
 Hoo-A-NA-E, V. bee Hoanoe. To set 
 
 aside ; to set apart for a particular use. 
 Hoo-a-ni, s. A rumbling; a movement 
 
 of wind in the bowels. 
 Hoo-a-no-a-no, v. See Hoano. To be 
 
 solemn, as with the idea that an invisible 
 
 spirit was present. 
 2. To solemnize the mind, as for worship, 
 
 or as in the presence of a spirit ; Iwoario- 
 
 ano wale mai no me he liaili la e kau ifco 
 
 ana raaluna, 
 Hoo-A-po-NO, V. See Pono and Hoa- 
 
 poNO. To pronounce not guilty, i. e., to 
 
 justify. . m IT. 
 
 Hoo-h-a, r. See E A, to rise up. iolift 
 
 up ; to i,'U:vate. 
 
 Hoo-E-A-E, V. To read with a tone. 
 Hoo-EU, ) y. See Eir and Eueu. To 
 HoO"EtJ-EU, ) animate ; to encourage; to 
 
 excite. 
 Hoo-E-tE-E-LE, V. See Elk and hLE- 
 
 klk. To make black : to blacken, like the 
 
 ga,1;bering of clouds bcforo a storm. 
 Hoo-e-Mi, V. See Emr. To draw back ; 
 
 to diminish in size or number ; to lessen ; 
 
 to humbly. • ^ 
 
 Hoo-i-A, y. For hoooia. SeeOu,t). To 
 
 pi-ove ; to couflrra ; t<r make, evident ; to 
 
 confirm the truth of a thing. 
 Ho-oi-oi, adj. SeeOioi. Assuming; for- 
 
 ward ; desirous of appearing conspicuous ; 
 vain; conceited. 
 
 Iloo-iA-i-o, V. Hooia and io, really. To 
 prove, &o. ; to substantiate as a fact. 
 
 Hoo-iA-i-o, s. A pledge for something 
 promised. Kin. 38:20. 
 
 Hoo-i-E-i-E, V. See lEis,--adj. To be 
 prottd ; vainglorious ; light minded ; fop- 
 pish. 
 • 2. To be quarrelsome. 
 
 Hoo-i-E-i-E, adj. Proud ; vain ; light 
 minded. See above. 
 
 Hbo-i-i-KA, V. Freq. oiika. See Hooika. 
 
 Hoo-i-o, V. See Hoola. above. To prove; 
 to confirm. 
 
 2. To think much of one's self; mai ao i 
 na mea hewa — ^i ka hooio, i ka hookiekie. 
 
 Hoo-i-HA-i-HA, V. See Iha. To draw 
 tightly, as a rope ; to be intent. 
 
 Hoo-i-Ho, V. See lHo,.to descend. To 
 cause to descend ; to go down ; e liooiho 
 ana ka waa i Oahu. 
 
 Hoo-i-HO-i-Ho, u Freq. ofj/w, i;. Togo 
 down. 
 
 Hoo-i-Ho-NA, s. See HooiHo and Ana. 
 A road leading down hill ; a descending. 
 
 Hoo-i-KA, V. See Ika, to float ashore. 
 To gb ashore from a boat or canoe ; to put 
 ashore, as from a canoe ; to Oirow on a 
 bank from any water. 
 
 Hoo-i-XAi-KA, V. See Ikaika, strong. To 
 make strong ; in streciprocal sense, to make 
 one's self strong. 
 
 2. To strengthen ; to encourage ; to ani- 
 mate. 
 
 Hoo-i-KE, V. See Ike and Hoike. To 
 show ; to make known ; to exhibit ; to en- 
 lighten. 
 
 Hoo-i-Ki, V. See Iki, little. To make 
 small ; to diminibh ; to hold back. 
 
 Hoo-i-Li, V. See Ili, to strike. To hit 
 upon ; to put upon, as to put on board a 
 ship ; to place upon, as upon the shoulders. 
 
 Hoo-i-Li, adj. Articles of supply, as for 
 family use ; he nui no ka maona ma ke 
 ku»aina,he maona /iOoiK; something to eat 
 and lay aside. 
 
 Hoo-i-Li-i-Li, V. See Ili and Iliili, to 
 collect. To collect in store ; to gather to- 
 gether ; to gather in heaps. 
 
 Hoo-i-Li-NA, s. See Ilina, burying place. 
 An inheritance ; property falling to one 
 from the death of a person. 
 
 2. An heir ; an inheritor of the property 
 of a deceased person. Kin. 15:3, 4. 
 
 3. A burying place. 
 
 Hoo-i-Lo, s. The name of the rainy or 
 wintry months, in distinction from fca.«,the 
 summer season ; also Aoi/o. 
 
 Hoo-i-LO-i-LO, V. See Hosloilo. To 
 
HOO 
 
 176 
 
 HOO 
 
 euess correctly ; to predict ; t6 tell before 
 Eand ; especiallj.to predict evil. 
 2. To rejoice. 
 
 Hoo-i-NU, V. See Inu. To give drink 
 to ; to cause to drink ; generally written 
 hoohainu. Forthe ha, see Gram. § 48, 
 
 Hoo-i-NAi-NA, v.. See Iha, v., and Hoi- 
 
 NAINA. 
 
 Hoo-i-?o, V. See Ipo, a mistress. To 
 woo ; to court ; to solicit the affections of 
 one ; applied either to men or women. 
 
 2. To cohabit secretly ; to keep a mis- 
 tress. 
 Hoo-i-po-i-po, ». Freq. of the foregoing. 
 Hoo-oi-oi, adj. jSee Hooioi. Assuming; 
 desirous of appearing at the head ; con- 
 ceited ; vain. Isa. 3:16. 
 Hoo-o-LU-o-LiT, V. See Oluolu and Ho- 
 OLUOLU. To comfoit; to console one in 
 affliction and pain ; to give to body or 
 mind ; to please. 
 Hoo-u-A, V. See Ua, rain. To cause it 
 
 to rain ; to give or caiise rain. 
 Hoo-tr-AA, or Hoo-tt-waa, adj. Opes; 
 free to enter, as a harbor ; e komo no na 
 moku mannwa iloko o na awa a pauiAoo- 
 naaia. *^ 
 
 Hoo-u-A-u-A, V. To be tight; strong; 
 
 to draw along. 
 
 HoD-u-A-Hi, V. See Uahi, «noke. To 
 
 cause smoke, steam or vap'^r : to burst 
 
 forth, like steam. 
 
 Hoo-u-E, ) „, See.UE and Uwe. To 
 
 Hoo-u-WE, J cauEe oufi to cry; to cry out 
 
 for pain or grief. 
 Hoo-u-E-u-E, n. Intensive of Aoowe above. 
 To cry out ; to so* ; to sigh ; to grieve ; to 
 mourn ; to cry l»ng ; to wail. 
 Hoo-tJErFE, V. See Ueue, to shake. To 
 cause a shaSing ; to bend ; to crook ; to 
 movfc along a little.' 
 Hod-u-HA, V. To draw tightly. 
 Hoo-u-)iA-u-HA, V. To fatigiie ; to tire. 
 Hoo-vHA-LU, V. To bring out; to unfold. 
 Hco"U-HE-NE-HE-NE, v. See Henehene. 
 CO laugh secretly at one ; to mock ironic- 
 ^ ally- 
 
 Hoo-u-Hi, V. See Uhi, to cover up. To 
 overspread j to cover up ; to wrap up ; to 
 nut out of sight by covering up. 
 Hoo-u-Hi-u-Hi, V. See Uhi as above. 
 To cover up ; to conceal in various ways ; 
 to cover over ; to hide from view. 
 Hoo-u-HU-Hi, V. To trouble ; to vex. 
 Hoo-u-KA, «. SeeUKA, tosend; convey. 
 To put or lay upon, as to lade a horse or 
 other animal ; to put on board a canoe or 
 vessel; to freight; tosend property by ship. 
 2. To attack, as an enemy ; to make an 
 attftck ; to rush upon, as in battle. 
 
 Hoo-u-KA, adj. La hoaaka, day of bat- 
 tle ; day of attack. 7o6.3fc23. 
 Hoo-u-KA-u-KA, V. Frecfuent. of AocK^a. 
 Hoo-u-KA-Li, V. See Ukau, to follovir. 
 To cause to follov ; to follow after ; to ac- 
 company by follDwing. 
 Hoo-u-ka-na, «. S?e Ukana, goods to 
 be carried aloAg. 'To buadle up or pack 
 movable goois. 
 Hoo-u-Ki, V. See Uki, Ukiuki and Na- 
 UKi. To provoke ; to do that which will 
 offend. 
 Hoo-u-Ki-ff-Ki, V. See TTh. To cause 
 
 one to ie bffonded ; to insult. 
 Hoo-ir-xo',- V. See XJku, reward. To pay 
 or discharge a debt ; to pay a fiae ; to pun- 
 ish or reward ; hoopai. 
 Hoo-ir-Kir, s. SeeUKU. A recompense; 
 
 payment ; doing justice. j£4.. 35:4. 
 Hoo-u-LAu-LAu-A-KA, V. To enjoy, as 
 . the union of the sexes. 
 Hoo-u-le, ». See Ule, to hang down. 
 
 To cause io hang ; to swing. ' 
 Hoo-u-LE-ir-LE, V. See Ule. To swing; 
 to hang pendulous; to ease off; to crook 
 or tui-n down. 
 Hoo-u-Li, I!. See Uu, to be dark col- 
 ored. To make black ; to darkea ; to be 
 green, as the sea ; as a forest. 
 Hoo-u-Li-u-Li, V. intensive of the above. 
 Hoo-u-Lu, v. See Ultj, to grov/, as a 
 vegetable. To cause to grow, as seeds 
 planted ; to sprout ; to increase in size, as 
 
 2. To lift up ; to release, as something 
 fast ; ma kahi o paa ai ka waa, e Aoouiu no 
 kekahi kanaka i ka waa. 
 Hoo-u-w-A, ». See Ulua, to assemble. 
 To collect ; to assemble together, as men ; 
 to collect together, as things. 
 
 Hoo-0-LU-A, i;. To sing in order to en- 
 courage men to work. 
 
 Hoo-u-LU-tJ-Lu, V. See Ulu and Ulo- 
 DMi, to collect together. To collect to- 
 gether, as men or things ; to assembl-j in 
 one place. 
 
 Hoo-u-Lu-u-Ltr-wA, ) ^,. jji^^ to coUeci, 
 
 Hoo-u-LU-u-LU-WAA, \ and iMo, canoe. 
 To collect many canoes together in ono 
 place. 
 
 Hoo-u-LU-Hff-A, «. See Uluhua. To 
 give trouble; to weary; to vex; to op- 
 press ; to wear out the patience of one ; 
 mai hocnduhua i ke keiki. 
 
 Hoo-u-LU-Lu, «. E hoauMu akua, to 
 make protensicns of being a god, or hav- 
 ing a god in one. 
 
 HOO-U-LU-MA-HI-E-HI-E, V. See UWMA- 
 HIE. 
 
HOO 
 
 in 
 
 HOO 
 
 Hoo-u-Mi-Ki, V. See Umiki, a gourd. To 
 
 ewoU' out round and full, as a large gourd. 
 lioo-u-Mi-Ki-Mi-Ki, V. Intensive of the 
 
 abore. 
 Hoorir-NA, ». See Una, to send. To 
 
 cause one to go on business; to send on an 
 
 errand. 
 Hoo-11-BrA-tJ-KA, e. Intensive of awa. To 
 
 send frequently. 
 
 2. To perform some part in the hoopio- 
 .piA or anaana. 
 
 3. To ask or urge one to do a thing; 
 aote o'u manao e Asounauna aku ia olua. 
 Lateik. 21. 
 
 Hoo-u-nE, V. See Une, to pry up. To 
 pry up, as with a lever ; to lift by prying, 
 
 Hoo-u-NK-d-NE, V. Frequentative of ftoo- 
 une. To pi'y up. 
 
 2. To deceive, 
 
 Hoo-u-NOO, v.\ See Uuoo, not well 
 cooked. To b« not sufficiently cooked ; 
 hence, 
 
 3. To be raw ; to he red, as raw meat. 
 Hoo-ir-NO-tr-Noo, v. Freq. of the above. 
 Hoo-u-pu-tj-pu, V. See Upu, to desire. 
 
 To desire strongly ; to covet; to lust after. 
 iioo-u-viTA, «, .See Uwa, to shout. To 
 
 cause to cry out ; to, shout ; to be clam- 
 orous. 
 Hoo-Tj-wA-u-WA, «. Intensive of the 
 
 above. 
 floo-Tf-WA-BC, V. SeeUwAHi. Lrr. Uahi. 
 
 To ri3$ up, as a column of smoke. 
 Hoo-ir-vra, v. See Uwe, to cry. To 
 
 cause .to cry ; to make one cry. 
 Hoo-tr^WE-pE, V. To open. ScbWehe. 
 Hoo-T7-wfe-wE, v. SeeHoouETTE. To be 
 
 fickle ; to move about : to shake. 
 Hoo-tr-WE-u-WE, V. To sound, as a bell; 
 
 to sound, as a murical instrument. 
 
 ':ina 
 voice, 
 
 like a weak dying person. 
 Hoo-u-wi-i/"-~WT, V. See Uwi, to wring; 
 
 to twist To HrriJig ; to sfiiieeze ; to twist. 
 Hoo-tr--Ri-n-wi, i: The name of a shade 
 
 tree : he iaau malumal-t. 
 Hoo-u-wi-Ki!, V. See Uwi. To squeak, 
 
 ' as new sho^ss ; to grind the teeth. 
 
 2. To cause to shine thiough staall holes. 
 
 SeeUwna; , _ 
 
 Hoo-B-WT-tJ-wi-xi, s. See foregoing- 2. 
 
 Veiy small Jvoles. 
 Hoo-HAA, V. See Haa, low; short. To 
 
 cause to be low ; to humble ; to be unlike 
 
 another ; e hoohita, e ano e. 
 
 Hoo-HAA, w. To '^ie deceitful ; to get 
 one's living by cheating; 
 8 To be lazy; toliveinatmrslessmaanor. 
 
 Hoo-u-wE-NE, K?. To speak in 
 
 Hoo-U-WE-NE-WE-NE, J small shrill voic 
 
 Hoo-HAA-HAA, V. See Haa, shorthand 
 Haaiua. To make low ; to humble ; to 
 abase ; to make humble. 
 
 Hoo-HAA-HAA, adv. Humbly; modestly., 
 Rom, 12:3. 
 
 Hoc-HAA-NU-i, V, See Haanui. Haa, 
 causative, and nui, to be great. To boast ; 
 to swell in glorying ; to multiply words ; 
 to speak unintelligibly. 
 
 Hoo-haa-lu-i,t;, ». See Haalulu, i. e., 
 Haa, prefix, and LwLU, to shake. To shake; 
 to tremble, as one in great fear. Note. — 
 It appears from this and other words that 
 the causative prefix haa is more ancient 
 than hoo, for we have here hdu, to shake, 
 and hacMu as a causative form, and this 
 seems to have been incorporated with the 
 word : since, however, the more modern 
 causative hoo has been prefixed, thus the 
 word haa two cansatives. 
 
 Hoo-HAE, V. See Hab, wild. To be wild; 
 
 ' savage : io provoke to anger. 
 
 Hoo-B&E-EAE, V. See Haehae. To 
 make one angry ; to provoke ; to tease ; to 
 vex ; to trouble. 
 
 Hoo-hai, v. See Hai, proud. To be 
 proud ; to strut about ; to look down upon 
 others. 
 
 Hoo-hai-hai, v. Itttensive of the fore- 
 going. See Hatsai. To be proud ; vain. 
 
 Hoo-ha-i-li, v. See Haili. To be of a 
 dark color ; to be dark ; dim to' the sight. 
 2. To take the appearance of a spirit. 
 8. To be transformed, as one taking a 
 new form. 
 Hoo-HA-i-NTT, V. See Inu and Haiui;. 
 To give drink to ; to cause one to drink ; 
 to quench one's thirst by drinking. 
 
 Hoo-hao-hao, v. See RtokAo, to search. 
 To seek ; to cause a search: after a thing ; 
 to hunt after. 
 
 Hoc-HAtr-o-Li, V. See Hauoli, joy. To 
 cause joy ; to rejoice. 
 
 Hoo-HAU-m-.u, V. See Hili, to wander, 
 and Hachih. To cause a blundering id 
 speaking ; to tolk foolishly without regard 
 
 ' to truth. ' 
 
 Hoo-fiAU-KAE, V. See Haukae, a sloven. 
 To be a sloven, or to act in a slovenly man- 
 ner ; to be base in one's conduct.' 
 
 Hoo,-HAtr-Mi-A, V. See Haumu, filthy^ 
 To defile ; to pollute ; to cause to be un- 
 clean ; to contaminate ; to deface ; to dis- 
 figure. 
 
 Hoo-HAtr-NA, V. To deceive; to entice; 
 to insnare. 
 
 2. To' clasp around. 
 
 3. To seize with the hands, as something 
 difficult to hold. 
 
 Hoo-HAif-NA, V. To stuif the vagina in 
 order to produce abortion, 
 
HOO 
 
 178 
 
 HOO 
 
 Hoo-HAW-NA-E-LE, V. See HaitnabLe. 
 
 To cause a disturbanca ; to get up a riot ; 
 
 to do miscbief in a mass. 
 Hoo-HA-u-WA-tr-WA, V. See Uwa and 
 
 (JwAUWA, to gabble. To talk ail together; 
 
 to make ccofteeion by a multitude talking 
 
 all at onee. 
 Hoo-HA-HA, V. See Haha, to Strut. To 
 
 be obstinate ; opinionatetl. 
 
 2. To be proud ; high minded ; to strut ; 
 to act tbe dandy ; to strut, aa a cock tor- 
 key; he kanaka hoohaha, hookano, haaheo, 
 nolio wale, aole hana; he lux^uiha kana 
 bele ana ; to stmt, as a person of conse- 
 quence, ler. 48:29. 
 
 3. To beat down; to pound; to make 
 hard, as the bottom of a salt pond. 
 
 Hoo-HA-HA, adj. Covered up ; shaded ; 
 
 overshadowed, as- by cioads ; init i poipu 
 
 ka lani, a aneane makani ole, he luMMha ia. 
 Hoo-HA-BAt, V. See Hahai, to follow. 
 
 To puTfiue ; to chase ; to follow after. 
 Hoo-HA-HAU, ». To make believe ; to 
 
 pretend to be what one is not; to put on 
 
 the dress and appearance of another ; e 
 
 hoano. e hoohailL 
 Hoo-HA-Bftr, V. To make even; smooth; 
 
 level. 
 
 HoO-HA-HU-HA-Hp, V. 
 
 Hoo-HA-KA, V. ■ See Haka, full of holes. 
 
 To be open ; to be full of openings, cracks 
 
 or. spaces. 
 Hoo-HA-KA-HA-KA, V. See Haka. To 
 
 open ; to be full of holes or cracks. 
 
 2. Fig. To open, as the ear ; to give at- 
 tention tu what is said. 
 Hoo-HA-iCA-Li-A, V. See Hakalia. To 
 
 detain; to delay; to lengthen out the time. 
 HOO-HA-KA-NU, V. See ftAKAMD. To be 
 
 speechless ; silent ; unsocial. 
 Hoo-HA-KK, V. SeeHAEE. To break, as 
 
 a boil ; to thrnst ; to pnsh ; to cram in. 
 Hoo-HA-Ki, V. See Haj:i, to break. To 
 
 oauise to break ; to break, as a stick or a 
 
 bone. See the foregoing. 
 Hoo-BA-Ko-i, V. See Hakoi. To cause 
 
 water to dash ware againsf wave, or against 
 
 the sides of a vessel. 
 
 2. To be agitated, as w*ter in a dish un- 
 steadily carried. 
 
 3. To swell and riae up, as water. 
 
 4. Tolie agitated, as the mind. 
 Hoo-ha-la, V, See Hala, to miss; to 
 
 pass o^. To canse to miss the mark; to 
 dodge ; toturn aside. 
 
 2. To transgress ; to go beyond. NtA. 
 14:41. 
 
 3. To pass b^ the house of a Mend; mai 
 hoohoda oe ia la, do not miss him, i. e., in 
 throwing a spear at a man. 
 
 Hoo-HA-LA-HA-LA, V, See Hala and 
 
 HmjAHala To refuse assent to the term» 
 of a bargain;^ to break off a bargain^ to be 
 displeased with the proposed conditioaa Of 
 another ; to break a promise. 
 
 2. To turn aside ; not to Usteu to what 
 t^ne says. 
 
 3. To find feolt with a proposal or oSi». 
 Hoo-ha-la-ha-la-wa-le, «. A complairt 
 
 without cause ; an unreasonable objection, 
 to a proposal. 
 Hoo-ha-la-la, V, See Hoohala above 
 and La, day. Lit. To canse the day to 
 pass away. 
 
 1 . To pass off the time; to speud the day. 
 
 2. To endure for the present day ; ap- 
 plied to sick persons ; na pono kou mai7 
 Ans. Aole, he hoohtdala wale no, no ka 
 make. . Applied to the hungry ; he ai anei 
 ia, oukon? Aole, he hoohctMa wale no — 
 he kaman ea. Applied also when one has 
 but a little food, just enough for the day. 
 
 floo-HA-LK, V. See Hale, house. To 
 rest in a house J^: to stay in a house ; to re- 
 ceive one into alonse^ to lodge; to solicit 
 one to be a host or friend. See Hoaikanb, 
 
 Hoo-HA-LE-HA-LE, V. Intensive of the 
 
 foregoing. To sink down, as the stomach 
 
 when hungry, or iike a bouse roof fallen in. 
 
 2. To be hungry : lo suffer with hunger. 
 
 HOO-HA-LE-KI-PA, 11. SeeHALEKlPA. To 
 
 entertain, as a guest ; to receive into one s 
 
 house, as a friend. " 
 Hoo-HA-LE-PA-PAA, V. See Halepapaa. 
 
 To shut up one in a tight house; to inclose; 
 
 to secure by putting in a tight house ; to 
 
 store ; to put in a store-house. 
 Hoo-HA-Li, P. See Hali, to carry. To 
 
 cause to bear ; to carry. 
 
 2. To transfer to another person or to 
 another place. 
 
 3. To carry the words of one to another; 
 to put words together. 
 
 Hoo-HA-LLi, V. To stir up, as anger; 
 
 hookalm mai i ka inaina. 
 Hoo-HA-Li-HA-Li, V. Intensive of haU. 
 
 To carry or bear, as a burden ; to carry 
 
 frequenfly. 
 Hoo-HA-Li-KE, u' See Like and Halhce. 
 
 To causa to be like; to resemble; to make 
 
 similar. 
 Hoo-ha-l£-ke-u-ke, v. Freq. of the fore- 
 going. See Hauke. To make alike ; to 
 
 divide equally ; to equalize. 
 
 Hoo-KA-u-KE-Li-KE, s. A resembknce ; 
 likeness ; a similarity. 
 
 Hoo-HA-LTj, V. See Halu. To be or be- 
 come poor or thin iu flesh. 
 
 Hoo-ha-lu-a, u. To watch an ojtportu- 
 nity foir mischief; to lie In wait 'fos. 8:4 
 Either to kill or rob. 
 2. To act as a spy ; to go seorbtty to do 
 
HOO 
 
 1% 
 
 «00 
 
 utbing; to rob ; to watclifor an opportu- 
 nity to see or speak to a person. Laikk. 77. 
 
 Hoo-HA-LU-A, .«. An ambush ; an am- 
 liuscadu. fTes. 8:2. Poo /looAalua, liers in 
 wait. I/imlc. 9:25. 
 
 Hoo-HA-LU-HA-Ltr, V. Freq. of hooJudu. 
 Sec Halu and Hahai.u. To bo poor in 
 flesh ; to be tliin ; to be hungry. 
 
 Hoo-HA-LU-LU, V. See Halulu. To 
 cause a roiiring like th\indvr, or a heavy 
 wind; to rage; to make a rumbling sound. 
 
 Hoo-HA-Mo, V. See Hamo, to rub. To 
 cause a rubbing, as with the band ; to be- 
 smear, as with oil. 
 
 Hoo-HA-Mo-HA-Mo, V. See the above. To 
 feel with the han;l frequently; to rub over; 
 to anoint, 
 
 Hoo-HA-NA, v. See Hana, to work. To 
 cause to work ; to do service for another ; 
 to compel to work, as a slave; to encourage 
 to work. 
 
 Hoo-HA-NAU, ». See Hanau, to bring 
 foVth young. To cause to bring forth, as 
 ft female. Notb. — The word was mo?.tly 
 I'iied in connection with the application of 
 ntediciAcs designed to effect premature par- 
 turition. 
 
 2. In modern times hoo'lM.vm has been 
 us^d in the sense to beget or cause to be 
 born ; not used by Hawaiiaq^ themselves 
 in this sense. 
 
 Hoo-HA-Ni, V. See Hani, to approach. 
 To come near to so as just to toncL ; to 
 pass softly by.' 
 
 Hoo-HA-Nl-NA, V. See HoOHANmANI. 
 Also, to turn a little so a.s to allow one to 
 pass in a narrow road. 
 
 Hoo-HA-Ni-HA-Ni, V. Freq. of Jwokani. 
 To. tempt slightly to adultery; to make 
 gentle advanctffl. 
 
 Hoo-HA-Ni-Ni, V. See Hanini and Nmi, 
 to spill. To pour or run out, as water from 
 a vessel ; to cause to flow, as water ; also, 
 as tears; ua hooltaniniia na mapuuawai- 
 maka, the fountains of tears overflowed. 
 Zaieik. 203. 
 
 Hoo-HA-No, V. See Hano, to be still ; 
 undisturbed. To honor; to exalt; to be 
 vain ; to be haughty ; to be selfrglorious. 
 
 Hoo-ha-no-ha-no, v. See Hano. To 
 
 exalt one's self above others ; tor conduct 
 
 haughtily ; to raise 0Jt6 to honor. 
 Hoo-HA-Ntr-A, V. See Hanpa, plane ; 
 
 Jevel. To live independently; to have 
 
 enough ; to be supplied. 
 2, To bo level ; plane, as low level 
 
 ground. See Honha. 
 Hoo-iiA-NU-HA-NU, 0. See Hanu, to 
 
 breathe. To cause to breathe frequently ; 
 
 to draw the breath in .and out 
 
 2. To rvsuacitatc; to revive from fainting. 
 
 3. To snuff up, as the wind. 
 Hoo-HA-PAi, c; See Hapai, to lift or 
 
 raise up. To conceive, as a female ; par- 
 allel with hoohanmi. Nah. 11;12. Notk. — 
 HoolMium aiid AooAapai arc both factitious 
 words and of modern date, and are not 
 after Hawaiian idiom, as the Hawaiian has 
 no words properly signifying* conceive an 
 {^"mother, or to beget as a father ; at least 
 no such words have yet been discoveredi 
 
 Hoo-HEE, V. See HEE,to meltj to flow. 
 To cause to molt ; to flow, as a liquid. 
 
 2. To cause to fleq ; to put to flight ; to 
 ront, as an army. See Auuke. 
 
 Hoo-BEE-BEE, V. Fk([. of kookec. Also, 
 .to make angry ; to vex ; to bo wild. 
 
 Hoo-HEE-WA-LE, V. To melt casily ; t& 
 run into liquid. 
 
 2. To flee or run away ; to act the cow- 
 ard. See HoBE. 
 
 Hoo-BE-HEE, V. See Hee, to melt. To 
 melt away ; to run, as a liquid; to liquify, 
 as any hard substance. 
 
 Hoo-BEi, V. See Hei, a snare or net. 
 To set a net or share ; to be entangled !n 
 a snare. 
 2. To beset with difficulties. 
 
 Hoo-HEi-BEi, V. To sound or strike on 
 the drum. 
 
 Hoo-BEi-B£i, s. A drum ; a playing on 
 the drnqi. 
 
 Hoo-HE-0, V. See Heo, pride. To be 
 proud ; vacmting ; lofly. 
 
 Ifco-BE-HE-o, V. See Heo. To swell 
 ont; to be large, as a woman with a large 
 pau. 
 
 Hoo-BE-v, V. See Hev, a beginning. 
 To open a speech ; to commence a talk. 
 
 Hoo-he-be-lo, v. See Hebelo. To be 
 proad; to be proud of one's appeerance or 
 dress ; to be deceitful. 
 
 Hoo-b£-ki-li, v. See Hekili, thunder. 
 To cause it to thunder. 
 
 Hoo-HE-LE, adj. Sei Hele, to move. 
 Movable ; moving. 
 
 Hoo-BE-LE-BE-LE, V. See Hele and 
 HljMEix, to divide. To go between ; to 
 divide ; to separate by cutting, as cutting 
 cloth with shears. 
 
 H00-HE-1.E-LE1, V. See Heielei, to .scat- 
 ter. To scatter, as in sowing grain ; to 
 throw away. 
 
 Hoo-BE-MA-BE-MA, V. See Hema, left 
 (hand.) To be unfurnished ; unprepared; 
 not ready. 
 
 2. To be wanting in some important qual- 
 ity or thing. 
 
 3. To cause a destitution ; to deprive of. 
 
 4. To dislike and take no care of ^ ap- 
 pUedto all things not desired. 
 
HOO 
 
 180 
 
 HOO 
 
 5. To Bet no value upon ; hoohe^nahcma 
 
 i ka waiwai, wiiiho wale a lilo ia hai. 
 JIuo-HE-jtto, V. See Hemo, to loosen. 
 
 To make loose; to loosen; to set at liberty. 
 Hoo-HE-Mo-HE-Mo, V. Freq. of the above. 
 
 To make loose. 
 Uoo-HE-Mu, V. SeeHEMUjto drive away. 
 
 To scare away ; to frighten ; to drive off, 
 
 as hens, pigs or other animals. 
 Hoo-HE-NA, «. See Hena, thigh. To see, 
 
 feel or handle the thigh ; to take off one's 
 
 clothes. 
 Hoo-HE-NA-HE-NA, V. Intensive of the 
 
 foregoing. To act lasciviously; to uncover 
 
 one's nakedness; to dress so as to show 
 
 tile hena. 
 Hoo-HE-NE, 1). See Hene, mockery. To 
 
 cause mockery ; to show contempt. 
 Hoo-HE-NE-HE-NE, V. See the foregoing. 
 
 To cause laughter at another's expense or 
 
 feelings ; to mock ; to vilify. 
 Hoo-'HE-PA, 1). See Hepa, to be silent. 
 
 To W mischievous ; to be careless ; to imi- 
 tate another. 
 Hoo-HE-PA-HE-PA, V. See HoOHEPA. To 
 
 talk improperly, as imitating the talk of 
 
 foreigners. 
 2. To mispronounce words or misoon- 
 
 struct language ; e Siookahuli i ka olelo. , 
 Hoo-HE-WA, V. See Hewa, wrong; 
 
 error. To condemn ; to convict of crime 
 
 or misdemeanor ; to accuse one of crime ; 
 
 to punish. See Ahkwa.. 
 Hoo-HE-WA-HE-WA, ■ V. See HoOHEWA, 
 
 to cause to do or be in error. To forget; 
 
 to mistake; to forget the name of a person. 
 
 2. To mistake one pelrson for another ; 
 to be doubtful with regard to a thing. 
 
 3. To be slightly deranged ; to be delir- 
 ious; but not so strong as fuhena or puptde. 
 
 Hoo-HE'WA-WA-LE, V. See HoOHEWA 
 
 and Wale, gratuitously. To condemn with- 
 out cause; to ofipress; to injure. Nd'E. — 
 This word is often divided into two words 
 in writing, and perhaps should always be. 
 
 Hoo-Hi, V. To open ; to dissolve ; to 
 act as a cathartic ; e boomama. 
 
 Hoo-Bi-A-Hi-A, 1). To be good ; honora- 
 ble ; noble in aspect and deporbneut. 
 
 2. To have the outward appearance 'of a 
 gentleman without the substance. 
 
 3. To be proud and vain. Sea Hoomahib. 
 
 Hoo-Hi-A-LA, V. To eat with greediness; 
 to cram down food ; to swallow, as one in- 
 satiate. 
 
 2. Ill a moral sense, to swallow down in- 
 iquity; no ka mea, ke hoohiala ae noi oukou 
 I ka bewa iloko o onkoti iho. 
 
 lloo-Hi-A-LA-Ai, t'. JJooAJfflte and aj, food. 
 
 a. To stuff, with food. 
 
 2. Pig. To be inieni on evil; ebanaraBU 
 
 ma ka bewa. 
 Hoo-Hi-A-MoE, V. See Hiamoe, to sleep. 
 
 To cause one to sleep. 
 2. To be lazy ; to be weary ; to be dull. 
 Hoo-in-A-Po, V. See Hiapo. To be con- 
 stituted a first born; to ha ve the privileges 
 
 of a first born. 
 Hoo-Hi-E, V. See Hie, excellept. To 
 
 make or cause to be excellent; to be grand 
 
 to look at. 
 2. To be proud; to be haughty; to cany 
 
 a high head. 
 Hoo-Hi-E-Hi-E, V. See HiEHiE, pride, &c. 
 
 To show a proud behavior; to act proudly. 
 Hoo-Hii, V. See Hii, to carry a child. 
 
 To lift up, as a child in the arms to <;arry. 
 Hoo-Hi-o, V. See Hio, to lean. To cause 
 
 to lean or slant from a perpendicular ; to 
 
 bend over. . 
 
 2. To stagger in walking, 
 Hoo-Hi-o-Lo, V. See HioLo, to fall down. 
 
 To overthrow ; to cause to roll down or 
 away ; to throw down ; to demolish. 
 Hoo-Hi-Tj, V. See Hiu, strong ; fierce. 
 To be wild ; to be fierce ; to be unta,med. 
 •. 2. To be unfriendly ; to be unsociable. 
 
 3. To fear ; to be afraid. 
 Hoo-Ej-Hi, V. See Hmi, to entangle. To 
 
 cause entanglement; to get entangled in 
 anyway. ■■ 
 2. . To desire to get what is another's. 
 
 Hoo-Hi-Hi, adj. Ofiensive; injurious, 
 Hoo-Hi-Ki-A, V. See Hihia, entangle- 
 ment To get one into difficulty; to en- 
 trap ; to hold fast 
 Hoo-Hi-Hi-u, V. See Hoohiu above. To 
 cause fear ; to be fearful ; to make afraid ; 
 hence, to make or be wild ; to be untamed, 
 
 Hoo-Hi-KA-KA, «. See Hikaka, to stag- 
 ger. To lean this way and that, as a rick- 
 ety grass house ; to lean overJ 
 
 2, To stagger in walking, like a drunkpn 
 man, 
 
 Hoo-Hi-Ki, V. See Hiki, to come to. To 
 arrive at a place, especially at a place 
 designated, 
 
 2. To vow ; to swear to a fact ; to abjure 
 on oath. 
 
 3. To swear at ; to reproach ; to revile ; 
 mostly with ino. 
 
 Koo-Hi-Ki, s. A VOW ; a promise ; a 
 prayer ; a swearing. OUik. 6:1. Hoohiki 
 wahahce, a false swearing, Oihk. 6:3. 
 
 Hoo-Hi-Ki-Hi-Ki, V. To beM or carry fre- 
 quently ; to carry a little at a time. 
 
 Hoo-Hi-Ki-LE-LE, V. See Hikilele, to 
 startle. To startle one ; to cause one to 
 jump; to startle with affright; to wake one 
 suddenly, as from sleep. 
 
HOO 
 
 181 
 
 HOO 
 
 Hoo-Hi-LA, V. See Hila. To cause 
 shame ; to lie ashamed. 
 
 HoO'HI-LA-HI-LA, V. See'HDuAHILA. To 
 iMi timid ; modest ; feaii'ul, ag a bashful 
 person ; hence, to he affected With shame ; 
 to malse ashamed; to act with modesty; 
 to put one to shame, by his own superior- 
 ity. Xoieifc. 138. E hhohUaJkUa aicu ai ia 
 Laieikawai. 
 
 Hoo-Hi-LA-Hi-LA, adj. Bashful; modest, 
 as a hacliwoodsman; hebooluauui kekua- 
 aina, he hoohUahUa- 
 
 Hoo-Hi-l/A-tA, V, See Hilala, to bend; 
 t<i croolt. To bend, as ttie slim branches 
 of a tree with the wind; to curve; to bend 
 round, as a hook* 
 
 Hoo-ni-Li, V. See Hili, to wander. To 
 wander from the right path; to wander; to 
 go here and there without object. 
 
 Hoo-Hi-Li-Hi-Li, V. See Hiii. To cause 
 to wander often. 
 
 2. To besmear t^^th blood; to defile with 
 blood. 
 
 Hoo-Hi-U-U. 
 
 Hoo-Hi-LO, V. See Hito, to twist. To 
 cause to twist; to spin or twist, as a cord. 
 
 Hoo.Hi-LU, t>. See Hilu, to be glorious. 
 To exalt ; to praise ; to dignify. 
 
 Hoo-Hi-LU-Hi-LU, V. See the foregoing. 
 To exalt ; to praise ; to honor ; to dignil'y. 
 
 Hoo-Hi-PA, V. See Hipa. To vow; to 
 perform a vow. 
 2. To speak falsely. 
 
 Hoo-Hi-PA, g. Affection; attachment. 
 
 Hoo-Hi-PA-Hi-PA, w. To blunder in speak- 
 ing ; to speakjfalsely. , 
 
 Hoo-Hi-Puu, 0. See Hiputj, a little bag 
 or bundle for carrying provisions. 'Bo 
 make up into a bundle ; to bundle up for 
 carrying. 
 
 Hoo-Hi-WA-Hi-WA, V. See Hiwa, black ; 
 acceptable to the gods. To be acceptable 
 to the gods ; to he dear ; to be greatly be- 
 loved ; to honor ; to treat as beloved or 
 precious. 
 
 Hoo-Ho, V. See Ho, to cry out. To shout 
 or cry out, as a single person; to call after 
 one. . 
 
 2. To exclaim with many voices ; hole 
 ka moku makai. hele na kanaka mauka e 
 hoolM hole ai, the ship went on the sea, (ie 
 men went on shore with vociferation. 
 
 3. To make the low noise of a horse. 
 Hoo-HO, s. A shout; an exclamation of 
 
 joy ; to triumph. 1 24s. 4:16. 
 
 Hoo-ho-a, v. See Hoa, to drive cattle. 
 To challenge^ to dare one to fight; to pro- 
 voke to anger.. 
 
 Eoo-ho-a-ho-a, v. Frequentative of the 
 above. 
 
 Hoo-HO- no, V. To force out; to emit 
 
 wind. 
 Hoo-iio-ho-no, v. See' Houono, strong 
 
 smelling. To give or cause a strong offen- 
 sive smell, like tar, sulphur and decaying 
 
 fish. 
 Hoo-Ho-KA, V. See Hoka, disappointed. 
 
 To cause a mistake or error; to disappoint 
 
 one. 
 Hoo-ho-ka-ho-ka, v. To make frequent 
 
 mistakes or-Wimders ; to be disappointed. 
 Hoo-ho-le«»aa-haa, v. To preserve for 
 
 another. 
 Hoo-ho-u, v. See Holi, to do first. To 
 
 come out, as the first beard of a young man. 
 2. To make one's first effort to do a thing. 
 
 See HooHKU. 
 Hoo-Ho-LO, V. See Holo, to run. To 
 
 cause to run ; to run along a road. 
 
 2. To move in various ways ; to sail ;, to 
 set sail, as a vessel ; to ride on horseback. 
 
 3. Tp thrust the hand, into, as into flie 
 bosort ; to stretch out the, hand, a" iii ges- 
 turing. 
 
 4. To agree, as a deliberate assembly ; 
 to pass, as a vote ; to confirm an assertion. 
 
 Hoo-HO-LO, s. A lider on a horse; a 
 
 horseman; more generally united with Ko; 
 
 as, 
 Hoo-HO-LO-Li-o, s. A horseman; cavalry. 
 Hoo-Ho-Lo-Mo-Kir, 0. Holo ani'moku, 
 
 ship. To saQ or to direct the sailing of a 
 
 ship ; applied pithor to the master or men, 
 Hoo-HOrto-MO-KTJ, s. Holo and trnku, a 
 
 vessel. One who sails or causes a ship to 
 
 sail. 
 Koo-Ho-LU, V. See Holu, to bend. To 
 
 bend ; to arch ; to. crook ; to be flexible* , 
 Hoo-Ho-LU-HO-Lu, V. See Holu, to bend. 
 
 To bend, as a flexible' piece of timber ; to 
 
 bend, as a stick. 
 Hoo-hu, v. See Hd, to rise. To cause 
 
 to rise ; to swell, as leaven. 
 
 2. To bake in an oven. 
 
 3. To start up suddenly. 
 
 4. To run along the bank of a kalo patqb. 
 
 5. To detect ; to discover. 
 Hoo-hu-a, ». See Hua, fruit. To cause 
 
 to swell, as a bnd ; to produce fruit, as a 
 tree ; to bring forth, as a female. 
 
 2. To tease or vex by begging; to resort 
 often to one for favors. 
 
 3. To persevere in, as in an.y habit ; ke 
 hoohm nei ko noi a na kanaka i kela mea 
 i keia mea ; hoohua kanaka i ka ina rama, 
 men persevere in drinldng rnm.- 
 
 Hoo-hu-a, V. Perhaps hookutoa, to 
 lengthen out the time. To persei^Bre.long; 
 to continue in a practice; to retain a habit, 
 good or bad, especially the latter. 
 
 Hoo-hu-ae, v. See Hn. To cause to 
 
HOO 
 
 18B 
 
 HOO 
 
 OTerflow ; to have morfe than enongh ; to 
 
 allow fco escape. 
 Hoo-HTr--*-Htj-A,'u See Hua, to swell. 
 
 To caage to enlarge ; to increase ; to grow 
 
 in size. See UUbdabua. 
 Hoo-HtT-A-HKr-A-LAtr, V. To question m 
 
 sport or derision, tlie person questioned 
 
 being igupraat of the design. 
 
 2. To puzzle with captious queatiotis; to 
 throw difficulties in the way of explana- 
 tion ; to talk strangely. 
 
 3. To make one's self stiange ; to pre- 
 tend not to be acquainted. 
 
 Hoo-hu-a-hu-a-lau, adj. Puzzling; cap- 
 tious ; olelo hoohwthvalau, insidious ques- 
 tioning. . • . 
 
 Hoo-Hu'-a-5tj-a-lau, v. To question with 
 belief or with unbelief; o ka poe boom^- 
 loka, hoohmhuakm mai i ke akuanoho.the 
 imbelieving guestkn the exiBtence of tlie 
 resideat gods. 
 
 HoO-HXT-A-HtT-A-A-NA-LAU, V. To ques- 
 tion captiously, &e. See above. , 
 
 Hoo-Hxj-A^KA, V, To smoke tobacco con- 
 stantly. „ TT -1 
 
 Hoo-HO-A-KE-EO, V. See HuA, jealousy, 
 
 and Kaeo or KEEa To be evilly disposed; 
 
 to cherish a bad disposition. 
 
 ; 2. To reject a proffered gift; to turn 
 
 iaway with disdain ; to be displeased. 
 3. To consent against one's will ; to coi>- 
 
 sent in anger. 
 Hoo-HH-A-KE-Eo, s. Pride ; disdain ; con- 
 tempt for one. 
 Hoo-HTJ-A-Li, V. See Huali, to glitter. 
 
 to shine with brightness; to glitter with a 
 
 pure white. 
 2. To make pure ; to cleanse ; t'jnce, to 
 
 be shining. 
 Hob-Hu-E-LO, V. See HnELo, the tail of 
 
 an animal. To lengthen out; to make small 
 
 by drawing out in length. 
 Hoo-HTj-i, V. See Hci, to unite. To 
 
 cause a uuiCn between two or more things; 
 
 to add to : t4> add on ; to annex. 
 
 Hoo-HU-OE, V. To wonder. 
 
 Hoo-Hu-i-po, V. To go in the night 
 withotit a light. 
 
 Hoo-HU-oi, V. See Huoi, jealousy. To 
 be jealous; to feel jealous towards another 
 for some real or sujiposed advantage ; ina 
 i uoho lakou me kekahi alii, koohuoi kekahi 
 Bilii, if they bad lived with a parUoulaj: 
 chief, another chief would have been jeal- 
 ous. 
 
 2. To allow i« touch : to permit to blow 
 upon, as the wind. Xaieifc. 17. 
 
 Hoo-wu-oi, s. Jealousy j o ka hoc.huoi o 
 nli !<anaka ame na 'lii i na misionari, the 
 jeaio'isy of the people and chiefs respecting 
 the miEsionaries. 
 
 Hoo-HO-oi, adj. Causing jealousy; dis- 
 trusting one's faithfulness; he mea hookum 
 ia Halaaniani ka nalo ana o Laieikawal. 
 See Laieik. 128. 
 
 Hoo-HU-hu, V. See Hu and Huhp, anger. 
 To make angry ; to provoke ; to be very 
 angry. 
 
 Hoo-HO-HTJ-Ki, V. To act as a man and 
 his wijfe when they quarrel and she sets out 
 to leave her husband and he catches her 
 and they have a tussle, that is, to Aoo/m- 
 huki ; e hoonanai, e hookano. 
 
 Hoo-Str-LA, V. To destroy; to finish up; 
 to punish ; to tremble for fear. 
 
 Hoo-HC-LEi, V. Eng. To cry out hurra 
 (Ku-re) I to ride rapidly on a horse and cry 
 out liurral • 
 
 Hob-H0-Li, V. See HuLi, to turn. To 
 turn; to change; to cause an overturn; 
 to Express in another manner the eaiae 
 thing, 
 
 Ho6-Hn-u-H0-Li, V. See IIuu above. To 
 change; to turn ; to put in order ; to over- 
 turn ; to mix up. 
 
 Hoo-HW-NA, e. See Huna, to coiiceal. 
 To hide j to secrete ; to conceal. 
 
 Hoo-HH-WA-Hu-NA, V. See abore To 
 hide frequently or thoroughly. 
 
 Hoo-HU-NE, -v. See Huke, to tease. To 
 tease; to beg often; to ask something from 
 another ; to entreat a favor ; to persist in, 
 as in a bad habit 
 
 Hoo-KA, i>. See Ka, to dash; to strike. 
 To dash ; to strike ; to cause to kill, 
 
 Hoo-KAA, V. See Kaa, to toll. To pay 
 out money ; to pay a debt. 
 
 2. To roll ; to cause to roll, as a wheel, 
 
 3. To turn over often in bed ; to toss in 
 distress or sickness. 
 
 4- To throw over or down a precipice, 
 i. e., to roll down it. 
 Hoo-KAA, s. See above.. The payment 
 of a debt. 
 
 2. The rolling of a wheel. _ ■ 
 
 3. A throwing anything down a preci- 
 pice. 
 
 Hoo*AA-o-KO.A, ) p. Kaa and okoa, 
 Hoo-KAA-KO-A, ) other; different. The 
 first orthography is preferable. To make 
 a difference; to place one side; to sepa- 
 rate; to abstain trom; to let alone. See 
 
 HOOKAOKAO. 
 
 Hoo-KAA-KAA, 0. See Kaakaa, to open. 
 To open, as the eyes; to cause to open; to 
 cause one to see by opening tbe eyes. 
 
 2. To cause to roll, i.e., to ride in a car- 
 riage. See Kaa, a wheel. 
 
 Hoo-KA-A-NA, B. To make tame or gen- 
 tle ; to follow after one. 
 
 Hoo-KAA-WA-LE, ». See Kaa and WaUb, 
 
HOO 
 
 183 
 
 HOG 
 
 only. To roll off; to separate ; to make a 
 space between. 
 2. To divMle off; to cause a division. 
 
 Hoo-KAA-wi-Li, V. See Kaa and WiLi, 
 to twist. To cause to turn or writlie, as in 
 pain ; heuce, to be in severe pain. 
 
 Hoo-KAE, V. See Kae, to rub out. To 
 bate ; to dislike ; to treat contemptuously; 
 to reject. 
 
 2. To blot out ; to kill ; to destroy ; to 
 take away life ; ina i hookae mai ke Akua 
 i ke ola o ke kino, if God should take away 
 the life of the body. 
 
 Hoo-KAE-KAE, V. To daub over; to 
 paint badly ; to defile ; to pollute, as food, 
 booKs, mats, &o. ; mai hookaekae i ka mo- 
 ena, don't dirty the mats. 
 
 Hoo-KA-E-o, V. See Kaeo and Keeo, to 
 be quick tempered. To stir up an^er in 
 one ; to provoke ; to show an evil disposi- 
 tion. 
 
 Hoo-KA-E-o-E-o, V. Intensive of the fore- 
 going. 
 
 Hoo-KAi, tt See Kai, to displace. To 
 waste ; to destroy ; to put away. 
 
 Hoo-KAi-i, V. To harden. 
 
 2. To be hard'ia a bargain ; to be close ; 
 to be stingy. 
 
 Hoo-KA-o-KA-o, V. SeeKAOKAO. To put 
 one's self forward: to be prominent ampng 
 many others ; makcmake no oia e hookao- 
 kao la la. Laieik. 91. 
 
 Hoo-KAU, V. See Kati, to hang or put 
 up. To put up upon ; to go Up ; to place 
 one thing upon another ; e hookau hiamoe, 
 to fall asleep. Laieik. 143. 
 
 Hoo-KAu-A-HE, V. Kou. and aAe, light, 
 gentle, as a light breeze. To fly softly or 
 gently, like a kite. 
 
 Hoo-KAU-HD-A, s. See Kauhua. The 
 forming or growing state of the young in 
 the womb. Arwi. %. 
 
 Hoo-KAU-icAtr, 0. See Kah, to put upon. 
 To put up ; to ascend upon ; to cause to 
 arise ; to lift up a thing, as a child in put- 
 ting him on a horse. 
 2. To gather, as clouds before a rain. 
 
 Hoo-KAu-KAu; J. See above; The gath- 
 ering of clouds before a rain regarded as 
 a sign of foul weather 
 
 Hoo-KAu-KAU-LTT-A, V. See the forego- 
 ing. To wait ; to procrastinate. 
 
 Hoo-KAij-MA.-HA, w. See. Kaumaha. To 
 lay a burden upon one ; to bu hard upon ; 
 to trouble ; to oppreas. 
 
 Hoo-KAu-wA, V. See Kaitwa, a servant. 
 To make a servant of; to cause one to 
 serve or to be a servant; to act in the 
 capacity of a servant. 
 
 Hoo-KAU-WA-Kir-A-PAA, V. See Kauwa 
 and KvAPAA, to make one's back rough. 
 To serve with rigor ; to act under, and live 
 in hard bondage. 
 
 Hoo-KAu-wA-KTT-A-PAA, s. Hard serviccj 
 cruel bondage. 
 
 Hoo-jcATj-wo-viro, V. See Kauowo and 
 Kauwowo, to branch out and spread, as 
 vines. To cause to grow and increase, aa 
 vines or vegetables of rapid growth ; to 
 grow thriftily, as vines or plants. 
 2. To cause to multiply, aa a people. 
 
 Hoo-ka-ha, v. See Kaha, to seize. To 
 extort property from another ; to cheat. 
 
 2. To seize upon what is another'si 
 
 3. To take property with the owner's 
 knowledge, but without his consent . 
 
 Hoo-ka-ha, s. An extortioner j one who 
 
 strips people of their property. Imk. l&ll. 
 
 Bookaha is the result of kuko, Ua, iini, &o. 
 Hoo-KA-HA-KA-HA, V. To put on many 
 
 clothes, as children; to make a great show. 
 2. To make a great heap of kapas on 
 
 which to sit or be carried, as in former 
 
 times. 
 
 . 3. To make a display ; to exhibit finery. 
 Hoo-KA-HA-KA-HA, s. A display; an ex- 
 hibition ; a celebration ; hana iho la ia i 
 
 hookahakaha no kana poe wahine, he made 
 
 an eaSiiJiJow of his wives. 
 Hoo-KA-HA-KA-HA, odj. Superb ; fine ; 
 
 nice ; making a display as a dandy. 
 Hoo-KA-HE, V. See Kahe, to spill water. 
 
 To water; to cause water to flow overland; 
 
 to cause to flow, as a Iiq\ud ; to irrigate. 
 Hoo-KA-HE, s. A flowing, as of blood. 
 Hoo-KA-HE-A, ». See Hea and Kahea, 
 
 to call out. To cause to cry out ; to call ; 
 
 to raise the voice in calling. 
 Hoo-KA-HEE, V. See Hee and Kahee, 
 
 to slip or slide off, To cause to slin away; 
 
 to slip off; to flow off. 
 
 Hoo-katt-la-na, v. See Kaulana, to be Hoo-ka-he-ka-he, v. Freq. of hpokahe. 
 
 To water, as land; to cause to flow, as 
 water ; to wei ; to drain, as land. 
 
 Hoo-ka-he-la, v. See Kahela, to bend 
 round ; to curve. To come along, as the 
 swell of the sea when it comes along the 
 western coast of Hawaii from the south; to 
 flow along, as a high swell of the sea. 
 
 Hoo-ka-he-la-he-la, v. See Kahela 
 
 renowned. To make a person or event 
 known as famous; to sen4 abroad -a report 
 concerning a person or thing ; to make 
 famous. 
 Hoo-kau-lu-a, v. See Kaultta, to be 
 olaok. To procrastinate j to delay ; to de- 
 tain ; to be slow in obeying a command. 
 
 2. To be in doubt ; to hesitate about 
 doing a thing ; to postpone a work. 
 
HOO 
 
 184 
 
 HOO 
 
 and Kdhbla. To bend round ; to cucve, 
 aa passing round a cape. 
 Hoo-KA-m, V. See Kahi, one. To be or 
 cause to be one ; to divide by individuaia. 
 
 2. To make one, 1. e.. to resemble: to be 
 similar or like something else. 2 Oihl. 
 18:12. £ imi kakou ma ka mea o hookoM 
 ai ka manao ana, let us seek to unite our 
 thaughts into one. 
 
 3. To attend to one thing ; to make one 
 out of many. 
 
 Hoo-KA-Hi, s. A oneness ; a unity j a 
 
 being only one. 
 Hoo-KA-Hi, adj. One ; only one, in dis- 
 tinction from many. 
 Hoo-KA-Hi, art. One of the semi-dofinite 
 
 articles ; a ; an ; one ; only one. Oram. § 
 
 63, 65, 3. 
 Hoo-KA-Hi-KA-Hi, V. See Kahi, to rub j 
 
 to comb. To anoint ; to daub over. 
 2 To mb ; to polish. 
 3. To comb. 
 Hoo-KA-Hi-o-Hi-o, V. See Hio, to lean 
 
 over. To cause to lean over a little. 
 2. To be a little intoxicated so as to 
 
 stagger some. 
 Hoo-KA-Hi-KO, V. See Kahuco, to be old. 
 
 To return to conversation and manners of 
 
 ancient times ; to talk of farmer times ; to 
 
 imitate ancient manners. 
 Hoo-XA-Hi-KA-Hi-Ko, v. Frequentative 
 
 of the above. 
 Hoo-KA-HO-KAi, V. To Hiix together two 
 
 ingredients, as flour and water, spittle and 
 
 earth. 
 Hoo-KA-HB-Li, V. SeeHuLiandKAHon, 
 
 to, turn ; to change. To change the out- 
 
 rward form of a thing; to turn over; to turn 
 
 upside down ; to overthrow. 
 Hoo-KA-HC-Li-Hu-M, V. Frequentative of 
 
 the above. • 
 
 Hoo-KA-HU-NA, V. See Kahuna, a pro- 
 fessional man. To. act in any profession ; 
 
 to act the artiaiiii the priest, the doctor, &c. 
 Hoo-KA-HTr-NA-H!T-NA, V. See HUNA, a 
 
 small particle. To be little, small or flne. 
 
 See HuMAHUKA. 
 Hoo-KA-KA, P. See Ka, to dash ; Strike. 
 
 To break up, as wood for fuel (anciently 
 
 Hawaiians had no axes for cutting fuel.) 
 2. To strike against ; to dash ; to break 
 
 up flae. 
 Hoo-KA-KAA, ». See Kaa, wheel. To 
 
 turn, as a wheel ; to turn round. 
 Hoo-KA-KAA, s. The dark involving of 
 
 clouds before a storm ; the rolling together 
 
 of clpuds; a thick atmosphere before a 
 
 storm. 
 
 Hoo-KA-XA-HA, V. See Kaha, to write ; 
 to scratch. To strike ; to dash against. 
 2. To pierce; as on coming In contact 
 
 likd two cocks in fighting ; to strike with 
 
 spurs, as a cock. 
 3. To scratch ; to make marks. 
 Hoo-KA-KA-HE-LE, V. E hoopopololei, e 
 
 hooinainau, e hookawowo. 
 Hoo-KA-KE-KA-KE, V. To wipe or wash 
 
 imperfectly or slovenly, as a table or. dishes; 
 
 in washing clothes when one daubs on soap 
 
 and hardly washes it off, it is said, he Koo- 
 
 kakekake kau hana ana, aole pan ka lepo. 
 
 2. To mix medicine with food in order 
 to take it 
 
 3. To daub or psunt over carelessly, as 
 in coloring a map. 
 
 4. To blot oyer. 
 Hoo-KA-KE-KA-KE, adj. Muddyj dirty; 
 
 pehea ia wahi, maikal anei 7 Aole, he koo- 
 
 kakekake wale no. • 
 Hoo-EA-KA-LA, V. See Kala, rougb. To 
 
 make rough; tc have manyprotabeninc^s; 
 
 to be rough with sharp points. 
 2. To sharpen ; to grmd on a stone 
 Hoo-EA-KA-LE, V. To luake soft or 
 
 spongy ; to be soft ; to be flexible, like the 
 
 comb of a cock. 
 Hoo-KA-KA-Ni, V. To have the itch; to 
 
 be sore. See Mkac. 
 Hoo-KA-LA, ». See Eala, rough. To 
 
 sharpen ; to grind, i e., to mb on a stone 
 
 for sharpening ; to grind, as a tool. 
 JEIoo-ka-i.a-ha-i,a, ». See Kalahala, to 
 
 pardon sin. To cause to pardon sin; to 
 
 make an atonement Nah. 16. 
 Hoo-KA-LA-KU-pu-A, V. To lie in wait; 
 
 to ambuscade for the purpose of robbery; 
 
 to act the part of spies. 
 
 2. To entrap one in his words. 
 
 3. To observe or watch slily as one plots 
 mischief, 
 
 Hoo-KA-LAE, V. Seg Kalae, clear sky. 
 To clear oif, as clouds after a rain; to open, 
 as the clouds that the sky may appear ; to 
 be clear, as the sky. 
 
 Hbo-KA-LAi, V. See Kalai, to hew. To 
 cause to hew; to cut, as wood or stones 
 into some shape. 
 
 H'oo-KA-LA-XA-LAi, V, See the above. 
 To.^cut <xS; to smooth, as the inside of a 
 canoe. 
 
 Hco-KA-LA-u, V. See Kaijili. To go 
 quickly and straightforward. 
 
 Hoo-KA-LE-KA-LE, adj. Lying; deceit- 
 ful ; treacherous. 
 
 Hoo-KA-Li, V. See Kali, to delay. To 
 cauae to wait ; to wait ; to delay ; to wait 
 for something. 
 
 Hoo-k'a-li-lo-i.i-lo, v. See Kalilo.. To 
 draw near to death : to have the last symp- 
 toms of death ; to die. 
 
 Hoo-KA-Lu-Hi, V. To bend; to vibrate, 
 as a leaf in the wind. 
 
HOO 
 
 185 
 
 HOO 
 
 2. To ogle ; to bend and twist, as a fop 
 or a vain woman ; e hookaiuhi waiokila. 
 
 Hoo-KA-MA, V. See Kama, a child. To 
 adopt, as a child ; to make the child of an- 
 other one's own. 
 
 Hoo-KA-MA, «. An adopted child. 
 
 Hoo-KA-MA-HAo, V. See Kamahao. To 
 be or do something wonderfiil; to be trans- 
 formed : to take a new form, especially a 
 more splendid one. 
 
 Hoo-'KA-MA-KA, odj. As a prostitute, liv- 
 ing in a state of prostitution ; he Jtooka- 
 maka kekahi mea nui ma kahi alii. Note. — 
 This may be an erroneous orthography for 
 hnokamakama. 
 
 Hoo-KA-MA-KA-MA, V. See Kamakama. 
 To prostitute one's wife or daughter for 
 pay. ^. to prostitute one's self for mauey; 
 to make one a pro8tit\ite; to behave lasciv- 
 iously. 
 
 HoO-KAi-MA-KA-MA-KA, V. See HoOMAKA, 
 to begin. To prepare the way for doing a 
 thing ; to begin to do a thing. 
 
 Hoo-KA-MA-UL-Ni, V. See Kamalani. To 
 make one n, favorite, especially one that 
 appears unworthy to evei'yone oLse except 
 the chief; to treat, as a do Sing parent a 
 disobedient or niiachievoas child; tolavi.sh 
 favors on a bad child. 
 
 Hoo-KA-BiA-Ni, P. To have a very good 
 externaiappearance, as any t^ulistance, but 
 internally worthless. 
 
 2. Applied to persons, to be deceitful ; 
 to act the hypocrite ; to make hypocritical 
 pretonsioHs; .t« bea vrorthlessperson under 
 a pleasant exterior. 
 
 Hoo-BJi-MA-Ni, s. A hypocrite. 
 2. Hypocrisy ; guile. Ilitl. 32:2. 
 
 Hoo-KA-MA-Ni-HA, V, See Kamaniha, fo 
 be rude. To be nide ; to be rough ; td bb 
 
 ; wild ; to be unsocial. 
 
 Hoo-ka-na-hai, v. See Kanahat, to de- 
 crease. To be small ; to be, stinted ; to 
 make small ; to make less ; to reduce in 
 size; to humble somewhat. See next word. 
 
 HoQ-KA-NA-HA0, I'. To be small ; to be 
 depressed ; to make less. 
 
 Hoo-KA-NA-OE, V. To push forward; to 
 urge on ; to quicken ; to hasten in doing a 
 thing. See Kanahb. 
 
 Hoo-KA-NA-HE, V. To drive or urge for- 
 ward.; to accelerate movement ; to hurry ; 
 to quicken. 
 
 H00-KA-NA-H17-A, , V. See Kanahua, 
 crooked : stoop-shouldered. To bend up- 
 wards, as a crooked rafter. 
 
 2. To rise above water, as a whale's back. 
 
 3. To bendj to crook; to Tuft humpbacked. 
 noo-KA-HA-KA, w. See Kanaka, a man. 
 
 To be 0* act like a man ; to be brave ; to 
 be manlv t to act the part of a brove man. 
 24 
 
 Hoo-ka-na-ka-ma-kii-a, s. SeeKANAKA- 
 
 itixuA. The state of being mature, as a 
 
 yonng person of either sex ; being grown 
 . up. Laieik. 28. 
 Hoo-KA-NA-KA-NA-iE, ». To quicken; to 
 
 hasten : to urge on. See Hookanahk. 
 Hoo-KA-NA-LE-o, V. To try hard to walk 
 
 Btraightly, as one who wishes to disguise 
 . his drunkenness. 
 Hoo-KA-NA-LU-A, V. See Kanaltta, to be 
 
 in doubt. To be in doubt ; to besitnte ; 
 
 to be fearful. 
 2. To stalk about in a proud swinging 
 
 manner. 
 Hoo-KA-NA-WAi, u See Kanawai, law, 
 
 &c. To be enraged at ; to set off from one 
 
 in anger ; to dislike one who has been a 
 
 friend ; hookanatoai aku la ia i kona wafai 
 
 i hele ai, aole e hele hou ; hookcmaicai aku 
 
 la i na maKamaka. 
 Hoo-KA-NE, V. To make a special ftiend 
 
 of a man ; applied only to a womah. 
 2. To keep a lodging house. 
 Hoo-KA-Ni, V. See Kani, to make a 
 
 musical sound. To sing ; to ring ior Joy ; 
 
 to make a musical sound. 
 2. To ring a bell ; to play on an iiiiilru- 
 
 ment of music. 
 I Hoo-KA-Ni-KA-Ni, V. See the foregoing. 
 
 To play the ukeko ; to strike on anything 
 
 to make a sound. 
 
 2. To sing often. 
 
 3. To make a noise, aj a multitude of 
 voiees end instruments preparatoij to a 
 mofcomoko or boxing match; ?. saho malic 
 na kanaka, alalia, hookdmikwd pihe mai, 
 penei. 
 
 Hoo-KA-Ni-pi-HE, V. T* make a great 
 noise, as in an a.ssembly for the hula and 
 other assemblies; alalia, Iwokatdpi}^ mai 
 kela aoao o ka aha. 
 
 Hop-KA-NO, V. See Kano, to be proiid. 
 To be proud ; to be lofty in demeanor ; to 
 be haughty. 
 
 2. To abstain from ; to let alone ; to 
 spare ; to treat ivith affection. 
 
 Hoo-ka-no, s. See Kano. Haughtiness; 
 
 pride; self sufficiency. 
 Hoo-KA-PAE, V. See Kapab, to pervert. 
 
 To turn off; to push aside; to pai-ry off; 
 
 to render ineffectual, as .an argument. 
 . 2. To conceal under one's kapa. 
 Hoo-KA-PE-EE, V. SeeKAFEKE,tobeout 
 
 of joint. To unloose ; to uncover; to send 
 
 forth. 
 2.. To lay aside, as property; to conceal. 
 
 3. To take off; to remove, as the cover 
 of a calabash ; hookapeke i ka waiwai, to 
 lay aside property ; kookaptke i ka poi, to 
 take off the cover ; hookapeke i Ms, waa, tx> 
 conceal the canoe. 
 
 Hoo-KA-PE-KE, «. Putting on a dress 
 
HOO 
 
 198 
 
 HOO 
 
 and yet being exposed, an incentive to 
 lewdness ; eia kckahi mea e moelrolohe ai, 
 o ka liooiiichie a o ka liookapeke, 
 
 Hoo-KA-PE-KE-PE-KE, i). See above and 
 Kapukepeke. 
 
 Hoo-KA-PC, V. See Kapu, prohibition. 
 To prohibit ; to forbid ; to pat under an 
 interdict. 
 
 2. To. consec-ate ; to make sacred ; to 
 set aside for a particular use. 
 
 Hoo-KA-pu-KA-PU, V. See Kapu. Inten- 
 sive and frequentative of the foregoing. 
 
 Hoo-KA-pu-Hi, L'. To take care, as the 
 kahii or nurse of a chief's child ; applied 
 only to chiefs. Note. — This is said to be 
 a word peculiar to Oahu. 
 
 Hoo-KA-PU-Hi, s. A nurse of a king's or 
 a chiefs child; e na haumana, amc na 
 kumu, ame na hookapuld, ame na fcahu. . 
 2, TB'e kah}! of an animal, as the master 
 or owner of a dog ; e imi ma ka hanuhanu 
 ana ka ka llio e loaa'i ka hookapuhi, to 
 Seek like the dog's smelling to find the 
 master. 
 
 Hoo-KA-wi-Li, V. See Kaawili and Ka- 
 wiLi, to twist. To twist ; to turn. 
 
 Hoo-ka-wo-wo, f. See Kawowo 5, to 
 roar. To make a slight rumbling noise, as 
 by moving the feet, drumming with the 
 fingers, &c. ; to rustle, as leaves in the 
 wind ; to roar, as a waterfall. 
 
 Hoo-KE, V. See Ke, to force ; to com- 
 pel. To crowd together, as at the door of a 
 liause (as formerly); to elbow; to edge on 
 by degrees. 
 
 2. To get possession in a foreign country 
 without permission ; applied to many for- 
 eigners who have crowded themselves in : 
 to push aside any person or thing that is 
 ill the way. 
 
 3. To get one into difficulty; to stniggle 
 against opposition. 
 
 4. To abstain from; to let alone; to leave 
 untouched. 
 
 5. To blow the noiie. 
 
 HoQ-KE, s. A struggling against diffi- 
 
 c\\\tj ; an urging on. 
 Hoa-i£E-Ai, V. Hooke and ai, food. To 
 
 abstain from food ; to fast. 
 Hoo-KE-E-o, p. See Keeo, to be angry. 
 
 To be quickly angry ; to be wrathful : to 
 
 be quick teilipercd. 
 
 Hoo-KEE-KEE, V. See Kekee, crooked. 
 
 To make crooked ; to crook ; to bend. 
 2. To do wrong ; to pervert right. 
 Hoo-XEi, V. To set one's self above 
 
 others literally; to take a higher seat; 
 
 moraUy, to be proud ; to be self exalted; 
 
 alalia, hookei iho la ke kahuna nui nana i 
 
 kai ka aha. 
 Hoo-KEi-KEi, V. See Kki, to glory; tol 
 
 boast. To bonor one's self; to be proud 
 
 of one's skill at any business ; to be vain- 
 . glorions ; to think mnch of one's self. 
 Hoo-KE-o, V. See Keo, white. To make 
 
 white ; to whiten. 
 Hoo-KE-o, s. A long calabash. 
 Hoo-KE-o-KE-o, V. See Keo, white. To 
 
 cause whiteness ; to be white. 
 Hoo-KE-u, V. See Keb, a remainder. 
 
 To hare over and above ; to have or mako 
 
 a remainder. 
 Hoo-ke-ha, v. See Keha 3, to be puffed 
 
 up. To be pnSed up ; to be proud ; to be 
 
 self glorious. 
 Hoo-ke-ha-ke-ha, r. See above and 
 
 Kera. To be proud ; to be high minded ; 
 
 to imitate a chief in manners and dignity. 
 Hoo-KE-KEE, V. See Keekee, crooked. 
 
 To crook; to bend; to pervert; to spurn; 
 
 to make crooked. 
 Hoo-KE-SfiR, adj. Crooked ; warped ; 
 
 bent, naturally or morally. 
 2. Displeased : offended at any neglect 
 Hoo-ke-la, v. See Kjxa, to extend be- 
 yond. To exceed; to go beyond; to be 
 
 higher ; to be more. 
 Hoo-KE-LA, s. The name of a month. 
 Hoo-ke-le, v. See KelE; to slip ; to 
 
 slide along. To sail, as the master of a 
 
 ship or canoe. 
 
 2. To direct or steer a ship or caaoe ; to 
 hold the helm. 
 
 3. To praise ; to extol. 
 Hoo-ke-le, s. a steerer of a canoe, 
 
 Zaieik. 45. See Hoosei.ewaa. 
 Hoo-ke-le-ke-le, ». See Kele, td slip, 
 
 &c. To slip or slide" easily. 
 2. To sail about for pleasure in a canoe 
 
 or boat 
 S. To bathe a child near dead with' famine. 
 i. To scatter water ; to wet mats ; e hoo- 
 
 kdekele i ka moena. 
 Hoo-KE-LE-wAA, s. The helmsman of a 
 
 canoe. 
 Hoo-KE-PA, V. See Kepa, to snatch at. 
 
 To snap or snatch at with the teeth; to 
 
 prick like a spur. 
 Hoo-Ki, ». See Ki, to shoot, and Koo- 
 
 KiKi. To spill ; to drop. 
 2. To shoot a gnn. 
 Hoo-Ki-E, V. See KiE, high. To lift up; 
 
 to be high. See Kikkie. 
 Hoo*Ki-Ki, t. See Kiei, to look sharply. 
 
 To cause to peep ; to look slily at 
 Hoo-ki-e-ki-e, ». See Kie and Kiekie, 
 
 to be high. To elevate ; to lift up. 
 2. To.be proud ; to be high minded ; to 
 
 lord it over another. 
 Hoo-ki-e-ki-e, s. Pride; haughtiness; 
 
 overbearing conduct Nah. 16;30. 
 
HOO 
 
 187 
 
 HOO 
 
 Hob-Kii, », See Kii, to go after. To 
 canau to go for a thing ; to cause to fetch ; 
 to go aft«!r : to take bold of; to seize. 
 
 Hoo-Kii, V. To grow thin in flesh 5 to 
 disiiolve ; loj^sappear. /er. 34:4. 
 
 Hoo-Kii, s. Thinness of flesh ; consump- 
 tion. A'oTiZ. 28:22. Leaoness.^oj. 106:16. 
 
 HocvKii, adj. Thin ; lean in iesh. 
 2. Close ; parsimonious. 
 
 Hoo-Kii-Kii, V. To swell out, as the 
 breast ; as the stomach ; to rise up. 
 
 Hoo-Ki-0, V. See Kio, a pool; a puddle. 
 To spread out ; to enlarge. 
 
 2. To assemble together, as water in a 
 lalte or pond. 
 
 Hoo-Kio-Kio, V. See Eiokio, to play on 
 a pipe. To pipe ; to play od, as a fiiie ; to 
 play on any wind instrument. 
 
 Hoo-Ki'HB, ». See Kihe, to sneeze. To 
 
 cause to sneeze. 2 Ndl. 4:35. 
 
 Hoo-Ki-Hi, P. To defend off; to reproach; 
 to persecute,; to put one undor a law. 
 
 Hoo-Ki-Kii, V. See Hookiikii above. - 
 
 Hoo-Ki-Hi-Ki-Hi, V. See Kuii, corner; 
 edge. &c. To branch out ; to make many 
 corners; to make the sides of a figure irreg- 
 ular. 
 
 Hoo-Ki-Ki, p. See Hooki, to spill. To 
 spill; to drop, as water; to squirt or throw 
 water, a» a fire-engine. 
 
 Hbo-Ei-Ki-NA, I!. See Kin a and Kikina, 
 to scud one on an errand. To send on an 
 errand with dispatch ; to command ; to 
 order ; to hurry. 
 
 2. To scold ; to be angry. 
 
 3. To iaavesuddanly.asinagreatliiirry. 
 Hoo-Ki-Ki-NO, e. See Kmo, body, and 
 
 HooKiNO. To make or cause a body ; to 
 
 embody. 
 Hoo-Ki-Lo, V. See Kilo and Haiulo, to 
 
 look earnestly. To spy ; to evesdrop or 
 
 overbear ; to act as a spy upon tbose-who 
 
 do wrong : e hookUo i ka hewa. 
 2. To watch, as one who is doing wrong; 
 
 to watch sliiy. 
 •Hoo-Ki-LO, V. To grow thin and spare ; 
 
 to waste away, as one in the consumption; 
 
 hookilo kino ole, wiwi. 
 Hoo-iKi-i*0( ».,See Kmo, to strike. To 
 
 seiKe ; to catch up ; to grasp, as the band 
 , does a stone. 
 Hoo-Ki-MO-Ki-Mo, V. To be oppressed ; 
 
 to be weighed dowfi ; to be weary ; to be 
 
 near fainting. 
 Hoo-Ki-NA, ». See Kina, to urge on. 
 
 To make one heavy or sad; to, op press; 
 
 to make weary; to put one burden on after 
 
 another;, to add one command after an- 
 other. 
 2. To urge one to do a, thins; ; to compel 
 
 to do it : malia i hookim ai kuu kane ;;.'a 
 i ka inu awa, jierhaps my husband will 
 compel me to drink awa. Laieik. 208. 
 3. To pour down fast, as rain. 
 
 Hoo-Ki-NA-Ki-NA, ». Frequentative of 
 kina. 
 
 Hoo^Ki-NO, c. See Kino, body. To em- 
 body ; to give body, form or solidity to a 
 thing ', to take a shape ; hookino ai ka 
 honua, he gave the earth a body' or shape. 
 
 Sec HOOEIKLNO. 
 
 Hoo-Ki-PA, ». See Kipa, to turn aside. 
 
 To- turn in to lodge. 
 
 2. To entertain with •hospitality ; to in- 
 vite to enter one's house. 
 Hoo-Ki-PA, adj. Disposed to entertain 
 
 strangers j kanaka hookipa, a man liberal 
 
 In entertaining strangers; wahlne Aoofcipa. 
 
 los. 2:1. 
 Hoo-Ki-pi, adv. See Kipi, rebel. Eebel- 
 
 liously ; treSicherously. Kanl. 13:6. 
 Hoo-Ki-wi, V. See Kiwi, to crook. To 
 
 crook or bend, as a horn. . 
 2. To pull along ; to fall down. 
 Hoo-Ki-wi-Ki-wi, B. See Kiwi above. To 
 
 pull along ; to seize bold of; to fatigue. 
 2. To hook on to ; to crook. 
 Hqo-ko, n. See Ko, to fulfill. To fulfill; 
 
 to carry out, as a contract ; to fulfill, as an 
 
 agreement or promise. 
 Hoo-Ko-A, V. See Koa, a soldier. To 
 
 act the soldier; to be brave; to be strong; 
 
 to be fearless. 
 Hoo-Ko-A, V. For hoookm. See Osoa, 
 
 anotlier. To make another. 
 
 2. To divide; to distinguish; to separate. 
 
 3. To whirl ; to turn round. 
 
 4. To put off; to postpone. 
 Hoo-Ko-E, V. See Koe, remainder, To 
 
 cause some to remain; to be over and 
 
 above ; to be left after some are taken ; to 
 
 reserve ; to set aside. 
 Hoo-Ko-B-Ko-E, c. See Koekoe, cold. 
 
 To cause to be cold ; to be cold and wet ; 
 
 to be chilly. 
 Hoo-Ko-E-NE, u. See Koene, shelter; 
 
 rest. To cause rest; to cause quietness; 
 
 to be free from trouble. 
 Hoo-Ko-i, V. See Koi, to urge on; to 
 
 compel. To speak in a rough ha.rsh voicp: 
 
 to make rough or harsh ; to urge ; to drive 
 
 on. 
 Hoo-Ko-i-Ko-i, ». See KoiKoi, heaviness; 
 
 weight. To make heavy litfrally or mor- 
 ~ally ; to oppress ; \o treat with rigor. 
 
 Hoo-Ko-i-Ko-i, s. A bearing of a burden; 
 
 the act of making one sad ; putting one in 
 
 circumstances very disagreeable and grii?v- 
 
 ous to be borne. 
 Hoo-Ko-i-Ko-i-pu-A-m-o-LE, «. To make 
 
 great pretensions .of forbidding iniquity, 
 
HOO 
 
 18S 
 
 KOO 
 
 and at the same time to practice it secretly. 
 
 Note. — Thia is i hew coined word adapted 
 
 to modern times. ' 
 Hoo-Ko-i-NE, ». See Koine, to hasten. 
 
 To be calm, as the mind ; to be at rest; to 
 
 b« quiet. 
 Hoo-Ko-no-Ko-LA, V. To rejoice at the 
 
 overthrow of oue's eaejny ; to be glad at 
 
 his discomfiture. See Hoonaikola and 
 
 A(K0I.i. 
 
 Hoo-Ko-Htj, V. See Kopxr, to agree ; to 
 be alike. To resemble ; hookohu ke keiki 
 a Daniela i kona makua; to cause <t re- 
 semblance ; to ' make a likeness ; to set 
 apart for one's sejf. 
 
 Hoo-Ko-Hu, s. A favorite or chosen 
 one ; one appointed Si'st to a post of duty. 
 Laieik. 104. 
 
 Hoo-Ko-Hu-Ko-HU, V. See the furegoing. 
 To ask with forwardness. 
 
 2. To affect resemblance ; to be assum- 
 jng. 
 
 3. To make advances to a woman with 
 a view to have her for a wife. 
 
 i. To agree together. 
 Hoo-Ko-Ko, V, See Koeo, blood. To 
 
 spill, as a liquid ; to JBow, as blood. 
 Hoo-Ko-KQ-Hi, V. To be black and threat- 
 ening, as clouds. I to lower. 
 Hoo-Ko-Ko-Hi, adj. Running low; black; 
 
 thick; threatening; as clouds; he ao Jwo- 
 
 Icokohi, a thick black cloud. 
 Hoo-Ko-Ko-KE, V. See Kokoke, near 
 
 either in time or place ; to cause to draw 
 
 near ; to approach. 
 Hoo-Ko-Ko-LE, V. See Kole, raw; un- 
 cooked. To remain uncooked ; unfinished. 
 Hoc-Ko-Ko-Lo, V. See Kolo, to crawl. 
 
 To cause one to crawl or creep. 
 2. To Htoop or bend down, 
 Hoo-Ko-Ko-No-iE, ti. To be at rest; to 
 
 be qiiiet. 
 2. To stir up ; to provoke. 
 Hoo-Ko-LA, V. See Akola and A;kola, 
 
 to triumph. To rejoice at the ills of an- 
 other ; to express such joy. 
 Hoo-Ko-LA-Ko-LA, V. To rouse up the 
 
 sexual passions. 
 Hoo-Ko-LE, V. See Kole, raw, as flesh, 
 
 To make red, as raw meat ; to look red ; 
 
 to make raw flesh. 
 Hoo-Ko-LE-Ko-LE, V. See above. To 
 
 make raw or red, as raw or fresh moat. 
 Hoo-Ko-u-Li, V. See Kolili. To flutter 
 
 In the wind. 
 Hoo-Ko-Lo, t'. See Kolo, to creep; to 
 
 crawl. To cause to creep or crawl along ; 
 
 to walk bent over ; to crouch. 
 2. To approach one with the intention of 
 
 entering into conversation with him. 
 
 3. To draw near to a chief to inform 
 against one. 
 
 4. To approach humbly to ask a favor. 
 Note. — In ancient times all persons sent 
 for by a chief as suspected or accused of 
 an offense, and all who came ^o a chief to 
 ask a favor, approached him on tbeir bands 
 and knees, crawling from a distance. 
 
 Hoo-Ko-Lo-Ko-Lo, V. Intensive of the 
 above. To call to account. 
 
 2. To question with the design of elicit- 
 ing some fact ; to investigate by question- 
 ing. 
 
 3. To try an accused person : to hold a 
 court. 
 
 Hoo-Ko-Lo-NiJ-HA, V. Bookolo and Tiuha, 
 to sit doubled up in silence. To sit bent 
 over in sullen silence ; not to reply v/hen 
 spoken to ; aole ou kanaka hookolonvha e 
 like, you have no man sullen like him. 
 
 Hoo-Ko-Lo-NU-HA, adj. See Kolo and- 
 NuHA, silent. Sullen ; silent ; refusing ta 
 speak See example above. 
 
 Hoo-xo-Mo, V. See Komo, to enter; to 
 
 , sink down. To cause to enter in various 
 w^ys ; to enter an aperture ; to eater the 
 door of a house; to sink down into, as into 
 water. 
 
 Hoo-Ko-Mo-Ko-Mo, V. See Komo and 
 KoMOKOMO, to enter. To cause to entei- 
 frequently. 
 
 2. To be supplied, as with food ; to bei 
 satiated with eating. 
 ■ 3. To play at a game called koipokomo. 
 
 Hoo-Ko-NA, V. See Kona, to be strong, 
 To be brave ; to dare ; to be hard upon. 
 
 Hoo-Ko-Ni, V. See Koni, to taste ; to 
 try. To try; to experience; to make plain. 
 2. To ask or try a littlo by way of beg- 
 ging or making a bargain ; tn tempt. 
 
 Hoo-Ko-Ni-Ni, V. See Konini, to revive 
 from fainting. To cause to shoot up or grow 
 like a plant. 
 
 2. To swell, as a bnd. 
 
 3. To convalesce, aa a sick person. 
 Hoo-Ko-No, V. See Kono, to invite. To 
 
 invite ; to lead along. 
 Hoo-Ko-No-Ko-No, 0. See Kono, to in- 
 vite; to urge. To set on; to urge, as dogs 
 to fight. 
 
 2. To entice so as to force one to do 
 wickedly. • ' 
 
 3. To stir up or excite feeling in one. 
 
 4. To send frequently to hurry one on ; 
 to be induced to do a thing. Laieik. 128. 
 
 IJoo-Ko-No-Ko-NO, s. A setting on, as 
 dogs to fight ! a getting up a difliculty be- 
 tween per.ions that they may fight and kill 
 each other. 
 
 Hoo-Ku, V. See Ku, to stand. To cause 
 to stand ; to stand erect ; to atick up in a 
 perpendicular position. 
 
HOO 
 
 189 
 
 HOO 
 
 ■ 2. To dedline-j to withhold ; to refuse ; 
 to be unwilling. 
 
 3. To hold water with the paddles when 
 the canoe is sailine. 
 
 Hoo-KU-A, V. To fail in one's strength, 
 as aft«r much and long effort oue'a spirits 
 and strength begin to fail. 
 
 Hoo-Ku-A-Mi-A-Mi, V. See Kuamiami, the 
 motion of a hinge. To make motions, per- 
 haps indelicate ones, like a hinse. 
 
 Hoo-KO-A-NU-i, ■(;. See Kha, back, and 
 Nti, large. To cause the back to swell ; 
 to make one work hard ; to be severe ; to 
 increase ; to enlarge, as a swelling. 
 
 Hoo-ku-a-ke-e-0, v. See HooHnA\BEo. 
 To act contrary to; to go to au extreme in 
 anything because of anger, as when a little 
 is asked and a great deal is thrown to him 
 in anger. 
 
 Hoo-KU-E, V. See Koe, to resist. To 
 cause to resist ; to oppose ; to make oppo- 
 sition. 
 
 Hoo-KU-E-Ku-E, V. See the above. To 
 excite anger; to stir up opposition; to grin 
 with a frown. 
 
 Hoo-KU-E-Ka-E-MA-KA-N0-i, V. See above 
 with Makanui, great face. To grin moat 
 horridly with rage or anger. 
 
 Hoo-KU-E-NE, V. See Kuene, to meas- 
 ure. To take the meaflure for Uyingout a 
 building ; to measure ; to lay out. 
 
 Hqo-kd-e-ku-e-ne, v. See E^yp'^E. To 
 make way. 
 
 2. To wait on one. 
 
 3. To move back and forth, as a fan in 
 fanning. 
 
 4. To cbol one with a fan. 
 Hoo-kh-e-wa, v. See Koewa, to wan- 
 der. To wander about, as a vagabond; to 
 go here and there without object; to be 
 friendless. 
 
 Hoo-KU-i, V. See Kui, to join. To stitch 
 together, as with a needle ; to stitch to-. 
 gether, as the five kapas for a pau or sleep- 
 ing kapa;3. 
 
 2. To pierce, as in sewing cloth or kapa. 
 
 3. To join together, as letters in making 
 a word, i. e., to spell.' 
 
 4. To meet together. 
 
 Hoo-KU-i, s. A joining or connecting ; 
 o kabi mawaena o ka lani ame ka honua, 
 ua kapaia he lewa, he hciokui ame ka hala- 
 wai. 
 
 Hoo-ku-i-ka-hi, v. See Kuikahi, to 
 unite in'oiie. To unite in one; to agree 
 together. 
 
 2. To mak^ a treaty of peace and friend- 
 ship. . m 
 
 Hoo-K0-ii»^u-t, ». See Kui, to unite. To 
 naite : to join together ; to put words to- 
 gether, as in a dictibn%ry. 
 
 2. To collect iu one mass. 
 . 3. To unite by sewing, as cloth ; e hoo- 
 kuikui i ka manai, a uo i ke kaula a lawa. 
 4. To reseinble ; to be like.' 
 Hoo-KU-i-KU-i, s. Something united or 
 put together ; a sentence ; a collection of 
 . *:ord3. 
 
 Hoo-KD-I-NA, s. A uniting ; a joining ; 
 a seam in a garment ; he hoolcuina ami, a 
 hinge joint. Anat. 18; 
 
 Hoo-KC-o-E, V. To cause to be or act 
 the vagaboni) ; to wander about without 
 business or care; to live in poverty; to be 
 worthless. 
 
 Hoo-Kxr-oi, V. See Oi 3. To limp; to 
 walk with unequal steps. 
 
 Hoo-KU-oo, V. See Kuoo, to stand ready. 
 To stand ready; to be prepared for any 
 bushaesS or^^ent ; to be in readiness' for ij. 
 call. 
 
 2. To aasnme great gravity for the sake 
 of deception. 
 
 Hoo-Ktr^-HA, s. A disease from the 
 illicitintercourse of the sexes. See Kcoha. 
 
 Hoo-KU-ojco-A, V. See KnoKOA, to stand 
 abide. To cause to stand aside ; to put 
 one by himself; to make another. 
 
 Hoo-KTT-o-LO, V. See Kuoi-o, to shake j 
 to tremble. To shake ; to bo unsteady, as 
 . with the palsy; to have the palsy. 
 
 Hoo-KU-o-Ni, V. See KuoNi, to move 
 gently. To move a little ; to move slightly 
 or easily ; to walk slowly ; to lag behind. 
 
 Hoo-KU-o-NO, V. See KnoNo, a bay or 
 gulf. To sink in, as the eye in sickness; 
 to sink down; to indent, as the land on tile 
 sea shore and cause a bay. 
 
 Hoo-KU-o-No-o-No, V. See KuoNooNO, a 
 sufficiency. ^To be supplied ; to have suf- 
 ficiency. . , 
 
 2. To be quiet ; to remam quiet a long 
 time ; to be well established. 
 
 3. To put in order; to keep in order. 
 Hoo-KU-o-NO-o-NO, «. Persons living at 
 
 ease Having a competency of the means of 
 
 living ; aole hune nui o ka poe ZsoofcMono- 
 
 ono, he lakd lakou. 
 Hoo-KCTJ, V. See Kon,. to loosen. To let 
 
 go ; to dismiss ; to send away; to reUase ', 
 
 to let down. 
 Hoo-Kuu, adj. Let down; loosened; 
 
 dismissed. 
 Hoo-Kua-Kuu, V. Freq. orabqve. A0l6t 
 
 down, as » rope , to subside, or cause to 
 
 retire. , . . ^ri 
 
 Hoo-KU-Hi, V. See Kuhi, to think. To 
 
 cause to guess : to suppose ; to think. 
 Hoo-KU-Hi-Hi, ». To entangle; tt)cattse 
 
 to entangle. See KAnnn. ' 
 Hoo-KU-Ht-KU-Hi, 0. Freq. of hoqhihi. 
 
 To guess ; to *hink; to be uncertain. 
 
HOO 
 
 190 
 
 HOO 
 
 Hoo-Ku-Ho, V. See Kuho, the sound of 
 a stone falling peip^diciilai'ly in the watyr. 
 To sound short and quick, as a ttonu fall- 
 ing perpendicularly in the water. 
 
 2. To coogh ; to cough up from the 
 throat. 
 
 Hoo-Kc-KE, V. See Kuke, to drive off. 
 To throw away ; to banish ; to drive off. 
 
 Hoo-KD-Ku, V. See Kbku, stuffed with 
 food. To *at to uncomfortable iuUnees ; 
 to stuff with food. 
 
 2. To have a sufiQciency ; to eat enough. 
 
 3. To eat food vorapiously ; applied to 
 many eating togethpr ; applied to one per- 
 son it is hoonuu. 
 
 4. To try or fit on, as a garment. 
 Hoo-KU-Ku, s. Fullness of food ; over 
 
 eating. 
 Hoo-Ku-KU, adj. Full, a.s with fopd; 
 satiated. 
 2: Fitted ; having a resemblance. 
 3, See Kg, to stand. A standing up, as 
 in the practice of boxing. Lateik. 46. 
 Hoo-KU-KU-Li, V. See Ktjlij the knee. 
 
 To cause to kneel ; to kneel down. 
 HOO-KO-LA-NA-LA-NA, V. See KULANA- 
 
 LANA, to walk weakly. To walk or stand 
 •unsteadily. 
 
 2. To stumble ; to recede back. 
 Hoo-KU-Li, V. See Kuli, to be deaf. To 
 turn awa^ from hearing; to refuse to hear. 
 
 2. To disregard one's advice or instruc- 
 tion. 
 
 3. To bribe to disobedience. 
 
 4. To give one's property for an evil 
 purpose. 
 
 Hoo-KD-Li, adc. Silently ; made to say 
 
 nothing by a bribe, in the phrase moe hoo- 
 
 kuli, 
 Hoo-KU-Lou, V. See KuLon, to bow. To 
 
 bow down ; to cower ; to sit cowering. 
 2. To cast the eyes downward. 
 Hoo-Ku-Lou-xn-Lou, V. To bend over, 
 
 aa in sorrow or in pain. 
 Hoo-Ku-Lou-Lou, V. To bend over, &c. 
 
 See above. 
 
 Hoo-KU-LU-Ku-LU, V. See Kulu, to drop. 
 To leak; to fall in drops; to drip; to 
 sprinkle with water. 
 
 Hoo-KU-MA-KAi-A, V. To cause all am- 
 buscade; to betray; to accuse an innocent 
 person. 
 
 Hoo-Ku-MA-Ki-NA, V. To cause to wail, 
 
 as persons for the dead. 
 Hoo-KO-Mu, I'. See Kumj, fouodaticn. 
 
 To settle; to root; to establish; to appoint 
 
 to a particular business or office ; to lay a 
 
 foundation. 
 
 Hoo-KTJ-NAi-NA, V. To make a conquest; 
 - to conquer ; to show an extirmiuabng 
 Bpirit. 
 
 See HooKOLANA, n 
 
 To step sideways; to 
 
 HOO-KU-NA-NA, f. 
 substituted lor i 
 stumble in walking 
 
 2. To besitute in speaking ; to be unde- 
 cided. 
 Hoo-KH-Nou, V. See KuNou and KoLou. 
 Lit. To stand bent. To bow, aa the head ; 
 to nod, as the head ; to wag the bead, or 
 shake it in derision; to bow; to bend over. 
 Hoo-Ku-Nu, V. See KuNT7, to cough. To 
 cause to cough ; to make one cough ; to 
 hack and cough. See Hookiho. 
 Hoo-KU-PA, V. See Kupa. To dig out j 
 to cut ; to hew, as in disging out a canoe. 
 Hoo-KU-FA, V. Eng. To be or work like 
 
 a cooper ; to act the cooper, 
 Hoo-KTJ-PAA, V. See KuPAA, to .stand 
 fast. To cause to stand fast; to confii-m, 
 as an agreement ; to make perpetual, as a 
 promise or covenant. 
 Hoo-Ku-PA-Ku-PA, V. SeeHooKUPA. To 
 
 cut ; to carve ; to pare ; to dig. 
 Hoo-KU-PE, V. To turn, as one's ankle 
 or foot in walking ; hence, causing a stum- 
 bling. 
 Hoo-Ku-pu, V. See Ktrpu, to spring up. 
 To cause to grolv Up, as a vegetable ; to 
 spring up, as a seed. 
 
 2. To pay or gather a tax ; to pay a tax 
 or tribute. 
 
 3. To accomplish ; to perform. 
 
 4. To give freely ; to make a present to 
 one. 
 
 Hoo-Ku-Fu, s. A tax; a taxation; a 
 tribute to one in higher standing ; a pres- 
 ent ; a gift ; a gratification. . 
 
 Hoo-KU-pu, adj. Liable to taxation; 
 mea hookupu, a tributary. Kanl. 20:11. 
 Taxed ; laid under tribute. iMnk. 1:30. 
 
 Hoo-Kct-wE-inf-WE, ) ,,. See Kuekue, 
 
 Hoo-KU-E-KU-E, I the knuckle or elbow 
 joint. To elbow ; to jog with the elbow : 
 to push. 
 
 Hoo-LA, V. To withhold openly J to be 
 parsimonious. 
 
 Hoo-LA, s. A kapa or Hawaiian cloth ; 
 applied mostly to single kapas ; but on 
 Kauai, used instead ot-the word kapa gen- 
 erally. 
 2. A remnant ; a piece. 
 
 Hoo-LA, V. For hooola. See Ola, to re- 
 cover from sickness. To have ease after 
 pain ; to recover from sickness. 
 2. To save from danger ; to cure a di»- 
 
 3. To deliver or free from death. 
 Hoo-LA, s. Used for AoooZo. Safety after 
 danger ; deliverance from peril ; salvation 
 as ot a people. Puk. 14;i3. 
 
 Hoo-LAA, V, See Laa, to consecrate. 
 
HOO 
 
 191 
 
 HOO 
 
 To coMecratc ; to hallow : to Bf t apart for 
 a particniar purpose, especially for reli- 
 gioii8 purposes. 
 
 H06-JUA-1.AA, e. For ftooMa. SeeLiLA, 
 a braocb ; a limb. To branch out, as the 
 limbs of trees. 
 
 Hoo-LA-AO, V. To ask, as a child for 
 food. • 
 2. To«well np, as the stomach. 
 
 Hoo-LAB-Ho-ND-A, V. See Lae, the fore- 
 head, and HoNUA, entirely. To bow or 
 carry the face low, as one affecting great 
 golemnity.' 
 
 Hoo-LAB-LAE, V. See Laelae, ?.Iear. To 
 be clear ; to shine ; to be bright, as an an- 
 - clouded sky. 
 
 Hoo-LAI, V. See Lai, to he still. To ap- 
 pease ; to quiet, as a mob ; to be quiet ; to 
 be still. 
 
 Ho-o-LA-o-LA, V. For koodada. See 
 QiJsnA, the sound of the throat in drink- 
 ing. To gurgle, aa water when drinking. 
 
 Hoo-LA-o-\, ) V. To tie up, as small 
 
 Hoq-la-o-WA; \ slicks for fuel. 
 
 Hoo-LA-o-A, s. A hook for catching eels. 
 
 Hoo-LAO-tAo, V. See Laolao, a bundle. 
 To do up in bundles ; to tie up, as a bun- 
 dle for carrying ; to tie a string around. 
 
 Hoo-LAU, V. See Lau, many; the num- 
 ber 400. To make numerous ; to m.ike 
 company for one. 
 2. To take away the solitude of a place. 
 
 Hoo-LAU-A-KA-NE-A, V. Tohidc; to con- 
 ceal ; to go or put away out of sight ; to 
 deceive. 
 
 Hoo-LAU-LAU, V. See Hoolaolao and 
 LiCLAD. To tie up a bundle. 
 
 Hoo-LAtr-LE-A, V. See Laulba, to be on 
 friendly terms with. To appease ; to calm 
 one angry ; to satisfy an injured party ; to 
 reconcile. 
 
 Hoo-LATJ-NA, V. See Launa, friendly. 
 To be on good terms with one ; to act the 
 part of a friend. 
 
 Hoo-LAB-wi-ti, V. See Latjwili. to turn ; 
 to be fickle. To cause to twist ; to take 
 many positions or shapes. 
 
 2. To go round and round in speaking ; 
 . to nse many words in saying little. 
 
 3. To be inconstant or fickle in doing a 
 
 thing- . , 
 
 Hoo-LA-HA, V. See Laha, to spread out. 
 To spread out; to widen; to spread abroad, 
 i. e., to publish extensively, as news; to 
 cause to become of general interest. 
 Hoo-LA-HA-LA-HA, ». Tofaear; to carry, 
 
 as on a double^ianoe or peleku. 
 Hoo^LA-BA-LA-HAi, V. See Lahai and 
 T.tT.>H^V; to hover over. To hover over, as 
 
 a bird ; to flap the wings without making 
 
 any advance, as an owl. 
 2. To float in the air, as a kite. 
 Hoo-LA-Ho-LA-Ho, V. See Laho, the 
 
 testicles. To tuI) the testicles ; to practice 
 
 onanism. * 
 
 Hdo-i.a-H(;-i, u. See Lahui, to prohibit. 
 
 To cause to be consecrated ; to be mitde 
 
 kapu ; to forbid the doing of a thing. 
 Hoo-LA-KA, V. See Laka, tame, as an 
 
 animal. To tame ; to domeslicate, as an 
 
 animal; to take av^ay wildress by quiet 
 
 friendly treatment. 
 Hoo-LA-KA-LA-KA, V. . See above. To 
 
 make tame, &c. 
 Hoo-la-k6, v. See Laeo, a sufficiency. 
 
 To supply ; to cause si supply ; to be fur- 
 nished; to supply for an emergency; to 
 
 prepare ; to get ready. 
 Hoo-LA-KO-LA-KO, , V. Frcq. of theabove. 
 Hoo-la-la, v. See Lala and Hoolaa- 
 
 LAA, to branch out. To branch out, as the 
 
 branches of a tree ; to divide off different 
 
 ways. 
 2. To lay the foundation of a work ; to 
 
 commence a job. 
 Hoo-LA-LA, *. A stick once crooked that 
 
 has been made straight; he hau bi&ha ka 
 
 inoa o ia wahi i ka hookdaia. 
 Hoo-LA-LA, V. To begin or commence 
 
 a work or business. 
 Hoo-LA-LA, b. To move aside out of the 
 
 course, as one sailing la the surf turns off 
 
 and goes some where else. 
 Hoo-LA-LA-HAi, 0. See Lahai and Hoo- 
 
 I.AHALAHAI. 
 
 Hoo-la-le, v. See Lale, to urge on. 
 
 To stir up ; to hasten the doing of a thing; 
 
 to excite to action ; to get ready quickly 
 
 for an event. 
 Hod-la-la-au, v. To stop up a path; 
 
 to plant or cause bushes to grow. 
 
 HoO-LA-LE-LA-LE, V. See HOOLALE.. To 
 
 get ready quickly; to put in- order in a 
 hurry, as a house when a visitor comes un- 
 expectedly ; to hasten generally. 
 Hoo-LA-NA, V. See Lana, to float; to 
 hope. To cause to float; to- be light; to 
 float upon, as upon water. 
 
 2. To offer, as a sacrifice. 
 
 3. To listen with' attention ; e hoolci,na i 
 ka pepeiao. 
 
 Hoo-LA-NA, s. Indifference m regard to 
 morals and moral principles; aole e pili 
 nui kekahi man hewa iloko<o ka pono, o ka 
 hookaulana, ka hoolana. &c. 
 
 Hoo-LA-NA-LA-NA, V. See Lana and 
 fjANALANA. To cause to be light; to float, &c. 
 Hoo-la-maiKI-la, v. See Lahakila, to 
 ' overcome. To cause to triumph. 
 
HOO 
 
 192 
 
 HOO 
 
 Hoo-LA-Ni-tA-Ni, V. To exalt; to praise. 
 
 2. To enjoj" the privileges of a chief. 
 
 3. To take deceitfully (as Puniai did from 
 . Kauwa.) 
 
 Hoo-LA -PA-LA-PA, V. See Lapa, a ridge, 
 and Lapai,apa. To spin round, as a top. 
 
 2. To roll, as the wheel of a plow. 
 
 3. To boil ; to bnbble up, as boiling 
 water : to fry. 
 
 4. To blaze, as a blazing fire. 
 Hoo-la-pa-nai, .1). F oT hooolapanai. See 
 
 HooLA. to save, and PANAi,to redeem. To 
 save one by redeeming ; to buy one's lib- 
 erty who is in bondage ; to redeem. 
 
 Hoo-LA-PA-iv/iT, s. A redeemer. Isa. 
 iV.U; HcU.7S:Z5. 
 
 Hoo-LA-PEE, V. See Lapek, to bend 
 over. Tq bond up; to dottUe over; to 
 Ewell up. 
 
 Hoo-LA-Puu, V. See Lapito, to bend up. 
 See also Lapbb. To bend oyer ; to arch ; 
 to crooii ; to recede from, a straight line. 
 
 Hoo-LA-WA, V. See Lawa, sufficiency; 
 enough. To finish; to make means suit the 
 intended purpose; to accomplish a purpose. 
 2. To have enough ; to be supplied. 
 
 Hoo-la-wa-la-wa, v. To finish alike. 
 See above. 
 
 Hoo-la-we, v. See L/SWE, to carry. To 
 draw out ; to carry from one place to an- 
 other; to cause to bear or carry; to take 
 away. 
 
 Hoo-LA -we-la-we, V. See the foregoing. 
 To carry frequently; to get things together; 
 to make ready ; to wait on, as a servant ; 
 to do this and that. 
 
 H00-LA-WE-BLA.-LA, V. To seek occasion 
 against one ; to find someiliing for ground 
 of accusation. 
 
 Hoo-LA -WE-HA-LA, s. Treachery; seek- 
 ing evil of one ; a desire to detract from 
 one's reputation. 
 
 Hoo-LE, V. For hoodie. See Ole, no; 
 not. To deny ; to be unwilling. 
 
 2. To- contradict ; to refuse assent ; to 
 withhold. 
 
 Hoo-LB-A, V. See Lea, to be pleased 
 with. To praise; to extol; to sing praise to. 
 
 Hoo-LE-A, s. Praise; tho object of praise. 
 KaiA. 10:21. 
 
 Hoo-LE-A-LE-A, V. See Lea, to please. 
 To amuse ; to sport with ; to sing in order 
 to atti'act attention. 
 
 2. To soothe ; to assuage ; to alleviate 
 sorrow or piiih. 
 
 Hoo-le-a-le-a, adj. .Anything pleas- 
 ing ; soothing, as music. LaXeik. 79. 
 
 Hoo-LEI, ». See Lei. to cast; to throw. 
 To cast or throw away; to reject ; to drop 
 carelessly. 
 
 Hoo-LEi"LEi, V. See the above. To cast 
 
 or throw away often. 
 Hoo-lEi-LOA, V. See Hoolei and Lca, 
 
 long; also Hooloa\ To extend or straighten 
 
 the body ; to .straighten out ; to make 
 
 straight. 
 
 2. To stretch out the arm or extend it 
 straight. 
 
 3. To stretch out the lower limbs. 
 Hoo-LEi-KA, s. For hoolnana. That 
 
 which is cast or thrown away; refuse mat- 
 ter. Dan. 3:29. See Hoouska and Ho^ 
 
 UNA. 
 
 Hoo-LEi-WA-LE, V. HoeleizxAwciU. To 
 throw away as useless or worthless. 
 
 Hoo-LE-o-LE-o, V. To rise and fall, as 
 the waves of the ocean. 
 
 2. To go about in eonfission, as men run- 
 ning hither and thither. 
 
 3. To be uneven ; up and down, as a 
 wrinkled mat or floor. 
 
 Hoo-LE-HE-LE-HEi, V. See Lehei, to 
 jump-from a high positJMi. To fly in an 
 imperfect manner, as an unfledged bird. 
 
 2. To jump from a high position. 
 
 3. To dive into the water from a height. 
 See Lehai. 
 
 Hoo-LE-HE-LE-HE-sii, V. To be disap- 
 pointed ;^to be baffled. 
 
 Hoo-iE-LE, ». See Lele, to fly. To let 
 fly, as a birff from its cage. 
 
 2. To fix up in the air ; to flutter in the 
 wind. 
 
 3. To flutter, as a bird from fear; ua Aoo- 
 Teteja ka oili, she was lafraid, her heart flut- 
 tered, ioieifc. 205. 
 
 Hoo-le-le-hu, v. See Lslehu 3, to be 
 sleepy. To be sleepy ; to wriflie, as in the 
 pangs of death. ■ 
 
 2. To taru sideways. 
 
 HoorLE-MA-NA, V. Hoole, to deny, and 
 mana, power; authority. To deny oni's 
 power or authority, as tiie people in Liho- 
 liho's time denied the authority of the 
 priests and the ancient gods ; as the Jews 
 also denied the authority of Jesus Christ 
 
 Hoo-LE-NA, s. See Hooleina. That 
 which is Thrown away, &o. 
 
 Hoo-le-pe, v. See Lepe, the comb of a 
 cock. To be scalloped out, as the comb of 
 a cock ; to be cut out. 
 
 Hoo-le-pu-le, V. See Hoole, to deny, 
 and Pule, prayer; religion. To deny one's 
 authority to act as priest, as the people did 
 after Liholiho had broken the kapu. See 
 HooLEMAKA above. 
 
 Hoo-le-wa, v. See Lewa, to swing. To 
 cause to swing ; to vibrate ; to float in the_, 
 air. 
 
 2. To lift up and can-y, as between' two 
 persons; to carry in a manele or palanquin. 
 
HOO 
 
 19:1 
 
 HOO 
 
 S. To bear or carry a corpse at a funeral 
 procession. 
 
 4. To hang pendnlone ; to hang down, 
 as a flag without a breeze. 
 Hoo-LE-WA, s. A bearing ; a carrying' ; 
 a floating in the air. 
 
 2. The act of bearing a corpse at a fune- 
 ral ; hence, 
 
 3. A funeral procession. 
 Hoo-LE-vvA-LE-wA, V. See Lewa. To 
 
 suspend ; to swing back and forth. 
 Hoo-le-wa-le-wa, adj. Moving; flying, 
 
 as cloud's that fly low ; ina e kolcoke mai 
 
 te ao, he ao Iwohwalewa. ' 
 Hoo-Li-o-Li, V. For hooolioli. To cause 
 
 to rejoice ; to make glad ; to be cheerful ; 
 
 to be joyous. 
 2. To be dazzling with brightness. See 
 
 Ou, 
 Hoo-Li-o-Li-0, V. To dazzle with bright- 
 ness. 
 Hoo-Li-v-Li-u, V. See LitrLirr, a long 
 
 time. To cause time to be long; to lengthen 
 
 out time. 
 
 2. To stay ordelaya long time in a place. 
 
 3. To get ready; to prepare to do a 
 thing. 
 
 Hoo-Li-HA-Li-HA, ». To cause fear J to 
 
 be afraid ; to be fearful. 
 Hoo-li-ke, 0. See Like, to be like. To 
 
 make alike ; to make equal ; to liken one 
 
 thing to another ; to make a resemblance. 
 2. To divide equally. 
 Hoo-li-ke-li-ke, v. Intensive of the 
 
 above. 
 Hoo-Li-Li, V. See Lili, jealously. To 
 
 partially close the eyes on account of a 
 
 bright light. 
 
 2. To contract the sight of the eye ; to 
 make a wry face. 
 
 3. To make one jealous ; to cause jeal- 
 ousy. 
 
 4. To question with pertness ; to appear 
 consequential ; to be dignified. 
 
 5. To set up for or assume what^oep not 
 belong to one ; IwolUi ko Oaha e hookolo- 
 kolo i ko Lahaina. 
 
 Hoo-Li-Li, Vi To undulate, as the air 
 under a hot sun ; to undulate, as the sur^ 
 face of water by the skipping of fishes. 
 
 Hoo-u-Ll, s. The name of the place 
 where the opelu are found. 
 
 2. The putting on of airs ,■■ a feeling of 
 one's importance ; the act of creating jeal- 
 ousy in another. 
 HoQ-Li-Li, adj.W\T:a; hard; bold; dig- 
 nified ; important. 
 Hoo-Li-LO, V. See Lao, to pass from 
 one to another. To cause a transfer; to 
 , t^ange from one to another; to, be lost; to 
 delivei' from one to another. 
 25 
 
 Hoo-Li-MA-Li-KA., 'c. See LaiA, band. 
 
 To make a hiargain; to hire; to buyorew-H 
 
 Hoo-li-ma-li-m;> , s. A person hired to 
 
 work. loh. 7:2. 
 
 Hoo-li-na, w. See Hooi,eina and Hoo- 
 
 LENA. 
 
 Hoo-Li-NA-u-NA, V. See LiNA and LiNA- 
 
 t.iNA, to be tough. To be tough and hard, 
 
 like wax or gum. 
 2. To be smoothed or polished. 
 Hoo-Lo-A, V. See LoA, long. To stretch 
 
 out or extend the arms or legs after being 
 
 bent. Lit.. To make long. Note. — Eooloa 
 
 is said to be a Kanai word for hooleiloa. 
 Hoo-Lo-i-Hi, V. See Loim, long. To 
 
 lengthen out ; to prolong. 
 Hoo-LOTT, I). See LoTJ, a hook. To hook; 
 
 to pull with a hook; to draw tight; to bind 
 
 on j to insert, as one thing into another. 
 Hoo-LOTT-Lon, V. To bend over; to stoop 
 
 in grief or sorrow; to cry; to weep ; to b» 
 
 afflicted. 
 Hoo-LO-UA, V. See Lotj and Loua, a 
 
 hook. To hook ; to pull with a hook ; to 
 
 pull ; to bind on. 
 Hoo-lo-ha-lo-ha, v. See Loha and 
 
 Aloha, to love. To be sick ; to be weak ; 
 
 to fade ; to fail through weakness. 
 
 2. To hang down, as a withering leaf. 
 
 3. To cherish ; to fondle ; to caress. 
 Hoo-LO-HE, V. See Lohe, to hear. To 
 
 cause to hear ; to turn the attention ; to 
 
 listen ; to regard ; to obey. , 
 
 Hoo-Lo-HE-Lo-HE, 1,'. To give ear ; to 
 
 pay attention. ' 
 
 Hoo-Lo-Hi, V. See Lohi, to be slow. To 
 
 malce slow ; to delay ; to detain. 
 Hoo-LO-Hi-LO-Hi, V, To procrastinate ; 
 
 to postpone. 
 Hoo-LO-KO, V. To insinuate ; to suggest 
 
 as a sport. 
 
 2. To send ; to order away. 
 
 3. To dance ; to play ; to rejoice. 
 
 Hoo-Lo-LA, V. To be dull ; to be stupid ; 
 to be indolent ; to be unable to aooo-nplish 
 anything ; to neglect. 
 
 Hoo-LO-LA-to-LA, V. Freq. of hoolola. 
 
 Hoo-LO-LE, V. See LoLE, skin of an ani- 
 mal. To tui-n ; to change ; to turn out- 
 aide in. 
 2. To skin, as an animal. See also Lotj. 
 
 Hoo-LO-Li, V. See Lou, to change. To 
 change; to alter ; to renew; to take a new 
 form. 
 2. To change one thing for another. 
 
 Hoo-Lo-Li-Lo-u, u^^See Lou. To rec 
 
 tify ; to change ; to reform. 
 Hoo-Lo-LO-HE, V. See Lohe. To be 
 
 30ur and to act roughly. 
 
HOO 
 
 194 
 
 HOO 
 
 2. To be barsb ia one's speech and be- 
 havior. 
 
 3. To refuse compliance with one's invi- 
 tation; to refuse all approaches; to be dis- 
 obedient, LaieUc. 65. 
 
 Hoo-LO-KQ, u See Lono, kindred with 
 
 Jk>Ae. To regard ; to listen to ; to obey; to 
 
 keep. 
 Hoo-lu-a; v. See Luj», two; twice. To 
 
 do twice ; to repeat ; to do over again. 
 2. SpecificaJUy, to bal:e over; to cook 
 
 twice. 
 '3. To stop up a pathway that had been 
 
 common. 
 Hoo-Lxr-A, *. The name of the strong 
 
 north wind ; be na kabi hodlva, a be ua ole 
 
 kahi koolua, f-ome strong winds have lUii, 
 
 others not 
 2. The name of the rain accompanying 
 
 the north wind; be ua hnohia, he ua nui 
 
 .DO ia. 
 Hoo-Ltr-A, adj. Strong'; rough; mus- 
 
 cuIbt; he hoobia noi ke kuaaina, he hoo- 
 
 pepehii. 
 Hoo-Lir-Ai, V. See Lttai, to vomit. To 
 
 Tomit ;' to cast out of the stomach. 
 
 2. Fio. To cast out, as a people; to drive 
 
 off. 
 Hoo-LU-Ai-E-LE, V. To be deceitful; e 
 
 hoopunipuni ; to go here and there ; to 
 
 move about often. 
 Hoo-Lu-A-LU-Ai, V. See Luai, vomit. To 
 
 raise the cud. as raminating animals ; to 
 
 raise again. Kanl. I4:6. 
 
 2. To use means to provoke vomiting ; 
 
 a hoolitaluai aku la, a pan loa ka awa i ka 
 
 luaiia. Laieik. 208. 
 Hoo-LD-E, V. See Lite, to overthrow. 
 
 To overthrow ; to cast down ; to cause to 
 
 slide away ; to bang down. 
 2. To bring fortii many young, as a 
 
 woman that has borne many children ; as 
 
 {a.faen that hatches many chickens. 
 
 Hoo-LU-E^itr-E, V. To cast down; to 
 
 loosen ; to throw away ; to be loose, as a 
 
 garment. 
 Hoo-nj-E-Lir-E, *. A govni; a 'loose 
 
 dress ; a Sowing robe, so called from its 
 
 Iposeness. 
 Hoo-LU-E-LU-£, adj. Hanging low and 
 
 loosely. 
 Hoo-Lu-i, V. To overturn the decision 
 
 of a council. 
 Hoo-LU-o-LtTi V. For hoooluolu. See Glu 
 
 and Oi.DOj(.i>, to please; to comfort. To 
 
 make easy; to quiet; tocomfbrt; to be cool. 
 
 Hoo-Lnu,,^;. See Luu, to dive in the 
 .water; to plunge in a liquid; hence, to 
 / dye ; to color. * 
 
 Hoo-LHD-i-Li, V. See HooLun and Ili, 
 a skin or hide. To tan hides. 
 
 Hoo-Luu-i-Li, s. A tanner of skins or 
 
 bides. Oih. 9:43. Notk — A later editioa 
 
 h/is hanaili instead of hoohm'U. _ 
 Hoo-Luu-Luu, v. See Lutr, to dive. To 
 
 fish for the Bah called hinalea; to dive and 
 
 take fish iu a ba8k<'t. 
 Hoo-Lutr-LHo, s. The act of taking or 
 
 catching fish in a basket. 
 Hoo-LUU-LTin, adj. Applied' to a fish 
 
 basket ; binai hooluuluu. 
 Hoo-luu-paa-kai, s. Ike i ka ulana mo- 
 
 ena ame ka hoohmpaakai. 
 Hoo-lu-hb, V, To be proud; to act 
 
 haughtily. 
 2. To wither, as a leaf; to be weak; to 
 
 hang down. 
 Hoo-Lxr-HE-ic-HB, V. To hang loosely; 
 
 to be flexible with weakness. 
 Hoo-LU-Hi, V. See Luhi, fatigue. To 
 
 make weary; to oppiess; to make on« 
 
 work hard ; to overbear. 
 Hoo-lu-hi-be-wa, v. Ho(Aukia.nihewa, 
 
 wrongfully. To oppress; to harass; to 
 
 bnrden wrongfuHy. Edl. 9.9. 
 Hoo-LU-Hi-LU-Hi, u. Freq. of UiM. To 
 
 force one to do many kinds of much hard 
 
 work. 
 Hoo-LU-LE, V. See Lule, often sym, 
 
 with Inli, to turn ; to shake. To turn ; to 
 
 turn round ; to change. 
 2. To shake, as flesh with fatness ; to be 
 
 loose. 
 Hoo-LU-LE-LiT-LE, V. To cause a trem- 
 bling or shaking. 
 Hoo-LU-LE-LD-LE, s. A trembling; the 
 . state of old age. 
 Hoo-LH-Li, V. See Luu, to vibrate ; to 
 
 shake. See Lule above. To rock ; to vi- 
 brate ; to cause a motion back and forth. 
 
 Hoo-Ltr-u-LiT-Li, V. See Luu, to rock, 
 roll, Ac. To stir up ; to awake one out of 
 sleep; to disturb one's qaiet; to rock, as a 
 child in a cradle ; to agitate. 
 
 Hoo-to-LU, V. S6e Lulu, quiet ; calm. 
 To lie quietly and still in the water, as a 
 ship in a harbor ; to be calm. 
 
 Hoo-LU-LU-Hi, V. See Luhi, weary with 
 labor. To cause the eyes to be heavy with 
 sleep ; to be drowsy ; to be sleepy. 
 
 Hoo-Lu-LU-Hi, s. The heavy and. dark 
 clouds gathering before a storm ; thicken- 
 ing atmosphere before a storm. 
 
 Hoo-LU-NA, V. See Luna, an officer; an 
 everseer. To be. or act as an officer ; to be 
 in authority over others. 
 
 2. To stir up or order men to their duties; 
 to act the luna. 
 
 Hop-LU-Ni, adj. See Hooluu. Weak; 
 shaky ; applies to persons or things wherf 
 there ia weakness. 
 
HOO 
 
 195 
 
 HOO 
 
 Hoo-MA, I.'. See Ma, lo fade; to wilt. 
 
 To cause to fadu ; to wilt, as a liowor ; to 
 
 perish. 
 2. To strike with the hands or paddle, »•■ 
 
 a man on a «urf-1)nard. 
 Hoo-MAA, ti. See Maa, to accustom. To 
 
 accustum: to practice; to exercise by prao- 
 
 tioo. 
 
 2. To he ready for any buijinens by hav- 
 ing experience in it. 
 Hoo-ma-au, 0. See Maau, to trouble. 
 
 To defend off; to take an oath ; to make a 
 
 law. 
 
 2. To persecute ; to injure maliciou.sly ; 
 to offend ; to bate ; to dislike, 
 
 3. To follow from affection. 
 
 4. To f(o from place to place. 
 
 ft. To be indifferent ; to neglect. 
 HoO-icA-AU, s. A tempting; a trial as 
 
 to one's constancy. Laieik. 102. 
 Hoo-ma-au-e-a, v. See Maau and Ea. 
 
 To work lazily; to leav(! one's work iiiifln- 
 
 isbed. 
 HOO-MA-A-KA-A-KA, V. See Akaaka, to 
 
 laugh. To cansft laughter; to make sport; 
 
 to play a trick ; to say that which is not 
 
 tnie. 
 Hoo-MA-A-LE-A, ». See Maalea, cun- 
 
 ninji. To act wisely ; to act craftily ; to 
 
 act deceitfully ; to bo lazy. 
 Hoo-MA-A-u, I'. See Ali,' a ecar. To 
 
 make the trace of a thing, as the wake of a 
 
 ship ; to make a faint track of a person 
 
 walking; to make a slight road; to appear, 
 
 as the scar of a wonnd. 
 Hoo-iiiA-A-u-u, V. SeeMALiLiandMA- 
 
 ALti.i, to assuage ; to cool. To aanupge 
 
 heat ; to cool ;. to pacify, as ttng(ir. 
 
 Hoo-MAA-MAA, p. See Maa, to accus- 
 tom. To aociistom one to work : to, teach 
 one to work; to be furnished; to be ready 
 for business. 
 
 Hoo-ma-a-we, t>. See Maawe, a small 
 indelinite pavt. To divide out in small 
 quantilii's 
 
 Hoo-ma-a-we-a-we, «. Frequentatiwe 
 of the foregoinij. 
 
 HoorMAE, )). See HooMA and Mae, to 
 wilt; to fade. To cause to wilt, as a loaf; 
 to wither; to dry, as a vegetable; to blast; 
 -to fade, as colored cloth ; to hang down, 
 as a wilting vegetable. 
 
 Hoo-ma-e-a-e-a, jj. To disregard; to 
 turn a deaf ear to; to relu.se to listen. See 
 
 IIOOVAI.UI.ij. 
 
 Hoo-MAE-E-LE, V. See Maeele. lo 
 pity ; to have one's sympathy excited ; ua 
 hoomaetleia ka naan o k-o lakou kaikanan" 
 i ke aloha. Laieilr- 74. 
 
 Hoo-MA-E-HA, V. To dare ; to provoke t 
 to be boisterous. 
 
 Hoo-MAE-MAE, t>. See Mae, to fade.- To 
 
 wilt, as a leaf; to fade, as the colors of 
 
 cloth ; to dry up. 
 2. To cleanse ; to purify ; to clear awaj 
 
 filth or stench. 
 Hoo-MA-E-wA, V. See Maewa, to mock. 
 
 To mock ; to mimic ; to reproach ; lo pro- 
 voke. 
 Hoo-ma-e-wa-e-wa, v. See the above. 
 
 To reproacis ; to sncier at ; to ridicnle. 
 Hoo-MAi, V. See Mai, sickness, and 
 
 AIab. To cause sickness; to be weak; to 
 
 be out of health. 
 Hoo-MA-10, 1). See Ma, to fade, and lo, 
 
 (l(!Sh. To grow thin iu Uesb ; to have littlo 
 
 flesh on thi; bones. 
 Hoo-MA-io-io, V. To peep like a chicken. 
 
 See loio. 
 
 2. To mar ; to spoil. 
 
 3. To cut up ; to make, marks. 
 Hoo-MA-i-nA-i-nA, B. See Maiha, to be 
 
 energetic. To draw firmly, as a rope ; to 
 be intent upon, as the mind ; to pmsne 
 eagwly. 
 
 Hoo-MAi-KA, 1). To be strong; to be in- 
 tent upon. 
 
 Hoo-MAi-KAi, V. See Maikai, handsome; 
 good. To make good; to correct; to maike 
 handsome. 
 
 2. To bless; to ascribe goodness to one; 
 to make prosperous. 
 
 Hoo-MAi-KAi, *. See above. Thanksgiv- 
 ing. Oihk. 7:15. Honor. KarU. 20:19. A 
 blessing. Kanl. 33:1. B'avor; respect; ad- 
 miration. Eset. 2:1.'). 
 
 Hoo-MAi-KAi-iA, s. Honor; outward re- 
 spect paid lo a superior. Mai. !;(i. 
 
 Hoo-MAI-KAI-KA, V. See HoOMAIKA. To 
 
 baslrorig; to draw firmly. 
 Hoo-MAI-LA-Ni, V. To tend, 3s a child; 
 
 to take care of; to honor. 
 2. To treat mildly when one is fliseour- 
 
 aged. 
 Hoo-MAi-MAi, V. SeeM/ii, sitltness. To 
 
 pretend to be sick ; ua lioomaimai ao la 
 
 oia, a nolaila. ua hala ia po. Laieik. 209. 
 
 Hoo-ittA-i-NO, V. See Ino, badness. To 
 make sad ; to treat with severity. 
 
 Hoo-MA-i-NO-i-No, V. See Mainoino, to 
 snifor affliction. 1\3 aSiict; to treat wiUi 
 severity; tfl slander; to deride. 
 
 Hoo-MA-o-A, V. See Maoa, pain; lame- 
 ness. To have lameness in the hip joint; 
 to be weak iu the muscles of the thigh. 
 
 Hoo-MA-OE, I „. See Maoe and Maoi, 
 
 Hoo-MA-oi, ) forward ; bold. To be im- 
 pertinent ; to speak or ask for a thing ; to 
 give a hint of one's desire. 
 
 H00-MAO-MA9, V. To darken ; to make 
 a black or blue color. See Ouaumao. 
 
HUO 
 
 196 
 
 HOO 
 
 Hoo-MA-o-NA, V. See Maona, satisfied 
 wiib food.' To feed to eatiety ; to fill with 
 food ; to be satisfied with eating. 
 
 Hoo-MA-ir, V. SeeMAuandMAUU, wet; 
 moist. To moisten ; to wet, as with dew ; 
 to soak. 
 
 2. To be cool ; to be agreeable ; to be 
 refreshing. 
 
 Hoo-mau, v. See Matt, to repeat. To 
 be constant ; to be immovable ; to perpet- 
 uate; to make fast, as an anchor in sand or 
 rocks; to keep perpetually in action; to 
 perserere ; to go forward ; hoomau aku la 
 laca i ka nele. Laidk. 101. 
 
 Hoo-MAtr, adj. Irreconcilable; opposite 
 in aatures, as fire and water; as virtue and 
 vice. 
 
 Hoo-MAU-A-KA-LA, V. To be lazy; to 
 Hpend the day; to be indolent; to go about 
 doing nothing. 
 
 %. To accuse falsely; to laugh with 
 8Cort|. Liik. 8:53. 
 
 Hoo-MATi-AE, V. To be lazy; to be idle 
 2. To lay or place one thing on top of 
 another. See Ma.dae. 
 
 Hoo-MAU-iA, adj. Continual; perpet- 
 ual. Nah. 4:7. See Hoomad. 
 
 Hoo-MAtr-iu-iu, V. To become sore 
 again ^ to oppress more. 
 
 Hoo-MAc-HA-LA, V. See HooMAU, to per- 
 petuate, and Hala, offense. To keep long 
 enmity against one; to retain long the 
 memory of an oflFense ; to seek revenge 
 long after an offense. 
 
 Hoo-MAU-HA-LA, s. AnoldgTudgc; cher- 
 ished Jtevenge. Laieik- 69. ' 
 
 Hoo-MATT-LE-Ho, V. See Hoomau and 
 Lbho, a callous bunch. To cause one to 
 work hard ; to oppress ; to make one work 
 all day and every day without wages. 
 
 Hoo-MAU-NAu-NA, V. See Maunauna 
 and Maijna. To waste, as property; to 
 spend uselessly ; to consume ; to destroy 
 without ifp^ard to expense. 
 
 Hoo-MAU-NAU-NA, s. waste; useless de- 
 struction of property. MoLiS'.iB. 
 
 Hod-MA-HA, V. ^ee Maha, rest. To 
 cause to rest from fatigue or pain; to cease 
 from exertion. 
 
 Hoo-MA-HA-HA, V. See Haha, tile inside 
 of kalo tops. To throw the small refuse 
 kalo roots on the side of the kalo patch.. 
 
 Hoo-ma-ha-la, v. To loosen; to un- 
 ravel ; to clear up or vindicate one's char- 
 acter. 
 
 Hoo-MA-HA-NA, V. See Mahana, warm, 
 also Mehana. To cause to be warm ; to 
 warm by the fire or by tlie'sun. 
 
 Hoo-MA-HA-NA-HA-NA, V. Freq. of above. 
 
 Hoo-ma-ha-na-ha-na, s. Name of one of 
 
 the last kapuE ; kakali ihp la oia 1 pau ka 
 hoomahanahana, a neenee aku. 
 Hoo-MA-Hi-E, V. See Hie, pride, and 
 HoOHiE. To be excellent ; to be grand ; 
 to be noble in appearance. 
 2. To be proud ; to have a high look. 
 Hoo-MA-Ho-LA, V. See Mahola, to open, 
 as a flower. To spread out smoothly, as 
 clothes of kapa. See Hor.A. 
 
 2. To open j to spread open ; to expand, 
 as a flower. 
 Hoo-MA-Ho-LA-HO-LA, V. Freq. of the 
 foregoing. Notk. — The difTorent forms jtio- 
 hola and inohala have the same meaning. 
 Hoo-MA-HU, V. See Mahu, steam ; 
 vapor. To steam; to burst forth like steam. 
 Hoo-MA-HU-A, V. To watch; to lie in 
 wait ; to act as a spy secretly ; to mock ; 
 to deride. 
 
 2. To hide one's self; to conceal from 
 view ; to dodge behind something. 
 Hoo-MA-Hu-A, V. To increase ; to grow 
 in size ; to swell out ; more often used in 
 the double form, as 
 Hoo-MA-HU-A -Hu-A, v. See Mahua and 
 Hda, to grow. To increase; to enlarge; 
 to grow big. 
 Hoo-MA-HU-A-KA-LA, V. To jeer at; to 
 
 treat with contempt. 
 Hoo-MA-HU-i, V. See Mahui, to follow 
 after. To follow after; to imitate ; to lis- 
 ten to one's counsel or advice ; to imitate 
 one's example. 
 Hoo-MA-HU-KA, V. See Mahuka, to run 
 away. To coiuisel or advise one to run 
 sway ; to assisi one to leave a place or 
 business secretly ; to hide one's s6lf to 
 avoid w.ork. 
 Hoo-MA-HU-WA, V. To be blind, especi- 
 ally with one eye. 
 Hoo-MA-KA, V. To begin ; to comraenc*^ 
 a work ; to set forth a new thing ; to com- 
 mence, as a course of evil. Tmeik. 191. 
 
 2. To be wild ; to be untamed ; to be 
 evilly disposed. 
 Hoo-MA-KA, s..The fresh blade of a 
 
 plaut ; the fii-st leaf of a tree. Mar. 4:28. 
 Hoo-MA-SA-A-Ki-u, V. See Makakiu, 
 watchful eye. To spy out; to ftnt the part 
 of a spy; to watch with joalonsy. Note. — 
 This 18 rather a phrivse thana word,<oco»j- 
 mence to watch. Haleiu 10:8. ' 
 
 Hoo-MA-KA-E, V. To look at with dis* 
 dain; to stand aloof from; to be at enmity 
 with ; to look askance or be angry at. 
 
 Hoo-MA-KA-1, V. See Makai, a police- 
 man. To be bold ; to be fearless ; to be 
 a.ssnming. 
 
 2. To act the sheriSF; lb B*> a pivliceman. 
 
 3. To be stingy; to bo close ; to bo hard 
 to deal with. 
 
HOO 
 
 197 
 
 HOO 
 
 Hoo MA-KA-0, V. See Makau, fear. To 
 cause one to fear; to roak« afraid; to 
 fiighten. 
 
 Hoo-MA-KAti-ATJ'Aj «. To hang or fasten 
 up, US clothes to dry. 
 
 Hoo-MA-KA-u-KA-u, V. Freq. gf in/tkau. 
 To make afraid; to try to Bcave; e lilo aoa 
 oe i mca « Ihoowakaukau ia aj ma na ala- 
 iiiti, thou Kliait become an cxanfple causing 
 fear by \\H' load sides. Laieik. 212. 
 
 Hoo-MA-KAU-KAU, V. See Makaukatt, 
 ready; prepared. To make ready; to pre- 
 pare ; to get in readiness for bUBines.<) or 
 for a comine event. 
 
 Hoo-MA-KATT-Lii, s. One who feigns 
 friendship and eats with one while he 
 watches his opportunity to ininre him; one 
 pcting with cunning and duplicity. 
 
 2. Strong desire for and corresponding 
 effort to obtain a thing. 
 
 Hoo-MA-KAO-Lii, V. To be thorough 
 going ; to persevere ; to hold out ; to have 
 a strong desire for a thing ; e hoomanawa- 
 nui a loaa mai ; he kanaka hoomakradii 
 hakn, a nolaila e malama pono i ka wai- 
 wai ; he hoomakaylii ma ka manao i ke 
 Afcua. 
 
 Hoo-MA-KA-Ki, V. To beg ; to ask. 
 
 2. To design revenge ; to meditate mis- 
 chief. 
 
 Hoo-MA-KA-Ki-u, V. See Hoomaka and 
 Kru, to spy. To wateh with a jealous eye; 
 to lie in wait to do evil. 
 
 Hoo-MA-KA-Ki-u, a4j- Jealous; suspi- 
 cious ; watchful tlirough jealousy. 
 
 Hoo-MA-KA-MA-KA, V. See Makamaka, a 
 friend. To be on terms of 'intimacy; to 
 make friends for the sake of profit or con- 
 venience. 
 
 Hoo-ma-ka-la, v. See Makala, to 
 loosen. To cause to open a little, as a door; 
 to loosen ; to untie. See Kal.v. To loosen, 
 as in taking off one's garment. 
 
 Hoo-MA-KA-NA-HE-LE-HE-LE, V. See HoO- 
 MAKA and Nauele, land grown up to bushes. 
 To go astray in the bush; to get out of the 
 road. 
 
 IJoo-MA-KE, V. See Make, death. To 
 cause death ; to kill. 
 
 2. To wish to die ; to fast. 
 
 3. To put in a state of privation; to 
 cause thinness of flesh. 
 
 4. To put one's self where he would ap- 
 pear to be lost; mai hoopae oe {i ka aina), 
 c hoomake oe i kou nalu, go not ashore, 
 pluru/e under your surf. 
 
 Hoo-MA-KE-A-KA, V. See Aka, to laugh. 
 To excite laughter ; to exercisn wit 
 
 Hoo-MA-KE-A-KA, odj. Exciting laugh- 
 ter ; witty ; ho olelo hoomakeaka. 
 
 Hoo-MA-KEE, ». To be greedy after 
 
 property; to scrape together ; to lust after 
 property 
 
 Hoo-MA-KE-iiE-wA, V. To accuse falsely; 
 
 to do a thing in vain. 
 HoO-MA-KE-MA-KE, v. See Makj-:9iAke. 
 
 To rlesire ; to wisli for. 
 HOO-MA-KE-NA, V. ScC MaKENA. To 
 
 cause mourning; to cause sorrow; to cause 
 
 ^ricf. 
 Hoo-MA-Ki-u, V. Sec Kiu, to spy. To 
 
 watch with a design to surprise ; to watch 
 
 (or an opportunity to do mischief. 
 Hoo-MA-KO-A, V. To walk, talk or act 
 
 bravely ; to act as an olliccr among sol- 
 diers ; e hookba, o hookulali. 
 Hoo-MA-Koi, V. To be hard; to be stingy; 
 
 to be close ; to be regardless of others. 
 Hoo-MA-Kou, V. See Makou, to be, red, 
 
 as the eyes. To make red; to bo blood 
 
 shot, as the eyes from being long in salt 
 
 v/ater. 
 Hoo-MA-KO-];.E, V. See Kole and Mjlt 
 
 Koi.K, red, as raw flesh. To be jaw, as flesh; 
 
 to be red, as inflamed eyes. 
 Hoo-MA-KO-u, V. See Key, to trim ; to 
 
 cut short. I To cut short ; to make small ; 
 
 to render fine. 
 Hoo-MA-KO-MA-KO, odJ. The epi&et of 
 
 a {loiid; he ao hMimakonuiko, a large 
 
 cloud, perhaps. 
 Hoo-MA-KU, V. To increase ,- to grow 
 
 large ; to grow thickly. 
 Hoo-MA-KU-A, V. To grow J to enlarge; 
 
 tn become thick or many. 
 Hoo"MA-KU-E, V. To burden one ; to 
 
 vex ; to trouble; to be angry at ; to frown 
 
 at. 
 Hoo-MA-KU-E, s. An angry look; a 
 
 frowning at ; a stirring up of displeasure. 
 Hoo-MA-Ku-E-KU-E, ». To ftown ; to 
 
 frown at one. 
 
 HOO-MA-KU-MA-KU, V. See HOOMAKU. To 
 
 increase ; to enlarge ; to grow fat ; to be 
 heavy, as a fat person 6r animal. 
 
 Hoo-MA-LAE, V. SeeMALAE.tobecalm, 
 To put on a pleasant countenance ; to. as- 
 sume the appearance of friendship when 
 
 . the heart is disaffected : to hide an evil de- 
 sign by ^suming pleasantry. 
 
 Hoo-MA-iiA-E-A, V. To be calm; to be 
 quiet; to settle down in quietness; ap- 
 plied to the pfiBence of one who was re- 
 prodiohed when absenC 
 
 Hoo-MA-LAE-LAE, •&. See Laeiae, cleaT, 
 
 as the sky. To enlighten; to make clear 
 and pleasant; to "calm. 
 
 Hoo-ma-lai-le-wa, v. See Malailena, 
 
 bitlerness. To make bitter ; to embitter. 
 
 HoO-MA-LA-o, V. To act the idler; to be 
 
HOO 
 
 19S 
 
 HOO 
 
 1» vagabond ; to go about from place to 
 
 place doing uotbin?. 
 Hoo-MA-uc, V. See MAMti, to reject 
 
 good advice. To be unbil.eviDg; to be 
 
 ungodly ; to be irreveifnt towards sacred 
 
 things. 
 Hoo-MA-L*«-E-A, V. To be lazy J to be 
 
 indolent,. See Malao. 
 Hoo-MA-LA-Hi-A, V. Pass, for malaia, to 
 
 bo bitter. l"o make bitter : to be bitter. 
 Hoo-HA-LA-MA-LA-MA, V. See Lama, a 
 
 torch. To enlighten : to shine iipon. 
 Hoo-MA-LA-NA, V. To throw away, as 
 
 refuse matter. 
 
 2. To be disrespected. 
 
 3. To take care of. 
 
 4. To be large; to swell, as a dead bodj. 
 
 Hoo-MA-LA-NA-tA-NA, V. Frcq, of above. 
 
 Hoo-MA-LE-A, 0. See Malea and Maa- 
 J-EA, wise; crafty. To deal wisely; to be 
 ' crafty : to act wisely nr prudently. 
 
 Hoo-MA-Li-E, t>. See Malie, calm; quiet. 
 To hush, as a tumult ; to clear olf, as the 
 sky after a storm. 
 
 Hoo-MA-Li-i-u-E, V. To appease, as a 
 ruiSed mind; to soothe; to cajm, us anger; 
 to treat kindly. 
 
 Hoo-MA-Li-m-wl, P. See Malihini, a 
 stranger. To make one's self a stranger ; 
 to become a stranger; to be foreign to one. 
 
 Hoo-MA-u-Ko, 0. To discredit. 
 
 Hoo-MA-Li-MA-ti, I'. See Malimali, lo 
 flatter. To flatter; to secure one's favor 
 by flattery. 
 
 ttoo-MA-Loo, V. See Maloo, parched ; 
 dry. To cause to dry up, aa water ; to 
 wither, aa a tree or flower ; to make any- 
 thing dry. 
 
 Hoo-MA-Lo-Hi-Lo-Hi, ». See LoHi, to be 
 slow. To be fatigued, as by traveling ; to 
 beiame. See MAi,tTHiLunt. 
 
 Hoo-MA-LO-KA, V. See Maloka, to be 
 slnggi^h; to be etnpid. To be dull ; to be 
 stnpid in mind; lo disregard any important 
 trath-; to be unbelieving ; to disobey the 
 command of a chief. 
 
 Hoo-MA-LO-LO, s. The name of the day 
 jeforethe la Itapu ; hence under the chris- 
 tian system, the la heomalolo is Saturday, 
 i. e.. the day before the Sal)bath. 
 
 Hoo-ma-lu, v. See Malc;, a shade, 
 peace, Ac. To rule over; especially in a 
 peaceful way ; to guvi^rn quietly; to make 
 peace. 
 
 Hoo-MA-LU, adj. Making or causing 
 peace bt'tween differing parties ; mahai 
 hoomalu. a peace-offering. Puk. £0:21. 
 
 Hoo-ma-lu-le, V. To change from one 
 form to another ; to metamorphose, as a 
 caterpillar into a butterfly. 
 
 Hoo-MA-Lu-MA-LU, adj. Overshadowing} 
 shading, as clyuds that run low; he aohoo- 
 malumalu. 
 
 Hoo-WA-NA, V. Sei, Mana, siiperhuman 
 power. To ascribe divine honors ; lo wo^ 
 ship; to cause one to h.tve regal authority. 
 
 Hoo-MA-NAo, ('. See Manao, to think. 
 To turn the mind upon ; to call to mind ; 
 to cause to consider; to remember that 
 which is past. 
 
 Hoo-ma-nao-nao, v. See Makaonao, to 
 lament. To call up the past with sorrow; 
 to think or reflect on the past. • 
 
 Hoo-MA-NAO-NAo, s. A reflection on the 
 [jBiBt ; sorrow for the past. 
 
 Hoo-MA-NA-Kii, V. See Hoomana above 
 and Kir, au idol. To worship idols; to 
 worship any god except Jehovah. 
 
 Hoo-MA-NA-KII, *. The practice of wor- 
 shipping idols; idolatry; ca\\e(lfiyurativtly 
 . in Scripture, whoredom. 2 Nal. 0:22. Also 
 vanity ; b vain service ; idolatry. 2 Nal. 
 17:15. 
 
 Hoo-MA-NA-LO, V. See Manalo, sweet; 
 free from taint. To purify ; to sweeten 
 anything from salt or any unpleasant taste 
 or smell. 
 
 Hoo-ma-na-wa-le-a, v. See Manawa- 
 i,£A, alms. To appease by a gift; to give 
 alms lo the poor; to relieve the distressed. 
 
 Hoo-ma-ne-a, v. See Manea. To ren- 
 der callous ; to harden ; he mea ia na ke 
 kalaimoku e lioomanea i kanaka i haalele 
 ole i ke alii. 
 
 Hoo-ma-ne-o-ne-o, v. See Maneo, to 
 itch. To scratch where; it itches ; to tickle. 
 
 HoorMA-NO, V. See Mano, a shark. To 
 act the shark ; to be greedy. 
 
 2. To be continually at; to persevere in, 
 as one in begging. i 
 
 3. To t«ase with importunity. 
 Hoo-MA-WAE-NA, t;. To come into the 
 
 midst of a company of people or things ; a 
 i ka au hou ana o ka mea i komo.i ka pua, 
 hornnawcuna mai oia. 
 
 Hoo-ME-A, I). See Mea, to trouble ; to 
 effect To cause something ; to do some- 
 thing ; to make pretense ; to deceive ; to 
 disappoint ; to m'lke trouble. 
 
 Hoo-ME-HA, V. See Meha, to live alone. 
 To stay at home fiom work ; to cease from 
 work. Note. — Formerly lioomeha was ap- 
 plied to a la kapu, but is now used as syn- 
 onymous with la hoomalolo, the flay before 
 the Sabbath, i. e.. Saturday. 
 
 Hoo-ME-HA, adj. Preparing for the Sab- 
 bath. See HooMAUil.o. 
 
 Hoo-ME-tE, V. See Mele, a song. To 
 cause or make a song ; to sing a mele ; to 
 be joyous ; to rejoice. 
 
HOO 
 
 199 
 
 HOO 
 
 doo-ME-NE-ME-NE, V. See Mens, to 
 have pity. To be dear to one ; ib have 
 compassiott upon ; to pity ; to treat t«Q- 
 derly. as a beloved oae. 
 
 Hoo-Mi-Ho, V. To build by laying one 
 
 thing on top of another. 
 Hoo-Mo-A,- V- See Moa, cooked. To 
 
 canse to ba cooked ; to be thoroughly 
 
 baked. 
 Hoo-MO-AE, V. To tear or snatch away; 
 
 to steal. 
 Hoo-Mo-A-KA-KA, V. See Akaka, clear 
 
 to the mind. To caussc to be very plain to 
 
 the mind ; to make one nnderstand what 
 
 may be intrieate ; to explain. See Hoa- 
 
 ' XAKA. 
 HoO-MO-A-iA-A-LA, V. See MoALAALA, tO 
 
 islac up to go. To be busy about ; to go 
 
 from house to house; to be forward; to be 
 
 impertinent 
 Hoo-Mo-A-NA, V. As if hoqmoena. To 
 
 sprjad down mats for staying over night ; 
 
 hence, 
 2.' To encamp, as travelers ; to pncam|l, 
 
 aa soldiers. "Sec also Moana. 
 
 Hoo-Mo-A-NA, adj. Encamped ; kahi 
 Aooffioana, a camping place; a camp. OihJc. 
 
 . 16:28. , 
 
 Hoo-Mo-K, V. See Moe, to lie down. 
 To canse to lie down ; to prostrate in ado- 
 ration. ■ . • 
 
 2. To speak of one's sleeping with an- 
 other, that is, of marrying together.' Laieik. 
 66. 
 
 3, To lie down to rest ; to vest one's self 
 by lying down. 
 
 Hoo-Mo-E-Mo-iJ, V. To cause to lie down. 
 2. To hush or put to sleep. 
 
 Hoo-Moo, o. .To continue or persevere 
 in laying taxes upon the people; to follow 
 up a ipursuit ; ame ka hoomoo o na pmi 
 waiwaii, to urge or force people to give 
 their property for such purposes as the 
 rulers need ; e kaukolo, e hookoikoi. 
 
 Hoo-MO-U'Ki-ir-Ki, V. See Ukiuki, hot 
 and bad smelling. To cause an oflfensive 
 smell ; to reelc wijh offensive Smells, like 
 an old and "dirty ship, or like the breatb of 
 B tobacco smoker; to be warm or stifled 
 for want of pure air. 
 
 Hoo-Mo-HA-LA, V. To openj'to unfold 
 or blossom, as a flower. 
 
 2. To spread, as a kapa or she«t. See 
 HooMABOi;.A by a change of syllables. 
 
 3. To have a little hope, as one disap- 
 pointed ; ua hoomohdlaiai kona naau kana- 
 iua. Laieik. 93. 
 
 4. To unfold, as one's iuward desire; to 
 rage, as lust. " Lamik. 19(5. «. 
 
 Hqt-mo-ha-lu, v. See Mohaltt, to be 
 
 at ease. To entertain in one's house ; io 
 invite to one's bouse. 
 
 2. To lie at ease ; to rest securely. 
 
 3. Td break ; to crack. See next word. 
 Hbo-Mo-HA-LU-HA-LU, V. To crack ; to 
 
 break, as the auamo or stick on which 
 things are carried on the shoulders of men. 
 
 Hoo-MO-Ho-LA, P. SeeMoHOLAandHo- 
 HOLA. To spread out widely ; to unfold, 
 as the growing of a plant. 
 
 Hoo-Mo-Ho-LE, V. See Hole, to peel. To 
 peel ; to strip the skin from an animal ; to 
 peel the bark from a tree. See Uholb. 
 
 Hoo-Mo-Ko, V. This is probably for Aoo- 
 
 Immo, or it may mean, to cut short. Ahoo- 
 
 moko ka wai ma ua pae. 
 Hoo-Mo-Ku, V. To cause a division ; to 
 
 cut and divide, as a land. 
 Hoo-MO-KU, s. A cutting or a dividing, 
 
 &c. 
 Boo-Mo-LE, ». See Mole, smooth- To 
 
 be shorn close : to be cat smooth. 
 
 2. To cause to linger ; to be slow ; to be 
 behind. . . 
 
 3. To refuse', to be unwilling. 
 Hoo-Mo-LE-MO-LE, V. intensive of the 
 
 above. ^ 
 
 Hoo-MO-LO-wA, 0, . See Molowa, inac- 
 tive. To be indifferent about a thing ; to 
 be indisposed to do a thing, especially to 
 work ; hence, 
 2. To he lazy ; to be idle. 
 
 Hoo-m6-mo-le, ». See Hoomole above. 
 To be smooth. 
 
 Hoo-Mu, ». See Mu, to shut the lips. 
 To sit silent ; to be speechless ; to make 
 no reply; to refuse to answer. See Mu- 
 MULB, like the English to be mum. 
 
 Hoo-Minr, ». To cause a collection j to 
 heap together. 
 2. To gormandize. 
 
 Hoo-Mu-E, V. To be bad tasted to the 
 palate ; to be offensive to the taste ; to be 
 bitter ; to be brackish. 
 
 Hoo-MiT-E-Mn-E, V. Freq. of the above. 
 
 Hoo-MU-Hi;, V. To collect together. See 
 
 MUMDHO. 
 
 2. To make a low humming sound. 
 
 Hoo-mf-ka; v. See Muka, tasteless; in- 
 sipid. To be tasteless ; to be insipid ; ono 
 ole. 
 
 Hoo-MU-KA-M0-?A, 0. To be insipid; to 
 
 ' be tasteless. 
 
 Hoo-Mu-MU, V. SeeMir. To hold in the 
 mouth without swallowing. 
 
 2. To hold the mouth silent from speak- 
 ing. 
 
 Hoo-Mu-Mu-Hir, V. See Mtrsu, ti? hum. 
 To collect ; to assemble together, as men ; 
 to gather together, as ottier thing.?. 
 
HOO 
 
 200 
 
 HOO 
 
 ■ 2. To make a low indistinct noise; to 
 
 sound like an indistinct low hum. 
 Hoo-Mtr-Mu-KU, m. See Musu to cut 
 
 short. To cut short ; to cut too short ; to 
 
 brestk off. See MrMOKu. 
 Hoo-MU-MU-LE, «,. See Mumttm;, to be 
 
 dumb. To be silent ; to be dumb. 
 2. To be out of one's mind; to be crazy; 
 
 to be insane. 
 Hoo-snr-OTU-LT, v. To collect togethe,r 
 
 in great numbers ; to be thick together, as 
 
 swarms ol flies. 
 Hoo-NA, V. See Na, to be quiet. To 
 
 cause ease ; to give quietfrom pain. 
 
 2. To obtain a refuge from danger. 
 
 3. To Search or look for a place. See 
 Naka. 
 
 Hoo-NAK, V. See Nae, to breathe hard. 
 
 To breathe hard; to puff like one traveling 
 
 fast up hill ; to be fatigued. 
 Hoo-NAE-NAE, V. Freq. of the above. 
 Hoo-NA-E-LE, V. See Naeie. To cause 
 
 to be thick, as mud ; to be muddy. 
 2.. To break open; to crack, as dried 
 
 mud. 
 Hoo-NA-i-Ki, V. To persecute. 
 Hoo-NAi-Ko-LA, V. See Aikola and Ho- 
 
 AiKOLA. To cause to triumph over aa en- 
 emy ; to rejoice at a victory. 
 2. To treat with contempt, S"s a eonqr.eji ed 
 
 one. 
 Hoo-NAi-NAi, V. See Hoonae, to pant. 
 
 To sob ; to breathe hard. 
 Hoo-na-ue, v. See Natje, to vibrate. 
 
 To cause to rock ; to reel to and tro ; to 
 
 shake, as the earth in an earthquake. 
 2. To move a little; to shove along. See 
 
 Nawe and NAtrwB. 
 Hoo-na-ue-ue, v.. Freq. of above. To 
 
 rock ; to shake to and fro. 
 Hoo-NA-u-Ki, V. SeeUxiandNAtiKi. To 
 
 fret ; to provoke ; to make one angry. 
 HocNA-u-Ki-u-Ki, V. See above. To pro- 
 voke ; to make angry. 
 Hoo-wA-tj-Lu, V. See Naulu, to vex. 
 
 To vex ; to provoke. Eanl.9:2'i. To vex. 
 
 1 Sam. 1:6. 
 Hoo-NA-HA, V. See Naha, to crack or 
 
 break, as glass. To break or crack, as 
 
 gla.ss. 
 2. To cause to operate, a.s a cathartic. 
 Hoo-NA-HE-NA-HE, V. See Nahe, thin; 
 
 soft. To be low ; to be flat ; to be thin ; 
 
 to be humble. 
 Hoo-NA-Hi-Li, u SeeNAHiLi,tobeawk-: 
 
 ward ; to be slow. To lengthen out ; to 
 
 make long, as a road by going a cii-ouitoos 
 
 route, or by losing one's way. 
 2. To hesitate ; to linger. 
 
 Hoo-NA-Ho-A, t>. See Nahoa, strong; 
 
 bold. To be hard; to be stronj;; to be 
 bold, as a soldier. 
 2. To turn a deaf ear; to refuse to listen. 
 
 Sec HOONEHO*. 
 
 Hoo-NA-HO-WA-HO, V. See Nahonaho, to 
 be deep. To be set deep in the head, as 
 the eyes ; to be deep, as a pit. 
 
 Hoo-NA-KK, r. See Nahtt, to bite; to 
 gripe. Tosaap, as com parching; to cr?,ck, 
 as a pistol ; to make a report, as fire-a.-jis. 
 
 Hoo-NA-Hu-NA-Htf, 'v. ' See the above. 
 To snap at, as a dog. 
 
 2. To be in labor pains. 
 
 3. To be seized by sadden pain. 
 Hoo-NA-KE-LE, V. See Nakele, soft; 
 
 slippery. To make boggy, as land ; to be 
 
 soft and shalcy, as a miry plac«. 
 Hoo-NA-KOA, V. See Koa, a soldier. To 
 
 be bold ; to be brave ; to act the soldier ; 
 
 to be fearless ^ to be daring. 
 Hoo-NA-Ecr-i, V. See Kui, to sound 
 
 abroad. To make a mmbling noise ; to 
 
 tremble. 
 2. To spread outj as a sound ftom a place. 
 
 Hoo-NA-KO-Lo, V. See Koto, to crawl, 
 
 and Nakolo. To run along ; to spread, as 
 
 ink on pajper. 
 Hoo-ifA-KrJ»Hj, v. To cause to fell in 
 
 drops, as rain ; £ts perspii-ation.. Zaieik. 
 
 118. . , 
 
 Hoo-NA-KTr-LU-KU-LU, V. See KuLtr, to 
 
 drop. To drop down, as raan; to drip from 
 
 the clouds, as "rain. Isa^ 49:8. 
 Hoo-NA-Lo, v. See Nam, to disappear. 
 
 To be lost ; to vanish ; to be out of sight ; 
 
 vfith wale, to be forgotten. 
 Hoo-NA-Lo-NA-Lo, V. Freq. of the above, 
 Hoo-NA-LTT, B. See Nalf, the surf. To 
 
 cause a swell of the sea. on shore ; to rise, 
 
 as t.he surf; to act, as the sea when the 
 
 wind and tide are contrary. 
 Hoo-NA-Ltr-Lu, V. To turn a deaf ear; 
 
 to refiise to listen ; to disregard. See Hoo- 
 
 UADAEA. 
 
 Hoo-KA-Mu-NA-M0, «. See Namit, to 
 speak rapidly. To«peak in an unintelli- 
 gible manner. 
 2. To find fault behind one. 
 
 Hoo-NA-NAA, V. To enrage. 
 
 Hoo-na-na-ait, v. See Nana and Lana, 
 to flrjat. and Aw, tide; current. To cause to 
 float on the surface of water; to swim 
 staEding or erect ; to float here and there 
 as *be current goes. 
 
 Hoo-NA-NA, It. See Na and "Nana, to 
 hush ; to quiet, as a child. To calm ; to 
 quiet, as a child ; to hush up a difficulty ; 
 to ease a pain ; to comfort ; to console. 
 
 Hoo-NA-NA, adj. See Nana, to bark; to 
 growl. Angry ; cross ; Teluctont. 
 
HOO 
 
 201 
 
 Hoo-NA-NA-n-HA, D. To be Strong; to be 
 
 hard ; to ^e tight ; to drag : to diaw. 
 HOO-NA-NA-HI-LI, V. See^NAHILI, slow ; 
 
 UggiDg. To go in a crooked manner ; to 
 
 wauder about; to miRtake the road. 
 Hoo-NA-NA-Ho, V. See Nanaho, deep 
 
 down. To be deep. 
 2, To be sti ong ; to be tight. 
 Hoo-NA-MA-HO, V. See Nahu, to bite, 
 
 and NiNABu and Lanahc, a coal of fire. To 
 
 char, as wood; to make coal; to burn wood 
 
 to charcoal. 
 
 2. To bit« ; to sting like a burn. 
 Joo-na-na-ka; v. See Naka and Na- 
 
 NAKA, a crack; a crevice. To be full of 
 
 cracks, openings or chinks. 
 2. To be unstable ; not firm, as a bog. 
 Hoo-NA-NA-Ki, %\ See Nanaki and Na- 
 
 KH, to tie ; to fasten. To bind ; to tie np. 
 Hoo-NA-NE,/u. See Nane, a riddle. To 
 
 put forth a riddle ; to propose something 
 
 mysterious for explication. 
 Hoo-NA-NE-A, ti. See Nanea, easy; 
 
 quiet To be easy; to be contented; to tje 
 
 satisfied wHh one's self; to be indiffei-ent 
 
 to the future. 
 Hoo-NA-Ni, V. See Nani, also Lani, i 
 
 beautiful; glorious. To glorify; to praise; ' 
 
 to exalt ; to honor. 
 Hoo-NA-Mi-NA-Ni, V. Intensive of the 
 
 above. To be proud; lo be vainglorious; 
 
 to be haughty ; to be arrogant.' 
 
 2. To act the spendthrift; to waste prop- 
 erty. 
 
 Hoo-NA-NU-E, i>. See Nanoe, to swell 
 up. To tremble ; to shake. See Nace. 
 
 Hoo-NA-PAi, V. See Napai, to bend in. 
 To crook ; to bend ; to arch. 
 
 Hoo-NA-PE, V. See Nape, bending; flex- 
 ible: To bend ; to crook ; to bend, as an 
 elastic stick. 
 
 Hoo-NA-PE-LE, V. SeeNAPEi^.tohurt; 
 to wound. To make a wound on the head; 
 to swell, as the effect of a wound; to swell 
 out, as the belly. 
 
 2. To be soft and yielding, as a boggy, 
 miry place ; to shake, as a tog ; to soften, 
 as tbe food in the stomach ;* o ka opu, oia 
 kahi e hoonapele ai i ka ai, the stomach is 
 the place to soften the food. Anai. 51. 
 
 Hoo-NA-PE-LE-PE-us, V. Intensive of the 
 
 above. 
 Hoo-NA-Po-Lo, V. To straighten; to 
 
 make straight 
 Hoo-NA-WA-LE, V. See Na and Hoona 
 
 with Walf. To comfort; to attempt to 
 
 quiet without efibct. 
 Hco-NA-WA-Li, V. See Nawau, weak; 
 
 /ceble. To.be weakly j to be sickly; to 
 
 have little strength. 
 26 
 
 HOO 
 
 , . 2. To totter when one walks; to be thia; 
 
 to be flexible. 
 Hoo-NA-WA-u-wA-Li, V. Intensive of the 
 
 above, 
 Hoo-NA-WE-LE, V. See Nawelb, fine; 
 
 small; tbin. To make very little; to be 
 
 tine, like the threads of a spider's Wfcb ; to 
 
 spin, as a spider its web. 
 Hoo-NE, V. To tease; to ftetj to ask 
 
 for food, as a child. 
 Hoo-jtE, s. Name of a soft porous stone. 
 Hoo-NB-A, V. See Nea, to desolate. To 
 
 make desolate; to sweep off all; to destroy 
 
 wholly. See Neo and Neonko.. 
 Hoo-HE-A-NE-A, V. To take all away; 
 
 to dispossess one of everything; to take 
 
 all the fruits of one's land. 
 Hoo-NEE, V. See Nee, to move. To 
 
 move ; to shove along ; to rub against. 
 Hoo-Hee-nee, v. See Nee, to move 
 
 along.! To push along; t»iiu>ve frequently; 
 
 to shake. 
 Hoo-NEi, V. See Nei, to move. To move, 
 
 as people in a tumuli ; to move, as trees 
 
 bylbe wind. 
 Hoo-NEi-NEi, V. See Nei and Hoonel . 
 
 To crowd one upon anott«i ; to move 
 
 along, urged by others. 
 Hoo-jse-0, v. See Neo, to be .silent. To 
 
 make silence ; to hush : v> be still. 
 
 2. To be silent from loneliness or deso- 
 lation. 
 
 3. To be in a wild, lonely place. . 
 Hoo-NE-0;WE-o, V. See the above. To ■ 
 
 hush ,to stillness ; to be still. 
 2. To be still or quiet for want of people. 
 
 Hoo-NE-HO-A, V. SeeHooNAHOA. To be 
 severe ; to be bold ; to act the soldier ; to 
 be brave. 
 
 Hoo-NE-LE, V. See Nele, destitute. To 
 deprive one of somethtEg ; to maLe desti- 
 tute ; to deprive of. 
 
 Hoo-NE-Mo, V. See Nemo, to smooth 
 over. To be polished; to be made smooth; 
 to be nice and good. 
 
 Hoo-NE-Mo-NE-MO, u- To make smooth; 
 to polish. 
 
 Hoo-NE-NE, u To chirp, as a cricket; 
 to sing, as a cricket 
 
 Hoo-NE-NE, V. Ka leo ka 6waewa iki 
 e Iwonene ana. Laieik. 149. 
 
 Hoo-NE-NE, s. The voice of a cticket. 
 
 Hoo-Ni-AU, V. To go away and leave 
 one's company secretly, generally for some 
 evil purpose ; a no keia mea (ka ikea ana 
 o ke kahoaka o Laieikawai), hoord.^u aka 
 la ka Makaula i ka pule ana. Loaeilc. 26. 
 
 Hoo-Ni-AiT, V. See Nuii, to sail gen- 
 teelly. To copy or follow those whoso 
 coDdnot is nprigbt ; to do rightly. 
 
HOO 
 
 202 
 
 HOO 
 
 Hoo-Nii-A-Ni-A, V. SeeNiAjbaldheaded. 
 To make smooUi or fair the outside ; to be 
 smooth, as a baldhead. 
 
 2. Pio. To make fair pretenses. 
 
 3. To blame or accuse falsely. See Nia- 
 
 NU. 
 
 Hjo-ni-a-ni-ao, v. Ta ask questions 
 often and frequently ; to question ; hooni- 
 ele. , . 
 
 Hoo-Ni-o-Ni-o-Lo, V. See NioKioLo, cor- 
 rect; siToight. To be morally straight; to 
 be upright ; to be correct in practice. 
 
 2. To be correct in principle; to have 
 right views. 
 
 3. To go without carrying anything, 
 while others perhaps are heavily loaded ; 
 kaumaha lakou, a he hoonioniolo kana hele 
 
 . ana. He kanaka haabeo ka ! 
 
 Hoo-Ni-o-Ni-o-Lo, s. Straightness; that 
 which is correct ; upright ; me ka hoonio- 
 niOM ka manao kekahi, some with cor- 
 rectaCss of ojnnion. 
 
 Hoo-Ni-Ho, V. See Nmo, to indent; to 
 set in. To lay stones in a wall ; to lay 
 stones in the wall of an embankment, as 
 the lower side of a road, that is, to insert 
 stones into a bank like teeth in tho gums. 
 See Nmo, tooth. 
 
 Hoo-Ni-Ho, s. Stones inserted in a bank; 
 a stone wall or hedge. 
 
 Hoo-Ni-Hi-Ni-Hi, V. See Nihinihi. To 
 he fall of ridges ; to diminish upward. 
 
 '2. To take slender hold of a thin^, as 
 from fear of filth. . 
 3. To eat sparingly ; e ai hoonihinihi. 
 
 Hoo-Ni-MA^ V. See Nina and Lina, soft 
 to the touch. .To be soft to the touch. 
 
 2. To be wet and tough, as cold land. 
 . 3. To be weak and feeble, as "one recov- 
 ering from sickness ; pill i ka mea ua ola, 
 aole ola Ioek 
 
 4 Not to have flill cheeks, as one sickly. 
 See Papalina. 
 
 Hoo-Ni-NA-Ni-NA, V. Freq. of the above. 
 See Ndtanina and Lik ' /Ma. 
 
 Hoo-NO, V. For hook w. See Hono, to 
 mend, as a garment or a fish net. To join 
 together, as in mending a net ; to unite, as 
 in tying sticks together. 
 
 Hoo-No, V. To think ; to look at atten- 
 tively ; to be sharp upon. 
 
 Hoo-No-A, V. See Noa, the cessation of 
 a kapu. To cause to cease, as the force of 
 a kapu ; to put au end to a kapu. 
 
 Hoo-no-a, v. To keep continually burn- 
 ing, as a fire ; e hoomau i ke ahi ; to bum 
 continually, as a volcano. 
 
 Hoo-KO-E, V. See Noe, mist; fine rain. 
 To make thin or small, like a head with 
 few hairs ; to be small, like fine rain. 
 
 Hoo-No-E-Mo-E, V. See Noenoe, mist. 
 
 To make smail or fine, as small dot-a on 
 
 paper. 
 2. To attend, as the mind to little things. 
 Hoo-Noi, V. See Noi, to beg To be^; 
 
 to ask something of another. 
 Hoo-Noo-Noo, V. See NooNoo, to think. 
 
 To cause to think upon ; to remember ; to 
 
 consider ; to reflect upon. 
 Ho-o-NO-o-No, V. For hooonootio. See 
 
 Ono, ready. To be ready ; to be prompt ; 
 
 to be mature ; to act the man. 
 Ho-o-NO-o-No, *. Promptness; readi- 
 ness ; having a supply. See Kuonoono. 
 Hoo-Nou, V. See NoTJ, to throw a stone. 
 
 To throw a stone ; to pelt with stones ; to 
 
 throw, as missiles. 
 2. To loosen : to send forth. 
 Hoo-No-Bi, V. To cause to be red; to 
 
 be of a reddish color. 
 Hoo-No-Hi-No-Hi, 1). To shine with 
 
 brightness ; to be red. 
 2. To have a different form. 
 
 Hqo-No-Ho, V. See NoHo, toputdotvn; 
 to place. To set in order; to place rightly; 
 to regulate. 
 
 Hoo-No-Ho, s. The name of a species 
 offish-hook. 
 
 Hoo-No-Ho-NO-Ho, V. To Settle; to es- 
 tablish ; to collect together'; to arrange. 
 
 Hoo-No-Ho-No-Ho, s. In the phrase hoo- 
 nohonoho _a,'k.uA, the act of setting up or 
 worshipping the poe akua noho : haaa ino 
 nui ia kekabi poe hoonokonoko akua, a ma 
 huka lakou ma kahi e akn. 
 
 Hoo-NO-HO-NO-LO. 
 
 Hoo-No-HC, V- To let downj as the sails 
 of a ship. 
 
 Hoo-No-KE, V. See Noke, to be ener- 
 getic. To work energetically and perse- 
 veringly ; to be acute in searching for the 
 means to secure an end; to act with en- 
 ergy and intelligence. 
 
 Hoo-No-ix, V. Used perhaps for none, 
 to snore. 
 
 Hoo-NO-Ni, V. To joggle ; to rustle ; to 
 disturb. 
 
 Hoo-NO-RO-LO, V. To chirp like a bird; 
 to warble ; to sing. 
 
 2. To coo like a dove. 
 
 3. To growl, as a dog. 
 
 4. To grunt like a hog. 
 
 5. To snort, as a horse. 
 
 Hoo-NU-A, V. To tread upon continur 
 ally ; to do over and over again ; to act 
 \7i& energy and perseverance. 
 
 Hoo-Ntr-A, s. A treadifig ; vigorous ex- 
 ercise'. 
 
 Hoo-Nu-A-KT7-A, V. To be ennobled ; to 
 be honored ; to be rich. 
 
HOO 
 
 203 
 
 HOO 
 
 Hoo-NU-i, V. See Wtri, to be great. To 
 
 cause to enlarge; to grow big; to increase. 
 
 2. Fig. To boast ; to brag. See Haanui. 
 
 Hoo-NTT-i-MTJ-i, V. Intehsive of the above. 
 
 Hoo-Nuu, V. See Ninr and Anuu, a 
 raised place. To be greedy in eating ; to 
 eat to great fullness ; to gormandize ; ap- 
 plied to a single person. See Hookuku. 
 Hence, , 
 
 2. To swell; to rise up, as one's stomach 
 from great eating. 
 
 3. To begrudge the food another eats. 
 Hoo-Ntm, s. Greediness after food ; a 
 
 voracious appetite ; a seizing food with 
 eagerness. 
 
 Hoo-NUu, adj. Greedy after food. 
 
 Hoo-NU-HA, V. See Nhha, silent; tac- 
 iturn. To be idle ; to be lazy ; to be in- 
 disposed to do anything. 
 % To sit still, as a person unable to walk. 
 3. To be disabled. 
 
 Hoo-NU-HA-ND-HA, V. Intensive of the 
 above. 
 
 Hoo-NU-HA-NU-HA, s. A palsied persoh; 
 one disabled from palsy. 
 
 Hoo-PA, V. See Pa, to touch. To cause 
 to touch; to take hold of; to hit; to strike. 
 
 Hoo-paa, v. See Paa, fast; tight. To 
 make fast ; to bind ; to keep tight ; to de- 
 tain. 
 
 2. To tie or fasten a thing; to make 
 light. 
 
 3. To stop one's speech ;. to be silent ; 
 you have said enough. Laieik. 65. 
 
 Hoo-PAA-Ki-Ki, V. See Paakiki, hard 
 morally and physically. To hold fast to 
 one's opinion ; to be obstinate ; to be un- 
 yielding. 
 
 2. To have no respeetto other sfeelings, 
 person or property. 
 
 3. To be hard in the treatment of others; 
 to be hard hearted. 
 
 Hoo-PAA-Ki-Ki, *. Stubbornness ; diso- 
 bedience. 1 Sam. 15:23. 
 
 Hoo-PAA-iPAA, V. See Paafaa, to dis- 
 pute. To be hard upon others ; hence, 
 
 2. To dispute pertinaciously; to contend; 
 to qnarrer; to have a mental contest. 
 
 Hoc-PAE, V. See Pae, to go ashore. To 
 cause to arrive at land ; to go ashore from 
 a canoe, boat or vessel. 
 
 2. To float ashore, as anything at sea. 
 
 3. To throw up on a, bank of a kalo 
 patch. 
 
 Hoo-PAE-E, V. See Pae, to misunder- 
 stand. To hear indistinctlv through soine 
 noise ; to misunderstand what is said ; to 
 be partially deaf. 
 
 Hoo-PA -EE, s. A desire and an effort to 
 obtain another's property; a species of rob- 
 bery. 
 
 Hoo-FA-E-LE, V. See Paele, to be dirty. 
 To besmear ; to defile ; to make dirty ; to 
 blacken. Figuratively, to disturb with o ther 
 thoughts and reflections. Laieik. U2. 
 
 Hoo-PAE-PAE, V. See Hoopae above. To 
 be driven or dashed on shore by the surf; 
 to ride ashore through the surf. 
 
 Hoo-pae-pae, V. See Pab, to sound. 
 To make a loud boisterous noise in con- 
 versation; to talk with a loud voice so that 
 everybody can hear. 
 
 Hoo-PA-E-WA, s. SeePAEWA. Crooked- 
 ness in dealing ; so dealing as to get the 
 advantage; also, in conversation, a perver- 
 sion of. truth or an erroneous statement. 
 It is often connected with robbery and 
 murder. 
 
 Hoo-PAi, V. See Pai, to strike. To strike 
 back; to revenge; to treat one as he treats 
 us. 
 
 2. To pay back; to punish; to punish 
 according to law. 
 
 3. To stir up; to excite; to reward either 
 good or evil. 
 
 Hoo-pai, s. An avenger; ka^oopaikoko, 
 an avenger of blood. Kard. 19:6. 
 
 Hoo-PAi-Ho, V. To make a significant 
 gesture by putting the thumb between the 
 fingers. 
 
 2. To give a warning with the hand. 
 
 3. To tempt, or to kuamaamu ; eia na 
 olelo hou e bewa ai, o ke kake, o ka olclo 
 Kauai, o ka hoopaiho lima. 
 
 , 4. To rub the skin from the arm ; to 
 skin. 
 
 5. To make crooked. Note. — This word 
 is said to be peculiar to Kauai. 
 Hoo-PA-i-Ki, V. See Pa, to touch, and 
 Iki, little. To touch lightly or softly ; to 
 move gently ; to move a very little. 
 Hoo-PAi-LU-A, V. See Pailua, nausea. 
 To be sick at the stomach ; to nauseate. 
 
 2. To dislike greatly ; to Be displeased 
 with. 
 Hoo-PAi-LU-A, s. Sickness at the stom- 
 ach; disgust;, loathing. 
 2. A disgusting sight ; an abomination. 
 
 Hoo-PAU, V. See Pact, all. To make an 
 end of a thing.; to finish ; to complete a 
 work ; to cease to work. 
 
 2. To devour ; to consume all. 
 
 Hoo-PA-u, V. See Pa-u, a woman's gar- 
 ment. To put or gird on the pa-u; to bind 
 on one, as a loose garment ; to tie around. 
 
 Hoo-FAU-A-KA, r. See Pauaka, to be 
 weary. To work without wages or reward; 
 to be compelled to work gratis: to oppress 
 with hard labor ; to work here and there. 
 
 Hoo-PAU -Li-NA-Li-NA, V. See Luj A, soft ; 
 yielding. To work lazily or carelessly be- 
 cause of little or no pay. 
 
HOO 
 
 204 
 
 HOO 
 
 Hoo-PAU-MA-E-LK, v. See Paumaele, to 
 defile. To cause defilement or pollution ; 
 to danb over ; to foul ; to dirty. 
 
 Hoo-PAU-MA-Ko, V. See PAUMAKO.heavi- 
 nu.^3 of eyss. To have great affection for ; 
 to weep over one for grief; to be sad at 
 the loss of a friend or anything valuable. 
 
 Hoo-PAU-MA-NA-WA, V. To waste time ; 
 to play the ch'ld after one has grown up ; 
 to aet foolishly ; to live idly. 
 
 Hoo-PAU-rAU, V. SeeHooPAUMAELE. To 
 defile; to make filthy; to render vile; pol- 
 luted. 
 
 Hoo-PAU-PAU-A-HO, V. See HoopXu and 
 Aho, breath. To be nearly out of breath; 
 to pant; to breathe hard. 
 
 2. Fro. To be weary in doing a thing ; 
 to be discouraged. 
 
 Hoo-PA-HEE, V. See Paheb, to slip. To 
 
 *lip ; to slide ; to fall prostrate ; to fall 
 
 down ; to ^de, as the feet in a slippery 
 
 place. 
 Hoo-PA-HEE-HEE, V. Intensive of above. 
 HoO-pa-he-le, t). See Pahele, to in- 
 
 snare. To insnare ; to take or catch with 
 
 a snare. 
 Hoo-pa-he-mo, v. See Hemo and Pa- 
 
 HEMo, to loo&cD. To loosen ; to slip off, as 
 
 an axe from the helve. 
 Hoo-PA-Ho-LE, V. See Pahole, to peel 
 
 off. To peel ; to pull off, as the skin of a 
 
 lianana. 
 -8. To rnb ; to polish. 
 
 3. To do a thing with indifference. 
 
 Hoo-PA-HU, V. See Pahu, to mock ; to 
 push away. To mock ; to deride ; to treat 
 with contempt 
 
 2. To defend off", to piish away. 
 
 3. To snap, as parching corn. 
 
 4. To beat the pahn or drum. 
 
 fr. To frighten, as one who carries the 
 'report of death or calamities. 
 
 HcO'PA-HU-A, V. To strengthen; to con- 
 firm. 
 
 2. To sail in a zigzag manner ; to beat 
 against the yrind. 
 
 3. To dance. 
 Hpo-PA-Hu-PA-HU, V. See Pahu. To 
 
 m^V, as corn in the fire; to crack 'or make 
 a report, as a pistol. 
 
 2. To heat the drum. 
 
 3. To do a thing very quickly or rapidly. 
 
 Hoo-pa-hu-pa-htt, s. a drumming or 
 thrnmraing on a pabu or drum ; a thump- 
 ing ; aole wau i moe iki. i ka hoopahupaku 
 wale ia n<i a ao wale. Laieik. 198. 
 
 Hoo-pa-ka-ua-a-ka, v. See Aka, to 
 laugh. To can.ie one to laugh ; to create 
 laughter ; to make sport. 
 
 Hoo-PA-KA-KA, VI. See Pakaka, to be 
 
 flujooth. To make smooth; to swell up, as 
 a swelling of the skin ; bonce, 
 
 2. To'be smooth and shining ; to swell, 
 as the belly so as to be smooth;. 
 
 3. To glide smooihly, ^over a surfaco. 
 Hoo-pa-ka-ke, ». See Kake and Pa-^ 
 
 KAKB. To practice the kake. 
 
 2. To talk unintelligibly eicej)! to those 
 instructed in a kinctof mysfteal language. 
 
 3. To talk like a foreigner Without learn- 
 ing his language. 
 
 Hoo-pa-%e, v. See Pake, to push away. 
 
 To partition off; to guard ; to defend; to 
 
 push away; to allow to escape. 
 Hoo-PA-KE-LE, V. See Pakele, to escape. 
 
 To cause to escape from ; lo deliver ; to 
 
 save one from danger.' 
 Hoo-PA-KE-LO, V. See PakeIo, to slip 
 
 out of. See Pakem. To slip out" of Hie 
 
 grasp of a person or thing, as e£ fish from 
 
 the hands. ~ 
 
 2. To inject; to give an enema. ■- 
 
 Hoo-PA-Ki, V. See Paki and Pake, to 
 resist; to push away. To be hard against} 
 to resist; 'to push; to crowd out, as an egg 
 about to hatch; to swell out; to urge 
 through any opposing substance. 
 
 Hoo-PA-Ki-o, V. See Pakio, to drop con- 
 tinually, as rain. To cause to rain fre' 
 qaently ; to drop down rain continually. 
 
 Hoo-pa-ki-ki, v. See Pakiki and Paa- 
 KiKi.very hard. To resist; to set against; 
 to stir up ; to excite. 
 
 2. To bardea; to be or act obstinately. 
 
 3. To skim stones on the surfiice of the 
 . water. . 
 Hoo-PA-Ko-LE, V. See Pakole and Po- 
 
 koLE, to be short. To curb in; to restrain; 
 
 to shorten ; to make short 
 Hoo-PA-KU-PA-KU, P. To be brisk at 
 
 work ; to work quickly, without laziness. 
 Hoo-PA-LA, i>. See Pala, mellow; soft. 
 
 To make soft ;:-ift ripen soft, as dead-ripe 
 
 fruit 
 2. To stain ; to daub ; to smutch ; to 
 
 plaster. 
 Hoo-PA-LAu, V. To engage to marry, as 
 
 a man and woman ; to make an agreement 
 
 of marriage. 
 2. To betroth, as parents a daughter; to 
 
 make a matrimonial alliance. 
 Hoo-PA-LATJ, adj. Betrothed; engaged 
 
 in marriage, as a woman to a msn. ^ 
 Hoo-PA-LATJ, V. See Palau, to lie; to 
 
 deceive. To lie; to deceive; to act treach- 
 erously. 
 Hoo-pa-la-ha-la-ha, v. See LAHA.to 
 ' extend. Tu spread out ; to make broad ; 
 
 to widen. 
 Ooo-PA-LA-HE-A, o. See Palahea, dirty. 
 
HOO 
 
 205 
 
 HOO 
 
 To dofilft; to daab over; to stain; to make 
 
 dirty. 
 Hoo-PA~iji-HEE, V. See Palahee, to 
 
 shnuk from duty. To be lazy; to be un- 
 
 octapied. 
 Hoo-PA-LA-HU.-Li, V. To tum upside 
 
 down ; to turn over and over. 
 Z. To bo lazy?- to be uDo.csnpied.. 
 Hoo-VA-LA-LE, V. See Palale, to be 
 
 slovenly. To speak with another voice ; 
 
 to (lisgiiisefthe voice", to sfammer; to vo- 
 
 cifwate. 
 Hoo-pa-la-le-ha, «.• See Palal^ha, 
 
 slotlilul. To be slothful; to be idie; to be 
 
 careless. 
 Hoo-PA-LA-LE-HE, V. To be idle ; to 
 
 waste tiino ; to be inactive. 
 Hoo-PA-LA-Ni, V. To cause a strong of- 
 
 ftjnsive smell, as that, of tar, snlpLurr&c. 
 Hoo-PA-LE, .B. See Pale, to ward off. 
 
 To drive off from ; to defend oflF when at- 
 tacked ;_to separate from. 
 2.- To be or act the defendant in court. 
 Hoo-PA-tE-LA, P. See Palela, idle ; 
 
 lazy. :Td be indisposed to work; to be idle; 
 
 to be lazy. 
 Hoo-PA-UE-Mo, V. See Palemo, to sink 
 
 in water. To plunge ; to cause to sink in 
 
 water. 
 Hoo-pa-le-pa-le, v. See Pale and Hoo- 
 
 PAi,B.. Toseparate; toward otf; to loosen. 
 Hoo-PA-to, V. See Palo, to live idly. 
 
 To sit speechless, as one watching others : 
 
 to sit silent and quiet, but with sly and 
 
 wicked' thoughts or intentions. 
 Hoo-PA-LU, tj. See Palp, to lick or lap 
 
 water. To lick or lap water with the tongiie, 
 
 as a dog. 
 
 2. To run put the tongue to taste. 
 
 3. To paint or daub over ; to blot ; to 
 paint, as in painting a map. 
 
 Hoo-PA-LtJA, V. To put two things to- 
 gether, as two letters in reading. 
 
 HpO'PA-LU-HEE, »> See Paluhee, to 
 soften. To make soft ; to cook soft ; to 
 cause, to flow. 
 
 Ho,o*PA-nriipA-Ltr, v. See Pali;, soft; 
 gentle. To soften ; to be soft or tender, as 
 a sick person; to be^ young and tender; to 
 be weak and flexible. 
 
 Hoo-pa-ne, «. See Pane, to speak in 
 reply. To reply back and tbrth iu conver- 
 sation; to make a reply to what has been 
 said. 
 
 Hoo-PA-NEE, V. See Panee, to post- 
 
 ' peine. To put off; to push out of place; 
 to postpone doing a thing : to delay. 
 
 Hoo-PA-NEE, adj. Put off; postponed; 
 delayed; akn hoopanee. inierest on a debt. 
 
 HoO'PA-NE-FA-NE, V. See Pane and HoD- 
 
 PAisjE a'love. JTo speak and reply ; to an- 
 swer eaeh.oth'er. as people in conrersaljon. 
 
 Hoo-PA-Ni-o-Ni-0, V. SeePANio, tospot; 
 to paint. To spot ; to print, kb in i)rinting, 
 kapa ; to variegate. 
 
 Hoo-PA-Ni-Ni-o, «. See above. To vari- 
 egate with colors ; to put xlitfereiit colors 
 on a tiling ; e wai kilikilola e panvpnio. 
 
 Ho6-pa-no-a', v. Sec Panoa, wild dry 
 land. To )>',: dry, hard and rocky, as a. 
 barrf^n diy lAnce. 
 
 Hoo-P;\-NO-PA-No, V. See Panopano and 
 PaPaxo, thick ; blacK ; glossy. To make 
 thick and black, as a cloud ; to be thick, 
 "glossy.black. 
 2. To regulate. 
 
 Hofl-PA-PA, V. Pa doubled. See Pa, to 
 touch. To touch; to feel; to take hoidof; 
 to examine. 
 
 2, To communicate with each other, as 
 husband and -wife. 
 
 3.- To be intimate with another persott's 
 wife or bu-sband. 
 
 Hoo-PA-PA, V. See Papa, a row ; a rank. • 
 To place in rows or ranks, as soldiers; to 
 lay in rank one above another; to pack in 
 order, as clothes in a trunk. 
 
 Hoo-PA-PA, s. A shelf made by placing 
 sticks across the corner of a room. 
 
 2. The condition of a female with a board 
 tied on to ber abdomen to secure her con- 
 ception; a e hoom;u'mae i kona banau keiki. 
 
 Hoo-PA-PA, f. For hoopaapaa. To quar- 
 rel ; to coatend ; to dispute : to scold. 
 
 Hoo-PA-PA A, I'. To burn; to scorch in 
 the fire, as food burnt black. 
 
 Hoo-PA-PAr, V. See Papai, to strike 
 with the open hand. To move softly or- 
 gently ; to move lightly. 
 2. To touch or strike softly. 
 
 Hoo'PA-PAU, V, See Papau, to be intent. 
 To be all engaged in a thing; to be wholly- 
 taken up with it. 
 
 2. To be in earnest in a work or in an 
 affair; to have .great anxiety about a thing. 
 
 3. To persevere. 
 
 Hoo-fa-pau, *. Engagedness; devoted- 
 ness ; earnestness and pei-sererance in a 
 parsnit. 
 
 Hoo-PAU-HA, u To exert one's self 
 greatly, as in carrying a very heavy load ; 
 to be. strong ; to be energetic. 
 
 Hoo-PA-PA'-Li-MA, 0. See Pa PA and Lima, 
 to touch bands. To touch, join or shake 
 hands as confirmatory of a previous agree- 
 ment. Note. — This was an ancient prac- 
 tice among Hawaiiana. ' 
 
 Hoo-PE, V. See Pe, to anoint. To anoint 
 with what is perfumed; hence, to perftime. 
 
 -Hof^-PE, adj. Perfumed; anointed with 
 perfumed substances. 
 
HOO 
 
 306 
 
 HOO 
 
 Hoo-PE, V. See Pepe, mashed; bruised. 
 To break up; to break fine; to scatter 
 abroad ; to roll over anything ; to mash it. 
 
 Hoo-PE -A, V. See Pea, to, make a cross : 
 to oppose. To accuse or punish an inno- 
 cent person ; to bring one into difficulty- ; 
 to deal falsely or unjustly. 
 
 Hoo-PEE-PEE, V. To conceal one's self; 
 to go off out of sight through shame or diffi- 
 dence. 
 
 2. To deceive one ; to get Hin into diffi- 
 culty. See HooPEA above. 
 
 Hoo-PE-HTr-pi.-inr, adj. Full; large ; 
 spreading, as 'clouds ; he ao hooptkwpehu. 
 
 Hoo-PE-PE, V. See Pepe, feoft ; pliable. 
 To be downcast or ashamed ; to be not 
 bold ; uftt confident. 
 
 Hoo-PE -PE-Htr, 'adj. Strong; muscular; 
 energetic ; he hioolna nni- ke kuaaina, he 
 
 Hoo-PE -PE-LiT, V. See Pelp, to bend 
 over. To cause to bend or double ovar. 
 
 2. To be in doubt; to be doubtful -srhieh 
 ■way to go. 
 
 3. To talk double, here and there; e lau- 
 wili, e olelo pelupelu. 
 
 Hoo-Pi, ». See Pi, to be stingy. To be 
 hard ; tt) be close ; to be stingy. 
 2^ To be sour ; to he unsociaule. 
 
 Hoo-pi, s. The name of such persons 
 as were^ eCondmical in regard to food and 
 took care (if it in distinction from the waste- 
 All ; o ka poe mabiai malama i ka ai, ua 
 kapaia ua poe la, he hoOpi'a.o\e o lakou wi. 
 
 Hoo-pi, ts. To foUow ; to attend. 
 
 Hoo-pn, 0. See Pu, to ascend. To cause 
 to ascend ; to go up ; to appear ; to pro- 
 trude above ; ua hoopiina ka huelo o ua 
 moo nui nei. ZaieUc. 103. 
 
 2. To inform the chief of the fa,ult of a 
 person. 
 
 3. To complain to one in authority of one 
 in error or fault. 
 
 4. To accuse before a court of justice. 
 
 5. To ask a favor. 
 
 Hoo-pn-NA, s. See Phna, The ascent 
 pf a hill ; a path or road leading up a bill, 
 
 Hoo-pn-PK, ». See Pu, to go up. To 
 ascend ; to go up. 
 
 2. To beat against the w^'id ; to sail in a 
 zigzag manner. 
 
 3. To raise the cud, as ruminating ani- 
 mals. 
 
 4. To cause to flow upward, as water out 
 of a spring. 
 
 Hoo-Pi-o, V. See Pio, to extinguish. To 
 
 put out ; to extinguish, as a fire or light 
 
 2. To bend, as a stick; to maike an arch; 
 to bend over. , 
 
 3. To humble ; to reduce to servitude ; 
 to make a prisoner of; to conquer. 
 
 Hoo-Pi-o-pi-o, V. To practice sorcery, a 
 part of which was the avihaiihui and hiu. 
 See Anaana. 
 
 2. To pray in the practice of sorcery. 
 
 3. To perform other oeremoaiea with 
 medicines, &c., in order to kill. Norc. — 
 The god to whom tfie prayer was made was 
 called Fua. 
 
 Hoo-Pi-o-Lo-o-LO, V. To be in trouble, as 
 the mind. 
 
 2. To feed a sick person with the fruit of 
 the noni, which makes one sick. 
 
 Hoo-Pi-HA, V. See Peha, full, as a con- 
 tainer. To cause to fill ; to fill full, a£ a 
 container; to put into a vessel until it runs 
 over. 
 
 2. To overflow its banks, as a stream. 
 Hoo-Pi-HA-pi-HA, V. See Piha. To cause 
 
 to be full ;■ to overflow ; to abound. 
 
 " 2. To swell up, as the stomach from dis: 
 
 ease. 
 
 3. To be full, as cloth gathered and 
 plaited into a ruffle ; hence, 
 
 4. To be full and flowing, as a ruffle. 
 Hoo-Pi-Ki-Ki, V. To be too short; to 
 
 shorten. 
 Hoo-Pi-u, B. See Pili, to adhere to. 
 To adhere to ; to stick tu ; to cling to. 
 
 2. To put together the parts of a tiling. 
 
 3. To attach one's self to another; to ad- 
 here to a person, as a ,servant or retainer j 
 no ka hoopUi mea ai i loaa mai ka ai ia 
 lakou. 
 
 Hoo-Pi-Li-Ki-A, 9. See Pilikia, crowded 
 close. To get one into difficulty : to lead 
 one into straits; to cause one to be in want. 
 
 Hoo-pi-ll-mea-ai, v. To attach one's self 
 to a chief or rich person for the sake of a 
 living ; to. be a retainer, especially where 
 not much service is required; to serve 
 merely for ;» living. 
 
 Hoo-pi-Li-MEA-Ar, s. A person serving , 
 another merely for his living. 
 
 Hoo-pi-Li-pi-Li, V. See Pili and Pipili, 
 to_ adhere to. To put together two or more 
 things into one ; to cause them to adhere 
 closely. 
 
 2. To live together in close friendoMp, as 
 two intimate friends. 
 
 3. To pat in opposition; to bring into 
 difficulty. 
 
 Hoo-pi-na-na, v. To swim standing up- 
 right ; to float, as a log perpendicularly. 
 
 2. To rise and pitch, cs a vessel in a 
 storm. 
 
 Hoo-pi-pi-ka, v. To go here and there; 
 
 . to stagger. 
 
 2. To wander ; to go into an inclosure." 
 
 3. To go wrong in advance. 
 Hoo^o, V. See Po, night; dark. Tnact 
 
 in the dark. Fig. To do ignorantly. 
 2. To give without dircretion ; to act 
 
HOO 
 
 207 
 
 HOO 
 
 fooUehly withoat intelligeaoe ; e. hoona- 
 aapo, e noooalowale. 
 
 3. to al)aent one's self slUj, as if ia the 
 dark j 1 k«kabi maiiawa, ike fa mai lakou i 
 ka pTile, a, i kekaU manaWa, koopo loa aku, 
 sometimes they appear at worship, at other 
 times they make themselves ctorfc. 
 
 4. To keep out of oae's sight. 
 6. To be willingly blind or igooraut. 
 
 Hoo-po-E, p. See Postois, round. To 
 cut off short; to out off square, as pieces of 
 Bugar-cane or pieces of wood. 
 
 2. To cut the hair alike all over the head. 
 
 3. To make globular. 
 Hoo-po-E-Po-B, V. See Hoopoe above. 
 
 To make round ; to collect intp a ball. 
 
 2. To shorten endways. 
 
 3. To cut off, as a section of a log for a 
 cart wheel. 
 
 Hoo-po-i, V. See Poi, to eicamiiie by tor- 
 ture. To cause to be awi&e; to excite; to 
 stir up, 
 2, To ezaoiise'by torture or threate. 
 
 Hoo-PO-i-PO»i, V. Freq, of foregoing. To 
 
 smother, as a flre ; to extlnguisb, 
 
 Hoo-po-i-NA, ».. "See PomA, to forget. 
 To cause to forget; to be unmindfa!.; to 
 be indifferent as to business or knowledge; 
 to be thoughtless. 
 
 Hoo-po-i-NO, V. See Poiwo, to be in dis- 
 tress. To be illfated ; to be unlucky : to 
 be in distress. 
 2. To be filthy ; to be unclean. 
 
 Hoo-poo, V. See Ppo, the head. To go 
 ahead ; to go forward ; not to retrograde. 
 2. To be brare ; to bold fast. 
 
 Hoo-poo-poo, «. See Poopoo, deep. To 
 be deep ; to dig deep ; to sittk down. 
 
 Hoo-PO-B-Li, V. See Pouu, darkness. 
 To darken ; to make dark. 
 2. To blind. 
 Hoo-Pou-POiT, V. See Potrpou, short, par- 
 ticularly of stature. To shorten ; to make 
 orbe short. ' 
 2. MoraRy, to be low ; to be humble. 
 
 Hoo-Po-B4,' «i See PoHA, to burst; to 
 bie^-- To cause to break or burst forth, 
 as a sound. 
 
 2. To burst, as tiie contents of a boil; to 
 oyeifiow. 
 
 3. To flow away. 
 Hoo-PO-HAE, Oi See Pohae. To cause 
 
 to tear ; to tear open. ' 
 Hoo-Po-Ht-Ku, V. SeePoHAKiT.astone; 
 a rock. To become a stone or rook; to 
 harden ; to become as a rock or stone ; to 
 be very hard. 
 
 Hoo-PO-HA-LA, »i See Pobaia, to re- 
 cover from sickness. To rest; to be quiet; 
 to recover Mia' Meimess. 
 
 2. To prevfent or dissuade one from gilr- 
 ing bis consent to a bargain or proposition. 
 
 3. To object to ; to speak against. , 
 Hoo-po-HA-LA, s. A pretense J a specious 
 
 course of conduct. 
 Hoo-po-HA-LT7, V. To make a hole or 
 
 crevicfe! to split ; to crack ; to burst forth; 
 
 to swell up, as a wound ; to be large. 
 Hoo-PO-HE-o-HE-o, ». To make a head 
 
 on the end of a stick or other substance, as 
 . in making the neck on the top of fi, rafter 
 
 on a native house; e kalai ia luna o na oa, 
 
 a uukn, a hoopoheoheo ia ko luna o na oa. 
 Hoo-Po-KA-KAA, V. See Pokakaa, the 
 _ wheel of a pulley. To turn, as the wheel 
 
 of a milley ; to cause td roll, as a wheel. 
 2. Fig, To go over arid over again with 
 
 the same story, as a verb'^e speaker. 
 Hoo-pd-Ko-LE, c. See PofeoLE and Pa- 
 
 KOLE, short. To Shorten j td fint short ; to 
 
 curtail the length of a tbmg. 
 Hoo-po-Ko-po-Ko, V. See Poko, short. 
 
 To make short ; to curb- in ; to cut short 
 Hoo-po-la-po-la, v. See Polapola, to 
 
 sprout. To pusn or urge on. 
 
 2. To revive or come (c, as one sick. 
 
 3. To sprout ; to push out, as a bud ; to 
 quicken ; to hasten on. 
 
 Hoo-po-Lo-LEi, V. See Pololei, straight. 
 To make straight ; to straighten ; to cor- 
 rect; to make corrections; to put to rights, 
 
 Ho-po-LO-Li, V. See Polom, hunger. 
 To cause hunger ; to fast ; to eat no food, 
 
 Hoo-po-Lu-LTr-Ei,.!!. See Poutluhi, dark; 
 foggy. . To cover the sky with dark storaj 
 clouds ; to thicken and darken, as clouda 
 before a storm. 
 
 Hoo-Po-LU-LU-Hi, *. The dark gathering 
 of clouds before a storm. 
 
 Hoo-po-MAi-KAi, V. See Pomaikai, for- 
 tunate. To liake one fortunate; to be for- 
 tunate in obtaining what one wishes; to be 
 blessed. 
 
 Hoo-PO-NA-to-NA-LO, ». See Nalo and 
 PotnLOTSUA, to obscure. To appear dimly 
 as scarcely discernible ; to be obscure to 
 the sight ; to be vanishing. 
 
 Hoo-po-Ni-u-Ni-u, V. See Poimr, vertigo. 
 To have a dizziness of the head. 
 
 Hoo-po-Ni-Ni-ir, V. See above and PoNin, 
 dizziness. 'To be iizey, to have the sensa- 
 tion of a turning of the head ; to tiu'h or 
 whirl like a top. 
 
 Hoo-po-Ni-Po-Ni, V. See Poni, purple 
 color. To be of a black or deep blue color. 
 2. To have a mixture of colors ; to be 
 purple. 1 
 
 Hoo-po-NO, V. See Pono; good; right. 
 To rectiiy ; to put in order ; to make cor- 
 rect ; to do rightly. 
 
HOO 
 
 208 
 
 1!00 
 
 To 
 
 Hoo-po-NO-po-No, V. See Hoopono, 
 
 mlu ovoi' ; to by a siipeiiiitendent. 
 
 i. To put in 'order ; to regulate ; to cor- 
 
 roct what is eironeoiia. 
 Hoo-ro-po-LO-Lu, V. See HooKAKAHELE. 
 
 To be v/eak in body ; to be unstrung, as 
 
 the nerves and muscles. 
 Hoo-pu, V. See Po or Pni;, to contract 
 
 into a bunch. To sit shriij^tged up in one's 
 
 kapa or blanket ; to shiver with the cold ; 
 
 to sit cruraiii'd up in a bunch. 
 Hoo-pu, -s. For hanapu. A mediator for 
 
 peace or war. 
 Hoo-Fir-A-H!, t>. See Hookohukohct and 
 
 PuiiiiAHr, To dress one's self up finely. 
 Hoo-pn-Ai, V. S°e P0AI, to flow, as 
 
 blood. Tq vomit; to cast out ; to boil up. 
 
 as a spring. 
 Hf)0-pa-ArKE-A, V. To appear at a dis- 
 tance as beautiful, desiraoie. 
 Hoo-?CT-A-KE-A, «. A white cloud, or any 
 
 beautltii! distant object. j 
 
 Hoo-pir-A-Pu-Ai, p. See Poai, to flow. ! 
 
 To guigle.aa one drinking from a calabash; | 
 
 to boil up, as a spring. . I 
 
 Hoo-pg-i-pcr!, V. See Putpui, fat. ToJ 
 
 become large, fat and fleshy, as the body. 
 HoPD-i-wA, .V. See Puiwa, to start 
 
 suddenly. To be suddenly sicared; to 
 
 frighten ouej tote overtaken; tobe seized 
 
 by ; ua lioopavmaia ke alii kane e ke tuko 
 
 ino. Laieik. 37. 
 Hoo-PCT-o-pu-0, V. To be deep. 
 
 2. To spread abroaJ. as the ocean. 
 
 3. To spread out. as all the sails of a ship. 
 Hoo-PUCT, V. See Poet, a heap. To col- 
 lect together ; to collect in heaps ; to lay 
 up in store. 
 
 2. To fill up, as we belly with wind ; to 
 fill, as the heart with resentment ; ho.opmi 
 ae la ka'u ia ia i kana hoahewa ana ia'u. 
 
 3. To make ridiculoiis gestures or faces 
 in ridsculu of others. See Hoopuukahua 
 and HooMALOKA. 
 
 Hoo-puir, s. A fullness of resentment 
 of one against another ; e kuu aku i kou 
 hoopnu i pau, let loose all your resentment. 
 
 Hoo-pd-u-a, ^•. See PuuA, to be choked. 
 To push away ; to treat with dislike. 
 
 % To be choked ; to have hard labor, as 
 a female. 
 
 Hoo-Puu-KA-H(j-A, 0. See Hoopuu above. 
 To make ridiculous faces and gestures to 
 the disparagement of other.?. 
 
 Hoo-puij-puu, V. See Hoopuu. To lay 
 in heaps ; to collect. 
 
 Hoo-pc-HA-LA-LU, V. See Palalu, the 
 snorting of-a horse. To imitate the neigh- 
 ing of a horse ; to snort like a horse. 
 
 Hoo-pu-HA-LO, V. To spend fiine lazily. 
 
 iiage so as to mean 
 
 2. To expljun- 
 nothing. 
 
 3. To object to ; to refiise consent to. 
 
 4. To magnify an offense. 
 Hoo-po-HA-LD, s. One fhat'acts under- 
 handed ; a hypocrite. 
 
 Hoo-PD-HA-Lif-HA-LU, V. To be tough 
 and watery inside; to be inwardly unsound; 
 to be of poor quality. 
 
 Hoo-pu-HA-NU, i!. SeePuHANir. To rest 
 a little ; to breathe soft and easyi- 
 
 Hoo-PU-Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo, B. To Warm by the 
 fire ; to cook. 
 
 Hoo-pu-KA, V. See Pijka, an opening. 
 To cause to pass through an orifice, as 
 through a doorway or through a hole in a 
 
 . fence, &c. 
 
 2. To mate a substance full of holes or 
 ohinlis. 
 
 3. To appear iu sight, a.s a ship at a dia- 
 tar.ce. 
 
 4. To emerge to light, as from darkness. 
 
 5. To publish, as a newspaper. 
 Hoo-pu-KA-Hii, V. To adhere to another 
 
 and not to one's proper lord ; ka ! kupaiar 
 naha, no'u aku kuu aina, a hoopiikaku oe i 
 kou waiv/ai mamuii o ke alii. 
 Hoo-pn-KA-pu-:KA,'«. See PuKA. To push 
 forward ; to make prominent. 
 
 2. To charge interest or per cent, on 
 goods. 
 
 3. T6 answer or reply back and forth ; 
 to show one's skill in an.iwering again ; to 
 contradict, ae two who are obstinate in 
 conversation. 
 
 Ho-o-pu-KU-Mo-A, V. See Opn arid Ku- 
 Mo.i, to be sour. ' To be «villy disposed ; 
 to be envious. 
 
 2. To be greedy after property. 
 
 3, To be sour and selfish in disposition. 
 Hb-O-POTK0-MD-A, adj. Hard-hearted ; 
 
 close-fisted ; selfish. 
 
 Iloo-FU-LA-PU-LA, II. See PuLA and PtT- 
 LiPi"i.i. the tops Tjf sugar-cane. To plant 
 in order to increase vegetables ; to propa- 
 gate by planting ; to begin "to plant a new 
 kind of vegetable. 
 
 Hoo-FU-LA-LE-L/L-LE, c. See Lale and 
 PuLALE, to hurry; to scare fish. To hurry; 
 to hasten ; to make a stir in doing a thing. 
 2. To encourage strongly. 
 
 Hoo-pu-LE-LE-Hu-A, V. See Pulelehda, 
 a buttei fly. To blow away, as small bits' 
 of paper. 
 
 2. To act the butterfly ; to flutter about, 
 as vain d;; jjy persons. 
 ■ 3. To talk much with little sense. 
 
 Hoo-PD-Lou, o. See Pulou, to veil the 
 head. To cover the head with a kapa. 
 
 2. To sit bending the head down so as to 
 keep warm. 
 
 Hoo-Pu-LU, V. To deceive; toacttreach- 
 
HOO 
 
 ii09 
 
 HOO 
 
 eroHsly ; to get the advantage of one by- 
 deceit. 
 
 Hoo-Pir-LU, V. To m&hare; koopulu hi. 
 
 Hoo-pu-Lu-PD-Lu, V. To cause a stench; 
 to make aa offensive smell. 
 2. To deceive. 
 &. To protest against. . 
 
 Hoo-pu-Lu-pu-LU, adj. Strong smelling j 
 stinking. 
 2. Deceitful ; hypocritical. 
 
 Hoo-pu-MA-HA-NA, J .„. See PnaffiHANA. 
 
 Hoo-PU-ME-HA-NA, J To warm, as by fire; 
 to warm by covering with clothes; to warm 
 np, as food, 
 
 Hoo-?n-NA-HE-tE, V. See Punahele, a 
 favorite. To- make a favorite of one; to 
 treat one as a favorite ; applied mostly to 
 chiefs who wore inclined to treat on-j or 
 more of their people as favorites. 
 
 Hoo-pn-NA-HE-nr, p. See PaKAHELtr, 
 mould, spiders' webs, &c. To grow mouldy 
 or musty ; to grow old. 
 
 Hoo-pu-NA-LU-A, ». See Punalua. To 
 have, as a man, another woman eeiually be- 
 loted as his wile; to have, as a woman, 
 another man equally beloved as her hus- 
 band. 
 
 Hoo-pu-na-na, v. See Punana, to sit 
 on, as a nest. To sit like a fowl on eggs 
 to hatch them. 
 
 2. To hatch eggs by warming them. 
 
 3. To. brood or cherish, as a fowl her 
 young. 
 
 4. To warm, as a person by the fire. 
 HoQ-ptr-Ni, V. See Pumi» to surround. 
 
 To come around ; to (wirround. 
 
 2. To get the advantage of; to deceive ; 
 to begoile. 
 
 3. To be charmed with ; to' desire much, 
 as the desire of the se.tes. Ldidk. ^S. 
 
 Hpo-PU-Ni-Pu-Ni, V. See Hoopuni above. 
 
 To get around one, i. e., to deceive; hence, 
 
 to lie ; to speak falsely. 
 Hoo-pu-Ni-pu-Ni, s. Deceit; treachery; 
 
 falsehood. 
 Hoo-po-Ni-pu-Ni, adj. Deceitful; caus- 
 ing deceit ; treacherous. 
 Hoo-pu-NO-NO-Hu, V. See Pcnohf, to 
 
 ascend, as smoke. To enlarge] to spread 
 
 out, as a sail on a mast ; to rise up, as a 
 
 thick smoke when there is no wind. 
 Hoo-PD-NO-Ni, V. See NoNi, a plant. To 
 
 be or to make of a reddish color ; to be 
 
 brown. 
 Hoo-piT-NO-No, V. See Ponono, to dress 
 
 gorgeously. To be noble ; to dress gor- 
 
 geously.- 
 2. To have red eyes. 
 Hop-pn-PTJ, V. See Pupu, a bunch, as 
 
 of grass or leaves. To collebt together; io 
 
 heap up. See Hoopod. 
 27 
 
 2. To be uncomfortably filled with food. 
 See HooKUKu. 
 
 3. To hinder; to be unwilling; to refiiso; 
 to bold fast 
 
 i. To cleave to one's home when driven 
 or invited away. 
 
 5. To breathe quick and short, as an aged 
 person ; hence, 
 
 6. To be feeble and tottering ; to walk 
 like an aged person. 
 
 7. To dispute ; to converse roughly. 
 Hoo-ptr-pu, s. For hoopimpuu'. See Pirn- 
 
 PDC. A collection of thingi; a gathering up. 
 2. An old person, from his walking in a 
 stumbling, irregular manner. 
 Hoo-PU-Pu-KA, V, See PnKA and Po- 
 FDKA', worthless ; full of holes. To speak 
 contemptibly. 
 
 2. To act disgracefiiUy. 
 
 3. To be ugly to look at. 
 Hoo-pn-PU-L^, V. See Pupule, crazy. 
 
 To malce one ci%zy; to be out of one's wits; 
 to be insane. 
 Hoo-PU-WA-PU-WA, u See Puwa, to as- 
 cend, as smoke. To hang suspended, ae a 
 flag, or as smoke or clouds in the air. 
 
 2. To act proudly, as above otheta. 
 
 3. To glitter with brightness. 
 Hpo-wA, e. Tocpusetovomit; to make 
 
 sick at the stomach ; to flow ofi'. 
 Hoo-WAA, u To dig a trench; to set 
 
 out, aa plants where many are planted,to- 
 
 getber. 
 Hoo-wAi, V. To move so as to maite 
 
 room. 
 Hoo-WAi-Ho, V. SeeWAmo,tolaydown. 
 
 To leave exposed, as a woman her shame ; 
 
 eia kekahi mea e moekolohe ai, o ka boo- 
 
 waiho. 
 Hoo-wai-h6-wa-le, v. To sit in a state 
 
 of Httdity; to expose one's shame. See 
 
 . HOOWAIHO. 
 
 Hoo-wai-wai, v. See WArwAi, property. 
 To make rich ; to have a supply ; to be 
 abundantly provided for ; hence, 
 2. To be honorable. 
 
 Hoo-WA-HA, V. To covet ; to seize ; to 
 take with the knowledge, but without the 
 consent of the otiFner. See Hooeahi. 
 
 II00--WA-HA, adj. Hiving a disposition 
 to take another's property; greedy; he 
 hooioaha, he alnnu, he hao wale no,. 
 
 Hoo-WA-HA-WA-HA, V. See Waha. To 
 
 make mouths at; to treat with contempt; 
 
 to ridicule ; to hate ; to. dislike. 
 Hoo-WA-Hi, V. See Wahi, to break, and 
 
 Wawami, to break up. To grind or break 
 
 to pieces. 
 Hoo-wA-Hi-NE, V. See "W ahine, woman. 
 
 To make special friendship with a woman; 
 
 applied only to mei. 
 
HOtf 
 
 210 
 
 HOU 
 
 2. To imitate, as a mait, the laacnersi of 
 a woman. 
 Hoo-WA-Hir, V. See Hoowaha above. To 
 
 Tob ; to take by force. 
 Hoo-WA-HU-A, V. Seo WahJEa, asnare; 
 
 rt trap. To insnare ; to entrap. 
 
 HoO-WA-tE-HAl;, ©. SeeWALEHAU. To 
 
 distill ; to flow from the nose, as muconi?. 
 
 Hoo-WA-LE-WA-LE, V. See Walewale, 
 
 to deceive. To deceive ; to insnare ; to 
 
 plot miScTiief. 
 
 Hoo-WA-LE-WA-LE, s. Thedeceiver; the 
 
 tempter. 
 Hoo-WA-LE-WA-LE-NA-HE-SA, V, To ex- 
 ercise enchantment. Eani. 18:11. 
 Hoo-wE-Hi-'WE-Hi, V. See Wehi, a 
 , wreath. To gather a tiunch of flowers for 
 ornament. 
 
 2. To fix up ornaments for a person. 
 Hoo-wE-LA, V. See Wy.LA, heat. To 
 burn ; to cause to be burned or seornhed. 
 2. To cook in the fire. 
 Hoo-WE-LA-WE-LA, V. See Weia, to 
 burn. To burn up ; to consume. 
 2. To be lout out of sight. 
 Hop-Tra-Li-WE-Li, s. Causing iear ; a 
 tbreatening of one or keeping Mm in fear 
 In order to secure obodience or to extort 
 property. 
 lioo-wE-Li-wE-Li, adj. See Weliweij. 
 Fearful ; thrsatocing ; having the quality 
 of exciting fear; he a* koowdiwdi, a threat- 
 ening cloud. 
 
 2. Exciting fear for the sake of obtaining 
 property. 
 Hoo-wi-u-wi-u, p. To cause to be en- 
 tangled ; to entangle, as a kite. 
 
 2. To daub or besmear one with any 
 
 filthy substance. 
 
 Hoo-wi-Ki, f. To opeu a little ; to make 
 
 ' a small aperture ; not so muoh as hoohaka- 
 
 haka. 
 
 j-Ioo-wi-Ki-wi-Ki, u See WiKi, quick. To 
 
 hasten ; to hurry ; to do a thing quickly. 
 Roo-wi-Li, V. See Wili, to twist. To 
 bind or tie up, sa a buiidle; to fasten 
 tightly by tying ; to tie around. 
 Hoo-TVi-u-Moo, «. The name of a cer- 
 ^tain aha ; also Mlahula. 
 Hoo-w7-Li-wi-Li, V. See Wili, to bind. 
 To bind or tie up tight'y; to tie up in bun- 
 dles, 
 2. To make afraid. See WjiuwELi. 
 Hoo-wi-Li-wi-Li, V. To move here and 
 thare irregularly. 
 
 2. To movC; as clouds with contrary 
 winds. 
 
 3. To cause daikness or obscurity ^ y t!'i> 
 commingling of dark clouds. 
 
 Hou, 1). To stab; to pierce, 1 '^tm. 
 
 31:4. To run through the body, as with a 
 spear, Pnh 19:13. 
 
 2. To exert one's self in casting a spear 
 or javelin. 1 Sam. 18:11. 
 
 3. To dip, as a pen into an inkstand; fto« 
 aku la i ka hulu i ka inika ; to dip into a 
 liquid: iJirf. 2:14 To moisten or soak ii 
 water. 
 
 i. To thrust, as the hand into a hole. 
 
 6. To stretch out, as the hand ; to draw 
 oat; to extend. 
 
 6. To search for something, as the mind; 
 hm wale akn la ka manao i o, i o, e ake e 
 loaa ; i. e., to reach after. 
 "Hou, V. See Hon, new. To be new; to 
 be fresh ; to be lecent. Io5. 29:20. 
 
 2. To repeat ; to So over again. KanVc. 
 ler. 3:23. To do s^aiu as before. Imik. 
 20:31. 
 
 3. To breathe short ; to pant 
 
 Ilotr, adj. New; recent; lately done. 
 HoTJ, adv. Again; recently; anew; 
 
 iifresh. 
 Hon, s. Sweat; perspiration. Luk. 
 
 22:44. 
 2. The MtliTia;- shortness of breath, 
 Hou, s. if ame of a species of fish. 
 Hoir-HOTT, V. To be blunt; to be obtuse; 
 
 to be dull, as an instrument. . 
 
 2. To be persevering ; to continue doing 
 a thing. 
 
 3. To thrust through ; to di'ill ; to bore ; 
 to pierce. 1 Tim,. 6:10. 
 
 Ho-u-Lir-TJ-LU, V. For hooulmdu. See 
 ljLU,.to grow. To collect together ; to as- 
 semble, as people. 
 2. To bring together things scattered. 
 
 Ho-tr-LCT-c-LU, ?. An assembly; a con- 
 vocation. OUik. S3:24, 
 
 Ho-D-LTJ-u-LU-A-Kir-A, V. See Um 6 and 
 AiUA, god. To set up one's self for a god ; 
 to make pretensions of being a god. 
 2. To make or appoint gods. 
 
 Ho-u-metKE, v. For kooumeke. Se^ 
 Umekb, a poi calabash. To swell in grow- 
 ing like the calabash gouid ; to swell, as 
 fruit in growing, 
 
 . 2, To have enough ; to.be supplied with 
 comforts. 
 
 Ho-u-PE-PE, D. See Pepe, crubhedj 
 braised. To be modest ; to be bashful ; to 
 acj; as a backwoodsman; to be difSdent; to 
 be crushed, as the mind. 
 
 Ho-u-po, s. The thorax ; the region of 
 the material' Ueurt. l.xieik. 45. 
 
 2. A palpitation or fluttering of the heart. 
 
 3. The action of the region of the mind ; 
 ielele ka houpo i ka olioii, the mind (or 
 heart) leaped for joy. 
 
 4. The heart Isa. 60:5, See HADPt. 
 
 Ho-tr-ro-LE-wA-i,E-v.vi, v. See Houpo 
 
HOH 
 
 211 
 
 HOK 
 
 above and Lewalewa, movable. To flat 
 down, as the stomach of a hungry person. 
 
 2. To he hungry ; to be dijEzy for want 
 of food. 
 
 3. To be light or empty, as the Btomach. 
 Ho-u-Po-LE-wA-LE-wA, 8. A hungjy, 
 
 empty stomach. 
 3. Faintness for want of food. .. 
 
 Ho-u-Pu-TJ.pu, V. For hooupuumt. See 
 Vvv, to desire strongly. To tell lies, as in 
 giving a false alarm, or ij) accusing another 
 in order to, clear himself of suspicion. ' 
 
 Ho-u-wE-KE, V. For homweke. See 
 UwEKH, to open wide. To open; to open, 
 as a door ; to open, as the mouth ; to open 
 wide. See ■Wehe, 
 
 Ho-HA-NA, »> To grasp; to seize hold 
 of with the hand ; "to hold fast ; e puili. 
 
 Ho-HA-NA, s. A measure, both hands 
 fall, used in giving out food, small fish, 
 &Ci ; a small measure box or calabnsK. 
 
 Ho-HE, V. Probably for kooliee. To be 
 afraid i to flee. ifcA. 6:11. To flee from 
 f 'iar. Bol. 28:1. To be overcome or routed;, 
 aole^^ liohe Va, ilo ma ka lua abi, e ai mai no.' 
 
 Ho-HE, jt. Fear J terror. 
 2. A coward. 
 
 Ho-HE, adj. Fearful; timorous, 
 
 Ho-HE-HE, adj. Faint-hearted; weak. 
 
 Ho-HE-WA-LE, s. A fleeing withont 
 cause ; cowardice. 
 
 Ho-HO, e. See Ho, to breathe. To snore; 
 to breathe hard ; to guigle, as one breath- 
 ing through water in the throat. 
 
 2. To snort, as a horse ; alaila, hxihx) mai 
 ha lio. 
 
 3. To cry out; to shout after. SeoHooHO. 
 rio-Ho, s. Snow; the gpray of water 
 
 from a cataract. 
 2. The distant sound of a small cataract. 
 Ho-HO, V. To sink down, as a caiioe in 
 the water. 
 
 '?. To leap or slide down, as one from a 
 pali. 
 
 .3. To jet. as water into a canoe where 
 there is a hole ; ke holw mai la ka llu. 
 
 Ho-Ho-A, V. . See Hoa, to strike. To 
 strike repeatedly on the head witli a stick. 
 
 2. To beat kapa after coloring that it 
 maybe soft; kohoa kapa, to beat kapa with 
 a stick on a stone. 
 
 3. To strike, as in fighting. 
 
 4. To smooth kapa out by beating ; ap- 
 plied to the flr§t process in beating. 
 
 Ho-Ho-A, 5, A cane ; a staff; a war 
 club, an instrument for knocking down an 
 adversary. See Pahoa. 
 
 Ho-HD-HOi, 0. See Hoi, to return. To 
 return again. Oram. § 209. 
 
 Ho-HO-EA, V. SeeHoKA. To be ashamed. I 
 
 Ho-Ho-LA, V. See HoLA, to sprea;d out. 
 To nnfold and spread down, &s a mat ; to 
 spread out, as a kapa or garment ; hxiluoh, 
 ■i ke kapa. Kard. 22:17. 
 
 2. To spread out, i. e., to smooth j, cloth 
 that has been ruffled. 
 
 3. To spread out, as a not. SoZ. 29:5. ' 
 
 4. To spread up, i. e., to make up, as a 
 bed, Sbi!.7:16. 
 
 5. To spread or stretch out, as the visi- 
 ble heavens. M>. 9:8,, To spread out, as 
 the clouds. loh. 36:29, 
 
 d. To stretch out, as the hand. Kin. 
 48:14. To spread oat, as the wings of « 
 bird. JTdwZ. 32:11. 
 
 7. To spread over, as darkness or dark 
 clouds. Note, — JToAoto applied to the wind 
 
 To calm; to soothe; to prepare to 
 hear or receive information. 
 9, To open ; to enlighten the mind. 
 
 10. To set forth ; to manifest. 
 
 11. To make a gesture or stretch out one's 
 hand in speaking. See Uhola and Mahoia. 
 
 Ho-Ho-LA, adj. Open ; opened ; un- 
 sealed ; mo ka palapala i Ao/wtoia, with as 
 open letter. Aeft. 6:5. 
 
 Ho-Ho-i.E, u. See Hole, to skin; to peel. 
 To peel off the skin, as a banana ; to akin, 
 as an animal. 
 2. To peel ;, to rub : to Ble off. 
 
 Ho-Ho-LO, 0, See HoLo, to run; to sail. 
 To run ; to sail ; to glide swiftly. 
 
 2. Pass. To be diiven swiftly by the 
 wind. lak. 3:4. 
 
 3. To put outone's hand to take a thing. 
 Imnk. 15:15. See Hohola 6. 
 
 Ho-Ho-MAj », See Homa, lean. To be 
 
 poor in flesh-; to be lean. 
 Ho-Ho-MA, adj. Reduced in flesh; poor; 
 
 lean. 
 Ho-Ho-No, V. To smell strongly, as tar 
 
 or burning sulphur ; to cause a strong of- 
 fensive smell. 
 Ho-Ho-No, s. A strong offensive smell; 
 
 a stench; the smell of anything. Dam. 3:2? 
 Ho-Ho-Ntr, V, To be deep, as water; 
 
 deep down, as a pit. 
 2. To be full, L e., deep, as the sea at 
 
 full tide. 
 Ho-Ho-NU, s. The deep, i. e., the sea ; 
 
 the depth. Pv3c. 15:6. ' 
 
 Ho-HO-KU, adj. Deep, as a pit; as a 
 
 well. It>an. 4:11. _ ~ 
 
 Ho-HO-PA, adj. Long, thin, slender a% 
 
 spare, as a mau ; he kanaka hphopa, a tbia 
 
 slender man. 
 Ho-HU-LE, adj. See Ohule, bald. Bald, 
 
 as the head ; baldbeaded. 
 Ho-KA, V, To squeeze; to press; to take. 
 
 hold of ; to^^ather up. 
 
HOK 
 
 212 
 
 HOK 
 
 2. To Bcarch or look after ; to examine 
 into. 
 
 3. To strike ; to attack. 
 i. To be destitute ; to perish ; to he de- 
 stroyed. Hal 9:18. 
 
 5. To fail ; to be disappointed. Hal 
 22:6. To fail ; to forsake. 1 Oi'ni. 28:20, 
 
 6. To be ashamed through a failure. 
 .Horn. 9:33. Miti hoka au imua ona, e ole 
 ka ekemif ana o ka waha. 
 
 7. Hoo. To put to shame, JM. 44:7. To 
 be disappointed; to be mocked. Hal 2:Ui 
 
 Ho-KA, s. A mistake in understanding 
 one's words. 
 
 2. A blunder ; carelessness in doing a 
 thing. 
 
 Ho-KA, adj. Destitute ; poor. 
 2. Blundering ; careless, 
 
 Ho-KAA, V. For hookaa. See Kaa". To 
 cause to roll. 
 
 Ho-SA-A-WA. Mai hele i ahuawa, koka- 
 awa; aka, pakele ae nei paha au i keia la. 
 
 Ho-KAE, V. For hookas. See Kae, to 
 rub or blot out. To seize hold of awk- 
 wardly ; to blunder in doing a thing. 
 
 2. To erase ; to blot out. 
 
 3. To smite .; to kill. 2 Sam. 6:7. 
 Ho-KAi, 1). For hookai. See Kai, hoo. 
 
 To drive ; to drive away ; to banish ; to 
 dash, as a melon on the ground and break it. 
 
 2. To disregard ; to squander ; to mis- 
 spend.' 
 
 3. To tnrn upside down ; to destroy ; to 
 blot out. Kari. 7:24. To destroy utterly. 
 Kaid. 25:19. 
 
 4. To put away ; to' do mischief genet- 
 ally^ mea hokni. a destroyer. Mai. 3:11. 
 
 no-KAi, adj. Unprepared. 
 
 Ho-KAi, adv. Disorderly ; mischiev- 
 ously ; wickedly. 2 Tes. 3:6. 
 
 Ho-KA-Ho-KA, V. See Hoka before. To 
 feel demeaned; to be ashamed; hokahoka 
 wale ibo no ka mea haku ole, he is ashamed 
 of himself who has no master. 
 
 Hp-KA-Ho-KAij V. See Hokai 3. To stir 
 up ; to mix, as two ingredients. loan. 9.(>. 
 
 Ho-ka-la-lu. Ebkalalu na holpholona 
 ia mau malama. 
 
 Ho-KA-i^', s. A hard concretion in the 
 flesh ; a kernel ; he mau wahi anoano ma 
 ke kumu |tepe!ao. a malalo o kc a lalo. 
 
 Ho-KA-u; s. The loss of appetite. 
 
 Ho-KA-U, adj. Thin in flesh ; meager. 
 
 Ho-keto, s. The lower of two gourde 
 which conlpose the drum. 
 
 2. He hulUau. a calabash to put clothes 
 in whin traveling on a canoe. 
 
 Ho-Ki, s. Eng. An ass; a mule. Nah. 
 l(i:16._ Hoki keiki, a young ass. NciTt. — 
 BoH is the Hawaiian pronunciation of the 
 Euglish word Aomb, which was flrft usetl, 
 
 but afterward Kp was applied to a horsB, 
 and hoki was applied to the ass and the 
 mule. 
 
 Ho-Kn, V. See Kii, also HooKii. To dis- 
 solve ; to pine away, as a diseased person, 
 Isa. 34:4. To pine away, as with too coo- 
 sumption. 
 
 Ho-Kii, s: The phthisic, ba. 10:18. A 
 consumption ; a pining sickness. OUik. 
 26:16. 
 
 Ho-Kii, lidj. Lean, low or thin in flesh. 
 
 Ho-Kj-o V. For haoldo. To play the 
 pipe ; to whistle. 
 
 Ho-Ki-o, s. A pipe; a whistle; .some 
 musical wind instrument play(!d with the 
 mouth. 1 Sam. H) .5, 
 
 Ho-xj-o-Ki-0, V. Yotftodlciokio. To pipe; 
 to play oa tlic piiie. 
 
 Ho-Ki-o-Ki-0, s. An ancient wind in- 
 stnimont among Hawjtiians, the pipe ; 
 among the Hebrews, /se. 5:12. 
 
 Ho-KM.0, V. To be sick and famished 
 away. 
 
 Ho-Ko, V. To imitate. 
 
 Ho-Ko, s. The fleshy movable part of 
 a fat person or animal. 
 
 2. The battock ; applied to men and fat 
 animals. 
 
 3. The inside of the thighs; ua pili ne 
 hoko, or ua hui na hoko on account of fat- 
 ness. 
 
 4. The under part of the thigh. 
 Ho-Ko, ) adj. Large; fat; rolling; 
 Ho-KO-HO-KO, \ applied to the thighs of 
 
 mep, women and fat animals. 
 Ho'Ku, s. The asthma. See Hokii. 
 Ho-KU, adj. Thin in flesh ; meager. 
 
 See Hokii. ^ 
 
 Ho-KU, *. The name of the fifteenth 
 
 day of the month. 
 Ho-KU, s. A star; hoku lele, a c«net; 
 
 ka poo Aofcu o ke kaei, the planets. 2 Nal. 
 
 33:5. The twinkling orbs of heaveiir 
 
 Ho-KU, s. A word ; a thought ; some- 
 thing rising in the mind ; he wahi hoku iki 
 ko'u no keia mea. 
 
 Ho-xu-A, s. The lower and back part 
 of the neck where it joins the shoulders. 
 Hid. 49:15. 
 
 2. The back between the shoulder-s. Pvk. 
 12:34. 
 
 3. A division of men at work ; a party ; 
 a company where a number of men are 
 divided into several companies, one of 
 them is called a hokua. 
 
 Ho-Ku-A-EA, s. Hoku, star, and aea, 
 wandering. A moving or wandering star, 
 i. e., a planet. 
 
 Ho-Kir-Ao, s. Eoku and ao, light. The 
 momiBg star ; the bright star ; the planet 
 
HOL 
 
 213 
 
 HOL 
 
 See 
 
 Venus wlien it is the luoroiDtc star, 
 
 also l{()Kui,OA. 
 Ho-Ku-A-Mo-A-Mo,'«. HoAm and amoatno, 
 
 to wink, The twinkling or wiuVmg of tlie 
 
 Btai's. 
 
 . U. The motion o1' Ihewinltingof tboeycs. 
 
 See next word. 
 Ho-Ka-1-Mo-i-Mo, s. Hoku and imoimo, 
 
 tu.ivink. Same as abnve. 
 
 Hip-k(j-nE-LE, .V. liohu andhele, to move. 
 
 it p) an at. Sec Hwkuaka. 
 Ho-k^vHroo:'KE-Li5-wAA, s. Hofcu, star, 
 
 idviakf^ip .Bteer, and waa, canoe. Ntiine 
 
 (if a sl»i', the appearand; of which was the 
 
 signaf for sailing on a voyage; a i ka wa- 
 
 naao, i k» piika ana o ka IwkulioukelevMU, 
 
 at tlie dawn of Iho morning, at the appear- 
 
 . ante of the star. Laieik. '.iS. 
 
 2. Th« name of a star that appeared jusL 
 
 li)(5fore the hirtli of a high chief. 
 HoKu-Ho-KU, v.,, To breathe hard; to 
 
 wlice/.e as one slnffed witli food. 
 Ho-KU-Ho-KU, odj. See Hoku, asthma. 
 
 Having the culi''. 
 
 ?. Filled with anger or unpleasant sensa- 
 tions ; Iwlcuhoku u iloku — o ake e helo a 
 
 buokolokoio. 
 Ho-KU-LE-LE, 5. Eoku and lele, to fly 
 
 A meteor. 
 iHo-KU-LO-Aj s. Hoku and loa, great. The 
 
 .morning star. Se,'? Hokuao. also M*na,\A).o. 
 flo-Kn-pii-Hi-BA-KA, 5. Hoku and puM- 
 
 bafco. tobaQco smoliing. A comet. Seethe 
 
 next word. 
 Ho-KU-WE-LO-wE-LO, s. Hoku ^.ni wclo- 
 
 vielo, a tail. A comet from its tail of light. 
 
 A comet IB also called by Hawaiians Aofcu- 
 
 puhibali:a, tobacco-smoking star; also hoku- 
 
 hueh-laiki long-tailed star. 
 Ho-LA, s. The name of the root and 
 
 stalk of the auhubn, a poisonons and in 
 
 toxicating plant, the bark of which was 
 
 used in poisoning or intoxicatinji; fish go 
 
 they «ould bo caught. See Auhoi.a and 
 
 Auimm;. 
 2. The name of the system of fishing when 
 
 they were to be caught by poisoning. 
 Ho-L.A, V. ,To poison or intoxicate fish 
 
 with Ihehola or auhnhu. 
 Ho-LA, e. To open ; a kola ia ka waha 
 
 a palalialaha; to spread out. See iloHor.A 
 
 and Uhola. 
 Ho-L.i-o, c. To pass by ; to run on. 
 Ho-[,A", s. A collection or multitude of 
 
 people assembled. 
 2. One person together with a collection 
 
 of fowls "Or other aniinals. 
 Ho-LA-HO-tA, X. See Hola above. To 
 
 poison or intoxicate tish. 
 He-LA^HOrLA, t'. See Hola, to spread 
 
 out. To spi'ead out; to smooth; to smooth, 
 
 as a kapa or cloth ; to make up, as a bed. 
 
 Oih. 9:M. 
 2. Applied to the mind, to 'calm ; to 
 
 soothe ; to open ; to enlighten. See llcv 
 
 iioi.A and Uiioi.A. 
 Ho-LA-PA, s. For hoolapa. See Lapa, a 
 
 ridge. The act of rising; or boiling up; the 
 
 swelling or rising, of a. blister. 
 Ho-LA-pu, V. To stir up; fornix water 
 
 and dirt; to make water daik colored by 
 
 putting in dirt. 
 Ho-LE, V. To curse. 
 
 2. To peel olf ; to skin ; to flay. 
 
 3. To.rasp ; to file ; to rub off. 
 
 4. To scratch or break the bark of a tree 
 or skin of the flesh. 
 
 6. To notch the end of a spear; to make 
 grooviffl, as in a kapa beater ; hole ie. 
 
 Ho-tE, s. A bruise ; a scratch or break 
 in the skin. See Poiioi.b. 
 
 Ho-LEi, ». To open ; to gape open, as 
 the eyelids, or as the labia retninaf-um. 
 
 Ho-LEi, s. Name of a tree used (bark 
 and loot) to color yellow. 
 
 Ho-LE-1-E, V. Hole, to peel, and ie, a 
 vine. To peel the bark from the ie used 
 in basket making. 
 
 Ho-LE-i-E, s. See above. The name of 
 those who prepared the ie for braiding or 
 weaving. 
 
 2. Those who In connection with prepar- 
 ing the is, also pounded kapa; amekapoe 
 kolde kuku kapa. 
 
 Ho-LE'So-LE, XK See Hole, to peel. To 
 peel; to strip ofl', as the skin from the i^esb; 
 as the fiesh frOnl the bones; hokhole iho la 
 lakoa i na iwi o Lono, they skinned the 
 bones of Lono (Captain Cook), that is, sep- 
 arated the bones from the flegb. 
 2. To separate one thing, from another. 
 
 Ho-Li, V. To commence or start fiifst; 
 
 to go forward. 
 2. To beg earnestly, in such a manneras 
 
 that one cannot be denied. 
 Ho-Li, s. The first appearance of a thing 
 
 as the first coming out of the beard of a 
 
 young man. 
 Ho-Lo, V. To go fast ; to move gcner? 
 
 ally, like hele. 
 
 1. To travel iu any way, i. e., to run or 
 ride or sail. 
 
 2. To put or thrust in, as the band into 
 the bosom. 
 
 3. To flee away ; to go swiftly. 
 
 i. To run. as the thought, i. e., to decree; 
 to decide, loan. 9:22. 
 
 5. Uoo. To ride on horseback, or on a 
 camel. 1 Sam. 30:17. 
 
 6. To cause to ride, i. e,, to carry in ftny 
 vehicle, as a carriage. 1 OVd. 13:7. 
 
 7. To slip; to cause to slide down, oa aa 
 avalanche. 
 
HOL 
 
 314 
 
 HOL 
 
 8. To etretoh out, as the hand for taking 
 anything ; to reach forth, as the hand, 
 iunft. 3:21. 
 
 9. Eoolwlo manao, to take coancil; to 
 consult. Im. 30:1. See No. 4. 
 
 10. To promise ; to agree with ; to pass, 
 *B the sentenoo 'of a judge. 
 
 11. to decide by vote of a deliberate 
 body; ua A./Joftofo, it was voted ; it pa'jsed ; 
 it was decreed. Note. — The common form- 
 ula is, lia holo ka manao, the thought goes, 
 or a shorter form is, iia holo, it runs, i. e., 
 the vote is carried. 
 
 Ho-LO, s. A running; a racing! agoing; 
 
 a moving. 
 2. A bundle ; holo ai, a bundle of food. 
 Ho-Lo, adj. Running ; moving ; sail- 
 ing ; racing ; he Ito holo, he moku holo. 
 Ho-Lo-AA-, V. Holo and «a,. the small 
 
 roots of ttees. Hence, to make a mistake; 
 
 to run here and there ; to go wrong ; to 
 
 blunder. See Hoaa. 
 Ho-i<o-AA, odj. Destitute of property or 
 
 of friends. 
 Ho-LO-Ai, s. See Horo, bundle, and Ai, 
 
 food. A bundle of baked ki^o. 
 2. A wrapper to carry food in. 
 Ho-LDi, t>. To Wash with' water, as 
 
 elothes ; to separate the dirt from a thing. 
 
 2. To scrape or clean the dir*, from the 
 feet. 
 
 3. To brush clothes; to wipe; to cleanse. 
 
 4. To blot out, as a writing; 2 ifai. 21:13. 
 
 5. To cle^n in any way; holoi a maloo, 
 to wipe clean. loan. 13:5. 
 
 Ho-LOi, adj Washed ; cleansed by 
 
 , washing or wiping. 
 Ko-Lo-Ti-¥A, V. Makaniuka, wind from 
 
 behind ; he kio, paJi wauaka ma ke kua, 
 
 makani holouka. 
 Ho-LO-HO-Lo, t). See Hom, To walk; 
 
 to walk about. Kin. 3:8. 
 
 2. To sail or run to and fro. <7er. 6:1. To 
 go about from place to place. Luk. 13:33. 
 
 3. Hoo. To cause to ride, &c. Kanl. 32:13. 
 JfoTB. — This double form, holoholo, has 
 most of the senses that are attached to holo. 
 
 Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo, s. The name of a game 
 
 among the ancient Hawaiians. 
 Ho-LO-Ho-LO-o-LE-Lo, V. See Holo and 
 
 Olklo, talk. '^0 slander ; to tell tales to 
 
 the disadvantage of another; to propagate 
 
 .false reports. 
 Ho-LO-Ho-Lo-o-LE-iiO, s. A tale bearer. 
 
 OiAfc. 19:16. A tattler. 1 Tim. 5:13. Note. 
 
 This is often written in two words. 
 
 Ho-Lo-Ho-Loi, V. See Holoi. To rub 
 
 with pressure and quick motion ; to rub off 
 dirt ; to rub down smooth. 
 
 Hc-M-Ho-LO-KA-KE, adj. Ke ai hohholo- 
 kakeia la o ka makam. 
 
 Ho-Lo-Ho-Mi-KE, V. See Holoke, to rub 
 against. To .strike upon; to light aj>ou 
 easily; to touch ; to rest upon, as the ends 
 of a rainbow. Laieik. IC 
 Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo-u-o, s. See Holo artdLio, 
 a horse. A rider on a horse ; a horseman ; 
 cavalry. 2 Oihl. 1:14. 
 Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo-Mo-KU, s. Sce Holo, to sail, 
 and Moku, ship. A sailor ; one who rides 
 in a ship. 
 Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo-NA, s. See Holoholo and 
 Ana, a running about. A four-footed beast: 
 geuerallyapplied to dome.»tic animals, bu« 
 often to wild ones. 
 Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo-pi-NA-Au, s. The Hawaiian 
 
 name of the planet Mars. 
 Hb-Lo-HU-A, V. Ua hcHohiia ka manao. 
 Ho-Lo-KAA, V. Holo and kaa, a chariot. 
 
 To ride majestically. Hal. 45:4. 
 fio-LO-KAi, s. Holo and kai, sea. On? 
 who rides on the sea ; a seaman ; lia ]\o\o- 
 kai, seafaring men. JBkek. 26:17. 
 Ho-Lo-KA-Hi-Ki, s, Holo and kahiki, a 
 foreign country. Epithet of a Hawaiian 
 sailor who has visited foreign countries: 
 ua tausani paha na holokahUci no HawEUl 
 aku, theie weye thousands perhaps of sail- 
 ors irom Hawaii : o Lehua ka inoa o ka 
 kohkahiki nana i hoolike iwaona o Vane- 
 kouva ame Kamehameha, Lehua was the 
 name of the sailor to foreign countries who 
 interpreted between Vancouver and Kame- 
 hameha. 
 Ho-Lo-KE, V. Holo and ke, to strike 
 against. To run or rub against some op- 
 posing object 
 
 2. To be stopped short, as the mind in a 
 course of thought or investigation ; a holoke 
 ka noonoo, a'kukapikiio ka manao ke loaa 
 ole. 
 Ho-Lo-KE-Lo-KE, V. To croak ; to crep- 
 itate or grate, as the two ends of a broken 
 bone against each other. 
 Ho-Lo-Ki-Ki, V. Holo, to run, anikiki, 
 intensive. To run or sail swiftly; to run 
 headlong. 
 Ho-Lo-Ko-HA-NA, i). Holo, to go, and ko- 
 hana, destrhite of clothes. To go' about 
 naked ; to be destitute of clothes, not oven 
 a malo. 
 Ho-Lo-Kir, s. Some kind of a garment; 
 a long flowing garment. Sal. 109:29. A 
 cloak. Isa. 69:17. 
 Ho-LO-KU-KU, V. Holo and kuku, to stop 
 short. To tipt, as a horse. 
 2, To ride roughly or uneasily. ■ 
 
 Ho-LO-LA, V. The M is a particle. Ke 
 ImIo ia oe e manao ua hoka raakou, you, 
 thought, have supposed that we "are 
 ashamed. 
 
 Ho-Lo-Li-o, «. Holo, to ride, and lio, 
 
HOL 
 
 horse. A rider of a horse. Isa. 96iii Hoo. 
 A. horaeman : ' a rider on a horse. Puk. 
 U:9. 
 
 Ho-LO-i;,n-A, v. Holo and hta, double. 
 To go or move two ways; to go both ways, 
 lUce the crab; as the munce, Qie papai,£c. 
 
 Ho-LO-LU-A, adj. Creeping or running 
 both ways, 'like t}ie orab; aole e like me 
 kou mauao ka muhee, ka kolohia, 
 
 Ho-Lo-Mo-KU, V. Holo and wwAa, ship. 
 To sail on a ship. 
 2. To rush along, as a toiTeiit. 
 
 Ho-iiO-MO-Kcr, s. A sailor; a seaman; 
 ka halepule no ka poc holomoku ma Hono- 
 lulu ; he man mea holomoku, seamen. 1 
 Not. 9:27. 
 
 2. Arushing, asof water; an overwhelm- 
 ing ; applied to the wicked. 2 Sarn,. 22:5. 
 
 rio-Lo-NA, s. In music, a close ; the end 
 of a tune. 
 
 Ho-Lo-PA-A-Ni, V. Solo, to run, and jpB- 
 ani, to plajr. To run and play like children. 
 2. To sail about for pleasure. 
 
 Ho-Lo-PA-PA, V. To rule; to control; to 
 overcome ; to prevail over ; used where 
 one man conquers several others. 
 
 Ho-Lo-PA-PA, s. J3bfo and papa, a board. 
 A shelf made of sticks in the corner of a 
 room where kapas and other articles were 
 laid. 
 
 2. A raft for floating logs, boards, stones, 
 &e. I (Hid. 2:16. 
 
 3. A bridge over a small stream. 
 
 4. An arch over a space. 
 Ho-Lo-WA, s. Holowa kaa, certain en- 
 gines for throwing missiles in war. 2 Oild. 
 26:i5. 
 
 Ho-Lo-WAA, s. i&Zo and wao, canoe. A 
 box ; a chest ; a trunk ; a coffin ; a cradle. 
 
 2. A species of fishing net. 
 
 3. A trough ; a watering trough. Puk. 
 2:16. 
 
 Ho-Lo-wA-LE, V. JHofo, DO run, and waZe, 
 
 freely. , To flee without cause or danger ; 
 
 to act the coward. 
 2. To go about destitute of Clothing, i. e., 
 
 in astate of nature. 
 Ho-LO-WA-LE, s. A coward; one fleeing 
 
 without cause. 
 Ho-LU, V. To bend, as an elastic stick; 
 
 to arch over. 
 Ho-LTT, s. Abroadaxe; ahoe; anadze; 
 
 ilcot/iolu, an adze. 
 2. The depth of the sea; the deep ocean; 
 
 the flood tide. 
 Ko-LTJ-A, ». To glide down on a sledge ; 
 
 to play the h/ohma. 
 Ho-Lu-Ay s. A smooth path on a side hili 
 
 for sliding down. 
 ?. The name of the sled orr sledge for 
 
 alidiag down hili.. Notb.— To play jrith 
 
 215_ HON 
 
 the hobiA was an ancient pastime among 
 
 Hawaiiaus. 
 3. The name of the strong north wind, 
 
 generally in the winter. 
 Ho-nr-Ho-LU, V. SeeHotUjB, To bend; 
 
 to be flexible. 
 Ho-Ltr-Ho-LU, adj: Ductile ; elastic ; 
 
 springy, as a sword blade. 
 Ho-Lu-Lir, V. To oppress. 
 Ho-MA, V. To be poor; to be thin in 
 
 flesh ; to make one's self poor. 
 
 2. To be disappointed ; to be bEiflled ia 
 one's efforts to do a thing. 
 
 Ho-MA, adj. Thin in flesh ;^ poor; hol- 
 low ; apt^ied to the cheeks. 
 .2. Disappointed: baffled. 
 
 Ho-MA-HorMA, V. SeeHoMA. To be des- 
 titute ; to be bereaved. 
 
 3. To be 'thin ; to bg poor. 
 Ho-MAi, »f See Ho. for A6<>, and Itiii, a 
 
 verbal directive, usa^ mostly in the imper- 
 ative. Lrr. Caus^.to be this .way :; hand 
 
 this way: give this way j bring here. Svi. 
 
 3:15. Roinai i wahi wai ina na'u, giv; me 
 
 here some water to drink. 
 Ho-ME, s. Eng. Home^ place of, one's 
 
 family and residence. 
 Ho-ME-RA, s. Heb. A homer, a Jewish 
 
 liquid or dry measure. 
 Ho-ME-TA, s. Heb. A snail. OiMc. 11:30. 
 Ho-Mi, adj. See Omi. Withered; sick; 
 
 unfruitful, asa plant; sick, as a person. 
 Ho-Mi-Ho-Mi, V. SeeOMioMi. To spring 
 
 up, as a seed planted, but with feeble 
 
 strength and produce nothing. 
 Ho-NE, V. See Ne. To be saucy; to be 
 
 playful ; to be tricldsh ; to tease one ; to 
 
 run upon. 
 2. To prick ; to enter, as a sharp thing ; 
 
 Ine be wahi kuikele la ia c Iwne nei iloko o 
 
 ka manao, like a needle it j^ierces.intp the 
 
 thought. 
 Ho-NE, s. Mischief; a trick; teasing; 
 
 he mea hookanikani o ka mo'ku. 
 Ho-NE-A, s. Dirt; the matter in the iii-' 
 
 testines not voided. .Lank. 3:22. See Ho-. 
 
 NOWA. 
 
 Ho-NE-Ho-NE, V. See Hone. To be 
 trickisb ; to be mischievous. 
 
 Ho-NE-Ho-NE, adj. Haying tricks; teas- 
 ing ; fretting ; not letting one alone. 
 
 HoiNE-KO-A, V. See Hone and Koa, to 
 be bold. . To rail ; to be saucy. 
 
 Ho-NE-KO-A, adj. Impudent; undaunted; 
 not afraid. 
 
 Ho-Ni, V. To beg"earhestly. S^fe'HoLi 
 
 Ho-Ni, V. IlQ toiich.jj|to.,apply-a com- 
 bustible article "to -tfieariB. Xmi/s, 16:tf. 
 
 2. To. smell, as an odor. Kin.&-2i.. To 
 smell any perfume ; to anuff, as a candle. 
 
HON 
 
 216 
 
 HOP 
 
 3. To feet the inSuence of, as tfaerooisof 
 trees do the watur. lob. 14:9. 
 
 i. To salute by tonchiog noses (the ordi- 
 nary way of saluting among Hawaiians); 
 honi iho la i ka thn. Zaieik. 203. 
 
 5. To kiss ; to salute liy kissing. Kin. 
 .27:26,27. To embrace on parting; ap- 
 l)lied to various forms of salutation, as 
 good-by, shaking hands, &c. 
 Ho-Ni, s. A salutation; a kiss. Mele 
 Sol. 1:2. 
 
 2. A touch as of a mat«h to a combusti- 
 ble. 
 
 3. A shaking of hands at parting, &c. 
 
 4. Commanding a complimentary salu- 
 tation to one; ehaawi i ko'uAoni ala aloha 
 ia lakou, give them my sweet loving kAss, 
 i. e., affectionate salutation. 
 
 Ho-Ni-NA-Ni-NA, adj. See Oninahdia 
 »nd UN'raANiNA. Fat ; plump ; round, as a 
 fleshy person. 
 
 HoNO, V. To stitch; to sew up; to 
 mend, ai> <! garment or a net Mat.iiil. 
 
 '2. To join ; to unite together by sewing 
 OK stitching. 
 
 Ho-NO, s. A stitching; a sewing; a 
 joining together; ka Aono ona ainaoMaui, 
 the uniting of the lands of Maui. 
 
 2. The back of the neck. 
 
 3. The name of a kapu when every man 
 must bold his bands in a particular posture. 
 
 4. The name of a place where the *ind 
 meets some obstraction and is reflected 
 back ; oia kahi kono e hoi mai ai ka nui o 
 ka makanL 
 
 Ho-HO-A, *. See Honowa. 
 
 Ho-NO-Ai, s. See Hong and Ai, the neck. 
 The back of the neck. 
 
 Ho-No-Af, *. See Honowai below. A 
 uiiitiog ; a bringing together and causing 
 a new reli^tionship ; mostly brought about 
 by marriage ; as, makua Mnoai, a parent 
 by marriage, or a parent-in-law; makua 
 honoai kane,a fatber-iu-law; makua Aonoat 
 wahine, a mother-in-law. Note. — The or- 
 thography honoai is better than honotoai. 
 See also the word Hckoai. 
 
 Ho-NO-Ho-No, *. Name of a weed, very- 
 thrifty in growth and very hard to kill. 
 
 Ho-No-Ho-Np, adj. Bad smelling. See 
 
 HOHONO. 
 
 Ho-No-KAA, s. A water course» 
 Ho-No-KE-A-NA, s. Nameof a spccles of 
 
 soft porous stone. 
 Ho-No-LE, V. See HoN|E. To be mis- 
 chievous ; to be trickisb ; to be saucy, 
 
 Ho-NO-Ftr, s. A hai e ka lua i hxmofpu. 
 
 See LuiULTDMi, burnt ; scorched, as the 
 ground .by the great heat of the sun. 
 
 Ho-No-WA, J, See Honea and Honoa. 
 The matter contained in tlie intestines. 
 
 2. Excrements; human fiBcces; used mostly 
 in retierence to chiefs. Notb.;— This is the 
 proper and polite lamfi of excrements. 
 Ho-NO-WAi, s. A uniting; a bringing to- 
 gether and causing a nev> relauonsbip ; 
 mostly brought about by marriage ; as, 
 makua honoai, a parent by marriage, or a 
 parent-in-law; makna honoai kane. a father-' 
 in-law; makua honoai wahine. a mother-io- 
 law. Note. — The ortiiography hi.'ioai is 
 better than honowai. See also the word 
 
 HUNOAI. 
 
 Ho-Nu, s. The turtle ; a terrapin ; xnon 
 generally applied to the sea turtle ; a tor- 
 toise. Oihk.lliiS. Note. — Thenonitwaa 
 formerly forbidden to women to eat in the 
 limes of the kapa under penalty of deaiii. 
 
 Ho-NU-A, s. Flat land ; land of an even 
 or level surface, in distinction from hills 
 and mountains. 
 
 2. In geography, the earth- genentlly, ia- 
 ciuding sea and mountains. 
 
 3. A foundation ; a resting place. 
 
 4. The bottom of a deep place, as of the 
 sea or a pit ; wahi honna ole, bottomless. 
 
 Ho-NU-A, adj. Preceding; going before 
 
 hand ; olelo konua, the forgoing dessrip- 
 tion; pifle honua, the former r&ligion ; i 
 kau kauohai honua, ana, your charge jnst 
 given. Laieik. 20. Ke makau honua e mai 
 riei no. Zaieik. 180. 
 
 Ho-NU-A, adv. Gratuitously; vvithout 
 cause ; naturally ; ua aloha honua anei ni 
 kanaka kekahi i kekahi ? do men naturaUy 
 love each other? No ka pono a ke Akna i 
 waiho honua mai ai, for the righteousness 
 which God had freely manifested; o ka 
 hoomaka ana, ua like' no ia me ke ao ana, 
 i ola honua i ka palapala; thoroughly; en- 
 tirely. Zunk. 20:25. Altogether. 1 NaL 
 ll:l3. 
 
 Ho-NU-Ho-NU, V. See Honu, terrapin. 
 To play the t«rrapin; a play where people' 
 crawled on all fours like terrapins. 
 
 Ho-PA-LA, I). Ho for koo, and pala, soft. 
 
 To paint ; to daub ; to besmear. 
 2. To blame one who is innocent 
 
 Ho-PA-LA-PA-i^, V. Ed for hoo, and pa- 
 lapala, to write; to paint To cause to 
 write badly ; to scrawl in making letters 
 with a pen ; to daub with a pen. 
 
 Ho-FA-PAU, s. Sorrow; grief of a hus- 
 band or wife for the death of a companion. 
 Ho-PE, s. The end or beginning of a 
 
 thing; the terminationof an extremity; the 
 finishing result or termination of a course 
 of conduct 
 
 2. A place; steady office; successor la 
 a place. 
 
 3. The finishing; the close of a period of 
 time. 
 
HOP 
 
 217 
 
 HUA 
 
 i. A. particular aje or time. Zfe6. 9:26, 
 
 in this age of the world. 
 6. The time of one's death ; the end of 
 
 life. 
 
 6. Tlie end, i. e., the consequence or re- 
 sult of an action ; ma neia hope aku, from 
 
 tinaiime on; ma i&hope iho, after that tee; 
 
 hope ole, endless. Jod. 22:5. 
 Ho-PE, adj. Ending; last; na olelo 
 
 Aope, the last words; mea hope ole, without 
 
 resutt, i. e., without proJU. 
 Ho-FE, adv. Adv. declinable. Gram, i 
 
 ie&, '2 class. Behind ; after, &c. See the 
 
 different cases. 
 Ho-FE-NA, s. Hope tLTii na f 01 ana. The 
 
 ending ; the bringing to a close. 
 2. The end ; the hindmost, as the rear of 
 
 an army. los. 10:19. 
 . 3. The end -of a series of «vcntg. Ik^. 
 
 7:2, 3. 
 Ho-FE-PE, V. Ho for .W, and pepe, to 
 
 mash fine. To cause to crush, as any sa)>- 
 
 stance. 
 2. F:o. To overbear, as ib". mind; to 
 
 humble. See Hoopepb. 
 Ho-PE-FE, adj. Humble ; depressed ; 
 
 downtrodden, as the people of a hard, 
 
 cmel chiefs o ko ke kuaaiua noho ana, he 
 
 /lopepe, he bopohopo, he wiwo wale me ka 
 
 makau ; he ttopepe ke ano o na koaaina. 
 Ho-PE-Foo, s. See Hope and Poo, the 
 
 head. Thebackpartof thehead. 
 Ho-pi-Lo, V. SeeOpiLO. To relapse after 
 
 a partial recovery &om dcknese. 
 2. ^o be often sick. 
 Ho-Pi-COrLE, adv. To eat slowly and 
 
 carefully, as a sick person. See Niole. 
 
 Ho-po, V. To fear; to be afraid; to 
 
 shrink hack throng fear. 
 Ho-Fo-Ho-Fo, V. See Hopo. To sear 
 
 much ; to be agitated by fear ; to dread ; 
 
 to be troubled by fear. Kanl. 1:2. 
 
 Ho-po-Ho-PO, s. Fear; dread; the feel- 
 ing of fear. 
 
 Ho'Po-Ho-Po, adj. Fearful; afraid; hav- 
 ing the sense of fear. 
 
 Ho-Pir, V. To seize upon, as something 
 escaping ; to grasp ; to catch. 
 
 2. To take, as a prisoner; to ^prehend, 
 as a criminal. Lunk. 21:21. To hold fast, 
 as some^ing caught 
 
 Ho-Ptr, s. A taldng; a seizing; a catch- 
 ing of one. 
 
 Ho-pu-e, s. The name of a tree, the 
 bark of which is used like the oloua, and 
 made into strings, cords, &e. 
 
 Ho-ptr-Ho-pti, V. See: Hopu. To seize ; 
 to grasp frequently ; to hold fast firmly. 
 
 Ho-Ptf-HO-PU-AU-KE-LA, 
 
 Ho-i'u-HO-pu-A-LU-HX,' V. See Hopuhopp 
 28 
 
 and LiTLiT, t>> tremble. To do something in 
 a state of trepidation. 
 
 2. To prepare in haste, as a room or a 
 house when company unexpectedly arrives. 
 
 3. To catch quickly and shake ; to do 
 quickly ; to make haste. 
 
 Ho-pu-Ho-pi!r-A-LU-nr, s. Quickness; dis- 
 patch ; a sadden effort to do a itbing. 
 
 Ho-Fu-P0, V. F 01 TioopuupiM. See Pntr 
 andPucpmr. To be filled or pnffed up with 
 wind, as the bowels, or as a bladder ; ho- 
 jmpu ka opu ; kopupm, ka naan i ka inaina, 
 fiited with anger ;kai! ka Jwpupu ioko i ke 
 aloha, wonderful! he is internally /u22 of 
 love. 
 
 Ho-EA, s. Lot, An hour; a particular 
 time ; a measure of time. 
 
 Ho-sA-NA, inter j. Heb. An exclamation 
 of praise to God. Mat. 21:19. 
 
 Ho-SA-NA, s. Exultation ; praise. 
 
 Hu, V. To rise or swell up, as leaven 
 or new poi ; to effervesce. 
 
 2. To swell and rise up, as water in a pot. 
 
 3. To rise up, as a thought; hu mai kieia 
 manao iloko o'u, this thought sw^ed up in 
 me. , 
 
 4. To overflow ; to run over the banks, 
 as a river. Isa. 8:7. 
 
 5. To burst out, spoken of affection. 1 
 Nal. 3:26. Or a flow of passion (hence 
 hvhv,.) 
 
 ,, 6. To shed or pour out, as tear?. lob. 
 16:20. Su ka uhane, to Tiave ccmpasaion. 
 ba.b8:10. 
 
 7. To ooze out silently. 
 
 8. To circulate, as the story of a murder. 
 
 9. To miss one's way ; to deviate from a 
 direct path. 
 
 10. To come, i. e., to heave in sight ; to 
 make its appearance, as a ship at a distance. 
 
 11. To be unstable; to be inconstant. 
 Ein. 49:4. 
 
 12. To whistle, as the wind tbioiigh the 
 rigging of a ship. 
 
 13. MOO. To meditate; toiB!aile,asasong. 
 JTal. i5:l. 
 
 Hu, s. That which causes rising, leaven. 
 
 2. A classof the common people, nearly 
 STS. with makaainaua ; e ka hu, e na tna- 
 kaainana, ^c. Laieik. 21. O ka poe hema- 
 hema a naau^io, ua kapaia lakou he hu ka 
 inoa, be makiainana kahi inoa. 
 
 3. A noise; a rustling, as the wind among 
 trees. Laieik: 1,04. 
 
 4. A top ; hu kani, a humming-top. 
 
 Hu, adj. Fermenting, as beer or new 
 wine. 
 
 2. Leavened, as bread: mea hu, anything 
 leavened. Pvk. 34:25. Berena hu ole, un- 
 leavened bread. Jos. 5:11. 
 
 Hu-A, w. SeeHowA. To be envious of 
 .tnotber; to feel jealous of another; to 
 envy ; to hate. 
 
EUh 
 
 ei8 
 
 HUA 
 
 ?. To quarrel with ;. to be angry witti ; 
 is be much addicted to ctU. 
 
 Htt-AV«- Envy; jealousy; an envious 
 difipGBilion; making unfounded complaints 
 agaiuBt another. 
 
 Hu-A, adj. See Hdwa. Envious ; jeal- 
 ous of suctess in another; quick to find 
 fault. 
 
 Ha-A, V. To sprout;' to bud; to bear 
 fruit, as a tree or vegetable. 
 
 2. To grow or increase in size, as fruit ; 
 to iacrease; as a people. Oihk.26:9. 
 
 3. To swell up, as the foam of water. 
 See HuAHUA. 
 
 i-'lHua with hvauMo, to speak; to utter; 
 to produce words. Sin. 49:21. 
 
 5. Eoo. To produce fruit. 
 
 6. To increase, as a people. JE^tn. 1:28. 
 To be fruitful, as a race. ■ itn. 9:1. 
 
 Htt-a, s. The swelling, growing and 
 maturity of vegetables; name of the moon 
 when perfectly full; the name of thatnight 
 is akua. 
 
 2. Fruit ; offspring ; production of ani- 
 mals or vegetables. Kin. 46:7. 
 
 3. A fruit produced : an egg ; a kidney, 
 ka. Hua oo, ripe fruit ; hua maka, fresh 
 fruit. OiAfc. 23:14. 
 
 4. The effect, product or consequence of 
 aa action; ka uaaupo, he h%ia ia na ka ino, 
 ignorance is the resvit (fruit) of evi^ prac- 
 tices. 
 
 5. A summary of one's wishes ; a short 
 sentence ; e waiho mai oe 1 htui na makou, 
 leave for ns some kAo?** expression; a word, 
 an 'idea (said to Kamehameha I. when 
 dying.y 
 
 6. A letter of the alphabet; ma ka hva o 
 ke kanawai, i. e., lUeraMy; Aua kena, an 
 order; a word of command; no keia kva 
 kena a kana wahine. Laidk. 198. 
 
 7. Fruit in several senses ; as, hua o ke 
 kino, children ; hua o ka aina, increase of 
 the fruits of the land, i. e., means of living; 
 hua na holoholona, flocks, herds, &c. ; 
 hua ala, spices. 
 
 8. A flowing ; a going out firom; froth ; 
 foam, as of one in a fit. 
 
 9. A flowing robe; a train. Isa. 6:1. 
 ifua lole, the skirts of a garment Ter. 
 13:22, 26. 
 
 10. i Seed, as of grain for sowing. Kxn. 
 47:23. 
 
 11. The human testicles. Oihk. 21:20. 
 Hu-A, adj. Iwi hua. ATtat. 6. 
 
 Hu-A, s. A flowing. See No. 8 above. 
 The trail of a pa-u; the trail of a garment; 
 the tucks at the bottom of a gown. 
 2. The snapper of a whip. 
 
 Hu-AA, V. To pfy up. 
 Hw-AA, V. To be displeased at impor- 
 tunity or intercession. 
 
 2. To be small ; to be" alinted is grow- 
 ing, as fruit. 
 
 H0-A-A-E-LO, s. Hua, egg, and ano, 
 rotten. A rottea egg. 
 
 HtJ-A-A-E-LO, a«[/. Empty; deficient; 
 rotten. 
 
 Hu-A-Ai, s. Hua, egg, and ai, to eat. An 
 egg that may or can be eaten, or an ejg 
 for eating. 
 
 2. Gram ; fruit for food. Mat. 3tl2. 
 
 3. A kind of wiiid ; hvaai malili. Sard. 
 28:22. 
 
 Hu-A-Ai, ) y. To dig up soinething cov- 
 Hu-AI, ) ered in the grouiid ; to open, 
 i. e., dig up, as opening a native oven and 
 take out what is baked ; huai oja i kana 
 ■umu iho, he unccniered his own oven. 
 '2. To open, as a grave; to disinter. &fc. 
 37:12. 
 
 3. To open, as a reservoir of winds ; to 
 cause the wind to blow; huai mai laKahiki 
 i ko ipu makani, Eahiki thou didst open thy 
 wind-box. 
 
 4. To open upwards, as the lid of a chest 
 
 5. To suck or draw up water in drink- 
 ing, as a beast. Idb. 40:23. 
 
 6. Hoo. To bring a wind ; to cause it to 
 blow. Kin. 8:1. 
 
 7. To torn or. dig up the ground. Zo5. 
 28:5. 
 
 Hu-A-A-LE, s. A pill; a medicine in the 
 form of a little ball, to be swallowed whole. 
 
 Hu-AE, V. To rise up against ; to re- 
 sist ; to defend off. Hoo. To cause to re- 
 sist, &c. 
 
 Hu-A-E-LO, V. See Hua, egg, and Elo, 
 wet, as a kapa ; hence, rotten ; worthless. 
 See also Huaaelo. To be or become use- 
 less, worthless or in vain ; e malama hoi, 
 ohuaelo ka luhi o ka hoikaika ana, beware, 
 lest the weariness in perseverance be in 
 vain. 
 
 Hu-A-o-LE, adj. Lit. Without fruit. 
 Epithet of a person without character, no 
 reputation. 
 
 Hu-A-o-LE-Lo, s. See Hua, a letter, and 
 Oi^BLo, speech. Aword in distlnctioBfrom 
 a speech ; in gramrnar, a word ia dliatino- 
 tion from a syllable ; the words of a song. 
 Kanl. 31:30. 
 
 Hu-A-HA-u-LE, adj. JHwa,' seed, and Ai- 
 tde, to drop; to fall. Lri'. Seedfallen;'pre- 
 maturely bom ; hence, friendless ; without 
 
 ' support; no means of Uviiig; set loose 
 from any chief or parent 
 
 HiT-A-HA-ir-LE, s. See the foregoing. 
 One prematurely born ; an orphan. Bm. 
 109:12. 
 
 Hu-a-ha-u-le-i^-ni, s. The name of a 
 species of sweet potato. 
 
 Hu-A-HA-u-LE-wA-LE, s. Name of cet- 
 ta>in leaves of the potato. 
 
HUA 
 
 219 
 
 HUA 
 
 2. Tbe name of the potato itself. 
 Hu-A-HE-Ki-Li, s. Hua, egg, and heMi, 
 ftnnder. Lit. A thunder egg. 
 
 I.. A hail stone; hail. Pvk. 9:18, 22. 
 Nori! — ^It generally thunders during the 
 hail aioims on the mountains of Hawaii, 
 heuce the supposition that hail was pro- 
 duced by thunder. 
 2. The name of a plant used in medicine. 
 Hu-A^HU-A, V. See Hua and Huahuwa 
 below. To foam ; to froth at the mouth, 
 us one in a Si. Imc. 9:39. To froth,as the 
 sea in dashing ashore. luda 13. 
 
 2. To turn away in disgust ; to hate ; to 
 (iOTj. iSiJi; 26:14. SuoAtta mai la na puna- 
 hele mua. Zaieik. 31. 
 Hu-A-Hu-A, s. See HuAHUA above. Foam 
 or froth, as of the sea or anything causing 
 froth. 
 
 2. A bunch or kernel in the flesh, as in 
 . hogs or other anjmals ; especially applied 
 
 where many Muz&uos are growing together. 
 
 3. Small swellings about the eye, the 
 forehead and neck. 
 
 ■i. See Hua, to be envious. An evil eye; 
 
 looking with disdain upon another ; enVy. 
 Hu-A-HU-AE, c. To open and shut with 
 
 violence. 
 Hu-A-HU-A-A-NA-LAU, V. See HUAHUA- 
 
 LAU, also HoQHUAHCil.AU. 
 
 Hu-A-HU-Ai, V. See Huai. To boil" up, 
 as water in a spring. 
 
 2. To bieak up; to break forth, as water. 
 JVaft, "21:17. 
 
 3. To open frequently that liquid may 
 tlow. 
 
 i, To tpar or break the skin. 
 
 Htj-a-htj-ai, s. See Huai. A violent 
 boiling ; a frequent opening. 
 
 Hh-a-hu-a-hu-a-laf, v. I To question 
 with a design to entangle ; to put one to 
 the torture. 
 
 Hu-A-HTT-A-KAi, s. Asponge. Mar. 15:36. 
 
 Htr-A-HU-A-LAC, V. To tempt; to try to 
 deceive ; to puzzle or try one with ques- 
 tions; to question captiously. Soo. To 
 make one's self strange to another; to pre- 
 tend not to know one. Kin. 42:7. To talk 
 temptingly or deceitfully. 3 loam 10. 
 
 Hu-A-HU-A-LAU, s. Hoo. A deceiving; 
 an endeavor to insnare one ; a temptation 
 for one to say something he would npt. 
 
 Hu-A-HQ-A-NA-tAj *. The same as kua- 
 
 huaiau. 
 HtJ-A-HU-A-NA-NA-, s. Huohua, froth, and 
 
 nana, for lana, to float. Lit. Floating froth. 
 ■ A reproiiching ; making use of reproachful 
 epithets ; calling one an ignorant nothing. 
 Hij-A-HU-WA,- s. See Httahua. Envy. 
 Qai. 5:26; PiJip. 1:15. But hvahva is tiie 
 common orthography. 
 
 Ht7-A-KA, adj. Clear as crystal; clear as 
 pure water,,&c. ; bright ; white ; shining, 
 
 Hu-a-kai, V. Hua, foam, and kai, sea. 
 To foam and froth, as the sea ; hence, 
 
 2. To boil or be agitated violently. 
 
 3. To travel in large companies, as in 
 caravans. See KAinnAXAi. 
 
 Hu-a-kai, s. See Hua and Kai. The 
 foam of the sea. 
 
 2. A sponge. See Hcahuakai. 
 
 3. A large company traveling together. 
 Kin. 32:21. 
 
 Hu-a-kai-he-le, s. See Huakai above 
 and Hele, to go. A great number of per- 
 sons traveling together ; a cararansera ; a 
 troop. 7o&. 6:18. 
 
 Hu-A-KA-pu, *. Hua, foam, froth, and 
 kapu. The rich property about the chiefs 
 and kapu to the people, was called Auti- 
 fcopu, forbidden fir oth. 
 
 Hu-a-ke, adj. Full-; plump, as a healthy 
 man ; well propordoned, as a good mod- 
 eled canoe. 
 
 Hu-a-ke-e-o, S. .HKfl and A;eeo, displeas- 
 ure; anger. Hardness of heart; stubborn- 
 ness. 
 
 Hu-A-KE-E-o, adj. See the foregoing, 
 jffoo. Hard-hearted; stubborn; stubbornly 
 bent on wickedness ; i mai la me ka olelo 
 hqohuakeeo, he said to me in stubbomnessj 
 he hoohuakeeo mamuli o ka hewa, fiar^ 
 hearted in wickedness. 
 
 Hu-A-KE-u, ) adj. (Ineigoodsinse) fear- 
 
 Hu-A-KU, J less; bold; he kanaka /ittafcu, 
 ■ wiwo ole ; he olel© huaku ma ka pono, a 
 speech fearless for the right. (In a bed 
 sense) Bold ; impudent. 
 
 Hu-A-KE-o, V. See Huakeeo above. 
 
 Ho-A-Ki-NE-To, s. Gr. A hyacinth, name 
 of a precious stone. Hoik. 21:20. 
 
 Hu-A-KU-KU-i, s. Name of schools of 
 fish that show their heads above water, as 
 the anal. 
 
 Hu-A-KU-KU-i, s. Hiia and /cukui, the 
 name of the candle-nut tree. Akukni nut; 
 the fruit of the kukui tree. 
 
 Hu-A-LA-KE, V. To tie; to bind up. Syn. 
 
 ' with nakiki. 
 
 fifo-A-LA-KE, V. To swell out J to be 
 large ; to be round ; to be fiilL 
 
 Hu-A-LA-LA, adj. Applied to surfaces, 
 circular; oval; ili Tiuaiote, an oval surface; 
 spherical ; curved ; equally arched, as the 
 rainbow. Ana. Hon. 10. 
 
 Hu-A-LA-LAi, *. Name of a mountain on 
 tlie westcrB side of Hawaii. 
 
 Hu-A-EE-LE, *, Hua, seed, iind lele, to 
 fly. The seeds of the plant laulele. 
 2. A term expressive of hernia. 
 
 Hu-A-Li, P.' To be bright, us polished 
 
HUE 
 
 220 
 
 HUE 
 
 metal ; to be clean ; to gUttesr -with white- 
 ness or purify, as a garmeat .Mat. 28:3. 
 Hoo. To fuibjsh or barnish. .Mfc. 21:10. 
 
 2. To strike. 
 
 3. To commence a kapa nt a particular 
 kind. ' 
 
 Htj-a-m, adj. Blight; clean,. as a sub- 
 stance polished ; bright ; polished. 2 OUU. 
 4:16. Pure whiteness; lole huaii, very 
 white cloth ; shining. 
 
 2. In a ?norcU sense, pure ; undefiled ; 
 morally good; applied to the heart. 2 Pet. 
 3:1. ' 
 
 3. Glittering, as a sword. Katil. 32:41 
 i. Hoo. Keleawe i Jioohvaliia, polished 
 
 brass. J&efc. 8:2. 
 Hu-a-lh, adj. Hua, seed, and Hi, little 
 
 Smalt; diminative. 
 Hu-A-u-Lij s. The second.crop of frdits, 
 
 trees or vegetables, or degenerated fmit ; 
 
 ka bmUUif'hua.xiaili o Kobala. 
 Hxr-A-Lo-iE, s. See Hua and Loi£, cloth. 
 
 The skirts of a garment. Kanik. ler. 1:9. 
 Hu-A-Ltr, tidj. Small; diminutive. See 
 
 Htr-A-HE-LE, s. Hiuf, letter, and mele, 
 to sijg. The notes in music; a modern 
 term. 
 
 Hu-a-mo-a s. Hua, r^gg, and moa, a 
 fowl. A hen's egg. 
 
 2. Tie name of the round bone tjat en- 
 ters tie socket of the hip. Mn. 32:25; 
 Ancct. B. 
 
 Htr-A-No-Ni, s. Hua, fruit, and noni, a 
 shrub. The fruit or the apples of the noni; 
 he kauaftuffl«o»i kekahi, some fought with 
 noni apfies. 
 
 Hir-A-PA-iA-o-A, s, Hua, seed, and ^a- 
 
 . laoa, Erg. (flour), bread. Ihe seed cl 
 bread, L «., wheat. Puk. 22:6.- 
 
 flu-A-PA-IA-O-A-E-LE-E-LE, J. See HuA- 
 PAiiAO.t. soove and Eleelg, dark colored. 
 Hence, rje. as distinct from wheat. 
 , Hu-A-Poo, s. The side of the head. 
 
 Hir-A-WAi-WA, s. Hiia, fruit, and waina, 
 grape. 2. grape ; coUedively, grapes ; the 
 fruit of tte vine. Oihk. 19:10. Suavoaina 
 pala Tmia, the first ripe grapea. Nah. 13:20. 
 
 Hu-A-BA-iE, s. Hva, fruit, and bale 
 (Mifj.), larley. The grain of barley, or 
 simply b»rley. Rut. 2:17, 23. 
 
 Hn-A-Fi-Ej, s. Hua and fiku {Eng.'j, 
 fig. A % ; a bunch of figs. 2 Sam. 16:1. 
 
 Hu-E, V. To look slily at a thing; to 
 glance yith the eye. 
 
 2. To jteal ; to take secretly what is an- 
 other's ; hue ae la kekahi kanaka 1 ka apa 
 lole kuiaenalo, a certain man stole a piece 
 bf unbleached cotton cloth. See AmnE. 
 
 Hu-E, V. See Hn and E. To cause to 
 flow out ; to unload, as a.sbip. 
 
 Htr-E, s. A thief; one who steals. 
 
 Hif-E, v.^To dig; to throw out dirt, as 
 in digging apit. 
 
 Hu-E, adj. Thievish ; disposed to steal. 
 Kasni. 24:7. Kanaka hue. " , , , 
 
 Hu-E,"**. ''A gourd ; a water calabash ; 
 • Rw iii, ia skin bottle; , '/ 
 
 Hu-E'iE, s. Hue and ie, a vine used in 
 basket maUng. A demijohn, from its case 
 or covering. 
 
 Hu-E-u, s. A bold fearless man; one 
 
 - who excites to action, good orbad; soldier 
 like ; he kanaka koa ; hueu oe i ke kolohe, 
 you are bold in mischief; a bold energetic 
 man in action j hooeu. 
 
 Hu-E-u-Ai-NA, adj. Hueua.rxd.aina,ea.t- 
 ing. Bold and rapid in eating. 
 
 Hu-E-i-u, s. Hue, calabash, and Hi, 
 skin. A skin bottle, such as the Asiatics 
 used for containing liquids. los. 9:4. 
 
 Hu-E-Hu, V. To shiver, as with cold. 
 
 Hu-E-Hu, s. The strong (cold) blovring 
 wind. 
 
 Hu'E-HU, adj. Chilled; cold. 
 
 Hu-E-Hu-E, s. The name of the water 
 on Haalalai where the last volcano broke 
 out. 
 
 Hu-E-HU-E, V, See Hue, v. To throw 
 up ; to raise up : to locsen.; to open. 
 
 Hu-E-HU-E, adj. Sprfcadingcer; grow- 
 ing thickly like thrifty Vnes, ae the koali 
 (convolvulus.) 
 
 2. Spreading over like rain ; he ua hue- 
 hueia no Dli. 
 
 Hu-E-HU-E-Lo, s. See Hueui. The tail 
 
 , end of a thing ; the last of it ; nolaila, fce 
 hai aku nei au i keia wahi huehuelo maaao, 
 wherefore, I declare this tail end of a 
 thought (last idea); loaa mai o ka hwehudo 
 wale no, aole o ke kino pu kekahi, I ob- 
 tained the tail only, not the body with it. 
 
 Hu-E-KA-Hi, adj. One alone ; a single 
 child of a family. 
 
 Hu-E-LO, *. The tail of a beast or rep- 
 tile; ke kahili o na holoholonamakahope, 
 the fly-brush at the •>xtremity of animals ; 
 huelo awa, a sting. 1 Kor. 15.55. Mai noho 
 a makamaka ilio. i ka hxido ka L'c*. be not 
 friends with the dog, for the tail will show 
 it ; . the tail. Fuk. 4:4. The rami). I'vk. 
 29:22. 
 
 2. Fig. An inferior ir opposition to poo, 
 a superior. KarH. 28:13. 
 
 Hu-E-Lo-E-LO, adj. Tail like : 
 appendages like tails. 
 
 Hu-E-WE, s. Name of a siclcr.ess caus- 
 ing panting ; want of breath. 
 
 Hu-E-wAi, s. Hue, calabash, and wai, 
 water. A water calabash, in distinction 
 from calabashes \ised for oth-jr purposes ; 
 
 jiavmp- 
 
HUl 
 
 221 
 
 Hur 
 
 A large goard ; any kind of bottle used to 
 
 contain water. 
 Hti-e-wai-na, *. See Kvt and Waina 
 
 {JOng.), wine. A bottle for' wine ; a bottle 
 
 filled with wine. 2 Sam. 16:1. 
 Hu-i, V. To mix ; to utiite together, as 
 
 different things ; to unite, as an aha with 
 
 the spectators; hence, hui ka aha, to iredk 
 
 up the assembly. Lauik. il. 
 
 2. To add one thing to another. Mn. 
 38:9. 
 
 3. To assemble together, as people for 
 business. ' 
 
 4. To agree in opinion ;' to have a union 
 of tiionght ; iia hui pu ka. manao. 
 
 5. To bend ; to turn one way then an- 
 other, as the voice in rising and falling in 
 reading music. 
 
 6. To ache ; to be in pain. 
 
 7. Soo. To add one thing to another; to 
 connect. Mc. 3:20. 
 
 8. To unite, as Hi a treidy-; <to wake ai- 
 flnity. I iV(rf. 3:1. 
 
 9. To coUact together, as men. 
 
 .10. To meet; to mingle; to cmne together, 
 as waters. 
 11. To meet, as persons long separated- 
 
 Hc-i, s. A uniting ; an assembling. 
 
 2. A cluster or collection of things; as, 
 hui maia, a bonch of bananas ; hui kato, a 
 kaio hill ; hui waina, a cluster of grapes ; 
 hui uin, a cluster of cocoanuts. 
 
 3. Tbe flippers of the sea-turtte. 
 
 i'. The small uniting .sticks in-atbatched 
 house, parallel with the posts and rafters 
 and between them. 
 
 5. Bodily pain ; rheumatic pain ; niho 
 hui, the toothache. 
 
 6. The name of the prayer on the morn- 
 ing after the anaana. See Huihdi. 
 
 Hff-i, I adj. Cool; cold; chilly, as 
 F[ui-HTr-l, 5 the ;3iorning air from the 
 
 moimtaiu ; i hoomanawanai ai hoi kaua i 
 
 ka hau huihui o ke ka&abiaka; CJld, as 
 
 cold water. Mat. 10:42. 
 Htm-o-pa-pa, s. The name of a prayer 
 
 used in or near the luakini; a ma ia ahiahi 
 
 no haule ka huiopapa, 
 Rxi-i-'J-NA, s. Perhaps for huiana. A 
 
 seam^ a uniting by sewing together. 
 Hu-i-HU-i, s. A bunch J a cluster of 
 
 ihitigs, as stare. 
 
 2, A constellation. Isa. 13:10. 
 
 3. A bunch; applied to kalo. SeeHw2. 
 i. The wtme of the seven stars. See 
 
 Htihui. 
 
 Htt-i-hu-i, adj. Cold; chilly. See Hxii 
 above. 
 
 2, Mixed ; manifold ; much ; many con- 
 taining the idea of union ; aloha huihui, 
 ranch love. 
 
 Hu-i-KAi, 0. To mix or jumble together 
 
 things dissimilar; to make discordant com- 
 
 ponnds ; to put several stories into one. 
 Hu-i-kau, v. See Huikai above. To turn 
 
 topsy-turvy; to mix up irregularly; to 
 
 throw things together without order. 
 2. To accuse much and falsely ; to vary 
 
 in narration; to cross one's own track in 
 
 a story. 
 Htr-i-KAU, s. Confusion; without order; 
 
 irregularity. 
 Hu-I-KAH, adj. Stumbling in walking; 
 
 without order; varying in one's story; put 
 
 together irregularly. See Opa. 
 Hu-i-jfA-Hi, adj. Lit. United in one^ 
 
 Bound lip ; girded, as a man with a malp, 
 
 or a woman with a pa u. 
 Hct-i-ea-hi, s. Name of a short maio. 
 Htr-i-KA-LA, V. jBifi and Aafo, to loosen; 
 
 to forgive. To cleanse, as a disease; to 
 
 "^^0 
 
 2. To be purified. Puk. 29:23. 
 
 "3. To sanctify one's self. „Oihk, 20.-7. 
 
 4. To cleanse morally. J&i. 36:2. 
 
 5. To oleaase ceremonially. NeK 12:30. 
 Euikala ole, unholy. . 2 Tim. 3:2. 
 
 6. Eoe. To cleanse ; to purify ; to sant- 
 ,tifr. a*. 9:13. 
 
 m-i-KA-LA, adj. Cleansing; purif3ring; 
 wai huikaltt, water of purilication. ifah- 
 19:9. 
 
 Hu-i-LA, V. SeelliLA. To'flash, as burn- 
 ing powder ; to give a sudden light; haule 
 i ^ papu, e huih na pu e. 
 
 Hu-i-LA, s. Eng. A wheel. Fuk. 14:25. 
 Sys. with pokakaa. &^. 1;16. 
 
 Hu-i-NA, s. Hui and ana, a uniting, A 
 number ; the sum of several numbers. 2 
 Sam. 24:9. E hookui i ka feuuw, to add up 
 the sum. Nah. 1:49. 
 
 2. The' point where two lines meet, an 
 angle; the place where two roada meet ; a 
 corner, as of a house, ferce, &c. 
 
 3. In music, a close ef a tune. 
 
 4. In geometry, huina is the general narne 
 for angle, qualified by such terms as desig- 
 nate the various kinds of angles. 
 
 Ht7-i-na-oi, s. Huina and oi, sharp 
 pointed. jAn acute angle. Ana. Hon. 8. 
 
 Kvj-i-NA-HA, s. Euina and ha, four. A 
 quadrilateral or four-sided figure. Ana. 
 Ron. 14. Note. — Under the name huivjika 
 are the following : huincutalike, a square ; 
 humahtiloa, a rectangular parallelogram; 
 ' huhiahaht.0, four equal sides but oblique 
 angles ; huinahaMoloUd, an oblique paral- 
 lelogram rftainafcafcawitfee, a square or j»ar- 
 iilielograin; huAiiahulualike, a four-sided 
 P;3:nrc wbieh has two parallel sides only; 
 huinahalilceole, a four-sided figure where 
 all the sides are unequal. 
 
 Hv-i-NA-HE-LTJ, s. MvAno, and kelu, to 
 count ; to number. A number; the sum 
 
HUH 
 
 sag 
 
 HUH 
 
 of several nuuljera ; Iminahdu okua, the 
 whole numbei Jfah. 14:29. See Heluha. 
 Hu-i-NA-Ko-m *. Mdnaa.nii:o2u,thiee. 
 The general jame for triangle ; thus, hui- 
 nakclvlike, an equilateral triangle; huinor 
 kolii dua aow lilce, an isoswles triangle ; 
 huinakolu (oao like ole, ai irregular tri- 
 angle ; huvMkolii kupono, a right angled 
 triangle ; hiinakoj^u peleleu, an obtuse an- 
 gled trianjle ; huinakolu oi, an acute an- 
 gled trianjle. 
 Hu-i-NA-Krr-po-NO, s. A right angle. 
 Hu-.i-NA-iA-AU-LA-KA, s. Huina, a unit- 
 ing, lamt. timber, and lana, to float. A 
 union cf fioatiog timbers ; a raft. I Nol. 
 6:£. 
 Hu-1-NA-i.i-MA, s. Huina, angle, arid 
 lima, fre. In geometr-y, a five-sided figure; 
 huina ono, a six-sided figure; kuina kikii, a 
 seven-Bided figure ; huina walu, an eight- 
 sided figure, &C. 
 Hir-1-SA-PE-LE-UEU, s. An obtuse angle. 
 Hu-j-NA-WAi, *. Huina, a meeting or 
 union, and. aicS, water. A meeting or col- 
 lection of waters ; a pool. Pj«fc. 7:19. 
 Hir-i-NA-wAi-KA, s. Hui, bunch, and 
 
 vxdna, grapes. A cluster of grapes. 
 Ha-i-Ni, V. To end in a sharp point, as 
 the top of a iigh r.iast. See Winiwint. i 
 Hn-i-Ni, adj. Having sharp points like 
 
 needles. 
 Hd-i-pa, *. Name of a species of stone 
 out of which the njaika stones wore made. 
 Hir-i-FA, s. Eng. A whip. 
 Hu-i-pu, V. Hui, to unite, and pu, to- 
 gether. To mix together: to come together; 
 to .unite ; to assemble, as persons. 
 HtT-i-TA, s. Eng. Wheat. !.&»•. 15:37; 
 
 might be overturned ; huhtmua i maui kai 
 ka wai e. 
 Hu-HU, s. The name of a worm, a moth- 
 like animal that ealB cloth. Isa. 51:8. 
 
 2. A worm or bug that bores into wood, 
 renderjjig it full of holes. 
 Hij-hu, mj. Rotten, as a calabash; 
 worm-eaten, as wood. 
 
 Hp-HUy V. See Hu, to rise up; to swell. 
 To be angry; to express angry feelings by 
 Bcolding, storming, cursing, &c. Moo. To 
 provoke to anger ; to offend. Pvk. 23:21. 
 To be crabbed ; to be churlish. 1 Sam. 
 25:3. 
 
 Hu-HU, s. Anger; wrath; displeasure. 
 
 Hu-HU, adj. Angry; offended; pro- 
 voked. 
 
 Hu'Hu-i, s. See Hui. Hu doubled. A 
 bunch ; a collection of things, generally 
 qualified by a following word; as, huhui 
 palaoa, a head of wheat. Mat. 12:1. Ilidiw 
 man, a bundle of grass; hukui maia, a 
 bunch of bananas; huhui (boku under- 
 stood), the pleiades or seven stars. Idb. 
 38:31. The constellations of stars. Isa. 
 13:10. See HuiHCi. 
 
 Hc-HU-i-H£-LU, .s. Hukuia.r\ihetu,inih<- 
 metic. Logarithms; the tables of loga- 
 rithms ; ina e imi an maloko o ka kvhui- 
 helu, if 1 should compute by hgarithms. 
 
 Hu-Hu-i-KA-i.o, s. Huhui, bunch, and 
 kalo. A bunch of kalo. 
 
 Hu-HU-i-wAi-NA, *. Huhui, cluster, aai 
 loaina, grapes. A cluster of grapes. JBJml. 
 32:32. 
 
 Hu-Hu-HU, adj. See Huhu, adj., above. 
 Rotten ; worm-eaten, &c. 
 
 Hu-hu-hu-e, v. See Hue, to steal. A 
 frequentative. To steal frequently; to 
 
 Puk. 29:2. «, . ^ .,- ■ ■ 
 
 A frequentative. To dance and sing ; to 
 
 exceed. To have an overflow of passion 
 Soo. To feel or express jealousy; to have 
 in feelings towards one. 
 
 Hu-oi, s. Hoo. Evil surmising respect- 
 ing another. 1 Tim. P:4. 
 
 Hu-o-le, adj. Hu, leaven, and ole, none. 
 Without leaven ; unleavened ; berena hir 
 die, unleavened bread. Puk. 34:18, 
 
 Hu-o-No-o-NO-o-LE, adj. Hu, rising up, 
 onoono, comfortable, satisfied, and ole, not. 
 Unsteady ; not fixed ; uasatisfled. See Ku- 
 
 ONOONO. 
 
 Hu-HA, adj. Something said; a report, 
 but no certainty as to the truth ; he wahi 
 olelo i maopopo ole, he lobe laulahea. 
 
 Hct-ha, s. A large fleshy person, but 
 weak, indolent and lazy, cili>er man, woman 
 or child. 
 
 Hu-HO-NTJ-A, V. Hu, to lifce, and homia, 
 land. To pray that tho land or country 
 
 dance much and often. 
 
 Hu-Hu-Hu-LA, V. See Hula. To dance 
 and sing and play, as at a hula ; e pae, e 
 hula, e like pu. 
 
 Hu-Hu-Htr-LEi, V. To ride rapidly with 
 
 , a dress flattering in the wind ; to dance 
 with kapas fluttering. 
 
 Hu-HU-Hu-Li, p. See Huli, to turn. To 
 turn often ; to turn, as many persons. 
 
 Hrf-Hu-Hc-NA, «. See HuNA, to conceal. 
 To hide often or much ; to conceal. 
 
 Hu-Hu-HU-NE, V. See HrjNE, poor; des- 
 titute of property. To be poor: to be 
 stripped of all property. 
 
 Hu-HU-Ki, t'. See HuKr, to puU. To 
 draw fi-cquently ; to pull out, as in draw- 
 ing cuts. LaHk. li. To pull along. 
 
 2. To dry up, as water ; hoomaloo. 
 
 3. To cut down, as a tree ; e kua aku. 
 
HUK 
 
 223 
 
 HUL 
 
 Htr-Hu-Ku, adj. Full of holes; puka- 
 
 puka, popopo. See Hdhb and Hchdhu. 
 Hu-Hu-LA, V. See HcLAHULA. To sing, 
 
 dance and practice tbe forms of the hula. 
 Hu-HTJ-Li, V. See HtjLi, to turn, To 
 
 turn ; to turn up ; to search ; to look here 
 
 and there. 
 Hu-H0-Ln-i-i, V. BvJu, hair, and ii, 
 
 mould like. To stand up, as the comb of 
 
 a cock ; to stand up, as bristles ; to stand 
 
 erect, as the hair on the flcsb when one is 
 
 wet and cold. 
 2. To be wet and cold ; to shiver with 
 
 cold. 
 Hu-Hff-iiU-i-i, edj. Made rough and 
 
 ugly, as the hair or feathers of an animal 
 
 in wsrter. 
 HiT-HiT-LU-LO-Lo-A, V. Bidu, Hair, and 
 
 too, long. To let the hair grow long. 
 Htr-Hu-NE, V. See Hune, to tease. To 
 
 set a trap for one; to entice; to lay a bait. 
 Hu-HU-Ni, s. The sickness of hogs. 
 Hn-Htr-PAU-LA-AU, s. A slanderer; a 
 
 backbiter. 
 Htr-KA, V. To call hogs ; to call to one, 
 
 as in calling hog^. 
 Hu-KA, s. A term used iw calling hogs. 
 
 2. Advice ; information. 
 
 3. Name of an herb similar to balm. 
 
 4. A vulgar word of contempt ; heJe a 
 piha, hwka pala, &c. 
 
 HiJ-KAA, s. A general name for pitch, 
 
 resin or gum from a tree ; any substance 
 
 of a resinous nature. 
 2. A species of tree ; an oak perhaps. 
 
 Isa. 1:29. The turpentine tree perhaps. ■ 
 Hu-KAi, s. Water slightly brackish ; 
 
 drinkable. 
 Hu-KAi-L0-LO»A, s. Epithet of a person 
 
 who always lives witli one particular chief ; 
 
 a no ma hvkmloloa, a ke kanaka i noho me 
 
 ke alii hookahi, aole i noho me ke alii e. 
 Hn-£A-Htr-KAi, adj. Insipid; tasteless; 
 
 unpalatable; not relishable. 
 Htr-KE-Kiy adj. Cold; shivering with 
 
 the cold. 
 Hu-Ki, V. To draw ; to pull ; to draw, 
 
 as with a rope. loan. 4:7. 
 
 2. Tfr rtuse ; to lift up, as a person by 
 the hand. 
 
 3. To put up upon, as onft substance on 
 another. 
 
 4. To brace or prop up. 
 
 5. To cook soft ; to 8often,.as vegetables 
 cooked, or meat undergoing decompositipn. 
 See Kahdki. 
 
 Htt-ki-hee, s. ffuki, to pull, and kee, to 
 slip. A gliding along ; a passing: over, as 
 over a bridge. 
 
 2. A bridge for passing smoothly ovar a 
 
 stream. See Punee. 
 Hu-Ki-HE-LEi, s. The skin about the eye 
 
 drawn aside and the eye diseased. 
 Hu-Ei-Hir-Ki, V. Fieq. of huki. Todmw 
 
 or pull frequently. Puk. 2:16. To draw 
 
 out ; to pull upwards ; to brace against. 
 Hu-Ki-Ki, V. To be wet ; to be cold on 
 
 account of wet; to shiver with the cold. 
 
 See HxjTKEKi and Orn.i. 
 Hu-Ki-Ki, adj. Small; pointed; d'varf- 
 
 ish. 
 Htj-Ki-Ki, s. Name of a species of fish. 
 Hu-Ki-WAi, V. To draw water, as from 
 
 a well. 
 Hu-Ki-wAi, s. One whose business it, is 
 
 to draw and fetch water. ■ Kanl. 29:10. 
 
 Hn-KU, s. A heap of dirt pr rubbish ; a 
 protuberance in any way. "See OHOxa. 
 
 Hu-inr, adj. Proniinent; projecting, aa 
 the forehead; he hvku ka lae.hehas apro- 
 Jeding forehead. See Oodev. 
 
 Hu-KtJ-Hi, V. See Hitki. To pull fay 
 force. 
 
 Hn-KU-LH, V. ffuku, buncli, and Hi, lit- 
 tle. To be very small ; to be little ; to be 
 dwarfish. 
 
 Bv-KU-ui, adj. Small; little; dwarfisa. 
 
 Hu-LA, V. To pry up with a lever. 
 
 2. To transplant, as a tree; to plant out, 
 as a young tree. 
 
 3. To out off the tops of plants. 
 
 4. To bend over, as a tree; to piushover 
 any upright thing ; to fall over upon. 
 
 6. To shake or tremble for fear of injury 
 from another. 
 
 6. To trample, and make a beaten path; 
 to tread down ; to trample upon. 
 
 7. To shake ; to dance ; to play an in- 
 strument and dance; to sing and dance. 
 2 Sam. 6:21. The same as liaa and Ide in 
 verses 14:1$. Alalia, hida iho la kabi poe 
 alii ame kanaka, thendaneed certain of the 
 chiefs and people. 
 
 8. To play on an ioftrument. 
 
 9. To sing ; to sing and dance together. 
 
 10. To make sport Ijunk. 16:25. 
 
 11. To palpitate, as the ,heart ; to throb, 
 as an artery. 
 
 ' 12. Td move -from place to place. 
 13. To bore a hole; e hvla apuka,t(>bore 
 
 and pierce through. 
 Hu-LA, ) s. Music; dancing; sing 
 
 Htr-LA-HC-LA, ) ing, &c. 
 
 2. A play in which numbers dance and 
 a few sing and drum. 
 
 3. A dance ; a carousal ; the action of 
 uancing. Puk. 16:20. 
 
 4. A dance; a dancing, an expression of 
 joy. Kdnik. ler. 5:l&. Note. — ^The name 
 of the hula god. was Lakakane. 
 
HUL 
 
 224 
 
 HITL 
 
 H0-LA, ) s. A swelling ; a pro- 
 
 HtJ-LA-HU-LA, ) tiiberance iinder the arm 
 or on the thigh ; be ka njai mamaa, a 
 mahojfje hvla mao u mao, a ma kala wahi 
 jia keia wahi o ke kino, pela i hvlahvla ai. 
 ?,. A twitching, as of the eye ; an invol- 
 untary muscnlar motion. 
 
 'Av-LA, } J). To swim past a cliff 
 
 Hc-LA-A-TfA, ) that projects into the sea 
 and interrupts the passage along the beach. 
 
 Htf^LA-A-NA, s. A place where one must 
 8wim to pass a precipice that projects into 
 the sea. Lauik. 73. 
 
 Hu-LA-HTJ-LA, s. The name of a good OF 
 favorable ah^ji. See Aha, the name of a 
 prayer formerly very sacred. 
 2. Ea mea e ho^uka ai i ka leipoo. 
 
 Hu-la-hu-ijl, v. To twitch oftfen, as the 
 eye ; to twitch, aa involuntary spasmodic 
 motion. 
 
 Htj-la-le, -adj. Wet ; muddy, Ssc. See 
 
 Hu-LA-Li, ) V. To be muddy ; to be 
 
 Htt-LA-LI-LA-LI, j slippery, as the ground 
 
 on account of rain; hutalUali ke ala, pakika 
 
 i ka ua. 
 
 2, To have a gloss ; to glitter : to sh'jje. 
 
 3. To shine, i. e., to reflect light, as a 
 glass window at a distance ; ka huMiiali a 
 na pnka aniani. 
 
 Htj -LA-LI, s: A shining surface; a re 
 fleeter of light, as a wljite shining kapa; he 
 mea e ka Imlaii, ia mianawa. LaieOc. 121. 
 
 Hu-LA-Ni, ». Hu, to rise, and larii, 
 heaven. To praise; to exalt.. See Lele- 
 
 PAILANI. 
 
 Hu-LEi, V. To place on high; to put up 
 on a precipice ; to be lifted up, as a fe- 
 male's dress by the wind. 
 
 Hu-LEi-A, s. Name of a species of soft 
 stone. 
 
 Hu-LE-HU-LEI, V. See MuHTrHULEI. To 
 go np and down, as children on a see-saw. 
 
 Hu-Li, V. To turn generally in any way; 
 to turn over and about. 
 
 2. To change; to turn ovar, asthe leaves 
 of a book ; to search here and there for a 
 thing. JCin. 31:37. 
 
 3. E hifdi i ka naau, to give attention to 
 a thing. ' 
 
 4 To turn to or towards one. 
 
 5. To. roll over and over; to roll over or 
 away, as a stone. loan. 20:1. 
 
 6. E huli i ka^manao, to change the mind 
 or opinion ; hence, to repent and change 
 the Ufe. 
 
 7. To seek, i. e., to hunt after, as a wild 
 beast Oihk. 17 aS. 
 
 8. To turn ; to change one's course in- 
 traveling. KarH. 2:8. 
 
 0, Eoo. E haohuli e i kenaka, to pervert 
 
 the people ; to overturn ; to upset, as any 
 system of government or society. 
 10. To turn, i. e., to persuade one ij) 
 change his course. 2 Kor. 5:11. See Ka- 
 
 HULI. 
 
 Htt-li, *. A searching; a seeking; a 
 turning over. 
 
 2. The name of kalo tops for planting. 
 See HcLiKAi.0. 
 Hu-Li-A-MA-Hi, V. To overflow, as a 
 ijver ; to be full of water. Hal. 78:2. Eur 
 liamahi na moku, to overflow the islands. 
 Laieik. 175. 
 
 2. In a figurative sense quite often ; as, 
 kaua huUamaki. 
 Hu-Li-Hir^i, f. See Hull To turn over 
 
 frequently; to search after. loh. 13:9. 
 Hu-Li-KA-LO, s. See Huli, *. The tops 
 of kalo for planting by which the kalp is 
 propagated. 
 Hu-li-lau, *. A calabash for carrying 
 clothes in a canoe. See Hokbo. 
 £ noho no ce e Kaohana 
 Me na hulilatt a kaua — Mete. 
 
 Htt-li-li, V. To be cold ; to shiver with 
 
 the cold ; to be contracted with the cold. 
 
 See HuHCi-ni. 
 Hn-Li-Li, adj. Shivering, as with wet 
 
 and cold. 
 Hu-Li-Li, v. See Ulili. To burn, as the 
 
 fire ; to be wai-m. 
 
 2. To undulate, as the air under ^ hot 
 sun ; to undulate, as the surface of water 
 
 , by the skipping of fishes. 
 
 3. To lay sticks across, as in covering a 
 pit ; e hulUi aku 1 ka laau, alaila kanu i ka 
 laau, 
 
 Hn-Li-Li, s. A fluttering blaze ; the 
 vibrations of the air under a hot sun. 
 
 2. The rolling up, as the swell of the snrt 
 before it breaks. 
 
 3. A garrison ; a fort, 2 Oihl. 27:4. A 
 strong place. 
 
 4. A ladder ; a bridge. See ALAHiKA. 
 Hu-Li-Mo-KU, adv. Huli, to search, and 
 
 moku, island. To search the island ; that 
 is, everywhere, all about, every place. 
 Htj-Li-NA, V. To be soft to the touch ; 
 
 to be weak. See Lina and TTlina. 
 Hu-Li-NA, s. ffulianiana. A turning; 
 
 a turning place. 
 Hu-Li-NA-A-LO, .?. 3idina, turning, and 
 ah), front. A place over against; one place 
 opposite to another. Mar. 13:3. 
 Hu-Li-LTT-A, adj. Huli, to turn, and but, 
 two; double. Turning two ways; blow- 
 ing two ways, as the wmd. 
 
 2. Changing from one thing to another, 
 as the thoughts. 
 
 Me be makani hnlilua ta. 
 
 Bull ka mamio — hele ka DConoo MeU. 
 
 IJke a shifting wind, ^ 
 
 The nisd ohacgeB—thougbt moree. 
 
HUM 
 
 225 
 
 HUN 
 
 HiT-Li;Pn, V. To turn together; to wring, 
 as wet clothes ; to press together. 
 
 Hir-LO, V. and int. Eng. To shout ; to 
 cry aloud ; to cry out huzza! hurra! 
 
 Hu-Lu, V. To be disobedient ; to disre- 
 ^rd one's commands ; not to pay atten- 
 tion. See Bnuh4. 
 
 Ht;-i-0, f A feather of a bird. Oihk. 
 1:16. A quill. 
 
 2. A bristle of a hog ; the hair of the 
 bodyj Aula Icuemaka, the eyebrows. Oihk. 
 14:9. 
 
 3. Wool ; a fleece from a sheep. Kanl. 
 18:4. 
 
 4. Name of a kind of fish-hook. 
 Hn-LU, ae^. Sluggish, as the mind ; dis- 
 ' obedient. 
 
 Hu-Lu-A-NAi, s. See HuLtr, bristles, and 
 AmjlI, to rub, ' A brush for painting ; es- 
 pecially for whitewashing. 
 
 Htt-lu-i, b. To draw together, as a fish 
 net when full of fl?h. 
 Buluiia mai knu lant kuu altf — e— he. — Mele. 
 
 Hu'iiU-i-i-wi, «. ; Ibdu, feather, and mm, 
 a small red bird. A feathered cloak made 
 or adorned with the feathers of the iiwi. 
 £ia ka lani ka hahal huluS,vii.~^Wtle. 
 
 Hu-Lu-o-0, s. Hulu, feather, and oo, the 
 name of a bird. The feathers of the oo ; o 
 lia hulu mamo, ua oi aku ia mamua o ka 
 
 Hu-LTJ-Hi-rA, s. Htdu, wool, and Mpa 
 
 (.®»jr.), sheep. Wool (Lii. Hsiir of sheep); 
 a fleece of wool. 1 Bam. 25:7. 
 Htj-lu-hu-ltj, J. See Hulu. Cotton ; a 
 fleece blanket; a floece of wool. ImtHc. 
 6:37. The hair of an animal ; feathers, &c. 
 
 Hu-iu-Hu-LU, iidj. Hairy; covered with 
 hair, feathers, wool, Ac. 
 
 Hu-iu-MA-Mo, s. Uubt and mamo, a yel- 
 low bird. The feathers of the mamo with 
 which war cloaks and royal robes were 
 adorned. 
 
 Hc-LU-MA-Nu, s. Huiu and niaim,aLhiTi. 
 A bird-feather. Note. — -Bird's feathers 
 were highly valued in former times ; o ka 
 hvlumanu ka mea i manao nui ia, he wai- 
 wai ia. 
 
 Hu-LU-MA-NU, s. Lit. A bird's feather. 
 Name of a class of men around a chief, very 
 great favorites ; a favorite of the chief. 
 See the foregoing. 
 
 Hu-MA, s. Name of the star Aquila. 
 
 Hu-MA-MA, s. Name of the cluster of 
 three stars in a row in the constellation of 
 Aquila. 
 
 Hd-me, V. To bind around the loins, as 
 
 a malo ; to gird on, as a sasH. ler. 13:12. 
 
 Ina hume ke kanaka i ko ke s3ii malo, e 
 
 make nu ia, if a person should bind on a 
 
 29 
 
 cliiefs malo, the penalty would be death. 
 Baw. Sisp. 
 
 Hu-ME-MA-LO-MAi-KAi, s. Wearing an 
 ornamental malo, i. e., imitating a chie*'; 
 acting the fop or dandy. 
 
 Hu-Mu, V. To sew cloth ; to fasten to- 
 gether by sewing. 
 
 Hu-Mu-u-LA, s. Name of very hard stones 
 out of which the ancient kois were made. 
 
 Hu-MTj-HU-MTT, V. Freq. of humu. To 
 sew ; to stitch ; to fasten by sewing Puk. 
 18:6. 
 
 HTT-Mxr-HD-Mu, adj. Mea kumukumu rope 
 ano e, needle-work; embroidery. Puk. 
 35:37. 
 
 Htt-mu-htj-mp, s. a sewing; a stitch- 
 ing ; a fastening together. 
 
 2. A species of fish. 
 I 3. A dark spot or mole on the cheek. 
 
 Hu-MU-HU-MU-HI-U-KO-LE, J 
 
 Hn-MU-Htr-MU-MEE-MEE, VS; 
 
 Hu-MU-HU-Mir-NTT-KU-NU-KU-A-PU-AA, ) 
 
 See HcMi'HUMu 2, a fish. Different species of 
 
 the hnmuhumn kind. 
 Hu-Mu-NA, *. Huinu and ana. A sew- 
 . ing ; a seam. See KncsA. 
 Htr-NA, r. To hide; to conceal; to keep 
 
 from the sight or knowledge of another. 
 
 Kin. 26:15. 
 
 2. To keep back truth in speaking. 1 
 Sam. 3:17. 
 
 3. To hide, as a trap or snare. 
 
 4. To hide ; to conceal ; with maka, to 
 hide the face, i. e., to turn from. Kant. 
 32:20. 
 
 5. To conceal,!, e., to^ disguise one's self. 
 2 Oi?il. 18:29. ~ 
 
 6. To protect ; to defend. Hal. 64:2. 
 
 7. Hoo. To coiiceal, as knowledge or 
 wisdom. lob. 17:*4. 
 
 Hu-NA, V. To be small; to be little; to 
 
 be reduced iine, as powder. 
 Htj-na, s. That which is concealed; 
 
 kahikuna, the private members of the body. 
 
 Oihic. 18:6. 7. Wahi huna, same. Puk. 
 
 20:23. 
 Hu-NA, s. A small part of anything. 
 
 Luk. 16:17. A particle of dust ; a crumb 
 
 of food or other substance. 2 0ild.l:9. See 
 
 HuA'A, to be little. See other words below 
 
 with their qualities. 
 Hu-NA, s. A name of a day of the 
 
 month ; i ka po i o Huna. Xaie%. 112. 
 Hu-NA-A-Hi, s. Huna and aki, fire, A 
 
 spark of fire. Isa. 1:31. 
 Hu-NA-o-LO-NA, s. Huna and. olona, u 
 
 shrub, the bark of which resembles flax. 
 
 Tow, the refuse of flax. Isd, 1:31. 
 
 Ht;-NA-HU-NA, s. See Huna above. 
 Crumbs, as of food. 
 
K 
 
 226 
 
 KA 
 
 2. Fine rain : spray ; fine dust ; maluua 
 o na hunahuna icjpo a pau ma ka honua, 
 
 3. Little partioles of knowledge ; o na 
 hunahuna o ha naanao, oia ka 1 loaa mai 
 ia'n, the little parts of knowledge, that is 
 what I have received; eia ke ano o ka 
 hunali'Mia, he wahi mea unku loa ia. 
 
 HiT-NA-HU-NA, u. See HuNA, to conceal. 
 
 To steal away and hide ; to conceal one's 
 
 self. 
 Hu-NA-KAi, s. Huna and kai, sea. The 
 
 fine spray of the sea. 
 Hu-NA-KAtr-A, s, Huna and kaua, war. 
 
 The individuals of a war-host. los. 10:5. " 
 Hu-NA-KE-LE, V. To bury a corpse se- 
 cretly, as in former times, so that no one 
 
 might know where it was and thus steal it; 
 
 to bury one without any mark by which 
 
 the place might be known. 
 Hn-NA-KE-LE, s. A place'where.only one 
 
 body is buried secretly : a burying place 
 
 for Only one. See the above. 
 Hn-NA-ts-Po, s. Buna and lepo, dust. 
 
 Dust; very small particles of matter. Nah. 
 
 23:10. 
 Hir-NA-LE-WA, s. The ran of an army; 
 
 the front ranks ; the opposite of hunapaa; 
 
 o ka poe mamna,he poeuuku ia,uakapaia 
 
 lakou he himaiewa. 
 Htj-na-paa, s. The rear of an army, in 
 
 distinction from hunakwa, the front. los. 
 
 6:9. 
 Hu-NA-wAi, s. flwMffl and wai, water. A 
 
 particle of water. 
 Hu-NJE, V. To tease ; to persevere in 
 
 enbeaty. 
 
 • 2. To be trlokish. JSoo. The same. 
 Hu-NE, V. To be poor; to be destitute; 
 
 to be impoverished, iunfc. 6:G. To he v.i 
 
 want. Hoo. To impoverish ; to strip one 
 
 of property, iuitfc. 14:15. 
 Ho-NE, adj. Destitute of property; 
 
 naked ; poor ; applied to persons. 
 Hu-NE, s. A poor man ; e ola auanei 
 
 ka hime, the poor mortwill soon recover. 
 Hu-NE-HC-KE, V. See HuNE, to be trick- 
 
 ieh. To entrap one ; to deceive ; to play a 
 trick on. 
 
 Hu-No-Ai, s. A parent-in-law, either 
 
 ~ father or mother, according to the desig- 
 nating terms kane or tcakine. See Honoai. 
 
 HtT-NO-Ai-KA-HB, s. A fathei-in-law. 
 
 Hn-No-Ai-wA-Hi-NE, s. A mother-in-law. 
 
 Hu-No-NA, s. A child-in->law. 
 
 Ha-No-NA-KA-NE, s. A Son-in-law. 
 
 Hn-No-NA-WA-Hi-NE, «. A daughter-in- 
 law. 
 
 HtT-PE, s. The mucus from the nose, 
 snot. See Kakelo. 
 
 Hu-PE-Ko-Ho-LA, ». See Hupe above and 
 EoHOiA, whale. A kind of slimy substance 
 foond in the ocean (probably a living crear 
 tore); so called becaose supposed to be 
 from the nose of the whale. 
 
 H&-PI, V. To pull or draw. See Hum. 
 
 Hir-po, V. To De ignorant; to be wild 
 to be savage ; to be in menbil darkness. 
 
 Hu-po, adj. Savage; ignorant; bar 
 barons; dark; idiot like. Hal. 119:130, 
 He nui ka poe hupo lea ma kuaaina. 
 
 Hn-Po-KA-Ei-TO, r. Gr. A hypocrite, 
 
 Note.— This word was formerly used by 
 
 the translators of the New Testament for 
 
 hypocrite, but lately hookamani has taken 
 
 its place. 
 Hd-pu, adj. Angry. See HnHu. 
 Hn-pir-NA, s. A coUectiou, as of water 
 
 in a hollow place. 
 Hu-PU-NA-wAi, s. Hupuna and wai, 
 
 water. Standing water; a collection of 
 
 water. 
 Hu-PTT-pu, s. Name of the worm that 
 
 eats hard bread. 
 Hu-WA, 5. SeeHtTA. Envy. 1 Tim. 6:4. 
 Hu-WE-Lo, *. See Huelo. The tail of 
 
 a beast- 
 Hu-so-PA, *. Gr. ETig. Hyssop, an herb. 
 
 OiAfc.l4:4. 
 Hu-so-PA, adj. Pupu ^zuopa, a bunch of 
 
 hyssop ; lala husopa, same. 
 
 K. 
 
 Kthe seventh letter of the Hawaiian 
 ■J alphabet. Its sound varies somewhat 
 from the English k sound to that of the t, 
 according as the enunciation is made at the 
 end of the tongue or near the root. It is 
 difficult to make, Hawaiians perceive the 
 rtifrerence between the English sounds of 
 k and (.' The natives on the Island' of Ha- 
 waii generally pronounce the letter with 
 the palate, that is, give it the k sound, 
 while the natives of the Island of Kauai 
 
 pronounce it with the end of the tongue 
 that is, pronounce it aa t. 
 
 Ka i(i the beginning of a speech is used 
 
 to call attention. 
 Ka, int. An exclamation «f surprise, 
 
 wonder, disappointment or disgust; also, 
 
 similar to hark, hush; often repeated: See 
 
 Kahaha. 
 Ka! ka! »»tf. Enough; sufficient; stop. 
 Ka in different parts of a sentence, con- 
 
KA 
 
 227 
 
 KAA 
 
 turns somcliiing like an assertion with dis- 
 approljation; used also on tbo discovery of 
 A mistake. 1 Sam. 28:12. It is ased on 
 expressing opposition of sentiment. Puk. 
 32:17. After a verb it implies oblique ab- 
 surdity, soniotbing unaccountable. iMkc 
 23:30. When the contrary takes place from 
 what was expected or attempted. Isa. 
 M-M, 15. He kau malic ka la, o kn bonua 
 lea ke kaa nei ! it is the sun is it that stands, 
 still, the earth forsocfth, that rolls! Ka 
 ' contains the idea of some supposed error, 
 or something wrongly done or thought. 
 Oih. il;3. 
 
 Ka, art. The definite article, the. Be- 
 fore nouns b^inning with, the letter k, it 
 is changed in^ fce instead of ka. See Ke. 
 See Oram. § 69, CO, 61. Ka as aa article 
 often represents not only the article but 
 the noun supposed to belong to it, or it 
 may have m«a or some other word under- 
 stood (like, in another sense, the English 
 whai, as an antecedent and a relative); as, 
 ka aila ka (mca) iloko o kona lima, the 
 oil the (tiling) which, that which was in his 
 hand. Oihk. 17:11. O ke kokd ka (mea) j 
 bana i kalahala, the blood the (thing) it 
 makes atonement' ; that is, the thing which 
 mfOces ; o ka pono wale no ka i oi mamua 
 o ka j^cwa, righteousness only is the thing 
 (that which) excels wickedness. Ka also 
 s^ an article stands for ka mea, and ka mea 
 nana, the person who, or the thing which. 
 See the following passages: John 12:2, 49; 
 Mat. 18:23 ; Mar. 9:7. See also Grammar, 
 Syntax, llule 6, Note 3. 
 
 Ka, prep. Having the general sense, of; 
 belonging to ; it marks the relation of pos- 
 session and is used before nonns and pro- 
 nouns; it is similar in meaning to the prep- 
 osition a, but used in a different part of the 
 sentence. SeeGrammar§)05, 4. JTa (also 
 ko) before nouns is similar in mean^'ng to 
 the apostrophic s in English, and signifies 
 the thing or the tilings belonging to those 
 nouns; as, ka ke alii, hdongina to the ghief ; 
 ka lana, that of them two. See Grammar 
 § 105, 4. 
 
 Ka, v. Tobail water, as from a canoe; 
 e ka oe i ka lin. 
 
 2. To strike; to dash; to overthrow. 
 Puk. 16:4. 
 
 3. To strike, as to strike fire with flint 
 and steel; fcaahi. SeeKAKA. To block or 
 split off a piece of hard stone for the pur- 
 pose of making a stone adze in anpicnt 
 times; o ka poe ka koi ka poe i nianao nni 
 la; hele no kapoefca koi e imi i napohaku 
 paa e pono ai ke bana i koi j ka makau,' to 
 fabricate a bone into a fisb-nook. 
 
 4. To finish or end a thing ; to rest ; to 
 escape from pursuit : to flee away ; ua fco | 
 ilaila kuu po auhee. I 
 
 5. To radiate; to gc out from the center, > 
 
 as light from the sun ; as cinaers from a 
 rod hot iron ; to braid'or knit, as a flsh net 
 (o ka poe ka Upcna) from a center point. 
 
 6. To go out every way, as from a cen- 
 ter. JRn. 3:24. See Kaa. 
 
 7. To curse; to express anger at one by 
 wishing evil from' God; a low kind of 
 swearing. 
 
 8. To doom ; to pass sentence ; ka ola, 
 ka make, to doom to life, to doom to death 
 (according to the pleasure of the gods.) 
 
 9. To catch birds in a snare. 
 
 10. rioo. To destroy; cause to perish. 
 
 11. To be diBappointed;^attocon!'u8ion; 
 to be made ashamed. 
 
 12. A nolaila e aho hoi ke to i ka ueVe 
 lua. laieik. 197. 
 
 Ka, s. a dish to bail water with. 
 
 2. A striking against ; a colii»ion. 
 
 3. A vine, the branches of which spread 
 and run. 
 
 Kaa, r. To radiate. See Ka 5. To go 
 out, as rays of light from the sun ; as cin*- 
 ders from a red hot ironj to turn evei-y 
 way, as bones in a socket joint. Anat. 18. 
 
 Kaa, v. To roll, as a wheel; e oloktia; 
 to travel about from place to place ; often 
 withpuni, 
 
 2< To operate; to take effect, as an cmelie 
 or cathartic. 
 
 3; To pa«s off or out from ; to go out 
 from the presence of one. 
 
 ■4. To fall away; to leave one party to 
 join another. 1 Oihl. 12:19. See Kaana. 
 
 6. To remove; to change one's place; 
 to be transferred to another, iiahi" 36:9. 
 To cau.se to be done ; to be gone ; ua kaa 
 na peelua, the woims (peeluas) are done, 
 i. e., the time for them is past. Isa. 10:23. 
 
 6.. To be sick; to suffer pain, in sickness; 
 to lie or be confined with long sickness. 
 Isa. 61:20. 
 
 7. To mourn, as in the loss of relatives; 
 ktta kumakena na wahine i fta kane i kpla 
 la i keia la, wives were sick with weeping 
 for their husbands every day. 
 
 8. To paya debt; e emo kaa koke ae no 
 ka aie a ke alii, very soon will be paid the 
 debt of the chief; to postpone ; to put off; 
 to put aside. Oih. 5:34. 
 
 9. 7/oo. To roll off; to remove. 
 
 Kaa, a A tradition; a legend. See 
 Kaao. . 
 
 2. A cross ; same as kea. 
 
 3. Anything that rolls or turns, as a top, 
 a wheel of a carriage, a carriage itself, a 
 cart, wagon or chariot. lUn, 46:5. Kaa i 
 uhiia, a covered wagon. Nah. 7:3. A grind- 
 stone. 
 
 4. The branch of a vine. 
 
 5. A name given to all kinds of foreign 
 timber, except oak. 
 
 £. A strand of a cord; a rope; the string 
 that fastens a iish-hook to the line. 
 
KAA 
 
 228 
 
 KAA 
 
 7. A path to walk in. . Eal. 6:11. 
 
 8. A sbnib. 
 
 Kaa, adv. Gone J absent; no more. 
 
 Ka-aa, num. adj. • The number forty. 
 Tbis perhaps is a mistake for kaxm. 
 
 Kaa-a-la-a-la, adj. Hard, as the healthy 
 body of a growing iofant ; a kaaalaala ke 
 keiki e hitnai i ka ai. 
 
 Ka-ai, v. To bind or tie round ; to gird 
 OD, as an oriental dress; to tie on, as a fillet 
 on the head, or a girdle around the waist. 
 See Kaei. Paai o liaho aku i ke kaa%. 
 
 Ka-ai, s. The girdle around the loins 
 of the gods, put round by the chief, made 
 of vines ; e lawe ia mat no ko ke alii kane 
 akua kaai. 
 
 Ka-ao, s. a legend; a tale of ancient 
 times. See Kaa aboye. A traditionary 
 story ; a fab1«. 1 Tim. 4:7. A history in 
 the manner of a story. 2 OiU. 13:22. Aole 
 1 oleloia ma nafcooo kahiko o ko o nei poe 
 kanaka, it is not spoken of in the ancient 
 legmds of this people. 
 
 Ka-ao, v. To be calm in some places 
 while the wind blows on one side or in 
 some parts ; kaao ae la ka makani ; to be 
 smooth, as the sea in a calm, but not a dead 
 calm ; i ua po nei e kaao ana no o ianei ia 
 makou. Zakik. 30. 
 
 Ka-ao, s. A multitude (doubtful.) 
 
 2. The name or the quality ascribed to 
 the fruit of the hala tree when nearly ripe. 
 
 Ka-ao-e, s. a poor man; one destitute 
 
 of property; a wanderer; a vagabond. Sec 
 
 Kaaowe. 
 Ka-ao-e, adj. Wandering; vagabond 
 
 like ; he hele wale, he kuewa. 
 Kaa-o-ki, v. To end ; to cut short ; to 
 
 put an end to ; to beautify ; to finish off, 
 
 aa a canoe. 
 Kaa-o-ko-a, v. Kaa a.ni okoa. To spare; 
 
 to let alone ; not to employ. Eoo. Same. 
 
 Sol 13:24. See Kaokoa. To abstain from 
 
 a person or thing. Oih. 15:20. To with- 
 draw from. 
 Kai-o-ko-a, adj. Separate from; left 
 
 by itself. 
 Ka-a-o-na, s. The name of the second 
 
 month of the :'£■■' 
 
 2. j^ fcundle of anything bung up to 
 
 rmoke or dry ; applied to Bsh, sngar-cano, 
 
 &c. ; that which is smoked red or brown. 
 Ka-a-0-na, adj. Red or reddish brown; 
 
 me hci pua kaaona la, like a blossom dried 
 
 reddish. 
 Ka-a-o-we, s. See Kaaoe. A person 
 
 that owns no laud ; o ka poo aina ole, he 
 
 kaaowe ia. 
 Ka-av, nuni. adj. The number forty; 
 
 appUed in coaatmg fish ; kam is. 
 
 Ki-AU-AU-nro, s. Name of a species of 
 soft porous etone. 
 
 Ka-a-ha, $. A stick or rod having at 
 one end a bunch of leaves with kapa fas 
 tcned,and held by the priest while ojfering' 
 sacrifice on the heiau. 
 
 Ka-a-ha, s. The name of a long fish. 
 
 Ka-a-ha-a-ha, v. To grow; to increase 
 in size and solidity. 
 
 Ka-a-he, v. To be feeble ; to be near 
 dying; pehea o Auhca? Acle akaka ka 
 pono — ^ke kaaJie ae la. See Abe, a slight 
 breatliing. 
 
 Kaa-ha-le, s. A wheel carriage with a 
 covered top. Lrr. A house-cart. 
 
 Kaa-H£-L£, u Kaa and A«2e, to go. Td 
 travel about ; to visit different parts of the 
 country; to go here and there. Nah. 13:32. 
 To pass over or through a country. Imik. 
 11:29. To travel from place to place. Mat. 
 10:23. 
 
 Kaa-eaa, ti. Kaa, to roll. To open, Aa 
 the eyes ; to look upon ; to have respect 
 to ; to watch over. 2 OiU. 6:20. Hoo. To 
 cause to opeu, as the eyes. Kin. 21:19. 
 
 Kaa-kaa-hi-ki, v. To go to a place of 
 safety ; to feel secure in a place. 
 
 Kaa-kaa-li-na, adj. See Lena. Tough; 
 stringy; not soft or pulpy; applied tb 
 bananas. 
 
 Kaa-kaa-wi-li, v. See Kaa. Uoo. To 
 turn frequently ; to writhe in agony ; hoo- 
 lAiakaawili iho la oia no kona ehacha, he 
 writhed muck, being in gr^at pain. 
 
 Kaa-kau-a, s. a chariot; a war car« 
 riage. IJunk. 4:15. 
 
 Kaa-kau-a, v. Kaa, to keep off, and 
 kaua. To prevent or keep off war. 
 
 Kaa-kau-a, s. and adj. Name of a class 
 of chiefs consulted by the king in times of. 
 difficulty ; he alii kaakaua, he alii akamai 
 i ke kaalcaua; koho oia i kekahi poe ^- 
 naka akamai i ke kakaolelo, ame ke Jeaa- 
 kaua, i mau hoaolclo nona; one sHiUful in 
 managing war operations j o ka mcft «**• 
 mai i ke kaua, he kaakev.B. la. Kaakava 
 also rsfciB to tue maneuvers of the armies 
 in time of battle. 
 
 Kaa-ka-lo-lo, o. a kaakalolo o ko laua 
 noho ana. 
 
 Kaa-ko-lu, adj. Three-fold ; three- 
 stranded, as a rope. Kekah. 4:12. 
 
 Kaa-ku-a, *. A headache with dizziness 
 and weakness. 
 
 Kaa-kit-a, adv. Kukini, alalia, pili nui 
 lakou, pili hibia, pili kaalcua. 
 
 Kaa-ko-mu, adj. Dull; blunt, as a tool; 
 not sharp; koi kaalcuinu,, a dull koi or adze. 
 
 Ka-a-la, s. The name of a mountain 
 on the Island of Oaha. 
 
KAA 
 
 239 
 
 KAA 
 
 an 
 
 To 
 
 2. Tbo name of a porous upecics of Btone; 
 he pukapuka c like me kaah. 
 Ka-a-la, s. a widow or a widower. 
 
 2. The name of some urt anciently taught 
 among the chiefs ; hu Dui ka poe ao i kc 
 kaka laan me ke kwda. 
 
 3, The name of an iustrument used in 
 war. 
 
 Kaa-la-lo, v. To talk crookedly by way 
 of flattery ; to fialter ; to crouch in order 
 to gain some point; to act meanly to secure 
 some object. 
 
 JHlAA-le-le, v. To make a reeling mo- 
 tion, as a feeble person attempting to loan 
 on a stalT; to reol. 
 
 Kaa-le-le-wa, s. jKaa.toroIl.and^eim, 
 to swing. Clouds which are driven or float 
 Swiftly through the ain See Kaa and Lewa. 
 
 Kaa-IiE-i-e-wa, adj. Flying ; driven 
 with the wind. 
 
 Kaa-lu-ma, V. E moe me ke kaa o ke 
 poo i kaaluna mc ka lolii ana i kc 
 paa. See Keua. 
 
 Kaa-mao-koi, s. a fishing pole; 
 angling rod. 
 
 Kaa-ua-loo, v. Kaa and nudoo, dry. 
 wipe dry ; to wring dry, as a cloth. 
 
 Kaa-ma-lu-na, v. Kaa and 
 above. To take the oversight of business; 
 to exercise an office over others. 
 
 J{aa-me-hai, v. To backbite; to slander. 
 
 Kaa-me-iiai, s. Detractioa ; slander. 
 
 Kaa-me-ho'j, s. The tying on of a fish- 
 hook to the string. 
 
 Kaa-mo-la, p. Kaa and mola, to turn. 
 . To turn round ; to be not firm ; not stead- 
 fast. 
 
 Kaa-mo-la, adj. Turning round; chang- 
 ing; not steadfast. 
 
 Ka-a-na, v. To make alike ; to resem- 
 ble. ' 
 
 2. To bring over to one's parly or pur- 
 pose ; to proselyte. Mat. 23:16. 
 
 3. To' fall away from one patty to an- 
 other. 1 Om. 12:19. See Kaa. 
 
 4. To make ; to gain. 
 
 5. To deceive ; to entrap ; to outwit. 
 
 6. Tocomparc,i.c., to resemble; to make 
 -like ; to be mingled in with others; ua ka^ 
 
 ana ka iho (kapa) mc ka hewa ; na kaana 
 mai ka bipi bibiu maloko o ka bipi laka a 
 laua, the wild cattle were mixed with the 
 tame. 
 Ka-a-ni-au, adj. Broken ; psist away, 
 as a kapu; noa ke kapu; he kapu ka laua, 
 noa kc kapu, tlie kapus of the long gods 
 and the short gods are no more — noa. 
 
 Kaa-ni-ni, v. To be agitated ; to be in 
 a flutter. 
 
 '2. To run in agitation, as a child wishing 
 to go with its parent who haa started be- 
 
 fore, or to be .agitated aa a child afraid to 
 
 be washed in cold water; kaanini ke kciki 
 
 i Ica.wai. 
 KaA-no-i,' ». Desire ; kuko. 
 Kaa-pa-hu, v. To cut off; to cut in 
 
 pieces. See Apauu. 
 Kaa-pa-la-oa, s. a modern word. Kaa, 
 
 wheel, and poiaoa,' flour. A flour mill; a 
 
 grinding of flour. 
 2. A thrashing instrument. ' Isa. 41:16. 
 Kaa-pa-la-oa, v. To grind} to make 
 
 flour. Jo&. 31:10. 
 Kaa-pe, adj. Disobedient to orders. 
 Kaa-pe-ha, «. A name given to the oil 
 
 plant on Hawaii. 
 2. The name of a largo sized person 
 
 also of great influence. 
 Kaa-pe-ka, s. a person of a large size; 
 
 a large bodied person, like a chief. 
 Kaa-pu-ki, v. Kaa anc^ puni, around. 
 
 To go or roll around ; to go round from 
 
 place to place; to circumambulate; in law, 
 
 he lunakanawai kaapum. a ciroiiii judge. 
 Kaa-pu-ni, adj. Going or traveling 
 
 about, or &'om place to place. 
 Ka-a-wa, s. a large dish or hollow 
 
 place worn by water in a rock. 
 Kaa-wa-le, v. Kaa and wale, only. To 
 
 separateias persons or things; to separate; 
 
 as friends. 
 
 2. To separate, as two things that adhere; 
 to open. 
 
 3. Boo. To separate one thing from an- 
 other ; to divide between ; to create a va- 
 cancy. 
 
 4. To start in enrprise; to be frightened. 
 Kaa-wa-le, s. a separation ; 'a space 
 
 between two or more things; an empty 
 
 space. 
 Kaa-wa-le, adj. Separate from j free ; 
 
 empty, as space ; empty, as a house ; state 
 
 of being unchanged ; convenient ; At ; wa 
 
 kaawale, spare time. 
 Ka-a-we, V. To tie any flexible thing 
 
 tightly around the tluroat; to choke by 
 
 tying the throat. 
 2. To suspend ; to hang up ; generally 
 
 by the neck; to strangle with a cord. los. 
 
 10:26. Kaawe ia ia iho a make, to commit 
 
 suicide. Mat. 27:6, Note. — Kaatoe tathet 
 
 applies to suicide; li, to a publicrexecution 
 
 by hanging. 
 Ka-4-we, s. a suspension ; a strangling, 
 
 i. e., death. lob. 7:15. 
 2. A neckhandkcrchief ; a cravat; o ke 
 
 kaawe kekahi mea e cani ai ka a-i kanaka, 
 
 the cravat is what adorns the neck of a 
 
 ihan. 
 Ka-a-wE-a-we, s. Qppression of the 
 
 chest ; sickness of the stomach ; a disease' 
 
 of the neck and chest 
 
KAE 
 
 230 
 
 KAE 
 
 Kaa-we-la, s. The name of cne of the 
 planets, Venus, the evening star. 
 
 Kaa-wi-li, I'. Kaa and wUi, to twist. 
 To writhe ; to writhe in pain. 
 
 2. To mix together, as different ingredi- 
 ents ; mea kaawUi laau, an apothecary. 
 Fuk. 37:29. 
 
 3. To knead, as bread. 7er. 7:18. 
 
 4. IIoo. To torture ; to cause to writhe 
 in pain ; to give pain to. Im: 4:19. 
 
 6. To tear; to rage, as a foul spirit. Mar. 
 1:26. 
 Kaa-wi-li, *. A pain; a torture; a 
 Writhing pain. 
 
 2. A mixture of things. 
 
 3. A school of fish ; kama'di Uieihe, kaa- 
 vMi auau, kaminli pukiki.' 
 
 Ka-e, v. Torubout, asamark; toblot 
 out ; to erase. 
 
 2. To kill ; to take away. Hoo. To blot 
 out; to destroy; to kill instantly; to smite. 
 1 OiM. 13:10. 
 
 3. To make desolate. Oihk. 26:31. 
 Kae, s. The brink, border or edge of a 
 
 thing ; the exterior of the anus ; the side. 
 
 as of a precipice, wood, lake, &c. Pvk, 
 
 25:25. The brim of a vesisel or container. 
 
 1 lHal. 7:23. The inner bark, as of wauke; 
 
 kaa wauke. 
 Kae, v. To have a border or brim. Uoo. 
 
 To hold on the brink or border; topro- 
 
 tecl. 
 Kae, v. To spurn; to turn a deaf ear; 
 
 to refuse to listen ; to answer foolishly. 
 2. To try a kalo patch, to know if "it is 
 
 ripe enough to eat ; e kae i ka loi. 
 Kae, s. Contempt; a refusal to hear 
 
 advice. 
 2. A name of au office in the king's train. 
 Ka-ea, v. To have no appetite ; to lose 
 
 the appetite for food. See Kanea and Kda- 
 
 NEA. To be indolent ; to be lazy. 
 Ka-ea, s. The loss of appetite ; no rel- 
 ish for food ; o ke kaea pu walo no ia. 
 
 Laieik. 142.. 
 TiA-EA, adj. Having no appetite. See 
 
 MiNAWAHCA. 
 
 Ka-e-e, s. The name of a fruit which 
 resembles a bean, used as a cathartic. 
 
 2. Joy ; gladness, as at the arrival of a 
 fneuu. . 
 
 Ka-ee, adj. Hard or stiff, as new kapa. 
 Ka-e-e, v. To dry up, as water in the 
 
 Bun or by heat. See Kae, to rub out. He 
 
 wahi wai, aole i fcoee i ka la. 
 
 Ka-e-e-e; adj. Stiff; ragged. See Kaee 
 above. Kmee keli, i ka onohi o kuit maka. 
 
 Ka-e-e-le, s. The body of a canoe. . ,„„„ _ ,, ,, ,^,^„,„,. 
 Ka-e-e-lo, s. The name of a kind ofjKA-E-T^, *. A beam, bjace 
 food, perhaps of Bora'jora origin. I niece. See Kaola. 
 
 Ka-ee-pa-o-o, s. Name of a species oi 
 
 fish net. 
 Ka-ei, v. To gird qn ; to bind on, as ? 
 
 belt around the body ; e ap.o ma ka 0]iu. 
 
 2. To put on, as armor; to gird c, , as 
 an official or extra garment. 1 Sam. 2:18. 
 
 3. To put on, as a mourning iress or a 
 loose garment. Sin. 37:34. 
 
 Ka-ei, s. A belt; a girdle; a sash. 'PvJc. 
 
 28:4. Ke ape ma ka opu. 
 2. In geography and as-frononij;, a zone of 
 
 the earth or heavens ; na hoku o ke fcoeS, 
 
 the planets. 2 Nal. 23:5. 
 Ka-jei-poo, $. A turban; a diadem. lob. 
 
 29:13, 
 Ka-e-o, s. 4^nger or excitement against 
 
 what is wrong ; anger at.sin. See Keeo. 
 Ka-e-o, adj. Full, as a calabash with 
 
 food ; he aloha i ka ipu kaxo. 
 Ka-eu-eu, ». To be the largest, as of 
 
 (wo ropes or pieces qtwood joined together; 
 
 to be big ; to excel. 
 
 Ka-eu-eu, s. Joy ;- delight ; gratifica- 
 tion : excitement. See Et'EU. 
 
 Ka-e-ka, v. To be e«tangle(l, as a rope 
 or st.-ing : e hihia, e lauwlli. 
 
 Ka-e-ka, adv. Kolled and twisted up; 
 entangled ; e will /kaei:a. 
 
 Kae-'KAe, e. To be smooth and plump; 
 without protuberances. ' 
 
 Kae-kae, adj. Young, fresh and smooth, 
 as an unmarried woman who is much de- 
 sired; hence, applied to a smadi woman. 
 
 2. Applied t» a canoe, new; smooth; 
 without knots, ..fee.; he waa kaekae; also, 
 i mai no ia, he kihei pili nau,he kaekat ka 
 olupi. 
 
 Kae-kae, adj. Soft; mellow; soft, as a 
 cooked potato. 
 2. Light in traveling. 
 
 Kab-kae, s. See Kae. The .narrow edge 
 .of a rule. '" 
 
 Kae-kae, aSv. See Kae, border. Hav- 
 ing many edges ; by borders ; on tlie bor- 
 ders. 
 
 Ka-e-ke, ». To beat the drum. SeeHoo- 
 
 EKEEKE. 
 
 Ka-e-ke, s. Drum beating; the skill of 
 
 drumming; he poB akamai i ke kaeke. 
 
 laieik. 112. 
 Ka-E-ke-efe, v. To beat or play the 
 
 drum, as in ancient times ; e pai pahu, e 
 
 hookanikaiii. 
 Ka-e-ke-e-ke, s. A kind of dmm made 
 
 of the cocoanut tree. 
 2. The art of drumming ; oia ka wa i 
 
 laha mai ai ke IcaekiAke. 
 
 or cross- 
 
KAI 
 
 231 
 
 KAI 
 
 Ka-e-la, adj. Hair full ; partly filled ; 
 
 - unfinlalicd. See Kaelewaa. 
 
 Ka-e-le, v. To increase in number; to 
 be a great number t kaele ua make, 7cae/e 
 ua ia, kitele ua kanaka. 
 
 Ka-e-le, ». 'fo be partially filled, as a 
 calabash with fish or food, leaving some 
 empty fipace at the top- 
 
 Ka-b-lb-loi, s. The sound of the dram 
 in ancient times ; the roll of the drum ; 
 kaekeeke. 
 
 Ka-e-le-waa, $. An unfinished boat or 
 canoe. See Kaela. He waa 1 kapili ole 
 ia i ka laau. 
 2. The bottom of a canoe. 
 
 Ka-e-lp, s. The name of that month 
 of the year nearly corresponding with our 
 January. 
 
 Ka-e-na, s. a room in a house. Mar. 
 14:15. A cabin in a ship ; a drswer of a 
 bureau ; a closet of a room. See Keena. 
 
 Ka-e-na, ». To boast; to glory; to brag. 
 1 OVd. 16:10. To make pretenses; to boast 
 of what one has done. 2 Oifd. 28:19. To 
 be self-conceited ; auhea la ka mca nui i 
 kaena ai oukou ia oukou iho ? where is the 
 great thing for which yon boast yqiirselves ? 
 See KAisENiL. 
 
 Ea-e-na, s. High mindedness; pride; 
 self-ezaltatioA. 
 
 Ka-e-na, adj. Excelling; going before; 
 self-opinionated. 
 
 Ka-e-na, adv. With certainty ; surely; 
 without error, &e.; no ko'u ike i kamaikai, 
 ko'u mea no ia i olelo kaena ai, "rom my 
 knowledge of beauty, I can speak vnth con- 
 fidence. 
 
 Ka-b-na-koi, s: A low blackguard word; 
 e helo oe a 1 kaenakoi. 
 
 Kai, v. To lift up on the hands and 
 carry ; to lift up the foot and walk, as an 
 infant in beginning to walk, or as one re- 
 covering from sickness ; to step amiss, as 
 a child; generally connected with hiiia; 
 aa, kai aku la ke keiki a hina Ibo la. 
 
 2. To lead; to guide; to direct; kai aku 
 i ke kaa, to drive a cart 2 Sam. 6:3. To 
 direct the ceremonies of the Inakini ; ke 
 fcoi ana o ka aha. ST^f. wilh oihana. 
 
 3. To lead, direct or bring to a place. 
 Sin. 2:19. 
 
 i. To lead into or entice, as fish mto a 
 net, or any animal into a trap or snare. 
 
 6. To bring; to take in hand; to do 
 with ; to pull up, as kalo.' 
 
 6. To shove along; to move; to go a 
 journey ; to travel slowly. 
 
 7. To bring, i. e., to lead ; to transfer, as 
 ar people from one place to another. Kanl. 
 7;l; 
 
 - 8. Hqo. To separate or part asunder, as 
 a cracked part of a canoe ; ua kmi ka pili 
 
 ka waa ; or as a door so sw.;Ued as not 
 to shut ; ua kai na pili o ka pani ; to dis- 
 place ; to put away. Seb. 10:9. 
 
 9. To take away by robbery ; to mis-- 
 spend ; to squander. Luk. 15:30. To re- 
 ject ; to dlsrcirard. See Hokai. 
 Kai, s. The sea; sea water; a flood; 
 kai hooee, an overflowing flood. Don. 9:26. 
 Hence, 
 
 2. Brine; gravy of roast meat; broth. 
 Lunk. 6:20. 
 
 3. The surf .of the sea ; kai ula, the red 
 sea ; kai piha, the full sea or flood tide ; 
 kai make, the dead sea or ebb tide ; kai 
 koo, a very high surf, &c. See these com- 
 pounds. 
 
 4. 'A current in the sea; he kai I Hawaii, 
 a current towards Hawaii. 
 
 6. A traveling guard. 
 Kai, s. See verb. No. 4. Anet for fish;. 
 
 a snare for birds ; a lasso for cattle, &c. 
 Kai, s. The toothache; a pain in the 
 
 teeth. 
 Kai, adj. Insipid, as food; having no 
 
 appetite; the state of a person so suffering 
 
 afliictioa aa to have no desire for food. 
 
 Kai, adv. A long time ; kai ka hana 
 loa ia oe, very long the time you were doing 
 it ; e hana loa kai ka loihi, it is long to do, 
 Iww very long. See IT ai, int. 
 
 Kai, int. How; how much; hwiS^reat. 
 2 Sam. 1:19. Kai ka nani! how glori- 
 ous! 2&'m. 6:20. :£oi ka bemolele ! uow 
 excellent! Hal. 8:1. Heiiowned; wonder- 
 ful ; kai ka Inhi, what a weariness. Mat. 
 1:13. 
 
 Kai-au, s. a place a little ways out ia 
 the sea, beyond the kuaau ; also called ho- 
 honu. 
 
 Kai-a-u-lcj, s. The kilohana ; the out- 
 side ; the best ; the figured one of a set of 
 kapas, i. e., figuratively, something rather 
 remarkable in appearance. 
 . 2. An overhanging cloud. 
 
 3. The space on top of a pali. 
 
 4. A high elevated post. 
 Kai-a-u-lu, s. Name of a strong wind 
 
 otf Waianae on Oahu. 
 Kai-a-hu-a-kai, v. KaisxAhuakai^To 
 lead a large traveling company. SeeHcA- 
 
 KAI. 
 
 Kai-a-hu-a-kai, s. A large company 
 traveling together. See Huakai. 
 
 Kai-a-hu-lu, Vi Kai, sea, and hidu, 
 hairy. To be in a foam, as the sea agitated 
 greatly by the wjnds; to act, sa the sea 
 when current and wind are contrary. . 
 
 Kai-a-hu-lu, s. The sea in great agita- 
 tion, so as to be white. 
 
 Kai-a-ka-hi-najji, s. £ai, sea, and J?z- 
 TWtiii, hame of a cUef of Hawaii. See Ui- 
 
KAl 
 
 232 
 
 KAI 
 
 NALD. The nam<3 cf a groat flood in ancient 
 times which by tradition covered the whole 
 earth, i. e^ the Hawaiian Islands. See the 
 story in D. Malo's work. Hence this is the 
 word used for Noah's flood. Kin. 6:17. 
 
 KAi-A-KA-HU-LTT-MA-Nrr, s, Eki, se&,a.ni 
 hidumanu, a favorite of the king. The 
 name of the flood yet to come, as me fore- 
 going is the name of the flood, that is past 
 
 Kai-a-lh, s. Name of a sp6cies of hard 
 rock out of which hatchets were made. 
 
 Kai-a-li-le, v. To be indolent, lazy or 
 indifferent ; to' treat with contempt any ef- 
 fort to be otherwise. 
 
 Kai-x-u-ve, adj. Indolent; lazy; con- 
 temptaons. 
 
 Kai-a-li-le, adj. Unskillful; awkward; 
 inexpert ; aole e loaa keia mea o ka ma- 
 Bao, i ka mea kaidlile lomalomaaibalale. 
 
 Km-a-no-a, s. The name of a kind of 
 fish-hook. 
 
 Kai-a-po,. s. a rising or high tide; i ka 
 pii ana o ke kai, ua kapaia -he kaipii, be 
 Kainui, he kaiapo kahi inoa. 
 
 Kai-e-a, s. Kai, sea, and ea, to rise. A 
 rising tide; a swelling of the sea; a spread- 
 ing over the land. 
 
 Eai-ee, s. Kai, sea, and ee, to come up. 
 See KiTv.i al;ove. 
 
 Kai-e-e, s. The name of the purgative 
 bean. 
 
 KAi-E-to, s. Water of the cocoanut 
 mixed with other ingredients. 
 
 KAi-E-m, s. Kai and em, to lessen. A 
 decreasing or falling tide. See Kmmakk. 
 
 KAt-E-NA, V. To be self-Opinionated; to 
 boast ; to glory ; to make pretenses. See 
 Kaena. 
 
 Kai-e-wa, v. £zi and eimt, crooked. To 
 be led astray ; to be tossed about. 
 
 2. To live as it happens, 'tometimes well 
 off, sometimes in poverty, exalted or de- 
 pressed. 
 
 Kai-e-we, s. Kai, to lead, and euoe, the 
 navel string. A company following a chief; 
 ka baakai, ke kaieme o ka lam. 
 
 Kam, v. To walk buttoned up tightly; 
 to stn^t ; to be vain. 
 
 2. To turn away ; to refuse to listen to 
 one's request. 
 
 3. To be stingy ; to be close-fisted. See 
 Hon. 
 
 4. To tie up the throat ; to choke. 
 Ka-ii, s. a kind of net for taking fish. 
 Kai-h, s. Name of a vegetable growing 
 
 on the mountain^, eaten as food in time of 
 
 famine. 
 Ka-i-o, s. The name of a bird like the 
 
 pueo or owl. . 
 Kai-oe, i. The name of a plant or ti«e; 
 
 he pna laaa no ke kaioe, the tree blossom 
 
 of the kaioe. 
 Ka-io-io, adv. Ulu AaioJo ka nahelehele. 
 Ka-io-o-le-le-pa, adj. Kalani kaioo- 
 
 lelepa ka alapa pii moo o Ku. 
 Kai-o-hu-a, s.~ Name of a place a little 
 
 way out in the sea ; same as poana. 
 Kai-o-ki-lo-hee, i. Name of a place in 
 
 the sea ; same as kaiau. 
 Ka-io-le-«aa, s. The name of a famine 
 
 in former times. 
 Kai-o-le-na, *. Kai, liquid, and dena, 
 
 yellow. Yellow coloring matter. 
 Kai-o-le-na, b. To cleanse; to purify; 
 
 3 hnikala, e hoomacmae. 
 Kai-o-lo-a, s. The name of a ceremony 
 , of tying the malo on to the god ; it was 
 
 done by the women of the chief. 
 -Kai-o-pe-lu, J. A place in the sea. Syn. 
 
 with kaiuli. 
 Kai-o-po-ke-o, s. Name of a long prayer 
 
 at the dedication of a heiau. 
 Kai-u-a, v. To repeat over and over, as 
 
 one docs when drunk ; kaina ka oielo ; he 
 
 olelo kuawili ; e kavua i ka hookahe i ka 
 
 wai, continue to water the ground. 
 Kai-u-la, s. Kais.ii(iula, lei. The Red 
 
 Sea. Puk. 13:18. The sea that separates 
 
 Africa Irom A-'ia. 
 KAi-iJ-LA-iiA, s. Far out at sea ; out of 
 
 sight of land. 
 Kai-tj-li, s. Kai, sea, and liU, blue. 
 
 The dark blue sea ; hence, the deep sea ; 
 
 the name of the sea beyond the kohola ; 
 
 also called kailvJiee. 
 Kai-u-lu, s. The name of the sea at 
 
 fall tide. See Kainui and Kaifih.v. 
 Kai-u-we, v. KapoeiAaiatoepinepine. 
 Kai-hee-na-lu, s. Name of a place on 
 
 or near a reef,.like kohola. 
 Kai-he-hee, s. Name of an anciert 
 
 kapu bf the chiefs, connected with death ; 
 
 also called lumaiumaia. 
 Kai-he-h£-na, s. Kai and hehena, mad. 
 
 The raging sea. The following epithets of 
 
 the sea are found in a prayer of Keaninl : 
 
 kaikane, kaiwahine, kaipupule, kaibehena, 
 
 kaiulaula, kaipiliaikee — e. 
 Kai-he-le, s. The laying of stones, as 
 
 in a pavement, one beside another ; a i ke 
 
 kaihde ana o na pohaku,.oia no ka mea i 
 
 kau i ka pohaku. 
 KAi-HE-LE-Ka,- *. The name of the sea 
 
 beyond the poana, i. e., the second space 
 
 beyond where the surf breaks ; also called 
 
 kaipapau. 
 Ka-i-hi, v. To spin round like a top ; 
 
 to be dizzy. 
 2. To withhold wheit is another's; to 
 
 keep Lack what is forfeited in a same. 
 
KAI 
 
 933 
 
 KAI 
 
 Ea-i-hi, $. DizidnesB ; a sense of tum- 
 
 ini; in the bead. 
 
 2. Tbe name of a species of fish net : he 
 
 upena kaihi. 
 Kai-hoi, s. Kai and hm, to return. A 
 
 falliog or low tide. 
 Kai-ho-ho-nu, s. KeuanAhoAonUfieef. 
 
 High tide; full sea; deep water. 
 Kai-hu-a, s. High tide ; high water. 
 
 See KjUKL 
 Kai-ka, X. The border of a cultivated 
 
 plat ; the border of a kalo patch. 
 Kai-kai, v. See Kai. To lift up, as the 
 
 hand. Nah. 20:il. To lift or raise up, a« 
 
 the eyes to heaven. Syn. with lefaa. To 
 
 lilt up or raise, as tbe voice in complaint ; 
 
 kaikai i ka leo. JM,. 14:1. 
 2. To take up ; to bear ; to carry upon. 
 
 Kin. 7:17. To carry off: kaikai no laua i 
 
 ka pahu a hiki ma ka hakae. 
 
 5. To take off, as a burden; to carry 
 away ; to lift, as a weight, ba. 40:15. 
 
 4. To carry tenderly, as a child. Puk. 
 19:4. 
 
 6. To promote ; to exalt ; to favor, a3 a 
 king a subject. &et. 3:1. 
 
 6. To be led or urged on, as by strong 
 desire or Inst; a na keia kuko, kaikai kino 
 hott ia mai la. Laitik. 196. 
 Kai-kai, adj. That which is lifted up 
 or herved. Puk. 2d:27. Uba mua o'ka 
 mobai kaikai, heave shoulder. Ifah. 6:20. 
 
 Kai-kai-a-po-la, s. The tail of a kite ; 
 e ka mea e pono ai ka lupe, o na laan liilii 
 ame ke kaula. ame ka welu, anie ke kair 
 kaiapola, ame ke aho. 
 
 Kai-kai-na, s. The younger of two 
 brothers or sisters ; used by a brother 
 when speaking of a brother, or a sister of 
 a sister. Bat if a brother spoak of a sister, 
 or a sister of a brother, it is kaikunane. 
 
 Kai-ka-o-wa, ) „. imper. Seize ; take ; 
 
 Kai-KO-WA, J follow; tbe word given by 
 Kefcuaokalani for seizing boys, fish, &c., 
 that were not his own. 
 
 Kai-ka-hi, adj. Few; scarce; unfre- 
 quent , 
 
 KAHI. 
 
 Kai-ka-ma-hi-ne, s. a daughter; a fe- 
 male descendant. Sm.20:VZ. Note. — ^Ac- 
 cording to analogy this word for daughter 
 . should be keikiwahine, like keikikane, but 
 Hawsuians do not use it so. 
 
 Kai-ke-a, s. The fat of hogs or other 
 animals. Puk. 29:13. Fig. Isa. 34:6. 
 
 2. The sap of a tree, the outside white, 
 wood resembling in color the fat of ani- 
 mals. 
 
 Kai-ki, *. High water ; high tide. 
 
 Kai-ko, s. a coQStable; a policeman. 
 See Maeai. 
 
 30 
 
 Kai-koakoa, s. The watery fluid of the 
 bowels. 
 
 Kai-ko-e-ke, s, a hrother-in-law; a sis- 
 ter-in-law ; generally designated by kane 
 or vxihine. 
 
 Kai-eo-e-le, s. a very shallow sea in 
 a calm, too shallow for a canoe; he. kai kui 
 opihi, he malia paha. 
 
 Kai-ko-i, 5. A species of kalo ; he kalo. 
 
 Kai-koo, s. a high surf of the sea ; a 
 raging swell of the sea. 
 
 Kai-koo, v. To roll in; to rage, as a 
 high surf; kaikoo ke kai. Laieik. 165. 
 
 Kai-KO-WA, v. See Kaikaowa. above. 
 
 Kai-ku, »'. A middle tide, not high^ nor 
 low. Sec Kaihau. 
 
 Kai-ku-a, s. a countryman; a back- 
 woodsman. 
 
 "Kai-kua-a-na, s. The elder of two broth- 
 ers or sisters; used by a brcther when 
 speaking of a brother, or by a. sister when 
 speaking of a sist^ ; but when a brother 
 speaks of an «lder sister, it iskaikvmahiiie. 
 "When a sister speaks a! an elder brother it 
 is kaikuiiane. 
 
 Kai-ku-o-no, t. Kai, sea, and kiumo, a 
 bay. A gulf; a creek; an inlet of water 
 into the land. Isa. lV:lo. 
 
 ILu-KU-NA-NE, y. The brother of a sis- 
 ter. Sin. 20:5. 
 
 Kai-ku-wa-hi-ne, *. The sister of a. 
 brother. jEtn. 12:13. 
 
 Kai-la-na-hu-a-hi, s. Ktfi and laitaku- 
 a'ai (same. as nanalmahi), a coal of Are. 
 Very dark or black water of the ocean. 
 
 Ka-i-u, V. To snatch ; to take away ; 
 to take by force; to take away,'as onv'i: 
 pleasure and joy: loan. 16:22. To take 
 away one's right. .Sin. 31:31. To spoil or 
 rob one's glory. Kol. 2:15. 
 
 2. To give up; to depart, a.s the spirit of 
 a dying person ; kaili Tee aho, to catch for 
 the breath. See Ailj. To breathi; the last. 
 Kin. 35:18. 
 
 Ka-i-u, J. Nam^ of a fish net from its 
 
 Ka-i-li, adj. Waiwai kaii.t, spoa Ezek. 
 
 7:21. Manu kaili wale, a la venous bird. 
 
 £fecfc. 39:4. ■ 
 Ka-i-li, s. He mea kaUi, extortion ; a 
 
 taking by force. 
 Ka-i-u, s. The act of taking fish witl: 
 
 a hook. See Aiu. 
 Ka-i-li, *. The name of the gi'eat feather 
 
 god of Kamehamehd. 
 Ka-i-li-i-u, v. To take and carry here 
 
 and there. 
 Ka-i-li-i-li, s. a narrow valley neaif 
 
 the top of Waialeale on Kauaii, a resting 
 
 place for .kin^ and queens in ancieut times 
 
KAI 
 
 S34 
 
 KAO 
 
 Kai-li-ke, v. Kai and like, alike. To 
 
 divide equally between a munber of per- 
 sons. Xu/c. 22:17. 
 Kai-li-ko-li-T£o, s. Kai, gravy, and liko, 
 
 oily. Fat gravy ; the oily part of fat. 
 2. The appearance of oil poured upon 
 
 wuter. See Liko. i 
 Kai-li-ko-li-ko, adj. Fat or greasy; ap- 
 plied to gravy. 
 Kai-li-fo-li-po, s. Kai and lipdipo, blue 
 
 or black. Epithet of the deep sea. as dark 
 
 blue or black. 
 Ka-i-li-po-ni, s. a disease in which one 
 
 fells down dead; something like apoplexy; 
 
 fie kaUtponi ka make. 
 Ka-i-li-wa-le, v. Kaili and wale. See 
 
 Waub. To take without regard to right or 
 
 to consequences; to take by force. 1 Sam. 
 
 2:16. 
 
 - 2. To rob ; to plunder. Oihk. 19:13. 
 Ka-i-li-wa-le, s. Sei2dng the property 
 
 of another; a plunder; a robbery. 
 KAi-tTT-HEE, s. Name of a place in the 
 
 8ca ; same as kahdi, blue water. 
 Kai-mait, s. Middle tide, neither high 
 
 nor low. See Kintn. 
 Kai-ma-ha-mo-e, s. Kai, gravy, and 
 
 malw/moe, a fish. The gravy m^de for the 
 
 fish mahamoe. 
 
 2. The fat or grease of that iish. 
 KAirM\-KE, s. Kai andmake, dead. Low 
 
 water ; ebb tide. 
 2. A calm sea; no wind ; still water ; in 
 
 geography, name of the Dead Sea. 
 
 Kai-ma-loo, s. Kai andmaloo, dry. Low 
 tide ; ebb tide, when many places on the J 
 sea shore are dry, or the coral and reef are 
 bare. 
 
 Kai-ha-LO-lo, s. Kai and moMo, rest- 
 ing; quiet. A shallow place of the sea 
 B^ar the shore where the sea is at rest. 
 
 2. A place where the sea is green and 
 shallow ; place of soundings. . 
 
 Kai-mo-ku, s. Middle tide, i. e., when 
 
 the tide begins to recede. See Kaimau. 
 Ka-i-na, v. See Kai, to take, and Ana. 
 
 To take: to seize, as a fit ; as the influence 
 
 of a wicked spirit. Mar. 9:18. 
 2. To seize, as a prisoner ; to lead away 
 
 to trial; ua uku i ke dala, ua hana, ua paa 
 
 i ka hao, ua kaina aku imua o na lunaka- 
 
 nawai. 
 Kai-na, v. To move slowly and softly, 
 
 as a weak person trying to walk. 
 Kai-na, s. A younger of two brotheTs 
 
 or two sisters ; hence, a thing that is after 
 
 or second to another; pokiiteHM, the very 
 
 younger. 
 Kai-na, s. A sitting to practice sorcery; 
 
 the practice of sorcery. 
 
 Kai-no, •) V. (Impersonal ) I thought j 
 -A, i --•-■- -'- 
 
 Kai-no-a, \ j'ist as if; Iwuto heoiaio.aole 
 
 ka! 1 thought it was true, bat it isnot; 
 
 alaila, e i aku an ia oukou, ka! /coinoia, 
 
 alia e hoole. 
 Kai-nu-i, i. High sea J high tide. 
 Kai-nu-nU'KI, adj. Km and imnuki. 
 
 Irregular ebbing aud flowing, as the sea. 
 Kai-pa-ea-ea, s. a calm, smooth sea ; 
 
 same as pohu. 
 Kai-pa-pau, s. a siiallow place in the 
 
 sea, the same as the poana, or kaiohua. 
 Kai-pii, s. a rising or full tide. See 
 
 Kaifhu. and Kainhi. 
 Kai-pi-ha, *. .Kai and pfAo.fiill. A high 
 
 sea ; high tide. 
 Kai-pit, s. Same as kainui and kaipiha 
 
 above. 
 Kai-p0u, v. To divide out into parts or 
 
 portions. See Pini. 
 Kai-puit, s. a division or portion; more 
 
 commonly written puu. 
 Ka-i-wi-foo, s. Ka, article, iwi, bone, 
 
 and poo, the head. The skull bone ; the 
 
 name of the place where Jesus Christ was 
 
 crucified. loan. 19:17. 
 Kai-f-iu, s. Wehe ke kaitdu i ke oho <k 
 
 kaniu. - - 
 Ka-o, inter j. The article ka and o. Sim- 
 . ilarto kahaha; kao mai,makekelakanaka; 
 
 it expresses surprise. 
 Ka-o, v. To cry out as above; kao raai 
 
 la o mea, somebody cries out with aston- 
 ishment. 
 Ka-o, v. To intercede ; to m:ediate ; to 
 
 separate contending parties; to prevent 
 
 one from accnsing or slandering another. 
 
 See UwAO. Ua Taia mai oe ia'a. 
 
 Ka-o, s. a peace-maker; an intercessor. 
 Ka-o, s. a goat ; ifflohele, a scape-goat. 
 
 Oi/ifc. 16:15. 
 Ka-o, b. a legend; a tradition. See 
 
 Kaao. 
 Ka-o, s. a dart ; a javelin ; a rocket. 
 Ka-o, v. To throw or cast, as a dart or 
 
 javelin. 
 Ka-oo, v. To bind ; to tighten ; to be in 
 
 a press of people ; to bo in straits. 
 2. To punch, as a man does bis own 
 
 breast in the colic, with a stick or bis hand. 
 
 Ka-oo, s. Being in straits; suffering 
 pain. 
 
 2. A multitude ; applied to animals. 
 
 3. AlsOj a, traveling company; same as 
 huakaihele. 
 
 Ka-o-hi, ». To fix ; to establish. 
 
 2. To abide; to continue to adhere firmly 
 to a thing or course of conduct ; to be 
 steadfast. 
 
KAO 
 
 235 
 
 KAU 
 
 3. To keep; to retain; to 'keep back. 
 Laieik. 176. To restrain. 
 
 i. To invite to stay wiien one is about ^o 
 go away or further on. Luk. 24:29. 
 
 6. To keep, i. e., to pay regard to a law 
 or command. 
 
 6. To restrain one from doing a tiling by 
 friendly advice. 
 
 7. To compel or urge. 2 OUtl. 21:11. 
 Kaohi na 'lii la ia e noho, aole oia i ae mai. 
 the chiefe urged him to stay, but he did not 
 consent ; e kaohi i kou wawae, to refrain 
 the foot from wandering, ler. 14:10. To 
 rcstraia ; to Ixold back. Hai. 19:13. 
 
 8. To keep, as a promise. 1 Nal. 8:24. 
 
 9. To choose. Zsa. 7:16. 
 
 10. To save; to screen, as a guilty person 
 from punishment. Ezek. 13:19. 
 
 Ka-o-hi-hi-u, s. Kao, goat, and Mhiu, 
 wild. The gazelle or wild goat. 
 
 Ka-o-kaa, *. Name of a play and a 
 former pastime. 
 
 Ka-o-ka-na-ka, s. Kao, goat, and ka- 
 naka, man. Name of an animal to be found 
 in the desolations of Babylon ; a satrr. 
 Jsa. 13:21. 
 
 Kao-kao, v. To be prominent ; to pro- 
 ject 
 
 2. To be red. 
 
 3. To be hard to the touch. 
 Kao-kao, s. The first dropping of a 
 
 shower ; tbefore part of a cloud ; kc kao- 
 kao ae, c ua iukao Kanmana. 
 
 2. Hardness; redness; prominence. 
 
 3. The venereal disease. 
 Ka-o-ko-a, v. Ka and pkoa, different. 
 
 To be whole ; to be undivided. 
 
 2. E.00. To separate from. 1 Sam. 21:4. 
 To abstain from a thing ; to separate one's 
 
 ■ gelt from moral evil; ; e hookaawale ia ou- 
 kou ibo i na mea hahmia. 
 
 3. To stand aloof from ; to let al<)ne. 
 
 4. To. make one% self coiL-ipicoous : to 
 be eminent, 
 
 KArO-Ko-A, adj. Whole ; unmutilated ; 
 he ia kaokoa, okioki ole, mdi ke j'oo a ka 
 hiu, a fish whole, uncut from bead to tail. 
 
 Ka-o-ko-a, s. The being separate; aloof 
 (from wrong-<lo)ng); o ke kaokoa, he hewa 
 we, be hihia olc, he pluoln, he maikai. 
 
 2. A man who leiivos bis proper haku 
 and serves another, or pays his food and 
 presents to another. 
 
 Ka-o-M, s. a stick or beam laid across 
 a house from rafter to rafter to strengthen 
 it; a beam ; the beain of a bouse. Eckah 
 10:18. 
 
 2. A bar ''or a door; a bar across the 
 gate of a city. 1 Sam. 20:7. 
 
 3. Fig. Na kaola o ka po, the bars of 
 night. /o6. 17:16. 
 
 Ka-o-la-hau, g. Kfu^a and hau, iron. 
 An iron bar. Sol. 18:19. 
 
 Ka-o-le-l£, s, Kao, dart, and lele, to 
 ^. A dart ; a javelin ; a sky-rocket. See 
 
 Ka-o-lo, s. The descent of a hill or 
 pali ; the going down a hill. See Eaeai- 
 PAU, also Olo. 
 
 Ka-o-mi, v. To press down, as- with a 
 lever ; to bear down upon a thing. 
 
 2. To press; to squeeze out, as wine. 
 iMiik. 6:11. 
 
 3. Fig. To press, as the breasts; a eu- 
 phemism for moekolohe. Ezek. 23:3. 
 
 4. To crush ; to humble one ; e hoobaa- 
 haa. 
 
 Ka-o-mi, *. Name of a wind; the north- 
 east trade wind on the east side of Lanai, 
 and about Maui. Stn. with moae. Loaa 
 makou i kekahi makani ikaika, he jboomi 
 ka inoa. 
 
 Ka-o-mi-wai-na, *. A wine press. MaS. 
 21:33. 
 
 Ka-o-na, s. The name of a Hawaiian 
 month. 
 
 Ka-o-pa, s. a painful stiflTness or rheu- 
 matic affccdon of the limbs, which makes 
 it difficult for one to stand or walk. See 
 Opa, adj., and Oopa. 
 
 Ka-o-pa, adj. Lame; stiff; rheumatic; 
 
 kanaka kaopa. 
 Kau, v. In an active sense, to hang; to 
 
 hang up ; to suspend, as an article to be 
 
 out of the way ; to crucify or hang, as a 
 
 criminal. Kin. 40:22. 
 
 2. To bang, tie or gird on, as a sword ; 
 kau i ka pahi kaua. Puk. 32:27. 
 
 3. To put upon or place a thing in some 
 designated place ; to put in an elevated 
 sitnation; to mount a horse; to go onboard 
 a ship or canoe. 
 
 4. To overhang, as the heavens over the 
 earth. 
 
 5. To fall upon; to embrace affectioi.- 
 ately, with ai. Sin. 46:29. 
 
 8. Ti. put up^n one, as a heavy burden, 
 mh. 11:11. 
 
 7. -To set or fix the boundaries of a land 
 or country. 
 
 8. Toput down, as words on paper. See 
 Kakad. To write; to dot; hence, 
 
 9. To give publicity to a thing ; to pro- 
 mulgate, as a law ; i kau aku oukou i ka- 
 nawai miukai, that yon may establish good 
 laws. 
 
 10. To set before one, as food. 
 
 11. To tempt, as in taking birds with a 
 snare. 
 
 12. In a ncirfer sense, to light down upon, 
 as a bird ; as the spirit or divine influence 
 upon one. JSah. 11:26. 
 
 13. To come down upon ons unezn'ec't- 
 edly. f 
 
 14. Kau pono kona maka, to set ot di- 
 rect one's face or desire. 
 
KAU 
 
 KAU 
 
 15. To rest upon; to stretch out. or over. 
 
 16. To come upon one, as a suffering or 
 calamity. 
 
 17. To rehearse in the hearing of another 
 that he may learn. 
 
 18. Afco!* ka hamere makeliahi lima, he 
 took the hammer in one hand. ii*nfr.4:21. 
 To '.ay or place the hand upon one for evil. 
 
 19. Hoo. To setagainst: to resist, iunfc. 
 7:22. 
 
 20. To appoint against; to come upon. 
 Jer. 15:3. 
 
 21. To bring upon; to cause to fall upon. 
 
 22. To rest ; to place. Kanl. 7:23. 
 
 23. Kau aku i kauhale,togoaboutfrom 
 hoaee to house; to go about idly. Seedefi- 
 •nition 11. 
 
 Kau, a. Season. Kin. 1:14. 
 
 2. The summer or warm season, in dis- 
 tinction from hopUo, the winter months. 
 Note.— The Hawaiiane had but two seasons 
 in a year, viz. : the kau summer, and hocnlo 
 winter ; hence, 
 
 3. .\ period of time when one lives. Esd. 
 la. A specified time, iunfc. 10:8. A i ke 
 k<m i ke alii, ia Kamehameha, in the life 
 time of Kamehameha. 
 
 4. A time for a particular purpose. 
 
 6. Time of indefinite length ; kau ai, a 
 fmitfnl season ; kau wi, a time of famine. 
 
 6. Midnight ; so called" from the game 
 called puhenehene, in which were five puu 
 or places to conceal the noa : the first called 
 kSd, second pili, third kau, fourth pilipuka 
 (i. e., applied to flight, 3 o'clock, A. M.), 
 fifth kihipuka. Dr. Baldwin. 
 
 Kau, s. a place ; kau kanaka laha ole, 
 place where men go not ; kau kanaka, a 
 place Where men live ; kau kanaka ole ai,. 
 where there are no people. 
 
 Kau, s. a canoe ; kaukahi, a single 
 canoe ; Icatdua, a double-canoe. 
 
 K.AU, mj. A setting of the sun ; a rest- 
 ing ; mai ka la hiki a ka la kau, from the 
 rising to the setting sun. D. Malo 5:11. 
 
 2. A sitting place, as a roost for fowls ; 
 kau ka moa i ke kau, the fowl sits upon its 
 roost. 
 
 Kau, s. Name of puukapu in the game 
 of noa. 
 
 Kau, pers. pro. An oblique case of oe, 
 second pei-son. Of thee ; of thine. Oram. 
 § 132, 133. Also a prefix pronoun, thy ; 
 iiine. Gram. § 149, 150. 
 
 Ka'u, pers. pro. An oblique case of au. 
 Of me ; mine; belonging to me. Gram. § 
 124, 1. Also a prefix pronoun, my; mine; 
 of me. Oram. § 150. 
 
 Kau-a, v. To war ; to fight, as two 
 armies. 
 
 2. To make war upon or against. Kin. 
 14:2. 
 
 3. To fight for. Puk. 14:14. 
 
 4. Hoo. To cause to fight. 
 
 5. To servo as <he conquered serve the 
 conqueror ; hence, with a stronger pronun- 
 ciation, kauwa, a servant. 
 
 Ka'j-a, *. A war; a battle; an army 
 drawn up for battle. 2 Aai. 28:5. Poe 
 kaua, a host ; aai army. Puk. U:2i. 
 
 Ka-u-a, e. To hesitate about doing a 
 thing after an engagement ; to be in doubt 
 about fulfilling apronuse ; to beg off; hoo- 
 hala. 
 
 2. To invite to stay. SeelCAOHi. Aoleo 
 maua mea nana e kaua mai, a liuliu ko 
 maua noho- kuewa ana, there is no reason 
 why we two should stay and lengthen out 
 the time of our sojourning. 
 
 Ka-ua, pro. dual. We two ; you and I. 
 Gram. § 124, 3. 
 
 Katt-ai, s. Name of one of the Hawai- 
 ian group of islands ; ma ka hapukaohiohi 
 ana paha a ka waha me he hoe Kauai la. 
 
 Kau-ai-ka-na-na, v. To sleep in the 
 day time for pleasure or comfort ;. to take 
 a siesta. 
 
 Kau-au-la, s. a kind oi soft porous 
 stone. 
 
 Kau-a-tj-la, s. a strong wind from the 
 mountains, occasioned by the breaking 
 over of the trade winds ; often destructive 
 at Labaina. 
 
 Kau-a-u-la, adj. Strong; raging; furi- 
 ous ; applied to the trade winds when they 
 break ov^r the hills back of Lahaina ; be 
 leo o ka makani kauavia ka'u i lobe iho neL' 
 
 Kau-a-hau-a, s. Ua pau i ke icauahauaia 
 na kanaka a pan i ka hana. 
 
 Kau-a-ho-a, s. Coarse grained ; a sour 
 disposition ; not easily pleased. 
 
 Kau-a-ka, s. a person crazy, noisy with 
 constant muscular motion. 
 
 Kaua-lae-paa-kav-ana, s. The most 
 offensive of language ; when used, instant 
 fighting is the consequence. 
 
 Kau-a-latt, s. The plantain, a vegeta- 
 bU' like the banana. 
 
 Kau-a-lh, s. a low chief, not a high 
 one. See KACKAUALn. 
 
 KAu-A-r:T-o, s. Kaua, war, and lio, a 
 horse. A warrior (h. horseback ; cavalry, 
 in distinction from infantry. 1 Sam. 13:5. 
 
 Kau-a-lu-pe, v. Tb carry, as a man 
 wounded in battle, without much care. 
 
 Kau-a-mat, v. To invite, &c. See Kaua 
 2. The mai is simply a verbal directive. 
 
 Kau-a-pai-o, s. a combat where there 
 is striking back and forth. 
 
 Ka-u-e, v. To be in fear. 
 
 Kau-ea,. adj. Having no appetite. 
 
 Kau-e-ke-ke, adj. Short, as a coat or 
 gown ; lean, as a man. 
 
KAU 
 
 2^1 
 
 KAU 
 
 Kau-i-iia, v. To- oifer sacrifice at the 
 
 close of a kapn. 
 Kap-i-la, s. Name of a species of hard 
 
 reddish wood regemljliiig mahogany. 
 
 2. He foa no Punkapele. 
 
 3. Puhi kauUa. 
 
 i. He kapu kauSa. 
 
 5. I kahi a lakou i pee ai a noa ke kauUa. 
 Kau-i-la-hu-lu-hu-lUj s. The name of 
 
 a praynr at the heiau. 
 Kau-o, ) „. To draw or drag along; 
 Kati-WO, \ to haul, as a load. Ehni. 21:3. 
 To draw morally, i. e., to' endure ; to in- 
 cline to do a thing. 
 2i To conduct, as a prisoner. 
 3. To pray for a special blessing or favor; 
 applied to the worship at the time of ma- 
 kahliki. 
 
 Kau^o, ) s. Seed; offspting; increase; 
 
 Kau-WO, ) fruit of marriage. If Nahiena- 
 ena tia4 lii^d a son, the old chiefs would 
 say " ua loaa ke kauo." D. lHalo. Hence, 
 a supporter ; a sustainer. 
 
 KAn-o, i. The yellow part or yolk of 
 an egg ; kaiuo moa ; kaw> ke akua liulu. 
 
 Kah-o, adj. Drawing; pulling; drag- 
 ging along: bipi kauo, a laboring ox. OOik. 
 7:23. 
 
 Kau-o-e, s. Name of an office in the 
 king's train. 
 
 Kau-o-uo, J «. To increase or grow 
 
 Kau-wo-wo, > rapidly, as vines; to spread 
 
 Ka-wo-WO, ) over, as vines or other run- 
 ning vegetation that grows thriftily and 
 covers the ground. 
 
 2. To increase rapidly, as a people or 
 race ; applied to the peopling of Hawaii 
 from the first man. 
 
 kauouQ i IftDi a paakani lea, 
 FuapuE), buahaa mai la ka la mnnaia. . 
 
 Kau-o-ha, 0. To give a dying chaige ; 
 to make a bequest or a parting charge. 
 ha. 38:1. Hence, to make a will. Note. — 
 Ancient wills, of course, were verbal; now, 
 by law, they must be written. 
 
 2. To give a charge on any subject ; to 
 command ; to'put in charge or trust, as one 
 chring or going away ; kauoha ae la oia (o 
 Kamebameba) ia KauikeaouU e noho i alii 
 no Hawaii nei, he (Kamebameha) gave in 
 charge to Kauikcaouli to- retgn as king over 
 the Hawaiian Inlands. 
 
 3. To commit into, the hands of another. 
 1 Fet. 4:19. 
 
 4, To give orders concerning a person 
 or thing. Kin. 12:20. 
 
 5, To commit to paper, 5. e., to write 
 down; nolaiia, ke koMoJia akunei au i ko'n 
 mauao ma keia palapala, i ike oc i ko'u 
 manao. 
 
 Kao-o-ha, s. a will, verbal or written; 
 a comniand ; a charge ; a. dying request. 
 
 2. A covenant; a commission; a judicial 
 decision. 
 
 3. A determination ; a decree. 
 
 4. Beggary. 
 
 Kaxj-d-ka-hi-ki, ». Name of a species 
 of ohia ; o ka ohia nui ke kauokaUH i kal, 
 oia ka laau o ka lananuu; out of this same 
 -timber the god was made for the heiau. 
 
 KAXT-o-Kutr, s. The name of a sickness 
 or pestilence which formerly spread over 
 the Islands ; tia kapaia ka inoa o kela mai 
 (ahulau) he kauokuu, the name of that sick- 
 ness was kauokuu. 
 
 Kau-o-la-ni, v. To express admiration 
 of a chief or his deeds. 
 2. To express admiration generally. 
 
 Kau-o-lit-pe, v. Kauo and lupe, kite. 
 To draw ; to pull this way and that, as a 
 kite pulls Hie string of him who holds it. 
 
 Kau-o-waa, s. Kauo, to drag, and waa, 
 canoe. The work or busiiiess of drawing 
 down canoes from the mountain wben fin- 
 ished or partly so. , 
 
 Katt-ea, s. The rectum, the third of 
 the large intestines. AnaL 52. 
 
 Kau-ha0, p. To strike with a whip or 
 stick ; to throw a stone at, &c. 
 
 Kau-ha-ka-ke, adj. Short, &c. See 
 KAtJHEKBKB and Kadbkeke. 
 
 Kau-ha-le, i. Kau, place, and hale, 
 house. A small cluster of houses ; a til- 
 lage. Pvk. 8:5. 
 
 2. A house or residence of a person. 
 
 3. A place where a honse has been, or 
 where one is designed to be. 
 
 Kau-he-ke-ke, ) adj. Short, as a coat 
 
 KAn-HE-KE-KEI, ) orgOWn. SeeKiUKKEEE. 
 
 K.4-TI-HI-U-HI, s. Name of a forest tree, 
 timber used for the boards of the bolaa 
 and for oo.s for tilling the ground. 
 
 Kait-hi-lo, v. To fasten with a rope the 
 sticks of a building while in the course Sf 
 erection;- be aho mai.waho mai o ka hale 
 i ka manawa ,e kauhiio ai ; alalia, kaukilo 
 ia ka hale a pau. 
 
 Katt-ho-la, s. Some disease of the neck 
 and chest. f 
 
 Kau-ho-la, v. To open; to expand; to 
 unfold, as a kapa folded up; as a flower in 
 blooming. 
 
 Katt-ho-lo, v. To wish and try to .con- 
 demii one. 
 
 2. To try to bring one to terms or obey 
 orders. _ ' 
 
 3. To'send after, and try to get one back 
 wbo ha,-.i gone. 
 
 Kau-eo-lo-pa-pa, .?, Name of a perscr. 
 wtio knows himself to be a Chief by birtn 
 but others know it not, and he refuses te 
 hang his clothes among those of otLer jieo- 
 j)le ; ua kapaia aka ia lie alii kavJwlopupa, 
 
KAU 
 
 238 
 
 KAU 
 
 no Ka mea, ma ka holopap^ i ikeia ai kona 
 alii ana. 
 Kau-hua, V, To conceive ; to become 
 pregnant. 
 
 2. To swell out, as one with child." 
 
 3. JIoo. To conceive; to be foil of. Eal. 
 7:14 To be foil morally of evil. 
 
 4. To put down in letters ; to reduce to 
 writing ; na ko oakou kaikaina banane 
 mahoe i hookauhva ia (i keia manao) i ka 
 malama o Augate : hookauhua paha ananei 
 kakou iloko V) ka hewa. 
 
 Kau-hua, s. The.swelling out of preg- 
 nant females. 
 
 2. The longing of pregnant women, espe- 
 cUUy the sickness of stomach. 
 
 3. The state of pregnancy ; ua kauhita, 
 ua ko, na hapai. 
 
 i. The act of writing down words or 
 thonghts. 
 Kau-hu-hu, s. a ridge or edge of a 
 precipice. 
 
 2. *nie pole mnning lengthways of the 
 honse to which the tops of the rafters are 
 fastened ; a ridge pole. 
 
 3. The sharU that was formerly wor- 
 shiped. 
 
 Kau-kai, v. To wait for an event to 
 happen, or for any change in aflaifs ; kau- 
 kai aku nei ka pono, it is better to wait 
 awhile, laieik. 67. 
 
 Kau-kau, V. To set or fix, as a snare or 
 net for birds. See Kau. Sal. 141:9. 
 
 2. To take coansel ; to revolve in one's 
 mind. Bal. 13:2. 
 
 3. To speak to one, especially to chide ; 
 to speak reproachfhlly; e nuku; to address 
 one, as a petitioner, and in a way of com- 
 plaint £aieik.11.' 
 
 : 4., To explain ; to make clear, i pobihi 
 
 ole. 
 Kau-kau, *. An appeal to one's sense 
 , of justice or compassion. LaUik. 76. 
 Kau-kau, v. Kaukau is said to be a 
 
 cbrniption of a Chinese word, and signifies 
 
 \to eat, to drink. It is used ^by foreigners 
 
 in conversing with natives, and by natives 
 
 conversing with foreigners. 
 Kau-kau, s. A heap of stones made into 
 
 a-mde altar. 
 
 2. A snare so placed or Bxed a^ to catch 
 birds. 
 
 3. The name of a disease, the piles (mostly 
 used on Oahu.) 
 
 i. The snaring or taking offish; kavikau 
 nlna. 
 
 6. AVhat is clear, explicit in expression, 
 without doubt. 
 Kau-kau-a-lii, s. The name of a class 
 of chiefs below the king ; a prince. Dan. 
 
 1:3. na 'lii malaloo ke alii nni. Note 
 
 The poe kavkaxialn were generally the de- 
 ecenddnts of chiefs where the father waa a 
 
 high chief and the mother a low chief, or 
 no chief at all. 
 
 Kau-kau-le-le, adj. Nimble; active j 
 jumping. 
 
 Kau-ka-hi, s. ^izii, canoe, and itoAJ, one. 
 A single canoe. See Kad. Ma ke kaulna 
 o &eopuolani, a ma ke kaukahi o Hoapili, 
 he waa aole i hoapipl ia, he waa hookahi. 
 2. Figurativdy, a oneness; a perseve- 
 rance ; steadiness in doing a thing ; ma ka 
 kaiikaM kana hana ana, aole ma ka lauwili. 
 
 Kau-ka-li', v. To wait for. See Kali. 
 Aole hoi kakou i haalele akn o ke kuka ame 
 - ka wahahee kavkali. 
 
 Kau-ka-li, adj. See example above. 
 
 KaU-ka-ma, s. Eng. A cucumber. Nah, 
 11:5. Na kavkama ulu wale, wild gourds. 
 2 Not. 4:39. 
 
 KAtr-EA-MA, adj. See Eaua. He kane 
 ''Isama. Kamak. 
 
 Kau-ka-na-wai, v. iuizu, to appoint, and 
 ktmauMi, law. To establish or appoint, as 
 a law ; as a king or legislatare. 
 
 Kau-ka-na-wai, *. One tlmt makes. 
 
 laws ; a lawgiver. Sin. 49:10. 
 I Kau-ka-ni, or Tau-sa-ni, s. A tiiousand. 
 
 Kau-ko-ko, v. An ancient word not 
 much used. To string or hand on stiings, 
 as a load to be carried on the mamake. 
 
 Kau-ko-lo, v. To chase, as a fowl ; to 
 follow ; to pursue. 
 
 2. To persevere in asking a favor until 
 obtained ; e hoomoo, e hookoikoi. 
 
 3. To run and spread out, as the roots of 
 a tree just under the surface of the ground. 
 
 Kau-ko-lo, s. The small roots of a tree 
 
 spreading and running every way. 
 Kau-ku-kui, adj. Of or belonging to a 
 
 candlestick or lamp. Luk. 8:16. 
 Kau-IiA, s. a rope ; a strong cord ; a 
 
 cord or tendon in the animal system. AnoA. 
 
 26. 
 
 2. Zaula nila, a chain of lightning, 
 
 3. A bow string. Hal. 11:2. 
 
 4. A line in a book or written document. 
 /so.> 28:10. 
 
 5. A stick laid across the rafters of a 
 house or the top of the posts, after the man- 
 ner of, a beam ; more properly written 
 kaola. See Kaola.. 
 
 _ 6. In geometry, the chord of an arc of a 
 
 circle. Anahonua 28. 
 7. A lash, i. e., the wound of a lash In 
 
 whipping ; a stripe. 2 Kor. 11:24. 
 Kau-la, s. a prophet; one who preaches 
 
 or annouaces future events. O'A. 3:24. 
 Kitf-LAE-LAE, t>. To put up something 
 
 plainly to be eecu ; to exhibit clearly ; to 
 
 make plain. See Laelajb. 
 Kau-lai, v. To put up in the sun to 
 
 dry ; kapili ma ka poi, a pili ka wela ma 
 
KAU 
 
 239 
 
 KAU 
 
 ka laau, kaulai aka i ka la a maloo ; to 
 hang np, aa clotbes'to dry. 
 
 2. To lay aside for use. Nah. 11:32. 
 
 3. To hang up. Puk. 26:13. 
 
 4. To spread out in the Sun. Ter. 8:2. 
 Kau-lai, s. Tfce act of drying what is 
 
 ■wot ; tilings so put up to dry. , 
 
 Kati-la-hao, f. Kaula, rope, and hao, 
 iroD. A chain ; a cable ; a chain of any 
 size. 
 
 KAC-LA-tEi, i. A bunch; thick tpgether, 
 as a buaeu pf grapes. 
 
 Kau-la-LiJ-a-hi-ne, *. The name of a 
 rope for binding a mat on to a canoe; o ke 
 ktndaiuaMne e moe ana ma ka aoao o ka 
 waa, oia ka mea e paa ai ka ahu. See Ahu, 
 a mat. 
 
 Kau-i^-na, v. To be or become famous 
 or renowBcd; to be celebrated for some 
 quality ; ua kaulana, stka keia walil no ka 
 naauao, this place is famous ior intelli- 
 gence ; a kavlana aku i na aina e, to be 
 renowned even to foreign lands. 
 
 2. Hoo. To publish; to spread abroad, 
 as news: to publish evil reports. KatU. 
 22:14. 
 
 3. To make famous or renowned either 
 for good or evil. 
 
 Kau-la-na, s. Fame; report; renown. 
 los. 9:9. 
 
 2. Government of an island; ho kaulaim 
 o ka aina. 
 
 Kau-la-na, adj. Universally known, 
 noted or remarkable for some quality; cel- 
 ebrated; notable, 
 
 Kau-la-na-aa, s. a resting place on 
 the road. See Oiovsx. 
 
 iLwj-LA-NA-o-LE-Lo, s. Formerly used 
 synonymous with hooilinaolelo. He kau- 
 oba, i. e., the -will of a deceased person. 
 
 Kau-la-wa-ha, v. Kaula, rope, and 
 waha, mouth. Tq bridle ; to rein in ; to 
 restrain, as a horse. Fio. Applied to the 
 tongue, lak. 1:26. 
 
 Kau-la-wa-ha: s. A mouth rope, i. e., 
 a bridle. lak. 3:2. 
 
 Kau-la-wa-hi-ne, s. Satda, prophet, 
 and wahine. A prophetess. Puk. 15:20. 
 
 Katt-lei, v. To be insecure ; e kauwale 
 iho iluna, aole mapopo o ka paa ; to trust 
 to what will not benefit. 
 
 2. To be deceived in our opinioa of a 
 thing. 
 
 •3. To be too short for the purpose de- 
 signed ; kaidei ka naau, to be deceitful 
 (perhaps.) Kwm. Hem., B. 2, p. 26. 
 
 Kau-lei, adj. Not firmly established; 
 deceptive; without secure foundatiou; ap- 
 plied to men seeking happiness in life and 
 failing. 
 
 Kab-ib-o, ». T6 exhort; to ur^ie or re- 
 
 quest one to do a thing ; to eirioin, as a 
 duty. Pii. 8. 
 
 2. To charge; to command one to say or 
 do something to or for auotber. I ifai. 5:8. 
 
 Kau-lei-lei, v. See Kaulei. 
 
 Kau-le-le, v. Kau and lele, to be sep- 
 arated. See Lele. To add something on ; 
 to enlarge ;. to 'be or do something besides 
 what was proposed, as in making a bar- 
 gain ; to add more scj as to aatisf}-. 
 
 2. To spread over; to make abundant; 
 to increase; manao iho la au, o kaulde aku 
 i ko'u aloha maluna ou. 
 
 Kau-le-le, s. An addition aiade to 
 something ; an enlargement; that which is 
 added to complete the bargain. 
 
 Kau-le-le, adj. Over and above; added 
 on ; enlarged ; very great ; he aloha kau- 
 Ide !a oe e ka boalilhi. 
 
 Kau-le-le, adv. With addition; exces- 
 sively ; ke aloha kaideU aku nei au ia oe. 
 
 Kau-le-le, s. A rocket. 
 
 Kau-le-le, adj. Flying. See Lele. 
 That which is set a flying ; hoike oia i ku 
 ahi kwdsle, ho .exhibited sky-rockets. 
 
 Kau-li-a, V- Pass, of kau for kauia-. 
 Oram. § 48. Sometimes written kavJila. 
 
 1. To be hung np; to be suspended. 
 Eanl. 21:23. Hence, 
 
 2. To kill ; to slay. los. 16:28. 
 Kau-li-ke, v. Kju, and like, aUke. To 
 
 balance or hang even, 
 
 2. To make alike , to make no distinc- 
 tion ; to be just ; to be equal ; to be right. 
 Ezek. 18:28. Syjr. with ewaewa ole. 
 
 3. To be just as good ; to be as well as ; 
 na pololei, na kaidike keia mea me ka na- 
 auao. 
 
 4. In law, to deal in equity or righte- 
 ously ; to decree, decide or do that wiiich 
 is just, equitable and right without regard- 
 ing the letter of the statute law. 
 
 Kau-li-ke, s. Justice ; uprightness ; no 
 
 partiality. 
 Kau-li-ke, adj. Just; equitable. 
 
 2. In geometry, parallel, as lines ; kalia 
 
 kaidike, parallel lines. Aimhon, i. 
 KAH-Ln-Lii, V. KauaniliUii,]itth. To 
 
 divide out in small -quantities ; to make 
 
 distributions on a small scale. 
 Kau-lo-lo-a, v. To ask frequently for 
 
 a thing; to tease in order to obtain a thing 
 
 requested ; a loaS i keitahi kanaka kc koi 
 
 hao, a lohe ke alii, alaila kandoloaia aku la, 
 
 a lilo mai la. 
 2. To speak to one (a chief) often as to 
 
 an offense. 
 Kau-lua, s. To be slack; to Ije remiss in 
 
 fulfilling a prom&e ; to delay the time of 
 
 doing a thing. Hoo. To wait; to delay; 
 
 to procrastinate; also hookaukavhua; to 
 
 put off; to postpone 2 Pei. 3:9. To li^- 
 
KAU 
 
 ger in doing a thing. Kin. 19:16. Tq atay 
 
 a long time in a place. 2 Nal. 1.5i20. 
 Katt-ltta., v. Kau&nilua,two. To put 
 
 two togetlier; to yoke or harness together, 
 » as two animals. Kanl 22:10. 
 Kait-uta, s. The name of several things 
 
 where two are put or used together ; kau- 
 
 lua, a, double-canoe ; bipi kwiihia, a, yoke' 
 
 of oxen. 1 8am. 11:7. Kaulua lio, a span 
 
 of horses. 2 Wcd-Tili. 
 KAtr-LtTA, s. The name of this second 
 
 month ; the fourth month of the summer 
 
 season. 
 Kau-ltt-a-li-o, s. See Kahlua above. 
 Ka-u-lo-ma-loo, «. The dry growth, the 
 
 name of a famine. 
 Kau-ma-ha, b. To be heavy, as any 
 
 substance. 
 
 2. To be weary with carrying a heavy 
 burden. 
 
 3. To suffer oppression from rigorous 
 service. 
 
 4. To be weary for want of sleep. 
 
 5. Applied to the fflind,J}0 be downcast 
 in mind ; to be heavy-hearted ; to be sad ; 
 to be sorry ^ to be grieved. Kin. 40:6. 
 
 6. Hoo. To make heavy ; to oppress. ; to 
 treat one with rigor. 
 
 7. To afflict; to make one suffer unneces- 
 sarily ; to be afBieted. Oihk. 23:27. 
 
 Kau-ma-ha, V. To offer in sacrifice ; to 
 kill a victii:i for sacrifice; to offer a gift 
 upon an altar. Puk. 3:18. 
 
 Kau-ma-ha, s. Weight, as of a burden ; 
 weariness ; heaviness ; depression of spir- 
 its ; nui ke kaumaha o kona naau no ko 
 lakou lukn wale ana, he was rery sorrow- 
 fid at such a slaughter of men. 
 
 Kau-ma-ha, s. A sacrifice; a service 
 
 rendered to Grod. 
 Kau-ma-ha, adj. Heavy loaded, as a 
 
 person or a beast of burden; burdensome; 
 
 applied to the mind, painful. Hoo. Elard 
 
 bearing. P«fc. 23:1. 
 
 Kau-ma-kai-o-le, s. An epithet of old 
 
 age. Sec Nihoeahi, one tooth'. 
 Kau-ma-kai-o-le, v. Kaiia.nditnakai,io 
 
 look, and oJe, not Not able to see or to 
 
 see clearly; applied to old age. Generally 
 
 hmanakalcie. 
 
 Kau-mi-hau, >.). To appoint a kapu by 
 the priest ; men were separated from their 
 wives, and a hog was baked, hence the 
 name to bake a hog ; a kaumikau ana ma 
 ka ia kaua. 
 
 Kau-'Moo, v. To be inactive because of 
 jgnoranne or uncertainty how to act; to be 
 in doubt what to do, and hence, to do noth- 
 ing ; aole makou i mahi i ka aina, kammoo 
 wale no, i ke akaka ole. 
 
 240 KAU 
 
 Kau-mo-ku, ) u. To cut short ; to cut 
 
 Kau-MU-ku, \ off;, to shorten; to be anfit 
 for the purpose desired. 
 
 Kau-na, s. Four; the composite nuni- 
 berfour. Oift.l2:4. See(Jrammar§116,5. 
 
 KatjtNA-ko-ma, s. KauJia, four, and 
 koma (Eng.li a comma. The four commas 
 " " used in quoting another's words. 
 
 Kau'ne, v. To be slow; to be dilatory; 
 to walk or move leisurely; to cause delay. 
 
 Kau-ne, s. Delay; slowness in doing 
 a thing ; lagging behind. 
 
 BLau-nei-nei, v. To cut oflf; to shorten ; 
 not to be sufficient ; to be rmsteady; to be 
 unfinished. See Kujlw. 
 
 Kau-no-a, s. a slender worm which 
 when it comes upon a. tree or herb, there 
 is a universal withering ; ua kau miai ke 
 kaunoa. 
 2. The dodder, a parasitic plant 
 
 Kau-no-o.-a, s. See Kaunoa 2. A spe- 
 cies of vine which grows without a root 
 
 Ka-u-nu, y. To make angry; to pro- 
 voke ; to express the feeling of jealousy, 
 
 Ka-u-nu-a-na-lau, s. Name of alkirge 
 bird on Hawaii. 
 
 Kau-pao-na, ) y, Yo weigh, as with 
 
 Kau-pau-na, ) scales or steelyards ; to 
 weigh out, as goods or money, i. e., to pay 
 out Isa. 55:2. To weigh morally, as the 
 deeds of men, 1 Sam. 2:3. As one's life 
 and character. Dan. 5:27. 
 
 Kau-pao-na, ) s. Scales for weighing; 
 
 Kau-pau-na, J steelyards or other instnj- 
 .ments for weigliing. Soik. S:5, 
 
 2, The weight of a thing. Oilik. 26:26. 
 
 ELau-pa-ku, s. Kau and paku, a parti- 
 tion. The upper ridge pole of a house, di- 
 viding the house properly so .called and the 
 bonnet or cap of the house, Zso, 22:1, 
 
 KAU-PA.rKU, V. To put ou the. bonnet or 
 thatch the ridge of a house ; alalia, kau- 
 paku a paa, pau la hana, ' 
 
 Kau-pa-le, v. Kau and pak, to defend 
 off. To separate, i. e., to put a mark or 
 sign ot partition; to cause a division, Isa. 
 59:2. To stand between ; to set or put, as 
 au obstruction or divisioB. Hai. 104:9. To 
 raise a slight partition between, so sis to 
 stop a cliild. Hoo. To fence or partition 
 off. Fig. To fence off, i. e., resist tempta- 
 tion to evil ; hookaupale aku ta hewa. 
 
 Kau-pa-le, s. Something coming be- 
 tween two things to separate them, either 
 sensibly or imaginary ; a boundary lino 
 bfetweentwo lands; a partition in a bouse; 
 a dam, &c. 
 
 Kau-pe, v. To put down ; to put low ■ 
 to humble ; to crush. See Pe. 
 
KAU 
 
 241 
 
 KAH 
 
 Kau-pi-li, v. Used in a mele as follows : 
 
 Kaupili alo alai o.U&beha, 
 ke kanaka no kuhe i ka irai. 
 
 Kau-pi-li, s. To unite, as man and wife j 
 
 . to love one anotber, as two persons. 
 Kau-poo-hi-wi, v. KaudMapooMwitths 
 
 shoulder. To put or place on the shoulder; 
 
 to sfaonlder, as something heavy; as flre- 
 
 aiTus. 
 
 J£au-poo-hi-wi, adj. What is placed on 
 the shoulder ; applied to a musket ; ua 
 mahuahuit iki ae na pu kxtupoMwi, the 
 number of muskets (Bhoulder-gans) wiis a 
 little iitcreAsed. 
 
 Kau-po-d-na, s. Another orthography 
 for kaupdona, but seldom used. See ICac- 
 Fi.oNA. Steelyards and scales forweiglung. 
 
 Ka-d-pu, ii Name of a lai^ black birf- 
 the size x>t a turkey, found mostly on Nihoa 
 and Kaula. 
 
 Kau-pu-a, *. An elevated clouid of sin- 
 ^Iivr appearance. . 
 2. Name of an ancient pastime. 
 
 Kau-wa, v. See Kaua, v., 5. A ser- 
 vant ; in the most general sense, one who 
 serves ot does the business or labors'for 
 another. ~ 
 
 1. Any Subject of a king or chief. 
 
 2. A household or domestic servant. 
 
 3. A slave ; a menial servant ; kauvia 
 kpo, aa order of men who sacrificed them- 
 selves on the death of a chiei. 
 
 Kau-wa, c. To serve; to do the will of 
 another." Boo. To serve another, as a peo- 
 ple serve a king; to serve, as a master; to 
 be in a state of bondage. Puk. 14:12. • 
 
 Kau-wai, v. To pour out, as water; to 
 lead along, as a small stream ; to pour 
 into ; to fiQ with water. 
 
 Kau-wau, s. The sickness of dogs; 
 sickness of all ki4d8. 
 
 Kau-wa-hi, art. Some; something; 
 some place ; any one place or thing.' See 
 Kau, place. 
 
 Kau-wa-hi, s. Some ; some part ; a 
 part of a thing. Isa. 44:16; A parcel in- 
 definitely large. Kin. 3S:19. Kamtiahi o 
 ke koko, some of the blood. Notb. — Kau- 
 leahi as a substantive rarely takes the airti- 
 cle, except when it refers to place. Stat. 
 25:8. It has always the idea of a partitive. 
 
 Kau-wa-ka-me, J. Kamoa and kane, 
 male. A man or male servant. JEoni.5:18. 
 
 Kau-wa-lu-pe, V. Kauwa and lupe, kite. 
 To carry ; applied to persons who have a 
 frien4 in danger from others, some taking 
 Ijim by the arms, some by the legs and 
 other parts to carry him off. 
 
 KAir-wA-wA-Hi-NE, s. Kav^o, and wa- 
 him, female. A maid servant. Puk. 20:14, 
 
 Kact-wje-lo, v. To putup some.sjgnal 
 31 
 
 that the year has past and that a new year 
 
 Is began ; ma ka malama o Ikuwa e kau- 
 
 wda ai ka makahiki. 
 Kau-we-we, s. A covering, or what is 
 
 put on top of an imu or oven in baking 
 
 food. 
 2. A ruffle for the neck, not fertile bosom, 
 
 tbatispiAoptto. 
 Kati-vti-la, v. To appoint as a day of 
 
 consecrating a heiau; o kekahi akua o Kaui- 
 
 kauila; e hoomakaukau no ka la e kauwila 
 
 ai ka heiau. Laieik. 164. 
 Kad-wi-la, s. Another orthography for 
 
 kauila. See Kacha. A species of hard 
 
 reddish wood found on Kauai, used for war 
 
 spears, kapa mallets, &c. 
 KAtr-wi-t^, adj. A day or time under a 
 
 kapu,; a kokoke i ka la kaiamia. laieUc. 
 
 164. 
 Kau-wi-u, v. To mingle in with other 
 
 thingEf. 
 2. To gather on to a moving thingt aa 
 
 people join on to a traveling-party. 
 
 Kau-wo, v. To pull; to draw, &c. See 
 
 Kado. 
 Kait-wo-ha, v. To give a charge, &e. 
 
 See Kadooa. 
 Katj-wo-wo, v. To increase; to grow 
 
 thriftily. See Kaoouo. 
 Ka-ha, v. To scratch; to make marks; 
 
 to write ; to make marks indefinitely. 
 
 2. To cut ; to hew, as timber. 
 
 3. To cut open, as a fish or animal; to rip 
 open, as the belly of a person. Amoa 1:13. 
 
 4. To turn about and go away; to go off; 
 to set out to go. L(Aeik. 67. 
 
 6. Soo. To seize; to take with one's 
 knowledge, but without his consent ; to 
 rob ; to take what is another's. See Hoo- 
 KAUA, an extortion. See Maeaha. 
 
 Ka-ha, v. To stand sideways; to'stand 
 up on the edge like the comb of a cock; to 
 tread water; to swim standing up. Laieik. 
 92. 
 
 2. To land or be thrown on the shore 
 from the surf without asurf-boaid. 
 
 3. FiQ. To press the laud on the back, 
 as when one lands on shore in the surf ; e 
 kaka i ka nalu ; hence tiie proverbial ex- 
 pression, ua kaha aku la ka nalu o kuu 
 aind,, means (Lit. ; The surf has pressed 
 updn my land) to have a famine for land, 
 i. e., to press, to squeeze the people for food. 
 
 Ea-ha, s. A scratch; a mark; a letter. 
 
 2. In mathemaiies, a line. 
 
 3. A strip of barren land on tb« sea 
 shore; hence. 
 
 4. Barren land anywhere where upland 
 kalo will not grow, but.the people depend 
 on another place. 
 
 5.- Thfc channel of a small stream. See 
 Kaeawai and ICahasai. 
 
KAH 
 
 212 
 
 KAH 
 
 Ka-ha, *. A kind of paper or cloth. 
 Z. The crafik of a whip ; the report of a 
 pistol. 
 
 3. Robbery ; plunder ; rapine ; oppres- 
 sion. 
 
 Ka-hat v. To be fat ; to be plump ; to 
 be ftiU, as a well-fed animal. Kin. 41:2. 
 
 Ka-ha, s. Largeness: fatness; plump- 
 ness ; aohe lo o ke kah/t. 
 
 Ka-ha-a-ku-a, s. Kaha, marks, and 
 ohm,, god. A track of a god in a desert 
 place. 
 
 Ka-ha-a-po< s. Kaha, marks, and apo, 
 hoop. Lrr. An embracing mark. 
 
 1. The circumference; be umi kapuai ke 
 kahaapo o kekahi, ten feet is the circum- 
 ference of some. 
 
 2. In grammar, brackets. [ ]. 
 Ka-ha-e-a, v. See Osiaomao. To ex- 
 tend over the heavens as a cloud, varie- 
 gated, black, white, blue, &c.; x\a,'ka,haea 
 luna, na hoopono i ka maka u ka opua. 
 
 Ua ODiaomao ka laoi, ua kahaea lona, 
 Ua pipl Jia maka <'> na boku, 
 
 Ka-ha-f.-a, J. The name of a disease; 
 
 iliB thrush; the scald head; then goes over 
 
 the body and is called kakaea. 
 2. The name of a god. 
 Ka-ha-b-a, *. A singular appearance of 
 
 the sky in the morning ; a sign of rain ; he 
 
 kahaea ia, be aouli ua ia. 
 Ka-hai, c. To gird; to bind one. girdle. 
 2. To decrease, as a noise ; to cease ; to 
 
 come to and to be quiet. See K.u<auai. 
 Ka-hai, s. A girdle-.; a belt ; a fillet. 
 2. Quietness ; stillness after a clamor. 
 ICa-hau, c. To abate, as the wind ; pe- 
 
 hea*ka makani? Ua kahau iki mai, aole 
 
 ikaika : e hole kakou. 
 
 2. To be diminished, as sickness; ua ka- 
 hauVa mai kon mai, ua pale ka nui. 
 
 3. To abate, as a stream of water; kahau 
 ka wai, kokoke pau. 
 
 Ka-eau, s. The name of a play or pas- 
 time ; he kahau kaM hana. 
 Ka-ha-u-la, adj. See Aikahaula and 
 
 MOBKAHADLA. 
 
 Ka-ha-0''lb, V. JSJaha, to cut, and ule, 
 penis. To. circumcise. See ICahbole. 
 
 Ka-ha-ha', int. An expression of won- 
 der, surprise or displeaeiure. NolE. — Ha- 
 waiiaas in the use of this word express a 
 great variety of shades of meaning, accord- 
 ing to the pronunciation, tone of voice, &c. 
 
 Ka-ha-ha', u To wonder or . be sur- 
 prised at a thing ; to be astonished at the 
 sight of a thing or at an idea expressed by 
 one ; to marvel ; to hiss at ; to treat with 
 contempt; to be In doubt or perplexity of 
 ■what one sees or hears and knows not how 
 to aoconnt for; to think a thing strange., i 
 
 I'et. 4:4. Note.— 'This word is used with 
 manao or naau to express wonder. 
 
 Ka-ha-ha-ia, s, a wonder; an object 
 of wonder or astonishment to the beholder, 
 as something unaccountable. Kanl. 28:3. 
 
 Ka-ha-ha-nai, s. Kaha and kanai, the 
 name of the strings that surround a cala- 
 bash ; hence, in geometry, the radius of a 
 circle. Anahjon. 23. 
 
 Ka-ha-hui, s. Kaha, a mark, and hui, 
 to unite. In mvsic, a brace. 
 
 Ka-ha-kaj, s. £(2^, mark, and ^o}, sea. 
 The sea shore. Kin. 49:13. 
 2. The sand of the sea beach. 
 S. The name of the region of country 
 bordering on the sea. 
 
 Ka-ha-ka-ha, I'. The 13th conj. of kaha, 
 io mark, &c. To m irk or scratch frequently. 
 1 Sam. 21:13. To writo upon paper or a 
 slate. Fuk. 31:18. To engrave on stone or 
 copper ; to write in the sand or upon the 
 ground ; aole anei e kaliakalia ko kakoa 
 naau i kekahi hena o kela kanaka? To cut 
 off; to divide frequently, 
 
 Ka-ha-ka-ha, *. Hon. A display; a 
 show of uress , a parade, &c. See Hooka- 
 
 HAKABA. 
 
 Kfl-HA-KA-HA, s. An engraving ; a wri- 
 ting, fuk. 28:21. 
 
 Ka-ha-ka-ha-na, s. The clothes in 
 
 ■ which a corpse is dressed ; grave clothes. 
 loan 11:44. 
 
 Ka-ha-ke-lr-a-we, s. jpToAa, to cut, and 
 kekawe, copper. A cutting of copper ; an 
 engraving ; ka mea a ka ■poe kaltaJideawe i 
 hana'i. 
 
 Ka-ha-ku-hi, s. Kaha, mark, and kuhi, 
 to point out. In grammar, any letter, mark 
 or character directing the reader to the 
 margin or bottom of tibe page. 
 
 Ka-ha-ki-ki, v. To pour down violently, 
 
 as rain. 
 Ka-ha-la, *. Nameoi a species of fish. 
 Ka-ha-la-ha-la, s. He kahalahala, na 
 
 palai. 
 Ka-ha-la-wai, s. The mixing of two 
 
 uulike substances so as to make a third lui- 
 
 like, as paints of different colors. 
 
 Ka-ha-le-le-le-po, s. The name of a 
 
 limine in former times. 
 Ka-ha-u-u, v. To struggle. 
 Ka-ha-lo-a, s. The name of a stone 
 
 brought before- a priest in a certain pule 
 
 anaana. 
 Ka-ha-na, s. The name of a valley on 
 
 Eauai. 
 Ka-ha-ni-a, ». JV inserted for I, To be 
 
 shaven; to be out close; to be made'smdotlii 
 
 as a shaven head ; kahama ke poo o ka 
 
 ohule. 
 
KAH 
 
 243 
 
 KAH 
 
 Ka-ha-fi-li, s. Kaha, a mark, and piZi, 
 to touch. In geometry, a tangent of a cir- 
 cle. Anahon. 23. 
 
 Ka-ha-po-ai, s. ZoAa, a mark, and poai, 
 to surrouncl. In geometry, the line of a cir- 
 cle ; the circumference of a circle. 
 
 Ka-ha-poc-hi-wi, s. Kaha, fat, and poo- 
 hiwi, shoulder. The fat or muscle on the 
 shoulder-blade or ovcir it. 
 
 Ka-ha-put;, s. Name of a plant of the 
 fern species growing on the rnounUiins, 
 eaten iu time of famine for food. See U\- 
 rm. 
 
 Ka-ha-wai, s. Kaha, a small stream, 
 and wai, water. A brook ; a rivulet ; a 
 water cour.se ; a cascade ; a stream with 
 frequent rapids ; any small stream. Kanl. 
 8:7. 
 
 Ka-he, v. To spill; to pour out, as 
 water or blood. 
 
 2. To run, as ivater; to flow, as a stream 
 or river. 
 
 3. To flow, i. 0.., to abound iii any sub- 
 stance. ' Nah. 14:8. 
 
 4. To drop ; to trickle, as tears. Ezek. 
 24:16. 
 
 6. To flow, as froth from the mouth of a 
 person in a Ut. 
 
 6. To flow, as blood from a wound. 
 
 7. jCToo. To ca\ise (o flow or run, a.s a 
 lif(md, i. e., to water, as a land; to shed or 
 cause to flow, as blood in murd(^r. Kin. 
 37:22. 
 
 8. To cause to flow back, as the sea. 
 Puk. 14:21. 
 
 * * ' * • keata, 
 
 us 1'"^ o Kaikaa ku i ka maka Hi, 
 
 H&Dini, umilani e luai e ao 
 
 E leaks e Vakahi mai auanei 
 
 Ka omaka wui kapu o Louo. 
 
 Ka-he, v. To cut or slit longitudinally; 
 to cut off; with oroofca, to circumcise alter 
 the Hawaiian manner ; to castrate ; to 
 .shave. 8eo K,uii. 
 
 2. To bind round the waist ; to gird. 
 
 3. To begin to wither, as leaves eaten by 
 a worm. 
 
 Ka-he, s. Hoo. A flowing; a flowing 
 of blood ; 111', poko ma kauwahi,_he la ma 
 kauwalii, he hauoki flia kauwahi, he kahe 
 ma kauwahi. 
 
 Ka-he-a, I'. See Hea, to call. To call 
 any one for any purpose. OHik. 1:1. 
 
 2. To r.vy to one for help ; to call upon 
 one, as in prayer. Puk. ii\l&. 
 
 3. To speak : to call aloud. 
 
 4. To cry out, as in pain. 
 Ka-he-a, v. To be dirty; to be foul; to 
 
 be corrupt. See rAi>.iiiEA. 
 Ka-he-a, adj. Foul ; filthy. 
 Ka-he-a-wai, v. To flow; to be soft; 
 
 to run like water. 
 2. To be multitudinous 
 
 Ka-hee, v. See Hbe, to slip; to slide. 
 
 To slip flowers along from the needle or 
 
 manai to the .string iu making wreatti.s. 
 Ka-hei, v. To tie round, as a girdle or 
 
 belt ; to gird on. See Kabi. 
 Ka-hei, s. A belt ; a band around the 
 
 belly of a person. 
 
 2. A sack passing over the shoulders, as 
 a soldier's belt. 
 
 3. A cloth for preserving goods. 
 Ka-he-u, v. To clean -weeds, as in a 
 
 garden ; to put a garden in order ; to stir 
 
 up the dirt, pull up the weeds, grass, &o. 
 
 See 11 KU. 
 Ka-he-u-le, u Kake, to cut, and ule, 
 
 the penis. To circumcise. See Kaue. 
 Ka-he-u-mi-u-mi, s. Kahe, to cut, and 
 
 wriwmd, beard. A beard cutter, i. e., a 
 
 razor. 
 Ka-he-hi, V. To slip ; to mistake ; to 
 
 slip off. 
 Ka-iie-ka, s. Na io paakai liu o na ka- 
 
 heka. 
 Ka-he-ko-ko, s. Kahe, to flow, and koko, 
 
 blood. LiisTully, liie shedding of blood; 
 
 ua knhekoko i ka nahua ('■ ke anu. 
 Ka-he-la, s. The name of thf swell of 
 
 the sea when it comes along thf wettem 
 
 shore of Hawaii from the south. 
 Ka-he-la, V. To move along, as the 
 
 kahcla above mentioned. 
 
 Kakfla ka nalu o ka pae tauhala, 
 Hoo aiai kc kaiko o Maliu— e. 
 
 Ka-he-la-he-la, V. To lie spread put, 
 as a person asleep, his limbs extended and 
 spread apart. See Kahei,.\. 
 
 Kn&ela, kahelattela ka lae o Leie. 
 
 Ka-he-le, s. Lit. The going. A braid- 
 ing ; a wreathing, as of vines ; a platting 
 of leaves. 
 , 2. The name of the common adze. 
 
 Ka-he-na-wai, s. Lit. Kalie-na-wai, 
 flowing of water. A water brook; running- 
 water. 
 
 Ka-he-wa, V. To miss; to make an si- 
 tempt but not succeed; to tf y and to be 
 foiled. 
 
 Ka-hi, V. To rub gently with the thumb 
 and finger. 
 
 2. To comb, as the hair. Note. — The 
 idea is from the motion of rubbing, polish- 
 ing, sawing, &c. 
 
 S. To cut.; to shave, as the beard. 2 
 Sar/i. 10:4. 
 
 4- To cut, that is, to tear; to lacerate. 
 Lwik. 8:7. See K.-VHS, to out, &c. Mea 
 k-ahi unaiomi, a barber. 
 
 5. To cut. as thK hair. Z«nfc. 16:17. From 
 the old manner of sawing off the hair witfi 
 bamboo knives. 
 
 6. To slit open, i. e., cut longitudiiiaUy: 
 
KAH 
 
 244 
 
 KAH 
 
 kahi i ka opn, kahe i lea omaka. See Kahe. 
 NoTK. — The feeble sound of e and i so rnuiiU 
 resemble each other that both orthogra- 
 phies are used, i. e., fcafte and kalii, to cut, 
 though thji latter is preferable. 
 
 Ka-hi, s. ,A place ; some definite place 
 spoken of or nnderstodd: it does not adinit 
 of the definite article; often STs. with wahi. 
 Kakl kuai, a market place,' or simply a 
 market ; ma kahi e aku, at another place ; 
 kahi kakakaka o ko'u kina, the beaten place 
 of my offense; kaM hoano, a holy place; a 
 sanctuary. NAh. 3:28. 
 
 Ka-hi, ait. Gram. .^ 6b. One; some 
 one; som?;;!!il takes' the article ke—kekalii, 
 Tvhieh see. Some ; a part ; a portion ; o 
 ka ia kahi' oa ke akua, some fish for the 
 god. See Hooiciiii. 
 
 Ka-hi- AP, v. To give away lavishly and 
 inconsiderately. 
 
 Ka-hi- Air, adj.. haivisii of gifts; wasting 
 of property by indisorimicate giving ; he 
 katiaka fcaAioM. See KmisAU. 
 
 KatHI-o, a(^'. Proud. 
 
 .Ka'-hi-o-lo-na, adj. Of cutting or peel- 
 ■ ing olona ; ma ka hale kahiokna, at the 
 house for cutting olona. Lakik. 206. 
 
 Ka-hi-u-mi-u-mi, v. Kitki and umivnii, 
 
 beard. To shave off the beard. 
 KA-Hi-ff-Mi-u-Mi, s. ■ A beard cutter, i. e., 
 
 a bai ber. See KAHEDMiuMt. 
 Ka-hi-hi, ?;. See Ilmi. To entatigle ; to 
 
 choke, as weeds do plants. Mai, 13:7. 
 
 2. To sue one at law; to cause on^j to ijfe 
 entangled witb a law or kapu. Mai. 6:ki. 
 
 3. To entangle one by accusing him ; to 
 tell false stories ; to slander. 
 
 4. To block up an entrance ; ua kaMd 
 ka puka o ka hale e ka upena isanana, th» 
 door of the house was stopped with a spi- 
 der's web. 
 
 Ka-hi-ht, s. Entanglement; perplexity. 
 
 Ka-hi-ka-hi, b. To isciatcli out, as wri- 
 ting with a knife. 
 
 Ka-hi-ka-ka-ka-ka, s. a irau do e hoo- 
 kOBio Iho ma kabikakakaka o ko'u kina. 
 Kahi here is probably llie noun, and Jtaka- 
 kaka the adjective. 
 
 Ka-hi-ka-le-na, '0. To finish; to dis- 
 pose of before auother is aware, as if a part 
 of a family should eat up the food while 
 part were absent; a e anai mai kalakaUna 
 k« i kapa— hai ka mea h.alni ole ; pau loa, 
 aohe mea koe. 
 
 Ka-hi-ki, s, It takes no article. The 
 general name of any foreign country ; hai 
 mai la oia i na 'lii i kona holo i kahiki, ho 
 told tho chiefs of hia sailing to a foreign 
 cmiulry; hence, hohkahiki means any Ha- 
 waiian v/ho has been to a foreign land. 
 
 Ka-hi-ko, s. The name of the first man 
 
 upon the Hawaiian Islands according to 
 some genealogies; ua hou ia mai, m» ka 
 mookuaubau i kapaia Ololo, he kane ia ka- 
 naka mua loa, o Kalako kona inoa, it m 
 said again, in the genealogy called Ololo, 
 that the very first inhabitant was a male, 
 whose name vas KaMko. The question 
 here discussed is whether the first person 
 on the Islands was a man or woman. D. 
 Malo, chap. 3, 4. 
 
 Ka-hi-k6, v. To be or become old ; to 
 fade, as a flower or leaf; ua kabiko o, to 
 become old prematurely ; to be ancient, 
 
 Ka-hi-ko, adj. Old; ancient; that which 
 is long past; poe kahiko. the ancients; the 
 old peo{)le ; Wa kahiko, old time. 
 
 Ka-hi-ko, «. An elderly person ; an old 
 mftn: elua man mea kahiko, e kipakuia'naj 
 e hele pela, two old men, thiey were being 
 driven away. Stk. with poohina. Idb. 
 15:10. 
 
 Ka*hi-ko, v. To put on or dress in 
 superb clothing; to put on splendid ap- 
 parel for appearance sake ; to be clothed 
 splendidly. Mat. 6:29. 
 
 2. To decjk or put on ornaments, as an 
 Eastern bride, /so. 6J :10. .• 
 
 3. To adorn with royal robes, as ancient 
 kings in their armor. fMleilt. 112. To go 
 in full armor, as a sofdier equipped. Kani. 
 3.18, ' 
 
 -i. To be armed for battle. 
 
 a. To show honor ; to dignify bv honori 
 able treatment. 1 Kor. 12:23. 
 Ka"Ki~ko, s. A splendid dress; the dress 
 and ornaments, as of au Eastern bridt- 
 groom. Isa. 61:10. 
 
 2. Tbc iidestly robes of Aaron. Puh. 
 29:21. Jsa kabiko laa, the consecrated gar- 
 ments. 
 
 5. Armor; defensive weapons ; military 
 dress. i'Jjes. fi:l3. 
 
 4. The furniture of a house, -jspccially 
 handsome costly fturniture; e hookupu pah* 
 no ko lakou w^iwai, ko lakou kaWko o ka 
 hale. 
 
 Ka-hi-ko-kau-a, adj. Hale JcahiJiokmid, 
 house for aftnory. Isa. 22:8.- 
 
 Ka-hi-ko-iii-ko, v. To be very aged; to 
 1h' well versed in ancient aSiairs ; to speak 
 in the language of anciunt times; to follow 
 ancient customs. 
 
 Ka-hi-ko-i,i;, s. Three in one; the Trin- 
 ity; used only in the Scriphiral sense; the 
 (lOdliead, Father, Son and Holy Spirit. 
 
 Ea-ui-ko-ltj, adj. Three-fold ; three 'n 
 one, 
 
 Ka-hi-li, s. See iliLi, to plat; to twist. 
 A brush generally, but especially a fly- 
 brush, made of fe.ithers botind On to a stick. 
 2, EmphalkaUy, the large brushes ussd 
 by the oaiefs; they wore used as badges Of 
 royally on all public occasions... 
 
KAH 
 
 245 
 
 KAH 
 
 Ka-hi-li, v. To brushy to sweep, as 
 with a broom ; to sweepj as a house. Mat. 
 12:44. To wipe. 
 
 2. To sweep away, as the wind blows 
 away light substances ; hence, 
 
 3. To destroy; 
 
 4. To change j to be changeable. 
 Ka-hi-li-hi-li, u To scatter away ; to 
 
 brush off, as small dust or light substances. 
 Ka-hi-mo-e, s. Kaki, place, and moe, to 
 
 sleep. Aslceping place; a bedstead. 
 Ka-hi-na, v. See Hina, to fall. To fall 
 
 before one; to bo the victim of one's in- 
 
 tiigue or displeasure. 
 
 2. To supplant; to taKo the advAntage 
 ofon«. Kin. 21 M. 
 
 Ka-hi-na-lii, s. Proper name of a cele- 
 brated chief in whose days was the flood ; 
 hence, kaiakahinalU, the flood. See also 
 HiNAlJi with tlic.arljele dropped. 
 
 Ka-hi-nu, v. See Htnu. To rub over 
 with oil ; to anoint. Kanl. 28:40. 
 
 2; To rnb over or anoint, as a Hacrifice, 
 with a brush large in the middle. 
 
 3. To rub or grease tlic runners of a sled 
 or holua which was formerly used. See 
 
 HOLUA, 
 
 i. To roast, as meat. Kanl. 16:7. 
 
 Ka-ho-a, 1). To appease one vvho mpy 
 be angry with us ; to exhort an evil per- 
 son to {>e good, to do right, &c. 
 
 Ka-ho-a-ho-a, u To be still; to behave 
 quiefty ; to do no evil. 
 
 Ka-ho-a-ka, s. The spirit or soul of a 
 person still living, supposed to be seen by 
 liriests; nona ia jcahoaka c hihia nei, he 
 uhane, he faaili, he uhane kakaola. 
 
 Ka-hoi, v. To hinder ; to keep back. 
 
 Ka-h6o-ku-i, s. a, union ; a joining ; a 
 uniting. See Km and Hookci. 
 
 Ka-ho-ho, V, To cry out or after one. 
 .See Hfxono. 
 
 Ka-ho-ho, s. a crying out; a shouting; 
 a calling. 
 
 Ka-ho-kai, v. To mix up. 
 
 2. IJoo. To mix two ingredients, as earth 
 and water; to mix up, as in malting bread. 
 
 Ka-Ho-loj v. To work rapidly at any 
 busino^. 
 
 2. To row quickly. 
 
 3. To jostle ; to be moved or put out of 
 place ; e omaii, o holo luna. 
 
 Ka-ho-lo, (wZy, Movable ; unfixed ; un- 
 steady. 
 
 Ka-hu, v. To bake in the ground as 
 Uawaiiana do ; to cook food. 
 
 2. To kindle or make a fire ; to burn, as 
 lime in a pit; to burn, as brick. Kin. Ih'i. 
 To burn; to consume. Ezek. 39:9. Svn. 
 with puhi. Kahu man, to bake in an oven : 
 a Contracted form is kahimu. See b^low 
 
 Ka-hu, s. AnhonoredoTupperservant; 
 a gttardian or nurse for ,fihildren. RtU. 
 4:16. Hence, a feeder; a?fceeper; a pro- 
 vider; kalmV.na,, a shepherd. 
 
 Ka-hct, v. To he or act as a servant. 
 Hoo. To act the part of a servant; to have 
 or take the care of persons or property ; 
 spolcen of a king, to take care of his peo- 
 ple.-' lifaM2:7. 
 
 Ka-hu-a, .«. The prepared foundation 
 of a house, 1. e., the ground cleaved off and 
 leveled down on which to set up a build- 
 ing; na maikai ke kahua o kckaiii hale, 
 the place (for the foundation) of the house 
 is good. 
 
 2. A place of encampment for a company 
 of travelers or an army ; an open space r 
 proper for an encampment; a camp ground; 
 kahua kaua, a camp. 2 Sam. 1:2. Kahna 
 hehi palaoa, a thrashing floor. Nah. 18:27. 
 Kahua mokomoko, a place where people 
 assembled to wrestle. Laieik. 42. 
 
 Ka-ii0-a, *. Wrath; anger, See Hua, 
 envy ; jealousy. 
 
 Ka-hu-a, v. To designate; to point ovt; 
 to direct. 
 
 Ka-hu-ai, v. Kakun, to bake, and ai, 
 food. To bake kSlo in the ground. 
 
 Ka-H0-ai, s. a baker; one who prepares 
 the food, ifiji. 40:3. 
 
 Ka-hu-ai, II. Pass. part, of kahu. That 
 which is or has been burnt. 
 
 ELi-HU-Ai-NA, s. Kahu and aina, land. 
 The head man of a land. 
 
 Ka-hu-a-o-le, s. Kahua, foundation, 
 and oU, not. A good for nothing person ; 
 one useless. 
 
 Ka-ho-a-o-ma-lio, s. Kahua, founda- 
 tion, and malio. the first dawn of morning 
 light LUeraUy, the source of light and 
 comfort. 
 
 2. Figuratively, the source of life's enjoy- 
 ments, such as food, fiuh, mats and all the 
 fruitfl of the land. 
 
 Ka-hu-a-ha-le, s. Kahua and hale, a 
 house. The foundation of a hou.se. See 
 Kahua. A town ; a village ; a cluster of 
 houses. 
 
 Ka-hu-a-ha-ne-ne, s. Kahua and ha- 
 mcne, low; vulgar. A place used for pleas- 
 ure and vile purposes. 
 
 Ka-hit-a-hi, s. Kahu, servant, and ahi, 
 Are. One who has the care of the fire ; a 
 five builder. 
 
 Ka-hh-a-hi, v. To build a fire. 
 
 Ka-hu-a-hoo-u-ka, s Kahua and hoo- 
 uJca, to attack. A battle ground ; a place 
 selected for the contest of two armies. 
 
 Ka-hu-a-hit-a, s. One engaged about 
 the altar; one who has charge of the gods; 
 a priest. 
 
KAH 
 
 246 
 
 KAH 
 
 Ka-hit-a-kau-a, s. Kahua and kaiia., 
 
 war. A field of battle. 
 Ka-ho-a-ko-i, s. a species of pastime 
 
 fovmei-iy on tbe kahua with the koij be 
 
 kahn e kukele mai ai. 
 Ka-hu-a-le-a, s. Name of the pkce 
 
 where people asaeralDled for play or gaming 
 
 or other pastime. 
 Ka-hu-a-mai-ka, s. The path made for 
 
 playing at maika. See Maika. „ ^ , . , . 
 
 Ki-HU-i-LA-o-KA-LA-Ni,s. The lightning Ka-hu-na, s. /ia«« and a«a, a cookmg. 
 
 ho kahua akea, a malaelae, he kakuhii ke 
 kana kupono ma ia kahua. 
 Ka-h0-mo-ku, s. Kahu sxAmohi, a ship. 
 A mate of a ship j specifically, the second 
 ^ate. 
 
 Ka-hu-mu, s. Something relative to 
 
 mahiai or farming. 
 Ka-H0-mu, V. A contraction of Aato and 
 
 umu. To hake in an oven ; to bake, as 
 
 kalo. Om. 26:26. 
 
 flash of heaven; one of the names of Kalai 
 
 pahoa, siipposeA to be a god from a foreign 
 
 country, who entered the nioi, a tree on 
 
 Lanai and Molokai, honoe the tree was 
 
 called by his name ; it is very poisonous. 
 Ka-hu-tj-mu, i;. To bake food in an 
 
 oven ; to cook food generally, t See Kahu 
 
 and Umd, oven. 
 Ka-hu-u-mu, s. One who cooks or bakes 
 
 food. 
 Ka-hu-hi-pa, s. Kahu and hipa, sheep. 
 
 A shepherd. loan. 10:11. 
 Ka-hu-ka-hu, v. To ofler a sacrifice to 
 
 the gods ; to sacrifice ; to worship the god 
 
 of fishermen, to the anmakua. 
 KA.-Hn-KA-Hu, s. The sacrifice offered to 
 
 the gods. 
 Ka-hu-ki, p. To corrupt; to rot; to 
 
 putrefy, as a dead body. See Palakahuki. 
 Ka-hu-ki, s. Corruption ; putrefaction, 
 
 especially of animal bodies. 
 Ka-hh-ku-la, f. A'aAm and ^te, school. 
 
 A school committee; one having charge of 
 
 schools. 
 Ka-hu-li, v. See Hull To change ; to 
 
 turn over ; to upset. 
 
 2. To overturn ; to confound, as a lan- 
 guage. 
 
 3. JJoo. To overturn ; to overthrow ; to 
 pervert Tit. I -.li. Hookahdi i ka pono, 
 to pervert judgment, ] Smn. 8:3. 
 
 4. To overthrow, as a city. Kin. 19:2.5. 
 
 5. To change ; to confound ; to confuse, 
 as a language. Kin.\l-1. 
 
 Ka-htj-li, s. a chs.nge; an overthrow; 
 an overturning. 
 
 2. Uprightness; cor.eotness. 
 
 3. Tne singing or sounds of what Hawai- 
 ians suppose to be snails. Laieik. US. 
 
 4. The snails themselves. 
 
 Ka-hh-ij-o, s. KaJiu and lio, a horse. 
 One who tends or feeds a horso. 
 
 Ka-hu-li-hu-li, v. See Kahuli and 
 .Hull To be overturned ; to be changed ; 
 to bfi tossed about frequently, as a ship in 
 % storm ; to rock ; to wave ; to stand. iu a 
 tottering manner. Soe Lull 
 
 KA-Hrr-Ltj-J, ac^/. B road and well planned 1 
 and biuU, us the ibuiidalion of a house; ina I 
 
 Hence, a general name applied to such per- 
 sons as have a trade, an art, or who prac- 
 tice some profession; some qaalil^ing term 
 ia generally added ; as, kalmna lapaau, a 
 physician ; kahuna pule, a priest ; kahuna 
 kalai laau.a Oivipenter; kahuna kala, a sil- 
 versmith; kahuna kalai, an engraver. Fuk. 
 38:23. NoTii. — Generally in Hawaiian an- 
 tiquities, the word kahuna without any 
 qualifying term,, refers to the priest or the 
 person who offered sacrifices. Puk. 18:1. 
 ka mea pule i ka ke alii beian, he kahuna 
 pule ia. See the above and others in their 
 own places. 
 Ka-H0-na, v. To exercise a profession J 
 to work at one's appropriate business. 
 
 2. SpecificMy, to be cr act the pricsv. 
 Lunk. 18:19. 
 
 3. To sprinkle salt on a sacrifice; e kapi 
 i ka paakai i awaawa ole. See Kahuka- 
 
 HUNA. 
 
 4. floo. To sanctify or set apart to the 
 priests' office. Puk. 28:41. 
 
 Ka-hh-na-ao, s. Kahmn, and ao, to 
 teach. A preacher; a pulpit teacher; one 
 whose business it is to impart knowledge 
 to men. 
 
 Ka-hu-na-a-na-na, s. Kahuna &aA ana- 
 ana, sorcery. One who uses divination or 
 sorcery. KarJ,. 18:10. 
 
 Ka-hu-na-hai, s. Kahuna and hai, to 
 speak. "One who speaks or declares pub- 
 licly ; a preacher. 2 Tim. 1:11. The full 
 form is kahunahai oldo. 
 
 Ka-hu-na-hoo-pio-pio, s. Kahuna and 
 hoopiopio, to practice sorcery. A priest or 
 one who practices sorcery in connection 
 with his priest's oflice. 
 
 Ka-hu-na-hu-na, v. To sprinkle; to 
 sprinkle a little salt upon meat; to sprinkle 
 salt or water in small quantities ; e kapi 
 awaawa ole i ka paakai. See Kahuna '2. 
 
 Ka-hd-na-hu-na, s. See Huna and Hir- 
 NAHUNA, small particles, &c. Small parti- 
 cles of any substance, as small bits of food; 
 fine dust. 
 2. A fog ; a mist, A.c. 
 
 Ka-hu-na- KA-LA J, s. Kahuna tini kalai, 
 to hew. One who hews out canoes; a car- 
 pfnlfiv genovnU)-. 
 
 Ka-h^-n'a-kh, s, Tiiore are several form? 
 
KAK 
 
 247 
 
 KAK 
 
 of this term ; as, kahuna o na kii. kahuna- 
 pule kii aoao. The .directoi- and guide of 
 the high chief or king in things relating to 
 war ; ma ka wa e kaua ai, o ke kahunakil 
 ka mea alakai mua i ke alii nui ma kana 
 oihana. 
 
 Ka-hu-na-la-pa-au^ s. Kakuna and la- 
 paav, to heal. A physician ; a doctor of 
 medicine. 
 
 Ka-h0-na-pe-le, s. liahuna and pek. 
 The priest or priestess of Pele. 
 2. The woi'shipcrs of Pele. 
 
 Ka-hu-ka-pu-le, s. Kahuna and pule, 
 prayer. A priest ; one who publicly offi- 
 ciates in the exercises of religion. 
 
 Ka-hu-pit-aa, s. £ffl^a and pzMja, swine. 
 One who tends or feeds swine ; a swine 
 herd. Mai. 8:33. 
 
 Ka-hu-wai, *. Kahu and wai, water. 
 One who has the charge or oversight of the 
 division pf water. 
 
 Ka-htj-wai, s. a brook or streEwm of 
 water. See Kabawm. 
 
 Ka-ht;-ea-ka,' s. Kahu and baka (Eng.), 
 tobacco. A servant of the chiefs who has 
 charge of their tobacco, lights their pipes, 
 smokes a little himself, and presents it to 
 bis master. 
 
 Ka-H0-bi-pi, s. Kahu and bipi, an ox or 
 cow. A keeper of cattle ; a herdsman. 
 Kin. 13:7, 8. 
 
 Ka-ka, v. Ka, to Strike; to dash. To 
 beat ; to whip. 
 
 2. To cut and split or break wood (this 
 
 was anciently done, not -with an axe, but 
 
 by striking sticks against stones or rooks.) 
 
 '3. To wash, as dirty clothes (this is done 
 
 by Hawaiians by beating them.) 
 
 4. To strike, as fire with flint and steel ; 
 ka or kaka ahi. 
 
 5. To thrash, as grain. Rut. 2:17. 
 
 6. To rip open. 2 JSal. 18:12. 
 
 7. To dip or bail out water. See Ka. 
 
 Ka-ka, v. To be odorous or sweet- 
 scented ; to smell agreeably. 
 
 Ka-ka, s. Fruits that grow in clusters, 
 as grapes ; much fruit in one place. 
 
 Ka-ka, s. A bird; a species of duck; 
 he maau nene. 
 
 Ka-kaa, v. See Kaa, to roll. To roll ; 
 to turn this way and that. 
 
 2. To stare or gaze with wonder ; to 
 strain the eyes with looking. 
 
 3. To tmn aside from; to deviate from 
 a right line ; to sail in a zigzag manner. 
 
 i. To squint. 
 Ka-kaa, adj. Rolling. 
 
 2. Watery ; sore eyed. 
 Ka-kaa, s. A waterj"- or sore eye. 
 Ka-kae, v. To run; to be spry; to be 
 quick. 
 
 Ka-kae, adj. Spry; lively, as a child 
 
 in walking. 
 Ka-kai, v. See Kai, to lead. To go 
 
 along in company ; kakai ka aha i muli 
 
 honua, the company followed all together; 
 
 to travel together, as a huakai or caravan; 
 
 kaka^ lua ka uele a kanaka. 
 
 2. To follow, as chickens do a hen. 
 
 3. To follow one after another, as in In- 
 dian file. 
 
 4. To look carefully around, as with an 
 evil design. 
 
 5. To fjird on to the loins, as a sword. 
 
 6. To pray, as in ancient times at a great 
 kapu occasion ; kakai ka aha a loaa hoi. 
 
 7. To copulate, as the different sexes. 
 
 8. Hco. To look after ; t,o see to ; aka, 
 aole e pau i ka hookakai aku. 
 
 Ka-kai, s. A company traveling to- 
 gether. 
 
 2. A family, including' servants, depen- 
 denta, &o. 
 
 3. A litter, as of animals. 
 
 4. A cloud that hangs low near ihc 
 ground ; he makaai auanei, ke kan mai la 
 ke kakai o Waimea. 
 
 5. Name of some of ihe strings used iu 
 tying up a calabash. 
 
 Ka-kai-a-po-la, s. The tail of a kite ; 
 alaila, nakinaki na kanla hanai arae ke ka- 
 kaiapola ame ke aho. See Eaikaiai'OLa. 
 
 Ka-kai-e-le, ) ^. To be slow; to be 
 
 Ka-kai-HI-LI, \ sluggish; to lag behind. 
 
 Ka-ka-o-ko, adj. Duli;slow; crooked. 
 
 Ka-kai-ka-hi, v. To be few; to bo 
 scarce; to be seldom occunring ; hence, to 
 be precious. 1 Sam. 3:1. 
 
 Ka-kai-ka-hi, adj. Few; scarce; here 
 and there one : a small number. 
 
 Ka-kai-pau-da, s. Eiig. A cartridge 
 box ; also kapepaHda- 
 
 Ka-ka-o-la, s. The spirit or soul of a 
 living person as seen or pretended to be 
 seen by the kahuna kilokilo or juggling 
 priest. If many spirits were seen in com- 
 pany they were called oio. The ghost of a 
 single deceased person was called ftinotcai- 
 lua. which see. 
 
 Ka-kai-pa-li, s. See Kakai, a going. A 
 going down a pali. 
 2. The descent of a pali. 
 
 Ka-ka-o-le-lo, s. /(TaJa and ofeZoj word. 
 A counsellor ; an adviser; a lawgiver; a 
 scribe: one skilled in langnago ; kekahi 
 poe kanaka akamai i ke kakaolelo, certain 
 men skillful in judgment. 
 
 Ka-kau, v. See Katt. To write; to 
 
 mark with apen or pencil; to make letters, 
 
 2. To write upon ; to print or paint on 
 
 kapa; as in former tijnes ; to put down for 
 
 remembrance. Nah. 33:2. 
 
KAK 
 
 248 
 
 KAK 
 
 3. To describe; to mark out; to desig- 
 nate ; to divide out into parcels, m land. 
 los. 18:6, 8. 
 Ka-kau, s. a writing, i. e., anything 
 written. 
 
 2. The act of writing ; hence, 
 
 3. A taking, i. e., writing down the names 
 of persons w£o are to pay tribute. ImIcVX 
 
 Ka-kau-a-lii. 
 
 Ka-kau-o-le-lo, s. Kakau and oldo, 
 
 word. A person whose business it is to 
 
 keep or write a record. 
 2. A scribe; a clerk; a secretary. 2 
 
 Sam. 8:17. 
 Ka-kap-ha, v. To stretch out, as the 
 
 arm with mascnlar energy ; to exert great 
 
 strength; hence, 
 
 2. To oppress; to be hard or cruel to 
 those who are subject. 
 
 3. To bring under bondage; to cause 
 one to groan through hard service. 
 
 4. Eoo. To oppress ; to harass ; to im- 
 pose burdens upon. 
 
 5. To stret^ out the hand to punish. 
 Puic. 7:5. Hookaumaha iho la me ka Aoo- 
 kakauha maluna o kanaka, he oppressed 
 and imposed upon the people. 
 
 Ka-kau-ha, adj. Stretched out, i. e., 
 strong; powerftl; stiff; kakauha kiiu pnu, 
 my neck is stiff; strained, as a large rope; 
 as the muscles of the arm in exerting 
 strength; kakunha ka lima; energetic. 
 Puk. 6:6. Hard ; severe ; exacting. 
 
 Ka-kah-ka-ha, v. To print, paint or 
 
 , mark, as on the sldn. Oihk. 19:28. 
 
 "Ka-kau-moo-o-le-lo, s. Kakau and moo- 
 olelo, a connected story. A recoi d. 2 Sam. 
 20:24. 
 
 Ka-ka-ha, s. Name of a shallew place 
 out' in the sea. 
 
 Ka-ka-he, v. See Kahe, to flow. To 
 flow ; to overflow; ; to run, as a liquid ; to 
 melt; to flow, as a melted substance, 2 
 Pet. 3:12. 
 
 Ka-ka-he, s. A flowing brook ; a flow- 
 ing or dripping of water. 
 
 Ka-ka-he -A- wAi, s. A brook ; a flowing 
 stream. Sec Kahawai. 
 
 Ka-ka-he-le, t). Kaka and Me, to go. 
 To go quickly ; to move quick ; to be in a 
 hurry. 
 
 Ka-ka-he, p. An error perhaps. in wri- 
 ting for kajcahi. To break ; to dispel ; ua 
 kakaJie ae i ka manawa pono e hana'i, he 
 broke in upon the proper time to work. 
 
 Ka-ka-hi, s. An iron hoop. See Ka- 
 
 KAKI. 
 
 Ka-ka-hi-a-ka, s. Eakahi and/ aha, 
 shade. Lit. Breaking the shad'- (of night), 
 i. e., morning; kakaUaka r,ui, earh' in the 
 morning. Puk. 8:16. 
 
 Ka-ka-hi-a-ka, v. To be or become 
 
 morning. 
 Ka-ka-hi-ki, adj. Conversing a long 
 
 time to no pnrpose ; waste of time in vain 
 
 talk. See Maiibkahiki. 
 Ka-ka-hi-li, s. Long conversation about. 
 
 many things without much profit. 
 Ka-ka-hou, adj. Just planted. 
 Ka-ka-hou, v. E kakaola, q. v. 
 Ka-ka-ka, s. A bow for shooting arrows; 
 
 a cross-bow. 1 OUU. 12:2. 
 Ka-ka-ka, v. To crook; to arch; to 
 
 bend, as a bow. 
 Ka-ka-kau, v. To write, as a law. 2 
 
 Oihl. 31:3. 
 Ka-ka-ka-ka; adj. Small cracks or open 
 
 spaces in any substance ; a uau no e hoo- 
 
 komo iho ma kahi kakakaka o ko'n kino. 
 Ka-ka-ke, s. a species of potato. See 
 
 Kake. 
 Ka-ka-ki, s. See Kakahi^ An iron hoop; 
 
 iron from a hoop, i. e., hoop iron ; hookah! 
 
 pnaa, hoolcahi pauku kakakA, one hog for 
 
 one pieceof iron hoop. Moooldo Hawaii. 
 Ka-ka-kii, v. To blunder in speaking; 
 
 to speak ^vithoiit regard to truth ; to be 
 
 careless of what one says. 
 Ka-ka-kii, .5. Carelessness in speaking; 
 
 falsehood. 
 Ka-ka-ki-hi, v. To step lightly; to step 
 
 softly ; to go quickly ; to run lightiy. 
 Ka-ka-la, v. To be rough with sharp 
 
 points ; to be craggy ; to be sharp, as a 
 
 needle, pin, &<j. 
 Ka-ka-la, s. The breaking of the surf. 
 
 2. Anything sharp pointed; small and 
 sharp, liJce a needle. 
 
 3. The spur of a cock; See Kala, to 
 sharpen. 
 
 4. A species of worm that destroys pota- 
 toes and other vegetables ; same as peka 
 and pdue. 
 
 Ka-ka-la, adj. Sharp ; sharp pointed ; 
 
 rough with sharp points. 
 Ka-ka-la-au, s. Name of some art 
 
 taught among the chiefs in ancient times ; 
 
 he nui ka poe ao i ke kupololu ame kc ka- 
 
 kalaau, me ke kaala. 
 Ka-ka-la-io, u. To stand, erect, as the 
 
 hair of one frightened. 
 
 2. To shudder with fear. 
 
 3. To have the sensation (rf cold ; to be 
 rough, as the skin affected with cold. See 
 Okala. 
 
 Ka-ka-lai-o-a, s. A thorny vine with 
 pods very prickly, seeds globular, very 
 hard, shining ; a tlun-n. Kin. 3:18. Giiil- 
 landina Bonduc. 
 
 Ka-ka-lai-o-a, adj. Thorny; composed 
 uf thprna. 
 
KAK 
 
 249 
 
 KAK 
 
 Ka-ka-lai-o-a, v. To stand erect, as the 
 
 hair ; to ha stiff; to be sharp pointed. 
 2. To be angry. See Kakaw. 
 Ka-ka-la-na, v. To ciy out; to call' 
 
 aloud. 
 Ka-ka-la-we-la, v. Kakala and wela, 
 
 to burn. To make a scar by burning ; to 
 
 dear. 
 2. To have the color and appearance of 
 
 a seared or scarred skin. 
 Ka-ka-la-we-la, s. a scar from burn- 
 ing; the smooth, brown, hard surface of the 
 
 skin after being seared. 
 Ka"KA-i.e, v. To be thin; to be watery; 
 
 to be nearly liquid, as thin poi; to be 
 
 mixed with water. 
 2. To be movable ; to be flexible ; to be 
 
 shaky. See Kale. 
 Ka-ka-le, adj. Thin 5 greatly diluted 
 
 with water, as thin poi ; he ai kakaXe. 
 Ka-ka-li, v. See Kali. To wait for 
 
 some person or thing to come or be done ; 
 ' to expect. Isa. 64:4. To continue wailing 
 
 tor something. 
 2. To be detained. 
 Ka-ka-u, adv. Waitingly; in a wait- 
 ing posture ; in wait. ler. 3:2. 
 Ka-ka-h;-le, s. Wandering; repetitious 
 . in conversation ; kakalvie ma ke kamailicr 
 
 ana. 
 Ka-ka-na, v. To speak sneeringly or 
 
 contemptuously; to hurt one's feelings by 
 
 sneering language. 
 Ka-ka-na, s. Contemptuous language; 
 
 reproach; vilification. 
 Ka-ka-na-ka-na, *. A species of grass. 
 2. A species of sea-weed ; limu kakana- 
 
 kana ; a slippery or smooth limu. 
 Ka-ka-jni, s. a blafit or blight on vege 
 
 tables. 
 
 2. A small insect which liVes on the out- 
 side of iruit, leaves, &a. 
 
 3. The itch ; little round pimples on the 
 flesh. 
 
 Ka-ka-pa, s. a small strip of land ad- 
 joining another's large land ; ina he ka- 
 kapa o ka loi,i faookani lalani o \i&kakapa 
 ai la. 
 
 Ka-ka-pa-hi, v. Kaka, to strike, and 
 jjoAi, knit^; sword. To' fence; to use the 
 sword in fencing. 
 
 Ka-ka-pa-hi, s. a fencing ; the sword 
 exercise. 
 
 Ka-ka-wa-hi-e, *. The name of a bird; 
 he kakawahie kahi mann. 
 
 Ka-ka-we-le-we-le, s. Something un- 
 known at present, but looked for in future; 
 a i loaa hoi kakawdmneh pono iki no ia 
 manawa. 
 
 Ka-ke, s. a kind of artificial language; 
 32 
 
 it is used both in speaking and writing ; it 
 is designed as a secret kind of communi- 
 cating thoughts, and understood only by 
 the initiated. In writing it is tnade by 
 transposing the letters of words and by 
 giving words new meanings ; it is used 
 mostly, if not always, for vile lascivious 
 purposes. 
 
 Ka-ke, s, A species of potato. See Ka- 
 ka kid. 
 
 Ka-ke-kA-ke, ». To change; to inter- 
 mix. 
 
 2. Eoo. To mix up. 
 
 3. To be heavy ; to be wat«r soaked, as 
 kalo. 
 
 Ka-ke-ko, adj. Powerful; strong. 
 Ka-ke-le, v. See Kele. To slip; to 
 slide, as on a muddy road. 
 
 2. To glide on the surface of tho water; 
 to sail about for pleasure. 
 
 3. To besmear, as the skin with oil. 
 
 4. To do that which will please one. 
 
 Ka-ke-ij;, J. A rubbing over the sur- 
 face of the body ; an anointing the skin of 
 a person. 
 
 Ka-ke-pau-da, s. Eng. A cartridge box. 
 See KAKAiPAUnA. 
 
 Ka-ki, adj. Cross; petulant; angry. 
 
 Ka-ki-a, s. a nail; a pin; a wedge. 
 See Makia. 
 
 Ka-ki-a, v. To wedge or fasten up 
 tightly ; to fasten in a particular place or 
 situation with a nail, pin or wedge. 
 
 Ka-ki-o,- f. The itch ; the itching pus- 
 tules of the skin. KarU. 28:27. The same 
 as maiau. 
 
 Ka-ki-ni, s. a garment made to cover 
 the foot and leg ; a stocking. 
 
 KA-Ki-m, adj. Eng. Twelve in number, 
 a dozen. 
 
 Ka-ki-wi, v. See Kiwi, to ctook. To 
 bend: to crook, as a horn. 
 
 2! To bend the body, as in bowing ; to 
 nod, as one going to sleep. 
 
 3. To press down upon ; to crush flat, 
 
 4. To slap ; to strike suddenly. 
 Ka-ki-wi, adj. Crooked; bent; pahiiff 
 
 kim, a crooked sword; a crooked knife; a 
 sickle; Hoik. 14:4. 
 
 Ka-ko', 
 
 Ka-koo, 
 to bind round. 1 Sam. 2:4. 
 2. Fig. To give strength. Sal: 18:39. 
 
 Ka-koo, s. A sash; a girdle. Isa. 11:5. 
 
 Ka-kou, pers. pron., first person plural. 
 We ; spoken of more than two, including 
 the spealcer and tho persons addressed, 
 emwv. § 124, 125 and 1. SO. 
 
 Ka-ko-lu, adj. Three-stranded; three- 
 fold ; kakoht ke kaula. 
 
 3. mjlK. i.lL.t. 
 
 '> I V. To bind up; to gird on^ as 
 o> ) one's loose garment with a sash; 
 
KAL 
 
 250 
 
 KAL 
 
 Ka-ko-na, v. See Ar.Ai. To stop; to 
 
 binder anything in its progress ; kakona 
 
 ke alii haule wale ibo no. 
 Ka-ko-na-ko-na, i. Name of a species 
 
 of grass. 
 Ka-ku, s. The name of a long fish. See 
 
 Kdpala. 
 Ka-kutA, «. To bind or fasten on, as a 
 
 pa-u. 
 2. To tie on, as a isihei. 2 Sam. 20:8. 
 
 To put round, as a cincture or girdle. See 
 
 Kakoo. 
 Ka-ku-a, p. To ascribe power to the 
 
 gods ; to magnify ; to offer sacrifice to tlie 
 
 gods. 
 Ka-ku-a, *. The worship of the gods, 
 
 ascribing to them power ; worship. 
 Ka-ku-ai, v. To worship the gods; to 
 
 pray in a particular manner. 
 Ka-ku-ai, s^ The constant daily saori' 
 
 fiee offered at every meal. Hotb. — The of- 
 ferings were mostly of bananas. 
 
 Ka-la, V. To loosen; to untie, as a 
 string or rope ; to let loose, as an animal. 
 Mar. 11:2. 
 
 2. To unloose; to put off, as clothes from 
 a person; to undress; to put off, as armor. 
 
 1 Sam. IT;39. . 
 
 3. To open half way, as a dooror t>ook. 
 
 4. To absolve from a contract. 
 
 5. To put away : to take away, i. e., to 
 forgive sin or a crime ; to pardon. Pvk. 
 34:7. 
 
 6. To forgive, as a debt ; to release one 
 fi'om payment. Mat. 18:27. 
 
 7. To spare ; to save from punishment. 
 
 2 Sam. 21:7. 
 
 8. Roo. To whet; to grind or sharpen 
 on a grindstone or hone. Kanl. 32:41. 
 
 9. To run out the tongue, as a serpent ; 
 to sharpen the tongue, i. e., to speak against 
 or injm-e one, loa. 10:21. 
 
 10. To sharpen, as a sword. Hal. 7:12. 
 
 Ka-la, v. To proclaim, as a public per- 
 ' son the will qI' his so'^ereign ; to cry, as a 
 public crier. 
 
 2. To proclaim ; to send for ; to invite. 
 Oihh. 2?,:2. 
 
 3. To publish : to make known. 2 Sam. 
 1:20. 
 
 i. Uoo. To cause to be proclaimed. Piik. 
 36:S. 
 Ka-la, s. A person whose business it 
 was t,o summon people and chiefs together 
 ia time of war, in a great assembly, with 
 Mglitii and torches, &c. ; a public crier. 
 
 2. A substitute ; one in the place of au- 
 oibur. Kin. 22:13. 
 
 3. The ends of a houae, in distinction 
 from the sides. 
 
 4. 'f be name of a species of flsh ; also 
 species of bird, 
 
 fi. Eala (English) the Hawaiian pronun- 
 ciation of dollar; hence, silver; silver colo 
 
 generally. 
 Ka-la, ado. Spoken of time; used only 
 
 in the negative aole; as, aole e kxila, long 
 ago ; long since ; not very lately; not just 
 
 now ; a good while ago ; aole e kola ka 
 iioho ana o na haole maanei, it is a good 
 
 . while that foreigners have lived here, i. e., 
 
 their coming here ia not lately. 
 Ka-la-au, v. £ala, to call, aniau. See 
 
 Wu^na. To call ; to call aloud. 
 Ka-la-au, s. The striking of one stick 
 
 upon another, as a part of the music in a 
 
 hula; bo kalaau ka hula nui a na 'lii e 
 
 hana^ai. 
 Ka-lae, *. Clearness; whiteness. Fuk. 
 
 24:10. 
 2. A clear pure atmosphere ; a calm. 
 
 See Lae and hiEiAE. Lamk. 25. 
 Kk-hAE, adj. Clear; pure; white; calm; 
 
 pleasant. 
 Ka-la-e-a, s. Roughness ; rudeness m 
 
 speaking ; harshness. 
 Ka.-la.-s-a, adv. Roughly; harshly; an- 
 grily; applied to speaking. (HM. 10:13. 
 
 He olelo kalaea wale no ka Hakau ia Umi, 
 
 Hakan spake only rough words to ITipi. 
 Ka-lai, v. To hew; to cut. Kanl. 10:1. 
 
 Kaiai laau, to hew wood; kalai pohaku, to 
 
 hew stones. 
 2. To pare ; to oi^t ; to grave ; ti carve 
 
 out, i. e., to divide out, as one's portion ; 
 
 kaiai laau, a hewer of wood. los. 9-3,1). 
 
 Kalai pohaku, a stobe cutter. Isa. 22:16, 
 Ka-lai, adj. Hewed; cut; carved. 
 Ka-lai-ai-na, v. Kalai, io divide, and 
 
 aitia, land. To manage or direct the affairs 
 
 of the land, i. e., the resources. 
 Ka-lai-ai-na, *. The name of the office 
 
 of the Minister of the Interior. 
 2. Political economy. 
 Ka-lai-ia, part, of kalai. Engraved; 
 y out. Puk. 20:4. 
 Ka-lai-i-no, v. Kalai, to carve out, and 
 
 ino, wickedness. To concoct mischief; to 
 
 devise a plan of evil against another. See 
 
 Aiahclu. 
 Ka-la-i-hi, adj. Proud ; exalted on ac- 
 count of one's office or nearness to a chief; 
 
 ame ka leo kalaihi o na kumu. 
 Ka-lai-mo-ki;, s. One who is concerned 
 
 in managing the. affairs of the moku, i. e., 
 
 island. 
 
 2. One whose advice is valued in man- 
 aging a people"; o ka mea akaniai i ke ka- 
 
 kaolelo no ke aupuni, he kalainwku ia. 
 Ka-lai-po-ha-ku, s. Kalai and pohahij 
 
 a stone. A stone cuttor. 2 Sam. .'5:11. 
 Xa-latj, v. To thatch with leaves of 
 
 put«to vines ; to work ineaieienOy. 
 
KAL 
 
 261 
 
 KAL 
 
 Ka-i-au-ae, v. To be indifferent to 
 work ; to be lazy ; to bo tndifiposed to 
 work ; to work without satisfaction. 
 
 Ka-laxt-ae, adj. Indisposed to work; 
 lazy ; loitering. 
 
 Ka-lau-no-1-o-hu-a, s. Name of an an- 
 cient king of Hawaii who lived in a time 
 of universal famine which came on account 
 of drought. 
 
 iKa-la-ha-la, d. Kola, io pardon, and 
 Ma, guilt. To loose or' absolve one from 
 gaiU or 'sin ; to pardon sin. 
 
 2. To take away the ground of an of- 
 fense, or to answer for it. . 
 
 3. ifoo. To make an atouenient. Pule. 
 29:36. 
 
 Ka-la-ha-la, s. The taking away of 
 guilt ; an atonement. Oihk. 4:?0. 
 
 2. Thatwhich takes away sin; that which 
 absolves sin ; a redeemer. 
 
 Ka-la-ha-le, ade. Kala and hale, the 
 end of s>^ house. Like the end of a house, 
 i.e., perpendicular, or nearly so; onawahi 
 kiekie kcUahale ana ma kahi aoao, bo pali ia. 
 
 Ka-la-he-wa-he-wa, v. To settle or 
 bestow one's property, as a crazy man ; 
 eia ka'u, eia kau nntil it is all gone. 
 
 Ka-la-ku-a, s. The ceremony of chief 
 women being allowed to cat fish after a 
 kapu ; ai no hoi na wahine a pan i ka ia 
 hou mai, ua kapaia kcia hana ana he kala- 
 hiMi. 
 
 Ka-la-ka-ka, V. To be craggy; to be 
 rough ; to be harsh, 
 
 Ka-la-ka-ka, adj. Hough; scraggy; 
 thorny ; knotty. 
 
 KA-LA-KArLA, adj. Bough ; sharp, as a 
 raspi ;■ as saw teeth. 
 
 Ka-la-ka-la, adv. £oughly; harshly. 
 
 So!. 18:23. , ^ , 
 
 Ka-la-ka-lai, ». SeeKALAi. To hew; 
 to cut; to carve, as in wood, i Nat 6:18. 
 
 Ka-la-ki-ni, s. Kala, money, and kini 
 for tini, tin, i. c., silver or new money, as 
 we Bay sUver dollars; kau kuai ana i Ka 
 wahine o Mani 1 ke fcaWci»i, your buying 
 awoman of Maui with siiver doUara. 
 
 Ka'LA-ku-a, s. Kaia, roughness, and 
 km, ba«k. The ftn On the back of a flsh ; 
 the same as kuala. 
 
 Ka-la-kd-pbt-a, v. To lie in wait for 
 one ; to entrap one in hia words. 
 
 2. To act the spy ; to pounce upon se- 
 cretly, as a cat does upon a mouse. Hno. 
 Tue same. 
 
 Ka-la-lak, t. The name of a place on 
 Kanai. 
 
 Ka-la-lau, v. To caU, a§ one person to 
 aiiothur; napelepfele WaJdtt otvali i ka ma- 
 bani. 
 
 Ka-i-a-le-a, s. Height; what is high up. 
 
 2. I'ride ; haughtiness, as in men. 
 
 3. The name of a Ssh of the eel kind on 
 the mountain Kalalea; oia ka ia ino ma ke 
 Ralalca. 
 
 Ka-la-le-a, s. Name of a mountain on 
 
 Kauai. jMieik. 13. 
 2. Prominent and long, as the nose of a 
 
 person ; a long prominent nose ; kulalca 
 
 ka ihu o kokahi faaole. 
 Ka-la-le-a, adj. Distorted, as the face 
 
 of an angry man ; niaka kalalea. 
 Ka-la-u, v. To walk stiffly or proudly; 
 
 to walk like a soldier marching. 
 Ka-la-li, adj. Quick and straightfor- 
 ward; applied to motion ; kalali ka holo o 
 
 ka moku; kalali ka hele o ke kanaka mama. 
 Ka-la-ma-u-la, s. Name of a species of 
 
 stone out of which maika stones wore made. 
 Ka-la-ma-lo, s. a sort of grass with a . 
 
 furzed top. 
 Ka-la-ma-ni-a, s. Kala and majiia, 
 
 smooth. The smooth end of a houae; a 
 
 steep smooth hit! ; a pali. 
 Ka-i.a-mo, s. Eng. Calamus. Mel. Sol. 
 
 4:14. 
 
 Ka-la-mo-e, s. a species of fish like 
 
 the kala, but bluish. 
 KA-LA-MO-Kn, s. A kind of fish of th«i 
 
 awa kind, but large ; awa kalamoku. 
 Ka-la-na, s. The name early given by 
 
 Ilawaiians to white writing paper; he pono 
 
 anei kcia manao o na kumu ao a jiau o keia 
 
 kalana,'/ 
 2. The name of a division of an island 
 
 next less than moku, and stn. with okana 
 
 in Bome places. 
 Ka-la-na, v. To sift; to strain, as 
 
 through a cloth, &c. Sea K.inana. 
 Ka-la-na, s. See the above. A sieve ; 
 
 a strainer. 
 Ka-la-nae, v. To persevere; to hold 
 
 oil to ft job ; to persevere against difficul- 
 
 ^eS; be hana ikaika, aole e hoonawaltwali, 
 
 aolu he hoomolowa, aole he kalanae. 
 Ka-i,a-nae, s. Perseverance; acting in 
 
 the face of difficulties.^ 
 kA-LA-NE-o, V. To hide; toconcal; to 
 
 go secretly. Hoo. Tlie same. 
 Ka-la-ni-a, adj. Smooth, as the pea 
 
 withont a wave. See Alamia. 
 Ka-la-ni-tj-li, s. The blue sky ; t^e 
 
 upper visible heavens. See Kapapaiani. 
 Ka-la-ni-Ipaa, s. The broad blue sky; 
 
 the Sxed, strong firmament. See Kafapa- 
 
 tAKI. 
 
 Ka-la-wa, v. To move off one side and 
 partly round ; ua kalawa ae la ma ke kua 
 ka hale; to move a little sideways and 
 in a circular motion, 
 
KAL 
 
 252 
 
 KAL 
 
 Ka-ia-wa, s. a place where a bend in 
 tbe road comes again to a straight line. 
 "i. Sbootiuj; pains in tbe side, neck, &c. 
 
 Ka-la-w^i, v. To go round; to go 
 abont ; to surround ; like poai. 
 
 Ka-la-wa-ia, s. The occupation of a 
 fisherman ; tiie act of taking fish. Note. — 
 The ka of this word is the article, or else 
 she word takes no article. The word is 
 written and pronounced by Hawaiians as 
 though ka was an integral part of the word. 
 Sec Law.ua and Lowai*.. 
 
 Ka-la-wa-k0-a, v. See' Kalawa above 
 and Ki)A, the back. To move sideways and 
 roand the back side. 
 
 Ka-la-wa-la-wa, adv. He maona, keda- 
 vmtuvitt kahi alii. This is probably an error 
 tov kawalawala, seldom; here and there one. 
 
 Ka-le, v. To be thin and watery, like 
 very thin poi. See Kasau! and KAUiKAi,E. 
 
 Ea-le, adj. Thin and watery; very 
 nearly liquid poi so mixed with water ; he 
 mkale. 
 
 Ka-i.e-a, v. To go into the windpipe, 
 as water oi other liquid when it goes the 
 wrong way; to choke; to cough; to gtran- 
 gle, as in swallowing a liquid. 
 
 Ka-le-a, $. Some kind of disease j ina 
 i haalele i ka baka, a puhi aku, o ke kalea 
 CO in, a nui ke kunu; a choking; a cough- 
 ing. 
 
 Ka-le-0-ko-muo, A'. r»iame of a place 
 near the summit of Waialeale on Kauai. 
 
 Ka-le-ka-le, adj. See Kale above. 
 Thin : watery, &c. ; soft ; nearly fluid. 
 
 Ka-le-ke-do-na, s. ijtr. A chalcedony, 
 the name of a precious stone. Hoik. 21:19. 
 
 Ma-le-le, y. To lean upon, as upon a 
 caue or staff. 2 Sam. 1:6. 
 
 2. To press upon gently. 
 
 3. To be propped up ; to lean, as the 
 head on the band. 
 
 Ka-le-le, s. a stay; a railing; any- 
 thing like the arm of a chair. 2 Oihl. 9:18. 
 
 Ka-le-lei, v. To appear beautiful, as a 
 beautiinl woman. 
 
 2. To yield obedience, as a scholar to the 
 precepts of his teacher; a papapu mai ma- 
 muli Ke kumu, o kaldei mai no ia i ka 
 maka. 
 
 Ka-i.k-le-ktt, v. SeeKALELE. Topress 
 gently ; to bear on softly. 
 
 KA-i.E-LB-jin-KU, V. To lean on the stern 
 of a vessel with haugbtinosa; to lean upon 
 the side of a canoe. 
 
 Ka-le-le-wa, adj. See Eaalelewa. 
 Flying ; floating, as clouds ; ao kaleleuia, 
 1 Tes. 4:17. 
 
 Ka-le-le-wa, v. To float, as a vessel 
 not at anchor ; to stand off and on, as a ! 
 
 vessel ; aole nac i kn ka moku, kalekuxs 
 wale ao, the vessel, however, did not an- 
 chor, it only lay off ami on. See Lewa and 
 Kaauslewa. 
 
 Ka-le-na, 1'. See Lena. To stretch out 
 for drying, as a hide ; to spread .©ut, as a 
 cloth. 
 
 Ka-le-pa, v. To peddle; to hawk about 
 goods ; to sell from place to place. 
 
 2. To vend merchandise, as a shop-keeper 
 (this is a modern use.) Note. — Kalepa wag 
 formerly used on Hawaii, mamiauvm on 
 Oabn, and pide on Kauai for peddling. 
 See Ma.wauwa and PiErjB. 
 
 Ka-le-pa, s. One who brings things to 
 market ; in modern times, a merchant. I 
 N<il. 10:15. 
 
 Ka-le-pa, adj. Trading ; peddling ; he 
 raau moicu kaiepa kekahi, some were trad- 
 ing ships. Note. — It ia the custom of Ha- 
 waiians vrhen they have poi or other arU- 
 cles to sell, to hoist a small fiag (iepa); 
 hence kaXepa, to sell; to make market. See 
 Lepa and Lepalefa. 
 
 Ka-le-pa-le-pa, v. To flap, as the sails 
 of a ship : to flap in the wind, as a flag or 
 ensign. See Kilepa and Lbpalbpa. 
 
 Ka-le-wa, «. See Lej^a. To float ; to 
 be Seating, sis any substance in the air. 
 
 2. To sail here and the'fe on the water ; 
 to lio off and on, as a vessel. 
 
 3. To carry a weight suspended on a pole 
 between two persona. 
 
 i. To be unsettled ; to move often from 
 place to place. 
 Ka-le-wa, s. A swing; a pendulous 
 machine for moving back and forward, like 
 koncaXi. 
 
 2. A place near or in the laakini where 
 the king and a few people were separated 
 from tbe multitude. 
 
 Ka-le-wa, adj. Banging; swinging, as 
 a weight on a pole; flying, as clouds; lying 
 off and on, as a ship. 
 
 Ka-li, v. To wait; to tarry; to stay, 
 Pwfc. 12:39. 
 
 2. To sojourn with one. 
 
 3. To wait for something; to lie in wait, 
 
 4. To hesitate iii speaking. 
 
 5. To expect ; to look for. 
 
 6. To gird ; to tife ; to fasten on. 
 
 7. IIoo. To waste away with disease. 
 
 Ka-li, s. The edge, as of a board, leaf, 
 &o. 
 
 2. Disease ; sickness, 1. e., a waiting for 
 death. 
 
 3. A word of eont^linpt j o oo kali. See 
 Kaupilaii. 
 
 i. Slowness ; hesiiaucy of speech. Pufc 
 4:10. 
 
 Ka-u-a-li, s. a tree or plant used as a 
 medicine. 
 
KAL 
 
 253 
 
 KAL 
 
 Ka-u-a-we, s. Brass ; copper, &c. See 
 
 Kblbawe. 
 
 Ka-lii, s. Name of the ceremony when 
 the high chief lands from a voyage with his 
 puople and his god. 
 
 Ka-li-ka-li, 1'. See Kali, to wrait. To 
 be a little behind ; not quite up even with 
 something else. 
 
 2. To be not quite full ; to lack some- 
 thing. 
 
 Ka-li-ke-a, s. Kali, edge, and kea, 
 white. A white border or fringe ; white 
 on the edge or border. Sec Kuakai.ikea. 
 
 Ka-li-ku-ku-i, 8. The union of several 
 string.') of the meat of the kntui nut made 
 into a flambeau ; he kalikukui i aularaaia. 
 
 Ka-li-lo, s. a fatal disease or sickness, 
 like mai make; a slckaess so great that 
 death only remains ; he mai lilo wale aku 
 no koe. 
 
 Ka-li-lo-li-lo, v. To be about to pass 
 away, that is, to die ; to be so in the last 
 stages of life as to be impossible to live. 
 See Kai.ilo and Lilo. 
 
 Ka-li~na, $. JTa^z and ana, a remaining. 
 Old potato vines that have done bearing. 
 
 2. Potatoes of the second growth. 
 
 3. A garden of potatoes where the old 
 refuse potatoes and vines only remain. 
 
 Ka-li-pi-latj, s. See Kali, disease, and 
 Pilau, offensive to the smell. A word of 
 contempt or blaekguardisni, used to pro- 
 voke ; kalipilau oe ; one that intercedes 
 would say to the speaker, e, oe kali. 
 
 Ka-lo, s. The well known vegetable of 
 the Hawaiian Islands; a species of the 
 arum escidentmn ; it is cultivated in artifi- 
 cial water beds, and also on high mellow 
 upland soil; it is made into food by baking 
 and pounding into hard paste ; after fer- 
 menting and slightly soaring, it is diluted 
 with water, then called poi, and eaten with 
 the fingers. Note. — The origin of the kalo 
 plant is thus described in Hawaiian Mythol- 
 ogy (see Mooolelo Hawaii by Dibble, p. 37 ) : 
 ulu mai la ua alualu la, a lilo i kalo, the 
 fetus grow (when it wa-s buried) and be- 
 came a kalo. 
 
 Ka-lo, s. One of the class of gods called 
 akua noho ; Opua ame Kalo kekahi akna 
 makau ia. 
 
 Ka-lq-a-ku-ka-ih, s. a name of a day 
 of the month ; also kanaloakukahi. 
 
 Ka-lo-a-ku-lu-a, s. Name of a day of 
 the month. 
 
 Ka-lo-a-pao, s. Name of a day of the 
 mon th, 
 
 Ka-lo-ha, s. The name of a species of 
 ■ush. See Kai.uha. 
 
 Ka-lo-he, s. See Kolohe. Violence; 
 mischief; evil. Laieik. 104. 
 
 Ka-lo-hi, s. See Lohi, to be slow. A 
 hindrance ; a delay ; e pono paha e kapa 
 hou ia kona inoa o kalohi mahope o ka lohi 
 ana o na moku malaila, viz. : the south- 
 west side of Lanai. 
 
 Ka-lo-ka-lo, 11. To pray to the gods ; 
 to supplicate favors. 
 
 2. (In a modem christian sense) to call 
 tipon God ; to ask for assistance ; aka, e 
 kalokalo aku kakou i ke Akua, a nana e 
 lilculi lelewae, but let us call upon God, 
 and he will blot out and wash away (our 
 sins); e hoi a ka,lokalo aku i ka mea nani 
 hiwahiwa o ka lanikolu. 
 
 Ka-lo-le, s. Straight smooth hair, like 
 the Chinese ; e like me ko ua Pake. 
 2. Name of an office in the king's train. 
 
 Ka-lo-le, adj. Slick ; smooth, as some 
 
 kinds of cloth. 
 2. Straight and smooth, as hair ; he hn- 
 
 Infaulu kalole ko ka lio, be piipii inoino ko 
 
 ke kamelo. 
 Ka-lo-le, v. To turn the tone of the 
 
 voice ; tc change one's voice so aa not to 
 
 be known. 
 Ka-lo-lo, s. a name given to the first 
 
 liquor that runs off in distillation; the last 
 
 running is called kawae. See Okolehao. 
 
 Ka-lu, s. Thefallingof ripe fruit; also, 
 
 2. The falling of dried leaves. 
 
 3. A yielding ; a bending before the 
 wind. 
 
 Ka-lu-a, v. JTa and Zim, a pit. To bury; 
 to hide under ground. 
 
 2. To bake, as animal or vegetable food. 
 Note. — This was always done in an oven 
 under ground, i. e., it was buried. 
 
 3. To kill, dross and cook an animal for 
 ."ood, embracing the whole process. 
 
 4. To burn brick or lime; the latterwag 
 always burnt in a covered pit. 
 
 Ka-lu-a, s. The name of a infionth an- 
 swering to February ; ka malama o Febe- 
 luai-i, Kalua ka inoa i ka olelo Hawaii, 
 the month of February is called Kalva in 
 the Hawaiian language. 
 
 Ka-lu-a, s. See Loa, a ,pit. A deep 
 place ; a pit ; a deep ravine. 
 
 2. A descending or down-bill road. See 
 Kaoi.o and Ihona. 
 
 Ka-lu-a, adj. Double; two-stranded, as 
 a rope ; kalva ke kaula. 
 
 Ka-lu-a-lu-a, adj. Rough, as a road; 
 rough ; uneven, as land, 
 
 Ka-i.u-a-ndu-no-ho-ni-o-ki-0, s. Name 
 cf one of the gods in the luakini. 
 
 Ka-lu-ha, ) g_ Akind of sea grass 
 
 Ka-lu-HA-lu-HA, ) or rush of which strings 
 ire made ; kaula knhtha. lob. 41:2. 
 
 2. A general name for all kinds »f grass 
 and ruanes which grow in water. 
 
RAM 
 
 S54 
 
 KAM 
 
 K^-LOHi, p. See HooKALCHi. To yield; 
 
 to bend ; to i'all, a* ripfi fruit or withered 
 
 lenves. 
 Ka-t.u-ka-lit, s. a vegetable growing 
 
 like the kaluha, chiefly at Kapaa on Kauai. 
 3. A very thin gauze lilje kapa ; pale 
 
 kaiukalu. Isa.3:i9. Translated in Bng-lish 
 
 muffler ; kcdwlcalu nui, a mantle. 
 Ka-ma, s. The first husband of a vsife; 
 
 he kane iniia o ka wahine, he kankama. 
 
 2. Children generally, i. e., male and fe- 
 male children ; the iseoond generation in a 
 family. 
 
 3. Specifically, children adopted into the 
 family of another ; fcam<i ole,.childles8. 
 
 4. Jioo. Adoption ; the act of receiving 
 or being received, as- a child into the fam- 
 ily of another ; ka hookamaia, adoption. 
 Rom. 9:4. 
 
 Ka-ma, v. To lead or direct. 
 
 2. To bind or tie up, as a bundle. See 
 
 KAMAK4.MA. 
 
 3i Boo. To adopt, as a child; to take 
 another's child as one's own. This has 
 been a very common practice among Ha- 
 waiiaus of all grades from time imraemo- 
 •ial. 
 
 Ka-ma, adj. Iloo. The state of being a 
 child by adoption ; keiki hookama, an 
 adopted child. 
 
 Ka-ma, s. A cavern ; a fiss\ire in a rock. 
 
 Ka-maa, s. Sandals; shoes, i. e., shoes 
 for the bottom of the feet. 
 
 i. Kapa or other material bound round 
 the feet and legs when traveling on places 
 of scoria or other rongh places. Puk: 12:11. 
 
 Ka-maa, v. Hoo. To shoe; to furnish 
 with shoes or sandals. Jfeei. 16:10. 
 
 Ka-Ma-a-Sa. See the compound Molo- 
 
 Ka-sia-ai-na, s. Katna, child, and aina, 
 land. . Ltt. a child of the land., A native 
 born in any place and continuing to live 
 in that place. Oilik.. 18;25. 
 
 2. One belonging to a land and trans- 
 ferred with the land, from one landholder 
 to another. 
 
 3. The present residents in a place ; a 
 citizen. Oih: 21:39. 
 
 4. Fig. The indwelling of evil in the 
 heart ; he kamaaina kahiko loa ka hewa 
 ma ka naan. mai ka hoomaka o Satana ka 
 hakuaina o ka po. Sec Kupa. 
 
 Ka'Maa^lo-a, *. See Maaloa. 
 Ka-maa-lo-i-hi, s.. Karma atid hihi, 
 
 long. Lit. Long shoes. Shoes with legs, 
 
 i. e.j boots. 
 Ka-ma-eu, s. Rama, child, and eu, mis 
 
 ihievous. A mischievous, vicious child. 
 
 2. A vicious, lying, deceitful person. 
 
 Ka-ma-e-hu, s. Strength; energy; ku 
 
 tomoeftu, to atand firmly. 
 
 Ka-mai, t). To play the whoremonget 
 for hire. 
 
 Ka-mai-0-a, s. He kapipine i huiia me 
 ke kamaioa. 
 
 Ka-mai-ka-hu-li-waa-pu, 1 i. Different 
 
 KA-MAi-KA-nu-Li-Ptr, > names of the 
 
 Ka-MAI-HB'-li-wa a , ) god who aidei' 
 
 in floating upset canoes ; their jurisdiction 
 extended over all the islands. 
 
 Ka-ma-i-ki, s. Kama and i/d, little. The 
 oldest or first born ; the most endeared or 
 best beloved ; an expression of endear- 
 ment, as my precious child. Jf«r.'2:.5. 
 
 Ka-ma-1-li-o, II. To converse ; to ex- 
 change ideas colloquially ; to confer to- 
 gether; to consult; to talk with. Jos. 22:16. 
 
 Ka-ma-i-u-o, s. Conversation; consulta- 
 tion. 
 
 Ka-mau, v. To remain a long time ; to 
 persevere in any state or business in whicb 
 one is. 
 
 2. To hold on or continue in a business 
 with no certainty as to the result. 
 
 3; To hang by a trifle, as a heavy body 
 by a small string ; to be long sick and eat 
 but little. 
 
 4. To be unfixed ; to be insecure ; paa 
 pono oie. 
 
 5. To strain; to persevere; to take a long 
 breath. 
 
 6. To trump, as with a trump card ; fco- 
 mau i kcla ai. trump that trick. 
 
 Ka-mau, s. Endurance; perseverance, 
 especially in uncertainty. 
 2. Name of a kind of kalo. 
 
 Ka-matt, s. a friend of one on account 
 of relationship, i. e,, a friend as well as ft 
 relation. 
 
 Ka-matt, fl<i!/. Fast adhering; constant> 
 as a friend or beloved relative. 
 
 Ka-mac^-a, i). See KAMAt; and Ea, 
 breath. To hold on for the present ; just 
 to live; to eat but little; to live on till the 
 breath leaves. 
 
 Ka-ma-hao, adj. See Kama and Hao, 
 to wonder. 'Wonderful j astonishing ; sur- 
 prising; unheard of; mcomprebeusible ; 
 kc ku ana mai o keia mea k<muihao the 
 standing of this iDondetfui thing ; kamahM 
 aina, a wonderful thing in the land. 
 
 KA-MA-feo-E-Ho-PE> i. The- name of a 
 
 month, September ; also HUina. 
 KA-MA-HO-E-Mtr-A, s. The name of a 
 
 month, August ; also Hilineliu. 
 Ka-ma^0-i, adj. Gloriolis ; all over 
 
 splendid; he puni nani ; beautiful ; he alii. 
 
 fcamaAoi, ft glorious chief. 
 
 Ka-ma-kau, s. Ka, to block out, and 
 mAkaul, rihh-hMk. The art of manufactur- 
 ing the bonee of mea or animals into fish- 
 
KAM 
 
 255 
 
 KAM 
 
 hooks; o ko kanaka akamai i kc kanmkau, 
 lie kanaka waiwai ia. 
 Ka-ma-ka-hi, s. Mama and kahi, one. 
 
 A'n only .child. Mel. Sol. fi:9. 
 Ka-ma-ka-lei-o-ku, «. Name of a god 
 ■ made ofithc tree called koalaukane, a spe- 
 cies of koa ; lie was Keawe's god. 
 ka haka maha o Kalanahuu 
 O Kamakaltiukti kalai aku Hoonccnaa 
 Ke ana a Kataukani 
 Kaiii kuhcle ka ua i kanpafeu o ka bale o mo«— a. 
 
 Ka-ma-ka-ma, V. See Kama. To bind; 
 to tic; to' make fast; to Ijind up, as a bun- 
 dle ; to bind on. ' 
 
 Ka-ma-ka^ma, v. To practice prostitu- 
 tion; to live a life of lasciviousness. Udo. 
 The same. 
 
 Ka-ma-ka-ma, s. Hoo. A prostitute 
 
 Ka-ma-ka-ma -K A, $. A speech; a prayer; 
 the asking of a favor. 
 
 2. The covering materials of an ovon; a 
 cover for an oven. 
 
 Ka-ma-ka-ma-i-li-o, v. To converse; to 
 talk together familiarly; otherwise syjj. 
 -vith kamailio. Ilal. 119:4C. 
 
 Ka-ma-ka-ne, s. JTame, child, and &ane, 
 male. A vaaXti child. 
 
 Ka-ma-ke-na, s. Sorrow; the eyes 
 heavy with sorrow ; great sorrow. See 
 
 ilfAKENA. 
 
 Ka-ma-kii, v. To be idle; to be wan- 
 dering about doing nothing. 
 
 Ka-ma-kii, flrf/. Going about'i'dle; lazy. 
 
 Ka-ma-kii-lo-hi-lo-hi, s, a kapu wor- 
 ship for the chief. 
 
 Ka-matKI-ni, s. a jkapu worship for the 
 chief. See above. 
 
 Ka-ma-ko-na-ka-hi-ku-la-ni, s. With- 
 oat love ; without affection for one. See 
 Maxona, want of reciprocity between per- 
 sons, parents and children, people and 
 chiefs. 
 
 Ka-ma-kup, s. a setting up of the hair 
 of the head ; setting the jib of a vessel ; 
 the' assembling of persons and horses to 
 ride. 
 
 Ka-ma-la, v. To thatch with the leaves 
 oi the ubi for a temporal^ ftouse. 
 
 Ka-ma-la, s. A booth; a temporary 
 house; a stall for cattle. Kin. 33:17. Halo 
 kamala. 2 Oihl. 8:1.S. 
 
 Ka-ma-la, adj. Temporary, as the cov- 
 ering of a house or shelter. 
 
 Ka-ma-la-ni, s. Kama, child, and lani, 
 chief. The child of a chief, i. e., a favorite 
 or petted child. Syx. with punahele. 
 
 Ka-ma-la-ni, v. To treat one as a favo- 
 rite. Hoo. The saiho ; also, to faVdr ; to 
 gratify ; e hoopunahele, e hooLiwahiwa. 
 
 Ka-ma-le-na, s. The name of a pa-u or 
 
 other kapa dyed with the root of the olena 
 or turmeric. 
 Ka-ha-lii, s. Kama, child, and Hi, little. 
 Children, either male or female. 
 
 2. Dear friends ; the young people of a 
 faniily. 
 
 3. A word of eudearmeat, used both in 
 ' the singular and plural. 
 Ka-ma-lo-le, v. To reject; to forsake 
 
 one thing and seek another, as food, kapa, 
 women, &c. 
 
 Ka-ma-iit, v. See Malu, secretly. To 
 do, secretly; to steal; ua kanKUuia kua 
 puaa e mea, my hog has been stolen by 
 somebody. 
 
 2* To prohibit ; to forbid ; ua kamvdu 
 mai mea la makou, aole make bana. 
 
 Ka-ma-ma-ki, «. See Mamaki. 
 
 Ka-ma-na, *. Eng. See Kamena below. 
 A carpejtter. Mar. 6:3. 
 
 Ka-ma-Si, s; Tht; name of a tree, pro- 
 ducing beaulifiil wood and leaves ; hence, 
 wliJat is fair and beautiful outside ; hence, 
 7jea A hypocrite ; hypocrisy. Mai. 15:7. 
 
 Ka-ma-ni, v. To appear to be what one 
 fa not ; to dissemble. 
 
 .2. Jibo, To feign ; to dissemble ; to pjre- 
 tcM; to profess, to be what one is not. 
 0. t»«leal falsely. OiMc. 19:11. 
 
 4. To dis^ise one's self. 1 Nal. 14:2. 
 
 Ka-ma-ni, adj. Feigned ; hypocritical. 
 
 Ka-ma-ni, adv. Beautiful outside; pleas- 
 ingly in exhibition without corresponding 
 substance; ano nani kiuofccimam iho lako 
 Hawaii nei ia manawa. 
 
 Ka-ma-ni-u-la, s. Name of a timber like 
 the koa growing in various places. 
 
 Ka-ma-ni-ha, v. To be rude; to be 
 wild ; to be unsocial. Hoo. Same. 
 
 Ka-ma-no, s. Eng. The name of a, fisj^. 
 a salmon. 
 
 Ka-ma-no-ma-no, s. a bitter gowrdwitfi 
 a bitter shell outside. 
 
 Ka-ma-pu-aa, s. £(zma, cnild, and puaa, 
 hog. Ln'. I'he sou of a bog. The name 
 of a fabled kupua or wizard, half man, half 
 hog. He was the son of Hina and Kahikl- 
 .ila, and grandson of Kauauaniho. Kama- 
 puaa was the husband of Pele, and their 
 child's name was Opeluhoolili. He was 
 worshiped as a god. 
 
 Ka-ma-pu-ka, v. To beg; to ask favors; 
 to get from another, 
 
 2. To glory; to boast; to praise; to 
 extol. Hoo. The same. 
 
 Ka-ma-pu-ka, s. A beggar. 
 
 Ka-ma-wa-hi-ne, s. Katna and waknie, 
 female. A female child. 
 
 Ka-me-hai, adj. Baiting; giving some- 
 thing to a priest to obtaia bie favor. 
 
KAN 
 
 258 
 
 KAN 
 
 2. Liwciviously mischievous, as a young 
 boy ; be mau keiki kamehal Hae. Saw, 
 
 Ka-me-le-0-Sa, s. Eng. The chame- 
 leon. 
 2. The mole. Oihk. 11:3. 
 
 Ka-me-lo, s. Erig. A camel, an unclean 
 animal among the Jews. Oi/ifc. 11:4. 
 
 Ka-me-j^o-pa-w, s. Eng. Acamelopard. 
 
 Ka-me-na, s. Eng. A carpenter. Zelc. 
 1:20. See Kamana. 
 
 Ka-mo-ku-mo-ku, v. To move; as the 
 bowels in a diarrhea, at intervals. 
 
 Ka-mo-la, v. To be slackly twisted, as 
 a string ; to be tied. 
 
 Ka-wo-l?, s. Name of a plant growing 
 around kalo patches having a yellow blos- 
 som ; jpsisea. 
 
 Ka-mu-mit, ) s. a rumbling indis- 
 
 Ka-MU-MIT-MU, J tinct noise of something 
 doing. 
 
 2. The noise and action of a person eat- 
 ing meat baked to a crisp, or cartilaginous 
 meat. 
 
 8. Tlie rumbling' of wagons or chariots ; 
 ke leatnumu o na kaa. 
 
 4. The sound of many footsteps ; ke fco- 
 nmmu o na wawae. 1 NaX. 18:41. 
 
 5. The roar of a great rain at a distance. 
 1 iVirf. 18:41. 
 
 6. The rustling of wings. Szek. 3:12. 
 The sound of wheels ; the sound of going. 
 .E^fc. 3:13. The sound of horsemen. Ezek. 
 26:10. 
 
 Ka-na, pron. An oblique case of the 
 peiaonat pronoun, third person singular of 
 ia. His; hers; its (seldom used in the 
 neuter.) ■ iTa is a preposition, of. More 
 often it signifies possession, where in Eng- 
 'iah the apostrophic s would be used. See 
 Grammar § 137, 138 and 139, 
 
 Ka-na, pron. A possessive adjective 
 pronoun ; it has the same meaning of pos- 
 session as the above, but is used in connec- 
 tion wiib some noun expressed or under- 
 stood. Gram. § 149, 150. 
 
 Ka-na, s. Name of a man who formerly 
 resided at Hilo, said to have 'ueen four 
 hundred fathoms high; he stepped over the 
 hill of Haupu on Molokai and slipped down; 
 he also fought with Keolaewanuiakamau. 
 Seo the story, 
 
 Ka-na, c To dislike ; to despise ; to 
 treat in an angry manner. Sec Konakona. 
 
 Ka-na, ». To see ; to appear ; to get a 
 sight of ; to obtain what one wished ; i 
 nana aku i ka hana 1 ka hale o ke alii, aole 
 i kai\a mai, o ko'u hilahila no ia mea, I 
 went to see the house of the chief, I did liot 
 see it (get sight of), I was ashamed. 
 
 Ka-na, s. The outside of the neck; 
 similar to kaniai. 
 
 Ka-nae, s. £■(« and Tjae, hard breathing. 
 Hence, fear; a holding the breath from 
 fear. 
 
 Ka-nae-nae, v. To observe; to watch. 
 2. To pray to the gods; to offer saciiflce. 
 to the gods ; e kanMnue i ke akua. 
 S. To appear angry. 
 
 Ka-nae-nae, s. A sacrifice; an offer- 
 ing to the gods ; a propitiatory sacriflc' 
 Laidk. 27. 
 
 Ka-nae-nae, adj. Propitiating; appeas- 
 ing; eia ka mohai kanaenae ia ce c ke 
 akua, here is a .peace-offering to thee 
 god ; he hale kanaenae no ka lani e ols, a 
 house offered to the god in Bacriflcefor the 
 chief that he may live. 
 
 Ka-nai, s. Name of a place in the sea 
 where the water lies smooth and caim like 
 a road ; o kahi o ke kai e moe ana me he 
 alanni la, he karmi ia. 
 
 Ka-na-ha, V. To be forty. Zm. 18:29; 
 Oih. 4:22. See Ha, No. 4. 
 
 Ka-na-ha, num. adj. Fo.ty in number; 
 used for forty in counting ropes, cord, bun- 
 dles of food and property generally, but in 
 counting kspas iako is used. See Ia£o. 
 
 Ka-na-hae, I p. To decrease J todimi.i- 
 
 Ka-NA-hai, ) ish; to cei^se; to leave off; 
 ua kanahae ka wela c ke kuni, the heat of 
 the burning has ceased; kanahai ka ue, the 
 wailiug has ceased •.ka'Mtliai anei ka inn 
 rama? Aole. See Kanakai. 
 
 Ka-na-ho, ». To be moved; to pant 
 from hard exercise; to cause one tos^ke; 
 to tremble. 
 
 2. To take refuge from fear; to be safe 
 under the protection of anolther. 
 
 Ka-na-ho, s. A refuge ; a place of pro- 
 tection. 
 
 2. One who has escaped from danger. 
 
 3. A coming with eager eivpectations. 
 Ka-na-hu-a, v. To walk bending for- 
 ward ; to walk in a proud swinging man- 
 ner; to walk as a stoop-shoulderecl person; 
 to be crooked in one's person. 
 
 Ka-na-ka, s. A man; one of the human 
 species ; one of the genus homo ; the gen- 
 eral name of men, women and children of 
 all classes, in distinction ftom other ani- 
 mals. 
 
 2. A common man, in distinction from 
 alii or chief. 
 
 3. People generally; persons; mankind. 
 
 4. In a vulgar, low sejise as sometimes 
 used by foreigners, a Hawaiian, a native, 
 in distinction trom a foreigner. 
 
 5. Own; self; per.°on; aka, i maka.i ia 
 kakou kanaka iho, but they feared us opr 
 own pe coiis; kanaka e, another man, i. e., 
 a stianger. Puk. 12:19. 
 
 Ka-na-ka, s. The end of the outrigger 
 of a canoe. 
 
KAN 
 
 257 
 
 KAN 
 
 Ka-na-ka, v. To be or dwell as men ; 
 a e kanaka ole auanei. Zek. 9:5. Hooko- 
 Iiukohu, a kanaka iho la kekahi poe no ke 
 Akna. 
 
 2. Boo. To act the man, i. e., to act cour- 
 ageonsiy or firmly. 1 Sam. 4:9. 
 
 3. To observe rectitude of conduct. 1 
 Kbr. 16:13. To show one's self a man, i. e., 
 of common sense ; not a tool ; not silly. 
 Isa. 46:8. 
 
 4. To act faithfully,, firmly, courageously, 
 and not faint-heartedly. 2 Oitd. 15:7. 
 
 Ka-na-ka, adj. Manly; firmly; stable; 
 ame ko lakou ano kanaka no bd Akua. 
 
 Ka-na-kai, v. To cease ; to decrease ; 
 to leave off. See Kanahai. 
 
 Ka-na-ka-ma-ku-a, s. Katiaica and ma- 
 kmi, parent. The state of mature age, 
 whether on^has children or not, i. e., one 
 mature of person, full grown loan. 9:21. 
 
 2. A man of bodily strength ; a man by 
 way of eminence. 1 Nal. 2:2. 
 
 3. One who acts the part of a mastet of 
 a household ; a provider. 
 
 Ka-na-ka-no, 4nt Kanaka and no, em- 
 phatic, indeed! really! A phrase express- 
 ing applause or approbation, well done! 
 noble! iSne! manly! 
 
 Ka-na-ko-ltj, num. adj. Three tens ; 
 the number thirty. 
 
 Ka-na-le-0, v. Hoo. To make efforts 
 to be regular and self-possessed when in- 
 toxicated ; to try to walk straightly when 
 partially drunk. 
 
 Ka-na-lo-a. See Kukanaloa. 
 
 KA-NA-i.o-A, s. The name of a small 
 &h. 
 
 Ka-na-lo-a-k0-ka-hi, s. Name of a day 
 of the month. See also Kaloakhkahi. 
 
 Ka-na-lu, s. The name of the priests 
 of Kn who served at the luakini ; ua ka- 
 paia na kahuna o ia aoao na kahuna o Ka- 
 nalv,, no ka mea o Kanrdii, ke kahuna mua. 
 
 Ka-na-lu-a, v. To be in doubt; to hes- 
 itate between two things : to be in doubt 
 how to act in a certain case; to be in 
 doubt iow to account for an event; to have 
 in Bospense; to hang in doubt. Kanl. 28:66. 
 Hoo. To put, make or cause one to be in 
 doubt. loan. 10:24. See Koibbe. 
 
 Ka-na-lt7-a, ». Doubt; uncertainty 
 what to think or how to act. 
 
 Ka-na-lu-a, adj. Wavering; fickle- 
 minded ; fearful of a result. 
 
 Ka-na-ltj-a, num. adj. Tvro tens; 
 twenty ; elua umi, umi lua. Kamk. 
 
 Ka-na-na, o. See Kalana. To sift, as 
 flour; to winnow, as giain, JJm<. 3:2. 
 
 2. To strain; to pour through a strainer, 
 Li., with a view to separate the good from 
 the Doo'* 
 
 33 
 
 3. To sift, i. e., to try one's moral char- 
 acter. Luk. 22:31. 
 
 Ka-na-na, s. A sieve; a strainer. Araos 
 9:9. 
 
 2. White paper for writing; ua makau- 
 kau ia ka hnlu, ka inika ame ke kanana. 
 
 Ka-na-NA-na, v. See Kanana. To sep- 
 arate what is evil from tbo good. 
 
 Ka-na-nu-ha, v. To be dull in listening 
 to a story ; to sit in sullen silence, giviuji 
 no reply ; to be dull in learning ; to have 
 a want of apprehension; to be stubborn or 
 snrly. Hoo. The same. 
 
 Ka-na-ntj-ha, adj. Hoo. Dull; stupid; 
 slow. Heb. 5:11. Slow or dull at answer- 
 ing- 
 
 Ka-na-pi, v. To snap, as a gun; lani 
 
 kanapi ka pu. 
 
 Ka-na-pi, s. The Hawaiian orthography 
 for centipede, a creeping animal. • 
 
 Ka-na-ptt, v. To bend upwards; as, ua 
 kanapu ke oa. 
 
 Ka-na-wai, s. Ka, preposition, of, be- 
 longing, relating to, &C., ma, sign of the. 
 plural, and wai, water. Lit. What belongs 
 to the waters, i. e., rights of water. N. B. — 
 The ancient system of regulations for water 
 courses contained almost everything the 
 ancient Hawaiians formerly had m common 
 in the shape of laws ; hence the name Ka- 
 nawal has in more modem times been 
 given to laws in general. 
 
 1. A law ; an edict ; a command of a 
 chief. 
 
 2. Still more modern, a legislative en- 
 actment. 
 
 Ka-na-wai, v. To put under law; to 
 forbid a thing to be done; aole nae makou 
 i kanawai i ka puhi baka no kailihune, we 
 did not, however, forbid (put under law) 
 the smoldng tobacco. 
 
 Ka-na-wai-lu-a, s. Kanawai and lua, 
 double. Deuteronomy, the name of thr- 
 fourth book of the Scriptures, i. e., a repeti- 
 tion of the laws by Moses. 
 
 Ka-na-wa-o, s. a hard, heavy stone 
 from some water brook, used in war with 
 a sling ; a sling stone. 
 
 2. Name of the small fresh water tish 
 fr>und back in the mountains. 
 
 3. Name of a fruit found on a tree in the 
 mountains. 
 
 Ka-na-wi, v. To be poor; to be thin i.". 
 flesh. 
 
 Ka-Ne, s. The male of the animal spe- 
 cies ) opposite to loaMne. 
 
 2. A husband ; be kane mea wahine, a 
 husband having a wife ; kane hou. a man 
 lately married ; a bridegrooin ; also, kane 
 mare, a bridegroom. 
 
 3. The name of a stone god. 
 
 4. White spots on the flesh. 
 
KAN 
 
 258 
 
 KAN 
 
 6. The jrod of living water ; he akua 
 nana ka wai ota. 
 
 6. Tlie name of certain gods, Kaue and 
 Kanaloa. 
 
 7. Tho name of a small insect. See Ane. 
 
 8. Name of a day of the month ; ma ia 
 ao ae, o Kane ia la. 
 
 Ka-jje, v. To be or act the part of a 
 
 husband. 1 Tim. 3:2. 
 Ka-ne-a, !>. To have no appetite for 
 
 food ; to be sickish ; to loathe food. 
 2. To be slow and dumpish about work. 
 Ka-ne-a, s. The loss of appetite; sick- 
 
 ishness ; without strength ; without incli- 
 nation to do anything. 
 JCa-ne-a, adj. Stiff; lazy; inactive. 
 Ka-ne-a-pu-a, s. a younger brother of 
 
 Kane and Kanaloa ; they were all left on 
 
 Lahai. 
 Ka-ne-i-a-hu-e-a, s. One that blunders 
 
 in managing a canoe by night, or traveling 
 
 liy day. 
 Ks.-xe-)-ka-ptt-a-le-na, s. The god of 
 
 Kaweio, son of Mahunalii and Malei. 
 E[a-ke-ki, v. To be near to trouble ; to 
 
 bi^ near to overflowing, as a river; na hele 
 
 ta wai a kaneki wale o ka pua. 
 
 KA-NE-KU-ptr-A, s. The name of a mock 
 fight on the arrival of a high, chief ; Ua ka- 
 paia keia kaua ihe ana he kanekvpua. 
 
 "Ka-ne-ma-ke, adj. Kane, husband, and. 
 make, dead. Epithet of a ivoman whose 
 husband is dead : a widowed woman. 1 
 AaZ. 17:9. " 
 
 Ka-ne-ma-kd-a, s. The god of the fish- 
 ermen who caught the malolo in a net. 
 
 Ka-ne-ma-ee, s. See Kane. A married 
 man ; a hridcgroom. Isa. 62:5. 
 
 Ka-ne-ktt-i-a-ke-Av s. A general name 
 of a class of gods ; the individuals in the 
 class are as follows : Kanekii, Kanehakia, 
 Kanelele. Kaneikamakaukau. Kanekohala, 
 Kaneikaaiei, Kaneikokea, Kanepaina, Ka- 
 nepohakaa, Kanemakua, Kaneholopali, Ka- 
 neikapualena, Kaneikapuahakea. 
 
 Ka-ne-pai-na, s. a living thing like a 
 fish, worshiped as a god. 
 
 Ka-:>je-po-lu, s. Nameofachief on the 
 Island . of Oahu, killed by falling from a 
 pali one or two feet high ; make o Kane- 
 polu i ka pali uuku. 
 
 Ka-ne-pu-aa, s. Natne of the god of 
 husbandry: ke nuhu nei, alia i oki ka aina 
 a ka hewahewa a heu. See Kowaa. 
 
 Ka-ne-ga-ru, ) ,. Name of an animal 
 
 ^.A-NE-GA-ROOi J found in New Holland ; 
 a kangaroo. 
 
 Ka-ni, v. To make a sound more or 
 less musical ; to hum, aa a tune. 
 2. To strike, as a clock; kani wale ka 
 
 wati me ka hookani ole ia akn e ka lima 
 kanaka. 
 
 3. To sound, as a trumpet. Fuk. 19:13. 
 
 4. To explode, as a pistol. 
 
 5. To crack, as a whip. 
 
 6. To rumble, as thunder. 
 
 7. To squeak, as shoes. 
 
 8. To crow, as a cock : ke kani mai nei 
 ka moa. 
 
 9. Ebo. To sing ; to praise ; to play on 
 an instrument of music. 1 Sam. 16:18, 23. 
 
 10. To cry out. as a multitude; to ex- 
 claim ; hookani aku la na kanaka penei, 
 the people exclaimed thus. 
 
 11. To be unpleasantly affected, as the 
 ears af hearing bad news. 1 Sam. 3:11. 
 Na mea kani, musical instruments. 
 
 Ka-ni, s. A singing ; a ringing sound ; 
 a report, as of a gun; the sound of>a trum- 
 pet, or of musical instruments. " 
 
 Ka-n!, adj. Sounding; singing; squeak- 
 ing ; making a noise. 
 
 Ka-ni-a-au, v. To mourn ; to.grieve for 
 the loss of a husband or wife. 
 
 2. To wander about in sorrow ; to go 
 from place to place in despondency. 
 
 3. To te greatly afflicted, so that the 
 sight of objects bringing the deceased to 
 mind would be distressing. 
 
 Ka-ni-a-axt, s. A mourning for the loss 
 of a wife or husband ; i.ieep seated grief; 
 solemn mourning. 
 
 Ka-ni-a-i, s. Kani and a-i, neck. The 
 throat. jHo?. 5:9. 
 
 2. The protuberance at the end of the 
 windpipe ; also, 
 
 3. The windpipe itself. 
 
 Ka-ni-atj-ka-ni, s. The name of Eame- 
 hameha's return from Oahu to Hawaii ;.u» 
 kapa kela hoi ana o kaniavkani. 
 
 Ka-ni-a-hi-a, v. To weep immoderately 
 
 and lament for one absent, as a man for a 
 
 beloved wife. 
 Ka-ni-i-e, adj. Kard jn distinction from 
 
 soft ; oolea, naboa. 
 KA-Nr-u, } o. To be full of hard lumps. 
 Ea-ni-u-tj, J - - 
 
 sound. 
 
 2. To have a sharp, quick 
 
 Ka-ni-0, I s. a groaning ; an expres- 
 
 -IT. i 
 
 Ka-ni-u-U, ) sion of grief, trouble or pain. 
 See ^ANiuHD. 
 
 Ka-ni-u-hct, v. Kani and uku, to com- 
 plain. To complain of pain of body ; to 
 groan with pain or grief. 
 
 2. To coo or mourn like a dove. Isa. 
 59:11. 
 
 3. To mourn, as in affliction. Neli. 1':*. 
 
 4. To sigh on account of oppression. 
 Pwfc.-2:23. 
 
 5. To be sad ; to be sorrowful. 
 KA-Ni-n-Ht;, s. Sorrow; sighing; cou- 
 
KAN 
 
 259 
 
 KAN 
 
 pJaint. ifo/. 142:2. Groaning; trouble; 
 sorrow, /sa. 30:6. Groaning from oppros- 
 eion. l/unk. 2:18. Noho no lakou me ko 
 Imniuhu olo iloko o lakou iho. tboy live 
 withoat cwnplamt within tbcmaelTes. 
 
 "KA-N-^-u-iin, adj. Sighing ; sorrowing 
 on account of oppression or wronq;. 
 
 Ka-ni-u-li, v. To put out the lip. 
 
 Ka-ni-hi-a, adv. Suffering from love or 
 affection for another; e noho kaniltia aloha 
 ae ana an ia oe. 
 
 Ka-ni-kau, v. To mourn for the loss of 
 friends: to lament; to bewail, as for the 
 dead. Kin. 23:3. 
 
 2. To compose a dirge, or to sing one ex- 
 t(?niporaneou8ly. 2 5om. 3:3ii. TocoinpcBe 
 an elegy for one. 2 8am. 1:17. See Kuma- 
 
 KBNA. 
 
 Ka-ni-kau, s. A dirge; a mourning song; 
 mourning; lamentation. Ezek. 19:1. 
 
 Ka-ni-kao, adj. Mourning ; hale kani- 
 kau. Kekah. 7:2. 4. 
 
 Ka-ni-ka-ni, b. Freq. of Icani, to make 
 a sound. To tinkle, eta a Kmall b<:ll. /xa. 
 3:16. To sound, as any sharp noise ; to 
 cry out with a shout, kanikani jiihe aku la 
 ka aha, "kawahinemaikai,e!" the woman 
 is bcautii'nl I Laieik. 16.5. 
 
 2. To play on a musical inetrnment. Hoo. 
 The same. 
 
 Ka-ni-ka-ni, s. The sound of any tink- 
 ling instrument. 
 
 2. A jack-knife, from the sound of open- 
 ing and shutting ; a unuhi ae i ka hanaol 
 amc ko kanikani; also, a case knife. 
 .'{. The name of a famine. 
 
 Ra-ni-ka-ni, adj. Iloo. Sounding; giv- 
 ing or causing a sound. 
 
 Ka-ni-koo, \ s. Epithet of an old 
 
 Ka-NI-koo-KO, > man ; an old man, so old 
 
 Ka-ni-koo-KOO, ) that he cannot walk with- 
 out a staff. See Koo, a cane. 
 2. The state of old age. 
 
 Ka-ni-ko-ha, V. Kant, to sing, and koha, 
 to crack. To cackle like the ao, a bird of 
 the monritaiiiH. 
 
 Ka-ni-li-hu-a, *. A mist like rain; 
 small misty rain with wind. 
 
 Ka-ni-moo-pu-na, s, Kani and moopuna, 
 a grand child. That state of old age when 
 one has many grand children. 
 
 Ka-ni-ni, s. a state of convalescence ; 
 
 state of recovoring from sickness. 
 
 2. A covering; a screen: a shade to keep 
 off the sun. 
 Ka-ni-pu-ka, s. a gate; a door. See 
 
 PUKA. 
 
 Ka-ni-wa-hi-e, adj. Hard; difficult; in- 
 tractable : anything paakiki. 
 Ea-ni-wa-wa53, adj. Of or belonging to 
 
 a foot soldier ; na kanaka kaniwamne, foot 
 soldiers. 1 Oihl. 19:18. 
 
 Ka-ni-wa-wae, *. A foot soldier; in- 
 fantry. 2 Sam. 10:6. 
 
 Ka-no, v. To be proud ; to be haughty. 
 
 2. /Too. To exhibit prid«; to show a lofty 
 indept'mVinci!; to act pro jdly. 1 7Hm. 6:4. 
 
 3. To be always eating. 
 
 4. To .spare ; to treat with affection. 
 Ka-no, s. Hoo. Pride; arrogance. Hal. 
 
 10:2. Haughtiness; impudence; disobedi- 
 ence. JHzclc. 3:7. 
 
 Ka-no, s. The name of the two bones 
 
 of the lower arm ; hence, 
 
 2. A cubit in measure. 
 
 3. The body of a tree in distinction from 
 its branches. 
 
 4. The handle of an axe, oo, hoe, shovel, 
 &c. ; Icano oo. See Kuau. 
 
 • 5. The running vines of a grape vine, 
 gourd, melon, &c. 
 
 6. A notch made in a tree, &c., where 
 birds may light in order to catch them. 
 
 Ka-no, v. See Kano, s., the bones of 
 the arms. To grasp in one's arms, as in 
 wrestling; e kanoia i kekahi me kona ikaika 
 iho. 
 
 Ka-no-a, s. a round spot of land lower 
 than the surrounding land. See Panoa. 
 
 Ka-no-a, odv. Externally; outside; ap- 
 plied to the dish containing awa; epoepoc 
 kanoa, e hae kanoa. 
 
 Ka-no-e-no-e, v. SeeNoEandNoENOE, 
 the north-east trade winds. To blow 
 strongly ; applied to the trade winds ; ke 
 hanoenoe raai nei no ka makani. 
 
 Ka-no-ka-no, t>. See Kano. To be high; 
 
 to be lofty ; to be majestic. 
 Ka-no-ka-no, adj. High ; independent 
 
 in feeling ; proud ; great. 
 
 Ka-no-no, V. To ■ ring, as a bell ; to 
 sound; to make a noise by striking agaiuBt 
 a sonorous body, as a clock hammer. 
 2. To snore. See NoNO. 
 
 Ka-no-no, s. a ringing sound; a snor-- 
 iog. See Noko. 
 
 2. A red fowl ; he moa ula hiua.' 
 
 Ka-no-wa, s. See Kanoa. 
 
 Ka-n0, v. To burj', as a corpse. 1 Sam. 
 25:1. To cover u^ in the earth. 
 
 2. To plant, as seed; to plant out a veg 
 etable. JIal. 80:15. To tra.-isplfcn't. 
 
 3. To hide in the earth. 
 
 Ka-nu', v. To be silent, to be stubborn. 
 
 Ka-hu, f. A burial ; a planting ; a put- 
 ting out of sight in the earth. 
 
 Ka-nu, adj. Mea kd7iu, seed or a vege- 
 table for planting: laau kanu, « tree for 
 planting. 
 
 Ka-nu-e-e-i-na, v. See Eeina. To fix 
 
KAP 
 
 260 
 
 KAP 
 
 and smooth down, as the wet ruffled feath- 
 ers of a fowl. 
 
 Ka-nu-lu, ) adj. Chsnge of I for n. 
 
 Ka-NU-nu, ) Heavy, as a sound; oppress- 
 ively heavy, as a deep heavy voice or sound. 
 
 Ka-nu-lu, )j. See above. Anexcell- 
 
 Ka-WC-NU, ) ing ; an increasing ; a grow- 
 ing larger. 
 
 KA-Ku-Ntj, V. To have a heavy deep 
 BouDd, as the voice of a person with a cold. 
 Anoet. 6. 
 
 Ka-no-pa-pa-hu-wi-li. 
 
 Ka-pa, v. To call ; to nume ; to give a 
 name to. Kin. 3:2. To give an appella- 
 tion, 
 
 2. To designate ; to stigmatize. 
 
 3. To gather upin the hands and squeeze, 
 as awa dregs ; eieapa mai oe i kuu wahi 
 awa. 
 
 Ka-pa, s. A bank; a shore ; the side of 
 a river, pond or lake ; the side of a kalo 
 patch; ttie side of a wood or land; the side 
 . of a road. Stn. with aeao. 
 
 2. A name given to the labium of a fe- 
 male; both labia together are called kapa- 
 
 Fi-PA, s, A kind of eel that makes 
 javoo among all kinds of fish. See Puhi- 
 KAPA. Hence Kamehameha was called Pu- 
 hikapa, because victorious over all. 
 
 Ka-pa, s. The cloth beaten from the 
 bark of the wanki or paper mulberry, also 
 from the mamaki and other trees ; hence, 
 2. Cloth of any kind; clothes generally; 
 kapa komo, a coat ; a dress. 
 
 Ka-pa, adj. A rustling; a rattling, as 
 large drops of rain ; he ua kapa nui. See 
 
 PAKiPAKA. 
 
 Ka-paa-i-lu-na, s. The arch of heaven 
 above supposed to be firm and strong. 
 
 2. Any place in the air or above the 
 earth; o kahi e pili ana i ka laniua kapaia 
 kapaailutu. D. Malo. 
 
 Kj! -PAA-i-LA-LO, s. Ka paoofaZo was Sup- 
 posed to be the opposite o{ paaoluna, but 
 was under the earth ; but it applies to any 
 place on the earth in distinction from 
 heaven ; o kahi e pili ana i ka honua, ua 
 kapaia o kqpaaiicUo. D. Malo. 
 
 Ka-pa-au, s. Name of the place of the 
 god in the hoiau, and where offerings were 
 laid. See Nuu. 
 
 Ka-pae, v. To pervert; to turn aside; 
 to make crooked morally, i. e., to turn aside 
 from moral rectitude. 1 Noli 9:6. 
 
 2. To turn aside from the direct road in 
 traveling. KawL. 2:27. 
 
 3. To turn aside tcoxa. following one. 2 
 Sam. 2:19. 
 
 4. To turn aside from obedience to law. 
 Kanl. 9:12. 
 
 6. To .turn » thing from.its designed use 
 or object. Notb. — It was often applied 
 when a commander in battle ordered a sol- 
 dier to throw a spear at one of the opposite 
 party who was the soldier's friend; the sol- 
 dier would throw his spear under his arm 
 or some place where it would do no hurt, 
 and yet would pretend to obey; he would 
 thus be said to kapae the' spear. The word 
 was much used formerly as applied to the 
 management of a chief's property, a species 
 of embezzling. ■ 
 
 6. To change the meaning of a word from 
 its common acceptation. 
 
 7. To pretend not to nnderstand what is 
 said. 
 
 8. To set aside, as an officer or ruler ; ia 
 dethrone. Oih. 13:2. To suspend from the 
 church. 
 
 9. Hoo, To camie'to turo a«ide, &e. 
 Ka-pae', s. The act of turning aside 
 
 anything from its proper nse, or from moral 
 rectitude. 
 Ka-pai, v. To pound gently with the 
 fist, as on one's flesh to promote circula- 
 tion.. See Pai. 
 
 2. To anoint the body with ointment. 
 See Kakele. 
 
 3. To break up wood for fiiel. SeeEAKA. 
 Kji-VAi, adj. He popo kapai, a ball for 
 
 lomiing or nibbing the sick. 
 
 Ka-pa-o-a, *. The name of a plant, the 
 root of which wjs used to dye kapa and 
 scent it. 
 
 Ka-pa-o-ka, s. The Polynesian pronun- 
 ciation of Sabaota — Sabaoth; Seb., armies. 
 Supposed to be introduced from the Society 
 Islands. 
 
 Ka-pau-it, v. To catch fish in a net by 
 turning it this way and that ; to cause fisd 
 to onter a net. 
 
 KA-p,Ati-u, s. A moving of a net in tak- 
 ing fish. 
 
 Ka-pau-u, v. To flutter, as an ensign or 
 flag in the wind ; kapauu ka lani, ua hehe- 
 hili ka lani. 
 
 Ka-pa-hai, s. The sea shore ; ku i Ae- 
 pahai ka mca hakn ole. 
 
 Ka-pa-kai, I'. To look quietly at an- 
 other taking property without the order of 
 a chief. 
 
 Ka-pa-ka-iii, adj. Kapa, side, a.nA kahi, 
 one. One-sided ; uneven j crooked ; par- 
 tial to one party to the injury of another: 
 lawo kapakaki, to act irtth partiality. 
 
 Ka-pa-ka-hi, 0. To act partially; to p"t 
 out of square ; to turn aside. , 
 
 Ka-pa-ka-pa, v. To be lame in the hii> 
 joint. 
 
 2. To call by an assumed or fictitious 
 name. See Kapa, v. 
 
 Ka-pa-ka-pa, adj. Fictitious; assumod, 
 
KAP 
 
 261 
 
 KAP 
 
 as one's name ; he inoa kapakapctf an as- 
 sumed name tor purposes of concealment. 
 
 Ka-pa-ka-pa, s. See Kapa. The labia 
 offeraaliBSi kahi halnhuln. 
 
 2. The crotch of men; he mai kapakapa 
 nha i ka manawa e hcic loihi ai. 
 
 Ka-pa-ke-t;, 1). To detty j to refuse ; to 
 rivject; to quarrel; to dispute; to te an- 
 gry ; to distort the countenance. 
 
 Ka-pa-ka-ketj, v. See Kapaeeu. 
 
 Ka-p^-ko-mo, *. Kapa and fcomo, to enter 
 in, i. e., to put on. A garment for .putting 
 off an a on. Kin. '6^:3. 
 
 Ka-pa-kij-i-ka, s. Kapa, «nd kui, to 
 stitch. Tbt! five kapas sewed together for 
 a set of sleeping kapas. 
 
 Ka-pa-la, v. See Pala, to daub. To 
 blot ; to daub ; to strike or bjot out. 
 
 2. To stain ; to spot ; to paint or print 
 kapa or cloth. See Palahala. 
 
 Ka-pa-la, s. A writing; a printing; ^ 
 stamping. 
 
 Ka-pa-la, s. The n'arae of a plant, the 
 leaves eaten for food in scarcity. 
 
 Ka-pa-la-ait, s. The place of sunset- 
 ting; kokoke ka la e biki S.kupalaau, the 
 sun will soon roach the Bctting place. 
 
 Ka-pa-la tr, $. The leaves with which 
 the dead body of a chief was boand up 
 previous to burial. 
 
 Ka-pa-la-lu, adv. Badly; awkwardly; 
 witliout skill ; kap'jialu ka. pu, 
 
 Ka-pa-li-li, v. To shake rapidly; to 
 vibrate, as a reed or leaf in the wind; to 
 vibraf<i, as the tongue in pronouncing the 
 letter r. 
 
 2. To ferepidate, as tho heart either by 
 fear or joy ; kapalili ka houpo. Hoo. To 
 be in fear; to tremble. 
 
 Ka-pa-li-li, s. a trembling or palpita- 
 tion, as of the heart ; the vibration of the 
 tongue in pronouncing the li'rench r. 
 
 Ka-pa-ltt-lu, v. To move ; to tremble . 
 
 to shake ; to make a tremulous or buzziug 
 
 sound. 
 Ka-pa-lu-lu, $. A tremulous sound, as 
 
 a fly buzzing in the ear. 
 Ka-pa-na-ha, adj. Crazy. 
 Ka-pa-pa, v. To sprawl aboiit, as one 
 
 having fallen down in the dark feels about; 
 
 hina waio i ke ula kapapa. 
 Ka-pa-pau-lu-a, «.- A human sacrifice ; 
 
 a ma liekahi kanaka i kp kitpapaidua ana. 
 Ka-x'a-pa-ku, s. Some unknown place 
 
 in the center of tlio oarlh. 
 Ka-pa-pa-la-wi, s. The broad sky; the 
 
 firmament. 'Bee Kalanipaa. 
 Ka-pa-pe~a, s. Kapa and pea, filthy. A 
 
 kapa or dress which a menstr"ous woman 
 
 wore, and left when she returned to the 
 family. See also Isa. 64:6. 
 
 Ka-pa-wa, s. a border or edge of a gar- 
 ment. See LiK[ and Pawa. 
 
 Ka-pe-a, v. To lay hold of; to seize, 
 as a criminal. 
 
 2. To accuse falsely. See Hoopra, and 
 Pea. j 
 
 3. To collect charges of evil without 
 cause against a good man. 
 
 Ka-pe-.a-pe-a, v. See the foregoing. To 
 watch closely; to seek occasion; to entan- 
 gle one. 
 
 Ka-pe-he, v. See.K.0PEHE. 
 
 Ka-pe-he, i.r a companion; an assist- 
 ant ; a fellow ; an associate. 
 
 Ka-pe-ke, v. To be out of joint, as a 
 limb ; to limp, as a lamo person. Kin. 
 32:35, ?A. To misstep, /fo!. 37:31. 
 
 2. To miss in attempting to do a thing ; 
 to mistake ; to di.sjoint. 
 
 3. To be-eolored, a.s a male of one color 
 on one side, atidahbthor color on the op- 
 posite side ; ho male k^ipcke ; hence, the 
 name for that spcicie.s of iria'u). 
 
 4. JIoo. I hookapekeia h-.n ka holei, that 
 it (kapa) may be colored on one side with 
 the holei; o piilto, e hainama, ewaiho wale. 
 
 Ka-pe-kei, V. To drive, as fish into a 
 
 net 
 Ka-pe-keu, v. To quarrel; to scold; to 
 
 disagree ; to be on unfriendly terms, 
 Ka-fe-ke-pe-ke, w. SeeKAPEKE. To be 
 
 Unsettled in mind or opinion; to be in 
 
 doubt 1 .Nul. 18:21. To be inconstant; 
 
 to be fickle. 
 
 2. To go in a crooked manner. 
 
 3. To stand unsteadily; to tottle; toroU; 
 to be about to fall. 
 
 4. To fasten or put up a thing superfici- 
 ally; ua paa kapekepeke no, aole i paa pono. 
 
 Ka-pe-ke-pe-ke, s. Inconstancy; doubt; 
 fickleness ; hesitancy. 
 
 Ka-pe-ke-pe-ke, adj. Unsteady; hesi- 
 tating; doubtful; unlike at different times. 
 
 Ka-pe-ke-pe-ke, adv. Doubtfully; irres- 
 olutely ; onsteadily. .2 Pet. 3:16. 
 
 KA-iPE-Ktr, ) u To splash or spat- 
 
 Ka-pe-KIT-PE-KC, ) ter in the water, as peo- 
 ple do to drive flsb into a net ; to spatter, 
 as a fish docs when suddenly frightened. 
 
 Ka-pe-le-le-u, s. See .Peleletj. The 
 naaio of Karaehameha's voyage when he 
 wont to take possession of his kingdom; so 
 called from the hind of canoes he went in; 
 ua kapaia kela hele ana o kapeiden, the 
 voyage was called kapddeu. 
 
 Ka-pe-na, s, Eng. A captain or master 
 of a ship ; i kapaia'ku ai Kapena Kuke i 
 lono. 
 2. A captain ; a military officer. 
 
KAP 
 
 262 
 
 KAP 
 
 3. A carpenter; but Hawaiistns lately 
 
 write kamena for carpenter. 
 Ka-pi, I (1. To sprinkle with salt ; to 
 Kii-FII, ) preserve with salt ; to season wllh 
 
 salt Mar. 9:49. 
 
 2. To sprinkle with water., Isa. 52:15. 
 To pour otit water. 
 
 3. To sprinkle, as with ashes. Jer. 25:34. 
 i. To apply to ; to put to, as one thing 
 
 to another. iMnk. 7:6. See PiPi. 
 Ka-pii, s. Name of an office among the 
 
 king's retinue. 
 Ka-pi-o, v. To be arched ; he pio kolea. 
 
 See Pio. 
 Ka-pi-hi, aij. One-sided. 
 Ka-pi-ki, s. a kind of poi. 
 
 2. Eng. The Hshraiiair pronunciation for 
 
 the worfi cabbage ; hence, a cabbage or 
 
 heaci of cabbage. 
 Ka-pi-li, v. See Pili. To join or unite 
 
 together in various ways. 
 
 2. To fit different substances together. 
 
 3. To put or fit together, as the different 
 parts of a house or ship or other work of 
 the kind. 2 Oihl. 3:1. KapUi laau, to work 
 at carpenter's business ; kapili moku, to 
 build a ship ; ua popopo ke kia moku, hoi 
 hou oia e kapili, the mast of the ship was 
 rotten, he returned to repair it. 
 
 i. To repair oi" mend what ie broken. 
 Neh. 2;8. 
 5. To plaster ; to besmear. 
 Ka-pi-li-a-lo, s. Some unknown land, 
 where the people were unknown of what 
 Hind ; be pilikua, he kanaka ano e. 
 
 Ka-K-LI-ku-A, s. See above. An imag- 
 inary country not known where nor the 
 character of the people ; he kanaka pili 
 taakna, ma ke kaao ana e loaa mai ai. 
 
 Ka-pi-li-ma-nit, s. See Kapili and 
 Manu, a bird. The art of catching birds 
 with laird lime (pilali, Ac.) ; i ko'u pii ana 
 iuktt i ke kapUirtumu. 
 
 Ka-pi-li-mo-ku, V. See Kapili. To build, 
 but especially to calk ships. 
 
 Ka-pi-li-mo-ku, s. The art of ship build- 
 ing. 
 
 2. A ship builder or a ship calker. &ek. 
 37:9. 
 
 Ka-pi-li-pi-li, v. SeeKAPin. To fit one 
 thing to another ; to join two things so as 
 to make one ; to unite.' 
 
 2. To set, as precious stones. P«fc. 35:33. 
 
 3. To fix blume on another; to complain 
 of another. 
 
 -t. To excuse one's self. 
 
 Ka-pi-pi, v. See Kapi and Pipi. To 
 
 sprinkle, as salt ; to sprinkle, ai blood or 
 
 wat*r. Pak. 24:6. 
 Ka~pi-pi-nr, s. a word of uncert.ain 
 
 meaning brought from some of the western 
 
 islands ; i aku ke kama kapipirie, he kapi- 
 pine ohuiia me ke kamaioa. 
 
 Ka-po, s. a sister of Kalaipahoa, a fa- 
 bled goddess from abroad who entered 
 some kind of a tree and rendered it poisoJi- 
 ous. See K..u.aipahoa. 
 
 Ka-poo, i;. To enter into, as a spirit; 
 kapoo ka uhaue o ke Akua iloko. 
 
 2. To sink, as in water ; kapoo i ke kai. 
 
 3. To set, as the sun ; i ke kapoo ana o 
 ka la, hele au ; kamailio iho la makou a 
 kapoo ka la. 
 
 4. To sink into, as the foot in soft In-td. 
 See Napoo. 
 
 Ka-poo, s. Sunken in; the armpit; the 
 
 same applied to a fowl. 
 Ka-poo-poo, v. See Kapoo. To descend; 
 
 to go down. 
 
 Ka-po-la, V. To bind up in a wrapper ; 
 to fold up in a kapa ; e wahi, e kupola. 
 
 ,^a-po-la-pi-lau, s. Any limb sore, bad 
 smelling and swathed with kapa or rags is 
 called a kupolapilau. See Kapola. 
 
 Ka-pc, s. a general name of the sys- 
 tem of religion that existed formerly on the 
 Hawaiian Islands, and which was grounded 
 upon numerous restrictions or prohibitions, 
 keeping the common people in c' sdienoe 
 to the chiefs and priests ; but many of the 
 kapus extended to the chiefs themselves. 
 The word signifies, 
 
 1. Prohibited ; forbidden. 
 
 2. Sacred ; devoted to certain purposes. 
 Nah. 6:7. 
 
 3. A consecration ; a separation. (See 
 Hawaiian History and D. Mnio on feajwis.) 
 Eha na po kapu ma ka malama hookahi, 
 there were four taJfu nights (days) in a 
 month : 1st, kapuku, 2d, kapukua' 3d, k>!r 
 pidcaloa, 4th. kapiUcanii. 
 
 Ka-pu, v. To set apart; to prohibit from 
 use ; to make sacred orholy. 
 
 2. lloo. To devote to a special purpose. 
 Tuk. 23:3. To eopsecrate; to set apart as 
 sacred. los. 20:7, 8. lloalcapxi ae la o 
 Wakca i kekahi ia, AVakea lahwd certain 
 fish, 
 
 3. To put on airs of distance or separa- 
 tion frora others, airs of self-importance. 
 See HooiHiiHJ. 
 
 Ka-pu, adj. Prohibited ; forbidden ; 
 
 hence, 
 2. Sacred ; consecrated ; holy; devoted. 
 Ka-pu, s. A place of fire ; a stove ; a 
 
 gun lock. See KAPiiAMi. 
 Ka-pu-ai, ) g. The sole ov bottom of 
 Ka-pu-vvai, \ the foot. los. 1:3, 
 
 2. The track of one's foot; a foot-print: 
 a foot-step, 
 
 3. A foot in measure (modern use) ; ka- 
 puwai mauamana, the paw of art animal. 
 OUA. 11:27. NoTB,~The Haw&iiaus have 
 
KAP 
 
 263 
 
 KAW 
 
 no word tor foot ia distinction from wawae, 
 leg; but XDawae includes often both foot 
 and leg ; so linm signifies arm including 
 tbe hand, but no specific word for Itand. 
 Ka-pu-a-hi, s. See Kapu, place, and 
 Ahi, fire. A fire place. 
 
 2. The pan of a musket or gun. 
 
 3. A censer for sacriSce. 
 
 4. One who attends upon an oven or 
 bakes. 
 
 5. The place itself of baking ; an oven. 
 Ka-po-a-hi-hao, s. Eapuahi and hao, 
 
 iron. An iron stove ; an iron furnace. 
 
 2. Fig. The place or circumstances of 
 affliction. KmA. 4:20. 
 
 Ka-pu-a-mo-e, s. The name of a kapu 
 when everybody was roquired to prostrate 
 themselves when the chief passed ;, he alii 
 niaupio no, he kapuamoe no kona. 
 
 Ka-pu-a-no-ho, s. a kapu requiring the 
 people all to sit when the king's calabash 
 or other utensil was carried by; healUnui, 
 he niaupio no, he kapuanoho nae kona. 
 See above. 
 
 Ka-pj-a-pu-a, s. a kind of plantain or 
 banana. 
 
 Ka-p(J-o, s. a kapu in honor of the god 
 Eaili. 
 
 Ka-pu-hi, s. a master of an animal ; a 
 nurse of a child ; a provider. See Hooka- 
 PDin. 
 
 Ka-pi7-hi-li, s. Name of a species of 
 fish. 
 
 Ka-pu-ka-pu, s. See Kapu. Honor; 
 praise ; dignity ; separation from what is 
 common. 
 
 Ka-pu-ka-pu, v. Hoo, To put on airs of 
 sell-consequence ; to ape dignity : a Icapu- 
 kapu no hoi me ou mau kaikuahine. Zaieik. 
 99. 
 
 KA-PU-KA-pir-iiA-Ni, V. To frown or repel 
 one by^sour looks ; to be distant and ill- 
 natured ; kapukapvlani ka raaka. 
 
 Ka-pu-ka-wai, v. To be handsome ; to 
 be noble. 
 
 Ka-pu-le, v. To be hung up, as a bunch 
 of banauas until tbe skin turns black in 
 spots ; ua kapnk ala mea wale i ka na. 
 
 Ka-pu-lu, ». To be unfaithful in busi- 
 ness ; to be careless ; to be slovenly. 
 
 Ka-pu-lu, adj. Work slovenly done ; 
 dirty ; filthy ; foolish ; sottish. ler. 4:22. 
 
 Ka-pct-lu-pu-lu, v. See Kapulu. To 
 work lazily ; to act in a shiftless manner. 
 
 Ka-pu-jn'i, s. SeePuNi. The circumfer- 
 ence of si thing ; a surrounding ; a circuit. 
 2. The name of a chief who was bom, 
 grew up, became old and died in the same 
 place. 
 
 KA-pn-Ni, adj. Overspreading; widely 
 
 diffused ; he ua kaptwi, a rain over all tho 
 islands. 
 
 Ka-pu-wai, s. See Kapu, place, and 
 Waj, water. A bathing tub. 
 2. A foot-step. See Kaphai. 
 
 Ka-pu-wto-hi, s. a kapu less than a 
 kapu niaupio, i. e., a relaxation of the kapu 
 niaupio ; o fce alii kupuwohi, aole oia ame 
 kona lawe kahili ; o Kamehameha I. he 
 kapuwohi kona. 
 
 Ka-wa, s. a precipice down which a 
 suicide pinnies ; a lele aku i ka make me 
 he kio kawa la. Sec Lelekawa. 
 
 2. A manner of playing. 
 
 3. A person who goes behind or followb 
 after another. 
 
 Ka-wa, s. A deep pool of water with a 
 precipice overhanging it, from which to 
 dive. 
 
 Ka-wa, v. To strike secretly; to pierce 
 one in the- dark ; to assassinate. 
 
 2. To overtake and shoot ahead of one. 
 
 3. B! pulepe. 
 
 4. To shoot or fall down. SeeLELSKAWA. 
 
 5. To rain heavily; to flow freely, as 
 perspiration upon the skin. 
 
 Ka-waa, s. The voice of a bird on 
 Molokai which seems to say, " i fcawaa, e 
 holo, ua nui ke kai o ke aumoe." 
 
 Ka-waa, s. The name of a species of 
 fish net ; he npena kawaa. 
 
 Ka-wae, v. To bring up the foot, as in 
 sitting cross-legged on a mat. 
 " 2. To draw one to you with the foot. 
 
 3. To trip one with the foot; 
 
 4. To put the arm over one's shoulder, 
 or the foot over another; to bring, the legs 
 across. 
 
 5. To bind on, as a girdle. 
 Ka-wak-wae, s. Name of a kiud of 
 
 stone used in polishing canoes. 
 Ka-wai, s. The name of the coloring 
 matter or residuum when water is poured 
 on the second time. 
 
 2. The name of the partially c'oloretl 
 water itself. 
 
 3. The liquor obtained from cane, &A., 
 after most of the intuxicaling matter is ex- 
 tracted; aohe ikaika o keia rama.he/tcEuai 
 wale no, there is no strength in this rum, 
 it is nearly all water. 
 
 Ka-wai-ka-ma-ma, v. See Lopio and 
 Nio. To soften down, as the rigor of work; 
 to make easier to do; to modify one's char- 
 acter for the. better, 
 
 Ka-wau, v. To be wet and cold; to be 
 damp. 
 2. To keep back ; to detain. 
 
 Ka-wau, s. Dampness. 
 
 2. Distemper among dogs resembling the 
 itch. 
 
 3. A seed used in deceiving fisb. 
 
KAW 
 
 264 
 
 KE 
 
 i. The block on which kapa is pounded. 
 See Kha. 
 
 5. A species of tree, tised somewhat for 
 canoes and other things. 
 
 Ka-wau-ke, »■. See Waitke. 
 
 Ka-wa-ha, v. To be hollow, as a log 
 or pillar. J'uk. 38:7 ; ler. 52:21. 
 
 Ka-wa-ea, adj. Vacant, as a space, 
 hoUov/. Pnk- 27:8. Hollow, aj an arch. 
 Puk. 28:11. 
 
 Ka-wa-ka-wa, s. The name of a spe- 
 cies of fish. 
 
 Ka-wa-ka-wa, v. SeeKiWA. To be wet 
 with water or tain. 
 
 Ka-wa-ka-wa, adj. Wet ; damp with 
 flae ram. 
 
 Ka-wa-ka-watj, v. Tobe wet and cold. 
 2. To be wet with perspiration, is the 
 bo4y or bed where one sleeps. 
 
 Ka-wa-ka-watt, adj. Damp, as mats or 
 '.grass. See Kawatt. 
 
 Ka-wa-la-wa-la, v. To speak in an un- 
 
 ■ intelligible manner. 
 
 Ka-wa-la-wa-la, adj. Few ; scatter- 
 ing ; here and there one, as persons ; few 
 and scattering, as houses in the country ; 
 hence, kauhale Icavxdawala, the cbiintry in 
 distinction frein a village. 
 
 Ka-wa-la-wa-la, s. Fewness ; scarcity. 
 
 Ka-we-a, s. a species of fish. 
 
 Ka-we-lau, s. See Welau. The ex-, 
 tremity of a thing ; the top of a bank ; the 
 top of a precipice 
 
 Ka-we-le. v. To work slowly or mod- 
 erately, as at rowing a canoe, or at culti- 
 vating the soil ; kawele wale aku no. 
 
 Ka-we-le, adj. Slow; lingering, as a 
 disease ; o ka bookali ka mea e kawele nei 
 ia poe. 
 
 Ka-we-us, s. Eng. A towel; a napkin; 
 a wiping cloth. 
 
 Ka-we-le-a, s. SeeWELEA. A species 
 offlsh. 
 
 Ka-wji-le-we-le, v. See Kawele, v. 
 To work slowly or moderately. 
 
 Ka-we-le-we-le, s. The name of cer- 
 tain short ropes about ' a canoe ; he man 
 wabi kaula ma ka pu o ka waa. 
 2. The beard. 
 
 Ka-we-lo, s. Naraeof a species of fish. 
 
 Ka-we-we, t). To cover kalo with mats 
 iij the ov.en when about to bake. 
 
 2. To clatter, as in the movement of 
 plates or slates : to make a rustling noise. 
 Mek. 37:7. 
 
 2. To be dry ; to be uufruitfia, as pota- 
 toes without water. 
 
 Ka-we-we-le, s. The person at the end 
 of a long rope where many persons are 
 
 drawing a heavy substance; o K$,vpa ke 
 
 akna i kawemele. 
 Ka-wi, «. SeeUiandKowi. To press; 
 
 to squeeze, as grapes or suiy substance in 
 
 order to extract the juice. 
 Ka-wi-li, ». SeeWiLi. To mix together 
 
 different ingredients," as flour and water in 
 
 making bread ; to stir up together. 
 
 2. To be changeable or variable. See 
 
 IiAUWILI. 
 
 3. Bno. To mis together; to knead bread. 
 mh. 15:4 
 
 i. To tear ; to rend ; to vex ; to harass. 
 See Kaawiu. 
 
 Ka-wi-li, s. The art of catching birds 
 with bird llme,&c.; pela no oia 1 papa aku 
 ai i ka poe kawUi maau oo, so also tie for- 
 bid those who caught full grown birds. 
 
 Ka-wi-li-ka-e-ka, v. Kavfili a.ni kaeka, 
 to entangle. To entangle ; to go jfchis way 
 and that ; to involve; to go over and over 
 again. 
 
 Ka-wi-li-ma-nu, s. See Kawili and 
 Maku, a bird. - A method of catching birds 
 with bird lime ; he lawaia manu. 
 
 Ka-wi-li-wi-li, s. Name of a tree, the 
 timber of which was very much used for 
 svrf-boards and the amas or ontriggera of 
 canoes ; erythrina corallodendvon. See 
 
 WiLIWIU. 
 
 Ka-wo-wo, v. To grow thriitily, as vines 
 which branch out and run luxuriantly every 
 way. 
 
 2. To grow ; to increase ; to soread out. 
 ler. 23:3. 
 
 3. To increase, as a prosperous people. 
 ler. 29:6. 
 
 4. To make a rustling noise ; to rattle. 
 See Kawet\'e above. 
 
 5. To roar ; to rage ; to sound heavily. 
 Ka-wo-wo, *. A plant grpwing thriftily. 
 
 Md. Sol. 4:13. 
 
 2. Plants ; running vines, &c.; a sucker; 
 a scion. 
 
 3. A continued rustling or rushing noise; 
 the noise of a waterfall. 
 
 Ka-ba, s. Heb. A cab, a Hebrew dry 
 measure, nearly three pints. 2 X'al. 6:25. 
 
 Ka-si-a, s. Eng. Cassia, an odoriferous 
 herb. Hal. 45:8. 
 
 Ka-ta-ra-ke-te, *. Heb. A cormoranv, 
 name of ao unclean bird. ^aid. 14:17. 
 
 Ke, def. art. The. See Ka, art. This 
 form of the article (fee) is used before all 
 nouns beginning with the letter fc. A few 
 nouns beginning with the letter p have ke 
 also for their arricle,:and a still smaller 
 number beginning with the letter m. Nouns 
 whose first letter is a have both ka and Jfce 
 for their article ; that is, some nouns take 
 one and some the other, but no one noun, 
 without a radical change of meaning, takes 
 
KEA 
 
 265 
 
 KEA 
 
 both forme ot the article. Nouns beginning 
 with o, like ts, take both forms of the arti- 
 cle. Before all other letters, whether vowela 
 OT consonaats, lea is the form of the article. 
 See Grammar § 69, 60. 
 
 Ke, partic/erliefore a verb and rm after 
 It, marks the present tense of the itidicative 
 mood ; bnt /ce with the subjunctive mood 
 marks the future tense. After the verbs 
 hiki, always, and jjOTW? generally (both used 
 as auxiliary verbs), fee is used before the 
 iniittitive instead of e. Oram. § 203. 
 
 Ke, interj. An exclamation of surprise, 
 indeed! 1 Kor. 16:36. See Ki. Se is often 
 used in ijeginning a reply to what one has 
 said; and expresses astonishment at what 
 had been advanced; sometimes disgust and 
 the greatest contempt ; e manao ino me ka 
 henehene. 
 
 Ke, ». Mostly with hoo. To force ; to 
 compel ; to urge on. Lunk. 1:34. 
 
 2. To be intent upon ; to press forward; 
 to go ahead in any affair; hooke loa mai la 
 o Keoua me ka manao el awe i ko Kame- 
 hameha man okana nona, Keoua iocs intent 
 upon the idea of taking Kamehameha's dis- 
 tricts for his own. 
 
 3. To tlirust ; to push or drive at. £a!. 
 118:13. 
 
 'i. To obstruct one as he goes along ■, to 
 get a person or persons into difficulty ; to 
 strnggla against ; to be troubled. 2 Ki/r. 
 4:8. 
 
 5. ffo crowd together at a door ov about 
 a person ; to assault one's house ; to press 
 upon. 
 
 6. With ai, food, ixi push away, as food 
 wi&ont eating; to abstain fi'om food: hence, 
 
 7. To fast. 2 Bam. 12:16. Note'.— Vol- 
 untary fasting among Hawniians recpiires 
 the exercise of some force. 
 
 Ks-A, s. A cross ; the form of a cross, 
 viz, : one post upright, the other transverse. 
 See AssAiiA. 
 
 Ke-a, *. A tigktness of the chest at- 
 tended with difficulty of breathing; nearly 
 synonymous with pa'ni, 
 
 Ke-a, \ adj. Wiiite. See Keo. Pel- 
 
 Ke-A-KE-A, ) lucid ; clear. 
 
 Ke-a, v. To shoot or throw arrovys of 
 sugar-cane. See Ke-u*!;*. 
 
 Ke-a, s. Two -different places . is the 
 thorax ; ' the kea paa was above, the fceo 
 hakahaka below : elua fce«, o ke km paa 
 anie ke kea hakahaka. 
 
 Ks-A, s. The name ofa play of children 
 with arrows of cane. 
 
 2. The Tinme of a mountain on Hav«ii — 
 Mmm-ikta, whiip mmiiitain. 
 
 3. The name of tlif raia or rai«t at Hana 
 and at Koolau on Maui. ^ 
 
 i. The name of the semen of males, from 
 
 ths oBlor. Set! Ke-ikea boJow and Kba. «*'. 
 
 34 ■ ' 
 
 6. The name of the male unmssoulated 
 
 hog ; iua i kahe ole ia, he kea ia puaa. 
 6. The name of an office in the kiDg'."! 
 
 train. 
 Ke-a, ». To hinder; to object to. See 
 
 Ke. v., and Keakt..^. bolpw 
 Ke-aa-wa-i-le-u, s Name of a species 
 
 of flsh-hook. 
 Ke-ai, v. See Ke above and Ai, food. 
 
 Il4o. To thrust away food ; to fast 
 Ke-ao, s. a legend ; a tale of ancient 
 
 advectures. See Kaao. 
 Ke-ajSsa-ea-ha-ka, s. Kea and hakaJidka, 
 
 empty. The part of the body in aion and 
 
 beasts which embraces the .ibdom«n, as 
 
 keapaa does the chest. 
 Ke-a-ke-a, v. See Kea, to hinder. To 
 ■ .Jiinder. I Sam. UiS, To stand in the way 
 
 of. 
 
 2. To object to that which would be to 
 the advantage of another. 
 
 3. To keep back ; to restrain one from 
 doing a thing. Nah. 24:11. To prohibit ; 
 to resist. Oih. 13:10. 
 
 Ke-a-keta, adj. See Kea, cross, above. 
 Jji the form of several crosses, as sticks 
 uuder a piece of timber to carry it ; a kea- 
 kea a arnc aim. 
 
 Ke-a-ke-a, s. See Kea 4 above. The 
 semen masoulinum; the semen of all malcH. 
 See Kehea. 
 
 Ke-a-ke-a-la-mi, s.. The name of an 
 ancient chief woman, supreme over all the 
 islands, a woman of good character (hai- 
 pulc loa), from whom was descended Ke- 
 awe. 
 
 Ke-a-kit, s. Name of a cave on the 
 eastern side of the 7alley of Kailiili,whicti 
 see. 
 
 Ke-a-ikj-a-la-pii, the ghost god, and Ke- 
 KtrpuoBi, the bamboo plant, s. The names 
 of two red coats which Vaacouver gave to 
 Kamehameha I. 
 
 Ke-a-li-a, s. a place where the sali 
 water is brought or caused to flow inland, 
 the sea then shut out and the water evapo- 
 rated, leaving the salt, which may be gath- 
 ered up. See Aliapaakai. 
 
 KE-A-MAir-MAtr, s. See Amaomau. 
 
 Ke-a-paa, ^. The chest of the human 
 body, that Ls, the whole body included 
 within the ribs, in opposition to k-eahalca- 
 haka, the abdomen. 
 2. The same also in lelation to beasts 
 
 Ke-a-ptja, v. See Kea, to shoot, and 
 Pka, the blossom of the sugar-cane ; heuce. 
 a,'! 'UTOW. To throw or aboot arrows of the 
 sugar-cane. Note. — This w^f^ and is now 
 a fiiyorite playof ehildreuj formerly it was 
 a game among men. 
 
 Ke-a-wa-koo, s. Ths name of a stone 
 
KEE 
 
 263 
 
 KEI 
 
 idol near tLe top of Mauoa Waialeale on 
 
 Kauai. 
 Ke-a-we, s. a name frequently heard 
 
 among Hawaiiana either by itself or som- 
 
 Dounu«d with other words ; it Bignifies the 
 
 bearer. 
 Ke-a-we-nui-kau-o-hi-lo, s. One of the 
 
 claps of gods called akua nobo. 
 Ke-e, v. To bend ; to crook ; to bulge 
 
 out; to oppose. See Rde. Ka puu a Kana 
 
 i kee ai a hiolo iho. See Eeeeee. 
 
 Ke-e, s. Crookedness; want of upright- 
 ness in conduct ; wrong doing ; mai iiai 
 aku i ke 2cee o ko kakou aiua ; aka, e 'bai 
 aku i ke ala atnc ke onaonaamekapeekue 
 o ka naanao. 
 
 Ke-e, ai/. Crooked. See the verb. 
 
 Ke-b-o, v. To be angry; to be indig- 
 nant at what is wrong. 
 
 2. To perform the office of executioner. 
 
 3. To be suddenly excited; to rago. See 
 Kaeo. 
 
 Kb-e-o, s. Dissatisfaction ; displeasure ; 
 
 anger. 
 Ke-e-ha-na, s. Kee dLitd aria, kiiiSetle'A. 
 
 See Kee. The bottom or sole of the foot ; 
 
 kapuai. 
 
 2. A. place for the bottom of the foot, or 
 a place to rest a thing on. 
 
 3. Gronad stamped upon ur trodden by 
 the foot. 
 
 4. A footstool; a place to put the feet 
 upon. 
 
 6. A prop; a supporter; keehanawawae. 
 ba. 66:1. See Kkhana. 
 
 6. A place for the feet, i. e., a floor. 1 
 Nal.G:16. A pavement. Ezek.i-.IT. 
 
 Ke-e-ha-na-wa-wae, s, a footstool, &c. 
 
 See the foregoing. 
 Ke-e-hi, v. To kick; to stamp with the 
 
 foot. 
 
 2. To lift up the foot again.st one, i e., to 
 resist. 
 
 3. To kick at; to despise. 1 Sam. 2:29. 
 
 4. To rebel. Kanl. .32:15. 
 
 5. To strike or hit upon, as s beam of 
 light ; i ka manawa e keefii iho ai na ku- 
 kuna ka la i ka piko o na manna, when 
 ttie rays of the sun shall hit the top of the 
 mountains. 
 
 Ke-e^hi, s. The stirrup of a saddle. 
 Ke-e-hi-lae, adj. Proud; haughty; dis- 
 dainful. 
 Ke-e-hi-na, ?i. a different or- 
 
 K.E-E-H1-MA-WA-WAE, J thogr^phy for fcc«- 
 hana and mefiavawawote. A fbotatool, &c. 
 See above. 
 
 Ke-b-ke-e, p. SeeKssandKEKEE. To 
 
 crook ; to bend. 
 
 2. To psivcrt. flbo. The same. Kanl. 
 27:14. 
 
 KE-E-KE-fi'KU-Kir, V. Keekci and miku, 
 to scold. To rise up, as two perabas in 
 order to Bght, and after scolding at each 
 other awb'ilo, separate 'wilhout fighting. 
 
 Ke-e-la, ) adj. Great,asanoise; great 
 
 Ke-e-LE, J as a land;; large; excelling; 
 very great ; fcerfe koiialoha. 
 
 Ke-e-le, v. To be very great, as a 
 trouble or perplexity; -fceeJe ka pioo ana o 
 ka mai a ola. ' 
 
 Ke-e-le-a-waa, adj. Having frequent 
 ditches or gullies ; kedsawaa ke ala. 
 
 Ke-e-mo-a, v. To be sour; to be crabbed; 
 to be ill-natured. 
 2. Hoo. To be greedy ; to be covetous. 
 
 Ke-e-mo-a, adj. Having lost one's afiec< 
 tion or attachment for another and looks at 
 him with indifference. See Naackbkmoa. 
 
 Ke-e-na, s. a room ; an apartment in 
 a house. 1 Nal. 6:6. 
 
 2. A drawer of a bureau ; keerwL kapu, s 
 sanctuary. Pvk. 25:8. 
 
 3. A partition of a room. 
 
 Kei, int. An expression of wonder; 
 
 7.'onderfulI glorious! excellent! stupend- 
 ous! 
 Kr-i, v. TPo praise; to extol; to boast; 
 
 to gloryi 
 2. Haa, To be URed up with honor or 
 
 pride. 
 Ke-i, s. a boasting; glorying; pride; 
 
 high-mindedness. 
 2. The name of a species of hard rock 
 
 out of which kois were made. 
 Ee-i-a, adj. pron. Ke, article, and ia, 
 
 he, she or it. This, referring to somethiog 
 
 presenter justsaid; thisperson; this thing. 
 
 QramJ^ 152. 
 Ke-i-ke-i, v. Intensive of Arej. To glory; 
 
 to boast ; to be proud. 
 Ke-i-ki, s. Ke, article, and iki, little, 
 
 email, i. c., the little one. The fee has now 
 
 become aasimilated to the word ^ ajid 
 
 takes another article. 
 
 1. A child, male or female. 
 
 2. The olfspriog of one, whetber a child 
 or grown person. 
 
 3. A defendant of any numbc of de- 
 grees. 
 
 4. The yc ing of animals or vegetables ; 
 keiki maia. 
 
 Ke-i-kIj v. To hav"? or obtain a child. 
 
 Kin. 30:,3. 
 2. To be or become a child. Rom. 8:16. 
 
 Properly hoolceUcL 
 Ke-i-ki-a-la-me-a, s. Name of a fatal 
 
 discMp; kawaiiki was used as the remedy. ' 
 Ke-i-ki-hi-a-po, s. JSGwAi and Aiapo, first 
 
 born. The first born of a family, 
 Ke-i-ki-hi-pa, jf. Reiki 9inAhipaiEhg.), 
 
 °'""- A lamb. (KAJfc. 4:35: 
 
KEU 
 
 267 
 
 KEH 
 
 Ke-i-ki-ho-ki, s. Keikiaa<ihoki,arkaaa. 
 
 Tlie yoiinff of an afl8. Mn, 49:11. 
 
 Ke-1-ki-ka-o, s.' Keiki and kao, goat. A 
 kill. OiAfc. 4:23. 
 
 Ke-i-ki-ka-ne, s. Kiifiiandikane,ma]e. 
 A Hun ; a male cbilrl. 
 
 Ke-i-ki-pa-i'a, s. Keiki and papa, ansLn- 
 c(ator. 'AiuHiflfnt; a descendant; one who 
 among many othcrB, is a descendant of 
 some )^reatman,who lived perhaps several 
 generations back ; but it is on the condi- 
 , tion that said descendants continue to re- 
 side un tho ground where their ancestor did. 
 2. A native born in distinction from Jto- 
 naka e, or malihini. loa. 8:33. 
 
 Ke-i-ki-wai-u, s. Keiki mxAwaiu,m\\k. 
 
 Any young suckling ; a sucking child ; an 
 
 infant. Kavl. 32:25.- 
 Ke-i-ki-bi-pi, s. Keikiznihipi,o.noxox 
 
 cow. A calf. 1 NaX. 12:28. 
 Ke-i-k!-bi-pi-ka-ne, J. Keikibipi and 
 
 Imne, male. A young bullock ; a grown 
 
 mala calf. Nnh. 7:16. 
 Ke-1-na, s. The number four; more 
 
 generally written kauna. See Kauna. 
 Ke-o, s. a comb. 
 Ke-o, adj. White; clear; glistening 
 
 white. See Kea. 
 Ke-o, ) adj. Proud; haughty; car- 
 
 Ke-o-ke-o, j rying one's self haughtily. 
 2. White, as paper or cloth ; while, as 
 
 fruit that is ripe. Uoo. Whitened ; made 
 
 white. 
 Ke-o-ke-o, v. See Keo, white. To 
 
 whiten ; to become white. 
 •2. Hoo, To whiten ; to cause to glisten 
 
 with whiteness. Mark. 9:3. Ktokeo olino- 
 
 lino, glistening white. 
 Ke-o-lo-e-wa, s. Name of one of the 
 
 class of gods called akua nobo. 
 Ke-u, ) y. To he more; to have a 
 
 Ke-U-ke-U, ) remainder. 
 
 2. To excel ; to run over ; to hang out ; 
 to project like a hog's tush. 
 
 3. Uao. To do over and above ; to do 
 more than is roquired ; to eicecd. Puk. 
 30:15. Opposite to Aooemi. Notb. — This 
 word is used in counting or in specifying 
 a general amonnt, with something over, 
 thus : pa kauna a kfia, four each and some- 
 thituj over, or four and some hesiOvi: pa 
 ■umi a km, ten and upwards; pa kanaba a 
 
 • fceit. forty and more; pa lau a keu,, four 
 
 hundred and over; the fraction over the 
 
 definite sum is not specified. 
 Ke-u, s. What is over and above; in 
 
 wriOimdic, a remainder. 
 Ke-u, adj. Remaining; over and above; 
 
 besides. Lunk. 2:8. 
 Ke-u, adv. A keu, and over. 
 
 Ke-us-ue, ) 0. Ke, to push, and ue, to 
 Ee-DE-we, ) move. To paiti against ; to 
 
 oppose one ; to treat barsfaly. 
 Ke-u, ) J,, To contradict ; to scold ; 
 
 Ke-U-KE-U, j to find fault; to show a bad 
 
 dispopition ; to be morose. 
 Ke-u, |s. Surliness; pettishness; 
 
 Ke-u-ke-U, j anger. 
 
 Ke^uIke-u, { '^3- Very angry; cross. 
 
 Ke-u, • ) s. The voice of a bird, the 
 Ke-U-KE-U, ( alae ; the singing voice of 
 
 the atae ; ina e lobe oe i ke kea a ka alae. 
 
 Laieik. 149. 
 Ke-ha, v. To snap with the teeth, as 
 
 when a dog*^ seizes an animal and tears out 
 
 a mouthful. 
 
 2. To extend ; to lengthen out, as time. 
 
 3. To be puffed up with pride. 
 
 4. To sing or repeat a song. 
 
 Ke-ha, t>. To lean the head on one's 
 hand and lean over sideways ; e moc mo 
 
 ' ke kaa o ke poo i ka a luna mc ka lolii ana 
 i ke kapa a paa. 
 
 Ke-hau, s. See Hau. The gentle land 
 breeze at night on the west side of Hawaii. 
 
 2. The mountain breeze in the morning 
 anywhere ; e o'u poe hoa o ka la wela o 
 Lahainaluna ame kc kdum anu o ke kaka- 
 biakanui. 
 
 3. A mist; a cold, fine rain Boating in 
 the air, mostly in the m&untainoiif regions. 
 
 Ke-hau, adj. Frosty; rainy, &c.; hoa- 
 
 hele,'boa o ke anu kehau o ke kakahiaka. 
 Ke-ha-ke-ha, v. See Keha 3. To be 
 
 proud ; to be haughty; to be arrogant ; to 
 
 be wasteful. 
 Ke-ha-ke-ha, t. Wastefulness; pride; 
 
 arrogance. 
 Ke-ha-ke-ha, adj. Swaggering; lofty; 
 
 prond. Isa. 2:12. 
 Ke-ha-lu-ha, v. See Keha 4. To sing 
 
 or repeat a song. 
 Ke-ra-na-wa-wae, t. See Keeuana 
 
 and Wawae, leg. A footstool. 
 Ke-ha-pa, II. To be less or fewer than 
 
 was expected ; to be not enough. 
 Ke-he-ne, s. The name 6f a plsice where 
 
 offals or filth is thrown ; a kind of Tophet 
 
 like the Gehenna of the Scriptures. 
 2. A basket. 
 
 5. A fire ; a volcano. 
 
 Ke-hi-na, s. See Keehana and Kee- 
 uiNA. A place ''or putting the jeet; a toot- 
 stool. 
 
 Ke-hu, s. a contraction perhaps of ka 
 ehu, the steam. 
 
 2. Ad unnatural pnCBng or distention of 
 the abdomen, as from over-eating. 
 
KEK 
 
 2B8 
 
 KEL 
 
 Ke-kav-ua, adj. Stretched out; straight 
 
 and stiff. Syti. with kakanha, 
 Ke-ea-hi, adj. pron., art. See Kahi. 
 
 One ; some-; some one ; certain. Gram. § 
 
 63, § 65, 2. 
 Ke-ka-htj-na, s. Ke, article, the, and 
 
 kahuna, priest. The preacher ; the name 
 
 of a book in the Scriptures, Ecdesiasie.1. 
 Ke-ka-lo-a-ka-ma-ka-ma-ka, s. Name 
 
 of a prayer in ancient worship. 
 Ke''KA-na-li!, s. Food that grows very 
 
 slowly ; vegetables that are a long time 
 
 small. 
 Ke-ke, v. The intensive of Ae. To strive 
 
 together; to contend. 
 
 2. To scold; to be angry at; to provoke. 
 
 3, To skin,; to pull off the skin; to show 
 the teeth, as a cross dog. 
 
 i. Hoo. To press hard upon, i. e., to be 
 
 intent upon ; to carry a point. Ein. W:9. 
 
 Hal kookeke i ko kakou hele ana. 
 
 Ke-ke, v. imp. A word used to children 
 
 in charging them to cover up their private 
 
 Ke-ke, s. Name of a species of bird. 
 See Akeeb. 
 
 2. Name of a fish. 
 
 3. Displeasure; scolding; angry expres- 
 sions. 
 
 Ke-ke-a, s. The semen of all males ; 
 semen virile. See Kbakbi. 
 
 Ke-kee, v. See Keke and Ke. To be 
 crooked; to be twisted; to be out of shape. 
 2. To pervert ; to turn to another pur- 
 pose. Puk. 23:8. 
 
 8. Soo. To do contrary to the rule of 
 right KM. 27:19.. ' 
 
 Ke-kke, s. Name of a kind of fish which 
 swims near the surface of the water. 
 
 Ke-kee, adj. Crooked ; twisted ; incor- 
 rect; contrary to the nile of right; twisted 
 out of shape ; cross ; petulant. 
 
 Kk-kee, adv. Crookedly; erroneously; 
 
 hana fcefcee, to do unrighteouBly. 0^, 
 
 19:35. 
 Ke-ke-ka-ha, v. To make a show ; to 
 
 be wondered at. 
 2. To oontead, as two cocks when one is 
 
 beaten and shrinks away ; fcefcefcafta ae la 
 
 i ke knla o Puopelu. 
 Ke-ke-ko, w. See Keko. To be small ; 
 
 of small and low stature, ^Aether men cr 
 
 women ; e keko, e ihukoM, e kokikoki. 
 
 Ku-ke-ne, v. To be jealous of; to envy. 
 Ke-ke-ne, adj. Envious; jealous; i alcu 
 
 la att,no ke aha? no ka opu kekirm o Moo, 
 
 J. said what for! for the enviou,^ (Unposiiion 
 
 of Moo. 
 Ke-ke-we, adj. Swelled; full, as the 
 
 belly, fccfcsjoe ka opo. 
 
 Ke-k!, f. The name of a bush or small 
 tree whose fruit is eaten in time of scarcity. 
 
 Ke-ki, s. O keki no ame ka uhane. 
 
 Ke-ko, s. a little short ma;, ; hence, a 
 monkey. 2 OiW. 9:21. He kauaka poupoa 
 inoino, kokikoki ka ihu me ka maka. 
 
 Ke-ko-ke-ko, adj. Pertaining to a small 
 man or woman ; short ; little ; keko, ihu 
 kumene, kokikoki. 
 
 Ke-ku-i-e-lu-a, s. Name of an instru- 
 ment used in war. 
 
 Ke-ku-pu-o-hi, s. Name of a red coat 
 which Vancouver gave to Kamehameha I- 
 See Keakdalapd. 
 
 Ke-la, adj. pron. From ke, the, and la, 
 there. That; that person; that thing; that 
 fellow (move emphatic and definite than 
 ia) ; he ; she ; it. It is used in opposition 
 to fceKi.,-this ; it ia used when the noun to 
 which it refers has just before been used. 
 Gram. § 152. 
 
 Ke-la, v. To exceed ; to ga beyond. 1 
 Nal. 10:7. 
 
 2. To project out beyond another tiling. 
 
 3. To be more. ler. 7:26. 
 
 4. To cause to exceed; to be more. Hal. 
 119:98. E hookda i ke aloha, to love more. 
 Mat. 10:37. 
 
 Ke-la, adj. Excelling ; going beyond ; 
 preceding ; great above another; 
 
 Ke-la-k9&-i,a, V. The intensive of kela. 
 Hoo. To boast: to brag. Eai. 10:3. To 
 enlarge one's desires ; to prefer one to an- 
 other; to act with partiality. 1 Tim. 5:21. 
 
 Ke-le, «. To slip ; to slide j to glide 
 
 2. To sink in the sea or in the mud. 
 
 3. To be entangled at the bottom of the 
 sea wb«n diving. 
 
 4. To sail far out to~«ea, as a canoe ; e 
 kele wale ana ka waa mawaho. 
 
 5. Soo. To steer a ship or canoe ^ hifci 
 ia ia ma kona ike ke hookete mokn ; eia ka 
 pule: 
 
 A kele akiu, ketekele akiu. 
 
 Ke-le, s. Mud ; mire ; the fat of ani- 
 mals, grease or whatever induces slipperi- 
 ness. 
 
 2. Hoo. The steersman of a canoe orship; 
 the director of a boat or ship. 
 
 Ke-le, adj. Reached or arrived at by 
 sailing -, he moku kcle i ka waa, an island 
 reached by » canoe. Moolelo Haviaii 7:3. 
 
 Ke-le-a-we, i. Brass ; copper ; tin ; 
 polished stflcl. Fvk. 25V3, Keleaiee mele- 
 mele, yellow copoci, i, p., bras.; 
 
 Ke-le-a-we, adj. Pertaining to copper, 
 
 brass, tin, &<■■, Ins. 6:24. 
 Ke-le-ke-le,' v. See Kele. To sail 
 
 itboutjii a boatforpleasuie; to glide easily 
 
KEN 
 
 269 
 
 KEW 
 
 hero and there. Uoo. The same ; also, to 
 ri<lf the surf ia a canoe. 
 Ke-le-ke-le, g: Fat; grease. Jfuk. 
 29:22. Fatness. Hal. WiM. 
 
 2. Fat meat in oppoeition to io, the lean 
 meat of an animal. 
 
 3. The fat part of a hog; fat meat gener- 
 ally. 
 
 i. Mud j mire ; kelekele ke ala, the road 
 J8 slippery. 
 
 Ke-le-ke-le, adj. Fat; plump; slip- 
 pery, as a muddy road. 
 
 Ke-le-wai, s. Name of a species of 
 kapa, tvom its color; iria i kalua pu ole me 
 ka palaa, oia ke kapa kdeiJoai. 
 
 Ke-le-ro, s. Gr. A lot in casting lots. 
 
 Ke-lo, int. With a prolonged sou.id. 
 Jlng. The Hawaiian Bnglinh cry of mil ho! 
 
 Ke-lou, s. a fishing hook ; a hook of 
 any kind. Sse Lou. 
 
 Ke-mau, s. Name of a plant on the 
 mountains, eaten in time of scarcity by the 
 people. 
 
 Ke-ma-ke-ma, s. a wish"; a desire; a 
 rejoicing. Note. — This ia merely the word 
 makemake ivjtfc .the syllables transposed, 
 and probably belongs to the k<:^e. 
 
 Ke-mo-a, v. To be angry. 
 
 Ke-na, v. To command ; to onlei to be 
 done ; to give orders ; to corapel. Neh- 
 
 .. 6:12; Laieik. 176. 
 
 2. To send to, as an officer on busine.ss ; 
 kfna aku la o Kamehamoha i koua poe ka- 
 naka e imi i ka laau ala, Ramchameha sent 
 his men to look for sandal-wood. 
 
 3. To give orders in case of emergency. 
 
 Ke-na, v. To drink; to sla^ie thirst. 
 Hoo. To givp or furtfish drink. i?oJ. 107:9. 
 
 Ke-na, v. To be weary; to suffer under 
 hard labors to grieve. 
 
 Ke-na, adj. pron., for kda, n for I. He; 
 she ; that person ; aohe kekahi la kula e 
 like me kena olelo, there was not a single 
 day's school as ke said. 
 
 Ke-na, s. Hard labor; wearisome ser- 
 vice. 
 
 2. Depression of mind under unmitigated 
 toil. 
 
 3. The feelings of a parent towards a 
 child that refuses his instructions ; weari- 
 ness, anger and love all combined. 
 
 Ke-na, adj. Weary; heavy; sad; sor- 
 rowful. 
 
 Ke-na-ke-na, v. See Kena above. To 
 mourn. 2 Kor. 5:2. To weep ; to groan ; 
 to suffer inconvenience ; to be bitter. 
 
 Ke-na-ke-na, v. Freq. of A:e?ia,tosend. 
 To send frequently. 
 
 ICe-ne-ta, s. Eng. A. ceut, the hun- 
 dreth part of a dollar. 
 
 Ke-ki, v. To walk very softly, so as to 
 
 make do noise with the teet. 
 Ke-ni-ke-ni, v. To furnish a supply; 
 
 to have enough. 
 Ke-p*, v. To snap, as with the teeth ; 
 
 to cbank the teeth, as a boar. 
 
 2. To turn; to turn back iipjm. Mat. 7 -.6. 
 
 3. To scrape, as^ dirt from a stoua or 
 board. (' 
 
 K.E-PA, s. fCorruption of English spur. 
 A spur;. BO named from its use or motion 
 on the bjel ; he kui e hooeha ai i ka lio ma 
 na auao., 
 
 2. The fruit of a tree used in seasoning 
 food, r ' 
 
 Ke -PA,' adj. Of or belonging to the fruit 
 fcepcy. hua fcMJO. Kekah. l'i:5. 
 
 Ke-p^jj, s. a general name, of sub- 
 stapges fusible by heat, as tar, pitch, rosin, 
 lead, pewter, &c. 
 
 2. Tlie name given by Hawaiians to prin- 
 ter's types; o ke kepnu i paiia'i ka manao o 
 ke kanaka, the types by which the thou^^hts 
 oJT men are printed. 
 
 Ke-pau-vu~ka, s. Eepau and poka, a ball 
 or'^buliet. Lead; a mass if load. ISzik. 
 22:18. 
 
 Ke-pa-ke-pa, «i'To crack or snap, as 
 with a whip ; kepakepi^ iho la , k'iVahi pu i 
 ke mele mo ka hoolealea ma'i." ' 
 
 Ke-pi-a, s. The matter about one's faco 
 who has sore running eyes; ..applied also 
 to oil that stands and gets partially dry. 
 
 Ke-po-da, s. Name of an unclean bird 
 
 in Isa. 34:11. 
 Ke-pu-e, s. The name of a species of 
 
 bard stone out of which kois were made. 
 
 Ke-p0-ka, v. See Puka. To play curi- 
 ous tricks. 
 
 Ke-pb-ka, s. a curious or wizard art ; 
 a sleight of hand trick ; a trick of legerde- 
 main. 
 
 Ke-wa, s. Something far absent, but 
 with which one hopes to meet or be I'nited 
 with in future ; a future point of time ; 4(1 
 ai i ke awa i ke kewa. 
 
 Ke-wai, s. Wind from a place of i»in; 
 a mist connected with rain some distance 
 off; pili ke kewai, kuhaluka ka manna. 
 
 2. The moisture which settles c^ mats 
 anl walls inside of a house from tin damp- 
 ness ; applied sometimes to a wind with a 
 little rain. 
 
 Ke-wai, adj. Spoiled; rotten, ar. an egg. 
 
 Ke-wa-ke-wai, v. To be addled, as a a 
 egg ; to be spoiled. 
 
 Ke-we, adj. f'aptorted; twisted out of 
 meaning, as wordK;Macorreol. 
 
 Ke-wi-ke-wi, s. The horns, as of the 
 new moon. See Sxm. 
 
KIA 
 
 270 
 
 KIA 
 
 Ke-de-ra, s. £«gr. A cedar tree; cedar 
 V jod. 
 
 Ki-DE-Rii, adj. Eng. Pertaining to 
 cedar ; laau kedtra, cedar Umber. 2 8am. 
 5:11. 
 
 Ke-ra-ti-0, ai;'. Gr. HuaAeraiio, a veg- 
 etable muntioaed in Xufce 15:16; a shuck 
 pr shell of a vegefAble. 
 
 Ke-kq-ko.s. Gr. Saffron. Mei. So/. 4: 14. 
 
 Ke-ro-ko-di-le, «. Gr. and Eng. A croc- 
 odile, lob. tV.l.- 
 
 Ke-rd-ba, s. ■ /-. eb. A cherub. 
 
 Ke-bd-bi-ma, t. Heb. The plural of A;e- 
 . n«6a. 
 
 Ks-Ru-so-u'-To, s. Gr. A chrysolite, 
 the name of a precious stone. ' Hoik. tV.'lQ. 
 
 Ke-rtj-so-pe-ra, |t; Gr. A chryso- 
 
 Ke-RO-SO-pe-ra-so, J prasuB, a precious 
 Btone. Hoik. 21:20. 
 
 %i, s. Eng. The key of a lock. Lut^. 
 8:26. 
 
 2. The lock itself Nek. 3:3. 
 
 3. The trigger of a gun. 
 
 Ki, V. Modem. To pull the trigger (Ai) 
 of a gun ; hence, to B&oot a gun ; alalia IH 
 mai la na baole i koe i ka pn; to discharge 
 fire-arms; ina e ae oe i kuu lio, e ki koke 
 (tku an ia oe i ka pu, a make oc. 
 
 2. To squirt water, as with a syringe. 
 
 3. To sift ; to strain. 
 
 4. To make fine by separating the coarse^ 
 6. To bloT^ from the mouth into the sea, 
 
 as fishermen .blow from the mouth a kind 
 of oily nut chewed op in order to quiet the 
 surface of the sea, so that they can look 
 deep down into the water. 
 
 Ki, *. The name of a plant having a 
 saccharine root, the leaves of which are 
 used for wrapping up bundles of (ood; the 
 leaves are Qsed also as food for cattle and 
 for thatching ; dracaina terminalis. 
 
 Ki, f. Name of a small bird; he ki 
 kafai manu. be manu uuku. 
 
 Ki, adj. Close; parsimonious; kanaka 
 ki. Jjee Vi. 
 
 Ki-a, s. a pillar or inner post of a house 
 which support^ the ridge. 
 
 2. A pillar or post set up for any pur- 
 pose. Pufc. 26:32. 
 
 3. The mast of a ship or any vessel. 
 
 4. A standing idol; be kia hoailona, a 
 standing image of worship ; kia ao, a pil- 
 lar of cloud ; fcio ahi, pillar of fire. Puk. 
 13:21. 
 
 Ki-a, V. To drive by knocking, as with 
 a hammer. 
 
 2.. To drive, as a nail or spike ; to nail ; 
 to spike. 
 
 3. To run against or push another. 
 
 4. To catch birds or fish ; kia manu, a 
 bird catcher. See the substantive. 
 
 Ki-A, s. One virho entraps or catches 
 birds or fish ; kia manu, a bird catcher. 
 Zaieik. 106. 
 
 2. The name of the material used like 
 kcpau or pilali in catching birds. 
 Ki-A, s. A spike or nail for fastening 
 
 boards or timbers.' 
 Ki-A-AirNA, s. £ic0, pillar, and ain<z, land. 
 Lit. The pillar or support of the land. A 
 governor; a governor of an island; afuler. 
 Ki-A-Ao, s. kia, pillar, and ao, cloud. 
 A pillar of cloud or cloud pillar. Pult. 
 13:21. 
 Ki-A-A-Hi, s. Kia, pillar, and ahi, fire. 
 A pillar of fire ; a fire pillar. Puk. 13:21. 
 Ei-Ai, V. To watch over ; to guard ; to 
 take charge of; to look out for ; to act the 
 part of, or tp do the duty of a guard. 
 
 2. To wait for; to expect; to think; poe 
 kiai. guards. 
 Ki-Ai, s. A guard; a watchman. 1 Sam. 
 14:16. 
 2. The tire of a n-atch. Hat. 90:4. . 
 Ki-Ai-Po, «. Kiai, watch, and po, night. 
 
 A niglit watch. Neh. 4:22. 
 Ki-Ai-Poo, ». Kiai, watch, and poo, the 
 head. A bead guard; a title of the person 
 who guarded the king for the time being ; 
 ua kapaia ua kanaka la, kiaijfoo, that per- 
 son (who guardjBd' the king) was called 
 kiaipoo. 
 Kl-Ai-pu-KA, s. Kiai, guard, and puka,'., 
 a door or gate. A porter ; a guard at a 
 gate. loaTi. 10:3. 
 Ki-Air-AC, V. To smooth; to smooth 
 down ; to take wrinkles out of kapa or 
 clothes. 
 
 2. To walk lightly ; e mama i ka hele 
 ana ; e mele pale waa. 
 Ki-A-HA, s. A drinking dish; a cup; h 
 mug ; a tumbler ; liiaha ooma, a pitcher ; 
 also, a basin. Puk. 12:22. 
 Ki-A-HA-A-HA, V. See KiAHA. To pour 
 water, as out of a container. 
 2. To drink out of a cup. 
 Ki-A-HA-MA-NU, J. Name of a small kind 
 of fish found in fresh water, in sti'eams, 
 ponds, &c. ; called also nawao. 
 Ki-A-KA-Hi, s. Kia, mast, and kaki, one. 
 A oni^-mastcd vessel ; a sloop. 
 
 2. Firmness of purpose ; adheranco to a 
 fixed plan ; constancy. 
 Ki-A-KA-Hi, adj. With one accord; agree- 
 ing ; noho kiakahi ma ka poao ; alike ; in 
 unison ; applied to opinion or action. See 
 KuiKAin. 
 Ki-A-Ko-Ltj, s. Kia, Tnast, and kolu, 
 three. The name given to a ship for hav- 
 ing three masts: iieicinkolu,& three-masted 
 thing, i e., a abtp. 
 
 Ki-A-Lo, V. To dig out, as the eye. See 
 
KIE 
 
 271 
 
 KH 
 
 POALO. ?i'o twisi ij!it, as a tooth ; to reach 
 
 aftfft', 113 in drawing somiitbing to one. 
 Ki-A-LO, s. A digging out: a wrenching 
 
 or twistiag off. 
 Ki-A-LO-A, s. A small, long, beautiful 
 
 canoe. 
 
 2. A fishermac belonglag to sucU a canoe. 
 
 3. A long fiabing line. 
 
 Ki-A-Lu-A, s. Kia, mast, and Ituif two. 
 
 A brig or schooner from having only two 
 
 insists ; he moku Idalua, a vessel of two 
 
 masUt. 
 Ki-A-PA, s. A bark, in distinction frojn 
 
 a Bhip. 
 Ki-A-WE, s. The name of a tree ; also, 
 
 the nania of the fruit 
 Ki-A-WE-u-LA, *. A species of red ; aj)- 
 
 plied to the clouds ; iua he ulanla ke ao, 
 
 ua ula ia. he klaieeula. 
 Ki-E, V. To be high ; to be lifted up ; 
 
 more often doubled, kiekie. 
 Ki-E"K, ) V. To look into; to scrutininie ; 
 Kl-£I, ) to peep M ; oi imi aku i fca ma- 
 
 nao, oi buli akti. oi halalo aku, a kiei akn, 
 
 a nana ilio;'a kiei malalo o ka papale o na 
 
 haole, thsy peeped under the bonnets of the 
 
 foreignerc (women.) 
 3. To look at one by stretching the head 
 
 around or over something; to look over in 
 
 order to see anything. 
 3. To look silly ; e nana malu. 
 i. To watch the conduct of one ; ke kiei 
 
 mai nei no ia i ka poc ubai k^nawai. 
 5.. To look at a particular object; kiei 
 
 aku laau-makai a mauka, abolo aku la an. 
 
 6. To lookthroxigh a door or crevice to 
 gee something. Laieik. 174. 
 
 7. To be moved with joy or fear. Hal. 
 68:16. 
 
 Ki-E-EE, s. See Eke. A hag; a pocket; 
 
 a satchel; a bag for carrying provisions. 
 
 Luk. 10:4. iJiefce l^ahublpa, a shepherd's 
 
 bag. 1 Sam. 17:40.. 
 Ki-B-Ki-E, V. See Kib. To be lofty; to 
 
 be high. 
 
 2. To.be lifted up ; to be raised high, as 
 a material object. 
 
 3. To be high, as the mind; to be proud; 
 to be self-exalted; to think one'sself above 
 or better than others. 
 
 4. Hoo. To be exalted ; to be lifted up, 
 83 with, pride. .ATaft. 16:3. 
 
 5. To exalt one's self; to think much of 
 one's self. 
 
 6. To raise oue to a higher station. Eset. 
 3:1. 
 
 7. To promote ; to signalize one's self. 
 
 8. To raise or lift up the voice in a cry. 
 Ki-£-Ki-s, s. A height ; a high place ; 
 
 Ice feieAie, the high one, i. e., God ; ua like 
 ke kiekie me ka loa, the heir/hi is like the 
 length. 
 
 Ki-E-Ki-E, adj. High ; lofty ; exalted ; 
 separated ; holy. 
 
 Kr-B-Ki-E-NA, s, Kiekie and ana. Being 
 high ; rising high. Sec Paupafj. 
 
 Ki-E-LE, s. The name of an odoriferous 
 sbrub or tree ; be laau aala. .Some say it 
 was brought from a foreign country, but 
 the word is found in two ancient melee at 
 least. 
 
 He kiele ka alau niu 
 
 Mo Ran& Uu aala ai na 'Hi. — Mele. 
 
 ka lau o ke kiele ,i aala} 
 
 E ka lai^I ai mai ai mae 
 
 Aala Qo mai ka.lau a ke kuncu. — ^ete. 
 
 Ki-E-LE, V. To emit a fragrant odor; o 
 
 ka lau o ke kaa i kiele i aala, the 'eaf u^ the 
 
 kaa sent forth, odor. 
 Ki-E-LEi, ». To squat; to sit on the 
 
 bams. 
 Ki-E-LEi, s. The name of a kind of hula ; 
 
 he kielei kekahi hula. 
 Ku, 'V. To go after a thing j to go for 
 
 tlie purpose of bringing something; to 
 
 fetch. 1 Ml. 12:3. 
 
 2. To come to one; to approach: to meet 
 
 3. To send for a person or thing; to send 
 away. 
 
 4. To take from another ; to procure for 
 one. Kin. 34:4. 
 
 5. To require of one. &ek. 3:18, 10. 
 
 6. Boo. To pine away, aa in the con- 
 ' sumption ; to cause to grow thin in flesh. 
 
 7. To starve ; to suffer starvation. 
 
 8. To mourn ; to suffer. Hal. 88:9. 
 
 9. To make thin, i. e., to deprive of; i 
 hoonele a i hookiiia oukou i ka ike. 
 
 Kii, s. An image ; a picture ; i ko la- 
 kou ike ana i ke kii o ko lakou man hale ; 
 an idol ; a statue ; kii kalaiia, a graven 
 image. Puk. 20:4. Kii palapalaia, a pic- 
 ture. Nak. 33:52. Kii hoobeeheeia, a mol- 
 ten or cast image. Nah. 33:52. Kii akua, 
 images of gods for worship. I Nal. 14:23> 
 lie laau ke kii no na kanaka ame na 'lii, 
 the common people and the chiefs have 
 idols of wood ; Hi ku, a standing image. 
 OUik. 26:1. Kii pobakn, an image of stone; 
 kii onohi, pupil of the eye. 
 
 Kii-A-KD-A, s. See the foregwng. Ai» 
 image representing a god. 
 
 Kii-HE-LEi, V. See Helbi. To stand 
 with the legs wide apart ; to straddle ; u», 
 ki\ kiihelei oia ma kelaaoao a makeiaaoao 
 o ke awa. 
 
 Kn-HE-LEi, adv. Branching apart; strad- 
 dling. See the verb. 
 
 Kii-Hoo-HEE-HEE-iA, s. See Ku above. 
 A molten or cast image. 
 
 Ku-KAtJ, adj. Pertaining to clouds ii 
 vided into strips black or white , he a.- 
 onohi opua kiikau. 
 
 Kii-KA-LAi-iA, s. See Ku, ;., and Kai.ai, 
 
KIO 
 
 2T2 
 
 KIO 
 
 to hew. A carved idol ; r graveja image. 
 
 KaiU. 6:8i 
 , Kn-KE-A, *. A medicine used to relieve 
 
 pain ; it is a kind of barki 
 Kn-ioi, V. To swell ; to enlarge, as the 
 
 abdomen of pregnant women ; to be full 
 
 from over-eating. 
 2. To paint the hiur over the forehead 
 
 white. 
 Kn-Kir, s, Kii a«d hi, to stand. A stand- 
 ing image or idol. 
 Kn-MA-NA-NA, «. To enlarge ; to swell, 
 
 as the belly god. 
 Kn-PA-LA-FA-i^, s. Kii and pdapala, 
 . writing. A picture ; a portrait ; a picture 
 
 for worship. Nah. 33:52. 
 Kn-po-HA-KU, i. Kii anApohaku, stone. 
 
 A at<Mie idol. See Eho. 
 Kq-na, v. em and ana, a sending. To 
 
 send after or call for persons ; to go for a 
 
 person or thing ; to fetch ; to bring some- 
 
 duBg. JEsd.Z:li. Note. — ^Itisusedoftei^ 
 
 a passive sense, fijna mai la e na kaha ma 
 
 Ice kaulua,he was sent/or by his guardians 
 
 on a double-canoe. 
 Kn-PU-A, adj. Going about^ as a person 
 
 without business, more or less mischievoiis; 
 
 nahili, lalaa. lobian, hanamanuea. 
 Ki-o, u To break wind ; ua hanai oia 
 
 1 kana mau keiki, a pau ke aho, no ke Ho 
 
 ana na keiki. 
 
 2. To blow on a pipe 
 
 3. To blow on a leaf across the lips, the 
 vibration of which produces a sound. 
 
 Ei-o, s. An excrement. 
 
 2. A pond orpuddle of water, especially 
 if filthy. See ^owai and Haloeowai. 
 
 3. A cistern ; a pool ; a water sluice. 
 
 4. The dregs, lees or settlings of liquor. 
 6. A part of a potato which branches off 
 
 firom the main root. 
 6. A process ; a projection ; a bunch on 
 
 a large body. 
 '7. A bubo, a disease connected with 
 
 lewdness. 
 Ki-o, adj. Practicing in a military 
 
 school, as the chiefe in former times had 
 
 mock Gghts tor practice; he kaua paani, he 
 
 kaua lealea, he kaua leh, &c. ; be kaua 
 
 pahukala kahi inoa. 
 Ki-o-A-Hi, s, Kio and aki, fire. A fiery 
 
 pit; a place of torment; bell; a poino mau 
 
 ka poe hewa i ke kioaM a ka po mau loa. 
 Ki-o-E, V. To skim off the scum of a 
 
 lijiuid, or to skim tliC cream from milk ; to 
 
 (lip up water, as with a ladle. 
 
 Ki-o-E, s. The name of a small surf- 
 board ; he papa hee«alu liilii. 
 
 Ki-o-E-A, s. The name of a bird having 
 long legs, found on Molokal and in other 
 plaees. 
 
 2. The voice of a bird on Molokai (fl»e 
 Icioea probably) ; kani mai la ua manu la, 
 peuei : " leioea, kioea, lawekeo, lawelaw«>- 
 kao." 
 
 3. Name of a cape where the bird lives ; 
 iia kapaia kela lae mahope o kekahi manu 
 olaila, he kioea,. 
 
 Ki-o-E-A, u To be long ; to extend ; to 
 stretch out. 
 
 2. To be lifted up . to stand high, as on 
 long legs (see the noun); ua like ke kiekie 
 me ke Icioea. 
 
 3. To be set confusedly together, as mkby 
 things of different kinds. 
 
 Ki-0-E-o-E, adj. A contract of Idaoeoe. 
 Long ; tall, as the mast of a 'ship. ^ 
 Oeoe. 
 2. Flat ; extended. 
 
 Ki-o-Kj, adj. Fat; plump; muscular; 
 rolling, as the flesh of fat animals. 
 
 Ki-o-B3-o, V. See Kio, To play on a 
 pipe or other wind instrgment Hoc. The 
 same, to play on the pipe or flute. 1 Nat. 
 1:40, 
 
 Ki-o-Ki-0, s. See Kio. A pond of water; 
 a puddle where hogs may wallow. 
 
 Ki-o-Ki-0, s. Name of a rausicalinstni- 
 ment ; also, with koo, the names of instmr 
 meut players ; poe hooMokio, players on 
 instruments. Hal. 87:7. 
 
 2. A file (from the noiset, or any mate- 
 rial to polish with. 
 
 Ki-o-Ki-o, s. Anything variegated, as 
 cloth; as spots in the sea, some places calm 
 and some ruffled ; variegated ; unequal in 
 i^pearauce. 
 
 Ki-o-Ki-o, adj. Boo. Of or belonging to 
 a pipe. 
 
 Ki-o-Ki-c-Ki, adj. See Kioki. Plump, 
 fat with rolling muscle; muscular; applied 
 to young strong men's shoulders. 
 
 Ki-o-LA, V. To lay down a substance 
 for inspection. Laieik. 198. 
 
 2. To overthrow; to cast down. Pui. 
 15:1. To reject, as a peopte'for their moral 
 worthlessness. 0%hk. 20:23. 
 
 3. To tbro^ away as worthless or im- 
 proper to be iejpt JWi. 13:a 
 
 Ki-o-ui-o-LA,. v. ^ee Kiola. To throw 
 or cast frequently; as stones or other mis- 
 
 Ki-o-le-a, v. iK and ofca, hard; severe. 
 
 To ait on a high seat ; to sit unsafely ; to 
 
 sit uncomfortably. 
 Ki-o-LE-A, s. A high seat ; an exalted 
 
 station. 
 
 2. A rickety seat on an elevated place ; 
 hence, 
 
 3. Fio. An unsafe state or condition for 
 one. 
 
 Ki-o-LEi, V. To squat on the hamsj to 
 sit on a seat with the feet drawn up. 
 
KIU 
 
 273 
 
 Kffl 
 
 Ki-o-LE-NA, V. Kio and letia, to iron 
 clothes. To spread out to dry, as Jcapa ; 
 to wbiten in the sun. 
 
 lvi-0-i.E-NA, s. A place for coloring kapa. 
 
 Ki-o-LK-ro, s. JiSo, a pool, and fepo, dirt. 
 A puddli! ; a place of f'th ; a collection of 
 mud, water and filtli. 2 Pet. 2:22. 
 
 Ki-o-Lo-A, s. A very small canoe iri 
 
 ■ which only one man can sail ; holo aku la 
 ia ma kona vvaa kioha i ka lawaia lubee. 
 
 2. A lung fishing line for taking fish in 
 deep water. 
 
 Ki-o-NA, s. Eio and ana. A place for 
 throwing excrements ; he wahi hoolei ho- 
 nowR ; a dung bill. Hal. 113:7, A privy 
 or back-liouse. 
 2. The fundament. 
 
 Ki-o-NA, adj. Of or belonging to excre- 
 ments. 2 Nul. 10:27. 
 
 Ki-o-NA-HA, V. See Onaha, to crook; to 
 bend. To bend or curve outward ; to fall 
 over a defense ; to bend up ai.d over. 
 
 Ki-o-PE, V. See OoPA, lame. Tobelfime 
 in the legs ; to limp. See Kaoi'a. 
 
 Ki-o-po-i, s. Kio and poi, food. A poi 
 calabash. 
 
 Ki-0-WE-A, s. See KioEA. 
 
 Ki-o-WAi, S. Kio, collection, and wai, 
 water. A oolleotion of water ; a puddle ; 
 standing water. 
 
 2. A place of pouring out water; a water 
 sluice. Kin- 7:11. 
 
 3. A fountain. Mel 8ol.i:12. SrN.witb 
 punawa . , ^ 
 
 Ki-o-WA-o, s. The haipe of the mist or 
 , cloud almost always settled on the hills of 
 . Oahu. 
 
 Ki-u, ■«. To spy; to act the part of a 
 spy.by watching another's conduct or move- 
 ments ; kiu malu, to spy secretly. 
 
 2. To spy out, aa a- country.^ jMnk.lS:2. 
 
 3. To look at wWh mfecflicvous inteiit. 
 
 Ki-u, s. A spy. Kin. 42:9, I kou hoi 
 ana, ea, mai iioclikc ia oe me na klu ; hoo- 
 una mai la oia i poe iiu,he sent forward a 
 company of spien; ki mai ua poe kanaka 
 km la i ka lakou pu, that company of spy- 
 men fired their guns; ■ 
 
 2. A hook ; a fish-bookl 
 
 3. The name of a strong wind at Honua- 
 ula, Maui, occasioned by the trades break- 
 ing over the mountains. 
 
 i. The north-west wind at Uana,Eavpo, 
 &o., and very similar to a hMlua. 
 
 Ki-u-Hoo-pu-LU, V. Km, to spy, and 
 hoopulxi,, to flatter ; io deceive by flattery. 
 To afit with cunning in order to entrap one; 
 e bana maalea e punihei ai. 
 
 Ki-u-Hoo-FU-i/U, s. The business or ac- 
 tion of a person sent as & spy ; canning 
 practice. 
 
 35 
 
 Ki-HA, V, To sneeze. 
 
 Rt-HA, s. See the foregoing. The move- 
 ments or convulsions in the act of sneezing. 
 Idb. 41:18. 
 
 Ki-HAE, V. To fade; to (le(^y; to cor- 
 rupt, as dead vegetables or animals; kihai 
 oho o ka Ian ki o Luakaka. 
 
 2. To be inspired or possessed of aome 
 god. 
 
 3. To become a god and go above. 
 Ki-HAE-HAE, «, To tear to pieces ; to 
 
 rend into small parts. Sue Hakiiais. 
 
 Ki-HAU, V. To eat a meal when there 
 ^is but little to eat; to eat sparingly. 
 
 Ki-HA-MU, V. Ki and hamu, to eat frag- 
 ments. To eat proudly or daintily; to taste" 
 this and that, aa though tasteless. . 
 
 Ki-HA-PA, V. To be : half clo&ed ; to. 
 have only a kibci over one shoulder ; to 
 liave only one-half the bead shaved. 
 
 Ki-HA-PAi, «. . A small division of land 
 next less than a paw/cu. 
 
 2. A cultivated patch of ground, a gar- 
 den, a potato patch, a field, a small farm, 
 &o., Ijclonging to the people in distinction 
 from the chiefs, which was called hoett. 
 
 3. A particular department in business 
 or office. NoTE.»—Formerly the ceremonies 
 of religion were divided into several de- 
 partments ; it was the business of one to 
 keep the altar in order, of another to offer 
 the sacrifice, &c. ; these difK^rent depart- 
 menis or offices v/ere called Icihapais. 
 
 Kj-iu-wa-hi-ne, s. The name of the 
 lizard god ; it was classed among the poe 
 akna noho. It is said to have been applied 
 also to certain fish, the hUu and others. 
 
 Ki-iie, 0. SeeKraA. To sneeze. 2Nal. 
 4:35. To snore ; to breathe hard. 
 
 2. To have the hose filled with mucns. 
 
 3. To dive down, as the bow of a vessel 
 in a heavy sea. 
 
 4. To dive, as one djves under the surf; 
 to roll or dive, as a poi'jiioise. 
 
 Ki-HE, V. See Kihae', to wilt. To fade; 
 to wilt, as a plant. 
 
 2. To be weak ; to faint, as a person. 
 
 3. To become a demi-god. 
 
 Ki-HEE, V. To blow ; to blow or strike 
 upon, as the wind. 
 
 2. To' wheeze ; to cough up phlegm ; ? 
 kunn me ka hookahe ana 1 ka bupe. 
 
 Ki-HEI, s. Name of the garment for- 
 merly worn by Hawaiian men; a loose 
 garment of kapa thrown over one shoulder 
 and tied in a knot ; it was. thrown off at 
 wort. ' 
 
 Ki-HE-HE, V. To be or become deihed ; 
 to pass or live invisibly in the air. 
 
 Ki-HE-Ki-HE, V. See Kihe. To pant or 
 stroggie for breath : to cough severely. 
 
KIK 
 
 874 
 
 KIK 
 
 Ki-HE-LE, V. To scratch or tear, as briers 
 or anything crooked 
 
 Kt-HE VRi, V. See Helei. To stand with 
 the logs spread apart; to straddle.. See 
 Kdkiuelei. 
 
 Ki-HE-NE, s. A bundle, as of potatoes 
 done up for carrying. 
 
 Ki-Hi, s. The outside corner or projec- 
 tion of a thing. Kin. 47:21. The apex of 
 an angle. 
 
 2. The edge of a garment. 
 
 3. The bojfier or outside of a land or 
 cotmtry.- Oihk. 19:9. 
 
 4. The extremity of a thing ; ke kihi o 
 ka pepeiao', the tip of the oar. Oihk. 8:23. 
 Ke kihi oka aahu, the border of a garment. 
 Nah. 15:38, The corner, as of a board ; 
 the sharp point of a leaf. 
 
 5. The commencement of evening, when 
 darkness begins ; as, ke kihi o ka po. See 
 Kau 6. 
 
 Kj-hi, s. The name of a variety of sweet 
 
 potatoes, the ancient potato of Hawaii ; 
 
 uala paa. 
 Ki-Hi-KAU, V. To give lavishly and until 
 
 all is gone; i ke kihikou jiu,'a ua pan. See 
 
 Kabiau, 
 Ki-Hi-Ki-Hj, V. To bend, as e. curved 
 
 .aiiii'face;tO'Eollowout, as sails in the wind. 
 'i. To branch off from the main body. 
 
 Ki-Hi-Ki-Hi, s. The curving of the horns 
 of the moon ; tbst is, the exiremitiea are 
 the Mhikihi. 
 
 2. The curve of tli? wings of a bird. 
 
 3. The broad part of an ancient cocked 
 up hat. as the brim was turned up and 
 made sharp corners ; ua kihilcihi ke poo, 
 curved are their heads, viz. : the officers of 
 Captain Cook's ships with their cocked hate 
 on, 
 
 Ki-Hi-Ki-Hi, s. The name of a species 
 offish; 
 
 Ki-Hi-LOA, adj. Cjrooked; blunderinj 
 wandering, &o. 
 
 Ki-Hi-Mo-E, s. Name of a puu kapu in 
 playing the game of noa. 
 
 Ki'Hi-po-Hi-wi, s. Kihi, comer., and po- 
 hiwi, shoulder. Generally Med as synon- 
 ymous with pohiwi, the shoulder, but really 
 the corners, points or sides of the shoul- 
 ders, 
 
 Ki-Hi-po-KA, s. Name of one of the five 
 pun kapus in playing the game of noa, 
 
 Ki-Ho-E, !). To .shift from place to place. 
 
 Ki-Ho-Lo, s. The name of a large kind 
 of book formerly made of wood, used to 
 catch the shark and other large fish. 
 
 Ki-Ho-Mu-A, s. The side or bank of a 
 water-course. 
 
 K.I-KA, adj. Strong; energetic, as a 
 
 "g; 
 
 magistrate iu applying the law to trans- 
 gressors. 
 
 Ki-KA-o-LA, s. Ki (Eng.), key, and ka- 
 ola, a bar or 'cross-beam. The bar of a cit^ 
 gate. ler. 51:30. 
 
 Ki-KAU, V. To give frieeljr; tb bestow 
 favors upon others with good will. 
 
 Ki-KA-HA, adv. Passing by a former 
 friend ; not recognizing one with whom h« 
 was formerly acquainted; c wawau, e hele 
 loama ke alanui, e aloba ole. 
 
 Ki-KA-KA-HA, V. See Kaka, u. To pitch 
 into ; to dash against ; to rush together, as 
 two cocks when fighting. 
 
 Ki-KA-KA-LA, V. To spur; to Strike with 
 the .spurs, as fighfcig-cocks. 
 
 2. In fishing for squid, to draw up with 
 a hook. 
 
 Ki-KA-LA, s. The hollow of the back be- 
 tween the hips. 
 
 2. The name of the bone called coccyx, 
 
 3. Thehip; keJri/coJaamekauha. Xujifc. 
 15:8. 
 
 4. The buttocks: the posteriors. 2 Sam. 
 10:4. 
 
 Ki-EA-LArPAl, s. Tlie bips of a person 
 sunk, not well formed ; papai, pauanai. 
 
 Ki-KA-MA, s. The white kapa made from 
 the wauke. 
 
 Ki-EA-MTJ, V. Persons for a time socia- 
 ble, then to sit silent for some cause. 
 
 2. The gathering of small fish ardund a 
 baited took, but do not bite. 
 
 Ki-EA-KA-pu, s. Name of a species of 
 fi.sh, white and round, with black spots. 
 
 Ki-KA-NA-LKi, V. To squat on one's feet. 
 2. To stop or stay for a short time. 
 
 Ki-KE, V. To break or strike, as- witii a 
 hammer ; to break, as a stone ; to cracii, 
 as a nut upon a st<)ne.- 
 
 2. To speak by turns, as in a dialogue. 
 
 3. To divide into two or more equal parts. 
 _ 4. To reason ; to confer together. Tsa. 
 i:i8, 
 
 Ki-KE, V. To sneeze. See Kihe. 
 Ki-KEE-EEE, V. See Kee and Keekee. 
 
 To crook ; to bend ; to move crookedly. 
 KirJCEE-KEE, adj. Crooked; zigzag, as 
 
 a path ; he kikeckm ke ala ; not straight, 
 
 2, Ju a moral sense, wrong ;~ perverted ; 
 erroneous; mai hele oo ma ke ala kikeekee 
 ka aina o kaua, o kuia auanei oe a hiua ; 
 aka, eheli^ oe ma ku a!a pololei, go not in 
 the orooked path of our laud, lest ere long 
 you stumble and fall, but go in the straight 
 path. ° 
 
 3. MkeeJcee is the opposite o{ pololei. 
 
 Ki-KEE-KEE, s. A winding or crooked 
 path. 
 
 Ki-KE-KE', V. See Kike, to break. To 
 
KIK 
 
 275 
 
 KIK 
 
 knock, as af a door for entrance. Lunk. 
 19:22. 
 
 2. To strike frequently upon, as in crack- 
 ing a nut. 
 
 Ki-KE-NE-NEi, V. SeeNEiNEi. To (Iraw 
 in ; to contract 
 
 2. To draw or lift up ; to throw or ftast 
 np ; U> put upon Romcthing. 
 
 Ki-KE-NE-NEi, adj. Too short; changing 
 one's place. 
 
 Ki-KE-PA, r. To fix or place a thing in 
 a one-sided manner : to lean oyer on one 
 side ; to cover one side of the head. 
 
 Ki-KE-PA, s. The hair oftbe head turned 
 over or^e side as though tbti'head was one- 
 sided ; a sash over one shoulder. 
 
 Ki-KE-pA-KE-PA, V. See the above. To 
 put on a dress irregularly;. to dress fantas- 
 •tically. 
 
 2. To cut the hair of the head fantastic- 
 ally. 
 
 3. To adorn the person differently from 
 the fashion. 
 
 4. To disfigure one's self, as in ancient 
 times when a chief died, the people knocked 
 out their teetl), lacerated their bodies, &c. 
 
 Ki-Ki, V. A frequentative and intensive 
 of ki, to shoot or sqKirt. To spurt, as water 
 pressed through a small ori&ce. 
 
 2. To eject black matter, as the squid. 
 
 3. To practice masturbation. 
 
 4. To flow swiftly, aa water from the bot- 
 tom of a fuU barrel. 
 
 5. To do a thing with vehemence; to run 
 very swiftly;. to fly furiously at, as one 
 cock at another, or as a hen m defense of 
 her young. No^. — Kild ia used as an in- 
 tensive adverb in various senses. Sec be- 
 low. 
 
 Ki-Ki, V. To pj'nt the face or hair white 
 with lime or with clay (palolo.) 
 
 Ki-Ki, s. ^Bundles done up for carrying 
 on a stick, of which a man carries two. 
 
 2. A rough kind of basket. 
 
 3. The rushing or striking of a cock with 
 his spiirs ; also, the action of a hen in de- 
 fense of her chickens. 
 
 4. The swinging or slamming of the door 
 of ahoute, 
 
 5. The leaves used in tying np bundles 
 of potatoes or other things. 
 
 6. The name of a bird, usually^ caught 
 with a net, 
 
 Ki-Ki, adv. Quickly; suddenly; vio- 
 lently; in a hurry. los. 7;22. Note.— -tfi/ci 
 is often used as adverb of intensity after 
 verbs of action or condition, and signifies 
 very, exceedingly, &c. ; as, holo fcifci, he 
 ran swiftly; paa kiki, veri/ tight; heleWd 
 aku la, i ike ole o Papa ia ia, he went hasiUy 
 that Papa might not see him. 
 
 Ki-Ki-Ao, s. A sudden gust of wind ; a 
 squall ; a strong wind. 
 
 Ki-Ki-A-i,o, V. To move quickly ; <o 
 hasten ; to be in a harry. 
 3. To catch fish in a net. 
 Ki-Kii, t>. See Kn. To slumber. 
 
 2. To toTieh or strike softly. 
 
 3. To move quickly, gently or softly. 
 Ki-Ki-o, 0. See Kio. To void stool ; to 
 
 discbarge fseecs. 
 
 Ki-Ki-Hi, adj. SeeKiHi. Having corners 
 like a cocked up hat ; ua kapaia'ku e ma- 
 kou, ka papale he poo kikihi; anything 
 having many corners; aole like mo ke poo 
 kiltihi a Kane; he poo kikihi, a half-mooned, 
 cocked up or military hat. 
 
 Ki-Ki-Hi, s, A sailing about in a canoe 
 with a sail, or walking about quic^j^y. 
 
 2. The brim of a broad-brimmed hat 
 turned up. 
 
 Ki-Ki-Hi, s. A door frame. 
 
 2. The side posts of a door ; the door it- 
 self. ■ 
 
 Ki-Ki-Ki, adj. Very hot ; oppressively 
 hot, as a tight room, filled with people ; fci- 
 Iciki ka wcla a ka la. 
 
 Ki-Ki-Ko, V. See Kiko, to make a point, 
 dot, &o. To print ; to tattoo the skin ; to 
 make marks or letters on the skin. 
 
 Ki-Ki-Ko, adj. Dotted ; spotted, as on 
 paper, kapa or the skin. 
 
 Kj-ki-lo, s. Some place or thing afar 
 off. See Okilo. 
 
 Ki-Ki-M, adv. Afar off; at a great d's- 
 tanee. 
 
 Ki-Ki-MO, V. SeeKiMO. To bow or bend 
 
 . over the head in front ; to fall, as the head 
 in front when one is going to sleep in a git- 
 ting posture ; to nod with drowsiness. 
 
 Fi-Ki-NA, V. Intensive of IcinCy to urge, 
 drive, <fcc. To send with speed. 
 
 2. To harry one in doing a thing. 
 
 3. To act as if in anger. 
 
 4. Hoo. To command with earnestnes? ; 
 to compel or drive one to do a thing ; to 
 hasten ; to urge on that a thing may be 
 done quickly. Puk. 11:1, iroofcifc>?|0 akU 
 no lakou i na kanaka, they hurried on the 
 men (to work.) 
 
 Ki-Ki-NA, s. A hurrying time or season ; 
 kokoko pau ke kikina nui ma Honolulu 
 nei, kawalawala loa na moku i koe iloko o 
 ke awa. IIoo. Hard driving or urging peo- 
 ple to do anything ; o ka hoolcikina ana 
 paha ka mea i make ai, the severe driving, 
 perhaps, was the cause of his death. 
 
 Ki-Ki-PA, V. See Kipa, to turn aside. 
 To turn in, i. e., to call upon one. 
 
 2. To go frequently or often to a neigh- 
 bor's. 
 
 3., To make a circuit to avoid one. 
 
 4. To turn aside from a straight road, or 
 from one's regular business. 
 
KIK 
 
 276 
 
 JKIK 
 
 Ki-Ki-wi, V. See Kiwi, to bend. To bend 
 or bow the head ; 'o nod fronj. drowsiuess. 
 
 2. To bend over ; to bow down. 
 
 3. To be very faint and wear^from bard 
 fatigue. 
 
 Ki-Ki-wi, adj. Bent and rounded at the 
 
 point like a duck's bill.. - 
 Ki-KO, V. To reach after ; to stretch out 
 
 the hand to take a thing. 
 
 . 2. To pluck ; to pull off, as fruit from a 
 
 tree. 
 
 , 3. To pick up, as a fowl does its food. 
 
 4. To peck or break the shell, as a cbicken 
 in hatching. 
 
 £. To mark on a roll opposite one'6 name 
 for absence. 
 Ki-Ko, s. A small spot, dot or point. 
 
 2. A spot.OD the skin. 
 
 3. The figure marked on the skin in tat- 
 tooing. 
 
 4. The general name given by Hawaiians 
 to the marks used in punctuation. 
 
 5. The_ dot or mark made as a sign of 
 absence in a school roll. 
 
 6. The cock of a pistol. 
 
 Ki-KO, adj. Striped; spotted; speckled. 
 Ki-Ko-A, V. Pass, for k^dia. Gram. ^ 
 
 211. To be picked np ; to be marked, &c. 
 
 Mat. 13:4 ^kfla na lae o ua kane ame na 
 
 wahine, the foreheads of men and womep 
 
 were marked or dotted. 
 Ki-KO-i, V: To do a little here and there; 
 
 to hin-gkip ; to do things irregularly. 
 
 2. To be bold ; to" reprove indiscrimi- 
 nately. 
 
 3. To inteirupt the attention of a hearer. 
 i. To supersede ; to forestall. 
 
 Ki-koo, V. SeeKiKO. To stretch out Jie 
 hand to take something, or to do something. 
 Puk. 17:11. ^ 
 
 2. To stretch or spread out the wings, as 
 a bird abont to fly. 
 
 3. To extend the hand in making a. ges- 
 ture. 
 
 4. Kikoo for kakoo, to gild; to tie on; to 
 strengthen. HcU. 18:32. 
 
 Ki-Koo, s. An arm or weapon of- some 
 kind; a bow. 1 Sam. 2:4. He kaka, he 
 mea e pana'i ka pua ; a bow, a thing to 
 shoot arrows. 
 
 2. A span; ^ measure made by the thumb 
 Pud fore finger. Offl. 41:5. Aha kUcoo i 
 koe ko ia la maikai ia ia nei, that person 
 is four pdnis less handsome than this. 
 
 3. A line across the arc of a circle ; the 
 chord of an arc. Anahon. 23. 
 
 4. The bent bow was called kikoo in 
 shooting; . kikoo k^ Vaka, a bow. Bos. 2:20. 
 
 Ki-Koo-koo, V. To reach as far as one 
 can for a ttiing ; to stand on tip-toe and 
 reach as high as one can. 
 
 Ki-Ko-0-LA, V. To huddle together; to 
 
 pat together confusedly; to fill a container 
 without any order. 
 
 Ki-Ko-o-LA, adj. Carelessly performed j 
 entangled; topsy-turvy; miked together 
 confiiBcdly. 
 
 Ki-Ko-Hoo-MA-HA, s. Kiko, point, and 
 hbomahai causing rest.. The name of the 
 points or characters used in writing which 
 indicate pauses or rests for the voice in 
 reading, as comma, semicolon, period, &e. 
 
 Ki-KO-Hu, V. See Kohu. To spot; to 
 make a spot with coloring mattar. 
 
 Ki-Ko-H0-KO-uu, V. See above and Kohu. 
 To daub ; to dirty ; to defile, ai> a clean 
 garment; to spot; to make unelean; to 
 spatter, as ink in writing. 
 
 Ki-KO-Htr-KO-HU, J. A dirty place on a 
 garment; defilement; sp'bts of impurity. 
 Fig. 2 Pet. 2:13. A blemish; an imperfec- 
 tion. Syn. with palahee. 
 
 Ki-Eo-KA-Hi, s. Kiko and kahi, one; one 
 point. A period ; a pause in reading. 
 
 Ki-Ko-KA-iA, *. Kiko, point, and ka la, 
 the sun. The spot or place of the sun ; 
 near the time of the oun's rising. 
 
 Ki-Ko-Ki-So, V. To nibble, as fish at the 
 bait 
 
 Ki-Ko-Ki-KO, adj. Spotted; speckled; of 
 different colors. £ot. 30:39. Striped; hav- 
 ing spots jof«Siffereat colors. 
 
 Ki-Ko-3fi-Ko^, »-. See Kik6i. To skip 
 aboutj OS ijd working in one place and then 
 in dottier; applied to reading or teaching 
 the alphabet, to read skipping abont ; kn- 
 hifaihi lelele, to point here and liteie. 
 
 Ki-ko-h-ko-i, adj. Hete and there; ir- 
 regular ; hip-skip, &o. ' ' . 
 
 Ki-KO-KO-MA, s. Kiko, point, and kdma 
 (Eng.), comma. A semicolon, a sign of a 
 pause-in reading; See Kikohodmaha. 
 
 Ki-Ko-LA, V. Gontvsiction of kikoola. To 
 
 place together in confusion ; to hwidle to-. 
 
 gether without order. 
 Ki-Ko-LA, adj. Mixedi up ; entahgled ; 
 
 without order. 
 Ki-Ko-Lu-KO, adj. Alito, a dot, and !ufto. 
 
 Spotted; speckled'; dotted. 
 Ki-Ko-MOE, s. Kiko aitiimoe, to lie down. 
 
 A hyphen (-), the name of one of the points 
 
 In written or printed language. 
 Ki-Ko-Ni, 0. To smooth off and finish 
 
 a canoe after it is dug out. 
 2. To prepare and make soft the wauki 
 
 for making kapa; ka wauki i kikoniia 8 
 
 palupalu maikai. 
 ' 3. To pierce or lance a swelling on ihe 
 
 bead. 
 4. To rap one gently on the foreoead, or. 
 
 with the knuckles of -I e hand. 
 Ki-Ko-Ni, s. The art or trade of finish- 
 
KIL 
 
 277 
 
 KIL 
 
 ing off canoes after they are dug out and 
 shaped. 
 
 Ki-KO-NirA, s. The stork. KarU. 14:18. 
 The name of an unclean bird. 
 
 Ki-Ko-Ni-KO-N!, adj. Having hard lumps 
 on the head ; ke kikonlkoni ana i ke noo. 
 
 Ki-Ko-Ni-NAu, s. Eiko, point, and mnau, 
 question. The name of the inteirogation 
 point (?.) 
 
 Ki-Ko-PU-i-WA, s. Kiko, point, and ^ 
 iwa, surprise. The name of the point ex- 
 pressing surprise or wond?r (1.) 
 
 Ki-Ko-WAE-NA, s. Kiko, point, and im,- 
 ena, the middle. The center of a circle. 
 Anahon. 22. 
 
 Ki-LA, vdj. Strong; stout; able. 
 
 Ki-LA, s. Eng. Steelj a flint-steel for 
 striking Are. 
 
 2. A general name for chisels ; ka hao 
 ma ka maka o ke koi, the iron at the edge 
 of the adze ; ka hoaka o na kila o na We 
 koa, the flashing of sted of the cbarioiA. 
 Nak. 2:3. 
 
 Ki-LA-HA, s. See Laha, to spread out. 
 An onlargini; ; a swelling up ; ke kUafia o 
 ka opn. 
 
 Ki-la-ki-la, v. KUakila biekv. rani ]&, 
 long may she (Laicikawai) stand thcre^ an 
 we say, long live the king. To express ad-: 
 miration ofone's person. Laieik. 165. 
 
 Ki-la-ki-la, adj. Great; long; strong; 
 stont ; brave ; applied to a person. 
 
 Ki-LA-Ki-LA, s. Bfeight; grandeur; mag- 
 nificence ; applied to a mountain. 
 
 Ki-LE-A, s. The name of a small but 
 prominent hill; a hillock; inai pii an i puu 
 kilea, i ka hoolehclche. 
 
 Ki-LE-o, s. The pistil of the flowers of 
 plants. 
 
 2. The palate of the human mouth. lob. 
 34:3. He ike aku i ka pu i kant no i ke 
 kileo. 
 
 3. The rooi of the mouth. lob. 29:10. 
 !. The stopper of the lungs. 
 
 5. Tha trigger of a gun. 
 Ki-LE-PA, V. See Lepa, a small fiag. 
 
 To float in the wind, as a kapa o.r a piece 
 
 of cloth fastened to a stick. 
 Ki-LB-PA-LE-PA, V. See KiLEPA, Kale- 
 
 PALEi'A and Lbpa. To flap or flutter in the 
 
 wind, as an ensign br'«iag ; to flap in the 
 
 ' wind, as a sail. 
 Ki-LE-PA-LE-PA, s. The fluttering or 
 
 aoatirig of a flag or colors. Laieik. 26. 
 Ki-nj V. To rain fine rain; to rain but 
 
 little ; to wet. 
 Ki-Li, s. A kind of shrub or grass. 
 Jfi-Li-o-o-pu, s...Naihe of a ecies of 
 
 grasELv Laidk. 192. 
 2. N-vme of a wind at Waihee, Maui 
 
 Ki-Li-HAU, V. To fa^ gently, as A soft 
 shower ; to diminish, as the termination of 
 a shower. 
 
 2. To be meek; to b« mild; to act gently. 
 
 3. To eat modestly and but little. See 
 
 KiUKA. 
 
 Ki-Li-HE-HE, V. To sneeze; to snore; to 
 
 breathe hard. See Kniisi 
 Ki-Li-HtJ-NA, V. To be scattered iijto 
 
 small pieces like fine rain. See Lblehuna. 
 Ki-Li-KX, V. To fall in fevir drops, as 
 
 rain ; to decrease, as rain ; to grow small. 
 2. To cat sparingly. See Kilihad 3. 
 Ki-Li-KA, *. Eng. Silk. Sol. 31:22. 
 Ki-Li-KA, adj. Silken; lole kUika, siJ.k 
 
 cloth. 
 Ki-Li-KAA, V. See Ku,ika above. To 
 
 diminish or to be near ceasing, as rain. 
 Ki-Li-Ki-Li-HAU, V. See Kilihau. To 
 
 Tall, as mis.t or fine rain; to sprinkle slightly, 
 
 as rain. 
 
 2. To sprinkle, as a little salt ; aole na, 
 ke JdlikJlihau wale mai la no. 
 
 3. To blow gently, as the wind ; kiliMlir 
 hau ka makani. 
 
 Ki-Li-Ki-Li-HAff, adj. Diminishing; soft- 
 ' enlng ; ceasing. 
 
 Ki-Li-Ki-ii-HU-NA, s. See Huna, small 
 
 ' particles of dust, rain, &c. Stn. with &c 
 
 foregoing. A small particle of dust, fine 
 
 rain, &o. 
 
 Ki-li-poi-poi, V, To strike the hollow 
 
 hands together, causing a sound. 
 Ki-LO, V. To look earnestly at a thing. 
 2. To look at and watch the stars. 
 8. To prognosticate eytints by looking at 
 tiie stars ; to foretell what the weather will 
 be. 
 
 4. To act as a sorcerer. 
 
 5. To be or act as a judge between man 
 and man. 
 
 Ki-LO, s. a star-gazer; o ka mea nana 
 lani, he kUo lani no ia. 
 
 2. A predictor of future events from the 
 observation of the stars, from the barking 
 of dogs, the crowing of cocks, &o. 
 
 3. An astrologer; a magician. £171.41:8. 
 A soothsayer ; an enchanter. Kard. 18:10. 
 
 4. A judge; a prophet; o Kahiko ke alii 
 pono, a akamai ia, he kahuna ame ke kilo, 
 Kahiko was a good king, he was wise; he 
 was a priest a,via' a, prophet. 
 
 Ki-LO, s. A kind of looking-glass.. 
 Ki-lo-ia, v. Kilo, to look at, ^d ia, 
 
 fish. To look as a fisherman looks into the 
 
 water for fish ; heaha kana e hana la? e 
 
 kiloia ana. 
 Ki-lo, adv. Used sometimes iitiprcperly 
 
 for liio; luka kilo for iiika iilo. 
 Ei-Lou, s. See Lou, to bead, A hook. 
 
 2 OiM. 4:16. 
 
KIL 
 
 273 
 
 KIM 
 
 Ki-i/)0, «. To hook ; to fasten on to, as 
 ith a noyk; to catch with a hookj to take 
 
 fish with a hook. .Wzek. 29:4. 
 Ki-Lou, s. A Still, quiet place; a place 
 
 of no noiie ; a placu favorable for sleep, 
 Ki-Lo-HA-NA, s. The outside kapa of a 
 
 paru, which was oi the best material an'l 
 
 the most beautifully printed. 
 
 2. The very best as contrasted with that 
 which was poorer ; ka mea maikal loa i 
 hnipuia me na mea iao. 
 
 3. .'. hiijosfc or heap of stones i;sed as a 
 rcstint; place ; he pmi hooniaha. 
 
 Ki-LO-HA-NA, adj. Fine ; beautiful ; ex- 
 cellent ; best 
 
 Ki-LO-HEE, s. 'Squid looking ; name of 
 B place in the sea beyond the Ituaan and 
 aynonymouB 'with hohonu, a place where 
 fiEhermten look for squid. 
 
 Ki-LO-Hi, V. To look at one's self, his 
 person, hisfeatnres.his dress, &c., with ad- 
 miration; to be proud of one's dress or 
 person. 
 
 2. To act with self-complacency. 
 
 3. To be vain ; fo exhibit v.anity in any 
 
 way- 
 
 4. To scrutinize, as one's character ; to 
 examine ; *o observe. 
 
 Ki-LO-ni, J. Pride; vanity; ahigh opin- 
 ion of one's ijelf. 
 
 Ki-TM-m'adj Proud; self-opinionated. 
 
 Ki-Lo-KT-LO, t. See Kilo. To act the 
 kilo, i. «>., to tell fortunes by magic; to act 
 the sorcei or. 
 
 2, To, examine cwefully.' 
 
 3. To gwess concerning future events; to 
 predict; to tell before hand what the 
 wealierwiU be. Jlfot. 16:3. Bkohohonua 
 wale no me ka manao wahahee. 
 
 Ki-M-Ki-LO, J. A guessing at the future; 
 a predicting ; a watching the singular ap- 
 pearance of clouds. 
 
 2. An enchantment Nah. 23:23. A di- 
 viner. 1 Sam. 6:2. 
 
 Ki-Lo-Ki-to, adj. Practi<:ing enchant- 
 ment ; divining ; fortune telling. 
 
 Ki-M-Ki-j-o-u-HA-NE, s. KUo^ndiuhane, 
 the spirit To foretell the condition of 
 one's soul as being safe or near death, as 
 living or as about to suffer ; a species of 
 necromancy baaed upon falsehood, much 
 practiced in former ticisi. 
 
 Ki-LO-Ki-to-Ho-KU, *. See Kilokilo and 
 HoKU, a star, An astrologer; a star-gazer. 
 
 Km.Oi-ki-lo-l.vni, s. See KiLOLANi. An 
 astrologer. i>an..2;27. 
 
 Ki-L0-LA-«i, s. Kilo and lani, heaven. 
 One who looks ai the stars ; a star-gazer ; 
 an astrologer. Isa. 47:13. One who pre- 
 tends to predict the future by watching the 
 
 Ki-LO-ivii-KA-Ki, s. Kilo atid makard, 
 
 wind. One -ivho prognostieate.? the future 
 
 by o!::<crving the winds. 
 Ki-Lo-WA-Hi-NE, s. KUo and icakine, a 
 
 woman. A propl!etes3 ; a Boroeress. Isa. 
 
 57:3. 
 Ki-Lir, s. The name of a small gourd 
 
 or calabash for patting in small, choice 
 
 things. 
 
 2. A kind of email gourd used at play ; 
 o ke kilu, he ipu no ia i kalai kapakahi ia 
 malialii o ke an; a game attended with 
 gambling and licentiouaness. 
 
 3. The name of the •pX&y itself ; hs paani 
 iuo ke fcife i ka po. Laieik. 114. ke 
 kUu ka mea e olioli ai na mea akamai i ke 
 mele. Note. — EUu was a play for grown 
 people, puheoheo for children. See Puebo- 
 H£a 
 
 Ki-tn, V. To play at the pastime called 
 kHu ; a ma ka wa e kilu ai. 
 
 Ki-Lu-A, s. See Ltta, double : deceitful. 
 A liar ; a deceiver ; a falsitier. 
 
 2. In t\ie abstract, sl lie] a deceit; a false- 
 hood. 
 
 Ki-ME-BA-LA, $. G7\ A Cymbal, 2 Sam. 
 
 6:5. 
 
 Ki-Mo, V. To strike, as with a stone, a 
 stiek or a sword ; to thrust with a stick. 
 
 2. To pound, braise or mash, as in pound- 
 ing pot. 
 
 3. To seize something while in motion. 
 
 4. To go headlong or headfirst, as down 
 a pall ; kimo e mai ke poo a make loa. 
 
 6. To strike, as with a stick in choosing 
 the puu in playing at pnhenchene where 
 thenoaia. 
 
 b. To bend over or forward, as in mak-' 
 ing a bow. 
 
 7. To nod, as with drowsiness. 
 Ki-MO, s. The u.:me qf a former game 
 
 or play, described as follows : ka pal ana 
 i kekahi pohakn me ka hoolei ana i ka po- 
 haku liilii iluna me ka apo ana e me ka po- 
 hakunuimekalima i kekahi pohaku uuku. 
 2. Name of a play for children. 
 
 Ki-Mo-Ki-Mo, V. To hew, shave or spiooth 
 off the inside of a canoe. NoTp. — This was 
 done with a koi or small adze,' with many 
 repeated strokes. 
 
 -2s; To pound r.p fish for bait in taking 
 othex fish. 
 
 Ki-Mo-MO, V. See Kimo, to strike. To 
 strike ; to pound ; to bruise ; to break, Ac, 
 
 Ei-Mo-PO, V. Kimo, to strike, and po, 
 night To kill in the dark; to assassinate; 
 .to rob in the night ; to lie in wait to kill ; 
 to do a thing in th j dark and in secret ; a 
 po iho, kimopo iho ia na kanaka, during 
 that night men commuted assassinations. 
 
 Ki-MO-Po, s. Secret rebellions; assassin- 
 ations. 
 
KIN 
 
 S'TS 
 
 KIN 
 
 2; He ]iur, kvmo, assassins; perflonsof re- 
 bellious disposition. 
 
 : 3. Night vofcbors ami pliindevois; ma.ka 
 papii (ma Keuai) ke kbnopo ana. 
 
 Ki-Mo-1'oo, V. See Kmo 6 and Pao, the 
 lieaU. To bow down ; to bend the beuU 
 forward ; e Jtulou ilalo tnamua ke poo. 
 
 Kt-NA, u. To drive on ; to urge; to op- 
 press. 
 
 2. J/oo. To command; t6 order; to urge 
 strongly. See KmiNA. 
 
 Ki-NA, s. A blemish, as in a, person or 
 body of an animal. Kard. 15:21. 
 
 2. Sin ; cnor ; wickedness ; kina olo, 
 without fault ; sinless. 
 
 3. Any troublesome untoward event or 
 circumstance tUat prevor.ts the reali;!atioii 
 of one's iiupes ; ma na aina kula bo hoo- 
 uianawa uui ka banu uo na Mna, ho poko, 
 le la, he.Jiauoki, he pulua ame kahi man 
 hina e ae, 
 
 Ki-NA, adj. Sinful; wicked; bad; er- 
 roneous ;. defiled. 
 
 2. Having a blemish, as an animal; Mpa 
 kan6 kind, ole. n ram unblemished. 
 
 Ki-NA, fiK^o. Hoo. .ka intensive. Bad; 
 much ; very. Isa. 23:5. 
 
 Ki-NAi, B, To quench;- to extinguish, 
 as fire. Oihk. 6:12. 
 
 2. To put out a light; ua Icmai loa ia ka 
 malamalama. 
 
 3. To extinguish, ais life; tolcili bysti'an- 
 glhig, striking or piexeing, as'oo keiki. 
 
 ■ 4. To make bitter with bitter ingredients. 
 6. To kill by poisonous medicines. 
 Ki-NAi-NA, s. Einai and f^na. The put- 
 ting out of life ; the end of life. 
 
 2. The end of a road, or where it van- 
 ishes. 
 
 3. A mourning for the life, or loss of one 
 dead.. 
 
 Ki-NAU, s. Name of a species of fish, 
 
 2. The name of a god. 
 
 3. The name of a species of a small white 
 eel living in the sand. 
 
 Ki-riATT-HAU, V. To grarable secretly; 
 to oortplain to one's self on account of not 
 having one's expectations roalisMsd. 
 
 2. To seoldj to threaten; to breathe ven- 
 geance. 
 
 3. To be full'of evil; to be internally vile. 
 
 4. To complain of another; to find fault. 
 Ki-NA-Ki-NA, P. See KiNA 2. To call to 
 
 oae iu anger; to call loudly after one ; to 
 hurry oae. 
 
 Ki-KA-NA, s. A hen, especially one that 
 ban hiitohcd chickens. 
 
 Ki-NA-NA-HA-i-E, s. A house ; a resi- 
 dence for pf^ople; especially a crooked- 
 . sided bouse. 
 
 Ki-NA-NA-PE, adj. Crammedfuli; filled; 
 stuffed, as with food. 
 
 Ki-NE-MO-NA, s. Eng. Cinnamon, tht 
 odoriferous bark of a trc^e. Md. Sat. i:H 
 Ki-Ni, s. The number 40,000. " 
 
 2. Any nnraber indefinitely great. 
 
 3. A retinue of persons; a train follow 
 ing a chief, as in former tinioB. 1 Hal. 10:2. 
 
 4. Kiasfolks ; relations, Sx 
 
 5. ISnq. Tin ; as, pa kini, a tin plate; so 
 written instead of pa tini. 
 
 Ki-Ni, s. Hawaiian orthography for^jJM?, 
 gin, a distilled foreign intoxicating liquor. 
 
 Ki-Ni-Ho-Lo, s.' Kini and hoh, to run. 
 The name of a particular game, of hall, 
 similar to base ball. 
 
 Ki-Ni-Ki-Ni, *. A multitude ; a number 
 indefinitely large. Hoi., ,189:18. 
 
 Ki-Ni-Ki-Ni, adj. Numerous; multitudi- 
 nous ; very many ; me he hale puka kini- 
 kird la, like a house with 'inany windows. 
 
 Ki-Ni-Ki-K^-puo, s. The name of many 
 puus or hillocks standing near each other. 
 See Oi.owAMJPi'u. 
 
 Ki-Ni-LA0, s. Name of a multitude or 
 school of fish in the sea. 
 
 Ki-Ni-po-po, V. Kini and popo, a glob- 
 ular snbslanct!. To play at ball in the 
 various different games. 
 
 Ki-Ni-FO-Po, s. Playing at ball ; a gen- 
 oral term for all the games of ball-playing, 
 
 Ki-No, s. The body of a person or other 
 substance as distinguished from the limbs 
 oi" other appendages. 
 
 2. The body of a perso.i in distinction 
 from «fta?ie, the soul ; okoa ke kino, okoa 
 ka uhanc. 
 
 3. A person ; an individual ; one's self ; 
 kuhi oia me kona fcijio iho,he thought with 
 himself. 
 
 A. Ilie bodj ; the substance; the prin- 
 oijial part of a thing ; he keokep ke Idno o 
 ko'u kapa. 
 
 5.' A stalk of grass ; the body of a tree : 
 that which is'ihe substantial part of mat- 
 ter. See Oiwi. , 
 
 6. In rjrmnmdr, person : as, kino kahi, 
 first person ; kino lua. Ac. 
 
 Ki-No, V. Hoo. To take a body ; to take 
 shape; to embody, as a shapeless mass;. 
 •hoQk'mo ka honua, iho earth took shape 
 (frem chaos.) Mel. of Crealion. 
 
 Ki-NO-A-KA-LAU, s. Kiiw and akalau, a 
 
 spiiit or ghost, The B;)irit or ghost of a 
 person not yet dead. See Wau.ua, Akalac 
 and KiNowAii.iiA. Note. — ^There were per- 
 ■sons formerly, mostly priests, who pre- 
 tended to see the ghosts or souls or spirits 
 of others while still living, and would in- 
 form thp living persons that they had. seen 
 their spirits, and that it was .a sign of some 
 great calamity about to befall them ; this 
 the priests did to extort something alua- 
 ble from them. I aku 1h kela (kekahuna), 
 
KIP' 
 
 280 
 
 KIP 
 
 jaa ike au, lie hele ino ana kou kinoakcdau, 
 he (the priest) said, I hare seen yonr spirit 
 going about in sadness; i aku la an, heaha 
 ka pono ? I said, what is proper to be done ? 
 I aku la keia, he Uio keokeo paha, he kapa 
 keokeo, he hee, he kala. he weke, he (the 
 priest) said, a -white dog perhaps, or a white 
 kapa, -or a squid, or a kala (a lish), or a 
 weke (also a fish.) One or more of these 
 was reqiiired by the priest that he might 
 appease the ghost, and escape death. 
 
 Ki-NO-Hi, Is. The beginning; the first 
 
 Kl-NO-HOU, ) of a series. 
 
 2. Primitive; the first in time. 
 
 3. The beginning of th6 world. 
 
 4. The name of the first book of the Bible, 
 Genesis,, iiom the fii^t word. Note, — Ki- 
 nohi never takes the article. 
 
 Ki-No-HOff, adv. At first; before. INcd. 
 
 Ki-No-Hi-NO-Hi, adj. Printed, a,s calico; 
 
 Knotted ; bikokiko, onio. 
 Ki-NO-MA-KE, s. Kitu),&hi make, dead. 
 
 A dead body. : Oihlc.'5;2. A corpse of a 
 
 man or t^oiiaal. See Kupapau., 
 
 Ki-m-fv* ». The effluvia or smell or 
 strong scent of tobacco ; o ka poe a pan i 
 lawe i ke kimm) na okiia ka lakon mau 
 ipu. 
 
 Ki-NO-wAi-LU-A, s. Kino and waihia, a 
 ghost. A poetical name for a spirit or 
 ghost of one seer: while livilig, distinct from 
 and in a different place from his body. See 
 KlNOAKAIAir and Kakaola. 
 
 Ki-No-RA, s. Heh. Hjdims of a musical 
 instrument. fiaJ. 57:87 .• 
 
 Ki-PA,' V. To turn from the direct path. 
 
 2. To turn in and lodge ; to put up or 
 slay with one. Kin. 38:1. 
 
 3. With <fe, to turn from. Kanl. 28:14 
 To turn aside. Puh. 3:3. 
 
 4. To si^y ; to abide ; to live ; to dwell. 
 2 Sam. 14:24 To dwell in a certain pla'ce; 
 to §6 and .come with familiarity "at one's 
 honeo ; c hookanaka ia kaua d kipa hewa 
 keaioha i ka ilio, i ka Imelo ka ike; a/cipa 
 i na kale o Keopuofaini, they staid in the 
 jiouses of Keopuolani. 
 
 6. To water land artificialij, directing 
 the streams here and there. 
 
 6. Hoo. To receive into one's house ; to 
 lodge: to entertain, as a guest ; to rece«-e 
 morally. loan. 1:5. 
 
 7. To be a lodger or guest at another's 
 house. 
 
 Ki-PA, s. Kindness; hospitality; access 
 to one. 
 
 2. lloo. An entrance upon any business. 
 
 3. The name of a medicine given to mad- 
 men ; same as pipa. 
 
 Ki-.A, adj. Friendly; kind; hospitable. 
 
 Ki-PAE-PAfi, s. Stone steps for entering 
 a house. 
 
 2. A pavement. 2 OiH. 7:3. See tjxaian 
 and ICiPAiFAl. - ■■■- 
 
 Ki-PAi, V. To drive offorexpej, as dogs 
 or chickens belonging to others ; ke kipai 
 ana i ka mea e hoom^u ana i kana maa 
 keiki. - 
 
 Ki-PAi, s. The driviii^ away or expul- 
 sion of animals that do not belong to one. ' 
 
 Ki-PAi-PAi, s. See Kipaepae. A pave- 
 ment, i. e., a road paved with stones, ferii 
 trunks or the like. See Kjpai'a. 
 
 Ki-pai-pai, v. To pave a road, as with 
 stones or other materials. 
 
 Ki-pao-pao, I). See Paopao. To strike; 
 
 ' to pound, RS with a hammer; to beat; to 
 bruise. 
 2. To pelt with stones. Sec ECrpopO. 
 
 Ki-pa-ku, v. To drive away forcibly; to 
 expel or turn out of a house or place of 
 residence. . Kin. 3:23. 
 
 2. To put away, as a wife. Mat. 1:19. 
 To cast out ; to turn off. loan. 6:37. 
 
 3. To put away, as property unlawfully 
 obtained. los. 7 :31. 
 
 Ki-pa-ku, s. A banishment ; an- expul- 
 sion. 
 
 Ki-pa-la-le, *. A rushing ; a hurry; a 
 rapid flow, as a swollen stream of water ; 
 1 na kipalaie a na waiahnlu, by the rushing 
 of muddy water. 
 
 Ki-pa-la-le, adj. See Lale, to hurry. 
 What is done quickly and expeditiously ; 
 ka hana me ka ikaika, me ka hele aluahi 
 ame'fca hele kipalaie; what is swollen and 
 ^jnlarged, as a rushing stream. 
 
 Ki-pa-pa, v. To pave ; to lay a pave- 
 ment of stones. Md. Sol. 3:10. See Kipae- 
 pae and KiPAiPAi. 
 
 2. To baUnce on the top of the surf; to 
 turn sideways, as on a su-Mioard in the 
 surf. 
 
 3. To be thick together. 
 
 4. To lay with flat stones or boards, as 
 a road or, bridge. 
 
 5. To protect and support when anoUiet 
 condemns. 
 
 Ki-PA-PA, s. The topping off of a wall; 
 the filling up of a hole with stones. 
 
 2. Kipapa pohaku, a pavement. 
 
 3. A back-load of anything ; a burden ; 
 same as haawe. 
 
 Ki-PA-PAu, u To descend from a high 
 
 place to a place below. 
 Ki-pa-pa-la-le, s. See Kapalale. A 
 
 balancing of two heavy burdens on a stick 
 
 that thejjmay be easy to carry. 
 
 Ki-PA-PA-Po-HA-KU, s. Kipapa and po- 
 haku, a 3toiie. A stone pavement. loam. 
 19:13. 
 
KiP 
 
 281 
 
 KIP 
 
 Ki-PA-wA-LE, V. Kipa and wale, gratu- 
 itously. To go ana Bit unbidden in an- 
 other's house. 
 
 2. To enter another's premiaeg with dis- 
 honest intentions. 
 
 3. To seize and take another's property. 
 Ki-PA-WA-LE, *. The coming upon and 
 
 taking another's property without right. 
 2. The name of a species of sweet potato. 
 
 Ki-PE, ». To bribe ; to offer secretly a 
 reward for some wrong doing; to girs 
 something secretly to screen one from jus- 
 tice ; e haawi malu i ka waiwai i mea e 
 pakele ai. 
 
 Ki-FE, V. To stone i to pelt with stones ; 
 to pelt or strike, as hail or rain in a storm. 
 
 Ki-PE, *. A reward ; an inducement tp 
 do what otherwise one would not do be- 
 cause evil ; a bribe; a gift.. Kard. 10:17. 
 
 2. Property given to screen froip punlsb- 
 mont; he waiwai e haawi malnia e pakele 
 ai ka hihia ma ke kanawai, o lilo i ka hoo- 
 hewaia. 
 
 3. One who practices bribery. 706.15:34. 
 
 Ki-PE, ddj. Tending to bribery; in- 
 ducing one to commit bribery. Pufc. 23;8. 
 Ki-PEA, )t). See Pea. To cross one 
 Kl-PEA-PEA, ) sticis with another; to build 
 a shanty or temporary shed for a shelter, 
 as from the rays of. the sun ; to erect a se- 
 cret place where one may hide. 
 
 Ki-PE-Hi, V. See Pehi, to pelt with 
 stones. To throw clubs or siones ; kipehi 
 aku la ia i ua wahi manu la, a pa aku la 
 kona wawae a hai. See Kipe. 
 
 Ki-PE-PA, V. To bite or snatch, as v.'ith 
 
 the teetb. 
 Ki-Pi, V. To resist lawful authority, to 
 
 rebel ; to revolt. 
 
 2. To withhold allegiance ; kipi hou iho 
 la o Kaaekoa a kana me Keoua. 
 
 3. To act contrary to one in authority. 
 KatiLM. 
 
 4. Hoo. To stir up rebellion. 
 
 6. To kill or murder one's chief. 
 Ki-pi, s. A rebel. 
 
 2.. Rebellion, opposition and resistance 
 to lawful authorily. Eanl. 31:27. 
 
 3. A breaking up or overturning a gov- 
 ernment ; he ku e, he pepehi a he moknar 
 faana. 
 Ki-Pi, adj. Seditious; rebellious. Hoo. 
 
 Bebellious ; ezcitiog to rebellion. 
 Ki-pi, ado. Eoo. Rebelliously j sedi- 
 
 tiouiily. Kard. 13:6. 
 Kr-pwu-pi, V. Frequentative and inten- 
 sive of kipi. To stir up sedition ; to fight. 
 
 2. To exdie to rebellion. 
 
 3. To fight, ta in a mele ; e hakaka ma- 
 lana, icalalo, e paio me ks inoino. 
 
 36 
 
 4. To dig and hill up, as in hoeing pota 
 
 toes ; to dig a hole. 
 5.' Hoo. To gather together for rebellion. 
 
 Isa. 54:15. 
 Ki-pi-Ki-Pi, s. Commotion; tumult, as 
 
 people in a state (rf revolt; he pee fcipifcipj, 
 
 rebels. 
 2. A striker: a boxer; one given io 
 
 striking. 1 Tim. 3:3. 
 Ki-pi-Ki-Fi, adj. Rebellious, acting ia 
 
 frequent rebellions. ' 
 
 Ki-pi-KU-A, s. The Hawaiian name for 
 
 pickaxe. 
 Ki-po, V. To break ; to break open, as 
 
 a box or chest ; e hooilaha. e wawahi ; 
 
 alalia, hvpo ihO la i ka pabu i ka pohaku. 
 Ki-po-i-fo-i, adj. Concealing one's own 
 
 errors : hiding one's own fault* ; kanaka 
 
 wahine i ka awa Idpoipoi. 
 Ki-pou, V. See Pou, post of a house set 
 
 in the ground. To drive down, as a stake 
 
 in the ground. 
 2. To stand leaning, as the post of a 
 
 thatched house ; to bend over. 
 Ki-po-LA, V. See Pola. To warm, as a 
 
 sick person in order to favor the operation 
 
 of medicine. 
 2. To wrap up a hen or turkey or flsh in 
 
 order to carry to market. 
 Ki-Po-LA, s. The wrrapper fastened 
 - around any substance for carrying to mar- 
 ket, as fowls, fish, &c. 
 Ki-po-LA-po-LA, V. To warm a sick per- 
 son ; to apply whatever will tend to warm 
 
 a sick person. 
 Ki-po-Lo, s. A prayer desiring the death 
 
 of an enemy ; he bua pule. 
 Ki-Po-NA, *. Variable places in the sea, 
 
 some calm, some ruffled \ hiki i na kipona 
 
 ino o Kohala. 
 Ki-po-NA, V. To be variable, as spots ia 
 
 the sea in a calm. See Kifonafoma..- 
 Ki-po-NA-Po-NA, V. To be variegated, as 
 
 the sea, sometimes calm, sometimes rough; 
 
 e kiokioki e like me ke kai i kekahi ma- 
 
 nawa raalie, e kipona. 
 Ki-po-po, V. See Kipo. To strike; to 
 
 hit; to break. 
 Ki-PO-DA, s. Heb. Name of an animal 
 
 mentioned in isa. 14:23; the bittern or 
 
 porcupine. 
 Ki-pu, t>. To turn the paddle, as in set- 
 ting a canoe back ; kipu iho la lakou i na 
 
 hoe, they turned biick the paddles, that is, 
 
 rowed backwards ; to turn away ; ka Iiua- 
 
 huaike/opu. i/bo. The same. 
 
 2. To fom tightly around oqg, as a large 
 kapa. 
 
 3. To keep back, as a Ehower appearing 
 to approach, but does not come. 
 
 Ki-Pnu-PUTJ, s. The thought that arises 
 
KIV 
 
 282 
 
 KOA 
 
 in one's mind when he^ears that another 
 has slandered oil spoken evil of him ; an 
 intevnat paia ; a digturbance Of mind. 
 
 Ki-Pir-KA, s. A snare for taking bird& 
 Kekah.S-.li. A sliding noose.. 
 
 2 Something variable j a cbf^oge ; vari- 
 ety. 
 
 3. An opening ; ^ calm place in a high 
 sea. 
 
 Ki-pij-KA-prr>Kji, a4j. Full of openings 
 or kiltttkas. 
 
 Ki-ro-uv, v.. To apply manure to the 
 soif to enrich it; to do to the.grounu what- 
 ever will cause vegetables to grow. 
 
 2. IToft. To cause to enrich, as the ground; 
 to manure. 
 
 Ki-pu-L0, s. Manure; dung, &c. IJVaZ. 
 U-M. 
 
 Ki-pu-LU, adj. Hoo. Enriching; mak- 
 ing fruitful; ka ua noeantiAoofctpwiulehua 
 o na pali. 
 
 Ki-ptr-Ni, V. To gird on; to wrap around, 
 as a-eoat or cloak around the body ; e fci- 
 ptTiU ka aahu. 
 
 2. Fio. E fcipu»i^ makotl i kapoao,i ke 
 aloha, &c., w« are encircled with righteous- 
 ness, with love, ^. 
 
 Ki-pu-pn, V. See Kipa. To set an oar 
 back littles by little; 
 
 2. HoOr To brace back the oar little by 
 little. 
 
 3. To be hindered or impeded in some 
 way. 
 
 4. To di'aw back or reftise to go when 
 Invited or ordered, or pulled, by the arm, 
 as a wife by berliusband. See Hoopdpu 3. 
 
 Ki-WAA, 's: The name of a very large 
 bird. 
 
 Ki-WAA-wAA, *. A rough .kind of kapa 
 used for various purposes, but of a rough 
 texture ; a coarse kapa ; he hana hoopulu 
 kuku na ka wahine ; he pa-u manoanoa. 
 
 Ki-WAA-wAA, adj. Breacl-shbuldered; 
 stout, as a strong man. 
 
 Ki-WA-WA, Si Wauki partly beaten into 
 kapa ; the thick kapa matter when partly 
 beaten ont; or ready for beating. See Ki- 
 WAAWAA above. 
 
 Ki-Avi, V. To turn from a natural shape 
 «• position. 
 
 2. To fail or tumble down. 
 
 3. To pull along, as a fi«h that is fssA to 
 a hook. i. e., to bend the Hue out of its 
 sifttunil place. , 
 
 4- To bend or to fcf crooked. 
 
 6. To bend forward or sideways, as a 
 slsejjy perpott ; to nod. 
 
 ft Toturii iv iittie one wide or etkewvsya, 
 
 7, To iv -I !.lt crookedly ; \\k fcfe' ka lieie 
 anA. 
 
 Ki-wi, .5. The hoiM of an ox or cow, 
 ft Offl tbeir crooliedDers. Kaatl. ii-.lX. KivA 
 
 hipa, aram's bom. /o». 6if6. Any hooked 
 thing ; a crooked horn ; a sickle. 
 
 2. A pulling here and there, as a fish 
 caught with..the hook in Iris mouth. 
 
 Ki-wi, tdj. Sideways; lateral. 
 
 Ki-wi-Ki-wi V. See Kiwn. To turn ; to 
 ttend; to nod,£c. See Kakiwi and Kiktwi. 
 JJoo. To pull frequently at a hook with a 
 fish on it; bopu mai lake kanaka iw'aho, 
 }tool(Awi]cim iho la, a hemo ae la. 
 
 Ki-DA, s. ,BeA. Cassia: Fuk. 30:24. 
 
 Ko, adj. pron. Contraction of iow. Thy; 
 thine ; of thee. Oram. § 132. 
 
 Koj pr^. Of; the sign of possession or 
 property, answering often to the apos« 
 trophic s in English, thus : ho na, of him, 
 of her, of it, that is', Iiis, hers or its (seldom 
 however in the neuter); ko kakou; of us, 
 that i8,«ur, ours; ko lakou, of them, theirs, 
 £c. It has VtiP same meaning 'as o, but is 
 placed in another part of the sentence. Ko 
 . is used also before nouns proper and com- 
 mon in the same way. Sometimes ko and o 
 are both used ; as, to o nei poe kanaka, o/v 
 or what belongs to Uie people, ftere, or the 
 . o may be taken as a noun of place. Qr(an. 
 § 69, 1, 2, 3. 
 
 Ko, V. To iiccomplish ; to fulfill ; to 
 bring to pass, as a promise or a prophecy. 
 Lunk. 13:17. To fulfill, as an agreement ; 
 opposite to hmde, to fail. loo. 23:14. To 
 fulfill, as a threat; to be avenged. I«r. 
 6:29. To obtain; to conquer j to overpower. 
 
 2. To win in a bet ; olioli iho' la ka pde 
 i fco, so those who winnsd in a race i'ejoiced ■ 
 to prevail, as one party over another. Lule. 
 23:23. To obtain what one has sought after; 
 to succeed an a search. Laieik. 63. 
 
 3. To proceed firom, as .a cliild from a 
 parent ; to be^et, as a father. ler. 16:3. 
 
 i. To conceive,, as a female ; to become 
 pregnant ; e hapai, e piha. Sin. 16:4. 
 
 5. To ^raw or drag, as with a rope ; n 
 kauo,ehnki. 2 Sum. 17:13. 
 
 6. .JSToo^TV) fulfill an engagement Lakik. 
 109. To perform what has been spoken. 
 Nah. 23:». 
 
 7. To put a law in force ; e kooko i ke 
 kanawai. 2 Sam. 8:15. That is, cause to 
 fulfill the law. 
 
 Ko, «K^ Drawn ; dragged, &c. - 
 
 Ko, *. Sugiar-cane ; hence, sugar ; mO- 
 
 2. In^wwic, the second ascending note. 
 Ko-A, V. To be dry; to be without ftois- 
 ture : maloo, mauu ole. 
 
 2. To be unfruitful ; to bear no fruit, as 
 a plant or ti-ee ; e hua ole mai i ka hna. 
 
 t<. To speak unwitliagiy; to apeak in 
 jcsfc; not mcMing euicHy what one says. 
 
 4. To miss ; to make a mistake ia speajt- 
 ing; e olelo kjkoola; to throw words care-' 
 lessly together without thonght:. 
 
KOA 
 
 283 
 
 KOA 
 
 5. To be bold; to be courageoua; to act 
 the soldier ; e ikaika oe e koa boi, mai 
 makan. 
 
 6. Hoo. To*e valiant; to act valiantly. 
 .rer.9:3. 
 
 Ko-A, s. A .barren, fruitless plant or tree. 
 
 2. A Bolclier ; plixral, soldiers ; an army; 
 a multitude. 
 
 'i. TW horned coral ; the same as akOa- 
 koa; the coral rook; fcooahiaudfcoaopelu, 
 places among tbeiiporal rooks where thd 
 Dshes ahi and opeln are foiind ; o ke koa a 
 iakou e lawaia a1, the corof is where they 
 Pshed; ho puu koa, a clump of coral rocks, 
 
 4. A mean bcggari; 
 
 6. The name of a large tree growing on 
 the mountains, good for furniture, of which 
 canoes are made arid instruufdnts of war. 
 
 6. A mistake in speaking or acting; doing 
 what was not designed. 
 
 7. In geography, a 80un<l ; a strait ; ■ 
 channel ; waha koa, a strait. See Kowa. 
 
 . 8. A broad, prominent forehead. 
 Ko-A, adj. Brave; bold, as a soldier. 
 
 2. Dry ; without, moisture. 
 
 3. Unfti^tful, as a plant or tree. . 
 
 4. Unsteady ; irregular in habit. 
 Ko-A, adv. Boldly; without fear; e 
 
 olelo koa, speak boldly. 
 
 Ko-A-A, V. See Koa. To be dry; to lack 
 moisture ; hcnfie, 
 
 2. To be unfruitful, as plants in 4ry 
 ground. 
 
 Ko-A-A, s. The name of an unfruitful 
 plant ; aole hua,he hoaa; he uala hua ole 
 ke koaa. . 
 
 Ko-AE, adj. White;; ofa whitish color; 
 bright. 
 
 Ko-AE, s. The name of a species of 
 white bird which is found about p; ^icip'ces. 
 ''2. The name of a species of red fish. 
 
 Ko-A-E-A, adj. Dry; unfruitful; bear- 
 ing no friiit. See Koaa. 
 
 Ko-Ai, V. To wind round; to tie about; 
 to creep round like a circling vine; to gird 
 round, as a pa-u, or girdle upon the body; 
 6 koai i ka pa-u. See Kaei and Koai-t. 
 
 Ko-AJ-Ai, V. See Koai, To move round 
 the hand ; to stir, as one does tea. 
 
 Ko-a-i-e, Ji Name of a species of tim- 
 ber growing inland ; wood bard ; used for 
 house posts and for making shark hooks. 
 
 Ko-a-ka, v. To be continually changing 
 one's residence ; to go here and there. 
 
 2. To marry wives and go and leave 
 them. 
 
 3. To act the debauchee. 
 
 Ko-A-KA, s. A debauchee ; one who mar- 
 ries wives and puts them away again ; he 
 moekolohe pincpine. 
 
 2. Mug. The Hawaiian pronnnpiation for 
 quarter,' i. e;, a quarter (of a doll!.r.) 
 
 3. Namo of the.place whore a retreating 
 
 wave meets one coming in, in shallow 
 
 water. See Poac. 
 Ko-A-KA, «irf/. See Koaa, Valiant; 
 
 brave; applied to men. .1 Sam. 14:5?, He 
 
 keiki koaka nae (Halaaniani.). Laieik. 128. 
 Ko-A-KE-A, », Koa, coral, and kea, white. 
 
 The while coral of tl|e ocean. 
 Ko-A-KO-A, V. To live jn one place; not 
 
 to move or rove about from one' place to 
 
 another ; not to visit here and t^ere. See 
 
 Koi'ENE. Jioa Same. 
 Ko-A-KO-A, adj. Furnished; supplied; 
 
 having what is necessary for comfort. See 
 
 KijoiiooNO. Kuonoono koakoa ka noho ana. 
 ,2. Brave; bold; daring; impudent; he 
 
 olelo koak6a ko kekahi alii kanaka : the 
 
 opposite of kopepe and oheke. See Koa, 
 
 brave ; soldier-like. 
 Ko-A-KO-A, s. Generally written' akoa- 
 
 koa. See Kua and Akoakoa. The coial of 
 
 the occa:' j the coral rock. 
 Ko-A»Ko-A-NA,' adj. Applied to a person 
 
 once lazy and indolent, but chained in his 
 
 habits, end nowhas a house and comforts 
 
 and is collecting valuables; i ka waha wi- 
 
 kiwiki koukoana ole. 
 Ko-A-KU-ittD-o-LE, s. A tree of that name 
 , manka of Kahihikolo; the tree was devote J 
 
 to Kamapuaa. 
 Ko-A-LA,' V. To roast over coals of fire; 
 
 to broil on the coals. Ijuk. 24:42. To cook 
 
 on the fire ; properly, to lay on the coals. 
 2. To leave or have a remainder; to 
 
 grow less and less ,' to be over and above. 
 Ko-A-LA, adj. Cooked; broiled on the 
 
 coals. 
 Ko-A-LA, «. The uterus; the placenta 
 
 of females; he puu kok,^ i paa maloko o ka 
 
 wahine hanau. 
 Ko-A-LA-A-LA, *. Breakfast. Eich. Ko- 
 
 dUiala ma ka hewa. 
 Ko-A-LAU-KA-NE, s. A particular kind of 
 
 koa; the name of the wood or tree of which 
 
 gods were made. 
 Ko-A-Li, s. The plant convolvulus ; he 
 
 mea bihi kolo. 
 Ko-A-ti, V. SeeKoAi. To creep around; 
 
 to twine about, as a vine; to run and grow 
 
 thickly together, as the convolvulus, 
 Ko-A-NA, a4j. Clear, as water when the 
 
 dirt has settled to the bottom. 
 Ko-A-NA, 1). To remain i to be over aad 
 
 above. See Koala 2. 
 Ko-A-NA, $. A small part or piece of 
 
 anything ; a fragment ; a particle ; ka ma- 
 awe o ka papale a o ka moena. 
 2. A bladder; the coats^iner of urine. 
 
 Awd. 16. Koana mimi ; fie wahi e waibo 
 
 ai ka mimi. 
 Ko-A-NA-A-wA, V. See Miala and Ma 
 
KOE 
 
 28i 
 
 KOE 
 
 5;ioi. To lieat one hardly to whom he has 
 given property to take care of ; to be hard 
 npon one. 
 Ko-A-N!-A-Ni, V. To blow J to weeZe, as 
 a fresh breeze; k? koaniani mai aei ka 
 makani. See AxiAKi. 
 
 2. To blow sol'tiy or gently, creating 
 coolneas. 
 
 3, To make or cause a breeze, as with a 
 fan ; e koaniani me ka pcaLi. 
 
 Ko-A-]<fi-A-Ni, s. A- soft cooling wind. 
 
 2. A place cooled by a gentle breeze. 
 
 3. The blowing of a cool breeze ; he pe- 
 tthi koaniani.- i 
 
 Ko-A-PA-KA, adj. Valiant; brave; suc- 
 cessful, as a combatant. 
 
 Ko-A-PA-Ki, s. A soldier well cared for; 
 an active soldier. 
 2. A tree thoroughly manured. 
 
 Ko-A-WE-0-wE-o, s. Na.nie of a species 
 of calle, joints striped white and red. 
 
 Ko-E, V. To remain ; to be over and 
 above ; not quite all. 
 
 2. Sbo. To cause to remain ; to save 
 from destruction; to leave ; to let remain. 
 Pufc. 16:19. To spare; to save; to reserve. 
 i Sam. 8:4. 
 
 3. To JiilflU ; to accomplish, as a pi-om- 
 ise, 1 Fed: 8:24. 
 
 4. To allow or permit to remain. Oihk. 
 7:15. Aole i koe ke aho, no courage re- 
 mained, i. e., it was despair. /o.s. 2:11. 
 
 Ko-E, V. To spit; to discharge phlegm ; 
 e kuba iho. 
 a. To divide off; to separate ; e mahele. 
 
 Ko-E, s. The remainder ; what is left; 
 
 an excess ; an overplus ; more j a .lurplus. 
 
 See KoEKA. 
 
 2. The angle worm. 
 Ko-E, adj. Remaining; enduring. 
 Ko-E-A, «. To be dry; to be hard, as 
 
 eaith dried in the sun. 
 
 2. To refuse a favor ; to bo unkind ; i 
 ole makou e aaka a koea iho, that we may 
 cot be stubborn and refuse. 
 
 3. To divide off; to cut off; to separate. 
 Ko-E-A, s. A person inclined to indo- 
 lence ; indisposed to yieli to fte wish of 
 another. 
 
 Ko-E-A, adj. Disobedient to orders ; self- 
 willerl ; taciturn ; lazy ; indolent ; indis- 
 posed to go when ordered. 
 
 Ko-E-HA-E-HA, s. For koeaea. See Koea. 
 One who Is hard, unobliging or morose. 
 
 Ko-E-HA-E-HA, adj. Hot; uncomfortable 
 by reason of beat; sultry; koehaeha ia 
 wahi ) ka la. 
 
 Ko-E-HA-NA, s. A footstool. See Ku- 
 
 HAJJA. 
 
 Ko-B-HA-NA, adj-. Warm; applied to 
 weather ; mohana, welawela. 
 
 Ko-E-HA-MA, s. Warmth ; heat, as of 
 tbe sun ; ka wela o ka la. 
 
 Ko-E-HO-Nn-A. s. Koea.ndfumua,a.iverh. 
 A remainder; a remnant; as when a piece 
 of work is almost done, the unfiniBhed part 
 is tbe koehonua. 
 
 2. A raele composed on the name of a 
 chief; he mele labi. 
 
 Ko-B-Ko-E, V. To be wet and coldj to 
 be cold from being wot. 
 2. To scratch out, as writing with a knife. 
 
 Ko-E-KO-E, s. Dampness; cold; chilli- 
 ness; i ke anuanu amekefcoejfcoe o uawaU 
 nei la. 
 
 Ko-E-KO-E, adj. Chilly from being wet; 
 chilled; cold. 
 
 Ko-E-LE, s. A small division of land 
 Mess than a kih/ipai; hence, a field planted 
 by the tenants for the hakuainaor landlord; 
 a garden belonging to the chief, but culti- 
 vated by his people. 
 
 2. A slight knocking or pounding ; the 
 Bound oi the kapa mallet at a distance. 
 
 3. Tbe ticking of a wat«h. 
 4; A tall man. 
 
 5. Equality in numbciu or strength. 
 
 6. A.unioQ of two things. 
 Ko-E-LE, e. To strike ; to beat; to tick, 
 
 as a clock. 
 
 Ko-E-LE, oij. Dry, as the ground ; ma- 
 loo ; dry. as bones; kode na iwi o Hua ma 
 i Jia la, dry are the bones of Hiia and his 
 company in the s>in. Notb. — Una was a 
 chief whose peep's and him.self died trav- 
 eling in the sun. 
 
 Ko-E-LE-B-LE, V. To make a sound fre- 
 quently by striking ; to sound often ; kani- 
 kaoi. 
 
 2. To be dry, as a place without rain and 
 under the heat of the sun ; koeieele aku o 
 Ikna.' 
 
 Ko-E-LE-E-LB, adj. Contentious; quar- 
 relsome, as a man and his wife ; strong for 
 fS^hting ; siuch disposed to fight 
 
 Ko-E-LE-L0-A, V. Sec KoELE 5. To be 
 equal in numbers or strength. 
 
 Ko-E-UE-PA-i^tJ, *. A puddir.g- made of 
 potatoes and cocoannt 
 
 Ko-E-Li, J. jSb and eli, to dig. The 
 sugar-cane planted or put under gi-ound; 
 he ko malalo o ka \epo no HalaliL 
 
 Ko-E-Lo, s. See Kowelo and Wem. 
 That which hangs .<iuitened at the top, as a 
 signal, colora, a slreamer, i&c. 
 
 K0-E-1.0-E-A, adj. Some character of the 
 wind ; pa mai la ka makani o kodoea. 
 
 Ko-E-Lo-E-Lo, V. SeeKoELD. To stream 
 off, as the tail of a comet ; to float, a^-an 
 ensign ; to Oap in the wind. 
 
 Ko-E-NA, s. Contracted from koe anJ 
 tmo. The remainder; au overplus; a rea^ 
 
KOI 
 
 285 
 
 KOO 
 
 nant of somettiiag larger oi more muoer- 
 ous ; Iienoo, 
 2. The ruins of anything. los. 10:20. 
 
 ' Ko-E-NE, V. To take shelter in some 
 sale place or under' Bome one'n protection; 
 lo ifcl safe or secure from harm, 
 Ko-i, e. To use force with one, either 
 pliysical or moral. 
 
 2. To urge ; to entreat one to do or not 
 to ilo a thing ; to compel by entreaty. 
 
 3. To ternpt; to be led to do a thing. 
 Ka7d. 4:19. Koi ac ia ialsou ia ia (ia Liho- 
 liho) e a!o, they urged him (LiholJho) to go 
 jj! debt. 
 
 i. To drive; to urge with* violence; to 
 compel by force ; to insist on a thing ; ta 
 practice any athletic exercise ; e koi man 
 a inama i ka bolo. 
 
 .'). To asli or invite one to go in company 
 with him. 
 
 fi. 'J'o take aside to ask a favor. 
 
 7. To carry a bundle on the sbouldsrs of 
 two men on a stick between them. 
 
 8. To drive or forcfe in, as a nait or spilce 
 into wood; to force one thing into another. 
 
 9. To flow or tush like rushing water 
 over a dam or any obstracfcjon. 
 
 10. To put in the Bliek or vine on. which 
 kutaii nuts arc strung ; e fcot i lie kukui. 
 
 Ko-i, s. A compulsion ; an urging, &c. 
 
 2. A small adzu ; tot Hps, a hatchet. 
 
 3. A projecting (iorehead, i. e., % sharp 
 face ; he !ae koi kou, an insulting expres- 
 sion. 
 
 4. The name of a species of kalo. 
 
 5. The name of a play ; a sort of race in 
 sliding ; iua j ao i ka pahee. ame ka lioo- 
 holo moa, amo ke koi; he mau ikaika pili 
 waiwai. 
 
 6. Tlie name of a splinter of bamboo on 
 which kukni uuts are strung. 
 
 7. All indolent person wtinting energy 
 or decision in action. 
 
 Ko-i, adj. Shrill; shaip; iine, as a voice 
 on a high key. 
 
 Ko-iA, pron. pars. Ko, preposition, and 
 ia, third pors. sing. pron. The ancient but 
 j-egnlar form of the auiiki of ia. Of hinl ; 
 
 ' his ; ka welaa wale no o fcoia la lima, the 
 end only of his finger. 
 
 Ko-i-Ei-Ei, s. See Koi, »., 8. A rapid 
 current sucking in and carrying off every- 
 thing. 
 
 2. The thing.? thus swept away. 
 
 3. The naroo of a play. 
 
 Ko-i-Ei-Ei, u To rest; tobeqaiet; to 
 
 be still, 
 Ko-i-E-LE, V. See Koi, to force. To 
 
 drive ; to force ; to push on ; to urge. 
 'L To overfiov/ : to rush here and there, 
 
 as overflowing water ; to drive on, but in 
 
 the wrong road. 
 
 Ko-ii, V. To diminish ; to gfiow less, as 
 water flowinjr a long di.s1anre; koii ka wal 
 
 Ko-ii, adj. Fresh ; vigorous ; green ; 
 flourishing, as young hsaltiiy plants. 
 
 Ko-H, s. A reproachful epithet ; sneer- 
 ing language. 
 
 Ko-H7-ju, V. See Ion;. To be afar off; 
 to be high up ; to be at a great distance. 
 See Pomro. 
 
 Ko-ixj-ia, .adj. What is far off; very dis- 
 tant ; at a great heigiit. 
 
 Ko-!-u-LA, V. To rise or ascerfd, as 
 smoke ; to Qoat in the air ; to ascend, as a 
 cloud. 
 
 Ko-i-u-LA, s. A rising smoke i a floating 
 cloud. 
 
 Ko-i-HO-La, s. See Koi and Hotu.; to 
 bend. An adze, i. •;., a bent axe. 
 
 Ko-i-KA-m, s. Koi arid kahi, to cut. A 
 plane for planing boards or timber. Ita. 
 44:1S. 
 
 Ko-i-Ko-1, ». See Koi. To uTge ; to be 
 
 hard upon ; to be heavy. 
 
 2. To carry a heavy burden on a stick is 
 two bundles. 
 
 3. To ask; to entreatwith perseverance. 
 
 4. Hito. To compel ; to exercise attthor^ 
 ity over. 
 
 5. To bear down upon; to treat with 
 rigor OP violence. 
 
 Ko-i-Ko-i, s. Substance; strength; spirit. 
 
 2. Honor; substance, 7o6. 21:7. 
 
 3. Weight; heaviness; solidity; riehea 
 
 4. Hoo. Rigor : severity. IPuk. 1:13. 
 Ko-i-Ko-i, adj. Heavy; weighty. Sol. 
 
 27:3. 
 
 2. Substantial : honorable ; valiant, aa 
 persons of integrity. 2 &ni. 23:19. < 
 
 3. Applied lo words or speech, full of 
 meaning ; emphatic ; also, rough ; incon- 
 siderate; olelo koihoi, a rough speech. Kin. 
 4:2,7. Poe fcoifcoi, honorable persons. los. 
 14:1. 
 
 4. Boo. Oppressive ; hard : cruel.- Zek. 
 10:4. 
 
 Ko-i-Li, c. To set ; to go down, as the 
 moon ; to set (apparently), as tbe moon on 
 the surface of the sea when going down ; 
 ke kau ana o ka mabina maluna o ka ili o 
 ke kai i ka manawa e napoo aku ai. 
 
 Ko-i-Li-pi, s. ^08 and ^«p«, sharp; taper- 
 ing. An axe; au instrnrtient for hewing 
 tBtones. Pufc. 20:22. A hatchet. KarU. 19:6. 
 Any tool. Kani. 27:5. 
 
 Ko-i-NA, s. See Koi, to force. A press- 
 ure ; a compulsion ; a forcing. 
 
 Ko-i-KS, D. To hasten ; to be quick ; fo 
 hurry on. ' 
 
 Ko-o, V. To support ; to prop up ; to 
 e.stabliBh; tosuBtain in any position or par- 
 pose. Eal, 112:8. To brace one's selt 
 
KOO 
 
 286 
 
 KOH 
 
 2. To p>ish oft", ae with an oar or setting 
 pole. 
 
 3. To belp ; to assnt'. Isa. 63:5. 
 
 4. To prop or brace np .^nythipg liable 
 to fall'; to uphold. Stn. with kokua. 
 
 6. 'to uocoil, as a rope or gtring when 
 wonnd up; to Blacken, as a rope that is 
 drawn too tight 
 
 6. To struggle hard, as in rowing a canoe 
 against the wind. 
 
 7. To be loose ; to be separate ; to fail 
 off. 
 
 8. Boo. To loosen ; to unbind ; to make 
 or cause to be vacant; aole no oe e hookoo 
 iki aku i kau wahi. 
 
 Ko-o, s. A prop ; a brace for holding 
 anything \'p. 
 
 2. Some part of a canoe^ e lalan ae kon 
 lima i ka hoe, ame ke ka Im, ame kc Jlcoo. 
 , 3.' A vacant pl^ce ; eia no kahi koo iki. 
 Aohc wahi koo iki o ka la, spoken of one 
 who has no leisure. 
 
 Koo, adv. Equivalent to fold, as how- 
 many fold ? £o6lua, two-fold ; kokookplu, 
 thVee-fold ; koo or kowalu, eight-fold, &c. 
 
 Ko-o [J, adj. Wet virith sea water ; cold; 
 
 damp ; chilly from moisture of clothes ; 
 
 moist, also, as mats, hotise, &c. See Kotj. 
 Koo-KA-pu, V. To forbid strictly on pain 
 
 of death ; kookapuia ae la ka puaa ame ka 
 
 neulelo. See Hookapc. 
 Koo-xoo, s. A staff; a cane for support- 
 ing a weak person; kookoo hao, an iron 
 
 rod ; a rod ; a shepherd's orook. Oihk. 
 
 27:32. Fi6. A stay; a staff; a supporter; 
 
 that is, means of livelihood. Isa. 3:1. 
 KoJD-KOroxr, adj. See Koov. Damp; wet; 
 
 kookoou me he kapa pulu la. 
 Koo-Koo-HAO, s. Kookoo, staff, and fuio, 
 
 iron. An iron staff; a rod of iron. Hal. 2:9. 
 Koo-Koo-LAU, '«! A very small tree or 
 
 bush ; a little tree for planting. 
 Koo-Koo-3^-A, s. See Kokoolcta. 
 Koo-KU, B. To swell; to enlarge; to 
 
 puif up, as a ruffle. 
 Koo-KU, s. A swelling of land on the 
 
 side of a mouAtaia; make koohu o ke kua- 
 
 hiwi. 
 2. Nitme of a load or path lesding up 
 
 hill. SoePiiNA. 
 Ko-o-LA, V. See Kola, 
 Ko-o-LA, *. The tail of a cock; me ke 
 
 koola no ka rooa kanc. 
 Koo-LAU, s. The name of districts on 
 
 the north sides of two or three islands. 
 Ko-0-Li-Li, s. The quivering motion of 
 
 an arrow as it flies through the air. 
 
 2. The twinkling of the eyelids. 
 
 3. The undulating motion of the atwos- 
 phcie near the earth under 'Uie 'direct rays 
 of the sun. 
 
 Koo-LU-A, s. See Koo 2 and Lua, two. 
 A canoe with only two persons; elua wale 
 no ma ka waa. 
 Koo-icp-A, s. Koo and moa, a fowl. The 
 
 long feathers in a cock's tail. 
 
 Koo-Mo-A, adj. Long tailed; waiving 
 
 like die tail fieathers of a cock ; long and 
 
 bent like a cutlass. ' - 
 
 Ko-o-«Ei, pran. Oblique case of 'net. 
 
 Gram. ^ 105, Z. Of this here. Oih. 26:23. 
 
 Koonei kanaka, the people of here; thib 
 
 people ; Mxe people of this region. j 
 
 Ko-o-NA, s. See Koena. A remnpjit; 
 
 ■ the remainder of water in a calabash ; the 
 
 little water that remains iu a. calabash. 
 Ko-u, V. To look; to look about-; to 
 look here and there ; e nana, o imi L.o i o. 
 2. \Hbo. To have a -stlfBoiency; to be sup- 
 plied with the noci'ssaries of life; 
 Ko-u, adj. Moist ; wet ; damp ; chilly 
 from moisture; moist, as dry bread brbufht 
 ' to a moist place. See Kooir. 
 Kou, s. The name of a large shade tree 
 growipg mostly near the sea beach ; tim- 
 ber good for many purposes, especially for 
 ;ups, bowls, dishes, &c. ; takes a polish. 
 Kou, adj. pron. Thy ; thine ; of thee ; 
 of iyou ; of yours ; an oblique case of oe. 
 Oratn. § 132 and 133, 3d. See Kao, NotE. 
 It has the diphthongal sound. 
 Ko^vfadj. pron., first person. My; mine; 
 of itie ; an oblique ca!5e faf au or wau, and 
 formed like the foregSiag. See Grammar 
 § 124, 1st, and § 126, 33. i'o'it is dlsjjp- 
 guished from kou by a slight break in the 
 pronunciation between the preposition ko 
 and the u and indicated in writing "by an 
 apostrophe. It is doubtlessa contraction 
 of fco ou. 
 Ko'u, 
 Ko'u-Ko, 
 
 Ko-u-Ko-u, <s. The.nofse of a mouse. 
 KoCT-Koa, adj. Moist, as a healthy skin 
 when somewhat cold; hmkou ka ili: moirt; 
 damp ; chilly, as a kapa or house. ' 
 
 Kou-KOU, adj. Heavy, as a canoe ot 
 
 anything which sinks in tTii' water instead 
 
 of floating lightly. See Korsoi. 
 Ko-o-LA, s. A'o, sugur-cant-, and ula, 
 
 red. A variety of fiiig-or-can,.-, whit 'j h of 
 
 a reddish color. 
 Ko-u-GA, s. Eng. Tae nainr of an 
 
 mal, the cmiguv. 
 Ko-HA, 4'. The cracking of a whip; & 
 
 report of a.pistol ; a 3!itifli.'a MHieak, and a 
 
 smallei; sound than poha. See.PoHA. 
 Ko-HA, adj. Cracking; sounding with 
 
 a sudden noise. 
 Ko-HA-HA, cf^y. Large; increased in 
 
 siae ; swelled up ; plump, as a tat animal ; 
 
 V. To cluck, as a ben. 
 
KOH 
 
 287 
 
 KOH 
 
 swelled; puffed up, as a swelled limb. See 
 
 Ko-HA-KA, s. A vicious pron'inciation 
 for Icoaica or feuaka for kuala (M^g.), quar- 
 ter. A quarter (of a dollar) ; Hawaiian, 
 hapaha. 
 
 Ko-HA-LA, s. The naiDQe of the northern 
 district of Hawaii. 
 
 Ko-HA-NA, V. Hoo. To make bare; to 
 strip naked. ler. 49:10. To be destitute of 
 covering. 
 
 Ko-HA-KAi *. Nakedness ;■ an utter des- 
 titution- of clothing ; hele wale, aole kapa. 
 
 Ko-HA-NA, adj. Naked; destitute of clo* 
 thing;; not even a malo. 
 
 Ko-HA-NA, adv. Nakedly; holo kohana, 
 fled in nakedness. Oih. 19:16. Ku kofiana, 
 to stand nakedly, i. e.. to be in nakedness. 
 Isa. 58:7. 
 
 Ko-HA-NA-HA-NA, V. Ko and kanakana, 
 to be warm. To be hot ; to be wtom ; to 
 burn. See Hakah.vna. 
 
 Ko-HE,'*. A sickness ; the name of a 
 disease. 
 
 2. Vagina feminarum. 
 
 Ko-HE,;'y. To detain.- See KoHi. 
 
 Ko-HE-A, s. A warm day; pleasant, 
 agreeable v,'eather. 
 
 2.' A lowe flowinn; garment. 
 
 Ko-HE-A-KA, s. A diseaseoffensaies, at- 
 tended witi pain or ditficuity in passinjf 
 urine. 
 
 Ko-HE-o, V. To walk about, as a hen 
 witii bor wings loose or partially spread 
 open ; mo ka upaupa ana o na ebeu. 
 
 2. To fly up on something ; e lele a kau 
 maluna. 
 
 Ko-HE-o-HE-o, s. A mixture containing 
 
 a deadly poison; he mea awaijwa e make ai. 
 
 2. A medicine of the sorcerer to kill with. 
 
 Ko-HE-0-HE-o, adj. Deadly; causing 
 death, aa a deadly poisonous drng; apu 
 hohioheo, the poisonous cup, the contents 
 of which were made up of several poison- 
 ous ingredients, designed for self-murder 
 or for the execution of criminals by the 
 order of a chief, the person presenting the 
 cnp saying, he wahi mea ola ia. 
 
 Ko-HE-o-HE-o, s. A kind of play among 
 chWdrea, as swinging a rope to be jumped 
 over. 
 
 2. Name of a certain stick or buoy to 
 float a^ fish-hook. 
 
 ,3. An instrument to assist in mourning 
 or wailing along with other sounds ; he 
 mea kaq^kani pihe me ka uwalaau. 
 
 Ko-HE-o-HE-o, adj. The epithet of a 
 frock coat, not a jacket, not a dress coat ; 
 he lole kohecheo. 
 Ko-HE-Ko-HE, s. Name of a small rush 
 o'r grass growing in kalo patches. 
 
 2. A kind of shell fish that grows to th& 
 
 sides or plank of a ship at sea, but different 
 
 from the okohekolie. 
 Ko-HE-KO-HE-A, V. See KoHEA. To be 
 
 clear, as tbo sky ; to bo serene ; withoui 
 
 clouds; to be calm; to be warm'; to be 
 
 agreeable. 
 Ko-HE-Ko-HE-PA-FA, s. A sore and ulcer- 
 ated throat ; an eating sore. 
 Ko-HE-LE-MU, V. See Kohe and Lemu, 
 
 the under part of the thigh. To stand or 
 .sit still ; to be inactive. 
 
 2. Not to do what is bidden. 
 Ko-he-le-mu, adj. Dull ; inattentive ; 
 
 disobedient; inactive. 
 Ko-he-lu-a, *. The name of a species 
 
 offiah-hook. 
 Ko-he-lu-a-paa, s. Name of a kind of 
 
 fish-hook. 
 Ko-he-na-lo, 5. Name of a .species cf 
 
 atone. 
 Ko-hi, v. To dig; to make a hole or 
 
 cavity in the ground ; to dig, as a well. 
 
 Pufc."7:24, To dig in the ground. Isa. 5:2. 
 
 Syn. with eli, 
 
 2. To take up ; to aeparfite, aa the kalo 
 from the huli. 
 
 3. To prevent ; to hinder ; to hold back, 
 -i. Saa. To travail in birth ; to endure 
 
 the pains of child-birth. Gal. 4:1.9. 
 
 Ko-HT, s. Hoo. The first or commencing 
 pains of child-birth. See ILiAKOKoni. • The 
 throes of child-birth pains. 
 
 2. A fat piece of pork ; a piece of fat. 
 
 3. A swinging off' or outside. 
 Ko-Hi-A, V. To rub gently with the 
 
 thumb' and fingers. 
 
 2. To be stingy; to be close; to be hard; 
 to crowd on to one. 
 Ko-Hi-Ai, », Koki, to dig, and ai, food. 
 To dig food from the ground, ,as potatoes. 
 
 2. To watch ; to guard ; to.keep. 
 
 Ko-Hi-Ko-Hi, V. See Kohi 2. To sepa- 
 rate food, the worthless from the good. 
 
 3. To separate the good from the bad 
 Ssh after a great haul. 
 
 Ko-Hi-Ko-m, s. The act of separating or 
 sorting out the good from the bad fish after 
 a large haul. 
 
 Ko-Hi-Ko-Hi-KA-PA-LA-LA, s. A heaping 
 up of sand in ridges and heaps which has 
 been dug up. 
 
 2. A pastime onlv to make one dirty; he 
 hana lealea e hawahawa ai. 
 
 Ko-in-Ku, V. To waste and destroy food 
 in time cf war. 
 
 Ko-Ho, V. To choose generally ; to se- 
 lect without regard to number. 
 
 2. To choose one of two persons; to make 
 choice among two or more objects. los. 
 2t;15, 22. 
 
KOH 
 
 KOK 
 
 3. To choose one of two or more uncer- 
 tain things. 
 
 4. To choose, i. e., to determine ; to de- 
 cree ; to name out. 
 
 6. To interpret atiddle or paiable. 
 
 6. To guess: to guess, as a riddle. Jjimlc. 
 14:12. 
 
 7. To ask for al'chosen or specified object. 
 Ko*KO-Ho-Nn-;i^, u See Koho 7 above 
 
 and HoNUA, entirely ; only. To asfi for ; 
 to beg, as for land, fish or any definite ob- 
 ject desired ; kohohomia i ka aina, he 
 begged for land ; kohohorma i ke akna i 
 waiwai, he asked the go I for property. 
 
 Ko-Ho-Ko, s. A disease in utero. 
 
 Ko-Ho-KO-Ho, 0. A frequentative of ^0^, 
 To choose fi equflntly. 
 
 2. To cast lota for a thing. 
 
 3. To guess in uncertainty. 
 
 4. To acquiesce concerning a thing wMoh 
 is in great obscurity. 
 
 5. To unriddle, i. e., to solve a riddle. 
 
 6. To choose some one : to draw near .; 
 to attach one's self to another. 
 
 Ko-Ho-LA, s. A reef; a dry place in the 
 ■ sea a little way from the main land. 
 
 2. A place of very shallow water some 
 distance from the shore like Ealia on Oahu; 
 also, some places still more shallow or d'y, 
 as at Kona ou Molokai. 
 
 3. A whale from bis spouting water, rais- 
 , ing up water like a reef. Note.— The flesh 
 "■ of the whale was forbidden Jo women under 
 
 the k»}>« system. Something like the surf 
 as it breaks on the outer reef.- 
 
 4. The name of the first law which a chief 
 promulgates ; a very strict law. 
 
 Ko-Ho-iu-A, «. A hard polished bone 
 
 used in piercing unborn infants. Fin. He 
 
 papa kohobui oi ke alii. 
 Ko-Ho-Mir-A, s. Koho, to choose, and 
 
 wi'«l, first. A first choice, and one greatly 
 
 desired, 
 Ko-EU, u. To agree together : to dv/ell 
 
 in harmony. 
 
 2. To lake or recolTC co\or from one, 
 i. e., to resemble physically or morally: 
 «a kuku i ka makuabiue, be takes hie color 
 from his raotber, i. e., physically, the color 
 of the skin, or, figuratively, her character. 
 
 3. To be eneobled ; to be honored : to 
 be beautiful; to appear noble, ilke a chief. 
 
 4. Ifoo. .To follow after: to take thetypi' 
 of one, i. e,, to be like bim ; e kookohu Jo 
 kako'j: i Ba oihana i hoomafcaiai. 
 
 Ko-HU, *. The snp ormilli of pkntE; or 
 vegetables, parMi;ular!y if colored, and 
 such an may bo dcawn or expressed Iron: 
 the juiue of vegctableE. A'ah. G-S. H<'nc(\ 
 
 2. Ink or any Sxed Coloring matter for 
 printing or coloring kapas or cloth ; pale 
 iuk. 
 
 3, The fixing or permanency of the color. 
 
 ' 4. ^00. A screen"; a covering ; a pre- 
 tense. 1 Tes. 2:5. 
 5. Eesemt) lance ; likeness. 
 
 Ko-Hu, adj. Agreeable; suitable; fit; 
 convenient; becoming. 2 Ttm.2;9. Alike; 
 similar ; he maka kohu hacle kela. 
 
 Ko-HU-Ko-HU, ». See Kohu, to agree. 
 iZoo. To be harmonious in opinion ; to 
 agree together; ftoofcoAttfco/iM, a kanaka iho 
 la kokahi poe no ke Akna, a certain com- 
 pany agreed together ,and acted like men 
 towards God. 
 
 2. To exhibit'; to make a sbow or dis- 
 play. K()l.2:23, To have the form of some- 
 thing, but not the reality. 2 Tim. 3:5. 
 
 Ko-HD-Ko-Hd, adj. Noble; honorable; 
 digniOed. See Kohd 3. 
 
 2. Enshing, as water, or as a multitude. 
 
 3. Jealous. 
 
 Ko-KA, ». To stuiT anything, as paper 
 
 into the moutb. 
 Ko-KA, adj. Dry,as land ;oty; barren; 
 
 hard, as a dry soil. 
 Ko-KAA, *. Lean meat ; meat on which 
 
 there is no fat. 
 Eo-KA-HE, s. A false assertion; a lie; 
 
 an untruth. 
 Ko-KA-Ko-KA, V. Intensive of KoKA. To 
 
 put paper into the mouth ; to stuff the 
 
 month full. 
 Ko-KA-LA, s. So and kala, a fish. The 
 
 sharp thorns on the back of the Ssh kala. 
 2. A white thorny fish. 
 Ko-KE, V. To be near ; not far off; to 
 
 be nigh, either in time or place. 
 
 2. To be near, as in friendship ; e launa 
 mai, e pilikana. 
 
 3. To iome near or strike together, as 
 two or more things. See Uke and ?ckk. 
 
 4. To guess ; e koho i kana puu noa ma 
 kiihi e, a 6 hilawi aim ka pan ana i fcofce ai 
 na ktt m?a nana i huca. 
 
 5. To draw m.^ar ; to be friendly to one. 
 Ko-KE, mj. Quick ; soon (in time) ; 
 
 near ; not far otf (in space.) 
 Ko-KE, adv. Quickly; straitway; iai- 
 
 nicdifitely ; quickly, as in moving from 
 
 place to place. 
 Ko-KE-A, s, Ko., sugar-cane, and kea. 
 
 white. The white cane; he opukea, he 
 
 ainakha, 
 K.a-K£-A-.'?o, adj. Silent; deserted; un- 
 
 iBhftbitcd. 
 Ko-KE-Ko-KA, V, To puni.sli or strike 
 
 one for an tiiSetise real or imaginary. 
 Ko"K!, adj. Short-nosed j .?nab-nosed, 
 
 like a iMookey; kekokeko, fcekij, ihu ku- 
 
 meue, kuk^kuki. 
 Ko-Ki, s. The extremity ; the end of a 
 
 tree ; a very high place. 
 Ko-ii.j-0, s. A shrub; a tree. 
 
KOK 
 
 289 
 
 KOK 
 
 Ko-Ki-o, r. imp. Stop ; don't go with ; 
 spoken in contempt. 
 
 Ko-Ki-Ki, s. A bending branch of a tree ; 
 the higliBst top of a tree, especially a bend- 
 ing twig or branchj a place whore a branch 
 divides off. 
 
 Ko-Ki-Ko-Ki, s. See Koki. 
 
 Ko-KO, V. To feel; to squeeze; to press, 
 as in lomilomi. 
 
 2. To set a broken bone ; to replace ^ 
 bone. 
 
 3. To go about from place to place with- 
 out object. 
 
 4. To pull this way and that ; to pull or 
 drag along ; t« tie up the koko or strings 
 of a calabash. See rCoKO, s., 3. Topasb'; 
 to jostle, as in a crowd. 
 
 6. To be inconstant ; to be fickle. 
 
 6. To mi; to fulfill; to fill up a specified 
 time. Job. »9:2, See Ko, v. 
 Ko-KO, s. Blood; the red fiow in the 
 arteries and veins of animals; koko hala 
 Ole, innocent blood. 2 Nal. 24:4. 
 
 ^. A .species of shrub or bush used for 
 fuel. 
 
 3.. The netting or net work of strings 
 around a calabash. 
 
 4. A rising up ; an extension ; ke kllaha 
 ka opu. . 
 
 5. A noise or cry of a cock when a hen 
 annonuces that she has laid her egg ; to 
 cackle, as a hen. 
 
 6. Koko is sometimes used by Hawaiians 
 in modern times for cocoa or nkocolate; 
 also written kokoa, which is better, 
 
 Ko-Ko, s. The strings |iraided for car- 
 rying a calabash ; alaila, hanaia kekahi 
 ^oko bakabaka ; a pan na kanaka eha ma 
 
 na kihi eha o ua koko la. 
 Ko-KO, adj. Falling rain where the ligtt 
 
 shines through it and it appears reddish ; 
 
 e ku aha ka punohii i ka moana,amekaua 
 
 koko. Zaieik. 26. 
 Ko:KO-A, s. A modem word. Chocolate. 
 
 See the above; 6, 
 Ko-Ko-E, ». To divide ; to separate into 
 
 parts ; to divide out. 
 
 2. To cat with a sharp instmment 1 
 Nal. 18:28. 
 
 3. To be in advance or ahead of another; 
 to hasten forward ; to set or fix one's eyes 
 upon ; kokoe akn la na maliu, i ka ike i 
 kona enemi. Laieik. 120. 
 
 4. To strike, injure or disfigure the eyes 
 of one when angry. . 
 
 5. Moo. To scratch or dig at one's eyes 
 in order to injure them ; mai hookokoe i na 
 maka a ka mea i alohaia, o ku ia oe ia aia 
 bookahi. 
 
 Ko-KO-i, V. See Km. To spurt; to eject, 
 
 as water ; to cast out suddenly. 
 Ko-Koo, adv. Connected with uny 'iiu- 
 37 
 
 meral, it expresses as many fold or as 
 many persons as the numeral expresses; 
 as, ftofcoo Ina, two together, or twofold; 
 kokoo kohl, three in company; kokoo ono, 
 six together, or sis-fold, and so on to ten. 
 
 Ko-KO-o-u, adj. Cold ; damp in the 
 house, as in a valley where much rain falU; 
 muddy and damp. 
 
 Ko-Koo-Hi-A, ado. iiit. How many ? how 
 many fold? Asked in reference to the 
 number of persons or things together. See 
 Kokoo above. 
 
 Ko-Koo-KO-n;, adv. See Kokoo above. 
 It answers the question kokoohia? how 
 many times? how many? Three-fold; three 
 times; a firm of three; three together^ 
 iMk. 12:52. 
 
 Kq-koo-iaj-a, adv. See Kokoo. Answer- 
 ing the question fco/cooAia .' two-fold ; twp 
 times ; two persons. 
 
 Ko-koo-lc-a, *. A staff; a cane; hence, 
 a second ; an assistant ; a hjBlper ; a com- 
 panion ; a union of two ; two-fold ; two 
 together. Luk. 12:.52. 
 
 Ko-Ko-Hi, V. See Koiii, to dig. To dig 
 up ; to separate the kalo from the bull. 
 
 2. To give thoughtlessly until all is gone, 
 and perhaps has promised another. 
 
 Ko-Ko-Hi, s. Haa. The strong pains of 
 a woman in child-birth. 
 
 2. The sadness of fear felt in time of a 
 storm. 
 
 3. The storm cloud itself. See Haakohi 
 and Haaxokobi. 
 
 Ko-KO-Hi-Ku, V. To do evil to a land ; 
 
 to pull up the food and ithrow it away ; 
 
 hele mai la ia, a kokohikui na kalo o Wai- 
 
 pio. 
 Ko-Ko-HU, V. See Kohu. To spot; to 
 
 mark; to daub. 
 2. To have a form ; to take the garb or 
 
 assnme the manners of another. 
 
 Ko-Ko-HU-A-wAi-NA, s, Koho, blcod, and 
 hvuiwaina, grape. The blood or juice of 
 the grape,.!, e., pure wine. Katd. 32:14. 
 
 Ko-KO-KE, V. SeeKoKE. To be near to; 
 to favor ; to approach. .Hal 34:18. Eoo. 
 To be on friendly terms with ; to be at- 
 tached to one ; to meet with. 
 
 Ko-T(D-KE, adv. Near, to ; close by ; e 
 hele kokoke mai, draw near. Kanl. 4:11. 
 Note. — ^Tho adverb is mostly koke, which 
 see. 
 
 K.o-Bo-Kf, adj. See Koki. High; ex- 
 tended, as the end or top of a thing. 
 
 Ko-ko-ko, adj. See Koko, blood. Like 
 a {erson with his blood vip ; raging with 
 anger ; ready for murder or any deed. 
 
 Ko-KO-Ko, s. The .aet of eating fish oi 
 other meat with the blood. 
 
KOL 
 
 290 
 
 KOL. 
 
 Ko-Ko-Koo-HA, s, VeTy small potatoes 
 
 with rud veins. 
 2. Water-Soaked potatoes. 
 Ko-Ko-KO-HE, adv. Kindly; friendly; 
 
 pleasantly, as peaceable neighbors ; he 
 
 noho poDo, he olviohi. 
 Ko-Ko-LE, s. oraail kalo stinted with 
 
 weeds. 
 Ko-KO-Lo, V. See Kolo. To go on the 
 
 hands and knees ; to crawl. 
 
 2. To walk with the back bent, as a hump- 
 backed person. 
 
 3. To creep in growing, as a vine. Hal. 
 80:9. . ^ 
 
 Ko-Ko-M(?j s. See Komo. A sinking 
 
 canoe ; a going down, or entering in. 
 Ko-Ko-Mo, adj. Sinking; entering in. 
 Ko-Ko-Ni, J), See Koni. To throb; to 
 
 beat, as the pulse. 
 
 i 2., To be in p^n ; to suffer in distress ; 
 > e kokord ka aha ia ia hea o Lono. 
 KotKo-ho-^i-Ej v. See Kong and Ie, to 
 
 insult. Hoo. To stir up; to excite; to pro- 
 voke, 
 K6-K0-PS, V. SeeKoPE. To defend off; 
 
 to push away ; to shovel, as dirt, 
 Ko-Ko-ru-NA, s. Menstrual blood from 
 
 one who is purely a virgo intacta. 
 Ko-Ko-WE, V. To run swiftly; to be 
 
 light. 
 Ko-KU-A, V. Sh, a brace, and kua, the 
 
 back. To back or brace up, as a falling 
 
 house. 
 
 2. To assist in business or an undertak- 
 ing. 
 
 3. To help; to help forward; to help one 
 who is poor or in distress. 
 
 4. To bind or tie on, as a pa-u or a gar- 
 ment. See Kakua. 
 
 6; To cut ; to hew ; to grave. 
 C. In deliberative bodm, to second a mo- 
 tion. 
 
 Ko-KTJ-A, s. Help ; assistance ; what is 
 given in charity; entcrtainm.ent : hospital- 
 ity; epithet of the Holy Spirit, han. 14:26. 
 The Comforter. 
 
 Ko-KU-Li, s. That which is soft and 
 yellow in the ear ; ear wax. 
 
 Ko-LA, s. SeeKooLA. The tail feathers 
 of a cock, 
 
 z. Kola is written for kohola, the whale; 
 nui na lawaia i kii i na ia a pau, ko" nac 
 ke kola. 
 
 Ko-LA, B. To spread out; to grow; to 
 enlarge ; to be tliick together ; to extend: 
 beyond, as the tail of a cock. 
 2. To be excited, as the animal passions. 
 
 Ko-LA, adj. Unripe ; used in reference 
 to barianas put into the ground which do 
 not ripen. 
 
 Ko-LAI-LA, adv. The auiiki of laUc. 
 
 Gram. § 66, 2. There; thai wWcb belongs 
 
 to that place, person or thing. Sol 28:2. 
 Ko-LA-Hi, s. Ko, sugar-cane, and lahi, 
 
 a species of white cane. White sugar-cane. 
 Ko-LA-Ko-LA, V. See Kola, to spread 
 
 out. To cause a spreading out ; to spring 
 
 up ; to raise up. 
 Ko-LA-NE, V. To be clear, as the moon; 
 
 to be explicit, as a statement. 
 Ko-LA-Ki, *. Name ofa species of hula; 
 
 he kolani kekahi hula. 
 Ko-LE, V. To be red, like raw meat ; to 
 
 be inflamed, as the eyes ; as a wound ; to 
 
 be raw, as flesh with the skin off. 
 u. To shave the hair of the head closely. 
 3. To cause one to be naked ; e hooolo- 
 
 helohe. 
 Ko-LE, s. Redness; inflamed ejds, &c. 
 
 2. Name of a fish. 
 Ko-LE, .adj. Raw, as meat not fully 
 
 cooked. 
 
 2. Inflamed; red, aa an inflamed wound. 
 
 3. XJsoA adverbially, you are denied; you 
 are nothing, as in the sentence kolekole kou 
 maka, i. e., the corner of your eye is red or 
 pulu; down! you see that you are up a 
 stump. See also Koleeolemaxa. 
 
 Ko-LE-A, V. To make a frien^ of one ; 
 to form a friendship quickly and without 
 obi'ect ; e hoomakamaka wale akn no ; to 
 be on very friendly terms with one for the 
 present 
 
 Ko-LE-A, s. A parent-in-law, that is, a 
 father-in-law, makuakane kolea, era mother' 
 in-law, makuawahine kolea ; he kane hou 
 na ka makuahine, he wahine hou na ka ma- 
 kuakane. 
 
 2. The name of a small fish. 
 
 3. The name of a fowl of the duck genua. 
 
 4. The name of a tree having a very as- 
 tringent hark, which is red and used in col- 
 oring black ; the wood reddish and uaed 
 for board.=. 
 
 Ko-LE-A-LE-A, s. See Lea and Leaxea, 
 to please. The action of hushing or stUlipg 
 children when they cry. 
 
 'Ko-LE-KO-LE, V. SeeKoLE. To be raw; 
 
 not cooked, as meat. 
 Ko-LE-Ko-LE, s. Red earth; the red 
 
 clay found in diiferent places; be alaea,b(i 
 
 lepo nlaula. 
 Ko-LE -KO-LE, adj. Reddish ; raw, as 
 
 mial. half cooked ; red ; flushed with red ; 
 
 uncooked in the oven. 
 Ko-LE-Ko-LE-i, s. See Kolea 2. Name 
 
 of a species offish. 
 Ko-LE -ko-le-ma-ka, adv. See Kole, adj. 
 Ko-Li, «!. To pare ; to shave off little 
 
 by little ; to whittle. 
 2 E koli i ko ohoi to shave or cut th« 
 
 hair. ler. 1C:6 
 
KOL 
 
 291 
 
 KOL 
 
 3. £ kiii i ke knkai, to trim the lamp. 
 Fuk. 30:7. 
 
 i. E koli i ke fcila, to cbamfer or work 
 with a chisel. Puje. 32:4. 
 . 6. To sharpen, as a pen with a knife; tu 
 trim off the outside, as the fringe of a cloth. 
 Ko-Li, «. Something moving through 
 the air ; a meteor ; lahi koli, a jack o lan- 
 tern; he mea e lele aba ma ka lewa, me he 
 akua lele la ; he oili. 
 2. The name of a tree; also called aUa. 
 Ko-Lu, p. See Koli,*. To diminish; to 
 tstper off; to grow less. 
 2. To be greasy. 
 Ko-ui, s. Anamegivento'thecafetorroil 
 plant, from Icolii, to be greasy. See above. 
 2. The dazzling of the eyes by looking 
 at the snn. 
 
 ■ 3. Th«« partial blindness of the eyes' by 
 looking at any dazzling substance. 
 
 4. The dancing undulating appearance 
 of any large smooth surface shone upon by 
 the sua in a hot day. 
 
 5. The name of a parHcnlar prayer used 
 in ancient times. 
 
 iKo-Li-u-Li-ir, *. See Lhjlic. An imag- 
 inary sound heard or supposed to he heurd 
 from afar; a whisper from some other 
 world i spmething froilr afar ; inu wai fco- 
 lixditi o Hilo ; apmething seen afar off. as a 
 person, but so far as not to flistinguish any- 
 thing particularly. 
 
 Ko-u-Ko-Li, V. See Eou. To cut off 
 frequently; to cut off; to cut short; to trim. 
 
 Ko-Li-Ko-Li-Ko, V. See Liko. To swell 
 oat; to enlarge. 
 
 2. To be fat ; to have the appe^ji^ance of 
 grease floating on the surface of water. 
 
 Ko-Li-u, V. To (kep or leak out, as from 
 a cork. 
 
 2. To flutter, as a flag in the wind. Hoo. 
 To wave, as a flag in one's hand ; e hooko- 
 lUi ana i ka welau o ka maile. jAjp^h. 120. 
 
 3. To rush out, as pent up water; to flow 
 swiftly, as water from a deep cistern. 
 
 Ko-u-Li-D, adj. Dimly seen, as fine 
 print by a person of defective vision ; ka 
 la an'" koJiliu, ka bele ana e ka. laoi. See 
 
 . KOUDHU." 
 
 Ko-Lo, V. To creep on all fours, as an 
 intiant 
 
 2. To crawl, as a worm ; to grope, as a, 
 blind man. -' . 
 
 3. Tu crouch ; to stoop, as an inferior to 
 a superior. 
 
 4. To grow or run, as a lateral branch of 
 a vine. Kin. 49:52. 
 
 6. To creep, run or penetrate, as the fine 
 roots of a tree or plant into the earth; kolo 
 lea ko aa malalo, to take root downward. 
 2 2fdi. 19:30. 
 
 6. To urge, aa in asking a favor; to per- 
 severe till oue obtains the thiag asked tor. 
 
 7. To drive ; to tow swiftly, as a boat of 
 a war ship. 
 
 8. jSoo. Hookxilo i ka nui manu o kakou. 
 Note. — In former times no common person 
 was allowed to approach a high chief to 
 ask a favor or deprecate his displeasure 
 except on, hifi hands and knees. See Kolo. 
 Also, when one was called to account for 
 some delinquency , he was expected to come 
 into the presence of the chief on all fours, 
 andiie prostrate until ordered to look up: 
 hence, in modern times, hookolokolo, to call 
 ix) account ; to have a trial ; to try judi- 
 cially. See HooKof.o and Hookolokom. 
 
 -Ko-Lo-A, V. To pull; to drag along. See 
 
 KoKo and Kaco. 
 Ko-Lo-A, *. A ivLck; specifically, a. rcus- 
 
 covy duck. 
 2. iSej-afii/, long cane. This fact of long 
 
 cane is said to have given a name to a dis^ 
 
 trict on Kauai. 
 Ko-LO-An, t). To stretch out the neck ; 
 
 to be weak ; to be fatigued ; e'loa ka a-i, 
 
 e maloeloe, e auan, e hookaluhi waiokila. 
 Ko-LO-A-HA, s. A species of potato with 
 
 fine roots and watery inside. 
 Ko-Lo-A-Puu-PTJTT, s. The name of a 
 
 wind ; he wa kipuupun. 
 Ko-Lo-HE, V. To be mischievous; foact 
 
 dishonestly; to render one's self obnoxious 
 
 to the feelings of others. 
 
 2. To defile ; to pollute. 
 
 3. 3oo. "To trick ; to defraud ; to cheat. 
 Ko-Lo-HE, s. Mischief; evil; that which 
 
 is bad in conduct. 
 2. Pollution ; defilement. 
 Ko-f,o-HE, adj. Roguish; troublesome; 
 
 mischievous ; polluting ; vile ; moe kohhe, 
 
 adultery ; fornication. 
 Ko-LO-HE, ado. Mischievously; badly; 
 
 vilely. 
 Ko-Lo-Ki-o, s. Name of a person who 
 
 catches by a long rod and bird-lime; kolo- 
 
 kio manu o Kaile ka nka nahele o Laa. 
 
 Ko-LO-ko-ti-o, s. A calling or catching 
 of birds ; a taking of birds mauka of Las 
 and Fakahi. 
 
 Ko-LO-KO, prep. Ko and loko. An ob- 
 lique case of loko. That which belongs 
 within; the inside or inner parts of a thing. 
 
 Ko-Lo-KO-Lo, V. SeeKoLo. To crawl to- 
 wards one to give an account of himself. 
 
 2. To call chickens, turkeys, dogs, &c. 
 
 3. To be vexed, aa a woman with her 
 husband. 
 
 / 4. Hoo. To call to account ; to examine, 
 as an accused person. 
 
 5. To decide respecting an accused per- 
 son ; to judge. 
 
 6. In modern times, to reckon with one; 
 to look over bis account ; to keep an ac- 
 count with one. 2 Ml. 12:16. 
 
KOL 
 
 292 
 
 KOM 
 
 7. 'I'o make iuquiiy in.o a matter. Eset. 
 2:23. Noi'E. — Since the piomiilgation of 
 written laws and the establishment of courts 
 of justice, hookolokolo is used in connection 
 with legal investigations; to try, &c., as in 
 a conrt of justice. 
 
 Ko-Lo-KO-Lo, s. The loud rumbling at 
 the close of a peal of thunder. 
 
 2. Hoo. A trial; a legal investigation; 
 a judgment; a legal decision. 
 
 Ko-Lo-KO-LO, adj. Relating to a judg- 
 ment, trial or decision. 
 
 Ko-Lo-Ko-Lo-HAi, s. A chief or a com- 
 mon person whose character is respected 
 for probity and virtuous condnct ; a term 
 of respect ; nona ka lala kan kolokolohai. 
 
 Ko-Lo-Ko-Lo-NA-Hi, s. SeeNiHi. Alight 
 soft breeze ; a very gentle wind. 
 
 Ko-LO-ti-o, s. A \'ery strong wind at 
 sea, such as would swamp canoes. 
 
 2. A strong rushing of water, as of a 
 powerful torrent 
 
 3. A breeze on one side or between two 
 other winds. 
 
 Ko-Lo-Li-o-i-Ki, s. A gentle current ; a 
 ' light flow of water in a stream. 
 
 Ko-to-LU, adj. ■ Deformed ; irregular in 
 atnicture, as a defarmed child ; the word 
 applies to the body, aUd mind. 
 
 Ko-Lo-NA, s. Eng. The name of a pause 
 in reading ; a colon, thus (:). 
 
 Ko-LO-NA-HE, *. A gentle, pleasant 
 breeze : be makani e aniani mai ana. 
 
 Ko-LO-NA-HE, adj. Gentle; mild; peace- 
 ful ; blowing softly ; fanning, as a gentle 
 breeze. 
 
 Ko-LO-PU, adj. Full; well fed; well pro- 
 portioned thronghont ; full fleshed. 
 
 Ko-LO-pu-A, adj. Smooth, easy breath- 
 ing; breathing without constraint; i ka 
 nae kolopua. Laieik. 142. 
 
 Ko-LO-PD-pu, adj. Kolo, to crawl, and 
 pupu, roughly. Old; lean; wiUjered, as a 
 
 , very aged person. 
 
 Ko-Lo-pw-ptj, s. An aged infirm person; 
 an advanced stage of old and infirm aee. 
 2 Oihl. 36:17. ' 
 
 Ko-Lo, s. Eng. The Hawaiian orthog- 
 raphy for glue ; e»like me he kolu la ka li- 
 nalina, like glw is the adhesiveness. 
 
 Ko-LU, num. adj. The simple form for 
 the number three; with the article, ke feola, 
 the third. The common forms are akdu 
 and ekolu. 
 
 Ko-m-A, V. ^o and ^Ms, B pit. To bury, 
 
 i.e., to bake; to cook. See Kalwh' Note 
 
 The Hawaiians mude their oveiia under 
 ground, 
 2. To put into a pit ; to hide. 
 
 Ko-ur-At s. The act of b-irying, i. «., of 
 
 putting into an oven uudur ground. See 
 Kalua. 
 
 Ko-Ln-i-LU-i, V. To strike upon the ear 
 indistinctly, as a sound, 
 
 Ko-LU-Ln, V. To be or to act as a guard 
 or defense ; to parry off; to defend firom 
 evil ; e pakn, e alai. 
 
 Ko-iiU-NA, amp. prep. The auiiki of 
 iuna, above. Oram. § 161. Of or belong- 
 ing to that which is above. Ezek. 40:13. 
 
 Ko-MA, s. Eng. A comma, the shortest 
 pause in reading (,). 
 
 Ko-MA-Ko, t. The Hawaiian orthogra- 
 phy for tomato, an edible fruit; the Hawu- 
 lans generally call the fruit of the tomato 
 obia. 
 
 Ko-MA-LA, adj. Pleasant. 
 
 Ko-MA-Li, adj. Bright, as moonlight. 
 
 Ko-MA-LU-NA, s. Eoma and luna, above. 
 The sign called apostrophe, as ka'u, no'u, 
 ke 'lii, &c., and signifies that a letter has 
 been dro)>ped. 
 
 Ko-HE, adj. £fe3., rushes. The Egyptian 
 
 gapyrus ; bulrushes. Puk. ,":3 ; ha. 18:2. 
 [e waa /come,& bulrush canoe. 
 
 Eo-ME, V. To push away; to malce 
 room for something ; e hookaawale. 
 
 Ko-ME-Ko-ME, V. To hold back; to 
 grudge in giving, as a wife when her hus- 
 band is disposed to give, or as a husband 
 when the wife is dispdsed to give. 
 
 Ko-Hi, V. See KAoim and Kowi. To 
 press together; to bear down; to press 
 down into a small space. 
 
 2. To rub down smpoth. as n;lBed kapa; 
 to rub or press, as a folded paper ; i ka 
 ban komi o ke kakabiaka. 
 
 Ko-Mi-Ko-MJ, V. To press ; to urge on ; 
 to urge on one to labor. 
 
 2. To be little or to attend to triSes in 
 dealing. 
 
 3. To be stingy; to be close; to urge for 
 th^ last mite. 
 
 Ko-iai-Ko-Mi, tidj. Put away; secreted; 
 
 stolen. 
 Ko-Mo, V. To enter; to go in, as into a 
 
 house. 
 
 2. To put it^ as the hand into a calabash 
 in eating poi ; to dip ; to rinse, but not so 
 strong as holoi. 
 
 3. To sink or to go under water, as a 
 canoe. 
 
 4. To put on clothes. Note.— Toputon 
 clothes in Hawaiian idiom is to enter into 
 them. 
 
 5. Uoo. To insert, as a ring on the flh- 
 ger, i, e., the finger enters the ring. ifin. 
 41:42. '' 
 
 6. To put on, as a hat or crown; that is, 
 the bead enters the hat 
 
 1. To enter, as into another's country. 
 
EOM 
 
 293 
 
 KON 
 
 8. To canae to enter, as joy into one's 
 heart. 
 
 9. To pnt on, as a dress, i. e., to go into 
 it. Oihk. 8:7. 
 
 10. To fill full, as a canoe or ship; hence, 
 
 11. To sink, as a canoe or ship heavy 
 loaded. 
 
 Ko-Mo, s. The name of anything that 
 enters ; a tenon. P«fe. 26:17. The handle 
 of a hoe, *,o. 
 
 2. Anything that is entered ; a finger- 
 ring ; <a thimble, &c. 
 
 3. The filling up of any empty space; ka. 
 piha ka tol'a hakahaka. 
 
 Ko-Mo, adj. That which relates to put- 
 ting in, filling or inseTting. 
 
 Ko-Mo-A, s. See Koomoa. The tail 
 feathers of a cock. 
 
 Ko-MO-Ai-NA, V, Kama and aina, land. 
 To enter upon an inheritance; to take pos- 
 session of a land. 
 
 'Ko-MO-HA-LE, V. Komo and kale, house. 
 To dedicate a hou^e (after which it was 
 proper to use it) ; to enter a new house as 
 a habitation. 
 
 Ko-MO-HA-NA, *. KoTno and hana, h in- 
 serted for ana. An entering in, as the sun 
 in setting appeared to Hawaiians to enter 
 into the sea; the sinking or going down of 
 th§ sun. 
 
 :2. The west, the pl^e where the sun 
 enters the sea. See Koho, to sink. 
 
 Ko-MO-HA-NA, adj. Western ; pertain- 
 -ing to the west Pwk. 10:19. 
 
 Ko-Mo-Ko-Mo, V. See Komo. To insert 
 un ; to gird on ; to try ; to St on, as a gar- 
 ment upon a person. 
 2. Boo. To hold one spell bound; to be- 
 
 . witch; to possess, as an evil spirit. 
 
 Ko-Mo-KO-Mo, s. The act of iitting a gar- 
 ment to a person until it fits well; 
 
 2. A disease, epilepsy; a deijioniacal 
 possession perhaps. 
 
 3. The name of a play or game. 
 
 Ko-Mo-Li-MA, s. Komo and lima, the 
 .hand. A finger-ring ; a thimble. 
 
 2. The hoop of a barrel ; he men e hoo- 
 puni ana mawahO o ka pabu. 
 
 3. A stocking; he J(akini; a thing which 
 the foot enters. 
 
 Ko-Mo-i,o-LE, r. Kom> and hie, cloth ; 
 clothes. To dress ; to put on clothes., 
 . ' 2. To'fit a dress to a peraon. 
 
 Ko-MO-LO-x,E, s. Apparel; a change of 
 
 ilothes or raiment. 
 Ko-Mo-NA, s. Eng. A common person 
 
 in distinction from a lord; he poe i koboia 
 
 e oa makaaiaana e komo ma ka ahaolelo 
 
 alii. 
 Ko-Mo-WA-LE, t. jEooto and wafe, gratu- 
 
 itously. To eater and reside in a house 
 
 unbidden. 
 2. To wander out of the way. 
 Ko-Mo-WA-LE, s. Epithet of a person 
 
 going here and there where he pleases; a 
 
 privileged character 
 Ko-NA, s. A name of the aouth-west" 
 
 wind ; also, the south wind. 
 
 2. Pleasant or good weather ;' also, the 
 !namB of the rain accompanying a south 
 wind ; he ua kona, he ua nui loa ia. See 
 names of various species of Iconas below, 
 as konahea, konalani. &c. 
 
 3. Name of a division of an island be- 
 longing to several islands, as Hawaii, Oahu, 
 Kauai and Molokai, mostly on the west or 
 south-west sides of the islands. 
 
 Ko-NA, adj. pron. The auiiki or an ob- 
 lique case of ia, the third person singular 
 of the pronouns; -His; hers; its, &c. Gram. 
 § 139 and 150. 
 
 Ko-NA, V. Tobestrong; toberigid; to 
 be obdurate ; to be unyielding. 
 
 2. To pass or rash through, as the ak 
 from the lungs; he ea e kona ana a e puka 
 mai iwabo. 
 
 Ko-NA, adj. Strong; fierce; angry; 
 bUistei'ing, from the fact that Eona winds 
 are so. 
 
 Ko-NA, V. To despise; to dislike; to 
 d isregard : - to oo n temn. 
 
 Ko-NA-HAD, V. To abate heat; to cool, 
 as the atmosphere ; as a hot room. 
 
 Ko-NA-HAU, V. To be fat, as an animal; 
 to be greasy ; to be sick of grease or fat- 
 ness. , 
 2. To bend forward in walking, as a tall 
 
 ■ man. See Kanabua. 
 
 Ko-NA-HE-A, .?. A species of the tains 
 called kona ; a cold rain. 
 
 Ko-NA-Hi-Li-MAi-A. s. Name of 3. species 
 of rain on the mountains. 
 
 Ko-NA-HU-A, s. The inside fat of ani- 
 mals. ~ Anat. 53. The fat of hogs, &c. ; a 
 kidney. Puk. 29:13. 
 
 Ko-NA-HB-A, ' «4;. Fat; fleshy, as an 
 animal ; as a man. Lunk. 3:17. 
 
 Ko-NA-KO-NA, V. To be rough ; to be 
 uneven ; to be dark colored: 
 
 2. To be undesired ; not to like. 
 
 3. To despise; to be displeased, with; to 
 treat with eoatemnt. 
 
 Ko-NA-KO-NA, s. Dislike ; disregard. 
 
 Ko-NA-Ko-NA, adj. Undesirable ; con- 
 temptible. 
 2. Strong; not easily tired or exhausted. 
 
 Ko-NA-KO-NE-A, V. To be restored to 
 health after sickness; to receive strength 
 after weakneSH. 
 
 Ko-NA-Ku, s. A class of the kona rain?; 
 a heavy rain. Ben Kona, rain. 
 
KON 
 
 Ko-NA-LA-Ni, s. A species of the rains 
 called koaa ; a Rnf. rain. 
 
 Ko-NA-LE, adj. Bright; clear; unob- 
 Bcured ; white. 
 
 2. Quiet; still, like moonshine in a calm 
 etill night. Mel. Sol. 6:10. Aiai c like me 
 kamahina i ka po malie,loa; he mahina 
 konane — konale. ' 
 
 Ko-NA-LE-LE-WA, s. Name of a species 
 of fish. 
 
 Ko-NA-Mo-E, s. A class of the kona 
 rains ; a cold rain. 
 
 Ko-NA-NE, s. Name of a game like 
 checkers ; a species of piinipeke ; he mea 
 hana lealea e like me ka punipuke ; the 
 stones are placed in squares black and 
 white, then one removes one and the other 
 jumps, as in checkers ; ua lilo oe ia'a i ko 
 kopaneia, yon are mine by the game ko- 
 nane. Laieilc. 59. 
 
 Ko-NA-NE, adj. See KoN ALE above. Na 
 po mahina konane, bright moonlight nights. 
 Lamk. 181. 
 
 Ko-NE, s. Eng. A cony; a species of 
 hare. Kasn],. 14:7. . 
 
 Ko-NE-Ko-NE-A, V. To be shaved smooth, 
 as the head ; to be made bald or smooth, 
 as the forehead. 
 
 2. To be hard and dry. 
 
 3. To be strong, as a person without dis- 
 ease. 
 
 4. To be restored from sickness ; to be 
 recovered from disease. See KonAkonea. 
 
 Ko-ne-ko-ne-a, adj. Restored ; recov- 
 ered again fromsickuess. 
 
 2. Shaven, as the head ; made bald. 
 
 Ko-NE-NE, V. To move or jump, as one 
 moves his iliili, or jumps in the play ko- 
 nane : to take up quickly. 
 2. To bo very dry. 
 Ko-NE-NE-LE, ) », To be quick; to go 
 Ko-NE -.»IE-NE, \ quickly ; to hasten. 
 
 2. Applied sometimes to one who has 
 been sick and is recovering; to be strong; 
 to be well, <S'.c. 
 
 3, To be hard and stiff, as a garment 
 (kapa) wet and dried again. See'KoNEsij- 
 
 ' NEA. 
 
 Ko-NE-iii-SA, s. Nameof a foreign bird. 
 Ko-Ni, V. To try; to taste; to make 
 proof of by tasting. 
 
 2. To try: as one's constancy or aflTection. 
 
 3. To throb, as the pulso ; to be in pain 
 of body or mind; to be jealous; to sull'cr 
 from ipprebcnsion or fear. 
 
 4. Jlon. To try the quality of a thing by 
 experiment; hookord hole aku la lakou i 
 kahi « ono ai ka wai, they went along iast- 
 iwj till they found sweet water. 
 
 Ko-Ni, «. The beating or throbbing of 
 tb6 pnlae or heart See Ajpx. 
 
 294 KON 
 
 2. The thumping, as on a melon to try 
 its ripeness. 
 
 3. A trial of strength or ability ; make- 
 make na kamalii i ka hele no ke koni o ka 
 wawae. 
 
 Ko-Ni, adj. Beating; throbbing; pain; 
 ful. 
 
 Ko-Ni-A, adj. Disobedient. 
 
 Ko-Ni-Ko-Ni, V. To throb fast or fre- 
 quently, as the pulse. 
 
 2. To nibble, as a fish at a hook. 
 
 3. To snatch away a little at a time. 
 Ko-Ni-Ko-Ni, adj. Ardent; active; busy; 
 
 feeling deeply ; he aloha huihui konikotd 
 ana iloko o'u. 
 Ko-Ni-Ni, V. See Koni. To revive after 
 fainting. 
 
 2. To be convalescent. 
 
 3. To grow up, as a plant; to spring up, 
 as a shoot. 
 
 Ko-Ni-Ni, adj. Convalescent; getting 
 
 well from sickness. 
 Ko-Ni-Ni-TJ, s. See Nnr and Nmnr. 
 
 Dizziness ; vertigo. Sea PoNxvin. 
 Ko-No, V. To lead one along to any 
 
 place. Ufah. 22:41. 
 
 2. To take along, as a servant. .Ki».22:3. 
 
 3. To invite, as a guest; to take in com- 
 pany. 2 Sam. 13:23. 
 
 4. To imitate; to go along slowly, as foot 
 travelers; ekono man ana 1 kalaekahakai. 
 Laieik. 157. 
 
 5. To take, as one's wife in company. 1 
 Kw. 9:5. 
 
 6. Hoo. To hasten ; to hurry ; to send 
 away. 
 
 7. To set on, as dogs; to set one against 
 another. See Konokono. 
 
 Ko-No-Hi-Ki, s. The head man of an 
 ahupuaa. 
 
 2. .A person who has charge of a land 
 with <^hers under him ; o ka mea ai aina, 
 he konokiki ia. 
 
 Ko-No-Ko-NA, f. To despise ; to be dis- 
 pleased witii. See KonakoNa. 
 
 Ko-No-Ko-No, «. SeeKoNo. Tourgeoii; 
 to excite, &c. 
 
 2. Hoo. To set on each other, as dogs. 
 
 3. To make one angry with another by 
 persuasion ; to stir up discord. Soi. 6:14. 
 
 4. To excite to commotion ; to stir up 
 popular feeling ; hookonokono mai ia (0 
 Satana) i keia man mea ia kakou e hana, 
 Satan sill's us up that we should do these 
 things. ' . 
 
 5. To persuade to go, as on business j 
 hookonokono al(U o Liliha ia Kalama : o kii 
 a hoi mai, Liliha persuaded Kalama (say- 
 ing) go for bim and return. 
 
 Ko-NO, s. The center; the central point; 
 the middle, especially with waena. See 
 WAENA^'OiJU. Note. — Konu is used to rea- 
 
KOP 
 
 295 
 
 KU 
 
 der iiomna more emphatic aiiS definito, as 
 the middle poini ; the very center of a place 
 or thing. 
 
 Ko-NU-i, ) ^j, I'o strike upon, as the 
 
 Ko-MU-l, J rays of the sun ; to be very 
 hot. See Non. 
 
 Ko-NU-WAE-NA, adv. See Konu above. 
 In the midst. 
 
 Ko-PA, s. A shrub, the fruit of which 
 is made into beads. 
 
 Ko-FA, .?. Eng. The Hawaiian pronun- 
 ciation (For soap; kula k(rp.oi, lole, the fuller's 
 field. Isa. 7:3. See also Sofa.. 
 
 Ko-PA-LA-NI. 
 
 Ko-PE, u To shovel, as dirt ; to paw ; 
 
 to scratch. 
 2. To defend off; to parry, as a blow; 
 
 to turn, aside from. 
 Ko-PE, s. A shovel; a spade; a scoop 
 
 for lading flour ; any instrument of the 
 
 kind. Nah. 4:14. 
 Ko-PE-A-Hi, $. Zbpe and flA«, fire. Afire 
 
 shovel. 2 ]^al. 23:14. 
 Ko-PE-Ko-PE, adj. Morose; silent; taci- 
 turn ; ill-natured. 
 Ko-PE-LA, s. IMame of a shrub or tree. 
 Ko-PE-LE-HU, s. Kope and lehu, ashes. 
 
 A fire shovel. See Kopeahi above. 
 'Ko-PE-NA, *. He moonihoawa. 
 Ko-PE-RA, s. Heb. Camphire. Mel. Sol. 
 
 1:14. 
 Ko-pi, ) ^. To salt, as fish or meat ; to 
 Ko-pn, J sprinkle on salt ; to preserve in 
 
 salt. 
 Ko-Pi-KO, s. A kind of grass. 
 
 2. The name of a shrub. See Opiko. 
 Ko-Pi-Ko, s. The name of a tree, the 
 
 timber used for kuas iu making kapa; it is 
 
 also used for fuel. 
 Ko-pi-Li, s. A gift presented to a child 
 
 at its birth. 
 
 2. The name of a small white liaps put 
 on the idols. See Oloa. 
 
 3. A species of wanki. 
 
 4. The wauki bark pounded thin; ikoiko 
 ia a lahilabi. 
 
 Ko-Pi-u-Nui, s. The name of a day 
 when the altars and sacrifices were dressed 
 out with white kapa ; ua kapaia ua la la 
 he la kopkirm no ke kopili ana o ka lana- 
 nuumamao. 
 
 Ko-pi-NA, s. Eng. perhaps. A coping 
 on the top of a building. 1 Nal. 7:9. 
 
 Ko-pi-Pi, V. See Kopi. To sprinkle, as 
 water or salt. Heh. 9:19. Also, to sprin- 
 kle, as a perfume. SqII-II. See^PiPi. 
 
 Ko-PO-LE, s. A method of cooking fish 
 by wrapping them in leaves and roasting 
 
 Ko-PU-KE-A. 
 
 Ko-WA, V. To separate; to divide be- 
 tween two things. 
 
 Ko-WA, s. See Koa and Wa, a space. 
 A vacatit space between two things, as 
 
 1. The spaces between the fingers or toes. 
 
 2. A strip or space of water between two 
 lands ; hence, the channel of a harbor. 
 
 3. A strait or souud. 
 
 Ko-waa, s. a rope or string for draw- 
 ing or dragging a canoe or other things ; 
 he ill hau, he mea kmcm ia ; he akna ko- 
 waa o Kanepuaa.afurrow-maidnggodwas 
 Kancpuaa. See Kanepdaa. 
 
 Ko-waa, v. To drag; to draw; to move 
 a thing by drawing. 
 
 Ko-WAU, s. The testicles. See HtrA. 
 
 Ko-wa-ha, s. a species of wauki. See 
 Kopili. E)ia kona laau, o ka popolo ame 
 
 ' kc kowaha. 
 
 Ko-wa-ko-wau. See Kokoou. 
 
 Ko-WA-Li, V. To swing to and fro, as a 
 rope for children to jump over. 
 
 Ko-WA-Li, s. A kind of play for chil- 
 dren; swinging a rope. There were two 
 kinds of kowaii. 
 
 2. Name of a certain stick or buoy on 
 which to float a fish-hook. 
 
 3. The name of a running vine ; a con- 
 volvulus ; also written kocdi. 
 
 Ko-wA-Li-PE-HU, s. A species of con- 
 volvulus with a white flower. 
 
 Ko-WE-LO, V. Ko and welo, to float in 
 the wind. To di-ag or trail behind, as the 
 trail of a garment. 
 
 2. To stream or float in the wind, as 
 colors or an ensign. See Koslo. 
 
 Ko-wi, V. To press; to squeeze together. 
 Kin. 40:11. 
 
 2. To wring out, as water. Sal. 73:10. 
 See Kawi and Ui. 
 
 Ko-SA, s. Heb. A cor, a dry measure, 
 2 Oihl. 2:10. 
 
 Ko-KA-KA, s. Gt. a raven. Kin. 8:7. 
 An unclean bird. OiMc. 11:15. 
 
 Ko-RE-BA-NA, s. Gr. Corban ; a gift, 
 consecrated property. Mar. 7:11. 
 
 Ko-EE-NE-TA, s. Eng. A comet, a mu- 
 sical instrument. 1 Oihl. 15:28. 
 
 Ko-KE-Ni-SA, s. NameofabirdinjffizwZ. 
 14:13 ; the glede ; a kite. 
 
 Ko-Ei-A-NA, s. Eng. Coriander; the 
 seed of the coriander. Puk. 16:31. 
 
 Ko-Ri-NE-TA, s. See Koreneta above, 
 
 Ko-EO-NA, s. Eng. A crown; the offi- 
 cial head dress of a king or queen. Ezek. 
 21:2C. Stk. with l(Salii. 
 
 Ku, V. Note .-^This word has two dis- 
 tinct tneaaings and yet they run into earh 
 
KU 
 
 296 
 
 KUA 
 
 otber ; as, first, hi to rise np ; second, Jbu 
 to stand, 
 
 1. To arise ; to rise np, as from a sitting 
 posture, ioan. 11:29. To stand erect. 
 
 2. To rise, as war. 1 Oihl. 20:4. To rise 
 op to do a thing or for a specified purpose. 
 loan. 1:2. 
 
 3. To stand against; to resist; to act 
 contrary to. 
 
 4. Eoo. To excite ; to stir up, as an in- 
 snrrection. 
 
 6. To raise up, as an eminent person. 
 Kanl. 18:15, 18. 
 
 6. To raise up ; to propagate. Kanl. 
 25:7. 
 
 Ku, V. To stand, i. e., to stop still; to 
 let down, as an anchor (general'^ ^yntten 
 kuu); ku iho la makou ia nei, we anchored 
 (stood, stopped) at this place ; to stand 
 against or opposite to. 
 
 2. To hit ; to" strike against ; to pierce, 
 as a spear ; a fcu qia i ka poe panapna. 
 
 3. To hit, as tlie foot in walking; to 
 stumble. -JBom. 9:32. 
 
 4. To stand, as a ship, i. e., to come to 
 anchor. , 
 
 5. Moo. To cause to stand, i. e., to hold 
 up; to stretch out, as the hand. INal. 8:22. 
 
 6. To be placed or set in a state or con- 
 dition, lob. 26^4. ■ I 
 
 Ku-A, V. To strike in a horizontal, di- 
 rection ; hence, 
 
 1. yo cut or hsw down, as a tree with an 
 axe ; alalia kua laau ala o Kalaitimokn, 
 then Kalanimoku cut down sandal-v ood. 
 
 2. To hew, as wood or stones. Kanl. 7:5. 
 To cut out, as stone from a quarry; kefcwa 
 pobaku oe ; to cut, as coral ; hele aku la 
 makou e kua puna. 
 
 '3. To overthrow; to destroy (cut down), 
 as an idol. OWc. 26:39. 
 
 4. To throw oi; cast away; to put away; 
 e kipakn. 
 Ku-A, s. The back- of a person or ani- 
 mal in distinction from the face. PvJc. 
 33:23. He kahi mahope o ke poo o ke ka- 
 naka, a o ka holoholona; 
 
 "2. The top of a ridge or high land. 
 
 •3. The hewed stick, block or wood on 
 which kapa is beaten. "" 
 
 4. The anvil of a blacksmith, from its 
 similarity to the kapa block (a modern ap- 
 plication.) Isa. 41:7. 
 
 • 5. The name of ope of the six houses of 
 an ancient Hawaiian residence ; he hale 
 Kua, oia kekahi. See Hai£. 
 
 6. The name of a species of fish. 
 
 7. The front side of a place ; ma ke alo 
 keia aina, he kua 6 ka mokn ia. D. Maio 
 3:23. 
 
 7. To fit; to be like; to resemble; to Ku-a-ai-na, *. Kua aad aina,hnd. The 
 
 agree with ; ua fcu ke keiki i ka makua, 
 the child rese/nbles the parent ; aole e fcu i 
 ke kauawai, it is not according to law. , 
 
 8. To fit, as a garment. The following 
 are miscellaneous uses : 
 
 9. With pono, to be opposite to ; holo 
 mai la lakou a ku pono i Honaunau, they 
 sailed till opposite to Honannan. 
 
 10. Ku e, to resist ; to oppose. 
 
 11. Ka hooku ole i ka faala, not cop- 
 diemned. 
 
 12. Ku i ka wa, to stand in a space (be- 
 tween two^ parties) ; bence, to be ftjee ; to 
 be nnoommitted. lKor.9:l. '■ ,' 
 
 13. Ku o ka faao,to be fitted of iron, i.e., 
 to be bound with iron. Mat. 8:28. 
 
 ■ 14. To be suitable ; to be proper ; to be 
 fit. Luk. 3:8. 
 
 15. To extend ; to reach from one place 
 to another ; ua fcu ko'u pilau mal Hawaii 
 a Kauai, my.eril influence (ill savor) has 
 readied from Hawaii to Kauai. 
 
 Ifi. To come to one, as a report or in- 
 formation ; ku mai ia PoUahii I^a ike no 
 Aiwohikupua man hana. 
 
 Ko, s. A portion of land which does 
 not pass; with all the land from one to an- 
 other, but is fixed ; lilo ka aftia i fcu. trr. 
 The land has become ^ed. 
 2. The name of a month. 
 
 Ko, adj. Right; fit; proper; put in 
 order ; berena ku Rtlanij the show bread. 
 Puk. 36:13. 
 
 back country; up the monotain where there 
 are no chiefs; the country in distinction 
 from a village or city. Mar. 6:56. 
 
 2. The inhabitants or people of the back 
 country ; o ka poe i noho ma ke kua o ka 
 mokupuni, ua kapaia he kuaaina, be inca 
 hooino nae ia. 
 
 3. Ignorant, nninsiracted people ; the 
 ignoble ; the back-woods people. 1 Kor. 
 1:28. The Inhabitants of a b.aek country. 
 Oih. 4:13. Ka poe makaainana, na wahi 
 kokoke ole mM i kahi alii. 
 
 Ko-A-Ai-NA, o4/- Ofor pertaining to the 
 upland couatrv; inde ; away from refined 
 society. 
 
 Ko-A-Ai7, s. JEiea, back, and '7.M,ciirrenii 
 ' Surf. A bare reef ; ke kohola; a dry place 
 within the sea"; he walii maloo ; a very 
 shalfpw place in the sea ; papau o ke kai. 
 
 KxT-A-A-HA, s. Name of a place wliere 
 the gods were worshiped ; he wahi e hoo- 
 mana ai i ke akua. 
 
 2. Name of a cup used in worshiping the 
 gods, i. e., the poe anmakua; he ipu auma- 
 kua, he ipu i hana ia i ka aaha a paa. 
 
 Kc-A-A-NA, J. Epithet of a relationship 
 
 ■ signifying the older of two children of the 
 same sex; as, kai-kuaana, the older of two 
 brothers or of two sisters, each to each ; 
 ka faoahanau mua ma ka hanau ana, 
 
 Ku-Ai, V. To rub cse thing against an- 
 other \' to grind by rubbing one surfeee 
 
KUA 
 
 297 
 
 KUA 
 
 against another ; to rub or etir round, as 
 flour in sifting it. 
 
 2. To barter one thing for anotlit-r. Note. 
 This_ was the ancient idea of selling and 
 buying, as HawEuians formerly had no com- 
 mon circulating medliitn. 
 
 3. To traffic nr exchange one commodity 
 for aliotber ; after coin began to circulate, 
 kuai lilo mai signified to bny,andAn///i lilo 
 aku, to sell. Puk. 21U6. At present, the 
 phrase is contracted into kvai mai, to buy, 
 and kuai akii, to sell ; ina i make kahi ka- 
 naka, s kuai in oia i ke akua kii. 
 
 Ku-Ai, adj. Of or belonging to trade ; 
 he bale kuai, a house for sale, or a house 
 where sales are made, l.c.,a store; waiwai 
 kuai, good!! or property for sale. 
 
 Kr-Ai-A-Ko, J. The place where the 
 akos are bound on to the canoe, both be- 
 fore and behind; mai kuaiako mua, a fa/xii- 
 o/co hope o ka waa. Laieik. 17. 
 Kau-ai-o-le, ) ,. The upper ridge pole 
 Ku-AI-l-o-LE, ) of a Ihpuse ; ka laau nia- 
 luna iho o kaubuhu ina kanpakn. 
 
 Ku-A-i-o, s. Thegideorborderof akalo 
 patch; the border of a cultivated plot; the 
 separating line between two fields. See 
 
 KUAAWNJ' 
 
 Ku-Ai-Hoo-o-LA, V. Kuai, to buy, 'and 
 
 AoooJo, to save alive. SeeOiji. To redeem; 
 
 to save from death. Hoik. 14:3, 4. 
 Ku-Ai-HO, adv. Over and over. 
 Ku>A-i-Lo, ». To declare or explain some 
 
 enigma or mysterious expression; e hai 
 
 mai i ka nane nalowalc loa, loaa ole i ka 
 
 imiia. 
 Ku-A-i-No, V. To turn back to an evil 
 
 course after having forsaken it. 
 Ku-Ao, adj. Cloud-standing; a cloud 
 
 standing in an upright position. 
 Ku-AU, s. The stick or mallet with 
 
 which the Jtapa is beaten out. 
 2. The bjjndle of an oo ; kuau oo ; the 
 
 handle of a bpp. Sec Kano. 
 ^. The handle of a knife, file, auge).-, &c. 
 
 KnrA-u-A, s. contraction for ka ua ua, 
 
 frequent rains. The season of rains ; ame 
 ka hekili iloko o kc kuaaa. Laieik. IS), 
 
 2. A fertilizing rain; tcuavn mnsi, the 
 former rain; Icuaua hope, the latter rain. 
 iros. 6:3. 
 
 Ku-A-u-A-HO-PE, *. The latter piin. See 
 KoAXiA above. 
 
 Ku-A-u-A-MU-A, s. The first or former 
 rain. See Kuai;a above. 
 
 Ku-AU-HA, p. To council ; to advise. 
 
 Ku-Ati-HAU, V. Ku and auliau, to tax. 
 
 To bo recorded in g^ealogy, in history or 
 
 tradition ; o na kupuna mua o ko Hawaii 
 
 DBBi 1 kuaulumia, the first ancestors of Ha- ' 
 
 38 
 
 waii which are TwrfaJ in genealogy. Lit. 
 Genealogized. Also Beb. 7:6. 
 
 2. To have the knowledge of genealogies; 
 to know the path of the descent of chiefs ;. 
 c ike i ke kuamoo kupuna alii mai kahiko 
 mai. 
 
 Ku-Atr-HAU, i,. A genealogy; a pedir 
 gree. 1 lii^. 1:4. Mai manao kakou he 
 pololci loa keia kuauhau, let us not 'thiiik 
 that this gentaU)ijy is strictly cori'ect. Nfh- 
 7:S. 
 
 2. A person skilled in genealogy or tra- 
 dition; a historian. Kin. 5:1. He mea ike- 
 ike kuamoo alii. 
 
 Ku-Atr-HAU, adj. fielating to what is 
 registercU',or I'utained as historical ; pula- 
 pala kumihau, a genealogical register. 
 2. Honorable ; distinguished. 
 
 Ku-A-D-LA, s. Red thick kapa ; red bark. 
 
 Ku-AU-KA'Hi, i. Kuau and kahi, ope. 
 The principal or single fain during the 
 summer months ; ka ua hookah) o ka nia- 
 kalii. 
 
 Ku-A-Tj-KA, s. Kva, a god, and uka, in- 
 land. The name of the gods of the moun-, 
 tains in opposition to kuakui, gods on iU 
 sea shore. 
 
 Ku-A-u-NA, s. The bank of a stream ; 
 the side or border of & kalo patch. See 
 KuAio. Ke hole nei makou ma na kuavva, 
 p<>ho, we ere traveling at present on the 
 borders of ka,lo pati^'es liable to sink in. 
 
 Ku-AU-PAA, s. Name of a bundieof po- 
 lolu carried by the chief on go'ng into bat- 
 tle. 
 
 Ku-A-HA-u-A, v- To^call put all the peo- 
 ple, as a chief; to call together on busi- 
 ness ; to assemble all the people, 
 
 Ku-A-HA-u-A, adj. ProclainDBgj calling 
 together, as the people of a chief; mamuli 
 o ka olelo biuikwua, acoordhig to procla- 
 mation, Laieik. 162. 
 
 Ku-A-HA-NA, s. The name of a god who 
 killed men. 
 
 KutA-he-a, s. a region on the side of a 
 mountain below the kgamauna and where 
 small trees grow. 
 
 Ku-A-Hi-Lo, V. See Hilohiw. To ram- 
 ble in telling a story; to make a long story. 
 
 Ku-A-Hi-Lo-Hi-Lo, 1). To talk without 
 coming to the point. 
 
 Ku-A-Hi-NE, s. A sister of a brother ; e 
 kuu lani, eia ko kuxMne, o Kahalaomapu- 
 ana, ka mea au e aloha qui nei. Laieik. 
 176. • 
 
 Ku-A-Hi-wi, s. Kua, back, and Mwi, 
 summit. Tbe top or summit of a mountaia, 
 Nah. 3:1, Hence, 
 
 2. A mountain of the highest class. 
 
 3. Mountains or a mountainous country. 
 
 4. A single mountain. 2 OiU. 2:2. 
 
KtTA 
 
 KUA 
 
 Ku-A-HA, s. An altarfor sacrifice. JS«. 
 8:20. Kuaka okca, a whole altar. ' 1 No}. 
 6:22. He wahi e hoomoa ai na mohai. 
 
 Ktr-A-Hn-A, ». Kua, back, and akua, a 
 raised place. To bend upward, as the back; 
 to rise aboye vfater, as a whale's back. 
 
 Ku-A-HU-r, s. Sticks tied temporarily on 
 to the frame of a bouse while building ; he 
 aho mawabo o ka hale i ka manawa e kau- 
 hilo ai. 
 
 Ku-A-Hir-LU, s. Name of a vegetable 
 eaten in time of famine. 
 
 Ktj-a-ka-hi, s. The third generation of 
 a series, that is, the third from the parent. 
 Pnk, 20:6. Thus, first, the parent, makua; 
 second, the child, keiki ; third, the grand- 
 child, knakahi; moopu'aa^Tua/io/u, a grand- 
 child ; he keiki na kana keiki akn. 
 
 ittJ-A-KA-Hj, ad^'. Name of a place in- 
 definitely known, or rather not known, but 
 considered to be far <>3f ; oi noho kou uhane 
 ma puu KuakaM. 
 
 Ku-A-KA-Hi-Ki, s. Eiia,ha.ck,&x\dikaMki, 
 a foreign country. Something afar off in 
 another land, or done 'long ago so as to be 
 forgotten; i Jniakahild ka pule; kahi nalo- 
 wale loihi loa paha: 
 
 Ku-A-KA-LA, s. See Lu. A medicine 
 mixed np with some liquid and taken aa a 
 purgative ; the name of the plant is tutw/e. 
 
 Ku-A-KA-Li-KE-A, s. Kua, back, and ka- 
 likea, border ; fringe. White on the back, 
 border or edge, 
 
 Ku-A-KE-A, V. To. be white as chalk ; 
 as sait on or about salt pdnds ; ua hele a 
 kuakea i ka paakai. 
 
 Kir-A-KE-A-HU, s. An unseen imaginary 
 place at agreat distance off. 
 
 2. The poe kuaaina that live far off from 
 the metropolis ; a hala loa kou uiiane ma 
 kuakeahu. 
 
 Ku-A-LE-AO, Si See the foregoing. 
 
 Kir-A-Ki, V. To feel sad at the loss of a 
 bet in gambling; kuaki paha, pili oia i 
 kona waiwai a ^au loa, a ilihune, a pupule 
 maoli kahi poe i ka minamina nui. ' 
 
 Ktr-A-Ko-Ko, s. Pain ; distress, as of a 
 woman in child-birth. Fro. Isa. 13:8. He 
 kuakoko uei ka w'ahine, o ka mea ikaika 
 loa no ia. a hiki mai ke kuakoko hanau. 
 
 Kxj-A-Ko-Ko, V. , To travail; to have the 
 pains of child-birth. Isa. 23:4. 
 
 Ku-A-Ko-Ko, adj. Of or belonging to 
 childbirth. Isa. 21:3. 
 
 Ku-A-KO-LO. 
 
 Ku-A-Ko-LU, s. The fifth in a series of 
 generations ; a great grandchild ; he ku- 
 puna h-uakolu. See Kdakahi. 
 
 Ku-A-Kc, adj. Ironically spoken. 
 
 Ku-A-Kn-A, V. See Kua, to cut down, as 
 
 . a tree ; to ^t; lo hew ont, as a canoa ; o 
 
 ke koi keia « kuakaa ana i ka waa. 
 Ku-A-KD-A, s. A section or piece of a 
 
 fish net ; ktmkiut upena. 
 2. A small section of land Uke'akoeleor 
 
 bakaonc. 
 Ku-A-KD-A-KU, s. A kalo patch. 
 K-y-A-Ku-Ai, v.: See Kuai, to rub. To 
 
 t;ub with pressure ; to polish ; to grind. 
 Ko-a-ki?-pi, «. A sore on the back. 
 Ed-a!-i.a, s. The fore fin on the back of 
 
 a. fish. 
 
 2. A sharp and ottttiog bone on the side 
 of a certain fish near the tail, 
 
 3. Hard kalo ; heavy food. 
 
 4. Increase;, interest; usury. Melc 18:8. 
 Intorost on money ; a word derived from 
 kuvDala,a.aometaet; tarning over and over. 
 See KowiLi. 
 
 Kn-A-LA, 0. To set a cask on its head. 
 2. To take or exact usury ; to pay over 
 and above. 
 
 Ku-A-LA, adj. Pertaining to usury. 
 Oihk. 25:36. 0ku kiuda, usurjr. _ Nek 5:7. 
 
 K(j-A-iiA, adv. .Usuriously ; giving upon 
 usury. Ezek. 18:8. 
 
 Ku-A-LAU, s. A strong wind ; a gale of 
 wind : wind and rain upon the ocean ; he 
 ua me ka raakani ma ka moana. 
 
 Ku-A-LA-AU, s. Kua, to hew, and hum, 
 wood. A hewer of wood. Kanl. 29:10. 
 
 Ku-A-LAU-wi-Li, 1). SeeLAUwiLi. To be 
 circuitous in conversation: to wander here 
 and there in one'" talk. 
 
 Kn-A-LA-KAi, *. The name of a^ species 
 offish. 
 
 Ktj-a-la-kai, s. The eating of fresh fish 
 pounded up finely and mixed with other 
 things. NoTK. — The malolo was the fish 
 frequently served up in this way. 
 
 Ku-a-la-kai, s. a swelling up of the 
 cheeks, perhaps the abdomen, from rich 
 eating, perhaps from disease. 
 
 Ku-A-LA-NA, V. To be idle; to be in- 
 different to all business ; to wander about 
 without object ; to sit .uninterested with 
 nothing to engage attention, as one who 
 does not understand the conversation; lilo 
 oukou i ka olelo haole a kuiHana ntakou ; 
 to sit idle, as one lazy(molowa)on a canoe 
 instead of paddling. 
 
 Kd-a-la-na, i. Indolence; laziness; &- 
 tigue ; niii ka poe kudUma e noho aiua ole 
 ana ; o ke kanaka hoopili wale he hictana 
 ia,-he who joins himself to anoUier with- 
 out work is a lazy fellow. 
 
 % A man who roves about vritbout a 
 chief or haku or any support or any one to 
 depend on. 
 
 Kir-A-LA-NA, adj. Lazy; not disposed to 
 work; o ka noho a ka ohua ku/da/na. 
 
KUA 
 
 299 
 
 KUA 
 
 2. Fatigued, a» a man by paddling a 
 canoe and lays down his paddle. 
 
 3. Not sinking; floating:; komo ole. )ana. 
 Ku-A-LA-NA-pu-Hi, s. The office of thi 
 
 person wbo kept tbu flies off i'rom tbe king 
 
 when he slept; o ka mea kahili i ko ke 
 
 alii wabi c moe ai. be kualanapuhi ka inoa. 
 Kd-a-la-pa, V. To stretch out, as a 
 
 head-land ; to project, as a cape. See 
 
 Lap*. 
 Ku-A-LA-PA, s. A ridge of land .between 
 
 two ravint's. See Lat-a, s. 
 Ku-A-LA-PE-HU, s. Name of an office 
 
 among the king's train. 
 Ku-A-LE-HE-LE-HE, V. To Converse With 
 
 many words ; to talk fluently ; aka, o keia 
 
 pae aina i kualehelehe a Binamn. 
 Ku-A-LE-NA, ». See Lena. To stretch 
 
 or spread out in order to free from wrin- 
 kles. 
 Kd-a-li-a-li, adj. White, as lime; as 
 
 white paper and other things. 
 Ko-A-Li, ». To whiten ; to make white. 
 Ku-a-lii-lii, v. Km and liilii, small ; 
 
 little. To abate ;, to slacken ; to decrease 
 
 in beat. 
 Ku-A-Lo-NO, s. Kua and lono, to hear.' 
 
 The space on the top of a mountain; a place 
 
 of silence, i. e., of hearing. 
 2. A knoll, small hill or protuberance 
 
 (.11 the top of a mountain. 
 
 ku-A-Ltj-A, s. The fourth in descent j A 
 
 great grandchild; he moopuna, he keiki na 
 
 knna keiki ; the fourth generation. Puk. 
 
 S4:7. 
 Kd-a-lu-a, adj. Repeating ; doing a 
 
 thing twice. Mar. 1 *:30, 72, 
 Ku-A-LU-A, ado. Twice; the second 
 
 time. 
 Ka-A-MAU-NA, s. Kua, back, and mauna, 
 
 a mountain. A protuberance or hillock on 
 
 tbe side of a mountain. 
 Kn-A-MA-HA, s. The side of the head ; 
 
 the bones back of the ear. 
 Ku-A-MA-KA, s. To cut down, as a tree 
 
 \^ith the edge of «n axe. 
 Ko-a-mA-ka-ni, adj. Not sinking; float- 
 ing; without constraint;^ free, as tbe wind; 
 
 inconstant; komo ale. lana, kuamakani. 
 
 See KuALANA. 
 Ku-a-mi-a-mi, v. See Ami, a hinge. To 
 
 make a motion like tbe working of binges. 
 
 2. To express tbe intercourse of tbe sexes. 
 
 3. To laugh at; to mock; to express 
 coniempt. 
 
 Ku-A-Mi-A-Mi, s. The motion of a turE- 
 ing binge. 
 
 2. Any motion imitating that of n ninge. 
 
 3. Tbe motion of sexual intercourse. 
 i. A term of reproach.- See Axu^m. 
 
 Ko-A-Moo, s. Kua, back, and moo, a liz- 
 ard. The backbone of a man or animal. 
 
 2. A road or frequented path. Note. — 
 This was tbe word used formerly oa the 
 Island of Hawairfor path or road; the 
 word dlanui is now general ; a road or 
 
 ■ highway. Lunlt. 21:19. 
 
 31. Fio. A way; custom. Syn. with aoao. 
 Mat. 10:15. Obedience to law. Mar. 1:3. 
 
 Kd-a-moo, s. The name of some place 
 on the bottom oi a cauoe ; alalia kalai ia 
 ua aoao ame ke htamoo malalo. 
 
 Kn-A-Moo, adj. Of or pertaining to the 
 backbone ; iwi Icuamoo. Vihk. 3:9. 
 
 Ku-A-MO-A-Mo, V. To curse the gods ; 
 to curse generally. Oihk. 19:14. 
 
 2. To blaspheme; to reproach; to swear; 
 to quarrel. Oihk. 20:9. 
 
 Ku-A-Moo-o-LE-Lo, s. See Kuamoo 3 and 
 OtELo, speech. A stylo of speaking; a dia- 
 lect. 
 
 Ku-A-M0-A-Mn, V. See Asm and Ami/- 
 AML-. To blaspheme, curse, &c. Syn. with 
 Jcuamoamo above. 
 
 Ku-A-MU-A-MU, *. Blasphemy; a revil- 
 ing of sacred things by word; reproachful 
 language. Kanl. 28:37. 
 2. The name of a play or dance. 
 
 Ku-A-NA, s, A shower. 
 
 2. Ku and ana. A standing : being in 
 an erect posture; ma ke kuana a ke kanaka. 
 
 Ku-A-NA-KA, s. Kua and naha, not solid. 
 
 An extensive disease up and down tbe 
 back resembling IcuapuM, but longer. 
 
 2. Name of a kind of coral formation ; 
 .the coral used in polishing. 
 
 3. Name of a species of fish. 
 En-A-NA-ta, s. The outside of the surf 
 
 towards tbe sea just before it breaks ; ike- 
 ia'ku ekoln' oukou e ku mai ana ma feuo- 
 nalu. Laieik. 130. 
 Ku-A-NE-A, s. See Kanea, laziness, &». 
 Dry barren land : unprofltable land. 
 
 2. An awkward ignorant person. 
 
 3. A reproach ; a laughing stock. 
 
 4. Loss of appetite ; loss of strengthi 
 Ko-A-Noo, V. Kua and woo, to think. A 
 
 place on tbe top of 3. mountain; a place for 
 thinking or meditation. 
 Ko-A-Nu-i, adj. Kua, back, and mmzj 
 great. Big-backed, i.e., awkward, in doing 
 something more or besides what, was. re^ 
 quired, and thus spoiling what he tried to 
 do ; or doing a thing in his own way in 
 opposition to the will'of'bim for whom he 
 works. 
 
 2. Obstinate; self-willed; he alii fciMnui, 
 a chief that will have bis owe way ; aole 
 kuamd o Parao, he hewa maoli no. 
 
 Kb-a-pa, *. A crab of the species ;>ajeaj 
 - but wiU) a hard aheU. 
 
KUA 
 
 Ku-A-PAA, o. ^tWjbatjk, and poa, hard. 
 To hardon the back, 1. e., to be hard upon 
 one ; to oppress. 
 
 2. To press or urge one to evil ; e ala, e 
 h«le mai i kahi e kmpaa ole ai n» uhane i 
 ka hewa. 
 
 i. Moo. To make one's back tough or 
 callous with hard labor, aa by carrying 
 burdens and other hard work. 
 
 4. To have or exercise, great patience 
 under bard labor or cruel'treatment. 
 ISo-A-PAA, s. A name given to bread- 
 fruit which remains on the trees long after 
 the season is over and is parched on the 
 side next the sun. 
 
 2. The name of a worm that eats vegeta- 
 bles. 
 
 3. Name of a species of fish. 
 
 4. A coral reef or rock showing itself 
 above water, though sometimes water may 
 be over it. 
 
 Ku-A-PAA. adj. Hard; severe; slavish. 
 
 2. Laborious; hurried witJi work; kauwa 
 Icvapaa, a slave. 
 
 3. Parched on one Side ; he ulu kaapaa. 
 Ktt-a-pa-pa, v. Kaa, to cut dovsrn, and 
 
 papa, a board. To hew oatboards or plauk. 
 Note. — This was the former way of making 
 boards, one log made but one board. 
 
 Kd-a-pa-PA, V. To unite or be united, 
 as people under one- chief. 
 
 2. To be at peace ; to live quietly; hele 
 mai itt nei, kuapapa o ko kakon noho pu 
 ana, we came here (Lahainatuna), pmc^td 
 has been our living together. 
 
 Ko-A-PA-PA, s. Peace ; quietness ; rest 
 from tnrbulance or anarchy. 
 
 KurA-PA-PA, adj. Peaceful; quiet; rest- 
 ing in confidence. 
 
 Ku-A-PA-PA-ND-i, V. See Kuapapa and 
 Noi, great. To enjoy quietness and satis- 
 fiiction under the same ruler ; to be free 
 from the turmoils of ,war. Lanlc. 3:1], 30. 
 2. To he at ease; to live quietly, as with- 
 out mucii care, and out of the bustle of 
 business. 
 
 . 3. To be quiet, as the effect of a virtuous 
 life. Isa. 32;17. - 
 
 Kj-a-pa-pa-nu I, s. Seal substantial 
 peace arid quiet in a government. 
 
 2. Peace following a treaty of mutual 
 benefits. 
 
 Ku-A-po-i, *. The name of the board on 
 the front part of a canoe. 
 
 2. The knee pan ; moe pono ka iwi ihu 
 maluna o ka ihu e like me ke laiapoi ma- 
 luna ka waa. 
 
 3. Name of a bone in the arm or hand. 
 Anat. 21. 
 
 Ku-A-Po-i, V. Kua, back, and poi, to 
 ■cover. To be full fledged, a.f birds or any 
 kitid of fowls; applied to young birds when 
 
 300 
 
 KUE 
 
 almost fnlly grown; huapoi na maou, the 
 
 birds are fully fledged. 
 Kn-A-PO-LA-o, s. Name of a small pile 
 
 of waiwai collected for the king. 
 Ku-A-pu-i-wi, adj. Long residence in a 
 
 place. See KuLA.rw[. 
 Ku-A-pnu, s. iTua, back, and 7>»u, a pro- 
 tuberance. A hump or crooked-backed 
 
 person. Oihk. 21:20. 
 Ku-A-PU-Hi, s. Kua, back, and puM, to 
 
 barst. A sore back ; a boil on the bac^. 
 Ku-A-WE-Hi, s. A kind of disease in the 
 
 back, or a sign of disease on the back. 
 . 2. A worm that has a black back. 
 Ku-A-wi-Li, V. Kua and iiMi, to tveist. 
 
 To repeat over and over again without 
 
 meaning; to wander from the point in 
 
 speaking ; tc use foolish repetitions in 
 
 spealdng. Mai. 6.-7. 
 Ktr-A-wi-Li, s. The name of a prayer 
 
 used at the dedication of the highest order 
 
 of heiaus and continued all day. 
 2. Indirectness, repetitious and irregular 
 
 in work. 
 Ku-E, o. Ku, to stand, and e, opposite. 
 
 To be opposed ; to be contrary ; to be 
 
 2. To act contrary to authority ; to op- 
 pose the civil government 
 
 3. Hoo. To set against ; to oppose. ler. 
 21:10. To cause to oppose, ianl. 2:30. 
 
 4. To oppose, as the bow of a canoe to 
 the wind. Note. — Kue has been written as 
 one word and as two, In which case the e 
 is an adverb ; thus, hie, to stand against, 
 
 .i. e., be opposite to. 
 iKu-E, s. Opposition; strife; commotion. 
 
 2. The crooked side timbers in a ship ; 
 be laau wae kekee. 
 
 3. Any object with an angle. 
 
 4. Name of a species of fish-hook. 
 
 Ku-t-A, V. A contraction of Arwetoa. To 
 wander about ; to have no home. See Eo- 
 
 BWA. , 
 
 Ku-E-A, s. A wanderer -y. a friendless 
 
 man. 
 Ku-E-E, V. Ku, to stand, and ee, with a 
 
 meaning stronger than e. See Kufe above. 
 
 To disagree ; to contend in words. 
 
 2. To do contrary Jto ; to oppose. 
 
 3. To rise up against ; to attack. 
 
 ;4. To bicker; to qiiarrel, as a man and 
 
 his wife. See KuKliE. 
 Ku-E-E, s. Disagreement; dissension; 
 
 opposition of sentiment. 
 Ku-EE-o-HiJ-A, s. A species of fish net. 
 Ku-E-o, adj. Unsteady; going here and 
 
 there ; a vagabond. See Kuewa. 
 Ku-E-HU, V. JTa and cAk, to drive away. 
 
 To stir up ; to make turbid, as water ; tt) 
 
 shu> otr, as water nimiing over laud. 
 
KUE 
 
 301 
 
 KUI 
 
 2. To shake the dust from a mat. 
 
 3. To let go; to east away, as a thing 
 not desired. . 
 
 4. To hold up ; to present, as a signal 
 tor somctbing ; a kuehu ae la oia i ka l^pa 
 o kona aahu. Laieik. 22. , 
 
 Ku-E-HC-E-Hn, V. Freq. of kuehu. To 
 cast ov throw dust or dirt 
 2. To toss up and down. 
 
 Ku-E-KAA, V. See Panoanoa. • To re- 
 turn, as the current or tide and sweep 
 everything away; to cast or tnrn one out 
 of house and home and all he has. 
 
 Ku-E-KU-E, s. See Kue, s., 3. A joint ; 
 a protuberance; the knucklos; the wrist 
 bones; kapuupuuokahailima; the elbow, 
 &o. ; qualified by some other word. 
 
 Ku-E-KU-E-Hu, V. To rub hard. See 
 
 KUISHO. 
 
 Ku-E-Ku-E-o, V. To stir or move slightly, 
 as one supposed to be dead. 
 
 Ku-E-Ku-E-Li-MA, s. The elbow. 
 
 Ku-B-Kir-E-wA^wAE, s. The heel. Kin. 
 3:15. The ankle joints. 
 
 Ku-E-Ku-E-NE, V. See Kuene, to lay 
 out a building. To act the part of a stew- 
 ard ; to serve out food. 
 
 Kn-E-KU-E-Ni, e. To shake; to tremble; 
 to move ; to struggle. 
 
 Ku-E-LU, V. To loosen; to cast down. 
 
 Ku-E-MA-KA, s. Sue and maka, face. 
 The eyebrows. 
 2. The brow of a hill. 
 
 Ku-E-MA-KA-PA-Li, s. See KuEM&KA and 
 Pali, a precipice. The brow of a hill. 
 
 Ku-E-Mi, V. £uandemi, toshrin&back. 
 To stand or retreat, as from something 
 feared. 
 
 Ku-E-NE, ». T6 measure for the pur- 
 pose of laying out the foundation of a house. 
 
 2. To frame ; to lay cut, as the frame of 
 a building. 
 
 3. To set up ; to jwt in order, as seats 
 for a multitude; to set up the posts of a 
 house. 
 
 4. To care for and divide out, as a stew- 
 ard does to drcook: to act the steward; kc 
 hooko noi oia, ke Jeuene nci ; c lana'e ka 
 pepeiao ke kuenda nei. 
 
 Ku-E-NB, , s. A steward ; a treasurer. 
 Isa. 22.-15. 
 
 2. A small quantity of anything: a frac- 
 tion, as half a glass of rum or water, &o. ; 
 h^ wabi kuene ai uuku, a little food. 
 
 '3. Detraction; slander; false speaking 
 against another. 
 Ku-E-NE-HA-LE, s. Kuens and hiHe, a 
 house. The knowledge o" putting up a 
 house and in the practice of several trades. 
 2. One skilled in framing and finishing 
 a house ; o ka <ke i ka mahiai, o ka ike i 
 
 ka lawaia, o ka ike i ke kuenehak, ame ke 
 
 kaapaku. 
 Ku-E-WA, V. To wander about ; to be 
 
 unstable. 
 2. To be friendless.; to wander about 
 
 without a homoi .Kiin. 21:14. 
 Ku-E-WA, s. One who has no place to 
 
 live, no friends | a fugitive ;. a vagal)ond ; 
 
 connected with aea. Kin. 4:12. 
 Kn-1, V. To stick together; to join. 
 
 2. To stitch or sew 'together. Kin. 3:7. 
 E Imi lehua, to braid lehua blossoms into 
 a wreath. Laieik. 145. 
 
 3. Uoo. To splice; tp join on; to add or 
 attach one thing to another. Inb. 34:37. 
 
 4. To add or sum up, as numbers. Nvih. 
 1:49. 
 
 5. To employ ; to use, as the tongue, es- 
 pecially in slander. Birf. 50:19.. 
 
 Ku-i, u. To pound with the end of a 
 thing; to pound with a hammer or mallet; 
 to knock out. as the teeth ; mal kiti wale 1 
 na niho a hemo. 
 
 2. To pound, as poi; afcui i kjina ai.and 
 he pounded his food. 
 ■ 3. To beat out, as metals. Puh- 39:a 
 
 4. To pound' up ;. to break fine. Kanl. 
 9:21. 
 
 5. To smite; to injure; to smite with the 
 hand. 2 OiU. 18:23. 
 
 6. To smite, as the conscience. 1 Ban 
 24:6. 
 
 7. To buffet or smite as a punishment. 
 1 Pet. 2:20. Kui a wali, to beat to pieces. 
 isa. 3:15. 
 
 8. To smite, as hail. Pvls. 9:28. 
 Ku-i, V. To sound, as thunder; Awj iho 
 
 la ka bekili maluna. 
 
 2. To sound abroad; to sound or spread 
 abroad, as fame or report ; kui aku la ka 
 lono. 1 OiM. 14:17. To be heard, as a re- 
 port. 
 
 3. Uoo. To roar, as tl>e wind;^j hookai 
 la ka makani i kela aoao i keia aoao, a 
 puka mai auanei. 
 
 4. To resist ; to oppose ; to put in dig- 
 order. 
 
 Ku-i, s. A general name for small 
 pointed instruments; he mea oioi ma ka 
 maka ; a nail ; a pin ; an awl ; a spike ; a 
 goad. jPufc.~21.:6. The double teeth; na 
 niho nui ma ka nao, maloko o ke a. Note. 
 Kui mostly has some qualifying term added 
 to designate what particulR- thing it is • 
 as, kuihao, a nail ; kuikele, a needle ; jfcuj- 
 kdeawe, a brass or copper nail, &b. 
 
 Kn-iA, V. The passive participle of ht. 
 Hit; fitted; stumbled; not sharp; bliint; 
 ' doing over and over again ; meeting. 
 
 Ku-i-A, s. Name of an instrument used 
 
 in war. 
 Ku-i-Ai, s. Kui, to pound, and ai, food. 
 
 The act of pounding poi or food. 
 
KUI 
 
 3G2 
 
 Ktn 
 
 Kd-1-ad-mo-e, s. The name given by 
 tbose about the thief tp those below thrm 
 in privilege, though better persons; o- ka 
 poc i komo ma ke kuiauTnoe, o ka poe la- 
 koa o pohokaQO. he knftuiplelo wale..pp ia. 
 
 Ki7-i-iL-Ln-A, s. The name of some art 
 taught in former times; be nui ka poe i ao 
 i kc kaala me ke kuialua. 
 
 Ku-i-EE, V. Kui and ee, the armpit. To 
 pecure ol carry under the arm ; to fold up 
 and put under the arm. 
 
 Kn-i-E-LtJ-A> s. The name of an aneieiit 
 game ; name perhaps as kuidhui: 
 
 Ku-i-HAO, V. Kui, to pound, and kao, 
 iron.. To forge ; to wbrk iron, as a blaok- 
 smit!" 
 
 Ku-i-HAo, s. See above, An iron spike j 
 a nail. . 
 2. A. blacbsmitb ; an armorer. 
 
 Ku-i-HAo, adj. Pertaining to a black- 
 smith. , 
 
 Ku-i-HB, ) V. Ku, to stand, and he&, to 
 
 Kn-I-BEE, \ slide. To go forward, then 
 retreat ; applied to the mind ; hence, 
 
 2. To doubt ; lo hesitate ; to be unbe- 
 lieving ; to hesitate to obey or believe a 
 statement ; alalia, kuiht iho la keja no ke 
 atoba i na makua, then she hesitated on ac- 
 count of love to her parents. See Kanalda.'^ 
 
 K0-i-HEE, adj. Doubting; hesitating; 
 
 advancing and retreating. 
 Ku-i-HE-WA, i). ifMi, to Strike, and Acwrt, 
 
 wrong. To strike or hit by mistake. 
 Kn-i-KA-Hi, V. Kui, to unite, and kahi, 
 
 one, To have things and interests united 
 
 in one. 
 ZJvJ^make pfeace or to be at peace : ua 
 
 kvikaM^e aupuni, the kingdom is in a 
 
 state of peace. 
 
 3. To make or to be conducive to peace; 
 he mea anei ia e lemk(Ai ait is that a thing 
 to make peace ? Kmkahi like, peace; quiet- 
 ness. Hoik. 6:4. I Icaikahi ai ka ainoa o 
 ke aupuni, that the breaking kapn might 
 be peaceably done throughout the king- 
 dom. " 
 
 i. Hoo. To make peace, as contending 
 parties. , 2 Sam. 3:12. To enter into a 
 treaty of peace after a war. 2 5am. 10:19. 
 To make peace ; to unite on toiins of am- 
 ,ity, .^es. 2:15. 
 
 Kn-i-KA-Hi, *. A union of sentiment or 
 feeling. 
 
 2. A state of peace ; satisfaction. 
 
 3. A covenant ; a treaty. 1 Sam. 1&:3. 
 
 4. A treaty of peace anil imity. 
 
 Ku-i-KA-Hi, adj. Peaceful ; quiet ; olelo 
 Icuikaki, a league; a covenant; a treaty. 
 los. 9:6, 7. 
 
 Ku-i-KA-Hi, adv. Together; in common; 
 p(Sicefully. 
 
 ifo-i-KA-WA, adj. Ku, to stand, i, prep- 
 osition, in,fca, the, and tea; space. Lrr, To 
 stand in the space. A phrase signitying 
 independence ; not attached to either side. 
 It is applied to peisons coitceming whom 
 it is doubtful to wbatvehief they belong, or 
 to whose authority they are amenable ; or 
 as in English, he is oiU,he fence, that is, on 
 neither side ; bence, 
 
 1. Free ; not bound to any chief. 
 
 2. Not subject to any one's control ; noi 
 in bondage. Note. — This phrase ia some- 
 times written in one word as above, and 
 sometimes in four, as fcu i ku wa. 1 Kw. 
 9:1. 
 
 Ka-i-KE, V. For ku i ka ike: To know 
 
 . or think flike ; to agree. 
 
 2. To be understood; e haawi epaa i ka 
 litaa ke Icuike c mamua o ka blelo, to give 
 the band in conGrmatioa, provided the 
 agreement be previously understood. 
 
 KtT-i-KE, ». Kui and ke. to push away. 
 To smooth off a place ; to leave nothing 
 rough. " 
 
 2. To destroy men, as in war until not 
 one is left ; ua kuikeia a pau loa, it is all 
 smoothed -over ; kuikf, i ka auhau nui, i na 
 kamalii ame na mea a pau, they wcie heav- 
 ily taxed, children and everything else. 
 
 Ka-i-KE-LE, *. Kui, pin, and kele, slip- 
 pery. A needle ; a sewing needle. 
 
 Kd-i-ke-pa> s. The name of the work 
 of making the god named Lonomakua. . • 
 
 Ku-i-Ktr-i, V. Intensive of kui, to strike. 
 To strike often; to beat; to smite or buifct, 
 as a person. Isa. 58:4. To box ; to exer- 
 cise for a boxing match. 
 
 2. To take up arms against any one, L e., 
 to unite against ; e hele kuiee. 
 
 3. To pelt; to throw at; to beat against. 
 
 4. To fasten, together, as the parts of ,^ 
 building. 
 
 5. lloo. Toputtogether; to form; hence, 
 to feign ; to pretend. Neh. 6:8. 
 
 Ku-i-KU-i, i. Name of a medicine, com- 
 pounded or made iuto a drink from the sap 
 or gum of the koko tree. 
 
 Ku-i-Ktr-L, adj. Striking or blowing 
 strongly, as the wind ; he makani icuifcai ; 
 more frequently jwi/cu Jew j. See Akuikui. 
 
 2. Pounded ; bruised ; wauki kuikui, 
 .poupded wauki. 
 
 3i. United'; fastened. See the verb. 
 4. He upena kuikui, a. net well woven, 
 i. e., fastened. • 
 
 Ku-i-KU-i-wA-LE, «. A pounding or bruis- 
 ing to death; an ancient method of kiUing, 
 
 Ku-i-LA, s. The name of a kind of for- 
 eign cIoA ; he lole hihuhinu paa loa. 
 
 Ku-i-Lii s. The name of a prayer which 
 lasted all night. 
 
 Ku-i-LU-A, ti. .ffw?', toadd,andijtti,twoi 
 
K0O 
 
 303 
 
 KUO 
 
 double. To add oa* to double .by addlug 
 to a thing; e kuUua, e kuilua mai i ka pono 
 ia lakou. add on, increase the goodness to 
 them, i. e., inqrease continually in good- 
 ness. 
 Ku-i-NA, s. Kui and ana, a uniting. A 
 sewing, that is, a set of sleeping kapas, 
 generally five, sewed together, answering 
 the purpose of sheets. 
 
 2. A seam; a place where pieces of kapa 
 or cloth are united. 
 
 3. In modern timen, a sheet. 
 Ku-i-NE-jiE, adj. Kui, to strike, afnd 
 
 nehe, a rustling sound. O ka lani kuinehc 
 
 uwe, the heaven vUcring sorrowful Bounds. 
 Ku-i-PA-LU, V. Kui, to break, and palu, 
 
 soft pr fine. To bruise or pound fine, i. e., 
 
 soft ' 
 
 2, To break up ; to break fine. 2 Oihl. 
 
 31:1. To' break down; to demolish, as idol 
 
 gods. 2 OOd. 4:3. Kuipaluia na akiia kii. 
 S. To beat or bruise, as a cruel man docs 
 
 his wife. 
 Ko-i-PA-LU, adj. Broken fine; braised; 
 
 pounded. 
 Kn-i'PE, B. Kui, to beat, and pe, crushed 
 
 flat. The full form is kui a pe. To beat 
 , down ; to bend over flat ; i lauipeia e ka 
 
 makani a paa. 
 Ku-i-PK-Hi, ». To be in doubt ; to htsi- 
 
 tate in acting ; to go with hesitancy ; to 
 
 distrust one's friendship or oflVir. 
 
 Ku-i-PE-Hi, s. Hesitancy ; distrust ; 
 
 making objections. Oih. 10:29. 
 Ku-0, P. floo. To desire to do a thing, 
 
 but from some cause he docs not do it. 
 Ku-o, V. To cry with a loud *oico ; to 
 
 lift up the voice in weeping for .joy ; e 
 
 aloha nni niai me ka nwo. 
 K/r-oi, V. Kti and oi, to limp. To move 
 
 slowly, as a rossel with liUle wind. 
 
 2. To rock or reel to and fro, as a vessel 
 in a calm. 
 
 3. To reel or stagger, as a fowl drenched 
 in water. 
 
 4. To stawRBi, as a person unable to walk 
 through woakniwS. 
 
 Ku-o-i-Li, V. /l!« and ofe', to ascend. To 
 
 walk a steep road up hill. 
 Ku-o-i-Li, adj. Steep, as a road up hill. 
 Kn-oo, V. Ku, to stand, and oo, ready; 
 
 prepared. To stand ready; to be prepared 
 
 for any event; especially, to be prepared 
 
 against evil. I Pel. 1:13. 
 
 2. To be fearless!; to bo intent on carry- 
 ing a point. 
 
 3. To be sober, i. e., unexcited ; to be 
 calm ; to be fully awake to circumstances. 
 IPrf. 4:7. 
 
 Ku-oo, adj. Fearless; ready; prompt 
 in action ; vigilant. 
 
 Ku-ou, V. Ku, to stand, and ou, to rest 
 
 the bead on anything. To incline the head; 
 
 to bend the head forward, as in bowing. 
 
 See KuNOu. 
 Ku-6u-E-i.E-NAi adj. Standing firmly 
 
 and constantly by the chief at all times; o 
 
 ke paupau akoa o ke paiipaii kuavJkna. 
 Ka-o-MA, s. Wahxe of a prayer used for 
 
 causing a man to love bis wife and a wife 
 
 to love her hnsband. 
 Ku-o-Ho, s. Name of a shell fish. 
 Ku-o-Ko-A, V. Ku, to stand, and okoa, 
 
 another. To stand aside by one's self. 
 
 2. To stand aloof from assisting or in- 
 juring another, 
 
 3. To cast otf the authority of a king or 
 ruler; to rebel. 
 
 4. tloh. To set fvee ; to deliver from the 
 power of another. 
 
 Ku-o-KO-A, adj. Standing aloof or sep- 
 arate from ; existing in independence of 
 anything else. 
 
 Ktr-o-LA, ». Ku&ndiola. To stand alive 
 
 . and safe ; to escatiu some great danger. 
 
 Ko-o-KU-o-i-o, V. Thej-intensive of Amo/o. 
 To make a vibrating motion, as in rubbing 
 or polishing; to rub; topolish, as in scour- 
 ing a utensil. 
 
 Ko-o-LO, V. To make a vibrating mo- 
 tion; tomb; to polish; to scour; to scratch. 
 
 2. To shake, as a fluid in a bottle or cask. 
 
 3, To tremble, as the voice. 
 Xn-o-Lo, s. A small sort of drum j a 
 
 timbrel. Hal. 92:3. The hula drum ; he 
 ipu hula ; he hula paipu. 
 
 Ku-o-Lo-Hi-A, s. Name of a species of 
 grass. 
 
 Ku-o-Lo-KA-Ni, s. See Kctolo above and 
 KaN!, to sound. An ancient niiisioai in- 
 atniment among Hii^faiiaM, nswl al hnla.-i 
 and on other occasions of amusciBurit anu 
 dissipation; a timbrel. Puk-Vi-.W. TvaOH- 
 lated p,?ai(eries in 2 Oihl. 0:11. 
 
 Kfi-o-LO-KU, V. See Kdolo. To siiyj like 
 a bird. 
 
 Ko-o-LO-kB', s. The voice or song of a 
 singing bird ; kuoloku ka. leo o ka macu 
 kani ted. 
 
 Ktr-o-Lo-NO, «. The general name of 
 hillocks or protuberances on the top#of 
 the mountains ; a o na puu malnna pono 
 iho o ke kuahiwi, e kn lalaai ana, a ku hoo- 
 kiihi paha, ua kapaia'ku ia'ho kaokmo. 
 
 ]^u-o-Ni, V. Ku and oni, to move. To 
 . walk gently or softly ; to inove lightly ; to 
 fall back or behind another on account of 
 4' slow muvuraeut. 
 
 Ku-o-NO, s. A corner, as of a room, ap- 
 plied only to the inside. See IIio. r.ut 
 Mhi ia' the cotner outsidi' of Iha'hou.si.', 
 2. lof geography, a bay; .1 gitif ; a rooess 
 
KUU 
 
 304 
 
 KU.U 
 
 of the sea into tbe land. See Kaikdono. 
 Ho wahi kai e poopoo ana iloko o ka aiaa. 
 3. The part of a honse (inside) opposite 
 to the door. 
 
 Ku-o-No-o-No, r. To be comfortably set- 
 tled ; to be well ftiintshed with things for 
 comfort and convenience ; to be above 
 want. 
 
 K1/-0-N0-0-N0, s. An inheritance ; a set- 
 tlemeai 
 
 2. A settled place, i. e., a place of rest. 
 1 Nal. S:1S. 
 
 Ku-o-No-o-No, adj. Well furnished; 
 supplied I kuorioono olc, unsteady ; unset- 
 tled. Kuonoono is applied to a woman 
 skillful in pounding kapa and in braiding 
 mats, &c. See Loea. 
 
 Kun, adj. pran. It is used for ko, ko'u 
 and ka'u, my, mine, what belongs to me. 
 NoTB, — Kuu is often synonymous with ko'n 
 ^and ka'u, but as these apply to different 
 things, and the speaker was at a loss which 
 'to use, it was proper, i. e., grammatical to 
 jUSv' kuu ; thus, Hawaiians say kS'u keiki, 
 ko'n hale, "but not ko'u keiki or fca'« hale ; 
 but it is correct enough to say kuu keiki 
 and kuu hale. Oram. § 150, i. 
 
 Kuu, ». To let go; to loosen; to re- 
 lease ; to slacken, as a rope that is too 
 tight ; to let down, as by a rope ; to let 
 down from the shoulder. Mn. 24:18. 
 
 2. To dismiss or send away, as on an 
 errand ; to send away, as a messenger ; to 
 allow to come. Lunk. 13:8. 
 3.' To put down, as one in authority; to 
 41 dethrone. 
 
 I A. to pay t)nt, as a rope or cable in cast- 
 ing anchor. 
 
 k. To loose, i. e., to cast, as a,, net into the 
 
 water for lish; to take fish in a net, 4. e., to 
 
 , ,let down the netfor them; tobeeomecalm, 
 
 /. as the mind after intense anxiety; to be 
 
 assuaged. Xaieifc. 77.' 
 
 6. To give liberty; to BufTcr or permit to 
 be done. 
 
 7. To cause to do ; to suffer to be done. 
 Kfinl. 18:10. 
 
 8. E kuu i ka ubaue, to give up tbe gjiost; 
 to die. Kin. 35:29. 
 
 9. To fail ; to giye up ; to cease to help. 
 7i'a.ni.,31:6, 8. 
 
 4J0. Hoo. To excuse ; to let go ; to $end 
 away, as a muUitude. Puk. 3:18. 
 
 11. To lead out of an inclosure ; to de- 
 liver from difficulty ; to set free from ; e 
 hoomaha, pau ka nao make. 
 
 Kuu, s. A releasing'; a letting go. 
 
 2. Tbe act of taking fish iu a n^t. NotB. 
 
 This idea is more from letting down the 
 
 net than from insnariiig the fish. See the 
 
 ferb 6. 
 Kbo, s. The name of a species of fish 
 
 net : he upena kuu. , 
 
 KuD-A-LA, V. See KUAtA. 
 
 Kuu-E, V. The e gives intensity to the 
 
 verb. To release, as one from his suffa; 
 
 ings ; to have one's di£Bcu!ties pas.s away ; 
 
 kime ka Inhi, pan ka pilikia. ^ 
 
 Kuu-KA-NAE, s. Kuu, release, and ka- 
 
 nae, the breathing. A free breathing, i. c., 
 
 free from fear : safe ; palekana. 
 KuiT-KUU, c. The frequentative of kuu. 
 
 To let down ; to let go ; also, hoo., to let 
 
 down. OiA. 9:25. Alalia, fr«ufcuu lakoui 
 
 kii malolo. 
 Kuu-Kuu, s. The name of a game. Hoo. 
 
 Tbe same. 
 
 2. A species of spider, commonly called 
 Grandfather Longlegs. 
 
 3. Name of another species of short: 
 legged spider. 
 
 Kuu-KU-Li, V. To sit on the heiels with 
 the knees on the ground. 
 
 Kuu-LA, *. The name of the god of fish- 
 ermen from Hawaii to Kauai. Hina was 
 bis wife and the goddess of fishermen. 
 When the people prayed to Kuvia and he 
 would not give them &ih, they then prayed 
 to Hina to intercede with her bnsbond. ' 
 
 Kuu-LA-LA, V. To be. beside one's self;, 
 to be out of one's right mind ; e pupule, e 
 hehena ; to go here and there ; to be law- 
 less. 
 
 Kuu-LA-LA, s. Great ignorance; stu-' 
 pidity; a want of comrnqh sepse- views; no 
 ke kuulala loa o ko onei poe kahiko i na 
 olelo lalau. 
 
 2. Wantonness ; effeminacy ; lascivious- 
 ness. 
 
 Kuu-LA-LA, adj. Wanton; lascivious. 
 lak. 5:5. 
 
 2. Insane ; out of reason ; lilo loa ma 
 kona makemake iho : unreskained from 
 following one's own inclinations ; ua nana 
 na kanaka, aole he kwuMa loa e like me 
 mamua, men looked at him, he was not so 
 much out of his senses as before. 
 
 Kuu-Lu-LU, V. To be cold j to be con- 
 tracted with cold ; to shiver with the cold. 
 
 Kuu-LU-LU, adj. Cold; shivering with 
 cold ; chilled ; hence, 
 
 2. Fearful or abashed ; kuiijidu na kahu 
 ia oe i ke kahuna. 
 
 Kuu-NA, s. Kuu and ana. A descend- 
 ing ; passing down. See Kcu. A heredi- 
 tary disease ; he mai na na kupuna, a dis- 
 ease from their grand-parenis. 
 
 KuD-NA, adj. Hereditary ; descending 
 or derived from parents to childien, as 
 some diseases ; be mai kuuna ia no lakou, 
 iheirs !s a hereditary disease. Fig. Ma ka 
 manao Imwna oukou, according to your 
 traditionary opinions ; na nhane i ka hewa 
 kwma, traditionary vices. 
 
KUH 
 
 305 
 
 KUH 
 
 Ku-HA, V. To spit; to spit upon. Nak 
 I2:li. To tgect Bativa from the moatb. 
 
 Kh-ha, s. Saliva; spittle; water from 
 the mouth. 1 Sam. 21:13. 
 
 Ku-HA, adj. Pertaining to saliva. 
 
 Ku-HA-i-Ki, adj. Ku and haiki, narrow. 
 Narrow; contracted; too small or nan-ow. 
 2. Straightened in mind ; concerned 
 greatly in mind. 
 
 Ku-HAo, V. Ku, to stand, and Aoo, iron. 
 To Btand as iron; to stand alone; to be 
 singular in a good sense ; to acknowledge 
 God before wicked men; to obej God 
 rather than follow our own opinions or 
 those of others; to stand alone morally; to 
 stand alone ; applied to a letter of a book 
 standing by itself; it applies also to men. 
 
 Ku-HAO, adj. Standing firmly and act- 
 ing alone; he ua Imhao, rain from a single 
 cloud or without a cloud. 
 
 Ka-HAU-HAU, V. Ku and uhmhau, weak. 
 To be weak; to totter with age. ScbUhau- 
 
 HA'J, 
 
 Ku-HA-KA-KAi, V. Ku and ftakakai, to be 
 swelled. To-be swelled out, as one fat or 
 fiiU fleshed. 
 
 2. To be swelled with disease ; hence, 
 
 3. To be weak ; to be sickly. ■ 
 Ktr-nA-Ku-HA, V. J? req^. o{ hma. To spit 
 
 upon frequently. 
 
 Ku-HA-LA-HA-LA, t!. See HoOHALAHALA. 
 To break off from a bargain ; to grumble 
 at another's prosperity ; to find fault with. 
 2. To envy one his prosperity or wealth 
 and procure his death by ttie pule anaana; 
 i opainoino la mai no ka hanohano. 
 
 Ku-HA-icu-KA, adj. Many; numerous; 
 huddled together ; going in great compa- 
 nies ; pili i ke kewai kutialuka ka mauna. 
 
 Ku-HA-NA-o-LE, V. Ku and kema, work, 
 and ole, not. To be lazy ; to be idle ; to 
 do nothing. 
 
 Ku-HA-NA-o-LE, odj. Lazy ; idle. 
 
 Ku-HA-PA, V. jSIt, to fit, and ^2pa, partly. 
 To be incorrect, or c6rrect only in part in 
 speaking. 
 
 Kn-HA-rA-HA-PA, V. SeeKuHAPA. To be 
 frequently inqorrect in speaking. 
 
 2. To make' blunders often. 
 
 3. To be not tnisty. 
 
 4. To be varioas at different times. 
 Kn-HE, s. A change of color in the skin 
 
 in consequence of being long in the water, 
 as purple, blue, brown, &c. 
 2. The name of a species of fish. 
 
 Ku-HE-A, V. Ku and /tea, to call. To 
 call; to cry aloud; to call for one; to make 
 a noise ; to call out. See Kahea. 
 
 Ku-HE-A, s. A hunter, as of birds; hi- 
 hea mann ; one who imitates the whistling 
 39 
 
 call of birds, and then calls them into hi» 
 snare ; a fowler. Sol. 6:5. 
 
 KiT-HE-A, adj. Calling ; insnaring, as of 
 birds ; makaala ke kanaka Icuhna mann, 
 watchful the man who insnares birds;, 
 noisy; boisterous. 
 
 Ku-HE-KU-HE, s. Freq. of Aw/je. Change- 
 able as to colors, as black, green, blue, 
 thick dark. 
 
 Ku-HE-LA, v. To rise and move along, 
 as the swell of the sea; to ;pas3 along stand- 
 ing or rising high, as a high swell of the 
 sea ; to rise, as a high surf. See Eahela 
 and Kahelahela. 
 
 Ku-HE-LA, s. The high unbroken swell 
 of the sea as it moves along. 
 
 Ktt-he-le-lo-a, v. Ku, to rise. Me, to 
 go, and loa. any distance. To be sent off 
 from one's house and land and neighbor- 
 hood. 
 
 2. To wander aboat from place to place. 
 See WAn.AiJA. _ . 
 
 Ku-HE-LE-LO-A, s. A person banished 
 and sent off to live where he can, stripped 
 of everything. 
 2. A banishment. 
 
 Kxr-HE-LE-Lo-A, adj. Of or belonging tO' 
 a state of banishment.- 
 
 Ktf-HE-LE-MAi, s. Ku, to rise, Me, ta 
 move, and vnai, this way. The name given 
 to a kind of play used in gambling; hckoi, 
 he hooleilei. 
 
 Ku-HE-PA, V. Ku and hepa, false. To 
 be untrustworthy; to be uncertain what 
 one will do, as a servant or neighbor. 
 
 2. To break a bargain without paying 
 well. 
 
 Ku-HE-PA-HE-PA, adj. Doubtful ; differ- 
 ent from what was expected; aole ike mao- 
 popo; having an imperfect knowledge of a 
 thing. 
 
 Ku-HE-WA, adj. Ku, to hjt, and hewa, 
 wrong. Coming suddenly; seizing upon, 
 as a disease; striking unexpectedly, as the 
 wind ; he mai Imkewa, he makani kuhewa. 
 
 ku-Hi, V. To think; to suppose;, to. 
 imagine. So/. 17:28. .SuAi lakou he loko- 
 ino ko na kanaka o Hawaii, they thought 
 the people of Hawaii of bad: disposition. 
 
 2. To point out; to point at with the fin- 
 ger. 
 
 3. To give an appellation. 
 
 4. To cast up to one. 
 
 5. To judge ; mai kiM hewa oukon, do 
 act mistake ; do not judge erroneously. 
 
 Ku-Hi, s. A gesturing vnth the hand to 
 regulate singing, time, &o. ; the use of the 
 baton or band In directing mnsic; a na la- ' 
 kou (ka poe hula) e ao i ke kuhi a paa ke 
 kuhi na man mele la. 
 
 Kc-Hi-A-LA-E-A, adj. Epithet of a cer- 
 
KUM 
 
 306 
 
 KUK 
 
 tain priest of Lono ; he kahuna knhialaea 
 bona inoa. 
 
 Ku-Hi-A-NO, s. Kuhi, to point out, and 
 ano, the meaning. In Hawaiian grammar, 
 a pronoun: kvkiano pili kanaka, a personal 
 pronoun ; Icvhiano pili inoa, a pronoun re- 
 lating to things. 
 
 Ku-Hi-H£-WA, V. See Kuhi and Hewa, 
 wrong. To mistake; to judge ci-roneou.sily; 
 ■ to err ; to have a wrong opinion. 
 
 Ktj-hi-he-wa, s. An error in judgment 
 oi'opinion. 
 
 Ku-Hi-Ktr-Hi, V. Freq. of AwAi. To show; 
 to point out. KaiA. ISA. 
 
 2. To designate ; to point ont ; to direct 
 one to a particular pla6e. 
 
 3. To teach; to make signs with iibe 
 band; to point the finger; to direct by the 
 hand ; kuhUcuhi heiau, to direct the cere- 
 monies of the temple service. 
 
 4. To ask by signs. 
 
 Ku-Hi-Ku-Hi, V. To be fat; to be rich 
 
 with fatness, as food. 
 2. To be sweet or pleasant to the taste, 
 
 as high-seasoned food. 
 Ku-m-KU-Hi, adj. Sweet, as sugar; fat, 
 
 as the fat of a well fed animal ; sickish 
 
 with fatness ; momona, liliha. 
 Ku-Hi-K(r-Hi-Ni-A, adj. Pleasant to the 
 
 taste; delicious; applied to fjod. See Ku- 
 
 HINIA. 
 
 Ku-Hi-Kr-Hi-pu0-o-NE, s. Name of a 
 class of priests in ancient times who were 
 consulted and gave advice concerning the 
 building of luakinis,«speBially the location. 
 
 Ku-Hi-LA-Ni, adj. Proud; haughty; high 
 minded ; looking up. 
 
 Ku-Hi-Li, V. To blunder; to mistake. 
 See HiLi, to wander. 
 
 Ktr-Hi-Li, adj. Mixed with coloring mat- 
 ter, a^ wauki before it is pounded and thus 
 eolored in the bark ; ka oaohi ula me he 
 -wauki JcuhUi la. 
 
 Kn-Hi-NA, V. To bear the commands or 
 execute the orders of the chief. 
 
 Ku-Hi-NA, s. One that carries the orders 
 and executes the command of the kiag or 
 highest chief; the highest officer next the 
 king ; Ralanimoku was the Icahirm of Ea- 
 mchameha. 
 
 2; An officer of the king's guard. 2 8am. 
 23:23. • ■ 
 
 Kn-Hi-Ni-A, V. To eat tQ the full ; to be 
 satiated with food; hence, to be fat ; to he 
 round ; to be plump ; to bo sickishly fat ; 
 to fee greasy. 
 
 ;Ko-Hi-Ni-A, s. The fat of hogs. 
 
 2, Sweetness or richness in connection 
 with food. 
 
 , 3. The unpleasant sensation after eating 
 too much or too rich food. 
 
 Ku-Hi-Hi-A, adj, Fat; rich; sweet; 
 spoken of food. 
 
 Ku-Hi-PA, V. Not to know or understand 
 clearly; to mistake one person for another. 
 
 Ku-Hi-PA-Hi-PA, V. To be not understood, 
 as one's speech or plans ; to surmise ; to 
 guess ; to think in distinction from know- 
 ing certainly. See Kuhbpa. 
 
 Ku-Hi-wA, u To be under a kapu ; to 
 be subject to a chief and under his control, 
 in distinction from the freedom of the peo- 
 ple ; ua omea ia (ka aina) he kukiwa. 
 
 Ku-Ho, s. The falling of a stone into 
 the water. 
 2. The sound of such stone as it strikes 
 
 • perpendicularly into the water. 
 
 Ku-Hou-A-NA, s. jBm, to rise, Aoa, again, 
 and ana, participial termination. A rising 
 anew ; a rimng again ; a resurrection. 
 
 Ku-Hou-Poo, V. See Kuho and Poo, the 
 head. To dive heifd-first, as a man into the 
 water. '•' 
 
 Ku-Ho-HO, s. A deep ravine; a high 
 precipice. 
 
 Kc-Ho-KU-Ho, V. To fall of plunge into 
 a wave. See KnHO. 
 
 Ko-HO^-NU, s. A species of crab-fish. 
 
 Kxr-Hg-A, adj. Hard; thick, as a liquid; 
 as paste or bad ink ; scarcely flowing ; 
 firm; constant. 
 
 Kn-Hir-KU-HU-A, adj. Hard; thick, as 
 liquid. Sec Kdhua. 
 
 Ku-HU-KU-KU, adj. Epithet of a dove, 
 from its noise ; manu kahnkuku, 9, dove. 
 JCin. 15:9. 
 
 Ku-HO-Kxr-KU, s. A dove. Mel. Sd. 2:12. 
 
 Ku-KA, V. To think with one's self; ta- 
 revolve in one's own miml. 2VeA. 5:7. 
 
 2. To consult together, as persons, i, e., 
 to consider how a thing is to be done. 
 
 3. To consider deliberately; to thfnk; to 
 decide a question. 2 Sam. 24:13. 
 
 4. To choose out; to appoint to a certain 
 business, 
 
 5. To reckoik; to compute. Gift*. 26:60. 
 
 6. To consult together, as a connciUof 
 state ; kuka iho la Takou no ke kaaa ana, 
 they consulted together respecting the Wiir; 
 latka howa, to think or devise mischief. 
 
 Ku-KA, s. A council for transacting 
 business; a caucus meeting preparatory w 
 business. 
 
 2. A reasoning on a subject; an Inquiry; 
 kalca olclo, a coni^ltation. 
 
 3. (Corrupt from English.) A surtout. 
 
 KiT-KAA, s. See Kaa, to roll. A roll ; a 
 bundle of cloth or kapa ; a large bundle ; 
 hookahi punahele, bookahi kukaa, each ia- 
 timate friend, one iuncUe (piece) of cloth. 
 
 Ku-KAA, V. jSrw and Aaa, to'roll. ToroU 
 
KUK 
 
 307 
 
 KUK 
 
 up, aa a bundle of kapa or olotb ; to make 
 a heap ; to swell up ; e pehu. 
 
 Ku-KA-AO-Act, V. To be opposed to one; 
 to in,iuie,as by Blander; kukaaoao mai nei 
 o mea ia'ii. 
 
 Kir-KAA-WA-LE, ». Ku, to Stand, and 
 kaaiBttk, alone ; apart. To stand by one's 
 self ; to stand alone. 
 
 Ku-KAA-WA-LE, adj. Standing oflf; sep- 
 arate; alone. 
 
 Ku-KA-A-WE, adj. Saffc. 
 
 Ku-KAE, s. Excrements; dirt; filth; he 
 
 ' honoa. 
 
 Ku-KA-E-A, s. A great discharge of faeces; 
 beni.3, strength. 
 
 Ku-KAE-u-Li, s. Sukae and uli, blue. 
 The black or blue liqnor in the bee or 
 squid; the soft matter of the squid used for 
 bait. 
 
 Ku-KAE-u-WAU, s. A groaning or moan- 
 ing animal found on the mountains. 
 
 Ku-KAE-Ko-LO-A, s. Name of a species 
 of grass found at Koloa. 
 
 Ku-KAE-Lo-Li, V. See Kukae and Loli, 
 to dirty, "to spot ; to stain. 
 
 Kn-KAE-NA, s. Ku and kaena, wrath. 
 Anger ; rago ; unappeasable wrath. 
 
 Ku-KAE-NA-Lo, s. .ffwte and Mofo, a fly, 
 A nairjj given by Hawaiiana to unbleached 
 or brown cotton.clolh. 
 
 2. Beeswax ; he kcpau e hoohele ai i na 
 lopl humnhumu. 
 
 Ku-xA£-PE-LE, s. Kukae and pde, sul- 
 phur.. Lit. The exoremenis oif Pele, i. e., 
 sulphur ; brimstoae ; also, matches. 
 
 Ku4CAE-po-PO-Lo, i. Name of a person 
 whose father was a chief sXnd his mother 
 not. See Kulu. 
 
 Ku-KAE-Pu-E-6, s. Name ofa species of 
 griuss, 
 
 2. A speeics of ijea-weed. 
 
 Ku-KAi, V. To cheat in various wetys. 
 '2. To go back at tho beginning and say 
 the same tJiing over again. 
 
 3. To do tbe'ssme in reading ; ua fcvAwi 
 i na hua. 
 
 .4. To plant or set up wauki by the sea , 
 e'kukultt i ka wauki i ke kai. 
 5. To replace ; to redeem. See Pasae. 
 
 Ku-KA!, s. The name of a rope fasten- 
 ing together two lish net?. See Aka. 
 
 Kb-kaj-o-i,E-ix>, *. A thing put in the 
 plac« of another; a substitute; particles or 
 connecting words. See Kdkai above. 
 2. Words often repeaisd. See Kaiua. 
 
 Ku-KAi-o-i,E-u), V. T« repeat over and 
 over- ' 
 
 K'D-KA-ii-HO, i«f. Ku, to set up, ka, the, 
 aed ita, nose. To turn up the nose ; a 
 phrase signifying contempt. 
 
 Kc-KAi-KA-Hi, V. Ku and kaikahi,om 
 alone. To stand by one's self; to stand 
 alone. 
 
 Ku-KAi-KA-Hi, adj. standing alone ; be- 
 ing by one's self. 
 
 Ku-KAi-KE-A, adj. AMAraJ and ftcffl, white. 
 
 Farted, as cloth j pale, as a sickly person. 
 
 2. Ceasing to interest, as the same words, 
 
 thongbts or story often repeated ; hukair 
 
 kta ka olelo i ka lohe pinepine. 
 
 Ku-KA-i-Li-Mo-KU, s. Name of a fes^ther 
 god. 
 
 Ku-KA-oo, s. Name of the god of hus- 
 bandmen. 
 
 Ku-KA-u-LA, s. Nams oif a species of 
 fish caught with a hook. 
 
 Ku-KA-HA, V. Ku, to stand, and kaha, 
 to turn away. To stand bent sideways ; e 
 ku ewa ae ma ke kua. ' 
 
 Ku-KA-HE-u, V. To stand up, as the 
 bristles of a hog when angry ; applied to 
 men when the face is flushed with anger ; 
 Icukahm, okala ka heu o ka raoe. 
 
 Kh-ka-he-ka-he, u To relate falsely. 
 
 2. To become a great talker with jests 
 and laughter. 
 
 3. To tell a great many stories or anti- 
 dotes ; e lilo loa ma k? kamailio ana me 
 ka lealea ; e hai waha aku i na olelo he 
 nui wale. 
 
 Ku-KA-HE-KA-HE, s. An incredible story; 
 
 a lie ; an untrue story. 
 Ku-KA-Hi, s. Name of a day Oi the 
 
 month or of the moon. . 
 Ku-KA-HU-A, adj. Thick; fat; soft, as 
 
 a fat animal. 
 Kc-KA-KAi-KA-Hi, t). See Kukaikahi. 
 Ku-KA-KA-LAi-o-A, *. Kit, like, and kor 
 
 kalaioa. a rough priekly siirub. Wildness; 
 
 rudeness ; resembling the kakalaioa. 
 
 Ku-KA-LAi-o-A, a4?' Wild; rough; rude; 
 untamed ; bristling up. 
 
 2. The sensation on the application of 
 Cold water. See Aalaioa. 
 
 Ku-KA-KU-KA, V. See K;tka, to think. 
 To think ; to reflect. 
 
 2. To hold a consultation. 1 Nal. 12:6. 
 ,To consult together how to manage a dif- 
 ficult matter, iufc. 19:30. 
 
 3. AVith naau or iha, to consult or tliink 
 within one's self; to muse; to think. Luk. 
 3:15. 
 
 i. To devise good or evil. JEsefc. 11:2. 
 
 Ktj-ka-ku-kai, v. To go over and over 
 again. SeeKuicAi. 
 
 Ku-KA-LA, V. Ku, to stand, and kala, to 
 call out. To proclaim publicly. ^Ezra. 8:21. 
 To publish extensively ; ina e kukalaia 
 keia k'anawai ma kekaln kulanakauhale, a 
 nxi: kabi aina paha, o ka la i kukaSaia'i, oia 
 
KUK 
 
 308 
 
 KUK 
 
 " ka la; to nrsciaim, as a public crier. 2 
 
 Olhl 20:3. 
 2. To cry or sell goods, as an auctioneer. 
 Ku-KA-LA, adj. Of or pertaining to a 
 
 public proclamation. 
 2. Belonging to a crier or auctioneer. 
 KurKA-Lu-Hi, V. To rest after labor, toil 
 
 and caie. After Kamehameha conquered 
 
 the Islands, he exclaimed, ua laikaluhi; so 
 
 a man wearj with carrying a burden, when 
 
 freed from it, exclaims, kukalvM.- NoTfi. — 
 
 The leu is probably for kuu, to let down, 
 
 ka, article, and luhi, pain from fatigue. 
 Ku-EA-Moo, V. Kuka, to consult, and 
 
 moo, lizard. Tp use enchantment. Oihk. 
 
 ]9:26. 
 Ku-KA-NA-LO-A, odj. Some property' or 
 
 kind of banana ; he mai kukanaloa. 
 Kd-ka-no-no, v. See Kakono. To rise 
 
 up and spread, as a great smoke ; to make 
 
 a great smoke. 
 Kd-ka-pa-ka-hi, ». Ku, to stand, and 
 
 kapakahi, sideways. , To stand bent over ; 
 'to stand leaning sideways. 
 Ku-ka-pa-la-ni, s. The name of a fish, 
 
 to which a chief was likened. 
 Ku-KA-pn, adj. A person never sick in 
 
 youth, but taken sick when grown up. 
 
 2. Applied to a youug female obedient 
 and kind to her parents; he wahine Jmkapu. 
 
 Ku-KA-wo-wo, V. See Kawowo. To pro- 
 ceed with speed. 
 
 ■ 2. To pray with great earnestness and 
 strength. 
 
 3. To speak correctly and very earnestly. 
 Ku-KA-wo-wo, s. The gurgling of water 
 
 when poured into the bung hole of a cask; 
 ke kani ana o ka wai iloko o ka pabu i ka 
 manawa e nkuhi ai. 
 Ku-KE, V. ku and'Ae, to drive off. To 
 drive or force away. 
 
 2. To hunch or push oV, i. e., to give a 
 bint with the elbow to go. 
 
 3. Roo. To cast out ; to expel ; to drive 
 away. Nah. 32:21. 
 
 4. To be angry at. 
 
 Ku-KE, s. A thin kind of adze, chisel 
 
 shaped. 
 Ku-KE, s. Eng. A cook. 
 Ku-KE-KU-KE, V. The intensive of it«ie. 
 
 To drive away : to expel with energy. 
 Ku-KE-KU, V. To bluster; to rage,, 
 Ku-KE-Ktt, «. The scattering of dust be- 
 . foris the wind; the violent blustering cf 
 
 the' waves of the sea. 
 Kn-KE-LE, V. Ku and kele, to slip; to 
 
 slide. To slip easily ; to glide about, as a 
 
 boat in smooth water for pleasure. 
 
 2. To tremble. 
 
 3. To., be OKiddy; to be slippery, as a 
 badroftd. 
 
 Ku-KE-LE, s. A trembling; a slipping; 
 
 a sliding of the feet in walking. _ 
 Ku-Ki-A, V. Ku and kia, a pillar. To 
 
 set up a pillar or post; to raise up a mast. 
 
 2. To be trusty ; to be confidential ; to 
 be attentive. 
 
 3. To be unable to sleep, as one in trcnbto 
 or distressed in mind. 
 
 Ku-Ki-A, adj. Attentive; confidential j 
 
 trustworthy. 
 2. Not able to sleep through trouble. or 
 
 anxiety of mind. 
 Ku-Ki-HE-LEi, ' V. To stand with the legs 
 
 spread open or apart-; to straddle open. 
 Ku-Ki-Ni, V. To run, as in a race ; to 
 
 run swiftly. ler. 12:5. 
 
 2. To run round from place to place on 
 an express. 
 
 3. To hasten ; to hurry on ; to go any- 
 where. 
 
 4. To run on an errand for mischief. 
 
 5. Boo. To cause to run a race ; a ikeia 
 na mea mama, e hoolcukini ia laua. 
 
 Ku-Ki-Ki, s. A runner in a race; a post; 
 a messenger. 2 Oihl. 30:6. Stn. with elele, 
 messenger. Sol. 13:17. He luea mama i ka 
 holo. . 
 
 2. A runner in a ^ace; one who contenus 
 with another in a race course. 1 Kor. 9:24. 
 Note. — The kuMni was formerly an officer 
 of government, whose duty it was to carry 
 orders to different parts of the island, and 
 ruch were held in estimation according to 
 their fleetness ; wae mai oia ' (o Kameha- 
 meha) i man kukini nana, he chose some 
 runners for himself. 
 
 Ku-Ki-Ni, adv. In the manner of a race; 
 e holo kukini, to run, as in a race. 
 
 Ku-Ko, V. To desire strongly; to lust 
 after; to set the mind and desire upon; to 
 covet Puk. 20:14. To expect; to cherish 
 evil in the heart ; e lia, e manao ino ma- 
 loko ; kuko no i ke kana ame ka make o 
 Kaahumanu, he greatly desired war and the 
 death of Kaahumanu. Kuko in reference 
 to idolatry, to go after ; to yield to other 
 gods. Imnk. 8:27. 
 
 Ku-KO, s. Strong desire; lust, Pitk. 
 16:9. Kuko faewa, last; feitfco umi ole, un- 
 restrained desire; incontinent 2 Tim. 3:3. 
 
 Ku-KO, adj. Lusting; kanaka kuko. 
 Ku-Ko-AE-A-HA-wAi, s. The full flowing 
 
 of water in a water course with mud and 
 
 dirtj a pau ia,,kukoaeahawai ma ia ia hoo- 
 
 Icahi no. 
 Kd-ko-e-ae, *. Name of a heiau ; hoo- 
 
 laleia ka laau o ka heiaii hou, he kukoein 
 
 ua heiau la. 
 Ku-KO-HA-NA, V. Ku and kokatta, naked. 
 
 To strip off one's clothes; to be naked, uia. 
 
 32:11. To go about without clothipx,; e 
 
 hele aole kapa e ubtaoa ia ia iho. 
 
KUK 
 
 309 
 
 KUK 
 
 Ku'Ko-Hoo-nui, s. Kuko and koonui, to 
 
 increase. Thedesireof hoarding up; cov- 
 
 etonsnesa ; ka ulaka me ka hiaa; sleeplees 
 
 with deeire. 
 ku-KO-Lff, s. The name of a day of the 
 
 month. 
 Ku-KO-NA, s. Sourness of disposition; 
 
 easily put out and made angry. 
 Ku-Ko-NA, adj. A ike aku la ia Hinai 
 
 ka malama e hele ana mekavaakakulcona. 
 
 laieik. 203. 
 Ku-Ko-NU-Ko-NC, s. A great increase of 
 
 rain; being wet or soaked with rain; great 
 
 moisture. 
 Kn-KU, «., See Kn, to strike; to hit. To 
 
 strike'; to beat^ as in pounding kapa ; na 
 
 laijcuia ke kua me ka pulu kapa 1 ka hale',' 
 
 2. See Ko, to stand. To be or to stand 
 perpendicularly-, as a precipice ; to stand 
 
 . before t>ne; ua hele mai nei e Iculea i mua ou. 
 
 5. To rise up, as a thought in the- mind ; 
 nolaila, tmlcu mai la kahi manao iloko o'u. 
 
 4. To sweep ; to brush away, as dirt. 
 
 6. To be high ; to excel ; to be eminent. 
 6. Hoo. To be filled, as with food ; to 
 
 surfeit. Sol. 26:16. 
 Kir-KU, s. The operation of beating out 
 kapa. 
 
 2." A rising or standing up ; nana aku la 
 oia j ke fciifcu o na ftpua, he saw the long 
 clouds standing erect. Laieik. 48. 
 
 3. The name of an Ainclean bird, Oitik. 
 11:16. Sng. The cuckoo. 
 
 i. The thorn bush. 
 
 6. A small pricker that fastens readily 
 upon clothes. 
 Ku-KO, adj. Standing thickly together, 
 is trees; laau fcufcu, a thicket. I Sara. 13:6. 
 
 2. Having many sharp points; laaufcufctt, 
 thorns ; prickly bushes. JVaA. 1:1.0. 
 
 3. Standing erect ; riaiag up. 
 
 Kc-KU-A, .V. A crab-fish. 
 
 Ku-KU-AU, s. The name of a four-footed 
 
 animal in the sea. 
 Kc-KU~A-Hi, adj. High, as a house. 
 Kc-KU-E, 4'. A lame person ; one de- 
 
 formed or somewhat twisted. See Hapakob. 
 ■ Ku-Kn-EE, t). -See Koke. To contend 
 
 with ; to oppose ; to bicker ; to quarrel, as 
 
 two persons. 
 Ku-KU-i, V. See Km, to publish. To 
 
 publish ; to spread, as a report ; to make 
 
 famous. 
 2. See Pakoi. To apMce Or piece out bo 
 
 as to lengthen, as a stick or rope. 
 Ku-KO-i, s. The name of a tree and nut; 
 
 the mil was formerly used to burn for lights; 
 
 Ifae tree produces also the gum pilali ; the 
 
 body of the tree wae sometimes made into 
 
 canoes ; the bark of the root was used in 
 
 eoloring canoes black. 
 
 2. A lamp. 1 Sam. 3:3. A candle; a 
 light or torch ; a lighter. Kin. 1:15, 
 Ktr-KU-1-A-Hi, s. Lamps of fire. Dan. 
 
 10:6. 
 
 Ku-KU-i-o-LE-LO, s. A company of peo- 
 ple full of talk and noise at night wUea 
 they should be asleep ; o ka poe o lakou 
 opohokano, he fcuAntMeZo wale no ia, aolo 
 e ai ana. 
 
 Ktj-ku-i-wa-na-ao, s. Name of the peo- 
 ple about the chief who talk and sing and 
 tell stories all night; o ka poe noho me ke 
 alii ma ke kukuiwanao, he poe lakou no 
 makou. 
 
 Ku-KU-HE, 1), To be dark colored; to be 
 black or bine. See Akbhb. 
 
 Kti-KU-Hi, V. See Ukdhi. To pour water 
 into a calabash or barrel; to fill with water. 
 
 Kff-KU-KAA-A-LAi-o-A, V. To bristle up ; 
 to be wild ; to act-as an untamed animal ; 
 as a wild boar. 
 
 Kd-ku-ku, t. The rising of anger. 
 
 2. Whatever is full of holes, i.e., of little 
 value. 
 
 3. Sickness; weakness. 
 
 4. The disease, called the piles. 
 
 5. Strong steam. 
 
 6. A name given to the soap plant of the 
 Hawaiian Isiand,M. 
 
 Kv-KV-Kv, V. A reduplication of ku, to 
 stand. To stand uprightly: to stand to- 
 gether; to sit together ; to sleep together. 
 
 Kn-KC-KtJ-KC, s. The name of a bird ; a 
 
 turtle, ler. 8:7. 
 Ku-KU-LA, V. From the English; kula, 
 
 school. To have school, that is, to attend 
 
 school; to go through the exercises of 
 
 school ; alalia, kukiM ibo la kakou i kaka- 
 
 faiaka nui, then we atiended soliool early ia 
 
 the morning. 
 Ku-KU-LE, s. A beautiful blossom ; th"^ 
 
 beautiful opening of the petals of a flower; 
 
 the opening of a flower. 
 2. A kind of disease; an indisposition to 
 
 move ; applied to persona, to animals and 
 
 to fowls. 
 Ku-ji£0-LE, V. To be dumpish'; to be 
 
 loth to move, as in some kinds of disease. 
 
 Kn-KU-Li, V. See Kuu, the knee. To 
 kneel ; to bow the knee. Mn. 41:43. To 
 kneel in reverence, Jsa. 45:23. KukuK 
 hoomaikai, to kneel in prayer; to worship. 
 
 2. To crouch ; to lie down, as a beast. 
 Jfe&. 24:9, 
 
 3, Moo. To cause to kneel down, as a 
 camel, £»». 24:11. To stand on the knees. 
 
 Ku-KH-iii, , s. The joint of the knee. See 
 Kuu. ' 
 
 2. An unpleasant sensation of the stom- 
 ach produced by food, 
 
 Ku-Ku-w, V. To set up on end; to 
 
KUK 
 
 310 
 
 KUL 
 
 erect, as a tent. Pu/c. 40:2. To make fast 
 in a perpendicular position. 
 
 i. To set up, as the frame of a native 
 bouse. Puk. 26:30. To build, as a house. 
 
 -3. To stand up together, as a multitude. 
 Oihk. 9:6. To stand up for one, i.' e./to 
 speak words in Ms favor. Jo&. 4:4 
 
 4. To set up, as an idol. . 2 OOd. 25:14. 
 
 5. To stick up, as a stake. 
 
 6. With hxHe, figuratively, to perpetuate 
 a family. Kanl. 2d:9. KulMu i ka elelo, 
 to reason. 
 
 7. SeeEuLC. To cause to flow, as water; 
 to scatter ; to be unstable. 
 
 8. Eoo. FiQ. To be established in the 
 christian faith. Kol. 2:7i 
 
 Ku-KU-LTT, S. The place where the sky- 
 apparently me^ts tbe'hori£on; Uvloxbi, eha, 
 the four cardinal points of the compass, 
 i. e.; everywhere ; na la^cadu p ka honua, 
 the points or ends of the eartlu Jsa. 45:22. 
 The border or edge of a country ; ka pea 
 kapn o laileiM o Tahiti. Joieifc. 167. 
 2. A pillar ; a post. 2 Sam. 18:18. 
 
 Ku-Ktr-LU-A-E-0, s. The name of a bird 
 with long legs. 
 
 2. A person walking on stilts. 
 
 3. The name of the stilts ; he ohe kahi 
 laan hana ia i mea laikulvato. 
 
 Ku-K0-Ln-A-KAU, s. Kufadu, point, and 
 ofcOM, north. The north, that is, the north 
 point. Kard. 2:3. 
 
 Ku-Ku-LU-HE-MA, s. Kuhilu, point, and 
 hema, left; the south. The south; tho'south 
 point. los. 13:4. 
 
 Ku-KtT-tu-PA-PA, V. Kukulu, to build, 
 and papa, a board. To erect a temporary 
 shed or house. 
 
 Ku-Ku-MA, s. A whitish crab of the spe- 
 cies paiea. 
 
 Kn-KU-NA, s. The rays of the sun or 
 any luminous body. 
 
 2. The radii of a circle ; the spokes of a 
 wheel. 
 .3. The end posts of a naiiye house which 
 
 . verge towards the center. 
 
 4. The side posts of a door, i.e.,ot an 
 ancient Hawaiian house. 
 
 6. A gate post ; eha fcitfcuna i kukuluia 
 no ka pa; well posts j a elva kukuna i ku- 
 kuluia no ka pttuawai. . 
 
 Ku-KU-Ni, V. See Kuwi, to kindle; io 
 burn. To kindle, as a fire. Sot 18:8. To 
 bum, as a sacrifice. 2 Oild. 13:11. To kin- 
 dle a fire geaorally. 
 
 Ku-KU-Ni, adj. Burning; very hot; fe- 
 verish; leukuni keia la, this day has a fever, 
 i.e., it is very warm. See Kuni and Wkla. 
 
 Kc-KU-Ni, s. The prayer of a sorcerer; 
 
 be pule anaana. 
 Kt7-ku-ni7, s. a door post; a side post 
 
 of a door^ the end of a bouse. SeeKoxOKA. 
 
 Kv-LA, *. The country in rear of the 
 sea shore; the open country back from tht 
 sea. Lit. The name of the region of a 
 mountain near its base, next below the pa- 
 hee; it is a region where houses may be 
 built' and people, live. It extends to the/ 
 region called kahakai, or sea shore. 
 
 2. Any op^ uncultivated land. 2tn.3:l. 
 
 3. A field for cultivation. Nah. 16:14. 
 
 4. Uncultivated land in the neighborhood 
 of a city, i. e., suburbs. JVoA. 36:3, 4. 
 
 5. Afield; a pasture. 
 
 6. A place in a tree Br trees where -for 
 the sake of flowers, perhaps, birds assem- 
 ble and sit; bekula mann paha keia e war 
 laaunei. 
 
 7. The name of the ancient god who 
 could overleap fences and monnti^ns, perch 
 on straws, converse with all the other gods, 
 &c., £c. 
 
 8. The name of a species of flsh caught 
 in a basket ; binai kudo. 
 
 Ku-LA, V. See above. To be in, or tj 
 have perpetual solitude, as to live in un- 
 cultivated and uninhabited places ; e paa 
 mai ka meha o ka la, e uhi mai ka malu. 
 
 Kir-LA, s. Eng. A school; a place of 
 instruction ; ua kukulu ia keia kula i wahi 
 e imi ai i ka naanao. 
 
 2. Kula is often written incorrectly fbr 
 gvia, gold. 
 
 Ku-LA, adj. Eng. for gtda. Golden; 
 made of gold. 
 
 Kn-iAi, V. To push over from an up- 
 right position. . 
 
 2. To knock down ; to overthrow. 
 
 3. To move, as the : tail of an animal. 
 m. 40:17. 
 
 4. To dash in pieces; to kill. Isa. 13:18. 
 6. Boo. To thrust at. Nah. 35:20. 
 
 6. To cause to fall, i' e., to bring upon. 
 Isa. 37:7. 
 Eu-LAi, s. A knocking down of a per- 
 son with a view to kill him ; a running 
 over one ; a thrusting at one to kill him. 
 
 Ktf-LAI-A, s. Afeast day; a day in com- 
 memoration of some event. 
 
 Ku-LAi-NA, V. See Kdlai above. To 
 overthrow; to east -down. 2 Kw. 4:9. To 
 bs overthrown ; to cast down, as a trans- 
 gressor in judgment. ler. 6:15. To start 
 and spring from his hiding place, as a man 
 when he is discovered. Boo. To overthrow. 
 lob. 18:7. To break down, aa a forest. Zek. 
 U:Z. 
 
 Ku-lai-na-ka-wa. 
 
 Ku-LA-i-wi, s. Long residence in a place. 
 See KoAPDiwi. 
 
 Kti-LA-Ku-LA, s. Name of a play like 
 nine-pins. 
 
 Ku-LA-Ku-LAi, V. To wrestle; to scuffle. 
 See Kioji. 
 
KUL 
 
 311 
 
 KUL 
 
 2. The natne of a game ; kulakidai ma 
 ke kai. 
 Ku-JCA-Ku-LAi, s. A wrestling; a scuf- 
 fling ; a throwing another do-vrn. 
 
 Ku-LA-LA, s. See El/ and Lala, branch. 
 
 A vine. ; 
 Ku-LA-LA-Ni, V, Ku, to Stand, and la- 
 
 lani, a row. To be or to stand in a row ; 
 
 to be equal each to each; he kidaiani wale 
 
 no ka onionio, the spots stand in straight 
 
 lines.' " 
 Ku-LA-LA-Ni, adj. Standing in rows; 
 
 standing for presentation. Afar.. 2:26. 
 
 Ku-LA-NA, s, Ku and lana, to float, A 
 place where many things are collected to- 
 gether, as a village, a garden ; a meeting 
 or collection of persons ; e hele ana oukou 
 i hea? *E hele ana i p, i ke hulana pule, 
 i. e., to a- meeting which is held only odce 
 at a place or occasionally. 
 
 2. The sea in a calm immediately after 
 a high wind, or- the state of the sea when 
 wind and current are opposite. SeeOLOEU. 
 Kulana naln, a place in the sea where the 
 surf rises high and thick, i e., where the 
 high surfs follow each other in quick suc- 
 cession. 
 
 3. A market place. 
 
 41 Name of new food from foreign coun- 
 tries ; he mea ai hou no na aina e itiai. 
 
 Ktr-iLA-NA, V. Ku and lanOfto float. To 
 
 pitch backwards, or sideways, as one sitting 
 in a chair and nodding. 
 
 2. To nod, .as a iperson partially asleep ; 
 to bend the neck Jtn nodding. See Kakiwi. 
 To reel, as a drunken man. See Naue and 
 
 EUNOU. 
 
 Ku-LA-NA, s. A place in a hulili or fortifi- 
 cation where the men stand to throw their 
 spears. 
 
 2. The sides of a house ; na kulana o ka 
 hale. 
 
 Ku-LA-NA, adj. Nodding ; bending the 
 neck ; he poo kulana ka kela wahine. See 
 
 KVNGWA. 
 
 Ku-LA-NA-HA-UE, s. See KirLANA,«.,and 
 Hale, house. A village. 1 Oihl. 9:25. A 
 cluster of houses ; a town ; a city ; ma ko 
 kakou noho ana ma keia Jeulanahale, ma La- 
 hainaluna nei, by our living at this vUlage, 
 at Labalnaluna; more generally written 
 kutanakaukale. 
 
 Ktr-LA-NA-HEE-NA-LU, s. Kuhna and 
 heendU, to swim on the surf-board. The 
 place or village where a good surf came in 
 that the people might have the pleasure of 
 riding on the suil Note. — ^A good surf 
 from the sea was considered; an important 
 appendage to a village. 
 
 Kn-LA-NA-KAtr-HA-LE, S. See KtTLANA- 
 
 BALE. A large town, village or city; also. 
 
 often eynonymouB with kulanaheenaln, as 
 the terms were interchangeable, 
 Ku-LA-NA-LA-NA, ». Ku apd lanolami. 
 See liKSK, to float. To b6 moved : to be 
 agitated with fear. Lit. To stand trem- 
 bling; to.be disturbed in mind. 
 
 2. To aet upon uncertainties; to be trou- 
 bled. Sal.\&-A. 
 
 ?,. To be removed iiroiB its place 
 
 4. To stumble. Isa. 63:13. To walk in 
 a stumbling manner. Isa. 59:10. 
 
 5. To reel, as one drunk. 
 KtJ-LA-NA-LA:-NA, s. A false step; a 
 
 stumbling. Hoi. 121:3. 
 
 Eu-LA-Ni-HA-Koi; f. Ku, to Stand, lani, 
 high np, and hakoi, heavy. What is above 
 or on high ; a supposed place in the heavens 
 from which the waters of rain came : the 
 windows of heaven. Isa- 24:18. Ina i nui 
 ke ao eleele ma ua poipu la, na manao ia, 
 aia^maloko olaila o Kvlanilwkoi, nolaila 
 mai ka bekili, ka hila, ka makani, ka ua, 
 ka ino nui. 
 
 Ku-LA-PA, s. See Lapa, a ridge, A 
 stretching out; a rubbing against some- 
 thing ; a rising or swelling up. 
 
 2. A hill or small mound on which kalo 
 is planted. 
 
 Kir-LE, V. To seize or take another's; 
 to give one trouble in dispossessing another 
 of Bis own. See Kdlekui.b. 
 
 Ku-LE, s. The name of a fish which 
 buiTows in the sand ; he lade ka inoa o ka 
 ia noho ma ke one. 
 
 Ku-LE-A, adj. Successful; competent; 
 able. ' 
 
 Ku-LE-A-NA, s. A part, portion or right 
 in a thing. Oililc. 7:33. 
 
 2. A right of property which pertains to 
 an individual. 
 
 3. A friend ; a portion belonging to a 
 friend. 
 
 4. One's appropriate business ; hookabi 
 o kaua makamaka, o ka imi naauao, oia hoi 
 kokauafcuJeana e noho ai ma keia kpilana- 
 kauhale. Note. — ^In modern times, Imtmva 
 often refers to a small land claim inside 
 another's land, that is, a reserved right' ia 
 favor of sbme claimant ; the original term 
 was synonymous with lihi, an attached piece 
 of land which another was allowed to cul- 
 tivate and had some claim to. 
 
 Kr-LE-A-NA, ». To stir up ; to excite, 
 as the ripples or waves of water. Zamk. 15. 
 
 Ktr-LEi-tr-LA, s. An expression of admi- 
 ration for one's chief, as clothed with rain- 
 bow-colored kapas ; o lie knAeivJia an o ke 
 alii. 
 
 Ku-LE-H0, V. See Pulehu. To roast in 
 the fire or hot ashes ; to roast partially. 
 
 Ktr-LE-Ku-LE, V. To be ousted from 
 house to house, or from place to place. 
 
EUL 
 
 312 
 
 KUL 
 
 2. To trample often where one ought not, 
 88 ahorse; fcu2eMeko'akapaia'lakou,my 
 kapa is trampled on Toy theni. 
 
 Kij-LE-Ku-LE, adj. Unsettled; unfur- 
 niahed ; lacking m ; conveniences ; the op- 
 posite of kuonoono and koakoa, ; noho wale 
 aku no lakou aole latkkvle. 
 
 Ktt-le-le, V. Ku and Ide, to fly. To 
 drive or scatter away, as some light or small 
 thing ; to drive away, as a puff of wind ; 
 kukk ka makani. 
 
 Kt-tE-LE-i-wi, adj. Making false steps; 
 stumbling, as an aged person ; hence, 
 2. To do awkwardly or badly. 
 
 Ku-tE-LE-u-LA, adj. KvMe and ida. 
 Bending j arching, as the rainbow. 
 
 Ko-LE-PE, V. To hew out roughly, as 
 timber. 
 
 2. To make a hole in the ground; kidepe 
 ekuia a awaawaa. 
 
 3. To split open, as a Esh. 
 
 4. To blow, as the wind in the middle of 
 a channel ; A:uSepe lele ka hauli. 
 
 Ku-LE-PE, ». The wind blowing in the 
 
 middle of a channel. 
 Ku-Li, V. To be stunned with noise ; to 
 
 be deafened ; not able to hear. 
 
 2. Moo. To turn a deaf ear ; to refiise to 
 hear. 
 
 3. To be disobedient; to be stubborn in 
 disobedience. 
 
 4. To 6e silent. 
 
 Ktr-Li, V. To give or pay something as 
 a reward for adultery or fornication. 
 
 Ku-Li, s. A reward given to a female 
 for adultery ov fornication. 
 
 Ku-Li, s. Deafness ; inattention to duty. 
 2. A deaf person. Fuk. 4:11. One una- 
 ble from deafness to join in conversation. 
 
 Ku-Li, adj. Deaf. Isit. 35:5. Ka pono 
 kidi. Hal 58:1. 
 
 Ku-Li, s. The knee. i,?a. 35:3. SeeKu- 
 
 KtJLI. 
 
 Ku-Li-A, s. A young handsome person 
 desired and sought after ; a beauty. 
 
 Ku-Li-A, V. For kuia, I inserted. Used 
 impra'aiW?/, stand up; be present; present 
 yourself; kulia kou ikaika, let your strength 
 come out. iaieifc. 104. 
 
 Ku-Li-A-NA, *.' The desire of a gift or 
 present to bo made to one. 
 
 Ku-n-Tj, s. A person quick to be very 
 angry ; one quick and violent tempered ; 
 oue given to seek quick if-i erigo. 
 
 Ku-u-Hi-A-MOE, V. KuH and hiamee, to 
 sleep. To doze; not to Jiear through drow- 
 siness. 
 
 Ku-Li-Hi-Li-Hi, y. Ku and likUihi, side; 
 edge. See LiHi. To be caught or hooked 
 ou the Bide or slightly, as a fish : to seize 
 ou some feeble part. 
 
 Ku-Li-Ku-u, V. SeeKtnu. To stun with 
 
 noise ; to be confused with noise so that 
 
 one cannot think. 
 2. Used i»nper<rfiue%, hush; be still; keep 
 
 silence ; referring to what another «aya. 
 Ku-Li-NA, ». Kuli and ana, feeing deaf. 
 
 To hear partially or indistinctly; lesb thaO' 
 
 hhe. Syn. with mahui. 
 KU-LI-NA, S. See KURINA. 
 
 Ku-Li-PEE, V. Kidi, knse, and pee, to 
 
 run and hide. To be lame; to be fatigued; 
 
 to be topsy-turvy ; to be confused ; to be 
 
 sicis ; to be weak ; to be feeble. 
 Ku-Li-PO-Li-po, adj. Deep water, as in 
 
 pools on the mountains ; dark, as deep 
 
 water. See NiPONrpo. 
 Ku-Lo, V. To continue doing a thing; 
 
 to persevere ; to wait long. 
 Ku-LO-A, V. £zi, to Stand, and 2oa, long. 
 
 To wait some time; to wait till food is ripe; 
 
 to procrastinate; ehooloihi ai i kamanawa 
 
 e waiho ai ; to continue doing a thing ; ke 
 
 kula mau ana i ke ao a i ka po. 
 Ku-Lo-A, V. For hokuloa. The morning 
 
 star. 
 Kn-LO-i-Hi, V. Ku and loihi, long. To 
 
 protract the time ; to be long about a thing. 
 Kir-Lou, V. Ku and lou, to bend, as a 
 
 hoot. To bow the head; to bend forward. 
 
 2. To stoop in order to look down. 
 
 3. To bow with respect to another. 
 
 4. To reverence ; to bow in. worshiping. 
 Tuk. 12:27. Kvlou lakou Halo me ka hoo- 
 mana. they bent forward as in worship. 
 
 5. To bow down with grief. See LooLou 
 With maka. to be cast down ; to be disap 
 pointed. - Mh. 6:16. 
 
 6. Boo. To lament; to grieve. Kan. 2:8. 
 To subdue, as an enemy, i. e., to cause to 
 submit. 2 Sam. 22:40. 
 
 Kn-LOD-poo, V. Kvlou and poo, the he&i. 
 To dive into the water with the head down, 
 i. e., head foremost. 
 
 2. To turn, as a somerset. 
 
 3. To leap down a precipice. 
 
 Kir-LO-KOj adj. Fighting, as one chief 
 against another in civil war; a mahope ibo 
 o ko lakou kaua kuloko ana. 
 
 Ku-Lo-KO-LO-KU, V. To Stand in pools 
 or puddles of water. See Halokoioeo. 
 
 Ku-Lo-LA-Lo^LA, V. Ku and lola, para- 
 lyzed. To be stiifened ; to be paralyzed. 
 
 2. To act as an idiot in drooling or slab- 
 bering. 
 
 3. To be weak or ioibccile ; to be slow 
 and awkward. See Kui.omaloma. 
 
 Ku-Lo-LA-LO-LA, adj. Stiff, as tiie limbs; 
 
 liot obeying the desire. 
 2. To be feeble in body and mind. 
 Ku-Lo-u, s. Name of a species of Wauki 
 
 on Hawaii at Falilua. 
 
KUL 
 
 313 
 
 KUM 
 
 2. A person who hag no wife nor children 
 h called kuloU. 
 
 Ku-Lo-Li-A, V. Kuh and lia for ia. To 
 dash against ; to shake ; to tremble. 
 
 Ku-LO-Li-A, adj. Wandering ; going 
 'from place to place without object ; lazy. 
 
 Ku-LO-LO, s. A pudding made of kalo 
 and coaoanut, or of breadfruit and cocoa- 
 nut ; imt oia i kulolo, be mea ono loa ia ai. 
 
 Ku-Lo-Lo-Hi-Li, e. To be long in doing 
 a IMng ; to be very slow j to converse or 
 tell a story with many episodes and much 
 unnecessary matter ; to lengtiien out, as a 
 story. 
 
 Ku-LO-MA-LO-MiL, V. £uandifoma, slow; 
 awkward. To do a thing very slowly and 
 awkwardly ; to act as <uie partially para- 
 lyzed.. , 
 
 Ku-LO-MA-iiO-MA, *. Dullness; awkward- 
 ness ; stupidity ; inexpertncss. . 
 
 Kc-to-NO, adv. Ascending to a great 
 height ; a e pii kviono 1 ke alo o ka lani. 
 
 Ku-Lo-No, i. Small holes in the bottom 
 of a -calabash or other vessel where the 
 water may drop throjigh. See Konono. 
 
 Ku-Lu, V. To d^p, as water; hdu ka 
 lani, the heavens dropped water, that is, it 
 rained. £«nfc.'5:4. To drop, as tears; na 
 wttimaka o kela meakeia mea, eJmhi, i lalo; 
 to distill from. Md. Sol. 5:5. Hence, 
 
 2. To leak, as the roof of a bonse. 
 
 3. To flow, as water. 
 
 4. To fall down ; to tumble over. 
 
 5. To be asleep ; to dream ; to be in a 
 trance. 
 
 6. To t« in a pleasant frame of mind. 
 
 7. To be near or quite midnight; uafcufo 
 ka po ; ua kvlu ke aumoe. 
 
 8. To be near night ; kokoke po ka la. 
 
 Ku-Lir, s. A drop of water or other 
 liquid. 
 
 2. The dropping of water. 
 
 3. The name of a disease. 
 i. The name of a tree.. 
 
 5. The name of a day of the month ; the 
 first niglit in which the moon is dark or 
 cannot be seen. 
 
 Ku-LU-A, s. The name of a day of the 
 
 month or of the moon. 
 2. The union of two things ; a- pair of 
 
 twins. 
 Ku-LU-A, ti. To flow down; to run, as 
 
 water. See Kdlu. 
 
 2. To water, as land ; to give drink, as 
 to an animal. '■' 
 
 3. To flow along, as in singing or reciting 
 poetrr. 
 
 4. To sing, as a song. 
 
 6. The name of a person whose father is 
 a chief and liis mother not ; ina he alii ka 
 Aiakuakane, a he alii ole ka makuahine,ua 
 kapaia ka laua kelki he Jadua, a he waiU 
 
 40 
 
 kahi inoa, be kukaepopolo kahi inoa; o ke 
 
 ano o ia men olelo, be alii akaka ole. 
 Ku-LU-i, s. The name of a tree. ^ 
 Ku-Lu-i-Hi-A-Mo-E, V. Kulu. i inserted,. 
 
 and hiamoe, to sleep. To doze; lo fall ipto 
 
 sleep. See Eoxcbiamoe. 
 Kn-Lu-i-Ki, V. Ktdu, to sleep, and iki,. 
 
 little. To be partially asleep ; ti> doze. 
 
 2. To endure ; to persevere ; to be con- 
 stant. 
 
 3. To enter in ; to soak in, as water. 
 
 4. To eat daintily or i^aringty. 
 Ku-Ltr-Hi-A-Mo-E, V. See Kulu and Hia- 
 
 XOE, to sleep. To sleep; to be in a trance; 
 
 to dream.' See Euluihiamoe and Kuludo. 
 Ku-LU-KA-Hi-o-Hi-o, ttdj. J^vlu and hio, 
 
 to lean over. To be partially dmnk ; to 
 
 reel to ancEft'o. 
 Ku-HT-Ku-LU, »i See Kunr, to sleep. 
 
 To sleep ; to^eam ; to be in a trance. 
 
 2. To be sociable and interesting in con- 
 versation. ' 
 
 3. Eoo. See KtTLC, to drop. To distill; 
 to drop silently, as a mist from the clouds. 
 
 Ku-LU-MA, V. To see often ; to be well 
 ao<iuainted with, as with a person often 
 seen ; to know well. 
 
 2. To do frequently ; to know certainly 
 by frequent intelligence; aole paha kakou 
 i kuluma ia ia, akah'i no a ike, we are not 
 wdl aequairUed with him, we have seen him 
 but oitce ; aole kakou i hulvtma i ka ike 
 ana, we are not perfect in knowledge. Notb; 
 Kiduma isopposite to kuUna, partially 'deat 
 
 Ku-MA, adj. Pitted; rough, as the skin 
 frofli scars of sores ; set thick together; 
 dark colored, as clouds. See Kumakdma. 
 
 Ku-MA, s. Euma is a word used for 
 standing in company with. Sec Kp, to stand, 
 and Ma, implying some persons not men- 
 tioned. See Ma. Hence,it implies an «<}■ 
 ditUm to, an enlarging. It ia found in the 
 compounds of numerals above ten ; thus, 
 umi, ten; kama, increased or standing with 
 kvM, one, that is eleven; the second ma 
 may be used for euphony's sake for me, 
 
 . with. Oram. §115, 4. 
 
 £n-MA-KA, V. Eu, to set, and maka, the 
 eye. To know certainly; to apprehend 
 fully 5 e ike maopopo, e ike lea. See Ku- 
 luma. 
 
 Kt-MA-KA, adj. Thoroughly understood; 
 fully known. 
 
 Ku-MA-KA-iA, V. To betray; fo ambus- 
 cade. 
 
 2. To accuse an innocent person. 
 
 3. To allure ; to entice to sin ; to offend 
 against one. Mel. 73:15. 
 
 4. To revile ; to reproach. 
 Kir-MA-KA-iA, s. A traitor; one who is 
 
 apparently firiendly. but is in reality an 
 enemy. 
 
KUM 
 
 314 
 
 KUM 
 
 Ku-MA-KA-LE-Hc-A, v.' Ku, to put, place, 
 roa, at, on, ka, article, the, and lehua, the 
 lehua tree. To hang, as a bunch of bananas, 
 a' hog, or a man (a transgressor) as sacri- 
 fices upon the tree which was to be used in 
 building a heiau. Note. — Such tree was 
 generally a lehua; hence the term. 
 
 Ku-MA-KA-LE-HU-A, s. The action of put- 
 ting or hanging bananas, or a hog, or a 
 man, as sacrifices upon the tree which was 
 to be n.sed in building a hoiau. 
 
 Ktr-MA-KA-PA, V. To- live in another 
 place. 
 
 Ku-MA-KE-NA, V. To mourn; to wail; 
 to lament for the dead. 1 Tes. 4:13. To 
 grieve ; to be in distress for the loss of a 
 relative or friend ; e awe aloha me ke ka- 
 nikau. Fig. ler. 4:28. 
 
 Ku-MA-KE-NA, *. Amouming; a lament- 
 ation for the dead when great multitudes 
 raised their voices in lamentation. 
 
 2. The general mourning that followed 
 the death of the king or high chief, when 
 the people wailed, knocked out their teeth, 
 lacerated their bodies, and at last fell into 
 universal prostitution ; nui na. hewa o ka 
 wa kahiko, o ke Immakena kckahi, many 
 were the vices of ancient times, kumctkena 
 was one. 
 
 3. A moiwning or sorrow for the loss of 
 ~ property, house, goods, &c., and the dis- 
 tress that followed; no ka pilikia o ka noho 
 sina. Sec Kanikau. 
 
 Ku-MA-KE-NA, adj. Mourning; hale Am-/ 
 makena, house of mourning. 
 
 Ku-MA-Ku-MA, adj. See Kuma, rough, 
 as the surface of akoakoa or coral. Uougb 
 or pitted, as the skin of a person after hav- 
 ing the small-pox. 
 
 Ku-MA-NO, V. To set in good order, as 
 in laying stones. 
 
 Ku-MA-No, s. The head of a water course; 
 a fountain ; a brook or stream of water ; 
 he poowai, he pu, he manowai. 
 
 Ku-ME-NE, adj. Dull; blunt. SeeMENE. 
 
 He keko ihu kumene, a monkey with a blunt 
 
 short nose. 
 Ku-ME-BA-LA, s. Gr. A cymbal; a mu- 
 sical instrument. 1 Kor. 13:1. Kumehala 
 
 walaau. 
 Ku-MirMi, s. The small sprouts that 
 
 shoot from the root of the sugar-cane, after 
 
 the stalk is broken off. 
 2, The name of a species of shell fish, 
 
 poisonous to eat j it resembles the papai ; 
 
 kumlmi, he papai, he mea make ke ai, he 
 
 t\,waatva. 
 Ku-Mi-No, s. Gr. Cumin, an herb. Isa. 
 
 28:25. 
 
 IvB-Moo-A-Lit, s. A race or line of kings; 
 a d}'nasly ; o ke alii, nana no o mau ai ka 
 
 noho alii ana o na 'lii, a c mau ai hoi ke 
 kumooalii, aole e pau i ka hokai ia. 
 
 Ku-MO-Mo-LE,». Ku and momole, smooth. 
 See MoLK. To be straight up and down, 
 as a smooth pali ; to be smooth and steep, 
 as a pali that cannot be climbed. 
 
 Ku-MU, s. The bottom or foundation of 
 a thing, as the bottom of a troo or plant, 
 but not the roots ; as, kumu laaii, the bot- 
 Urm of a tree ; kuma maia, banana stumps 
 for planting; the .<itump of a tree; the stalk 
 or stem of plants ; the but end of a log, 
 &c. ; hence, 
 
 2. The beginning of a thing, as work or 
 business. 
 
 3. The foundation, that i3, the producing 
 cause. 
 
 4. An example; a pattern; a copy; kuma 
 hoohalikc, a pattern; a model. Puk. 25:9. 
 A socket Pvk. 26:19. 
 
 6. A fountain of water. 
 
 6. The price of a thing, or the property 
 to be given for a valuable. 
 
 7. The property to be paid for hire. 
 Note. — Formerly all trade among Hawal- 
 ians consisted of barter, and the price of a 
 thing was not a cash price, but one article 
 became the taimu of another if it could be 
 exchanged for it. , 
 
 8. A shoal of Ssh; a flqcft; a herd; fcumu 
 puaa, a herd of swine ; inmM hipa, a Sock 
 of sheep. 
 
 9. Civil power ; legal authority. Note. 
 The word mana, out of its ancient and legit- 
 imate meaning, has lately been used for 
 power ox legal auSmity. 
 
 10. A teacher; an instructor from the 
 highest to the lowest class, including the 
 ministers of religion. 
 
 (11. A cough; a bard breathing; a pesti- 
 
 > lonco ; be mai ahulau, he mai Icamu, he 
 
 aheahc ; this is a vicious pronunciation tor 
 
 y<'Mnu. SceKuNij.) ifumuole, without cause. 
 
 lonru 15:25. Kuinu mua, elements of things. 
 
 2 Pe«. 3:10. 
 
 12. A species of fish of a red color, for- 
 
 ^.<)idden to women to eat by the ancient 
 
 kapus. 
 Ku-MU, y. To begin or commence a 
 work ; to make an experiment. 
 2. Hey To foimd ; to, lay a foundation. 
 
 Kn-MU-AO,'s. Kumu and ao, to teach. 
 An intensive and giving dofinitivenesa to 
 kumu. A teacher ; an instructor. 
 
 Kir-MU-A-LA-KAi, s, Kumu and alakai, 
 to lead ; to guide. A loading teacher ; »« 
 school teacher directing to higher purauits. 
 
 Ku-MU-E-A, s. Kumu and ea, tortoise 
 shell. The ea or tortoise shell on the han- 
 dle of a fly-brush. 
 
 Ku-MU-i-Pu-Ku-KU-i, s. Kumu and ipu, 
 cup, and kuktii, torch. A candlestick ; a 
 Puk. 26:34. 
 
KUM 
 
 315 
 
 KTJN 
 
 Ku-MU-o-HAi, s. See Kumc and Ohai, 
 a large flowering shrub or tree. The buish 
 or body of tfee ohai tree. 
 
 Kc-Mu-0-NE, S. Name of a stone out of 
 which maika stones were made. 
 
 Ku-Muu, s. The name of a kind of fish.. 
 
 Kn-Mir-HA, ». The bottom of the intes- 
 tines ; the rectum. 
 
 Ko-MU-HE-LE, s. Something connected 
 wilh the intestiacs. See NiiiiNiiii. 
 
 Ku-Mu-Hi-PA, s. Ktami and hipa, sheep. 
 A flock of sheep. Mik. .5:7. 
 
 Kc-iwi-'-Hoo-HA-u-KE-iA, s. A pattern of 
 a thing. Jleb. 8:6. 
 
 Ku-ML'-Hoo-LA, 8. Kumu and hoda, to 
 savcfcom danger. A rangom; a price paid 
 for delivofance from death. Mat. 20:28. 
 
 Ku-Mij-Hoo-LA-HA, *, Kumu and hoolaha, 
 to Kjiread abroad. Secdj applied to ani- 
 mals; means of propagation. -A'w. 7:3, 
 
 Ku-Mu-Hoo-Li-KE, s. A pattern ; a copjT. 
 
 Ku-Mu-nou, *. Kuviu, teacher, and hxtu, 
 new. Lit. A new teacher. An epithet of 
 the Holy Spirit, /pan. 14:10, 17. 
 
 Kij-Mu-Ku-Ai, s. jEuwm and i*sai, to buy. 
 The tliiBg piiid for ah article in barter. 
 
 2- In modern times, the price of an arti- 
 cle in cash or barter. Kard. 33:19. Sec 
 Note under kumu, 7. 
 
 Ku-Mu-Kui, s. A teacher of boxing; a 
 feitcing master. Lnidk. 44. 
 
 Ku-Moi-KO-Mu, V. To be short, as the 
 remnant of what is ciit ofi'. 
 
 2. To bo cut short or shaved close, leav- 
 ing the 8titmps or kumus, i. c., the roots or 
 stamps of hair or beard when shared. 
 
 3. TO make blunt, dull or short. 
 
 Ku-Mu-Ku-MiF, s. The stumps or roots 
 of what is cut off; the short hairs with the 
 roots left after dressing a hog ; the roots 
 or stump.s of tlio beard after shaving ; the 
 short stumps left after breaking off weeds 
 instead of pulling them up. 
 
 Ku-Mu-LAu, s. Kumu and lau, a leaf. 
 Tha t which propagates or brings forth often; 
 a producer ; a breeder. 
 
 1. A vegetable that produces louch, as 
 the stump of a tree that throws out many 
 sprouts ; so of other vegetables producing 
 their own kind. 
 
 2. A female, man or beast that prodttCCB 
 many oif&pring. Lit. The bringers forih, 
 as a hen that has hatched more that once, 
 a sow that produces pigs often, &.c. 
 
 3. Fio. Applied to chiefs, because they 
 nourished or fed men. 
 
 4. Al80,jt(/Mr«M«eiv, a fruitful source of 
 evil or good, generafly the former; ua lilo 
 kekahi o na mau hcwa la i kurnvJau hoo- 
 laha no ka hewa, some of those rices be- 
 came theprtnc^ source of spreading evil. I 
 
 h. The leaf or sprout that grows out ol 
 the root or Kturap. 
 
 Ku-MU-LE-0-ME-LE, -*. KumiL and Jso, 
 voice, and mde, a song. The rules of mSsic. 
 
 Ku-Mu-MA-o-MA-0, s. The name of an 
 easterly wind at Oafau, 
 
 2. The name of a kind of stone from 
 which maika stones were made. 
 
 Kc-MU-Mu, V. To be blunt ; to be ob- 
 tuse. S(;e KoMUKUMU. 
 
 2. To have the tpalities of something 
 broken or cut off. 
 
 3. To be dull, as a tool. 
 KiJ-Mc-Mu, adj. Dull ; blunt j obtuse ; 
 
 dull, as an edged tool. ' vSee Mumu. 
 
 Ku-ML'-Mu-M0, s. Cartilage; something 
 between bone and meat. See J'h.au. 
 
 Ku-ML'-PAA, V, fwmu and paa, fast. To 
 have a fast foundation, lloo. To establish; 
 to confirm. IlalW.i. 
 
 Ko-Mu-i'AA, *. ^MJWK and ^(M, complete. 
 The sum in distinction from its parts ; the 
 principal in distinction from the interest. 
 
 Kn-Mu-PA-Ko-Li, *. Kumu and pa-ko-U, 
 three of the syllables used in solmizatioA 
 in practicing vocal music. The staff or five 
 lines on which music is written, i5ee Pa- 
 
 KOli. 
 
 Ku-Mu-PE-PEi-AO, s. The name of a pro- 
 cess just behind the ear. 
 Ku-MU-Pu-AA, s. Kumuaaijmaa,aipig. 
 
 A flock or herd of swine. Mat. 8:30. 
 Kn-MO-WAi, J. Kumu and wai, water. 
 
 A water spring ; a fountain ; the head of a 
 
 water course or stream. 
 Ku-Mu-wAi-NA, *. Kumu and imina 
 
 (Eng.), wine. A grape vine. loan. 15:1. . 
 Ku-MO-Bi-Pl, s. Kumu and Idpi (Eng.), 
 
 beef; cattle. A herd of neat cattle, loel 
 
 1:18. 
 Ku-NA, s. A dangerous sore; a species 
 
 of itch difficult to cure. 
 2. A species of fish ; something living in 
 
 fresh water; be Imna ka mea uoho o ka 
 
 wai ; he puhi no ka aina ; a land eel. 
 
 Kn-NAB, V. Ku and na£, to pant. To 
 
 stand firmly against opposition, that is, to 
 
 stand and breathe, but to stand. 
 Kn-NAE-NAE, 0. See Kunae. To stand 
 
 alone ; to stand unmoved. 
 Ku-NAi-NA, V. To push over; to push 
 
 from an upright position ; to, ovei'thrp,w, 
 
 B.00. To conquer ; to overcome. 
 Ku-NAi-NA, adj. Pushed over; thrown 
 
 down ; laid prostrate. 
 Ku-na-he-lu, v. To be strong smelling; 
 ' to have an unpleasant odor. 
 
 2. To be mouldy; to smell of mould and 
 
 age. See PuKAHELH. 
 Ku-nA-Hi»Ri, V. Ku, to stand, and hiM, 
 
KUN 
 
 316 
 
 KUN 
 
 thick together. To have the hair sfemding 
 erect, as a wild man ; to staiid shivering 
 with the cold ; to stand erect, as the hair ; 
 to be rough, nide or wild ; to shudder ; to 
 have the sensation of cold water applied. 
 
 , See Okala. 
 
 Ku-NA-Hi-Hi, s. Ferocity; wildness in 
 appearance ; a standing up of the hair. 
 
 Ko-NA-Hi-Hi, adj. Shivering; ferocious; 
 
 wild ; fierce ; bristling up ; applied to 
 
 words, ka olelo ikaika ame ke kanahihi, 
 
 Mrong language mth fierceness. 
 
 2, Growing; standing up; hence, mouldy. 
 
 Ku-NA-Hu-A, V. To bend fomard in 
 walking, as a tall man. See Kanahua. 
 
 Kd-na-ku-na, s. Ku and na for aTui. A 
 standing ; the things standing up, i. e., the 
 side posts of a door ; lapauila. _ 
 
 Kc-NA-KD-NA, s. Asore; a Jdnd of itchj' 
 a species of disease. 
 
 Ku-NA-NA, V. Ku and nana for lana, to 
 float; To, step awry; to stumble sideways; 
 to stand tottering. See Kdlana. To be 
 moved ; to be agitated ; to stumble. 
 
 Kc-NA-NA, s. A garden; a place cleared 
 away for building a house; a house lot ; a 
 cultivated pl&t of ground. See Ktilana. 
 
 liu-NA-NA, s. A goat. 
 
 Ku-KA-NA-HA-LB,' i. See KuLAKAHALE. 
 A number of houses near together. 
 
 2. A place where a house may be built. 
 
 3. A place where a bouse once stood. 
 
 Ku-NA-NE, s. A game played on a board 
 with black and white stones. 
 
 2. The relationship of a brother to a sis- 
 ter, generally with the prefix kai; as, kai- 
 Icunane, the brother of a sister. 
 
 Ko-NE-Ki, V. To be full; to overflow; 
 
 to be over and above; to be crowded thick 
 
 together, as people. 
 Ku-N£-Hi, s, A crowd of people together; 
 
 the condition, the inconvenience of a crowd; 
 
 a fullness ; an overflowing. 
 Kd-ne-wa, v. To be in a deep sleep; 
 
 to sleep soundly. 
 
 2. To close the eyes in sleep. 
 
 3. To be weary ; to be fatigued. See 
 Nbwa. 
 
 Ku-KE-WA, s. Sleep; heaviness for want 
 
 cf sleep ; fatigue. 
 Ko-NE-WA-NE-WA, B. SeeKuNEWAand 
 
 NiswA. To be sound asleep, 
 
 2. To bo weary ; to be overcome with 
 sleep. 
 
 3. To fall asleep. 
 
 4. To stagger like a drunken man ; to 
 reel, flirf. 10:27.' Syn. with hikaka. 
 
 6. To go or to waader out of the way 
 thrnngh intoxication, ha. 28:7. Hence, 
 6. To be drunk. 
 Ku-^E-WA-N£-wA, f. Sound sleep. 
 
 2. A heavy wearmess. 
 
 3. A staggering through weakness for 
 •want of food ; e hoomanawanni i alo al 
 kaua i ka pololi ame ka bane, i ke annanu 
 koekoe ame ke lamswaneuxx. 
 
 Ku-Ki, V. To kindle, as a fire. OVik. 
 10:6, To light, as a lamp. 
 
 2. To blaze up and burn, as a fire ; to 
 consume. Oihk. 1:9. 
 
 3. To burn, as a sacrifice. OiMc 4:19. 
 
 4. To burn, as a fever. 
 
 5. To touch off, as a cannon. 
 
 6. To scorch or burn, as with a blaze of 
 fire. 
 
 Ku-Ni, s. A fever ; the ague and fever. 
 
 2. The beat of the sun. 
 
 3. The burning of lime ; fcunt hao, the 
 branding of cattle. 
 
 4. The name of a prayer connected with 
 sorcery and with praying people to death. 
 
 6. The practice of sorcery; the same s« 
 anaana. . 
 Ku-Ki-A, e. To be disobedient ; not to 
 yield to one's wishes; to be close. See 
 
 KONIA. 
 
 Eu-Ni-A-m, V. £um, to kindle, and 0^', 
 
 fire. To touch fire to a gun or cannon. 
 Kn-Ni-A-Hi, adj. Firing; noise by firing 
 
 a gun; kani ka pa fcuniahi, the cannon 
 
 sounded. 
 En-Ni-Hi, V. Ku, to stand, and mM, to 
 
 turn edgeways. To turn a thing edgeways; 
 
 to set up on edge ; to lay on one side ; to 
 
 s|and np prominently, as a ridge of hidr on 
 
 the head left uncut 
 Ku-Ni-Hi-Ni-Hi, V. See Ku and Nim. 
 
 To stand up, as a pali that cannot be 
 
 climbed. 
 K0-NI-E1-NI-HI, i. A pali so smooth and 
 
 steep as not to be climbed; a steep ridge, 
 
 2. A tuft of hair left on the head after 
 cutting. 
 
 3. The ridge of a war cap or helmet, 
 Kc-Ni-Ni-Hi, V. Ku and ninihi or nUii. 
 
 To stand up edgeways. See Knimn. To 
 stand, as a ridge of hair on the head, or as 
 a military hat, 
 Ku-Ni-Ni-Hi, *. A tuft or ridge of hair 
 left on the top of the head from the front 
 backwards after cutting. 
 
 2. A military hat 
 
 3. A helmet See EuNiHiNmi. 
 Ku-Ni-po-m-po, adj. Weak; languid, 
 
 &c. See Krajpoupo. 
 
 Eu-NO, V. Ku, to stand, and no, affirm- 
 ative particle. To stand firmly or securely, 
 
 Ku-NOtr, V. SeeEtTLOU. To make signs 
 for one to do a thing. Oih. 21:10. 
 
 2. To bow gently or slightly with respect 
 to one. 
 
 3. To recogniEe one as an acquaintance 
 or Sriend by a bow or nodding of tiie head. 
 
KUP 
 
 317 
 
 KUP 
 
 4. To nod or beckon with the head in 
 order to communicate eomethiag secretl;. 
 laieik. 17. Tq hint to one by a motion of 
 the head. 
 
 6. £ aea kahi ai me he manu kolea la e 
 ae ana, 
 
 Ku-Nou-KU-Noc, V. Freq. of kunou. To 
 bow often; to nod the head in derision. 
 ler. 18:16. Eoo. To bow or wag the head 
 in scorn. Mar. 15:29. 
 
 Kn-Non-Nou, *. The name of a species 
 offish. 
 
 Ku-NO-KD-NO-Ka, V, To stand, as stand- 
 ing water in puddles. See;Kiux)KutoEU. 
 
 2. To stir up ; to trouble, as water ; to 
 malce into waves. 
 
 3. To be about to weep, 
 
 Ku-No-Ni, V. To shake gently, as a 
 
 gentle shake of the head. 
 Kd-no-no, adj. Red; bright red, as 
 
 blood ; like idvJiiioa, dark red : purple. 
 Ku-No-NO, adj. Full of small noles, as 
 
 a calabash that lets out the water. 
 2. Weak ; feeble ; without strength. 
 
 Kt7-no-no, s. Small or fine hole's in any 
 container, as a calabash. 
 
 2. A small idea ; a little thought ; he 
 wahi Icunoiio manao iki no nae. 
 
 Ku-No-Mo-PA, r. See Khhono, weak. 
 
 To be helpless, as a person with the palsy; 
 
 to be weak. 
 2. To lean over, as a tall man. 
 Ku-NU, V. To blow gently or softly, as 
 
 the wind, . 
 
 2. To have a eongh '; to cough. 
 
 3. To lay meat on the embers to roast ; 
 hence, 
 
 4. fTo roast meat on the coals. 
 Ku-NU, s. See Kumu. A soft gentle 
 
 wind ; a cough ; a pestilence ; he mai ahu- 
 lau, ' 
 Ku-NU-KU-NU, V. To do a thing with an 
 evil intent ; to cherish secret anger. 
 
 2. To groan; to complain, aJs an oppressed 
 people. lob. 2i:12. 
 
 Ku-NU-KU-Nu, ^. Anger at the haku for 
 his requiring too much labor ; anger laid 
 up and cherished in the mind (-'nursing 
 one's wrath to keep it warm." Sums.) 
 £ not uku ia ia me ka hoowahawaha ole 
 ame ke hunukuna ole ; ua noho ia' 1 kcia 
 ii;abi me ka hoomanawanui ame ke kunu- 
 kunu ole. 
 
 Ku-NU-NA, adj. 
 
 Kn-PA, v. To dig out; to dig a trench; 
 . 2.. To clean oif or dig out the inside of a 
 canoe ; a kvpa la oloko o ka waa. 
 
 3. Eng. To act as a cooper. 
 
 Ku-PA, V. To be at home; to enjoy one's 
 place of repidence ; ua kupd lakou ma ko 
 lijtbu aida iho. 
 
 Ku-PA, *. One. native-bom in a place r 
 a long resident or native of a place; he ba- 
 maaina kabiko ; kupa ai au, a native-born 
 who eats (enjoys) the land ; au, poetic for 
 aina. 
 
 2. Name of.a species of worm oi cater- 
 pillar. See Peelda. 
 
 3. The name of a sea-shell : he leho. 
 
 4. Eng. Hawaiian pronunciation for soup. 
 Ku-FAA, V. Ku, to stand, and paa, fast. 
 
 To stand fast or Qrmly, as a material object 
 2. To stand fast morally; to continue 
 constant, as a person intent upon bis pur- 
 pose ; e hoomabawanui. " 
 8, Fio. To confirm ; to prove true,' as a 
 proigise or covenant. Bom. 9:11. To con- 
 firm, as an agreement. 2 N(U. 23:3. Moo. 
 To confirm I to establish. 2 (7iU.~7:18. 
 
 Ku-PAA, adj. Unraovable ; constant, as 
 a^memorial pillar. 
 
 2. Unehaken in mind or purpose, 
 . 3. Firm ; strong, as an arm ; fixed, as a 
 plan ; olelo htpaa, an ordinance ; a cove- 
 nant; a statute. JPufc. 21:1. 
 
 Ku-PAA, adv. Fully; thoroughly; firmly. 
 Kanl. 1:36. 
 
 Ko-PAi, V. To send away by water; 
 imperaiixxily, get away ; be off. 
 
 Ku-PAi-A-NA-HA, adj. Wonderful: un- 
 accountable; strange, as a story or the re- 
 lation of an event good or bad ; it is used 
 as an intensive. See Khpasaha. 
 
 Ku-PA-o-A, s. An odorous plant used to 
 scent kapa, 
 
 2. Fio, What gives character to the life; 
 ke kupaoa ia e hoope ai i na ui;ane, that 
 is the plaml which gives scent to eouJa,i.e., 
 their pecuJior character. 
 
 3. Name of a species of porous stone. 
 Ku-PAU, *. A name of several of die 
 
 days of the month. 
 Ku-PAu, adj. Going back; fearful; 
 
 shrinking. 
 Ku-PA-KA, V. To writhe J to twist; to 
 
 bend this way and that; to move one way 
 
 then another. 
 , 2. To be borne down or overwhelmed 
 
 with sadness. Isa. 21:.S. 
 
 3. To be in great perplexity and deep- 
 less anxiety; to be fearful ; to shrink from 
 doing a thing ; kupaka ae la aole e hiki. 
 
 4. To thi'ow the limbs about, as in great , 
 pain. 
 
 Ku-PA-KA, J. A writhing; a bending 
 tiiis way and that ; a teanng ; a treating 
 with violence. 
 
 Kn-PA-KA-Ki, adv. Awkwardly, as any- 
 thing done in a hurry or in eonsternalioa. 
 
 Ko-PA-KU-PA, V. See Kupa. To work 
 digging a trench. 
 2. To work hewidg out a canoe; to work 
 
 ' off, M witti aa adze. 
 
KUP 
 
 318 
 
 KUP 
 
 K0-PA-1.A, s. The name of a vegetable, 
 the root eaten in time of scarcity. 
 
 2. The BEume of a species of long fish; he 
 kaku. 
 
 Ku-PA-LA-HA, s. The name of a class of 
 Kamchameba's heiaus. 
 
 Ktr-?A-tii, V. To be little; to be dwarf- 
 ish; to be diminutive. 
 
 itu-PA-tii, s. The name of a plant. 
 2. A small man or woman ; a dwarf. 
 
 Ktr-PA-Lii, adj. Small ; dwarfish ; di- 
 minutive, as a dwarfish person. 
 
 Ku-pa-lii-ai-at;, *. A person who has 
 lived many years, or to old age. 
 
 Ku-PA-LO-Loi, V. To drum with the fin- 
 gers, on the drum or pahu at a hula or other 
 gathering; kupaldloi ka leo ka paha e 
 kani i Mauoni. 
 
 Kc-PA-LU, V. To stuff with food ; to give 
 a person or animal as much as he can eat. 
 
 2. To fatten; to nourish; to feed highly. 
 San. 1:5. Hence, 
 
 3. To make a favorite of one. 
 
 4. To pound and beat out, as kapa. 
 Ku-PA-LU-iA, s. A failing; a well-fed 
 
 animal. Mat. 22:4. 
 
 ■ 2. A taming, as of fish by feeding ; ka 
 
 hoobauna ana i laka mai ka ja. 
 
 Ku-PA-Ltj-t-A, adj. Fatted ; weU fed. 
 
 Ku-PA-NA-HA, V. To be wonderful. Uoo. 
 To exhibit some extraordinary trait of char- 
 acter. Birf. 31:21. 
 
 Ku-PA-NA-HA, s. A wpndey; a strange 
 event See Kdpaianaha. 
 
 Ku-PA-NA-HA, adj. Wonderful; strange; 
 illiberal ; close. 
 
 Ku-PA-NA-EL*., adv. "Wondrously; 'mac- 
 countably. Kani. 28:5S. 
 
 Kir-PA-PArr, s. A dead body ; a corpse ; 
 a, deceased person; lawe akn la lakou i ke 
 hiipapau o Lono, thp people carried away' 
 the <2ea<2 body of CaDtain Cook; eia ke kau- 
 oha a ke kupapau ;a'u, here is the last 
 charge of the deceased to me. 
 
 Ku-PA-PAU, adj. Of or belonging to a 
 dead body ; hale kupapau, a tomb. 
 
 Ku-FA-PAU-LA, V. To Stand with the 
 side to the wind, as a house ; to blow di- 
 rectly on, as the wind; to have the wind In 
 front or ahead. 
 
 Kr-i'A-PA-KU, s. A place deep down in 
 tie ground ; olalo hupapaku. 
 
 Kto-PA-PA-LA-Ni, *. A chief. Fig. Lik- 
 ened to a fish. 
 
 KtJ-PE, V. To manage or direct a canoe, 
 as the man with the steering paddlb ; to 
 direct the bow of a boat or canoe j e boo- 
 pololei ae i ka ihn. 
 
 2. To shovel dirt ; to use a shovel or 
 spade. See Kofs. j 
 
 Ku-PE, s. The name of a rim of a cahoe 
 before and behind. 
 
 2. A fetter. See Kdpee. 
 
 Ku-PEE, V. To bind with fetters,* to 
 fasten with fetters. 
 ■2. To bind ; to tie fast. 
 
 3. To ornament the wrist or arm with 
 bracelets ; to put ornaments on the arm. 
 
 Ku-PEE, s. An ornament, generally df 
 a string of shells (pupuhoaka.) Kin. 24:22. 
 Jlupee gula. 
 
 2. A bracelet. Puk. 35:22. Kupee lim^. 
 
 3. A fetter. See Kupb. 2 Nal. 25:7. Ku- 
 pee keleawe, a tetter of brass. ImtiJc. 16:21. 
 Laau kupee, stocks. Jer. 20:2. 
 
 Ku-PE-u-i-n, *. An old broken worn out 
 canoe, without sail or other conveniences. 
 2. A canoe with a large ihu ; ina neika 
 ihu, be kupeiulu kabi inoa. 
 
 Ku-PE-u-LU, adj. Old ; worn out, as a 
 canoe; pehea ko pukou waa? he wahiwaa 
 kupeviu no hoi, how is your canoe? it is 
 even a canoe 100m mit. 
 
 Ku-PE-HE, s. A going softly, as a per- 
 son; a moving, as a weak person; bakap«, 
 he kupehe. 
 
 Ku-PE-Hi, V. See Pehi. To throw at; 
 to pelt ; to cast stones at ; e boolei i ka 
 pobakn. •, 
 
 Kd-pe-ki-a, s. The fear of evil. 
 
 ffu-PE-LE, ». To bruise, as fruit to soften 
 it ; to soften ; to pound up, as kalo. 
 
 2. To feed ^11 or till surfeited, as a parent 
 does a child or a pet dog; e fcupele i ka ilio. 
 
 Ku-PE-LE, 1!. To mix up or woit over 
 poi the day after it is made. SeeHoowxu. 
 Huli ka wafaa (ka waa) ilnna, alaila ifcvj)ele 
 maloko. 
 2. To dig out the inside of a canoe. 
 
 Ku-PE-LEi s. The name of a medicine 
 given to soften the pou two or tlir^e days 
 before the waiki or pocpoe. 
 
 Kn-PE-LE-LEU, V. KuandpdeleUfdtshojt 
 wide canoe. To stand in a broad or spread- 
 ing posture, as one who blocks up the door 
 or a narrow passage.. 
 
 2. To be broad, as one with spreading or 
 bulky baggage on his back; heaha kau e 
 kupeleleu nei 1 what are you doing stand- 
 ing 60 big here? 
 
 Kn-PE-NE, p. To live steadily in one 
 place, instead of roving about, visiUng, &c. 
 Hoo. The same. 
 
 Ku-PE-Nu, V. To dip into coloring mat- 
 ter. Kin. 37:31. To stain by immersion ; 
 to dip, as into blood or any liquid. Katd. 
 33:37. To plunge into a ditch. /o&. 9:31. 
 2. To smooth, as a ruffled kapa: to press 
 down. - 
 
 Ku-PE-iJir-PE-Na, V. The frequentative 
 of the foregoing. 
 
KUP 
 
 319 
 
 KUP 
 
 Kr-n-xi-o, vf Ku and pikio, to stand 
 up, as water. See Peki. To rage ; to fee 
 in comfflotion, as water agitated by the 
 wind. . 
 
 2. To rage or be in commotion, as an 
 angry mallitude. 
 
 ■ 3. To be troubled, as tlie mind. loh. 
 30:27. 
 
 Kn-Pi-Ki-pi-Ki-0, V. See the foregoing. 
 
 . To be in commotioa generally. 
 
 2. To rage, as tbe sea when wind and 
 current ai» opposite. 
 
 3. To be furious; to be agitated, as a 
 people in a popular tumult. Sal. 2:1. 
 
 4. To be agitated, as the mind. 
 
 5. Hoo. To cause a storm; to make bois- 
 terous; to rage, as the elements. Jso. 51:15. 
 
 Ku-pi-Ki-pi-Ki-o, s. The agitation of 
 water when the surface is thrown out of its 
 level ; the commotion of tbe waves of the 
 sea in a storm. 
 i. The raging of a multitude. 
 3. The agitation of the mind. Idk, 1:6. 
 
 K0-PI-KI-PI-KI-O, adj. Troubled; raging, 
 as kai kupikipikio. Isa.. 67:20. 
 
 Kc-pi-Li-Kii, V. See PiLiKiA. To stand 
 Close together so as to crowd. 
 
 KtT-Pi-NAi, V. Ku and piiiai, thick to- 
 gether. To mourn ; to wail ; to make a 
 great and confused noiso, as of wailing. 
 
 2. To go from house to house or from 
 place to place. 
 
 3. To be thronged with the numbers of 
 people ;' to stand thickly together, as peo- 
 ple in a crowd. 
 
 4. To reverberate, as a sound ; to echo 
 back a sound. 
 
 Ku-pi-NAi, s. A great crying; a general 
 or universal lamentation 'where multitudes 
 are wailing together. 
 
 2. The echo of a mourning or lamenta- 
 tion. 
 
 3. An echo ; a reverberation of sound, 
 as from a pali. 
 
 4. A great and confused noise of people. 
 
 -K&-PI-NAJ, adj. Noisy; confused with 
 
 noise ; alqha na hoa kupinai, wawa hane- 
 
 hane ua hale nei'(bale kula.) 
 Ku-Pi-NA-Pi-NAi, V. To come and stand 
 
 thick together, as people day after day. 
 Ku-pi-pi, t>, £m, ftf stand, and jsjjjj, thick 
 
 together. To stand thick together,' as a 
 
 multitude ; t4 be confuse^. 
 Ku-Pi-Pi, s. Name of a speeies of fish. 
 Kf-pi-pi, adj. Close together ; thick, as 
 
 people standing tcigether. 
 Ku-Fo, s. Name of a species offish net; 
 
 be upena kupo. 
 Ku-POE-poE, V. Ku, to fit, and poepoe, 
 
 round. To be fitted round, i. e., well flir- 
 
 nished, as one wearing much kapa. 
 
 2. To have much property; to bo f"'ly 
 furnished. 
 
 Ktr-pou, V. To bend or bow forward, bs 
 in drowsing, or if one hits, his foot and 
 stumbles forward; a kuptm ihp la konapoo 
 " ma ka waha o ka ipn. Laie'ik. 211. 
 
 Kr-Po-u-Li, v. To be darkened; to be 
 benumbed ; kupcndi ka naau i ka ona i ka 
 baka. 
 
 Ku-pou-pou, s. A species of fish; along 
 fish. 
 
 Kn-Po-HU, 3. Ku and poku, calm. A 
 calm; the state of the sea when there is no 
 wind. 
 
 Ku-po-LA, V. See Kapola. To roll up, 
 as a bundle ; to tie up together. 
 
 2. To wither and roll up, as the under or 
 dead leaves of bananas. 
 
 Ku-PO-iiO-Lu, «. The striking or stab- 
 bing one with a pololu ; he niii ka poe ao 
 i ka lono maka Ihe, me ke kupololu. 
 
 KurPo-NO, V. Ku and poTW, right. To 
 be or to act uprightly ; to be just ; to be 
 true. Hoo. "f stand upright, i. e., to stand 
 firmly ; to establish ; to bold up ; to be 
 just ; to be upright. 
 
 Ku-Po-No, adj. la geometry, upright ; 
 perpendicular; Vaha kupono, a perpendic- 
 ttlar line. Anahon. 4. 
 
 2. Morally upright. 2 Nal 20:3. Hon- 
 est; conscientious. Oihk. 13:37. 
 
 Ku-pu, V- To sprout; to spring up; to 
 grov^, as vegetiition; to shoot oat buds; to 
 open out, as leaves or blossoms. 
 2. To grow large ; to increase. 
 S. Fio. To grow up or increase, as evil. 
 Kmil. 29:17. 
 
 4. Eoo^ Top#y,asatBx; t« collect taxes; 
 hookauniafaaia ila makaainana e hookupu. i 
 kela mea waiw^i i kela mea waiwai, the 
 common people were burdened by tmng 
 twed on all sorts of property. 
 
 Ku-pv, s. A yegetable ; a thing sprouted 
 up. 
 
 2. A tax. Soo. A tax ; a tribute to a 
 ruler. Ezr. 6:8. 
 
 3. One whose ancestors were born where 
 he himself was and vice versa. 
 
 i. One who is mischievous or lawless. 
 Laieilc. 104. He laipu oe, hookahi no mea 
 i kolohe \ ka'n. See En. 
 Ktr-PU, adj. Thick, as paste. 
 
 2. Hoo. Hookupu hapaumi, a little tax. 
 Kanl 26:12. 
 Ku-pp-a, s. A sorcerer. Isa. 8:19. A 
 witch. XanZ. 18:11. A wizard. Pwfc. 22:18. 
 
 2. A person of extraordinary powers of 
 body or mind; one able to do what others 
 cannot ; o Aiwohikupna keia, ke kupua 
 kaulana a puni na moku. Laieik. 100. 
 NoTE*-Soroerers, wizards and witches are 
 frequently spoken of in Hawaiian antiqui- 
 
LA 
 
 320 
 
 LA 
 
 ties ^in their kaaos ani melea — as things 
 
 that existed and were fully believed in. 
 Kv-TV'A, adj. See Kopu above. 1 hick, 
 
 as paste. 
 Ku-pu-E-u, s. A person who excels in 
 
 .doing good or in doing mischief; ma ke 
 
 ahiaM o ua la hoouka kana ijei o na fett- 
 
 pueu. Laieik. 109. 
 Kn-pu-o-Hi, V. Kupu, to shoot up, and 
 
 ohi, bamboo. To grow up quickly, as a 
 
 vegetable of quick growth. 
 2. To grow quickly, as a child that has 
 
 grown to maturity early. 
 Ku-PU-o-Hi, adj. Quick growing; early 
 
 mature, as men or plants. ■ 
 Kd-puu, s. See Kupu and Aikupuit. 
 Ku-PO-KU-PU, s. A vegetable; what 
 
 springs up from the ground. 
 
 2. A species of ground pine 
 
 3. An odoriferous plant. 
 
 JKu-putKu-pu-u-la, s. a plant used to 
 
 scarify the skin. 
 Kxr-pu-LH, s. Kupu and In, little. A 
 
 small man, but not properly aa, a dwarf ; 
 
 it applies to slowness of growth in men, 
 
 animals and vegetables. 
 2. A monkey. 
 Ku-PU-NA, s. A grand parent, either 
 
 father or mother. 
 
 2. A father of two or more generations 
 back. 
 
 3. A forefather or ancestor indefinitely. 
 
 4. A patriarch. Mn. 17:5. No na fcu- 
 puna mua o ko Hawaii nei, concerning the 
 first fathers (ancestors) of the Hawaiian 
 race, 
 
 Ku-PU-NA-KA-NE, s. Kupuna and kane, 
 male. A grandfather. JK». 32:9. An an- 
 cestor of several generations back ; o Ku- 
 kanaloa ke kupunakane o kekahi poe o Ha- 
 waii nei. 
 
 Ku-pu-NA-wA-Hi-NE, s. KupunaBLnAwa- 
 hine, female. A grandmother, Ac. See the 
 foregoing. . 
 
 Ku-PU-Ni, V. Ku, to stand, and jxtm, 
 around. To stand around; to surround, 
 as an enemy. Jer. 1:17. 
 
 Ku-wA, s. The name of a prayer made 
 when a person finished a new hanae by 
 trimming the grass from over the door; 
 kuwa ka icoa clapnle; also a pr^yeiwhen 
 a canoe was finished. 
 
 Ku-WAi, V. To rub in a circular man- 
 ner. 
 
 Ku-wA-LA, V. See Kuala. To turn over, 
 as a man or Qther substance. 
 
 2. To add to a price agreed on, as for 
 delay in payment. 
 
 3. To take something else in pay in lieu 
 if the thing agreed on is not sufficient: ^- 
 wala i ka waiwai e, 1 ka puaa paha ke lawa 
 ole ka wahie. 
 
 Ku-wA-LA, *. A somerset; a turning 
 over and over, from which is derived the 
 word for interest. See Kuala. 
 
 Ku-wA-LA, adj. Usurious; taking usury. 
 Puk. 22:25. Stn. with uku hoopane. 
 
 Ku-T?A-iuA-poo, II. See KuloCpoo. 
 
 Ku-WA-LA-WA-LA, V. To beiidj to yield, 
 as grass or any fiexible thing to a flowing 
 stream of water, but which being elastic, 
 bends back again, causing the motion called 
 kutcaiavoala ; kuwalawakt ka hala ame ka 
 ohia ; kuwalavxda ka pono. 
 
 Ku-Bi-TA, s. Eng. A cubit in measure; 
 eighteen inches, .ffiji. 6:15. Iwifca&jfe(,he 
 iwi hailima e pili pu ana me ka ili kano, . 
 pne of the bones of the forearm joined to 
 the wrist. Anat 19. 
 
 Ku-Ri-NA, s. Eng. Corn ; corn meal. 
 
 Knis-Ti-A-NO, s. Gr. A christian; a fol- 
 lower of Jesus Christ. Oih. 11 :26. 
 
 L. 
 
 T A, name of the eighth letter of the 
 ■'-' Hawaiian alphabet. It represents the 
 sound of a li(^uid as in other languages ; 
 hence it is easily assimilated to such of the 
 other liquids as are similarly pronounced, 
 viz. : n and the smooth American r in for- 
 eign words. Thus, nanai for lanai; on the 
 contrary lanahu is used for nanahu, &c. Z 
 is insarted sometimes, for the sake of eu- 
 phonjr, between a verb and its passive ter- 
 mination ia; as, kaittlu for kauia; manao- 
 lia for manama. The letter ft is used in a 
 similar manner. See H and Grammar § 48. 
 The name of the letter to Instead of eJ is 
 required by a law of the language, viz. : 
 
 that every syllable must end with a vowel 
 sound. 
 
 La, a particle following verbs, mostly in 
 some preterit tense, and generally con- 
 nected with either mai, aku, iho or ae. 
 Oram. § 239 and 240. It is also nsed with 
 nouns and adverbs and seems to have s 
 alight reference to place ; similar, but not 
 so marked or strong as the French to. 
 
 La, s. Thesun; hemeaemalamalama 
 ai 1 ke ao, ke alii o ka malamalama, that 
 whioji gives light to day, ihe king of light 
 
 2. Pay or light, in distinction flrom po, 
 darkness. 
 
 3. A particular t>r appointed day; to tor 
 
I,AA 
 
 3S1 
 
 LAA 
 
 lahala, day ofatonemrat. OiMc. i3:27. A 
 
 particular day of ttie month or year. 
 4. The effects of the heat of the sua, i. e., 
 
 a drongbt; ka la nui, a great drought; 
 
 heat ; warmth. Stifling heat is ikiiki. 
 La, s. The name of an ancient sail foi 
 
 canoes ; o ka pea o ko laliiou waa i Iw wa 
 
 kaiiiko, he la ka inoa o ia pea. 
 La, adj. Like the sun ; sunny, that is, 
 
 warm; haa'ele o Poleahu i koaa kapa ban, 
 
 lalau like lakou i ke Icapa la. Laieik.'llS. 
 
 Laa, v. To be holy ; to be set a^art for 
 holy purposes ; e hoojtaawale i na waiwal 
 i boanoia. . Puk. 30:29. 
 
 2. To be devoted to any person ; to be 
 consecrated to a particular use or purpose, 
 generally religious ; to be under or bound- 
 by an o4th. xTaieifc. 38. By a kiss. iMieik. 
 126. 
 
 3. To be devoted to destruction or death. 
 los. 6:17. A ike mai la na ilamuku o Liloa 
 ua laa keia keild no ka ae ana ma kabi 
 kapu, and the sherifi^ of Liloa saw that the 
 child was devoted (had forfeited his life) on 
 account of his climbing over a kapu place 
 (fence.) 
 
 4. To be defiled ; to become impure by 
 mixing one plant with another of a differ- 
 ent kind. Kanl. 22:9. 
 
 5. BifO. To sanctify; to be saactified; to 
 be devoted ; to be set apart as sacred, or 
 for sacred purposes. Puk. 13:2. To make 
 sacred or holy ; to revere ; to.Awlicate, as 
 a tiemple or image. Dan.SS. To devote. 
 Oihl. 18:11. , 
 
 Laa, adj. Sacred ; devoted, i. e., given 
 up or set apart to sacred purposes; hence, 
 holy ; mea laa, a consecrated or holy one. 
 Puk. 16:23. He lahui kanaka laa, a con- 
 secrated nation'. Puk. 19:6. 
 
 2. Accursed; devoted to destruction. 
 loa. 6:18. (See the verb in the same verse.) 
 
 Laa, adv. Also ; together with others ; 
 so; Vikepda; besides all this; oiameaa 
 pan e laa me keia, all that tiing together 
 with this ; o ka launa nui aku i ka wabine 
 e, e laa me ka wahing i ke kane e. See 
 Elaa, « 
 
 Laa, s. Width j breadth. Syn. with 
 lanla. 
 
 La-au, s. a general name for what grew 
 put of the ground j o na mea e ulu ana ma 
 ka honua ua kapaia he laau. 
 
 1. Wood ; trees ; timber ; but not often 
 fire-wood, which is wahie. 
 
 2. A forest ; a thicket of trees ; ka mea 
 ulu ma na kuahjwi. 
 
 3. Fio. Strength ; firmness ; hardness. 
 
 4. Laau palupalu, herbs ; tender vege- 
 tables. Mai. 13:32. 
 
 5. Medicine; that which is taken in case 
 of Bickuess. Not£. — The ancient Hawaiian 
 medicines were numerous, and couusted 
 
 41 
 
 mostly of mixtures of leaves of trees, barks, 
 roots, &c., and some were exceedfngly nau- 
 seous, and otbers very acrid; but the phy- 
 sicians depended more on their enchant- 
 ments, their invocations to the gods, tbe 
 sacrifices ofifereil, or the prices paid, than 
 on the virtue of tjieir mecUcines. 
 
 La-au-a, adj. See Laa, devoted. De- 
 voted to destruction, as for having broken 
 , kapu.. 
 
 La-au-a-la, s. Laau,^ wood, and tUa, 
 odoriferous. Sandiil-wood, an odoriferous 
 wood formerly in great abundance in ihe- 
 mountainous regions. 
 
 La-au-a-na, s. Laau, wood, and ana,. 
 participial termination. A ruling; maldng 
 a mark by a rule or ^iece of wood. Norn. .' 
 This is a modem word. 
 
 LA-Atr-r-Ki-Ai, s. Laau, wood, iki, little, 
 and at, to cat A general name for herbs. . 
 Mim. 14:2. 
 
 La-au-o-oi, ) j; Laau, bush, and oioi, 
 
 La-AU-owi, J sharp; full of sharp 'points. 
 A bramble bush. ^a. 34:13. 
 
 Li-Air-o-Li-VA, s. Laau and oliva (Gr.), 
 olive. An olive' tree. ICanI.^:ll. 
 
 La-au-o-we, ». To make a noise with 
 the feet; to drum with the fingers; to make 
 a shnffiing noise. See Lauowae. 
 
 La-au-hoo-pii, s. Laau, medicine, and, 
 hoopii, to cause to ascend. An emetic. 
 
 La-au-kaa, s. 2^u, tree, and £&a, pine.. 
 A fir tree. Zek. 11:2. An oak tree. Kin. 
 36:4. 
 
 La-att-ee-a, s. Laau and kea, a cross.. 
 A cross of wood. 
 
 La-au-ki, ». Zizau, timber, and ^'(£n^.), 
 key. A bar for a gate. 
 
 La-au-ei-a, s. Laau and kia, a sticky 
 mixture. A mixture used as bird-lime in 
 ' catchiiig birds ; he laau a hoopili ai i ka 
 manu me he kepao la- 
 
 La-au-eu, s. Laau and ku, to stand. A 
 side post of a door, from its erect position. 
 1 IM, 6:31. A post of a house; an nprigbi 
 post. Mtk. 46:19. 
 
 LA-AU-En-KA-Hi, "i s. The names of par- 
 
 LA-AU-EU-tu-A, > tienlar days in the an- 
 
 La-axj-EU-PAU, y cient month. 
 
 La-au-ku-pee, s. JCbom and Awpee, a fet- 
 ter. StockB,fetter3,&c., for criminals; any 
 instrument of confining a person. 
 La-att-iJl, s. A divi^'on of the year. 
 La-au-la-lo, s. Laau and Mo, dowa. 
 The boom of a vessel, irom its horrioniai 
 position, in distinction from kia or laaxtka. 
 
 La-av-la-pa-ait, s. XrrzoM, medicine, and 
 lapaau, to' heal, cure, &c. Medicine, i. e., 
 herbs, roots or other compounds for the t» 
 Uef.of diseases. ler, 46:11. 
 
LAE 
 
 322 
 
 LAI 
 
 La-ati-li, s. The name of an ancient 
 god who made laws that were not to be 
 Broken ; ka inoa o ka mea nana I kau na 
 kanawai paa, o Kanclaauli. 
 
 La-a-u-lu, s. La, day, au, season, and 
 ulu, to grow. A time when vegetables 
 spring or grow fast iu distinction from laa- 
 make. 
 
 La-au-lu-ai, s. Laau, medicine, and 
 htai, to vomit. An emetic. See Laawii 
 and IiAAUHOopn. • 
 
 La-au-ma-sai, s. Laau, wood, and Tna- 
 kai, a conBtable. The signal or badge of 
 a constable under the first code of laws; it 
 was a square piece of wood five or six inches 
 
 . in length, each side, an inch, one-third of 
 the length was turned for a handle ; this 
 the constable carried with him as a desig- 
 nation,of his office. 
 
 La-a0-mo-e, s. Laau, medicinf, and 
 moe, to sleep. Medicine causing sleep; an 
 opiate. 
 
 La-au-na-ha, s. Laau, medicine, and 
 naha, to operate, as a cathartic. A cathartic 
 medicine. 
 
 La-au-pa, s. LaaUi, medicine, and pa, 
 barren. An ancient drug given to produce 
 abortion, or rather perhaps to prevent 
 fecundation ; nolaila, mu nui na wafaine i 
 ki laavpa i hapai oie lakou. He laau ha~ 
 nau keiki ole. 
 
 La-au-pa tr, s. Name of a day of the 
 month. Sen tiAAiKOPAtr. 
 
 LA-Atr-PA-LAU, s. The name of an in- 
 struhien t of offense used in war, a long club ; 
 ihe, pololu, lanupalau, &c. 
 
 La-au-pii, s. Lcuai and pii, to ascend. 
 An emetic. Soo LAADi.rAi. 
 
 La-a-hi-a, v. Laa and ia, passive, .'4 in- 
 serted. See Laa, adj., 2. To bo involvod 
 In what othere do, especially of evil. 
 
 2. To be reproached for othera' faults on 
 account of living or associating together ; 
 inu rama oe, a laahUt ma ka bcwa:makou i 
 ka hohonu ia oe. 
 
 La-a-la-au, s. An herb; abush; herbs; 
 green things. Pnk. 3:2. That class of veg- 
 etables between trees and grass. 
 
 La-a-ma-ke, s. La, iay, time, find inake, 
 dead. The time when vcgefables generally 
 die or dwindle or grow slowly, like autumn 
 In cooler climates ; opposite to Itmulu. 
 
 La-a-na, adj. See Laa, devoted. De- 
 voted to destruction, as for having broken 
 kapu ; e hu laana. 
 
 La-a-lo, s. The name of kalo tops when 
 dry. 
 
 La-e, v. To be light ; to be clear, as 
 day; to be shining, as a light. See Laelae 
 and kindred with lai. 
 
 La-e, s. Any projecting substance, as 
 
 a prominent forehead. ■ 1 Sam. 17:49. A 
 
 brow of a hill : a cape or headland. In 
 
 geography, a cane or promontory. 
 2. A calm : c" calm place in the sea, as 
 
 under a binfl, capfi or headland. 
 Lae-hao-ke-iji, .?. Lae, forehead, hao, 
 
 horn, and fcefct, projecting. Name given to 
 ■. the unicorn ; the unicorn. 
 L^e-kao-ke-la, adj. Having one horn 
 
 in the forehead ; he holoholona kiwi hoo- 
 
 kahi ma ka ibu. Lio laehaokela. NaJi. 23:22. 
 Lae-koi, s. iiae, forehead, and ioi, sharp; 
 
 projecting. A sharp or projecting forehead. 
 Lae-ko-lo-a, s. a species of soft porous 
 
 stone. 
 Lae-lae, v. See Lae, v. To enlighten, 
 
 i. e., to make visibly clear or plain by means 
 
 of a light. 
 
 2. To make clear or explicit by wordP; 
 as a statement or assertion. 
 
 3. To be free to move; to be unfettered; 
 to be loose ; to be separate from another. 
 
 LvSe-lae, adj. Bright; bright shining, 
 as the sun; e like me ka la laden 1 ke awa- 
 kea ; pure j clear ; serene, as a clear sky. 
 Fig. Pare m sentiment. ZTirf. 19:8. 
 
 2. Clear ; unobscured to the sight. 
 
 3. Clear ; distinct, as the meaning of a 
 word or speech. 
 
 Lae-l^e, 8, SeeLA£. Alight; a bright 
 Ught. 
 2. Calm, pleasant weather. 
 La-e-le, s. The name of kalo tops when 
 partially dry or thrown by as refuse. Sec 
 Laalo. The litter, as of kalo tops or old 
 kalo leaves ; any litt-er or refiise material. 
 2. The name of the outside leaves of the 
 loulu, tobacco, &c. ; the game as Aaiti 
 
 Lae-lu-a, adj. Lae and hia, double. 
 
 Projecting ; sharp : prominent, as a ridge. 
 
 See MuKoi. 
 Lae-ni-hi, s. Name of a species offish. 
 2. A steep, perpendicular forehead. 
 
 Lae-paa, s. Name of a servant marked 
 in the forehead. See Laefcm. 
 
 Lae-pu-ni, s. Name of a servant marked 
 in tbo forehead ; o ka poe kanwa i hoailo- 
 naia. ma ka lae, ua kapaia he kanwa Uu^ni. 
 
 Lai, s. Used for lemi, the heavens, es- 
 pecially wh«n the sky is, clear and the 
 weather calm ; c kc alii wahine o ka lai. 
 Laieik. 154. 
 
 2. A calm still place in the sea where 
 there is no ripple' and the sea is like a look- 
 ing-glass. 
 
 3. Any calm still place ; e noho mai a i 
 ka foi o Lolc; 
 
 4. Still, as water ; pohu, malie o ka lai. 
 See Mauno. 
 
 6. Any still, silent place; he wahi meha- 
 nseha, hakann 
 
LAO 
 
 323 
 
 LAU 
 
 La-i, *. The leaf of the ki plant. See 
 
 Laui and La.uki. 
 2. Name of a species offish. 
 Lai, v. To be calm ; to make no noise ; 
 
 to be silent :• ua lai loa ia po, it was very 
 
 sW that nighf. 
 2. Hoo. To quiet; to appease, as a mob. 
 
 Oift. 19:35. 
 
 *«' 3. To be quiet, as the elements. 
 Lai, adj. Calm; still; quiet; shining, 
 
 as the Eiirface of the sea in a calm. 
 Lai-ki, v. To cram ; to stuff; to throw 
 
 together confusedly ; to eat too much ; to 
 
 be fall, as an oveMoaded stomach. 
 Lai-ki, s. Fullness, as of the stomach 
 
 from over-«ating ; ua laiki ka opu. 
 Lai-ki, adj. Full, as the stomach from 
 
 eating too much. 
 Lai-ki, $. Hawaiian orthography for 
 
 raisi. Eng. Rice ; a vegetable ; a species 
 
 of grain. 
 Lai-ku, s. a calm, either with reference 
 
 to the. atmosphere, without- wind, or to the 
 u stillness of the ocean, without wave or rip- 
 i pie ; he pohu, he malie hinu no ka moana. 
 Lai-la, adv. Referring to;time, then; 
 , at that time ; referring to place, there ; at 
 
 that place. It almost always takes one of 
 
 the simple prepositions, c(, i, o, no, fco, lai, 
 
 m<i or mai. See each of the compounds in 
 
 their places ; also, Oram. § 68 and § 165, 
 
 2d class. 
 Lai-lai, v. See Lai. To be" very calm 
 
 and clear, as the sun ; i ka wa e Utikd ana 
 
 ka la maluna'o ka aina. Laidk. 158. 
 
 Lai-na, s. a kind of eruption on the 
 body like shingles. 
 
 La-o, v. To spring up, as grass or weeds 
 alter a rain. 
 
 La-o, «. The leaf of the sugar-cane, es- 
 pecially in its use as formerly in thatching 
 nouses. The other qames ^.re lauo, lauko 
 and kako. 
 
 2. The name of a Species of fish. 
 
 3. A mote moving in the eye and causing 
 
 fiain; he pula oni ana iloko o ka maka 
 aolao. 
 La-o-a, v. To tie up the bones of a per- 
 son in a bundle ; to bundle up. 
 
 2. To put a girdle around the body 
 tightly. 
 
 3. To choke or strangle, as with a cord 
 around the neck ; also written laovoa. See 
 Lauiau. 
 
 La-o-la-o, s. a bundle of small sticks 
 tied up tor fuel. 
 
 2. A bundle of anything tied up for car- 
 rying. 
 
 3. Little sticks put down ts help sustain 
 the koauna or bank of a kalo patch ; Ira 
 Uwlao nabele kuakoa loi. 
 
 4. The booming or bass sound of a bell. 
 6. The pain of the eye suffering from a 
 mote. See Xiifi 3. 
 
 6. An uneasy st9.te of the bowels tending 
 towards colic. . 
 La-o-wa, v. See Laoa above. 
 Lad, v. To feel after a thing. . 
 
 2. To spread out ; to be broad, as a leaf. 
 
 3. To be numerous or many. .See t'^e 
 noun. Makeia kula panoa kanaka ole,2au 
 kanaka ai, in this dry uninhabited plaice 
 there are now many people. 
 
 Lau, s. The number 400. 
 
 2. The leaf of a tree or plant green or 
 dry. Oihk. 26:36. An herb; toit mulemule, 
 bitter herbs. 
 
 3. The face of a person, like helehelena ; 
 lau kanaka, persons ; where persons live ; 
 lau kanaka ole, solitary. See Laokanaka. 
 iou makani, a stray puff of wind. 
 
 4. The endfif a pointed substance. Syn. 
 with elau or welau. Lau alelo, the tip of 
 the tongue. 
 
 Lau-a, pron. dual. They two. Gram. § 
 139. Ma laua o,prep., together with; along 
 with. 
 Lau-ae, s. An aromatic herb: 
 Lau-au-a, s. a playing at games of 
 chance ; gambling. See PiLrwATWAi. 
 ' 2. Name of the maneuvers in or during 
 a battle ; also kaakava. 
 Lau-a-ua, ) s. The name of a wind at 
 LaVtA-wa, ) Hana, Maui; makani lau- 
 
 awaawa. 
 Lau-a -Ki, s. A body of men working to- 
 gether at the same business. 
 
 Lau-a-la, s. Lau, leaf, and ala, st&Bd- 
 ing lip. The name given to kalo leaves be- 
 fore the kalo is pulled or gathered. Note. 
 After they are gathered for food they are 
 calted hMt^. See Ldao. 
 
 Lau-a-lo, s. The kalo leaf; the same 
 ^s laukaU). 
 
 L au-a-wa, ' s. The leaf of the kalo when 
 it first shoots out after the hull is planted. 
 2. The first two leaves or shoote of the 
 Imli: 
 
 Lau-e-ka, adj. Awkward; UBsfcillful in 
 woii. See Cofamdeea. 
 
 Lau-i, s. See Lau. The leaf of the ki 
 plant. See Lai and Lauki. 
 
 Lau -I, adj. Of or belonging to the ki 
 plant; he pale laui kon ako^ ke hiki i EaJ- 
 lua, a ii fence is your god if you come to 
 Eailua, i. e., a frail de&nge. 
 
 Lau-ja, s. Name of a species of fish. 
 
 Lau-i-li, v. To be fickle j to be incon- 
 stant ; to be changeable. The better or- 
 thography is lauwUi. See Wru. 
 
 Lau-i-fa-IiA, s. a species offish. 
 
LAU 
 
 324 
 
 LAU 
 
 Lau-o, s. See Lau. The leaf of the 
 
 8iigar-c:uic. See IiAO. 
 Lau-o-e, s. The sound of scratching, or 
 
 walking on aoything making a raatUng 
 
 noise. 
 Lau-oe, v. To ascend straightly up- 
 wards. 
 Lau-o-ha, s. Any vegetable that grows 
 
 large and tiirifty. 
 Lau-o-ha, s. The sail of a vessel above 
 
 the Bpanker. 
 Lau-0-hai, s. Name of a large bush 
 
 bearing beautiful flowers ; ka lau o lubea 
 
 o ka obai i mana. 
 Lah-o-ha-o-ha, s. See Lauoha above. 
 
 A thrifty growing vegetable. 
 Lau-o-he, s. Some material used in 
 
 poHsbiDg wooden calabashes. 
 Lau-o-ho, s. Lau and oho, the hair of 
 
 the haman head. The hair of the head. 
 
 UTah. 6:5, Ka bulu o ke poo. Note.— The 
 
 bair of animals is hidu, and so is hair on 
 
 the other parts of the body. 
 Lau-o-ne, s. Any place where the soil 
 , is light, mellow and without stones and 
 
 easy to cultivate. 
 Lau-o-wae, v. To make a rustling noise 
 
 i-ith the feet or fingers. See Laauowe. 
 Lau-u-ku-ka-hi, s. Name of a day of 
 
 the month, otherwise called Laau; a ma 
 
 ka la Lauukukahi. 
 Lau-u-lu, s. Lau, leaf, and ulu, the 
 
 breadfruit tree. The leaf of the breadfruit 
 
 tree. 
 2. A word heard indistinctly, or an idea 
 
 GO obtained from a speaker as to give an 
 
 uncertain meaning. 
 Lau-hau, s. Name of a species of fish. 
 Lau-ha-la, s. Lau, leaf, and kola, the 
 
 pandanus. A pandanus leaf. 
 2. Applied to people as wanderers who 
 
 come as strangers and stop in a place, and 
 
 after a time move again. See Aibdawaa. 
 
 Lau-he-le, s. Name of a vegetable, a 
 small bush ; also called lavlde. 
 
 Lau-ho-e, v. To paddle together, as 
 several persons paddling a canot with great 
 strength and resolution ; i kabi a kakou e 
 lau/uie akn nei. 
 
 Lau-hu-a, «. Name of a species of fish, 
 bsmall. broad and yellow. 
 
 Lau-hd-ki, s. The god of those who 
 pounded or manufactured kapa ; he akua 
 no ka poe kuku kapa. 
 
 2. The oflSce of the person who moistened 
 the kapa during the process of pounding it 
 
 Lau-ho-lu, s. The banana leaf. 
 
 Lau-kai-a, s. The name of a god. 
 
 Lau-ka-hi, s. Name of a plant, the seeds 
 
 of which are to infante as a mswai or ca- 
 thartic to carry off the meconium. 
 
 Lau-ka-hmt, s. Lau, ka, article, and 
 hia, the tail of a fish. A long shark, or 
 long-tailed shark (the tail leaf-shaped.) 
 2. The son of Kuhaimoana. 
 
 Lau-ka-na, adj. Applied to one who 
 
 ^ seldom prays in secret ; laulcana kabi me- 
 bameba. 
 
 Lau-ka-na-ka, s. See Lah and Kanaka, 
 people. A place of people ; where people 
 live ; Javkanaka ole, a solitary place. 
 
 Lau-ka-pa-la-la, s. The kaio leaf that 
 ' grows up from the midst of other kalo leavei 
 sustaining the life of the kalo ; he mau 
 maka no Luaipo. 
 
 Lau-ka-pa-li-u, s. Lau Bind kapalilit to 
 tremble or vibrate quickly. The name of 
 the kalo leaf that first grew on the Hawai- 
 ian Islands. 
 
 Lao-ke-a, s. Name of a hard stone made_ 
 into kois for its haj^ness. 
 
 Lau-kj, i. Lau and M. See Ki. The 
 leaf of the ki plant. 
 
 2. The name of a species of fish. 
 
 Lau-ki-pa-la, s. The name of a yellow 
 colored fish. 
 2. The leaf of the wiliwili tree. 
 
 Lau-ko, s. Lau and ko, sugar-cane. The 
 leaf of the sugar-cane. See Lao. 
 
 Lau-ko-a, *. Lau and koa, name of a 
 tree. The leaf of the koa tree. 
 2. The name given to a table knife. 
 
 Lau-ko-a, V. To be hatched out, as the 
 eggs of any kind of fowls; pebea ka oakoa 
 mau bua? Ua lavkoa, e lele ananei. 
 
 Eau-ko-a-i-e, s. Lau and koaie, a spe- 
 cies of timber. LUeralh/, a koaie leaf. 
 
 2. Figuratively, anything which is found 
 only in inland places. 
 
 Lau-ko-ha, adj. Lau and koha. Fledged; 
 feathered, as young birds; he lau laba ole. 
 
 Lad'-ko-na-ko-na, t). Lau and kqtuJcona, 
 to despise. SeeKoNA. To despise; to con- 
 temn ; to treat contemptuously. 
 
 Lau-kd-a, v. To gather together and 
 lay up the good and the bad, or to use 
 what is one's own by; right along with what 
 is another's, as by fbeft or extortion ; he 
 laukua wale no ko makou. 
 
 Lau-ku-a, adj. Things put togethet 
 irregularly or in confusion; applied also to 
 words in a bpeech; he olelo lattkua, heolelo 
 boohihia. 
 
 Lau-kw-a, s. Things scraped or gath- 
 ered irregularly togeUier : aia ke aloha o 
 ka laukua e laukua wale ai; also, the name 
 of a fish-pond where are many sorts of Seh. 
 
 Lao-ku-a, s. Applied to a person who 
 works iudustrioualy at many kinds of worr 
 and prospers. 
 
LAU 
 
 325 
 
 LAU 
 
 Lau-la, "v. To be broad; to be wide; 
 
 to be eztendtid. 
 Lau-la, «. Extension; breadth; width, 
 
 &o. 1 Nal. 6:3. 
 Lau-la, adj. Broad ; wide ; he keeha 
 
 iouta. a wirte room. 
 Lau-lau, s. a bundle; ft bag, as of 
 
 money. Kin. 42:35. 
 
 2. A wrapper of a bundle'; that wbich 
 surrounds anything. Kin. 42:35. 
 
 5. A bundle, as of food done ug the sec- 
 ond time. 
 
 4. A bundle of small wood, or fagots, 
 d. The netting in which food is carried. 
 
 6. Aicontainer generally. 
 
 Lad-la -HA, v. Lau and laha, to spread 
 abroad. To be spread abroad,.a8 a noise 
 or report; to be heard extensively; to 
 learn something by report. 
 
 Lait-la-be-a, adj. Something said in- 
 distinctly or without clearness; indistijiotly 
 heiird ; he olelo laiulahea. 
 
 Lati-la-ha-O'LB, adj. See Lattlaha and 
 OiE, negative. Kept in; not reported; 
 not spread abroad. 
 
 LAtr-LA-Hi-LA-Hi, adj. Lau and lahilaM, 
 thin. Lit. Thin leaf. Thin, as the leaves 
 of ki leaf or banana. See Lalahi. 
 
 Lau-la-ma, s. The lamas or many 
 torches at night. 
 
 Lau-la-wi-li, s. See Lauwili. 
 
 Latj-le-a, s. Laudcadi fea, pleasure; joy. 
 Peace; friendship : satisfaction with a per- 
 son or thing after having experienced dis- 
 like. 
 
 1 ATJ-LE-A, «. To b© on terms of friend- 
 ship. See LrjNA, i. e., lau ana. 
 
 2i Eoo. To satisfy, as one offended ; to 
 reconcile; to become reconciled. Kin. 
 32:20. 
 
 3. To obtain favor with one ; to make 
 reconciliation. 
 
 4. To please ; to flatter ; to seek favor. 
 Gal. 1:10. See Hooi^alea. 
 
 Lao-le-a, adj. Peaceful ;/riendly; paci- 
 fied. 
 
 Lau-le-IiE, s. Lbm and Ule. 1 he leaf 
 of a species of turnip. 
 
 2, Also the name of the plant 
 
 3. A species of sea-weed into which fish 
 get entangled. 
 
 Lau-le-le, s. Name ofa plant self prop- 
 agjited, but eaten for food in time of scai'- 
 city ; he ilailau, he ananu, he pilapilau. 
 
 Lau-li-ma, s. The name of a company 
 of men who worked tognther on each other's 
 land, or at each other's work. 
 
 Lad-lo-a, s. Lau and loa. Lit. Long 
 leaf. Name ofa species of talo. 
 
 Lau-lo-le, adj. Lau and Me, cloth; 
 
 cloth-leafed. An epithet of the mulberry ; 
 
 laau lavlole, a mulberry tree. 
 Lau-ma-e-wa, s. Lcu and maeica, to ia- 
 
 jure ; to mock. He palala laumaewa kapu 
 
 no Lono. 
 Lau-ma-e£, s. Lan and make, Aea.th. A 
 
 poisonous herb. 
 
 2. The barb of a spear ; the point of an 
 instrument causing death.' 
 
 3. The abating or subsiding of water, 
 i. e., a drought. 
 
 La<t-ma-na-ma-na, s. Lau and mana- 
 
 mana, divided. Applied to that species of 
 
 potato whose leaves are slim and much di 
 
 vided. 
 Lau-ma-Ni-a, s. Lau and mania, smooth; 
 
 plane. A smooth thin leaf. 
 2. A straight, smooth even surface of a 
 
 body. 
 Lau-ma-ni-a, adj. Smooth, straight and 
 
 even; applied to the surface of bodies. 
 
 Jsa.'40:4. Smooth or polished, as glass; 
 
 ill lawnania, a plane surface. 
 Lau-ma-ni-a, v. To spread out smoothly 
 
 and even ; to smooth off what is rough'. 
 
 Soo. To level dowa; to make smooth, as 
 
 uneven ground. Isa. 45:2. 
 Lau-ma-ki-e, v. Another orthography, 
 
 but the same meaning as laumania. 
 Lau-me-ei, v. To flow slowly, as a 
 
 stream with very little water. 
 2. To move very slowly, as a very slow 
 
 trotting horse. 
 LAtr-M-LO, V. To writhe; to squirm; to 
 
 turn and twist awry. See Lauwili. Ua 
 
 laumUoia na uhane, ua malce. 
 
 Lab-mm.0, adj. Squirming; contorting; 
 mixing up. See Lad will ka lena q k& 
 pubi laumUo i ka pa. 
 
 Lau-na, v. For lau (una, probably a 
 spreading. Tu associate With; to be on 
 friendly terms with one; to treat with kind- 
 ness or attention. 
 
 2. To receive in a friendly manner. 
 
 3. To be intimate with one ; to have »n 
 agreement with. 
 
 4. Hoo. To have fellowship with one, 
 (?aJ.2:9. 
 
 Lau-na, adj. Friendly; social; inti- 
 mate; with o2e, unlike; different from; ex- 
 cellent, &c. ; i ka hanobano launa ok o ke 
 atii kane. Laieik. 113. 
 
 LAtf-NA-HB-LE, s. Iioziand nahele,n. thich 
 growth of brush. The leaves or tMck 
 growth of a forest ; hence, 
 
 i. Herbs generally. Kin. 1:11. Launa- 
 heie hou, tender herbs. Kartl 32:2. 
 
 Lau-paa-pa-a-ni, *. A word used by 
 cbipfs in flattering and caressing each other: 
 also aterm of exciting pleasure: beUiupaa- 
 paani no me he wahialii la. 
 
LAH 
 
 326 
 
 LAH 
 
 Lau-fae, s. a single branch of a kalo 
 top. 
 
 LAitf-PAi, s. The first two leaves of kalo 
 or bull after planting. See Lauawa. 
 
 Lau-pat;, s. a species of fish. 
 
 Lau-pa-la, s. a leaf fading and turn- 
 ing brown or red. 
 
 2. A person failing in health and consid- 
 ered not to live long, 
 
 Lau-pa-lai, adj. Shining; glittering; 
 greaiiy ; binohinu, lUe. 
 
 Lait-pa-fa, s, Lau and papa, a board. 
 A broad smooth plane. 
 
 Lau-wa-hi, v. tau and waM, to gather 
 np leaves. T»' be greedy of gain ; to 
 gather property avariciously. 
 
 2. To be ea^er after food, 
 
 3. To be active in indulging lost, as the 
 adulterer. 
 
 Lau-wi, s. Name of a species of bird, 
 
 small and yellow.; same as the alauwahio. 
 LAU-wi-Lt, V. Laai'ziad.v)ili, to txan; to 
 
 twist, as leaves affected by the wind. To 
 
 whirl or whiffle about, as the wind. 
 2. To be unstable, as a fickle-minded 
 
 person.' 
 
 , .3. To be double tongued; to be double 
 
 minded ; to be changeable. 
 
 : 4. To be fickle^ to be inconstant; to 
 
 change one's opinions often. 
 6. To lay a wager when one has no prop- 
 
 erty- 
 
 6. To mix, as different ingredients. 
 
 7. To be in great trouble or perplejtity. 
 
 8. To calk or speak in a round about 
 manner, as one never coming to the point. 
 
 liAU-wi-Li, s. Fickleness in conduct. 
 
 2. Carelessness in speaking or pronounc- 
 ing, with frequent repetitions. 
 
 3. The whiffling or sadden changes of 
 tiie wind. 
 
 4. A whirlwind. 
 
 5. Fia. Affliction; trouble. SeeKcAwiLi. 
 Ua like ka Umwili me ke kuawili. 
 
 6. Hoo. Aole ka hoolauvnli ma na mea 
 lapuwale. 
 
 Lau-wi-li, adj. Changeable, like the 
 '' wind i turning this way and that, like 
 
 leaves in the wind ; hence, 
 2. Fickle ; inconstant. Kanl. Si-JH. De-. 
 
 ccitful. /iirf. 78:57: 
 Lau-wi-li-ia, v. Passive oflauieUi. To 
 
 be in, or euffer'ng affliction. See Ladwili7. 
 I<AU-wi-i.i-iA, . Affliction; persecution; 
 
 distress. 
 Lau-wi-li-v i-li, p.Freq. oilauwili. To 
 
 change often ; to be very fickle, &o. 
 La-ha, v. To spread out ' to extend 
 
 laterally ; to make broad ; to enlarge. 
 
 2. To extend] to spread abroad, as a re- 
 port ; aole hoi i laha nui ka ai noa ia la, 
 
 the free eating (i. e., the report of it) did 
 not «ctend greatly on that day. 
 
 3. To be distributed far and wide. 
 
 4. To be circulated, as a proclamation. 
 6. To increase; to spread out; to become 
 
 numerous, as a people. Kin. 48:16. 
 
 6. Soo. To spread intelligence exten- 
 sively. 
 
 7. To promulgate, as a law or decree 
 among the people. Lvk. 2:1. 
 
 8. To increase greatly; applied to beasts, 
 birds, fish and men. 
 
 La-ha, s. Name of a calabash broad and 
 
 flat, but not high ; he ipu nou. See NonD. 
 La-ba, adj. Broad ; extended ; spread 
 
 out. 
 La-hai,, v. To start up suddenly; to 
 
 jump ;. to fly. 
 
 2. To hover over ; to remain suspended. 
 
 in the air, as a bird. See Lehai. 
 La-ha-la-ha, v. The ISthconj. oftete. 
 
 To spread out much or often. 
 
 2. Boo. The same ; also, to open, as the 
 wings of a bird in order to fly. 
 
 3. To brood over or upon, as a bird upon 
 a nest. 
 
 La-ha-la-hai, v. See Lahai. The in^ 
 tensive of kJuii. To hover over ; to fly ; 
 to light upon, as from a flight. Moo. To 
 flutter over her young, as an eagle. Saiii. 
 32:11. See Lalahai. 
 
 La-ha-la-ha-wai, s. a broad puddle or 
 pond of water. 
 
 La-ha-la-wai, adv. Slippery; unpleas- 
 ant tp travel; uahclehelelaAoiatbaiikaua, 
 
 La-ha-na, s. La., day, and hana, to 
 work. A day's work ; the work of a day. 
 
 La-he-a, 0. To be soft or Gotten, as fruit 
 or flesh. Soo. To smell strong or rancid. 
 
 La-hi, adj. Thin ; flat ; opposite to trut- 
 noanoa. 
 2. He mele lahi. 
 
 La-hi, s. A specieS of white cane. 
 
 La-hia, v. To be involved and unjustly 
 condemned with the guilty. 
 
 La-Si-la-hj, adj. See Lahi. Thin, as 
 paper ; gauze like ; thin, as beaten gold. 
 
 La-h6, *. The testes of men or animals. 
 See KowAP and Hca. 
 
 La-ho-o6, adj. laha and oo, ripe ; ma- 
 ture. Hard; stingy; close; applied to per* 
 sons. 
 
 La-hoo-ka-ha-ka-ha, s. La, day, and 
 hpokxihakaha, display. A day of exhibi- 
 tion, of display, of fine appearance ; he la 
 e hoike ai i ka hanohano ; a public day. 
 
 La-hoid-la, s. Laho and ida, red. A 
 term of reproach ; a railing. 
 
 La-ho-li-o, s. Laho and lio, horse. A 
 name given by Hawaiians to gum elastio 
 or India rubber. 
 
LAK 
 
 327 
 
 LAL 
 
 La-ho-ko-le, s. Laho and kole, law. A 
 blackguard word : an epithet of feproacl). 
 
 La-ho-pa-ka, s. a reproachful epithet; 
 a blackguard word siguifying cracked tes- 
 ticles. 
 2. A Btingjr man. 
 
 La-hu, adj. Forbidden; prohibited; 
 usually applied to food ; as, ka ai i lahuia, 
 the/or&idden food ; in this, it is eqaivalent 
 to kapu. 
 
 La-hu-i, 0, See Lahit. To prohibit; to 
 forbid 2 to lay a kapu ; to proclaim a law 
 or ordinance. 
 
 La-hu-i, *. La, day, and kui, to unite. 
 A time of coming together j hence, an as- 
 semblage; a company; a union of many. 
 See the following words and Lahu above. 
 
 La-hu-i-ai-na, *. jLoAkj and fliwa, land. 
 The nations of many lands ; spoken of col- 
 lectively, the people of many countries. 
 
 La-hu-i-ka0-a, s. Lahui, assemblage, 
 . and kaiui, war. People assembled for war; 
 ■ warriors ; a company of soldiers. 
 
 La-hu-i-ka-la, s. La, day, and huikala, 
 to purify. A day for purification, in an- 
 cient religious ceremonies. 
 
 La-h0-i-ka-na-ka, s. L^kui, collection, 
 and kanaka, people. A body of people 
 collectively. OiMc. 18:24. 
 
 2. The people under one chief or king in 
 distinction from those of another. Ein. 
 10:5. Collective bodies umted in one peo- 
 ple; a union of men, but under different 
 chiero i i mea' e pono ai no na lahuikanaka 
 ko kakou pae aina ; -bence, 
 
 3. As in modem times, a nation ; a peo- 
 ple. 1 ATa!. 18:10. 
 
 4 A people without a king ; any multi- 
 tude ; he poe, he pae, he puu. 
 
 La-ka, v. To tame, as a wild animal ; 
 to feed to the full. Soo. To bring under, 
 as a ferocious beast ; to render docile and 
 obedient; to tame; to domesticate, lak, 
 3:7. 
 
 La-ka, adj. Well fed ; tame ; domesti- 
 cated; familiar; gentie; not ferocious; the 
 opposite of hihiu. 
 
 La-ka, s. Doinesticated or tamed ani- 
 mals. 
 
 2. The name of a species of bird, per- 
 haps ; kani ka laka. 
 
 La-ka-ka-ne, *. The name of a god ; 
 the god of dances; he akua no ka poe hula. 
 
 La-ka-la-ka, v. See Laka. Hoo. To 
 tame ; to domesticate ; e hoopau i ka noho 
 hihiu ana. 
 
 La-ke-e, v. To coil up, as a snake or 
 centipede ; to double over ; to bend, as a 
 flexible substance. 
 
 La-ke-e, adj. Bent; crooked; doubled 
 over. 
 
 LatKB-kb, s. The Hawaiian pronuncia- 
 tion of flie English jacket. A roundabout. 
 
 La-ke-we, s. See Lakee. Anything 
 flexible ; easily bending. 
 
 2. A person leaning or bending from 
 weakness or disease. 
 
 La-ko, v. To possess what is necessary 
 for any purpose; to be supplied with 
 requisite means of doing a thing ; to be 
 supplied with; to have a sufficiency; eia 
 na kanaka i Idko i kela mau mea ; to be 
 fitted out or furnished with what is requisite 
 for use or ornament, as the works of nature; 
 ua lakoia ka honaa nei i ka mauna, i ka 
 awaawa, i ka pohaku, &c. 
 
 2. Boo. To provide a supply for the 
 needy. 'Sal. 146:9. To supply a compe- 
 tency for a living. 1 Tim. 5:8. Aole ke 
 alii i ike i na mea i hoolakoia nei, the Idng 
 did not know what things were providai 
 here. 
 
 3. To be endowed ; to be famished ; to 
 be supplied. Kanl 28:11. 
 
 4. To supply what is wanting. 
 
 La-ko, s. A supply; a fullness; a suf- 
 ficiency. 
 
 La-ko, adj. Rich; prosperous; com- 
 pletely furnished with every necessary con- 
 venience. 
 
 La-ko, s. For lauko. The leaf of the 
 sugar-cane. 
 
 La-kot;, pars, p'on. The third person 
 plural ot the personal pronouns. They ; 
 used mostly of persons. Gram. § 122 and. 
 § 139, 3. 
 
 La-ko-la-ko, v. See Lako. Tq enrich, 
 &c. Hoo. To famish; to provide for, as 
 for fan\ily use, or for any occasion. Mat 
 12:54. 
 
 La-ku-a, v. See Lauktta. To put to- 
 gether words incongmously ; to talk fool- 
 ishly and wisely, properly and improperly 
 at once ; ua lauwili, ua hui hope, ua lakua, 
 ua hopn hewa. 
 
 La-la, v. To begin a piece of work or 
 
 ■ a job. 
 
 2. To' draw the outline of a piece of land 
 desired ; to mark out the plan or lines of 
 what is to be done.* 
 
 3. To set a copy for writing, as a teacher. 
 
 4. To make straight ; to straighten, as a 
 stick of timber that is sprung. 
 
 5. See La, sun. To bask in the sunshine. 
 
 6. To be hot, as the sun. 
 
 La-la, s. The limb or branch of a tree; 
 Ma Utau, branches of trees. 
 
 2. A limb of the human or animal frame. 
 
 3. The shining or glazing of varnish on 
 leather. 
 
 4. The four corners of a house. 
 
 5. A species of potato beafinjg Its fruit 
 on the leaves. See Alala. 
 
LAL, 
 
 329 
 
 LAL 
 
 La-la, adj. For laa, I inserted. See 
 Laa. Consecrated ; set apart for a partic- 
 ular purpose i kala IcUa, money given for 
 pious uses; aole oia i hookoe i kekabi mea 
 me ka tola ole, he did not Iceep back from 
 consecration. 
 
 La-la-au, s. a grove of bushes. See 
 Laalaau. 
 
 La-la-au, adj. Bad ; spoiled ; rotten ; 
 applied to e°rgs. 
 
 La'LAU, v. To extend out, as the hand; 
 to lay one's hand on a thing ; e Iqiau wale 
 iho no. 
 
 2. To seize ; to catch hold of. Puk. 4:4. 
 To take out of or <'rom.> Oikk. 5:12. 
 
 3. To undertake on'one's owi^ account. 
 
 4. To wander ; to err ; to go out of the 
 right way ; hele hewa. 
 
 6. To err. Mh. 16:22. Stn. with hana 
 bewa naaupo. To mistake ; to make a 
 blunder. Mat. 22:29, To act carelessly; 
 to bo inattentive. 
 
 6. To wander about as a gossip. 1 Tim. 
 6:13. 
 
 7. To take without liberty; e tofauVale. 
 
 8. To turn aside from right. 1 Hal. 9:9. 
 To err in heart. Seb. 3:10. Lalau no na 
 lima i ka hewa me ka makau ole, the hands 
 indeed seised upon wickedness without fear. 
 
 La-laf, s. a mistake; an error'; a blun- 
 der, lob. 19:4. Moo. A leading astray; a 
 causing to err (morally.) Isa. 3:12. 
 
 La-lait, adj. Seizing; catching up 
 things, as e. child ; mischievous ; wicked ; 
 violating good morals; dispersed; scat- 
 tered. 
 
 La-lau-he-wa, s. Lalau and hewa, 
 wrong. The prictioe or indulgence in sin 
 genci-ally. 
 
 La-lau-wa-le, s. Lalau aaiwak, only. 
 The doing that which is contrary to reason 
 or has no reason ; foolishness. 
 
 La-la-hai, V. See Lahai and Lahala- 
 HAi. To hover over, &c. 
 
 La-IiA-Ha-la-ha, v. To rise and swell 
 and move along, as the surf before it breaks. 
 See Hoosabela, 
 
 La-la-he-ijl, s. Idleness; living long 
 ill the practice of vice. 
 
 La-la-hi, e. To be thin, &c. SeeLAHi. 
 
 JJA-LA-Hu, adj. Lola and hu, to rise up. 
 Convex; swelling out, an a bone set crook- 
 edly. 
 
 La-la-ke-a, s. a species of fish ; a kind 
 
 of shark. 
 La-la -LA-Atr, s, I.aZa, branch, limb, and 
 
 laau, tree. A br&nch or limb of a tree. 
 2. Herbs; herbage; green bushes, &c. 
 
 Isa. 42:15. See Laat^m. 
 La-la-ma, v. To meddle with one's 
 
 work, or business, or tools. 
 
 2.. To feel about the sides of a thatched 
 house, or under the edges of a mat to find 
 some little thing to ^al ; to pilfer some 
 article of small value. 
 
 La-la-ma, s. A'looking here and there 
 for something; a pilfering; a taking se- 
 cretl/v 
 
 La-la-ma, adj. Meddlesome j looking 
 into other people's business. 
 
 La-la-na, v. To warm, as by a fire. 
 Mar. 14:54. ^ 
 
 La-lA'-ma, s. Name of some small ani- 
 mal or insect, perhaps a species of spider. 
 
 La-la-ni, v. To lead or go along in In- 
 dian Sle ; to be put in rows ; to stand in 
 rows oir ranks. 
 
 La-la-ni, *. A row, as of trees ; a rank, 
 as of soldiers ; a line or column of words ; 
 a row of corn. Oikk. 24:6. 
 
 La-la-wi, adv. In rows; by columns; 
 in ranks. 
 
 LA-LA-Ni-Pt7i7, s. Name of hillocks or 
 small hills when they stand in a row; also 
 called paepuu. 
 
 La-la-fa, v. To blaze, as a fire. Boo. 
 To burn, as fire in a blaze. See Lapaiapa. 
 
 La-la-wa-ui, adj. Dark colored; black; 
 the deepest, most intense blackness; ponli. 
 
 La-la-we, v. See Lawe, to take. To 
 take something from another; to take out of. 
 
 2. To pinch ; to get hold of to remove. 
 
 3. To scrateh where it itches; to feel the 
 sensation of itching. 
 
 La-le, v. To urge on; to hurry; to 
 stir up ; to constrain one to do a thing 
 quickly. 
 
 2. Hoo. To hasten another forward ; to 
 hasten to meet one ; to hui-ry ; Iioolale sum 
 la ka poalima hai manao ia'u. Fig. E hoo- 
 lale ana i na waimaka o kela meakeia mea. 
 
 La-le, s. Name of a species of bird. 
 
 La-le-a, s. a buoy; a floating guide 
 to one entering a harbor; a beacon to steer 
 by. See Mouo. 
 
 La-lei, s. A bunch or cluster of things, 
 as grapes. See Kacii.alei. 
 
 La-le-la-le, v. See Lale. To hasten. 
 Job. 31:5. To hurry ; to be quick in doing 
 a thing. 1 Sam. 25:18. Hoo. To hasten 
 another. Kin. 19:15. To be forward; to 
 hasten to meet one ; to hurry. Sset. 3:15, 
 
 La-le-la-le, s. Haste ; hurry in doing 
 a thing. Kaiil. 16:3. 
 
 La-li, adj. Greasy, as the face or hands 
 in eating pork ; fat ; shining with grease. 
 
 La-lh, v. To prepare ; to make ready. 
 
 La-lii, adj. A word distinguishing sev- 
 eral kinds of the opule, a species of Bsh ; 
 as, opule lain, opule ntakole, opule kmli, 
 opule eleele, &c. 
 
LAN 
 
 329 
 
 LAN 
 
 La-u-la-li, adj. Wet J moist with 
 water'; wet and cold; koekoe. , 
 
 La-lo, adv. Down ; downwards ; usu- 
 ally with the prefixes i, o, no, ko, ma and 
 nuii. Gram. § 166, 2d class. Lalo is also 
 found among the compound prepositions. 
 See Grammar § 161. As an adrerb, mai 
 lalo mai, out from under. 2 Nal. 13:5. 
 
 La-lo, adj. That which is down; low; 
 base ; very low in- character ; ka poe Idto 
 loa. 1 Kor. 4:9. Na kanaka Udo lori, the 
 basest of men. Dan. 4:17. See Lcna, adv. 
 
 La-lo-a, adj. Lengthy. SeeLoLOA. He 
 laloa no kamaXu. 
 
 La-M-la-lo, adj. See 1jMS>, adj. Low 
 down ; short ; very low. 
 
 La-lo-la-lo, adj. Epithet of a rich In- 
 fluential person, but not a chief; o ke ka- 
 naka waiwai a ai aina paha, he alii lalolalo 
 ia ; a chief by influence and character, but 
 not by birth ; aole loaa na 'lii UMah. 
 
 La-lo-wai-a, s. Ancient history in dis- 
 tinction from modern; an account of events 
 in very ancient times, before tJmi. 
 
 La-jia, s. The name of a species of 
 forest tree of very hard wood, used in build- 
 ing houses for the gods. 
 
 2. A torch; a light by night made of any 
 materials, but mostly from the nuts of the 
 kukui tree ; a light. JJunk. 7:20. A lamp. 
 .2 Oihl. 4;20. Connected with ipu kvJmi. A 
 torch. Zunfc. 15:5. He pnlama,he aulama, 
 be kalikukui i aulamaia. 
 
 La-iia-ku, 5. Lama axiilde, to stand. A 
 large torcli for giving light in darkness ; a 
 torch of kukui nuts ; a lamp. Lank. 7:16. 
 Sparks of fire. Isa. 60:11. A fire-brand ; 
 momoku ahi. Note. — The lamakus were 
 made by stringing the meats of roasted 
 kukui nuts on a wiry stalk of grass and 
 putting sin:, eight or ten of these strings to- 
 gether parallel, and binding the whole to- 
 gether with dry banana leaves, the whole 
 forming a cylinder from three to six inches 
 in diameter and from two to four feet in 
 length, and on lighting one en4, it produced 
 a large and brilliant light, and also much 
 smoke. 
 
 La-ma-la-iia, s. Many lights; much 
 light. See Lama. He lainakima ke kino o. 
 ka mea ai uala. 
 
 La-mu-ma-o-ma-o, s. a word used in the 
 ancient prayers praying that a heiau might 
 be built and sacrifices offered; koiakaohia 
 i kai i laau no ka lamumaomao a i laau kii 
 kekahi. 
 
 La-na, j). To float; to swim on the sur- 
 face of water. 2 Hal. 6:6. 
 
 2. JSbo. To cause to swim ; to bear up, 
 as water doesa vessel, that is, to cause to 
 (ioat. Kin. 7:17. 
 
 3. To float or swim in the airs e Aoolona 
 
 42 
 
 kou uhane i ke ao, to cause your soul t9 
 
 float into the skies. 
 
 4. Pig. With manao, to have hope; to be 
 
 confident ; with manao dropped, e iioolana 
 
 onkou, be cheerfal ; be of good courage. 
 
 Mat. 14:27. 
 La-na,- s. The carriage or bearing of a 
 
 person; the countenance. Jsa.2;H^ Hence 
 ' lanahaakei. See Haazei. 
 La-na, adj. Buoyant; floating; mama.. 
 La-na-au, v. Jjma, to float, and aw, 
 
 current. To float carelessly in lie current. 
 
 See Nanaau. 
 La-nai, s. a bower; a shed; a piazza; 
 
 a porch, Sefc. 40:7. A booth, lona 4:5. 
 
 2. Name of one of the Hawaiian Islands 
 west of Mani. 
 
 3. A pain or swelling on the back ; a 
 humpbacked person. See Nanai. Notbi— 
 The hump gives name to the island. 
 
 La-nai-'a, », See Nana, to see. To§ee; 
 to behold ; to look. 
 
 2. To walk in a wriggling manner with 
 self approbation. 
 
 La-nai-e-a, s. The appearance of a per- 
 son when dyin^, sight gone, chin fallen, 
 &c. ; pinanai, pinanaiea. 
 
 La-nau, v. To be bitter against ; to rail 
 at ; to have no friendship for ; to' act the 
 misanthrope. See Nanac. 
 
 La-na-haa-kei, s. Lana, the bearing of 
 a person, and haakei, pride. Pride; haught- 
 iness in conduct and treatment of others. 
 Isa. 3:16. Lit. Proud bearing. 
 
 La-na-hu, s. a coal; charcoal. Oi?elc. 
 16:12. Collectively, coals of fire ; lanahu 
 ahi. 2 Sam. 14:7. Figuratively for the rem- 
 nant of life. The word is more properly 
 written nanahu. 
 
 La-iia-hu-a, s. Some part of a heiau. 
 
 La-na-hu-a, adj. Bent in ; crooked ; 
 pressed down. 
 
 La-na-ke-a, s. a general weakness of 
 theaystem ; sick; hence, 
 
 2. Paleness ; whiteness from long sick- 
 ness ; also written nanakea. 
 
 La-na-KJ-la,^». lana &ni Ma, strong; 
 able. To be too strong for another party. 
 
 2. To come off victorious in a contest ; 
 to conquer. Puk. 16:21. To prevail over 
 an opposing party. 1 Nal. 16:22. 
 
 3. To hold dominion over. 
 
 4. Boo. Fid. To be victorious, &c. Hal. 
 98:1. ■ Note.— This word applies only to 
 war and not to single combat. 
 
 La-na-ki-iji, s. Lana and kila, a very 
 strong man. One who is powerful in phys- 
 ical strength; a conqueror; a brave sol- 
 dier. 
 
 La-na-ki-la, adj. Conquering; prevail- 
 ing; overcomijg. 
 
LAN 
 
 330 
 
 LAP 
 
 La-na-la-na, s.'SeeLANAi A rope with 
 wbicb tbe ama and the iako of a canoe are 
 tied ; ka luikia i ka iako, ame ka lanalana 
 i ka ama ; al30 the name of the string with 
 which the ancient kois were tied on to the 
 handles. 
 
 2. The name of a large brown spider 
 which stands high on its legs. 'Isa. 59:5. 
 
 3. An image ; an idol. 
 La-na-la-na, V. See Lana. To make 
 
 light ; the opposite of heavy; e hoomama ; 
 to cause to float ; to be buoyant. 
 
 La-na-na, v. To strain, as a liquid. 
 
 La-na-n0i;, s. Lana and ntai, a step; 
 a rise. A high stage in the frame where 
 the idols of the heiau stood. 
 . 2. One of the gods out of the heiau. 
 
 JjA-NA-irou-MA-MAO, s. 'See Lananuu 2. 
 
 ' Name of one of the gods which stood out- 
 side of the heiau ; ma ka hikina ka lana- 
 nuumamao. 
 
 La-ni, s. The upper air; the sky. Ein. 
 1:15. The visible heavens ; kahi i kau nei 
 na hoku ; lia ao o ka lani, the clouds of 
 heaven ; na manu o ka lani, the fowls of 
 heaven ; equivalent to na manu o ka lewa. 
 
 2. Heaven ; a holy place. Eatd. 26:15. 
 Anything high up literally or by dignity of 
 character ; haul ka lani, ke alii kiekie. 
 
 3. The title of a high chief when ad- 
 dressed by a subject ; equivalent to your 
 highness ; also when spoken of by a sub- 
 ject ; as, e fca lani, ke hai aim nei au ia oe 
 i na mea a kou makuakane, your highness, 
 I declare to you the d ecisions of your father. 
 See also meles and e ka lani o na lani, ke 
 ae aku nei wau ma kau noi e kuu 2am. 
 Laidk. 197. This is like Chinese adulation. 
 
 La-ni, adj. Heavenly; pertaining to 
 the sky^ 
 
 2. Heavenly ; ano lani,' having a heav- 
 enly or holy character : o ka imi anei ia i 
 ka pono ano lani ? is that seeking righte- 
 ousness of a heavenly character ? 
 
 La-ni-a, v. To warm, as a person warms 
 himself by a fire. 
 
 La-ni-hi-ni-ki, adj. See Nihi and Nmi- 
 NiHi. Narrow in opposition to broad; nar- 
 row, as a wheel : thin. 
 
 La-ni-kae, s. Name of the people who 
 ate with the chief at sundown ; m» ka na- 
 poo ana o ka la, o ka poe i komo mai e ai 
 ana me ke alii, ua kapaia he lanikae. 
 
 La-ni-kae, s. The name of the kalai- 
 moku when there is only one chief. 
 
 La-ni-kh-a-kaa, s. The highest heaven; 
 nothjng beyond. laieik. 194. 
 
 La-ni-la-ni, t». See Lani. To be high- 
 minded ; to act chiefishly. 
 
 2. To be proud ; to show haughtiness. 
 
 3. Hqo. To exercise authority. Mark 
 10:42. Same as hooalii and hookiekie. 
 
 La-ni-pi-li, *. Lani, sky, and pih, to 
 adhere to. The place where the' sky ap- 
 pears to touch the earth. Lrr. The touch- 
 ing of sky and earth. 
 
 2. The clouds as they appear to touch 
 the horizon. 
 
 La-ni-pi-li, adj. Touching the heavens; 
 he ua lanipili, a shower reaching to heaven 
 i. e., a very heavy shower. 
 
 La-ni-po, s. An expression of admira- 
 tion at a garden or field where vegetables 
 are thrifty and produce a shade over the 
 ground; o kahihi la lanipo o Waiku lea 
 pawa. 
 
 La-nuu, s. See Lananuu. Name of one 
 of the gods outside of the heiau; o ka haku- 
 maka o ka lanuii. 
 
 La-pa, s. A ridge between two depres- 
 sions; a ridge of land between two ravines. 
 See Olapa. 
 
 2. The steep side of a ravine. 
 
 3. A swelling. Stn. with pehu. 
 
 4. The name of some parts of the organs 
 of generation in females. 
 
 5. The name of an instrument made of 
 bamboo, used in infanticide, before or at 
 the birth of a child ; he mea hou ; a pierc- 
 ing thing ; he ohe hapai i ke keiki. 
 
 a. A species of red potato. 
 
 7. The b.amboo on which were cut vari- 
 ous figures, used* by women in printing 
 kapa. 
 
 8. Ardensfemina coitus. See the verb. 
 
 La-fa, adj. Having a flat or square side; 
 e kalai a lapa, hew one side. 
 
 2. Squared, as a hewed stick of timber ; 
 kalai a lapalapa, hew all sides j^ or square. 
 Note. — ^Hewing three or four sides ofa- 
 stick of timber brings out the ridges or cor- 
 ners. 
 
 3. Troublesome, as a child in the way; 
 uneasy; disohedient; misciiievons. 
 
 La-fa, v. To desire sexual intercourse 
 
 (.'i.pplied to the female) ; ia ia e UqM kane 
 
 ai. ler. 2:24. 
 2. To jump and spring about as a wild 
 
 colt or a calf that is tied. 
 La-pa-au, v. To administer medicine. 
 2. To heal ; to cure. Ezek. 34:4. Sti:. 
 
 with hooikaika i ka nawaliwali. 
 La-pa-au, s. That which is used in 
 
 curing diseases, medicine. > 
 
 La-pau-e-a, s. The state or condition 
 
 of old age ; the trembling.or feebleness of 
 
 old age. 
 La-pau-i-la, *. The side posts of a door 
 
 frame, isa. 57:8. He mau kunakuna o ka 
 
 puka hale. Lit. The spread of a doot 
 
 frame. Puk. 12:17. 
 La-pa-la-pa, v. See Lapa. To rise or 
 
 stand up, as water bubbles up in boiling; 
 
 to protrude upwards ; hence. 
 
LAP. 
 
 331 
 
 LAW 
 
 2. To boil in water ; to seetlie. 
 
 3. To blaze, as a fire in materialH highly 
 combustible, i. e., to project or proti-ude 
 upwards, as a flame ; hence, to blaze up, 
 as a fire. 
 
 4. flbo. toboil; tocook by boiling. 
 La-pa-la-pa, s. a ridge of earth; a 
 
 sharp ridge between two valleys. Ilai. 
 .65:10.. Generally written oJapotapa. 
 
 2. The blaze of a fire ; the flame. Puk. 
 3:2. ;The straight blaze of fire from an 
 alt^r. Lunk. 13.20. 
 
 $. The flashing of a flame of fire. 
 
 4. The boiling or bubbling of a liquid in 
 a vessel. 
 
 5. A square- yard for cattle. 
 
 6. Timber hewed square or triangjilar. 
 
 7. A square glass bottle. 
 
 '8. Several hilloclis or mounds near each 
 
 other. 
 9. The caimeof a large elegant tree with 
 
 wide spreading branches; peculiar serrate 
 
 leaves and light glossy grijcn; foond otx 
 
 the sides of Waiaieale on Kauai. 
 La-pa-la-pa, adj. Flat or square, i. e., 
 
 where the , corners arc prominent, either 
 
 square or triangular. 
 La-pa-wai, s. Lapa and wai, water. 
 
 The surf or rolling np of water where a 
 
 cascade pours down. 
 2. The agitation where two forces of 
 
 water meet ; the meeting of the sea with 
 
 the waters of a river. 
 La-fee, p. To bend over; to double up; 
 
 to crook. See Lakek and Lafuu. 
 La-pi-ka, s. A Hawaiian but vicious 
 
 orthography for rdbita. JEng. A rabbit. 
 La^b;, »• To appear, as a ghost or 
 
 spirit, especially at niglit. Jtoo. To cause 
 
 a spirit to appear to one. 
 
 La-pu, s. An apparition; a ghost; the 
 appearance of the supposed spirit of a de- 
 ceased person. JIal. 88:10. Na mea lapu, 
 the ghosts; the dead. Isa. 34:14. _ A_o kou 
 inoa, he Lapu, a o kau mea e ai ai, o na 
 pulelehua, thy name shall be Ghost (Lapu), 
 thy food \he butterflies (^the judgment 
 against ICaonohiokala for his crimes.) 
 2. A night monster. 
 
 La-pu, adj. Spectral; ghostly; akuc 
 lapu, a specter ; an apparition of a god. 
 
 La-pu'-ia, V, The passive of lapu. To 
 be visited by a ghost; to have seen a ghost. 
 
 2. To search for something in the mud 
 . or in places of filth. 
 
 3. To be possessed of a spirit. 
 
 La-puu, 0. See Puu, a heap. To coil 
 up in a circle. 
 
 2. To bend or double over; to crook; 
 nanaia iho }a,ua2aptiu ka welau o ke alelo 
 iloko. 
 
 3. To hump up; to swell out like a hump- 
 backed person. ,See Hook(KU>, also Puu. 
 
 La-pcd, adj. Bunched or swelled out ; 
 o ke aalele lapuu, 
 
 La-pu-la-pu, v. To. collect together in 
 little heaps; to pick up, as small sticks for 
 ftjel. Oih. 28:3. To bind or tie up small 
 substances into bundles or fagots for fuel. 
 See Laomo. 
 2. To feel of; to handle over ; to tie up. 
 
 La-pu-wa-le, v. Lapu, ghosi, And wale, 
 only. To be only a ghost ; to be not real; 
 to be something not according to appear- 
 ance; hence, 
 
 2. To'be disappointed; kii akn o Maewa 
 i ka wai, aole i loaa, hoi mai, a olelo iho 
 la, ka I lapawale i ka wai ole. 
 
 3. Hoo. To disappoint, as one's expecta- 
 tions. Hal. 17:13. To stultify one's wis- 
 dom. Jisa. 44:25. Hence, 
 
 4. To act foolishly ; e hana ,ma ka mea 
 ino. 
 
 La-fu-wa-le, s. Lit. A ghost of a thing; 
 nothing substantial. 
 
 2. Vanity. Kekah. 1:1. That which in 
 appearance or imagination is something, 
 but in reality is nothing ; mea lapuwak, 
 folly; foolishness; wickedness. Jos. 7:15. 
 
 La-pciWA-XiE, adj. Foolish; worthless; 
 contemptible. lob. 13:4. Void of truth aud 
 reality in action ; he mea oiaio ole ma ka 
 hana. 
 
 La-wa, v. To work out even to the edge 
 or boundary of a land, i. e., to leave none 
 uncultivated. 
 
 2. To fill a container up to the brim; 
 hence, 
 
 3. To suflice ; to be enough, Pvk. 36;7. 
 To satisfy. 
 
 4. Fassivdy, to be satisfied ; to have 
 enough. loh. 6:7. 
 
 5. Moo, To supply what is wanting. 1 
 Tes. 3:10. 
 
 6. To fulfill, as a task; to complete, iia a 
 job. Puk. 5:13. 
 
 La-wa, s. The full finishing of a work. 
 
 2. "The filling up of a vessel or container 
 to the brim. 
 
 3. Aa enough; a sufficiency; a supply. 
 
 4. The name of a disease concerning 
 which it is said, paapu ka opu i na iwi aoao. 
 
 5. A white fowl ; he moa keokeo ; such 
 tus was ofiVred in sacrifice. LaUik. 49. 
 
 6. Name of a hook for catching sharks ; 
 he lawn ka makau mano. 
 
 7. The name of an office in the king's 
 train. 
 
 La-wa, adj. Sufficient; enough. 
 
 2. Full to the brim, 
 
 3. White; shining; he moa iaiqa, a white 
 fowl. Laieik. 14. 
 
 La-wa-ae-ae, s. Name of a white fowl, 
 especially a cock; kaJatoaaectekanonopaa. 
 
LAW 
 
 33S 
 
 LAW 
 
 La-wa'IK, v. Lawa for lame, to take, 
 and ia, fish. To catch fish, i. e., to exercfee 
 the calling of a fisherman, by understand- 
 ing the places and times of the appearance 
 of different kinds of fish and the art of tak- 
 ing them; in more modern time the word 
 was applied also to the teking of birds. 
 See Lawaiamauu. 
 
 £iA.-wA-M, 0-. A fisherman; one skilled 
 in catching fish, and whose occupation it 
 is, JMoi. 4:18. 
 
 2. A fishing ; the business of taking fish. 
 lar. 16:16. Note. — The art of catching fish 
 was anciently cultivated among Hawaiians 
 to a great extent, and these who followed 
 it a« a business became very expert ; but 
 the Introduction of ca.ttle, goats, £c., has 
 rendered fishing leas necessary at present. 
 
 3. The cormorant, a bird that feeds on 
 flsh ; an unclean bird. Oihk. 11:17. 
 
 La-wa-ia-ma-nu, s. See Lawaia, %., and 
 Ma«(J, a bird. A hunter and catcher of 
 birds; a fowler. Sri. 124:7. Note.— Catch- 
 ing birds was toimerly practiced to a great 
 extent on the mountainous parts of the isl- 
 ands. 
 
 La-wa-ke-a, s. a white coek. See La- 
 
 WAAEAB. 
 
 2. People who dress in large wBfte flow- 
 ing kapas; me I ka uwo hoouwe akaJauxi- 
 fcea. 
 
 La-wa-ke-a, i>. Lawa and ^'2<a,'back, 
 To bind or tie fast on the back ; to bind 
 tightly ; to make fast ,- e lawalawa, e hoa 
 paa loa. See Lawalawa below. 
 
 La-wa-ku-a-ia, e. Passive of lawakua. 
 See Lawalawa 3. 
 
 La-wa-la-wa, v. See Lawa, to hold 
 fast ; to bind tightly. To bind, as a grftss 
 house or anything in danger of floating or 
 being_ blown away by the wind ; e iatcor 
 lawa i ka bale a paa. 
 
 2. To streich cords fi'om one place to an- 
 other to fasten something. 
 , , .1. To bind round and make fast; e lawor 
 
 lawa i ka ukana ma ka waa. Note The 
 
 force of this word and lawakua consists in 
 the completeness with which the fasteniug 
 Is done, as we say, do it up all sntig. 
 
 La-wa-lu, «. To cook meat on the coals 
 inclosed in ki leaves ; e koala, e hoomoa 
 me ka laui. 
 
 La-wa-lu, s. Meat roasted on the coals 
 bound up in ki leaves. 
 
 La-wa-m, adj. Cooked; as meat or fish. 
 Sec above. Hoomanao ao la lakou i na 
 wahiue a lakou, i na ia lawalu, i ka poi, &c., 
 they remembered their wives, their cooked 
 fish, their poi, &o. 
 
 La-we, V. The passive is often written 
 lawea instead of laweia. To take ; partic- 
 itl^r!^, to tal^e and carryia tho han^ ' 
 
 2. To transfer from one place to another. 
 
 3. To take away from, or out of. 
 
 4. To carry In any wa;^- 
 
 5. To take, as a wife, i. e., to marry ; u 
 lawe i ka wahine.., 2{aJi. 12:1. 
 
 6. Hoo. To t^lje out of, a small eK num- 
 ber from a larger, as In subtraction. Syn. 
 with unubl, 
 
 La-v/e-a, v. To do well; to do cor- 
 rectly j to be iH)r%ht in dealing; e hana 
 maikai, e hana pono. 
 
 La-wea, p. Passive of laiee for laiceia. 
 See Lawb. 
 
 La-we-o-ia, v. Lawe ai»d <ia, living. 
 To take alive ; to carry alive, 
 
 LA-WE-o-.r,E-LO, s. A tale bearer; re- 
 porting stories to the injury of otliors. 
 
 La-we-ha-la, v. Lawe and hala, an of- 
 fense. To carry or bear guilt, i. e., to com- 
 mit an offense. 
 
 2. To sin; to sin against one. Pufc. 20:17. 
 To transgress, by ^Ung ^forbidden object 
 loa. 7:11. Tp.trespass. 
 
 3. Hoo. Td'find occasion against one. 
 Kin. '13:18. To cause one to appear goiliy. 
 
 4. To be overtaken in a fault ; e loohia 
 ma na mea iffo. 
 
 La-we-ha-la, s. One bearing sin; an 
 open transgressor of the law. 
 
 2. The indnlgcfhce of sin; the practice of 
 evil. 
 
 3. One that breaks an obligation or cov- 
 enant ; one overtaken in the commission 
 of evil. 
 
 4. AbslracUy, sin; evil; a sinner; an ad- 
 versary; an enemy. 
 
 6. The person against whom one has 
 sinned. 
 
 La-we-ha-la, adj. Sin-carrying; sin- 
 ful ; dkjing that which is forbidden. 
 
 La-we-ha-na, t'. iaree and ^9ia, work. 
 To engage in business ; to commence and 
 carry on work ; to bo ready lor any busi- 
 ness; to be industriously engaged. 
 
 La-we-ha-na, s. One that engages in 
 work; a workman; alaborer; one engaged 
 in any set of dtttieg. lOiW. 25:1. Hoa lawe- 
 hrnia, a helper in any business. 
 
 La-we-ka-hi-li, *. Xoioe and /taMi, the 
 great brush. The badge of royalty. 
 
 2. Tho person who attended the high 
 chief, carried the kahili, and executed bis 
 orders. See Ilajtokd, Iwikuamoo and Pok- 
 
 LAMtTKIJ. 
 
 La-we-ke-0, ) s. The song of a 
 
 LA-WE-la-we-ke-o, J species of bird found 
 
 on Molokai; kani mai la na manu la, penei : 
 
 kioca, kioca, iatoefceo, lawelawekeo. 
 La-we-la-we, v. Freq.offeMjfi. To take 
 
 or carry frequently. 
 2. To wait upon at table, as a servant in 
 
 attendance. 
 
LEA 
 
 333 
 
 LEI 
 
 S. To serve ; to pwform the dnties of a 
 Btati<]n. PiOc. 28:1. 
 
 4. To minister to one ; t6' serve. Pvk. 
 28:3. - to be'bTwy ; to employ one's self. 
 Skek. 27:16. 
 
 5. To handle; to feel of. Xufc. 21:39. To 
 handle, as in taming the leaves of a hook; 
 to handle, as in Qsinemusical instrument. 
 
 La-we-la-we, adj. Pertaining to work, 
 service or office; ka pootometoMe, servants, 
 waiters, &c. 
 
 La-we-la-we-i-wi, adj. Lawehwe and 
 iwi, a bone. Skillful in putting things in 
 order ; skillful or apt at different kinds of 
 work ; Jaweioweiwi o kana hana ana. 
 
 La-we-ltj-a, v. Latee and lua, doable. 
 To bind or tie up the second time ; Eence, 
 to bind tightly ; e hawelelna a paa. 
 
 2. To act in reference to both sides of 
 the question ; to act impartially. 
 
 La-we-pi-0, v. Louse and pio, prisoner. 
 To take captive by a conqaeror ; to carry 
 off, as a prisoner. 7er. 29:14. To carry into 
 captivity. 
 
 La-we-fi-o-ia, s. Tart. pass, oflawepio. 
 The state of being a prisoner; captivity. 
 ler. 29:14. 
 
 La-we-wa-le, v. Lowe and wale, with- 
 out reason. To take without leave or right; 
 to extort property irom one. 
 
 La-we-wa-le, s. The taMng the prop- 
 erty of another, as a chief or head man in 
 former tim^; not strictly aihie, as the 
 takmg might be with the knowledge of the 
 owrer ; a distraining of property ; extor- 
 tion. 
 
 La-we-we, v. The 9th conj. of hwx. 
 To carry frequently. Oram. § 209. 
 
 La-kit, s. The cuckoo, mentioned in 
 Kanl. 14:15,; an unclean bird. 
 
 La-ti-ke, *., Nets; latticework. \N<d. 
 7:17. 
 
 2. A chapiter in architecture .perhaps. 
 2 OiW. 4:12. 
 
 Le-a, c. To be pleased; to feel com- 
 fortable. 
 
 2. To delight in ; to be pleased with; to 
 take pleasure in a tMngj to eiqoy ; e Ua 
 auanel au 1 ka hiamoe, I shall soon mjoy 
 Bleep. 
 
 3. Hoo. To praise, especially in song and 
 with musical instruments. 1 OiU. 23:5. _ 
 
 4. Tomakemiisic; to praise; to rejoice in. 
 
 6. Impersmal, i lea ia oe, if you please ; 
 if it pleases you. 
 
 Le-a, s. Joy; gladness; pleasure; mer- 
 riment ; satisfaction. 
 
 Le'a, *. Pronounced with a break, 
 
 ' Name of sexual gradficatioa. 
 
 Le-a, adj. Pleasing; delightful; agree- 
 abla. 
 
 Le~a, adv. Pleasantly; agreeably. 
 2. Lea is used as an intensive; thus, 
 |)erfeotly; clearly; thoroughly; very; as, 
 maa lea, much accustomed ; moa ha, tkor- 
 ougMy cooked jite lea, weU known. 
 
 Le-a-le-a, v. The intensive of &a. To 
 delight in ; to be pleased with. Eset. 2:4. 
 Fio. To play, as in a game of boxing. 
 Laieik. 46. 
 
 2. To be merry ; to be exhilarated ; 
 spoken of the heart. Lunk. 16:25. 
 
 3. To be satisfied; to be contented. 2 
 Ndl. 5:22. 
 
 4. Sm. To praise; to rejoice; to 8y]Jnpa- 
 thize with; to comfort; to make mends 
 with one. 
 
 6. To negotiate terms of peace. los. 
 
 11:19. 
 6. To flatter ; to please, l^ea. 6:6. ^ 
 Le-a-le-a, s. Gladness; pleasure; joy. 
 
 See Lba. 
 Le-a-i<e-a, adj. Pleasing; a^pseable, 
 
 &o. See Lba. 
 Lee-ni-hi, t. A species of fish, reddish 
 
 and striped. 
 Lei,, v. To put around the neck, als a 
 
 wreath; to tie on, as one's beads. See the 
 
 substantive. To put on an ensign or badge, 
 
 as an offtcer in battie ; ma ka la kaua, lei 
 
 no ke alii i ka nibo palaua. 
 
 2. To rise np, as a cloud ; , to lift up. 
 Pass. To be lifted or raised up, as a cloud. 
 Nah. 10:11. 
 
 3. Hoo. To cast out; to cast off; to fling 
 away from ; to reject as useless ; to throw 
 or cast down upon the ground. Puk. 4:3. 
 
 4 To put on one, as a crown; to crown. 
 Pass. To wear, as a crown. 
 
 5. To put on shore, as freight from a ship; 
 aole lakon i hoolei mua i ka lakon ukana, 
 tiiey did not at first put their goods on 
 shore. 
 
 6. To, cast out, as out of the mouth ; to 
 belch, i. e., to talk profanely. HcU. 69:7. 
 
 7. To defile-; to profane. 
 
 8. To lie down ; to fall at fiiU length ; 
 to stretch out; to cast dovrn. 
 
 Lei, s. Any ornamental dress for the 
 head or Heck. 
 
 1. A string of beads ; a necklace; a 
 wreath of green leaves or flowers. 
 
 ?. A crown fcr the bead. See Leiald. 
 Xei bipi, the bow of an ox yoke ; the gar- 
 land for crowning a god. 
 
 3. Anyexternal ornamental work. Puk. 
 25:11. Note. — The leis of Bawaiians were 
 made of a great many materials, but the 
 lauhala nut was the most valued on ac- 
 count of its odoriferous qualities. SeeLEi- 
 
 HAIiA. 
 
 Lei-a-i, s. Lei and a-i, the neek. A 
 
 wreath for the ne(jk. 
 L£i-A-i<n, s. Lei and alH^ chief. A 
 
LEO 
 
 %4 
 
 LEH 
 
 crown, i.e., a king's lei. Pio. Pilip.4:h A 
 diadem. Iso. 62:3. 8ee PaPiUUEAUI. 
 
 Lei-a-pi-ki, J i. jr« with tiie qualify- 
 
 Lei-A-U-IU, > ing words. Different eorte 
 
 Lei-pa-pa-H1, ) of leig, 01* leis made ftom 
 different msterialg. 
 
 Leio, v. To open the eyes with wild- 
 ness. 
 
 Lfii-o, s. The- opening of the mouth to 
 
 ' speak. See Leo. 
 
 Lei-o-a, v. The passive of &to for Zeioia. 
 To be opened, as the eyes with wildpess. 
 
 Lei-o-ha-np, s. Leio for leo, and hano, 
 hoarse. A voice, as one hoarse ^r having 
 a cold. 
 
 Lei-o-le, s. Name of a kind of soft stone. 
 
 Lei-o-wi, s. a kind of disease in the 
 chest. 
 
 Lei-ha-la, s. Xei, wreath, and Ao^a, the 
 
 ' pandanus. A lei made of the faala fruit, 
 
 which is odoriferous ; he Wuila oe ma ka 
 
 B-1 o ka poe naauao, thou art a hala wreath 
 
 on the neck of the wise. 
 
 Lei-hv-a, s. a planet ; the globe ama- 
 ranth ; so named from the flowers, w'nich 
 are made into wreaths for the head. 
 
 LEi-mr-Lir, s. A lei or wreath for the 
 neck made of the feathers of the bird mamo; 
 ka lei mamo no Laa. 
 2. Children beloved of their parents. 
 
 Lei-hu-hj-ma-nu, s. A wreath of bird's 
 feathers tied to tlie necks of the gods. 
 
 Lei-lei, v. Freq.ofZee. Hoo. To scatter; 
 (o disperse frequently, as dirt. Isa. 57:20. 
 To disperse, as a people. OiU;. 26:30. To 
 scatter; to throw away. M<U.-12:Z0. Op- 
 posite to twoUiili. 
 
 LEi-LErHO, s. Lei and leho, a shell. A 
 string of the leholeho. 
 
 Lei-u-ma, s. a species of lei ; he lei- 
 apiki. See IjSialihu.. 
 
 Lei-na, s. For lei ana. Hoo. A throw- 
 ing or casting away. 
 
 2. Thai wUch is tlirown or cast away- 
 Dan. 2:29. 
 
 Lei-pa-pa-hi, s, a kind of lei. SeeLEi- 
 
 APIKI. 
 
 Le-o, ». A voice; ajsov.rid, mostly of a 
 person or an animated being; hookatii 
 j^atte' ana a ka waha, he leo ia. 
 
 2. In grammar, a syllable. 
 
 3. In music, a tone. 
 
 ,. 4. Fig. The good or bad influence of 
 eqiTducti'o kR. leo o kapono k&'ue malama 
 ndi ; o%a 2eo o ka hewa ka'u e Idpaku nei. 
 S. The' meaning or intention of an act 
 Fvk. 4:1S. 
 Le-o-uu, s. Lea and uu, to groan ; to 
 Btammer. ' An impedimeut in speecli; a 
 stammering. 
 
 Le-o-u-wo, », Leo, sound, and uwo, to 
 bellow. The lowest notes in music; the 
 name of the'base notes. 
 
 Le-o-ea, s. The voice or speech of a 
 person intozicsted. 
 
 Le-0-la-ni, adj. High; lofty; tall, as a 
 man ; high, as the mast of a ship ; he kia 
 UoUmi, he kuahiwi leolani, he laau ledani.' 
 
 Le-o-i.e-0, v. To wail, as for the dead. 
 See UwE. ' 
 
 Le-o-le-o, adj. Tall; high; shooting 
 upwards, as a tree; as a mountain ; he ka- 
 naka kcieo, he laau leoleo, he hale leoho. 
 See Leolani. 
 
 Le-o-le-o-a, )p. To wish evil; to 
 
 Le-o-le-o-WA, ) curse; to wish one dead; 
 to make a gre^t noise ; to bawl in a vocif- 
 erous manner. 
 
 Le-o-le-o-wa, adj. Wishing evil; curs- 
 ing ; he olelo leokowi, an expression eon- 
 sigmng one to deatli. See Houoilo. He 
 leoleowa ia i ko'u manao. 
 
 LEo-iiE-i.E, s. Leo and mele, a. 
 Musical sounds ; music generally. 
 
 Le-o-faa,, s. Leo and paa, tight; fast. 
 One whose voice is stopped with a cold. 
 2. A mute ; a deaf person. Isa. 35:6. 
 
 Le-o-pa-d:, «. Eng. A leopard. Jer.5:6. 
 
 Le-0-t.'ae-na, s. Leo and toaena, mid- 
 dle. The middle voice in music; a second 
 treble. 
 
 Le-o-wa-bi-nej s. Leo and toahine, a 
 woman. In music, the highest voice ; the 
 air of a tune. 
 
 Le-u-wI, s. a word of canoe makers; 
 the fore point of a canoe where the ends of 
 the two boards come together ; ina i pala- 
 halaha malnna o ka manuihu, he leuwi ia 
 waa. 
 
 Le-ea, v. To turn the eyes different 
 ways without turning the head. 
 
 2. To turn the eyes upward or askance. 
 
 3. ^o turn or lift up the eyes. Kcad. 4:19. 
 i. To direct the eyes toward any object; 
 
 to tarn the eyes to look; hence, to look 
 with expectation. 2 Sam. 22:42. To lift 
 up the eyes, as in prayer. John 17:1. To 
 lih up the eyes in admiration. Dan. 4:34. 
 
 Le-eai, v. To jump ; to leap ; to jump 
 over a thing, as a wall. 2 Sim. 22:30. ^o 
 start up suddenly, as a bli'd. 
 
 Le-ha-le-hai, v. SeeLsRAi. Tojuin,p 
 on botb feet ; to jump often ; e lehite- 
 
 Le-he, s. Name of a shell fish.' 
 
 Le-hei, v. See Leeai. To jump from 
 an elevation, as a dog or goat irom a wall. 
 2. To start up suddenly. 
 
 Le-he-le-be, aaj. Fat; plump; ingood 
 flesh. See Nehineld. 
 
 Le-he-le-he, s. The root ZeAe not found- 
 
LBH 
 
 335 
 
 i.EL 
 
 The lips. Kant. 23:24. L c, synonymous 
 with wahai put for the organs of speech 
 generally. 
 
 2. The lip, i. c language ; manner of 
 speaking. Kin. 11:1. Syn. with olelo. 
 
 3. Hoo. PuukUea i ka hoolehelehe. See 
 
 . Le-hk-le-hei, v. Fieq. of lehei. To hop 
 or jump from twig to twig, as a little bird; 
 to take Dhort but frequent flights. 
 Lb-hoi s. Name of a species of shell 
 fish. 
 
 2. The shell itself. 
 
 3. A bunch or knotty swelling on the 
 shoulder or back of a person like the leho 
 (the shell of the fish leho), caused by long 
 carrying heary burdens,;, oiai. ke alii hila- 
 bila no ka ItM- no kona kokuai ke amo 
 ana, he was the chief who was ashamed of 
 the bmch (on his shoulder) from carrying 
 burdens. Note. — This leho was frequently 
 seen on the shoulders of laboring men as 
 late as 1840. 
 
 Lje-ho, v. To have knots or bunches on 
 one's shoulders from carrying heavy bur- 
 dens ; a leho kana hokua i ke ?,mo i ka wai 
 ame kela mea kela mea. ' 
 
 Le-bo, adj. Swollen hard, as a small 
 callous place on the skin ; he kua leho, he 
 a-i leho. 
 
 Le-ho-6-ma-o, ». Leho and omao, green. 
 A species of leho of a green color. 
 
 Le-^o-u-la, s. Leho and ida, red. A 
 species of leho of a red color ; a red shell 
 fish. 
 
 h'E-^o•v-h&., adj. See the above. Beau- 
 tiful ; precious ; beautiful red ; Very pre- 
 cious, as the red-shelled leho. 
 
 Le-ho-lei, *. A small white shell of the 
 leho species, used for beads. 
 
 LEi-ko-LE-Ho, s. See Leileho, A small 
 delicate shell fish of the leho kind, whitish, 
 mixed with yellow and gray, used for leis 
 for the wrist or neck ; a string of small 
 lehos. 
 
 Le-ho-le-ho, v. To string lehos for leis. 
 
 Le-ho-le-pp, adj. Knotted; swelled 
 from carrying burdens. See Leho 3. 
 
 Le-ho-paa, s. a species of leho. See 
 Leho. o 
 
 Le-ho-fo-tt-li, s. a variety of the leho. 
 
 Le-hu, s. Ashes. Puk- 9:8. Ka lepo o 
 ke ahi ; ke oka keokeo o ka lanahu. 
 
 2. The number 400,000, the highest in 
 the Hawaiian series of numbers. 
 
 Le-hu, v. To be- or become ashes.; e 
 pnhi aku a hhUj to burn to ashes, i. e., to 
 burn up! 2Pe«. 2:6. 
 
 Le-hu-a, s. The name of a large rook 
 or small island on the north-eastof Niihau, 
 
 which has a good spring of water and a 
 fine cavern. 
 
 2. The name of a species of ohia. other-' 
 wise called the ohia hamau; metrosideros. 
 
 3. The blossom of the ohia and the lehua 
 and the abihi, 
 
 4. Flowers done up in bundles, as among 
 foreign families; he pua lei maikahikimai. 
 
 5. Name of a spec'es of kalo; also called 
 Uhnakuikaioao. 
 
 6. The name of the first man slain in sac- 
 rifice on a particular occasion. 
 
 7. lehua is used of en flg\iratively for a 
 person highly esteemed ; as, kuu lAua ala 
 Koolau, my sweet-scented Uhua (very 
 dear friend) of Koolau. 
 
 Le-H0-a-'a-pa-ne, s. a species of the 
 ohia ai. 
 
 Le-hu-a-ha-mau, *. A species of the 
 ohia ha, on the blossoms of which the birds 
 feed. 
 
 Le-hu-a-hi, s. Lehu and ahi, fire. Ih'e 
 remnants of fire ; ashes. 16b. 2:8. 
 
 Le-hu-a-ku-i-ka-wao, s. a species of 
 kalo. 
 
 Le-hu-u-la, s. Dust and dirt when car- 
 vied by the wind and appears reddish. 
 
 LE-HU-LErBu, V. See Lehu. To grow 
 exceedingly numerous ; to beconie multi- 
 tudinous, Hoo. To increase greatly in num- 
 ber and also in size ; to magnify, as a con- 
 vex glass; he aniani lioolehQehu maka ame 
 na kino, a glass magnifying the face and 
 the body. 
 
 Le-hu-le-hu, s. a multitude; an in- 
 definitely large number. Kbi. 30:30. With 
 
 ■ the article ka, the multitude; the many. 
 Mat.2i:12. A host; a great number; lehova 
 o na khulehu, Jehovah of }u>sts. 1 Sam. 1:3. 
 
 Le-hu-le-hu, adj. Many; numerous; 
 ma kona mau ipuka lehulehu i komo akuai 
 ka hewa,'-through its many doors does evil 
 enter in. 
 
 Le-hh-li-u, adj. Lehu and liu, raging ; 
 wild. Hot, as stones in an oven hsatcd to 
 a white heat; khuliu ka imu. See Aeuliv. 
 
 Le-ka, s, Eng. A leek, an herb. Nah. 
 
 11:5. 
 Le-le, v. To fly; to jump ; to leap ; to 
 
 fly, as a bird ; a ike aku la au i ka lefe ana 
 
 o ka manu. 
 
 2. To burst forth, as fire in a conflagra- 
 tion. 
 
 3. To move, as a meteor through the air. 
 
 4. To depart from one, as the spirit of a 
 dying person ; lele ke aho. 
 
 6. To come upon, as an officer upon a 
 criminal ; to fly or rush upon one, as an 
 enemy. Lunk. 20:37. 
 
 6. To land or go ashore from a canoe or 
 ship ; a He iuka lakou e makaikai, they 
 came ashwe to look about. 
 
L£L 
 
 336 
 
 LEL 
 
 7^ To brandish, as a s'Ford. 
 
 8. Haa. for hoo. To leave ; to forsake ; 
 to leave one place of residence or business 
 for another. 
 
 9. To reject as not fit for use-; tde liilii, 
 to scatter ; to disperse; to scatter entirely. 
 
 Le-i£, s. An altai for sacrifice; he 
 wahi e kaa ai 1 ka mohai kani i ke kuahu. 
 Le-L£'A, i. The kapu which the priest 
 imposed upon awa while the chief was 
 drinking it. 
 Le-le-a-a-ka, v. To hang; to suspend; 
 to carry on the back as one carries a child 
 or a load. 
 Le-le-a-i-o-i-0, s. Name of the god who 
 inflicted bodily pain, sucli as nukee, oopa, 
 &c. 
 Le-le-a-o-a, s. The act of sailing rap- 
 idly away in a canoe or ship to another 
 land. 
 Lfi-LE-A-KA, s. The name of the white 
 belt of stars in the heavens; the milky 
 way ; he ala wain. See Leleioxa. ' 
 Le-le-io, v. iefc arid w, really. To die 
 
 quickly ; to die suddenly. 
 Le-le-i-o-mo, v. ijfileand iomo, to plump 
 % into the water frdma height. E poui, e 
 omoki. 
 Le-iei-o-na, s. a fish ; a shark. 
 2. The milky way. See Lei^aka. 
 ■ Le-le-i-no, v. Lele and ino, bad. To be 
 in an unquiet state, as the stomach from 
 eating some kinds of food; e Ideirto auanei 
 ka ai ma ka opu o ke kanaka. 
 Le-le-oi, v. To be quick and ready to 
 speak of one's faults j to say more than is 
 true about one, especially of evil. 
 Le-le-o-pe-a-pe-a, s, Lele a.nd qpeapea, 
 
 a bat. To flutter, as birds in a fright. 
 Le-lb-u, s. Name of a fruit tree ; also, 
 name of the fruit. 
 
 2. Naqie of the bird which eats the Idm ; 
 
 ka manual Mea, 
 
 Le-le-u-li, ) ». To cleanse; to purify. 
 
 Le-le-U-U-u, J 2. To pardon ; a nana 
 
 no e Metdi lelewai m<u i k^ kakou bewa. 
 
 'tis his to laash away our sins. 
 
 Le-le-ha.-p. To be sleepy; to be drowsy; 
 to be lazy ; to be stupid. Eoo. The same. 
 See Lblehct. 
 
 LE-Lfe-HA-PArHA, oij, Xefc, to sldp over, 
 an4 hap(Aa, by fours. Counting by fours; 
 BkipidBg four u counting : in mtmo, leap- 
 ing over four. places; leaping to the minor 
 fourth. 
 
 Le-le-hoo-haa-haa, ». The female god- 
 dess of Leleaioio. See above, r 
 
 Le-le-hoo-la-ha-la-ha, s. To fly or 
 float over one'^s head, as a large bird with 
 ouUpread wings; e lele i ka imooka lani. 
 
 Le-le-etj, I). To see with difficulty; to 
 be partially blind. 
 
 2. To be almost dead ; to be weak ; to 
 be faint. 
 
 3. To be sleepy or drowsy. See Egole- 
 
 Le-le-hc-a, a<^'. Skillful;jable to apply 
 the mental powers. See Mieoleleeda. 
 
 Le-le-hit-na, v. Xie2e and ^na, a small 
 particle. To fly into small pieces; to scat- 
 ter, as fine particles ; to become fine, aa 
 dust or fine rain ; mokiki ka ia lele a ka 
 manu. 
 
 Le-le-eu-na, s. Small, fine rain; he 
 kilihuna ; small particles of food. 
 
 Le-le-ka-ha-u-li, s. Lde and haidi, a 
 black spot. Surprise; admiration; fear; 
 a trembling through fear.' 
 
 Le-l£-ea-wa, v. £e2e and &n«KE, a prec- 
 ipice. To jump or leap down a precipice 
 (a method of committing suicide.) 
 
 2. To jump into the sea from an eleva- ' 
 tion, a pastime among Hawaiians ; « lebai- 
 kawa, e hana lealea me ka lele ana mai ka 
 pali mai ilalo o ka waL 
 
 Le-le-ka-wa, s. The act of jumping 
 from a precipice on purpose to destroy 
 life, or of jumping a precipice into the sea 
 'is a pastime. 
 
 2. The place or precipice where such, 
 jumping takes place ; hele aku la lakon a 
 
 , liiki ma kahakai, he wahi 2e2efcatsa ia. 
 
 Le-le-ko-a-li, s. The name of a play. 
 Le-i,E'Ko-ke, adj. Ze2e and^&e, qui(^. 
 
 Fl^g quickly in a passion ; quick angry; 
 
 excitable. 
 Le-le-eo-lu, s. In music, a skip of a 
 
 third ; a tbu'd. 
 Le-le-ko-lu-ha-pa, s. Inmz«»c,aminoT 
 
 third. 
 Le-le-le, v. Freq. of 2e2e. To leap; to 
 
 jump ; to fly frequently, /so. 35:6. See 
 
 Lgle. 
 
 2. To light on something above. 
 
 3. Soo. To cause to skip or jump. HaL 
 29:6. 
 
 4. To be agitated, as the mind with joy 
 or fear. Isa. 60:6. 
 
 Le-le-xe-le, v. See Lei^', root doubled. 
 To run off; to run off in haste ; to run off 
 frequently or for a trifling offense, aa a ser- 
 vant. 
 
 2. To forsake frequently, as a man his 
 wife, or a wife her husband ; UHeUli maua 
 i ke kula o Pele, we two hastmed avxtu to 
 , the plain of Pele. 
 
 Le-le-le-le-ko-ke,.». See Lele and 
 KoKB, quick. To forsake' quickly for a tri- 
 fling ofiiense. See Lelbkoke. 
 
 LE-tE-LB-Po-Ni, s. ieZe and ,poni, cold J 
 
LEL 
 
 337 
 
 LEN 
 
 shivering with culd. A sadden dying; one 
 
 Etrack fluddenly dead. 
 2. Anything done suddenly; no time. 
 
 lost ;' no postponement 
 Le-le-u-bia-Ju-pa, s. Lele and lima, 
 
 five, and hapa, part. In music, a, minor fifth. 
 Le-le-lu-a, s. Leie and lua, twd. In 
 
 muaie, a second. 
 Le-us-ma-iai-o-a, v. iefc and mdaioa, 
 
 small ; fine. To scatter or blow away, as 
 
 small ^agments of things ; to dnst. 
 Le-le-lti-fe, V, Lele and lupe, a kite. 
 
 To fly the Itite. 
 LE-LE-Mt7, s. Weight; heaviness; a 
 
 burden carried on the hips. 
 LE-t£-Hn, V. To b^ slow; to be sluggish 
 
 in movement; to be slow in obeying a 
 
 command. 
 Le-le-fai-i.a-111, ti. Lde and pai, to 
 
 touch, and lam, heaven. To praise; to 
 
 bless; to, extol. 
 Le-le-fad, v. To trost in ; to trust to 
 
 something. SaL 4:5. To lean upon. ' 
 
 2. To apply the mind ; to giv« heed ; to 
 attend to. BA. 2:1. Idqaam i ka manao. 
 
 3. To ^link ma<:h of another ; e inanao 
 nuiiahai. 
 
 Le-le-fa-u, v. Lek and paH, a pieci- 
 pice. To leap down a precipice, a common 
 way formerly (not entirely forsaken yet) of 
 comndttil% suicide ; pehea la ka unane o 
 ka "poe Ithpali T how is il with the souls of 
 those who leap the precipice f See Xjeue- 
 
 KAWA. 
 
 LE-LE-n-NAu, f . The name of a game. 
 Le-le-pi-o, v. Lek and pio, an arch, 
 
 To fly, as ''a meteor through the sky; to 
 
 move along, as a comet showing its tail ; 
 
 to appear, aa a supernatural sign in the 
 
 heavens. 
 LE-I.E-FO, s. A small flying-fish. 
 LE-iE-Fo-Ni, V. To be struck suddenly 
 
 deadj to die suddenly-f to die without 
 
 wammg. See I^a£ugi<oin. 
 Le-I£-fo-no, v. Lele and pono, right, 
 
 To live prosperously; to be blessed in'one's 
 
 budness : to transact business rightly; to 
 
 die happily. 
 Le-u-fv-nIi s. a kind of play with 
 
 black and white stones on a board; in 
 
 music, tiie octave. 
 Le-le-wa, s. See Lswa, pendulous. 
 
 The private parts ; applied to men ; tbe 
 
 stem of a vessel ; a company following a 
 
 chief. ■ 
 Le-le-wa, v. See Lewa, to swing. To 
 
 float in the air or on water ; ke Idewa nei 
 
 ka mbku. 
 2. To follow one about, as a company of 
 
 persons ; to follow after ; to hang on, as 
 
 tOiosewttdi followed a chief. 
 
 To 
 
 Le-le-wai, v. To purge; to cleanse; to 
 
 puri^. 
 Le-le-wa-le, V, Iiefeandu)ofe,witho'U 
 
 cause. To be or be done spontaneously ; 
 
 to more of one's own accord. 
 Le-ue-wa-le, *. A falling; a breaking 
 
 off; a yielding. 
 2. A term 'formerly nsed to express a 
 
 good omen ; hush ; «lence, &e. 
 Le-m-wa-lo, )p. Lele and 
 Le-ue-wa-wa-lo, ) or uah, to call 
 
 call ; to call aloud ; to call after. 
 Le-le-we-iv-we-lu, v. Lek and ledu, 
 
 to rend. To tear in pieces ; to rend. 
 Le-lo, s. See Alelo and £lelo. The 
 
 tongue ; ka hoenli o ka olelo ma ka waha, 
 
 the rudder of speech In the mouth. 
 
 2. Persons speaking different languages. 
 
 3. The name of a fish. 
 
 Le-lo, adj. Hung up in the smoke'; 
 
 smoked rod. 
 Le-lo-le-lo, adj. See Lelo. Reddish 
 
 reddened. 
 Le-mu, v. To be slow; to lag behind; 
 
 to walk as one weak. - 
 Le-mtt, s. The under part of the tiiigh; 
 
 the buttock. 
 2. The botto|n part of a thing ; kahi ma- 
 
 lalo o na mea a' pan : e eu ka lema, stk 
 
 your stumps; get up from sitting. 
 
 Le-mu-xtt, v. To break off short; to cut 
 
 short. See Udkd. 
 Ls-MV-LB-utr, V. To go hesitatingly; to 
 
 walk slowly ; to step Uke an aged person. 
 
 Hbo. To be slow; to be slow to come when 
 
 called. 
 LE-MU-tB-Mtr, *. WaHdrig slowly and 
 
 with care and hesitancy. See Eotonrpi;. 
 Le-na, v. To bend ; to strain, aa a bow; 
 
 to make ready to shoot, as witfi 'a bow. 
 
 Nal 22:34, 8. 
 
 2. To take sight or aim, as in shooting 
 with a bow ; he poe Una i na kakaka. 
 
 3. To bend or use the tongue for false- 
 hood, ler. 9:3. 
 
 4. To pttU out straight and iron, as 
 clothes; e hoomohala a e hoopalahalaha 
 ae; to stretch out, as cloth or kapa to dry. 
 
 5. To squint ; to strain the eyes. 
 
 Le-NA, s. The name of a plant, the root 
 of which is nsed in coloring yellow. 
 
 2. A yellow coloring matter from the 
 
 ItM. 
 
 3. Lena is also used as an ingredient in 
 curry. 
 
 4. The name of a sickness ; a complaint - 
 of the bowels while the skin becomes yel- 
 low. 
 
 Le-na^ , ) a^j. Yellow ; yellowish* 
 Le^NA-LE'NAi ) ,2. Lazy; doing iiotlung. 
 
LEP 
 
 338 
 
 LEW 
 
 Le-na-ti-la, s. Eng. Lentiles, a kind 
 of food. Ezek. 4:9. 
 
 Le-pa, ». To roll up the eyes. 
 
 2. To stand up, as the comb of a cock. 
 . 3. To cut a iiiece of cloth obliquely ; e 
 
 - oM kapakahi. 
 
 Le-pa, s. A border', hem or fringe of a 
 garment. Fvk. 28:33. A skirt or flowing 
 vf a gai-ment .; lie klM o ke kapa. be mea e 
 lewalewa ana malaio. 1 Ham. 24:5. 
 
 2. An ensign; a flag used in a war canoe; 
 the flag used at the door of a sacred house. 
 
 3. Anything standing up edgeways and 
 making a show, as the comb of a «ock. 
 Note. — The lepa was a piece of kapa tied 
 at the end of a stick as a si^'or flag and 
 used for Tarioas purposes; i ke kukuln 
 ana a ua poe kahuna la i ko lakou lepa,, on 
 the putting up of those priests their flag ; 
 a hahalia ka lepa a ua poe ksAuna la, the 
 
 , flag Oi^&e priests was torn away. 
 
 liE-PA-tErPA, s. A torn rag or kapa, 
 
 viz. : a» an ensign fluttering in ^e wind 
 
 becomes torn ; the torn end or border of a 
 
 piece of cloth or kapa. 
 
 Le-pe, s. The comb of a cock ; he ki- 
 
 pakn ka moa kane. 
 Le-pe, adj. Diagonally; from corner to 
 corner ; o opiopi lepe, fold from corner to 
 comer. 
 Le-pee, s. a gash in the flesh; an open 
 
 wound. 
 Le-pe-le-pe-o-hi-na, s. a red animal 
 <>f thesea, wi!h a shell on one side; he mea 
 aho ia maloko o ke kai. 
 
 2. A species of miller or butterfly hatched 
 from a worm ; he wahi mea lele ma ka 
 lewa, he peelua i hoomaluleia. 
 Le-pe-lu-a, adj. Cute; skillful; eun- 
 
 ning; maaiea. 
 Le-pe-ra, adj. Gr. Leprous; belonging 
 
 to leprosy ; mai kpera. Oihk. 13:2. 
 Le-pe-sa, v. Or. To be or become lep- 
 rous; ua lepera. Nah. 12:10. 
 Le-pe-eo, s. Gr. A pereon diseased 
 
 with the leprosy ; a leper. Oihk. 14:2. 
 Le-pe-ta, s. Gr. Amite; a very small 
 
 piece of money. JmIc. 21:2. 
 Le-po, s. The geaeml name for dirt, 
 dust or defilement of any kind. 
 
 1. Tlie dirt ; ground ; dust ; earth ; ka 
 honua malaio o na wawae. 
 
 2. Dnug ; excrements. Puk. 29:14. 
 
 3. Clay ; lepD manoauoa. 1 NaX. 7:4G. 
 
 4. Dust ; anything pulverized to dust. 
 2 Nal. 23:6. ie^o poho, mud ; mire. M>. 
 o:ll. 
 
 fl. Name of that part of the ocean where 
 it is deep. Syn. with moana.' He moana 
 kahi inoa, he lepo kahi iiioa 
 
 Hoo. To dirty; to defile; to pollute; tef- 
 make turbid, as water, tkek. 32:2. ' • •- 
 
 Le-po, adji Dirty; unclean; earthy; 
 'made of earth;, he ipu lepo, an earthm'n 
 cup; he wai Zepo, dir^ water; be kapti lepo, 
 a soikd garment. 
 
 Le-fo-ha-nai, s, Lepo and kanai, to fp^ 
 Dirt or rubbish which is carried to fill a pit 
 or hole ; aole paa ka lepo, he lepoAowi 
 wale no. 
 
 Le-po-ki-a-ha, *. Clay prepared for pot- 
 tery. Isa. 4S:9. 
 
 Le-fo-le-fo, adj. Intensive of hpo. 
 Very dirty ; turbid, as water. 8ol. 2S:26,. 
 
 Le-fu, s. Heb. A hare, an unclean ani- 
 mal mentioned in Kurd. 14:7. 
 
 Lb-wa, v. To swing; to float in the air, 
 as clouds ; to hang in a singing manner; 
 to float in mid heaven; e Uwa wale ana no 
 (ka honua) i ka lani, (the earth) •urns float- 
 ing freely in mid heaven. i 
 
 2. To move back and forth Uke a hinge; 
 e ami. 
 
 3. To float pn the water. 
 
 4. To put a thing up in an unsafe place 
 or in a tottering position where it may 
 easily fall. 
 
 6. jffoo; To carry on the surface, as to 
 floa^t on wat6r ; e hodeioa me ka wa,i. 
 
 6\ To be carried, as a coffin at a ft^nerai, 
 on the shoulders of men ; i ka hodeuia ana 
 i ke kUpapau. 
 Le-wa, s. The upper regions of the air; 
 the region of the clouds ; na ao o ka lewa, 
 the clouds of the air. 
 
 2. Whatever is suspended or movable. 
 
 3. The space where anything may be sus- 
 pended. 
 
 4. The air ; the atmosphere ; the visible 
 heavens ; kahi o ke ea, ka lani ; a partic- 
 ular place in the air or atmosphere; ma 
 keia kwa oka lani, in this jiart of the heav- 
 ens. 
 
 6. Persons without home or local attach- 
 ment. 1 Pet. 2:11. Auhea oukou e na ka^ 
 malii o ka leiwa mai, amc na kanaka mainia 
 ka lewa mai no hoi. 
 
 6. A foreign conntiy ; mai ka lewa mai, 
 mai ke kua mai o ka moloi ; o ke ano o ia 
 man plelo, ua hele mai lakou mai ka aina 
 e mai, he leiea ia; a ma ke alo o keia aina, 
 he kua o ka mok\i ia. D. Mala 3:22. 
 
 7. Name of that part of the ocean where 
 it is deep. Stn. with moana. 
 
 Le-vita, adj. Swinging; pendulous; 
 
 floating ; unstable ; homeless. 
 Le-wa-la-ni, s. Xewa and ^a«i, heaven. 
 An indefinite space in the air; a part of the 
 skjr ; a place belonging to anything above 
 or ia the heavens ; the opposite or m some 
 way connected with Uyianuu. 
 
 liS-FO, 0. To be dirty; to be defiled. I Lk-wa-le-wa, v. See Lewa. To float 
 
LIE 
 
 339 
 
 LIU 
 
 to (Tiinglo ; to Bwiug frequently ; to move 
 or go often from place to place ; hence, to 
 be deceitful. 
 
 Le-wa-le-wa, adj, ScbLewa. Swing- 
 ing ; unstable ; floating. 
 
 Le-wa-nuit, s. Ijswa and nuu, a higti 
 even place. Somelnduiliiite place on earth, 
 
 . generally connected with or opposed to 
 Usimlmu. 
 
 Le-wa-wa-lo, V, Lewa and ucdo, or 
 uaalo, to cry out To cail; to call out; to 
 run calling after another. -^ 
 
 Le-ge-o-na, U.Gr.k legion, 10,000; 
 
 Le-GI-o-NA, ) an indefinitely large num- 
 ber. Hal. 91:7. 
 
 LiI-sE-MA, *. Heb. A ligure, a precious 
 stone, rule. 3«:12. 
 
 Le-ta, s. Eng. A letter; an epistle. 
 Haw. He palapala. 
 
 Le-vi-a-ta-na, s. Heb. A leviathan, a 
 poetical name of a sea animal ; the whale 
 perhaps; the crocodile perhaps. Ham-.U. 
 
 Li, v. To hang by the neck. Eset. 2:23. 
 To strangle by hanging ; to hang ; to furl, 
 as a sail ; eia to kakou pesi e li. - 
 
 2. To see ; to observe. IM. 48:5. 
 
 3. To fear ; to lie afraid; U) shrink back 
 with dread. 
 
 Li, s. The chill or shake of an ague fit ; 
 the ague. Kanl. 28:22. Any sickuesii con- 
 nected with the chills; li nui, indammation, 
 Kanl. 28:22. In music, the third note of 
 the scale ; pa, ko, li. 
 
 Li, adj. Trembling, as from cold; shak; 
 ing, as with. an ague fit. 
 
 Li-A, V. To ponder; to thipk; to con- 
 template. 
 
 2. To I'i^ar; to be afraid; to start sud- 
 denly, as a dog in catching a fly. 
 
 3. To desire greedily ; to lust after ; to 
 ponder or run, as the mind on something 
 foolish. 
 
 4. To be cold; to shiver with fear or 
 cold ; to have the sensation of cold. 
 
 Li-A, s. A shaking or trembling through 
 fear. 
 
 2. Fear or dread, as when one supposes 
 ho sees a spirit. . 
 
 3.. A strong desire; a desire to obtain or 
 posses^ something, like fo/co and iint; rest- 
 lessness from something on the mind. 
 
 4. Thinking intensely upon some subject; 
 the application of the .mind npon some- 
 thing ; ke kau uui o ka Inanao ma ka mea 
 e noonoo ana. 
 
 .5. Cogitations ; serious thoughts ; a vis- 
 ion. Dan. 2:28 and 4:5. 
 Li-A, adj. Fearful ; .affrighted. 
 Li-£, s. A goddess of the mountaiii 
 whose business it was to braid leis; ke aao 
 (Lia) Lei wabiae. 
 
 Lu, s. The primary form for alii. A 
 
 chief; a king; a ruler. See Aim. Notk. — 
 
 JPhe a is often dropped and an apostrophe 
 
 ■^bstitutcd; as, ke Hii, na 'Hi. G^ain. § 47. 
 
 Lii, V. Haa. To spread out ;. to spread 
 dLvnt,as amatorkapa; to open and spread 
 out, as a letter. Zsa. 37:14. 
 
 Lii, J. The falling off or turning of the 
 hair white in children; he lauoho keokeo i 
 ka manawa kamalii. 
 
 Ln, adj. Aguish; sick of a' fever and 
 ague. See Li.. 
 
 2. Little; small, &c.; generally doubled, 
 liUii, but found single in compounds; as, 
 Icamalii, makalii, moUii, &c. 
 
 Lti-Li, s. Name of the place where the 
 sacrifices were laid before the altar; a ma 
 ke alo iho o ka lelo ka UUi, malaila e hoo- 
 
 ■ abu ai ka mobai. 
 
 Lii-Lii, s. See Lu, adj., 2. Small ; lit- 
 tle ; diminutive ; young. 
 
 Lii-Lii, ado. Slightly ; in a small man- 
 ner ; picccmeEtl ; little by little. 2 Oihl. 
 21:15. E hana lillii, to work by little and 
 little ; e hele liiUi, kau liilii ; e oki liilli, to 
 cut up finely, &c. 
 
 Li-o, s. A name given to foreign ani- 
 mals generally when first introduced into 
 the islands. See the verb. The word is 
 now mostly applied to the horse; the horse. 
 2. A species of bird. 
 3; The collar or tie beam Of a house or 
 other building; ka welau o ka lofaiokalto. 
 
 Li-o, V. See Lew. To open the eyes 
 wide, as a wild a&i'ightcd auimal. 
 
 2. To act wildly or ferociously, as an un- 
 tamed animal; to bristle up, as a wild hog. 
 
 See KCKAKALIIOA. 
 
 3. To have great affection for ; e paea- 
 nma Va ni&nawa. ' 
 
 4. To utter a sound as {he bird ao screams 
 as it flitts> 
 
 Li-o, adj. Tight ; strained, as a rope, 
 
 Li-o-a, adj. See Liotahove. Wild; un- 
 tamable ; he an9"laka ole. 
 
 lA^-u-o, V. T6 draw tightj as a rope, 
 hui itpl extremely tight; ,to bind or tie on, 
 as a rope or malo. 
 
 2. ^u make tight; to make hard; to make 
 solid. 
 
 Li-o-Li-0, s. The sound or scream which 
 the bird ao makes when disturbed, When 
 she bristles like a.hen with chickens. 
 
 Li-o-Li-o, s. The name of a small bird. 
 
 Li-o-Li-o, adj. Bright; shining; daz- 
 zling. 
 2. Strained tight, as a rope. 
 
 Li-o-NA, s. Eng. A lion. Kin. 49:9. 
 
 Li-u, V. To leak, as a canoe in the 
 water ; to fill with water, as a ship. 
 2. To- season, as with salt; to render pal- 
 
LIH 
 
 340 
 
 LIH 
 
 atable, afc food ; to restore food that has 
 been corrupted. 
 
 3. To get ready to do a thing ; to be a 
 long time doing a piece of work. 
 
 4. To draw out or protract the aound in 
 blowing a conch shell. 
 
 Li-r, «. Saltness ; the savory taste of 
 fdod. 
 
 2. The peculiar property of a thing or 
 that quality by which it is known. 
 
 3. The watei; in the bottom of a canoe or 
 $Mp ; bilge water ; sole i pan ka liu i ke 
 ka ia, the bilge water is not all dipped out. 
 
 -Li'tr, ttdj. Insipid ; not seasoned ; taste- 
 less, as nnripe fruit or unsaltedmeai 
 lii'V, adv. Slowly; tardily, 
 
 Ala liu ka te Waianae 
 
 Wehe ke kaioln i ke oho o ka nla 
 
 Komo okoa iloko oka hale. 
 
 Li-v-x, e. To see indistinctly; to know 
 
 uncertainly ; to be in doubt. 
 2. To be transformed; to .be different 
 
 from what was sapposed after being seen 
 
 qlearly. Sec Niba. 
 Li-u-A,'*. A vertigo; a taming of the 
 
 eyes so as not to see things distinctly. 
 Li-u-A, /adj. Dizzy ; indistinctness in 
 
 Tjsion. See NiuA. Liua na maka 1 na wa- 
 
 hine moekolohe. 
 Li-u-LA, -s. See Ula. Dark; twilight, 
 
 i. e., time of indistinct vision. See Liua. 
 -Li-u-M-ic, V. To get ready for doing a 
 
 thing. See Liu 3. To prepare, as for a 
 
 journey ; IMm iho la na kanaka o Oahu e 
 
 holo i ke kaua i Kauai, the people of Oahu 
 
 t^dde reo^ to go to the war ou Kauai ; to 
 
 ((et ready, L e., to prepare materials for a 
 
 a bnildin^- 
 
 2. To be awake; to watch for something; 
 to wait long for an event, but be ready or 
 prepared for it ; a mio, a liAm e i ola ho- 
 nua. . , 
 
 3. To ptaerastinate ; to be for a long 
 lime future. 2 Sam. 7:19. To stay a long 
 time in a^plaoe; to delayaretom; to tarry 
 long •.liulm, iki, soon after. 
 
 i. To contiKnc long, as a particular je^. 
 son or time; be liuliii no na la e pa mai ai, 
 many are the days (the wind) blows. 
 
 hi-v-U'V, s. A living or staying a long 
 
 tme at another place. 
 
 Li^-Li-u, adj. Prepared; ready. 
 
 '2, Saltish j brnokish, as water; unfit to 
 drink; insipid; tasteless, Jui. See Liu, a(^'. 
 
 Li-u-u-u, adt. For a long time ; dur- 
 ing a long time. .^0^.9:19. Boo. Oih. 16x2. 
 
 Li-HA, V. To be sick at the stomach; 
 to nauseate. See Lihaltua and Liuha. 
 
 Li-HA, s. Nausea ;.€dckness at the stom" 
 ach. 
 2. A xtit ; the egg of .a head loose. 
 
 Li-HA, adj. Sick; nauseous; loathing 
 
 food. . , . , . . , 
 
 Li-HA-Li-HA, V. Tobesickish,i.e.,sick 
 at the stomach. See Liha and Liliha. 
 
 2. To be fat ; to be greasy ; to be slip- 
 pery with grease. _ 
 
 Li-BA-u-HA, ». See Liha, Sickness at 
 the stomach. ' - 
 
 2. Sorrow ; sighing ; moaming, as for 
 the dead. 
 
 Li-HA-u-HA, a<ij. Fatty; greasy; slip- 
 pery with grease. 
 
 2. Sick at the stomach ; loatiiing food, 
 SeeLujEA. 
 
 Li-HE, *. See LAa 2. A nit; the egg 
 
 ' ofalonae. 
 
 Li-hi, v. To arrive at'; to approach to. 
 
 2. To come together; to be united, as 
 two pieces of cloth in a garment. 
 
 3. To be united in close friendship, as 
 two friends. 
 
 Li-Hi, *. A border or edge of aTthmg 
 where it unites or is near to aiiother when 
 in contact, as edges of bones. Ancfl. 6. A 
 border, edge or boundary of a land ; the 
 seam or place of nniting in a garment. 
 
 2. A lot or portion of land tDarked off. 
 Isa. 67:6. JAM wai, a border or edge of 
 water. Jos. 3:8. A part or portion. Sys. 
 with kulcana. JBo^ 22:19. He Uhi mia.- 
 kai ka liki o ka hana, a good^i?!^ is the 
 tightness of the work. 
 
 3. The union or nearness of relationsbip, 
 i. e., the friendship of relationsbip; he mea 
 e maopopo ai ke ano hoahanau ana. 
 
 4. The bending of an arch upward, as a 
 rainbow. 
 
 5. The i^bow itself. 
 
 6. With iJIn', a very fcmall porfira of a 
 thing ; Wti ild, a very onall piece. Srs. 
 with huaa, » .amaU fragment Mat. 5:18, 
 also OUkSifl. Aoleona wabi JiAi ike iki 
 i ka ka Haka olelo, he baa no knowledge 
 <U ail of <the Lord's word; 
 
 Li-Bi, aie. By the edge ; by the end ; 
 kau liki, laid with the edge or end only 
 resting on, i. e., slightly resting on; he 
 wabi Selehelena wale no kana ike Uhi ana, 
 be partly saw the outlipea of her eounte- 
 
 . nance. ' Xateifc. S3. ' 
 
 Li-Hi-LAU-NA, V. Zi^iandJoMna, friendly. 
 To go to ; to reach or arrive at 
 
 2. To be frequently at, as at a place near; 
 aole ia i lihUawta aku ilaila. 
 
 Li-Hi-M, t>. SeePoHiix TothiiJtofan 
 object, then to desire it>Btrongly, then to 
 make vigorous efforts for it, then to give it 
 up and fall ; in a race, to run well with a 
 prospect of success; and then turn arade 
 and lose the race. 
 
 Li-Hi-u-Hi, i. The eyelids; the eye 
 lashes. Job. 16:16. 
 
LIK 
 
 341 
 
 LIL 
 
 2. The eyebrows; he laaoho ma ke kue- 
 
 kue iuaka. 
 Li-Hi-wAi, s. Lehi and wai, water. The 
 
 boi'det or edge of a stream of water. See 
 
 Lnn, s., above. 
 Li-HO-Li-Hoi, adj. Very hot. 
 Li-KE, u To be like; to lesemble as 
 
 one thing Resembles another; to be similar 
 
 or to have many qiialiticB in common with 
 
 something else. - 
 
 2. Soo, To make one thing, in qualities 
 or appearance, lesemble another. Oa, is 
 often inserted for the sake of 'euphony. 
 Gram. § 211, 2d. 
 
 3. To do the same with; to make a thing 
 according to instructions ;- with me follow- 
 ing, to do as some one else docs, i. c., to 
 resemble in conduct ; to imitate. 
 
 4. To vanish. 
 
 Li-KE-u-KE, ». The intensive (of like; 
 also with hoo. 
 
 Li-KE-Li-KE, adj. Alike; resembling. 
 Hoo. Same. He olelo hod&a&iki^ a par- 
 able. , 
 
 Lr-Ki, V. To gird; to tie up tightly; to 
 bind about, as a loose garment. Oi/i. 12:8. 
 
 2. To throng; to be troubled to move 
 ' along on account of a multitude.' ifar.6:31. 
 
 3. To be stiff, as a limb with a spasmodic 
 aSiBclion. 
 
 4. JBoo. To gird on, as a loose garment. 
 I<i-Ki, s. A boast, or boasting ;^ Kanaka 
 
 Jifci, a braggart. • 
 Li-xi-u-Ki, V. Intensive of Wd. To tie 
 
 up or tie on tightly. See kussassi. 
 Li-Ei-PA-Hxr, i. iMd and |xiA», barrel 
 
 A tight hoop for a barrel ; an iron hoop. 
 Li-KO, V. To swell out round; to be 
 
 plump ; to be foil. 
 
 2. To be fat, as a fleshy person. 
 
 3. To swell ; to enlarge, as the growing 
 bud of a vegetable before the leaves spread 
 open, or as tiie bud of a flower before the' 
 petals open. 
 
 4. To en>and, as an opening flower. 
 EiA. 129:6. 
 
 6. To shine ; to glisten like drops of oil 
 poured on to water. 
 Li-Ko, ». The svirelling, budding, pro- 
 tniding, &c., of a growing plant 
 
 2. The swollen bud just before leaves or 
 flowers appear. 
 
 3. The top or growing end of a plant 
 Fig. a young child, especially of a chief. 
 
 4. The appearance of drops of oil on 
 water. 
 
 6. The light or shining points in a per- 
 son's eye ; ka Wlw, oia ka mno, ka ao, ka 
 omaka, ka mea e'^lu ai ma ka maka. 
 
 Li-Ko, adj. Swelling; growing; open- 
 ing, as a bud of a tree or a fl.ower ; thrifty, 
 as a growing plant 
 
 Li-Ko-Li-Ko, «. See Lnco. To swell; to 
 
 grow, &o. 
 2. To shine, as the wMte point, in one's 
 
 eye. 
 Li-LA, adj. Blasted, thin or shriveled 
 
 up, as a banana : he maia VSa, aohe io ; he 
 
 Ivia wale nu mai ka eka luna a hiki i ka 
 
 pola. 
 Li-LA-Li-LA, adj. Shrunk up ; turned 
 
 white or gray ; blasted, as fruit 
 Li-LE, t>. To be thin ; to be weak ; to 
 
 be flexible; to be thin and long, as the 
 
 lines of words across the page of a book^ 
 
 or as a leng stave of music. 
 Li-BE, adj. Hoo. Weak; thin. 
 LirtE-Li-LE, t>. To shine very brightly, 
 
 as a lamp. Job. 29:3. To be da^luig, as 
 
 the rays of the sun. .IToi/c. 1:16. 
 Li-LB-Li-LE, adj. Bright ; "fehining; kaW 
 
 2i2rii2e, a bright spot. OiWc. 13:2. Smooth 
 
 and shining, as the akin of a* bald or shaved 
 
 head. 
 Li-iJ, V. To be jealous ; to be jealous 
 
 of a hoBbaud or wife. Nah. 5:14. 
 2. To hate ; to abhor ; to be indignant 
 
 at where jealousy is the cause. 
 8. Fm. To be jealous for the honor of 
 
 God. JVbft. 25:13. 
 4. To dare: to be bold; to magnify one's 
 
 self; e aa, e koa, e hoaano. 
 5: To be stiff, as limbs with lameness ; 
 
 ikaika likl o ka wawae, e oopa, e inaloeloe. 
 
 6. To join together, as letters tu make 
 , words ; same as hookui. 
 
 7. Hoo. To make jealous or to provoke 
 to jealousy. Kard. 32:16, Stn. with hoo- 
 naukiuki. Liii ae la ino moa, a haka ts>si 
 na'moa ma ka lani. 
 
 Li-Li, $. Jealousy; wrath; displeasure 
 at one. 
 
 2. FiQ. Zeal for the honor of God. Ndh. 
 25:11. 
 
 3. Pride ; haughtiness ; a disregard of 
 other's rights; ka manao ole i ko hai pono. 
 
 4. Pain ; distress ; internal anguish. 
 
 5. Weight : heaviness; that wMch is not 
 abltf to be lined up^ 
 
 Li-u, adj. Jealous, as husband and 
 wife of each other ; jealous of the honor 
 and esteem of another. 
 
 2. Spoken of Jehovah in his feelings to- 
 wards other gods. JPufc. 20:5 and 34:14. 
 
 3. Proud ; baughtjr ; overbearing. 
 
 4. Heavy ; not easily lifted. 
 
 Li-U'A, g. Qr. and Eng. A lily. Mel. 
 SoL 2:1. 
 
 2., Carved work in Solomon's temple in 
 imitation of lilies. 1 Jfot. 7:22. 
 
 Li-Li-o, v, SeeLioandLiouo. To draw 
 tight, as a rope ; to stretch so as to make 
 stoaight ; e male, e moe pololei. 
 2. To be tight, as the skin of a glutton's 
 
LIL 
 
 342 
 
 LIM 
 
 istoiuac]! After be has eaten ; to be drawn 
 %htiy or tensely, ?.8 the skin of the face ; 
 lUio i ka pauma ana ; to be drawn tightly 
 by stretching. 
 
 3. To be filled, as a glutton with food. 
 
 4. To have the pain or sensation of eat- 
 ing too much ; e miona pono ole, e hoku- 
 hokn. 
 
 5. To go forward quickly witlaut look- 
 " ing to the right or left. 
 
 Li-Li-o, s. A drawing ot turning of the 
 
 eyes so as not to see clearly. 
 
 2. A dragging ; a lancinating pain. 
 Li-Li-0, adj. Tightly drawn, as a rope; 
 
 full ; plump, as one full fed. 
 Li-Li-HA, V. See Liha. To be satisfied, 
 
 as the appetite with food or drink ; to be 
 
 stuffed full. 
 
 2. To be sjipplied with a sufficionoy of a 
 thing. Isa. 1:11. _ . 
 
 3. To be sick at the stomach ; to nause- 
 ate, as after eating mnch rich food ; to 
 vomit. 
 
 4. Fig. To he di-igusted at immoral con- 
 duct; liliha no hoi ke noonoo i ka ino o ko 
 lakou noho ana, it is siekeniru) to think of 
 the evil Of their living ; to feel disgust at 
 any disgusting object. 
 
 Li-Li-HA, s. The fat of hogs. 
 
 2. Anything causing sickness at the stom- 
 ach. 
 
 3. The feeling of nausea at the stomach. 
 
 4. Anything oftcnsive to good, morals. ' 
 
 Li-Li-Hcr-A, 1). To go prepared; to be 
 fniuished for the purpose : to be supplied 
 with what is necessary ; UUhM na kanaka 
 i ka hele, aole kanaka aa ole. 
 
 Li-Li-Li, V. SeeLii. To be small; to be 
 
 little ; applied to fruit, withered ; stinted. 
 Li-U-NA, s. Eng. Linencloth, i.e., fine 
 
 white cloth. Fig. O Kahele oe, e ka lilina 
 
 ume naau. 
 Li-Li-No-E, adj. Lili (see Ln) and woe, 
 
 fine rain. Sprinkling ; fine, aa rain; he ua 
 
 lUin/)e, a fine rain ; a mist. 
 Li-Li-Pi, adj. See Lipi. Running to an 
 
 edge or point ; pointed ; sharp ; tapering 
 
 like the edge of an axe; ua koe lUipi akahi 
 
 pnu. 
 Li-LO, V. To transfer or be transferred 
 
 in various ways. 
 
 1. To become another's; to pass into the 
 possession of another ; lUo mai, to obtain ; 
 to possess ; lilo aku, to be lost ; to perish. 
 
 2. To turn; to change; to be lost; to be 
 gone indefinitely. 
 
 3. ~Hco. To cause a transfer or change in 
 different ways ; to raise one to office ; to 
 place one over others as an officer. 
 
 4. To give a thing in trnst to another; 
 to give absolutely; to consecrate ; to ded- 
 icate ; to devote. Kanl. 20;S. 
 
 6. To bring under one's dominion or ■ 
 authority. 
 
 6. To change from one thing to another. 
 
 7. To change frijm one form or appear- 
 ance to another, or from one quality to that 
 of another. Note. — When lilo is foUowefl 
 by an article before the substantive iolloW' 
 ing, it means to become another's ; as, ua 
 lilo ia ke alii, he has become the chief's, i. e., 
 from being in other circumstances before, 
 he, she, it or the property has now become 
 the person or property of the chief, or is 
 tianslerrcd to him. But when the article 
 is dropped from before the noun following _, 
 lUo, it means to become another character 
 or thing ; as, ua lUo ia i alii, he has become 
 a chief, i. e., from being a common man, he 
 is transferred to the honors and office of a 
 chief. When no noun follows Ulo, it means 
 the subject or thing sppken of is lost or 
 gone absolutely or indefinitely. 
 
 Li-Lo, adv. Out of sight; a great ways 
 off; lost; gone; distant; iaka lUo, far in- 
 land; kai lUo, out of sight at sea; hala 
 iluria lilo, gone very high up. 
 
 Li-Lo-A, V. To lie idly and lazily in the 
 house ; e lolo a maiele. 
 
 Li-io-E, V. To sit reclining on one's 
 back and his feet raised, as one lounging 
 and idle; e pio na wawae,e lele pio.e kio- 
 lani. 
 
 Li-Lo-Li-Lo, V. See Lilo. To be loos- 
 ened; to be liberated; to spread out freely: 
 to expand ; from a hud to become a full 
 opened blossom ; to be liberal and free in 
 giving. See Mohalahala. 
 
 Li-Lo-Li-Lo, adj. Loosened;. unbound; 
 broken loose, as a fish once caught by a 
 hook; open-handed; liberal, as one in giv- 
 ing to others. 
 
 Li-MA, *. The arm ; the hand. Fig, - 
 Power ; a stay ; a support. 1 Nai. 10:19. 
 Lima nni, the thumb. Puk. 29:20. Lima 
 iki, the little finger. 1 Ifal. 12:10. Note.— 
 The Hawaiians make no distinction between 
 arm and hand, lima applies to or includes 
 both ; so wauiae is both leg and foot. See 
 Wawae. 
 
 Li-ma, adj. With the article, an ordi- 
 nal; the fifth. Gram. § 110 and § 115, 4th. 
 I ka lima o ka makahiki. OUik. 19:25. See 
 Alima and Etj.ma. 
 
 Li-MA-A-KAiT, s. Lima, hand, and akau, 
 right. The right arm or hand. 
 
 Li-MA-i-KAi-KA, s. Lima and ikaika, 
 strong. A strong hand or arm. Figura- 
 tively, force ; power ; strength. Mier. 4:23. 
 
 Li-MA-i-KAi-KA, V. To handle roughly; 
 to assault ; to throw one down ; to force 
 one against his will. 
 
 Li-MA-i-Ki, V. To assassinate; to kill in 
 a secret place ; to fall upon, aa a robber. 
 
LIM 
 
 343 
 
 LIP 
 
 Li-MA-HE-MA, s, Idma and hema, Mi. 
 Tbe left hand. 
 
 Li-MA-KU-Hi, s. Lmaa.nikuhi,to^omt 
 out. In read'mrj hooks, the index; the form 
 of a band ^S~. 
 
 Li-MA-LAU, V. To carry on the hips, 
 
 Li-BiA-Li-MA, V. See Lima,, hand. To 
 handle; to employ the hands. Boo. To 
 hire ; to bargain for work to he done ; to 
 agroe with one concerning wages. 
 
 Li-RLA-u-MA, adj. Appellation of a 
 prayer when the priest made many gestures 
 with his hands ; the ceremony was called 
 hoopU na aha limalima. 
 
 Li-MA-u-MA, adj. See Lima. Pull of 
 hands; one hired to work. Boo. That 
 which is bai^uned for or hired. loan. 
 10:12. 
 
 Li-MA-u-MA, ». Hoo. A hired person. 
 loan. 10:13. 
 
 Ll-MA-U-MA-PI-LAD, *. SeeLlMAUI!IA,e., 
 and yiLAC, dir^. Dirty hands. 
 
 Li-iKA-KU-i, s. Lima and nui,giiea.t. The 
 thumb. 
 
 Li-Mi, V. To he entangled ot be in dif- 
 ficulty in the surf; to be upset in the surf 
 and tnraed over and over. See Lumaii. 
 
 Li-Mi-Li-Mi, ». Freq. of limi. To be 
 turned over and aver in .the surf; e liaiM- 
 miia e ka nftlu. 
 
 Li-MU, s. Sea-moss or sea-grass; a gen- 
 eral name of every Mna 6f eatable hecb 
 * > that grows in the sea ; the Sawaiians also 
 class the !tmu among flsh; tbe .varieties ace. 
 limuaalaula, limuckaha.'liinaiiiohaa, Umu-.' 
 opai, limaiilaula, Umiibinanla, limuhulu-' 
 lio, limuhuna, JImnkabakala, limukala, U- 
 mukcle, Unrokiki. !Iiinokoko, limulipaha- 
 pala, limulipalao, limotipalawal, limulipoa, 
 limulipiipu, Umnlipuula, limuUpuupuu. li- 
 muloloa, liniunanue, limupaakaiua, limu- 
 palahalaha, limupalawai, limupipilani. 
 
 Li-Mn, V. To turn; to change ; to have 
 various appearances. Sitj. with ouli. 
 
 Li-Mu-A, s. A long or constant rain ; a 
 constancy of water oi wet weather; a con- 
 stant flowing of water. 
 
 Li-MP-A, adj. The quality or action of 
 
 wet weather, of a long rain. 
 . Li-Mu-KA-KA-NA-«A, s. Idmu and kaka- 
 naka, a sj)ccies of grass. A smooth or slip- 
 pery kind o( grass. . 
 Li-Mtr-Li-Mtr, adj. Twisting; turning; 
 dissembling; trifling; trickish; the oppo- 
 site of lionest and open in conduct. 
 Li-MU-Li-MU, s. A twirling; a curling; 
 the whiffling of the wind ; the curling of a 
 negro's hair ; instability of conduct. 
 
 Li-MtJ-Li-pe-pu, s. A species of lini« ; 
 he pipilani. See Lmu above.' 
 
 Li-NA, t. Anything soft and yielding to 
 
 the touch ; papalina, the cheek. 
 2. JUoo. Anything soft, tenacious or 
 
 tough. 
 Li-NA, adj. Tightly drawn, as a rope. 
 
 See LiOMO. 
 Li-NA-u-NA, s. See Lina. Tough food, 
 
 i. e., kalo. 
 
 2. Wot, clayey land. 
 
 3. Any soft adhesive substance. 
 
 4. A drawing together of the skin of a 
 wound ; a scar. ., 
 
 Li-na-li-na, v. To stick to ; to adhere 
 to, like pilali or shoemaker's wax ; to be 
 tough and adhesive, like water-soaked veg- 
 etables. 
 
 LitNA-li-na, adj. Soft ; mucous ; adhe- 
 sive; tough; tightly drawn, as a rope. See 
 Lina. Jough or elastic, as India rubber. 
 
 Li-ke-ka, s. Gr. The lynx, a four-footed 
 animal. 
 
 Li-NO, ». To twist, as a string or rope; 
 tQ wear ; c lilt eha aoao. 
 
 Li-wo, ». A rope, 
 
 Li-NO-HAU, V. To be proud or haughty, 
 
 Li-No-u-No, s. Brightness; splendor; 
 BO bright as to dazzle the sight and iuake 
 one bund. 
 
 Li-NO-Li-No, adj. Calm; unruffled, as 
 the sea where there is no wind : hence, re- 
 flecting the light of the sun. See Malino. 
 
 Li-KV, adj. Close; hard; ungenerous. 
 Li-FA-HA, s. He wahi limu. See Limit, 
 
 sea-grass. 
 Li-Fi,. t. An axe for cutting wood, from 
 
 its tapering down to an edge. 
 2. .Gluttony ; he ai nui ana i IsA ai, he 
 
 pakela ai. 
 Li-pi, adj. Sharp ; tapering down like 
 
 the edge of an axe. 
 Li-pi-o-MA, ^ *• The names of sev- 
 Ll-Pl-HO--E-H0-«, ^^^ species of cutting 
 • -instruments mtroduced 
 
 lil-Pl-KA-HE-LA, anjong Hawaiians in 
 Ll-PI-KU-KE, J jnodern times. 
 Li-Pi-u-Pi, s. See Lipi. An]rthing thin 
 
 and standing up edgeways, like a sharp 
 
 ridge of lan£ 
 Li-pi-Li-Fi, adj. Thit); sharp; tapering; 
 
 axe shaped. See Lilipl 
 Li-po, s. A deep shady forest. 
 
 2. Deep water in the sea; Tooaas, lipo 
 
 loa; hence 
 Li-po, adj. Blue, black or dark from the 
 
 depth of a cavei^, or from the depth of the 
 
 sea ; deep ; bottomless, as the ocean. 
 
 Li-po-Li-Po, s. See Lipo. Great depth 
 of the ocean so as to appear blue or black; 
 ka hohonu, ka moana. 
 
LOA 
 
 344 
 
 LOI 
 
 Li-po-u-po, adj. Deep blue or black. 
 2.' Deef down ; ocean like ; deep ;bot- 
 totnleBg. 
 
 Li-PO-Lo-LO-mr-A-ME-A, J. The appear- 
 ance on looking into very deep_ water or a 
 deep pit where no-bottom is visible; bl^ck; 
 dark. 
 
 Li-Po-WAo-NA-HE-iE, s. JJt/po and waxh 
 nahek, thick forest. The darkness, and 
 gloom of a thick forest. 
 
 Li-pu-pu, s. A species of the limu; See 
 LniDUPDPn. 
 
 Li-WA-Li, aij. Soft; thin; worlspd up 
 like thin poi. 
 
 Li-BA-NO, J. Gr. Lit. Lebanon. Oihl. 
 9:29. L e,, frankincense, a gum from Leb- 
 anon, ifoifc. 18:13. 
 
 Li-cro-KA, t. Gr. A ligure, a precious 
 stone. Pvk. 28:29. 
 
 Li-RA, J. Gr. A lyre, a musical instru- 
 ment ; a harp. Zin. i:21. 
 
 Lo, «. The fore part of the head. 
 
 2. A speoies of bug, long and wiQi sharp 
 claws. 
 
 3. The name of some cluefs who lived on 
 the mountain Helemano and ate men; he 
 
 ' inaualiiai Isanakano uka Eelemano. 
 
 Lo. A syllable prefixed to many words, 
 the precise definition of which does not ap- 
 pear, as lokahi, lomUo, UMa, &c. 
 
 Lo-A, V. To extend; to be long; to be 
 inde&^tely long as to time, measnre or dis- 
 
 Lo-A, s. Length. \Nal.Gi2. The whole 
 of any district of land ; long space from 
 one place to another ; a length of lame. 
 
 2. A bank ; a raised place ; he ahua a. 
 
 S. A receptacle of filth ; he nenela ino- 
 iHOi 
 
 4. An officer who has universal charge 
 of the taxes. 
 
 fi. The i^me of tbe.gen«'al tax itself. 
 
 Lo-A, adj. Long ; spoken of time, of 
 space or measnre. 
 
 Lo-A, adv. An intensive word of gen- 
 eral' application; muchj very; exceed- 
 ingly ; it is connected with nouns, adjec- 
 tives and verbsi ^ 
 
 Lo-A-A, V. Andittalous. Gram. § 232, 
 To obtain ; to find-; to receive ; to have, 
 i. e., to have obtained ; to meet with ; to 
 happen; to befall ; to be overtaJcen; to be 
 caught ; to be seized ; to be possessed of. 
 Note. — Loaa is mostly confined in its mean- 
 ing to a passive or neuter sense ; makau 
 wa1^i ke kapaia mai he holoholona i lui' 
 loaa ole e kam manao, I was a&aid of being 
 called a beast for not heing sAzed (possessed 
 of) by a thought ; that is, for not having a 
 thought. . , 
 
 Lo-A-A, s. The name of a rough scraggy 
 
 ' stone, as a coral rook or a rough slab of 
 
 lava. ■ 
 
 2. Applied .^roJiwefo to hard, severe, 
 cruel kapns ; e ku i ka tooo i ke kapu. 
 
 Lb-A-A, i. A receiving ; an obtaining : 
 a getting ; a possessing. 
 
 2. Luck ; fortune; success or otherwise; 
 « hoao aim hoi i kau loaa. Laielh. 64. 
 
 Lo-A-LA, V. In poitry, to praise ; to ex- 
 tol ; to bless as the people spoke of a 
 chief. 
 
 Lo-E, *. The end of a fish-hook oppo- 
 site the point. - f 
 
 Lo-E-A, s. Skill; ingenuity in doing a 
 thing ; cleverness inplanning and execut- 
 ing a project See Hailea. 
 
 Lo-E-A, adj. Skillful; cunning; ingeni- 
 ous at any budness. See Loia. - 
 
 Lo-E-Lo-E, <^j. Flexible; feeble. .See 
 Lob and Maloeloe. 
 
 Lo-i, s. A water kalo patch ; an artifi- 
 cial pond where kalo is coltivated. 
 
 Lo-i, e. To sneer at or ridicule another's 
 opinion. 
 
 Lo-i, s. Disapprobation or contempt 
 shown for another's opinion ; he hoowal^ 
 waha i ko hai manao. See Loiloi. Zoi is 
 used as a word of contempt, timilar to pur 
 pulca. 
 
 Lo-u, s. See Loea. A.n ingenious skill- 
 ful person : one who is handy and expert 
 at any busmess; applied only to women as 
 maUm is to men. See Haiau. 
 
 2. Skill ; ingenuity; experience in buei- 
 ness. 
 
 ho-jA) adj. Skillful; ingenious; dex- 
 ttroufi; applied only to women. See Noeau 
 
 Uld' lflK0r.0LbHDA. 
 
 Lo-i-£, s. See Loina. A rule of con- 
 duct ; a command ; a way of doing things. 
 
 Lo-i-E-LE, V. To be slow in doing a 
 thing ; to linger : Unde kana hana ; hcaha 
 keia hana au e loide nei? what are you 
 doing that you should be so slowt 
 
 Lo-i-E-LE, s. Slowness in doing a thing; 
 ka ! manomano ka 2oieie la oe, astonishing 
 the sloumess of yon. 
 
 Lo-i-E-LE, adj. Slug^sh; dull; slow; 
 awkward. 
 
 Lo-i-o, adj. Thin; poor; reduced in 
 flesh; spore. 
 
 Lo-i-o, s. Straightness; asujbstance,as 
 a stick without crook. ' 
 
 2. A person reduced in size; thin in flesh. 
 
 3. Sng. A lawyer. 
 
 Lo-io-io, s. "The prancing of an un- 
 tamed horse on attempting to ride Um; 
 loioio expresses bis wild appearance. 
 
 2. The appearance of a person half 
 frightened. 
 
LOU 
 
 345 
 
 LOH 
 
 Lo-i-Hi, V. To be long; to be lengthened 
 
 out, as space or time ; to live long. 
 
 2. To bo far off; to be at a great distance. 
 
 'i.Jloo. To make long; to lengthen owt, 
 
 as tinft ; to procrastinate ; to pnt far off. 
 
 , Amos 6:3. To add to the lengfli of tijne 
 or distance. .2 Nal 20;6. 
 
 Lo-i-Bi, ». Length; distance; length of 
 -Gtae. ' > 
 
 Lo-irHi, adj. Long ; applied to *.inie or 
 distance; al90, the measure of anything, as 
 timber, cloth, &c. ; kahi- loihi, a great dis- 
 tance pff. Note. — This word is sometimes 
 vulgarly pronounced as if written lokiM. 
 
 Lo-i-LO-i, ». See Loi. To ridicule; to 
 contemn or sneer at one's thought or opin- 
 ion. • ■ 
 
 Lo-i-NA, s. A statute ; an ordinance ; a 
 rule ; a command ; an act ; a device, &c. 
 
 2. The meaning of a word or thing. 
 
 3. A pithy or wise saying. 
 
 4. A sign of somccoming event. 
 Lq-i-na, adj. Rulable; according to 
 , order after established custom. 
 
 Loo," V. To overtake; to come upon, as 
 a disease; to «omc upon, as evil or a judg- 
 ment ; found only jn^the passive lookia. 
 
 Loo-Hi-A, V. For looia, passive. of loo. 
 To be overtaken by anything, as a disease. 
 
 1 Sam. S:12. By suffering or misfortune. 
 Kin. 44:29. By sadness or grief. ,Pufc, 
 15:14. To come upon, as oi-'pressioD. tmnk. 
 6:13. To fall upon one, as fear. Xufc. 8:37. 
 To befall one. Msd. 4:7. See LoeiA. 
 
 Loo-KA-Hi, V. Loo a.ni kahi, chq. To be 
 
 of one ii^nd or accord ; to agree together ;' 
 
 to think alike. See Loeahi. 
 Loo-EA-m, adj. Same; similar; mji- 
 
 tnal; alike. 
 Loo-KA-Hi, adv. With one accord; with 
 
 unanimity. OOi. 4:24. 
 Lou, V. To bend, as a hook;. to bend 
 
 around (hence kulou, to stand bent, i. o., 
 
 ^wing down.) 
 
 2. To hook; to pull with a hook; to 
 come up with a hook, as a fish. 
 
 3. To insert ; to fit on, as a nng on the 
 finger. Kin. 24:47. 
 
 4. JIoo. To hook ; to pull with a hook. 
 
 2 Oihl. 33:11. I hoolmaa i ka makau kc- 
 i(ahi poc i ho)e iIalo< some who had sunk 
 diimn were hooked up with fish-hooks. 
 
 Lo0, s. A hook. Isd. 37:29. Lm io, a 
 flesh hook.' Puk. 27:3. Zou hao, an iron 
 hook; a joining. 10(7(2.22:3. 
 
 2. A pain in the side ; a stitch. 
 
 3. A perpendicular descent. 
 
 Lo-u-A, V. For leniia. To crook, as a 
 hook ; to be crooked. 
 
 2. To pull off with a stick or hook, as 
 cvaages or other fruit fi'om a tree.' 
 44 
 
 Lo-u>A, adv. Quickly;' no delay, as the 
 lapse of time, as-q^.lck work, &c.; hiui ole 
 aku nei ; ua loua ole aku ka hana, 
 
 Lotj-HAo, s. Lou nni had, itoa. An iron 
 hook. Sec Lou above. 
 
 Lo-u-Hu, v.. To leap off; to fly away; e 
 lehai aku. 
 
 Lou-LA, adj. Fast; firm, as a nail that 
 takes firm hold of the wood. 
 
 Lou-LOU, V. See Lou. To bend over; 
 to bend down. 
 
 2. To holdfast, as with a hook ; to hook 
 round the fingers and iiull,.a trial of 
 strength. Sen Lomx>Di.iM4. 
 
 ?. ff'ta- To be bowed or bent over with 
 grief; to be deeply affected. 2 Ham. 13:33. 
 
 3. To weep on account of deep repent- 
 ance. 
 
 Lou-Lou, adj. Bending over or around. 
 
 2. lient with pain or grief. 
 
 3. Hooked or held fast. 
 
 Lou-Lou, s. The name of an exercise or 
 play ; eia kekahi loalea, (> ka 2ou2^' here 
 is one exercise, the }oulou. 
 
 Lou-LOD-Li-MA, V. See LouMtr, i;;, and 
 Lima, the hand. To hook in .riije's fingers 
 with the fingers of another person and pull. 
 
 Lo-u-tu, s. A tree with wide- leaves; 
 the fan-leafed palm tree. 
 
 2. The fruit of the 2ou2u. 
 
 3. An umbrella, especially a Chinese 
 umbrella. 
 
 ' 4. A screen from the sun or rain, as the . 
 leaf was used for a covering. 
 S. The name of a species of fish. 
 Lo-u-LU, jodj. Lala loidu, the palm 
 ' branching tree. 2 OiU. 3*. 
 
 2. Pointed ; sharp, like the points at the 
 ends of palm leaves. 
 Lo'u-PA-Li, s. A kind of residence for 
 
 people, like puha. 
 Lo-HA, s. Love ; affection, &c. ; the 
 root of the word (doha. 
 
 2. A plant or branch of a tree growing 
 thriftily. 
 
 3. The trimming to tjie corners and ridge 
 of a'thatched house. 
 
 4. The art of thatching well. 
 
 5. An under head man. 
 
 6. A.kind of sport of former times, the 
 same as kilu; e haele kakott i ka hale loka 
 oMea. 
 
 Lo-UA, ». To fade ; to wilt ; to wither, 
 as vegetables ; e mac. 
 
 Lo-HA, <m2/. Sullen; dumpish; indis- 
 posed to speak or act. 
 
 Lo-HA-LO-HA, adj. Speechless through, 
 fear; unable to utter on account of fear or 
 astonishment. See the above. 
 
 Lo-HA-i, s. A lever for raising heavy 
 articles. 
 
LOK 
 
 346 
 
 LOK 
 
 i. The name of a disease ; a swelling of 
 the fa<s«>, bretiBt, &c. 
 3. The lameness of the legs frpm walking. 
 Lo-HA-i, adj. Belonging to a lever for 
 pryiDf; up heavT, masses ; be laau lohai 
 ntoku e upe ana i na malua &ai. 
 Lo-HE, V. To he;ir, as the ear a voice 
 or sound. 
 
 2. To obey; to follow instructions; to 
 regatd. 
 
 3. Soo. To give such attention as to un- 
 derstand and practice or obey. Lank. 2:2. 
 
 Lo-HE-*, ». Passive of lone for loheia. 
 
 To be heard, &c. 
 Lfl-HE-LAtr, s. The plate of a house 
 
 frame on which the rafters are fastened ; 
 
 kauia ka lohelaw ma ka waha oka pou. 
 Lo-HE-LAU, adj. Oldj worn out; rotten, 
 
 as timber, houses, &e,. 
 
 2. Exhausted ; spent, as a man by fast- 
 ing or hunger or fatigue. 
 
 Lo-HE-LAU, adj.' Excellent ; good ; fit- 
 ting. 
 
 Lo-HE-LO-HE, V. To hear indistinctly or 
 incorrectly ; scarcely to hear. 
 
 lio-Hi, ». To linger ; to be tardy ; a lohi 
 aku la maua mahope me ka hele malie, we 
 bf lingered behind by walking slowly. , 
 * i. To wait; to stay ; to be sUick to do a 
 thing. Kanl.1ilO. 
 
 3. Boo. To be slow ; to be dilatory ; to 
 be cautious. lak. 1:19:. 
 
 Lo-Bi, s. The name of the sexual organ 
 
 of a horse ; also, the sexual organ of mes. 
 
 See UhE. Ka welau o ka lohi o ka lio. 
 Lo*Hi, adj> Tardy ;. lingering ; slow; 
 ; feeble. 
 
 Lo-Hi, adv. Tardily; slowly. 
 Lo-Ri-A, V. See Looeia. To happen to 
 
 ope I to fall apon ; to befall, as « calamity 
 
 or disease. Mat. 4:24. 
 
 2. To unite ; to come together, as two 
 things. 
 
 3. To overtake. 
 
 liO-Hi-A, adj. Overtaken; seized; pos- 
 sessed of, as by a spiiit ; overcome, as by 
 sleep ; overtEiken by a fault. 
 
 Lo-Hi-AU, V. To he slow in doing a 
 thing; to make blunders; lohiau Puna i ke 
 akua wahine. 
 
 Lo-HM.o-Hi, V. See Lorn. To be very 
 slow, &o. Hoo. To be tardy ; to delay 
 doing a thing ; to bear long with one's of- 
 fenses; to be slow in execirang justice; to 
 prooTastinjite. 
 
 Lo-KA, S. A state of mind full of doubt 
 about any fact or infbrihation ; unbelief; 
 dhbelief, especially of religious ti-utb. 
 
 t«|MrA-fii, t.. To be alike; to be agreed; 
 1 Ibtxthi ){a ike, a i knikahi ka mauao, that 
 they may knovi tAe same thing, and agree 
 
 in opinion; to be ojone mind; to be in 
 
 union or nnison. 2 O'M. .5:13. Hoo. To 
 
 cause a union ; to make a united effort of 
 
 the nioral powers. Sal. 86:11. 
 Lo-KA-Hi, s. See Lookahi/ Agreement 
 
 in miiid; unanimity of sentiment; union of 
 
 feeling ; oneness ; similarity. 
 Lo-KA-Hi, adj. See Lookahi. Of the 
 
 same mind j agreed ; <^ the same opinion. 
 
 1 Sam. 11:7. ' , . . • 
 
 Lo-KA-Hi, adv. Similar; with one ac- 
 cord ; with unanimity of sentiment. los. 
 
 9:2. 4 
 
 Lo-KE, s. A yicipus orthography for 
 
 rose. Mig. Arose. 
 Lo-KE-A, s. A long pointed kiiife with 
 
 a white handle ; pahi ioihi, kumu Iceokeo. 
 Lo-sE-A, adj. White. SeeKEAandKEo. 
 Lo-Ko, s. The inner part,; that which 
 
 is within ; applied to persons or things, 
 
 1. To persous, the internal organs. 
 
 2: The moral state or disposition of ^ 
 person, either good or bad, according to its 
 compounds ; as, loko maikai, hko Ino, ke. 
 3. Applied fo things, the within ; the in- 
 terior ; that which b3ongs within ; the in- 
 wards ; ia po no, ai no i ka loko o ka ilio 
 noa, on that night indeed, they ate the in- 
 wards of a dog not forbidden; be mau meu 
 € pili ana maloko o ka naau ; ia loko, the 
 within. Mat. 23:26. NoTE>-.The Hawai- 
 isaa tielieved that the moral powers or dis- 
 positions had their seat in the small intes- 
 tines. . See Naau. 
 
 Lo-KO, adj. Inner; what is wjthin; par 
 hale loko, the inner court. 1 Ndl. 6:36. 
 
 Lo-Ko, prep. In j within ; innef, &c, ; 
 compounded with t&'e simple prepoed^ng 
 0, ko, no, i, ma and mai. Gram. § 161. 
 See each in its place. Ja loko is used in 
 Mat. 23:26. 
 
 Lo-KO, s. A. pond; a lake; a small col- 
 lection of water ; he wai lana malie i puni 
 i ka aina. 
 
 Lo-Ko-i-NO, V. Loko, disposition, and 
 ino, bad. To act vilely; to deal malevo- 
 lently; to exhibit a bad disposition. 
 
 Lo-KO-i-No, «. An evil disposition; des- 
 titute of kindness. 
 
 Lo-EO-i-NO, (H0*. Careless ; slothful ; un- 
 merciful ; onlond ; ungenerous. 
 
 Lo-KO-i-ifo-iA, f.. Cruelty: malevolpnte. 
 Lank. 9:21. 
 
 Lo-Kc-KA-i-Ki, adj. Loko&ndkaiki,close. 
 Standing thick together; little space be- 
 tween. 
 
 2. Parsimonious ; close-fisted ; hard. 
 Lo-Ko-LO-Ko, 0. See Loko, pond. To 
 
 stand in puddtes or pools of water ; e ha- 
 tokoleko, 
 Lo-KO-Li-u, V. jLoA;o and Zzu, insipid. To 
 
LOL 
 
 be iniipid ; to be without strength ; to be 
 hitler. 
 
 Lo-Ko-u-u, ad). Gross; angry; indif- 
 ferent. 
 
 Lo-Ko-Li-NO, adj. Loko and linu, close. 
 Parsimonimis. See Lokoitaiki. _ 
 
 Lo-Ko-siu-KAi, V. XoA;o, disposition, and 
 maikai, good. To feel and act benevo- 
 le^tly;, to be kindlj disposed towards one; 
 lobe favorable to one. 
 
 Lo-Ko-MAi-KAi, ) s. Grace; favor^spe- 
 
 Lo-KO-MAi-KAi-iA, ) oi«l lavor; goodwill. 
 ^!n.<S9:4. 
 
 Lo-Ko-MAi-KAi, adj. Merciful, Fuk. 34:6. 
 Disposed to do good j generous ; obliging; 
 kind. 
 
 Lo-Ko-WAi, s. Loko and wai, water. A 
 fountain. Hoi. 5:16. 
 
 Lo-KU, V. To prostitute for pay on a 
 large scale. 
 
 Lo-KU, s. A sort of pain, ache, distress. 
 
 Lo-KU, adj. Distressing ; painful ; fearr 
 ful ; ka leo o ka rxxloko mo ka hekili, the 
 sound of the severe rain witJi the thun- 
 der. 
 
 Lo-su-Lo-Ku, V. To suffer pain ; e loku- 
 iQfcu.nei iloko o ka hauaia,to suffer pain in 
 
 ■ what was done, 
 
 Lo-Ku-Lo-Ku, s. See Loku. Pain; dis- 
 treps ; numbness of limbs. 
 
 Lo-Kcr-LO-Ku, V. See Lokolok<5. 
 
 Lo-LA, flfZy." Paralyzed ; stiif; lame. 
 2. Idle ; neglected ; barren, as , a fruit 
 tree j emasculated. 
 
 Lo-LA,' s. A palsied person ; one help- 
 less. 
 
 Lo-LA-Lo-LA, V. See Lola. Ua lolalola 
 loluhili. 
 
 Lo-la-mo-e-ha-lau, ». , Lola and moe, to 
 lie down, and h(dau,^a, long house. To be 
 idle; to be useless, as a person. Seo Lolo- 
 
 MOEIIALAU. 
 
 Lo-le, v. To turn inside out ; e huli- 
 huli; to unfold to Wow. 
 
 2. To change oue'.s mind. IM. 15:14. 
 To I'ectify ; to arrange ; to alter from one 
 thing to another. Mset. 9:1. 
 
 3. To beat down one's price. 
 
 4. To flay ; to skin, as an animal. Oihk. 
 1:6. Xo^e i ka ill. 
 
 5. To work with one's own hands. 
 
 6. To thatch a house smoothly. 
 
 7. To be weary, as with traveling; to be 
 larne. . 
 
 8. To be weak in the knees. Iloo. To 
 flay ; to take off the skjn. Mik. 3:3. 
 
 Lo-LE, s. Cloth, particularly foreign 
 cloth ; be aa haole. 
 
 2. A garment. Lunk. 8:25. Zole komo, 
 a gai'inent ; wearing appai'el ; lok hana, 
 
 347 LOL 
 
 garments fot partieiilat work. JPi<i:.'30:li 
 
 LoU lauoho,' sack cloth, Hoilc. 6:12. 
 3. Straight gmboth bur, like the Chiaese^ 
 Lo-LE-A, adj. Fou^id in the phrase Z^r 
 
 Ua keia kata,1i>tid money perhaps; porfaaps 
 
 it is'for hlaa, to be changed'. 
 Lo-LE-HAu, c. To limp ; to b6 weary 
 
 from walking ; to be lame. 
 Lo-LE-HA-NA, J. Zoi[« aiia hana, work. 
 
 A working garment. See Lous, s. •• 
 Lo-LE-LAtj, 's. Ldk and lau, leaf. The- 
 
 art of thatching and trimming off a house. 
 
 See liOLB 6. 
 Lo-LE-Lo, D. To jump ; to skip. ler. 
 
 48:27. Ua loldo no oe i ka olioli. 
 Lo-LE-itr-JV, ». Lole and lua, twice. To 
 
 be changeable ; to be Unstable ; to be 
 
 double minded; IdHuo ka naau. lak. 1:8. 
 
 See Naadi^ua. To act with indecision ; to 
 
 change; to 'pervert; to cause a change. 
 . Kelcak-ia. ■ . 
 
 i. To be in doubt ; to hesitate ; to turn 
 
 back. 
 Lo-LE-LU-A, s. Doubt; hesitancy i a 
 
 changing often of,one'3 opinions or )$laU^; 
 
 c hana paha, aole paha, aole anei la he loh- 
 
 hui,i to \york perhaps, not perhaps, is not 
 
 that indecision ? 
 Lo-LE-LU-A, adj. Changeable ; fickle ; 
 
 double minded. Sol. 24:21. 
 Lo-LE-NA, V. Lole and ana, i. e., lole 
 
 ana. To be limber; to be flexible, as cloth. 
 
 2. To be ineflicient; to.be impotent; to 
 be incapacitated. 
 
 3. To have lost one's beauty and energy 
 of per3()n. 
 
 . 4. To produce no fruit, as a vegetable. 
 
 Lo-LE-NA, s. A person, animal or vege- 
 table slighted for want of beauty *tid'0fter 
 desirable <]ualiScations ; he mala MO ; he 
 maia kukanaloa, he mea ku waits iho no ; 
 he lolena., no ka mea aohe ona !iulia; a per- 
 son despised or not desired bT w^en. . 
 
 Lo-LE-NA, adj. Weak; faded J: withered, 
 as a plant or fruit or a person: 
 
 Lo-Li, V. The definitions of this word 
 run into those of hie. To turn over ; to 
 change ; to alter. 
 
 2. Eoo. T'he-same. To turn into. Neh. 
 13:2, Also, to change one thing, purpose 
 or plan fov another. . ^in. S0:2. To alter 
 one's design; e hooldli i ka manao. 2 Sam. 
 24:16. ' ' ' , . 
 
 3. To make a fepot with coloring matter; 
 to daub; to color; e kikohu, e onionio;,to 
 color in spots, as wis often done with kapa. 
 
 L'o-Li, *. The ^)iehe de mer, the name of 
 a species of fish; he ia maka ole ; a flab 
 without, eyes"; a sort limpsy fish without 
 bones. Anat. 1. ■ 
 
 Lo-Li-A, -v. See Loliia. To turn on one 
 sidejthea on the other, as a sleepy person. 
 
LOL 
 
 348 
 
 LOL 
 
 2, Applied to a new canoe wbfin drawn 
 from the mountairs, it turns on one side 
 thori the other when drawing; loiia kaakua 
 i kaula. 
 
 Lo-LTi, V. To make ready ; to prepare 
 hefoi e hand ; to prepare for »a event ; no- 
 laila, e lolii e oukou iho, therefore prepare 
 yourselves before hand. 
 
 Lo-Lii, s. What is thought of before 
 liat_l; tbat which is prepared previous to 
 use.' 
 
 Lo-Lii, adj. Prepared j ready; furnished.' 
 2. Having very many sides, as a stick of 
 house timber; where there arc less sides 
 it is opo/ca.' 
 
 Lo-Li-iA, V. To be turned or changed. 
 , Lo-Li-Lo-Li, V. See Loli. To be water 
 soaked or tough, as talo sometimes is ; to 
 be damaged or changed, as foo^; to Ise 
 unsound. See Olouloli. 
 
 Lp-Li-Lo-Li, adj. ..A term applied to 
 water-soaked vegetables, especially to kaio j 
 tough ; changed for the worse ; applied 
 also to vegetable food. 
 
 Lo-li-lu-a, adj. See Lolelua. Change- 
 able ; fickle ; given to change. 
 
 Lo-LO, p. To punish ; to fine for delin- 
 quency. 
 ?. To ordain ; to appoint. 
 
 Lo-Lt), s. The brain of a person or ani- 
 mal ; Mo poo. Anal. 49. 
 
 2. The marrow of the bones ; lolo iwi.. 
 
 3. The seat of thought ; ke kumu o ka 
 raanan ma ke poo. Notb. — This is a mod- 
 ern idea : the ancient Hawaiians supposed 
 the seat of thought to bo in the naau. 
 
 4. The palsy ; feebleness or disuse of 
 one's limbs. Mai. 4:24. 
 
 H. A person afflicted with the palsy, 
 fi. A perfton very awkward at doing any- 
 thing an though he had not the use of his 
 limbs. ■ 
 
 7, The sheath that surrounds a young 
 cocoanut. 
 Lo-LO, s. The name of the hog Sacri- 
 ficed on the finishing of a canoe; alalia, 
 lolo ka waa, hoomana hou no i ke akua ; o 
 hooiohe mai be i ka taaikat'o ka loh anp. o 
 ka waa. 
 Lo-LO, adj. i'alsied; lying helpless. 
 
 2. Indolent ; lazy. 
 
 3. Cra/.y ; insane. 
 
 4. Tall ; slender, as a man. 
 
 Lo-LO, «7i<er)'." An expression ofjriumph 
 over the ills of aiiotlier'; same 'as akola. 
 See Oi,oi.o. 
 
 Lo-Lo-A, V. See Loa. To be long; to 
 grow or to liocomu long. San. 4:33. To 
 go afar olf ; to be «t a great distance. 
 
 Lo-Lo-A, s. Length. 
 
 Lo^o-A, adj, S^e Loa, Loog j tall, as 
 
 a tree; connecteid with kiekie. Isa. 2:13. 
 Afar off. '^'' 
 
 Lo-LO-A, adv. Afar oS; a long timej 
 uhai '.oloa, following a long distance. 
 
 Lo-LO-AU, s. A species of fish. 
 
 Lo-Lo-HE, V. SeeLoHE. 1 he intensive 
 conj. of lohe, to hear. To hear quickly; to 
 listen attentively, &c. ; but the same word 
 silso signifies nearly the opposite ; as, 
 
 ..2. Not to hear quickly; topjakeexrusea; 
 to procrastinate obedience; to be sluggish 
 in obeying one's orders ; to be heavy ; to 
 be dull; to be inattentive, floo. "The same. 
 Note. — ^The second definitions are proba- 
 bly from lohi, to be slow. 
 
 Lo-LO-HE, adj. The same in the adjec-. 
 tivo as in tlie verb. See above. Hearing 
 
 - quickly ; giving ready attention ; yielding 
 quick obedience, ice. 
 
 . 2. Slow in hearing; dull; disobedieiit. 
 Roo. The same. 
 
 Lo-Lo-Hi, V. The intensive of lohi. To 
 be very tardy or slow'; to be very linger- 
 ing ; tojag far behind. 
 
 Lo-LO-Hi/ », One slow from disease, as. 
 the palsy or other, disease. 
 
 Lo-Lo-Hi, adj. Very slow ; tardy ; lin- 
 gering behind ; dilatory. 
 
 Lo-Lo-Hi-Li, , ». See LoLOA and Hnj, to' 
 wander. To be far off; to be at a great 
 distance ; to stretch out a long way ; nil 
 lolalola lolohUi. 
 
 Lo-Lo-Ki, &dj. See Loi^m. Slow; lin- 
 gering ; weak in walking. 
 
 Lo-Lo-Ki-A, s. The stem of a cocoanut. 
 fruit ; the branch that conuects the fruit 
 with the tree. , 
 
 Lo-Lo-Hu-A, s. One skilled in the use pf 
 language, especially the ancient language; 
 o ka lolohua alii o Kama i ka mokn. 
 
 Lo-Lo-iixi-A, adj. Indulging or cherish- 
 .ing an evil disposition... 
 
 Lo-Lo-Hu-A-ME-Aj *. The appearance of 
 the verge of the ocean to one in a canoe on 
 Hie ocean, as it appears green or dark col- 
 ored. 
 
 Lo-LO-HU-A-ME-A, s. The epithet of a 
 child who speaks Correctly and uses lan- 
 guage with propriety. 
 
 Lo-Ld-KAA, s.Ldlo, brain, and kaa, to 
 turn. A disease of tbb head ; dizssinc^ss af- 
 fecting the oycs.; a dropsy in the head. 
 
 Lo-iiO-KU, adv. Spatteringly, as a heavy 
 rain; as rain drops falling into water, caus- 
 ing a sound and a bubbling np ; uc, uo h- 
 ■ loku mai ana. 
 
 Lo-Lo-KiT-Li, adj. Sick and deaf, that is, 
 deaf from 'lisease ; want of hearing; ko 
 makou pepoiao i mau aa lolokuli. 
 
 Lo-Lo-Lo, V. To think; to reflect.; to 
 reason ; to turn over in onp's. mind. 
 
LOM 
 
 349 
 
 LON 
 
 Lo-LO-Tfl-A, s. 2^, palsy, and &)a, very. 
 ^ The feeling of aft arm or leg when the blood 
 
 ceases to circulate. 
 Lo-Lo-Lo-A, adj. Intensive of foa. 'Very 
 
 long, as to time or measure ; na lima lolo- 
 
 loa, very long arms. 
 Lo-Lo-LO-HE, arfj. See LoLOKTJLi. Deaf; 
 
 unable to hear from disease or other ways; 
 
 i lohcia e na aa lololohe; aka, iua i lilo ke 
 
 aa lololohe i ko makou pepeiao i mau aa 
 
 lolokulL 
 Lo-Lo-LO-HU-A, adv. See LoLOHPA above. 
 
 To pronounce clearly, distinctly and cor- 
 rectly ; ke pane lololohva mai nei ia. 
 Lo-Lo-LO-LO-Hu-A, odj. Thinking; wiw; 
 
 skillful ; reflecting.- 
 Lp-LO-MO-E-HA-LAU, adj. SeeLoLAMOE- 
 
 HALAU. Idle ; useless, &c. 
 LtJ-to-Mo-E-HA-LAC, ». A man, woman 
 
 or child who is lazy, indisposed to work ; 
 
 ke kane palanalelo, molowa, bana ole, 
 
 oia hoi ka lolomoehcUau. 
 Lo-Lo-Ni-u, *. Ldo and niu, cocoanut. 
 
 A caiioe made of a cocoanut tree ; he waa 
 
 lolmm. 
 Lo-LO-PAT-0, ». To be tall and slim, as 
 
 a man ; ua biopaio i ka4a. 
 Lc-Lo-PAi-o-EA, s. A tall slim person 
 
 with a thin hatchet face. 
 tiO-Lo-PAi-o-EA, ». To walk unsteadily, 
 
 as a thin person. , 
 Lo-Lo-pi-o, 1'. liAo for Me, and fm, an 
 
 arch. To fly in a carved line ; to fly as a 
 
 meteor ; ^ lele me he akna lele la ; me ka 
 
 welowelo, as a comet: to bend up the legs, 
 
 as one jumping into tne water! 
 Lo-Lo-Poo, s. /.oZo, palsy,. and ^0, head. 
 
 The marrow of the bead ; the brain. 
 
 2. .A disorder of the head. 
 
 3. The seat of thought in men. See Lol/). 
 
 Lo-w-pu-A, s. The zenith; the point 
 directly over hiad; eia la 1 ka 2o2opua o ka 
 lani. 
 
 Lo-MA, V. To be lazy; to be slow; to 
 be awkw%rd ; to be indolent. 
 
 Lo-MA,' s. Slowness ; want of skill i 
 awkwardnoss. 
 
 Lo-MA, adj. Lazy; awkward ; unskillful. 
 
 Lo-MA-Lo-MA, V. The intensive of kma 
 in all its definitions. 
 
 Lo-MA-Lo-MA, s. Idleness; indolence; 
 awkwardness. ^ 
 
 Lo-ma-lo-mA-ai-ha-la-le, adj. Ijoma, 
 lazy, and aikdHale, to live on others. Lazy 
 and eating the food of others through idle- 
 ness ; aole e loaa keia ine'a, o ka naauao, i 
 ka mea manaka, aole boi i ka moa kaialile 
 ImnaiomamhalaU, this thing, knowledge, 
 cannot be. obtained by the easily discour- 
 aged nor by the xnidleKlly aiakncard. 
 
 Lo-Mi, u To rub; to press^ to squeeze 
 with the hand any one that is in pain or 
 fatigued ; to shampoo ; hence, 
 
 2. FiG> To comfort: to quiet; elomi ana 
 au i ka eha o ko'u naan, I am comforting 
 myself for my bad feelings. 
 
 3. ^0 crush; to mash fine; e hoowali ; e 
 hooaefte. 
 
 Lo-mi, s. a rubbing, pressing or squeez- 
 ing of one in pain or sick. 
 
 Lo-wi-A, V. For lomUa. To feel of; to 
 pinch ; to squeeze : to press. 
 
 Lo-Mi-Lo, V. See MiLo, OMiLo.and HiLo. 
 To spin with the fingers; to twist, as thread; 
 to make ropes, cords, &o. 
 
 Lo-Mi-M-Mi, V. See Lomi. To rub ; to 
 squeeze and chafe the limbs of one who is 
 weary or in pain ; to shampoo except the 
 bathing. 
 
 2. To mitigate or ease pain by so doiii|;. 
 
 3. To mend letters rn writing, that is, fo 
 draw the pen two or three times over the 
 same line to improve its appearance. 
 
 i. To feel of a thing to ascertain its qual- 
 ities; Umiilomi iho la kuu lima 1 ua pohakn 
 la, he paakiki la I my hand felt of that stone, 
 • it was hard. 
 
 5. To act upon, as the Spirit of God acts 
 upon the heart; i na manawa a pau loa 
 ko'na (ko ke Akua) lomilomi ana mai ia'u, 
 at all times has he (God) acted upon me. . 
 
 Lo-iii-Lo-Mi, .T. A rubbing, pressing, &c. 
 See LoMi. 
 
 2. The servant whose business it was to 
 take care of the spittle and excrements of 
 the chief. 
 Lo-NA, s. The blocks of wood on. which 
 double canoes rest when out of water. 
 
 2. The name of the Wood out of which 
 such blocks were made. 
 
 Lo-i^A, adj. Useless ; in vain ; v/ithoiit 
 advantage; awkward. 
 
 2. Straight; direct. 
 
 Lo-NO, V. To hear, as a. sound; to hear, 
 
 as the voice of one calling. 
 ' 2. To regard, as a command ; to keep ; 
 
 to observe ; to obey. 
 
 3. To hear a report Dan. 11:44. 
 
 4. Hoo. To-oause to hear, &o.; to listen; 
 to regard. Dan. 9:10. 
 
 Lo-NO, s. A report; news; a hearing of 
 sometbJDg new ; fame. 
 
 2. A report of what one has beard another 
 say. Kin. 37:2. News ; nui ka maua ka- 
 mailio ana ia po'na na lono acie na hana i 
 hanaia, we two had much coaversalion that 
 night respecting the news and v/bat bad 
 been done. 
 
 3. A rumor; a report. 2 iVoZ. 19:7. -■ 
 
 4. Fame. 1 Oihl. 14:17. 
 
 5. Tidings. Ezek. 21:7, 
 
 6. A remembrance. Kanl: 32:26. 
 
LU 
 
 350 
 
 LUA 
 
 7. The name of^a day of the mostb ; b 
 
 Kakabiftka ae, o Zone* ia la. 
 Lo-NO, s^ He nui ka poe ao i ka lano 
 
 muka ihe. i 
 
 Lo-NO, s. Name of one of the four great 
 
 gods of tho Hawaiiau Islauds; the four 
 
 were Lono, Ka, Kane, and Kaaalpa. 
 Lo-NO-A-Ki-Bi, s. Name of the eel god. 
 Lo-NO-Hii, *. Lono and, Am, to tenJ a 
 
 cbim. A child that i& much tended and 
 
 dandled. 
 Lo-No-liO-No-A', s. A hearsay; a gossip 
 
 tattllnif; a story without Ibundution; lono- 
 
 lonoa I ka hiki o ka aina. 
 Lo-jftf, V. To swell ; to be large. 
 2. To be in pain ; to groan with pain. 
 
 3. To cheat in play ; to be trickjsh. 
 ■NC, i ' 
 rogue. 
 
 1 pla 
 ell J 
 
 Lo-NC, s. A swell J a cheat j a liar; a 
 
 Lo-PA, J. A man who cultivates land 
 nnd^r a common farmer, but owns no lands 
 himself; a tenant; he jnahi kihapai malalo 
 aku o ka hoa aina. 
 
 IjO-pa-hoo-pi-li-wa-le, s. a low grade 
 of farmers who obtained their living by ad- 
 hering to the lopas or under farmers. 
 
 Lo-PA-KU-A-KE-A, s. Lopa and htakea. 
 A man who ciiJIivates a garden under a 
 lopa; a farmer of a lower grade than even 
 a lopa. Laieik. 21. 
 
 Lo-i'A-LAV-E-KA, s. Lopa and laueka; 
 awkward. A man slovenly, awkward and 
 unskillful in his work. 
 
 Lo-PE, ) s. Eng. from the Eng. rope,, 
 
 Lo:PI, J but used byiHawaiians for thread, 
 sewing thread ; it should be written rope 
 or ropi. Lwik. 16:12. He mea e huma- 
 hiiiriu ai i ka (o'fe. Ske, Rope. 
 
 Lo-pi-o, V. See Pio. To bend over, as 
 
 - in nodding or going to sleep. 
 
 Lo-ptr, s. The name of the koi (hatthef ) 
 offered in sacviflce. 
 
 Lo-wAi-A, s. SeeLAWAiA. A fisherman. 
 
 Lo-wAi-A, V. See Lawaia. To catch 
 fish. 
 
 Lo-GA, s. Heh. A Hebrew liquid meas- 
 ure ; a log. Oihk. 14:10. 
 
 Lo-Gou, s, Gr. The name of the second 
 person in the Trinity; an appellation of 
 Jesus Chvigt. -John 1:L 
 
 Lu, V. To scatter; to throw away small 
 things, as ashes »r sand. PtUc. 9:8. To 
 drip; as water. Zi/ieih^. 80. - 
 
 2. To sow. as grain 
 
 3. To shake; to kick or remove dust from 
 one's feot. 
 
 i. fa dive or plunge in the water. 2 
 ifal. 5:14. To dive, as in taking a squid. 
 Lu, s. That which is thrown away or 
 scattered. 
 
 2. That which is shot fromagun; hence, 
 gun shot, from their scattering. 
 
 3. The small seeds of the-puakala. 
 
 '4. A kind of medicine; the same mIom- 
 k<da ;.sma\l seeds beaten up and mixed 
 with some liquid for a purgative; the real 
 name of the plant is naide. 
 
 Lu-A, V. To kill by breaking the bones. 
 Note.— The liia was mdch practiced in an- 
 cient times and is understood now by some 
 old p.eople. 
 
 2. To dig a pit ; to make a deep hole in 
 the ground. 
 
 Lu-A, s. The art of breaking the bones 
 of a person. 
 
 2. The art of noosing men in order to 
 murder thcra, as was practiced on Kauai. 
 
 3. The place where the art of the Iva was 
 taught. 
 
 4. A pit. Pwfc. 21:33. A holq; a grave; 
 a den. Lwrik. 6:2. 
 
 Lu-A, s. See Lua, adj. A second ; an 
 equal ; an assistant ; a copy of a writing. 
 JTuni 17:18. 
 2.,siiikeness in quality; aole hui e like 
 
 ' me ia, there is no second like it, i. e., there 
 is nothing like it. See Leaolk. 
 
 3. Zua expresses admiration and applies 
 to what is good; Iva poll, the endeared 
 bosom of a warm-hearted tiiend. Note; — 
 Lua was the watch-word given by Uoapili 
 previous to the last battle on Kauai. 
 
 Ltr-A, adj. The number two. SeeALUA 
 and Elda. Two ; double ; hence. 
 
 2. Deceitful; naau lua,& deceitful heart; 
 double minded. Hal. 12:2. 
 
 3. Weak ; flexible ; feeble ; nawaliwali, 
 palnpalu. 
 
 Lu-A, adv. Secondly; a second time. 
 
 Nah. 1:9. 
 Lu-^A-A-Hi, «. Z«a, pit, ai?d aM, fire. 
 
 liUerally, the volcano of Kilauca on Hawaii. 
 
 2. Figuralwdy. the place of punishment 
 hereafter ; h<fll j o ka h*wa ka waa pae i 
 ka Iwiahi, sin is the canoe that lands in 
 lieli; o ka luaald ke awa o ka make mau 
 loa, W is the harbor of eternal death. 
 
 Lu-A-A-PA-NA, ». To live idly or in 
 pleasure ; to live wantonly ; e noho lealea 
 me ka akaaka ame ke kamailio lapuwale. 
 Heaha ka oukou e hana nei ? Aolo, e lua- 
 apaiw, wale ana no makou. See Luaxa. 
 
 Lu-Ai, V. To vomit ; to cast out of the 
 stomach; to cast forth from the mouth. 
 Hoik. 12:15. ka mea I Ixmiia, aole ia e 
 ai hou iho, that which has been vomited i^p 
 is not to be eaten again. Fig. Applied to 
 a country, to cast out as a country casts 
 out its pcoplefor their crimes. Oi/tfc. 18:25. 
 
 LtJ-Ai, s. Sickness of the stomach. 
 
 3. A discharge from the stomach. 
 
 3. Tho matter or that Which fe vomited 
 up. 2P««.2:22. 
 
Ci 
 
 LUA 
 
 351 
 
 LUA 
 
 jU-Ai-a-ko-ko, s. Luai and koko, blood. 
 A vomiting of'blood. 
 
 Ltr-Ai-E-LE, 0. To go about from house 
 to house or from place to place without 
 apparent object ; to live without purpose; 
 MOO. To live by deceit. 
 
 Ltj-ai-e-le-u, s. Laziness; indolence; 
 1]ad habits; destitution; minamina ino 
 ko'u manao i ka luaiele i kcia la, o iumer 
 leia e kanaka. 
 
 Lu-Ai-KT7, s. A word made use of by 
 Eamehamelia I. to express his contempt of 
 cowards, meaning ELamehameha wtS vomit., 
 
 Lu-Ai-PE-LE, s. iJtffli and Pefe, the god- 
 dess of volcanoes. Brimstone; sulphnr. 
 Kanl. 29:22. 
 
 Lu-Ai-to, s. The name of an ancient 
 progenitor, before Wakea ; his ootempora- 
 ries were called he poe ifce ale, he poe na- 
 aupo. 
 
 Ltt-a-o-ha-ne, s. Lua, pit, and chane 
 for t(7ian«,'8ouI. The inner canthus or angle 
 
 . of the eye ; the lachrymal duct perhaps. 
 
 Lu-A-o-LE, s. Lua, second, and ole,ao; 
 none. A darling; a nonesuch; an only 
 and dear one. Sal. 35:17. 
 ' ' 2. Used in a bad sense, hoadle o ka waha- 
 ' hee, no other such liar ; luaole o ka ike 
 maka ole, none his like in blindness or want 
 of observation. 
 
 Lu-A-o-Ni, s. The name of the second 
 man that fell in battle ; o ka lua o ke ka- 
 naka i make mua mai, he luaoni ia. 
 
 Ltr-Air, s. The petal of a plant ; the leaf 
 of the kalo ; boiled herbs. 1. e., the young 
 kalo leaves gathered and cooked for food. 
 
 2. Fig. A parent ; one to whom a child 
 can resort for food; probably so called be- 
 cause a parent is one to whom a child can 
 resort for his food; o kona luau (ka makua) 
 noia. 
 
 3. The name of a species of soft porous 
 stone. 
 
 Lu-AU, adj. Full; stuffed; crammed; 
 filled fnll. 
 
 Ltt-au-i," s. A parent ; those whom chil- 
 dren call parents or makuas; he makua, 
 he man makaa. Note. — Luaui united with 
 makua, means the nalurai parent as distinct 
 from an ditygt/^ parent or uncle or aunt. 
 
 Ltr-A-B'-^A-NE, s. See Ltjaohane above. 
 The inner corner of theeye. Awd. 11. 
 
 Lu-A-HE-LE, «, Jjaa; pit, and Aefe, to go; 
 To lead,a3tray from the path of virtue ; to 
 seduce. 
 
 Lu-A-BE-LE, s. A leading astrar ; a de- 
 ceiving ; a speaking evil against a person. 
 
 Ltj-A'HI, s. Name of a person or per- 
 sons captured in battle; name of one 
 wMpped in a single fight ; i upu afca ai 
 oukfiit ka oukou hmhi ka ike. 
 
 Ln-A-Hi-NE, s. IiMffl and iMsAwifi, woman. 
 
 A contraction of Iwrnahine. An old wfeman. 
 Lu-A-Ho-Ho-Nu, s. Lua,'^'A,KcA.hohmu, 
 
 deep. A deep pit or ditch;, the bottomless 
 
 pit, hell. Soik. 9:1. 
 Lu-A-HU-NA, s. Imo. and Ammo, to hide. 
 
 A cave or pit in; which prdporty was con- 
 cealed, as in time of war ; a concealed or 
 
 bidden pit. 
 Lu-A-Ho-A-NA, s. The halo or lainbow 
 
 appearance around the sun or moon. 
 Lu-A-KA-HA, V. To hare dwelt long in 
 
 a place; to have become an inhabitant; to 
 
 be at home; to be familiarwith a location; 
 
 beaha ka onkou e noho ai maanei? Ans. 
 
 Ka inca he hmkaha, ko makou noho ana. 
 Lxr-A-EA-LAi, s. SeeLuAfiOANA. A halo 
 
 around the sun or moon in cloudy or hazy 
 
 weather. 
 Lu-A-KA-LAI-LA-NI, S. See LUAHOANA 
 
 and LcAKALAi. A halo, &c. 
 Lu-A-KE-LE, s. Asepulchrie; aplacefor 
 
 depositing the dead. 
 Lu-A-Ki-Ni, s. Imu, pit, and kini, ihul- 
 
 tltude. A heiau of the largest class ; o ka 
 
 luakini, oia ka heiau a ke alii nui e noi aku 
 
 ai i na 'kna ona. 
 
 2. The highest species (rf house in a heiau 
 where human sacrifices were offered. 
 
 3. The worshipers in a temple. ler. 7:4. 
 Note. — Since the introduction of the chris- 
 tian religion, the name luakmi has been 
 given to places of worship dedicated to 
 Jehovah ; e hai i ka olelo a ke Akua iloko 
 o ka luakini o lebova. . 
 
 Ltj-a-eu-fa-fau, s. lMaa.nikupapeai,a 
 corpse. A grave; a receptacle of dead 
 bodies; a tomb; a sepulchre. 12M 13:30. 
 Lu-A-Lo-A, s. A species of ^h-hook. 
 Lir-A-Lu-A, V. To be flexible; to be pli- 
 able ; to be soft ; hence, 
 2. To be old, as garments ; to be much 
 < worn or used. Heb. 1:11. 
 Lu-A-LU-A, s. A second-hand garment; 
 soft ; pliable ; flimsy cloth. 
 
 2. A rough road; inauy small ravines 
 crossing it. 
 3^ Kough uneven land. 
 
 4. A round set for taking fish; he upena 
 poopoe. 
 
 Lu-A-Ltr-A, adj. Limber; flexible; flimsy. 
 
 Ltr-A-Lu-Ai, V. Lua, twice, and luai, to 
 
 raise from the stomach. To raise the food 
 
 again &om tho stomach to the mouth', as 
 
 ruminating animals. 
 2. To chew the cud. KaiU. 14:6. Eoo. 
 
 The same ; to raise and chew the cud. 
 
 Lc-'A-LTT-Ai, s. Hoo. The cud; that 
 wliich is raised Grom the stomach of an an- 
 imal to be chewed over again; hemeahoo- 
 Iwahtaiin. (Hhk, 11:3, 
 
LUE 
 
 352 
 
 LiUU 
 
 Lc-A-LtJ-A-NA, o. The intensive oihtana,. 
 Tq \ii) satisfled ; to liye. comfortably ; to 
 seek pleasure ; to be mf rry. 
 
 Lu-a-me-b::!, «. Imo, and mela, so deep 
 as not to see the bottom, A very deep pit; 
 a concealed hole in the ground. 2efc. 9:11. 
 
 Lu-A-NA, ». To live in idleness or pleas- 
 ure ; to be satisfled with one's self, JBbo. 
 'the same. Heaha ka oukOn e bana nei? 
 Aole^^ Xwiruj, wale ana no makou. 
 
 Lu-A-NA) adj. Satisfied; easy; living 
 in pleasure oj'' idleness. See Lhamjana. 
 
 Ltr-A-Nuir, t). To be dressed out with a 
 sl^ge knina of kapa, as the gods were on 
 important occasions. 
 
 u 2. To stand around, as the gods around 
 the temple. 
 
 Lp^-A-NH0, s. The name of tv.o gods in 
 the house of Lono.< 
 
 Ltj-a-paa-ha-o, s. lMa,]^itia:nApaahaa, 
 iron fast. A dungeon; ier. 37:16. A place 
 of the lowest piisons. Pu!c. 12:29. 
 
 Lu-A-BAA-HA-0, adj. Appertaining to the 
 lowest prisons or dungeons ; .hale luapaa- 
 hoio. See reference above. 
 
 Lir-A-PATJ, s. The bottomless pit in the 
 luakini ; hence synonymous with luakini. 
 
 ' , 2. A yawning or.dievouring pit. 
 • 8. Fio. That which causes ruin or de- 
 struction ; o ka, mai pala, oia ka Ivapau o 
 Ts.bia. pae aina. 
 
 Lu-A-PE-LK, s. Lua, a pit, and Pele, the 
 goddess of volcanoes. Hence, 
 - 1. A volcano itself. 
 
 2. A volcano either now in action or Ex- 
 tinct. 
 
 ' 3. A puu or hillock on the top of a moun- 
 tain, especially if it have a cavity on the 
 
 - top. 
 
 Lu-A-Fo, s. Lua and po, night. The 
 grave. Hal. 88:3. 
 
 Lu-A-WAi, s. Lua and wai, wat*r. A 
 well of water. Mn. 21:19. 
 2. A cistern; a pit for water. Isa. 36:16. 
 
 , He punawai hohonu, 
 
 LtT-A-WE-HE-0"LE, s. Lua atid wekeole, 
 unopened. The unopened or bottomless 
 pit. See LuAPAtf. 
 
 Lu-E,^. V. To loosen that isSSich has been 
 fast ; hence, 
 
 2. To break up, as any stmcture. 
 
 3. Boo. To overthrow", as a system. Oih. 
 6:39. To destroy, as a house or city. 
 
 4. To scatter here and there. 
 
 5. To bury up ; to overwhelm. 
 
 Ltf-E-A, , 4'. See PoLUEA. Sleepy ; fa- 
 tigued; the unpleasant sensations on board 
 a ship ; htea 1 ka ua. 
 
 Lu-E-HP, s. Name of a species of soft 
 or porous stoiies; there are many varieties; 
 the term is opposed to fga or pohaiMpaa. 
 
 Lu-E-Hir, iidj. Soft ; yielding, &c. 
 Lu-E-LTT-E,* V, Freq. of ^«e. To. loosen; 
 
 to destroy ; to l^reak up, &c.' 
 Lu-E-Lu-E, adj. Loose; flowing; long, 
 
 as a large loose kapa; lole hooludue, a long 
 
 loose robe. Esd. 8:15. He lole e uhi ana 
 
 mai luna a hala loa ilalo. 
 Lu-E-LU-E, s. A long flexible fish net ; 
 
 he upena luelue. 
 
 T ^"'' > V. See KoLuiLtJi. 
 
 IiU-l-LU-I, ) 
 
 Lu-i-Ki-A, s. A tying or binding up the 
 outrigger of a canoe with taste and firm- 
 ZcS&a ; HA poe i aoia i ka hoonanawa, ame 
 ka holo moana, ame ka luikia i ka iako. 
 
 Lu-i-NA, s. A resident in a ship; a 
 sailor. Soifc. 18:17. Ka poe kanaka hoo- 
 
 ' ikaika no ka moku. 
 
 Ltr-o-Ni, J. The person or chief who de- 
 livers one condemned to death and in con- 
 finement. 
 
 2. The work of salvation as effected by 
 Jestts Christ; this personage was called by 
 HawaiianEi Sdku malama. 
 
 Lutr, V. See Lti. To dive; to plunge 
 into the watflf*out of sight 
 
 2. To spill out; to flow rapidly; to rush, 
 as water confined in narrow places. 
 
 3. To sow, as seed; to scatter; hence, 
 to overturn; to overthrow. See Ltr. 
 
 4. Hbo. To dip into coloring matter ; to 
 dye. P'uk. 25:5. To dye, as a garment in 
 a liquid. Hoik. 19:13. 
 
 5. To plunge headlong down into the 
 deep. 
 
 Lnu, s. That which may be thrown or 
 
 scattered, i. e., shot ; luu mann, duck shot. 
 
 See LtJ. 
 Luu-i-Li, s. LiAi&nAUijSkm. A tanner 
 
 of .skins or hides. Oi7i. 9:43, Noia.—This 
 
 word in the reference has been changed to 
 
 hanaili. 
 Luo-i-NA, s. See Luina. A diving; 
 
 from this, perhaps, common poor tbioigners 
 
 wore called luina. 
 
 Luu-HA-Lo, V. Luu and A«fo,'to spw; ;; 
 out the hands to swim. To jnaku wiiii ti-j 
 hands the motions of swimming. 
 
 Luir-Ki-A, J. Also written Zi»Ma. He aha 
 waa, he hoana e paa ai ka wjia, e lukia 
 (luukia) i ka ama me ka iako. 
 
 Luu-Ki-MO, V. To dive; to dive head- 
 foremost for,some purpose;' toifcinw ihola. 
 ia mo ka manao e alualu aku i ua heo la. 
 
 Luo-tiiJU,-'«. To be in a tremor from 
 hjird exercise or from fear. 
 
 2. To shake, as a tice to get rhe fruit. 
 
 3. To droop ; to be oppressed with sor- 
 row. MaL 28:37. To be sad ; to bo do- 
 jeoted; to be troubled ill mind. /oan. H:2l. 
 
LUH 
 
 353 
 
 LUL 
 
 4. Boo. To be sorrowful; to be cast 
 
 down. 
 Luu-Ltu, «. Grief; trouble. loh^ 6:2. 
 
 Depressing fear ; pau ka pali, hafa- k» licur 
 
 hm kaumaba, paet the pali, past this beary 
 
 fear. 
 Lnn-Luo:, adj. Toilsome ; painful. lob. 
 
 7:3. Heavy, sorrowfVil. 
 Luir-u-LA, J), Luu and ida, red. To color 
 
 red. Hao. To dye red. lia. 63:1. 
 Ld-he, adj. Proud; exhibiting one's 
 
 baughtiness ; making a s^w ; fat ; acting 
 
 the chief; Inla, luhe, i ke kaha o Kaiina- 
 
 Icwa. 
 Lu-HE, V. To fade; to wither; to hang 
 
 down, as a withering/plant. 
 Lu-HE-A, s. Name of a species of plant; 
 
 ka Ian o luhea o ka ohai o mana. 
 Lu-HE-A-MA, V. To feel comfortable, as 
 
 a hungry person after eating ; e biheana e 
 
 Jca malie. 
 Ln-HEE, V. To pull up and down the 
 
 line, as in catching Ibeequid. 
 Lu-HEE, s. Name of a species of fish 
 
 cauglit with a hook. . 
 2. Name of a quality of stone or rock ; 
 
 eia na pohaku Ivhee, be maa ano e foa ko 
 
 lakou, here are the Ivkee rocks unlike all 
 
 others. 
 Lu-HE-i/E-LEi, V. LufoiluUf&nihelelei, 
 
 to scatter. To be scattered about here and 
 
 latere, in this place and that, as books, 
 
 papers or small fiirnituro. 
 Lu-HE-LD-HE, adj. SeeLuHE. Fatj full; 
 
 plump ; momona, kaba. 
 Lu-Hi, i>. To be fatigUed with labor ; to 
 
 labor severely so as to be oppressed. 
 
 2. To labor or suffer with grief; to be 
 weighed down with grief. 
 
 3. IIoo. To oppress ; to be hard on one; 
 to urge one to labor equal to, or more than 
 his physical powers can bear; to weary 
 one witih intercession. Xufc. 18:5. 
 
 Lu-Hi, s. Weariness; fatigue. Fifi. A 
 
 cause of anxiety ; one especially beloved ; 
 
 i aku la, e kuu fafti, eia ke kane, my dear 
 
 one, here is a husband. Zaieik. 197. 
 
 2. A heavy burden; kameachooluhiai. 
 
 •a. Oppression ; hard labor. • Isa. S6:ll. 
 
 Lp-hi, adj. Tiresome J . causing weari- 
 ness; requiring a long time lo finish. Note. 
 Luhi, is mostly occasioned by carrying a 
 burden. Moo. Causing hard service or 
 bondage ; luna hooltM,- an officer who has 
 .power to oppress. 
 
 io-Hi-A, s. A species of large fish of 
 the shark kind. 
 
 Lu-Hi-E-Hir, adj. Soft; cooked soft; 
 ■|)ala, moa. 
 
 'I/U-Hi-HE-WA, V. Luki and hewa, wrong; 
 
 wicked. To opprsss wrongfully. Eoo, To 
 
 46 
 
 cause one to be oppressed ; to vex. Oihk. 
 19:33. To be ill treated; to maltreat Bal. 
 9:9. 
 
 Lir-Hi-LU-Hi, V. Freq. of luhi. To trouble 
 or burden one often. Hoo. To weary one 
 with importunity ; to weary one with bad 
 conduct. Isa. 43:24 To burden with ex- 
 penses or taxes. Isa. 43:23. 
 
 Lu-KA, s. An assembly of women for 
 prayer ; he aha pule na ka wahine. 
 
 Ltt-ka-ltj-ka, s. The appearance of 
 growing, flourishiDg, thrifty vegetables; 
 also applied to animals; as, puaa lukaluka. 
 See NuKAMUKA. 
 
 Lu-KA-MA-E-A, S. A prayer used by fe- 
 males from the time of Papa; ma ia ao ana 
 ae, lukamaea, o olekukahi ia la. 
 
 Lu-Ki-A, V. See Ludkia. 
 
 Lu-Ko, adj. 
 
 Lu-KF, V. To make a slaughter, i. e., to 
 kill a multitude, as in a severe battle ; to 
 overthrow ; to destroy ; to slay, as in war. 
 Oihk. 26:17. 
 
 2. Fio. To smite; to destroy, as with a' 
 pestilence. Nah. 14:12. To root out or 
 utterly lay waste a people. Note.— TJufcw 
 applies mostly to the dostruodon of a great 
 many at once; to make havoc; to root out. 
 The word is also mostly coniiDed to the first 
 conjugation ; it is applied also to an ex- 
 tensive cutting up and dostroying o£ vines 
 aud fig trees. Sos. 2:14. 
 
 Lu-KU, s. slaughter J a destnictioa of 
 people on a large scale. Isa. 34:6. The 
 rooting out or utter destruction of a people. 
 
 Lu-KU, adj. Mea luku, a destroyer. 
 
 Fuk. 12:23. 
 Lu-KU-A, V. Passive for luhiia. To be 
 
 slaughtered ; to be scattered ; e boopauia. 
 Lu-Ku-NA, s. iato, slaughter, and asMa. 
 
 A slaughtering ; a destruction of persons ; 
 
 a papauku wale ka lukuma. 
 Lu-LA, V. To be calm, as when there is 
 
 no wind ; to be smooth, as the sea. 
 2. To be lazy ; to be indolent. 
 LtT-LA, s. A calm state of the a.tmos- 
 
 phere when there is no wind. 
 2. A diminishing or calming of a storm. 
 Lu-LA, adj. Smooth, as the surface of 
 
 the sea unruffled by the wind. 
 2. Lazy ; careless ; indolent ; hanging 
 
 like a flag without wind ; ivla, luhe, i ke 
 
 kaJia o Kaunalewa. 
 Lu-LA-NA, ». To be calm, as people that 
 
 have been wailing for a deceased person, 
 
 they cease wailing and are still; luiana akui 
 
 i ka ae wai liu la. 
 Lu-LE, V. To shake, as the flash of a 
 
 fat person. 
 2. To be fat; to have soft flesh. See 
 
LUL 
 
 354 
 
 LUM 
 
 3. Mqo. To msike one fat or fleshy, j. e., 
 to biiv'e one's tlesli shake and roU with. fat- 
 ness. Note. — In Some cases lule and its 
 oomponnds have definitions like Mi, they 
 are kindred to each other., 
 
 I/tr-LE-Lu-LK, 0. See Lule. To'be very 
 fat, as a person ; to have the flesh soft and 
 rolling. 
 
 Lu-iiE-LU-LE, adj. Fat; rolling; shaky,' 
 as the flesh of a lat iperson. 
 
 Lu-Li, ». 1^3 vibrate ; to shake ; to shake, 
 as a bush in the wind. Mat. 1 1:7. , 
 
 2. To vary from one' position ; to lock ; 
 to roU, B8 a ship v,ith the wind astern ; to 
 overturn ; to lay down .sideways. 
 
 3. To bo moved from place to place. 
 . i. To be unsteady. 
 
 6. Hoo. So change, as a law. Dan. 6:8 
 and 12. To stake, as the.liead in defiance. 
 2 Nal. 19:21. To shak^ together. , 
 
 6. To wave as a wave-offering. Oihk. 
 7:30. 
 Lir-Li, adj. Unsteady; changeable; 
 
 shaking ; moving to and fro. 
 Lu-u-Lu-Li, V. See Luw. To shake 
 often ; to vibrate ; to shake, as in shaking 
 hands. 
 
 2.^To overturn'; to overthrow, aa th« 
 shaking of to earthquake, 
 
 3. To shake together; to shake down, as 
 corc^in a barrel. 
 
 4. To shake, aa the head in scorn. Isa. 
 37:22. 
 
 5. Roo. To rock, as iff a cvadle; to shake 
 the head in mockery. lob 16:1 
 
 6. To stii' up, i. e., to awaken out of sleep. 
 LiJ-i;t-L0-Li, adj. Tottering; standing 
 
 unsteadily; easily shaken; rocking"; not 
 firm. 
 Lu-LO, 5. Thick leaves of a tree wreathed 
 or twisted into an ornament for the. neck ; 
 a wreath for the neck. 
 
 Lu-Lo, s. A vicious orthography for 
 . rula, a rule. 
 Lv-to-m, V. To be in a deep sleep ; to 
 
 sleep soundly. See Ll-wjhi. 
 
 Lc-L0, V. To shake, as the dust from 
 
 anything; to shake, aa tlie ^ast ft'om one's 
 feet. 2raf. 10:14. To fan; to winnow. 
 
 2. To shake, us a cloth. Neh. 5:i:i, To 
 shake, as the fisi.s in defiance. Zaieih-. 46. 
 
 3. To sow or scatter, as grain. fii». 26:12. 
 i. To scatter ; to dibperse, as a people. 
 
 JS/zfifc. 30:26. To shake; tooverthi-ow. Pv.k 
 K;27, 
 
 5. To lie quietly or still, as a ship in a 
 harbor. 
 
 6. Maa. for /wo. To tremble : to ehake 
 through fear. Kanl 2:25. 
 
 7. To be awe strwck ; to bo afraid. 
 
 8. To be borne down; to be pressed 
 down, as with a freight. See Lclto. 
 
 9. To be calm, as the sea. See No. 5 
 above. Hence, 
 
 10. To flap or fluttei', as a sail turned 
 into the vdnd ; lulu ka pea. 
 
 Lu-LU, s. A calm spot at the leeward trf 
 an island or precipice. 
 
 2. A level spot of groiuad, m iiie kahna 
 of a bouse. 
 
 3. The play of dice nsed^in backgammon. 
 4. 'Boa. A trembling. 
 
 Lu-LC, adj. Sowing; huaMa, seed for 
 Bowing. Oihk. 11:37. 
 
 2. Calm; w^ahi hdu, a place where the 
 wind does not reach. 
 
 Lu-LU-Ai-E-LE, V. To be inconstant; to 
 go here and there ; to change one's place ; 
 e kealia. See hvusnE. 
 
 Lu-Lir-Ai-NA-o-LE, s. A young person 
 that has been well cared for from a child 
 and has grown up handsome and agreea- 
 ble. 
 
 Lu-LU-A-LH, s. Lidu, a shaking or flut- 
 tering, as a loose garmeat, and ofJi, chief; 
 royal. A garment of bird's feathers; a 
 robe of royalty. i 
 
 Lu-Linr, adj., He&vy witkgrief; sleepy; 
 bowed down, as the head. See LnuLcc. 
 
 IjU-i.u-hi, 0. See Luhi. To be verv 
 
 , much fatigued and heavy witU'sleep. ifofc 
 25:5. 
 
 2.~To be sleepy; to be'in a deep, sleep; 
 to sleep soundly. See L01.0M. 
 
 3. To tang black and heavy, as clouds. 
 
 4. Boo. To be harshly treated ; to be 
 fiequeltly fatigued with hard labor; to 
 labor as a servant constantly. Oih. 7:6. 
 
 Lu-Ltr-HVJ-A, s. Lulu and hita, seed. A 
 sower of seed. J/af. 13:3. . Lulu anoano. 
 ' a sowi^r of seed. iufc. 12:24. 
 Lu-Lij-LU, V. See Lulu. To flap, as a 
 eail when the wind is irregular or but lit- 
 tle ; to be calm, or a want of steady wind; 
 lukdu, ka pea. 
 Lrr-LU-Mi, V. SeeLuMi. To gather into 
 small compass; to come together, as a rush 
 of people; t-o press upon one, as in a crowd; 
 to come together in multitudes. Luk. 20:33. 
 To rush along inegulsirly; e uhauhamake, 
 alanui ; to fold up; to pr«as hard, aa dirt 
 atonnd kalo ; huki i ke kalo nui, Mumi i 
 ka lepo, a popoi i ka mauu. 
 2. To hide ; to conceal. 
 
 Lulumi malaa i ke alo o k» amnion, 
 Kuikai hUn i te kai a halohua 
 I na 'ka no la i Peekoa. 
 
 LiSrLV-m, s. A thick crowd of people ; 
 
 a great multitude, particularly if they have 
 
 come together without order. 
 Lu-MA, V, To kill one by putting his 
 
 head under water. 
 LiJ-MAi, V. See Lir. To put to death by 
 
 putting the head under watei'. 
 
LUN 
 
 355 
 
 LUN 
 
 Lu-MAi-A, V. To be entangled or turned 
 over and over by the surf; e lauwiliia, e 
 liinilimi e ka halu, 
 
 Lu-jiAi-A, s. The' being overwhelmed, 
 as in a lioavyBtotm,rain pouKng down all 
 over one; ua Mlu wale 1 ka lumaia e ka na. 
 
 Lu-MA-NA-WA-HUrA, s. An internal pain; 
 a pain of tlio bowels. 
 
 2. Internal pain for the loss of one's 
 property, like minamina. 
 
 Lu-Mi, 0. See Lulumi. To come to- 
 gether; to come together, as a rush of peo- 
 ple ; to rush along, &o. See Lulumi for 
 the various meanings. 
 
 Lu-Mi-A, s. A species of sorcery; he 
 pule ana,ana. 
 
 Lu-Mi-LU-Mi, V. Intensive of lumi. See 
 the dulinitiODs of Mumi. 
 
 2. To practice sorcery; to repeat the 
 pule anaana. 
 
 Lu-Mi-Lu-Mj, V. Tp,act foolishly; to act 
 wickedly ; to do slovenly ; e.hana ino, ka- 
 pulu, opiopi inoino ; to be is a state of 
 dvnnkennesa and debauchery; na lumilur 
 miia laua c ka ona a k^ awa. laieik. 203. 
 Lumitumi a fca poll o a^ialoha 
 A haf e kh lua i honopa. 
 
 Lu-NA, s. The upper side of anything. 
 
 2. The upper ; the above. 
 
 3. A high place or scat ; kahl klokie. 
 
 4. A person who is over others in office 
 or comruiind ; hence, an oversiier; an of- 
 ficer ; a director. 
 
 5. A head man of a land who gives or- 
 dor.s. 
 
 6. A lietald ; a raftsspnger ; one scut on 
 business by' a chief: an ambassador. 
 
 7: An executive officer of any idnd, qual- 
 ified by the added word. See iha exaniplt;s 
 below. 
 
 8. The cbiof piece in tlio game konane ; 
 paa Diua ia'u na Inna o ka pupa konaue a 
 maua. Laieik. 115. 
 
 Lu-NA, adj. Upper; higher; above; 
 kcena Vuna, an upper room. Note.: — Imna 
 as opposed to I/do, down, takes its base at 
 the height of a man's heaid ; all above the 
 heiglit of a man's head is said tO' be Innai 
 above, up ward, high, according to the thing 
 spoken of;- and all below the height of a 
 man's head is said to be Mo, down, below, 
 under. See D. Mala 6:1. Hence the terms 
 in ascending are, oluna «e, ohmn aku. ntiina 
 loa uku, oluna lUo akw, ohma lilo loa, oluna 
 o ke 00, above the clouds , itill higher, ke 
 aouU, ka laniuli, ka lanipaa. 
 
 Lu'OJA, comp. prep. On; above; higher; 
 over, &c. ; found only in the compounds a, 
 i, 0, ko, no, ma and mai. See each ii^ its 
 place, also Grammar § 161. 
 
 Lu-NA-AU-HAU, s. Litna, officer, and au- 
 hau, a tax. One who collects taxes and 
 has chargfi of tax money ; a tax-gatherer ; 
 
 a publican. Luk. 7:24. A maslcr of the 
 tribute.. 1 Nal. 12:18. 
 Lu-NA-A-HA-Ai-NA, s. Lu?ia and ahaaina, 
 a feast. The master or director of a least. 
 loan. 2:8. 
 
 Lu-NA-o-HA-NA, s. iwMa and ^Mfl, work. 
 An overseer or ofKcer of work. 1 Oihl. 9:34. 
 
 Lu-NA-o-LE-LO, s. iwwa and o?cto, speech. 
 An officer of commuDication ; one sent to 
 make proclamation ; an apostle. Oih. 1:2. 
 
 Ln-NA-HA-LE-Ki-Ai, s. Luita and hale, 
 house, and kiai, to watch. Tne governor 
 of a fortress. J«a. 33:18. 
 
 Lxr-NA-HA-NE-Ri, s. Lwiu and lumeri 
 (Eag.), a hundred. Au officer over a hun- 
 dred soldiers; a centurion. Luk. 7:2, 'i. 
 
 Ltr-NA-Hoo-HJ-Hi, s. Luna and kooluki, 
 to vex; to burden. A task ma* er. P«fc.5:6. 
 
 Lu-NA-KAu-A, s. Im^uz and kaua, vrar. 
 A captain in war. imnk. 11:6. 
 
 Lu-NA-KA-Hi-Ko, s. LunaanA kaMka, old. 
 An elderly man of iulluence from age, dig- 
 nity of character, knowledge, &c. PiSc. 
 3:10. 
 
 Lj-na-ka-na-li-ma, s. lama, and Uanor 
 lima, fifty. A leader of fifty men. 2 Sal. 
 1:10. 
 
 Lu-NA-KA-NA-wAi, s. Luna and kanawai, 
 law. A judge; a magistrate; one who ap- 
 plies the law to delinquents or transgress- 
 ors. 
 
 2. Name of a book of the Old Testament, 
 Judges. , > 
 
 Lir-NA-Ki'A, s, Luna, over, above, and 
 kia, a pillar or post. That which is above 
 or over the kia or pillar ; a chapiter ; the 
 upper part of a column. 1 Nai. 7:16. . 
 
 Lxj-NA-ia-Ai, *. Luna and kiai, te watch. 
 A person who oversees or watches over 
 others; a bishop; an overseer, PiKp. .1:1. 
 
 Lu-NA-Ki-E-Ki-E, s. luwL- and kiekie, 
 high, A dignified person ; a person high 
 in responsible office ; dignity. IuOm 8. 
 
 Jjij-KA-Ko-A, s. LuTiaa-niioa, soldier. A 
 military officer; a captain;. a sergeant, Src. 
 
 Lu-NA-LA-wE, s. Luna&nilawe, to take; 
 to carry. An upper servant. 
 
 Lu-NA-LA-WE-HA-NA, s. Luna and lawe, 
 to take, and haria, work. A mfaiister ; a 
 chief sei-vant. Kol 1:23. 
 
 LxT-NA-MA-NAO, s. LuTUi^ and manao, 
 thought. The director of one's thoughts ; 
 the internal monitor, i. e., conscience ; the 
 sense which feels in view of right and 
 wrong ; pioloke ka noonoo ana a ka Iwim- 
 mamao, tho thinking of the conscience was 
 -troublesome. Notk. — ^This is a late coined 
 word introduced into the work on Moral 
 Philosophy and used to some e.ttent in 
 other late books; used with lioopimcu. See 
 Laieik. 78. 
 
MA 
 
 356 
 
 MAA 
 
 Lu-NA-TAU-sA-Ni, »i Lima and tausani 
 (Sng.), a thousand. The captain or officer 
 over & tbonsand men. Mar. 6:21. 
 
 Lu-wu, V. To covet, as the property of 
 others. 
 
 2. to extort ; to have that feeling that 
 would extort from others-. See Ai.dso and 
 also (incorrectly pronounced) Nonu. 
 
 3. To swathe; to fold or bind Up; to roll 
 up, as a bundle of kapa or cloth ; to bind 
 up, as an article in kapa. 
 
 Lu-NC, adj. Covetous J stingy; parsi- 
 monious; exercising a kind of violence; 
 oppressive ; lai^less. See Alund. 
 2. Swollen ; puffed up. 
 
 Lu-PA-LU-PA, s. Tlie name of a prayer 
 at a luakini; a pule do ke kahuna, he lupa- 
 iifpo, ka itea o ia pille. 
 
 Lc-PE, s. A kite. 
 
 2. The end of the outrigger of a canoe. 
 See Kanaka. 
 
 3. A species of fish. 
 
 4. A large creature of the sea. See Hihi- 
 
 MANU. r !_• J 
 
 Ld-pe-a-ke-ke, s. The name of a bird; 
 
 the sea eagle. 
 Ln-WA-Hi-NE, V. To be an old woman. 
 
 Bia. 1:12. See Ldahine. 
 Lu-wa-hi-ne, s. An old woman. 
 
 2. A particular class of men under Ka- 
 
 mehameha I. : some were chiefs, some were 
 
 common people. 
 Lu-WA-Hi-NE, adj. Of or pertaining to 
 
 an old woman; wa hwahine, time of beii^ 
 
 an old woman. 
 
 M. 
 
 TIM' is the ninth letter of the Hawaiian 
 ■^'■^ alphabet. It is a liquid, and yet it is 
 
 interchangeable with k, a mate; as, makia, 
 
 kakia, &c. 
 Ma. The syllable ma is used for several 
 
 purposes. 
 
 1. Ma ia formative of many nouns, in 
 which case it seems to imply fullness, solid- 
 i;ty, addition, &c., to the original word. 
 
 2. It often carries the idea of aecompaoy- 
 ing. together, &c. See Maiana, MAidAUAKS, 
 to die together, &c. 
 
 3. Ma is used in swearing or taking an 
 oath (1 Sam. 17:43, 55), and signifies by. 
 See the preposition ma. 
 
 4. Ma is also used sometimes like the 
 emphatic o in such phrases as this : Ttia kela 
 mau mea elua, na loaa paka no i na kana- 
 wai. 
 
 Ma, prep. At ; by ; in ; through ; unto ; 
 by means of; according to, &c. Qram. § 
 67 and §< 68, 1. Ma laua o, together with ; 
 haalele oia i ka aina o Wailuku ma laua o 
 V/aihee, he forsook the region of Wailuku 
 t-oget)ier with that of Waihec ; in this case it 
 is synonymous with laua me and a me. 
 
 Ma, adj. 01 a particle, which mostly fol- 
 lows proper names of persons, and signifies 
 an atienSi'nt upon, 01 persons btUmgiiu/ to. 
 or accompanying ; as, ke alii nwj, the chief 
 and his irain; an officer and his posse; the 
 master of a family with bia children and 
 domestics ; Hoapili ma, Hoapili and those 
 known to he about him. It includes persons 
 in all capacities from an equal with the 
 one named to all connected with him, even 
 to his servants. Nah. 16:8. Note. — It is 
 possible that the dovible mo or »nama which 
 enters most of the numeral adjectives both 
 
 cardinal and ordinal above umi or ten, 
 should be referred to this particle. 
 Ma, u To fade, as a" leaf or flower; to 
 wilt. 
 3. Tit blush, as one ashamed. 
 
 3. To wear out, as a person engaged in 
 too much business. Puk. 18:18. 
 
 4. HoQ. To fail ; to perish, as a persou 
 or thin^. 
 
 Maa, v. To accustom; to be accus- 
 tomed to do a thing, as a work; to be easy 
 iu one's manners; to be polite^; to be 
 friendly; e walea, e launa ; to be used ; to 
 be accitstomed; to have practice.' /er.2:24. 
 
 2. To, accustom one's self; applied to the 
 knowledge of a road often traveled. 
 
 3. To gain knowledge by practice. 
 
 4. To sling, a.t a stone ; to cast a stone 
 from a sling. IJunk. 20:16. To throw or 
 cast away, as a sling does a stone. ler, 
 10:18. 
 
 6. To be small or little, as a substance. 
 Maa, s. a sling. 2 0ild.26.U. An of- 
 fensive weapon of war formerly in use 
 among the Hawaiians. 1 Sam. 17:40. He 
 kaula ho(dele i ka pohaku. 
 
 2. A string of a nmsical instrument ; he 
 kaula hookani. 
 
 3. Ease of manners ; politeness gained 
 by practice. 
 
 4. Experience ; long use; frequent trial. 
 6*. A going about here and there; ka bele 
 
 wale i ia nei. 
 
 6. The name of a sea breeze at Labaina; 
 the same as aa. 
 Maa, adj. Accustomed to do a thing. 
 ler. 31:18. Practiced in any business; 
 used to. 
 
 2. Offensive in smell ; stinking. 
 
MAA 
 
 357 
 
 MAA 
 
 Ma-a-a, s. !Naineof aseabreezeatLa- 
 haina. See Maa 6 above. Makani mooa. 
 
 Maa-e-le-le, v. To be cold ; to shiver; 
 to shake with the cold ; e anuana, c haa- 
 kelte. 
 
 Ma-a-0, s. The name of a fish. 
 
 Ma-au, ». To entangle; to get one into 
 difliQulty ; to make a law or lay a kapu in 
 oriler to entrap people, aB in former timegj 
 mostly used with 
 
 2. Hoo. To give one trouble ; to afflict 
 without cause ; to persecute. Kurd. 30;7. 
 
 3. To avenge or to take vengeance. Oiiilc. 
 19:18. Syn. with hoomaubala. 
 
 Ma-au, s. Hoo. Indifference ; neglect 
 of that which is good.' 
 
 2. l'«rseoution ; tribulation | affliction. 
 
 3. Willful or needless opposition to one; 
 a going about from house to house, being 
 forward, impertinent, troublesome. 
 
 Ma-au, s. The name of a weed. 
 
 Ma-au-a, v. Hoo. To increase; to come 
 upon, as fear ; to be afraid. 
 
 Ma-au-a, s, Anytiiiing old or ancient ; 
 what is of long standing ; epithet of a per- 
 son who has lived long ; old age. 
 2. A garden ; a patch of ground. 
 
 Ma-au-a, adj. OlcLrancient ; old, as a 
 person ; long ago, as an event. 
 
 Ma-au-au, *. A poi calabash. 
 
 Ma-au-au-a, U. To have articles for 
 
 Ma-au-au-wa, J sale ; to sell goods ; to 
 peddle ; to trade ; to make market. Note. 
 This word was formerly confined to the 
 Island of Oahu; at the other islands it was 
 pieZe and kaiepa. 
 
 Ma-au-au-a, >j. a market man; a 
 
 Ma-au-au-wa, ) peddler; one who trades 
 and gets money without work. 
 
 Ma-au-au-a, adj. See Maaua. Old; 
 applied to men ; a very indefinite term. 
 
 Ma-au-e-a, adj. Lazy; manifesting a 
 lazy disposition. 
 
 Ma-a-UiLA-u-la, s. Maa and via, red. 
 A kind of red earth used in coloring, ob- 
 tained in some deep ravines. 
 
 Ma-au-po-po, adj. Thick. 
 
 Ma-a-he, ». See Ahe, a light breeze. 
 To make small ; to diminish; to reduce to 
 less Size. 
 
 Ma-a-la-hi, ». To escape from any evil 
 real or imaginary. 
 
 2. To be possessed of privileges, as an 
 intelligent pei-son over an ignorant one; 
 nolaila, inaakthi wale ka poe i'imi aku ia 
 oe (ka naauao), aohe nui ka hana. 
 
 Ma-a-la-hi, s. Nobleness ;. exultation ; 
 ka hanohano. 
 
 Ma-a-le-a, s. Maa, accustomed,and lea, 
 
 adv., very. Cunning; craft; subtlety, such 
 aa is obfainod by practice ; skill in doing 
 a thing, especially mischief, such as getting 
 the advantage of another. Luk. 20:23. 
 
 Ma-a-le-a, adj. Prudent; having fore- 
 thought; wise. 
 2. Cunning; crafty. lob. 1.5:5. 
 
 Ma-a-le-a, u. To fe wise; to be artful; 
 to be cunning ; to use policy. 
 
 2. IZoo. to act wisely ; to act skillfully, 
 &c. 
 
 Ma-a-le-a, adv. Deceitfully. Puk, 
 21:14. Cunningly ; craftily, los. 9:4, 
 
 Ma-a-li, s. Some small slender sub- 
 stance ; a piece broken off. ,See Moai.i. 
 
 Ma-/i-u, adj. Small; thin; he maawe. 
 
 Maa-li-u, v. To abate heat in any hot 
 substance. AnM. 43. 
 2, To cool or appease, as anger, SseLi-X. 
 ■ '6. IXoo. To cool ; to reduce the temper- 
 ature ; to appease the anger of any ore, 
 Hoi. 16:14. 
 
 Maa-li-li, ndj. Cooled; spoken of wfaat 
 bas been hot ; lukewarm. 
 
 2. Blasted ; stunted ; spoken of fnilfc 
 Amos 4:9. 
 
 Ma-a-lo, v. Ma and alo, to pass from 
 one place to another. To pass along by a 
 place or thing. Kanl. 2:S. 
 "2. To pass by one. lob. 9:11. 
 
 3. To pass through, as a land ; to make 
 way through a crowd. 
 
 4. To pass away, as one's glory or prop- 
 erty. Dan. 4:31. 
 
 6. To pass by, as a shadow. loJ). 4:15. 
 
 Maa-I*-A, s. The name of a bu^h or 
 
 small tree, from the bark of ^hich kapa 
 
 was made. 
 Ma-a-lo-a-ld, t>. See Maalo above. To 
 
 go frequently or quickly from place Us 
 
 place. 
 Ma-a-lo-a-lo, s. .The act of reading by 
 
 hitching along without being aide to read 
 
 fluently. 
 Maa-lo-e-m-e, », See Maloeloe. To 
 
 be weary ; to be tired ; to be heavf with 
 
 sleep, 
 MAA-HAA-tE-A, odj. The intensive of 
 
 tnaalea. Verj cunning; very crafty; more 
 
 tbAD orditonly politic. 
 
 Ma-a-ma-a-dia, v. For malamalama,ihb 
 I dropped as in the Marquesan dialect 
 Light: the opposite of darkness; ka pau 
 ana o ka manawa po, Laieik. 26. 
 
 Ma-a-ua-a-ma, adj. Light as opposed 
 
 to dark. See Malamai.aiia. 
 Ma-a-nei, I a<fc. ]^a, preposition, and 
 MA'E-NEI, > ami or end ornei.here. Here; 
 Ma-NEI, } at this place, in distinction from 
 
 some other place. Lit. At here. See Nbi. 
 
MAE 
 
 358 
 
 MAE 
 
 Ma-a-we, V, To go along a narrow 
 roajl; to -wind along, as in a crooked path. 
 
 2. Tu be Email ; to be tbin ; to be poor 
 in flesh ; hence, 
 
 3. To be weak or sickly. See Awe, the 
 strings or tails of a squid. 
 
 Ma-a-we, s. Ma and awe. See Awe- 
 awe, to be small. A small indefiuite part 
 of something ; a small substance ; a bit of 
 & string- or small piece of a rope ; a shoe 
 etring. &c. Kin. 14:23. 
 . 2. A print of a footstep ; a track ; the 
 wake of a ship ; he aweawe, me he holo 
 ana oa ka mokii. 
 
 Ma-a-we-, adj. Small; narrow; thin. 
 2. Moviug in a narrow path ; ap.plied to 
 a rond or path ; hele aku la oia i ke ala 
 riiaawe iki a ke aloha, he l^as gone in the 
 path little traveled by the loved ones. 
 
 Ma-a-we-a-we, s. Spots; variegated 
 colors on a thing ; marks making ditfereut 
 shades of colors. See Maawe and Awe. 
 
 Ma-a-we-a-we, adj. Spotted; marked? 
 variegated with small changes of color or 
 f(^m, , ■ 
 
 MaiA-we-u-la, s. Mamoe a.niula,Tei; 
 btfiwa. , A. path or road so much trodden 
 as to cause the Ved or brown earth to ap- 
 pear.^ 
 
 Ma-a-we-lo-lo-aI s. Madwe and loloa, 
 long. The warp of olotli. Oihk. 1S-A8. 
 
 Ma-a-we-po-ko-p/j-ko, *. Maavie and 
 . pokopoko, short The filling or. woof of 
 cloth. Oihk. 13:48. 
 
 Mae, v. To blast ; to wither ; to fade. 
 
 1. "to wfther, as the petals of flowers or 
 leaves of vegetables ; e loha ka lau o ka 
 laau, e maloo. 
 
 2. To roll up, as the leaves of vegetables 
 in drought (kindred wifhr'?»iat, sick.) See 
 Ma. 
 
 3. To piiie aww', as persons with disease, 
 i. e., to perish. Hal. 18:45. 
 
 4. To i(ass away, as a people ; to disap- 
 pear, as a judgment from heaven. OHik. 
 26:39. - 
 
 Mae, s. See Mai. A species of sick- 
 ness ; a pain in the bowels. 
 
 Mae, adj. Blasted, as fruit ; withered, 
 as a flower or a leaf. ■ 
 
 2. Faded, as a color. , • 
 
 3. Sad ; sober, as a person disappjinted 
 in his expectations. 
 
 Ma-e-a, adj. Ma and^ea,. strong smell- 
 iilg^ Bad smelling; strong; unpleasaui to 
 the smell ; banna. . ' . , 
 
 Ma-e-a-e-a, adj. Ma and eaea, strong 
 
 smelling. See Ba. Turbulent; refractory. 
 
 . 2. Strong in disobedience, as a child that 
 
 refuses obedience to his parents and runs 
 
 away ; not under restraint. 
 
 3. Strong physically ; he keiki maeaea, 
 
 a strong child ; maeaea i ka holo, swift to* 
 run ; huteaea i ka hana, strong for work. 
 Mae-e-le, v. Mae and ele, an intensive. 
 To be void of pi'oper feeling, as a leg or an 
 , arm from the want of proper circulation of 
 blood. AncU. 49. Ua maeele kona puuwai 
 i ke aloha. 
 
 2. To^be benumbed ; to be insensible to 
 the touch ; maeel» oia no kona kaikiiahine 
 opiopio. - Zaieik'. 176. » - 
 
 3. Soo. To be touched with sympathy ; 
 to have feeling for one. Laieik. 74. 
 
 Mae-e-le, s. Numbnes? of any part 
 when the circulation of blood is retarded ; 
 ka pilikia loa o na aalolo no ka noho man 
 ana ma ka aoao hookahi. Note. — Hawai- 
 ians express a strong internal glow of love 
 for a person by the term maeele, equivalent 
 to the external feelipg of a limb when the- 
 flow of blood has for a time been stopped 
 or retarded and the limb, in common lan- 
 guage, is said to be asleep ; he mea e ka 
 radeeh o kc alii waliine i ke aloha, Zaieik. 
 205. 
 
 2. Hardness and numbness of any part. 
 
 3. The c'cnsation of a female daring the 
 time of gestation. 
 
 Mae-£-le, adj. Benumbed; he maeele 
 no ka lima ; void of feeling, as a l^g or an . 
 ^rm which has its circulation stopped. 
 2. Filthy ; polluted. See Paei.e. ' 
 
 Ma-e-ha-b-ha, s. Ma and ehaeha, pain. 
 Twilight ; dusk of the evening when it is 
 painful for the eyes to see. 
 
 Mae-mae, v. To be pure; to be clean; 
 to be without defilement physically or mor- 
 ally I to be free from any wrong done to 
 another. Oih. 20:26. 
 
 2. JEToo. To cleanse ; to make clean ; to 
 purify naturally, morally or ceremonially; 
 e hoopau i ka pelapela. OiUc. 8:15, 
 
 3. To sanctify; to cleanse what has been 
 impure. los. 7:13. 
 
 4. To dry ; to put up to dry. 
 
 Mae-mae, *. Cleanness ; purity, either 
 physical or moral; a separation from what 
 is wrong ; a s6parating between igood and 
 evil. 
 
 Mae-mae, adj. Clean r pure ; free from 
 defilement morally. OUik. 11:44. 
 
 2. Glorious; good. 
 
 3. Dried ; put in a situation to dry. 
 
 Ma-e-nei, adv. See Maanei. Ma and 
 enei ox nei. ■ See Nei. Hel^ ; in this place. 
 Nal. 22:7. Here, i. e., in this life, in dis- 
 tinction from another. iE*. 7:8. Ma oka, 
 puka, a maenei o ka puka, that side of the 
 door, and this side of the door. 
 
 Ma-e-no-e-no, t>. Ma and eno, to, be 
 wild. To be jealdus ; to entertain jealous 
 thoughts. . 
 
 Ma-e-wa, v. Ma and ewa, to bend out 
 
Mai 
 
 359 
 
 MAI 
 
 of shape. To be tremulous ; to bfi unsta- 
 ble, as any substance unfixed. 
 
 2. To he led crookedly ; e kaiewa. 
 
 3. To be blown here and there, as the 
 spray of the surf by the wind ; e hoopu- 
 ehala e ka wai. 
 
 4. To mock; to. revile; to treat with 
 scorn ; to make ashamed ; to reproach one 
 with some base act of which he is not guilty. 
 Soo. The same. 
 
 M.A-E-WA-E-WA, V. Intensive of maewa. 
 To abuse; to mock, &a. Soo. To trouble; 
 to vex; to ridicule. 1 JfaZ. 18:27. To 
 abuse ; to treat vilely Or contemptuously. 
 15am. 31:4. To suffer affliction. Iofc.5:10. 
 
 Ma-e-wa-e-wa, s. a reproach; a scorn- 
 ing. See MakWa. ," 
 
 2. The cutting of the hair irregnlaHy on 
 account of the death of a chief or relative. 
 
 Ma-S-wa-E-wa, adj. Reproaching. SoZ. 
 17:5. Scorning. 
 
 Mai, v. See Mae, to fade, &c. Tq be 
 ,or to fall sick. 2 Sam. 12:l'o. To be dis- 
 eased ; to be unwell. loan. 11:1, 3. 
 
 Mai, v. Oia kekahi mea e hooheehee 
 ai ka ai, alalia mai iho la. Anat. 52. 
 
 Mai, s. Sickness generally ; illness ; 
 disease ; mat ahulau, mai luktt, a pesti- 
 lence; mai eha nui, a painful disease; mai 
 pehu, the dropsy. 
 
 2. The private parts of men or women ; 
 ka malo, oia ka wawae e paa ai ka mai; 
 mai will, the venereal disease or gonorrhea. 
 
 Mai, adj. Sick; diseased; weak. 
 
 Mai, prep. From, as from a person, 
 place or tWng ^ojcen of. 
 
 2. Towards a persoil; place or thing 
 speaking, and repeated after the noun when 
 the motion is towiards the person spealdng; 
 otherwise aim or a« i^ used; as, mai Kanai 
 mai, from Kauai, (here) this way ; mai 
 iflonolnlu afcu a i Kailna, from Honolulu 
 onward to Kailna. Oram. § 75. 
 
 Mai, adv. An adverb of prohibition; 
 before a verb it is used imperatively for 
 prohibiting; mai hele oe, do»'i you go; mai 
 hana hou aku, do it not again. It is often 
 used wi& noho a in a prohibitory sense ; 
 as, mai noiho onkou a hana kolohe, do not 
 do mischief. See Noho. 
 
 Mai, adv. Almost; nearly; near to; 
 exposed to j'about to be ; mai ike ole oe 
 ia'u, you were near never seeing me } mai 
 make au, I waa'aimost dead| mostly tised 
 in the beji^ning of a sfelitbnce. 
 
 Mai-a, s. The plantain, the banana and 
 its different varieties; a fruit kapn for 
 women to eat in ancient timei. 
 
 Mai-a, v. To chew in the mouth ; -to 
 masticate ; to soften for strallowing. 
 
 Mai-a, adj. Chewred ; ground up in the 
 mouth ; masticated ; hoowaliia. 
 
 Mai-ao, s. A toe or finger nail; the 
 hoof of a beast ; the claws of a bird or an- 
 imal. See Maiuu. 
 
 Mai-au, s. Natural skill ; ingenuity ; 
 wisdom. lob. 11:6. Syn. with noiau. , 
 
 2. The itch; same as kakio; more cor- 
 rectly written meaii. 
 
 Mai-au, adj. Neat; cleanly. 
 
 2. Industrious ; (ioiistantly employed. 
 
 3. Skillful ; ingenious ; expert at doing 
 various kinds of bnsiness. 
 
 4. Ready and correct in speaking ; o ka 
 hana maiaix,, he bipapalale ole, he noiau, 
 he papalale ole. Note. — Thi^ epithet apr 
 plies to men chiefly ; the same quality ap- 
 plied tOjWomen is Joia. 
 
 Mai-a-ku-ka-na-lo-a, s. Maia and ku- 
 kanaloa, a speciesof bainana. A thin, shriv- 
 eled or blasted banana. FiG.-Any fruit 
 blasted or shriveled up. 
 
 MAi-A-Hn-tAu, s. Mai, sickness, and 
 ahvlau, pestilence. A general sickness 
 among the people ; a piestilenee. Ikek. 
 12:16. See Ahci^d. 
 
 Mai-a-pi-lo, s. The name of a shrub or 
 tree. 
 
 Mai-e-le, s. Acknowledge of the use of 
 words in a language. 
 
 2. Skill in using words. See Noili. 
 
 3. Asking questions with skill, so as to 
 puzzle one. 
 
 Mai-e-u, s. The name of thick brush 
 growing on the tops of the mountains. Se^ 
 
 PCPDSBAWJB., 
 
 Mam, v. To sprout Of grow, as a plant; 
 . to open or spread out ; to unfold, as a 
 
 flower. • . 
 Mai-ii, «. iMa^' sickness, and ii, heavy. 
 
 A pi^ in the bapk. 
 
 2. Fatigue from lying loog on one side. 
 
 3. The name of a species of fish ; same 
 as the mtAko.' ., 
 
 Mai-o, s. A sickaiess reducing the pa- 
 tient's flesh, like consumption; consump- 
 tion ; the ph&isic ; he mai e wiwi ai ke 
 kino a olala. 
 
 Mai-o, «. A toe or finger nail, &c. See 
 Maiao above. 
 
 Mai-o, d. To scratch or mark with the 
 nail or pointed instrhment. 
 
 Mai-o-ia, v. To scratch or mark with 
 a knife or one's nail. 
 
 Ma-io-io, adj. Uneven; some short 
 some long, as hair cut unevenly. 
 
 Mai-uu, s. See Maiao. A nail of a fin- 
 ger or toe ; a hoof of a beast Isa. 5:28, 
 Maiuu mahele, a cloven foot. Eani. 14:C. 
 E oki i ka jmduu, to pare the nails. £mi. 
 21:12. 
 
 Mai-ha, v. Ma and iha, to \k) intent 
 upon. To be energetic; to be Intent on 
 
MAI 
 
 360 
 
 MAI 
 
 doing a thing ; to act perseveringly in a 
 
 cause ; to fix the mind upon. 
 Ma-i-he, v. JUa and i^, to peel oflF. To 
 ' strip off, as ttie bark ftom a tree; to scrape 
 
 off. See Maibi. 
 Mai-he, ^ j_ jlai^ sickness, and 
 
 Mai-he-he, > hee, to run or flow. A 
 Mai-HEE-h;ee, ) boil ; a running sore ; a 
 
 Mister. Pwfc. 9:9. .. - 
 
 Ma-i-hi, V. Ma and iki, to peel. To 
 
 strip off; to peel, as the outside of fruit ; 
 
 to skin, as an animal ; to strip «ff, as the 
 
 bark of a tree. 
 Mji-i-m, adj. Stripped ; peeled ; every- 
 thing outride taken off. 
 JIa-i-hm-u, V, Maiki and Ui, the skin. 
 
 Lit. To strip off the akin. 
 
 2. To strip one of property; to leave one 
 destitute. 
 
 3. To lay a tax so as to take all the peo- 
 Vle have except their persons. 
 
 Ma-i-hi-i-u, s. One who strips another 
 
 of all he has ; a skinflint 
 Mai-hi-lo, s. Mai, sickness, and Mo, a 
 
 running sore. The venereal disease ; the 
 
 gonorrhea. See Maiwiu. 
 Mai-ho-L£, s. Name, of d species of fish. 
 Mai-hu-li, *. Presents made at the birth 
 
 of a child. See Fal^xa. 
 Mai-ka, v. To play at the gune called 
 ' maUca; it consisted in rolling a round 
 
 smooth stone called ulu or olohu ; it was 
 
 connected with betting. 
 2. Eoo. To exercise at matte; ehoopiaa 
 
 lewalewa. 
 
 ' 3. To exercise violently, as at maifca. 
 
 4. To be fotigued with hard exercise. 
 
 Mai-ka, t. The name of an ancient pky. 
 
 2. The name' of Qie stone used in the 
 gaibeof maite. 
 
 3. Fatigue, psun or weariness from play- 
 iagrruuka. 
 
 4. Fatigue, lameness, &c., from any cause. 
 
 Mai-ka, adj. Weary; fatigued; lame. 
 
 Mai-kai, adj. Externally good; hand- 
 some; beautiful ; he wahhie maka maikai, 
 a handsome woman. 
 
 2. liorally good ; upright ; correct ; ex- 
 cellent. 
 
 3. The sum of external excellence in con- 
 duct. 
 
 Ma'i-kai, t. Beauty; external excellence 
 of persons or things. 
 
 2. Beauty of personal appearance; hele- 
 helena mailcaxi Eset. 1:11. 
 
 3. Groodnese ; that which is excellent in 
 moral conduct ; uprightness. 
 
 4. The sum of various external exoellen- 
 sies ; na like ka maikai. me ka nani, ame 
 ka hemolele, ame ka mimo, ame ka pono, 
 ame ka pnnakai ole. ame ka aaliihoio manu. 
 
 Mai-kai, v. To be handsome; to be ex- 
 'ternally good ; to be pleasing to file sight. 
 
 2. To be of use; to be useful; to benefit; 
 to be good. 
 
 3. Eoo. To make good ; to repair what 
 has been wasted, lost or destroyed. • 2 OM. 
 24:4. To supply a deficiency; to -set things 
 in order ; to regulate. 
 
 4. To treat kindly; to speak favorably 
 of. Sn. 12:15. ; 
 
 5. To bless ; to praise, as in worship. 
 
 6. FasHv&y, to oauso to be blessed ; to 
 pronounce a blessing upon. 
 
 7. To honor ; to reverence, as a worthy 
 character. Fuk. 20:12^ 
 
 8. To exalt ; to extol.; to glorify. . 
 Mai-kai-ka, V. Hoo. The intensive of 
 
 manka. To play hard aad long at the game 
 of maika. 
 2. To be wearied ; to be fatigued. 
 
 Mai-kai-ka, adj. Tired ; weaiied, as a 
 person from labor or exercise. 
 
 MAi>KA-HiT-Li-Fir, s. One of the names 
 of the god who assisted in restoring and 
 righting canoes when upset in the ocean. 
 See ElAhakahdufi;. 
 
 Mai-ka-kai, adj. 
 
 Mai*ke-i-zi, s. JUot, sickness, and A«iib', 
 diild. Pregnancy ; tite sickness of preg- 
 nancy. 
 
 Ma-i-ee-i-k£, «. JI2aanduletie,toknow 
 clearly. To declare ; to set fbrth. Hoo. 
 I^e same. 
 
 M™w.!*-^«p««««°ffi^^- 
 
 Mai-ko-la, aij. Worthless; triflmg; 
 used in provoMng or irritating language. 
 See Naieola, Akola and Aieola. 
 
 MA-i-iE, s. Name of a vine with green 
 odoriferous leaves, of which wreaths are 
 made ; alyxia oUvseformis. 
 
 2. The name ofa cert^ chief woman 
 who lived in former times. 
 
 3. The name of the rod used in playing 
 at puheneheno and other games. ZaieiJc. 
 114. See Mailepdhbsehbne. 
 
 Ma-i-le-ka-ka-hi-ki, s. a shrub vriiose 
 
 branches and leaTes are odoriferous; he 
 
 laalaau liilii hohono. 
 Ma-i-le-pu-he-ne-he-ne, s. The rod 
 
 used in playing at the puhenehene which 
 
 was sttucKon a bunch of kapa. 
 Ma-i-m, *. Name of a soft porous stone. 
 Mai-,lo, v. Probably contraction of mai 
 
 too. To be thin or spare, as one wasted 
 
 away with long sickness; ua hole kona mai 
 
 a nwnjlo, 
 Mai-lo, adj. Thin; spare; wasted away; 
 
 applied to sick persons ; mailo ke kanaka. 
 Mai-lo-i-hi, s. Mai, sickness, and l<nld. 
 
MAI 
 
 361 
 
 MAO 
 
 long. He nonopaps, he piliaiku; he mai 
 papaakai. 
 
 MaitLT7-n A,. coOTp. firep. and adv. Mai, 
 from, and luna, above. From above. Isa. 
 32:15. TheauiheleofZuna. Gram. ^ 16 L 
 
 Mai-mai, v. Intensive of mai, sick. To 
 be sick ; to be weak^ to be feeble. 
 
 2. Hoo. To feign sickness; to pretend to 
 be sick. . 2 Soto. 13:5, 6. 
 
 Mai-iIai, s. Languor; feebleness; some- 
 what sick ; unwell.^ 
 
 Mai-mai, adj. Feeble; languid; weak. 
 
 Mai-mai, v. Formed from mai express- 
 ing motion towards one. See Mai, pr^. 
 To call one to come; to invite towards one; 
 to call, as in calling chfckens; e hea, e ko- 
 lokblo aku i ka moa ; to call fowls. See 
 
 KOLOKOLO. 
 
 Mai-mc-li, comp. prep: Mai, from, anM 
 TOtt/i, after. Prom after, i. e., from follow- 
 ing after one ; ihairritdi ona aku. JVoft, 
 32:15. See Grammar § 161. 
 
 Ma-i-no, v. Ma and ewo, to hurt; to in- 
 jure. To be the cause of evil or injury to 
 one. 
 
 2. jBoo. To hurt; to afflict; to make mis- 
 erable by evil treatment. 
 
 Ma-i-no-i-no, v. The intensive ofmaino. 
 To afflict ;, to abuse ; to bring evil upon. 
 
 3. Hoo. To suflfer from perverse treat- 
 mejit. ' "^ 
 
 3. TSo torment ; to afflict ; to trouble; to 
 curse ; to be under a curse. &al. 1:8. 
 
 4. To strip one of property; to make one 
 ashamed. 
 
 6. To betray ; to deceive ; to persecute. 
 
 Ma-i-no-i-no, s. a defacing or marring 
 the beauty of a thing, as the countenance. 
 Isa. 52:14. 
 2. .Hoo. Affliction ; persecution. 
 
 Ma-i-no-i-no, adj. Reproachful; mock- 
 ing; causing shame. Boo. Despiteful; 
 sneering ; contemptuous. 
 
 Ma-i-no-i-no, adv. Miserably; with 
 much suffering, ier. 16:4. fibo. With great 
 suffering ; ?riSi severity ; severely painiiil. 
 2 Pet. 2:6. . 
 
 Mai-no-ho, adv. prohib. See Mai, for- 
 bidding; Do not (followed by a before a 
 verb); mainoho a faana pela, do not so. 
 Mainoko is sometimes printed in one word, 
 sometimes in two. Neh. 8:10, 11. 
 
 MAi-ptr-HA, s. Mai, disease, and puha, 
 to burst or break, as a boil. A9 ulcer-; a 
 running sore. 
 
 Mai-wae-na, comp. prep. From out cf; 
 ft'om the midst of. Oram. § 161. 
 
 Mai-wi-li, s. Mai, sickness, and wili, 
 to writhe in pain. An incessant pain or 
 sore; a sore constantly running. See Mai- 
 
 HILO. 
 
 46 
 
 Ma-o, v. To carry; to bear off; to carry 
 away. 
 
 2. To separate; to take to another place; 
 to pass off or away, as a cloud or fog. 
 Laieik. 90. ; 
 
 3. To hush np; to quiet; to make an end. 
 
 4. To fade, as a decaying plant. 
 
 5. To corrupt, as a dead body. 
 Mai-o, s. A_kind of shrub used in dye- 
 ing kapa. 
 
 2. A blossom of thai shrub. 
 
 3. The name of a species of flsh. 
 
 4. The name of a great heiau: 
 
 5. A moving along ; a change of posi- 
 tion, ^s a body of persons. Laieik. 49. 
 
 Ma-o, adj. Se^iaied; quiet, as in a 
 retreat from danger ; kuu po moo ole ma- 
 kole ka la. 
 
 2. Meek ; mild ; gentle ; applied to per- 
 sons. 
 
 3. Applied to colors, green ; greenish ; 
 also bine. See Maomao. 
 
 Ma-o, comp. prep. Ma, preposition, and 
 0, there. Lit. At there. Yonder ; there ; 
 sdme place not far off; mao akn, beyond'; 
 mao mai, from over there this way. Oram. 
 § 161. 
 
 Ma-o-a, v.' To be dry ; to be hard ; to 
 be cracked, as the skin. 
 
 2. To be painful, as a sore made by fric- 
 tion of the skin. See Maoha. 
 
 Ma-o-a, *. A sore caused by the fric- 
 tion of the malo between the legs during a 
 long journey; he mai ma kapakapa, be eha 
 
 1 ka manawa e hole loihi ai; a sore, also, on 
 the legs or feet; maloeloe na wawae, mawi 
 na uha mamae. 
 
 Ma-o-e-a, adj. Tired; weary; lazy. 
 Ma-oi, v. Ma and ot, to exceed. To be 
 bold ; to be forward with strangers. 
 
 2. To assert one's rights with confidence. 
 
 2 Kor. 11:21. To act the soldier. 
 
 3. To be intrusive'; to be inquisitive re- 
 specting forbidden things. Eol. 2:18. 
 
 Ma-oi, s. Boldness; arrogance; for- 
 wardness. 
 
 Ma-oi, at^y. Bold; forward; fearless; 
 shameless. 
 
 Ma-oi-oi, v. See Ma and Oioi, proje'ct- 
 ing. To be rough ; to bo uneven ; to be 
 Irregular. 
 
 Ma-oi-oi, adj. Uneven; notched.; pro- 
 jecting, as a rough board or one that is 
 split crookedly ; zigzag, as a line; aliali, 
 nihomole. 
 
 Ma-o-ha, v. To rub; to chafe, as the 
 skin ; to make a sore. 
 
 Ma-o-ha, adv. Appearing gray or whit- 
 ish, as tops of mountains at a distance ;. 
 kupu maoha ke kilakila o na kuabiwi; ap 
 plied also to a person when he begins to 
 grow gray. 
 
MAO 
 
 362 
 
 MAU 
 
 Ma-o-ha, adj. Grayish, as the whitish 
 
 feathers of a black bird ; ka iw«, he manu 
 
 nui ia, he eleele kona hutu, he maoM, kahi 
 
 hnttt. 
 2. An affectionate salutation betireen 
 
 persons for some time absent. 
 Ma-o-ki, s. Ma and oki, to cut. Any- 
 
 tl^ing cut up in pieces ; pieces cut short. 
 -'% A vulgar and incorrect pronunciation 
 
 for the word maoli. 
 Ma-0-ki-o-ki, adj. Spotted; variegated; 
 
 having different colors. 
 Ma-o-li, s. a species of banana; the 
 
 long dark colored plantain ; he maia eile- 
 
 ele loloa. 
 Ma-o-li, adj. Indigenous in distinction 
 
 ftom foreign; native; real in distinctioD 
 
 A-om fictitious ; true; genuine. 
 Ma-o-li, adv. Really; truly; without 
 
 doubt 
 2. An intensive added to other epithets 
 
 to Strengthen them; he lio kolohe hana ino 
 
 maoli. 
 Ma-o-li-a, adj. Dia^ra out and dimin- 
 
 isaed, as an elastic substance, a rope or 
 
 other thing. 
 Ma-o-m-ha, s. The ancient name of 
 
 the strings or net for a calabash, cquiva^ 
 
 lent to the modern word kolco; na kapaia 
 
 koko a maoloha ia koko. See Koko. 
 
 Ma-o-lu, adj. Muddy; sinking dovm, 
 
 a? in a guagmire; pohopoho, m6olu,noolu, 
 
 nenela. 
 Ma-o-ma-o, adj. See Mao. Green, as 
 
 vegetation ; dark blue. See Oxaohao. 
 Ma-o-ma-o, s. Green verdure; thick 
 
 grass aiid bushes ; a forest. 
 
 2. A species of fish living near banks 
 and shallow places. 
 
 3. Applied to clouds, bluish green ; he 
 ao maomao. 
 
 MA-o-MA-o-pdWo-LE, *. The name of a 
 
 species of fish' See above. 
 Ma-o-na, b. Ife and offlfl, drunk. To be 
 
 stuffed, as in eating ; to be filled, as with 
 
 food. Kaid. 31:20. To eat to satiety ; to 
 
 be satisfied with food. 
 
 2. To have one's desire upon an enemy. 
 Puk. ]6;9. 
 
 3. Boo. To fill with food; tosatisfyone's 
 self by eating. Bal. 103:5. 
 
 Ma-o-na, s. Fullness; satiety. 
 Ma-o-na, adj. Filled; satisfied; -dis* 
 
 tended, ae -tliq stomach with food. 
 Ma-o-pa-o-pa, aflj. Ma and opaopa. See 
 
 Opa, lame. Weary from walking j lame ; 
 
 fatigued. 
 Ma>o-p6-po, v. J!fo and opo, clear; plain; 
 
 even. To be plain; to be clear to the sight 
 
 or senses. 
 
 2. To be clear and explicit to the under- 
 standing ; to be not doubtful. 
 
 3. Hoo. To understand Clearly ; to com- 
 prehend the meaning of a word or expres- 
 sion ; to bare a clear understanding of a 
 thing. 
 
 4. To credit ; to trust. 
 
 5. To appoint, as an evil, i. e., to l;>ring 
 evil or » curse upon one. Oihk. 26:16. 
 
 6. To appoint or set, as a time ; to ap- 
 point a concerted signal.^ Xtmfc. '20:38. 
 
 7. To set apart; to designate, as a place 
 for doing a thing. 
 
 Ma-o-po-po, s. Clearness; that which 
 is explicit, as a natural or moral truth; not 
 liable to ifiistake. 
 
 2. Ibxt. A clearing up of what id donbt- 
 M. 
 
 3. An interpretation or an explanation 
 of a fcreign language. 
 
 Ma-o-po-po, adj. Plajn ; clear to the 
 senses or to the understanding; not doubt- 
 ful ; ready; in a state of preparedness to 
 act. 
 
 2. Generous ; friendly; obliging ; maha- 
 maha, lanna. 
 
 Ma-o-po-po, adv. Clearly; evidently; 
 plainly. 
 
 Mau, v. To repeat often or frequently, 
 as in counting ; to do over and over the 
 same thing ; ua mau, ka ua o Hilo. 
 
 2. To continue; to endure; to persevere; 
 e hiki ia oe ka ttmu ana (a gerundive form), 
 
 ■ you will arrive at endurance, i. e., you will 
 be able to eoidxime. 
 
 3. To continue; to remain perpetually; 
 to be evermore. Oihk. 13:28. to ''ave con- 
 tinually.' loan. 12:8. E mau i ka hele, to 
 be constantly going. 
 
 4. To persevere; to preserve constancy; 
 to flow on ever, as a living stream of water; 
 e k^e mau, o pio ole ka wai. 
 
 5. Hoo. To persevere; to continue in the 
 same state in which one is ; ke koomau nei 
 no ia man mea pono ole, they still conHmM 
 to practice those evil things, 
 
 6.' To continue in the same place or sr-jie 
 business. OUt. 1:14. 
 7. To remain in force, as a law or statrte. 
 
 Mau, v. (A word of this orthography 
 is used in several senses, some of which 
 are nearly opposite, but the pronunciation 
 is slightly changed.) See Matto. 
 
 1. To be dry; to stop flowing, as a liquid. 
 2JVaZ. 4:6. •" '' 6> h 
 
 2. To terminate, as the catamenial period. 
 
 3. .Hoo. To fit or tie on, as sandals or 
 shoes. See Hawrle. 
 
 4. To fill with water ; to wet ; to soak 
 up, as a sponge. 
 
 6. To water; to irrigate land. Isa 27:3. 
 6. To stock or plant ground with ver- 
 dure. 
 
MAU 
 
 363 
 
 MAU 
 
 7. Mau for mauu. To moiaten; to be 
 moistened or wet ( to soak. 
 Ma-u, s. Dampness ; moisture ; cool- 
 ness, as the air around a shady moist place. 
 Ilai. 32:4. See Maud. Also written ma'u. 
 % The iiamc of the region on the sides 
 of mountains next below the waoakaa ; 
 also called voaakanaka, i e., where men 
 rnay live. 
 
 3. ^ species of small bulrush growing 
 in damp places; green grass. See Hauu. 
 
 4. Dryness, from No. 1 of th^ preceding 
 word ; the period in each . month of the 
 sickness of fethales, especially Uie termina- 
 tion of that period ; k« hiki i ko lakou wa 
 e mau ai. 
 
 Mait, adj. Statedly occurring; con- 
 stant; contianous; evermore; never ceas- 
 ing. 
 
 2. From mavM. Moist ; wet ; cool. 
 
 3. Obscnred by the eun, as tbo stars in 
 the murning. 
 
 4. Ceasing to flow, as the eatamenia. 
 Laieik. 173. 
 
 Mau, adv. Frequently; continually; 
 perpetually. 
 
 Ma'u, s. Nameof a plant on the moun- 
 tains, eaten for food in time of scarcity. 
 
 Mau. a sign of the dual or plural num- 
 ber. See Mau, i;. 
 
 1, Two or a couple for the dual. 
 
 2. Some, Bcvcral, a number, as a sign of 
 
 the plural. Notk Mau did not fonnerly 
 
 apply to a; great number; in modern times 
 the application extends to a larger num- 
 ber. Oram. § 85, 86, 90. 
 
 Mau-a, pers. pron. dual. We two, viz.: 
 those who are speaking, but not including 
 any who are addressed. 
 
 Mau-a, adj. Large; many. 
 
 2. Close ; stingy ; illiberal ; obstinate. 
 See Makona. He kanaka maua. 
 
 3. Lame ; sore ; stiff, as wiUi walking. 
 
 Mau-a, s. The name of a tree, timber 
 good for boards. 
 
 Mau-a, adv. See Mau. Often or con- 
 stantly repeated; loaa mau mai, mau maua, 
 hiki.pinepine mai. 
 
 Mau-aa-li-na, v. To be heavy or hard 
 upon, as two men contending ; to seize ; 
 to force one to do a thing ; to use force 
 upon. 
 
 Mad-aa-li-na, adj. Powerful; conquer- 
 ing; overcoming.'; strong. 
 
 Mau-ae, v. To exchange a thing dif- 
 ferently from what was first agreed npon. 
 2. io vary in statement ; to say and un- 
 say. 
 
 Mau-ae, s. A crack or cleft in a rock. 
 Puk. 33:22. 
 
 Mau-ai, s. a space between two boards; 
 
 a crack ; a cleft ; perhaps a wrong orthog- 
 raphy for mauae. 
 
 Mau-a-ka-la, v. To laugh. Hoo. To 
 laugh with scorn or contempt ; to deride ; 
 to insult 
 2. E hoomabuakala, e hoopobala.^ 
 
 Mau-e-le, 0. To be lazy ; to be idle. 
 2. To waste or spend time in doing noth- 
 ing. 
 . 3. To be indifferent as to future good or 
 evil. See Mauw£i.e. 
 
 Mau-i-ib, adj. Lazy ; indolent ; going 
 about 4oing nothing; acting the vagabond. 
 
 Mau-j, s. Name of one of the Hawai- 
 ian Islands. 
 
 Mau>i, s. Pain from a broken or frac- 
 tured limb ; ka eba, ka faaki. 
 
 Mau-i« adj. Broken; fractured; pain- 
 ful, as a broken limb. 
 
 Mau-i, v. See Mauu, To moisten ; to 
 make wot. 
 
 2. To wring the stem of a bunch of ba- 
 nanas to cause it to ripen. Hoo. Rhoopa- 
 lapalani, e hoomakankanca. 
 
 Ma-hu, v. See Mau. To moisten; to 
 wet Sol. 80:16. 
 
 2. To make a noise in swallowing water. 
 
 3. To work up the saliva of the mouth 
 into froth. 
 
 4. J?oo. To make wet ; to moisten. 
 Ma-uu, *. The noise made by swallow- 
 ing a liquid. 
 
 2. A general name for green herbs, grass, 
 seeds, rushes, shrubbery, straw, &c. Kin. 
 1:11, 12. Mami uliuli, green herbs. Hoik. 
 8:7. JMauu maloo, hay. Kin.2i:25. Grass; 
 straw, &c. Note. — ^Gonneoted with mauu 
 is the idea of moisture, greenness and cool- 
 ness. 
 
 3. Coolness as connected with green ver- 
 dure. 
 
 Ma-uu, adj. Green; moist; refreshing, 
 
 as a cool breeze ; cool. 
 Mau-uu-lii-lii, s. EaTth that is little 
 
 wet ; vegetation that partially grows and' 
 
 covers the ground. 
 Mau-uu-li-po, s. Mauu, and li'po, dark 
 
 Dark green verdure, as in a dark forest. 
 Mau-u-la-i-li, «. A poisonous plant 
 
 used to burn and scarify the skin. 
 Mau-ha, adj. Weary; fatigued; slow; 
 
 lazy; indolent. 
 Mau-haa-le-le, s. The shadow of death; 
 
 death shade. See Malukoi. • '- 
 
 Mau-haa-le-le-a, s. Epithet of the 
 
 man sacriGced on cutting down the ohia 
 
 tree to make a god ; the man thus sacri- 
 Gced was a kanaka mmiivMUlm,. 
 Mau-haa-li-na, c. To bore or pierce a 
 
 hole in a hard rock. 
 2. To carry a heavy burden on the back 
 
MAU 
 
 364 
 
 MAU 
 
 until fatigued; expressions for hard slavish 
 work; ke mamaalina ae la mauka oMake- 
 ahi. 
 
 Mah-ha-la, ». MaUylo coniinue, and 
 hala, offense. To keep up a grudge against 
 one; to remember his offense. Hoo. To be 
 offended with one; to have a supposed 
 cause of enmity ; to lay up or remember 
 the offense of one. 2 Sam. 19:19. To bear 
 a grudge. Oihic. 19:18. To reserve anger. 
 Is<t. 3:5. 
 
 Mao-ha-la, s. Hoo. Envy ; revenge ; 
 malice. 1 Kor. 5:8. Ka manao ino; a bad 
 feeling towards one. 
 
 Mau-Ka, s. The name of a play ; ao i 
 ka bana ana i ka mauka ; c kalai i ka po- 
 hakn pouo i ka mauka. 
 
 Ma-tt-ka, adv. Ma, preposition, and »^a, 
 inland. Inland, in a direction Opposite to 
 the sea; opposite to makai, towards the 
 sea. 
 
 Mau-koi, s. Mmi and hoi, perhaps for 
 koe, an angle worm. An angling rod. ; 
 
 Mau-ko-li, v. Mpoi and koli, to trim or 
 pare off. To divide out food sparingly 
 each day for one's self or ffjmily in a time 
 of famine; also, to divide out waterlntime 
 of drought 
 
 2. To make an offering stingily or on a 
 small scale to the gods. ~ 
 
 3. To live along from day to day when 
 one is expected to die. -... 
 
 i. To be constant: to be persevering; 
 ke maukoli nei i ka nana, i ka hele, aohe 
 molowa. 
 
 6. To make or to bo small or little ; to 
 draw out into fineness. 
 Mau-ko-u, s. The worship or sacrifice 
 rendered to the gods. 
 
 2. One who worships or sacrifices to ibe 
 gods. 
 
 3. Any small diminutive thing ; he ma- 
 awe. 
 
 MA-u-Ka-Ka, s. Mau, .grass, and kuku, 
 to stand erect. A spe6ies of low grass 
 growing on the sand in certain places. 
 
 Ma-u-le, ». Ma and vie, to swing. To 
 be weak or faint through great fear or suf- 
 fering. 
 
 2. With rmau, to faint from hearing 
 8tr*nge or exciting news. Sin. 45:26. 
 
 3. To be dispirited ; to lose courage. 
 
 4. To be dizz^ or weak through dizSness. 
 
 5. To be faint through fasting. Mai. 
 15:32. 
 
 6. lloo. To consume ; to cause to fail, 
 isa. 64:7. 
 
 MA'U-iE, ». A dispirited State of mind ; 
 weakness ; faintnoss. Oihk. 26:36. Dizzi- 
 ness. 
 
 Ma-u-i,?, adj. Faint; weak; fearful; 
 fi{inttieai.tcd ; dizzy; poniunio. 
 
 Ma-u-le-u-le, v. Intensive of maule. 
 
 To be faint for want of food. Mar. 8:3. 
 Mau-le-ho, t. Mau and leho, a bunch 
 
 on the shoulder from carrying burdens. To 
 
 make or continue a hard bunch on the 
 
 body from hard labor. 
 
 2. JIoo. To cause one to work hard and 
 continuously.. 
 
 3. To oppress with hard labor unrequited. 
 MatU-li, s. The name of the first day 
 
 of the new moon. 
 
 2. "An obscure cloud seen at a distance; 
 he rriavli ua paha. 
 
 3. A shoot, as from the root of a tree or 
 vegetable, as from kalo or banana ; pod- 
 iemy, from persons, as chiefs; y.iavli au 
 honua, a descendant (of chiefs) from an- 
 cient times. 
 
 Ma-d-li-a-wa, ». Ma and 2<2e, to gargle, 
 and awa, bitter. T'o hiccough; to gasp for 
 breath ; to be faint ; to. be dizzyl 
 
 Ma-u-li-a-wa^ s. The hiccough ; a gasp- 
 ing for breath ; a hard breathing. 
 
 Mau-li-hi-u-hi, v. Man and Wd, edge. 
 To hang by the edge, i. e., to be fastened 
 slightly ; to adhere, but without tenacity ; 
 e pili iki. " ^ 
 
 Mau-li-hi-li-hi, adj. Slightly fast^ed.; 
 not stroDgly put together. 
 
 Ma-u-li-na, s. Ma and idina^ tough. 
 Hard laborious work without pay. 
 
 2. Disappointment in not obtaining what 
 one expects. 
 
 Mau-lo-e-lo-e, adj. Tired; fatigued. 
 See Malobloe. 
 
 Mac-lu-a, adj. Hard; difficult; paa- 
 kiki. 
 
 Ma-u-lu-u-lu, adj. Lame from travel- 
 ing. See Maloeloe. Stiff and swelled, as 
 the feet and ankles from traveling. See 
 
 POANAANA. ■ = •'"■ 
 
 Ma0-ma£, s. The name of a heiau. 
 
 Mau-mau, i. See Mac, to be constant. 
 To be firm ; to be fixed ; to be constant ; 
 to be enduring ; e nutumau 'ole, to be in- 
 constant; ua maumau, ka hana, the work 
 endwesj na maumau ka ai, aole he hehee, 
 the food is Aard, not flowing. 
 
 Maw-Mau-a, v. To obtain often without 
 reward and vrithout labor, as the chiefc 
 formerly obtained their propertj^. 
 
 M^u-mau-a, s. The obtaining of prop- 
 erty without work ; ka loaa o ka waiwai a 
 na 'lii. 
 
 Mau-matj-a, adj. Got or obtained often; 
 arrived at ; come to ; he clemakule loa, ua 
 maumaua. 
 
 Mau-ma0-ae, adj. See Mauae. Differ- 
 ent from what was expected; doubtital; 
 uncertain. 
 
MAH 
 
 MAn-MA-NA-HA, s. The heart-bum (per- 
 haps.) 
 
 Mati-na, s. a mountain; the inland 
 region* of .an island. NoTB,^On all the 
 islands with whidh Hawaiians were ac- 
 quainted, the land rises on all sides from 
 tiie sea to the central parts of the island ; 
 this is called the mauna. A high hill, as 
 Maunaloa, Mannakea : names of the two 
 highest mountains on Hawaii 
 
 2. A mountainous region. Mauna is the 
 opposite of awawa. los. 9:1. 
 
 Mau-na, s. The name of a species of 
 hard stone out of which kois or adzes of the 
 ancients were made. 
 
 Mau-na, adj. Large; swelling; exten- 
 sive; nni, mahuahna; {)rominent for ex- 
 cellence; mama, ili ke keiki, he punahele 
 ia; mauna kiiili i ka wauwauia; scratched; 
 narked. 
 
 Ma-d-na, v. To .waste ; to dispose ,of 
 jreelessly ; i mauna aku ai i ka pono kahiko. 
 See Maukacna. 
 
 Mac-nau-na, v. To spend prpperty; to 
 waste ; to. live wit(iout regard to expeikse. 
 Soo. To waste property ; to spend use- 
 lessly; mai hiamoe i ke ao, oia ke hoomau- 
 nauna i na la ame na hora i loaa mai i ke 
 Akna. 
 
 Mait-hau-na, *. A wasting. Hoo. No 
 ka hoomaunauna i ka waiwal, on acconht 
 of wasting property^ 
 
 Mac-nau-na, adj. Wasteful. 
 Ma-u-nu, s. a species of crab used for 
 bait in catching fish. 
 
 2. Any bait for taking fish. 
 
 3. The writhing motions of a fish worm 
 on a-hook. 
 
 4.' Anything belonging to a person, as 
 bis kapa, hair, spittle, &., which another 
 could get, and by means of it, could pray 
 him to death. See mele na Niau. 
 
 5. The shedding of, bird's feathers; ka 
 jnanawa maunu, the time birds shed their 
 feathers. 
 Ma-u-nu, v. Hoo. To moult or shed, as 
 ibe feathers of birds. 
 
 2. To cast off, as some reptiles do the 
 skin. 
 
 3, To change from the chrysalis state to 
 that of a new animal ; e faoomaheleia ke 
 kino mamna, a lilo iai kino hou. 
 
 MiV'tiv-isv, 5. The name of a sea breeze 
 at Fuuloa on Oahu. 
 
 Mau-wa-le, adj. Constant; never end- 
 ing ; Icun pilikia mauwale ana a kuu haku. 
 irfiieifc. 166. . _ 
 
 Mao-wb-le, adj. Lazy ; idle, &c. See 
 
 MAtlBUB. 
 
 Ma-ha, v. To i«st; to rest, as from 
 labor or toil ; to give or cauw to-rest. ' 
 
 365 MAH 
 
 2.' To eojoy ease and qniet after pain; to 
 be better ; to begin to recover from aick- 
 
 3. To be assuaged; to be softened down, 
 as anger, Lunle. 8:S. <<» 
 
 i. To rest, as a land, i. e., to cease from 
 l^eing the theater ot evil. Oihk. 26:S4. 
 
 6. Hoo. To give or take rest from labor 
 in fatigue. ., 
 
 6. To relieve from suffering; to comfort; 
 to be satisfied. 
 
 7. To ease one's self; to attend to a call 
 of nature. Kanl. 23:14. 
 
 Ma-ha, v. To exercise affection towards 
 one; to acknowledge or treat one as^ 
 friend ; to be complaisant towards one; to 
 love ; to cherish. 
 
 2. To make a rent or hole in, as i& a 
 kapa ; to tear in two. 
 
 3. To hide a thing away ; to steal. 
 
 Ma-ea, s. Rest; repose; respite or re- 
 lief from pain or sickness ; convalescence ; 
 relief from any calamity. Puk. 8:11."" Eest; 
 peace. 
 
 2. The wing of an army ; the fore ffns oil 
 a fish. 
 
 3. The side of the bead; the temple. 
 Imnk. 4:21. See Mahamaba. 
 
 Ma-ha, adj. Easy; quiet; resting, as 
 from labor ; free from pain ; ceasing from 
 anger. 
 
 Ma-ha, adv. Hoo. Silently; quietly; at 
 .rest. Zsa. 62:1. 
 
 Ma-hae, s. Name of a species of fish. 
 
 Ma-ha-o, s. Tlie pith of ,a tree or veg- 
 etable; a soft or decayed place in the cen- 
 ter or body of. a tree; a hole in a tree. 
 See Pdho and Pcha. 
 
 Ma-ha-o, adj. Defective in the center, 
 as a tree ; soft ; rotten ; hollow ; bent in 
 or down, as a decayed grass house. 
 
 Ma-ha-oe, arf/; 'Not ashamed. 
 
 Ma-ha-oi, v. See Maoi, the ^a dropped, 
 Maoi is probably the, original form of the 
 word. To be bold ; to be impertinent 
 
 2. To treat a superior as an equal or 
 vrith great familiarity. 
 
 3. To be forward in aeldng questions; to 
 be asking or begging of a chief frequent^ 
 
 Ma-ha-oi, s. Forwardness; immodesty 
 in asking favors ; impertinence in address- 
 ing a,Buperior ; boldness in address ; _nani 
 ka nui kuu hilahila, a he mea e hoi ka 
 m^cJiiaoi loa o kekahi poe o kakou. Ua ka- 
 paia aku ia o Jfaoi, no ka ma?moi o ka olelo 
 ana. 
 
 Ma-ha-oi, izdj. Always asking favors 
 (of chiefs), thus : na'u kela lole ; na'u kela 
 palaoa, &c.; and so of all which one de- 
 sires. 
 
 Ma-ha-ha, v. See Haha. To be soft; 
 to be tender ; to be weak, as a person. 
 
MAH 
 
 366 
 
 MAH 
 
 2. To be tender or flexible, as a. vegeta- 
 ble. 
 
 3. To be 8oft and tongh, as water-soaked 
 vegetables. 
 
 Ma-ha-ha, s. The name of a species of 
 fish, the kala. 
 2. A species of kalo. 
 Ma-ha-ha, adj. Soft and tough. 
 
 2. Tender, as a weak person. 
 
 3. Soft anid mealy, as a baked potato. 
 Ma-ha-ke-a, s. An uncultivated piece 
 
 of land overgrown with weeds and grass ; 
 a jungle ; a wild place. 
 Ma-ha-ke-a, adj. "Wild; overgrown 
 •with weeds, grass and bushes ; nahelehele, 
 
 weuweu. 
 Ma-ha-la, I ^. j!fg and hdo, to look 
 Ma^A-lo, ) out ; to turn the eyes upon. 
 To admire ; to wonder at ; to magnify the 
 goodness or virtues of a person or thing. 
 2. To be glorions; magnificent to behold. 
 S._To approve ; to praise ; to honor ; {o 
 glorify. 
 Ma-ha-lo, s. Wonder; surprise; admi- 
 ration. 
 
 2. Approbation; blessing; honor given 
 to one. • 
 
 3. The act of blessing or praising God ; 
 ua like ka mahalo me ka hoonani. 
 
 Ma-ha-lo, adj. Beautiful • glorious ; 
 pdmirable. 
 
 Ma-ha-ma-ha, »., To glow, as with 
 friendly feelings towards one; to expect a 
 meeting with 'a friend. Laieilc. 58. To be 
 glad to see an old friend or relative. 
 
 !Ma-ha-ma-ha, i. See Maha. A fond- 
 ling ; the exercise of affection, Sriendship 
 or hospitality. 
 
 '8. The temples of the head ; the sides of 
 a substance. 
 
 3. The gills or fins of a fish. Kani. 14:9. 
 Also the fore fins of a fish. 
 
 i. The wings (eheu) of the malolo or fly- 
 ing-fish. 
 
 6. The things or appendages which be- 
 long to the wings ; na mea maha, nta mea 
 eheu. 
 6. The prepntium (paha.) 
 Ma-ha-ma-ha-oo, s. a piece cut or 
 
 broken off; he apahu, he pauku. 
 Ma-ha-me-a, s. a species of fish. 
 Ma-ha-mo-e, s. Maha and moe, to rest 
 quietly. To appear fat, oily or shining. 
 
 2. To be plump or round, as a fruit ; to 
 be fat, as an animal. See Kolikoliko. 
 Ma-ha-mo-e, s. a species of fish. 
 Ma-ha-mo-e, adj. Clear; plain; blueoi 
 
 black. 
 Ma-ha-na, v. Ma and kana, work ; ex- 
 ercise. To be or become warm, aa the 
 . risipg son. Fuk. 16:21. 
 
 2. To warm, as one person is eootact 
 with another. 1 Ml. 1:1, 2. 
 
 3. Hoo. To warm, i.e., to make warm by 
 the fire ot by exercise. See Mehana. 
 
 Ma-ha-na, s. A small degree of heat ; 
 warmth. 
 
 Ma-ha-na, adj. Warm, as by the influ- 
 ence of the sun. Neh. 7:3. Warm; not yet 
 cooled, as newlybaked bread. 1 mm. 21:6. 
 
 Ma-ha-na, j. For mana, a branching 
 oiit, ha inserted. Any substance branch 
 ing out; anything double; having two 
 branches; beoce, 
 
 2. A pair of twins ; iuan mahne ; two 
 things conneeted ; na mea elua, a, pair of 
 things. 
 
 Ma-ha-na, arf/. -Double; mates; branch- 
 ing out. 
 
 Ma-ha-na-ha-ka, 1'. See Mahana. To 
 warm very much or frequently. JSToo. To 
 warm one's self by a fire. Jsa. 44:16. 
 
 Ma-ha-ni, v. Ma and ham, to pass si- 
 lently. To pass easily and silently; t»be 
 evanescent ; to disappear ; Jto vsnuh, as a 
 thought ; ua mahanl ka manao. 
 
 2. To heal up; to granulate, as a wound 
 so as to disappear. 
 
 3. To vanish, as an ulcer when it heals; 
 mahani keia wahi, a e poha hou ma k^ e. 
 
 Ma-ha-we-la, s. a blue kind of fish. 
 
 Ma-he-a, int. adv. Ma and hea, where. 
 
 Where ? at what place t Oram. 165, %■ 
 
 Ma-he-a-la-ni, ». The name of the six- 
 teenth day of the month: the day when the 
 full moon began to lose Its roundness. S«e 
 also Malam. 
 
 Ma-^e-u, v. See Mehbtj. 
 
 Ma-he-u, s. Name of a porous kind of 
 stone. 
 
 Ma-he-ha, adv. Ma and heha, slow. 
 Slowly; lazily. Boo. Working slowly and 
 lazily but perseveringly ; aka, bana ftoo- 
 maJieha ana ame kohu molowa,hooDiau no 
 nae i ka bana. 
 
 Ma-he-le, v. Ma and- hde, to go; to 
 move. To divide ; to cut in pieces ; to di- 
 vide a portion to one, as land. 
 
 2. To divide or separate from one an- 
 other, as people. Kin. 10:32. To divide 
 into two parts, as an army. 1 N<d. 16:21. 
 
 3. To divide, as stfeams of water; as the 
 sea. Pufc. 14:21. 
 
 4. iSoo. To cause a division; to separate 
 one thing from another. 
 
 Ma-he-le-he-le, v. Freq. of mahde. 
 To divide into small pieces ; to divide fre- 
 quently. Kin. 49:7. Hoo. Same. 
 
 Ma-he-le-lu-a, v. Mahele and Itia, two. 
 To divide into two parts. 
 
 Ma-he-lu, e. Ma and Aeia, to scratch 
 
MAH 
 
 367 
 
 MAH 
 
 the earth. To spread dust orer as an arti- 
 ficial soil. 
 2. To spread loose soft dirt over a kalo 
 
 Satch after the bottom has been pounded 
 , ard. See Paluito. 
 Ma-hi, v. To dig the ground for the 
 parpose of planting food; to cultivate land 
 by digging; to dress land; to tiU, as a field 
 or garden ; e Tnaki aku i ke kihapai o ka 
 aina. Notb. — Clearing«ff d«e weeds, grass, 
 Ac., is Moete. , 
 
 Ma-hi, '«. Cultivation j planting, &c. 1 
 Sam. 8:x2. • , 
 
 Ma-hi, adj. Strong; energetic, as a 
 laboring man ; as a figbtlng-cock ; moa 
 mcM, a fighting-cock. 
 
 Ma-hi-ai, B. ifoAt and &2, food. To cul- 
 tivate land ; to produce food from the 
 gronnd ; to till the ground. ' 
 
 Ma-hi-ai, s. A cultivator of the soil ; a 
 tiller of the ground ; a husbandman. 
 2. Culture ; tillage of the ground. 
 
 Ma-hi-ai, adj. Of or belonging to till- 
 age ; kanaka makiai, a^farmer. 
 
 Ma-bi-e, v. Ma and kie, shameful. To 
 be proud ; to be lofty ; to act without re- 
 spect to good manners or morals. 
 2. Hoo.. To break Over every rule of de- 
 
 , cency ; to act shamefblly ; he mea maikal 
 
 ' no nae ka naaaao, hownahie ole. 
 
 Ma-hi-U-hi-e, v. To dye fast coIqiS; to 
 color kapas with clear distinct spots or 
 colors; hence, 
 
 ' 2. To dress finely; to be clothed in hon- 
 OTat)le robis. 
 
 Ma-hi-i-li, «. Mahi and ili, the skin. 
 To take or seize properly for the kbg. 
 KoTB. — ^This was often done by the unscru- 
 pulous ofBcers, who left nothing to the peo- 
 ple but their skin. 
 
 Ma-hi-o-le, s. a war cap^ a helmet; 
 an officer's cap. 1 Sam. 17:6. 
 
 Ma-hi-hi,u See Ihi. To peel off bark 
 from a tree. 
 
 Ma-hi-ka-ka, v. Ma and hikaka, to stfig- 
 ger. To crook; to bend; to put oUt of a 
 straight line. • ' 
 
 Ma-hi-hi-ki, v. To spatter; to flap in 
 the water, as a duck at play. 
 
 Ma-hi-ki, v. To vibrate; to play up and 
 d£wn, as the beam of a scale ; hence^ 
 
 2. To. weigh, as in scales. 
 
 3. To play up and dov^n, as a lever upon 
 its prop in the center ; to pry, as with a 
 lever. Anai. 3. 
 
 4. To cast out, as an evil spirit ; to ex- 
 orcise. 
 
 6. To hop ; to jump ; to leap. 
 
 6. To scatter ; to blow away, as with a 
 nnff of wind. 
 
 7. To lift up ; to carry in the arms. 
 
 Ma-hi-ki, s. Thick, tali grass in a damp 
 place ; thick, low shrubs or underbrush. 
 
 2. The place where tail grass or thick 
 bushes grow. 
 
 3. A prop on which a lever rests in pry- 
 ing up a weight. 
 
 4. A calabash for water. 
 Ma-hi-ki-hi-ki, v. Freq. of mahihi. To 
 
 jump or fl^ frequently. 
 
 2. To vibrate rapidly, as the tongue ; e 
 kapalili. 
 
 3. To shake, as in an earthquake; to 
 move frequently. 
 
 4. To overturn ; to upset. 
 
 6. To spatter ; to flap ; to spatter, as ink 
 
 in writing. 
 Ma-hi-ki-hi-ki, s. A sort of thick high 
 
 grass ; the place where such grass grows. 
 Ma-hi-lo-a, adj. Distant ; afar off. 
 Ma-hi-ma-hi, s. a species of fish; the 
 
 dolphin. 
 Ma-hi-na, s. Mahi and ana, participial 
 
 termination, a cultivating. A cultivated 
 
 patch : a garden. 
 
 2. llie moon; ka- mea e malamalama ai 
 i kapo; hence, 
 
 3. A lunar month ; mcMna o hoku, the 
 same of the day of the full moon. 
 
 4. The eye of a sii^l in the end of his 
 horn ; he maka pupu. 
 
 Ma-hi-na-ai, s. MaMva and ai, food, as 
 if a contraction of mahi am t ka ai. A 
 field, either in a state of ooltivation or pre- 
 pared for it. Nah. 24:6. 
 
 2. A field, generally of larger size tlian 
 kihapai where food is raised. Oihic. 23:22. 
 
 3. A cultivated patch ; hence, 
 
 4. Husbandry itself. 
 
 Ma-hi-nu, v. Ma and hinu, to s^int. 
 
 To rub oyer ; to anoint. 
 Ma-hi-wai-na, s. Maid, and waina, a. 
 
 grape vine. A vine dresser ; a cultivator 
 
 of grapes. loan. 15:1. 
 Ma-ho-e, s. Two of men or animals 
 
 born at the same time of one makua; twins 
 
 MA Sol. 7:3 ; Kin. 25:24. See Mahana 2. 
 Ma-ho-e-ho-e, adj. Straight and free 
 
 from branches, as a tree ; potolei, lals 
 
 ole. 
 Ma-ho-e-ho-pe, s. The name of a Ha- 
 waiian month. 
 Ma-ho-e-mc-a, s. Name of a Hawaiian 
 
 month. '' ' 
 
 Ma-ho-la, v. Ma and kola, to spread 
 
 over. To spread oui ; to open wide, as a 
 
 flower in full bloom. 
 2. To spread out;- to unfold, as a kapa 
 
 to dry. See Uhola, Hohola and Kausna. 
 Ma-ho-la, *. The spreading out and 
 
 extension of the stomach ; me ka mahana, 
 
 ame ka mahola ana o ka opu. Anat. 52. 
 
MAH 
 
 368 
 
 MAH 
 
 Ma-ho-la, adj. Spread open; spread 
 
 out; estended. 
 
 Ma-ho-la, adj.. In the ancient practice 
 
 of the kahunas : hae mahola, ahi ntakola ; 
 
 o ka hee mahola oia no ka mea e Jieehee ai 
 
 ka raai. 
 Ma-ho-la-ho-la, t>. Intensive ol mahola. 
 
 To spread out extensively. 
 Ma-ho-le, v. Ma and nole, to peel ofFj 
 
 to skin. To bruiae, as the flesh ; to hurt ; 
 
 to break up. 
 
 Uti aaM na moku, mahole eha ka Dfthele. 
 
 Ma-ho-le-ho-le, v. Intensive oi miAole, 
 tobtnise. To bre^ up; to breE.k or crush 
 into pieces ; e inikiniki, e waluwalu. 
 
 Ma-ho-le-ho-le, s. a bruise ; a hurt ; 
 an injury ; aole ni/iholehole o ke kino a'u i 
 ike ai. :, 
 
 Ma-ho-m-ho-le, adj. See Mahole. 
 Bruised and broken to pieces ; crushed to- 
 gether. 
 
 Ml-HO-PE, adv. and contp. prep. Ma and 
 h<^e, the end. Behind ; after ; afterward. 
 It expresses future time in respect of the 
 time in which an action was performed, 
 though past in respect of the person speak- 
 ing. Oram. § 161. 
 
 Ma-hu, v. To blow out steam or smoke; 
 to smoke, as a smothered fire; to throw out 
 hot vapor, as from a volcano. 
 
 Ma-hu, s. Steam; hot vapor; smoke. 
 
 M4.-H0, s. A man who assimilates his 
 manners and dresses his person like a 
 woman. 
 
 2. A hermaphrodite ; a eunnch. 
 
 Ma-hu, adj. Silent; indisposed to con- 
 versation ; silent, as a deserted place. 
 
 Ma-hu-a, V. Ma and htia, envy ; jeal- 
 ousy. To be envious. Soo. To mock; to 
 deride ; to have in derision. Hal. 2:4. 
 
 Ma-hu-a, ) p. jj^a and hua, to grow 
 
 Ma-hu-a-HU-a, ) or increase. To increase 
 in size or numbers ; to grow large. 
 
 2. To boast ; to brag ; to glory over. 
 
 3. To grow strong, as a ruler over a peo- 
 ple. Oihl lli9. 
 
 4. To increase, as money. Kanl, 8:13. 
 
 5. Hoo. To increase in number, as ani- 
 mals, vegetables or men. 
 
 6. To increase; to make mcrtj of. Ezek. 
 36:29. 
 
 7. To set or employ, as a spy; to act tho 
 part of a spy ; e hoomakaikm. 
 
 MA'iHir-A, ) J. Increase ; growth ; 
 
 Ma-H0-A-H[J-A, ) a growing. P«fc. 1:12. 
 Ma-hu-a, ) a^i Increasing; large 
 
 MA-Hir-A-H[;-A, ) in quantity. 
 Ma-hu-a-ka-la, adj. Contemptuous of 
 
 good things ; diaobedi(-it to the gods ; 
 
 wicked. 
 
 Ma-ht7-e, v. To be numerous; to go or 
 
 move in crowds. 
 Ma-hc-i, v. Ma and hui, to join; to 
 
 unite. To follow the example of one ; to 
 
 imitate him. 
 
 2. To imitate, i. e., to be led to do as an- 
 other does. Gal. 2:1.3. To pattern after. 
 3 loan. 11. To be an example for another. 
 1 Pet. 6:3. 
 
 3. To adhere firmly, as to a purpose or 
 habit ; e mahui i ka hana ino ; hoomahui 
 i ka hana ino, to determine on doing evil. 
 
 i.. To hear a little, as when one hears 
 only partially, or in parts; similar t« Im- 
 Una., 
 
 6. To go about here and there, as an in- 
 sane person ; to act foolishly and without 
 good sense. Note. — The following exam- 
 plea will illustrate definitions 1 and Z : Ma 
 ka like kakon e hoomahui ai, lei us foUow 
 by doing likewise ; he pono no ia kakou 
 ke hoomahvA ma ia hana, it is proper for ua 
 to imitate that transaction ; hoomahtti na 
 makaainana ma Kekuokaiani ]a, the com- 
 mon people /oZtoaied the example of Kekuo- 
 kaiani ; ko Idkou pono, oia ka kakou e 
 hoomahui ai, their good deeds that is what 
 we should imitate. 
 
 Ma-h0-i, s. a kind of sly conduct in a 
 female by which she means to express to 
 one of the other sex her desire. 
 
 Ma-hh-i-hu-i, ». To learn or understand 
 obscurely ; to strike upon the ear indis- 
 tinctly, as a so\ind at a distance. 
 
 Ma-HU-ka, v. To flee away ; to escape 
 from. 1 Sam. 22:7. To flee away secretly. 
 Sin. 16:6. To run away, as a servant from 
 bis master. 1 Sam. 25:10. To flee from 
 fear of pvnishment 2 Sam. 13:31. 
 
 Ma-HU-ka, s. A runaway; one who has 
 
 escaped. 
 Ma-HU-ka, adj. Escaping ; running 
 
 away secretly ; he Inina mahuka, a nm- 
 
 away sailor. 
 Ma-hu-lu, 5. The name common to 
 
 three gods in the house of Lono. 
 Ma-hu-ma-hu, v. To be silent, as a weak 
 
 dying man. 
 Ma-hu-ma-hu, adj. See Mahu, silent. 
 
 Desolate ; without inhabitant ; silent, as a 
 
 place deserted. 
 
 2. Brittle; not stringy, as kapa that falls 
 easily to pieces. 
 
 3. Brittle ; not sticky ; applied to poi. 
 Ma-hu-na, *. MaandAwTM, a particle; 
 
 small ; fine. The scaly appearance of the 
 skin after drinking awa- the chapping, 
 cracking or breaking up of the skin: i kona 
 wa i inu ai i ke awa, maikai ka ill, a ma- 
 hope, mahuna ka ili, nakaka, puehnehu, 
 inoiuo loa kona kino. 
 2. A species of kB-ja like the paipaJfcwfcMJ. 
 
MAK 
 
 369 
 
 MAK 
 
 Ma-hu-ne, adf: Ma and hune, poor; 
 destitute. Poor; stripped of property; be- 
 reft of comforts. 
 
 Ma-hu-ne-hu-ne, adj. Ma and hune. 
 See above. I'oor ; with nothing but one's 
 person. 
 
 Ma-hu-ne-hu-ne, adv. Scarcely; noth- 
 ing left ; with difliculty ; ola mahwieJiune 
 ae la o Aikakc (Isaac Uavis) mai ko lakou 
 lima ac, Scarucly did Isaac Davis escape 
 their hands ; i. e., he escaped with nothing 
 but his person. 
 
 Ma-ka, s. The eye; the organ of sight; 
 aole e ike ka maka 1 kona pula iho, the ei/e 
 does not sec its own mote. Promrh. Tfae 
 face ; the countenance j he maka no he 
 maka, face to face-. Mztk. 20:35. 
 
 2; The point or edge of an instrnmcnt, 
 as a knife or aword; maka o kai)ahi kaiia; 
 the blade of a knife or sword in distinction 
 from the faandlc. ImkIc. 3:22. 
 
 3. The bud of a plant. 
 
 4. The teat or nipple of a female. 
 
 5. The presence of one, i. e., liis (avor or 
 blessing. Pufc. 33:U, LI. Manaoikawsafca, 
 toregard a person. Kanl. 10:17. 
 
 6. Fic. A guide; a director. Nak. 10:31. 
 
 7. Hoo. A destruction ; a slaughter, 1 
 Sam. 5:9. 
 
 8. The budding or first shooting of a 
 plant; hence, 
 
 9. The beginning or commcncomentt)f a 
 work or an action. See Hoomaica. 
 
 10. Name of a very hard stone, out of 
 which maika stones were made. 
 
 Ma-ka, v. Hoo. See above, 8 and 9. 
 To begin ; to commence, as a work or job; 
 to commence doing a thing ; komo wau i 
 ke kula i lioomalcaiaH ka naauao, I entered 
 the school that knowledge mvjhi be com- 
 menced. Note. — Iloomaka is used as op- 
 posed to hooki. 
 
 Ma-ka, adj. Raw in opposition to 
 cooked, as raw, uncooked flesh. 
 
 2. Fresh, as fjcsh provi|iona in distinc- 
 tion from salted. 
 
 3. White, as a potato well cooked and 
 dry ; moa a maka. 
 
 Ma-ka, adv. See Maka, edge of an in- 
 strument. By the edge; with the edge; 
 alalia, ooki niaka koi hookafai iho ana, then 
 he cut with the edge of the adze (koi) one 
 stroke (one brin^n| down.) 
 
 MA-KiiA, s. A species of fish. 
 
 Ma-ka-ai -na, s. Ma, at, on, ka, the, and 
 aina, land. A resident ; one belonging to 
 the land and was transferred with it, as in 
 ancient times. 
 
 Ma-ka-ai-na-na, s. See Makaaina and 
 ANA, being of the land. The laboring class 
 of people In distinction from chiefs; a coun- 
 tryman; a farmer; coUecfiveJj), the common 
 47 
 
 people in distinction from chiefs; o na 'lii 
 
 ame na makaainana, the chiefs and the 
 
 common people. 
 Ma-kaa-o-a, s. a species of fish. 
 Ma-ka-a-ha, s. a swinging bed; a cot;. 
 
 he wahi moo lole lewa. 
 2. Tlio outlet of a flsh-pond into the sea. 
 Ma-ka-a-ha, s. Small pimples ; sores ,t 
 
 the ilcli ; kakani, mecau. 
 Ma-ka-a-ha, adj. Covered with sores ;, 
 
 full of pimples, as with the itch ; leproii.s ; 
 
 faookuku, liana, hoao. 
 Ma-ka-a-kau, s. Maka, eye, and akau,. 
 
 right. The right eye. 
 Ma-ka-a-kau, adj. Open; clear. 
 Ma-ka-a-ki-u, v. Maka and kiu, a spy. 
 
 T'l spy out secretly; to observe, as a sjjy. 
 
 7/o((. To lie in wait for one to kill him. 
 Ma-ka-a-ki-u, adj. Spying secretly; 
 
 watching for evil; lurking after something; 
 
 going secretly. H(A. 10:8. See Makaku;. 
 Ma-ka-a-la, v. Maka, eye, and dla,. 
 
 awake. To wake; to be awake, i. e., to be 
 
 watch ful; to be aware or on the guafd; to 
 
 look out ; to take heed ; beware. Kanl. 
 
 24:8. 
 2. To look shl but not to see by reason of 
 
 blindness. 
 Ma-ka-a-la, s. Watchfulness ; a being 
 
 on guard. 
 2. 'A small faint track made by a person 
 
 going once ; a path scarcely visible j he 
 
 maawe alanui ; > faint path. 
 Ma-ka-a-la, adj. Awake ; watchful ; 
 
 vigilant. 
 Ma-ka- A-LU-A, s. Mats and ^mo, a hole; 
 
 a pit. Aholc (lua) to plahf or set a tree in. 
 Ma-ka-e, v. Maka, eye', and e, against. 
 
 To set against; to be opposed to. Nalli,'i:5. 
 2. Hoo. To tarii„a way from. lPd:i:12. 
 
 To slight; to turn off; to treat contemptu- 
 ously. JIabak. 3:8. 
 Ma-kai, ) p. Maka, eye, and i, in- 
 Ma-kai-KAI, 5 tensive, real; particularly. 
 
 To look at closely ; to inspect ; to search 
 
 out Pufc. 39:43. 
 
 2. To spy or look 6(tt;"to' act the part 
 of a spy. Jos, e:22. 
 
 3. To look at fjtflm motives of curiosity ; 
 to take a view of .a place; to ezaiuine. 
 Syn. with kiu. Xos: 2:1. 
 
 4. To look en as a spectator. Puk. 3ii. 
 
 5. To examine secretly for evil purposes;; 
 hookalakupua. 
 
 6. To follow; to entrap one ; e ukali, e- 
 hakilo. 
 
 Ma-kai, s. A guard ; a constable ; am 
 
 officer always found ip the' king's train ; a 
 
 name given to policenien from the 'nature 
 
 of their office. See the verb. 
 
 2. Any instrunient with a. sharp edge ; a 
 
MAK 
 
 370 
 
 MAK 
 
 hatchet ; a koi ; a, needle or an instrament 
 used as a needle in sti'inging fio«rers for 
 wreaths; manai. 
 
 3. Sourness of mind ; -stinginess ; he pi, 
 . he ana. 
 
 4. Ka'hoomakai kohi ole a ka ua. 
 Ma-eai, adj. G-uaiding ; going or act' 
 
 ing as a guard ; hnakai makai,. a train or 
 p^ple accompanying as a guard. See 
 Lauik. 190. 
 
 Ma-ui, adv. Ma, at, and kai, aea. At 
 or towards the sea, in opposition to maufctz, 
 inland.' The full form is makaMkai, at tbe 
 sea heach. 
 
 Ma-ka'i, s. a person that owns no land ; 
 ka mea aina ole he maka'i ka inoa. 
 
 Ma-ka-ia, s. Name of a person puna- 
 hele of a chief, but turned otF and become 
 a ponahele of another chief; the two go to 
 war and through the efforts of t^ mScaia 
 the second chief conquers th6 fii^t ; ia. ma- 
 nawa e ku ai ka makaia o Lajeikawai. 
 Ldieik. ISO; 
 
 Ma-kai-o, v. To be frightened and run 
 off, as a wild animal. 
 
 Ma-ka-i-hu, *. The sharp point at the 
 bow of a canoe ; e kapiliia na mc^caihu. 
 
 Ma.-kai-kai, v. See Makai, v., above. 
 
 To look ; to examine, &c. 
 Ma-kai-kai, s. Trouble; grief; evil 
 
 treatment or treachery from a supposed 
 
 friend. 
 Ma'-ka-i-no, v. JIfofto, eye, and iwo, bad. 
 
 To have an evil eye towards one ; to lose 
 
 one's affection for a child or person. Kanl. 
 
 28:54. 
 M^-KA-i-WA, s. The name of Lono's 
 
 Ma-ka-i-wi, s. The twinkling of the 
 eye, i. e., suddenness; suddenly, as we say, 
 in the' twinkling of an ^e. 
 
 Ma-ka-o-ka-o, s. Ma and kaokao, hard- 
 ness. Hardness; obduracy. 
 
 2. A hard substance. 
 
 3. That which is much broken up ; na- 
 ka.kaka. 
 
 Ma-ka-o-L£, s. Maka, eye, and de, the 
 eye teeth ; the edge of the eye teeth. Epi- 
 thet of the 00 ; an oo. 
 
 Ma-eatt, s. a fish-hook; also a shark 
 hook. Stk. with kiholo. 
 
 Ma-kap, t». To feat; to be afraid; to 
 dread'; to fear in time of danger. Pvk. 
 14:31. 
 
 2. To h^Ve in reverence, as one feared 
 and greatly respected. 
 
 3. To' tremble ; to be agitated through 
 fe^r. 
 
 4. Hoo. To cause to fear ; to put one in 
 fear. Nih. 6:4. 
 
 6. To diive or fray away. Kanl. 28:26. 
 
 Ma-kau, s. Fear; dread of evil. Oihk, 
 26:16. Makmi, nui, terror ; dread ; disqui- 
 etude of mind, 
 
 Ma-xau, adj. Fearful ; afraid ; causing 
 fear.or dread. 
 
 Ma-kau, v. To be ready; to be pre- 
 pared for an event. Eoo. To make ready; 
 to prepare. 2 Ndl. S:21. See Hoohaeav- 
 
 EAU. 
 
 Ma-katt, adj. Seady; in a state of 
 preparation ; prepared ; furnished. 
 
 Ma-kati-a, v. To increase ; to grow 
 large. 
 2.- Eoo. To vex j to harass ; to trouble. 
 3. To make a&aid.- See Makau, koo. 
 
 Ma-kau-ait-a, adj. Hung up to dry. 
 
 Ma-kau-ia, s. Ferf. part, of Tnakau. 
 Fear ; respect. Puk. 20:17. ^ 
 
 Ma-eait-ha-no-na,' 5. The hook that be- 
 longs to the hanona or long fishing line. 
 
 Ma-ka-u-bi, adj. Maka, eye, and tihi, 
 to shade; to cover. Hidden or/ covered, 
 as the eyes. 
 
 Ma-kau-ka0, v. Intensive of makau, to 
 be ready. See above. To be ready. Boo. 
 To be put in readiness ; to make ready; to 
 be prepared for any event. 
 
 Ma-kau-kait, s. Beadiness ; preparation. 
 
 Ma-kau-kau, adj. Ready; prepared for 
 an event. 
 
 Ma-kau-kd, adj. Makau, fear, and kit. 
 Idol. Great fear ; dread of the gods. 
 
 Ma-kait-la, s. Ma and kaula, a prophet. 
 A foreteller of future events; a star-gazer; 
 a person supposed to be posessed of some 
 supernatural gifts. Laieik. 13. Note.— 
 Kaulas and maka'ulas were connected gen- 
 erally with high chiets, forming a part of 
 their council. See ithelr office, Moooldo 
 Hateaii, chap. 31. 
 
 Ma-ka-u-li, adj. Maka, eye, and uli, 
 dark green. Dark, black or blue-eyed. 
 
 Ma-kait-u-a, s. For makauia, I inserted. 
 See Maead, fear. Fear; qualitiea inducing 
 fear. lob. 25:2. 
 
 MA-KAtr-tn, B. Makau, fear, and 7k, a 
 chief. JGToo. To take special care of the 
 property of a chief; to be careful that no 
 little thing be lost. 
 
 2. To fear, i. e., to serve a chief in order 
 to obtain favors from him ; to follow; to 
 adhere to from motives of advantage; i 
 lako o ua kanaka la, o kana hoomakauHi 
 ana, that man's obedience to the chief is from 
 the favors (lako) he expects; ua hooma- 
 kaiiiii ane! kakou e malama ia ai? have u>« 
 been obedient in order to be taken care of! 
 Eia ka manao iloko o na kanaka la, o kana 
 hoomakaviii ana, o ka loaa mai ka aina. 
 He kanaka huhu wale, he poe hoonuticaitiii 
 aina. 
 
MAK 
 
 371 
 
 MAK 
 
 Ma-kau-lii, ». A very careful person; 
 one saving the property of a chief. Hoo. 
 The same. 
 2. An accuser ; a defnmer ; a slanderer. 
 
 Ma-kau-lii, adj. Very careful ; saving. 
 
 Ma-kau-li-mo, adj. Makau, fear, and 
 limb for lirmi, sea graas. Ea makavXimo, 
 the flea turtle fearing the sea grass. Note. — 
 The turtle is ^aid to be afraid of the sea 
 grass, as his flippers are easily entauglud 
 in it. 
 
 Ma-ka-u-pe-na, «. The midriff; that 
 which covers the bowels. Anai. 51. Ka 
 makaupena e uhi ana i ka naaii. See Niiu- 
 NiKi. Oihk. 3;3. 
 
 Ma-xa-ha, s. Maka, eye, and ka, water 
 sluice. An outlet or inlet of a pond whore 
 the sea flows in and out. 
 
 2. An inflamed, swelled and running eye; 
 he maka pehu. 
 
 3. The sickness of hogs. 
 
 4. He humu, h^ paehilmn. 
 Ma-ka-ha, t'. Ma and kaka, to extort 
 
 property. To seine what is another's ; to 
 i"ob ; to plunder'; to extort property. See 
 
 HOOKAHA. 
 
 Ma-ka-ha, *. A robbing; a seizing what 
 is another's ; robbery ;• extortion. 
 
 Ma-ka-ha, adj. Robbing; plundering; 
 seizing the property of another. 
 
 Ma-ka-ha-hi, ) p. To be filled with won- 
 
 Ma-KA-HE-HI, ) der and delight; to ad- 
 mire ; to be astonished and y^t pleased ; 
 makahahi aku la na kanaka i keia meanui 
 kupanaha, the people were seized with won- 
 der at this huge strange thing ; ike lakou 
 ua nni ka bao, makahahi iho la, they saw 
 there was much iron, they were astonished. 
 2. To go triumphing or rejoicing. . 
 
 Ma-ka-ea-hi, *. Wonder; amazement; 
 Bstonisliment. Haii 22:17. 
 
 Ma-ka-ha-kai, adv. Ma, at, kaha and 
 kai, sea beach. Af the sea side ; on the 
 sea shore. 
 
 Ma-ka-ha-ka-ha, s. The ceasing of rain; 
 
 , the slow dropping of rain. 
 
 Ma-ka-ha-ka-ha-ka, s. Maka&nikaka- 
 haka, full of holes ; open. A deep pit or 
 hole ; ka poopoo. 
 
 Ma-ka-ha-la, V. See Makaha. To take 
 another's property unjustly. 
 
 Ma-ka-ha-ni, V. See Hani, to step 
 lightly. To igo lightly or softly ; to touch 
 liglitly ; just to graze.'. 
 
 Ma-ka-he-hi, V. See Makahahi above. 
 
 Ma-ka-he-ki-u, s. Maka, eye, and he- 
 kill, thunder. Lit. The eye of the thunder. 
 A hailstone?. See Hoahekili. 
 
 Ma-ka-he-ma, s. Maka, eye, and Aema, 
 left. Thcicfteye. 
 
 Ma-ka-hi, s. Name of a species of fish. 
 
 Ma-ka-hi, adj. Contrajstion for maka 
 and akahi, one. One-eyed ; haviug one 
 eye. 
 
 Ma-ka-hi-a-moe, p. Maka, eye, and kia- 
 moe, to sleep. To fall asleep ; to allow 
 one's self to doze. Hoo. To give one's self 
 to sleep. 
 
 Ma-ka-hi'-a-moe, adj, Sleepy ; dull ; 
 stupid. 
 
 Ma-ka-hi-a-po, s. Maka and hiapo, the 
 first born. The first bom child. See Hiapo. 
 
 Ma-ka-hi-o, adj. Malfa and hio, to lean. 
 A leaning this way and th H ; a motion to 
 and.fro. 
 
 Ma-ka-hi-ki, s. The name of the first 
 day of the yeitr. 
 2, The commencement of the year. , 
 ^. The space of a year ; a year ; ka puni 
 o na malama he umikumamalua, a finish- 
 ing of the twelve-moiith. 
 
 Ma-ka-hi-nu, s. The unpleasant feel- 
 ings of a chief when a person goes to him 
 frequently for favors; the natives describe 
 such a person as greasing his forehtiad with 
 oil ; e hamobamo i kona lae me ka aila 
 knkui ; he alamakahinu i ke alii. 
 
 Ma-ka-xii, s. MakasoA kii, an image. 
 A mask. 
 
 2, A lustful eye ; a proud look ; gener- 
 ally connected with moekolohe. 
 
 Ma-ka-ki-u, V. Maka and kiu, to spy. 
 •To ^y: to spy out, as an enemy. Hoo. 
 To act the part of a spy on an enemy. ' 
 
 2. To spy out, as a country. 1 Oihl. 19:3. 
 
 3. To lie in wait to kill. See Mak.iakict. 
 Ma-ka-ko-a, adj. Maka and koa, a sol- 
 dier. Lit. A soldier's face. Fierce ia coun- 
 tenance. Kanl. 28;50. 
 
 Ma-ka-ko-le, s. Maka and kole, raw ; 
 sore. Inflammation of the eyes; sore eyes. 
 See Makole. 
 
 Ma.-ka.-ko-i,e, adj. Sore or watery-eyed. 
 
 Ma-ka-ko-ko-e, adj. Maka and kokoe, to 
 strike at the eyes. Angry ; evil eyed ; de- 
 signing to hurt. 
 
 Ma-ka-ku-i-ko-i, v. Maica and hd, to 
 strike ; to bnffet. To stir up anger in au- 
 
 • other ; to provoke. 
 
 2. To grin at ; to scowl at one. 
 
 Ma-ka-la, V, Ma and kola, to loosen. 
 To open what is closed; to separate a little. 
 
 2. To draw out ; to extract. 
 
 3. To open a little, as a door ; to open^ 
 as a book that has clasps on it. 
 
 4. Td untie ; to loosen ; to set at liberty. 
 6. To remit,, as a debt ; to forgive, as an 
 
 offense; emakala mai 1 kuu hala,, forgive 
 my offense. See !^ala. 
 Ma-ka-la, s. a loosening; an opening; 
 a separating. 
 
MAK 
 
 372 
 
 MAK 
 
 Ma-ka-la, v. a contraction for maka- 
 
 ala, to be awake. To watch; to take heed; 
 
 to beware ; to be vigilant. 
 Ma-ka-la-ka-ua, v. Intensive of the 
 
 fotogoing. To hold or keep the eyes open; 
 
 to be Bleeplees ; makili, makalakala i ka 
 
 hiamoe. 
 Ma-ka-lau-na, s. Make, face, and launa, 
 
 an intimat«. An intimate acquaintance ; 
 
 one on terms of friendship ; ka mea i maa 
 
 e mamna. 
 Ma-ka-le-ha, v. Maka, eye, and kha, 
 
 to lift up the eyea. To. wonder after ; to 
 
 admire. Hoik. 13:6. 
 Ma-ka-le-ha, s. A lofty, mischievous 
 ■ eye. 
 Ma-ka-le-ho, s. Maka, eye, and Uho, 
 
 the shell of a fish. Haaghtiness; lascivioos- 
 
 ness. 1 Pet. 4:3. Proud behavior. 
 Ma-ka-li, v. To bait a hook ; to angle 
 
 for fish ; e makali e loaa iki. 
 Ma-kA-lii; s. The celestial sign Castor 
 
 and Pollux. 
 
 2. The seven gtars. 
 
 3. The name of a month. 
 
 4. The name of the six summer months 
 collectively. 
 
 Ma-ka-lh, s. Maka and lit, small ; lit- 
 tle. Smallness; littleness: inferiority. 
 
 Ma-ka-lii, adj. Very small; diminutive; 
 very fine. 
 
 MA-KA-Lii-o-Htr-A, s. A ipecies of very 
 small fish fonad in shoals^ near the shore ; 
 also called ohtm. 
 
 2. A multitude of diminutive creatures 
 of any kind, 
 
 Ma-ka-li-o, adj. Drawn or strained 
 tightly, as a lope. 
 
 Ma-ka-lo-a, s. Maka, green, fresh, and 
 loa, a long time. A kind of rush of which 
 mats are made. 
 
 Ma-ka-lo-a, «rf;. Alvirays green ; always 
 fresh. 
 
 Ma-ka-lh.-a, s. Maka, eye, arid lua, pit. 
 A hole dug for planting upland kalo in j 
 also a hole for planting vines. Isa. 5:2. 
 
 2. The socket for the eye-ball. Amt. 6. 
 
 3. The name of a certain fish. 
 Ma-ka-lo-a, adj. Jfafca and ^wa, double. 
 
 Two-faced; two-eyed; epithet of a two- 
 edged sword. HoUc. 1:16. See Oilua. 
 Ma-ka-ltj-i, v. SeeMAKALUHi. To labor 
 long and perseveringly, then to make a 
 feast. That feast is called an ahaaina ma- 
 kaiai, 
 
 Ma-ka-lu-ku, v. Ifafca and ?MfcM, slaugh- 
 ter. To turn against one for harm ; to be 
 bent on slaughter, 
 
 Ma-ka-mae, adj. Precious; valuable; 
 much desired- costly; precious, as a stone. 
 
 2 Sam^ 12:30. Precious, as a beloved child 
 or servant. Isa. 43:4. Na mea mahamae, 
 precious things. Ezek. 22:25. 
 
 Ma-ka-mae, s. Maka and mae for mpe- 
 jjMie, pure. A darling ; a precious one ; a 
 beloved one. Hal. 22:20. 
 
 Ma-ka-ma-ka, s. a friend; a beloved 
 one ; an intimate ; one on terms of receiv- 
 ing and giving freely. loh. 2:11. A rela- 
 tive. Fig. Anything to which one is^reatly 
 attached ; hookahi hoi, o kaua makamaka, 
 ka imi naauao, oia hoi ko kaua kulearfft i 
 noho ai ma keia kula nui, we two have 
 Only ono friend, that is knowledge seeking, 
 that is the right (reason) of our living at 
 liiis' high school. 
 
 Ma-ka-ma-ka, adj. Good; beautiful; 
 splendid; fresh; new. 
 
 Ma-ka-mo-mi, s. Maka and momif the 
 pearl in the oyster shell. A white speck in 
 the eye by disease. 
 
 Ma-ka-md-a, s. Maka and mua, the 
 first ; the beginning. The beginning ; the 
 first of things, as of a period of time. ler. 
 26:1. 
 
 2. The first or oldest of a family of chil- 
 dren. Stn. with mua. Ka makamua o na 
 la, the beginning of days, i. e., the Son of 
 God. Dan. 7:9. 
 
 Ma-ka-mu-a, adj. First. Ein. 4:20. 
 Primary ; beginning ; the first of a series, 
 like mua. Puk. 12:2. Ua maopopo i ka 
 poe i komo (i ke kula) i ka la makamva o 
 lulai, it was understood by those who en- 
 tered (the school) on ihejvrst day of July. 
 
 Ma-ka-na, v. To give freely or gratu- 
 itously ; to make a present to one. 
 
 Ma-ka-na, s. A gift; that which is 
 freely bestowed upon one by another; a 
 present ; that which is received gratuit- 
 ously. 
 
 Ma-ka-na, adj. Freely given or re- 
 ceived, as a present. 
 
 Ma-ka-na- A-Lo-HA, s. Mdkana^x\Aalo6a, 
 love. A free-will or willing offering, PyJe. 
 35:29. 
 
 Ma-ka-na-he-i^, s. See the foregoing. 
 A free ofibring ; ka haawi wale ana. 
 
 Ma-ka-na-he-lb, adj. Ma, at, ka, the, 
 and noAete, wild land. Wild ; untamed ; 
 dwelling in the wilderness. 
 
 Ma-ka-naf, s. The name of a heiau. 
 
 Ma-ka-ni, s. Wind ; a breeze ; air in 
 motion. 
 
 2. The weather ; the general state of the 
 atmosphere. 
 
 3. The news ; the report of some recent 
 event ; the gossip of a neighborhood. 
 
 Ma-ka-pa, v. To be shy; to run away, 
 as an unlamed animal; e hoeuo mau ia, he 
 meo. 
 
MAK 
 
 373 
 
 MAK 
 
 Ma-ka-pa, s. One who goes about from 
 
 1)01130 to house or goes hero and there ; ho 
 
 holoholo kaubale. 
 Ma-ka-faa, s. Maka and paa, fast.' One 
 
 with closed eyes ; a blind person. OUik. 
 
 22:Ti. See Makapo. 
 Ma-ka-paa, adj. Closed eyes; without 
 
 sight,; blind. loan. 5:3. 
 Ma-ka-paa, adv. Blindly; without see- 
 ing. • 
 Ma-ka-pai, adj. Sore, as the eyes; thus, 
 
 it applies where one eye has been sore and 
 
 the disease has gone totbe Other, and both 
 
 eyes are sore. 
 Ma-ka-fa-la, adj. Maka andipala, soli. 
 
 Secreting healthy pus, as a sore ; e boloi 
 
 amakapala. 
 2. Ripe or ready to break, as the head 
 
 of a boil. 
 Ma-ka-pe-hii, s. Maka, eye, and pdai, 
 
 swollen. Swelled or' inflamed eyes; ola 
 
 iho la ko'u makapelm ia ole. 
 Ma-ka-f£-iji, s. Maka and pela, foul. 
 
 Offensively si^elUng eyes. 
 Ma-ka-po, v. Maka and po, night. To 
 
 be blind naturally ; unable to see ; to be 
 
 blind viorally. PuA;. 23:8. 
 2. Hoo. To .blind ; to make one blind ; 
 
 to smite with blindness. Kin. 19:11'. See 
 
 Makai-aa and Moowini. 
 Ma-ka-fo, s. Blindness. Kard. 28:28. 
 
 A blind person. P«fc. 4:11. 
 Ma-ka-po, adj. Blind; without the 
 - sense of sight ; moowini. 
 Ma-ka-po, adv. Blindly; in a state of 
 
 bUhdlicsS. 
 Ma-ka-fo-u-li, v. ilfaAia and pot<2e, dark- 
 ness. To faint; to fail for want of strength; 
 
 to be dixzy ; e poniuniu. 
 Ma-ka-po-tj-li, s. The darkness that 
 
 procedes fainting. _ , 
 
 ]VIa-ra-po-ni-u-ni-u, v. Makaaaiponiu, 
 
 to be dizzy. To faint; to be dizzy or faint 
 
 for want of food. Lank. 8:4. To be dizzy; 
 
 hence, t(f faint. 
 Ma-ka-pS-ni-u-ni-u, *. Obscure vision ; 
 
 applied to the eyes, blindness. See Polda. 
 
 Applied to the heart, want of courage. 
 Ma-ka-pO-hi, s. Name of a species of 
 
 fish-hook. 
 Ma-ka-ph-la, adj. Maka and pida, a 
 
 mote in the eye. Sore-eyed; blind with 
 
 one eye ; having matter in the corner of 
 
 the eye. 
 Ma-ka-wai, adj. Maka and wii, water. 
 
 Watery-eyed; near sighted. -Ki?i. 29:17. 
 
 2. Corrupt ; running, as a sore. 
 
 3. Large at one end and small at the 
 other. 
 
 MA-KA-wA-Ltr, V. Maka and loalu, to 
 
 scratch. To scratch like a cat; to rub; to 
 
 scrape. 
 2. To go in large companies ; to travel 
 
 by caravans ; hele okai. , 
 
 Ma-ka-wa-x-tt, t, K large company ; a 
 
 large army ; aole e pono ke kaua uuku ke 
 
 hana i mukawalu ame ke kahului, it is not 
 
 proper for a small army to engage a large 
 
 army in a smopth place. 
 Ma-ka-we-la, s. Epithet of a servant 
 
 marked in the forehead ; ina i hoailonaia 
 
 ke kauwa'ma ka lae, ua kapaia he kauwa 
 
 ■makawda. 
 2. Name of a species of soft porous stone. 
 Ma-ka-we-le, s. The name of a valley 
 
 on Kauai which opens into ths Waimea 
 I valley. 
 Ma-ke, ». To die; to perish; to be 
 
 killed ; to sulTcr, as a calamity. 
 2. IIoo. To put to death ; to deaden ; to 
 
 cause to die; to bo slain. Ezek. 11:6. To 
 
 n^ortify ; to kill. Oihk. 20:4. 
 Ma-ke, v. To desire; to wish for; to 
 
 wish ; manao Dui, to think much upon ; 
 
 to dcBire often ; to love. 
 Ma-ke, v. Used impersonally. To need; 
 
 to have necessity ; it is necessary ;' ge7>er- 
 
 ally a negative ; aole make kukui, were is 
 
 no need of a lamp. 
 
 2. To be proper ; to be fit ; to be right ; 
 aole make bookuke ia Kalaiwahi, il is not 
 proper to banish Kalaiwahi. 
 
 3. To be ; to exist ; to bo present ; aole 
 make haumalunaihoou,{e< there ie no dew 
 upon thee; 
 
 4. To permit ; to allow ; aole Tiwke an e 
 haule i ka lima o kanaka, let me-not faU 
 into the bands of men. i Oihl.21:lS. Aole 
 make hakaka kaua kekahi i kekabi, let us 
 two noi contend, one with the other. Note. 
 In all the examj|>les the meaning of make 
 seems to be, to v}ish or loUl, and it may be 
 the obsolete root otmakemake. 
 
 Ma-ke is also used impersonally in the 
 sense, it is agreed,U is a bargain, &c.; «hia 
 huamoa make ka hapawalu? how many 
 ben's eggs loiK buy (will pay for, will be 
 equal to) a rial ? Hookah! puu wahie make 
 ka pahu aila, one ^ile of wood paid for a 
 cask of oil. Make beira, a bad bargain ; 
 no profit ; in vain, &c. 
 
 Ma-ke, s. Death; the dissolution of soul 
 and body ; the state of being dead; as an 
 agent it triumphs over the bodies of men. 
 Bom. 6:9. Na make wabahee. 'ler. 2:14. 
 
 Ma-ke, adj. Dead ; hurt ; injured ; 
 
 wounded. 
 Ma-ke, adv. £ hinajwaZce, to fall dead; 
 
 i hina make ai, he fell down dead. 
 2. Even; nor; besides; neither. 
 
 Ma-ke-e, v. MaAe and c, beforef. To be 
 jealous. 
 
MAK 
 
 374 
 
 MAK 
 
 2. Make, to desire. See verb, Note and 
 E iirtcnsive. , To desire, as property. 
 
 3. To be greedy after a thing generally; 
 used in reference to lioarding property; ua 
 nui na mea i makee i Icela mea i keia mea, 
 i Iia waiwai, i ka banobano, a ia'mea aka 
 ia mea aka. Ma Hawaii nei, o ka aina ke- 
 kahl mea a lakou i tnakee ai. 
 
 4. To withhold from others property that 
 isdae. Mek. 18:16. jifafcee is synoaymoiis 
 with puniwaiwai, but is stronger. See 
 Alund. 
 
 5. To gather or scrape together things of 
 value and of little value to keep them ; e 
 hapnku. 
 
 Ma-ke-e, s. Joined with waiicai, covet- 
 ousness. ler. 22:17. Greediness of gain. 
 Hal. 10:3. 
 
 2. Without waiwai, a covetous person. 
 
 3. A robber. lob. 6:5. 
 Ma-kee-waa, v. Manao ae la lakou, 
 
 makeewaa ana e mat^e ai o Kamaiole. 
 
 Ma-ke-e-wai-wai, s. See above in ma- 
 kee, s. 
 
 Ma-ke-he-wa, v. Maie and Aewa, wrong. 
 To be or to do to no purpose; to do in vain 
 or tono profit. ler. 2:30. 
 
 Ma-ke-he-wa, adv. In vain; to no profit; 
 not answering the purpose. Hal. 89:47. 
 Vainly, as labor without reward. Isa. 49:4. 
 
 Ma-ke-kau, adj. Angry ; irascible ; 
 quick in a passion; unfriendly; makekduos, 
 aole ike i kou boahanau, aole bookipa, ea. 
 
 Ma-ke-ke, s. Eng. Mustard. Mat. 
 13:31. Hua makeke, mnstai'd seed. 
 
 Ma-ke-le, s. a deep place of earth and 
 water ; deep mud, but partially hardened 
 or covered with grass so as to be shaky ; 
 unstable land. See Naka. 
 
 Ma-ke-ma-ke, v. See Make, to desire. 
 To desire much ; to wish for ; to love. 
 
 2. To rejoice, 1. e., to obtain one's desire; 
 to be glad ; e hoilioi. e olioli ; ua like ka 
 makemake me ka bauoli ame ka olioli. 
 Note. — Makemake is often used by foreign- 
 ers where other words such as ake, manao, 
 anoi, &c., would apply better. 
 
 Ma-ke-ma-ke, ,».. A desire ; a wish ; a 
 want; a thinking mncb of. 
 2. A rejoicing ; gladness. 
 
 Ma-ke-na, v. Make and ana, a dying. 
 To mourn, that is, to make the sound of 
 mourning ; to mourn ; to wail, as for the 
 dead ; to mourn, as at the death of a rela- 
 tive or friend ; to mourn in any manner. 
 
 2. To float in the air, as the sound of 
 mourning. Note, — Mourning among Ha- 
 waiians was expressed by audible lugubri- 
 ous tones of the voice. 
 
 Ma-ke-na, «. A wailing ; a mourning 
 ut lameutatioa f^R- the dead ; the sound of 
 
 mourning or wailiifg. Kurd. 26:14. See 
 
 KCMAKENA. • ' 
 
 2. Sorrow or suffering from habits of in^ 
 torincation ; pan ka makena ana o ka poe 
 ona rama, the sorrows .of those drinking 
 rum were ended. 
 
 3. Sorrow ; disappointment. Laieik. 66. 
 Ma-ke-na, adj. Mourning; lamenting 
 
 the death of a friend; wawa makena, a 
 
 noise of lamentation for the deadj kapa 
 
 makena, mourning garments. Kin. 38:14. 
 Ma-ke-na-wai, s. Make and na, plural 
 
 article, and wai, waters. A place where a 
 
 brook loses itself in the ground. 
 Ma-ke-wai, v. Make,toiesue,B.ndwai, 
 
 water. To be thirsty ; to thirst ; to desire 
 • to drink. Lunk. 4:19._ 
 Ma-kE-wai, s. a desire to drink; thirst. 
 Ma-ke-wai, adj. Thirsty; desiring to 
 
 drink. 
 Ma-ke-wa-le, adj. Make, death, and 
 
 wale, -wifhout cause. That which has dfed 
 
 of itself. OUUc. 22:8. 
 Ma-ki-a, V. See.KAKiA. To fasten, as 
 
 with nails, spikes or pins; to nail; to belt; 
 
 to drive a nail. Zunfc. 4:21. 
 
 2. To tighten or make fa^t what other- 
 wise would be loose. 
 
 3. Fig. To bind f to make fast, as by a 
 covenant or treaty. 
 
 4. To be at peace with one ; to be in a 
 state of peace or quietness ; ua makia ka 
 aina. 
 
 5. To lay or mark out the ground for a 
 beiau ; makia buli ka moku, ]to turn as the 
 earth, though fast. 
 
 Ma-ki-a, *. A pin; a bolt; a nail; a 
 wedge; anything used to keep a snbiitance 
 in its place. 
 
 2. Fig. The state of being settled with- 
 'out disturbance ; the state of being under 
 
 treaty. 
 
 3. The measure used in laying out the 
 ground for a heianl 
 
 IVu-Ki-AU, ». A nail of.the finger or toe* 
 See Maiao. < 
 
 Ma-ki-ka, s. Eng. The Hawaiian pro- 
 nunciaiion for musquito or musketo. A 
 stinging fly ; mai'noho hoi a aki wale aku 
 e like me na makika nabu kolohe. Note. — 
 Mnskctoes were first brought to the islands 
 in 1823. A ship lying in the roads at La- 
 haina, oti being cleared of vermin by smoke, 
 a liglit breeze brought some masketoes 
 ashore. They are now numerous and trou- 
 blesome on the leeward sides of all the 
 islands. 
 
 Ma-Ki-ki, s. Name of a kind of soft 
 porous stone ; maika stones were some- 
 times made of them. 
 
 Ma-ki-ko-e, adj. Esteuded; long; flat. 
 
 See KiOBOE. 
 
MAK 
 
 375 
 
 MAK 
 
 Ma-ki-li, v. See Mikili. To opeij, as 
 the mind; to be conscious of some internal 
 feeling or desire. 
 
 2. Boo. To open the mind to recdve as 
 veil as understand important truths ; e 
 hoomakili ae kakoa 1 fea maka o ko kakou 
 naau. 
 
 Ma-ki-lo, v. Ma and kilo, a star-gazer. 
 To look wishfully after a thing. 
 
 2. To, beg. iJfliJ. 37:25. Pololi loa oia, a 
 bele oia ma kauhale e makilo ai i ai nana 
 me ka bilahila ole. 
 
 3. To go about begging food. 
 Ma-ki-lo, s. a beggar. 
 Ma-ki-ma-ki, s. Nanxe of a fish ; a dol- 
 phin. 
 
 Ma-ki-ni, v. To be uneven, as land, 
 
 some places high, some low ; makini kon» 
 
 aoao. 
 Ha-ki-ni, s. Name of a species of fish. 
 Ma-ki-ni, adj. Name of a certain kind 
 
 of fish net ; ka upena majdni a ka poe kii 
 
 ai ia ke aJbi a ka po. 
 Ma-ko, adj. Angry; provoked at others 
 
 so as to q^uarrel and fight. 
 Ma-ko-a, s. Ma and koH, a koa tree. A 
 
 tract of land midway between the shore 
 
 and interior;Where koa trees grow. 
 Ma-ko-a, v. Ma and koa, a soldier. To 
 
 go forward fearlessly; to do courageously. 
 2. To be hard with people ; to be close ; 
 
 to be stingy ; to be unkind. 
 Ma-ko-£, v. Contraction of maka, eye, 
 
 and kole, raw. To have sore or inflamed 
 
 eyes. 
 Ma-ko-e-a, adj. Hard ; diflUcult ; paa^ 
 
 kiki, makona. 
 Ma-ko-i, adj. See the foregoing. Hard; 
 
 severe ; nncourteons ; hostile. ■ 
 Ma-ko-i-e-le, v. To teeter; to balance, 
 
 as two children in play; to swing, as a 
 
 single one on a rope. 
 Ma-ko-i-o-le, v. To restrain breathing; 
 
 to hold in the breath. 
 Ma-kott, pers, pron., first person plural. 
 
 We ; our company, excluding the persons 
 
 addressed. Gram. § 117:4 and § 129. O 
 
 ka ea noli ka TnaJcoxi ku kahakai. 
 Ma-koit, v. Tp be red; to be inflamed; 
 
 to have rejl or infli^med eyes. See Makolb. 
 2. To be red like the flame of a lamp 
 
 which has burnt all night. 
 Ma-kou, s. Name of a lamp with a red 
 
 flame, or a flame that has burnt all night ; 
 
 he poe lakou no makou, no ka mea o ma- 
 
 hou ka inoa oia kulcui. 
 2. Name of the kalaimoku where the 
 
 chiefs are concerned ; Buch:,a person was 
 
 esteemed highly. - 
 MatKo-hi, s. a species of red fealo. 
 
 Ma-ko-ko, s. a species of large fish of 
 the squid kind, of a reddish-color ; it is 
 eaten by whales ; makolco, he wahi la uui 
 ano hee, ulanla, he ai na ke kohola. 
 
 Ma-ko-le, s. Contraction of maka, eye, 
 and kole, raw ; inflamed. ' Inflamed eyes ; 
 the ophthalmia. MakoU is mostly brought 
 on by swimming long in salt water. See 
 Maxoe. 
 
 2. The time when the sun is high or 
 fiercely hot ; i. e., from eight o'clock to 
 two or three in the afternoon. 
 
 Ma-ko-le-ko-le, s. See the foregoing. 
 Sore, running eyes ; red with soreness ; he 
 maka helohelo ; ohelo eyed, i. e., red like 
 an ohelo. 
 
 Ma-ko-li, adj. Little of any work done; 
 a little way that any one travels in a day ; 
 mohai, loaa iki mai. 
 
 MArKO-Lo, V. Ma and hoh, to crawl; to 
 creep. To crawl, as a four-footed animal. 
 
 2. To run along ; to creep, as a vine. 
 
 3. To appToach on hands and knees, as 
 the people in former times approached a 
 chief to ask a favor ; hence, 
 
 4. To ask a favor ; iio ask a question. 
 Ma-ko-l6-a, s. Name of some vegeta- 
 ble out of which mats were made, a kind \ 
 of small rush; o ka imkoloa kekahi hanecia 
 
 i moena. 
 
 Ma-ko-lu, s. Name of a certain kind 
 offisd. 
 
 Ma-ko-lu, adj. Wide; thick; deep; be- 
 smeared thickly with dust. Syn. with ma- 
 noanoa. 
 
 Ma-ko-lu-ko-lu, adj. Intensive of the 
 foregoing. Thick; deep; thick, as a plank. 
 
 Ma-ko-ma-ko, ». To enlarge; to in- 
 crease ; to be gteat. See Makumaku. 
 
 Ma-ko-ma-ko, s. Greatness; great size; 
 largeness. * 
 
 Ma-ko-na, *. An unpeaceful disposi- 
 tion ; fretfnlness. 
 
 Ma-ko-na, adj. Implacable; unappeat:- 
 able ; aloha ole.. 
 
 Ma-ku, ». To run and hide ; to flee. 
 
 Ma-ko, v. To^be full grown; to be full 
 sized. 
 
 2. To be fixed ; to be fini to be hard. 
 
 3. To be large ou numerous. 
 
 4. Hoo. To dress up in a quantity Of 
 kapa with pomp ; to make a gfeat show. 
 
 Ma-ku, adj. Full grown ; firm ; hard. 
 2. Stiff or thick, as oil by long standing; 
 maleu, ka aila. See Makua below. 
 
 Ma-ku, s. Dregs of a liquid; lees; set- 
 tlings. Jsa..50:17. The mother of vinegar; 
 the lees of wine. 
 
 Ma-ku-a, s. See Maku, full grown, A 
 parent; a begetter, either a father or 
 
MAK 
 
 376 
 
 MAL 
 
 mother, i.g., a mature person; applied also 
 to aa uncle or aunt. 
 
 2. Fig. A benefactor; a provider; o ko 
 . kakou makua ma keia wabi, o ka naauao 
 
 no ia. Aloha. ka naauao, ka makua hoi o 
 kahi maKuM ole. 
 
 Ma-ko-a, adj. Full grown; of full age J 
 mature; kanaka makua, a full gr6wn man. 
 
 Ma-ku-a, v. See Maku above, to be 
 large. To enlarge; to gt<>w. IIoo. To in- 
 crease ; to be full ; to be thick set. 
 2. 'To strengthen; to sustain, i^aj. 18:35. 
 
 3. To call one tatber or master; to honor. 
 Mat. 23:9. 
 
 Ma-kh-a-hi-ne, 1 J. Makua, parent, 
 
 Ma-K0-WA-HI-ne, > and loa/iine, female. 
 
 Ma-ku-a-wa-HI-ne, ) A mother, &o., sub- 
 ject to all the figurative ideas of makiM, s, 
 
 Ma-ku-a-ho-no-ai, ) s. Makua and ho- 
 
 Ma-KU-A-HO-NO-wai, ) noai, to bind to- 
 gether. A parent-in-law, either father or 
 mcfher as it ia followed by fcane oi viahine. 
 See next words. 
 
 Ma-kd-a-ho-no-ai-ka-ne, s. Makua a.ni 
 Jianoai (see above), and kane, male. A 
 father-in-law. Lunk. 1:16. 
 
 Ma-ku-a-ho-no-ai-wa-hi-ne, s. Makua 
 and ^onoai and loahine, female. A mother- 
 in-law. 
 
 Ma-kit-a-ka-ne, s. Makua and kane, 
 ■ male. The roale parent; a father; the hus- 
 band of one's mother, 
 
 Ma-ku-a-ka-ne-ko-ie-a, s. Makua and 
 tone, male, and kQlea, to make a friend. A 
 step-father. 
 
 Ma-ku-a-ke-a-hi;, adj. The spirit going 
 here and there even to where the clouds and 
 sea meet; o waibo oe auanei a halaloakou 
 ubane m/ikuaJceahu. 
 
 Ma-ku-a-ko-le-a, s. Makua and kolea. 
 A parent-in-law, either father or mother. 
 
 Ma-k(j-a-ku-a, s. a species of grass 
 growing in bunches ; a buncb of grass. 
 
 Ma-ku-a-lii, s. Jfffltea and Ki, chief. A 
 progenitor ; a patriarch. los. 13:21. 
 2. A head of a tribe; a chjef. Kin. S6:15. 
 
 Ma-ku-e, s. a pale brown or chestnut 
 color ; purple ; blue ; any dark color. 
 
 Ma-kc-e,' adj. Dark ; brown ; blue ; 
 green, according to the substance; lole 
 makue, purple cloth. 2 Oihl. 2:7. 
 
 Ma-ku-e, V. Ma and fc«e, to oppose. To 
 punch, hunch or elbow one ; to provoke 
 one to anger ; to draw down the eyebrows 
 as if sullen or angry. 
 
 Ma-ku-e, s. Opposition; anger; strife. 
 
 Ma'Ku-e-ku-e, s. a kind of grass ; the 
 grass with which good adobies are made. 
 
 Ma-ku-o, adj. Brown. 
 
 M.A-KVV, s. A crease around the end of 
 a canoe to hold a rope for dragging it; 
 alalia hoopualiia ke kanwahi mahope o ka 
 waa : ua ^eipaia kela wahi he m<tkim. 
 
 Ma-kuu, adj. Ma and kuu, to let go. 
 Discharging stools involuntarily; lepo ma- 
 kuu, involuntary alvine discbarges. 
 
 Ma-ku-eo-A£, s. The state of one just 
 dying, formerly worshiped as a god. 
 
 Ma-ku-le, s. a company of traveling 
 persons ; ho huakai ; a company of horses 
 and riders, &c. 
 
 Ma-ku-lit, ) „. Ma and Atrfw, A 
 
 Ma-KU-LP-KU-LU, ) drop of liquid. To 
 drop, as water or a liquid ; to shed drops ; 
 to drop down, as water from a leaky roof; 
 to drop, as water from the clouds. 
 
 Ma-ku-wa-hi-ne-ko-l£-a, s. Maleuaani 
 viahint and koleai to make a friend. A step- 
 mother. 
 
 Ma-la, v. To swell; to swell up; to 
 grow large ; to poffup, as a swelling. 
 
 Ma-la, s. A swelling or puffing up, as 
 of the cheat ; an enlargement ; a growing. 
 
 2. The name of a disease. 
 
 3. A small patefa of ground ; a garden ; 
 a small plat of ground for cultivation or 
 under cultivation; afield. Neh. 5:11, See 
 Malawadia. 
 
 4. A gentle breem ; the east wind ; ma- 
 kani hikina, he aeloa. 
 
 Ma-la, adj. Swelling; puffed up; en- 
 larging; growing. 
 2. Exhausted; spent. 
 
 Ma-lae, s. Ma ana lae, 9. calrti. A calm; 
 a calmness ; a pleasant appearance. See 
 
 KoOttALiE. 
 
 Ma-lae-lae, adj. Clear; serene, as the 
 
 sky ; pleasant, as the weather. 
 2. Clear; smooth, as a plain; without 
 
 obstructions. 
 Ma-lai-o-a, adj. Broken fine ; scattered, 
 
 as small particles of a substance. 
 Ma-lai-la, ade. Ma and laila, there 
 
 There; at the side of; atthatplacs. Gram. 
 
 § 165. 2 : Auialo. 
 Ma-lai-le-na, s. Bitterness; ill tasted 
 
 what is unpalatable. 
 Ma-lai-le-na, adj. Bitter, acrid or sour; 
 
 unpalatable. 
 Ma-lai-lu-a, s. a goat without horns, 
 
 derived from the name of a particular goat 
 
 formerly found at Kona, Hawaii. 
 
 Ma-la-o-a, adj. Sad; sorrowful, as one 
 sitting and thinking of many sources of 
 grief and imaginary evils as they flit be- 
 fore the mind as real ones; he well malaoa 
 aku no ka luo la. 
 
 Ma-lao-lao, *. Twilight; light between 
 day and night. 
 
MAL 
 
 377 
 
 MAL 
 
 Ma-latj, s. a place in the sea where 
 the water is still and quiet ; a calm place 
 in the sea. 
 
 2. A place where the bait for the akn or 
 bonita is found. 
 
 3. An impious wicked person. 
 Ma-lau, v. See No. 3 above. Hoo. To 
 
 reject ^ood adricft or good principles ; to 
 
 treat with contempt one's principles or doc- 
 trines. 
 Ma-lad-e-a, v. To hawk about and 
 
 sell ; to peddle. 
 Ma-la u-E;A, i. An indolent person, in- 
 
 dlsposed'to work ; mcdauea o ka pililna c 
 
 lawaia oike. aukaka. 
 MA-tAU-LAU, s. See Malau. A prepara- 
 tion. 
 Ma-lau-lau-a, v. To trade ; to make 
 
 market; to peddle. See Maiacea. See 
 
 also Maauada, the I dropped. 
 Ma-la-hi,'«. To he relieved from pun- 
 ishment; to be joyful, aa one who has been. 
 
 condemned, but the accuser is reconciled 
 
 or no longer angry. 
 2. To be joyful, as one who seeks for a 
 
 thing and quicl^ly finds it. 
 Ma-la-hi-a, adj. For mdaia. See Mala 
 
 2. Bitter ; disagreeable to the taste. See 
 
 Malailbna. 
 Ma-la-lai-o-a, s. Name of an office in 
 
 the king's train. 
 Ma-la-lu-a, r. To swell, as anything 
 
 blistered ; as fruit exposed to the hot sun ; 
 
 na malaiua i ka la u Kawaihoa, Kawaihoa 
 
 is Uister^ i« the sun. 
 Ma-la-lo, cmnp. prep. Ma and lalo, 
 
 down. Downward; under; below; beneath. 
 
 Oram. § 161. 
 AIa-la-ma, v. Ma and lama, light. To 
 
 keep ; to preserve ; to watch over. See 
 
 Kui. 
 
 2. To serve as a servant; to take care of, 
 as one who cares for another. Kin. 47:13. 
 
 3. To' reverence; to obey, as a command. 
 Kant. 5.-9. 
 
 i. To observe, as a festival; to attend 
 to, as a duty. 
 
 5. To be awake to danger. 
 
 6. To put and keep things in order. 
 
 7. To swell; "to be enlarged, as the belly. 
 See' Mala. 
 
 Ma-ia-ka, s. Light, as of the sun, moon 
 or stars. See Malamalama. 
 
 2. A solar month in distdnotion from ma- 
 rina, a moon or lunar montJi. 
 U A looking-glass ; he aniani nana. 
 
 4. One who observes the heavenly bodies; 
 a prophet ; a star-gazer ; au astrologer. 
 
 Ma-la-ma, adj. Taking carej giving 
 
 heed ; watching over. 
 Ma-la-ma, adv. A conditional tena, 
 
 Perhaps ; it may be, &c. ; malama e kupa 
 auanei ka hua i luluia, perAops hereafter 
 the seed sown may spring up ; mdtama o 
 hull mai, perhaps he will turn. Malama is 
 often connected with paha, which only 
 strengthens the possibility ; as, malama 
 paha e make ia, pertiaps he will die ; the 
 same as malia or maliapaha, perliaps. 
 Ma-la-jiatLA, v. See Mala, to swell- 
 To swell ; to rise up round and full ; to be 
 
 Ma-la-ma-la, s. See Mala. Something 
 swollen ; enlarged by swelling ; swoUen- 
 with pride or haughtiness ; he poe makaui 
 kakou i ka malamcda. 
 
 Ma-la-ma-la-ma, ». See Ma and Lama,. 
 a torch ; also Malama. To shine ; to give 
 light, as the sun or a luminous body. 
 
 2. Eoo. To enlighten; to cause light. 
 Km. 1:14, 15. 
 
 MA-LA-jii-LA-MA, s. Light; the light of 
 the sun or of the heavenly 'bodies j thelight 
 of a lamp or of a fire. 
 
 2. Fio. Supernatural light : light of the 
 mind; knowledge; knowledge of salva- 
 tion ; opposite to pindi o ka naan. 
 
 Ma-la-ma-la-ma, adj. Shining, as a 
 
 . light. 
 
 Ma-la-na, v. See Manana. Ma and 
 lana, to float. To float together, as a body 
 of canoes ; to move together, as a drove of 
 cattle or a multitude of men ; ke malaria 
 mai la na kanaka. Malana hiki ae i ka ili 
 kai. 
 
 Ma-la-na, s. A moving together, as 
 many single things. 
 
 2. The name of a fine rain from the north- 
 east at Waimea as it moves along before 
 the trade wind. 
 
 Ma-la-na, adj. Tottering ; weakj fee- 
 ble. See Laka. 
 
 2. Loose; pulling up easily, as weeds 
 trom soft ground. 
 
 Ma-la-nai, s. The gentle blowing of 
 the north-east wind. 
 
 2. One of the names of the trade wind. 
 See MoAB and Aeloa. 
 
 Ma-la-ni, s. The name of the sixteenth 
 day of the month. See Mabealani. 
 
 Ma-la-wai-na, s. Mala, a garden, and 
 uaina, grapes. A patch for grapes; a vine^ 
 yard. Kin. 9:20. 
 
 MJ.-LE, ». To hawk and spit; to raise 
 phlegm ; e palahehe ; to expectorate. 
 
 Ma-le, s. Phlegm; mucous raised from., 
 the lungs or throat ; he huka paa. 
 
 Ma-le, s. A species of fish ; the young 
 
 of the uhu. See Ohalkmali:. 
 Ma-le, s. An incorrect orthography for- 
 
 mare. See Make. 
 Ma-le-a-le-a, v. See Maalea. To be- 
 
MAL 
 
 378 
 
 MAL 
 
 cunning; to be crafty; to have a fore- 
 thought for one's advantage. 
 2. To assuage, as one's anger; to pacify. 
 
 Ma-i.e-Hj1-i.e-ha, s. The appearance of 
 the 8ky at evening. . 
 2. The time of evening. Isa. 5:11. 
 
 Ma-le-hu-le-hd, s. The appearance of 
 the 8ky at dawn of day. 
 
 Ma-le-la, adj. Idle ; lazy ; indolent. 
 ■ Ma-le-le, v. To distribute or give out 
 to others, as food. Eoo. To parcel out; to 
 give to one and to another, as food ; pau 
 no ka ai, aole makh aku ia mea. E Ium- 
 malde akd 1 ka ai ia hai, ame ka palapala. 
 
 Ma-le-le, ». To call to one for help ; 
 malde knala. 
 
 Ma-le-na, s. a burning or preparing 
 medicine ; he papaa iaaa lapaau. 
 
 Ma-L£-no, S. a rough sea. 
 
 Ma-li, p. To tie on; to fasten, as a 
 tish-hook on to a string ; to tie the end of 
 a rope to keep it ftom unraveling ; to tie 
 up, as a.broken limb. 
 
 2. To beseech ; to beg in a soothing 
 manner. 
 
 Ma-li, s. See the wrb above. A string 
 used in tying the bait on a fish-hook, or for 
 tying the end of a rope to prevent it from 
 unraveling. 
 
 Ma-li-a, aiv. See Malama, adv. Per- 
 haps ; but ; then ; if then ; lest ; often fol- 
 lowed by paha or o or both ; mMia paha i 
 hchuia makou i poe nana e kuhikuhi i ka 
 iwi; malia o, lest. Katd. 24:15. M<Ma 
 paha 0, lest perhaps. Nah. 22:6. 
 
 Ma-li-e, v. To be calm; to be quiet; 
 to be still as to noise ; to cease an agita- 
 tion ; to be calm, as the sea after a storm.. 
 Hoo. To make quiet ; to still ; to hush up. 
 
 Ma-li-e, adj. QuiBt; calm; still; gentle. 
 
 Ma-li-e, fl(i». Quietly; calmly; gently. 
 
 Ma-li-b-li-e, b. Intensive of malie. To 
 hnsh up a perturbation of any kind. Soo. 
 To soothe one's anger; to entreat quiet- 
 ness; to persuade one to be still. 2fah.lS:3. 
 
 Ma-lu,». A contraction for maZiZt. See 
 
 Ma-li-o, s. The.,ppening of the morn- 
 ing j the first rays of light; medio pawa o 
 "ku kakahiaka. See Pawa. 
 
 MA-li-tj> v. Ma and liu, preservative. 
 To attend to one ; to regard or listen to 
 one's request. 
 
 2. To turn a compassionate eye upon 
 one; to be favorabljr disposed towards one; 
 to look upon ene with kindness when need- 
 ing compassion. Puk. 32:12. 
 
 3. To hearken to advice ; to tarn from a 
 purpose. Kanl. 21:18. 
 
 i. To be accepted as an offering. Oihk. 
 1:4. 
 
 5. To be gracious to one ; to turn to- 
 wards one ; to have respect to. Kin. 4:4. 
 
 6. Eoo. To be.pntreated for a person or 
 thing. 2 Sam. 21:14. 
 
 Ma-li-u, s. A chief deified and become 
 an aumalcua. 
 
 2. A deep sound, as of an ancient deep- 
 toned instrument (sheU),like the bellowing 
 of a bull. 
 
 Ma-u-u-ia, adj. Acceptable; favorable. 
 mi. «9:13. 
 
 Ma-li-hi-ni, v. To be or to live as a 
 stranger. Puk. 2:29. 
 
 Ma-li-hi-ni, s. A stranger ; a non-resi- 
 dent; i transient person; a person from 
 another place. Oihlc. 20:2. Fig. One that 
 has not been seen for some time. 
 
 Ma-li-hi-ni, adj. As a stranger; stran- 
 ger like ; new faced ; maka hou. 
 
 Ma-li-li, v. Ma and lUi for lii, small. 
 To be or become small, as something that 
 is too great. 
 
 2. To calm down, as a storm' or one in 
 .fierceanger. 
 
 3. To be consoled, as one indulging in 
 immoderate grief. 
 
 4. Hoo. To wither ; to droop ; to lessen 
 down ; to make less. 
 
 6. To be bereaved of children, as parents, 
 or of parents, as children. 
 
 Ma-li-li, s. A blast, as upon fruits ; a 
 blasting. 1 Nal. 8:7. 
 
 Ma-li-li, adj. Lessened ; stinted ; de- 
 generated ; withered ; applied to fruits.- 
 Isa. 37:27. 
 
 2. Applied to a wind ; huaai mcdili, a 
 wind injuring vegetables. Kanl. 28:22. 
 
 Ma-li-ma-li, V. Sep Mali, to beseech. 
 To dissemble through flattery. 
 
 2. To flatter for th? sake of some advan- 
 tage. 
 
 3. To speak pleasantly in order to make 
 one forget former injuries. 
 
 4. To make a defense before an assembly. 
 
 5. To talk soothingly ; to make friends 
 with those whom we have offended. 
 
 «. To persuade. 1 Nal. 22:20. 
 
 7, jBoo. To flatter. Hal. 78:36. 
 
 Ma-li-ma-li, s. Flattery; dissimula- 
 tion ; pleasant speech for gain or advan- 
 tage ; be poe akamai i ka malinudi, a com- 
 pany skilled injiattery. 
 
 Ma-li-ma-li, adj. Soothing in language; 
 
 flattering ; dissembling, 
 Ma-li-na, s. a calm smooth plice in 
 
 the sea ; o ka mcdina a Moi kekahi kahana 
 
 nui ia manawa. 
 
 Ma-Li-no, adj. Ma ^nd lino. See Lino- 
 LiKO. Calm ; qu|et, as one whose spirits 
 have been ruffled ; calm, as the sarfaee of 
 water without wind ; quiet ; gentle^ Ses 
 
MAL 
 
 379 
 
 MAL 
 
 MAj.tis. Reflecting light, as calm water. 
 See Oimo. 
 
 Ma-li-no-j^-no, adj. See Mamno above. 
 
 Ma-lo, *. A strip of kapa or cloth girded 
 about the loine of men; in former times the 
 •cnalo yia& the only dress worn by men when 
 at work ; a covering fc the nakedness of 
 men : ka waWae e paa'i ka mai. 
 
 2. Fig. TTa lofaeia mamna ka olelo a ke- 
 kahi alii, e kaohi a e moku ka ka moJo. 
 
 Ma-lo, adj. See Maloo. 
 
 Ma-lo-e-u)-e, t). See Loeloe, feeble. 
 To be faint ; to be weary ; to relax, as the 
 joints of animals. AwA. 1. 
 
 2. To breathe hard ; to poff from hard 
 exercise, as traveling, or by hard labor. 
 
 3. fli/o. To weary one's self in doing 
 evil. let. 9:5. 
 
 Ma-lo-e-lo-e, adj. Weary; stiffened 
 with labor or traveling. Stn. with oopa. 
 See Ma^loeloe. 
 Z. Firm ; substantial. 
 
 Ma-i<o-i, Vi To start in the eyes, as tears 
 for love or affection. 
 
 Ma-loo, e. To dry up, as water. 
 
 2. To wither, as a tree. 
 
 3. To become dry, as a river. los. 3:16. 
 
 4. Hoo. To cause to dry np, as the sea. 
 los. 2:10. To dry or season in the sun. 
 
 Ma-loo, adj. Diy; dry, as land, in op- 
 position to "water; dry in opposition to 
 moist or wet 
 2. Dead, as a vegetable dried up. 
 
 Ma-loo-ha-ha, X). To be dry; to be 
 without moisture. 
 2. To yield no 'fruit, as dry grwmd. 
 
 Ma-loo-ha-ha, adj. Dry; barren; un- 
 fruitful, as ground. 
 
 Ma-lo-hi, «. Ma and liM, slow. To be 
 slow; to be lazy; a malubi, mak/U,, ma- 
 loeloe. 
 
 Ma-lo-bi-i.o-hi, V. See' Ma and Lorn, 
 slow. To be weary ; to; be fatigued. See 
 Malokloe and Mai,iihildhi. 
 
 Ma-lo-hi-lo-hi, adj. See MAitrHu.uHi. 
 Weary from traveling. See Malobloe. 
 
 Ma-lo-ka, u Ma and loka, not found. 
 To be sluggish in mind; to be Slow in giv- 
 ing one's attention to a subject. 
 
 2. Soo. To be unbelieving ; to be diso- 
 bedient. 
 
 3. To treat sacred things with contempt. 
 Ma-lo-ka, s. A disregard to the com- 
 mands of a chief. Soo. Unbelief in a chiefs 
 word or promise; disobedience in practice; 
 under the christian system, an unbeliever; 
 a scoffer. 
 
 Ma-lo-ka, adj. Disobedient; unbeliev- 
 ing in the word of a chief. Hoo. Unbeliev- 
 
 ' ing ; discrediting the christian system. 1 
 Kw. 7:12. 
 
 Ma-lo-ko, amvp.'~^ffp. Ma and hJto, 
 
 within. In ; within ; inside of; -internally. 
 Oram. § 161. 
 
 Ma-lo-lo, c. To break off work at the 
 arrival of a la kapu ; to rest. Soo. To 
 rest ; to be still ; to desist from work or 
 labor on account of kapu. 
 
 2. To ebb and flow, as the ocean, much 
 more than usual ; o Nana no ka m^lama e 
 mak>k> ai ka moana. 
 
 Ma-lo-lo, s. a day of preparation be- 
 fore a la kapu. Soo. Causing a mototo or 
 restiQg day. Note.— At the present dme 
 it is equivalent to Saturday; ka la, Sooma- 
 Udo, the day befdre the Sabbath. 
 
 Ma-lo-lo, s. The flying-fish that swijns 
 near or on the surface of the sea ; ma ka 
 ili kai e holo ai ka rmjiolo. 
 
 Ma-lo-lo, adj. Ebbing much further 
 than usual, as the sea, and when tiiis occuns, 
 it is followed by a very high tide called ke 
 kaimcUolo. 
 
 Ma-lo-lo-hi, adj. Ma SiBd lohi or loloM, 
 slow. Sluggish; numb; torpid. 
 
 Ma-lo-lo-lxt-a, adj. MaMo and hm, 
 second. The reflux of a very low ebb .tide 
 of the sea ; o ke kai maktloltia kona. 
 
 Ma-lo-wai, s. iUfcZoend tooi, wet; water. 
 A wet malo ; ina i komo ke kanaka ma ko 
 ke alii bale me ka pale ole 1 kona maXomox 
 e make no. 
 
 Ma-ltj, v. To shade; to overshadow; 
 to cast a shade; mabi. ka la, the sun is 
 shaded. Laieik. 163. 
 
 2. To be comfortable, aa in a shade when 
 all is beat around; to be in a state of quiet- 
 ness and peace with others. 
 
 3. To be favored ; to have many enjoy- 
 ments and privileges. 
 
 4. To be fruitful ; to be blessed. 
 
 6. L'oo.- To bless; to comfort; to make 
 comfortable. 
 
 6. To rule over ; to govern, as a chief; 
 to keep in order the affairs of state. 1 ]fal. 
 3:9. 
 
 7. To make peace, i.e.,a treaty of peace 
 with olelo kuikahi. Ziink. 3:19. 
 
 8. To protect ; to govern ; to put under 
 a. kapu ; hoomalu iho la o Kamehameha, 
 nana wale no e kuai i ka wahie ala, Kame- 
 hameha prohibited the sandal-wood; he 
 only would sell it. 
 
 Ma-lu, s. a shade ; the shadow-^f a 
 tree or anything that keeps off the cun. 
 
 2. Peace ; quietness ; protection. 
 
 3. Watchfulness ; care. 
 
 Ma-ltt, adj. Overshadowed; protected; 
 governed. 
 
 2. Quiet ; without care or anxiety. 
 
 3. Wet ; cold ; damp ; soaked in water ; 
 i waibo ia maloko o ka wai. 
 
 4. Shivering with wet^d cold. 
 
MAL 
 
 380 
 
 MAM 
 
 Ma-lu, adj. Secret; not openly j con- 
 trary to order ; without liberty; unlawful; 
 olelo Tnalu, secret conversation. Imnk. 3:19. 
 
 Ma-lu, adv. Secretly; unlawfully. 
 
 Ma-ltt-a, v. Ma and lua, a pit or hole. 
 To dig or prepare holes or hiUs for plant- 
 ing ; to plant, as corn or potatoes. 
 
 Ma-l0-a, s. Hills dug up or places 
 made for planting potatoes. 
 
 2. A little spot dug up and prepared for 
 planting. 
 
 3. Laziness ; indifference about -work ; 
 be malawa. 
 
 Ma-lu-a-he-le, s. Name of a wind on 
 Kauai from the north-west. 
 
 Ma-lu-a-ke-le, s. Name of a. wind 
 blowing mostly on Kauai ; hohola ka ma- 
 luakele. 
 
 Ma-lu-a-ltt-a, », To be rough and un- 
 even ; to be np and down, as hilly land ; 
 «as an uneven road. 
 
 Ma-ltt-a-ut-a, adj. Kough; uneven; 
 billy, as land. 
 
 Ma-lu-a-lu-a, t. Name of the north- 
 west wind at Lahaina. 
 
 2. Name of a wind at Kauai. 
 
 3. Name of anorth wind at Oahu. 
 Ma-lu-o-hi»a, s. The sacrifice of a per- 
 son at the cutting of the tree for a god. 
 
 2. The name of the kapii setting apart 
 
 that tree. 
 Ma-ht-ha, s. Heb. A mallows bush. 
 
 7o6. 30:4. Pnrslain perhaps. 
 Ma-ltJ-hi, adj: Ma and luhi, weaiy. 
 
 Tired; slow; weary; lazy; dull; drowsy. 
 MA-Lu-m-A, V. Passive of malu for ma- 
 
 luia, h inserted. To be at rest ; to enjoy 
 
 peace, &c. ; aole i malvhia ka .aina no ke 
 
 kaua pinepine, the land did npt enjoy rest 
 
 on account of frequent wars. 
 
 2. To be i\nder a kapu ; to be under the 
 injunction of a solemn stillness or silence, 
 es at some parts of the ancient worship. 
 
 3. To be under the fear or dread of the 
 punishment of broken kapus. 
 
 Ma-lu-hi-a, s. Peace ; quietness ; safety. 
 
 2. A sense of the presence and power of 
 the gods. 
 
 3. iFear ; dread of the gods in ancient 
 times. 
 
 4. The solemn awe and stillness that 
 reigned during some of the ancient kapus. 
 
 5. The sacredness and solemnity of j^eli- 
 jgious rites. 
 
 Ma-ltj-hi-a, adj. Peaceful; quit;, &c. 
 2. Fearful ; troubled with, fear during 
 
 tie ancient worship. 
 Mi-LiJ-Hi-A, adv. Quietly; silently. los. 
 
 10:21. 
 Ma-lu-hi-lu-hi, v. iWa and Zm^i, weary. 
 
 To be weary &om traveling. 2 Sam. 16:14. 
 
 To be weary, i. e., to be inclined to sleep. 
 
 Bal. 121:3. Soo. To weary; to fatigue. 
 
 Kekah. 10:15. 
 Ma-lu-hi-lu-hi, s. Weariness; pain 
 
 from exertion ; fatigue from labor. 
 Ma-lu-hi-lu-hi, adj. Fatiguing; pain- 
 
 ful ; weary ; lazy ; indolent. 
 Ma-lu-ko-i, s. Malu, shade, and koi, 
 
 root not found. The shadow of death; 
 
 death's shade. See M.u:.umake. 
 2. The act of going and cutting ohia trees 
 
 for a heiau ; ka malnohia, ka waokele, no 
 
 mauhaalele. 
 Ma-lu-le, V. ilfffl and Zjife, to shake. To 
 
 be weak ; to be yielding ; to be flexible. 
 
 2. To be soft, as poi. 
 
 3. To change ; to vary one's form. 
 
 4. Boo. To be'cbanged ; to pass to an- 
 other form. 1 Kor. 15 .-52. 
 
 Ma-lu-le, s. Weakness; flexibility; a 
 changing &om one form to another. 
 
 Ma-lu-le, adj. Limber; weak; flexi- 
 ble ; changeable. 
 
 Ma-lu-le-lu-le, adj. Intensive of mO' 
 lule. Weak ; flexible ; changing ;■ limber. 
 
 Ma-ltj-lu, s. Ma find Mu, a calm spot 
 of water. A place where water stands not 
 dried up by the sun nor by drought ; hei 
 wahi wai, aole kaee i kalaameke koeleela, 
 
 Ma-lu-ma-ke, s. Malu, shade, and 
 inake, death. The shade or shadow of 
 death. lob. 24:17. See Malukoi. 
 
 Ma-lu-ma-lu, adj. See MALtr. Shady; 
 cool ; comfortable ; peaceful ; bale rmdw- 
 maiu, a shed.; a portico. 
 
 MA.-LU-HA-LU, s. See Malu. A shade, 
 &c. Fig. Protection ; safety. Ein. 9:6. 
 
 Ma-lu-ma-lu, r. See Malu. To be 
 shady, &c. JBoo. To shade; to overshadow. 
 Seb. 9:5. 
 
 Ma-lu-ma-lu-hi-a, s. See Maluku. 
 Peace; quietness; rest. Pisfc. 18:23. 
 
 Ma-lu-na, 4xmp. prep. Ma and luna, 
 above, tfpward; upon; over, either as to 
 place or office ; oia no, mahma o ka poe 
 kaua. Oram. § 161. 
 
 Ma-lu-wa, adj. Lazy; indifferent about 
 work ; idle. See Molowa. 
 
 Ma-ma, v. To be light, in opposition to 
 heavy; to be unoppressed -with a burden: 
 to be relieved of a bui-deu, of care or of 
 labor ; to be light, i. e., quick in making a 
 journey. 
 
 2. To be active-; to be nimble ; to be af- 
 fected with wine. Eset. 1:10. To revi'-e 
 from a fainting fit. Laieik. 105. A Jiktma 
 ae la ke alii. 
 
 3. Hoo. To lighten what is heavy,' i, e., 
 to mitigate an affection. 1 Sam. 6:5. 
 
 4. To lighten or diminish, as a task Or 
 hard labor. 1 Nai. 12:4. 
 
MAM 
 
 381 
 
 MAM 
 
 6. To finish ; to have done with a thing ; 
 to set it afloat. 
 
 Ma-ma, v. To ctew with a view to spit 
 out of the mouth; to chew or worli over in 
 the mouth; toomakauk^u iho 'Uiaemama 
 I ke kukui; to chew or grind in the moutn, 
 'as the Hawaiian doctors do some of their 
 medicines. Note. — ^When the snbstiince 
 chewed is to Tje swallowed, the action of 
 chewing is nau. Hoolale kok€ ae la ke 
 kuhina e mama i ka awa. LaieUc S4. 
 
 Ma-ma, s. Lightness ; swiftness in 
 movement. 2 Bam, 1 :23. 
 
 Ma-ma, adj. Light; active; nimble. 
 
 Ma-ma, adj. Chewed; masticated; kona 
 man mama awa, persons whose boainess it 
 was to chew awa to make intoxicating 
 drink. Laieik. 88. 
 
 Ma-mae, s. Ma and mae, p>in. A kind 
 of pain or oneasy feeling, as of the flesh in 
 cupping ; similar to mae. a 
 
 2. A slight involuntary contraction of 
 the muscles when hurt or threatened to be 
 hurt. 
 
 Ma-ma-o, adv. A/o and niao (see 0), 
 compound preposition. Lit. At there, i. e., 
 at a distance, but not far off ; t)ut of hear- 
 ing. Puk. 18:24. . 
 
 Ma-ma-0, adj. Further; distant; far 
 off; palena marrmo loa, the utmost bounds. 
 JVaA. 22:35. E ku mamao aku, keep at a 
 distance. Tit. 3:9. 
 
 Ma-mA-o, s. a distance of time or space; 
 a long distance ; afar off. Mat. 8:30. A 
 space between one place and another; 
 something existing or done at a great dis- 
 tance off, or a long time ago. 
 
 2. A sticky substance, as tar, pitch, pi- 
 lali, &c. 
 
 3. Name of a species of fish. 
 
 Ma-ma-o, v. To remove to a distance ; 
 to go afar off; to be far from locally and 
 morally. . 
 2. To make clear, explicit or plain. 
 3.\Hbo. To remain at a distance; to sep- 
 arate widely fi-om a person or place. Xiiek. 
 11:15. 
 
 Ma-matt, v. Ma and nutu, to continue. 
 To be rough, as a road^ to make rough or 
 uneven. 
 
 2. To be hard or heavy upon ; to over- 
 power, as something opposed. 
 
 3. To be heavy ;' to press down. 
 Ma-mau, adj. Rough; difficult; un- 
 even; narrow, as a path ; hard to unloose; 
 rough in. treatment, as in oontention. 
 
 Ma-uiau-a, v.^'Ma and wwiaa, often; re- 
 peated. To obtain often ; to obtain gratu- 
 itously. See MA.CMAUA. 
 
 Ma-mait-e-a, s. Wild kalo growing in 
 uncuitivated places. See Aweoweo. 
 
 Ma-ma-ka, v. To "tifavel in company ; 
 
 to go in bauds ;^e hele hnakai. 
 Ma-ma-ka, ». Name of the stick on 
 
 which Eawaiians carry burdens across the. 
 
 shoulders. . See also Acamo and Auuaxa. 
 Ma-ma-ea-kau-a, s. Ma,inakaa.iid.katia, 
 
 war. A principal man in battle, such as 
 
 bears the brunf of a fight. 
 Ma-ma-kau-a-lu, adv. Horizontally j 
 
 flying off horizontally like a bird; lelema- 
 
 mokaualu auhono i ke kai. 
 Ma-ma-ke, ) ». Freq. of make, to die. 
 Ma-MA-MA-ke, ) To die or perish together 
 
 or in companies. 
 Ma-ma-ki, s. The b\;sh or plant from 
 
 the bark of which the mamaki kapas are 
 
 made. 
 
 2. The name of the kapa or cloth thus 
 made. 
 
 Ma-ma-la, s. Ma and mala, a small 
 piece of ground. A small piece of any 
 substance broken off from a larger; a frag- 
 inent. Luk. 9:17. He hakina. 
 
 Ma-ma-la-ho-e, s. Mamala, piece, and 
 Ttoe, paddle. 'Name of one of Kamehameha's 
 criminal laws, a law of the most stringent 
 class ; -the violation of all such law.s was, 
 indeecli punishable with death. The name 
 was derived from the fact that he came 
 near losing his life by a paddle being split 
 over his hea^. Kamehameha ka mea 
 nana i kaii mamalahoe kanawai. 
 
 Ma-ma-lu, s. Ma and tiwIu, shade. A 
 shade ; a screen from the sun. 
 
 2i In flbdern tiihes, an umbrella. Sed 
 LoDLU. A- defense from ft storm. Isa. 32:2. 
 A covering ; a protection. 
 
 Ma-ma-ltt, v. Ma and maiu, to protect. 
 To defend one from ?vil ; to parry off; to 
 hinder one from doing a thing. 
 
 Ma-ma-lu, adj. Covered; shaded; pro- 
 tected. 
 
 Ma-ma-mo, s. Name of a species of fish, 
 
 Ma-ma-na-la, adj. Small; little, as lit- 
 tle or light work ; little, as the voice ; he 
 noho wale iho no na 'lii, he oluolu, he mo 
 mancda, aole hana nni. 
 
 Ma-ma-ne, s. Name of a species of tree, 
 wood hard, used for the boards of holnas 
 and for oos. 
 
 Ma-mi-na, e. Ma and miTia, grief. To 
 regret the loss of anything ; to hold on to 
 it ; to withhold its loss. See Minamina. 
 
 Ma-mo, s. A descendant ; posterity be- 
 low the third generation, ifm. 26:24. Chil- 
 dren; descendants generally. Eanl. 32:52. 
 '2. A species ol bird with yellow feathers, 
 and much valued for its feathers. 
 
 3. A yellow war cloak covered with the 
 yellow feathers of the mama. 
 
 4. The name of a speoies of fish. 
 
MAN' 
 
 382 
 
 MAN 
 
 5. The aame of a -tree with beautiful 
 blossoms ; b.e pua nani, he,}%au. 
 
 Ma-mo, a^j. Yellow, from" the yellow 
 bird called mo)»io; aahU mamo, a yellow 
 garment ; ua aahuia i ka lole ula ame ka 
 aabu mamo, he was clothed ia a red coat 
 and a yellow robe. 
 
 Ma-mo-na, s. ChcM., mamon; Eng., 
 mammon. Eiches. Mat. 6:24. 
 
 Ma-mua, com.'p. prep. Ma and mua, first. 
 Before ; first in time or place ; formerly ; 
 previously ; in fi'ont of. Gram. § 161 
 
 Ma-mu-li, comp. prep. Ma and muli, 
 after. Behind; afterwards; hereafter; soon; 
 by and by ; after ; according to ; after the 
 example of. Oram. § 161. 
 
 Ma-na, s. Supernatural power, such as 
 was supposed and believed to "be an at- 
 tribute of the gods ; power ; strength ; 
 might. See Oihk. 26:19. Applied under 
 the christian' system to divine power. ImtJc. 
 6:14. 
 
 2. Spirit ; energy of character. 2 N(d. 
 2:9. Official power or authority ; o kona 
 mau kailniahine ka maim kiai. Laieik. 101. 
 
 3. Glory ; majesty ; intelligence ; ka ihi- 
 ihi, ka nani, \s. ike. 
 
 4. A branch or limb of a tree ; the cross 
 piece of a cross; a limb of the human body. 
 
 5. A line projecting from another line. 
 Pufc. 37:19. SeeMANAMANA. 
 
 6. Food while being j chewed in the 
 mouth, children were fed by taking the 
 food from the mother's mouth and putting 
 it into the child's ; a mouthful of food. 
 
 7. The name of the place ofgvorship in 
 a hemii ; a house in the Inakini^; hence, 
 
 8. 'I'hename'of a particular class of 
 hciaus/ 
 
 9. The name of a species of kalo.' 
 10. Name of a species of fish-hook. 
 
 Ma-na, adj. Powerful; strong. 1 Sam. 
 2:4. 
 
 Ma-na, v. To branch out; to be di- 
 vided ; to be many. 
 
 2. To chew food for infants; e mana aku 
 i ka ai na ke keiki. 
 
 3. IIoo. To reverence ov worship, as a 
 superior being, i. e., of superhuman power; 
 a hoomana aku la i ua alii la e like mi ka 
 hoomana akua, they worshiped that chief as 
 if they worshiped a god. 
 
 4. To worship ; to render homage to. 
 Pwk. 20:5. 
 
 Ma-na, s. Hoo. Worship ; reverence ; 
 adoration. 
 
 Ma-nai, s. An instrument used an- 
 ciently as a needle in stringing flowers for 
 wreatbs ; e ake no lakou e hookuikni i ka 
 manai, a uo i ke kaula i lawa ; a sharp in- 
 strument to make leis with. 
 
 Ma-nai-e-A, s. a species of sea mcs. 
 See Manauisa. 
 
 Ma-na-o, v. Ma and Tiao, root not found. 
 To think ; to think of; to call to mind; to 
 meditate; mariao iOfmanoooiaiOjtfl believe 
 as true; to credit; to have ii«ll confidence 
 in ; to wish ; to will. - Mom. 9:18. 
 . 2., JEToo. To remember ; to consider ; to 
 call to mind ; to please to do a thing ; to 
 will. 
 Ma-na-o, s. a thought; an idea- apian; 
 ' a device ; a purpose ; a counsel ; a strat- 
 agem; manoo kiekie, a high thought; pride; 
 matuw io, faith; belief; ponfidence; ma- 
 nao oiaio, the. same; itmnao kuko. lust; 
 mamo lana^ hope; expectation; manao 
 akamai, spirit of wisdom. Pyk. 28:3. 
 
 Ma-nao-ia, s. or part. pass. What is be- 
 lieved, thought or supposed. 
 
 Ma-nao-i-o, v. Manao and io, real; sub- 
 stantial. To believe ; to credit what one 
 says. Kin. 15:6. To have confidsnce in. 
 Pvk. 14:31. The same as manao -oiaio, to 
 tiiink to be irath or true. 
 
 Ma-nao-i-o, s. Faith : verity ; full con- 
 fidence. 
 
 Ma-naq-ku-paa, s. Manao and ku, to 
 stand, and p(w,, fast. A decree ; a fixed, 
 plan ; a purpose. 
 
 Ma-nao-la-na, v. Manao and lana, to 
 float. To be buoyed up, as the mind ; not 
 to sink, in opposition to maTiao polio, to 
 sink ; to despond ; frence, 
 
 2. To hope; to trust in; to expect Eal. 
 71:5. 
 
 Ma-nao-la-na, s. Hope; expectation; 
 a buoyancy of mind. 
 
 Ma-nao-li-a, s. See Mana 6ia,Z inserted. 
 What IS thought of, or destined, or pur- 
 posed. Gj'om. § 48. 
 
 Ma-nao-nAo, v. Frpq. of manao, to 
 
 think. To thihk over ; to turn over and 
 
 over in one's mind; to meditate. EaX. 63:B. 
 
 2. To lament ; to grieve ; to pity one ; 
 
 to mourn for one ; kumakena. 
 
 Ma-nao-nao, s. a meditating; a turn- 
 ing over in the mind ; grief ; sadness on 
 parting with friends. Zaieik. 19i. Mourn- 
 ing ; sadness for the death of one. 
 
 Ma-nao-paa, s, Manao and paa, fast. 
 Apian; a resolution; a design. Laieik.ii. 
 
 Ma-nao-paa, adj. Just ; inflexible ; not 
 turned aside by selfish motives ; he kaika- 
 inahine manaopaa no, aole e hoopilimeaai. 
 Zaim.k. 194. 
 
 Ma-na-ha-lo, ) s. Mana and hah. See 
 
 Ma-na-HO-lo, ) Halo, s. The motion of 
 the arms and Itgs in swimming. 
 
 Ma-na-ka, p. To be discouraged ; to be 
 disheartened in doing a thing. 
 
 2. To become indifferent aa to the result; 
 to be laay; to work slackly and carelessly. 
 
 Ma-na-ka, s. Discouragement; faint- 
 
MAN 
 
 383 
 
 MAN 
 
 beartedness; indifference in one's business; 
 
 lazinesa. Soo. Soomanaka is apposed to 
 
 luxflkiika. E hana no me lia hooikailsa, 
 
 aole me ka hoomanaka. 
 Ma-na-ka, adj. Faint-hearted; lazy; 
 
 aole e loaa keia mea, o ka naauao, i ka mea 
 
 manuka, this thing, learning, will not be 
 
 obtained by the lazy. 
 Ma-na-i«, adj. Sweet, as fresh water, 
 
 in distinction from brackish or salt water ; 
 
 slightly brackish ; insipid. 
 
 2. Sweet,, that is, free from taint; insipid; 
 'ree from taste. 
 
 3. Firm ; hard, as good kalo, in distinc- 
 tion from hliloli. 
 
 Ma-na-lo, s. Sweetness; destitute of 
 bad ta^te. 
 
 MA-NA-LO-NA-to, v. To be unseasoned, 
 as food ; to be insipid to the taste ; to be 
 withont taste, as pure water. See Mana- 
 
 NALO. 
 
 Ma-na-ma-na, v. See Mana, a branch. 
 To branch out ; to grow into branches ; to 
 ' form several divisions; to part asunder, as 
 several things from each other. 
 
 Ma-na-ma-na, s. A branch: a limb of 
 a tree or of a person. ^ ' . , 
 
 Ma-na-ma-na, adj. Branching ; project- 
 ing in parallel or radiated lines ; divided ; 
 split, as limbs of trees, twigs of branches, &c. 
 ■ Ma-na-ma-na-li-ma, s. I.e., the branch- 
 ing of the arm ; the finger. JPuk. 29:12. 
 
 Ma-na-bia-na-nu-i, s. The thumb or 
 the great toe as it is connected with the 
 
 , lima or the wawae. 
 
 Ma-na-ma-na-wa-wae, «. The toes. 
 
 Ma-na-na, s. Name of a kind of potato. 
 2. That wljioh is tottering, weak or fee- 
 hie. See Matana. 
 " 3. That which is buoyed up ; hikike, ha- 
 
 Ma-na-nai, s. See Malanai. A gentle 
 breeze ; a pleasant wind to sail with and 
 io motion of the canoe or vessel. 
 
 Ma-na-nao, s. See Manao. Thought; 
 opinion ; view of a matter ; eia ka mana- 
 noio o ka po^ pono ia lakon. Ina hoi i ole 
 ka pepa, beaha ka pono e loaa mai no ka 
 noonoo ana i mananao ? , 
 
 Ma-na-na-lo, v. To be pure 5 to be sim- 
 ple, as a liquid; without miztore of ingre- 
 dients. Boik. 14:10. 
 
 Ma-na^na-lo, adj. See Manalo. In- 
 sipid; tasteless, as pure cool water; slightly 
 brackish ; hence. 
 
 2. Sweet, as water. Sol. 9:17. Okakai, 
 koekoe. 
 
 Ma-na-na-lo, s. Name of the planet 
 Venus. 
 2. Name of a species of flsh. 
 
 Ma-ma-»a, v. To be angry or displeased 
 
 with ; hoopiti aku, a matuma koke iho 1» 
 no. Manana ke kanaka i ka wahine, i k« 
 keiki, ame na mea e ae. ' 
 
 Ma-na-ne, *. A kind of tree. 
 
 Ma-na-wa, s. ' Feelings ; afiections ; 
 sympathy. ' Kin. 43:30. 
 
 2. A spirit ; an apparition. 
 
 3. The anterior and posterior fontanel in 
 the heads of young children; thesoftpiaoe 
 in the heads of infants. Ankt. 9. 
 
 4. A time ; a season ; a space between 
 two events ; a space of place between two 
 material objects, between two localities, 
 &c. ; ho rnanavm ole, instantly ; immedi- 
 ately. Xoieifc. 102. See Wa. 
 
 Ma-na-wa-e-a, s. Childhood before the 
 open place in the head is grown up. 
 
 2. Hard breathing; an impediment in 
 breathing. 
 
 Ma-na-wai, adj. Bent in; crooked; de- 
 fective internally. 
 
 Ma-na-wai-ku-i-kai-oo, s. Name of a 
 fabled whirlpool. 
 
 Ma-na-wa-i-no, adj. See Manawa and 
 Ino, bad. Evil minded; baying a bad dis- 
 position ; unlovely ; nmrietidly. 
 
 Ma-ka-wa-nu-i, v. Manawa, time, ind 
 nui, much. To be a long time. Moo. To 
 be patient ; to be long-suffering ; to con- 
 tinue steadfast; to bear up against difScul- 
 ties ; to be persevering ; to be awake and 
 active ; to be reidy. ' 
 
 Ma-na-wa-nu-i, s. Steadfast in difficul- 
 ties ; patience ; watching. Moo. The re- 
 sistance of evil appetites or passions; tem- 
 perance. 
 
 Ma-na-wa-hc-a, adj. Manawa, dispo- 
 sition, and hua, jealous. Bad dispositioned ; 
 unlovely ; evil minded. 
 
 Ma-na-wa-hu-a, i. Loss of appetite. 
 
 2. An unpleasant state of the bowels; 
 the disease called hailepo. 
 
 3. An evacuation of the bowels. See also 
 Kaea. 
 
 Ma-na-wa-hu-a, s. Manawa and kua, 
 
 envy. Irascibility; anger; evil minded- 
 
 ness. 
 Ma-na-wa-hu-a-kai-koo, s. Manawa, 
 
 time, hua, to swell, and kaUcoo, a high surf. 
 
 A great perturbation of the sea, wind arid 
 
 current contrary. 
 
 , 2. A great perturbation of the mind, 
 
 thoughts distracted. See Haeuxai. 
 Ma-na-wa-le-a., s. Alms; that which is 
 
 given to the poor ; a gift ; a present ; help 
 
 m time of need; a present madelio assuage 
 
 onfe's anger. 1 Sam. 25:27. 
 Ma-na-wa-le-a, v. JIf a«at«a and fefl, to 
 
 please. To send or give relief in distress; 
 
 to give alms ; to give willingly, cheerfoUy 
 
 and liberally : to bestow soinething upoa 
 
 another with affection. 
 
MAN 
 
 3S4 
 
 MAN 
 
 BIa-na-wa-le-^, adj. Bestowing freely Ma-ne-ne, v. To tremble for, as for one 
 
 to tbe needy ; generous ; liberal ; bestow- 
 ing upon the undeserving; gracious. Puk. 
 34:6. Mea naau ifiariaioalea, a person of a 
 ■mlling heart, i.e., willing to give. Fitkj 
 35:5. ( 
 
 Ma-ne, s. Heb. Manna, the food of the\ 
 foraclites in the wilderness of Arabia. Puk. 
 16:31. 
 
 Ma-ne-a, «. The hoof of a beast, as ox 
 or horse. lamk. 6:22. The nai! of. a per- 
 son's finger or toe ; the claws of a beast or 
 fowl ; the ball of a man's <'oot. See Maiao 
 and Maioc: 
 
 2. Manea o ka moku, the toes, i. e., the 
 divisions of the island. 
 
 Ma-nei, comp^ prep. Ma and mi, here. 
 This; here 5 in this place. Gram. § 161. 
 See Maanei and Mbnbi. 
 
 Ma-ks-o, b. To itch; to feel the sensa- 
 tion of itching. 
 
 2. To be bitter ol: pungent to the taste, 
 as after eafing raw kalo or red pepper. 
 Si To be s&r^ and pricking. 
 
 Ma-ne-o, f. An itching pain; the sensa- 
 tion after eating red peppers or raw kalo. 
 
 Ma-ne-o, adj. Itching j pepeiao maneo, 
 itching ears, i. '«., desirous of hearing new 
 or strange things, , 2 Tim. 4:3. 
 
 Ma-Ne-o-n^'-o, 's. A species of sea-grass. 
 
 Ma-nb-le, s. a sedan chair; a species 
 of palanquin ; a bier. 2 Sam. 3:31. 
 
 2. The name of the pole with which two 
 men carried a corpse ; he laau amo kupa- 
 pau. : 
 
 3. Name of a tree found on the moun- 
 tains. 
 
 Ma-ne-lb, 0. To canyon the shoulders 
 of four men, as a palanqnin or a sedau 
 chair. Note. — This mode of conveyance is 
 said to have been, formerly, very comman 
 among the chiefs ; but a certain chief of 
 Kauai, very corpulent and very crabbed to 
 his people, used to make them carry Mm 
 up and down the palis, until weary with 
 his petulancy, they allowed him to fall, or 
 threw him down a deep pali or precipice ; 
 since which time it has not been so fashioU' 
 able for chiefs to ride in them. 
 
 Ma-nb-lo, s. The name of certain large 
 fissures or caves in the bottom of tjie ocean. 
 
 Ma-ne-lo, adj. Free, as land from 
 stones, lava or gravel. 
 
 Ma-ne-na, s. Name cf a medicinal herb. 
 
 Ma"Ne-ne, ndj. Soft and tender footed ; 
 smootb footed, 
 ■2. Affected in walking, as with dizziness. 
 3. Fearful ; tiembling with fear. 
 
 Ma-ne-ne, s. The nervous sensation of 
 onn when in a dangerous situatiou his hands 
 or feet slip. 
 
 ill danger; manene akn i ka mea aneane 
 haule ; manetie i ka mea e pepehi ia ana ; 
 manene i ka mea kokoke make. 
 
 2. To be dizzy or like one iiitoxicated. 
 See Mania and Ona. 
 
 3. To slip, as a man's foot or fingers in 
 climbing a pali or precipice. 
 
 Ma-ne-wa, s, a vegetable; a species of 
 
 grass near the sea beach. 
 2. The breathing of a fish ; ,thc muscuUr 
 
 motion of such breatoiog.^ 
 Ma-ni, s. Heb. A Hebrew weight for 
 
 money ; a pound. Neh. 7:71. 
 Ma-ni, v. To diminish, as heat ; to fly 
 
 off, as beat; to cool ; e waiho ana ka mo- 
 
 moku pi e mani ai ka umu. 
 Ma-ni, adj. Dull; heavy; srhooth. See 
 
 Mania. 
 Ma-ni-a, ». To be dull; to be blunt, as 
 
 n dull instrument; to be heavy*;' to be 
 
 smooth. 
 
 2. To be sharp ; to be smooth cutting ; 
 to smooth down what is rough. 
 
 3. Boo. To set on edge, as the teeth by 
 eating acids, or by any tingling noise, as 
 the filing of a saw. 
 
 ~i!*'Po--be atfected, as the nerves at any 
 sudden or unpleasant noise. 
 
 6. To smooth down a rough toad. Luk. 
 3:5. 
 Ma-ni-a, s. Dizzines"!; drowsiness; iii- 
 clination to sleep. 
 
 2. The sensation felt when one files a saw. 
 
 3. A. broad srhooth place, as a reef un- 
 covered with" water. 
 
 Ma-mi-a, adj. See Laupapa. Smooth; 
 doll, as the blunt smooth edge of a knife. 
 
 2. Sleepy ; inactive ; lazy ; weary. 
 
 .3. Straight ; even : smooth, as a surface. 
 Sne Lachania. 
 
 4. Boo. Set on edge, as ihe teeth by eat- 
 ing an acid. 
 
 5. Having the sensation occasioned by a 
 grsiting noise, as the filing of a saw, &o. 
 
 Ma-ni-a-ni-a, V, Intensive of numia in 
 
 all its senses. 
 M.i-Ni-A-Ni'A, adj. Even; smooth. Hal. 
 
 26:12. 
 
 3. Didl ; sleepy ; lazy, Sus. See Manu. 
 Ma-ni-a-ni-a, s. Name of a species of 
 
 grass, soft and smooth, See Manieniis, 
 Ma-ni-a-ni-a-it-la, s. Maniania, grass, 
 and via, red. A species of low grass with 
 bearded seeds ; it is found on Lanai, and 
 is the same as pilipiUuia on Hawaii. 
 
 Ma-ni-e, adj. Clear; smooth; plain. 
 
 See Miiffl, Ijaumania and Lacmanie. 
 Ma-ni-e-ni-e, s. SeeMANiANiA. Name 
 
 of a species of grass, soft and smooth; it is 
 
 very tenaoious of life. 
 
MAN 
 
 385 
 
 MAN 
 
 Ma-ni-ha, adj. Wild ; rude 5 rough ; 
 liarah. See Njha and Kam^iha. 
 
 Ma-ni-he-0, 1). To -bruise, as flesh ; to 
 injure ttie surface Of a ^iag. 
 . 2. T'Obreak: to break ofif or break itf two. 
 
 Ma-j<i-la, s. The name given to Manila 
 hats from tbe city Ma&i)a. 
 
 Ma-ni-ne, adj. Scratching with the fin- 
 ger where one ilcbcs. 
 
 Ma-m^ni, V. Ma and nini, to spiU over. 
 To sjiill or spatter out, as water in carrying. 
 
 2. To overflow ; to run over, as water. • 
 
 3. Soo. To pour out water bj little and 
 littte. 
 
 4. To be dashed, as water against tbe 
 sides of a container by carrying it unstead- 
 ily. 
 
 Ma-ni-ni, *. Name of a species of fish 
 caiigtat by diving down aft«r it 
 2. Name of ft species of kalo. 
 
 Ma-ni-ni, adj. Spilling; overflo^ving, 
 as water^ 
 
 Ma-ni-ni-ni, v. Freq. of manirii. To 
 overflow ; to spill over ; to ran over, as 
 water ; aleale ka wai, maninini mawaho. 
 Hoo. The same as hoomanini. 
 
 Ma-hi-ni-ni, adj. Overflowing, &c. See 
 Mani.vi. 
 
 Ma-wi-hi-ni, s. The name of a species 
 of lj.sh. 
 
 Ma-ni-no, X. See Malitjo, change of I 
 for n. A calm or quiet after a storm ; the 
 abating or lulling of strong winds. 
 
 Ma-ni-no-ni-no, s. Intensive of mammo 
 above. A calm ; a lull of strong wind. 
 
 2. A small quiet place sheltered from the 
 wind. 
 
 Ma-no, s. The number 4,000; hookahi 
 laii ai, hookahivniano ia, one 4U0 bunches 
 of food, one 4,000 of fish, ffram. § 116:5. 
 He umi lau ua like ia me ka rnano, 4,000. 
 
 Ma-no, ) s. a shark; he ihoa no ka ia 
 
 Ma-noo, J ai kanaka. Note. — There are 
 many species of shark, besides some other 
 kinds of Gsh which Hawaiians call by the 
 general name of marM, as the rmiJa. and the 
 Ai; they were all kapu to women to eat 
 under penalty of death. 
 
 2. The fountain head of a stream of water. 
 See PoowAL 
 
 3. A channel of a brook or stream. See 
 Manowai. 
 
 Ma-no, c. To throw; to cast, as a 
 stone; to throw at a thing; e pehi; to pell. 
 
 Ma-no, adj. Thick ; multitudinous ; 
 many; numerous. See Mabomano and 
 Manuu, - . 
 
 Ma-no-a, adj. Thick, as a board or 
 plank ; thick; deep, as a substance having 
 breadlb and depth, that is thickness. 
 49 
 
 Ma-no-a, ». Thickness,; depth. 
 Ma-no-a-no-a, v. Se6 Manga. To be 
 
 thick ; to be impenetrable. Fia. Applied 
 
 to the mind, to be careless ; to be dull of 
 
 apprehension ; to be inattentive ; to be, in- 
 different. Oa. 28:27. 
 Ma-no-a-mo-a, s. Thickness. 1 Nal. 
 
 12:10. Aia no a like pu ka mawtamoa alii 
 
 o na kupnna. 
 Ma-no-a-no-a, adj. Thick, as a board- 
 Ma-no-i, «. Gocoanut oil scented. 
 
 2. Perfume. Isa. 57:9. Oil. Isii. 61A 
 
 A Tahitian word perhaps. 
 Ma-no-he-u, p. To bite with the teeth' 
 
 and peel 6ff, as the bark of a tree ; hence, 
 
 to deface ; to make a mark in. 
 Ma-no-ma-no; u See Mano. To be 
 
 moltitndinous ; to be or become many. 
 Ma-no-ma-no,. aij. Manifold; many. 
 
 Hoi. 86:6. Great in number; excessive; 
 
 magnificent ; powerful j numerous. 
 Ma-no-ma-no, s. Greatness; might, ha. 
 
 63:1. 
 Ma-no-mo, s. Name of a tree, timber 
 
 used for some parts of canoes. 
 Ma-no-no, s. The sea as the surf dashes 
 
 against the rooks ; ,kekaikuihala kui mgi- 
 
 iMno. ' , 
 
 Ma-no-wai, s. a channel of a brook c 
 
 river. Isa. 8:7. 
 2. The material heaiit; that place whence 
 
 the blood comes together, as in a fountain, 
 
 and flows out again. See Kwiano and Po- 
 
 WAI. 
 
 Ma-nu, s. The general name for fowls 
 or the feathered tribe. Kin. 1:20. All 
 winged feathered animals ; na mea ehcu e 
 lele ana. 
 
 2. Tbe name of two gods at the gate of 
 Lono's yard. 
 
 Ma-nit, adj. Salted; applied to meat 
 and fish. 
 
 2. Humming; lightly rumbling; malo^g 
 an indistinct noise. 
 
 3. Full of boles, like some worthless 
 thing. 
 
 uttA-NU-A, ) J. The Hawaiian pronuu- 
 Ma-NU-WA, J ciation for the English phrase 
 
 man-of-war, i. e., ship-of-war. 
 Ma-nu-ai-hu-e, *. Manu, bird, and ai- 
 
 hue, to steal. The thievish partridge. ler. 
 
 17:11. 
 Ma-nu-e-a, ». See Hanamanuea. To- 
 
 make a blunder ; to act carelessly ; to be 
 
 dilatory in movement. 
 Ma-nu-e-a, adj. Blundering; careless;; 
 
 indifferent in action. 
 
 Ma-nu-io-io, s. Ma?iu,hiti,a.niiaio,tO' 
 peep. Name of a small bird ; a swallow 
 perhaps. lar. 8:7. 
 
MAP 
 
 38& 
 
 MAR 
 
 Ma-nu-i-hu, s. The name of the beak, 
 i. e., th« end of the bow and stern of a 
 canoe ; ina i palahalaha malima o ka ma- 
 
 nuihu. 
 
 Ma-nu-u, «. Name of a bird ; perhaps 
 < a crane, ier. 8:7. 
 Ma-nuu, ) adj. Great; immeasura- 
 Ma-KUU-NUU,..J ble ; vast ; muititadiootts ; 
 
 manifold. 
 MA-Ncrn, adj. Sick; painful; weak. 
 ' Ma-nu-he-u, s. Marm and Imi, wing. 
 
 A breaking up ; a flying away ; a setting 
 
 at variance, as a people ; civil commotion 
 
 oc contention. 
 Ma-H0-hu-hu, s. MewKand AmAw, angry. 
 
 A wild ravenous bird. Isa. 18:6 and 46:11. 
 Ma-nc-ka, ». To mistake; tp blunder; 
 
 to be slow ; to be careless ; to lag behind. 
 Ma-wu-ko-ea-ka, Si Manu and kcrraka, 
 
 Gt. a raven. IJfai. 17:4. 
 MA»NU-Ktr, adj. A dove, so called from 
 
 its noise. Bal 55:6. 
 ]S|a-nu-ma-nu, adj. Rough; irregular, 
 
 like the surface of a board unplaned. 
 
 2. Defective; full of cracks or holes; not 
 solid. 
 
 3. Rough ; unpolished ; want of beauty. 
 Ma-N0-ma-nu, s. Civil commotion: a 
 
 ■ breaking up; a crash in civil affairs; a set- 
 ting against each other. 
 
 •Ma-nu-nu, v. To crack or creak against 
 each other, as broken bones. See Haloke 
 and UniNA. 
 
 Ma-nu-nu, adv. In pieces ; finely, as if 
 broken fine; haki manunu ka iwi o ka mokn. 
 
 JH^A-NU-NU-NU, s. A rumbling; a rustling 
 indistinct noise ; a rlight tremor, 
 
 Ma-nu-nu-nu, adj^ Rumbling; rust- 
 ling ; tremulous, as an indistinct sound. 
 
 Ma-nu-nu-nu, v. To creak ; to grate or 
 crepitate, as the finger joints when pulled, 
 or -the back .when lomied, or as broken 
 bones when they come in contact. 
 
 Ma-pe-le, s. Name Of a tree used in 
 buildinj; a heiau in the worship of Lono ; 
 alalia, he mapde ka heiau e kukulu ai ; he 
 bemu pili ka mapele i ka hcoulnultt ai. 
 
 Ma-pu, v. To rise, up, as incense ; to 
 rise up and float off. 
 
 2. To spatter, as when rowing a canoe. 
 
 3. ifoo. To set off together, as two per- 
 sons riding in on the surf on a bet. 
 
 Ma-pu, adj. Moving, as a gentle wind ; 
 floating, as odoriferous matter in the breeze; 
 spattering, as water from a paddle. 
 
 Ma-pu, s. The name of a wind. 
 2. A ring-tailed monkey. 
 
 Ma-pu-ma-pu., v. SeeMAPU. To fly up- 
 wards ; to float off in the air. 
 
 Ma-pp-ma-pu, s. a rising upward ; ,a 
 
 ^noving off; o ka mapumapu aloha o Wai- 
 
 aloha e. 
 Ma-pu-na, v. Mapu and ana. See Mapu. 
 
 To boil np, aa w^ter in the sea near the 
 
 shore or in other plaoe.s.' 
 
 2. To excite or stir up the mind. 
 
 3. To turn ihetiffections upon a belov<*d 
 object. 
 
 4. To love ardently. 
 
 Ma-pu-na, tedj;; Boilwg up and flowing 
 off, as water in a spring ;jwai mapuna, 
 "spring water. Pig. Oili niai la ka make- 
 make i ka naauao o ka poe naauao me he 
 wai maputia la e kahe mai ana. 
 
 Ma-wae, *. A cleft ; an open place o; 
 opening among rocks ; a secret or hiding 
 place ; n pit 
 
 Ma-wae, adj. Hidden; secreted; stolen. 
 
 Ma-wae, v^ See the substantive. Hoo. 
 To crack ; to break ; to cleave asunder. 
 
 Ma-wae-hu-na, s. In the phrase mawoe 
 kuna aina, literally, freaking the land in 
 small pieces. All practices of the people, 
 such as gambling, betting, racing, &c., that 
 induce laziness and ita vices. 
 
 Ma-wae-na, comp. prep. Ma and waena, 
 between. Between ; among ; in the midst 
 of; in the middle ; a mawaena iho, in the 
 interior ; in the space betweea ; between 
 two points, loan. 4:31. 
 
 Ma-wae-na-ko-nu, adv. Mawaena aod 
 konu, center. In the center ; in the mid- 
 dle. Isa. 24:13. 
 
 Ma-wae-wae, s. The fish prepared or 
 food first given to a new born infant ; he 
 banau wale iho na wahine USiune i ka lakcu 
 mau keiki me ka mawaewae ole. 
 
 Ma-wai, s. Any cathardc medicine 
 given to children to carry «ff the meconium 
 
 Ma-wa-ho, comp. prep. Ma and viaho, 
 outside, Whaf is outward; outside; oppo- 
 site to maloko. 
 
 Ma-wa-le, v. Ma, to wilt, and ivale, 
 only. To fade quickly or easily ; to pass 
 away, as the beauty of a thing; to come to 
 an end, as earthly glory. Boo. To be de- 
 stroyed or perish soon. Note. — ^The word 
 
 . . in its origin has reference to the fading of 
 a flower or the colors of a- kapa ; indeed it 
 is applied to everything subject to decay ; 
 hence, to perish quickly. 
 
 Ma-we-he, V. Ma and wehe, to loosen. 
 To loosen; to separate; to be loosened; to 
 be separated. 
 
 Ma-go-i,. s. Gt. a magician ; a prac- 
 tieer of magic arts. P«fc. 7:U. 
 2. A wise man: a philosopher. Mat 2:1. 
 
 Ma-ha-ki, s. Eng. The name of the 
 third month of the year, March. 
 
 Ma-e.e, *. Marriage. Isd. 62:5. 
 
MEA 
 
 387 
 
 MEH 
 
 Ma-ee. v. Eng. To riaany; to take a 
 
 wife or a husband ;_ td wed. Puk. 21:3. 
 Ma-be, adj. Married or to be<married; 
 
 as, kaae mare, a bridegpcom. Mat. 25:1. 
 
 Wahiae mare, a bride. 
 Ma-ke-ka, i. Eng. Name of the planet 
 
 Macs. See the Srst Hawaiian AlemanaliLa 
 
 for 1835; TheEawaiiian name of Qie planet 
 
 Mars Is Eohkolopitutau. 
 Ma-te-te, s. Eng. Mustard ; a plant ; 
 
 hua inatete, mustard seed. See Makkkb. . 
 HLk, simp. prep. With; accompanying; 
 
 as ; like ; like as ; besides ; so. Orarn. § 
 
 68" and 72. 
 Me, eonj. With or Without other words; 
 
 with ; in oppipany ; a me, and. It is often 
 
 ioUowed by pela, corresponding with it ; 
 
 as, 77te la i oana'l, peta ue e bana ai. It is 
 
 frequently connected with like ; as, e like 
 
 me oe,ftfc$ you: it then merely strengthens 
 
 like/ mejiei, like this. 
 Me, s. a oonlraction of mea, a thing. 
 
 ScbMba. PMfc. 17:14. 
 Me-a, *. a thing ; an external object j 
 
 a visible or invisible substance. 
 'i. A circnmstahce or condition, 
 3. A person ; a thing in Its most exten- 
 
 givo application, including persons ; ame 
 
 kolaila poe piea a pan, and all the things 
 
 belonging to them. JSin.Z:l.- 
 i. Having the quality of obtaimng or 
 
 possessing somcithing; as, lie wahiae mea 
 
 kane, a woman having a hiisbaod. Kin. 
 
 20:3. 
 Me-a, v. To do;; to say; io act. 
 
 2. Tohavetodo; to meddle with. Kaanl. 
 22:26. 
 
 3. To touch ; to uyure : to meddls with. 
 mn. 22:12. 
 
 f i. To -trouble with unprofitable business; 
 to hinder. Sol. 14:10. 
 6. To cause to come to. ler. 18:2. 
 
 6. To speak ; to utter ; to ask <}uestlons. 
 
 7. Hoo. To hinder; to stand in the way; 
 mai hoomea hoi oukpu i ke pai; aka,ehoo; 
 iaio aku hoi i hiki wawe mai hoi na wahi 
 palapala a kaktm. 
 
 Me-a-e, s. Mea and e, another. Another 
 in addition ; another besides. 
 
 2. A stranger ; 'one unknown ; a new 
 thing ; a wonder ; a prodigy. > ' 
 
 Me-a-e, adj. Wonderful; strange; un- 
 accountable ; something new. 
 
 Me-ae, v. Toi mea ae. SeeMEA6.»To 
 speak to one ; to address ooa j to ^ask 
 one. • * 'i , 
 
 Me-ait, $. The itch. See Maiau atid 
 
 Me-a-ha-le, s. Mea and hale, bouse. 
 
 The Owner of ajhpuse ; a chief. 
 Me-A'KI-ai, s. Mea und kM, to guard. 
 
 A guard ; a protection : a preserver ;. epi- 
 thet of Jehovah. /o6. 7:20. 
 
 Me-a-me-a, adj. Yellowish; whitish; 
 ke poae ula, kc ,kode nui hulu meamea. 
 
 Me-e, V. Contraction of meae. See 
 Meae, To wonder at ; to be astonished. 
 
 Me-e, «. A thing greatly desired; some- 1 
 thing much wished lor ; he mua i make- 
 make niii ia. 
 
 Me-e, adj. Singular; strange; unheard 
 of. 
 
 Me-e-au, s. The itch. See Mbau above. 
 2. Name of a class- of insects on trees. 
 
 Me-eu, v. To jump ; to run; to fly^ to 
 run, away. 
 
 Mee-ibee, s. Strong desire ; the 'object 
 of desire;; the thing desired ; o ka meenw- 
 ui nui o Hanalei. 
 
 Mbe-mee, aclj. Desirous for; longing 
 
 ■ after ; sweet to one's thoughts. _ 
 
 Mee-wbe, s. Name of a species of fish. 
 
 Me-o, v. To shoot or sprout out, as a 
 vegetable ; td grow, as a plant. 
 
 Me-o, *, The v0ice of crying, as of a 
 child. ' 
 
 2. A sickly crying child, 
 
 3. One who is often calling to obwia 
 favors. ' , 
 
 Me-0, adj. Sickly ; weak ; crying, as a 
 child ; meddlesome ; taking hold of «very- 
 thing in one's way, 
 
 Me-o-me-o, adj. Reddish, as the bud of 
 a plant ; as a feverish swelling on one's 
 finger ; ulaula, omeomco. 
 
 Me-u, . 1), To meet ; to bring two things 
 together ; to stitch together ; to meet to- 
 gether, as two persona in kissing. 
 
 Me-tj-a, t'. To strike each other, as two 
 persons quarreling ; peua, men. 
 
 Me-u-ke-u, s. The knuckles of the fist 
 when the band is dopbled up. 
 
 Me-u-la, i. Eng. A mule ; the offsprin,r , 
 of a.borse and an ass; vulgarly pronounced 
 jpiuZa, See Mn3i,A. 
 
 Mji-u-BiE-D, V. To be blunt ;;to be round 
 on the edge ; to be dull, as a catting in- 
 strument, 
 
 Me-u-me-it, adj. Veryhlunl or dull, as 
 an instrument whose edge or end is beat off 
 till quite round. 
 
 Me-ha, V. To be solitary; to dwell 
 alone; to be desolate, .ifoo. To dwell 
 alone without society; to sit solitarily in a 
 honse or at home, as in keeping the ancient 
 kapus. 
 
 Me-ha, s. Loneliness; the state of being 
 solitary. 
 
 Me-ha, adj. Solitary; desolate; duell- 
 ing alone. 
 
Mel 
 
 388 
 
 MEN 
 
 Me-hai, s. Some hair X>i kapa or other 
 
 article carried to the sorcerer by which he 
 
 (sorierer) might procure the death of the 
 
 one desired ; o ke ola lau mehai, o meftoi 
 
 kolo. 
 
 Me-ha-me-ha, v. See Meha. To be 
 
 waste or desolate, as a country. ler, 46:19. 
 
 Me-ha-me-ha, orfy. See Meha. Lonely; 
 
 alune; withont society: 4Molafce. Ual 
 
 25:16. Alone by one's sell ; retired; Secret; 
 
 forsaken. 
 
 Me-ha-me-ha, ado. Solitarily; without 
 
 company. 2 8am. 13:20. 
 Me-ha-na, V, See Mahana. To be or 
 
 become warm. Kekah. 4:11. 
 Me-ha-na, «. See Mahama. Heat; 
 
 wa,rmtb. Isa. 18:4. 
 Me-hp, adt. . Me, conjunction, as^ and 
 he, indefinite article. Like a ; as a, &o. 
 Note. — This is generally written in sepa- 
 rite words as me ke. 
 Me-he-h, s. Atrackof thefoot; anim- 
 pressioQ of a foot""on the sand or dirt; a 
 .^cratch on paper ; a frsck of a horse. See 
 Katuai. 
 
 2. The eSfects or results of some action 
 or something done. 
 Me-h^-p, v. To make tracks. 
 
 2. Tq walk over ground; aole loa i mefceu 
 aku na wahi a makou i hana pu ai me na 
 haku, the places are no longer trodden by 
 ns wliere we worked with our masters. 
 
 3. To walk over a particular spot fre- 
 quently so -as to make a path. See Maa. 
 
 Me-he-u, adj. Trodden, as a path 
 through hi^h grass. Note. — If it becomes 
 much trodden or a large path it is maa. 
 
 Me-he-u-he-tt, v. Freq. of meheu. To 
 make tracks frequently, &c. 
 
 Me-he-u-he-u, s. Many or frequent 
 tjpacks. 
 2. Custom ; what is often done. 
 
 Me-ki, s. The ancient name for iron; 
 the modern term is hao. 
 
 2. A nail; an iron spike, used for fasten- 
 ing crpinning. 
 
 3. A secret pit or pitfall in the moun- 
 tains into wMoh, if one fell, he never came 
 out. 
 
 Me-ki, adj. Used with lua, pit, as an 
 intensive. Hence, Zmo meki, an unseen (se- 
 cret) bottomless pit ; he lua meki ia aina 
 meld, full of deep pits is that land of pits. 
 Hoi. 88:12. Note.— Hawaiians couple the 
 idea of lua meki with that of liui ahi as they 
 read lua ahi in the Bible. - 
 
 Me-ko, II. To reply in scolding terms ; 
 to talk back offensively. 
 
 Me-le, v. To chant; to cantillate; to 
 sing singly. 
 '?.. To sing in chorus or owcert, Pufc. 
 
 15:1. To sing with joy; to sing and daspd. 
 
 See Hdla. ' ' 
 
 Me-le, «. A singing; a subject of song. 
 2. A Boog ; the words of a epng. Katil. 
 
 81:19. A chorus ; a song of praise. JPuk. 
 
 15:2. In idodern times, a hymn ; s rejoie- 
 
 ing expressive of gladness. Note.— ifele 
 
 sometimes takes ke instead of ka tot itt 
 
 article. 
 Me-le, adj. Of or pertaining to song or 
 
 rejoicing. Pwfc. 32:18. Walaa»mcZe,{iilftr- 
 
 ity, 
 Me-le, adj. Yellow; generally writfen 
 
 mdemele. 
 Me-le, s. Formeli. Honey. SeeMEU. 
 
 Isa. 7:15. 
 
 Me-le-ko-la, s. Eitg. for tnarigula. 
 
 Marigold, a yellow flower. 
 Me-le-me-le, adj. SeeMELE,B<^'. Yel- 
 low. Oih. 13:SQ. Oho mdcnwie, yieUow heir. 
 2. Beautiful ; handsome ; pretty. 
 Me-li, s. Lat.,me\. Honey. .Ki«. 43:11. 
 Me-lo-me-lo, adj. Applied to a piece 
 of wood smoothed and oiled over and let 
 down inttf the water to attract fish ; it was 
 called laaumrfojneJo; me ka laaumetometo 
 a kahekabe paha. 
 
 2. Lazy ; unemployed ; lying in th» 
 house ; not working. 
 Me-lu, 0. To pull out the beard. 
 
 2. To swell ; to be soft. 
 Me-l0, s. The act of pulling out the 
 beard as Hawaiians did tbrmerly. 
 2. Softness ; aswelliDg. 
 Ms-Lff, )adj. Soft, as fish long 
 
 Me-ME-LU, J caught. 
 
 2. Bad smelling, as spoiled fish ; swell- 
 ing up. 
 
 Me-lo-me-mt, adj. See Mfwr. Very 
 
 soft ; swelling up large. 
 Me-mk-ki, s. Anger. 
 Me-me-ki, adj. Angry. 
 Me-jbe-le, t>. See Melb. To sing; to 
 
 sing often, or to sing many together. 
 Me-me-le, s. a singer; foe inemele, 
 
 concert singers. 1 Oihi. 15:27. 
 Me-na, s. Heb. Manna. See Manb, 
 Me-ne, adj. Dull ; blunt, as the rounded 
 
 edge of a knife or axe. 
 Me-ne, v. To shrink or settle down; 
 
 to pucker up ; to contract ; aole i mene ke 
 
 poo ke kohe. 
 Me-ne, s. Art.ke. Any dull utensil, aS 
 
 an 00 or axe or koi ; o kou no ke mene. 
 Me-nei, adv. Jl/e, as, like, and ««, this. 
 
 Lrr. Like this. Thus; so: as follows. See 
 
 Penef. 
 
 Me-ne-o, v. See Maneo. To itch;' to 
 tingle ; to stagger ; to reel aa drunk. 
 
MIO 
 
 389 
 
 MIH 
 
 Me;NS-o, I. An itching; a reeling j a 
 
 staggering. 
 Me-ne-u, v. To double up, as the arms 
 
 at the elbows, as the legs' at tbe knees, &c.; 
 
 ua pelupelttla, ua meneu wale. 
 Me-nb-us-nb, e. To have compassion 
 
 upoiU to pity. Bom. 9:16. 
 i,to r^ard with kindnesB one who is 
 
 in % Buffering condition. Lunk. 10:16. 
 
 i:' To cnrl up ; to contract, as. a wound. 
 ' See Meii£, v. , 
 
 4. To fear ;' to shrink with fear ; to be 
 
 afiraid ; to be sad from fear. 
 Me-ne-me-ne. *, Fear for one lest ievil 
 
 should befall him; no ka menemene'o make 
 
 j ka ai noa, for fear lest he should die by 
 
 eating contrary tq l^u. 
 Me-ne-jie-ne, adj. Fearful for one; sad 
 ' on account of his hazardous situation or his 
 
 Bufferjing condition. 
 He-nu-i, adj. Contracted; shortened; 
 
 curled in ; blunted off. 
 ME-BE-Kn-Ei-A, s. £n^. Name of the 
 
 planet Mferpury ; Hawaiian name,' UkA 
 Me-sa, s. La*., wiissa; i'V.,i»esse. Thp 
 
 mass, i. e., the consecration and oblation 
 
 of the host; a service in the Boman Catholic 
 
 cburcheB. 
 Me-si-a, s. Heb., anointed ! in Gr., 
 ..Cbristos, the same. The anointed or con- 
 secrated one, to be a Savior of men, Jesus 
 
 Christ ; ka mea nana e lawe aku i ka J^ala 
 
 okeaonei.. 
 Me-to-pi-0, s. Name of a spice, galba- 
 
 Bum. P«fc. 30:34. 
 Ml, V. To void uiihe. See Mwjii and 
 
 Mi-A, V, To make vrater ;<» void urine. 
 ' See Hi, Hu and Mini. 
 Mi-A-NA, ) ,. Mi and am. The placfe 
 Mil, ) for voiding urine. 
 
 2. The member by which it is voided. 
 
 Mi-A-LA, V. To be bold ; to be imperti- 
 nent; to exhibit familiarity; to be forward 
 in asking favors. See Koana. 
 
 Mil, s. See Miana above. 
 
 Mn, adj. Good; jJrecious; desirable; 
 ano e. 
 
 Mi-o, t'. To be pinched up ; to be con- 
 fined on all sides. 
 
 2. To wallow ; to roll ; to tumble about 
 in the water ; to sink out of sight. 
 
 3. To leer ; to lay back the ears, as a 
 horse or mule when about to kick. 
 
 4. To move easily ; to move softly ; to 
 make no noise. 
 
 5.. E kio, e mohai ke ananio, e bal ke 
 anau. 
 
 6. To flow strongly and swiftly, as water 
 oonfiaed in a narrow channel. 
 
 . 7. To be prepared or ready for any event 
 See Loui. £! lolii # oukou ia oukou ibo a 
 mio. 
 Mi-o, *. A place where a stieam of 
 water is confined within very narrow 
 bounds,, and hence runs very swiftly, like 
 water in a millrace. 
 
 2. The flowing^ or tunning qt water in 
 the above condition. 
 
 3. The moving of the arm in water, as in 
 swimming. , 
 
 Mi-o, adj. Ready; prepared; prosper- 
 ous ; doing well. 
 Mw>, ) adj. Confined in a narrow 
 Ml-p-Ml-o, ) space; pinched up, as the. 
 
 toes in a tight shoe. 
 Mi-o-i, adj. Bold; forward. See Maoi. 
 Mi-oi-oi, V. To stick; to adhere; to 
 
 meet together; to almost close up the eyes; 
 
 t« wrinkle up. 
 Mi-o-Mi-o, V. See Mio. To dive in ihe 
 
 water; to swim; to move the hands in 
 
 swimming'; to puff; to br^tbe bard, as in 
 
 swimming. 
 Mi-o-Mi-o, adj. Sloping; tapering to a 
 
 point 
 2, Beautiful, like a nicely shaped canoe. 
 Ml u, V. To admire the appearance of 
 
 a chief, the fine dress of one, or' anything 
 
 remarkable about one, 
 Mi-u-LA, s. Eng. A mule ; the offspring 
 . of an ass and a marc. Kin. 36:24. See 
 
 Meula. 
 Mi-HA, v. To flow along, as a wave ; to 
 
 pass, as a slight breeze over still water, 
 
 stirring up ripples. 
 
 2. To wave along, as , a succession of 
 waves; to Bow or pass along, as a current. 
 
 3. To float off in tbe air, as miasma. 
 
 4. To look dark, as water rippled beside 
 calm glassy water. See Au.miha. 
 
 Milta lana au i koakahiki ka neva'na. 
 
 Mi-HA-LA-NA-Atr, V. Miha and lana, to 
 float, and au, current. £ aio, e holo; e ale. 
 
 Mi-Hi, V. To be sad in countenance; 
 to express tbe feeling of sadness or grief in 
 the countenance. 
 
 2. To feel or have regret for past con- 
 duct. 
 
 3. To repent of a past act o. acts. 
 
 4. To change or break off from a sinful 
 course of life. 
 
 Mi-Hi, s. Repentance-; sorrow or sad- 
 ness of countenance ; ,a breaking off frcsi 
 an evil course of life. 
 
 Mi-Hi-Mi-Hi, V. See Mmi. To be sour 
 or cross to one; to look upon one with dis- 
 favor ; to be inimical to ; to be bitter to- 
 wards. 
 
 Mi-Ho, «. To place one thing or. top of 
 another. 
 
MIK 
 
 390 
 
 MIL 
 
 Mi-Ki, V. To eat poi or other food by 
 putting the fingers into it. Mar. 14:20. 
 
 2. To pincb; to enatch; to eat inahnrry. 
 
 3. Toufgeon; to act promptly and ener- 
 getically; to b«-quidk in doing a thing; to 
 hasten on a work to completion. 
 
 4. To lick ; to sup up. 1 iJaX. 18:38. 
 
 Mi-Ki, adj. Energetic; active; Teady to 
 
 act ; diligent. Sol. 22:29. 
 Mi-Ki, s. Readiness; promptness in 
 
 doing a tting. 
 2. One ready to ask for anything lie sees. 
 
 Mi-Ki-A-LA, V. Miki and tda, to rise tip. 
 To arise quickly or early in the morning ; 
 to be promptin getting up ; hence, 
 
 2. To he in season ; to be promptly on 
 the ground and ready prepared; e mikiala 
 mai i k^kahlalia nili, be here bright and 
 early. 
 
 Mi-Ki-A-LA, tidj. Early on hand J ready 
 for hUdineas. 
 
 Mi-Kj>oi, S. MiMa.nioi,fo excel. Neat- 
 ness ; excellency In work ; no ka mikioi o 
 ka oukou hana. 
 
 Mi-Ki-oi, aSj. Neat ; nice ; neat, as 
 work done in a workmanlike manner ; pa^ 
 lawaiki, aulii. 
 
 Mi-Ki-ii, ». See Makiu. To perceive 
 internally ; to perceive, as the mind ; i ka 
 lua ka'a noonoo ana,wiJJiZi iki mai la ka 
 maka t> ka manao inaloko o ko'n naan, on 
 my second thought, the isye of my mind 
 within me perceived. 
 
 2. To have a little light; to shine, as 
 light through small holes: to be feebly 
 lighted. 
 
 Mi-Ki-Mi'Ki, T». See Miki. To be quick ; 
 to be brisk and dextrous lu doing a thing. 
 
 2. To pinch or seize hold of readily, as 
 in eating n^ith the fingers. 
 
 3. To scoop up and eat fish gravy with 
 the fingeia. . 
 
 4. To nibble, as a Ssh at a hook. 
 
 Mi-Ki-Mi-Ki, adj. See Miki, adj. Ener- 
 getic-; ready to act ; prompt ; neat ; dili- 
 gent. ~ , 
 
 Mi-Ko, ». To be salted ; to be seasoned, 
 as food. 
 
 2. To be entangled ; to be mixed up 
 with something else: 'to tie up into a knot. 
 
 3. Fig. To be tasteful; Ic be edifying 
 and profitable, as instmotive conversation. 
 JSol. 4:6. To be advantaged by another ; 
 to be benefited. Ezera 4:14, 
 
 4. IIoo. To season ; to salt Olhk.2:lZ. 
 
 Mi-KO, adj. Seasoned with salt; savory; 
 saltish. Pufc. 29:2. Na mea mikb, Bpicery 
 used in embalming. 2 Oihl. 16:14. 
 
 2. Entangled; lied up in a knot. See 
 Napuv. 
 
 Mi-KO-LE, V. Miko and oZe, not; To eat 
 
 daintily; to eat fastidionsly; to eat tem- 
 perately. 
 
 2. To eat in an awkward manner, like an 
 aged person who had lost his teeth. 
 
 3. To suck the fingers, as in eating the 
 inamona. 
 
 4. To desire stronglv ; to wish for very 
 mnch; to look for s(f&ietbing a peiSQn 
 wants. 
 
 Mi-Ko-LE-XE-Hu-A, adj. Thoughtful; 
 skillful; having the power of reflecting per- 
 taining or applying to the subject on hand; 
 ua huli an, ua noke au, ua noil au i miuiao 
 mikolelehua no'u, a. 
 
 Mi-Ko-Lo-Lo-Hu-A, adj. See the above. 
 Thinking; reflecting; skillful, wise and in- 
 telligent in affairs of difficulty. See Anil- 
 
 KOLOMAlrtl. 
 
 Mi-xo-Mi-Ko, ». SeeMiKO. To be taste- 
 ful, as well seasoned food ; to relish well, 
 as food. 
 
 2. To be pungent or "bitter to the taste ; 
 e mulemule. 
 
 3. To be pleasant ; to be instructive ; to 
 be entertaining In conversation. 
 
 4. To be pleased or satisfied with the er- 
 rangement of an affair. Laieik. 40. 
 
 Mi-Ko-Mi-KO, adj. Kelishable, as food; 
 seasoned. 
 
 Mt-LA, s, Eng. In arithmetic, a mill, 
 the tenth part of a cent. 
 
 Mi-LE, s. Eng. In measure, a mile; 
 eight furlongs. 
 
 Mi-LE-Ni-o, *. Lot. MiUe and armts, a 
 year. A spaeeof time of a thousand years' 
 duration about to come, when Jesus Christ 
 will reign over the kin^oms and nations 
 of the world. Boik. 20:2, 4, 6. The mil- 
 lennium. 
 
 Mi-LE-TA, s. Eng. Millet, a species of 
 grain. Esek. 4:9. 
 
 Mi-Li, V. To feel of; to handle. 
 
 2. To take up and carry; to bear in one's 
 arms. 
 
 3. To look at ; to exanune ; to look at 
 carefully or critioaily. 
 
 Mi-Li, s. A handling; a carrying; a 
 
 taking up ; examining. 
 Mi-Li, adj. Sullen; sluggish. 
 Mi-Li-o-NA, s. Eng. In arUhmetic, a 
 
 million ; ten hundred thousand ; the num- 
 ber 1,000,000. 
 Mi-Li-KA-NA, I s. The name of the paw- 
 iVll-Ll-KA-Nl, ) paw tree ; also the name 
 
 of the truit; he papaia, he hei. 
 Mi-r,i-LA-Ni, V. MiU and lam, heaven, 
 
 4n intensive. -Lit. To lift up ; to raise up 
 
 to heaven. 
 2. To praise ; to celebrate the exploits 
 
 of one; to exalt Puk. 15:2. See Hn- 
 
 LANI. 
 
MIM 
 
 391 
 
 MIN 
 
 3. To, thank ; to praise. 1 Oihl. 16:7, 8. 
 To give thanks. Hat. 79:13. 
 
 Mi-Li-LA-Ni, s. Thanksgiving; rejoicing; 
 praise. Hal. 100:4. 
 
 Mi-Li-Mi-Li, II. See Miu. To view ; to 
 handle ; to look at, as a curiosity ; to ex- 
 amine: a e milimUi neimehekeikialobala. 
 
 Mi-u-Mi-Li, s. A thing to be looked at 
 as carious ; a curiosity ; nana iho la maua 
 me ka mUimHi,-we two lookedtat aa a ouH- 
 osUy. 
 
 2. A lord; a chief: afoster-chUid» Laieik. 
 20. He .hakii, he alti, he banaL 
 
 Mi-Li-Ml-Li, adj. Desirablis to look at; 
 worthy of examination ; na mea milimUi, 
 curious things. Isa. 2:16. Tpu milimUi. 
 
 Mi-LO, V. To twist, as a stFing, thread 
 or cord on the thighs; to spitu. as a thread: 
 to twist into a rope ;- to twist tVith &e fin- 
 gers. Puk. 36:25. 
 
 Mi-Lo, *. The name of a shrub or tree ; 
 laau mUo. Laieik. 40. 
 
 2. A species of tree ; the fttiit contains 
 seeds which are used as cathartics. 
 
 Mi-Lo-Mi-Lo, V. See Milo, to twist. To 
 roll in the fingers or hand, as a pill to make 
 it round. 
 
 Mi-Lo-Ro-PE, s. MUo and rope, thread, 
 Mea milorcme, a diBtatf. Sol. 31:19. 
 
 Mi-LD, s. Ihe name of an ancient chief 
 noted for his wickedness white on earth ; 
 he is now, according to Hawaiian mythol- 
 ogy, lord of the lower regions, to whose 
 dominions departed spirits go. He is the 
 Pluto of Hawaiians. He alii no lalo o ka 
 po, ka haku o ka pouli. 
 
 Mi-LTJ, adj. Soft,, as a totten spot in a 
 melon. 
 2. iBeautiful ; grand ; splendid ; nani. 
 
 Mi-Lu-Mi-LU, adj. See MiLn. Grand; 
 
 solemn; shaded. 
 Mi-Mi, v.. See Mi. To void or pass 
 
 urine, as man or beast. 
 2. Tq play tricks upon one ; to vex ; to 
 
 make one cry ;' to be mischievous. 
 
 Mi-Mi, s. Urine ; water from the blad- 
 der. Isa. 36:12. Opu mimi, the bladder. 
 
 Mi-Mi, adj.. Hoo. Extinguished; put 
 out, as fire ; not burning. 
 
 Mi-Mi-Hi, V. Intensive of mihi. To re- 
 pent ; to change one's course ; to cease to 
 do wrong ; e hoopau i ka hewa. 
 
 Mi-Mi-Ki, «. Freq. of miki. To cut or 
 loU up, as a dried leaf. 
 
 2. To spring together, as a steel trap; to 
 pinch up tightly. 
 
 3. To be industrious ; to be constantly 
 at work r e hele mau ma ka bana. 
 
 4. To be' quick or spry, as men at work; 
 mimiM mai kanaka. 
 
 .5. To retire ; to recede, aa a wave from 
 the shore ; ■niimiki aku ka nalu. 
 Mi-Mi-Kj, s. A meeting of a^ returning 
 wave with another. 
 2. The same as mimilo below. 
 Mi-Mi-Lo, v.- See Milo, to spin. To 
 twist ; to spin round ; to go round and 
 round, as water in a whirlpool. 
 Mi-Mi-Lo, s. See Milo. A whirlpool ; a 
 great pit in tbe sea where the water makes 
 a great noise, flowing round and round and 
 destroys everything in its reach. 
 
 2. The turning of the hair on the top or 
 crown of the head. 
 Mt-Mi-LO, adj. Rolling up like a dried 
 leaf; twisted;, curly, as the hair of a negro, 
 described as follows : he kanaka eleelc, 
 lauoho pokopoko mimilo. 
 Mi-Mi-MPo, V. Todi^edown; to plunge 
 
 deep in water ; e lululuu. i , 
 Mi-Mi-Mi-Hi, V. See MiHi, to be sad. To 
 grieve ; to be sad ; to repeni; rforely, &c. 
 Kani waje lafeou e mimimihi nei, 
 tJa mihl aku, ua mibl mai, 
 Ua baakulou vale ka DOho ana, 
 Ua kalele na lima i ka auwae. 
 
 Mi-Mi-NO, V. SeeMiNO. To wrinkle; to 
 curl up ; to ruffle, as paper or cloth, in op- 
 position to smooth. 
 
 2. To languish ; to be weak ; to be fee- 
 ble ; to l^e infirm. Isa. 24:4. 
 
 3. To wither ; to dry up, as grass. Isa. 
 40:7. 
 
 Mi-Mi-NO, adj. Wrinkled ; faded ; with- 
 ered; immature, as fruit untimely fallen 
 or plucked. Isa. 34:4. Or as fruit prema/- 
 turoly fallen before fully grown. Kin. 
 41:2^ 
 
 Mi-Mo, V. To be right morally; to be 
 good. 
 
 2. To be gentle ; to be soft ; to be ^asy 
 in one's manners. 
 
 3. To be without noise or confusion. 
 
 4. To move off unperceived; to stef) 
 silently aside ; ke ike nei au ua mimo, ua 
 panakai olc-. 
 
 Mi-Mo, ». Stiaightness ; uprightness; 
 what is morally good; gentleness; aole ma 
 ke ino, ma ke kekee; ma ka rn>r,io wale no. 
 
 Mi-Mo, adj. Upright; straight; gentle; 
 good; without noise. ' "^ 
 
 Hi'MO-KA, s. Name of a tree, a species 
 of the locust. 
 
 Mi-MO'SU-Mo, adj. See Mimo. Good; 
 gentle; soft* 
 
 Mi-«A,. s. Grief for the loss of a thing; 
 mostly found in the compounds ma,minti 
 and minamina. 
 
 Mi-NA-Mi-NA, V. See Miha. To grieve 
 for the loss of a thing | to be sorry for the 
 sufferings of any one, i. e., to have sympa- 
 thy with. £(»>:. 32:36. 
 
MIN 
 
 393 
 
 2. To be sorry oa acconnt of the conse- 
 quences of an event : to pity so as to save 
 from pnnishsent. Kanl. 19:13. To spare 
 from persecutipn. Oih. 20:29. 
 
 3. To be sorry at sad Intelligence; to be 
 sad ; to be cast down, as the countenance. 
 1 Sam. 1:18. To be weighed down with 
 sorrow. 
 
 i. To grudge what is due to another. 
 Kanl. 15:10. 
 
 6. To be stingy; to be covetous; to keep 
 closely all one has. 
 
 6. To be greedy of property ; to be in- 
 tent on aeoumulating one's personal con- 
 veniences regardless of others. 
 Mhna-mi-na, s. Regret for the loss of a 
 thing. 
 
 2. Sorrow; sadness; regretfor an error. 
 
 3. Sorrow for others' misdoings. Hos. 
 U;8. 
 
 4. Covetousness ; a strong desire for 
 property; hard, unjust treatment of others 
 in order to get it ; ka makee, ka alunn, ka 
 puni^aiwai. 
 
 Mi-NA-Mi-NA, adj. Much desired; pre- 
 cious ; considered valuable ; scarce ; sorry 
 to lose ; ka 1 he mca minamina ka waa. 
 
 Mi-NE-TA, s. Eng. Name of an herb, 
 mint. Mat. 23:2S. 
 
 Mi-No, ». To be loose, i. e., weak; to 
 be unstrung, as a feeble person. 
 
 2.' Hoo. To be sad ; to bo sorrowful, as 
 one desponding. SeeOMDJO. Npi^.^— JfiTio 
 and mimino is an expression mad^se of to 
 children, as much as to say, "cover up 
 your nakedness." 
 
 Mi-No, s. The turning or curling up, as 
 a dried leaf or wrinkled paper; the curl of 
 the hair, i.e., the crown on top of the head: 
 he mimilo maluna o ke poo. See Milo and 
 MnciLO. * 
 
 Mi-no, adj,. Deep down, as a deep pit. 
 
 Mi<N0-i, V. Mt7K>..aad i. See Mino, s. 
 To contract towards a center, as the lips of 
 a child in sucking. 
 
 2. To suck, as a child ; to suck the fin- 
 gers, as in eating gravy with the fingers 
 where the lips contract around the fingers 
 to secure the gravy. 
 
 Mi-NO-i-NO-i, t'. See Mmoi above. To 
 snck, as a child, &c. 
 
 2. To fold and tie up in a narrow com- 
 pass ; to collect a great many things in a 
 narrow space. 
 
 3. To come togetherjn one place in great 
 numbers, as Ui;:8. 
 
 Mi-NO-Mi-NO, V. See Mino, s. To con- 
 tract ; to wrinkle up ; to curl together ; to 
 be wrinkled, as cloth or the skin of an aged 
 persQn ; minomino na lima, elcele ka lehe- 
 leh^. See OuiKO. ' 
 
 Mi-no-mi-no, s. a wrinkle in folding a 
 cloth. S^es. 5:27. See Muomo. 
 
 Mr 
 
 MOA 
 
 Eng. A minute, the bIx- 
 
 I-NU-TE, s. M^,-^. 
 
 tieth part of an hour. 
 Mi-ge-bo, ad}. Heb. Fapale migebo, 
 
 goodly bonnets. Puk. SO-.'iS. 
 Mi-si-o-na-ri, s. Eng., Lat. One sent 
 
 for any business. 
 
 2. In rdigion, the same as the Greek, 
 Apostle; one sent to publish the Gospel 
 and teach men the religion of the Bible ; a 
 missionary ; Maraki 31, 1820, hiki mai na 
 misionari i faolo mua mai. 
 
 Mo, v. To break or to be broken, as a 
 . rope ; na mo ke kaula ; the same as m^ku. 
 i. Fjo. To break or open, as light in the 
 dawn of the morning ; na mo ka pawa. 
 
 3. Hoo. To strike against; to dash. See 
 HooiLi, HooPAE and Hoomo. 
 
 Mo is a prefix to many words, but the 
 meaning is not verj^ apparent. 
 
 Mo-A, V. To dry i "to roast; i mai la 
 kela, aole i moa ka baka, that person said, 
 the tobacco leaf is not dry; to bake. OUik. 
 6:17. To be cooked in an oven or pan. 
 0!hk. 7:9. £00. To be thoroughly cooked 
 or baked. OtAfc. 23:17. To cook tood gen- 
 erally, vegietable or animal. 
 
 Mo-A, s. A fowl 'of the hen species; 
 tnOa kane, a cock ; moa wahine, a hen. 
 
 2. The name of a stick used in play. 
 
 3. Name of a plant, the leaves of which 
 made into a tea are cathartic. 
 
 4. Name of a piece of wood made to slide 
 down hill on ; so called perhaps from its 
 shape: the practice of using it was attended 
 with gambling ; ka hooholo moa, he mea 
 pili waiwai ia. 
 
 a. Name of a moss-like plant growing is 
 the forests. 
 6. A kind of banana or plantain. 
 
 Mo-A, adj. Done, that is, cooked thor- 
 oughly in any way ; ai moa, cooked vege- 
 table food; ia moa. cooked flesh. &c.; mon 
 lea, fully cooked ; berena moo ole, dough. 
 
 Mo-AE, s. Name of the regular trade 
 winds ; he kaomi ; no ka mea, he makani 
 ikaika ka moae. 
 
 Mo-AE, t>. To be cracked; to be broken; 
 to be split;, to be full of cracks. 
 
 Mo-AE, adj. Cracked; split; bent; 
 crooked. 
 
 Mo-A-E-Ku, s. Moae and Am- or eku, to 
 resist. A foreign wind, or a wind from a 
 foreign country; be makani noKahikimaL 
 
 Mo-A-E-LE-HD-A, s. Mooe and lekaa. 
 The name of a wind that shakes the lehua 
 trees; mai hookoke na maka a ka moaelehua, 
 
 Mo-AE-PE-HB, s. Jiboeand peAu, swollen. 
 
 The name of a wind. 
 Mo-Ai, p. To relish food; main k<Hipuu 
 
 i ka ai a mea, your stomach rdithea tha 
 
 fdodoflfr. , 
 
MOA 
 
 393 
 
 MOA 
 
 Mo-Ai, orf;. Long; bending; arching 
 over. 
 
 Mo-A-ou-A, s. Moa and mui, unsparred, 
 as a cock. A young cook before his spurs 
 are grown. See Odwa. 
 
 Mo-Aij', adj. Long ; stretching out. 
 
 Mo-A-u-LA, Si Najne of a heiau for of- 
 fering human sacrifices in time of war. , 
 
 Mo-A-HA, s. The name of some white 
 substance connected with a fish line in 
 taking fish ; ka moaka ka lau b maewa. 
 
 Mo-A-HI-LE-LE, S. See MOOAHILELE. 
 
 Mo-A-HO-A-Ho, adj. Afar off; at a great 
 distance. 
 
 Mo-A-KA-KA, V. Mo and akaka, to be 
 clear or plain. To make clear ; to render 
 explicit, as anything not easily understood. 
 
 2. To make things clear or distinct, as 
 colors. Kin. 30)37. To be plain; to be 
 clear ; to be explicit ; to explain or inter- 
 pret, as a dream. Dan. 2:9. 
 
 3. JIoo. To expound a writing. 2fdi.8:8. 
 See KoiXiXA. 
 
 Mo-A-KA-KA, adj. Clear; plain; intelK- 
 gible, as the expression of a thought or an 
 Idea; transparent, as glass. SeeMoLAELAE 
 and KoNAlG. 
 
 Mo-A-EA-icA, s. Hoo. A reasoning; an 
 explaining. lob. 32:11. 
 
 Mo-A-KA-EA-LA, s. Moa and kakala, 
 points ; spurs. A cock with sharp spurs ; 
 he moa kane, ua wini kakala. 
 
 Mo-A-Ki-NA-NA, ;. Moa and kinana, a 
 hen. A hen that has laid eggs ; he moa 
 wahine i hanan i na hua. 
 
 Mo-A-LA, s. Name of a species offish; 
 be papai. 
 
 Mo-A-LArA-u, adj. Mo and ala, to rise 
 up. Croing ttom house to house; going 
 here and there; forward; without back- 
 wardness or modesty in seeking or asking 
 for favors. 
 
 Mo-A-L£-A, adj. Moa and ka, very. 
 Thoroughly cooked, as food. 
 
 Mo-A-Li, V. To be fine; to be small, as 
 a thread ; to be small, as a very little bit 
 of a thing. See Haau. 
 ... 2. E helei,« makoe, e pokole. See Moo- 
 
 AC.T. 
 
 Mo-A-Li, s. The thread or strand of a 
 rope : a fraction or small piece of a thing. 
 See Maali. A slight track where a person 
 has only once gonei See Makaai.a. 
 
 Mo-A-Li, adj. Small; short; fine; fine 
 marked. 
 
 Mo-A-MA-iiA, adj. Moa and maha, to 
 rest; to cease, mperfeotly or half cooked. 
 
 Mo-A-MA-Hi, s. A cotk that conquers. 
 2. A conqueror of any kiud. 
 
 Mo-A-Mo-A, V. To be or to act the cock 
 50 
 
 among fowls. Hoo. To go in company 
 with, as a cock,goes with hens to give warn- 
 ing in case of danger; to be intimate with;> 
 e hoopunahele. 
 
 Mo-A-uo-A, f, The sharp point at the- 
 stern of a canoe ; kahi e oioi ana mahope 
 o ka waa. 
 
 Mo-A-MO-A-WAA, s. The paper nautilus.. 
 
 Mo-A-NA, V, Moe and aria, a lying down. . 
 To spread out or down, as a mat. 
 
 2. To spread out, i. e., to camp down, as 
 a people or an army ; to stop at a resting- 
 place, as travelers ; e boomaha, e oioi. 
 
 3. Boo. To encamp; to make an encamp- 
 ment ; to lodge in a place, as an army or a 
 great number of travelers. Puk. 13:20. 
 
 4 To bow down; to prostrate one's self, 
 i. e., to worship. Pvk. 34:8. 
 
 6. To rise high; to spread over the shore, 
 as the tide ; ua moam mai ke kai. 
 Mo-A-NA, s. ilfoc and awB, a lying down. 
 The ocean; the sea generally; particularly, 
 
 2. The deep places of the sea; nawafai 
 hohonu maloko o ke kai. 
 
 3. A place of rest or a resting place for 
 a company of travelert. 
 
 4. A place of meeting for consnltation 
 among the chiefs ; he w^i ahaolelo. 
 
 6. Name of a species of red fish. 
 6. nbo. Ka,' pee lioomoana, the people 
 encamped. Neh. 2:17. 
 Mo-A-NA, adj. Broad; wide; extended. 
 Mo-A-NA-A-NA, V. See Moana. To be 
 broad ; to be extended. 
 
 2. To be opened widely. 
 
 3. To leave a thing to its own care or 
 protection. 
 
 Mo-A-NA-A-NA, adj. Widely extended; 
 
 open^ widely. 
 Mo-a-na-kai, s. Moana and kai, salt. 
 
 The salt sea; lUeroHly, a salt ocean; epithet 
 
 of the Dead Sea. Mali. 34:3. Applied in 
 
 geography to salt lakes; lilo iho la la wahi 
 
 im^nami make, that place became a dead 
 
 9ea. 
 Mo-A-NA-PAA-KAi, s. Moafia and poakai, 
 
 salt. The salt ocean or the salt sea. Nah. 
 
 34:12. The same as moanakai. 
 Mo-a-na-wai, s. Moana and wa?, fresh . 
 
 water, A lake; a lake of fresh water. 
 
 Stn. with loko. JKirf. 8:26, 27. 
 Mo-a-ni, ». To emit an odor ; to send 
 
 forth a perfume or fragrance. Md. Sol. 1:12.. 
 Mo-A-Ni, s. Mo and ani, a breeze. A 
 
 breeze ; the name of a wind. 
 Mo-A-m-A-Ni, adj. Moanianitmiani- 
 
 ani. Blowing along as the moani ; he ua 
 
 moaniani lehna no Fnna. 
 
 Mo-A-Ni-LE-Htr-A, s. Moanianilekua,s.^ 
 tree. The name of a wind; the lehua- 
 breeze. 
 
MOE 
 
 894 
 
 MOE 
 
 Mo-A-No, s. The name of a species of 
 
 fish ; a (lark or reddish color. 
 Mo-A-PA-LA-HU, ^ s. Mm, a fowl, 
 
 Mo-A-PE^LA-EE-LA-nu, I fndpaioKtt, swol- 
 
 M" ' Men. Soft and red: 
 
 o-A-PE-LK-HU, fgpiaet of a cock 
 
 Mo-A-PE-LE-PE-LE-Hff, j turkey from its 
 
 comb and gobblo ; a turkey, especially a 
 
 cook turkey; he manu lepe ulauia e boole- 
 
 walewa ana. 
 Mo-A-wi, s. Moa, fowl, and lei, poor in 
 
 Besh. A poor fowl. 
 Mo-E, V. To lie down; to fall prostrate, 
 
 as in ancient worship. loan. 11:32. 
 
 2. To lean, forward on the bands and 
 knees, as the people in Coming into tliu 
 preseuce of a cMef. 
 
 3. To lie down, as in sleep. 1 Sam. 26:7. 
 To lie down for the purpose of taking sleep ; 
 e moe no kaua, a raomoe ibo la ; hence, 
 
 4. To sleep ; to take rest in sleep. 
 
 6. To dream ; to dream a dream ; e moe 
 ka ubane ; c inoe i ka moe. 
 
 6. To strotcb one's self on a bed ; e mot 
 hoolci. .Amos 6:4. 
 
 ■ 7. Hoc-. To lay one's self down to sleep'; 
 to cause to sleep. 
 
 8. To sit upon, as eggs to hatch. Isa. 
 '69:5. 
 _ 9. To bow down in humble iolemn adora- 
 tion. Note.-:— flbomoe signifies the observ- 
 ance of tfaat silence, awe and respectful bc- 
 haTior proper for the highest degree of 
 adoratioa. 
 
 10. E IwonMe kolohe,, to go a whoring 
 after one. PiOc. 34:16. 
 
 Mo-E, s. A bed; a sleeping place ; moe 
 bilinai, a couoh. 
 
 2. A dream. Dan. 2:3, 4. Ma ka moe, in 
 a dream. Mul. 1:20. Hoakaka no hoi ko 
 alii i ka moe i» ia, the king explained the 
 dream to him; aa moe ia ma ka moe, he lay 
 on a bed. 
 
 Mo-E, s. The naine of one of the six 
 houses of a Hawaiian establishment ; eono 
 hale na kanaka, he bale moe kokahi. Sue 
 Hai,b. 
 
 Mo-E-At-KA-NE, o. Moe and aiX»72e, sod- 
 omy. To commit sodomy. 
 
 M«-E-Ai-KA-NE, *. Moe and fliionc, sod- 
 omy. Carnal abuse, male with male. 1 
 Kor. «:9. 
 
 Mo-E-i-KA-HAi, s. A phrase rather than 
 a word, jlfoe, to sleep, i, with, and ka hai, 
 another's (wife or husband.) Adultery 
 with another's wife or husband. 1 Kor. 6:9. 
 
 Mo-E-i-No, s. Sleeping uncomfortably 
 for want of room, being crowded ; he ka- 
 hua, he raoewaa. 
 
 2. An unpleasant dream; a dream of an 
 unpleasant nature, or as we say, a bad 
 dream. 
 
 Mo-E-i-PO, s. Moe and ipo, a lover in a 
 low sense. A fornicator; an adulterer; 
 one v/ho indulges with another, as a kept 
 mistress ; a mistress. 
 2. Fornication ; adultery. 
 
 Mo-E-o-NE, s. Moe and owe, sand. The 
 name of a. worm that lives in the dirt ; a 
 pcclua. 
 
 Mo-E-u-HA-NE, s. Moe, to sleep, tand 
 uhane, soul ; spirit: A dreaih. Kin. 20:3. 
 A dreamer. ler. 27:9. A vision; a trance; 
 he akaku ; oia keia mea nui, he maeatHane 
 na ka wabinc o Liliba, here is a thing of 
 importance, a dream by a wolnan of Lilifaa. 
 
 Mo-E-HA-LAu, V. Moe and fuUau, to 
 stretch out. To stretch one's self out at 
 full length ; to lie at full length. 
 
 Mo-E-HE-WA, V. Moe and &wa, wrong. 
 To be disturbed in one's sleep ; to talk i& 
 sleep ; to get up and do things in sleep. 
 
 Mo-E-HE-WA, s. Talk in sleep; restless 
 and disturbed sleep ; somniloquism. 
 
 Mo-E-KA-HA-u-LA, s. Moe and kdhaula. 
 A lascivious dream; a dream of sexual in- 
 tercourse ; ka moekolohe ana ma ka moe- 
 uhane. See Aieahaula. 
 
 Mo-E-KA-HU-A, s. See Moewaa and 
 
 MOEI.N'O. 
 
 Mo-E-Ko-Lc/-HE, V. Moe, to sleep, and 
 kolohe, mischief. To have unlawful inter- 
 course between the sexes. 
 
 2. To commit adultery or fornication. 
 
 3. To sleep at an improper place or time 
 
 4. Iloo. To cause to commit lewdness. 
 2 Om. 21:11. 
 
 .'>. Fig. To practice idolatry, as Jehovah 
 claimed to be the husband and protector of 
 bis people as well as their Maker and God, 
 the worship of all other gods w.as consid- 
 ered as adultery, i.e.y a breach of covenant 
 with him. Ezek. 16:8, 15. 
 C. To defile ; to pollute. 
 
 Mo-E-KO-LO-HE, *. The unlaMul inter- 
 course of the sexes, adultery, fornication, 
 &c. ; generally connected with many other 
 vices. :Rom. l:29f. 
 
 Mo-E-Ko-LO-HE, adj. Adulterous; lust- 
 ful ; morally impure. Nah. 15:39. 
 
 Mo-e-ktt-hu-a, adj. Sore eyed, so that 
 On waking the eyes cannot be opened, being 
 glued together. 
 
 Mo-E-Lo-A, V. To sleep a long time ; to 
 sleep till late in the morning; aole Wakea 
 i ala mai, ua moelou. 
 
 Mo-E-LU, V. To commit adultery; no 
 ko Wakea. makemake no e inodu laiia mc 
 Hoohokukalani — maloko o ia mau po 1 
 modu ai o Wakea. 
 
 Mo-E-LU-A, s. Aredkapa,eitheramaio 
 or pa-u. See Penauea. He kapa, he pa-u, ' 
 he moelua. 
 
MOO 
 
 395 
 
 MOO 
 
 Mo-E-Mo-E, V. See Moe. To lie' down 
 
 to sleep ; to dream. 
 2. To lurk; to lie in ambush; to lie aon- 
 
 coalod for some evil purpose. JIai. 10:9. 
 Mo-E-Mo-E, s. An ambush. 20i/d. 13:13. 
 Mo-E-Mo-E-A, V. See Moemoe above. To 
 
 devise evil against another. 
 
 2. To dream an evil dream. 
 
 3. To tell an evil dream. 
 
 Mo-E-NA, s. Contraction of »/we and awa, 
 a lying down. See Moana. Amat; a mat- 
 tress ; a conch ; a pillow ; the common ap- 
 plication is to Tnats of different kinds as 
 Hawaiians use them in their houses. 
 
 Mo-E-NA-A-HU-AO, s. A mat braided from 
 very Snc strands of the laubala leaf. 
 
 Mo-E-NA-PA-WE-HE, s. A species of fine 
 mat, colored, chcclcered, and mostly made 
 on the Island of Niihau. 
 
 Mo-E-WAA, s. He moe ino, he moeka- 
 hua. 
 
 Mo*i, s. A sovereign ; one in vifhom is 
 mipreme authority. Tiio 3:1. 
 
 2. Sovereignty; majesty' supremacy; it 
 ig applied to men and to gods, as haleti,, 
 alii and osfcw//,. In theOld Testament, it is 
 applied to Jehovah. H$b. 8:1. In the New 
 Testament it is applied to Jesus Christ. 
 Jleb. 1:3. Hoailona moi, a' badge of su- 
 preme authority ; applied to the Son of 
 God. Heb. 1:8. 
 
 3. The name of one of the gods in. the 
 luakini. ' ' 
 
 Mo-i, adj. Supreme; royal; lordly; 
 pertaining to the gods ; haku, alii, akua. 
 
 Mo-i, s. Name of a species of fish of a 
 white color. 
 2. White specks on a dark skin. 
 
 Mo-i-D, ) arfy. Jj5, and iu or iuiu, afar 
 
 Mo-I-U-l-U, J olf. Afar off; at a great dis- 
 tance ; out of sight ; hence, more or loss 
 venerated. See Poioin. 
 
 Mo-i-Lii, ». A small white fish found at 
 Kpbda ; ka huaili hua moilii o Kpfaala. 
 
 Moo, s. A general name for all kinds of 
 lizards. Oilik. 11:30. Hence, a serpent; 
 a snake ; the lizard god of Paliuli, whose 
 Dame wa.s Kihanuilulumoku, ka moo nui. 
 TMieik. 101. 
 
 2. A narrow strip of land ; a division of 
 land next less than an ili. 
 
 3. A planted patch of food, provided it 
 be much longer than it is wide. 
 
 4. Two or three rows of bananas or other 
 food planted between two v/ater courses. 
 
 6. A pafh. See Kc/ijioo. A line of di- 
 rection. 
 
 6. Ka raea nana raoo, an observer of 
 times by watching serpents. Kard. 18:10. 
 
 7. Name of some long sticks that run 
 lerigii! ways 'of 'a canoe ; penei, e kalai ia 
 na vMO a paa i ka umeumeia. 
 
 8. A history. See Mooolelo. A con- 
 nected story. 
 
 9. A bed in a garden ; a division madfe 
 for irrigation. See the compounds. 
 
 Moo, V. To dry; to become dry. See 
 
 Mat.oo. E kuku ma ke kua mc ka ie a pa- 
 
 lahalaha, a kaulai a moo a lilo i kapa. 
 Moo-A, s. A narrow? or faiut path; slight 
 
 traces Of a path where only a few foot-steps 
 
 are seen. 
 Moo-AE, s. Name of the. north wind at 
 
 Honolulu. 
 Moo-A-Hi-LE-LE, s. MfX) and ahi, fire, 
 
 and Ide, to fly, A fiery flying serpent. Isa. 
 
 14:29. Noi'K. — In the last edition of the 
 
 Bible the aid is left out; the word ILere is 
 
 moolele. 
 Moo-A-KU-A, s. Moo, a story, and akua, 
 
 a god. A lc;^end ; a story concerning the 
 
 gods. 
 Moo-A-Li, adj. Moo. atnd ali, a scar. 
 
 Small ; thin ; little. Sco MoAij. 
 Moo-A-Lii, s, Jfoo. a linci, and a/ii, chief. 
 
 The names of a line of chiefs; a genealogy; 
 
 a history of one's ancestors. 
 Moo-o-LE-LO, s. Moo and oMo, discourse. 
 
 A continuous or connected narrative of 
 
 events ; a history, ittfc. 1:1. A tradition. 
 
 Mai. 15:2. In modern times, the minutes 
 
 of a deliberative body ; a taxation liE,t 
 Moo-o-Mo-LE, adj. ilfdo and OOTO&, roand 
 
 and smooth. Anything haying the quali- 
 ties of round and smooth. 
 Moo-o-MO-LE, s. A long, smooth, round 
 
 bottle, like some oil bottles ; a femooth, 
 
 long calabash. 
 Moo-HU-E-LO-A-WA, s. Moo and hudo, 
 
 tail, and aidce, bifter; stinging. A scorpion. 
 
 Kanl.6:lb. A poisonous serpent. Hoih. 9:S. 
 
 Moo"K4.-A-LA, s, Nameof the species of 
 lizard fonnd on dry lands running about 
 on the rooks. 
 
 Moo-KA-Ao, s. A historical legend ; a 
 tale of ancient times. D. Mdo 1:8. 
 
 Moo-KA-u-LA, s. A species of black liz- 
 ard foiind about houses. 
 
 Moo-KA-m-Ko, s. Moo and kahiko, old. 
 The old serpent; a being spoken of in 
 Hoik. 12:9. Satan ; Diabolo ; Oeragona. 
 
 Moo-KA-Hu-NA, s. A genealogy of the 
 ancient priests, kept by the priests them- 
 selves. 
 
 Moo-KA-NA-KA, s. Moo and kanaka. A 
 
 genealogy or a list of the people for the 
 
 purpose of taxation. . 
 
 Moo-KU, s. The name of the worship of 
 
 the god Ku, one of the great gods. See 
 
 MOOLONO. 
 
 Moo-KU-ATJ-HA s. Mooa.nikitaukati,a. 
 tax. A atofj tfr nistory or genealogy of 
 
, MOO' 
 
 396 
 
 MOH 
 
 the ancestors. Note. — The mookuauhau 
 has sevei-al sources; some believed Kumu- 
 lipo to stand at the head ; others, Paliku ; 
 others, Ololo ; others, Puaniie ; others, Ka- 
 pohihi.^ D. Malo 1:8 and 10. A line of de- 
 scent fot the people, but in connection -sirith 
 taxes. 
 
 -Moo-KU-Pxr-NA, s. Moo. and kwpuna, 
 grandfather. A list or line of the stock or 
 tribe of one's family or ancestors. 
 
 Moo-LE-LE, s. Moo and Me, to &y. The 
 name of a reptile mentioned in Kin. 49:17, 
 KuTil. 32:33 and Isa. 34:16 ; a dragon ; a 
 flying serpent. 
 
 Moo-Li-o, p. To be small or narrow, as 
 a path. 
 
 2. To be small, as a patch weeded by 
 many men. 
 . 3. To breeze on one side. See Eolouo. 
 
 Moo-LO-NO, s. Name of the worship 
 rendered to Lono, one of the four principal 
 gods; ua kapaia ma ka moolono, no ka ntea 
 Lono ke akua nui o ia aoao. See Mooku. 
 
 Mb-o-tu, adj. Oiu, noolu, mo and olu. 
 Free : unrestrained ; quiet. 
 
 2. Sinking, as in the mire ; loose ; yield- 
 ing. 
 
 Moo-MA-KE, s. Moo and make, death. 
 Name of a deadly reptile in Isa. 11:8: asp: 
 viper. ib6. 20:16. 
 
 Moo-Moo, s. Kapa of second or third 
 rate; kapa that is not considered valuable. 
 , Moo-NA-HE-SA, s. A boa constrictor. - 
 
 Moo-Ni-Ho-A-wA, s. JWoo and MJAo, tooth, 
 and atoa, poison ; bitter. Lrr. A' lizard 
 with a poison tooth. A serpent ; a viper ; 
 a poisonous reptile. Kard. 32:S3. SeeMoo- 
 
 LELE. 
 
 Moo-NU-i, s. Moo and nui, great. Lit. 
 A great lizard. A being several times,men- 
 tioned in the Scriptures and translated 
 dragon. Sal. 91:13; Isa. 51:9. 
 
 •Moo-PE-PE-i-AO-HA-o, s. Moo and pepe- 
 iao, ear, and hao, iron or horn. Name of 
 an animal mentioned in Isa. 11:8; trans- 
 late:* in English cockainee. 
 
 -Moo-PE-TE-NA, s. Moo and pethm (Heb.), 
 adder. An adder. Eal. 68:4. 
 
 .Moo-pu-NA, s. Moo, sucdession, and 
 purM, springing up, as water. A grand- 
 child. an.29:6. Posterity generWly; moo- 
 puna, kuakabi, that is of the third genera- 
 tion : makua first, keiki second, keiki a l^e 
 keilti third, i. e., moopuna, grandchild; moo- 
 puna kualua, a grandchild of the fourth 
 generation, i. e., a great grandchild. Note. 
 Descendants were counted down as follows: 
 1st, makua, parent ; 2d, keiki, child ; ."id'. 
 moopuna huakahi, grandchild ; 4tL, noo-\ 
 puna kmlua, great grandchild ; 5th, moo- 
 .puna kuakolu, great, great grandchild, <feo. i 
 
 Moo-WAA, s. Name of some long sticks 
 
 belonging to a canoe reaching for* and 
 
 aft. 
 Moo-wi-Ni, V. To be misty; to be dim 
 
 visioned ; to see indistinctly ; to be blind. 
 Moo-wi-Ni, s. ifoo and ««m, fine pointed. 
 
 Dimness in vision ; misty in seeing. 
 
 2. Blindness, natural or moral, Oihk. 
 13:11 ; Earn. 11:25. 
 
 3. ^blind person; nana mai no namaka, 
 . aole nae he ike. 
 
 Moo-wi-Ni, adj. ,Very small, like the 
 filaments of a spider's web ; very fine. 
 
 Mo-u, s. See Mouo below. Eiakahoo- 
 lana ame ka mou poho ole. 
 
 Mo-T7-o, s. A buoy-; a float to show 
 something below the water,- as aa and .<r. 
 Fio. O oe no ka mouo nui nana i hoolaiia 
 i ko'u nhane i ke ao. A piece of wood, 
 board o- other substance to float on ; o ka 
 mouo b ou ai ka naau, a buoy for the heart 
 to escape on;, a place where anything may 
 float securely, like the poe heenalu when 
 they come in through the surf and flo^t at 
 ease. 
 
 Mo-Tjo-uo, s. A float or buoy for a fish 
 net ; he lowaia mououo. See Ponono. 
 
 Md-TT-Ki, ) adj. Mo and itki, dirty. 
 
 Mo-u-Kl-U-KI, ) Dirty; bad smelling; cor^' 
 rapt. 
 
 Mo-u-Ki-u-Ki, adj. Warm, as the efflu- 
 via from a corrupting body ; bad scented, 
 as the air from a tight room. See Ikhei. 
 
 Mo-HA, adj. Bright; clear; shining; 
 glistering. 
 
 Mo-HAi, V. To break, as a stick; to 
 break in two ; to break off. 
 
 2. To sacrifice to the gods,- to offerasao- 
 riflce ; to present a gift at the altar. 
 
 Mo-HAi, adj. Broken; fractured; broken 
 in two. 
 
 Mo-HAi, s. An expiatory sacrifice; a 
 sacrifice generally ; a general name of an 
 offering to the gods, of various kinds and 
 for various purposes. Note. — The most of 
 the following kinds of sacrifices are com- 
 mon to theXevitaoal and to the ancient 
 Hawaiian priesthood. 
 
 Mo-HAi-Ai, y. A meat ofiering. fitdc. 
 40:29. 
 
 Mo-HAi-A-Hi, s. An ofiering made by fire. 
 Pufc. 29:25. 
 
 Mo-HAi-A-LA-o-No, s. A sweet-smelliug 
 offering. CUhk. 3:6. 
 
 Mo-HAi-A-Lo-HA, s, A free-will ofiering. 
 licnl. 12:6. 
 
 Mo-HAi-HA-LA, s. A sin offerinff. NoA. 
 15:25, 27. 
 
 .o-HAi-HO-A-u, s. A wave ofiering. 
 P«fc. 29:«4. 
 
MOH 
 
 397 
 
 MOK . 
 
 Mo-HAi-Hoo-MA-LU, s. A peace offering. 
 
 Pvk. 2a:!J8. 
 Mo-HAi-Hoo-LU-Li, s. A Wave offering. 
 
 Oihk. 7:30. See Mohaihoali. 
 Mo-HAi-Hoo-KO, s. A sacrifice on per- 
 
 formirtg a vow. Nah. 15:3. 
 Mo-HAI-HOO-MA-NA, S. 
 
 Mo-HAi-KAi-KAi, s. A heave offering. 
 
 Puk. 29:27. 
 Mo-HAi-KAi-KEA, s. An offering made' by 
 
 are of the fat. Oihk. 10:15. 
 Mo-HAI-KA-LA-HE-WA, S. 
 
 Mo-HAi-KC-Ni, s. A burnt sacrifice; a 
 burnt offering. Kin. 22:7. 
 
 Mo-HAi-LA-wE-HA-LA, J. A sin offering. 
 ■Wik. 4:3. 
 
 Mo-HAi-MA-KA-NA,. s. A free-vvill offer- 
 ing. Puk. 25:2. 
 
 Mo-HAi-Mi-u-LA-Ni, *. A Sacrifice of 
 thanksgiving. Hal. 116:17. > 
 
 Mo-HAI-MO-LI-A-O-LA, S. 
 
 Mo-jBAi-PA-NAi, *. An ofiering of a hog 
 to a gpd by a mother on weaning an in- 
 fant I he mohaipanai keia na ka malni'a, i 
 mea.e oluoln mai ai ke akna i k;e keiki. 
 
 Mo-EAi-po»Ni, s. An offering of conse- 
 cration. . Oiftfc. 7:37. 
 
 Mo-HAi-PTj-Hi, s. An offering by fire. 
 Oihk. 2:3. 
 
 Mo-HA-HA-LAi V. See Maholahola and 
 A1.AIALA. 
 
 M0-HA-1.A, V. To open ; to expand, as a 
 flower ; to blossom. See Mohola. 
 , 2. To be erect; to stand straight; to rise 
 up. 
 
 3. To be loosened or set free; applied to 
 that which has been bound, coiled or drawn 
 up tight. ' 
 
 i. H(jO. To spread out or smooth, as a 
 kapa or cloth that has been ruffled. 
 
 5. To disperse Or drive away, aa fear. 
 
 6. Applied to the mind, to calm; to 8<>othe 
 where the mind has been disturbed. 
 
 7. To open or enlighten the mind. See 
 
 MOHOLA. _ , 
 
 Mo-HA-LA, adj. Raised up, as something 
 thatibad been depressed, 
 
 2. Opened, as the petals of a flower that 
 has been pressed," opeuj-as a flower ; pua 
 mohala. 1 ^oJ. 6:18. 
 
 3. Devoid of fear, as one in danger. 
 Mo-HA-LA-HA-LA,' V, See MoHALA. To 
 
 break loose ; to set free, as something that 
 
 had been bound or restrained. 
 Mo-HA-LA-HA-LA, odj. Loose; unbound; 
 
 set free ; lilollio wale. 
 Mo-HA-La, s. Clearness; fullness, as 
 
 the full moon. 
 2. Name of a day.jof the month-when the 
 
 moon begins to He round. 
 
 Mo-HA-Lu, V. To be comfortable; to be 
 
 unrestrained ; to be at full liberty. 
 Mo-HA-LU, adj. At ease ; quiet ; at lib- 
 erty ; unrestrained. See Pouald. 
 Mo-HA-m-HA-LtJ, V. See Mokalf. To 
 
 be easy ; to be quiet ; to be at liberty. 
 Mo-hi-0-lu-o-pe-o-fe, adj. Disobedient; 
 
 unyielding ; stubborn, as a child. 
 Mo-Hi-Hi, s. Mo aai MM, a. viae. Name 
 
 of a strong vine used for strings. 
 Mo-Hi-Hi-0, s. Name of a plant. 
 Mo-Ho, s. Name of a species of birdj 
 
 he moho ka mea kapi iloko o ka weaweu, 
 
 the moiio is a bird that crows in the grass; 
 
 it seldom flies, but walks about. 
 Mo-Ho, V. To evolve or show the upper 
 
 or top leaf of a plant of sugar-cane, kalo, 
 
 &c.; to bud out; to break or unfold, as the 
 
 bud into leaves, 
 Mo-Ho-LA, V. SeeMoHALA. To evolve; 
 
 to unfold, as the leaves of a growing plant: 
 
 to bloom out, as a flower; to blossom. Mn. 
 
 40:10. SeeljHOLA. 
 Mo-HO-LE, V. To bruise ; to break up j 
 
 to erush ; to rub off the skin. See Paholb, 
 
 PoHOLE and Maeolb. 
 Mo-HO-LE, adj. Rubbed off; bruised ; 
 
 crushed. Fig. Sad ; oorrowful ; dejected. 
 Mo-Ho-LE-Ho-LE, V. To skln off; to rub 
 
 off; to polish. 
 2. To act lazily ; to be dejected or oast 
 
 doffn. 
 Mo-KA, V. See Oko. To tear in small 
 
 j)ieoes; to break up fine; to reduce to dust; 
 
 to blow away and scatter, as dust. 
 Mo-KA, s. Anything torn or broken up 
 
 small; small fragments of anything; be 
 
 opala. 
 
 2. Rejhse matter ; that which is thrown 
 away. 
 
 3. Something connected with the hole of 
 the squid' *' 
 
 Mo-KA, adj. Broken fine, as small dust, 
 chaff, &c. Ban. 3:29. 
 
 Mo-KAE, s. A species of grass or shrub 
 something like tiie ahuawa. 
 
 Mo-^Ai-KAi, adj. New; sweet; insipid, 
 as poi JHst made and not become sour; 
 mokaikai ka ai. 
 
 Mo-KA-PA-WA, «. Mo, to break, ka, arti- 
 cle, pawa, morning da^^n.- Also, na moku 
 ka pawa ke ao. Lit. The dawn la break- 
 ing.' The opening dawn ; daybreak. 
 
 Mo-Ki, s. A pipe lighter; he wzoAJbaka; 
 a term of reproach; said to be a late coined 
 word. 
 
 Mo-Ki'-o, V. To steal. 
 
 2. To pucker up or contract the lips for 
 whistling. 
 
 3. To whistle audibly. 
 
MOK 
 
 398 
 
 MOK 
 
 4. To take the pipe-stem iatti'the mouth 
 to smoke. 
 Mo-Ki-HA-NA, *. A species of strong 
 scented wood. 
 
 2. A species of mushroom. 
 
 3. An odor ; a fragrance. 
 Mo-Ki-Mo-Ki, I". To drink water, as a 
 
 fowl; to suck, as a child; to breathe wa.ter, 
 
 as a fish. See Mcki and Mukiki. 
 Mo-Ko, V. To fight; to pound with the 
 
 fisl ; to box ; mako, melu, pauhn. 
 Mo-KO-i, s. Something aboul the bait in 
 
 fishing; eia ka mea lealca, o ka mofcoi akua. 
 
 2. Tbeartof deceiving fish and capturing 
 them. 
 
 Mo-KO-i, V. To be hard j to be stingy ; 
 to he cruel. 
 2.,To pi'ovoke ; to make angry. 
 
 3. To tempt; to deceive fish; hence, to 
 cat<!h fish. 
 
 i. To be hollow ; to be witbout internal 
 substance ; ke ohe, oia ka laau ponapona, 
 kona kino he moleoi akn, the bamboo is 
 <l jointed vegetable, hoUow inside. 
 
 Mo-Ko-i-KO-i, V. See Mokoi. To take 
 fish, &c. , 
 
 Mo-Ko-LE, s. See Makole. Inflamed 
 eyes; soreieyed. 
 
 Mo-KO-LE, adj. Inflamed, as the eyes ; 
 swelled out ; not able to see distinctly. 
 
 Mo-Ko-Lo-A, s. The. naine of a spedes 
 of grass. 
 
 Mo-KO-Mo-KO, V. To box ; to fence ; to 
 fight ; to hold boxing matches as pastimes 
 or as games j i ka makahiki, e mokomoko 
 no na kanaka ame na 'lii ame ka wablne 
 ame kamalii, on the first day of the year 
 the people, the chiefs, women and children, 
 held boxing matches, i, e., attended on them. 
 
 Mo-KO-Mo-KO, s. A boxer; a man skilled 
 in fighting ; a puka mai la kolaila moko- 
 ■ nwko. 
 
 Mo-KU, V. To divide in two*; to cut, as 
 with a sword ; hahau mai la i ka paU, a 
 mohu, kokahi alii, he struck with a sword 
 and cut a certain chief; to cut off, as a 
 member of the body. 
 
 2. To break asunder, as a cord, rope or 
 chain. Olhk. 26:13. 
 
 3. To break, as the neck ; a moku ko 
 Kiwalao a-i a make no ia, he iroke Kiwa- 
 lao's neck and he died. ■ 
 
 4. To cut off, as with a sword at a Binglc 
 Wow. 
 
 5. To rend or tear in pieces, as a furious 
 beast. M(ft 7:6. 
 
 8. To crack; to burst open with a noise. 
 
 7,. To holdfast.asnnanchorholdBftsbip. 
 
 8. .To cast or throlrinto the sea; moleuia 
 i ko kai, dole e make, j 
 Mo-KU, s. A part of a country divided 
 off from another part 
 
 2. A diiiiioct ; a division, of an island, as 
 Kona on Hawaii, and Hana on Maui. 
 
 3. An' island, i. e., land separated from 
 other land by water. Moku pr vwlcupmd 
 is synonymous with atna. ' D'. MbHo 7:1. 
 
 4 A ship; so called from the supposition 
 when first seen that they were islands. 
 
 5. A' dividing line;, a boundary between 
 the different divisions of an island. See 
 
 i MOKDKA. „„..-. 
 
 6. A part or piece of anything broken ' 
 off. 
 
 Mo-KU, adj. Greatly increased; swollen, 
 aswater; running; Sowing; breaking down. 
 , bavriers, as water. 
 
 Mo-KU-Ai-NA, s. Mokti, broken off, and 
 aina, land. An island ; a land separated 
 from another land. LaveilcXlO, SrN.with 
 moku. 
 
 Mo-K0-.A-HA-KA, B. To be divided, as a 
 kingdom,^ a cU^. or a family into two or 
 
 . more contending parties ; to be split, as a 
 .eofflmunity.into factidns. . Ifoo. To cause 
 divisions. 'Hal. 55:9. To set one against 
 another, as parties; 
 
 Mo-iHT-A-HA-NA, odj. Split into parties 
 or factions, as a people ; divided ; un- 
 friendly.; epjiosed. 
 
 Mo-KU-A^Hi, s. Moku, a part, and ahi', 
 fire. A fire brand. See MoMOKnAHi. 
 
 2. Mokv,, ship, and aM, fire. Lrr. A fire 
 ship, A name given by some to a steam 
 vessel, but improperiy, as a steam vessel is 
 moku mahn, which see. 
 
 Mo-KU-A-Hu-A, adj. Evil minded; evilly 
 disposed ; injurious ; sad at the evil of an- 
 other. 
 
 Mo-Kxr-A-WAi, V. To be many; to be 
 
 ' multitudinous. 
 
 2. To travel in large companies; mofctio- 
 vxii na kanaka. 
 
 3. To flow along, as a stream with rains. 
 
 4. To run; to rash, as a multitude. 2 
 OiW. 23:12. 
 
 MoKU-Hi-A, adj. For »wfcttM, passive of 
 molm. Broken ; divided. See Mokuua. 
 
 Mo-Ktr-Hi-A, 0. To drown; t» eirtin- 
 ■guish, as by water. MeL Sol. 8:7. 
 
 Mo-KTJ-Hi-Ku-Hi, adj. MoandkuAilaiM, 
 sweet Sweet;. sweet, as sugar. 
 
 Mo-KKi-KAU-A, s. Moku, ship, and kam, 
 war. A war ship ; a man-of-war. 
 
 Mo-KU-KE-LE, s. The name of the ac- 
 tion cf sailing from island to island in a 
 canoe in ancient times. D. Malo 7:1. 
 
 Mo-KU-KE-i.E-KA-Hi-Ki, s. A canoe sail- 
 ing to a foreign country. Zaidk. 175. 
 
 Mo-KU'Ki-A-LH-A', s. Moku and kia, mast, 
 and lua, two. A vessel with two masts; a 
 schooner ; a brig. 
 
 Mo-Ku-Ki-A-Ko-LU, s. Moku, sl»p, Ajfl, 
 
MOL 
 
 399 
 
 MOL 
 
 mast, and Icolu, three. A vessel with three 
 masts-; a ship; 
 
 Mo-tku-le-i-a; i. ' Name of a specie^ of 
 fish of the kahala kind ; TisshtAamuladeia, 
 
 Mo-KU-Li-A, adj. Passive of moku, I in- 
 serted. Divided ; broken up. See Moku- 
 
 IIIA. 
 
 Mo-KU-MO-KU, I'. See Moku. To tear 
 up; to rend; to breakjn pieces; to pluek, 
 as the foathera of a bird. 
 
 Mo-Ku-Mo-Ku, s. See ■ Mokomoko. A 
 striker ; a boxer : a fighter. Ki. 1:7. 
 
 Mo-KU-MO-KU, adj. Broken or cut to 
 pieces, as a rope. 
 
 Mo-ku-mo-ku-a-hu-a; ». See Mokua- 
 HOA. To yearn ; to bo moved with afftec- 
 tlon towards one ; to yearn with pity for 
 one. Kin. 43:30. TJa mohmokuahM ka 
 Diiuiawa o ke alii 1 ke aloha, the spirit of 
 the chief yearned with affection. Lamk. 
 136. 
 
 Mo-KU-NA, s. Mbhi and ana, a break- 
 ing ; a dividing. A dividing line between 
 two lands. 
 
 2. A boundary line of a land; a district; 
 a Country. ,8ol. 15:26. 
 
 3. Apart or piece cut off from something 
 larger. 
 
 ' 4. A division of a country; a coast or 
 
 region. 
 6. A chapter or division of a book. 
 Mo-KU-pu-Ni, s. Moku, an island, and 
 
 |)um, to surround. The full form for island; 
 
 1. e., island surrounded (by water.) Svn. 
 
 wit^ aina. ka mokupuni oia ka mea nni 
 
 e like me Hawaii, Mam, arae na moku e ae. 
 
 Mo-EUrWA-Hi, V. Moku and w(M, to 
 break. To be at enmity or variance, as 
 two men. See Mokuahana. 
 
 Mo-LA, ». To tuTH^ to be unstable; to 
 spin.round ; e milo. 
 
 Mo-LA, adj. Turning; twisting; unsta- 
 ble ; paa ole i ka milo ana. 
 
 Mp-LAE-LAE, adj. Mo and laelae, clear. 
 Clear ; explicit ; easily understood; unob- 
 scure in vision. 
 
 Mo-i,A-LE,' s. Clearness ; brightness. 
 
 £ }Lii, molale ilio Uio lau lanl. 
 
 Mo-LA-LE-LA-LE, adj. Clear; bright; 
 plain. 
 
 Mo-LA-MO-LA, adj. See Mola. Spinning 
 or twistin.g round ; not fixed. 
 
 Mo-LE, s. The principal root of a tree 
 that runs straiglit downwards ; ateo the 
 large roots of ;' tree generally. (The small 
 ones that branch out from them are called 
 
 an.) 
 
 2. The bottom of a pit ; the bottom of 
 the sea. Huhak. 3:13. 
 
 3. Fio. A.root, i. e.;'offspring; descend- 
 ants from a root. :^om. 16:12. 
 
 ' 4. One belonging to a family. OHik. 
 , 25:47. 
 
 6. A cause ; a means. 1 Tim. 6:10. A 
 
 root ; a foundation ; aole i loaa ia'u ka 
 
 moU o ka naauao, I have not obtained the 
 
 principles of knowledge. 
 M!o-le, V. To linger ; to lag behind ; to 
 
 be slow. 
 Mo-le-a, adj. Drawn tightly; strained, 
 
 as a rope ; hard ; severe ; tight. 
 Mo-le-a, s. a person so angry that his 
 
 countenance is distorted. 
 Mo-le-hu-le-hu, s. The shade of the 
 
 morning or evening; twilight. ler. e.^. 
 
 Ka malamalama iki e nalowale ai ka ili 
 
 kanaka. 
 Mo-le-hu-le-htt, adj. Shady, in time 
 
 of twilight. lob. 3:9. 
 Mo-le-mo-le, at^'.See Mole and Omole. 
 
 Hound and smooth; cylindrical; smooth, 
 
 as the skin of a bald head ; hence, 
 
 2. Baldheaded. 
 
 3. Sleek and smooth with fatness. 
 Mo-li, s. a sharp instrument to print- 
 
 with on the skin ; hahau iho la 'ka itioli, 
 pahuhu ae la ke koko, the moli is struck 
 on, the blood flows but. 
 
 2. The name of a large bird, 
 Mo-Li-A, V. This word, like the Latin 
 
 sacro, signifies to devote, to give up or give 
 over to a good or bad end, that is, to bless 
 or to curse according to the character of 
 the thing devoted andthe purpose to which 
 it is devoted. 
 
 1. To bless or to curso, according to the 
 prayer of the -priest. i 
 
 • 2. To bless; to pray for the safety of one. 
 
 3. To be sanctified, i. c., set apart or de- 
 voted to the service of the gods ; e molia 
 ka ai i ke alcua. 
 
 4. To worship ; to sacrifice ; to oftter to 
 the gods; to save alive; e boomana, e kau- 
 maha, e amaama, e houla.' 
 
 5. To curse; to give over, or devote to 
 destruction ; to be sacrificed. 
 
 6. To anathematize. Isa. 34:2. To de- 
 stroy ;. e hoomake. 
 
 7. In the use of the word, molia is to bless 
 or to curse according to some following 
 word or phrase. Note. — Some of the forms 
 are as follows : molia mai e ola, bless him, 
 ^et him live ; Tnolia mai e make, curse him, 
 let him die ; molia ka poe kipi, imrse the 
 rebels ; molia i ke alii e make, curs«, the 
 chief, let him perish ; molia i ke kukui e 
 pio, curse the lamp, let it go out ; molia i , 
 ka ua e oki, curse the rain, let it stop; mo- 
 lia i ka hekili aole e hekili hou mai, curse 
 the thunder, let it thunder no more. 
 
 Mo-Li-Aro-LA, s. An ancient form of 
 worship when, the priest offered a sacrifice 
 and prayed for the life or safety of the peo^ 
 pit. 
 
MOL 
 
 400 
 
 MOM 
 
 2. Applied in modern times to the Jew- 
 ish pasSover when a lamb -was sacrificed far 
 each faonsehold, and the angel of death 
 passed over leaving the children of Israel 
 unhurt. Puk. 12:11. 
 
 3. In the New Testament it is figuratively 
 applied to the death of Christ as the sacri- 
 fice for the sins of men. 1 Kor. 5:7. 
 
 Mo-U-A-0-LA, adj. Of or belonging to 
 the Jewish passover ; mohai moliaola, aha- 
 aina moliaola. 
 
 Mo-LE-yi-A-HA, s. Mole and iiaha, cup. 
 The bottom of a cup or mng. 
 
 Mo-u-o, s. ■ See Molia.' To offer to the 
 gods ; io lay upon the altar, as a sacrifice ; 
 ke akua i ka molio o ke ahiabi. 
 
 Mo-u-Li; adj:. Mo arid lili, small. Lit- 
 tle; small; stinted. 
 
 Mo'rU-Mo-x.1, V'. See Moli. To use the 
 pioli in puncturing the skin in making let- 
 ters or ^nres. 
 
 %o-TM,,v. To untwist; to unbraid, as a 
 
 ' »ope or string. Note. — This word is found 
 
 In many compounds, especially proper 
 
 names, as Molokai, Molokini, &c., also in 
 
 : molokamaaha. See below. 
 
 Mo'-LO-A, ) D. This word is written by 
 
 Mo-lo-wa, ) Hawaiians in both forms. 
 As it is evidently a compound word, the 
 second form is preferable. Molo and wa, 
 time ; space. To be indisposed to work ; 
 to spend time listlessly; to be lazy; to be 
 idle ; to be inditferent whether a thing is 
 done or not ; molowa, iho la ua alii la ia 
 Hawaii, that chief leos indifferent respect- 
 ing Hawaii; i aku la, namotowo an i ka 
 aina, he. said, I am indifferent about the 
 lands. Hoo. The same. 
 
 Mo-m-ka-ma-a-ha, s. Molokama i? the 
 name of a land on Kauai; in singing meles 
 the aha protracted would be added. 
 Ulna ka vai o na malokamaaha. 
 
 Mo-iiO-Ku, adv. On the back; at the 
 
 back (of a person) ; on the backside. 
 Mo-lo-wa, s. Slackness ; indifference ; 
 
 carelessness ; laziness. las, 18:3. 
 Mo-lo-wa, adj. Indisposed to make an 
 
 effort ; inactive ; lazy ; unwilling to do ; 
 
 tiresome to one's patience. Hoo. Slothful. 
 
 ■SoI.'12:24. See Manaka. 
 Mo-lo-wa, ado. Lazily; deceitfully. 
 
 ler. 48:10. f ' 
 
 Mo-Lo-HAi, s. Laziness ; heaviness of 
 
 head and eyes ; drowsiness ; i keia manao 
 
 -e huna i ka'u ano, i aku au me ka make, 
 
 molohai. Note.— This word is used by the 
 
 proud or foolish for molowa. 
 Mo-btr-^i, adj. Mo and luki, tired. 
 
 ■V^eary ; fatig:ued. ..See Luhi. 
 Mo-lu-l6, V. "To steal ; to take another's. 
 Mo-LU-LO, s, A thief; one who steals. 
 
 2. A bloated dead body which bouts 
 ashore from the sea ; he mea pae wale joa' 
 kabakai. 
 
 3. A person wrecked and cast ashore. 
 Mo-LU-LO, adj. Fat; plump; bloated; 
 
 large, so that the fat shakes on one's bones; 
 applied to men. 
 Mo-LU-LO-LU-LO, adj. Fat ; plump, ice. 
 
 See the foregoing. 
 Mo-LD-LO-LE-A, s.* The voice or wail of 
 a ghost. 
 
 2. The wail of one shipwrecked and east 
 ashore. 
 Mo-LTT-LO-LE-A, odj. Wailing, crying, 
 &c., of a ghost ; of one cast ashore fmm a 
 wreck. 
 
 Ia aina ai leic haull e kamanaira, 
 Lele-pto3^1oko i ko aloba — 
 Aloha mai oei, bele a faiikua, 
 Hoi laaaaa ka maha 1 bana Ire-aa, . 
 I ka naua o ka pihe moluloiea. 
 
 Mo-LU-NA, ». To take by force; to rob; 
 to plunder, oee Molulo. 
 
 Mo-LU-NA, s. A thief; one who robs 
 another. 
 
 Mo-Mi, s. A pearl. Mat. 13:46. The 
 pearl of the oyster ; Ihe hard center of the 
 eye ; flie hard face of a watch ; the eye of 
 a fish ; maka ia. 
 
 Mo-Mi, V. See Mom. To swallow, as 
 foou ; to put in the mouth and swallow. 
 
 Mo-Mi-o, adj. Mo and mio, confined: 
 close. Tapering; cramped. 
 
 Mo-Mi-KD, V. JlioOT?, to swallow, and Aw, 
 standing. To swallow standing up ; a word 
 made use of by Kamebameba to expro«s 
 contempt of his enemies, meaning,^ tootitd 
 swallow.them up. 
 
 Mo-Mi-Mo-Mi, V. See Mom. Hoo. To 
 cause to swallow; to receive into the mouth 
 and swallow. See MoNi. 
 
 Mo-MO, s. SeeMooMoo. Kapa of an in- 
 ferior quality; he moomoo,he palaholo,he 
 kiwaawaa. 
 
 Mo-Mo-A, V. To give liberally; to take 
 care of a poor person ; to act the friend of 
 one ; to be continually giving to others ; 
 to take care of, as a guardian takes, carp of 
 the property of his ward. See MaIjAma. 
 
 Mo-Mo-E, ». See Moe. To sleep ; to 
 dream ; to sleep together, as two persons. 
 
 Mo-MO-KA, s. See Momoku. The rush- 
 ing and running together of people, as^n 
 a popular outbreak. 
 
 Mo-mo-ku, v. See Moku. To break; to 
 break up ; to separate. 
 
 Mo-Mo-KU, adj. Broken ; separated ; 
 broken up ; greatly increased, as water 
 running in a freshet, breaking or rushing 
 forth. 
 
 Mo-MO-KU, s. What is brokea or torn 
 
MON 
 
 401 
 
 MUA 
 
 oJf or soAtohed onti momoku abi, a fire 
 brand ; « waiho ana ka momoku pi e mani 
 ai ka umu. See Momoeuahl 
 
 'VIo-MO-Kn-A-Hi, s. Momoku and aM, fire. 
 The remnants of fire; charcoal; wood 
 charred ; a fire brand. i8c>2. 26:18. 
 
 Mo-yo-LE, V. See Mole and Kumomole. 
 To be round and smooth; to be smooth and 
 plumb up and down, as a smooth perpen- 
 dicular pali. 
 
 Mo-Mo-LE, adj. Round and smooth. 
 
 Mo-Mo-Li-o, adj. Nsttrow; contracted, 
 as a place, or as space. 
 
 Mo-MO-Mi, pi See Mom. To swallow 
 greedily. 
 
 Mo-Mo-Mi, s. Name of a kind of fish ; 
 he paopao, he nukumonui. 
 
 Mo-Mo-Mo-E, V. See Mok and Momoe. 
 To sleep; to sleep often or soundly; to be 
 very sleepy. 
 
 Mo-MO-NA, V. See Mona. To be fatj 
 to be round ; to be plump. 
 
 2. To be swelled out full; to be smooth, 
 as the skin of a fat person or animal. 
 
 3. To become fat, that is, 'ndependent. 
 Kard. 32:15. Boo. To make one fat. 1 
 Sam. 2:29. 
 
 Mo-Mo-NA, s. The fat, i. e., the fat part 
 of an animal. Oaik.6:12. Thefat of land, 
 i. e., fertility. Nah. 13:20. Fat, as a per- 
 son or community, i. e., rich ; wealthy. 
 Kani. 32:15. 
 
 Mo-MO-NA, adj. SeeMoNA, Large; fat; 
 fleshy; generally applied to persons or ani- 
 mals. 
 
 2. Fm. Applied to the ground, rich ; 
 fertile, &c. tin. 41:3i. NotB. — Mormna 
 when applied to food or clrink, refers to 
 whatever is good or pleasant to the taste, 
 as rich, sweet, fat, &c. 
 
 Mo-NA, adj. See Momona. Fat ; rich ; 
 good, as a good soil ; ua hookupu maikai 
 oia (0 Hawaii), he moita ka lepo. 
 
 Mo-NA, V. To be fat ; to be round and 
 plump with fatness.. 
 2. To be rich or fertile, as land. 
 
 Mo-NE-A, V. For numiia, to be swal- 
 lowed. To be staffed; to be filled full with 
 food ; to be glutted. 
 
 Mo-NE-HA, s. A long distance. 
 
 Mo-Ni, V'. See Momi. To swallow; to 
 consume. Puk. 7:12. To swallow, i. e., to 
 drink up, as the earth drinks up water ; o 
 ka honua, ua moni i ka wai, the earth, it 
 drinks up the water; to suck up, as a 
 sponge ; e omo ; e moni i ka ai, to swiUow 
 food. 
 
 Mo-Ni, s. Eng. Money ; the price of a 
 thing sold. JCtn. 44:12. Stn. with talena. 
 Mat. 25:18. 
 
 51 
 
 Mo-Ni-MO-Ni, s. A fast eater; one who 
 swallows quickly. 
 
 2. Metapkoricatty, one who receives in- 
 Btmotion greedily. 
 
 Mo-Pir-A, adj. Fine ; melodious, as a 
 voice. 
 
 Mo-Ptf-NA, s. See Moopuna. A descend- 
 ant of the third generation, including the 
 first, as makua, keiki, mopun<Lf a grand- 
 child, 
 
 Mo-WA, adj. See Moa, cooked. Done, 
 as food. 
 
 Mo-WAE, s. Mo and ?/;ae, to separate. A 
 rent ; a broken place ; a furrow ; a cleft ; 
 aa opening am >ng rocks. See Mawab. 
 
 Mo-WAE, s. SeeMoAE. The name of a 
 wind ; the regular trade wind. 
 
 Mo-WA-Mo-WA, V. To carry or send food 
 to others gratuitously. 
 
 Mo-RA-Ki, s. Eng. A mortgage J a deed 
 of conv^ance on condition. 
 
 Mtr, V. To shut the lips and hold the 
 mouth full of water. SeeMuwj. 
 I 2, To be silent; not to answer. See Mo- 
 
 WJLE. 
 
 Mv, s. A little black bug that eats most 
 kinds of wood ; it also eats through and 
 through all kinds of clothing ; he mea e 
 popopo ai ka lole ; a destroyer of many 
 kinds of property. Mat. 6:19. The tom bores 
 a hole about as large as a gimlet ; a moth. 
 Isa. 5t!8. 
 
 2. The name of a man who lived in the 
 country above Lauhaele and ate bananas. 
 
 3. Name of a small bird with yellow 
 feathers; he mu kekahi manu,he lenakona 
 hulu. . ' 
 
 4. A person employed to procure human 
 victims when a helau was t9 be dedicated 
 or a new bouse built 
 
 Mu-A, V. To mumble food, as for a 
 child ; to eat with the lips. 
 
 Mu-A, adv. and comp.prq). Of pZace, be- 
 fore; in front of; of time, first; previous 
 to ; before ; usually prefixed witn some of 
 the simple prepositions. Oram. § 161. 
 
 MtJ-A, s. The name of a house for men 
 only in ancient times; the house was kapu 
 to women. 
 
 2. The distinguishing name of one of the 
 six houses constituting a family arrange- 
 ment. See Hale. £ono hale ona kanaka- 
 be mua, oia kekahi, men bad six houses — 
 a mua was one ; the mua was the eating 
 house for the husband ; ai no ke kane ma 
 ka mua, the husband ate in the muff. See ■ 
 MoooMo Hateaii '59. Holo kiki akn la o 
 Papa akomo i mua e paio me Wakea, Papa 
 ran hastily and entered the eating houss qv 
 husband's house to quarrel with Wakea. 
 
 2. The front part of a house or room. I 
 Mai. 6:20. 
 
MUU. 
 
 402 
 
 MUK 
 
 3. A poor.looking calabash. 
 
 4. A pcrf9on with ponting or large lips. 
 
 5. The flrtt bom of a family. 
 
 6. The first; the beginning; the com- 
 mencement. Ma/r. 1:1. • 
 
 MtJ-A-KAu, adj. Fiist ripe, as fruits; 
 
 fit^t born ; fish first canght. 
 Mu-A-KU-A, adj. Unfriendly; unsocial; 
 
 niggardly. 
 Mu-A-Mu-A, adj. Drinking water out of 
 
 a calabash and then spitting it out; ciunua- 
 
 mua, omuemue. 
 Mir-E, ) adj. Bitter ; bad tasted ; 
 
 Mu-E-MU-K, { offensive to the palate; 
 
 2. Cold ; chilly ; shaking ; trembling. 
 Mn-E-E-KE, 9. Ttt-shrink ; to start from 
 
 tear or pain. See Ebkb. 
 Mu-i, V. To collect ; to assemble. 
 Mn-i-A, B. Passive of mui for muiia.- 
 
 1^ be collected together. 
 Mu-i-Ki-«i, o. Mui and kiki, very. To 
 
 press close 'together; to draw, in ; to cut 
 
 short. 
 Mu-i-Mu-i, V. To collect together; to 
 
 assemble in one place; to be thick together; 
 
 to assemble to see something; muimui akn 
 
 la na kanaka ame na wahine e makaikai, 
 
 men and women assembled together to ex- 
 
 atnine. 
 Mu-i-MD-i-A, tj. Passive of /rewzOTMi. To 
 
 be collected together ; to be in a compact 
 
 mass. 
 Mv'o', »."• To bud; to open, as a bud into 
 
 a leaf; to put out a leaf. Soo. To cause 
 
 to ^nd ; to gut forth or enlarge, as buds 
 
 before the leaves appear; 
 
 Mu-o, s. A bud. ia. ,61:11. A branch. 
 
 i»o. 27:10; it new or fresh leaf. iufc. 21:30. 
 Mu-op-otr, r. Mu and ouou, short; thick 
 
 set. To be short ; ta be low ; to be little ; 
 
 to be blunt 
 M.tiH>v-o}j, ddj. Short; little; blunt. 
 Mu-o-Lo-p-Lo, adj. See Olo and Olo- 
 
 OLO. Ftexibl© ; swinging ; hanging down. 
 
 See PuALDAMT. . 
 
 Mu-o-MU-o, V. SeeMuo. To swell out; 
 to appear, as the bud of a flower. 
 
 2. To cover over as the calyx covers tlie 
 incipient flower. See OiroAMnAPUA. 
 
 Mn-o-MU-o, s. The flower covered by 
 the calyx ; the place below the muo or bud. 
 
 Mu-o-Ko-LE, ) V. To cut off the 
 
 Mu-o-MTj-o-KO-LE, ) branches of trees or 
 the tops of kalo. 
 
 MvDi ». To collect; to lay up, &c. 
 Syn. with mui, puu, ahu and waiho. To 
 heap together ; to fill up ; to set thick to- 
 gether. . See MmiMDu. 
 
 Mdu, adj. Collected ; laid up in store. 
 
 Muu-HT-Lir, s. Name of a south wmd 
 at Honolulu. 
 
 Mtju-Muu, V. See Muu. To cut short ; 
 to cut off ; to shorten. 
 
 Muu-Mtni, s. A shift or under garment 
 worn by females. 
 
 2. A lame person ; primwrUy, one who 
 creeps, halts or limps; one who has lost or 
 never enjoyed the use of his limbs. 
 
 Mn-HEE, s. JWm and Aee,tQeHp. A fish 
 that moves two ways like &e crab. 
 
 Mir-HEE, adj. Fi(^; changeable; un- 
 steady minded. 
 
 Mu-HEE, V. To make an indistinct 
 sound ; to hum. See MraiuHD. 
 
 Mn-KA, adj. Tasteless; insipid; ono 
 ole. 
 
 Mu-KA, s. A seizing; a swallowing up; 
 a devouring. Ixiieik. 105. 
 
 Mh-kae, s. Anything jutting or hang- 
 ing over, as the brow of a precipice. See 
 Umam. 
 
 2. The brim of a basin or tub. 2 OiW. 4:2. 
 
 3. The circumference of anytliing; he 
 poai, he anapuni. 
 
 . 4. The edge of a pit. 
 
 MtJ-Ki, V. To apply the lips or mouth 
 to ; to kiss ; c muki bakai, to kiss or suck 
 the tobacco pipe; to take a whiff of tobacco 
 smoke ; e muki i ka wai, to squirt water 
 flu-ough the teeth. 
 
 '2. To peep ; to speak indistinctly, as an' 
 enchanter. Isa. 8:19. Srs. with namu. 
 
 3. To play on the hokiokio or pipe, a 
 wind instrument 
 
 Mtr-Kn, s. A pipe lighter; one who 
 . waits upon a chief with the pipe. See 
 
 MoKi. Note The office of the pipe lighter 
 
 was to attend the person of the wiief with 
 a pipe always lighted ; in order to keep it', 
 always lighted, the pipe lighter must him- 
 self, verjr frequently, give a little suck or 
 puff or kiss, which was called muki. 
 
 Mu-Kr-Ki, t>. See Muni. To suck into 
 the mouth, as in smoking. 
 
 2; -To suck in or drink, as water; to 
 swallow ajp. 
 
 8. To drink or sipi water, as a bird drinkb 
 ffom a flower. 
 
 4. To squirt water through the teeth. 
 
 5. To make mouths at one. 
 Mukiki ka ia lelebnna a ka unnu, 
 Ka awa ilileaa i ka nka o Ealin, 
 Ka manu a haihai kanu awa— « — 
 A!a ka laau ka ana o Puna, 
 Mapnna wale mai ana so koon aloha la. 
 
 Mtr-Ki-Ki, s. A'mouth made at one as a 
 matter of reproach; hoomaka ko oukou 
 mukihi i mea henehene, a i mea akaaka. 
 
 Mir-Ki-MU-Ki, ». To tie.; to bind fast. 
 
 Mtr-Ko-i, adj. Shai-p and projecting; ap- 
 
MUL 
 
 403 
 
 MUM 
 
 plied to the forehead. See Laekoj. Mukoi 
 
 pue kaua. 
 MxJ-KO-LE, )„dj. Mu and kole, 
 
 Mo-KO-LE-KO-LS, J raw ; red. Kedjin- 
 
 flaiQfd, as the eyes ; rmtkolekole na maka. 
 Mu-Ku, V. To wrangle; to blackguard; 
 
 to quarrel. See Nuku. 
 
 2. To cut 3hort ) to shorten ; to cut off, 
 &c. ; the same as moku. 
 
 3. To cease ; to. diminish, as a sickness ; 
 ua 'irmku ba hi. 
 
 Mir-KU, s: A measure of length used 
 by Hawaiians ; the length from the fingers 
 of one hand to the elbow of the oppo!>it>e 
 arm when extended ; i. e., the cutting oiT 
 at the elbow ; o ka pnaa nni, he anana 
 paha, be muku paha, a i ka iwilei paha. 
 
 2. A piece cut off; that which is cut off; 
 anything cut short. 
 
 3. The outside of a canoe. 
 
 4. The name of the night when the moon 
 entirely disappears ; 1 ka po i nalowale ai 
 ka inanina, o Muleu ia : alalia, pan ka ma- 
 lama, on the night in T»hieii the moon en- 
 tirely disappears, that is Muku, then the 
 month ends. 
 
 5. The short end of the iako or cross 
 stick of a canoe ; hawele kok^ nkn la ia 1 
 kana abo i lea m«fcu o ka iako mua o kona 
 waa. 
 
 6." A short garment, as if the bottom were 
 
 cutoK See MuHioro. 
 Mu-Kn-Mtr-Ku, v. To cut up into pieces; 
 
 to cut off frequently. See Kvhuikbxv, the 
 
 letters trattsposed. 
 Mu-lcu-Mir-KU-WA-HA-Nir-i, s. The name 
 
 of a red fish. 
 Mu-LA, s. See Mura. 
 Mu-LE, ) adj. Bitter, as water ; 
 
 Mu-LE-MTJ-LE, ) bitter, as an herb. Pafc. 
 
 12:8. £1 paipai i ka laau mulemide a pau. 
 Mu-LE-A, )adj. Bitter; sharp; 
 
 Mu-LE-MD'-I.E-A, ) bitter, as herbs; "biting; 
 
 caniBtic. 
 Mu-LE-A, V. To be bitter, as water of 
 
 Mulea. Puk. 15:23. 
 M.6-LE-iE-Hn, V, Mu and leleku, weak. 
 
 To be slightly intoxicated. 
 Mu-LE-Mu-LE, V. See Mule. To be bit- 
 ter ; to taste bitter. 
 Mu-Li, comp. prep. After; according to; 
 
 behind ; afterwards ; it relates either to 
 
 time or place ; mostly preceded by o, no, 
 
 i, ma or mai. Gram. § 161. 
 Mb-Li,' s. The remains ; the last of a 
 
 thing. , , . 
 
 2. A snccessor ; miili mai, -a brother or 
 a sister next younger than one. 
 
 3. The last; the hindmost; the youngest 
 of several children. 
 
 4. The last one of a series. M&r. 12:21. i 
 
 I keia mau la rfiuii iho nei, in these kisi 
 days. lieb. 1:1. He kaikaina, he pckj. 
 
 Mn-u, adv. A vadi aku; afterwards; 
 after awhile; kameaemuZi mai, that wUioh 
 shall be hereafter. 
 
 Mu-Li-Ho-PE, s. Muli, last, and hope, 
 end. The last; the voungesl born ; o ke 
 keiki Mapo, he mua la;, o ko keiki mtiSr 
 hope, oia ka hope loa; also, kelki imtli ifio, 
 youngest child. Kin. 9:34. He pahina. 
 
 Mu-iJ-WAi, s. Midi, the remains, and 
 wai, water. The opening of a stream into 
 the sea. 
 
 2. A firitli; a bay at the mouth of a river; 
 hence, 
 
 .a. In geography.a, river. Tos.l:i. Note. 
 The derivation or the word refers to the 
 fact that at the mouths of most of the' 
 streams on the islands there is a bar ; at 
 low tides there is some water standing 
 which has not run out; these remains of 
 water are called a, muliwai. 
 
 Mn-tu-WAi, s. An ttwkward or affected 
 pronunciation of muZtifloi. See the above. 
 
 Mu-Mu, V. See Mir. To hum ; to make 
 an Indistinct sound. 
 
 2. To be silent ; to sit mum. 
 
 3. To hold water in one's mouth. 
 
 4. To be smooth 6r round ; to be blunt. 
 6. To cry out indistinctly, 
 
 6. To take food into one's mouth and 
 afterward take it and convey it to the mouth 
 of anothei'. 
 
 Mu-mr, adj. Indistinct; blunt; dull; 
 round; smooth. 
 
 Mv-uv, s. An. indistinct sound; some 
 noise, not known whatj the confused noise 
 of a multitude at a distance ; opiopio ku 
 ka laula o ka mumu. 
 
 Mo-Mu-iA, V. Passive of mui for maiia. 
 To be collected together; to come together 
 in crowds ; to be thick together- in one 
 place. 
 
 Mn-jiu-Hii, s. A whispering ; a mutter- 
 ing ; a voice in a low tone. 
 
 Mu-Bpi-Hu, ». To be large ; to be plump ; 
 to be numerous; to sound, as many voices; 
 to hum an indistinct sound. ' 
 
 Mu-MU-Hy, s. An indistinct sound, as 
 of many together ; hence, a crowd of peo- 
 ple in one place. 
 
 Mu-Mu-KA, adj. See Pupuka. Bad; 
 worthless ; unworthy of notice. 
 
 Mu-Mu-Ku, s. See Muku. The name of 
 several things cut off, or cut short; a canoe 
 cut in two in the middle : a garment cut 
 short or the sleeves cut off ; a wind blow- 
 ing over land between two mountains as if 
 cut off from the main wind; a maimed per- 
 son having lost a hand, arm or foot. Mai. 
 15:3(L The name of a lady's under gai'- 
 ment is mumuku. 
 
NA 
 
 404 
 
 NAA 
 
 Mu-MC-KU, adj. Cut off; separated, as 
 a member of the body, ^. e., the bedy when 
 the limb is separated is imumuku; cut 
 short ; too short for a designed porpose. 
 
 Mo-MU-tE, V. SeeMuMU. Toibedumb; 
 to' be speechless. 
 
 2. To be silent;' to hold one's peace 
 through grief or afaiction. fli5fl._39:2. No- 
 laila, noho mimmh mat la oia ia man la, 
 thercfpre he liyed in a tadtum manner dur- 
 ing those days. 
 
 3. To be silent, as one confuted; not 
 having anything to say. Neh. 6:8. 
 
 4. To be out of one's right mind. 
 
 5. Jloo. To keep silence. Qih. 18:9. 
 Md-mu-le, s. The gathering around a 
 
 kapn ; the assembling of a company to- 
 gether. 
 Mu-MU-LE, adj. Silent,' quiet; refusing 
 to speak; tacitium: displeased; sullen; 
 out of one's mind ; demented ; pnpnle. 
 
 Mu-MU-LU, V. To come together in a 
 cluster or crowd ; to be thick together ; to 
 be numerous ; to sU conreretng togeliier 
 in a cluster; heaba ka lakou e mamm, la? 
 Aole, he pupule wale no. .;.- , 
 
 Mo-NA, adj. Slow of speech; not quick 
 ox ready ; maleeloe ka waba; '• 
 
 Mu-KA, s. Gr. Myrrh. Md. Set. 4:14, 
 MiT-TU-£-LA, s. Heb. A weasel, an ani- 
 mal. Oi^. 11:29. 
 
 N. 
 
 lU" the tenth letter of the Hawaiian 
 
 •^^ J alphabet It represents the same liquid 
 in Hawaiian as In most European lang^ges. 
 It is often commuted for I (see the letter 
 L) ; as, nanai, Umai; nanahu, lanahu, &c. 
 
 l!lA,.simp, prep. Of; for; belonging to. 
 Placed b^ore nouns or pronouns, It con- 
 veys the idea of possession, property or 
 duty. It has the relation to no that a has 
 to 0, or Jca to ko. Oram. § 69, 1, 2; 3. 
 
 Na, art., standing before nouns, repre- 
 sents the plural number ; as, ke alii, the 
 chief ; na alii, chiefs or the cMi^s. Na often 
 answers the double purpose of a plural 
 article (that is, a plural for all the other 
 articles which are singular), and the sign 
 of the plural number of the noun. As an 
 article, it is both definite and indefinite. 
 Oram. § 67 ; also, § 83, 86 and 87. : 
 
 Na. a particle somewhat frequent, add- 
 ing strength to an expression either pos- 
 itive or negative ; aole na be wahine % o 
 ka moopuna no a Waka, she is not cerUmdy 
 any other, woman, she is certainly the granf' 
 child of Waka. iaiesfc. 128. 
 
 Na, v. To be quiet ; to be pacifted, as 
 a child ; na na ke keikl, the c^ild is quiet; 
 to be comforted, as one in a£Biction. ler. 
 31:16. ' 
 
 2. To enjoy respite from pain; a pan 
 kana heluhelu ana, noho iho la ia e na aim 
 i ka mea manao ole. 
 
 3.. To gasp or half breathe, as a dying 
 person. 
 
 i. Soo. The same; also, in a Ug<d sense, 
 to settle difficulties; to decide between dif- 
 ferent claimants ; as, e hoona kumu kule- 
 ana aina, tp settle land claims. 
 Ua, adj. Quiet; ^pacified, as an ag- 
 grieved child ; calmed ; quieted, as one's 
 Dassions. 
 
 NA-Atj, s. The small intestines of men 
 or animals, which the Hawaiians suppose 
 to be the seat of thought, of intellect and 
 the affections. 
 
 . 2. The internal parts, i. e., the inwards of 
 animals. Oihk. 1:13. The bowels. 2 OUd. 
 21:16. Alua ana o na naau, o ka mea nn! 
 ame ka mea liilii, the intestines are of two ' 
 kinds, the large and the small. Anal. 51. 
 
 , Hence, 
 
 3. The affecJions ; the mind ; the moral 
 nature ; the heart; the seat of the moral 
 powers. Mat.22i3i. Synonymong in many 
 cases witli vhane. the soul. 'Sonx. — ^The 
 noau of animals were formerly used by 
 Hawaiians as strings for various purposes; 
 ka noau i mea aha moa, the intestines for 
 strings to tie fowls. See the compounds of 
 noau below. 
 
 Na-att-ao, s. Naau, the mind, and ao, 
 instrncted. An enlightened mind. 
 
 2. Instruction : knowledge ; learning ; 
 wisdom. Eanl.i:6. Eeike,henoonoO;he 
 noiau. 
 
 Na-att-ao, adj. Naau and ao, to teach. 
 Wise; knowing; learned; enlightened; hav- 
 ing the sMU or art Of thinking and plan- 
 ning "well. 
 
 Na-au-ao, V. See the noun. To be 
 learned ; to be wise ; to be intelligent, &a. 
 Eoo. To enlighten, as the ndnd; to in- 
 struct ; to be uistrocted. 
 
 2. To instruct, i. e., to convince ; to be 
 advised ; to be warned. Hal. 2:10. 
 
 3. To attend to that which is right; to 
 give heed to truth and duty. 
 
 Na-au-au, s. a remission of the strict- 
 ness of a kapu; used in the phrase kau no- 
 aumi; the suspenBion of a kapu so far that 
 
 , the people might eat eertaM kinds of food, 
 thatch houses, &c. 
 
NAE 
 
 405 
 
 NAE 
 
 Na-au-au-a, ) V. Naau and aua, self- 
 
 Na-au-au-WA, J ish desire. To kill One's 
 
 self; to commit suicide on account of the 
 
 death of a fl-iend, or itom the feeling that 
 
 nothing remained worth living for, 
 
 2. To mourn for the loss of a friend ; to 
 grieye. 
 
 3. To be weak ; to be bent over, as one 
 in sadness. 
 
 N A-AU-AU-A, ) ,. The desire to com- 
 JNa-au-au-wa, ) mit suicide on account 
 of the death of a friend; self murder through 
 grief or disappointment; nni na hewa o ka 
 wa kahikOj o ka naaiuaua, many were the 
 sins of ancient limes, suicide. 
 
 2. Anguish; sympathy with one; sorrow 
 for the loss of one dear. 
 
 3. Strong desire for the good of one.' 
 
 4. Depression of spirits ; griei. 
 
 5. Real sorrow of neart.- 
 Na-au-ka-ke, s. a sausage. 
 Na-au-kee-mo-a, s. Naau and kee, 
 
 crooked, and moa, cooked, i. e., hardened 
 in any shape. An evil dispoaition; per- 
 veraeness ; a general disposition to wick- 
 edness. See Opckebmoa. 
 
 Na-au-ko-pe-ko-pe, s, Naau and hope- 
 kope, morose. Perverseness; a bad dispo- 
 sition ; surliness. Seo Naaukeemoa. 
 
 Na-au-kh-hi-li, s. Naau and kuhili, 
 blundering. Garelessneas; indifference; a 
 disposition to carelessness ; inattention. 
 
 Na-ait-fo, s. Naau aiadpo, night, Igno- 
 
 - lance; darkness of mind ; without intelli- 
 gence or instruction; a cloudy mind; awk- 
 wardness. 
 
 Na-au-po, adj. Dark-hearted; ignorant; 
 unenlightened; dkrk-mittded. 
 
 Na-ac-po, v. To be darlf-hearted ; to be 
 ignorant ; to be awkward ; to be brutish. 
 Moo. To be willingly ignorant ; to remain 
 ignorant while possessing tlie means of 
 knowledge. 
 
 Na-au-po-no, v. Naau and pono, right. 
 To be upright ; to be just. Soo. To be 
 staid in mind ; to be £bced ; to be sober, 
 m 2:6. 
 
 Naa-naa, s. a sour disposition ; unso- 
 ciability; ignorance. 
 
 Naa-naa, adj. Unsocial j crabbed; sour; 
 unlovely in temper and- life. 
 
 2. Bound and hard, as pills, or as goat's 
 dung ; poepoe me he lepo kao la. 
 
 Naa-na-ait, s. The stomach ; the small 
 intestines; the receptacle of food after it is 
 eaten ; kahi e waiho u ka ai maloko o jlctp 
 kino. '' 
 
 Nae, adv. An elegant expletive, but 
 difficult to define. Truly; indeed; but; 
 however, &o. A mild intt is perhaps the 
 best definition; though 4t does aot express 
 
 strong opposition like the English but. 
 Aobe alii au, he kanaka itae, I am not a 
 cMef, but I-jim a man. 
 Nae, V, To breathe hard ; to pant, as 
 one laboring or exercising severely. 
 
 2. To pant for breath, as one with the 
 phthisic. 
 
 3. To give liberally ; to distribute ; to 
 be liberal, as a landlord to his people. See 
 Naj below. 
 
 Nae, s. A sickness which occasions 
 hard breathing. 
 
 2. The blowing of one's breath when fa- 
 tigued on stopping to rest. ¥m. Applied 
 to the Strong affections of the heart. Laieik. 
 U2. 
 
 3. The phthisic. See Naenae. 
 
 4. The upper regions of the air in dis- 
 tinction from the lower; ua lobe o uka a ms 
 kai, a me nw a me lalo. 
 
 5. The place whence the wind comes ^ a 
 ihea o mea ! Aia ma nae. 
 
 6. The name of a species offish net with 
 small meshes. 
 
 Najb-i-ki, adj. iVaeandz^',little. Breath° 
 ing a little, i. e., almost exhausted ; near 
 dead. 
 2. Nearlyout of patience or courage. 
 
 Nae-e-le, adj. Open; loose; full of 
 holes, as open sleazy cloth; perhaps better 
 spelled naele, the same as the following. 
 
 Na-e-le, ) adj. Full of holes, cracks 
 
 Na-e-LE-le, J or chinks. 
 
 2. Sotten, as timber. 
 
 3. Moist; damp; applied to that kind of 
 soil which retains moisture and is always 
 rich and good. 
 
 Na-e-le, s. Mire; deep mud. See Na- 
 KELE, boggy, and Naka. 
 
 Na-e-le, v. To scatter, as men who do 
 not abide by their work; to be distributed 
 by littles ; to be dissipated or scattered. 
 
 2. To get into a slough or into t^e mud; 
 to sink down. 
 
 3. Fio. To get into difficulty; aia ka ke^ 
 kou e malama ai, o ntule auanei ,kakou, it 
 is for us to take heed, lest we get into the ' 
 nrnd, i. e., into difficulty; o naefe auane! 
 kakou, a pahemo, a haufe ilalo. 
 
 Nae-o-a-i-kU, ) s. JV(je, hard breathing, 
 Nae-o-wai-KTT, ) ari, the neck, and fctt, to 
 stand. A disease wbere hard breathing 
 causes one to stretch out the iieck ; a dis- 
 ease of the throat; the croup. . Notb. — The 
 first orthography is the correct one. 
 
 Nae-nae, v. See Nae. To breathe like 
 one out of breath by hard exercise ; to foe 
 out of breath ; to pant for breath ; to sigh. 
 Hal. 38:10. 
 
 Nae-nae, s. Difficult breathing; the 
 phthisic ; the asthma. 
 2. An offering made to the gods to ap- 
 
NAO 
 
 406 
 
 NAU 
 
 pease their afiger ; a sacrifice. Se? Ka- 
 
 ?«ABXAi!. 
 
 3, The name of & Species of fish ; he ma- 
 ba.mes. 
 
 Nae-nae, adj. Sweet-scented, as some 
 herbg ; be aku pua na^tiae o Waialoha. 
 
 Nae-nae, s. Tne name of a shmb bear- 
 ing sweet flowers. 
 
 Nae-jui, s. Hard breathing; wheeling 
 mixed with cough. 
 
 Nai, v. To strive hard to excel another; 
 to urge on ; to go aheftd. 
 
 2. To finish ; to make an end. 
 
 3. To give or parcel out alilce; na la ke- 
 iki e nai na mokn e pan ai. Laieik. 10. 
 
 Na-ia, s. a species of black fish ; the 
 porpoise. Note. — The naia was forbidden 
 to women to eat, under the kapu system, 
 nnder pain of death. 
 2. A kihd of sandal-wood. See Naio. 
 
 Na-i-o, s. a species of sandal-wood; 
 the bastard sandal-wood. 
 
 2. The name of the worm often found in 
 horse dung and in that of other-animals ; 
 the pin worm. 
 
 3. Small white specks in the faeces. 
 Nai-o-ai-kaje, s. The name of a famine 
 
 in former times. See Kaiolekaa. 
 
 2. {Naio, pin worm, ai, to eat, and kae, 
 the anus. Lit. That which causes itching 
 in the anus.) A- slanderer; a backbiter; 
 a detractor. 
 
 Nai-u, s. Name of a kind .of bush or 
 small tree somewhat odoriferous. 
 
 Nai-i-ke, v. To be angry ; to take in 
 dudgeon ; to set off in anger to take re- 
 venge. See HooMAAU. 
 
 Na-i-ke, Si Anger; a repelling from 
 one ; aole ike hou aku. 
 
 Nai-ko-la, v. To boast or glory over 
 one. ifoo. The same. See Akola, Aikola 
 and Hoaieola, 
 
 Nai-mai, v. See Nai. To exercise or 
 cherish bad feelings; to be sour or crabbed 
 towards others ; to be evilly disposed ; to 
 struggle against opposition ; to hop. 
 
 Nai-nai, adj. Sour; crabbed, as one's 
 disposition ; contentious ; envious. 
 2. Short ; low ; pokole, haahaa. 
 
 Nai-nai-na-mi-mi, s. Living in a state 
 of dissatisfaction; a persevering in and 
 oherishing of bad feelings. 
 
 Nai-nai-na-mi-mi, adj. Unfriendly; un- 
 social ; displeased with everybody and 
 everything ; changea'jle. 
 
 Na-o, v. To thrast in, as the fingers 
 into an opening ; e lalau i ka lima iloko o 
 kahi poopoo. See Nana©. 
 
 Na-o, s. a slight ripple on the water. 
 2. The ridges of twilled cloth ; lole nao; 
 ike streaks on kapa. 
 
 3. The grain or fibros of wood. Anai. 2, 
 
 4. The mucous from the nose ; he pala- 
 hehe, he pilau, he hehe. 
 
 6. He wainlaula, be waialmlu. 
 
 Na-o-a, adj. Not relishing foodj as one 
 sick ; naoa oloko, aole ono i ka at ; filled ; 
 crammed with food ; disgusted, or sick at 
 the sight of food from one's own surfeit. 
 
 Na-o-a, *. A thick ripple on water; 
 writing so thick together that the paper ap- 
 pears black; a covering with what is black. 
 
 Nao-ma-ka-lw-a, s. Some instrument 
 or method of taking fish ; he hinai, he koi 
 kekafai, o ka luina kekabi e naomakalua. 
 
 Na-o-na-o, m. a species of ant; the 
 winged or flying ant; he mau meaebeu Ui- 
 lii loa e lele ana. 
 
 Na-o-na-o, s. Phlegm; spittlej mucous 
 from the nose. 
 
 Na-o-na-o, adj. Deep down, a^ a cavern 
 or pit ; deep, as a hole in the earth. 
 2. Slightly lighted ; light of twilight. ■ 
 
 Na-o-na-o, v. See Nao. To thrust in 
 the hand ; to take hold of ; to sei^ ; to 
 steal. 
 
 2. To look earnestly at; to contemplate. 
 See Manao. 
 
 Nau, pers. pron. An oblique case (the 
 auipaewa) of the personal pronoun, second 
 person singular of oe. For thee; to thiie; 
 thine; belonging to thoe, &e. Oram.^1^2. 
 
 Na'u, pers. pron. An oblique case (4a«- 
 paewa) of au, fii-st person singular of tSie 
 pronouns. Forme; belonging to me; mine. 
 Gram. § 124. 
 
 Nau, v. To chew; to cbank; to gnash 
 with the teeth. Mar._ 9:18. To gnash with 
 the eye-teeth or tusks ; nau hou i ka ai, to 
 cftewthecud. Oiftfc- 11:3. 
 
 2. To measure time by the slow respira- 
 tion of the breath. 
 
 3. To hold in the breath; to restrain 
 one's self Irora breathing." '• 
 
 Nau, j. The name of a bush or tree af- 
 fording coloring matter in the fruit. 
 
 2. Dye or coloring matter of the mnt. 
 
 3. The holding in or restraining the 
 breath ; ka hoopaa ana i ka hanu i ka ma- 
 nawa e napoo ai ka la. 
 
 4. Pain ; distress, bat of a less degree 
 than hui. 
 
 He nmi la kamalii 
 
 Ke kohl la i kc kukuna n ka la, 
 
 JPumehana wale la aioii, 
 
 Aloha wale ke kmt o Hoolulu— e. 
 
 Nau, adj. Chewed over; ground fine, 
 as food Uiorou,Thly masticated. 
 
 Nau-a, adj. Cold; distant; unaccom- 
 modating ; unyielding ; angry ; aloha ole, 
 konia aole hoolohe mai, aole ou kanaka 
 naua like. 
 
 Nau-a, ^. Noon. 
 
NAU 
 
 407 
 
 NAH 
 
 Nau-a, adj. Celebrating the birth or 
 rt.'aidwice of a rWef ; alaila, kukuluta i bale 
 naua nev .ke .alii ; iiawai oe e mea navu t 
 owai kou makua. naua? 
 
 Nac-e, ) p, ('f he fiygt orthography is 
 
 NA'WB, V preferable.) To shake; to 
 
 NaU-WE, j move to and fro. 
 
 2. To tremble f to vibrate, as the earth 
 in ju earthquake. 1 Sam. 14:15. Synony- 
 mous with kaalulu. 
 
 3. To mn7e away a little ; to withdraw 
 from others to a private place ; naue aku 
 la ka uiakaula ma kahi kaawale, a pule 
 aku la. Pass. To bs moved, ifoo. To 
 trouble one when quiet. 1 Sdm. 28:16. To 
 change one's mind. 2 Tes. 2:2. 
 
 Na-ue-ue, )c. See Naue. To vibrate J 
 
 Na-we-we, ) to shake often or violently; 
 to shake, as an earthquake. Mat. 27:51. 
 
 Na-ue-de , ) s. a moving ; a vibration ; 
 
 Na-vSte-we, 5 a trembling, as of the earth; 
 ka naweioe o ka honua, an earthquake. 
 
 Na-w-ki, V. See Uki. To fret; to com- 
 plain. IM. 37:8. Boo. To stir up or ex- 
 cite anger ; to cherish ill-will or maSevo- 
 lont feelings. 
 
 NA-n-Si-tr-Ki, V. See Nauki, Uki and 
 Ukiuki, To be vexed ; to be out of tem- 
 per. Hoo. To provoke. Kanl. 31:29. To 
 vex; to displease; to make one angry. 
 JSafe. 14:11. 
 
 NA-u-Ki-t-Ki, s. Boo. A provocation; a 
 eoiiroe or caase of anger. 2 Sal. 23:26. 
 
 Na-u-le, s. Name of a medicinal planl? 
 which forms the medicine called kiM^caJa. 
 
 Nau-u-a, *. The growling action of a 
 dog while devouring his food; nauiia aoka- 
 aoka pupuhi ka iwi. 
 
 Nj^-tj-lu, v. See XJlu and UiiUULTJ. To 
 vex ; to provoke. Hoc. To provoke ; to 
 displease; to make one angry. Kard.^-.Ti. 
 
 Na-u-lu, s. Heavy mists ; a shower of 
 fine rsan- apparently without clouds, or a 
 single clead ; he ua kuhao ; he ua naulu, 
 he na nnku ia, he ikaika nae. 
 
 2. Name of the sea breeze at Waimea, 
 Kanai. 
 
 3. A thick dense cloud. 
 
 NA-n-LU, adj. Dark; thick, as a cloud. 
 M. 22:14. ■ 
 
 Na-o-ld-u-lu, v. Intensive of the above. 
 Tofvex,&c. Soo. To repeat provocations; 
 to persevere in maldng one angry, like ho<y- 
 naukiitki. See also Hoodwulu. 
 
 Nau-nau, s. See Nau, to bite. The 
 name of several acrid plants, as wild horse- 
 radish, Cresses, pepper-grass, Ac. 
 . 2, Ka papalake lele mat 
 
 Najt-nait, e. See Nau, to chew. To 
 chew ; to mince in the mouth. 
 
 2. To move, as the mouth in the act of 
 eating, 
 
 S. To move, as the lips in talking se- 
 cretly to one's self. Sol. 1630. 
 Nau PAHA LA. A phrase expressing the 
 
 return o ' salutation ; thine perhaps. 
 Nau-pa-ka^ s. Nau, to chew, and palta 
 
 {Eng.), twbacco. The name of a plant. 
 
 Nau-we, '^ »• See Naue. All these 
 
 Nau-WEU forms art) found with the 
 
 NT . - ™- ,!~ f reduplications accordinir 
 
 Nau-WE-we, tothewriter'sfancy;but 
 
 NaU-weu-WE, J the simple origina', form 
 
 is naue, navteue. To shake; to vibrate; 
 
 to tremljle. Hid. 18:7. To be moved or 
 
 shakea, as nations. Hal. iS:6. To be shaken 
 
 often. 2iSani.22:8. Synonymous with 7iaa- 
 
 tubt. Hoc. To cause to shake or tremble. 
 
 ffsuioc Kalalau, ponln ka latrakua. 
 
 Nau-we, s. See other forms above. A 
 trembling ; a shaking ; a vibrating, 
 
 Na-ha, V, To split, crack or open, as 
 the ground. Na^ 16:31. 
 
 2. To break up or break open, as a house, 
 
 3. To be split, cracked or broken, as a 
 dish or anykindof crockery; glass, boards, 
 slates, &o. Puk. 32:19. 
 
 4. To crack or break, as mason work. 1 
 Hal. 13:3. 
 
 5. To break or burst open. 
 
 6. To operate -s an emetic or cathartic. 
 
 7. To break in pieces. 
 Nono! ac la ka lani iltma, 
 tiaha mai la Kulanibakoi, 
 Eulukulu ka na 
 Eapakapa e Kane, 
 Akahi akua i nana — 
 Ke haapa w&Ie net ka lani 
 
 Eas Hilaks. 
 Wabi ka lani, nit ka lani eleele, 
 Ea lau ka hoalii, 
 Ea poliaka koii ka hooiio, 
 If aha mai Eulanihakoi, 
 Ee iiaaloloku uei ka ua, 
 Ee neinei ke olai. 
 
 Na-ha, adj. Bent; broken; separated; 
 scattered. 
 2. Pierced; opened. 
 
 Na-hae, v. See Hae, to tear in pieces. 
 To rend ; to tear ; to burst. 
 
 2. To Die$k, as the heart with sadness. 
 ler. 23.9. 
 
 3. To rend, as a garment. 1 Sam. 15:27, 
 
 4. To tear away ; to seoarate, as a peo- 
 ple. 2iV(rf. 17:21. 
 
 6. Fracta pudenda sicut virginis coitio 
 
 prima. 
 Na-hae, s. A rent; a torn place; mea 
 
 nahaeia, that which is torn. OiMc. 22:8. A 
 
 piece broken off. 
 Na-ha e, adj. Eent ; torn ; broken off. 
 Na-hae-^e, adj. Tom in pieces, as a 
 
 welu or rag; broken, aa the heart. Isa- 
 
 65:11. 
 
, NAH 
 
 408 
 
 NAH 
 
 Na-ha-ha, v. Frequentative of naha. 
 To break, as a hammer breaks a rook. ler. 
 23:29. To be dashed or broken in pieces. 
 Kard. 9:1?. , ^ 
 
 2. To divide up ; to separate in pieces 
 Na-ha-haj adj. Brokenj cracke'Sj broken 
 in pieces ; separated. 
 
 Nahdha i ke aula e ka makani he pnulena, 
 
 He makani kahiko ia no PaaAf 
 
 No Puna ka hala me ka lehaa, 
 
 Ee kui ana e ke ani Jehoa, 
 
 £e kaoo la la ka moani. 
 
 Na-ha-na-ha, V. Frequentative of MaAa. 
 
 To break up ; to break fine. 
 Na-ha-na-wa-le, s. The name of a 
 
 email fish. 
 Na-ha-we-lk, s. The muscle shell-fish; 
 
 he wahi ano pioeoe. 
 Na-he, ) adj. Soft; slow; gentle, 
 
 Na-HE-na-HE, 5 as the voice of music. 
 
 See Unahi:. He leo rwki, a melodious 
 
 voice; he makani na}(enahe, a gentle wind; 
 
 thin ; soft, as fine kapa or soft clotb. 
 Na-he, ) „. To blow softly, as a 
 
 Na-HE-na-HE, y gentle, breeze ; stronger 
 
 than aAea/ie, which is stronger than aniani. 
 
 See KoLONAHE. 
 
 2. To be soft, as the voice. 
 
 3. To be thin and soft, as fine cloth or 
 
 Na-he-le, s. That which grows; the 
 verdure of bushes or trees ; the leaves of 
 bushes or thick treef, ; Tiahde ooi, thorns ; 
 brambles. 2 Sam. 23:6. 
 
 , Na-he-le, adj. Pertaining to a thicket 
 or grove ; lau nahele, green leaves ; herbs. 
 
 Na-he-le-he-I/E, s. The grass, trees, 
 shrubs, &e., of a wilderness ; a wilderness. 
 
 Na-he-le-he-le, adj. Wild; iinculti- 
 vated, as land. 
 
 Na-he-le-he-le, v. To become wild, as 
 land that has once been tilled; to be over- 
 grown with vegetation. Puk. 23:29. Soo. 
 To allow or cause land to be overgrown. 
 
 E kokomo akn al maua 
 I ka pea i KabikI, 
 
 I ka okaaka laan nahelc vaokanaka, 
 He naheiehele okoa hoi ke kanaka, 
 Ulu nahele ka oa nabele blki ke koa, 
 IJlu weblwehi 1 ka niu po i ke kou, 
 Oia uka nahele loloa, a ka punl — e — 
 koa pun! Uio la ia, ua hala kamalii, 
 Kau ka naha ia. 
 
 Na-he-le-ma-ne-0, s. Nahele, a plant, 
 and mamo, stinging. A nnttle. Isa. 34:13. 
 
 Na-he-na-he, adj. Se°. Nahe. Thin; 
 soft; fine. 
 
 2. Empty, as the bowels from fasting or 
 sickness. 
 
 Na-he-sa, s. Heb. A serpent. Kin.B-.l. 
 Syk. with moolele. Mn. 49:17. Hoowale- 
 jrale \ na nahesa, a snake charmer. Karii. 
 18:11. See Moooholi: c;nd Mookahko. 
 
 Na-hi. See Nahe and Lahi. 
 
 Na-hi-li, V, See Hilt.' To act awk- 
 wardly ; to blunder in doing a thing ; to 
 be slow; to lag behind; e lalau, e ma- 
 nuka. 
 
 Na-hi-li, s. A mistake ; a blunder the 
 effect of carelessness ; slowness ; want of 
 energy; ka lalau, ke kiipua, ka'hanaiw 
 
 ' niila. 
 
 Na-hi-li, adj. Slow; lagging behind; 
 awkward ; blundering. 
 
 O nahili ka pololoa ia maDU, 
 kapa kau kama ia kea a KihB. 
 
 Na-hi-na-hi, adj. See Nahe and Lahi- 
 Lisi, soft; thin. Very small or fine; kapa 
 nahinahi or lakUahi, thin cloth; applied to 
 words or manner of speaking, sofT; mild ; 
 gentle ; soothing ; he olelo akahai. Note. 
 . The oruiography of nahinahi and na?tenahe 
 is used ; the meaning is the same, and the 
 pronunciation but slightly varied! 
 
 Na-ho, v. To overflow ; to be deep, as 
 
 water. 
 Na-ho, s. Depth; an overflowing v/ith 
 
 water ; he manini ku, he manini kai. ' 
 Na-ho-a, v. To be bold; to dare. . \ 
 
 2. To be strong ; to feel one's self to be 
 strong. 
 
 3. MOO. To provoke ; to be impudent to 
 one. See Nehoa, hMO, 
 
 Na-ho-a-ho-a, v. To strike one on the 
 head ; to break one's head. • 
 
 2. To strike the head, as the rays of the 
 sun. 
 
 3. To give pain ; to wound the feelings. 
 Na-ho-a-ho-a, s. a wound on the head 
 
 and the pain connected with it. 
 2. The effect of a sun-stroke on the head. 
 -- 8. Applied to the heart when the mind 
 
 is in great distress. Stn. with walania and 
 
 ehaeba. 
 Na-ho-lo, v. Na and holo, to run. To 
 
 run along on the ground. Puk. 9:23. 
 
 2. To run at random, here and there; to 
 run away from, through fear. Jjuk. 8:34. ' 
 
 3. To be absent; to be gone away. 2 
 Sow. 23:9. 
 
 4. To flee away from, as from an enemy 
 in battle. 2 Sam. 23:11. 
 
 5. To run along together, as a company 
 of people desirous of doing something; 
 ncmolo mai la lakcu ms kern kapa, they 
 ran along on this side (of the stream.) 
 
 ,T<aIiolo i ka laula o Puna, 
 Ka lubi a ke kalukalu, 
 Ku moena a ipo, 
 Moka mahole i ka boa mana. 
 
 Na-ho-lo, s. a running; a fleeing; a 
 
 retreat ; a flight. 
 Na-ho-lo-ho-lo, v. See Naholo. To 
 run along: to move rapidly; to pass along 
 by something else. 
 
NAIf 
 
 409 
 
 NAK 
 
 Na-ho-lo to-w^^ ..The Hawaiian name 
 
 of the planet-^t^i). 
 NA-HO-WA-Ho,.adj. SeeTfAHo. Deep or 
 
 flstulou*, as a sore 5- 4eep, iaa a pit; far 
 
 down m the earth. 
 Na-hu, v. To bite; to gripe with the 
 
 teeth; e boopohole i ka ill me ka nibo, to 
 
 tear up the ekia iritb the teeth. .. 
 
 1. To bite, as a dog; to anatch at; to. 
 seize. , , ' 
 
 2. To bite; to gnaw. "Mk.SS. To gnash 
 the teeth, as in pain ; e nahu i ke elelo, to 
 gnaw the tongue. Eoik. 16:10. 
 
 3. To bite> as a serpent. Nah. 21:6. 
 
 4. To bear the short sharp internal paiiis 
 1^ colic or 6f cbild-birtK 
 
 '. '..{5. To bite off, a;S a shark ; nahu mai la 
 ka mano i kona waa a mumukuo hope, a 
 shark bit his canoe short off behind. 
 6. To file ;! to rasp ; e a]>uapu. 
 Na-bit, f The pain of biting; the colic; 
 
 sudden'intemal |taina. 
 NA-flu, tidj. Biting; vmthing in pain.' 
 NA'^U'A, s. The name of a wind which 
 often blows at Kaanapali 
 
 2i The fine rain with the no'rth.east trade 
 
 winds on tie northern part of Maui. 
 
 NA-HU-KUrA-KO-Ko, a<(;. iVoAuipain, kuia,, 
 
 ' back, and koko. blood. Suffering pain, as 
 
 a travidling wOman. IBk. 4:9, ge^ Kua- 
 
 KOKO.' 
 
 Na-hw-na-hu, ». See Nahxt. To bite 
 often.' 
 
 2. To suffer fireqnent pains; to writhe in 
 pain ; to feel the first pains of child-birth ; 
 ia ia nci e nahunahu ana hele aka la. 
 
 .'Lamk. 11. . > 
 
 . ,3. To. bite, as a serpent or centipede. 
 4. 1*0 bb in, or to suffer the pains of child- 
 birth. 1 iSani. 4:19. 
 
 Na-hu-na-h0, i. The birth pains of fe- 
 males. M. 29:3. .' " 
 
 Na-hu-na-hit-i-hu, ». To quarrel, as two 
 brothers ; to fight or dispute, as an older 
 with a younger brother. ., 
 
 Na-k4, »., To tremble; to shake; to be 
 loose. ' 
 
 „■ 2. To be fearful ; to be afraid ; to trem- 
 ble, as the joints tnth fear. Dan. 6:6. 
 
 3. To tremble, as ground not solid. ler. 
 4:24. To shake, as a quagmire. . 
 
 4. To crack ; to split ; to break open, as 
 the grouB^sometiines in a drought. 
 
 Na-ka, adj. 'Trembling; shaking; un- 
 steady ; shaky, as a qnaghrire, in distinc- 
 tion from solid groui!j34!™ll of criicksjTiot 
 
 Na-ka, s. Name of a species of fish. 
 Na-ka-ka, v. See Naka. To break; to; 
 
 shatter ; to shake ; to be full of tracks. 
 Na-ka-ka, adj. Split ; shattered | full 
 
 of oracks; split open, eu> parched grain. 
 'iert i4,'t Cracked and scaling off, as the 
 
 atik'ki '■•■■• ■ ■ ■ 
 
 '. one after drinking awa ; inu i ke 
 awa; mahope, mabuna ka ill, tiakuka pa- 
 ehuepu, inomo loa. 
 
 Na-k^-ka-ka, V, Frequentative and in- 
 tensive of naka. To be trembling ; m be 
 shaking; to be^'" ot prakea places or 
 cracks ; to be uns' id. 
 
 Na-ke-ke, v. To .aove back and forth; 
 to make ao indistinct sound. 
 
 2. To rattle ; to rustle, as paper in the 
 '\rind, or as'new kapa. 
 
 3. To shake to and fto. /o&. 39:2i3.; 
 Na-k£-K£, adj. i^umming ; rustlinp^ ; 
 
 moving. > ' . 
 
 Na-kb-le, v. See KfitE. To be slip- 
 pery ; to be soft ; to sink in, as one in a 
 
 soft boggy place.' , 
 
 Na-kb-le, s. a soft boggy place, where 
 
 the earth is not solid or hard. 
 Na-ke-le, adj. Soft; slippery,as ground 
 
 where one would be apt to slide. 
 Na;KI, 1 1^ To tie ; to tie up ; to fasten, . 
 NA-KHi J "jarfj^fioifte. 2iV'<rf.7:10. 
 ■' '2. To bind fast ; to tie round. 
 
 3. To tie a knqt ; to bind, as a criminal. 
 
 . 4. To confine one, as if bound. 
 Na-ki-kf, ) J,. See Naki. To )bind; to 
 Na-kii-KII, J tic up ; to gird ; to tie on. 
 
 'Pttic. 29:9. To bind, as the hands. 2 jSum. 
 
 3:34;' 
 Na-ki-wa-ki, V. See Naki. To bind 
 
 ofteja; tobindfost. J3ai. 10532. 
 2. TO swell out; to make large; to swell, 
 
 as tiie belly. 
 Na-ki-na-ki, s. a person sick in the 
 , chest aiid feels as though he was bouiid ; 
 . One filled to surfeiting with food. v 
 
 Na-ki-li, v. To open a little ; to let in-,. 
 
 a little light, as into the eyes, or to open 
 > ihe eyes a little. 
 
 2. To see B little. 
 Na-ko-lo, V. See Kow: To run; to 
 
 flow, as a liquid ; to npread out, as ink 
 
 upon unsized paper. 
 
 2. To make a, noise in falling, as rain 
 upon dry leaves. 
 
 3. To move; to make a rustling souii'l. 
 
 4. To make the noise of manyiieet run- 
 ning. 
 
 6. To squeak like the soles of new shoes. 
 Na-ko-lo, adv. In a running, rushing 
 . manner; ua nei nakolo i ke aloha, my.heari; 
 • is moved deep Jy with love. .E0?«^., 142. 
 Na-kO'LO-ko-lo, V'. See Nakolo and 
 EoLO. To run, a!5 many, running together; 
 to move along, as in a rtptsh. . 
 2J To qreak, as the sopiitd of friction. 
 Na-kp, V. To root, as a hog ; to throw 
 up ground JR heaps oc ridges. 
 
NAL 
 
 410 
 
 NAt 
 
 2. To tread npoa ; to trattiple down ; to 
 destroy. 
 
 3. To seek; to huftt afterj to search for; 
 to look or inquire fpr ; oi irni, ol nafcu, oi 
 uolie, ol bull wale a ! aole be ioaa. 
 
 4. To follow ; to puraue ; e nahu aku ia 
 ia 3. loa^. 
 
 5. To shake ; to be in a tremor, as one 
 dying ; naku iho la a make, 
 
 Na-ku, *. Takes both ka and ke for aiti- 
 cles. Amah. Isa.9:13. The rush of which 
 mats are made, akaakai- 
 
 2. A rooting ; a throwing up dirt in 
 . ridges or bills. 
 
 3. A destroying ; an overturning. 
 
 4. A pursuit after a thing ; aia no i kau 
 naku. ia ia a Ioaa; no ka imi, ame ka naku, 
 ame ka hnU, ame ka noil ana^ a search; a 
 pursuit aft«r. 
 
 Ami Kauana i ka wa ^raahila, 
 Lea ole do ia Lalaoilittli, 
 HuU ka mak^Di, 
 If aku i ke oiio o ke luwelu. 
 
 Na-ku-e, adj. Diligent in business; ac- 
 tive ; not slothful or lazj?.^ 
 
 Na-ku-i, adj. Jdyful; cKeerfulj full of 
 hope;. diligent; active; mania ka manao. 
 See Nakde. 
 
 NA-Kn-LU, 0. See Kulu, to drop, as 
 water. To drop as water drops, that is, to. 
 make the noise of falling drops of water. 
 • 2. To make a rattling noise ; to crackle, 
 as the sharp sound of thunder ; heaba keia 
 fi-jRafc«!« nei ! 
 
 "3. To shake ; to run along, as a sound ; 
 to run, as a report or story of a scandal. 
 Laieik. 199. To bo in a tremor ; used ad- 
 verbially, e nei nakulu ana ia nei. 
 
 Na-ku-lu-ai, adj. Perfect ; *good ; up- 
 right; praiseworthy. 
 
 Na-ku-lu-ku-lo, v. See Nakulu. and 
 EuLQ. To shake; to make a rustling noise. 
 
 2. To movealoug; to make an indistinct 
 sound. 
 
 3. To patter, as drops of rain ; to drop, 
 as rain ; to rain fast.. TMnk. 5:4. 
 
 4. Hoo. To cause to drop down, as rain; 
 to pour down. Isa. 46:8. 
 
 NArBu-LU-KU-LH, odj. Trembling; mov- 
 ing ; emitting a sound ; pattering, as fall- 
 ing drops x>{ rain: 
 
 Na-le, adj. Movable ; unbound ; not- 
 fast. 
 
 Na-le-na-le, adj. See Nale. Free to 
 move ; unbound ; separate fi:om. 
 
 Na-le-na-le, s. A separation from some- 
 thing else; noi sustained by anything else;. 
 without obstruction. 
 
 Na-li, V. To bite; to nibble; tochank; 
 to seize suddenly. • 
 
 Na-li, adj. Nibbliag; biting; biting off 
 picceaieal. 
 
 Na'LI-na-li, v. SeeN-Aiii. To bite often; 
 to beize upon. 
 
 2. Soo. To be or to act the chief ; to en- 
 joy tbe privileges and honors of a chief. 
 See AiALU. 
 
 N A-Li-NA-Li, oty. Bright; shming; royal, 
 as a chief. 
 
 Na-lo, v. To bo lost ; to vanish. Luk. 
 24:31. To be concealed from one ; aka, 
 aole ia i nolo ia Papa, but he was not con- 
 cealed from Papa. 
 
 2. To recede ; to pass away ; nolo e, to 
 be missing. 2 Sam. 2:30." To disappear; 
 to vanish in a. distance ; a nolo aku la ke 
 kia kona moku, o ka naio pu ana aku no 
 ia, and when the mast of his ship 'disap- 
 peared, he (Iiiholiho) vanishtd together 
 with it. 
 2. To lie hidden; to lie concealed; to 
 ■ hide; to evade; to elude the sight oi;e 
 hiki no ia lehova ke ike, aole no e. imo 
 kona mau maka; to be done iu secret 
 Mat. 6:4. 
 
 C To pass away; to leaye, as a disease; 
 aole i nalo keia mai ia ia a hiki aku i ka 
 make, this sickness did not laive him until 
 he died. 
 
 5. .Hoo. To hide one's uelf. loan. 12:36. 
 To cause to disappear. 
 
 Na-lo, s. The common house fly. 
 
 2. Any insect with wings y he mau mea 
 eheu e lele ana. 
 
 Na-lo, adj. Lost; obliterated; hidden; 
 forgotten; vanished; passed away. 
 
 NArLO-HO-PE-E-HA, S. JVofo,. fly; kopc, 
 tail, sting, eha, to hurt. Epithet of a hornet. 
 
 • Pufc. 23:28. 
 
 Na-lo-me-li, s. Nalo, fly, and mdi (Cfr.), 
 honey. The honey bee. £an2. 1:44. 
 
 Na-lo-na-hu, s. iialo, fly, and naku, to 
 bite or sting. A stinging fly. Pufc. 8:17. 
 
 Na-lo-na-lo, V, Frequentative of nah. 
 To hidaj to. conceal. Boo. To disguise or 
 conceal one's real person. 1 Nai. 20;38. 
 
 N a-lo-pa-ka, s. Nolo, fly, and paka, the 
 sharp thorn in the tail.of the fish kaia. The 
 sting of a fly, i. e., the wasp. 
 
 Na-lo-wa-le, t!. Nalo, to vanish, and 
 waie, entirely. To be lost sight of; to be 
 forgotten. Kard. 4:8. 
 
 2. To forget ; to hide ; to secrete. 
 
 3. Soo. To put one's self out of sight ; 
 to conceal one's self. 
 
 Na-lo-wa-le, adj. Lost ;-^ out of sight; 
 out of memory. 1 Sam. 9:20. Concealed. 
 Note. — Nalowale has been supposed to be 
 one of the highest of a series of numbers ; 
 as, kauna, kanaba, lau, mano, kini, lehu, 
 nalowale ; but nalowaXe only signifies that 
 the person can go no further — that his mind 
 fails to comprehend any higher or further 
 combination of bumbers, and oy naiowate 
 
NAN 
 
 411. 
 
 NAN 
 
 the persou means, it is lout, vanishM, he. 
 knows no move. 
 Na-iw, v. To be in doubt or suspense; 
 to suspend one's judgment. 
 
 2. To wonder at; not to comprehend 
 opeoch or language. 
 
 3. To" speak secretly, or to apeak to one's 
 self; to think within one's self. JSset. 6:6. 
 . 4. To talk or conifer together concerning 
 a thing. 
 
 6. To think; to search after anv truth or 
 
 fatet. 
 Na'-lu-, s. The surf as it rolls in upon 
 
 the beach ; a sea ; a wave ; a billow. 
 2. The slimy liquid on the face of a new 
 
 born infant; o ka wai ma ka maka o ke 
 
 keiki i hanauia ana. 
 Na-lu, adj. Roaring ; surging ; rolling 
 
 in, as the surf of the sea. 
 Na-lu-li, p. See Ltjli. To shake; to 
 
 move ; to vibrate. 
 Na-lu-li, adj. Shaking] unsteady ; not 
 
 easily accomplished. 
 Na-ltt-li-lu-li, v. See Lull To shake 
 
 often. IIoo. To cause a shaking; to move 
 
 violently back and forth. 
 Na-lu-lu, s. a severe sharp pain in the 
 
 head ; the headache ; he poohuai. 
 Na-lu-lu, adj. Painful; sad; heavy 
 
 hearted. 
 Na-lu-na-lu, adj. See Nalu, surf. 
 
 Roaring, as a high surf; appearing rough, 
 
 as a high surf or high sea. 
 Na-mau-a-hi, adj. Few. 
 Na-mu, } c. 3"o speak rapidly; 
 
 Na-MU-NA-MU, )■ to speak unintelligibly; 
 
 hence, 
 8. To speak a foreign language imper- 
 
 3. To speak a foreign language in tbe. 
 presence of one who docs not understand it. 
 
 i. To mock one by imitating his manner 
 Of speaking; to speak in the maimer of an- 
 ' either. 
 
 5. To nibble, as a fish at. the bait. 
 
 Na-mit, *. Avperson of a foreign or dif- 
 ferent language; a foreigner. 
 
 2. Unintelligible talk, or unmeaning talk; 
 he namii ka olelo, the speech vxis uwMMi- 
 gible. 
 
 3. A rapid motion of the jaws. 
 
 m'-Mu, ) atij. Unmeaning, as 
 
 NA-Mtj-KA-Mtr, 5 language; unintelligible 
 from the ignorance of the hearer, or awk- 
 wardness of the speaker ; me na lehelehe 
 namu e olelo ai, to spftak with stammering 
 lips; i na mea namunamu, ame na mea 
 nmau kupapau, ame na kupua. Isa. 19:3. 
 A charmer. 
 Na-na, V. To look at an object when it 
 is in gigbt ; to ««« ; to view attentively. 1 
 
 Sam. 1:12. To examine carefnlly^ ; e nana 
 hoi! look! see! belicld! Ecxjaikamaka, 
 to respect persons in. judgoient. Kani. 1 :17. 
 He mea nanaia mai, a ga^ing-stcck. Heb. 
 10:33. floo. To cause oneto look. 
 Na-na, v. See Na. To quiet; to con- 
 sole; to be quieted or consoled, as a child. 
 
 2. .Hoc. To comfcrt or sympathize with 
 one. Kin. 37 -.35. 
 
 3. To comfort, as a mourner. 
 
 i. To bark ; to growl ; to snarl. 
 5. Kana, eiToneously for lana, to float 
 See L.1NA. 
 
 Na-na, s. A snarling, growling dispo- 
 sition ; a finding fault with one, 
 
 Na-na, s. Name of a Hawaiian month 
 answering to the month of March. 
 
 Na-na, partkle. Erroneously written 
 for nane; as, i nane, let me see it. 
 
 Na-na-ao, v. Nana, to look, and ao, 
 clouds. To look at the clouds and observe 
 times, &c. Oihk. 19:26. 
 
 Na-na-au, v. Nana for lana, and au, 
 current. See Lakaau. To roll away ; to 
 flow over ; to miss the way ; to go irregu- 
 larly ; to swim in the current. 
 
 Na-na-au, adj. Nana for lana, and au, 
 current. Rolling; floating, as in a current; 
 floating irregularly, as on the surface of an 
 overflowing stream. 
 
 Na-nae, i. A person whose breast is 
 greatly swelled out and stomach equally 
 
 Na-nai, 0. To go lightly ; to go care- 
 ftilly ; to sail lightly and carefully. 
 
 2. To lov.e greatly; to love exceedhigly; 
 aole okana mai ka nui o ke '.aloha. 
 
 Na-nai, s. A disease in the back like 
 the hanunu; a stooping ; a bending. 
 
 2. The person having such a disease. 
 See mele a Niauliu. 
 
 Atoba hoi kan lea ncnait. 
 Aloha wale kuu uhane kiiuiwalluii, 
 E ka maaa « noDOho oel, 
 Aolc au i Ike ofa kekafai, 
 Ua ka ilalla e kokohe aL 
 
 Na-nai, adj. Empty; void; stripped, as 
 
 ' a kalo patch when all the food is taken 
 
 away: he loi?Mtnai, a kalo patch all pulled. 
 
 Na-nao, v. See Nao. To thrust the 
 band or fingers into some unknown recep- 
 tacle. 
 
 i. To think deeply ; to penetrate, as the 
 mind. 
 
 3. To seize hold of, as the mind. 
 
 4. To be slippery ; to be led astray ; to 
 turn aside. 
 
 Na-nao, adj. Deep; capacious; deep 
 
 dq.wn ; poopoo. 
 Na-nau, «. To be bitter; to be sour; 
 
 to be crabbed. 
 2. To scratch like' a cat ; to be wild. 
 
NAN 
 
 412 
 
 NAN 
 
 Na-nau, adj. Tlnfriendly; unsocial; re- 
 fusing admittance to one to the house. 
 
 NA:NAn-EA, c. To force; to compel 
 with Bti-ength ; to belch or throw up from 
 the throat or stomach. See Kakacha. 
 
 Na-nau-ki, t). See Nauki and Dki. To 
 provolie ; to iasult. 
 
 Na-na-u-u, i. Nana, to look, and uli, 
 the blue sky. One who predicted the 
 weather by iookiDK at the al^. Laieik. 36. 
 
 Na-na-ha, v. SeeNAHA. To strain ; to 
 crack ; to break. 
 
 Na-ka-he, adj. Empty, as the bowels 
 iiom fasting or sickness. See Nahbnabe. 
 
 Na-na-ho, adj. Deep; deep down. See 
 Nabonaho and Naho. 
 
 Na-na-hu, v. See Nahc. To bite, as a 
 dog ; to tear ; to seize ; to grasp tightly. 
 
 Na-na-hu, s. See Nahu, a biting; a 
 burning. Hence, 
 
 1. A coal, especially nanahu ahi, a live 
 coal; charcoal. Sot 6:28. Sometimes writ- 
 ten mnaku, as I and n are often iiVterctian^^ 
 »bl9. 
 
 ^,. The colic ; any sudden sharp internal 
 
 pain. 
 Na-na-htj-ki, v. To compel ; to urge ; 
 
 to drire ; to go crookedly ; to move here 
 
 and there as without object. 
 Na-na-ka, , V. See Naka. To be dry; 
 
 to t;e parched, as land. 
 
 2. To be cracked ; to be full of chinks ; 
 to be cracked, as the walls of an adobie 
 house ; ke nanaka nei ka hale, mamuli 
 paha bina, the house ig now cracfced,,soon 
 perhaps it will fall. 
 
 3. To separate, as the parts of a fflate- 
 rtal substance. 
 
 Na-na-ka, s. A crack; a crevice; a de- 
 fect. 
 
 Na-na-ka, o<^'. Cracked; split; rent. 
 
 Na-na-ke-a, v. To be weak in body; 
 to be pale ; to be thin, as a sickly person ; 
 to be feeble in appearance. See Lanakea. 
 
 Na-na-ke-a, adj. Thin inflest; weak; 
 pale, as a sickly person. 
 
 NA-NA-KtT, s: Name of a species of rush. 
 
 Na-na-ki, v. To tie; to bind. SeeNAKi 
 and Nakh. 
 
 Na-na-li, v. See Nali. To make a 
 strong muscular effort, as in pulling up a 
 bush, climbing a steep hill, or rowing hard 
 against the wind. 
 
 2. To eat or chew something hard. 
 
 3. To seize upoBLwitla v^gor, See Nali- 
 
 SAU. 
 
 Na-na-li, s. A seizing; a making an 
 effort or struggle to accomplish something 
 difficult, as rowing against the wind, climb- 
 ing a precipice, &x. 
 
 Na-na-mb,' v. See Namu. To reproach 
 with vile terms; to speak against one, find- 
 ing fa- \t with him. 
 
 2. To cast one off as worthless ; to treat 
 with contempt. 
 
 Na-na-na, s. See Lanalana. The long 
 legged spider; be olelo no ke akamai o ka 
 nanana i ka ban a upena ana, a description 
 of the skill of the spider in making her web. 
 
 Na-na-ha, v. To swell up, as the ab- 
 domen ; to grow large, as in the dropsy or 
 other diseases. 
 
 Na-na-na-iaj v. To lie as a sick person 
 turning on his bed. 
 2. To walk proudly ; to strut. 
 
 Na-na-na-ke-a , adj. See Nanakea and 
 Lanakea. Weakly ; pale ; thin in flesh.. 
 
 Na-na-na-na, v. See Lanalana, to float. 
 To walk about ; to exercise by walking. 
 
 Na-na-na-na, s. See Lanalana. A spe- 
 cies of spider. See Puhakaiia. 
 
 2. The rope that fastens the ama and the 
 ako of a catioe together. See Lakalana. 
 
 3. A spider's web. 
 
 4. A picture ; an image. 
 Na-na-na-na-i-ea, v. To have a film 
 
 (spider's web) over the eyes ; to see very 
 indistinctly. 
 
 Na-na-na-pa, s. See Napa. To croolf; 
 to bond; to warp, as timber; to writhe; to 
 
 - get out of shape. 
 
 Na-na-pau, s. a tree ; he kou, he laau. 
 
 Na-na-wa, v. SeeNANAU. To not know 
 one formerly an acquaintance ; to be es- 
 tranged from a friend. 
 
 Na-ne, v. To speak in parables ; to 
 allegorize. 
 
 2. To give out or put forth a riddle, 
 Limk. 14:13. 
 
 3. To lay stones squarely and smoothly; 
 to lay stones, as in a pavement. 
 
 Na-ne, s. A riddle; a parable; anaHe- 
 gory ; a dark speech ; a comparison ; a 
 similitude. Mar. 4:3. Sfe"6 Nanehai, 
 
 Na-ne, adv. An adverbial expression 
 equivalent to let us see; show U to us; i 
 nane, i narie hoi, let us see it. 
 
 Na-ne-a, v. Tobeof good cheer; to be 
 pleasant ; to be easy minded. 
 
 2. To be easy ; to be regardless of the 
 future; to be indifferent as to good or evil. 
 
 3. To live indolently ; to loiter about ; 
 to take things easy; to allow of no care or 
 anxiety. 
 
 4. To live satisfied with one's self, 
 
 5. Soo. To pretend ; to make pretenses 
 with a view to deceive. 
 
 Na-ne-a, s. Joy; comfort; quietness; 
 carelessness. 
 
 Na-ne-a, adj. Easy; quiet; comforta- 
 ble ; thoughtless ; iadifi'erent, 
 
NAP 
 
 413 
 
 NAP 
 
 1?A-NE-A, adv. Easily; quietly in one's 
 manner of living ; e noho rumea, tc live at 
 ease. lab. 12:6. 
 
 Na-ne-hai, s. Nane, riddle, and kai, to 
 declar^. A probleta in mathematics; a 
 question to tie solved ; he uinan, he pono 
 ke wehewehe ia. 
 
 Na-ne-na-ne, V. See Nane. To put 
 forth riddles or enigmas for others to search 
 oat. 
 
 Na-ni, s. Glory. FuL 16:10. A high 
 degree of external beauty ; splendor ; ex- 
 ternal excelleaoe; i mea7!<mi,a i mea mai- 
 kai, for glory and for beauty.' Puk. 28:2. 
 Boo. Glory. Hal 96:8. 
 
 Na-ni, v. To be glorious. Hoo. To ex- 
 'ol; to praise; to glorify; to be manifested 
 or known as glorious. Pv.k. 14:4. See 
 Lani. 
 
 Na-ni, adj. Beautiful; glorious; excel- 
 lent; numerous; pleasant. 
 
 Na-ni. (An intensive particle, intensify- 
 ing in a high degree the idea of the words 
 with which it is connected.) Nani ka mai- 
 
 , kai! O how beautiful I nani ka uukul 
 how little i' &e. Nam is also used with ino, 
 another intensive. Seelso. Nani ino kuu 
 makemake ! O how much I desire! or how 
 very great is my desire! 2 Sam. 23:15. 
 How much! how great! bow noble! loan. 
 11:36. Nani is used impersonally; it is 
 extraordinary ; it is wonderful ; it is unac- 
 countable. I^idk. 71. 
 
 Na-ni-na-ni, c. To bite ; to catch hold 
 of with the teeth ; to chank. 
 
 2. jffoo. To be ennobled; to be dignified, 
 as a chief; to enjoy the honors and privi- 
 leges of a chief or one highly honored. 
 
 Na-no, v. To snore. See None and 
 
 NONOO. 
 
 Na-no, v. For ndo. See Nalo, to be 
 
 lost ; to be forgotten. 
 Na-nu, s. See Nalu. The surf of the 
 
 sea; pehea ka nanu (nalu)? ke wewe o 
 
 wahulu mai. 
 Na-nu-e, s. a species of sea-weed; also 
 
 a species of fish. 
 
 2. A.Bwellirig; a protuberance. 
 
 3. A shaking ; a trembling ; a tremor. 
 Na-no-e, c. See Nalu and E, greatly. 
 
 To «weU up ; to rise up, as the surf. 
 2. To tremble ; to dbake ; to vibrate. 
 
 Soo. The same. 
 Na-nuh-mao-mao, s. Name of a place 
 
 or places in a heiau ; ma ke alo aku 6 ka 
 
 laua nanuumaomao, ma kahl e pili koke aku 
 
 ana i ka Lele. 
 Na-nu-ha, adj. Hard; stingy; close; 
 
 oolea. See otha and K.4.kuhaniiiia. 
 NatPA, *. A delay; a postponement. 
 Na-pa, v. To writhe j to spring, 9.S tim- 
 
 ber partly hewed or made straight; to 
 
 crook ; to be crooked. 
 2. To shake; to be tremulous, as the air 
 
 or atmospheie under a hot sun over a 
 
 smooth surface. 
 Na-pa, adj. Crooked; bent; not straight; 
 
 uneven, as a surface. 
 Na-pai, v. To be bent in ; to be de- 
 pressed ; to be internally defective. 
 Na-pai, adj. Warped, as a board in the 
 
 sun ; napai i ka hapaiia e ke ae. 
 Na-pa-na, s. The joints of one's limbs, 
 
 as wrists, elbows, knees^ &c. 
 Na-pa-na-pa, v. See Napa. To bend ; 
 
 to spring ; to be elastic. 
 
 2. To bend over, as an arch; to be arch- 
 ing. 
 
 3. To^f)e bright; to be shining; to be 
 lucid. 
 
 Na-pe, v. To bend, as a flexible stick; 
 
 to yield. 
 Na-pe-le, )y. To wound; to 
 
 Na-PE»LE-PE-LE, J make sore ; to hurt ; 
 
 to cause a swelling ; to soften ; to cause 
 
 softness in any substance. 
 Na-pE'LE, ) adj. Hurt;. wounded; 
 
 Na-PE-LE-PE-le, J bruised; swelled; na- 
 
 pelepde kalalau owili i ka makani. 
 Na-pe-na-pe, I'. See Nape, to bend. 
 
 To be shaken; to be agitated, as by the 
 
 wind ; to vibrate rapidly. 
 Na-pe-na-pe, adj. Soft; flexible; bend- 
 ing ; yielding. 
 Na-po, adj. Mashed soft ; made fine ; , 
 
 finely pounded, as poi. 
 Na-po, ) p. To set ; to go down, as the 
 Na-poo, j sun appears to ; to grow dark ; 
 
 napoo ka la. Kin. 15:12. 
 2. To sink down ; t-o sink, as in water. 
 
 Na-poo, s. The going down or setting 
 of the sun, 
 
 2. The place where the sun goes down. 
 Kanl. 11:30. 
 
 3. The rays of the sun reflected by the 
 water. 
 
 Na-poo-poo, v. See Napoo. To plunge 
 
 down ; to enter out of sight, as ia the 
 
 water. 
 Na-po-lo, v. To straighten. Hoo. To 
 
 make straight. 
 Na-po-na-po, adj. See Napo,' mashed 
 
 soft. Made soft; made fine; wali, aeae. 
 Na-puu, v. To be tied up in a knot ; to 
 
 tie up, as a bundle. See Hiptro. 
 
 Na-puu, s. a knot niade by tying, as in 
 tying two eads'wxth a string; a bundle tied 
 up. See HiPLTj, . 
 
 NA-PTTU-PUtr,. V. To tie up in bundles; 
 to tie np ; to make fast for carryii)g. 
 
NAZ 
 
 414 
 
 NEI 
 
 Na-puu-puit,^. a bundle tied -up for 
 carrying. 
 
 NA-puu-Ptrir, adj. Bundled upj tied up 
 in bundles ; fastened by tying. 
 
 Na-wa, s. See Wa, private talk, and 
 Wawa, babbling. Indistinct or confused 
 talk ; conversation of double or doubtful 
 meaning. 
 
 •^Na-wai, interrog:pron. An oblique case 
 of Mai, who? For whom? by wliom? See 
 Grammas § 15S. 
 
 Na-wao, «. Name of a .-species of small 
 fish found in' fresh water streams ; kiabi- 
 manu. , 
 
 2. A large red kind of kalo unfit for eat- 
 ing. 
 '■3. Fig. Used for that which is bad, in the 
 ' proverbial phrase ke hut nei kah i ka na- 
 wao, the good is joined with the evUj an- 
 other form is, ua hui ak^ a ua hui mai kalo 
 
 ■ i ka nawao. 
 
 Na-wa-li, v. Na and wali, fine; soft. 
 -To be weakly ; to be sickly ; to be feebW; 
 to be flexible ; to be yielding. Soo. The 
 same. 
 
 Na-wa-li, adj. Sickly; weak; feeble. 
 
 Na-wa-li-wa-li, v. See Na wali, «. To 
 pine away with sic^ess; to be weak. JIao. 
 To be weak; to faint; to relapse; to yield. 
 Kdnl 20:3. To weaken;, to make weak; 
 connected with koom, to discourage. los. 
 U.S. With ikdika, to cause one's strength 
 to fail. EcU. 102:23. 
 
 Na-wa-li-wa-li, s. Weakness; waatof 
 muscular or mental strength. 1 Sam. 30:10. 
 Infirmity. 1^.5:15. 
 
 Na-wa-li-wa-u, adj. Weak; want of 
 
 , strength ; feeble ; sick. 
 
 Na-wa-wa, v. To shake to and fro. See 
 Nawewe and Nadeub. 
 
 Na-we, v. SeeNAUE. To shake; to be 
 agitated. 
 
 2. To pant for breath, as one dying. 
 
 3. To lie a lon^ time near the pains of 
 death, just breathing. •> 
 
 Na-we-le, adj. Fine; small, like a 
 thread of a spider's web; ka nawele o kabi 
 ike, Bm.!i,U of vision ; seeing but little. 
 
 Na-we-le, v. Hoo. To be fine? to be 
 sraall ; thin, as a thread. See Punaweie- 
 
 WBLE. 
 
 Na-we-we, v. See Nawe and Naite.' 
 
 To rook; to shake; to tremble; to vibrate. 
 Na-we-we, s, A shaking; a rocking; 
 
 an earthquake. See Naueuk. 
 Na-re-do, s. Eng. Naid ; spikenard. 
 Na-ta-va, s. Heb. Stactc. Gr. A spice. 
 
 Puk. 30:34. 
 Na-za'ki-tb, s. Heb. A Nazarite; a per; 
 
 son separated and under a vow. .Va/i. 6:2. 
 
 Ne, c. To tease ; to fret ; to make one 
 cry; to ask for, food, as a child, i. e., to cry 
 
 > 1 for it. ■ , 
 
 ' 2. To be sour;, to be sad; to be peevlelt, 
 as when one is crossed, J,n Ws plans. 
 
 3. To droop ; to be sickly ; to wither.' 
 
 4. To murmur ; to talk low; to whisper, 
 as the gods <jt ghosts do,; to make low 
 sounVts, as the ripples of the s^a.yrhere there 
 JB little surf. 
 
 5. To enasb' or grind the teeth. 
 Ne, v. Used for wee. See Nee. 
 Ne, adj. Crying; fretting; sickly, as a 
 
 child. 
 Ne-a, v. To sweep off everything, as 
 
 property from a place ; to destroy al| ; to 
 
 make a place desolate. See NEoand Neo- 
 
 NEO. 7/oo. The same. 
 Ne-a-ne-a, s. Waste land j destitute of 
 
 food ; everything swept off. *■/ 
 Ne-a-ne-a, adj. Lonely; desolate; 
 
 waste. 
 Nee, v. To move along horizontaUy; 
 " to move off; to hitch along. 
 
 2. To move, as a large body ; to move 
 ' from one place to i-nother. 1 Sam. 7:10. 
 
 3. To pass along by for inspection, as 
 • soldiers. los. 7:14. 
 
 4. To move, as a mass of people : to re- 
 move. 1 Oihi. 17:3. 
 
 5. Hoo, To remove; to push out of place; 
 to change the place of a tlung. KarU. 19:14. 
 To remove a landmark. Eos. 5:10. 
 
 6. To change, as the mind or opihion. 
 Kd. 1:23. 
 
 Nee-hee, v. See Nee and Hee. Hoa. 
 To hitch along ; to move .slowly ; to ap- 
 proach by degrees. 
 
 Nee-nee, v. See Nee, to move in vari- 
 ous ways and in different directions. To 
 draw near or approach, as a marching 
 army. 2 Sam. 10:13. 
 
 2. To journey on towards any place. 
 Kin. 12:9. 
 
 3. To draw near; to approaciionetoask 
 a question. Kin. 18:23. 
 
 4. To approach one to show respect and 
 . reverence. Kin. 33:7. i 
 
 6; To go near to one to kill him. 2 Sam. 
 1:1,5. 
 
 6. To crawl on the hands and knees. 
 NoT^ — This was the ancient manner in 
 which the common people approached the 
 chiefs. 
 
 7. To go beyond ; to separate one's self 
 from others. 
 
 8. To go afar off. 
 Nei, v. Similar to nee, hut with more 
 
 energy. To move along with noise or tu- 
 mult ; to ruAh ; a nei aku la i na kumu o 
 ka lani, and ht mojjsd the foandatioiM of 
 heaveni; e nei nakuhi ana ia nei, to Tioir 
 xipon in a rush. 
 
NEH 
 
 415 
 
 NEL 
 
 2. Soo. To move, as in /a tumult; to 
 shore or urge along. 
 
 3. To move; to be^ forced, as the trees 
 by the wind. 
 
 4. To make a confused noise, as a multi- 
 tude moving together. 
 
 Nei, s. This place, or time ;ipeThap3.it 
 should be classed with adverbs, -but it Ifas 
 the attendants of a substantlve;^he akua 
 o nei, there is no god of here, i. e., of this 
 place ; ia im, here abouta, at this place ; 
 iho nei, just now, time past. See Grammar 
 § 161. 
 
 Nei, adj. pron. For neia or keia, this. 
 No ka la auhan a ke alii nonatiei noho ana 
 ma Hawaii huipuia nei, for the tax day of 
 the chief who sits now (as king) over these 
 united Hawaiian (Islands.) . E like me nei 
 hana a ke kula nu, like this exercise of the 
 high school. 
 
 Nei, adv. When following verbs, ?iei 
 marks the present time ; following nouns, 
 it relates to the present place ; as, ke hole 
 nd au, I an;i going; ma Honolulu nei, at 
 Honolulu ftere. 
 
 Nei-a, adj. pron. This. Synonymous 
 withjfceia. 1 OiW. 17:16. ' 
 
 Nei-nei, v. See Nei. To draw up ; to 
 ^rink; to contract. 
 
 2. To be too short or too small, as clothes. 
 
 3. To slip up; to slip away. SeeELEHjii. 
 
 Nei-nei, adv. Tqo short; too low; not 
 fitting, as a garment ; moving off ; kijcene- 
 neL 
 
 Ne-o, )y. To be silent; to be still 
 
 Ne-o-ne-O, ) where had been life and ac- 
 tivity. 
 
 ,, 2. Eoo. To make silent ; to cause to be 
 jStill, as an assembly ; to cause one to say 
 
 . nothing. Oih. 21:40. 
 
 3. VaeA imperaiively, hush; sUence; no 
 noise. 
 
 4. To cause silence by desolation. Mat. 
 24:16. Hence, to make desola,te, as a house, 
 city or country by destroying the people. 
 Oihk. 26:31. Oia ka mea e neoneo ai ka 
 aina :' kanaka ole, that is what renders a 
 land <l*volate without people. 
 
 6. To cause to be empty or desolate.. 
 
 /so. 24:1. 
 We-0, \adj. Desolate; empty, as 
 
 Ne-o-NE-o, J a. house or city without ii.- 
 
 habitants; solitary, as a path through a 
 
 wilderness. KarU. 32:10. 
 Ne-o, ) s. Hoo. Desolation ; ruii^. 
 
 Ne-o-ne-o, ) Jer. 25:18. An empty space. 
 
 loh 28:7. 
 Ne-u, ) adj. Fat ; fleshy ; plump ; 
 
 Ne-tt-ne-u, ) fair: spoken in reference 
 
 to animals ; fat, as beef. 
 Ne-he, ». To make a rustling noise, as 
 
 shufSing the feet or drumming with the 
 fingers ; to rumble slightly ; to scratch on 
 somethiag capable of making a noise. See 
 Nenehe, Neneke and Kaw/'mg. 
 
 Ne-he, s. A rustling sound, as in walk- 
 ing; a rumor of a thing donei. • SeeNEKia. 
 
 Ne-he, s. A plant having flowers .re- 
 sembling May-weed. 
 
 Ne-he-ne-he, adj. Bustling; scram- 
 bling, as many ; starting, as a single per- 
 son. 
 
 Ne-hi, adv. Yesterday; inahea kou 
 puka ana maj la 7 I nehi aku la, or i juhi. 
 Note. — Nehi is generally followed by nei, 
 and is mostly added to it; as, i nehinei, this 
 past day, i. e., yesterday. See NBixihEf. 
 
 Ne-hi, adj. Rotten; ruined; spoiled; 
 , applied to food. 
 
 Ne-hi-nei, advi See Nehi. Yesterday; 
 the day befcre the present day; nawall- 
 wali au inai nehinei mai no, I have been 
 unwell since yesterday. It is generally pre- 
 fixed Jby { alid written as one word; thus, 
 inehineij it is also sometimes spelled inei- 
 hinei. See Inehckei. 
 
 Ne-hi-wa, *. From ipahine transposed. 
 Name of a lascivious talk ; eia ka olelo 
 bewa hou, o ke kake, o ka nehiwa, o ka 
 okoleke. 
 
 Ne-ho-a, adj. Hard; strong; bold; 
 able. 
 
 Ne-ho-a, y. To be strong ; to be able ; 
 to be bold ; to be hard. Hoo. The same. 
 See NinoA. Also, to be impudent to others. 
 
 Ne-hu, $. The name of a species of fish. 
 
 Ne-hu-ne-hu, s. See Lehulehu. A 
 multitude ; the mass of people. 
 
 Ne-ke, V, To scratch ; to make the 
 noise of scratching, as marking on a board,' 
 writing on a slate or rough paper. 
 
 Ne-ke, s. See Nakeke. An indistinct 
 rustling soiuid, as scratching on- a rough 
 board ; an echo among the hills. See Nei- 
 NEKE and Kawevte. 
 
 Ne-ki, s. a rush growing beside the 
 water ; a bulrush ; be akaakai. 
 
 Ne-ki, adj. Full, ias a room with peo- 
 ple; full, as a container; ruaning over; 
 packed in ; crowded one against another. 
 2. Awkward; unskillful; ignorant. 
 
 Ne-ko, v. To have an offensive smell ; 
 to bo foul ; to be filthy ; to ?mit a sterieh. 
 
 Ne-ko, ) J. Xn offensive smell; a 
 
 Ne-KO-NE-KO, I stench ; an ill savor. 
 
 Ne-ko, \ adj. Filthy; bad smell- 
 
 l 
 
 E-KO, ) 
 
 Ne-KO-NE-KO, ) ing ; pilau, ihuneko. 
 Ne-le, v. To lack; to be without; to 
 
 be. destitute of. ' 
 2. Tp be in want; to be poor. Kanl 8:9, 
 
 To be deprived of; to needorwantathingi 
 
NEN 
 
 416 
 
 NEW 
 
 , 3. To be bereaved; to be deprived of. 
 Kbu 43:14. 
 
 4. Hoo. To separAte or deprive one of 
 bis privileges or enjoymeats; to suffer loss. 
 
 5. To be witfaout, i.e., to be destitute of. 
 Oihk. 2:13. Note. — Nek has this peculiar- 
 ity : it is followed by the name of the thing 
 waQted, and this name is again followed 
 by ok, no, not : as, nde, na kanaka o Hono- 
 lulu j ke kumu olc,ihe people of Honolulu 
 are'"wUhout a teacher. Theofe in our idiom 
 would be supei-fl\ious, but the Hawaiian 
 requires it. 
 
 Ne-le, s. Want; destitution ; bereave- 
 ment; need. 1 loan. 3:17; Kami. 15:8. See 
 Hemahema. 
 
 Ne-le, adj. Destitute; deprived ofj 
 empty. Kard. 32:28. 
 
 Ne-le, adv. Destitutely; being without. 
 
 Ne-lu, lad). Fat; fleshy; full 
 
 Ne-LH-NE-LIT, J fed ; plump. 
 
 Ne-ma, J u To rail upon one ; to 
 
 Ne-MA-NE-MA, ) speak evil of; to re- 
 proach; to treat with contempt one's views 
 or opinions. See LoiLoi. 
 
 Ne-mo, v. To smooth over ; to polish; 
 to resemble the smoothekinof abaldhead; 
 to be shin ingly smooth ;<! hamo. 
 
 Ne-mo, s. The full protuberant belly of 
 a child. 
 
 Ne-mo-ne-mo, adj. Smooth ; smoothly 
 polished; fall; large. 
 
 Ne-mu, ) adj. Plump j large ; 
 
 Ne-mu-ne-mtt, ) nice; applied to men, 
 
 . women 6r children, to animals or vegeta- 
 bles. 
 
 Ne-na, s. Takes the article ke. A spe- 
 cies of small plant. 
 
 Ne-ne, i. A goose, a species of which 
 is found on the high lands of Hawaii. 
 
 2. A visible appearance; a sign of some- 
 thing about to take place. 
 
 3. A report ; a rumor ; a gossip. Mar. 
 13:7. 
 
 4. A species of thick grass ; mauu, weu- 
 weu. 
 
 ka maau nene aala i ke ku)a o EaDehou 
 Ua lik« paho — ao i like. 
 
 Nf.-ne, V. To be on the point of break- 
 ing out, as a war. 
 
 2. To be excited; to be moved, as a com- 
 pany of persons at unexpected news. 
 Laieik. 116. 
 
 Ne-ne-a, i;. See Nea. To sit together 
 and talk, without care or anxiety or thought 
 for the future ; e like me ka ai a laua i 
 pohq ai, a c aa mea i 7icn€opalaka ka baupu: 
 
 Ne-nSe, v. See Nee. To draw to; to 
 move along. Isa. 5:19. 
 
 NE-NLLic-ilj. Turning the face down- 
 wards And the back upwards. 
 
 he alaDuine«ei oho^e. 
 
 2. Stee{^,asahill; 
 See also Neixei. t. i ■ 
 
 Ne-nE-hu, adj. See Nehu. Bendmg 
 out, as a board ; warped. 
 
 Ne-ne-ke, s. See Neke. Any low con- 
 fused monotonous noise made by th9 mov- 
 ing of tho feet, dramming with the fingers 
 or scratching on a board. 
 
 Ne-ne-ke, v. See Neke. To rustle; to 
 move ; to make a noise. 
 
 Ne-ne-le-a, s. Neneimdlea,}oy. Joy; 
 gladness. See LE.vi.E.t. 
 
 Ne-ne-lu, s. A receptacle of filth ; a 
 ditch ; a miry plijce.' lol). 30:19. 
 
 2. Mire J mud. 2 Sam. 22:43. Aole ne- 
 ndu o ka lepo, a he Icpo paakiki. 
 
 Ne-ne-lu, adj. Thick, as a board. 
 2. Slumpy : miry, as a wet. soft plate. 
 
 Ne-ne-ne, v. See Nene. To be on the 
 point of doing a thing ; to act as a bird 
 about to fly. jBToo. No ka mea, he hoone- 
 nme nei lakou e lele iho. 
 
 Ne-ne-ne-pu, adj. See Nepit and Ne- 
 PDKEPH. Full in flesh ; round ; full. 
 
 Ne-ne-pu, adj. Fat; full in flesh; plump. 
 
 Ne-ne-wa, v. See Newa. To be dizzy; 
 to stagger ; to reel. 
 
 Ne-ne-wa, s. Dizziness of the head ; 
 vertigo. 
 
 Ne-pu, 
 
 Ne-po-e, 
 
 Ne-pp-ne-fd', 
 
 Ne-pc-ne-pu-h-ke, adj. 
 tund size throughout. 
 
 Ne-wa, V. To reel ; to stagger, as one 
 drunk; to walk as one who has beon drink- 
 ing hiola. 
 
 2. To be dizzy, as one under the influ- 
 ence of vertigo. See Nexewa. 
 
 Ne-wa, s. A staff"; a cane; a cad'gel; 
 a war stick ; laau kaua. ' 
 
 Ne-wa-ne-wa, s. a vertigo; a dizziness 
 in the head ; ka newanewa ir.i ka pculi i 
 kaua. 
 
 Ne-wa-ne-wa, adj. Reeling; stagger- 
 ing ; intoxicated ; having a vertigo. 
 
 Ne-we, v. To suffer; to be in pain 
 from fullness of the stomach. 
 
 2. To be large, round and full, as a 
 child's ab.dOmen. 
 
 3. To be full; as one who haa eaten too 
 much. 
 
 4. To be fickle-miuded. 
 Ne-we-ne-we, v. See Newe. To be 
 
 swelled unnaturally, as the belly of a child 
 from over eating ; neweneice ka hua; to be 
 round, smooth and plump; to look sad; to 
 feci sad. 
 Ne-we-ne-we, adj. Plump ;i full, as an 
 ear of corn in the husk, or as a rooud, fall 
 
 I adj. TJound, lull and 
 ' plump, as a fat animal ; 
 I full in flesh ; fat. 
 
 The same ro- 
 
NIA; 
 
 417 
 
 NIO 
 
 grown fruit ; plump ; full, as a pregaant 
 female; aob^ newenewe o ka hua, he malili, 
 the fruit is not fviU grown, it is stinted ; vw- 
 wenewe lea opu. 
 
 Ne-we-ne-wb, adj. Plump ; round ; 
 tbicii, as a clond in the horizon ; he ao ne- 
 wenewe, a thick cload near th^ sea.' 
 
 Ne-we-ne-we-wk, s. The exclamations 
 of people when they play at moifco, while 
 the stone is rolling and they cheer it on. 
 
 Ne-ge-ko, s. Eng. A negro ; a black 
 man ; often written nika, but vulgarly. 
 
 Ni-A, adj. Bald; baldheaded; round 
 and smooth, as a bald head. 
 
 Ni-Ao, s. The sharp edge or comer of a 
 board, or the middle of a cocoanut leaf. 
 
 2. An edge ; a groove ; a projection. 
 
 3. A standing with the head and ears 
 erect. 
 
 4. The middle fibre of a cocoanut leaf. 
 
 5. The brim of a container, as a box, 
 barrel, tub, &c. 
 
 6. Any substance with prominent cor- 
 ners. 
 
 Ni-AU, s. See Nuo. The stem of a 
 cocoanut leaf. 
 
 2. The whale-bone or wood of an um- 
 brella ; he iwi ba. 
 
 3. He aki niau. 
 
 Ni-AU, ». To sail easily; to sail gen- 
 teelly. 
 
 Ni-Air, adj. Easy sailing. 
 
 Ni-AU-KA-Ni, i. Niau, cocoanut^ leaf 
 , stem, and fcani,'to sound. Aldndoirude 
 jewiiharp made of the stem of a cocoanut 
 leaf; he ukeke. 
 
 Ni-AU-pi-o, s. Niau and pio, a chief 
 bf the highest grade. A superior or liigh- 
 est chief; a kapu chief; he alii kapu. he 
 alii moi. LUefaUy, it applies to the child 
 of two high chiefs, i. e., father and mother 
 both high chiefs. See KvfA ai aUj a child 
 who enjoys, eats the land ; au, region. 
 
 Ni-A-Ni-A, V, To accuse falsely; to ac- 
 cuse by trapping. Lak. 11:54. To accuse 
 and bring no evidence. Lvk. 23:14. 
 
 2. To seek occasion against one; to con- 
 demn one unheard. 
 
 Ni-A-Ni-A, s. See Nia. A smoqth sur- 
 face ; a calm and smooth sea. 
 2.' A baldheaded person. 
 
 3. Reproach ; blasphemy ; a false accu- 
 sation. 
 
 4. He poe niania wale, false accusers. 2 
 Tim. 3:3. -' 
 
 Ni-A-Ni-A, adj. Calm ; quiet.; smooth, 
 as the unvnffled sea; hence, 
 
 2. Shining ; reflecting light. 
 
 3. Smooth ; shorn close, as the head. 
 See Maniaxu. 
 
 Ni-A-Ni-'Au, adv. Hoo. Straightly, as 
 53 
 
 one's course in moving ; holo, e hooniau, . 
 hele hoonianiau lau konale waho. 
 
 Ni-A-Ni-AU, adj. Straight; pololei. ' 
 
 Ni-A-Ni-A-PE, adj. See Nupe. Bend- 
 ing ; arching ; stretching out long. 
 
 Ni-A-Ni-E-LE, V. See Nielei To ask. 
 with surprise ; to seek for information by 
 asking to ascertain the facts of a case. 
 
 Ni-A-PE, adj. Long. 
 
 Ni-E-LB, 1). To ask ; to inquire ;- to put 
 questions to another; to ask questions gen- 
 erally. 
 
 Ni-E-LE, s, A question; a proposition; 
 a problem to be sblved: 
 2. A questioner ; an inquirer. 
 
 Ni-E-Ki-E-LE, V. SeeNiELEandNiANi- 
 ELK. To ask questionp repeatedly; to ask 
 about this and that ; a nimiele mai la na 
 kanaka i ke ano o ia mea,the people asfcscJ 
 frejuenUy the meaning of this thing (an 
 eclipse:) 
 
 Nu-HAU, s. , Name of one of the Hawai- 
 ian Islands, sonth-west of Kauai. 
 
 Ni-o, ». To sit in ttfe door way in an 
 open door. 
 
 .2. To lean over and sleep ; e biamoe, e 
 Icpio, e kawaikamama. 
 
 Ni-o, s. A kind of handsome kapa or 
 
 cloth. 
 Ni-or, s. The nam^e of a bush or tree. 
 
 2. Red pepper, aspecies with small round 
 pods. 
 
 3. The same of a poison tree which is 
 said to have grown on l<anai and Molokai 
 and whose touch was fatal ; it was fabled 
 to have been entered by the god Kalaipai- 
 hoa o Kahailaokalani, and thence became 
 a poison tree and was worshiped as a god. 
 See the kaao. 
 
 Ni-o-LE, V. To eat slowly and lazily; 
 to eat without a desire to eat ; to act as in 
 great weakness. 
 
 Ni-o-LE, adj. Eating slowly; eating 
 with weakness ; ai malie, hopilole, nawa- 
 liwali. 
 
 Ni-o-LO, s. Sleep; drowsiness; one fast 
 asleep. 
 
 Ni-o-i,o-pn-;A, s. Sleep; drowsiness; 
 lying asleep ; he hiamoe liapu. 
 
 Ni-o-Ni-0, adj. Hem. Folded; plaited;, 
 braided, as hair. 1 Tim. 2:9. 
 
 Ni-o-Ni-o, u Hoo. To embroider. Puk:. 
 28:39. See Onionio, . ' 
 
 Ni-o-Ni-o-Lo, s. Hoo. Straightness; cor- 
 rectness ; that which , js correct, upright ; , 
 me ka hoonioniolo okamanaokekahi, some 
 with correctness of opinion. 
 
 Ni-o.-Niro-LO, V. To ij^ake correct one's . 
 opinions ; 1» correct ofle's 1 
 
NIH 
 
 418 
 
 NIK 
 
 Ni-n, s. Name of thecocoanut tree and 
 fruit. Note. — Uader the kapu system, it 
 . WAS forbidden to females to eatcocoaauts; 
 the piiniabmeitt <ras death. 
 
 Ni-n, V. To whirl about in any way; to 
 whirl, as a top. 
 
 Ni-u-A, V. SeeLiuA. To be intent upon, 
 as the eyes fixed on one object. 2 Pet. 2:14. 
 2. To turn the eyes so as not to see dis- 
 tinctly. 
 
 Ni-u-A, s. Indistinctness of vision; ver* 
 tigo ; a distortion of the eyes. 
 
 Ni-u-Hi, s. A species of fish. Note. — 
 
 It was prohibited to women under the Icapu 
 
 system, to cat of the niuhi under pali; of 
 
 death. 
 
 2. Asharlcof thelar^ekind; manonunui. 
 
 Ni-n-Hi-WA, si A species of banana. See 
 
 also FOFOCLA. 
 
 Ni-D-LE-LO, s. A species of niu or cocoa- 
 nut ; hookapu af la ka puaa, ame ka niu- 
 ieto, pork and nivldo were strictly forbidden 
 (to women.) 
 
 Ni-u-Ni-u, V. To -turn; to twist; to 
 .whirl about any way. 
 
 2. To be sad; to be sorrowful; to be 
 faint ; to lan^iish. Jer. 31:25. 
 
 Ni-c-Ni-u, adj. Sad; sorrowful; desti- 
 tute. 
 
 Ni-ff-Ni-u, s. The skull; the head. See 
 Nro. Poha ka niuniu, nejcaka ka pall. 
 
 Ni-HA, ) adj. Kude; rough; harsh; 
 
 Nl-HA-Nl-HA, ) unsocial ; wild, &c. -.tight 
 in a bargain. See the compound KaiUl- 
 
 NIHA. 
 
 Ni-HEU, s. A person, whose hair as in 
 ancient times was fancifully fixed ; he ka- 
 nalia' maoli no, o ka lauoho nae o Niheu. 
 
 Ni-joi, V. To walk very softly and care- 
 full*, as on tip-toe ; to creep quietly and 
 softly, iaieifc. 96. 
 2. To turn sideways on eutoring a house. 
 8. To abstain from doing certain tilings 
 through fear of ofifending the gods. 
 
 4. To do a thing quietly, silently or se^' 
 sretly, i. e., unseen by others. 
 
 ' K boopoDo ka hele i ka ukti o Pusa, 
 B) niHi ka,h«le, mai hoolawohalk, 
 Mai nobp i, p'kq i ka puii o heira, 
 inaln»'kaftkttit, paa ke alaaui, 
 Aole ou ala e bik! aku al. 
 
 Ni-Hi, adv. Carefully; quietly; o ka 
 hana palaaehe ole, o ka lawe nUd. See 
 
 KUNIUI. 
 
 Ni-Hi-Ni-Hi, s. Anything standing on 
 the edge ; the sharp ridge of a mountain ; 
 the corner of a square piece of timber ; 
 the corner of a table, &c, 
 
 Ni-Hi-Ni-Hi, adj. S.tg^nding up on edge; 
 narrow ridged, as a inountain sharp at the 
 top jilUBcult; strait; narrow edged. 
 
 Ni-Ho, V. To bite with the teeth ; to in- 
 dent ; to set in like teeth ; to lay a stoue 
 wall in a bank of earth. ■ 
 
 Ni-Ho, s. A tdoth. Pui. 21:27. The 
 tooth of an animal, especially a whole's 
 tooth; e malama i ka niho palaoa, t«ke 
 care of the niho poicMi (an ornament made 
 of a whale's tooth.) See Pajjloa. JViio 
 elepane, elephant's tooth, i. e., iwwy. 2 
 <mi, 9:17. O ka rdko mano ko Hawaii oei 
 mea e ako ai i I:a lauoho, a shark's toofh, 
 was the Hawaiian instrument for cutUog 
 the hair. . 
 
 Ni-HOA,*. See NiiHOA one of the islands. . 
 
 Ni-Ho-A-WA, adj. Niho, tooth, and away 
 poisonous. Poison toothed, as some ani- 
 mals inclined to bite; poisonous; corroding. 
 
 Ni-Ho-Hui, s. Niho and km, pain. The 
 toothache ; a pain in a tooth. 
 
 Ni-ao-KAi, s. A painful affection of a 
 tooth ; the toothache. See NmoHui, 
 
 Ni-Ho-KA-Hi, s. Lit. One tooth. One 
 tooth remaining, a term for old i^; he 
 haumakaiole, he palalauhala.,' 
 
 NirHo-MAU-o-LE, s. Name of an (^ce 
 in tbci king's -train. 
 
 Ni-Ho-Mo-LE, f. iVtAo and »io7e, smooth. 
 A gap in a row or series ; a broken place ; 
 places open here and there. 
 
 Ni-Ho-Mo-LE, adj. Not regular; open: 
 toothless. 
 
 Ni-Ho-Ni-Ho, adj. Set with teeth, as a 
 saw; projecting; stretching out; rough: 
 full of protuberances. 
 
 Ni-HO-PA-LA-o-A, s. See Niho and Pa- 
 laoa, an ivory ornament An ornament 
 worn pendulous from the neck, made frbm 
 the ivory of the walrus or sea elephant ; 
 originally it was an ornament worn only by 
 high chiefs. 
 
 Ni-KA, adj. Black; deep blue; dark 
 colored. 
 
 Ni-KA, s. The vulgar orthography for 
 negero, as nvjgtr is in English for negro; a 
 black man. 
 
 Ni-Ki, ». To tie a knot. 
 
 Ni-Ki-o-NA-A-KA, s. One who makes fun; 
 a jester. 
 
 Ni-Kii, V. To tie, as a rope; to fasten; 
 to tie tightly. See Nakh. 
 
 Ni-KH-Kii, «. To tie in knots; to fasten 
 by tying ; to bind ; to tie fast with ropes 
 or strings. 2 toll. 3:34. See HmiKil. ' 
 
 Ni-Ki-Ni-Ki, V. Frequentative of nM. 
 To tie frequently or tightly ; alalia, iiiifci- 
 n-dci iho la la 1 ka uha puaa i ke aho, then 
 he tied the hams of the hog with a cord. 
 Alalia, niteimfci iho la ia i ka mafcau 1 ka 
 maunu, then he tied the bait oa to the'hoofc 
 
 Ni-Ki-Ni-Ki, s. The sheath or tiiat which 
 
NIN 
 
 419 
 
 NIP 
 
 covers and bulda fast the bowels ; kumu 
 hole. 
 2. The fat with the inwards. Oihk. 3:3, 
 Ni-KU, ) *. A bad or offensive 
 
 Nl-KC-SWnJ, \ smell; aetench. SeeNE- 
 
 ZONEFO. 
 
 Ni-KU-Ni-Ku, adj. Filthy; smelling pf- 
 fensively. See Neko. 
 
 Ni-LE-GAU, s. The name of an animal 
 
 ' found in Africa ; the nilgatt, an animal of 
 the ox kind. 
 
 Ni-LU, s. See Nmiwr. Something ad- 
 mired, wondered at, desired. 
 
 Ki-iiA,adj. SeeLiNA. Softtothetoueh; 
 slippery ; adhesive, like poi. 
 
 Ni-NAD, e. To ask a question for in- 
 formation ; to inquire concerning a thing ; 
 toiaterrogate. See Niei.e. Ezek. ?0:3. 
 
 Ni-NAH-n-HA-KE, adj. Ninau and uhane, 
 ghost, Having familiar spirits ; talking 
 with or getting information from ghosts. 
 Oihk. 18:31. 
 
 Ni-NAtr-Ku-PA-PAU, s. Ninau and kupa- 
 pau, a corpse. One who consults the dead 
 or the spirits of the dead. Isa. 8:19. 
 
 Ni-NAU-Ho-i-KE, *. Ninau and hoike, to 
 exhibit^ A learning by question and an- 
 swer. "^ ^ 
 
 2. The name of a historical catechism 
 formerly in use among the natives. 
 
 Ni-NA-Ni»NA, adj. See Nika and Lina- 
 LDJA. Very wet; dainp; sticky; unctuous; 
 soft; slimy. 
 
 Ni-NA-Ni-NAtr, .V. See Ninau. To ask 
 questions repeatedly ; to question ; to in- 
 quire earnestly. Joaft. 16:19. To converse 
 by questioning back and forth. 
 
 Ni-Ni, s. That TBvhich tends to heal a 
 wound, balm, ointment, oii.&c. i«r. 46:11. 
 A medicine for estema! wounds. 
 
 Ni-Ni, D. To soothe a pain; to heal a 
 wound; to apply nini or medicine to a 
 wound. 
 
 2. To spill ; to spill over ; to pour out a 
 liquid. 
 
 3. To find fault in a bargain ; to com- 
 plain. 
 
 4. To cheat; to ask more for a thing than 
 it is worth. 
 
 5. To be bard in a bargain. 
 
 6. To lay stones well in a wall ; if the 
 stones lie smoothly and tight, the stones 
 are said to nini. 
 
 Ni-Ni-AU, s. The motion of turning. 
 Ni-Ni-AtT, V. To stretch out; to pull; to 
 
 ovei'flow ; to go wrong. 
 Ni-Ni-0, V. See Nio, to color. To spot; 
 
 to pribt, as kapa. See Paninio. 
 Ni-Ni-o-LE, s. Name of a species of fish ; 
 
 he wahi mea ola ano like me ke koala-kai. 
 
 Ni-Ki-n, V. SeeNiTT. To turn, as a top; 
 
 to wheel about, as a platoon of soldiers; to 
 
 whirl about in any direction. 
 Ni-m-flA, V. See Niha* To be tight in 
 
 a bargain ; to be close; to be h3j'4 ; to get 
 
 the better of one in' a bnsinesa •transaction. 
 Ni-Ki-HA, adj. Hard; severe in business 
 
 with others ; tight in ai^argain. 
 Ni-Ni-Hi, tJ. See Nim. To walk on the 
 
 edge of a precipice ; to set up on edge ; to 
 
 stand up edgeways, as any thin object and 
 
 sharp at the top._ 
 Ni-Ni-Hi, s. A circle. 
 Ni-ni-hu-a, t>. To play truant, as a child; 
 
 aole laka ma! i ka makua. Hoo. To run 
 
 away from home or from one's parents. 
 Ni-Ni-KA, s. A bush which spreads out 
 
 with branches like the maile. 
 Ni-Ni-LU, aidj. Soft; mellow. 
 Ni-Ni-Ni, V. See Ninl To pour out, as 
 
 a liquid ; to pour out upon ; to give ; to 
 
 imbue ; to suffuse. 
 
 2. To pour out grain, as from a bag. 
 Kin. 42:35. 
 
 3. To pour out. as from a bottle. Puk. 
 29:7. 
 
 4. Fio. To pour out, as the desires oi the 
 heart. 1 Sam. 1:15. To pour out, as a com- 
 plaint, sorrow, weeping. lob. 3:24. 
 
 5. In a religious sense, to pour ou^, rvs the 
 Holy Spirit. Oih. 2:17. 
 
 6. To exhibit anger, i. e., to pour out 
 fury. 2 Oihl 34:21. 
 
 7. To throw away ; to squander ; o hoo- 
 )ei, e hoopau. 
 
 8. To count out, as money. 2 Ifal. 22:9. 
 Ni-Ni-Ni, s. A casting; a solid from a 
 
 liquid. 1 N<d. 7:Z7. 
 Ni-Ni-Ki-A, V. See Nini. The passive of 
 
 NiNiNi. To oast away ; to throw out ; to 
 
 pour out ; to arow away. 
 Ni-N!-Ni-Ni, V. The reduplication of 
 
 nini. To run off, as a liquid ; to move off 
 
 slily ; to go off secretly ; t<j hide. 
 Ni-Ni-PO, V. See NiipO. To be weak; to 
 
 be bent over, as one scarce able to walk. 
 Ni-Ni-po-Lo, V. See Nipolo. To drum 
 
 with the Sogers and sing. 
 Ni-po, adj. Sleepy; fatigued; languid. 
 Ni-Po-A, s. Dullness or numbness of the 
 
 body ; a dizziness ; a headache, mostly in 
 
 the region of the temples. 
 
 Ni-FO-LO, adj. Striking the drum and 
 singing at the same time ; o nawenawe nj- 
 pol^ lea ka Ico. 
 2. Siek and faint, as one dying. 
 
 Ni-po-Ni-Po, arfy. SeeNiPo. Sick; weak; 
 languid ; feeble. 
 
 Ni-PO-WA, s. SeeNiPOA. Dullness; diz- 
 ziness ; numbness ; weakness of body. 
 
NOA 
 
 420 
 
 NOI 
 
 Ni-su, s. Heb. The name of an unclean 
 bird. Kanl. Ii:l5. A hawk perhaps. Oihk. 
 11:16. 
 
 No, J. A hole in the ground which 
 draws off water from kalo patches. 
 
 No, V. To leak, as water urider ground 
 from a kalo patch ; e u atu, to ooze out. 
 
 No, adv. An afSnnative particle; truly; 
 indeed ; eren so. 
 
 , 2. Au intensive, strengthening the idea, 
 connected both with verbs and nouns. 
 
 No, prep. Of; for; belonging to; con- 
 cerning ; similar in meaning to o and ko, 
 but used in a different part of the sentence. 
 Gram. § 69, 3. 
 
 No-A, V. To be released from the re- 
 strictions of a.kapu ; to take off the kapu 
 or prohibition ; ko lakou makemake, 1 noo 
 loa ua lealea,' ame na haaa uhauha, their 
 wish was that pleasure and Uceniiousness 
 should have no restraint. 
 
 2. To be released from restraint ; to be 
 out from under restraint or law ; noa ho- 
 nua, noa loa, all kapus taken off. , 
 
 3. Hoo. To release one ;from kapu; he 
 wahine mare, he wahine kapu i'a ; he wa- 
 hine noa. he wahine kapu o!e ia, i. e., a 
 common woman. 
 
 4. To cause to become a prostitute, as a 
 man prostitutes his wife or daughter ; to 
 be common. Oiftfc. 19:29. 
 
 No-A, s. The lower or degraded class 
 of people ; a lower servant ; a backwoods- 
 man ; be knaaina. 
 
 2. The name of a play. 
 
 3. The name of the stone used in the 
 game of puheaehene. See Kau. 
 
 i. A Sre constantly burning like a vol- 
 cano ; ke ahi aa mau, ke ahiaihonua. 
 
 No-A, adj. Intermission or cessation 
 irom kapu; applied to anything that has 
 been unxler kapu and the kapn taken oflT; 
 the removing of the kapu constitutes it iioo. 
 Sabbath day is a 2a kapu, but Monday is a 
 la noa. He mafcuahine noa wal6 no kou, 
 ma Hamakua, your mother was a mere 
 common wo'man at Hamakua. 
 
 2. Constantly burning, as a fire; un- 
 quenchable, as a volcano ; ahiaihonua. 
 
 No-A-AU-LO-A, s. Noa, free from kapu, 
 au, time, and loa, long. Applied to Kaui- 
 kc^ouli because he reigned over the people 
 without kapus ; o ke alii malama makaai- 
 nana, he alii ia noaauloa. 
 
 No-A-No-A, s. See Noa, One opposite 
 to a chief by birth ; a common mau ; a 
 countryman. ; a laborer ; one whose ances- 
 tors were laboring people. 
 
 NotA-pa-hee, s. See Noa and Pahee, 
 to slip. The name of a game abs(?tbing 
 0De'£ attention. 
 
 No-E, ) ». To sprinkle a little, as 
 
 No-E-NO-E, \ fine rain; to be damp inthe 
 air, as a fog ; to Tf>,m, y*t scarcely discern- 
 ible to the eye. ,. , ^ \. 
 
 2. To blow fresh ; applied to the wmd 
 noe. See the noun, 2. Ke noenoe mai la 
 ka makani. 
 
 No-E, ) s. A mist; a spray; small 
 
 No-E-NO-E, ) fine rain ; a fogi See Awa 
 and Awahu. 
 
 2. The name of a wind at Lahaina from 
 over the land ; the north-east trade wind. 
 
 No-E-AU, adj. See Noun. Wise ; pru- 
 dent. Sol. 12:23. Skillful; dextrous. Stn. 
 with maiau. ka-poe akamai i ka oleic 
 ame ka hana maoli, he noeau ia. 
 
 No-E-u-LA, adj. Bed eyed; soie eyed 
 from going in the rs-in or sea ; ka maka 
 noiula pua i ke kai. 
 
 No-E-Ko-M, s. The smaH, fine rain of 
 the mountains mixed with the thicker of 
 the forest; o ka noekolo aualii kapu o Kama. 
 
 No-E-LO, V. To ask for; -to beg; the 
 same as noi. 
 
 2. To be bold; to be im|>ertinent; to be 
 mischievous. 
 
 3. To collect together~what is tangible; 
 e ake no lakou e naauao pn, a e noii pu, a 
 
 ^e nowelo (noclo) pu. 
 
 i. To seek the ground of some accusa- 
 tion; e imi i ke kamu c hewa ai; to search 
 out the merits of a question ; to prepare 
 before hand. 
 
 No-E-NO-E, s. See Nob, mist. A fog; a 
 fine mist ; a rain. 
 2. A gray head ; a gray beaded person. 
 
 No-E-No-E, V. See Noe 2. To blow, as 
 the wind ; ke noenoe mai la ka makani. 
 
 2, To sprinkle ; to wet, as a fog or a 
 mist; t(y bedew. 
 
 3. To be intoxicated. 
 
 No-1, V. To beg ; to beseech ; to ask for 
 a thing j to ask earnestly ; to entreat ; to 
 ask, as in prayer ; noi ikaika lakou, i pu, 
 a i pauda, they begged strongly, give us 
 guns, give us powder. 
 
 No-i-AU, s. SeeNoEAU. Wisdom, lob. 
 12:2. Knowledge. SollX Skill in lan- 
 guage • he akamai i ka olelo. 
 
 No-i-ATT, V. To be wise; to be skilled 
 in a thing; e nmau ma na mea o kauhane, 
 to 5esfci««nn matters of the sonl. 
 
 No-ii, V. To glean ; to collect together 
 !it!lo things. 
 
 2. To collect one's thonghis ; to reflect ; 
 to search after a thought or an idei» ; ua 
 ■mii au i manao m'lkolelehua no'u. I gaih- 
 ersd up some wise thoughts for myself. 
 
 No-ii, s. A collecting; a gathering up; 
 a seeking; me ka huli ana ame ka mii aria. 
 
 No-n, adv. In a small way ; little by 
 
NOU 
 
 421 
 
 NOH 
 
 little ; aole ois I aubau noii a pau ka moa, 
 
 koloa, &c., he did not -tax all little things, 
 
 as bens, ducks, &c. 
 No-i-o, s. Name of a small black biid 
 . that lives on fish. 
 No-i-Li, s. Knowledge; skill; skill ip 
 
 the use of language. See Noiau and Mai- 
 
 ELG. 
 
 No-i-NO-i, adj. Small, as a dwarf. 
 
 Noo, V. To seek; to search after; to 
 reflect; to turn over and over in one's 
 mind ; to exercise the thinking powers. 
 
 No-o-A, V, For nooia, passive of noo. 
 , To be sought after ; to be looked for ; to 
 ' be obtained by searching. 
 
 No-o-LU, adj. See Olu. Easy; com- 
 fortable ; cool ; pleasant. See Moold. 
 
 Noo-Noo, V. See Noo. To think; to re- 
 flect; to consider in order to give an opin- 
 ion. 
 
 2. To meditate ; to think of the past ; to 
 think with approbation. 
 
 3. JIoo. To cause to think ; to think and 
 act the man ; to act wisely ; e hookanaka. 
 
 Noo-Noo, s. A thought; a device; a sub- 
 ject of meditation ; in the plural, thoughts ; 
 opinions ; ua hoopuka ia mai na noonoo, 
 the thoughts (opinions) were openly ex- 
 pressed ; an invention ; seeking something 
 new. 
 
 NooNoo, adj. Thinking; reflecting; 
 skillful ; planning ; thoughtful, 
 
 Nou, V. To blow hard, as a gale of 
 wind ; nou mai ka makani. 
 
 2. To putf ; to fill with wind. See Haa- 
 
 NOD. 
 
 3. To send out or abroad, as thunder. 
 loh. 37:3. 
 
 i. To throw or cast a stone ; nou aku la 
 i ka pohaku, a pa i ka auwae, he threw a 
 stone and' it struck the chin; to throw 
 stones. 2£!ii(nt.l6:6. Pohaku nouia, a stone 
 thrown. Hfdh. 35:17. 
 
 5. To strike, as the rays of the sun ; to 
 be very hot, as the rajrs of the sun; e wela 
 nul mai ka la, e ko nui mai ; nou iho ka la 
 n kcia aina o Labaina, the sun 6t this land 
 of Lahaina strikes down. 
 
 6. Ilm. To be puffed up ; to be seif-im- 
 portant. 1 Ear. 4:18. 
 
 7. To boast. Ikek. 35:13. 
 Nou, s. A puff or blast of wind. 
 Hov, pers. prom.., second person. An 
 
 oblique case of oe, thou. , Thy ; thine ; of 
 thee ; for thee, &c. Oram. §. 132. A'ou ka 
 nou, or mau, yours is the fault; none to 
 blame but yourself. 
 Noir, adj. Epithet of a servant born of 
 a common person and a kauwa aui,iakua ; 
 a hanau mai ke^ kelki, he nou ka: Inoa o ia' 
 keiki. 
 
 No'o, •p&rs. pron., first person. Oblique 
 
 case of au or wau, I. My; mine ; for me. 
 
 Oram. § 124. 
 No'o, V. To eat to the full ; to glut with 
 
 food ; to gormandize : to eat very often. 
 No-u-tr, V. To be wet with rain ; to be 
 
 Buffiised with water. 
 2. To smell the svreet scent of flowers ; 
 
 nouu aala ka uha i ka pua. 
 No-u-LU, s. The fan-leafed palm tree. 
 
 See LoTiLD. 
 
 2. A covering ; a screen from the sun. 
 
 3. An umbrella, especially a Chinese 
 umbrella. 
 
 4. A thick shade tree. 
 
 5. A long heiau. 
 
 Nou-Nou, V. See Nou, v. To throw 
 stones back and forVti, as two persons at 
 each other. 
 
 2. To appear or show itself red ; e puka 
 mai ka ula. 
 
 3. E pokoke ka ai. 
 
 Nou-Nou, s. A Species of calabash. 
 Nou-NOD-NEA, V. To rub with the hand 
 or paint one's cheeks to give them beauty; 
 e pakuikai i ka limukala iloko o ke kaima 
 ka papalina. 
 Nou-Nou-NEA, adj. Reddened, as one's 
 face with some substance to give beauty; i 
 nounounea me Hikua. 
 No-HA, V. See Naha. To break; to 
 
 split ; to crack ; to sever. 
 No-HAE, V. See Nahae, To be torn; 
 
 to be rent ; to burst 
 No-he-a, adv. No and hea. An oblique 
 case of hea, where. Whence? from what 
 place? GVam. § 165. , 
 
 Ka pio ke ki kiunalena o ke-kaoosa 
 Nohea t ka la kapa o ke aalii ? 
 Ka onohi ali o ka moo o Kaiona 
 O naha ka mauu — o — Bill — a. 
 
 No-HE-0, s. Some mischievous conduct; 
 i ka uu pekiipeku a ka noheo. 
 
 No-Hi, e. To be of a reddish color. 
 See Onohi, Kinohi and Kiionohi. 
 
 No-Hii-A-Lo, 4. The name of a person 
 who was born with a chief and ever con- 
 tinues to live with him ; o ke kanaka i ha- 
 nau ma ke aio alii, he l^anaka nohiialo ia. 
 
 No-Bii-KD-A, s. Name of the people who 
 are born and live on the back part of the 
 island ; o ke kanaka i hanau ma ke kua- 
 aina, ua kapaia he vMikua. 
 
 No-Hi-Li, adj. SeeHiLi. Tedious; slow; 
 of a long time. 
 
 No-Ho, s. A seat ; a bench ; a stool ; a 
 chair : a place of staying or living. 
 
 2. itbko lio, a saddle ; noho kapakahi, a 
 side-saddle. 
 
 No-Ho, V. To sit; to dwell; to tarry in 
 a pla<i«. 
 
ffOH 
 
 422 
 
 NOL 
 
 2. Xo be in a certain conditioa or to ex- 
 hibit a certain character ; e noho malie, to 
 ,life quietly, or to hold one's peace; e nohQ 
 pio, to be in bondage ; e neho like, to bo 
 at peace, m between two people. Lunk. 
 4:17. I. e., to have equal privileges. Noko 
 in some positions seems almost to carry the 
 idea of existence ; ua nohd oluoln oia, he 
 Uved comfortably. 
 
 3. Hoo. To cause one to sit, i.e., to dwell, 
 or live or stay at any place. 
 
 i. To establish or appoint any one in a 
 place or in any business. Sin. i1:6. 
 
 5. To appoint any one to a particular 
 office. Puk. 7:1. 
 
 6. To bring one forth, i. e., to produce 
 one befdre a court for trial. 
 
 7. To set forth a declaration of some 
 fact« in history. Oih. 1:1. 
 
 8. E hoonoko kepau, to set types; i ke ai 
 hoonoluna e ka unu loa. 
 
 9. To lay a foundation, as of a building. 
 NoTB. — Noho is often used merely to 
 strengthen or intensify the idea; often with 
 a or e imperative ; e noho ekemu ole, keep 
 dience, i. e., be silmt, where it gives force 
 
 . to ekemu. 
 
 ?Io-Ho is used for various purposes ; as, 
 uiai noho a, a forbidding negative, do not; 
 e noho nei, here, nmo, referring to .time 
 present or to present place. 
 
 No-Ho, s. Hoo. A builder; an architect. 
 
 No-HO-A-Lii, s. Noko, a seat, and tUii, 
 chief. A throne. Pufc. 11:5. A king's seat. 
 
 No-Ho-A-ui, V. To be' or to continue to 
 act as a king. 2 Sam. 5:4. To reign as a, 
 king. 2 Sam. 8:15. . NoluxUii ibo la o Ea- 
 mebameha maluna o keia pae aina, Eame- 
 hameha reigned over these islands. 
 
 No-Ho-A-'Lo-HA, s. Noho anA aloha, com- 
 
 , passion. A mercy seat. Pvk. 25:17. 
 
 No-HO-A-Lo-HA> adj. Friendly; at peace; 
 on friendly terms ; dwelling in unity. 
 
 No-Ho-A-NA, s. Noko and ana, a parti- 
 cipial termination. A sitting; a dwelling; 
 a living. 
 
 2. Moral character ; pehea kona noho- 
 ana 1 Lit. How is his sitting t i. e., how is 
 his living? how does he live? what is his 
 character? Me na nohoawi me na kaliu. 
 
 No-HO-Hoo-Ko-Lo-Ko-LO, ?". Nohowaihoo- 
 kolokolo, to call to account A judgment 
 seat ; a place for trial; 
 
 2. The assembled people at a court of 
 justice ; he anaina bookolokolo. 
 
 No-Ko-KEE, e. To rise up against one 
 without provocation. 
 
 'No-Ho-NO-Ho, V. See Noho. To sit. to- 
 gether. 
 
 2. Roo. To put together in order ; to 
 arrange,, as the words or, circumstances of 
 a history. 
 
 3. To explain things misunderstood. 
 
 4. To lay together, as stones in a build- 
 ing. 1 Pet. 2:5. 
 
 5. To lay or place together for the pur- 
 pose of comparing. 
 
 No-Ho-PAA, ». Noho and paa, firm ; 
 
 tight. To confirm ; to establish. 
 2. Hoo. To build firmly ; to lay firmly 
 
 the foundation, as of a building. B^a 6:3. 
 No-Ho-Pio, 0. NoHo and pio, a prisoner. 
 
 To dwell in captivity ; to live a prisoner. 
 No-HTT, ) s. Name of a species of 
 
 No-HU-NO-HU, J fish; the toad fish species. 
 
 2. A plant.with sharp thorns or burs ; a 
 small thorny vine. 
 
 3. Nameof a species of soft porous stone. 
 No-KE, V. To seek after;^ to pursue .with 
 
 success ; to search after till found. 
 
 2. To be energetic ; to be persevering ; 
 na hull au, ua noke an, ua noii an i manao 
 mikolelehua no'n. 
 
 , 3. To be filled with anger; to firet; to 
 scold ; to exhibit a low kind of ap^er. 
 
 No-KE, adj. Energetic; persevering; 
 searching; seeking. 
 2. Fretful ; cross ; stubborn. 
 
 No-KE, s. An expression of a mean kind 
 of anger by fretfulness or peevishness. 
 
 No-KE-No-KE, V. To mumble in speak- 
 ing ; to stammer unintelligibly. 
 2. To make a confused unmeaning noise. 
 
 No-ketNo-ke, s. a murmur; a confused 
 noise ; a tremor ; a rustling ; the grinding 
 of a hard substance in the teeih. 
 
 No-KE-A, V. To raise or fill up, as one 
 eating much ; to stuff one's self with food; 
 hence, to swell up, as the stomach ; to fill 
 full, as a cup ; to eat greedily. 
 
 No-KE-A, s. The name of a fresh virater 
 fish ; the oopu. 
 
 No-KE-A, adj. White; spotted, as the 
 fish nofceo ; he io nokea popoolimn. 
 
 No-KE-A-A-HU-Li-u, s. The white .that 
 appears on stones after they have been 
 heated very hot. 
 
 No-KE-TU-RA, s. Heh. Name of an un- 
 clean bird; a swan perhaps. OiMc. 11:18. 
 
 No-Ki, ) adj. SeeNoKE.orfi- Used 
 
 JNo-Kl-NO-Kl, \ as an intensive; real; sub- 
 stantial; maoli. 
 
 No-Ki. A word often thrown in in poetry 
 without any particular meaning^. 
 
 No-Ku, tc. Tostirup; to trou- 
 
 No-KU-NO-KF, 5 ble, as water. 
 
 2. To give pain ; to make one nneasy. 
 
 No-LAi-LA, udv. iVb and ^aite, there.. An 
 oblique cas-e of iotk. Oram. § 165, 2d 
 class. Therefore ; wherefore ; V&raUy, for 
 there ; having reference to something pre- 
 ceding. 
 
NON 
 
 423 
 
 NON 
 
 No-LA-Lo, comp..pfep. QBlique case of 
 Mo. Oram. 6 161. Of or for that wbioh 
 is down or -below; from below; belonging 
 to that which is below, /oaii. 8:23. The 
 opposite of nclvma. 
 
 No-LE, V. To be surly j to chide ; to 
 gramble iecretl J. £00. The same. 
 
 No-LU, It). To deceive; to cheat; 
 
 No-LU-NO-MJ, { to outwit, with puni. Jos. 
 9:22. To be disappointed in losing a bet { 
 o kekahi poe, nolunoiit na bai ko eo. 
 
 2. To seduce ; to bribe ; to give prop- 
 erty secretly on a wager ,' to lead astray. . 
 
 3. To be soft; to be pliable; to bo claa- 
 tlc ; to be soft like a pillow; to bruise'; to 
 make soft \yj bruising. 
 
 4. Hoo. To be soft; to be fat, as a fleshy 
 person. 
 
 " 6. To be easlljr fatigued. 
 
 No-LU, s. A bruise ; a hurt. 
 
 No-LU, adj. Soft; tender; elastic; 
 bruised soft; wAu ka ihu o HApoe i ka ma- 
 kani. 
 
 No-LU-A-KAn-A, i. Name of a person 
 born under one chief, but fights for another 
 chief; o ko kanaika i noho mc ke alii e, a 
 kaua mai, I^c kanaka ia noluakaua. 
 
 No-LU-NA, co7»p. "prep. Oblique case of 
 Ivna, above. Oram. § 161. Of or from 
 above ; respecting that which is above ; 
 the opposite of nolalo. loan. 8:23. 
 
 No-LU-NO-LU, adj. SeeNoLDiflrf/. Fat, 
 as an animal ; hence, soft ; elastic. 
 
 No-ME,' u. SeeNAtr. To chew; to grind 
 with the teeth. 
 
 No-ME-No-ME, V. See Nome and Nau- 
 NAD. To chew ; to soften in the mouth ; e 
 boowali. 
 
 No-NA, pers. pron. No and »a. An ob- 
 lique esse of ia. His ; hoi's ; its; tor him ; 
 for her ; for it. Gram. § 139. 
 
 No-NA-NO-NA, t. A small winged insiSct; 
 a gnat, a species of anj^. 
 
 \ Name of a Hawaiian periodical for- 
 merly printed at Honolulu. See Akosa-. 
 
 NON'A. 
 
 No-NE, i>. To snore in sleep. SeeNoNO 
 
 and NoNoo. 
 No-NK, ». Laziness ; indolence ; awk- 
 wardness in doing a thing. 
 
 Ka none no du al namuQamu, 
 
 Ka huha paokee Irsu, 
 
 Ibl knf irUI kekcc olelo uaDnva. 
 
 No-NE-A, *. The feeling one has after 
 eating mnch fat moat, pork pcriiaps; a full- 
 ness; distaste^ for lood. He. 
 
 No-NE-NE-A, u SeeNANEA. To sit idly; 
 to have no employment, nor desire any. 
 
 No-ME-No-NE-A, V. See None, s. To 
 spend time uselessly; to be li^zy; to be in- 
 dolent 
 
 NotNE-no-ne-a, s. Anger; wrath; dis- 
 satisfaotioa ; discontent. 
 
 No-Ni, s. A shrub; the bark, and es- 
 pecially the root, is used in coloring ; the 
 fruit is large and heavy: be kaua hua noni 
 kekahi, some fought with noni fruit (for 
 weapons) ; the r'oot colors red. 
 
 No-Ni-NO-Ni, adj. Turning the eyes up, 
 down or sideways in attempting to recol- 
 lect some fact, or in being perplexed, as 
 the mind with something not clear. 
 
 2. Attempting to take food when one is 
 too weak or not inclined. 
 
 3. Confused, as tho mind ; doubtful ; 
 anxious. 
 
 No-m-KU-i, J. Name of a species of soft 
 
 porous stone. 
 No-No, V. To snore. See None and 
 
 NONOO. 
 
 .2. To gurgle; to make the noise of drink- 
 ing water out of a calabash ; to blow up 
 water, as a hog with its snout under water. 
 
 No-No, ) ^. To be fresh or red in the 
 
 No-NO-NO, ) face from exercise; to be sun- 
 burnt or red from the heat of the sun ; e 
 ula na papalina i ka wcla o ka la, 
 
 No-NO, s. A dark red or purple color; 
 redness. 
 
 Nb-No-A, adj. Indistinct; not correctly 
 heard or understood ; not clearly spoken. 
 See NoNoxoNOA. 
 
 No-No-e-no-e, s. See Noe. The north- 
 east trade winds. 
 
 No-NO-i, V. See Not. To beg; to ask; 
 to borrow. Pvk. 22:14. 
 
 2. To make a request; to exhort; to 
 urge ; to beseech ; aole nae ma ka iii loa, 
 anonot no hoi; aia he uuku nui ae. Nonei 
 u()ia(>, to make intercession. ler. 27:18. 
 
 Nri-No-i, ) adj. . Both forms are used. 
 
 No-NO-n, ) See also Non and Nodjoi. 
 Small ; little ; stinted in growth. 
 
 No-No-i-KA-WAi, B. To bend over, as a 
 house or some object leaning. 
 
 No-Koo, V. To snore. See None and 
 
 NONO. 
 
 No-No-HE, adj. Beautiful ; graceful ; 
 splendid. . 
 
 No-NO-HE, adj. Applied to a young 
 woman, beautiful ; virtuous ; modest ; a 
 hi^h state of female excellency ; so of an 
 animal. 
 
 No-No-Hi-u-Li, s. See the above. Excel- 
 lency in one's person or character, or both. 
 
 No-No-Hi-NA, s. Name of the white 
 blossom of the tree pua. 
 
 No-No-Hu-A, adj. Jealous; evil minded j 
 disposed to evil conduct 
 
 2. Flowing from the bowels ; ka wai 
 7tono/tua alii Kalanuiewakumoku. 
 
NOP 
 
 424 
 
 NTJA 
 
 No-No-HU-A, ». To be evilly mjnded; 
 to indulge a bad disposition ; to be quick 
 tempered. 
 
 2. Flo. To have ttie disease called %(li- 
 Zepo, i. e., to evacuate the bowels. 
 
 No-No-LAU, s. Name of the bitter cala- 
 bash used in medicine. See Oopcihue. 
 
 No-No-Lo, V. See Nono and Nomono. 
 To breathe hard ; to snore ; e nonolo mai 
 ana — a. SeeNosnut. O ke kapu ia e no- 
 noh i ka lani, it is kapa (forbidden) to 
 snore in the presence of a chief. 
 
 2. To leak fast, as a cask. 
 
 3. To be routed in war. 
 No-NO-LO, s. The sound of singing birds. 
 
 See NuNULU. 
 
 £ nunalu maf ana — a — 
 £ -nonolo mai ana — a. 
 
 No-MO-iu, adj. - Softj shaky, as ground 
 dry on top but muddj below. SeeMAOLc. 
 
 No-NO-Ni, adj. See Noni. Burnt red; 
 
 ~ "colored rod,; wela nononi ka io i ke ahi. 
 
 No-No-NO, adji Full of holes; not 
 stro'H^; pukapnka. 
 
 No-ifo-iJO-Ho, V. SeeNoHo. Tos^point; 
 to fix itk a place ; to sit firmly ; to sit up- 
 right. 
 
 Nb-NO-NO-No-A, c. See Nonoa. To speak 
 indistinctly ;, to be heard indistinctly ; to 
 be almost inaudible, as the voice of one 
 speaking. 
 
 No-no-pa-pa, s." See Mahoihi. 
 
 No-H0, adj. Deceitful, as language; not 
 to be trusted. See Nold. 
 
 No-pa, ) gdj^ Lazy; slow; blun- 
 
 Wo-PA-NO-PA, ) dering ; mopish. 
 
 2. Crooked; very crooked and weak. 
 
 No-PA-No-PA, *. Slowness; laziness; 
 lolo ke kanaka nui, o ka nt^anopa ka hewa. 
 
 No-pa, ) „. Xo be crooked; to be 
 
 JNp-FA-NO-PA, ) pervei-se. 
 
 2. To be lazy ; to be blundering ; to be 
 alow. 
 
 No-Po-Ho-KA-ifo, s. Opohokano. Name 
 of the kalaimoku under two chiefs. 
 
 No-po-Lo. See Nipolo and Ninipolo. 
 
 No-pff, \v. To spring or swell up 
 
 No-pn-NO-Ptr, ) in the mind, as a thought, 
 with a desire to express it; nolaila, nopu 
 mai la iloko o'o-ka manao e hoakaka wale 
 aku, therefore the thought swelled m 
 (sprung up) within me to explain. 
 "2; To swell; to be large round; to be 
 ftill ; e puipui, e momona. ■ ;.,i 
 
 3. To spring up, as a seed planted. sVn. 
 with kupu. 
 
 No-p»; ) adj. Thoroughlycooked; 
 
 i\o-pu-NO-PU, y soft ; spongy. 
 
 2. Large; plump ; fat ; swellfiii nut 
 
 3. Burnt by the sun, as the feet when 
 walking on hot earth or stones. 
 
 No-pu-E, adj. Plainp;jound, as a well 
 fed, fat hqg. 
 
 No-wE-io, V. See Noelo. To scrape 
 together. 
 
 No-TE-MA, s. Heb. Juniper roots. lob. 
 30:4. 
 
 Nu, V. To groan; to shake; to sound; 
 to roar, as the wind ; ke nu nei ka makani 
 i na kahawai — makani alaonaoua enu ana 
 ma na keena nui; to make a long indistinct 
 sound. 
 
 '2., To groan; to sound like distant thun- 
 der. 
 
 3. To grnnt as a hog; to coo like a dove. 
 
 4. Fig. To be agitated, as the mind with 
 unutterable feelings, fears or desires; penei 
 ka nu ana mai o keia wahi manao iloko o'n - 
 ina paha he nu hekili, ina la paha ua loheia 
 kona haaluln; aka, o ka rat iloko o ka naau. 
 aole e loheit^kona haalulu, here is the sound 
 of the ti)oughts within me : if it were tho 
 voice of thunder, the sound, without doubt 
 
 ' would be heard ; but the wice within the 
 -sdnlis nqt heard. 
 ' 6. To think; to reflect upon; tornminate. 
 Note.— The idea of ezpresEang the deep, 
 intense' feelings of the soul by.thaf of sound 
 or a voice is common among the Asiatics, 
 Keuwe (nu) nei no hoi kakou iloko o ka- 
 kouiho; Som. 8:23. - _. 
 
 £ RU, e nei, e liaalulu ilana a Waialoha : 
 Heaha nei makani o Kapona .' 
 Be lanikua ia no Ealalau— e — 
 I Ealataiii Puna nakalau aku, 
 Nak>irale ka lea o ke kai o Boohtla. 
 
 Ntr, .1. The roar or sound of Strong- wind. 
 
 2. An indistinct murmur or groaning 
 sound. 
 
 3. The grunting of swine ; the cooing of 
 doves, Ac. 
 
 Nt;, adj. Sounding; groaning; roaring. 
 Nu-A, V. To tread up, as dirt in a pa3i 
 
 from much travel; nua ke ala a hele' ku 
 
 keea. 
 
 2. To comB together in great numbers as 
 people assemble. 
 
 3. To sit down to rest, as a traveling 
 company. 
 
 4. To go constantly in the same place. 
 6. To turn up dirt, as a hog ; to root., 
 6. To -be accustomed or practiced in any 
 
 business. 
 
 Nu-A, adj. Trodden up, as a road fre- 
 quently or much trodden. 
 
 Nu-A-o, s. See Naia. The name of a 
 species of flsh forbidden to women to eat, 
 under the kapu system, on pain of death. 
 
 NutA-nu-a, adj. Thick, as a board; fat 
 
 -'^A^/f*'i^' *" ^"'"'allfaW; large, as a 
 
 f^^i'?°^?iF '?!'"'"■ i^'oTK—HawaUans 
 
NUH 
 
 425 
 
 NUL 
 
 with their size, fullness of flesh, &c. See 
 
 Amjakda, rainbow. 
 Nn-A-ND-A, vi See Npa. To triead up 
 
 dirt ; nuaniia ke a!a a ku mai ke ea. 
 2. Hoo. To act prondly; to boast; to 
 
 dress up one's self m gorgeous apparel ; e 
 
 aabu nui i na kapa. 
 Nu-a-wa, *. A planting; the act of cov- 
 ering seed in the dirt; ka mann ahai ka 
 
 nuawa e. 
 Nu-i, V. To be great; to increase in 
 
 £i;se ; to swell ; to be more ; to enlarge ; 
 
 to raise, as the voice; heaha kou mea e nui 
 
 nei kou leo? Zaieik. 22. 
 
 2. Boo. To add to ; to increase ; to mnl- 
 tiply. Isa. 59:12. 
 
 3. To magnify ; to extol, as one's kind- 
 ness. Kin. 19:19. 
 
 i. Haa. To speak proudly; to vatuit; 
 to brag. 
 
 NiT-i, s. Size ; increase ; multitude ; 
 magnltade; greatness j ftiUnesa. Nors. — 
 Nui often takes ke for its article instead of 
 ka ; aole paha o fee nui o na kino wale no. 
 
 Nxi-i-Ntr-i, V, SeeNui. To be large; to 
 be very great ; to increase. Hoo. To in- 
 crease greatly; to raise high, as the voice ; 
 e Iwomdwd akM paha i ka leo maluna. 
 
 Nu-i-Nu-i, s, Hoo. An increase; a rais- 
 ing up. 
 
 Nirir, ». To rise or swell up ; to be full 
 or high. 
 
 2. Hoo. To eat much; to have a swelled 
 sumach; to devour food eagerly. See 
 Akcu. 
 
 Nuu, *. See Nun, ». A raised place in 
 the beiau where the god dwelt and where 
 the offerings were placed. See Kapaau. 
 2. Evenness ; an evenly raised surface.. 
 
 Nthj-a-ot, s. The name of a game at 
 cards ; e pepa Tmianu kakou. 
 
 2. Name of a valley near Honolulu. 
 
 Nuir-Ko-LE, s. Name of a fresh water 
 
 fish of the oopn land. See Eiahimanu. 
 Nc-HA, ». To be silent; to be taciturn; 
 
 to be displeased. 
 
 ' 2;: To be or to act as an aged person, 
 
 des^, silent, Ac. 
 
 3. To Ije rough ; to be uncivil ; to be 
 hard or heavy npon one. 
 
 Nu-HA-NO-HA, e. SeeNuHA. Tobedis- 
 
 'Obedient ; not to give heed to any one ; to 
 
 render one's self msagreeable: to be bard; 
 
 to answer a question captiously. 
 Nn-HE, ad]. SeeNuHA. SuUen; silent; 
 
 mixed with anger._ \ , 
 
 Nu'HE, s. A species of worm ; oKaelo, 
 
 oia ka malama e banau ai ba nuhe. See 
 
 Enchb. 
 Nn-HEi, adj. Crooked billed; crooked 
 
 mouthed. 
 
 Nu-Hi, V. To take; to take from; to- 
 draw out. See Unuhi, 
 
 Ntr-Hon, s. Eng. Nu for new or news,, 
 and hou, new; recent. A word coined a 
 few years ago and applied as the name of 
 a weekly periodical, and may be translated 
 JUcerd News. He nuhou ia i ka mea waa, 
 it waa.a neu> tho-ught to the «wner of the 
 canoe. Laieik. 20. 
 
 NtT-Hon, V. To appear, as a new thing;, 
 to spring up in the mind, as a new thought, 
 or desire. 
 
 Nu-KA, adj. Large; full grown; plump.. 
 
 Nc-KA-NU-KA, V. To be fat j to be full ;. 
 to be plump ; to be round and smooth, as 
 a ypung animal or a young person ;• to be 
 
 Nu-KA-Ntr-EA, adj. See Nuka. Fat; 
 
 plump; in good liking, as a young person. 
 Nu-KE, adj. Foinukuee, Twisted one 
 
 side ; awry ; one-sided, aa the moutb ; he 
 
 waha nuke. See Ncxeb. 
 Nrr-KE-A, adj. White, as the white billed 
 
 dhe. Note. — The otae is of two varieties, 
 
 the white bill and the red bill. Muku,keo- 
 
 keo, alae nukea. 
 Nxr-KEE, ) ,. Nuku, mouth, bill, and 
 Nu-KU-KEE, J kee, crooked. A crooked 
 
 snout; a crooked month; mai mai b mea 
 
 ia'a. 
 N0-KO-KI, adj. Short; low; small. 
 Nu-KU, V. To chide; to complain; to 
 
 provoke ; to quarrel. Pufc. 17:2. 
 Ntt-ko, s. The bill of a bird; the snout 
 
 of an animal. 
 
 2. A tunnel ; the nose of a pitcher ; the 
 nose of a person. Ezek. 39:11. The mouth. 
 Sal. 108:f2. 
 
 3. The month of a river. Jos. 16:5. 
 
 4. Strife; scolding; contention. 1 Tim. 
 6:4. 
 
 5. Name of a kind offish-hook. 
 Nu-Ktf-A-ii-LA, J. The frame of a fish 
 
 net. 
 Nn-Kxr-MO-NEiD, s. The name of a fish. 
 
 See MoMOMi. 
 Nu-Eu-Nu-im, t>. See Nuku. To find 
 
 fault with one secretly; to complain of one 
 
 behind his back. .Hoo. The same. 
 
 Nu-Kn-NTT-RW, adv. See Nueu, .y. By 
 the mouth, that is, by the en^j endways : 
 kau nukunvku, to place endways, as a stick 
 
 , on the shoulder. 
 
 Ntj-ku-wai, s. Nuku, mouth, and wai„ 
 water. The mouth of a stream of water.. 
 See NoKn. 
 
 Nu-LU, ti. To rise up, as smoke or steam; ; 
 to flcat off in the air, as smoke. 
 
 No-LU-NU-LU, adj. Rising up ; floating 
 off, as smoke or steam. 
 
PA 
 
 426 
 
 PA 
 
 Nu-NU, V. See t^pNU, w for 7. To covet, 
 as the property 0f another, and to use some 
 means of obtaining it. See also Aldnu. 
 Nu-NP, t). To provoke. 
 
 2. Tor swell up ; to swell up in places. 
 '3. To roll up, as paper.; e owili, e wihi. 
 Ntr-Nu, s. SeeNu. A moaning; a groan- 
 ing ; a grunting, a^ of hogs ; a cooing of 
 doves; hence, 
 
 2. A dove; a pigeon from the noise they 
 make; nunu opiopio, a young pigeon. Oili. 
 1:14. 
 
 3. An endearing epithet like my dear 
 chicken. Mel. Sol. 2:14. 
 
 4. The name of a species of fish; the pipe 
 fish, 
 
 Nn-NU, adj. Groaning, as of persons in 
 pain; grunting like bogs; cooing like doves. 
 2. Taciturn; unsocial; sullen; displeased; 
 applied only to persons. See Numuha.. 
 
 Nu-NU-A, adj. See the above _Nunu. 
 
 Nu-NU-i, adj. See Nui. Very large; 
 kanaka nunui, a giant. Kin. 6:4. lie poc 
 minid, men of large stature. Kanl. 2:1 0, 11. 
 
 Nu-NU-i, V. See Nui. To be large ; to 
 
 be many; to be numerous; to increase; 
 
 to grow up, as a child. m .. 
 
 Nu-NU-HA, adj. See Nuha. Taciturn; 
 
 still; unsocial; displeased; quiet; applied 
 
 to persons. ' Sec Ndnu, adj., 2. 
 Nn-NU-HE, adj. See Nuhe. Sullen; 
 
 taciturn; silent: angry. 
 Nu-NU-Ki, adj. Rising and falling irreg- 
 ularly, as the sea sometimes. 
 Nu-NU-LU, V. To sound, as the singing 
 
 of birds ; to chirp ; to sing, as a bird; to 
 
 warble. 
 2. To grunt; to growl. See mele below. 
 
 I m leo o ka Dana— a — 
 S nunulu mil ana— a — 
 B oonolo mal anur— a. 
 
 Nu-PA, V. To enlarge; to swell; to be 
 
 full, as one having over eaten. 
 Nu-PA, Ji. A deep pit ; a deep, dark pit; 
 
 a Softening, as of the ground by rain ; i ka 
 
 nupa ae lepo a ka ka tia. 
 Nu-PA-NU-PA, V. To be of a deep green 
 
 like thrifty growing vegetables. 
 Nu-PA-NTT-PA, adj. Thriftily growing; 
 
 full ; round ; plump. See Nueanvka. 
 
 P. 
 
 Pthe eleventh letter of the Hawaiian 
 S alphabet. It represents., as in English, 
 a labial sound. Hawaiians are apt to use 
 it for 6 in words derive^ ftpiu English, as 
 pipi for bipi, pr as it 'lihOUl'dTSe written, bifi, 
 neat cattle, from the word beef. It is often 
 used also for/ in the word piku ioifilm, a 
 ag. &C. 
 
 Pa. a distributive particle prefixed to 
 other words, as nouns, adjectives and verbs; 
 mostly however to numeral adjectives; as, 
 pakahi, one by one, each one ; palwa or 
 papalua, two by two, two-fold, double ; 
 palcolu, each of the three, three-fold ; pa- 
 hilcu, by sevens, seveu-fold, &c., and so on 
 to any number. These words are some- 
 times constructed in the sentence as verbs, 
 and thus become vyrbs; as, wapahiku msi 
 la oia i ka ia ia makqn, he divided to us the 
 fish by sevens ; e paumi aku ia lakou, give 
 them ten each. 
 
 2. As a particle, pa, like ka, ma, no, &c., 
 is prefixed to a great many words, but the 
 definite meaning of such particles has not 
 yet been ascertained. 
 
 Pa, s. The name of any material hav- 
 ing a flat surface, as a board (see Papa), a 
 plate, a server", a pan ; pa will ai, a poi 
 board ; pa holoi, a basin to wash in ; pa 
 hao, au iron pan. Note. — With this mean- 
 ing, pa takes ke for its article. 
 
 2. The extremity ; the furthest point of 
 a thing. Mar. 13:27. 
 
 3. A remnant or piece ; the same as 
 apana. Note. — ^This meaning also takes 
 fee for its article. 
 
 4. The wall of a city ; an inclosnre, in- 
 cluding the fence and the space inclosed ; 
 pa pofaaku, a stone vxtU; pa laan, a stick 
 fence; pa hipa, a sheep /o2a. 
 
 '5. A hall ; an open court. 
 6. A pair ; as, pa bipi, a pair or yoke of 
 oxen ; pa kamaa, a pair of shoes, &c. See 
 also Paa. 
 
 .7. A kind of fish-hook for taking the aku 
 or bonito. 
 
 8. A species of yam. 
 
 9. A kind of sbell-flsh somewhat largo, 
 of the clam or muscle kind. 
 
 10. A brazen grate ; bepakeleawe, m»- 
 namana, pukapuka. 
 
 Pa, adj. Barren, as a female ; applied 
 
 to men or animals. 1 Sam. 2:5. 
 2. Dry ; parched ; cracked, as land ; 
 
 broken. 
 Pa, v. To divide out to individuals, as 
 
 several things to two or more ; e pa lima 
 
 ae oe ia lakou, divide out five apiece to them. 
 
 See Pa, particle. 
 Pa, v. See Pa, a fence. To hedge in 
 
 with a fence; to inclose; epa laau,to make 
 
 a stick fence. 
 
PAA 
 
 427 
 
 PAA 
 
 Pa, v. See Pa, adj. To be barren or 
 childleBS; applied to females of animals or 
 mea. 
 
 Pa, ». To touch ; to tap lightly ; to 
 strike gently. Pufc. 19:12. 
 
 2. To beat ; tt> strike heaviW ; to strike 
 suddenly,asa^st of wind. iob. 1:19. Ke 
 pa mai nei ka makani; the wind strikes ns. 
 
 3. To strike, i. e., to bite, as A sei^^iit 
 
 ' 4. To strike, i. e., to bit, as a stone thrown. 
 1 Sam. 17:49. A pa iho la o Eiwalao i ka 
 poiiaka,'Kiwalao was hit hj a stone. 
 
 6. To shoot or throw, as an arrow of 
 migar-cane (a pastime for boys.) 
 
 6. To be given up, as property taken in 
 war; nonoi akii la ke kahuna, i aku-la, i 
 |)a ka aina ia kaua, the priest asked a favor, 
 and said, let the land (conquered) be gives 
 to us two. 
 
 ' 7. Hoo. Causative of most of the forego- 
 ing deflniidons. To lay hold of; to cause 
 one thing to approach or touch another. 
 
 8. To touch, i. e., to injure or hiirt. Zek. 
 2:8. 
 
 9. To sound; to ring, ixs metal struck; 
 to strike upon the ear, as music; to break; 
 to crack. 
 
 Paa, V, To blow, as the wind. See Pa 
 
 above. 
 Paa, v. To be tight ; to be fast ; to 
 
 make tight ; hence, to finish a work. Kin. 
 
 2:1. Ua paa ka watia, the mouth is shut; 
 
 he is silenced. Mat. 22:34. 
 
 2. To confirm ; to establish ; to continue 
 permanently the same. 
 
 3. To lay hold of; to retain ; to secure. 
 
 4. To retain in the memory ; to keep a 
 secret. 
 
 6. To affirm; -to assert perseveringly; to 
 affirm positively. 
 
 6. To be habituated ; to be inclined ; to 
 be held under the influence of a person or 
 habit. 
 
 7. Soo. To finish ; to decree ; to deter- 
 mine. 
 
 8. To establish or confirm, as a covenant. 
 Kin. 21:27. 
 
 9. To hold fast ; to adhere to, as a cus- 
 tom ; to affirm strongly. Oih. 12:16. 
 
 10. To fix ; to bold fast ; e hoopaa i ka 
 waha, to muzzle the mouth. Kanl. 25:4. 
 
 11. 'To hold back ; to be detained from 
 doing a thing : aole i hiki, ua hoopaa ia ia 
 Kamehameha,ne could not (return), Ae wo* 
 detained by Kamehameha. See also Kin. 
 20:6. 
 
 Paa, s. a pair. See Pa. A pair; a suit, 
 
 as of shoes, socks or other clothes. Zunk. 
 
 14:12. See also pa lole homo, a suit of 
 
 clothes. iMiik. 17:10. 
 2. In geometry, a solid. See Paaili and 
 
 Paailiukb. 
 Paa, adj. Tight j ifastj seoared; im- 
 
 movable j finished ; kahi paa, a place of 
 securUy, inward. Nah. 16:34. 
 2. Burnt : scorched ; charred. 
 
 Paa, adv. Steadfastly; perseveringly. 
 
 Pa-aa, s. The rind of the banana ; the 
 skin or outside covering of a cluster of 
 bananas ; the fibre of a banana stalk ; he 
 ili mawaho o ka pumaia. See Aa. 
 
 Pa-aa, adj. See. Aa. Stony, as land; 
 full of stones. 
 2. Burnt; scorched. 
 
 Pa-aa-la-ha, i. A memento; a keep- 
 sake. See Patjmauijoonoo. 
 
 Paa-i-li, s. Paa, a solid, and Ui, side ; 
 surface.. A solid with sides according to 
 the number spedifiecl. See below. 
 
 Paa-i-u-o-no, s. See Paa and Ili and 
 Ono, six. A solid having six sides. Ana 
 Em. 2fi. . , 
 
 Paa-i-u-o-no-li-ke, s. a solid with six 
 equ«J sides ; a cube. 
 
 Paa-i-li-ha, s. PaaUi and ka, four. A 
 solid inclosed by four triangular sides. 
 
 Paa-i-li-ha-li-ke, s. a solid inclosed by 
 four equal and similar triangular sidee. 
 AniUon. 30. - "\ _ 
 
 Paa-i-li-u-mi-ku-ivia-Ma-hi-a, s, PaaUi 
 and umikmnamaiua,' twelve. A twelve- 
 sided solid, the sides being equal, i.e., five- 
 sided polygons. 
 
 Paa-i-li-i-wA'KA-lu-a, s. PaaUi waiiim- 
 kahm, twenty. A twenty-sided solid, the 
 sides being triangles, equal and similar. 
 
 Paa-I-li-ku-eo-no, *. A cube or rectan- 
 gular parallelepiped. Ana Ilun. 26. 
 
 Paa-i-u-kau-li-ke-hi-0, s. An oblique 
 parallelepiped. Arwi Hon. 27. 
 
 Pa-ao-ao, s. a sickness; a weakness, 
 mostly, of children; want of slarength; mai 
 paaoao, hemo ke kino e. 
 
 Pa-ao-ao, adj. Fa and aoao, side. Lit. 
 , By sides; sideways; on one side; one-sided. 
 
 Paa-oa-oa, s. By transposition of let- 
 ters, the same aa paaoao, sickness. 
 
 Pa-au, s. See Paa A. The skin of a ba- 
 
 , nana, stalk. 
 
 Pa-au-a, s. a laborer; a workman; a 
 hired man. Isa. 19:10. 
 
 Pa-au-a, adj. Hired; working as a hired 
 man. -; 
 
 Paa-u-ma, adj. Paa and uma, to push 
 or draw. Fast to the breast, or pulled to- 
 wards the breast; pahi poauma, a drawing 
 knife ; a shave. 
 
 Paa-hao, v. Paa and haoi iron. To be 
 iron bound ; to be a prisoner. ler. 32:2. 
 
 Paa-hao, s. Paa and hao, iron. One 
 bound ; a prisoner. Epes. 4:1. 
 
 2. One bound to work ; a servant ; one 
 who obeys ano^er. 
 
PAA 
 
 428 
 
 PAA 
 
 3. Tiie system of work under the Hawai- 
 ian Gorornmenl; in which, llie common peo- 
 ple worked, out th«Sr taixeg ; he koele, he 
 bana aupuni.. 
 
 Paa-Hao, ae^. Made fast ; iron bound ; 
 bolted. See Halepaahao. Wahi paahao, 
 apriBOtt, ler. 37:15. Luapaateo, a dun- 
 geon. 
 
 Paa-ha-na, v. Paa and hana, to work. 
 To be busy ; to work constantly. 
 
 Paa-ha-na, s. One busily engaged; a 
 workman. 2 OiJd. 34:10. A mechanic; an 
 ■al-tiBcer. Kin. i:22. A tradesman. 
 
 Paa-ha-na, adj. Instrumeats, fixtures, 
 or what belongs or accompanies other 
 things. Nah. 7:1. 
 
 Paa-he-0, «. See Halepaahao. A place 
 of confinement like a prison, dungeon, &&, 
 for criminals; a lele Miu kou uhaae ma ka 
 . paaheo, ma kabi make mau loa. . 
 
 Pa-a-hi, s. Pa, pan, and oAi, fire. Afire 
 pan. ler. 52:19. 
 
 Paa-hi-hi, v. Paa and MM, to spread 
 out. To work here and there ; to extend 
 one's operations. 
 
 FaX-ho-no, ». Faa and hono, to.stitch. 
 To make fast by tying with a string ; to 
 splice ; to sew together. 
 
 Paa-kai, *. Paa and ,kai, sea water. 
 Salt ; that which gives sea water its taste ; 
 ke kumu o ke kai. OiJiJc. 2:13. 
 2. A species of kalo. 
 
 Paa-ka-hi-li, s, Paa and kahili, a fly- 
 brush. An officer of a high chief who took 
 care of the kahilis ; ma kahi e noho ai na 
 'lii e noho pu no kapaakahUl. 
 
 Paa-ke-a, s. Name of a stone out of 
 
 ^ which maika stones were made. ' 
 
 Paa-ki-ki, v. Paa, solid,, and kiki, in- 
 tensive, very, exceeding, &e. To be very 
 hard, as a stone or any solid substance. 
 
 2. Via. Applied to the will, to be obsti- 
 nate ; to be self-willed; to be disobedient; 
 to be unyielding to the will of another. 
 
 3. Applied to the heart, to be hard- 
 hearted; to be unbelieving, through per- 
 versentiss of disposition; to turn away froin 
 the influence of truth. 
 
 4. IIoo. To harden; applied to suljstances 
 or to moral qualities. 
 
 Paa-ki-ki, s. Hardness ; compactness ; 
 applied to the heart, stubbornness; pi*- 
 versenesB. Kanl. 9:27. 
 
 Paa-kx-ki, adj. Hard; compact; diffi- 
 cult to do ; perverse ; disobedient : unbe- 
 lieving. 1 Sam. 20:30. 
 
 Paa-ku-ku, adj. Paa and kuku, to stand. 
 
 Firmly fixed ; immovable ; constant. 
 2. Applied to persons, parsimonio'us ; 
 
 avaricious. 
 Paa-lau-ma-ni-a, s. Paa, solid, and lau- 
 
 mania, smooth. A regular or smooth, i. e., 
 a plane solid figure. Ana Eon. 26. 
 
 Paa-la-lo, v. To serve as a favonte or 
 
 * in any manner in the presence of the cliief ; 
 paalalo malalo as o ke alii. , Pmkdo ma- 
 lalo ae o ke Akua, orpaaMo i ke Akua. 
 
 Paa-lii, s. The name of a medicine. " 
 
 Paa-lo-ha, s. Paa and teha, love. A ' 
 keepsake ; a memento. 
 
 Paa-lh-ei, v. Paa and feA«, fatigue. To 
 work hard ; to be overcome with constant 
 hard work. 
 
 Paa-mu-a, s. a movement of wind in 
 the bowels ; a rushing ; an opposition to 
 some movement. 
 2. One who continues daily in prayer. 
 
 Pa-a-ni, v. To play; to sport. Puk. 
 32:8. To have the enjoyment and pastime 
 of children; to wrestle; to box; to run 
 races, &c. 
 
 Pa-a-ni, s. a play; a sport; a playing, 
 as among children enjoying a pastime ; a 
 general name for play, sport, exercise; the 
 enjoyment of a pasHmc ; he paani pono 
 kekahi.hepoamponoolckekahi. Note. — 
 The Hawaiians anciently spent mnohof 
 their time in paani orgamesoricofeo (secs- 
 ual gratifications.) 
 
 Pa-a-ni, adj. Belonging to play or 
 amusement; trifling; hale paani, a theater. 
 Oik. 19:29. 
 
 Paa-paa, m. See Paa, burnt. To bum ; 
 to scorch ; to be consumed by fire : e aiia 
 e ke ahi. 
 
 2. To suffer thirst ; to be thirsty. 
 
 3. To contend in words ; to contradict ; 
 to dispxite contentiously. 
 
 4. Hbo. To contend in dispute; to chide. 
 Lmk. 8:1. To be at strife. 2 Sam. TS-3. 
 
 Paa-paa, s, A dryness ; a thirst ; a 
 parching or cracking, as the earth in the 
 sun. 
 
 2. A disputing ; a reasoning. loh. 13:6. 
 
 3. Eoo. Disputation ; altercation ; strife. 
 |rafi?.l:12. 
 
 Paa-paa, s. Name of a species of fish. 
 Paa-paa, adj. Burned; baked hard; 
 
 parched ; thirsty. 
 2. Bound lightly ; made fast. See Paa. 
 Paa-paa-i-na, v. See Paina, to eat. To 
 
 eat; to take food. 
 
 2. See Paapaa, to burn. To crackle, as 
 small, light fuel in burning. Kekah. 7:6. 
 
 3. To make any indistinct noise like 
 cracldng, parching, &c. 
 
 Paa-paa-i-na, s. The crackling of brush 
 svood or small sticks in burning. 
 
 2. The squeaking of shoes; the breaking^ 
 snapping, &c., of cords or strings. 
 
 3. A separating of one thing from an- 
 other ; lohe aku la au i ka paapaaina ana 
 mai o kapuai mahope o maua ma kft lihi o 
 
PAE 
 
 429 
 
 PAE 
 
 ke kai ; aluila,! aka la no hoi au ia ia nei, 
 
 lieaha la hoi neia mea e pctapaaina mai noi ? 
 Paa-pa-ni, Vi Paa and paid, to shut. 
 
 To stop up ; to shut, as a door or a gate ; 
 
 to shut close. 
 2. To stop one in his speech ; to make 
 
 one shut up and be silent. See Apaapani. 
 Paa-po-e-po-e, *. Faa, solid, tad poepoe, 
 
 ronnd. A circular solid ; a globe. Ana 
 
 Hon. 26. 
 Paa-pu, p. To crowdj to throng; to be 
 
 thick together, as a company of persons. 
 
 2. To be hurried or bustUng witli busi- 
 ness. ■ 
 
 3. To be thick ; to cover over a surface. 
 OilJc 13:12. To be full of a thing. 2 KaV 
 6:17. 
 
 4. Boo. To flUras with confusioq. Ikek. 
 28:16. 
 
 Paa-pO, aZ;. Filled; impervious; solid; 
 not hollow ; dark ; crowded all together ; 
 closely joinedf; covered up ; bound ; tied ; 
 pouli jioajpu, thick darkness. ^attJ. 15:19. 
 
 Paa-pu, adv. Entirely; wholly; thickly; 
 all together; in great (juantities. Pufc. 8:2. 
 
 Paa-pd-HE-a, s. Faapu and Aea, indis- 
 tinctness. A mist ; fine rain ; a fine Cloud 
 like fog. 
 
 Paa-wa-ha, s. Paa,, tight, and waha, 
 mouth. A bridle. Hal. 39:1. See Kaula- 
 
 WAHA. 
 
 Paa-we-la, s. Paa, burnt, and wda, 
 heat. A burning; a scar from burning. 
 Isa. 3:24. 
 
 Paa-vste-la, adj. Burnt; scorched, as 
 the skin by the fire ; pmMeia kona ili i ke 
 ahi. 
 
 Pae, V, To flap or shake, as a sail ; to 
 turn one side or be loose, as a tooth; as an 
 a/3jfictvx, be rubvpa», 6,'loose tooth. 
 
 2. To be catrled along by the surf to- 
 wards the shore; to play on the surf-board; 
 to come -to a land, as a boat or canoe ; to 
 go ashore from a vessel; to cross a river to 
 3)0 opposite shore. los. 4J.8. To float 
 ashore from the sea : no na laau hao i pae 
 mua mai, for the timber with iron that had 
 previously yiooied ashore. 
 
 3. To lift up ; to raise a little. 
 
 4. To strip the bark from a tree; to peel 
 off, as tlie skin of a banana or of a kalo. 
 
 5. To strike upon the car, as a distant 
 sound ; to sound, as from a distance. 
 
 6. To be published extensively. 
 
 7. Hoo. To land; to put ashore, as a per- 
 son or goods from' a vessel. 1 Nal. 5:9. 
 
 Pae, s, a cluster; a few; a small com- 
 pany i he pae hao wale, i-obbers. Syn. 
 with poe and puu. 
 
 2. A voice ; a sound. 
 
 3. A bank of a kalo patch ; those parts 
 that are beaten to make them water tight ; 
 
 hemea'hana ia ka loi ma nupae e pai mua 
 ai — pakui i ka pohaku ma ua man pae la — 
 a paa na pae eha. 
 
 Pae. a sign of the plural number ; as> 
 keia pae aina or keiB. pae moht, these isl- 
 ands, ©rom. § _86 and 92. 
 
 Pa-e-a, adj. Flinty; hard, as a rock. 
 Isa. 50:7. Pohaku^oect, a carbuncle. Pvk. 
 28:17. NoxB, — This word is modern; prob- 
 ably It is the Hawaiian pronusciation for 
 the word j^re In connection with flint. 
 
 Pa-e-a, s. a flint ; a fire stone ; he po- 
 haku ahi. See the adjective. 
 
 Pa-e-a-e-a, ». See Paea. Hardness; 
 severity; cruelty. 
 
 2. Conduct contrary to uprightness ; ka 
 hana ku like ole me ka pono. 
 
 3. The act of catching fish ; a iho aku la 
 i kapaeaea aweoweo. iMieik. 206. 
 
 4. The name of a species of fish. 
 
 5. Striking for or beckoning to one. 
 Pa-e-a-e-a, V, To strike fire, as with 
 
 Bteel and flint. Laieik. S4. 
 
 Pa-e-a-e-a, adj. Hard; severe; unjust, 
 as a man with his neighbors. 
 2. Smooth ; unruffled, a,s a smooth sea. 
 
 . See Kaipaeaga. 
 
 Pa-e-e, I). To peep ; to make an unin- 
 tellijgible sound ;. to gabble ; to speak in- 
 distinctly ; to hear indistinctly ; to misun- 
 derstaiid. Hoo. To .speak so as to conceal 
 the meaning ; e hoonalonalo. 
 
 Pa-e-e, s. a bunch of olona ; a branch 
 of the olona tree ; he apana olona. 
 
 Pae-ee, s. See Pae. A lying down 
 upon, as one lies down on his surf-board to 
 swim; to lay one's head down on a pillow; 
 he paepae ee, he haiai ulu. 
 
 Pae-hi-a, t». To thatch ; to cover a 
 building by tbatcbing ; ke kueneia nei a 
 ke paehia nei. 
 
 Pae-hu-mu, adj. Confining; restrain- 
 ing ; e hoopaaia iloko o ka hale paehuma, 
 that he should be confined in a prison house. 
 Laieik. 163. 
 
 Pae-kii, s. Low clouds; clouds lying 
 on the horizon. 
 
 Pa-e-le, v. Pa and de, black. To be 
 covered with dirt; to besmear; to blacken, 
 as with charcoal ; to color the skin black ; 
 napadeia ka hapalua hookahlo ke kanaka 
 a eleele loa ; to paint black ; epaek i ka 
 waa. 
 
 Pa-e-le, s. a black skin ;' blackness ; a 
 dark color. 
 
 Pa-e-le, adj. Dirty; besmeared with 
 dirt; black; blackened. 
 
 Pae-pae, v. To hold or bear up; to sup- 
 port ; to sustain. Puk. 17:12. 
 
 2. To sound; ^o proclaim; to publish 
 abroad, as a report. 
 
PAI 
 
 430 
 
 PAI 
 
 3. To make a great and coniVised noise ; 
 to converse in a load manner ; to gabble 
 to talk confusedly. 
 
 i. To spread ; to float off, as a sound. 
 
 5. To run along the ground. 
 Pae-eae, s. Any substance upon which 
 another lies to keep it from the ground ; a 
 stool ; a threshold ; a supporter ; a prop 
 1 &im. 5:4. The plate of a hous? on which 
 the raftei^ rest ; a payement of stones. 
 Pae-pae-kotMO, ' s. The axle or axle-tree 
 of a wheel ; pa^aekomo i na pokakaa. 
 mi. 7:32, 33. 
 
 Pae-pae-pu-ka, s. Paepa^ and puka, a 
 dooTrway. A threshold. Isa. 6:4. A sup- 
 port or a supporter, i Oihl. 3:7. 
 
 Pae-fae-wae-wae, «. A footstool. Ja&. 
 
 2:3. 
 
 Pae-ptj, s, Pae, to strike, as a sound, 
 and j)u, together. The deafening roar of 
 t^e surf. 
 
 2. The setting or placing of things to- 
 gether. 
 
 Pae-puu, s. The name of several small 
 hills or hillocks standing in a row. See 
 Lalanipdij. 
 
 Pa-e-wa, adj. Pa and etoii, to crook. 
 Bent ; tmsted; too short ; out of shape. 
 
 Pa-E-wa, *. Name of one of the cases 
 in Hawaiian grammar. See Gram. § 99 and 
 100. No and na are its signs. 
 
 PA-E-WA-E-wA',-aj^'. Uneven; irregular; 
 crooked. 
 
 Pa-e-wa-e-wa, s. The fantastic and ir- 
 regular cutting of the hair formerly prac- 
 ticed on the death of a friend. 
 
 Pa-e-wa-e-wa, v. To be erroneous or 
 partial in judging or io. dealing. lak. 2:4. 
 To be erroneous, unmethodical or one-sided 
 in telling a stor; or inaking a report ; ma 
 ka paewaewa o ka ke alii olelo ana. Laieik. 
 51. 
 
 Pai, v. To strike or smite-with the palm 
 of the hand. 
 
 2. Epai ka lima, to strike hands, i. e., to 
 take or confirm an agreement. Puk. 6:8. 
 E pai na lima, a'ae na waha, lilo ; hence, 
 tc make abargain. Sol. 11:16. 
 
 3. To strike the hands together expressive 
 of much feeling ; a pai pu na lima ona, he 
 smote his hands one against another. 
 
 4. To treat ji person harshly or severely; 
 pan ae la lakoia i ke paiia me ka hewaole, 
 they were all hardly treated without any 
 fault ; malama oia i na '111, aole pai nku i 
 ko lakou aina, he took Care of the chiefs, 
 he did not tax heavUy the land. . 
 
 "B.^ To strike, i. e.,' to tax the people or 
 punish them; to lay gi tax upon the people 
 for some real or Imaginary offense; i ka 
 Vfa. i hnhu ai na 'lii i ka?iaka, o fcie pae ae 
 la no ia i ka aina, when the chieis were 
 
 angry with the people, then they struck 
 (taxed) the land. 
 
 6. To be bound with one in affection. 
 
 7. To appear ; to rise up, as out of the 
 water ; ike iki lakou ia ia e ;ioai wale mai 
 ana no iluna o ka ilikai, he just saw hie 
 rising above the surface of the sea. 
 
 8. To pry up or block up one side of a 
 thing *hea' it is pried up. 
 
 9. To stamp ; to print ; to impress a 
 stamp. 
 
 10. To drive or urge one away ; e pai 
 wale, to exercise in vain ; to gain noilung 
 for what one does ; a i hopu pu i ka pahn, 
 aole ILO eo (na kukini),pai wale. 
 
 -11. To stir up sedition; to raise a perse- 
 cution; pai mai Ist lakou ma ka olelo kaoa, 
 thefixcited the people through words of 
 war. 
 
 12. To stir up or excite one!s desires; 
 pai aku la ia i ka makemake nui i na kii. 
 
 13. To influence one to evil. 
 
 14. To mix together two ingredients, as 
 wine with water, j&a. 1:22.. 
 
 15. To plaster a house ; to spread mor- 
 tar; epai hale. 
 
 16. Moo. To strike back; to resist; to 
 . revenge ; to avenge. Nah. 31:2. 
 
 17. To punish for some offense: e hoopai 
 aku, no ke kaua wale ana o Eahekili ia ia, 
 U) punish him for Kahekili's making wai; 
 upon him without cause. 
 
 18. To recompense either good or evil ; 
 thus, hoopai pono, or hoopai hewa. 
 
 .19. To visit or come to one for evil or 
 for good. 
 
 20. To administer justice"; to requite. 
 Kaiil. 32:6. To require ; to recompense. 
 
 21. To end or finish a prayer in the prep- 
 aration for war. 
 
 Pai, s. a row ; a line. 
 
 2. A quantity of food done up in a glob- 
 ular form in kj leaves ; he pai ai ; a ball ; 
 a round loaf of bread.; he pai palaoa; 
 cakes, &c. Nah. 6:15. 
 
 3. A cluster or bunch ; as, he pai maia, 
 a bunch of bananas ; he pai buawaina, a 
 hunch of grapes. 
 
 4. A striking; a stamping; an impressing, 
 i. e., a printing, as kapa is printed, or as 
 paper is printed in a press. 
 
 6. Soo. Hoopai, a punishment ; a judg- 
 ment Puk. 7:4. 
 
 6. A kind of snail shell-fish, said to be 
 poisonous to the touch. 
 
 7. A blight; a fading and dying of the 
 leaves of vegetables ; the act of decay in 
 vegetables, 
 
 8. A shell or cup for scooping up the 
 copu ; he pai oopu. 
 
 Pai, s. a tie or equality of numbers ; 
 a drawn game. 
 
 Pai, adj. Tied up; bound togethef; 
 connected with ; mingled with; 
 
PAI 
 
 431 
 
 PAI 
 
 Pai-a, v. To Wall round; to inclose 
 with a wall, as the body of a house or fort. 
 
 2. To be gnarded ; tp p^ taken care of;, ina'^'^ookele i u'a fcihei p«i«!a. Laieik. 
 to be protected. '' j Pai-u-ma-u-ma, v. Pai, to strike, i 
 
 Pai-a, s. The sides of a house ; the sur- 
 
 ronndinge, 1. e., the walls of a honse. 1 
 Sam. 18:11. 
 
 Pai-a, adj. Deaf; unable to hear. 
 
 Pai-aa, s, Pai and aa, small roots. The 
 appearance of something not fully devel- 
 oped; paiaa koko, the Incipient arteries ori 
 veins of an embryo branching oat from the 
 heart 
 
 2. The small branches of a tree, 
 
 3. The branches of the main root of a 
 tree ; e oki i ka mole ame ka paiaa. 
 
 Pai-ai, s. Pai, a bundle, and ai, food. 
 A bundle of pounded kalo done up in ki 
 leaves into a round bundle. 
 
 Pai-a-u-ma, v. To love strongly; to re^ 
 member with deep and affectionate regret, 
 as one dead; to mourn for; to love and 
 long after the welfare of a friend or a be- 
 loved child; to express love strongly, as a 
 wife for a husband ; paiauma wale akn no 
 i ke aloha I na kane, (the wives of the men 
 who went with Boki) repressed' unfeigned 
 love t6r their husbands. 
 
 Pai-a-u-jia, s. Strong affection; en. 
 deirizig attachment to one dead or long 
 •bsent ; a sorrowing or lamenting the ab- 
 sence of a loved one ; a longing after the 
 Wel&re of one. 
 
 Pai-a-u-ma, adv. Affectionately; pite- 
 ously. Xaieifc. 140. 
 
 Pai-e-a, i. A species of crab with a soft 
 shell ; leuapa, tte hard shell. 
 
 Pai-ia, adj. Pat and ta, passive. Bound 
 up in or mixed together. Kin. 44:36. 
 
 2. -Pat, to impress, and ia. passive. Im- 
 pressed'; stamped; printed. 
 
 Pai-o, V. To speak back and forth like 
 persons in a dialogue. See Kike. 
 
 2. To scold back and forth, as tsro per- 
 sons. 
 
 3. To strive together; to contend; to dis- 
 agree in opinion.' ^n. 45:24. . .. 
 
 4. To quarrel ; to fight with. 
 
 5. ^o turn topsy-turvy; to toss up and 
 down' like the sea current. 
 
 ' 6. To bend round like a fish-hook. 
 7. To tiirow stones back and forth. 
 
 Pai-0, «. A striving; a quarrel; a strife. 
 
 2 Sam. 22:14. A combat ; a controversy. 
 
 Ji!r.'25:31, 
 
 aI-o, adj. Contentious; disputatious; 
 
 'Quarreling. < 
 
 C'U-LA, t. Art. ke. A kind of pla:t- 
 
 form used for -spreading oMipaua. 
 Pawi-la, s. Name of a kind of kapa 
 
 mode by beating up the welus of red Icapa 
 
 with'" new waoke, which formed a mixture 
 of #hite and red; Jiahikoaku la oiu i kona 
 - --•£■• - j_i2_ 
 
 and 
 wmauma, the breast. A play which con- 
 sisted in striking on the breast; he hula 
 pai ma ka unauma. 
 
 Pai-ha-le, ». To thatch houses. 
 
 Pa-i-hi, *. The tree ohiaha ; the bark 
 of the tree used in coloring kapa black ; 
 the tree is used for building bouses and for 
 fneL 
 
 2. A plant sometimes used for food. See 
 Ihi. 
 
 Pa-1-hi, adj. Pa and ihi, bark or out- 
 side of a vegetable. Clear ; unclouded, as 
 the atmosphere. 
 
 Pa-i-hw-hi, adj. Neat; tidy. 
 2. Large ; extended ; full. 
 
 Pai-ho, v. To project out beyond, as a 
 broken bone through the fiesb. 
 
 2. To be crooked outside and not inside. 
 
 3. To roll up, as a scroll; to tie up, as a 
 bundle. 
 
 Pai-ho, adj. Girded, as with a malo; 
 tied up, as a bundle: girded, as one dressed. 
 
 Pai-hu-a, s. Pai, bundle, and Aim, fruit. 
 A bundle of fruit. 
 
 Pai-hu-a-fi-kc, s, Paikua aniijiku, figs. 
 A bunch of figs. 1 Sam. 25:18. 
 
 Pai-hu-a-wai-na, s. Pai and kuawaina, 
 grapes. A bunch of grapes; paihuawaina 
 maloo, a bunch of raisins. 1 Sam. 28:18. 
 
 PAi-KAtr, V. To exercise with fire-arms. 
 
 Pai-kau, s. The act of exercising with 
 fire-arms; ao mai la o Yanekouva i ko Ka- 
 mehameha poe kaniika i ka paikau, Van- 
 couver taught Kamebameha's men the man 
 luA exercise. 
 
 Pai-kau-ha-le, s. a poor man going 
 from house to house to beg ; one wander- 
 ing from place to place. 
 
 Pai-kau-ha-le, adj. Wandering about, 
 as a vagabond ; .paving no home. 
 
 Pai-kau-lei-a, s. Paikau and ki, a. 
 wreath, and a for ia, passive, wreathed. L 
 woman that puts on a lei so as to signify 
 that she is for sale ; an abandoned woman 
 going from place to place ; a tattler. 
 
 PatI-ki, ». To be cramped; to be con- 
 fined ; to be held close. 
 Pa-i-ki, s. The hollow of the hand; ka 
 
 poholima. 
 
 Pai-ki-ni, adj. Bound up; girded; 
 dressed in tight fitting clothes ; nani na 
 haumana' me na wawae paikini, fine look- 
 ing are the scholars with pants, ii/jht fitting. 
 
 Pai-ko-le, a(f/. SeePoKOLE. Short; cue 
 off; low. 
 
 Pai-kol-mu, v. To ask one to go with 
 
PAI 
 
 432 
 
 PAI 
 
 him to a chief, the one asked to go being 
 
 familiar with the chief. 
 Pai-la, s. Eng. A pile; a heap; he 
 
 paHa wahie. Rote. — A pile of wood in 
 
 market was fonnetly a Jathom square every 
 
 way, i. e., a soUd fathom ; it is now about 
 
 three-quarters of a qord. 
 Pai-la-ni, v. To pr?iise ; to extol ; to re- 
 joice in ) e hoonani. 
 Pai-le, s. The. uncomfortable feeling 
 
 produced by tattooing the face. 
 Pa-1-li, V. To touch the skin ; to slap 
 
 on the skin with the hand. 
 
 - 2. To stick to the skin, as some animals 
 
 in the sea when bathing ; he aloha ka ia 
 
 paili kanaka o Kawainui. 
 Pai-lo-lo, s. The name of the channel 
 
 between Maui and Molokai. 
 Pai-lo-ta, s. Eng. Art. ke. A pilot; 
 
 one who directs vessels into ports and out 
 
 of them. 
 PAl-m-A, V. To feel sickness at the 
 
 6toihEt6h. 
 
 2. To be disgusted at a thing. 
 
 3. Hooi To loathe; to abhor. Pufc. 7:18. 
 To be greatly displeased with; to bo an 
 abominaMon or loathing. 0%hk. 11:23. 
 
 4. To vomit ; to retch "with nausea. 
 Pai-lu-a, $. Sickness; sea-sickness 
 
 nausea. Hoo. Sickness of the stomach. 
 Fig. That which causes disagreeable sensa- 
 tions ; that which is disagreeable to one 
 an abomination. Puk. 8:22. 
 2. The name of a wind from EamUoloa. 
 
 Pai-ma, s. To be sea-sick. 
 
 Pai-ma-lait, s. a living creature having 
 a sting jn its tail, and floating on the oc.ean 
 like me auwaalalua; he wahi mea hnelo 
 awa e lana ana ma kamoanamehe auwaa- 
 lalua la. 
 
 2. A place in the ocean where the water 
 is calm and clear, sought by those who are 
 Qsbing for the aku,. 
 
 Pa-i-na, ». To eat; to dine. Kin.^t:i. 
 To eat ; to feed upon. Sol. 15:14. 
 
 2. To ring ; to squeak ; to sound, as in 
 tearing or breaking a thing. 
 
 Pai-na, s. a land ; an island. 
 
 2. A part separated or broken off. 
 
 3. A meal ; an eating. 
 
 4. The Cape gooseberry. 
 
 5. The sound made in tearing a piece of 
 cloth or in breaking a cord. 
 
 6. The sound of a flea hopping on a piece 
 of paper. 
 
 7. Eng. A pine or fir tree. 2 0J?ii._2:8. 
 Laaupama. 2 OiU. 3:5. 
 
 8. Fine white cloth ; he lole keokeo ma- 
 kalii ; also, broad cloth ; paa yaiwiy a suit 
 of broad cloth. 
 
 Pa-i-na, adj.. Rotten, as cloth ; brittle ; 
 easily lorn or broken. S«e Pohaebae. 
 
 Pai-ni-ki, v. Pai and «»fei, to tie a knot. 
 
 To dress one up with close fitting garments; 
 
 to go buttoned up tightly, as a dandy- 
 Pai-pai, ». See Pai, to strike. To rouse ; 
 
 to excite ; to put in mind, as one careless 
 
 or indifferent. 
 2. To strike with the palm of the hand. 
 
 ' 3. To prune ; to lop off litobs ; to pluck 
 
 leaves. Oite. 26:3. 
 
 4. To chastise; to correct; to smite. Isa. 
 • 53:4. 
 
 5. To bolster up, as a sick man. 1 Ned, 
 22:35. 
 
 6. To clap the hands as a sign of rejoic- 
 ing; apaipailakouina lima, i Nal.ll:li. 
 
 7. To peel off, as the bark of a tree or 
 the skin of an animal ; to peel off; to sep- 
 arate the flesh from the bones. 
 
 8. To act against another thing, as the 
 under jaw against the upper in eating or 
 speaking ; to strike against £0 as to make 
 a noise. 
 
 9. Eoo. To swell out as if stuffed with 
 food; io strut with sufficiency; to be bold; 
 to dare. 
 
 Pai-pai, s. A correction; a chastisement. 
 Karl. 11:2. 
 
 2. Paipai manao, a remembrancer; a 
 memorial. Puk. 30:16. 
 
 3. The act of pounding kapa as done b^ 
 women. 
 
 4. Name of a medicine made of the leaves 
 of the ipuawaawa, a kind of gourd ; the 
 waiiki diluted with water. 
 
 5. A threshold of a door. LurOe. 19:27. 
 
 6. The name of a kind of hula ; he pai- 
 pai kekahi hula. 
 
 Pai-pai, adj. He pahijootpai, a pruning 
 knife ; mea paipai waina, any article used 
 in dressing grape vines. See Isa. 61-.5. 
 
 Pai-pai-ku-kui, «. The name of a spe- 
 cies of kapa made on Molokai; its color 
 was pale yellow ; he kapa ano like me ka 
 paipatfctjfcui. 
 
 Pai-pai-li-ma, c. Paipai and iiwa, hand. 
 
 To clap the hands as a sign of joy. Isa. 
 
 55:12. 
 Pai-pa-i-na, v. See Paina. To eat; to 
 
 take food. 
 Pai-pai-na-ha, s. a cloak; a garment; 
 
 a kapa. 
 Pax-pa-la-pa-la, s. Pai, to print, and 
 
 polapoia, printed or written paper. A 
 
 printing press. 
 Pa-i-pu, i. A set of empty calabashes. 
 
 2. A calabash for packing kapas or 
 clothes to keep them dry on a canoe. 
 
 3. Basins used as containers. lJftil.7:40. 
 
 4. A bowl for containing food. ler. 52:18 
 Olepe wahapoipu Kohala na ka ino. 
 
 Me he vahiue hili bathae la ka makani, 
 
 .Aole u! hele wale o Kohala, 
 
 Jpu hahao ka ipu Uaa na ka makaai, 
 
PAO 
 
 433 
 
 Pa-i-pu, ». Name of a hula or dance. 
 
 Pai-pu-na-hb^,e, s. Name of a dance. 
 
 Pai-Wa-le, s. a drawn game, or battle 
 when neither party conquers ; iha like pa 
 ka'iKalka o na moa, he paivxile. 
 
 ^A.'O, V. Pa, to strike, and 0, point. To 
 peclc witli the bill, as a bird; pern ihola ka 
 manu, he elepaio i ka huevrai o ke kanaka 
 a pnka. 
 
 2. To dig out with a chisel; to ^g, as in 
 a rock. Isa. 22:16. 
 
 3. To di^ down In the ground ; to dig 
 deeply, as m digging a deep pit. 
 
 Pa-0, s. An arch of abridge; the bridge 
 itselt; a prop ; art. ke. 
 
 2. An oven or shallow pit ; a place dag 
 out. 
 
 3. Aq artificial cavern. 
 
 4. A concealed or hidden pit, or a pit to 
 hide things in ; he lua huna ; a gutter or 
 drain, as that of a cellar stoned in apd 
 buried under ground. 
 
 5. A species of sweet potato. 
 
 6. A spedes of small and singular look- 
 ing fish. 
 
 Pa-o-a, V. See Pa and Oa, destituted 
 To be empty,; to be "destitute ; to return 
 without obtaining the object sought; to re- 
 turn destitute, a$ one who catches nothing 
 at flsldng ; ua paoa ka makou buakai, our 
 company did not obtain what they went for, 
 
 Pa?o wale hdl »u— e^- 
 ' Aole moewaa Ka po — e. 
 
 Pa-o-a, t, JPesiStntion J haying obtained 
 
 notiiing after making an effort. 
 2. Name of a small Idnd of fish. 
 Pa-o-a, adj. Destitute from not having 
 ' obtained, notfromhaving lost; uahoikaika, 
 - .ua inii, a paoa no. 
 Pa-o-a, *.. An unpleasant odor; a bad 
 
 «mell. _ r; \. -'.. 
 
 Pa-o-a, adj. Unpleasant tothe .smeir; 
 
 bad smelbng. 
 Ta-oi-oi, Mj. Pa and oioi, exceeding. 
 
 Out of the eommon order or practice ; un- 
 
 iprammatical ; incorrect in speaking. 
 Pa-00,5. a species of potato, SeePAo5. 
 Pa-oo, cdj. Of ox belonging to the a»z«, 
 
 a species of sweet potato ; ikaili:a i ka ama 
 
 JMIOO. 
 
 Pa-oo, 
 
 Pa-oo-le-kai, 
 
 Pa-oo-pu-hi, 
 
 Pa-ou-ou, 
 
 Pa-o-kau-i-la, J 
 
 Pa-o-kee, v. To treat one'sfriend badly; 
 to condemn one's companion ; to deal 
 crookedly or perversely with one's friend. 
 
 Pa-o-kee, s. a slanderer; a detractor; 
 a perverse person. 
 
 s. The names of sev- 
 eral species offish. 
 
 PAO 
 
 Slanderous ; railing ;. 
 
 Pa-jxee, 
 perverse. 
 
 Pa-o-ko-ke, i. The breaking pff of one's 
 friendship through fear of rivalship in the 
 estimation of a chief; b&paokoke i na io o 
 Hana. 
 
 Pa-o-la, s. JPa and ola, recovery from 
 sickness. Tho opposite otpamdke ; he ola 
 wale no Iiai mai, aole pamake iki o na ka- 
 naka. 
 
 Pa-o-u-ve, *. Pa, fence, and dive 
 (Sng.), olive. An olive yard. 1 Sktiji. 8:14. 
 
 Pa-o-lo, *. See Puolo.. A bundle; some- 
 fliing folded and carried under the arm or 
 in the hand; i loaa kabi wabi ma ko kakou 
 pobolima, a he wahipooZo paha. 
 
 Pa-o-mo-ni, v. To contend, as two' par- 
 ties for victory. 
 
 Fa-o-na, s, Eng. A pound in money ; 
 twenty shillings^ 
 2. A pound in- weight 'Otftfe. 19:35. 
 3.- An instrument to weigh with ;- a bal- 
 {mce; scales, &c. This is sometimes written 
 pawna. 
 
 Pa-o-na, V, To weigh ; to use the in- 
 struments of weighing. Oihk. 19:36. 
 
 Pa-o-ni, v. Pa and aid, to move. To 
 envy ; to be moved by envy. 
 
 Pa-0-ni-o-ni, v. Lit. To move; to strug- 
 gle. S an infant either before or after it is 
 bonr; :4)ence, ' 
 
 2. "To struggle against a person, or against 
 adverse circumstances. 
 
 3. To withstand; to contend, as two par- 
 ties for supiremaey. 
 
 4. To tesist one's influence ; to envy. 
 Pa-o-ot-o-ni, s. Envy. Gift. 13:45. The 
 
 act of envying. 1 Kor. 3:3. The. expres- 
 sion of envy by defonung the envied per- 
 son. 
 
 Pa-o-ni-o-ni, adv. StruggHhgf(Efc su- 
 premacy; ke haele nei no o manao ole me 
 manap, aole 1 oi akn, aole i emi mai, noho 
 paonioni no laua a hiki'ihai i keia la. 
 
 Pa-o-no, adv. See Pa, distributive par- 
 ticle. Pa and ono, six. By sixes; six-fold; 
 six times ; six at once. 2sa. 6:2. 
 
 Pao-pao, v. SeePAO, to peck; to strike 
 at To beat or bruise the head. 
 . 2. To beat or bruise generally. /8a.53:5. 
 To smite. Pttfc. 3:20. 
 
 Pao-pao, s. a, strife; a beatiug. Fuk. 
 21:26. Paopaova, beaten ; bruised. OWr 
 
 n-M. 
 
 2. The name of a species of fish. 
 
 Pao-pao, adj. Bound, aa a prisoner ; 
 
 one in bondage. See Pio. 
 Pao-pao-no-ho-ni-a, i..EiiW!r; jealousy; 
 
 ill-will ; living witli or indulging in bad 
 - feelings towards othws.. 
 
PAU 
 
 434 
 
 PAU 
 
 Pa-o-da, s. Eng. Gun-powder. See also 
 
 Pau," v. To all ; to be all ; to be entire 
 or complete to -whateTei it rtfers. 
 
 2. To be spent ; to be finished at com- 
 pleted. 
 
 3. To consume; to pass away. Pass. 
 jPauiu or pauhia. 
 
 4. Jtoo. To destroy; to consume; to put 
 an end to. Nah. 14:35. 
 
 6. To make an end of; to finish, as an 
 fippoiiited work. loa. 5:8. 
 
 0. To end ; to terminate ; to make up ; 
 to fill up, as time ; to fulfill, as a specified 
 time. Kin. 29:27. 
 Pau, s. a kind of poor kapa, not white 
 nor black, nor any definite color. It takes 
 fee for its article. 
 
 2. Ink for writing. 
 
 3. The black smut of a lampwick ; he 
 wab^eleele no ke kakui. 
 
 4. A Tanlt ; a stohe house ; lua pau. 
 Pau, adj. AH; a pau loa, all; every 
 
 one; everything. * 
 
 Pau, adv. Entirely; wholly; completely. 
 Note. — iTse has rendered the meaning of 
 this word like the French tout, as in tout le 
 mond, all the world, everybody, when only 
 a small part is intended. 
 
 Pa-tt, s. The principal garment of a 
 Hawaiian female in former times, consist- 
 ing of a number of kapas, generally five, 
 wound around the waist and reaching to 
 the knee more or less. 
 
 Pa-u, v. To put or bind on a pa-u. 
 
 Pau-a, s. Name of a. species d( oyster; 
 a species of fish ; he wahi ano pipi kai ; he 
 wahi ia, he papaua. 
 
 Pau-a-a-li-na, v. To be heavy to carry; 
 to be hard to bear, as a burden ; e pauaa- 
 lina me he pookaeo la. 
 
 Pao-a-hi, s. Paw and flAJ, fire. Destruc- 
 tion of anything by fire; generally applied 
 to a house, vi2. : o hoiise burning. 
 2. Soot from a fire or lamp. 
 
 Pau-a-ho, v. Pau and afio, breath. To 
 be out of breath. 
 
 2. To be discouraged : to give up the 
 pursuit of a thing ; to forsake it. 
 
 3. To be faint-hearted; to be discour- 
 aged. 1 OiM. 22:13. To be weary on ac- 
 count of trouble; En. 27:46. 
 
 ' 4, Hoo, To labor in vain. Kin. 19:11. 
 To despair of success. Kekah. 2:20. 
 
 Pau-a-ho, adj. Breathless. Fig. Faint- 
 hearted; giving up; yielding; wanting 
 perseverance. 
 
 Pat)-a-ka, v. To bfe weary; to be fa- 
 tigued with carrying a burden or with hard 
 work. 
 
 ■ 2. To work without reward ; e hana me 
 ka u"iu ole. 
 
 3. Roo. To deride ; to reproach one for 
 laboring to no purpose or without reward; 
 e puali, e pauakaata, e puakaaka. 
 Pau-a-ka, adj. Crooked ; deceitful or 
 unjust; lying or deceiving, as giving away 
 what belongs to another. 
 
 Pau-a-ka-a-ka, V. See Pauaka above. 
 To laugh at or ridicule one for laboring 
 without wages. 
 
 Pau-a-li, ) 0. To be crooked, per- 
 
 Pau-Ai-li-A-LI, ) verse or wicked; applied 
 to chiefs and people. 
 
 2. E pnali me ne poo maia la, e pauaa- 
 lina me he pookaeo la. 
 
 Pau-a-nei-nei, t>. SeePAuandNEiNEi, 
 to shrink up. To shrink ; to be too little ; 
 to be small. 
 
 Pau-a-ni-hi, s. Young kalo ; the tops 
 ofkalo. SeeOMOTHi. 
 
 Pau-o-pii-a-ka, *. Name of a vine like 
 the koali, used as a cathartic medicine. 
 2. Name of a species of bird. 
 
 Pau-o-no, v. Pau and orio, sweet. To 
 be finished or gone ; done complete ; ap- 
 plied to food f ullv cooked ; pautmo kahi 
 puaa a kakon, aole malena, our piece of 
 pork is finely cooked, it is not burnt. 
 
 Pau-u, s. Tne young of the ulua, a spe- 
 cies of fish. 
 
 Pau-ha-ka-ki, adj. Full; well fed; 
 plump ; me kona kino ikaika, puipuipatt- 
 hakaki no hoi. 
 
 Pa-u-ha-na, adj. Constantly at work; 
 e hana mau. 
 
 Pau-he-o-he-o, v. To be small, as a 
 sinall place between two larger ; applied 
 to many things. 
 
 2. A person returning from fishing with- 
 out any is poAiheoheo. 
 
 Pau-hi-a, v. Passive of pau. To be 
 alike ; to be all in the same condition ;' to 
 be all together. Note. — ^The signification 
 is varied by the words following ; as, ua 
 pauhia lakon i ka hiamoe, they were aU 
 asleep. 1 Sam. 36:12. Ua pauhia mal au 
 e ka makemake mil, I loas overwhelmed with 
 a strong desire. Laieik. 144. 
 
 2. To be overtaken by evil; to suffer loss 
 or damage; to be overtaken by any calam- 
 ity so that there is a general sutTering. 
 
 3. To sleep soundly; to dream; to have 
 a vision. ' 
 
 Pau-hu, s. Nameof a shell-fish, a spe- 
 cies of the lehu. 
 
 Pau-ho, adj. Small; feeble about the 
 chest and shoulders ; panuu, pobnku. 
 
 Pa-u-hu-u-hu, s. The name of a fish. 
 Sec Pauhu, s. 
 
 Pau-ke, e. Pau and Are, to press against. 
 To slander; to belie; to tell lies about one 
 in order to bring him into fault. 
 
PAU 
 
 435 PAU 
 
 Pau-ki-ki, v. To be excited j to make a 
 great noise. 
 
 2. To Slip up ; to fall. 
 
 3. To all cry out. 
 
 Pau-ki-lo, v. To know as a kilo is sup- 
 
 poeed to do. 
 Pac-ki-no, adj. Destroyed, as the body 
 
 of a person by a shark or by fire. Note. — 
 
 Pauicino is uot often used, but is sometimes 
 
 used for paumo^o. 
 Pau-ku, 0. To curve, as the curve of a 
 
 canoe. 
 
 2. To be divided into bits or small parts. 
 Mel. Sol. 1:11. 
 
 3. To cut up Into short_ pieces. 
 Pau-ku, s. Aoitof athing; apiececut 
 
 off; abaction; a portion. 
 
 2. Specifically, a verse or stanza of a 
 hymn ; a verse or small portion.of Scrip- 
 ture ; a section of a book. Laieik. 111. 
 
 3. A small lot of land next less in size 
 than a moo. 
 
 4. An age ; a period of time. , 
 
 5. The length from the ends of the fin- 
 gers of one hand to the elbow of the oppo- 
 Mte arm when both arc extended, 
 
 6. In geometry, a cylinder. Ana Son. 29. 
 Pau-la, ) J, Eng. Gun-powder. See 
 Pau-ba, ) Paoda. 
 
 2. Sand, i. e., one a, burning sand: so 
 gun-powder was called at first by Hawai- 
 ians. 
 Pau-la, s. A full grown tree when the 
 
 timber becomes red ; he laau o.o a ula. 
 Pau-la-lii-lh, s. The watch-word given 
 by Kalanimpku before the battle of Kua- 
 moo. 
 Pau-le-le, v. To trust in; to lean or 
 rely upon ; to believe or credit what one 
 has said ; to put confidence in ; to desire 
 with the whole heart : to believe fully. 
 Pau-le-le, s. Confidence; faith. Luk. 
 
 7:9. 
 Pa-h-li, adj. Pa and idi, blue. Dark 
 
 colored ; biue, as the sea ; paidi ke kai. 
 Pa-u-u-0-li, adj. Dark blue, as the sky 
 in the evening near the horizon— one of the 
 signs of a kaikoo or high surf. 
 Pa-u-li-hi-a, adj. Accustomed; skillful 
 
 on account of being accustomed. 
 Pau-li-hi-0a, s. a great thickness of 
 dark, heavy, shining clouds. 
 
 Hepau/i'^iuo oa ka na haos, 
 He loko papohaku nake kioao, 
 Na kua anae no Lele aanae — 
 Aia la iluna o Walpuhia 
 Me au aholehole i LanibnlU 
 
 Pah-li-hi-ua, adj. Dark; black with 
 thick darkness. 
 Kuu pae <Jpua i Avalan, 
 Kualaa ka ua koko, 
 FaDleliiana (paulihiua) pa ka hoolaa. 
 
 Pa ke kau malie Kona aa lai lua, 
 
 BakI kau hola kahelaka naln o KapMlaubala, 
 
 Hoalai ke kaiko o Malin— e— 
 
 Ko mallo ole i ka noh)— e. 
 
 Pau-li-na-u-na, V, To gird up tightly; 
 to tie fast. 
 
 Pau-ma, s. Eng, A pump J he.omowai, 
 he omoliu. 
 
 Paf-ma, u To draw; to move along; 
 to push. 
 
 2. To turn, as a person turns a canoe to 
 the wind to empty it of water. 
 
 Paxi-maa-lb-a, adj. Pau and maalea, 
 skill ; cunning. Given to thought ; accus- 
 tomed to reflection; giving to devisiugond 
 planning. 
 
 Pau-ma-e-le, V. Pau and made, dirty. 
 To defile ; to pollute ; to be all over pol- 
 luted, isa. 59:3. 2foo. To defile; to make 
 dirty. Md. Sol. 5:3. To be soft; to be 
 moist ; to be unctuous. 
 
 Pau-ma-e-le, adj. Dirty; defiled; ob- 
 scured by something black. 
 
 2. All over defiled ; very filthy. 
 
 3. Piu. Sunk in sin or moral defilement; 
 heart unrenewed. 
 
 Pau-mau-noo-noo, s, a keep-sake; a 
 memento. 
 
 Pau-ma-ko, v. Pau and Tnako. To cry 
 for grief ; to be sad for the loss of a friend; 
 to writhe in mental< agony; to exhibit deep 
 grief; to be east down; to be dowuhc-arted; 
 to be disquieted, ifa?.' 42:5, U. 
 
 Pau-ma-ko, s. Deep grief; a mourning 
 for the loss of, a friend ; heaviness of the 
 eyes with sorrow ; the being overwhelmed 
 with sorrow. Hal. 61:2. 
 
 Pau-ma-ko-ko, • s. Great sorrow ; the 
 eyes heavy with sorrow. 
 
 Pa-u-me-u-me, s. The name of a game. 
 
 Pa-u-mi, dis. part. Ten apiece; ten each; 
 paumi ka apa o kahi, some had ten pieces 
 of cloth each. 
 
 Pad-na-kad-li-ke, s. .Scales, as from 
 the flesh ; bbldness. Isa. 40:12. 
 
 Pau-nei-nei, v. To be all moved or ex- 
 cited ; to make a great noise ; to slip up ; 
 to fall; to cry out. 
 
 Pau-ni-ni-ti, v. Pau and niniu. See 
 Nic, to whirl. To turn about, as a top: 
 pauniniu ka lemu o ka laau. 
 
 Pau-pau, v. See PA0,*to cease. To 
 make an end of j to break ofi'. Hoo. To 
 cease doing a tbin^j e hoopaupau i kelu 
 kamailio keia kamaiho e leaiea ai, cease all 
 conversation thai leads to licentiousness. 
 
 Pau-pau, s. Hoo. A breaking off fro.a 
 any practice ; a putting an end to it. 
 
 Pau-pau, adj. Bad; evil; dirty} old or 
 worn out. as mats or X^P^ ; paupau kahi 
 kapa; filthy; dirty; anclean. 
 
PAH 
 
 436 
 
 PAH 
 
 Pau-pad-a-ho, v. FoMpau and aho, 
 breath. To be oat ot breath ; to pant for 
 breath. 
 
 2. To be f^nt-hearted ; to give over an 
 undertaking without sufficient effort. Hoik. 
 
 3. To be discouraged throngh fear. ler. 
 4:31. 
 
 4. To be faint through great exertion. 
 2 Sam. 21:16. 
 
 5. ffoo. To weary ; to trouble ; to pro' 
 voke. iso. 7:13. 
 
 Fau-eaij-a-ho, adj. Breathless; panting 
 for breath, as a dying perBon. 
 
 2, Giving up a .pursuit ; discouraged ; 
 &!nt-hearted. 
 
 Pau-pa-e-lb, adj. Paa and pude, de- 
 filed. Filthy ; defiled ; dirty. SeePACia- 
 
 KLB. 
 
 PAU-Firi adv. Pau and pu, togeiheT. 
 All together; all in one condition; together 
 in the same circumstances ; paupu kakou 
 -malalo o ka make, we are m alike under 
 sentence of death. 
 
 Pau-wa, *. Name of a species of fish. 
 See Papaca. 
 
 Pa0-da, s. Eng. Gun-powder; vari- 
 ously written paola, paula and paoda. , 
 
 Pa-ha, *. Pride ; haughtiness of bear- 
 ing. See Pahaha. 
 
 Pa-ha, s. The name of a plant, the leaf 
 of which is used forfood during a scarcily; 
 in some places it is called fcopoJa. 
 2. A surf board ; he papa heenalu. 
 
 pA-HA, V. To be proud; to boast; to 
 be lofty in one's bearing. See Pahapaha. 
 
 Pa-ha, adv. Perhaps; it may be so, &c.; 
 expressive of doubt Note. — It is often 
 used when there is very little or no doubt; 
 A frequent expletive; oepoj^ yes perhaps, 
 a polite way of assenting to one's opinion 
 while the speaker withholds full beUef, or 
 even holds tQ an opposite opinion. 
 
 Pa-haa, "iail Pa and hm, low. 
 
 Fa-haa-HAA, J Yery short; low; humble. 
 
 Pa-haa-haa, s. Shortness; bluntness; 
 
 ' rotundity. 
 
 Pa-hao, *. Pa, pan, and Aoo, iron. An 
 iron pan or plate. 
 
 Pa-hao, v. In a ^ame, to lay down your 
 own with another's, and take up at random 
 in order to ge#a better. 
 
 Pa-bao-bao, v. Pa and ^Aoo, to won- 
 der at To have another form; to be trans- 
 figured. Luk. 9:29. 
 
 2. To change one's appearance extern 
 nally ; to be changeable. 
 
 3. To change one's character. 
 
 4. Boo. To transform. Rom. 12:2. 
 
 Pa<-hao-hao, adj. Changed in, appear- 
 
 ance ; transfigured ; having another ex- 
 ternal form. 
 
 2. That which cannot be laid hold of; 
 not material ;- not substantial, as a ghost; 
 he mea pahaohao, a hodiUss thiuE. 
 
 8. Wavering; fickle; unsteady, as in 
 feeling or conduct ; in doubt or suspense ; 
 undecided. 
 
 Pa-hac, u. To embezzle in a second- 
 hand way; applied to property which is to 
 be (^istributed, as fish, kapa, &c., among 
 the people of a chief. 
 
 Pa-hau-na, *. The name of a heiau 
 near Lamaloloa in Hamakua, Hawaii j he 
 heiau kabiko kela mai ka po mu, a hiU i 
 keia manawa. Laieik. 27. 
 
 Pa-ha-ha, s. flame of a species of fish, 
 
 Pa-ba-ha, v. Pa and AaAa, to strut. To 
 strut ; to walk about proudly ; to play the 
 cock4arkey. 
 
 Pa-ha-ha, s. A large broad swelling of 
 the neck. 
 
 Pa-ha-ha, adj. Broad, full and plump, 
 as the neck when one has the mumps. 
 2. FrOud ; high-minded ; disdainiiiL 
 
 Pa-ba-le, s. Pa and ^de, house. Ah 
 inclosure in &ont of a house ; a court yard; 
 the spai^^onnd the house inclosed by a 
 
 • fence. ' / 
 
 Pi-HA-NE-si, disttib. adt). Pa, distrib- 
 utive particle. an4 harieri, {Mng.), a hun- 
 dred. By the hundred: a hundred fold; a 
 hundred times. 
 
 Pa-ha-pa-ha, j. See Pahaha, <kZ;'. Af- 
 fected stifih^ss in the gait and address of a 
 person ; strutting ; me ka pahapaha i hele 
 mai at 
 
 2. A Jdnd of s^a-weed; he lipaha, he 
 limu. 
 
 Pa-ha-pa-ha, v. See Paha and Pahaha, 
 adj. To gird one's self up ; to vaunt in 
 fine clothes ; to be proud ; to boast ; pdha- 
 
 . paha ihq la kekahi poe me ka noonoo ole i 
 ka mea e olnoln ai. 
 
 Pa-he, adj. Soft; easy; flexible. 
 
 Pa-he-a-He-a, s. Pa and hea, to call. 
 The voice of whispering like a ghost; a 
 small, thin voice just audible. 
 
 Pa-hee, v. Pa and Ace, to slip. To slip; 
 to slide, as the feet S<d. 17:5. Hoc. "to 
 cause to slide; hence, to falL tCard. 32:35. 
 
 ' To let or cause to flow, as blood; mai koo- 
 pahee koko. 
 
 2. To play at the game called pahee; ua 
 pono k& pahee, no ka mea mekaikaikanui 
 e pahee ai, a ua pono no ke kino ma ia 
 paani. 
 
 Pa-hee, s. Smooth cloth ; silk. 
 
 2. The name of a game which <K>i>sist8 in 
 sliding a stick either on grass or gravel. 
 See the verb. 
 
 3. Slipperiness; smoothness. £al.66;21. 
 
PAH 
 
 4. A smooth place. 
 
 5. Name of a region on the side of the 
 mountaind next below the ilima, 
 
 Ta-hee, adj. Smoothed; polished; slip- 
 pery ; shining, as a polished surface ; 
 smooth, as a person without hair. Kin. 
 27:11. 
 
 Pa-ree-hee, adj. Slippery; liable to 
 fall, ifcJ. 73d8. Muddy, as a road. 
 
 Pa-he-le, V, To talce in a snare ; to in- 
 snare. Kfkah. 9:12.. J9oo. To be caught 
 in a snare. Isa, 28:13. I'd be insnared. 
 ^&a. 42:22. 
 
 Pa-he-ue, (. A noose for catching ani- 
 mals ; a snare. laa. $:14. 
 
 2. Deceit ; treachery ; e malama !a oe 
 Mofi i na paMe o ko Hawaii nei. 
 
 3. Applied to the deceit of an enemy. 
 los. 23:13. 
 
 Pa-he-;.£, adj, Kahi puka pahde ma 
 
 kah! ana i makemake ai « hei. 
 Pa-he-lo, b. To slip ; to slide ; to slip 
 
 and fall. 
 
 2. To throw a s^ear. 
 pA-HB-LO, *. A slipping ; a sliding. 
 Pa-he-ma-he-bia, mj. Pa &nd kema- 
 
 hmm, awkward. Ignprant; awkward in 
 ihe use of language ; nngrammatical. 
 
 Pa-he-mo, o. Pa and hemo, to loosen. 
 To loosen : to set pr l^t loose. 
 ' 2. To slip, as one walking; D nael^ anar 
 > nei kakou a pakemo auanei a haule ilalo. 
 
 3. To slip off, as an axe froni the helve. 
 Eoo. The same. 
 
 Pa-he-pa-he, adj. Soft; flexible; rotten; 
 
 laay. See Pa and Hefa, lazy. 
 PA-m, s. A knife j any cutting instru- 
 
 jnent of the knife kind; pahi kaua, a sword ; 
 
 pahi peln, a jacfeknife, &c. See the com- 
 
 ponttds. 
 Pa-hi, s. In Tahitian, a canoe or ship; 
 
 no ka mea, i»i» m^lailafma Tahiti) ka ''• 
 
 nni, he pM ka i'.vi'i. D. McUo 3:20. 
 
 Pa-hi, t. Lit I-) knife, i. e., to cut a 
 
 Jdece of meal thin as a knife ; e ok! labi- 
 ahi i ka io. 
 i. To siaml up on edge. 
 3. S kulc-pelope, e hoolepe. 
 Pa-hi-a, int. adv. Pa and Ma, how 
 manyt How many foldf how many to 
 each? 
 Pa-hi-a, V. To jump in an oblique man- 
 ner from a perpendicular height into the 
 waW, BO that in rising to the surface, the 
 feet come up first. 
 Pa-hi-a, *. A mistake; a slipping; a 
 
 falling. 
 Pa-hi-a-hi-a, v. See Pahia. To slip; 
 
 to slide ; to fall down. 
 Pa-hi-o, v. Pfl and Aw, to lean. To lean 
 
 437 PAH 
 
 ' over ; to bend over in walking ; to move, 
 
 as a weak person. 
 Pa-ei-o, adj. Tall and slender, as a 
 
 man ; leanug over, as a honse ; stooping, 
 
 as a person. < , 
 Pa-bi-oi, s. PoAt and 02, sharp. A sharp 
 
 knife. loa. 6:3. 
 Pa-hi-oi-lu-a, s. Pahi and &Siia, two 
 
 edges. A two-edged* knife or sword. 
 Pa-hi-o-i.0, s. Pahi and ofo, to vibrate. 
 
 A saw, so called irom its motion in using. 
 
 2 iSom. 12:13. 
 PA-Hi-t-Hi-u, s. Art, ke. The name of 
 
 a game like the konane. 
 Pa-hi-u-hi-d, v. To move by jumping, 
 
 as one does in playing konane. See Ko- 
 nane. 
 Pa-hi-u-mi-u-mi, s. Pahi and umiumi, 
 
 beard. A beard knife, L e., a razor. See 
 
 Fahikahi. 
 Pa-hx-ha-hAtt, s. Pahi and hah&u, to 
 
 strike. A knife to strike with, i. e., a sword. 
 Pa-hi-kau-A, s. PfflAi and AflzM, war. A 
 
 sword; a war knife. Fio, Power; oppress- 
 
 ive power. Sxn. 27:40. 
 Pai-hi-ka-hi, s. PoM and koJd, to cut. 
 
 A razor. Isa. 7:20. See FAHnnauur. 
 Pa-hi-ka-ki-wi, s. PaM and kakiunt 
 
 bent. A crooked knife; a cutlass; a sickle, 
 
 &c. JBTan;. 23:26. 
 Pa-hi-ku, dist. ad's. Pa and hiku, seven. 
 
 Seven-fold ; seven times ; by sevens. IBn. 
 
 7:2. He uku pahiku, seven-fold panish- 
 
 ment. 
 Pa-hi-lau, *. A falsehood; an untruth; 
 
 o ka like ole o ka olelo me ka oiaio. 
 Pa-hi-u, v. Pa and hili, to turn ; to 
 
 twist. To blow on different sides, as a 
 
 flickering wind; pahili ka pea ! kamakani. 
 
 Ke pahUi mai nei ka makani. , 
 Pa-hi-lo-ke-a, *. PoAi and Mea, white. 
 
 A long knife with a white handle. See 
 
 LOEEA. 
 
 Pa-hi-iaj-lo, s. False; untrue; deceit? 
 
 ful ; aoie ka hejaahilolo. 
 Pa-hi-lo-lo, adj. Tall; strutting; proud 
 
 in one's movements. 
 Pa-hi-ma-ka-ltt-a, s. Pahi and maka, 
 
 edge, and Iwa, two. A double-edged sword 
 
 or knife. 
 Pa-hi-pa, s. Pa, yard, and Aipa (JBm^.), 
 
 sheep. A yard for sheep ; a shefe^ fold. 2 
 
 Sam. 7:8. 
 Pa-hi-pai-pai, J. PaM and paipai, to 
 
 prune. A pruning knife. Isa. 2:4. 
 Pa-hi-pa-hi-li-ma, s. Name of an an- 
 cient play or ipastime. 
 Pa-hi-pe-lu, s. Pahi axidpdu, to donhh 
 
 over. A jack-knife; a peil-knife; any shr.t 
 
 knife. 
 
?AH 
 
 438 
 
 PAK 
 
 Pa-hi-foo-md-ku, s. Aknife like a razor; 
 
 a batcher's luiife. 
 Pa-hi-wa-ka-wa-ka, s. PaAi a.adteaka' 
 
 waka, Bhioing. A polisbed blade, as a saw, 
 
 a sword ; a flaming sword. Kin. 3:24. 
 Pa-ho, v. See Poho. To sink; to sink 
 
 down, as in water or mud; to be. out of 
 
 sight under water ; e nalo iloko o ka wai ; 
 
 to settle down in a miry place ; e napoo i 
 
 lca))i neneln. 
 
 2. .To swim. Isa. 26:11. Mea paho, a 
 swimmer. 
 
 3. To slip off; to slide away, ius. See 
 Paholo. 
 
 Pa-ho, adj. Sinking; settling down; 
 pohi, emi, piho. 
 
 Pa-ho-a, s. a sharp stone; a broken 
 piece of a stone with a sharp edge. 
 
 2. A ,6hort wooden dagger ; oo iho la 
 lina ia ia i ka pahoa, they two pierced him 
 with a paAoa (short wooden Bword.) Hoo- 
 kohe ia Lono me ka pahoa, he drew near 
 to Captain Cook with a pahoa. 
 
 Pa-ho-e, s. a fleet of canoes fishing for 
 iiis) malolo, flying-fish. 
 
 Pa-ho-e-ho-e, s. Smooth shining lava ; 
 flat unbroken lava; hepahoehoe a Pele. 
 
 Pa-ho-e-ho-e-pe-lE( s. Name of the 
 hooks used in catching the sea-turtle. 
 
 Pa-ho-o-la, s. Pa and hoola, a single 
 kapa. A remnant ; n piece : a worthless 
 piece. See Pahola. Stn. with pawelu. 
 
 Pa-hoo-la-pa-la-pa, s. Pa, pan, and 
 hooUtpalapa, to boil or fry. A frying-pan. 
 
 Pa-ho-la, v. Pd and &72a, to poison fish. 
 To render useless; to (le inactive; to he 
 without effect. 
 
 Pa-ho-la, s. That which is made use- 
 less, ineffectual or of no account ; ua hoo- 
 lilo i ka Olelo a ke Akua i pakola, a'i pa- 
 welu, a i mea oie, i mea lapuwale. 
 
 Pa-ho-la-ho-la, v. Pa and Itdahola. 
 To poisljn fish with the auhuhu. 
 
 Pa-ho-le, v. To peel off, as the skin. 
 2. To rub; tO:polish. 
 
 Pa-ho-le-ho-le, s. Pa and holehok, to 
 mb off the skin. A rubbing of the skin ; 
 a breaking of the skin ; o ka pahoUhole o 
 ka ill ; hilahila ino ka pee hana pela. 
 
 Pa-ho-lo, I). See Paho. To sink in the 
 water or mud. 
 
 2. To plunge down out of. sight; to 
 drown ; to be overwhelmed. 1 Tim. 6:9. 
 
 3. To fall down. 
 
 4. To slip off the handle, as an axe, or 
 off from the finger, as a ring or thimble. 
 
 6. Moo. To throw into the sea. 
 
 Pa-ho-lo-ho-lo, v. See Paholo. To 
 
 slip off; to let loose; to be separated ftom. 
 
 Pa-ho-no, v. Pa and ,%ono, to stitch. To 
 
 sew upi as a rent; to join two pieces of 
 kapa or cloth by sewing; to stitcb together. 
 
 Pa-ho-no-ia, mj. See Hono. Sewed; 
 mended, as old garments. los. 9:4. 
 
 Pa-hu, s. a barrel, cask, box, chest, &c. 
 Note. — A paku was originally a hollow 
 cocoanut or other tree with a shark skin 
 drawn over one end and used for a drumi 
 hence anything hollow and giving a sound 
 when struck is ajpcOm. 
 
 2. A coffin. Kin. 50:26. 
 
 3. A hole dug as a landmark. See the 
 compounds. 
 
 4. The ;;'me of a species of flsh forbidden 
 to women to eat under the kapu system. 
 
 Pa-ht?, ». To push or shove on end. 
 
 2. To push over ; to push down. Fio. 
 To overthrow, as an enemy. 2 Oilit. 18:10. 
 To overpower ; to tread down, as opposi- 
 tion. ifoZ. 44:6. 
 
 3. To burst forth; to run out, as a liquid; 
 to gush or flow oat 
 
 4. To burst forth with a noise ; to break 
 suddenly j to burst, aa a boil. 
 
 6. To dig holes for planting. 
 
 6. To fall down. 
 
 7. To strike or pound. See Paopao. 
 
 8. To cut, as in bleeding. 
 
 9. To blunt; to cutoff theendof at]iing; 
 to cut into. 
 
 10. To throw, as a spear. 
 
 11. To stuff food into a person's month. 
 Pa-H0, s. Small kalo stinted with weeds. 
 
 2. The name of a fish. 
 
 3. The name of a species of fish net ; he 
 upenapofeu. 
 
 Pa-htt, adj. Eound and smooth, as a 
 bald head ; applied to a A«to, hula paku. 
 
 Pa-htt-a, v. To dance; to go through 
 the evolutions of dancing. 
 
 2. To beat against the wind, a? a ship. 
 
 3. To fall off, as a ship sailing against 
 the wind. 
 
 4. To refiise to go or to do a thing ; to 
 be etubbom ; to be angry. 
 
 Pa-hu-i-hu-i, v. See Hiir and Hinnro. 
 
 To play at a game; to play for pleasure; e 
 ■ hoopiopio, e hoomake i kekahi pohakuvme 
 
 ka hele ana, e kaina. 
 Pa-hu-i-hu-i, s. The name of a game 
 
 or pastime. 
 Pa-hu-u-me, s, Pahu and ume, to draw 
 
 out. A bureau.; a chest of drawers; a 
 
 drawer firom a larger chest or box. 
 
 Pa-hu-ho-i-ke, s. Paku, and hoike, to 
 show. The arfc of the testimony, so trans- 
 lated from Pufe. 26:33 and other places. 
 
 Pa-htj-ho^pit, s. The name of a goal 
 where the race-ooursa stopped, opposite, to 
 the pahuknt, where the race commenced; a 
 kukuluia ka laau me ka lepa ma ka poAu- 
 Aopit. 
 
PAH 
 
 439 
 
 PAK 
 
 Pa-hb'Hu, e. See Pahu, v. To gush 
 out, as blood froni a wound ; habau iho la 
 ka moli, ^xiAuAu ae la ke kofco, the instru- 
 ment Dtrik^g, the Mood flovos ovi. See 
 Mou. 
 
 Fa-jCT-hu, s. a species of fish; the 
 7Qang of the hnhu. 
 
 Pa-hu-hu-la, s. a kind of dram used 
 at hulas in former times ; it was covered 
 with shark skin. 
 
 Pi-HtJ-KA-LA, s. Name of one of the 
 ihook^fights iormerly practiced in keeping 
 up tte war spirit ; he kana pahukaia kahi 
 iooa o keia kaua. 
 
 Pa-hu-ka-na-wai, s. Paku and kana- 
 wai, law. The ark of iim testimony. Puk. 
 30:6. See Paudhoikg above. 
 
 Pa-hii-ka-ni, i. Fakuaxid kani,Ui sound. 
 A dniin ; a bass viol ; a music box. Kin, 
 31 :27, Any musical instrument of the puls- 
 atile kind. 
 
 Pa-hu-ka-pu, s. Paht and Icapu, pro- 
 hibited. LrT. A sacred box. Asanotuary; 
 a place consecrated to a particular use. 
 Pwfc. 15:17. A place where it was kapu 
 or forbiddftn to go or to pass. Laidk. 101. 
 Soine sign or signal was generally put up. 
 
 Pa-hC'RU, b. To turn bact an enemy 
 and make the pursuers retreat 
 2. To be cut otf ijhort ; to be round. 
 
 Pa-hti-ku, *. The reserve of an ttrmy ; 
 a reinforcement that supporla the vanguard 
 party and repels the enemy. 
 2. A soft yielding mass ; a round msss. 
 8. A stick or goal erected at the begin- 
 ning of a race; hele aku la na man kanaka 
 elua a hiki i kapoAufcu. 
 
 Pa-hu-ku, adjt Short; round. See Po- 
 
 HUKO. » 
 
 Pa-hc-la, v. Pa and kul(t, to dance. 
 
 To dance; to hula, i. e., to sing and dance. 
 Pa-hu-i,a, s. a dance. See Hula. 
 PA-Hn-LU, s. Potatoes of the second 
 ' growth. 
 
 ?,. Apapu part cf the seawbich is orach 
 
 used ; he kai kapu, i hoonnaia. 
 Pa-hu-lu, s. Name of an ancient god 
 
 who lived in the hole of a certain rock on 
 
 Kauai; he was killed byKaululaaii.a chief 
 
 from Maui. 
 2. Name of the goddess who conceived 
 
 and brought forth Lauri; he akua hapai 
 
 no Laoai. 
 pA-HU-Lff-LU, adj. Somewhat rainy; a 
 
 little cloudy and rainy or dripping; not 
 
 entirely clear. 
 PA-Btt-MA-NA-MA-NA, s. A market; a 
 
 inai-ket place ; haute i ka pahu i ka p«^u- 
 
 tfianamatM. . 
 Pa-htj-na. s. See Paot, to push, and 
 
 Ana. a thrusting ; a striking, as with a 
 
 weapon. 
 Pa-hu-pai, s. a drum for beating at a 
 
 hula ; o ka ill mano, be mea ia e haoa iu i 
 
 pakupai. 
 Pa-hu-pa-hu, s. Stinted kalo growing 
 
 among weeds. 
 
 2. The name of a game played on a rect- 
 angular table, bllliiirds. 
 Pa-hu-pa-hu, adj. Blunt; obtuse; dull; 
 
 omuku; 
 Pa-hu-pa-hu, v. See Pahf, to strike. 
 
 To strike or pound ; to bruise. See Pao- 
 
 PAO. 
 
 PA-HU-PA-LA-PA-tA, s. Pohu and pah' 
 
 ' pala, writing. Origitudly, a container for 
 the liqnor in printing kapas. 
 2.. A writing desk. 
 
 Pa-hp-wai, s. a cistern ; a container oi 
 water. ler. 2:13. 
 
 Pa-HU-be-ki-ta, s. Paku and berita 
 (Zfe6.), a covenant. The ark of the cov- 
 enant among the Hebrews. los. 3:3. 
 
 Pa-ka, v. To make war ; to fight ; to 
 strike, as large drops of rain, upon dry 
 leaves, making a noise. 
 
 2. To ciit ; to pare ; to peel off. 
 
 3. To fend off or turn aside, as the stc;n 
 does a canoe to avoid a wave which th(eat- 
 ens to fill it. ■ ■• 
 
 4. To shoot or slide a Canoe or surf-board 
 on a wave. 
 
 5. To prepare before hand for any busi- 
 ness or any event. 
 
 Pa-kA, s. Any small round substance, 
 as tiie head of a pin ; a knot at the end of 
 a rope. 
 
 2. The sharp projections on the sides of 
 the tail of certain fish, as the kala, the pa- 
 lani and the manini. 
 
 3. AflatcaIabssh,Bocalled because Urge , 
 and ft^t. 
 
 4. A stone used by fishermen. 
 
 5. Paka, is sometimes written for baka, 
 tobacco. 
 
 Pa-ka, adj. Lean, as fiesh ; destitute of 
 fpt. 
 
 2. Keady ; prepared ; furnished. 
 
 3. Old: aged. 
 
 Pa-ka, adv. Clearly; plainly; intelli- 
 gibly; evidently. Stn. wiUi lea, pono and 
 maopopo. Ua oki pako,, baalele 1 na maa 
 inb a pau. 
 
 Pa-kaa, v. Topeeloflf; tosldn; to strip 
 off tbe skin from a vegetable. 
 
 Pa-kaa, s. Lean flesh. 
 
 Pa-kaa-wi-u, v. Pa and kaawiU, to 
 writhe. To encircle ; to twine around, as 
 a vine. 
 
 2. To tttvn this way and that. 
 
 3. To turn round ;"to roll ia upon itself 
 like a curling C^ime. I^k. 1:4. 
 
PAK 
 
 44Q 
 
 PAK 
 
 Pa-kaj, t. Art, ke. An eatable vegeta- 
 ble; he mea ulu, he mea ai; a kind of herb 
 uaea for food ia time of scarcity. , 
 
 Pa-kai^e-lb-lu, s. Name of a wind ; a 
 strong wind off Waianae. 
 
 Pa-kai-E"A, s. a species of sea-weed. 
 
 Pi-KAi-E-iLE, s. Name of a species of 
 fiab ; he pskanaloa. 
 
 pA-KAi-KAi, e. To pound, as with a 
 
 Pa-kai-kai, s. The name of a vegeta- 
 ble. See Pakai. 
 
 Fa-kao, v: To go about lazily; to live 
 without oljject; to live solitarily; e hakao, 
 e helewale. 
 
 Pa-katt-a, s. Pa, fence, and kaiui, war. 
 A fbrt ; a place of refuge ; a stronghold. 
 1 OiU. 11:6. A garrison, p Sam. 8:14. A 
 palace ; the residence of>'king. Neh. 1;1. 
 
 Pa-kaw-a-kes, s. ^ 
 
 Pa-kau-a-lc-a, s. The name of a fish. 
 See Pakaiem!. 
 
 Pa-kad-ka-ma, s. Pa, yard, and kau- 
 kaim {Mug.), puoamber. A garden of 
 cacumbers. See Kacsaha. ha. 8:1. 
 
 Pa-katt-jw, «. Pa, pair, and liaa/fl, rope. 
 A set of ropes for -the rigging of a vessel. 
 
 Pi-KAiT-LEi, ». To be continually chang- 
 ing one's residence ; mal uoho apalcauLd. 
 
 2, To move along step "by step; to go by 
 little and Uttie. 
 
 3. To sit upright. 
 
 Pa-eatt-eei, adj. Unsteady; going from 
 house to honae. 
 ' 2. Destitute of house find utensils. See 
 
 KrONOONopLE. 
 
 S. Living in a loose wa;^ or without 
 method, as one who leaves Sis wife to fol- 
 low one, then another. 
 
 Pa-ka-ha, v. Paa.nd.kaha. Tobegise^y 
 of property ; hence, to oppress ; to cheat ; 
 to be dishonest In any way. 
 
 Pa-ka-ha, s. Akindof shell-fish of the 
 sea, rough outside. 
 
 2. Greediness after another's property ; 
 a seizing what is another's. 
 
 Pa-ka-hi, dist. adv. Pa tod kahi, one. 
 
 Oe« to each. los. 4:5. One in a place ; 
 
 one by one ; pakahi i ka maktJiUd, onon a 
 
 year. Oihk. 16:34 
 Pa-ka-hi, v. To distribute to each one. 
 
 los. 4:2. To take turns; to do one at a 
 
 time; to be numbered one by one. 1 OUd. 
 
 23:3. 
 Pa-ka-ka, V, To glide with a canoe on 
 
 the Burf; to ride on the surf. 
 2. To flow off; to turn off, as a canoe is 
 
 turned to avoid a sea; to shoot or slide, as 
 
 a sm-f-board on a wave ; e pdlcaka i Isa 
 
 waa, to sJeer the canoe See Paka, 
 
 Pa-ka-ea, adj. Narrow; thin, as the 
 
 back door of a honse ; aka, e komo oe ma 
 
 ka puka pakaka. 
 Pa-ka-ka, adj. Sv^elled ; big, as one's 
 
 person. 
 Pa-ka-Pl-hi, v. Paka, to didp, as rain, 
 
 and kahi, one. To drop Swtteringly a lit- 
 tle rain. 
 Pa-ea-ke, ». See Hoopakake. To talk 
 
 indistinctly, as a Hawaiian trying to speak 
 
 English ; .to use tiie kake language. 
 Pa"KA-ke-c, v. To have the last worf 
 
 in scolding; to chide; to scold often; to 
 
 act as a scolding woman ; tO exhibit an 
 
 evil disposition. 
 Pa-ka-ki, 0. To talk irrationally; to 
 
 act as in a revel; to contend, as a drunkard. 
 Pa-ka-la-ka-la, *. A species of fish; 
 
 the little kala ; he kala liilii. 
 Pa-'ka-na-o-no, dist. adj. Pa and kanq' 
 
 (mo, sixty. Sixty-fold. M<a. 13:8. 
 Pa-ka-na-lo-a, *. Name of a species of 
 
 fish. See Olau, same species. 
 Pa-ka-ku, s. Pa, yaipi and &a7w,^to 
 
 plant. A garden ; a place where things are 
 
 planted. Met. 7:7. 
 Pa-ka-pa-ka, v. See Paka. To drop, as 
 
 large rain drops ; to make the noise that 
 
 such drops make on di^ substances; to 
 
 patter. 
 Pa-ka-pa-ea, s. a heavy shower of rain. 
 
 2. The wrinkled skin of the eye. 
 
 3. An aged person, from his wrinkles. 
 
 4. Wea£iess ; feebleness, as of an aged 
 person. 
 
 Pa-ka-pa-ka, adj. Coarse, or large, as 
 the lauhala leaves with which a mat is 
 braided ; he moehapoieapajca. 
 
 2. Numerous, as men. 
 
 3. Large and many, as fish, &s., in one's 
 possession ; pakapc^ kanaka o mea; p<t- 
 kapaka ka ia ia mea mo. 
 
 Pa-ke, «. Pa and Are, to resist. To push 
 away ; to defend off; to resist 
 2. To ring ; to soand ; to sing. 
 Pa-ke, s. Softness; weakness. 
 
 2. The name of white kapo. 
 
 3. The appellation given to aOhinamaa. 
 Pa-ke, adj. Soft; weak; flexible. 
 Pa-ke-a, s. a species of white stone. 
 Pa-ke-a-ai, s. See Pakelaai. 
 Pa-ke-o, adj. Fled; escaped; broken 
 
 away; agitated. 
 Pa-ke-o-ke-o, $. The people that eat 
 with the chief, as the aialo, in dis&ictioii 
 from the makiminana. 
 
 Pa-ke-u, ». Pa and Asm, to remain over 
 and abovo. To excel ; to be more tK»n 
 was expected ; to be over and above ; to 
 leave a remainder. 
 
PAE 
 
 441 
 
 PAK 
 
 Pa-ke-kEj s. See Bakeke, Eng. A 
 
 bucket, &0. 
 Pa-ke-Mi ,u Pa and kda, to shoot out. 
 
 To exceed ; to go b«yond ; to go before. 
 
 2 m>r. 11:?3. 
 2. ' To ex-ceecl another in wickedness. 1 
 
 Not. U:9. 
 
 3. To be over and aiKWe. 1 OiM. 29:3. 
 
 4. Eoo. To prefer ; to esteem more. 
 
 6. To excel ; to do better tbftn' another. 
 Bonu 12:10. 
 
 6. To abound in wickedness. 1 Nal. 
 14:22. 
 
 Pa-ke-la, s. Excess ; what is over and 
 aboTo ; a superfluity. See the compounds, 
 A no ka pakela loa i ke akamai i ka faoo- 
 puka ana i na olelo pahee, on account of 
 the very great skill in uttering smooth 
 words. 
 
 Pa-ke-la, adj. High ; stretching out ; 
 Gxcelling. 
 
 Pa-ke-ia-ai, v. Pakela, and ai, food. 
 To be a glutton ; to be greedy in eating. 
 Kard. 21:20. 
 
 Pa-ke-la-ai, .t, A glutton; gluttony; 
 the practice of eating to excess. 
 
 3. In Tiatural historyyibe name of an ani- 
 mal, the glutton. ; 
 
 Pa-ke-i^-ai, adj. (Muttonous; eating to 
 excess. Mat. Ihlik. Pakela inu waina, a 
 drunkard. 1 Pet. 4:3. Pakela uani, excess 
 of glory. 2jror. 3:10. 
 
 Pa-ke-le, 0. Pa and kele, to slip. To 
 escape from some evil ; to escape punish- 
 ment. Eeb. 2:3. To be free from. Boo. 
 To deliver; to cause to escape. Puk. 6:6. 
 
 Pa-ke-lo, V. See Pakele. To slip out 
 of the grasp of a person or thing, as a fish 
 from the hands. 
 
 2. To set free ; to loosen ; to escape. 
 
 3. To administer an injection. 
 Pa-ke-lo, s. An injection; an enema. 
 Pa-ke-lo, adj. Slippery; sliding; slip- 
 
 , ping up ; slipping off. 
 
 Pa-ke-pa-ke, adj. See Pake, Soft; lim- 
 ber ; weak ; flexible. 
 
 Pa-ki, v. To smite with the palm of the 
 hand ; to spatter, as water. 
 
 2. To dash in pieces, as one would break 
 a inelon by throwing it on the ground. 
 
 3. To ooze through, as water ; to l«ak, 
 as a barrel, or as a kalo patch. 
 
 4. To move along; to slip or slide; e 
 hoonee, e hookele. 
 
 Pa-ki, s. The dividing of the water by 
 a ship under sail ; plowing the main. 
 
 Pa-ki-ai, s. Epithet of a barren woman; 
 he wahine pa. 
 
 -Pa-ki-ai, . ) «. To forsake wife or 
 
 Pa-ki-a-KI-AI, 5 husband and live in adul- 
 tery. 
 
 56 
 
 Pa-kii, v. To mash, as one treading on 
 an egg. 
 
 2. To lie with the face down, the belly 
 unsupported, in order to enlarge the ab- 
 domen. See Patio. E moe papio, e bnli 
 ilalo ke alo, i nui ka opu. 
 
 Pa-kii, s. A species of fish. 
 
 Pa-kii, adj. Broad ; spread out ; fallen 
 flat down; edging along, as one moving on,, 
 his belly. 
 
 Pa-kii-kii, adj. See Pakii. Broad ; ex- 
 tensively spi-ead out ; fallen down flatly. 
 
 Pa-kh-kii, adj. Applied to a fish net, a 
 small net ; i ka upcna palciikii. 
 
 Pa-ki-o, v. To fall continually, as fall- 
 ing rain; to rain continually; to drop 9on^ 
 stantly ; e haule mau, e ua mau, e kulu 
 man. 
 
 Pa-ki-o-ki-o, v. Pa and kioldo. See Kio. 
 To break wind ofteu ; to void excrements. 
 
 Pa-ki-hi, v. Pa and kihi, border; edge. 
 To go lightly; to passaoftly; to just touch 
 in parsing. 
 
 Ee;?oAMi la i ke kal Hiiis, 
 
 O ka bni maka val« no ka makou, 
 
 O ka booihoQi ana i ke uiuiwj. 
 
 Pa-ki-ka, V. To slip; to slide in walk- 
 ing, as one waiking on a slippery place. 
 
 Pa-ki-ka, s. Name of an insect that 
 eats potato leaves and destroys them. 
 
 2. A bad pronunciation for makUca, a 
 mu«quito ; ho eleao, he ilo, he mea e make 
 ai ka ulu o ka ai. 
 
 Pa-ks-ka, adj. Smooth; polished; slip- 
 pery; smoothed, as a thing polished; e kalai 
 a maikai, anai a pakika; alalia, hoomaka 
 ke kau. 
 
 Pa-ki-ke, v. Po and /li/fcc, to speak back 
 and forth. To make a pert saucy reply to 
 something said ; to answer back. Tit, 2:9, 
 
 2. To rail; to cavil; to talk impudently. 
 
 3. To answer roughly. 18am.20M. To 
 be provoking in a controversy. 
 
 Pa-ki-ke, s. a caviling. Bom. 10:21. A 
 reviling^ he lokoino. 
 
 Pa-ki-ke-ki-ke, v. SeePAKiKE. To an- 
 swer back and forth frequently. 
 
 2. To be rough ; to be uncivil towards 
 one in conversation. 
 
 Pa-ki-ki, v. See Paakiki. Pa for paa^ 
 solid, and fctfci, intensive. To be very hard; 
 to be solid ; applied to substances. 
 
 2. Applied to the mind, to be Obdurate ; 
 to be inflexible. 7/oo. To harden, as the 
 heart. Puk. 4:21. 
 
 3. E papaiawa, c hoomana i ke akua. 
 Pa-ki-ko, ». Pa and fdJeo, a little dot or 
 
 mark. To eat but little; to be temperate; 
 to be abstemious in diet. 1 .BTor 9:25. 
 Note. — Pakiko is the opposite oS pakel/x, 
 spoken in reference to taking (kiko ana) 
 here a little and there a little. 
 
RAK 
 
 442 
 
 PAL 
 
 Short. See Pokole. 
 
 2. To eat quietly or cautiously; to thiak 
 before hand and not follow the appetite. 
 
 Pa-ki-eo, s. Temperance ; regular habits 
 of life. Oih. 24:26 ;! 2 Pet. 1:6. 
 
 " ^^. 2. The name of an instrument anciently 
 used, in war, , 
 
 PA-KI-KO-E-LE, V. See ..KoELEE.LE, To 
 make a rough souncT; to rumble slightly; 
 e kamumu. 
 
 Pa-ki-pa-ki, v. See Paki, to slip ; to 
 , glide. To sail along ; to divide the water, 
 as the keel of a ship ; to move sideways ; 
 to spatter the water in rowing a canoe. 
 t Pa-ki-pa*ki-ka, adj.- See Pakika. Slip- 
 pery ; mud^y ; liable to fall ia walking. 
 
 Pa-ko-le, ffl<y. Short. See Pok;ole. 
 
 Pa-kc-le-ko-le, adj. Short. See Pdkole 
 and Pakole. 
 
 Pa-ko-le-ko-lb, s. a species of fish 
 large and greenish. 
 
 Pa-ko"Li, s. Names of the first three 
 notes' in'the Ha waiiansoaleof vocal music; 
 he kumu leo himenl; the, whole seven 
 sounds are represented by Vthe' syllables 
 'pa, ko, li, tia, no, la, mi. 
 
 Pa-ko-li, adj. Singing by notes; he 
 kumu pakoli, rudiments of vocal music. 
 
 Pa-ko'h, 5 •' 
 
 Pa-ko-lu, v. Pa andi:fl/M,, three. Three.; 
 three-fold; three by thre?; to do tbr.ee 
 '■•timfes. JVafe. 22:28. 
 
 Pa-ko-ni, s. Pa and Ao«i, to beat, as the 
 pulse. An ache, as the toothache; a pain; 
 a strong pain. 
 
 Pa-ku, v. Pa, a jyalj, and ku, to" stand. 
 To partition off ; to guard ; to defend ; • to 
 shielcl one from harm * inanao iho la att e 
 haliu Ae i ko kakou Baku me ka i akn, e 
 j>ai!» mai oe in'tn; to {larry off; to defend 
 ,by;Some means ; a paka aku la na kanaka 
 j ka moena no ka pu, and the people put 
 up thei;r mats as a defense against the guns. 
 2. To cast away ; to drive off; to tread 
 or trample down ; e hahi, e hehi, e peku. 
 
 Pa-pt, ». See Pahu. To burst out, as 
 grain from a bag, or as matter from a lioii. 
 Note. — This is perhaps a mistake for pofeu, 
 but the manuscript was very plaia. 
 
 Pa-EC, s. a partition, as of a house. 
 
 2. The wall of a small inclosure. 
 
 3. A defense ; a place of securitv. Hal. 
 89:18. 
 
 4. A shield; a veil concealiiig something. 
 Pv/c. 26:31. A hanging division; a curtain. 
 i*Mfc. 27:15. Note. — The partitions or pa- 
 tens in the houses of former times, where 
 the people had any at all, were nothing 
 more than kapas or mats hipg up. 
 
 5. A division; that which makes a place 
 to be separated fropj another place. 
 
 6. A jiniting or joining or sewing of two 
 pieces olkapa. 
 
 7. A uniting of" two pieced of %4uke by 
 beating to make one kapa. 
 
 Pa-ku-a, v. To do over and over again 
 continually \ to go to the same place ; to 
 travel the same road day after day; e hele ' 
 man i kela la i keia la ma kahii hele mau ia. 
 
 f^A'iinj-A, adj. Accustomed ; ^o accus- 
 tomed as to become second ' nature ; he 
 mea pakaa wale, a thing become common. 
 
 Pa-ktj-ei, V, To be present before the 
 time ; to commence a job before the time. 
 
 Pa-k0-i, v. Pa and kui, to join one 
 thing ^0 another. To splice, as ^iber or 
 aTope. 
 
 .2. To engraft, as one tree upon another. 
 Pxym. 11;17. 
 
 3. To add one evil deed to another. 1 
 Sam. 12:19, ■ ^ 
 
 4. To unite; 1. e., to add one stor^ of a 
 building to another ;to heap one thing on 
 the top of another; e'bou i kekahi mea ma- 
 luna iho o kekahi mea. 
 
 5. To beat against, as an opposing wind. 
 Mar. 6:48. 
 
 Pa-ku-i, -1!v To be unpleasant to the 
 taste ; to be sickishl^ sweet ; to send forth 
 an odor; to be odonferou^; e ala, epakai, 
 e kuhinia. '•- 
 
 Pa-ku-i, a^. Added on; joined; hale 
 pakai, tt house joined to a hooae above, 
 that is, a tower. Kin. 11:4. Engrafted; 
 onited. Ink. 1:21. 
 
 Pa-ku-i-ku-i, v. See Pakui. To splice 
 or join together timbers that are not long 
 
 ' enough for the purpose designed; to lasten 
 toge&r ; e hookuikui. e panainai. 
 
 Pa-k0-i-ku-i, v. To beat against; to be 
 
 '~ cpntracy to, as a contrary wind; po&uifcui 
 mai ka makani. Oih. 27:4. 
 
 2. To beat ; to pound fine ; to bruise. 2 ' 
 Sam. 22:43. 
 
 3. To mix up, as sweet food. 
 PX-KU-i-KU-i, s. Name of a species of 
 
 yellow fish. 
 
 Pa-ktj-i-ku-i, adj. Contradictory; op- 
 posing; as, makani pakuikdi, an opposing 
 wind, or a head wind ; he olelo pakuikui, 
 a contradiiHn^ speech. 
 
 Pa-ku-i-pa!, aij. Some quality of a fish 
 net ; he upona pakuipaL 
 
 Pa-ku-pa-kit, aa;. Round; low; short. 
 
 Pa-la, adj. Mellow; soft; ripe, as fruit; 
 rotten ; cooked soft. ' 
 
 Pa-la, s. Name of the foreign common 
 disease, the syphilis. 
 
 , 2. The name of a vegetable eaten in time 
 
 . of famine. 
 
 3. A hahai mai na kanaka e hele ana me 
 keakuai kapaiaahaawe — haimaikapala 
 mai uka^kii hou ka paia ma ia po iho. 
 
PAL 
 
 443 .. 
 
 PAL 
 
 Pa-la, v-. To cook soft; to ripen andj 
 be soft, as a banana or other fruit. 
 
 2.' Hoo. To anoint; to daub; tobesmeari- 
 3. To erase ; to blot out. 
 Pa-jj^a, s. Almost any dark color, such 
 aB brown, purple, &c. ; lolo poteo. , 
 
 Fa-x<a-ai, adj. Palaandiai. Fat, as ani- 
 mals ; palaai ka holobolona, paUiai ka ia, 
 palaaika, mamv 
 
 Pa-la-au, s. Pa, ience, and loan, tim- 
 ber. 'A stick I'ence ^ ■» wooden fence : .^e 
 palaau ka pa kahiko ; jtalaau qioi, a tndrn 
 bedge. itfifc.-7:4. 
 
 Pa-lai, «; For the English ^y. To cook 
 or fry m a pan. Note. — It s&ould be writ- 
 ten parai or rather/emi. Oihk. 7:12. 
 
 Pa-lai, v. To be ashamed and turn the 
 face awaj,a8oncwho is conscious of guilt; 
 or c jnscious of the presence of supendrity 
 or dignity, ae a poor man when he goes 
 
 • into the housQ of the rich. Moo. To cause 
 ablush; to feel disconcerted at the pres- 
 ence of superiors; toconftiseone; to make 
 ashamed. ler. 7:19. 
 
 Pa-lai, s. a blashj shamefacedness ; 
 he pcdai ka maka, the face blusJies. 
 
 'I. Name of a species of fern: he mea ulu, 
 he palanalai; he ieie ame ka joaiai. Laieik. 
 103. 
 
 Pa-lai, adj. Adulterous ; defaced. 
 
 Pa-la-i-e, adj. Fala, Boft, and ie, flex- 
 ible. Inconstant-, not firm; easily tempted 
 to turn from the right ; o na kanaka a pau 
 loa ms ka honua nei, he pulaie no ia na 
 • lehova. 
 
 PA-LA-i-ft, s. Art. ke. A species of play 
 formerly among the people; ua hana ua 
 kanaka i ke paMe i mea lealea- 
 
 Pa-la-i-ki, s. Pala, soft, and iki, little. 
 The sound of a stonfe thrown high and fall- 
 ing into the water perpendicularly. See 
 Palamimo. 'Hnna paiaiki ke akamai. 
 
 Pa-lai-ma-ka, p. FalaianA maka, face. 
 To put to conftislpn ; to be cast down in 
 conntenaoce; to be confounded. Jsa. 41:11. 
 Syn. with hilahila. To be turned back, 
 /so. 42:17. 
 
 Pa-lai-ma-ka,.*. Heo. A blushing; a 
 shame ; a sign of shanie. 
 
 Pa-la-o, s. Name of a species of fish. 
 
 'Pa-la-o-a, s. A species of large fish; a 
 whale. 
 
 2. An ornament made of a whale's tooth 
 worn pendulous from the neck ; e malama 
 i ka niho palaoa, take care of the ornametii 
 
 '^■(yre have Jio name for it in Knglisb) ; hence, 
 
 3. Ivory. 
 
 4. The sea-elephant. 
 
 Pa-la-o-a, adj. Of or belonging to ivory. 
 
 1 Nal. 10:18. 
 Pa-la-o-a, f. The Hawaiian common 
 
 orthography and pronunciation for the 
 English word^ur; hence, 
 
 1. Bread ; flour, &c. ^ 
 
 2. The grain of which flour is made. See 
 HuAPALAOA. Palaoa hnluhulu, barley; pa- 
 laoa eleele, rye' palaocl bu pie, unleavened 
 broad. Fuk. 9:31, 32. Paiaioa wall, fine 
 flour. OiAfc. 7:12. PWooa kawili, doughi ■' 
 Neh. 1.5:20. Note.— the Word should be 
 written/afaoa or/efaoo. 
 
 Pa-i.ao-lao, «. Paanilaolao. A bundle 
 
 ' done up short ; a bundle,of Jfagots. 
 2. The name of a species' of fish. 
 
 Pa-la-o-nu-i, adj. Broad, as the eye. 
 
 Pa-lau, v. To lie ; to misrepresent ; to 
 deceive ; e wahabee, e hoopunipuni. 
 
 Pa-lau, v. Hoo. To betroth. Puk.2h9. 
 To betroth ; to give in marriage ; to en- 
 gage to marry. 
 
 Pa-lau, s. A lie; a falsehood. 
 
 2. An instrumcni for cutting kalo tops ; 
 laaupolctu, me ka laau/jotou, o Kapahieli- 
 horiaa. Laieik. 167. . 
 
 3. A species of yam; the same as the ufti. 
 
 4. Mug. A plow. 
 
 5. A species of fish, purple, striped. 
 Pa-lau-a-le-lo, s. idleness; indolence; ; 
 
 want of disposition to work. 1 Tito. 6:13. 
 
 Pa-lau -A.-LE-L0, adj. Indolent; unoccu- 
 ^ pied ; lazy ; idle-; neglecting to cultivate 
 .land ; low ; ill-bred. 
 
 Pa-lau-e-ka, V, To be obscured, as the 
 sun. 
 
 i, To work briskly; to finish a job speed- 
 ily. 
 
 Pa-lau-e-ka, adj. Obscure; dim; hat 
 white. 
 2. Expffditions; finishing a work quickly. 
 
 Pa-lau-lau, s. a species of red fish. 
 
 Pa-lau-wi-li, adj. Pa and lamoUi, to 
 change. Changing often; whiiHing about, 
 as the wind ; polauwili ka makani. 
 
 Pa-la-ha, v. Pa and laka, to spread out. 
 To slip ; to slide. Sol 3:23. To stumble 
 and fall down by hitting the foot against 
 an object. 
 
 2. To fail flat down, as a house or tent. 
 Limk. 7:1.3.' 
 
 3. Hoo. To fall prostrate in adoration. 
 
 4. To stretch out upon ; to lie flAt upon. 
 1 Nd. 17:21. 
 
 5. To b@ spread or wafted off, as a shower 
 over land ; paUiha -eku k» na ma ka aina., 
 
 6. To conceive, as a female ; to become 
 large. 
 
 Pa-la-ha, adj. ^ooth and flat, as the 
 back of the shell-fl^ called ZeAo; akahinoa 
 loa ka oln, potoAa, pauhu, maka ino. 
 
 Pa-la-ha-la-ha, v. See Palaha and 
 Laha, to extend. To spread out; to extenri 
 genertdly. ,„],, 
 
PAL 
 
 444 
 
 PAL 
 
 2. To eptead abroad, as a report* Oih. 
 4:17. To exteod far and wide. 
 
 3. To spread or extend, as a sore or dis- 
 ease. Oihk. 13:22. 
 
 4. Eoo. To extend abroad ; to increase, 
 as a people. Mn. 41:62. 
 
 5. To spread out, as the -wings of an 
 army. Lutik. 20:37. 
 
 Pa-la-ha-la-ha, s. Breadth; extent, as 
 
 of a country, jsa. 8:8. 
 2. A species of the limn. See Lnro. 
 ,Pa-la-ha-i;a-ha-lat7, adj. Having leaves 
 
 only, as a tree j he p<dahcUahalau wale no, 
 
 aohe hua, makmg a show of leaves only, 
 
 bat no fruit. 
 Pa-la-he, )adj. Soft; tender; so 
 Pa-la-HE-KE, j soft as to flow ; flowing, 
 
 soft and slimy, as the mncbus trora the nose. 
 Pa-la-he-a, s. Pala, soft, and heOj to 
 
 be dirty. Dirty food. 
 i. A spot j a stain. 2 Pet. 2:13. 
 Pa-la-he-a, adj. Dirty; filthy; defiled; 
 
 jxdahea ko lakou naau i ke koko o hai ; 
 
 unclean; besmeared, as a child's hands and 
 
 face when eating greasy food ; blotted, as 
 
 paper which has ink spilled on ii 
 Pa-la-he-A, ». To daubj to besmear; 
 
 to anoint. 
 2. Eoo. To stain; to color, as with blood. 
 
 Jsa. 63:3. 
 Pa-la-he -A-HE-A, v. Intensive of pald- 
 
 hecu To be unsound ; to be weak ; to be 
 
 ffful, as a person ; to be unsound ; to be 
 
 wanting in strength. 
 Pa-la-hee, v. P<da and hee, slippery. 
 
 Bee Paiahe above. To shrink away, as a. 
 
 qow-ard from duty or danger. 
 Pa-ij.-hee, adj. Dead ripe ; rotten. 
 Pa-u-hi, o. PoZa and A«, to flow away. 
 
 Toflowfrom the bowels; to discharge liquid 
 
 matter from the bowels. 
 Pa-la-si, s. The liquid discharge from 
 
 the bowels in a bowel complaint. 
 Pa'LA-ho, *. Corruption. loh. 17:14. 
 
 Putridity ; the action of decaying matter, 
 Pa-la-ho, ' 
 Pa-ia-hu, 
 
 Pa-la-ho-ijo, s. Pala and holo for kee, 
 to flow, f aste made from the fern called 
 amaumau; the paste was used in pasting 
 
 *> \ adj. Eotten; decayed; sub- 
 Cf> ) ject to decay ; corruptible. 
 
 2. The namj of a plant 
 Pa-la-hu, .«. The sickness of fowls. 
 
 2. The name of a large fish : the opelu. 
 
 3. The epithet of a cock-turkey from the 
 soft elastic red substance on and about his 
 head. 
 
 4. A turkey generally. See Pelehu: 
 Pa-la-hu-ki, .il Pala and hvM, to be- 
 come soft. To become soft and putrid, as 
 
 a dead body. SeePALAKAtnna. A lilo ae 
 la kona kino i vasa patahUliA, and his body 
 became jpttirid. 
 Pa-la-ka, v. Pa and fa.?M, to tame. To 
 be inactive; to be inattentive; to be indif- 
 ferent to what interests others; to be ineffi- 
 cient. 
 
 2. To live without thought or care. 
 
 3. To be dull or stupid ; to bo slow of 
 apprehenaion; applied to the moral powers. 
 Mai. 13:15. 
 
 4. Eoo. To cause one's self to be indif- 
 ferent; to.harden one's heart; to be unbe- 
 lieving in great and solemn truths. Isa. 
 
 . 6:10. 
 
 Pa-la-ka, s. A disposition of heart op- 
 posed to religious tnith; hard-heartedness; 
 stupidity; moral insensibility; indifiierence. 
 2. The name applied to a short shirt; he 
 wahi palule pokole. 
 
 Pa-la-ka, adj. Inactive; stupid; care- 
 less ; inefficient: indifferent 
 
 Pa-la-ka-ao, adj. Pala, ripe, soft, and 
 kaao, the fruit of the hala tree. Hence, 
 soft; ripe; having undergone some process 
 of decay ; palakahnki, palahu. 
 
 Pa-la-kai, v. To wither; to droop, as 
 a vegetable ; to produce no fruit ; to be 
 stinted in growth ; to fade, as a flower ; to 
 fail. 
 
 Pa-la-kai, adj. Barren; unfruitful; 
 sickly; withered, as a plant; stinted in 
 growing, as a child. 
 
 Pa-la-ka-he-la, adj. Pala and kaJida, 
 bent. Crooked ; curved ; having crooked 
 •legs or neck. 
 ■Palakakela ka a-i o MakaulEia, 
 He kiu ka makani, he alele booholo na Eokootau, 
 Ee knebu mai la iaka o Fehu, 
 Ike ke kanaka kahea uolo maksni. 
 
 Pa-la-ka-hu-ki, v. Paia and kaJatki, to 
 decay; to corrupt To corrupt; to putrefy, 
 as a dead body ; to be soft ; to rot Ses 
 Palahd and Kahuki. Sol. 10:7. 
 
 Pa-la-ka-htj-ki, adj. Soft; decayed, as 
 
 animal bodies ; p.utrid. 
 PatLA-ke, fidj. Mixed up of water and 
 
 other things; heavy; water-soaked, as kalo 
 
 or potatoes. 
 
 Pa-la-ke-a, s. a variety of kalo, 
 
 2. A kind of vegetable eaten in fame of 
 
 i3caroity. 
 Pa-la-ke-a, adj. Pala and kea, white. 
 
 Anything soft and white ; white ; clear ; 
 
 unclouded ; unshaded witrany color. ' 
 Pa-la-ki, v. To brush j to polish, as 
 
 a shoe ; to wash ; to cleanse. 
 2. To omear over ; to whitewash a wall. 
 Pa-la-ki, s. Eng. A brush generally. 
 Pa-la-ki-o, s. Pala and kio, excrement 
 
 from a soi'e. The name of a disease con- 
 
PAL 
 
 445 
 
 PAL 
 
 nccted with lascjivlouiiaess; he mai pala, 
 
 he mai baolo. 
 Pa-la-ki-ko, v. To steal, especially to 
 
 steal littl'i things ; to pilfer^ to take little 
 
 by little. Notb.— This appears to he a 
 
 motlern coined word: its deriration is not 
 
 apparent, except that kiko sigmfios to pick 
 
 up as a fowl eata food. ■• . 
 
 Pa-la-ki-ko, s. Theft J a stealing of 
 
 Btnall articleB ; pilfering. 
 Pa-la-ku, v. Pala and lot, to stand. 
 
 To be soft ; to be rotten, especially rotten 
 
 internally. 
 Pa-la-la, v. To tax the people for kapa, 
 
 poi, &c., on the birth of a youug chief. 
 , 2. K haki lala ka nalu, e kahi aoao. 
 Pa-la-la, *. A tax paid on the birth of 
 
 a chief. 
 
 2. A gift ; a present on the birth of a 
 child. 
 
 3. A wedding feast. Sin. 29:22. Also 
 connected with ahaaina. JJuk. 14:10. 
 
 4. A feast made by a chief for any pnr- 
 pose. Laieik. 88. 
 
 6. A tas paid to the chiefs for any pui- 
 pose ; he meapalala ia ka hulumanii o tax 
 'lii. 
 
 Pa-la-lau-ha-la, V. Pala, softne.ss, and 
 Umhala, a tree. To be weak; to be feeble; 
 to be infirm. 
 
 2. To walk, to see or to move with tiee-. 
 bleuesB. 
 < 3. To be old ; to be in the last stages of 
 
 life. 
 4. To swoon : to lie like one dead. 
 
 PA-LA-LAtJ-HA-LA, s. Weakness; infirm- 
 ity ; the foeble state and infirmities of old 
 age; the last stage of life of an old person. 
 
 Pa-la-LA-ha, V- Pa and laha, to spread 
 out. To be broad; to be widely extended. 
 See Palahalaha. 
 
 Pa-IiA-la-ju-lau, adj. See Palahala- 
 ' BALAU. Having leaves only, and no fmiit j 
 making a show of leaves, as a tree. 
 
 Pa-la-la-kai-mo-kct, s. A broad plaiaj 
 tend spread out 
 
 2. An extended land; a countr;;,,^f«ra- 
 tivdy, a kingdom. 
 
 Pa-la-la-io, adj< Pala, soft^. and lah, 
 below. Soft ; rotten, as kalo or bananas ; 
 applied to persons, sick; goft;^ dtseasea 
 with the pala ; applied, to a kingdom, with- 
 out strength. 
 
 Pa-la-le, v. To branch ou*; to project 
 out, 
 
 2. To put together conftisedly. 
 
 3. To speak indietmctl^ ; to make blun- 
 ders in speaking.; to veeiferate. 
 
 4. To work in a slovenly manner, 
 Pa-la-le, adj. Scattered; spread out; 
 
 lying confusedly so as to answer no pur- 
 pose, ^ the wheels of a watch when apart. 
 
 Pa-la-lei, s. The spreading of one's 
 kapa over the head of a chief on entering . 
 a house ; kapalalei o k6u kapa. 
 
 Pa-la-le-ha, y. Pala and leha, to lift 
 the eyes. To raise slowly the eyes; hence, 
 tobe'lazy; to be famt-hearted ; to be in- 
 dolent. Moo. To be slothful ; to be idle ; 
 to be careless. See Hoomolowa. Boopa- 
 Meha iho la kakoii i ka hana maikai. 
 
 Pa-la-Le-ha, adj, Hoo. Slothful; idle. 
 Sol. 10':4. • 
 
 Pa-la-li, v. Pa and Mi, soft. To sound 
 softly, as a flute or pipe ; e kani me he pu 
 hihio la. 
 
 Pa-la-lo-li, adj. Pala arid Mi, to 
 change. Changed from its original state ; 
 sott ; decayed ; corrupted ; rotten. See 
 
 PALALUHUXm. 
 
 Pa-la-L(7, v. Po^a, soft, and ^u, to scat- 
 toir. To burst out suddenly : to snort Vk9 
 a horse. 
 
 2. £ puhuluhulu, e palali. 
 
 3. Hoo. To imitate the paMu or voice df 
 the moko, &c., as men do. 
 
 Pa-la-lu, s. The noise of the dove as 
 made in the throat ; also the voice of the 
 mojto; applied also to other noises. 
 
 Pa-lA'LU-e-hu, adj, Pala and luchu, 
 soft. Soft; yielding^; flexible ;^oft, as a 
 ripe boll ; rotten; corrapt, as decaying 
 animal oi: vQgeMle matt». See Falaea- 
 
 BBKL. 
 
 PA-LA-m-Hi-E'-Hir, adj. Decayed; cor- 
 mpted'i soft. See Falauuj. 
 
 Pa-la-ma, s. Eng. A palm, name of a 
 tree ; the leaf of the tree. Ebik. 7:9. See 
 Fajma. 
 
 Pa-la-ma,. «. Po and Zoino, a torch. To 
 watch over; to gaard ; to keep guard, as 
 soldieca ;.to be guarded or watched over ; 
 e malamata me na koa e kijiiia. 
 
 PA-LA-atA., s. A watching J a guardii^, 
 2. A watch ; a ^iiard. 
 
 Pa-la-mai-ki, v. To gather up into a 
 bvmch, as a handkerchiefs 
 
 Pa-la-ioe-a, s. Plumpness; fatness, as 
 of an animal. 
 2; A pure, clear atmosphere,. 
 Z'. The spl.endid appearance of the heav- 
 enly bodies with the beautitUl bine of the 
 sky ; he aaka na mea ma ka lani, a uliuli 
 maikai mai ka lani,^ 
 
 Pa-la-sii-mo, V, Pala anitnimo, to move 
 softly. To move ofif Silently; to step aside 
 without noise ; to go or to move softly ; to 
 move gently; to be small; to enter, as a 
 bouse, without noise; e uuku, e komo pono. 
 
 Pa-la-mi-mo, adj. Quickly and easily 
 done ; moving easily without noise. 
 
 Pa-la-mo- A, ». A bluish cloud; seen in 
 the east in the mondn^ it was considered 
 
PAL 
 
 446 
 
 PAL 
 
 a >Bign of rain ; he papalaoa, he palamoa 
 he mau ouli ua ia. 
 
 Pa-la-nai, adj.*T^]at; not deep, as a 
 fiat dish ; flat, as a vessel or ship which is 
 not deep. 
 
 Pa-la-na-i-ki, f • Palana and iki, little. 
 To be small; to be confined to a small 
 space ; to te shrunk or curled up ; to fit a 
 place designed. 
 
 Pa-la-ne-he, v. Pala and neke, to rus- 
 tle. To be gentle ; to be soft and careful 
 io doing a thing ; to move softly, without 
 noise. 
 
 Pa-la-ne-he, «. Gentleness; upright- 
 ness ; quietness and g&tleness in doing a 
 thing ; silence and softness. 
 
 Pa-la-ne-he, adj. Gentle; good; with- 
 out noise : without confusion ; o ka hana 
 palaneJte ole, o ka lawe nihi. 
 
 Pa-la-ne-he-o-le, v. See Palanehe 
 and Ojle, not." To depart secretly; to van- 
 ish. 
 
 Pa-la-ne-he-0-le, adv. Silently; qui- 
 etly; unperceived. Note. — It is difficult 
 to see how palanehe and palaneheole shojild 
 convey the same idea of a still, quiet move- 
 ment ; the ole cannot have its usual mean- 
 ing of a negative. 
 
 Palaneheole ia 1 nalo 
 
 O loUlohl ku, ka loU lani— c. 
 
 Pa-la-ni, V. To skim; to dip lightly, 
 as an oar ; applied to rowing feebly ; aole 
 komo ka hoe, dip not deeply the paddle. . 
 2. To dig slightly, not deeply. 
 
 Pa-la-ni, adv. Lightly; feebly; kioe 
 p(Uani, skim a lUUe. 
 
 Pa-la-ni, adj. Sour, as a melon or other 
 fftiit partly eaten, the remainder left and it 
 becomes sour. 
 
 Pa-la-ni, v. To stink; a word of con- 
 tempt, applied to dirty, filthy personSjffom 
 the fact that the flsh jxriom stinks abomin- 
 ably. Palani was formerly applied to ser- 
 vants in distinction from chiefs ; ua kapaia 
 ka poe kauwa he pcUani, he hohono ke ano. 
 
 Pa-Ul-mi, t. The name of p. fish emit- 
 ting a very bad odor. 
 
 Pa-la-wi, «. Eng.__,T!he Hawaiian or- 
 .thography for barani, that is, brandy ; it 
 should always be written and printed Oo- 
 ■ r<ini. 
 
 Pa-la-ni, s. Bng. France, French or 
 a Frenchman; this word should always be 
 written and printed Mrani or .Virani, 
 Prance ; he kanaka Farani, a Frenchman. 
 
 Pa-la-ni, s. A species of sugar-cane. 
 
 Pa-la-ni, v. To soften. Heo. To paint; 
 to daub. 
 
 Pa-la-ni-oa, s. 
 
 Pa-la-pa-la, v. See Pala, to paint; to 
 
 spot. To stamp with marks, as in painting 
 or printing kapa. Note.— The figures, like 
 calico printing, were cut on pieces of wood 
 or bamboo, dipped in the. liquid coloring 
 matter and then impressed with ihe hand 
 on the kapa. 
 
 2. In modem times, to write ; to mark ; 
 to draw ; to paint. See Eaeac. 
 Pa-la-pa-la, s. Characters made by im- 
 pressing marks on kapa or paper like print- 
 ing or by writing with a pen ; hence, 
 
 2. A writing; a book eitlier written or 
 printed ; a manuscript. 
 
 3. An incription upon coins ; fiie hand- 
 writing of any one ; pdlapala Jumolde, the 
 Holy Scriptures. Note. — The whole sys- 
 
 . tern of instruction as first commenced at 
 
 these Islands was summarily called by the 
 
 Hawaiians the palapala. 
 Pa-la-pa-la, s. The name of a fish 
 
 found near 1)anks and shallow places. 
 2. The dead dry lauhala leaves ; he lan- 
 
 hala maloo wale. 
 Pa-jla-pa-lai, s. The name of a species 
 ' of fern. See Palai. 
 Pa-i<a-pa-la-k£-a, adj. FcHapala and 
 
 feea, white. Clear; bright; white; shining. 
 
 See Palaxea. 
 Pa-la-pa-la-ni, v. See Palani, to paint; 
 
 to soften. To paint or print kapa and put 
 
 out to dry. 
 Ea-la-po, adj. See Palaho. Botten; 
 
 decayed ; bad smelling. 
 Pa-la-po-ha-kh, adj. Small; feebly run- 
 ning, as a small stream of water ; he wahi 
 
 WM poiapoAoilEU. 
 Pa-la-puj v. To make a bruise or 
 
 wound. 
 2. To be soft to the toncb; to be 8(rft, as 
 
 a boil ripe for lancing. 
 Pa-la-pp, ff. Anything so soft as to nin, 
 
 as matter from a boil. 
 
 2. Softness, as meat or flesh brviscd to a 
 jelly. 
 
 3. A wound or bruise. Pufc. 21:25. A 
 strijie; the wound of a whip or scourge. 
 Tsa. 53:6. 
 
 Pa-la-wai, s. a species of limu or sea- 
 grass. 
 2. He wahi wai e palapohaku. 
 
 Pa-la-wai-ki, adj. Nice ; neatly done; 
 polite ; done wit£ taste. 
 
 Pa-la-we-ka, «. Vain work; mucii 
 labor and no fruit; applied to fishing all 
 night and catching nouiing: o kahana pqa 
 he-ahe o ua kula wela aei, hoi patowfca 
 ole onkou o kahi hulilau. 
 
 Pa-le, s. a sheath} an outer garment; 
 
 an apron ; a veil ; a ourWi. Pufc. 26:2. 
 
 2. Anything that defends or wards off; 
 
 a partition; the bones are a defense to the 
 
 breun, the- ribs to the vital?, &o< MiA, 1. 
 
PAL 
 
 447 
 
 PAL 
 
 3.. A division; a dividing lire; a bound- 
 ary line. PuJc. 8:19. 
 
 4. An interval of time. 
 
 6. Fio. A convalescent person', i. e., one 
 whose sickness is warded off. 
 
 6. The upper rim sewed to a canoe. 
 Fa-ve, u lo refuse; to stand in the 
 way; to binder. 
 
 % To defend .off; to parry, aa in the 
 sword exercise ; to ward off. It'ah. 26:8. 
 
 3. To strike agaiqst ; to be opposite to ; 
 to oppose; to resist. 2 OOU. 29:11. To 
 fend off a blow, as in boxing. LaiHk. 41. 
 
 ,4. To make void, as a law ; to torn into 
 Another maaDing firom the one designed ; 
 to mifuntorpret. 
 
 6. To render useless ; to fall npon one ; 
 palB ka poho, aohe pono i koe, it is useless, 
 we need not try again. LaiMk. '67. 
 ' 6. To deliver, as a midwife. 
 
 I. Hoo. To resist ; to reject ; to strive 
 
 agidnst. 
 
 • 8. To cover up; to overlay. 1 OiM. 29:4. 
 
 Pale ka pono. An adverbial phrase. 
 
 Laieik. J40, To refuse obedience to a re- 
 
 ^iwst; to listen to no advice; to pay ne 
 
 attention to what is right. 
 
 Pa-le:,-o4/. Hindering; separating; op- 
 
 Pa-le-o, v. Pa and feo, voice. To con- 
 verse' together^ tO' donverse together, as 
 several persons; to utter or express some- 
 thing with the- voice. 
 
 Pa-ee-o-le-o-a^ ) ^, pjj a„,j ledeoa, to 
 
 PA^fc-o-liE-o-w-A, ) wish cviL To listen 
 to vile language f to speak reproaclifiiUy 
 of another; to curser another by wishing 
 him- dead;: to blackguard. 
 
 PA-tB-oHPTJ-Af V. To pardon one's of- 
 fenses, as the priest in former times by of- 
 fering: a sacrifice ; e kala,.e wailua, epaU- 
 cpua. ^ 
 
 PA-x,E-tr-Hli s. Pale and idii, to cover 
 up. A covering; a veil;: an article of con- 
 cealment: Mah. 4£. 
 
 Pa-le-u-hai^ma, s. Pide and umauma, 
 the breast. A breast plate ; an armor of 
 defense, ha. 59:17. 
 
 PA-LE-O-lffATT-MA-U-NA-Ht, Si Pok, UmOU- 
 ma and uruM, the scale of a fish. Abrig- 
 andine; an armor of defense; a coat of 
 mail. /«»•. 51j3. 
 
 Pa-le-he, V. To be slack ;;to be loose; 
 to hang loosely ; to shake ; to vibrate ; e 
 paleke, e alualu, o oloolo, e baaluea, po- 
 hemo. See Folkrrlehe. 
 
 Pa^iue-kai, s. PafeandAaz,thesea. The 
 
 ' railing or bulwark of a vessel; a ku iho la 
 ma kapalekai, when he stood upon the bul- 
 imrk. 
 
 PA-LErKAU-A, s. Pale and kaua, war. 
 A shield ; defensive armor. 1 8am,. 17:41. 
 
 Pa-le-ka-na, 0. To rest; to feel secure 
 
 from danger; to breathe tteeij, i.e.,to feel 
 
 secure or safe; to be dafe, i. e., to have 
 
 made an escape. JM. 119:117, 
 Pa-le-ka-na, s. One who has escaped 
 
 from danger or secure from it. 
 Pa-le-ka-na, adj. Safe; in a state of 
 
 safety from danger; escaped from danger; 
 
 palekana, pau ka makau, pan ka luhi, pan 
 
 lea hole ana i ka hana. 
 Pa-le-ke-i-ki, v. Pak and keiki, child. 
 
 To deliver'a child ;. to act the midwife. 
 Pa-le-ke-i-ki, s. One who acts as a 
 
 midwife ; a midwife. Kin. 38:28. 
 Pa^le-la, v. Pale and la, day. To be 
 
 idle ; to be lazy ; to refhse to work. Pvk. 
 
 6:17. 
 Pa-le-la, s. Laziness ; indolence. 
 Pa-le-la, adj. Lazy; going about idly ; 
 
 sauntering here and there ; contemptuous, 
 Pa-le-le, v. Pa and Me, separated. To 
 
 put in another place, as when there is no 
 
 place vacant ; e hele a j)oMe wale aku, go 
 
 and put it somewhere else ; the same as e 
 
 wdilw aku. nva kahi e. 
 
 2. To stammer, as when one trios to 
 speak and cannot get the word out. 
 
 Pa-le-le, adj. Stammering; he leo^- 
 Ide; applied also to dropping water. 
 
 Pa-le^lu-a, s. The second veil or par- 
 tition in the temple of Solomon. Heb. 9:3. 
 
 Pa-le-ma-i, s. Pcde a.nA mai. An under- 
 shirt ; lolcwawae palemai, drawers. 
 
 Pa-le-ma-ka; s. Pide and maht, face. 
 A veil; a covering for the face. iSn. 38:14. 
 
 Pa-le-mo, v. To sink down, as into 
 water; to be lost, i. e., to be sunk in the 
 sea or mud. Hal. 69:2.- To plunge out of 
 sight, 
 
 2." To move the bead up and down, as 
 fighting cocks beford they spring at eacn 
 other, 
 
 3. Hoo. Tocastdown; tohnri; tothrow. 
 Pa-le-mo, s. The name of a fish. 
 Pa-le-na, *. Pole and anof, a dividing 
 
 off, A border or boundary. Kin. 49:13. 
 A dividing line between two parts or 
 places. 
 • 2. Name of people formerly in Kohala, 
 a particular class of men under Kameha- 
 meha, some chiefs,, some common people. 
 
 Pa-le-na-ai-na, s. Palena and airm, 
 
 land. The boundary of aland. iVo/i. 33:.S7. 
 Pa-le-pa-le, s. See Pale 6. The upper 
 
 rim sewed to a canoe ; the lower or first 
 
 one is moe. See Paupall 
 Pa-ie-?a-le, v. See Pale. To defend 
 
 off; to separate. 
 Pa-le-po, s. Pa, fence, and lepo, earth. 
 
 An earth fence, i..e.^an adobie wall. 
 
PAL 
 
 448 
 
 PAL 
 
 Pi-ii-swA-WAE, s. Pale Aniwawae,leg. 
 Greaves; defensive armor for the legs. 
 Iso. 9:4. ! 
 
 Pa-li, s. a precipice; the side of a 
 steep ravine ; a steep bill. Pvk. 14:22. 
 Whatever stands np like a precipice. 
 
 Pa-li, edj. Full of deep ravines or pre- 
 cipitate hills ; he aimi pali.' 
 
 Pa-li-ka-ti-lti, v. To fall, as heavyrain 
 and wind down a ptecipice ; to shower 
 dfliwii, as rdia and wuid ; paUhadu ole ka 
 lani. Laieik. 175. ^ 
 
 PA-Li-KA-c-ttr-o-LE-KA-iA-Ni. A phrase 
 rather than a word, meaning a clear serene 
 skj ; no clouds ; sU mild above. 
 
 Pa-li-kc, s. The name of an ancient 
 
 'order of priests on Hawaii, who are said to 
 liave come originally from Paliilai, a for- 
 eign countiy; another order was called 
 ^ NcUu. 
 
 Pa-li-u, b. To fear j to be in a tremor. 
 - 2. To, throw up, as on a fence ; to tibrpw 
 ashore, as from a boat or canoe, . 
 
 Pa-li-li, *. Kalo floating up on the 
 sid^s of the patch ; the refuse kalo after 
 the good is taken. 
 
 Pa-li-lo-a, s. a kind of cloud that lies 
 low near the shore; the same as kakai. 
 
 Pa-li-ma, adj. Hana hou i hale paiJOTa. 
 
 Pa-li-pa-li, adj. Steep down hiU, or up 
 and down ; a ma kahi palipaH i holo kiki 
 ai ka waa. 
 
 Pa-li-pa-li, s. The upper board on the 
 side of a canoe to keep the water out See 
 Paiepale. 
 
 Pa-lo, v. To live idly; e noho wale; 
 loea hana ole ka manawa. 
 _ 2. To act the hypocrite ; to be hypocrit- 
 ical. Soo. The same. 
 
 Pa-lo-a, s. a kind of fish net; called 
 also the npenapoftiMipoi.' 
 
 Pa-loo, adv. Thunder without rain; 
 thundering only; i kjli paioo ka hekili. 
 Laieik. 178. 
 
 Pa-lo-ke, • U. £b^. TheHawai- 
 
 rA-Lo-EErLo-KE, J jan pronunciation of 
 the word broke. To b^jak; more gener- 
 ally written poloke and pohkeloke. These 
 words correspond to the Hawaiian words 
 naJia and hat Sea Poloke. 
 
 PAr;u)-LA-Lo-LA, adj. See LoLA and Lo- 
 LALOLA. Palsied; helpless; stiff; awkward; 
 
 Pa-lo-lo, v. To deceive; to lie; waha- 
 hee, alapahi ; to circumvent. 
 
 Pa-lo-lo, s. See the verb. A lie; a de- 
 ceiving ; false information.' 
 
 Pa-lo-lo, s. Sticky mud; adhesive dirt ; 
 hard mud ; a whitish clay of the Islands ; 
 clay mortar. Puk. 1 ;14 
 
 Pa-lo-lo, adj. Skilled in language' or 
 in speaking ; fluent ; branching out 
 
 Pa-lo-lo-lo, adj. Solid or hard, as the 
 ditt ; helepo palololo. 
 
 Pa-li;, v. To lick; to lap; to lap water 
 with the tongue, as a dog. Lunk. 7:5. Fio. 
 To lick the dnst, that is, to-be greatly de- 
 graded. . Isa. 49:23. To destroy, as an en- 
 emy, j^ah. 22:4. 
 
 Pa-ltt, s. The, entrtifis of fish used in 
 tamiog fish. 
 
 2. The action of an ox's tongue in eating 
 grass. 
 
 3. An eating up; a devouring. Nah. 
 22:4. 
 
 4. Name of a species of fish. _ 
 Pa-lit, adj. Soft; gentle; kind; flexi- 
 ble. See Palupalu. 
 
 Pa-lu-a, adj. Pa, distributive particle, 
 and lua, two. Double ; twofold ; two by 
 two. 
 
 PatLU-a, v. To double ; to give two 
 shares ; to dispose of two by two. 
 
 Pa-lu-hbe, 0. Palu and kee, to flow, 
 To soften; to cook so as to be soft; to flow. 
 
 Pa-lv-hi, v. Pa and bihi, heavy ;^ fa- 
 tigued. To oppress ; to tyrannize over. 
 
 Pa-lu-hi, adj. Oppressed; weary from 
 labor or exertions. • ' 
 
 Pa-lu-ka-lu-ka, s. Thenamepf afi.-ih. 
 See Pauuuuuu. 
 2. The slimy matter of stools. 
 
 Pa-lu-kd, v. Pa and lufcu, to destroy. 
 To strike, as a hammer on an anvil. 
 
 2. To pound solid, as the bottom of a 
 kalo patoh with stooes. 
 
 3. Fig. To knock down ; to overthrow; 
 aloha oe, e ka naauao, ka mea nana e ^- 
 Ivku i na kii. 
 
 4. To beat; to break in pieces, as stones 
 in the road. 
 
 5. To beat another. 
 
 Pa-lu-ku, adv. Heavily; severely, as 
 
 in striking heavy blows. 
 PA-m-KU-ni-KU, e. See Paluku. To 
 
 bruise the head ; the same as paopao; to 
 
 strike ; to hit. 
 Pa-lu-la, s. Art. ke. The leaf of the 
 , sweet potato. 
 
 2. A dish offood made by roasting sweet 
 
 potato leaves with hot stones. 
 Pa-lu-la, adj. Still; calm; quiet, as 
 
 in the lull of the wind, ' 
 
 Pa-l0-le, s. Name of the loose under 
 
 farment for men j a shirt ; pahde onionio. 
 '«fc.28:4. Abroidered coat; helolokomc 
 kane. 
 2.' Soft cotton or woolen cloth. 
 Pa-lu-lit, v. To resist; to stand against; 
 to oppose. See Kolulu. To refrain from 
 weeping when on6 is much affected; a pa- 
 
PAN 
 
 449 
 
 PAN 
 
 2uZu ae la i kona mau maka imua o keana- 
 ina. Laieik. 194, 
 
 2. To tremble'; to ehake ; to moTe ; to 
 cause a tremor. 
 
 Pa-lu-nu, s. Name of a creeping plant 
 like the koali. 
 
 Pa-lu-pa-lu, v. See Palo. To be ten- 
 der; to be soft; to be weak; to be flexible. 
 
 2. To.be tender«itber physically or mor- 
 ally ; to be enfeebled, as Uie body. 2 Sam. 
 4:1. Ua pahipaM^e keiki, the child is/ee- 
 lle ,- ua pdlupcdu kona naau, be is iendw 
 hearted. - 
 
 3. Soo. To soften ; to fatten ; to make 
 weak. 
 
 Pa-ltj-pa-lu, s. Tenderness; softness; 
 
 flexibility ; weakness ; want of strength. 
 2. The name of a p9.-a colored yellow. - 
 Pa-lu-pa-i.u, adj. Weak; feeble; soft. 
 
 Kin. 33:13. Pliable; limber; tender. Kafd. 
 
 28:o4. Large, fat and weak. See Folcifolu. 
 Pa-ma, adj. JEng. See Palama. Of or 
 
 belonging to the palm tree. Kanl. 34:3. 
 
 hattR pama. See also Puk. 15:27. 
 
 Pa-ma-ke, s. Pa and make, death. 
 Deaths often repeated, as'one dies after an- 
 other as in a time of general sickness ; be 
 . ola wale no ka Biai, aole pamake iki na 
 kanaka. See Paola. 
 
 Pa-ma-loo, adb. See Paloo. Thunder- 
 ing without rain, especially if the weather 
 is cood ; aia a lohe aku kakou i ka heldli 
 kai pamaloo. Laieik. 181. 
 
 Pa-na, v. To shoot out; to shoot, as an 
 arrow. H<rf. 11:2. The whole form is jjona 
 pm. Nah. 21:30. To shoot at; i oje e 
 aihueia (M iwi) a hanua i mea pana iole, 
 that (the bones) might not be stolen and 
 made into instruments tor shooting mice. 
 Note. — ijnong Hawaiians formerly, the 
 
 greatest contempt a person could snow of 
 is enemy was,, to procure some of his 
 bones after he was dead, and make them 
 into fish-hooks for taking fikh or arrow beads 
 for shooting mice. 
 
 2. To snap, as a person snaps with his 
 finger on any substance. 
 
 3. To spread out ; to open. 
 
 4. To excite ; to raise up ; to cast ; to 
 ^ throw. 
 
 6. To give a name or appellation. 
 
 Pa-na, s. The act of shooting an arrow. 
 
 2. The act of the arrow in flying from the 
 bow to the object. 
 
 3. A bow to shoot with ; a cross bo* ; 
 kanaka jxina pua, an archer. lSam.il:3. 
 He mau mea pana, Jiunting instruments. 
 mn. 27A 
 
 4. A portion of land less than an aina. 
 See Apaka, a piece. 
 
 5. The. pulse; nawaliwali ka pana, the 
 pulse is feeble. 
 
 57 
 
 Pa-na-pu-a, s. Pana and pua, arro'w. 
 
 A shooter of arrows; anarcher. 106.16:13, 
 Pa-kai, f . To put one thing in the 
 
 place of another, i. e.-, to compensate for 
 
 sumething lost. 
 
 2. To give a substitute; to redeem. ' Pttfc. 
 13:13. 
 
 3. To buy one's liberty; to pay i re- 
 deeming price; to exchange prisoners. Jsa. 
 43:4. 
 
 »_4, To fit one thing to another, as one 
 piece of- cloth to another ; to corer up a 
 defect, as with a patch, 
 
 5. To stitch together ; to splice on. 
 
 6. To graft; e panai aku; the samd aS' 
 palmi. 
 
 Pa-nai, s. a tiling substituted for an- 
 other ; a substitute. S^ah. 3:41. 
 
 2. A ransom ; ft price paid for redeem- 
 ing. Jsa. 43:3. S?n. wi^ uku panaL 
 
 3. A surety for one. Sin. 43:9. Hepoe 
 parud, hostages. 2 Oihl. 25:24. 
 
 Pa-nai, adj. Closing up an entrance; 
 filling a place wanting; «ntering the place 
 of another ; substiluted ; redeemed. Nah, 
 3:49. 
 
 Pa-na-1-o-le, s. Lit. A shooting of 
 mice ; an ancient pastime among Hawai- 
 iaixs. 
 
 Pa-na-i-ki, adv. Diagonally; from cor- 
 ner to corner ; e opiopi panaiki, the same 
 as opiopi lepe, to fold up catacorneredi 
 
 Pa-nai-nai, v. See Panai. To lengthen 
 anything out when not long enough; to 
 piece a' thing, as kapa when not broad 
 «nough; to splice; to lengthen out by 
 splicing. See Pakuikcl 
 
 Pa-nac, «. To be restle?s; to be un- 
 easy ; to act the gad-a^bout ; to go about 
 from house to house or from place to place; 
 to act ; to exert one's self. Anat. 27. 
 
 Pa-nao-a, adj. Weak; frail; appliedtO' 
 persons or things; nearly synonymous wltb 
 mamai; he auwaapaiiaua la. 
 
 Pa-nau-e-a, v. To be poor or thin ia 
 flesh ; to be very lean. 
 
 2. To be feeble.in walking about. , 
 
 3, To go slowly or carefully. 
 
 Pa-nau-e-a, adj. Thin; poor in flesh; 
 
 2. Slow; tardy; dilatory. 
 Pa-na-kai, adj. Leaning; crooked; 
 rough in motion ; ke ike nei au ua mimo, 
 vt& panakai ole.' 
 
 Pa-na-la-ao, *. A possession, of land 
 out of one's own place of residence ; holo 
 O Kamdiameha e nana i kona aupuni, a e 
 ai i kotmparmiaau, Kamehameha sailed to 
 look at his lungdom and to eat (enjoy)r ids 
 tolonies, i. e., receive tb»'frujts or taxes of 
 them. - 
 
PAN 
 
 450 
 
 PAN 
 
 2.. A province; a dependency. Ezer. 
 4:15. 
 
 3. A land gained by conquest ; he aina 
 i lilo ma ke kaua. 
 
 Pa-na-le-a, adj. Pleasantly; with plsas- 
 ure, as in dancing, in practicing, the hula ; 
 me he bnla panSea la' i haa mai la. Fana- 
 Ua ka ua i kai o Hilo. 
 
 Pa-na-na, v. To row a canoe irregu- 
 larly ; to sail Crookedly ; to go here and 
 tliere ; to go beyond the place intenjjed ; 
 to exhibit great awkwardness in steering 
 . a canoe or vessel. 
 
 Pa-na-na, s. Pa and nar^a, to look. A 
 compass, especially a mariner's compass. 
 
 2. A pilot ; one who directs the sailing 
 of a vessel ; he mea kuhikuhi" holomoku. 
 
 Pa-na-nai, v. To touch or strike softly. 
 
 Pa-wa-pa-na, v. See Pana. To snap 
 with the thumb and finger. 
 
 2. To shoot, as a marble; lec!ea kamalii 
 i ka pwmpana hua. 
 
 Pa-na-pa-na-ni-au, s. The name of a 
 play or pastime anciently in practice, 
 
 Pa-na-pa-na-pu-hi> s. Name of a shell- 
 fish. 
 
 Pa-na-poo, v. Pana, to strike, and poo, 
 head. To strike or scratch one's head, to 
 cause himself to remember something for- 
 gotten; oia iho la no ka ko'u wabi Siparui- 
 poo i noonoo iho ai. 
 
 Pa-ne, v. To open, as the- mouth pre- 
 paratory to speak. lob. 3:1. To utter; to 
 speak. 
 
 2. To speak in reply. Puk. 19:19. To 
 answer; to answer a question. Kin. 44:16. 
 To answer to a call. lob. 5:1. 
 
 3. To speak first; to reply back and forth, 
 as in conversation. 
 
 4. To strike upon the ear, as a voice ; 
 pane oh, dumb ; silent. 
 
 Pa-ne, s. The joining of the head with 
 the bones of the neck ; he hookuina o ka 
 iwi poo me ka iwi a-i. See Pakepoo. 
 Pa-nee, v. Pa and nee, to move along. 
 -To move along ; to drive back ; to push 
 out; to shove along, as a canoe on the 
 sand ; panft akn la i ka waa i kai, they 
 pushM off the canoe into the sea ; to move 
 slowly, as in ascending a hill or pali; pa- 
 7t«e i ka pali. 
 
 2. To wait a little ; to delay. 
 
 3.' To pass away; to be transient ; to be 
 vanishing. 1 loam. 2:17. , 
 
 4. Hoo. To drive back ; to thrust at ; to 
 push a thing out of its place. 
 
 5. To delay; to procrastinate. Kin. 34:19. 
 To put off the time ; to proei-astinate ; hal 
 mai oia (o Liholiho) i kona manao e hoo- 
 panee akn i ka mibi. 
 
 Pa-nee, adj. By interest; what is 
 gained for the use of money as interest ; 
 
 money gained by patting off payment. Isa, 
 56:11. Waiwai jMnee. See Ukiihoopakeb. 
 
 Pa-ne-e-ha, v. To haul along; to drag; 
 to move slowly. 
 
 Pa-nee-nee, v. To move little by lit- 
 tle ; to go ahead ; to excel. 
 
 Pa-ne-poo, s. Pawe and poo, head. The 
 occiput or hinder part of the head. See 
 Pane. 
 
 Pa-ne-pa-ne, v. See Pane. To answer 
 back; to quarrel j to scold; to be angry; 
 to express anger in v/ords. 
 
 Pa-ni, !>. See PanAi, to put something 
 In a vacancy or in the place of soihething 
 removed. To close up an opening; to shut, 
 as a window ; to shut, as the door of a 
 house ; as the gate .of a oitjr. los. 2:5, 7. 
 To shut off, as the light of the sun ; ka 
 manu nana e pani ka la. Zaidk. 175. 
 
 2. To supply a deficiency; to supply a 
 vacancy ; e pani i i-^ Jwkaliaka, to fill the 
 breach ; to x)nt one thing in the place of 
 another; a ^cnuia iho la ka hilabilaameka 
 makan ma ka hakahaka o ka huhu, shame 
 and fear took the place of anger. Zaieik. 
 203. 
 
 3. Hoo. To close up; to fasten; to muz- 
 zle the mouth. 1 Tim. 5:18. 
 
 Pa-ni, s. Art. ke. Something filling a 
 vacancy; that which fills or takes the place 
 of anotiier person or thing. JiaJu 32:14. 
 
 2. That which closes an entrance, its (he 
 door of a hpuse, the shutter of a'^window, 
 the gate of a city, the stopper of a bottle, 
 &c. Mai. 24:7. Nui ka .poe i make i ke 
 pani. 
 
 Pa-ni, *. Eng. A pan. 
 
 Pa-ni-a, t). See Pani. PoTtia is for pa- 
 niia, to be shut up. Me he mea la i prniia 
 mai ka waimaka. Laieik. 142. 
 
 Pa-ni-o, v. To spot; to paint in spots; 
 
 to variegate, as colors ; to write. 
 Pa-ni-o-ni-c, v. See Onio. To print a 
 
 kapa in gaudy colors ; to variegate in 
 
 colors: to dye with -different colors, but 
 
 more or less ga.udy. 
 Pa-ni-ha-ka, v. Pani a.ni haka, 9. spa.ce. 
 
 To fill a place or vacancy. 
 
 Pa-hi-ha-ka, *. A supply of a deficiency; 
 that which supplies something wanting; 
 more often doubled, thus, 
 
 Pa-ni-ha-«a-ha-ka, v. To fill a vacancy; 
 to supply or fill a deficiency ; adverbiatty. 
 in the place of; to supply a deficiency.- 
 Sin. 4:25. 
 
 Pa-ni-ha-ica-ha-ka, s: One acting in the 
 place of another.^ Kin. 30:2. - " 
 
 Pa-ni-ki, v. Pa and nihi, to turn side- 
 ways. To wound slightly ; to roff up the 
 skin ; to rub over ; e mabinu. 
 
PAN 
 
 451 
 
 PAP 
 
 Pa-ki-eo-lo-a, s. The name of a kind 
 of fish. 
 
 Pa-ni-ki, «. CoIprJng matter ; a dye for 
 coloring kapas ; wai boohiaaliiati. 
 
 Pa-ni-na, *. The youngest bora; the 
 youngest of a family of child ren ; the young- 
 est 6mld as hiapo is tbe oldest ; ka pokii. 
 
 2. A breaking o£F or cutting short. 
 
 3. thepani ana: the shutting up, i. e., 
 tiopauifim of the lumau ana. 
 
 Pa-ni-na, adj. Having great cheeks, as 
 
 a man. 
 Pa-ni-ni-0, v. To color or dye with gay 
 
 colors,; to paint or print as the kUoha'm 
 
 was formerly printed. See Paotonio. 
 Pa-ni-pa-ni, v. See Pani. To strike; 
 
 to strike back, as an echo ; to echo. See 
 
 PiNAI. 
 
 2. (A lascivious word.) To prostitute : 
 to commit adultery for pay ; said to be of 
 Chinese origin Vy, Cbamisso. 
 Pa-ni-puj J. Piini and pu, a gun. The 
 
 wad of a. gun- 
 
 Pa-ni-pu-ica, *. Fani and puka, an en- 
 trance. That which closes an entrance; a 
 door of a house ; the gate of a city or a 
 yard. Neh. 1:3. 
 
 Pic-Ni-pu-KA, s. A beggar, because beg- 
 gars often took a seat in the door. 
 
 Pa-nI'PU-pu, s. P«iMiand;pM^,abunch. 
 An eye-stone. 
 
 Pa-no, adj. Black ; deep blue ; deep 
 dark colored, as heavy, clouds ; dark, as 
 the appearance of a fatbomless abyss. 
 
 Pa-no.-a, 0. To malte dry; to make sol- 
 itary, as a dry, barren, desolate place. Z^. 
 2:13. 
 
 Pa-no-a, s. a wild desert place ; a d 
 desert. 
 
 2. A deep place ; a cavern. See Pano. 
 
 3. A name applied to a woman who can- 
 not obtain a husband ; or having a hus- 
 band, is barren and has no-children. 
 
 Pa-no-a, adj. Dry ; applied to a place 
 1 Qarched witli drought, without water, where 
 
 no vegetable grows, where no seed will 
 
 vegetate. 
 Pa-no-a-no-u, v. To- be wet in spots, 
 
 i. e., damp, as earth, and dry in spots-; e 
 
 huli mau ia, e loli ia, e ku e kuu. 
 Fa-no-e-a, adj. Dilatory; slow. 
 Pa-noo-no6, v. To be without fish, as 
 
 the sea beach ; panoonooia kahakai e ka 
 
 lawaia moku ke alii. 
 Pa-no-no-no, s. That which is full of 
 
 holes or cracks. 
 Pa-no-no-no, adj. Full of holes ; full of 
 
 cracks. See Hanonono and Hakonanona. 
 Pa-no-pau, adj. See Pana. Black; so 
 
 black as to have a gloss; glistening black. 
 
 Pa-no-pau, s. See Paso. Black streaks 
 in the grains of wood. , 
 
 Pa-no-pa-no, adj. Intensive of pano. 
 Thick ; dense, as a 6loud ; black ; glossy 
 black. Puk.l9:9: SeePAi'ANo. Dark bine; 
 hence, beautifnl; grand; splendidly at- 
 tired ; excellent 
 
 Pa-no-pa-no, s. Blackness ; a deep blue 
 color; shining jet blackncsg, 
 
 Pa-nciu, adj. Growing thriftily, as young 
 
 plants, while yet young ; panlni, pohnku. 
 
 J, s. Na ' ' 
 
 offish. 
 
 Pa-nu-hu-nu-hu, s. Name of a species 
 
 Pa-pa. A reduplication of the distrib- 
 utive particle pa. See Pa. It is often used 
 as a verb ; as, e papa lua, to make two- 
 fold, to put two together ; e papa kolu, e 
 ■ papa ha, Ac. See Palca, Pakolu, &c. 
 
 Pa-ja, s. See Pa, s. Applied to many 
 substances having a flat, smooth surface, as 
 a flat, smooth stone, a board, a plank, a 
 table, a flat wooden dish, a plate. Pvk. 
 39:30. . Popo' pohalni, a slate ; papa kana- 
 wai, tables of the law. Puk. 25:16. Pa]^ 
 ai, papa aina, an eating table ;,.papa will 
 ai, a poi board; papa manamana pukapuka, 
 a grate of net woA:. Puk. 38:4. A wafer; 
 a flat cake. Puk. 29:2. Papo konane, a 
 board for the game of konane. ZaieOc. 115. 
 
 Pa-pa, s. A r»v? ; a rahk ; a company 
 standing or setting in a row; hence, a mil- 
 itary band ; a division of people ; a sect ; 
 an order; papa inoa, a. catalogue of names; 
 a particular office, secular or ecclesiastical; 
 a native born in ^ place; astoryinabuild- 
 .ing ; popo lalo, papa waena, papa luna, 
 lower, middle and upper stories of a build- 
 ing. Kin. 6:16. 
 
 Pa-pa, s. An ancestor some generations 
 back ; a race ; a family. 
 
 Pa-pa, s. The wife of Akea or Wakea. 
 the fabled mother of the Inlands and of 
 men on tdbem. See Opapa. Na Papa ka 
 haku akea o Lono. 
 
 Pa-pa, s. A species of fish; a small 
 crab, a species of the paiea. 
 
 2. A term used in relation to a fish net. 
 
 3. A scab ; a shell ; a slice or piece ; 
 papa kale, a piece of kalo ; papa ipu, a 
 piece of melon. 
 
 4. Name of a species of soft stone. 
 Pa-pa, s. Name of a certain class of 
 
 Kamehameba'^ laws. 
 Pa-pa, v. To prohibit; to forbid. Note. 
 The language or the words of the prohibi- 
 tion generally fpllow. To rebuke ; to re- 
 prove. Sin. 37:10. To adjure; to request 
 in strong terms. AaA, J 1:28. 
 
 2. To erect a shade or screen to prevent 
 the light or heat of the sun. See Papaj, s. 
 
 3. To shine, as the sun, i. e., to create 
 light and heat. 
 
PAP 
 
 452 
 
 PAP 
 
 Pa-pa, adj. Perhaps old; ancient; 
 
 former times. 
 Pa-paa, v. Pa and paa, tight. To hold 
 
 tight; to refuse to give up. 
 
 2. ITsed for paapaa, to be dry ; to be 
 parched, as the tori'gue with thirst. Isa. 
 41:17. . 
 
 3. To burn ; to burn freely; to be burnt 
 up ; to be consumed ; e welawela. 
 
 Pa-paa, adj. Tight; secure, as an in- 
 closure of any Hnd. 
 
 2. Storing; securing; kulanakauhalejxi- 
 paa, a store city. 2 OiU. 8:6. 
 
 3: Strong; fenced, as a city. Pafc. 1;11. 
 Hale papaa, a stof e-house. 
 
 Pa-paa, s. Anything hard or compact; 
 as, papaa lepo, a clod. lob. 7:6. 
 
 Pa-pa-ai-na,i s. Papa, table, and aina, 
 eating. 'A table. Pvic. 25-.23. An eating 
 table. . 
 
 Pa-pa-a-eai, V. To wither, as a vegeta- 
 ble ; to bear no fruit ; to dry up ; to be 
 killed by insecte. 
 
 2. To be white on the surface like a salt 
 1>ond; to become white, as salt granulating. 
 
 Pa-ta-a-Ka-hi, «. Papa &niakaki, one; 
 &8t. The first border or rank. 
 
 'Pa-pa-a-ke«a, s. The name of the soft 
 white stone above Labainaluna. 
 
 Pa-pa-a-la, s. The hot season; a time 
 of drought; a time of famine; a time of no 
 rain when all is parched wltli the sun ; ka 
 wa ua ame ka papaala. 
 
 Pa-pa-a-ltj-a, adv. Doubly; two to- 
 gether ; two by two. ^Ji. 7:15. See Pa- 
 
 UJA. 
 
 Pa-pa-a-na, t>. To be quick, as in gain- 
 ing strength after sickness ; papaana oe i 
 ka nni, yon have grown fleshy quickly ; to 
 hasten. Eai. 22:19. 
 
 2. To be at ease; to rest; to breathe 
 freely. 
 ' 3. To escape from danger. 
 
 4. To overcome ; to conquer. 
 
 5. Tolay akapn; to prohibit. See Papa. 
 
 6. To govern ; to establish laws. 
 Pa-pa-a-na, adj. Resting; confiding; 
 
 comfortable; satisfied; overcoming di&- 
 culties. 
 
 Pa-pa-a-poo, s. The name of the com- 
 pany of men sent out first from an army to 
 plunder, to commit murder, steal men,&c.; 
 understood as a commencement of hostili- 
 ties and a declaration of war. 
 
 Pa-paa-pu, v. To wound; to hurt; to 
 make a sore. 
 
 Pa-paa-be-rk-na, s. Papaa aniberena 
 (,Eng-), bread. A wafer. Oii*. 8:26. 
 
 Pa-pai, s. See Papa, shade. A tempo- 
 rary partition of a house; a house or room 
 for playing a game ; papai kilu. Laieik. 
 
 121. A screen ; a roof on all sides ; a 
 slight slender house or shed. 
 
 2. A species of crab-fish. 
 
 3. He kikalapai, he pananai, he papa. 
 Pa-pai, v. Pa and pai, to strike. To 
 
 smite with the open hand ; to strike. 
 
 2. To strike gently; to touch. jTiiin. 32:25. 
 
 3. To thatch a house or building with 
 grass. Note. — In the act of thatching, 
 Hawaiians in drawing the string tightly 
 around a handfiil of grass give it a blow 
 with the left hand. 
 
 4. To drive off or expel a tenant from ■ 
 his house and land j to drive off; to ban- 
 ish; a common punishment informer times 
 for real or imaginary offenses. 
 
 5. To make a solemn promise ; to take 
 an oath; e hoohiki ma ka ae ana; e pai na 
 lima, ae na waha, the hands sl/rike, the 
 mouths assent. - 
 
 Pa-pai-a, *. A foreign word. The cus- 
 tard apple; the pawpaw; the carica papaya; 
 ka milikam, ka hei. 
 
 Pa-pai-a-a-wa, *. A foraa of worshiping 
 the gods. See Pakiki. 
 
 Pa-pai-a-wa, ». To clap the hands while 
 singing and prai^g the gods ; i kela wa, 
 papaiawa ae la o Aiwohikupua me kona 
 mau kaukaualii. laieik. 109. 
 
 Pa-PAI-E-U. 
 
 Pa-pai-o, v. To set up the akua maka- 
 hiki (the year god) and carry him off; jw- 
 pdio la ke akua a hele aku. 
 
 Pa-pai-ho, p. To set up above ; to fix 
 up on high ; e kau iho maluna ibo. 
 
 Pa-pai-la-nai, s. The name of a species 
 of small crab. 
 
 Pa-pa-i-na, v. Pa and paina, to eat. 
 ' To eat ; to eat upon a table. 
 
 2. To break, as glass or crockery; to be 
 brittle. 
 
 3. To crack, as the joints of the fingers. 
 
 4. To squeak, as new shoes. See Udja. 
 Pa-pa-i-na, s. The sound of small mate- 
 rials in-brealting or cracking. 
 
 2. The noise made In eating. • 
 
 3. The sound of the feet in walkings 
 
 4. The ticking of a watch. 
 Pa-pa-i-na, adj. That which may easily 
 
 be broken ; brittle. 
 Pa-pai-pa, adj. Pressed full. 
 Pa-pa-i-pit, orfj. SeePAPAiEU. Barren; 
 
 nothing in the calabash, especially no fish. 
 Pa-pai-wa-le, s. Papai, to strike, and 
 
 wale. A striking ; a smiting ; a method of 
 
 killing in former times. 
 Pa-pa-o, v. Pa and poo, to dig. To 
 
 break in ; to thrust in ; to laf together. 
 2. To .fill np; to cram wood into an oven. 
 Pa-Pa-o-he, J, A fish, a species of akule. 
 
 iPA-PA-d-KO-M, S. See PAJPAKOLEi 
 
PAP 
 
 453 
 
 PAP 
 
 Pa-i»a-o-no, adj. Papa and vmo, six. 
 
 So Pal'NO. By sixes; six by six: six-fold. 
 
 y/oifc. 4:8. ' ; '' ' 
 
 Pa-pau, v. Pa and pau, to be all ; to be 
 
 entire. To be deeply engaged in thougbl; 
 
 to engage with all the powers of the mind 
 
 in some research ; to have full confidence 
 
 in. 
 
 2. Boo. To be fully engaged ; to be all 
 < in earnest; tagive the whole attention of 
 
 heatt and mind. 1 OM. 22:19. 
 
 3. To be entire; to be altogether or 
 chiefly engaged in some pui'suit ; e hoopa.- 
 mu hoi ma kabanamaikai. iSoopapau iho 
 la ke alii ma ka aie, the king's great busi- 
 ness was to get inta debt. Hoopapau loa 
 oia i ka inu 1 ka raina, he drank ram wiih 
 ofl Us migU. 
 
 4. T: 'fin up; to raise np a be^p; to suck 
 in and fill up the month with "water like a 
 fish. 
 
 5. To be shallow, as W9,ter ; to flow off, 
 as tb0 pea at low tide, leaving the water on 
 tlle' rocks shallow; to be at low tide; o kf^i 
 make ; a papau ae la ka Pelc ma jOahu, 
 alalia lele ofa i Maui ; a papau hou iho la 
 ma Haleakala. lele hou oia i Kilauea, when 
 Pele's dominions became skcUlmu on Oahu 
 (i. e., when bu^nt down near to the level 
 of the sea), then she leaped over to Maui : 
 and when she became sAaKow again at Hale^ 
 akala, she aeain jumped over to Kilauea. . 
 
 Pa-pau, s. Shallowness j littleness ; no 
 depth, as water. 
 
 2. A ford of a river. JSitn. 32:22. Few- 
 ness. " Mat. 13:15. ' 
 
 3. With mofce, a graveyard. See Papav- 
 
 HAKE. 
 
 Patpau, adj. ShalloWi as water; not 
 deep ; kahi papau, a fording place, 
 
 Pa-pau-a, v. To compel persons to hard 
 bondage ; to weary them day by day with 
 severe labor; to make hard-working slaves 
 of people. 
 
 Pa-pau-a; s. Name ofa species of shell? 
 fish ; ano o ka pipi noloko o ke kai. 
 
 Pa-pa-u-ki-u-ki, s. The name of a very 
 fierce strong wind ; makani ikaika pukiki. 
 
 Pa-pa-tT'KI-u-ki, v. To blow fiercely, as 
 a strong wind ; ua papaukiuH ka makani. 
 
 Pa-patt-kit, v. See Papapaupu. To be 
 all ; to be entire ; to be entirely In the cir- 
 cumstances mentioned; a papauku waleksi 
 lukuna, the slaughter vms tharoughand en- 
 tire: 
 
 Pa-patj-ma-ke, s. a graveyard; a bury- 
 ing ground; ke ku la na kii elua i kapo- 
 paunwke. See Kupapau. 
 
 Pa-pa-u-nu, ». To fill up; to cram 
 
 down ; to push in. 
 Pa-fa-ha, adj. Fapa and ha, four. 
 
 Four by four ; four times ; by fours. See 
 
 Paha. Ezek. 1:6. , 
 
 Pa-pa-Se-hi, s. Papa, board, and hehi, , 
 
 to tread upon. The floor of a house ; the 
 
 boards to be trod on. 1 Nal. 6:1S. 
 Pa-pa-hi, adj. Of or belonging to a kind 
 
 of lei; M, lei papahi. 
 Pa-pa-ho-i-ke, s. Papa and hoike, to 
 
 show. A table of witness or testimony to 
 
 an agreement. 
 Pa-pa-ho-la, s. Papa and kola, spread 
 
 out. The front of a heiau, in other cases 
 
 called a kahua, i. c., mostly an artificial 
 
 level place on which the heiau was built, 
 
 but containing a greater surface than the 
 
 building ; hence, a court ; a yard in front 
 
 of a temple. 2 Nal. 1:2. 
 Pa-pa-hoo-le-wa-lb-wa, s. Name of a 
 
 ipecies of fishnet. 
 PA-PA-HtTrLir-i, s. Name of a species of 
 
 fish net ; he papahulwi, oia no ka upena o 
 
 na ia ku. 
 Pa-pa-kai, s. a narrow escape of a 
 
 canoe landing in the surf. 
 Pa-pa-kau-a, s. Name of a division of, 
 
 an army on going into battle. 
 Pa-pa-kau-Kau, *. An eating table, 
 Pa-pa-ka-na-li-ma, adv. By fifties; fifty 
 
 in a company. 1 Ned. 18:4 
 Pa-pa-ke-a, s. Papa and kea, white. 
 
 That part of the sea beach washed by the 
 
 high tide and not by the low, i. e., & the 
 
 sand be white, 
 2. Thfraction of the ocean current against 
 
 the wind, when the waves stand np ; b^ 
 
 kupikipikio, 
 Pa-Pa-kee-ha-na, *, A floor, 1 Nal. 
 
 6:30. 
 Pa-pa-ke-le-a-we, s. Papas.nAkeleawe, 
 
 copper. Copper plates used in sheatJiing 
 
 ships. 
 Pa-pa-ko-a, s. Boards made from the 
 
 koa tree. 
 2. Papa, row, and hoa, soldier. A rank 
 
 or company of an army. Oa,_10:l. » 
 
 Pa-pa-ko-le, s. The hip bone; the hip i 
 the joining of the hip bone with the socket 
 bone; ka hookuina o ka iwi uha me ka iwi 
 ka ; the os {nmi>»^|naium. 
 
 Pa-pa-ko-le-a, «, 'I'o rise ; to stand up, 
 as water in a current of the sea ; e kupiki- 
 pikio. See Fapakea. 
 
 Pa-pa-ko-li, s. See Papakole. The 
 hip ; the loins. Dan. 5t6. 
 
 Pa-pa-kot, s. a disease attended with 
 entire cosiiveness and always fatal. 
 
 Pa-pa-kit-ki-a, s. Papa, ku and kia, a 
 mast. The mast ofa ship. 
 
 2. That which strengthens a mast. Isa. 
 33:23. 
 
PAP 
 
 454 
 
 PAP 
 
 Pa-pa-ku-kc-i, s. a species of fish. 
 Pa-pa-la, v. Not to be able to sound ; 
 
 to pmit Bound with difficulty ; to make a 
 
 hoarse sound ; to be hoarse. 
 Pa -PA-LA, adv. Hoarsely; like a hoarse 
 
 person ; kani p<tpaUi inai la Iioi, ua uweka 
 
 nei. 
 Pa-pa-la, *. The name of a tree. 
 ' 2. Bit'd lime, a sticky icaterial by wbich 
 
 birds are caught; he kep.au kapili manu. 
 Pa-pa-la, adj. Heavy, as a oack-load. 
 
 2. O ka labui a ka ipo akipapala.. 
 Pa-fa-la-au, s. Papa, flat, and laau, 
 
 timber. A board; a plank; o kapopo^u 
 
 ka mea kni poi. 
 Pa-pa-la-o-a, *. A smooth kind of cloud 
 
 indicating rain or wind from its resembling^ 
 
 the fish pafooa. 
 PA-PA-LA-tE, 1). To do awkwardly or 
 
 unskillfiilly'j to have things all out of place. 
 Pa-pa-la-le, . o^/. Awkward; unskill- 
 ful ; unthinking ; nnreflecting ; inexpert. 
 Pa-pa-la-lo, s.'Papa, board, and lah, 
 
 below. The lower story of a house. Kin. 
 
 2. . The floor of a house. Nak. 6:17; 
 Pa-pa-le, v. Pa and ^<rfe, to defend off. 
 To he out of placie; to put together unskill- 
 fully. See Papalalb. 
 
 ,2. Tq have or to put on a hat or bonnet. 
 mk. 44:16. 
 
 3. MeiaplwnciM), to cover up ; to hide ; 
 ua nlu koii nanl\a papah maluna o kou 
 kaikuaaua. Laieik. 196. 
 
 Pa-pa-lb, s. Pa and pale, a defense. A 
 hat ; a cap ; a bonnet ; any covering for 
 the head. 
 
 2. A chapiter for the top of c> pillar. 2 
 OiU. 3:15. 
 
 3. A shovel. PuA;.27:3. Popofe hainika, 
 a mitre. Pufc.2g:4. PopoZe kahuna, a mitre. 
 OUik. 8:9. Popate laa, a holy crown. Pttfc. 
 39:30. 
 
 Pa-pa-le-a-lii, s. Papale, hat, and dii, 
 chief. A crown ; a distinguishing head 
 drfes^ of a king. Hotk. 6:2. Same as ki- 
 alii. 
 
 PA-PA»LE-KA-ptr, *. A cap. 
 
 Pa-pa-Lb-laaj s. P«p«ife and Zaa, conse- 
 crated. A holy or consecrated crown. Pvk. 
 39:30. 
 
 Pa-pa-le-na, v. Papale and aria. To 
 put out of order: to displace; to do a thing 
 awkwardly. See Papale, v. 
 
 Pa-pa-li-ma, adv. See Palima. By 
 fives ; five by five ; five- in company. 
 
 Pa-pa-li-ma, u Papa, to strike, and 
 lima, hand. To touch or join bands, as in 
 confirming a bargain, or as the sign of an 
 agreement; as in English, to shako, hands 
 upon it. 
 
 pA-PA-Li-3fA, s. Papa and Una, soft. 
 
 The side of the face ; the cheek. Zinl. 
 
 18:3. He wahi palahalaha malalo o ka 
 
 maka ma Da aoao o ka ihu. 
 Pa-pa-li-na-nu-i, adj. Large, fleshy and 
 
 weak. 
 Pa-pa-lo-le, adj. Slovenly done, 
 Pa-pa-lu, v. To bind up j to dress, as 
 
 a wound. 
 
 2. To hide; to put out of sight; to cover 
 up. 
 
 3. To go off and hide one's self. 
 , 4. To be soft; to be defective; to be 
 
 rotten ; popopo. 
 Pa-pa-lu, s. An occasional dress when 
 employed in dirty work that would injure 
 a common dress. 
 ?. A dress different from the pa^. 
 3. An, apron. Kin. 3:7. 
 i. The principal covering garment, or 
 covering of a person. 
 Pa-pa-lu-a, v. Papa and lua, two. To 
 double ; to put two things together of the 
 same kind. 
 
 2. To be double. J3ai.68:IT. To be two- 
 fold. .Kin. 41:32. See Palda. 
 Pa-pA'LU-a, s. Papa, story of a house, 
 and Iva, two. The seconid story or floor o£ 
 a building. Kin. 6:16. 
 Pa-pa-lf-a, dist. adv. See Palca. Two 
 by two ; two-fold ; two at a time; doubly; 
 in pairs, &c. Kin. 6:20. 
 Pa-pa-mau, adj. Creaking; grating, as 
 the friction of one thing against another. 
 See^iNA. * 
 
 Fa-pa-ma-na-ma-na, s. Papa and mana- 
 mana, branching. A grate ;_ a grating. 
 Puk. 27:4. 
 Pa-pa-mu, s. The name of the board on 
 
 which the game konane is played. 
 Pa-pa-na, v. Papa and ana. To be 
 quick ; to be smart ; to do things readily. 
 2. To be boasting ; to be proud of one's 
 own doings. 
 Pa-pa-na, s. Haste ; quickness in ac- 
 complishing an object. 
 
 Pa-pa-ne, t). Pa and pawc, to reply. To 
 scold; to chide; to be angry; to answer 
 back provolflngly. 
 
 Pa-pa-ni, v. See Paot, to stop up. To 
 shut, as an opening ; to dose ; to shut up, 
 Jso. 66:9. 
 
 2. To shut, 88 a door or other shutter. 
 Kin. 7:6. 
 
 3. To hide ; to conceal ; to veil ; to put 
 out of sight. 
 
 4. To close or stop, as the ears. Oih. 
 7:57. 
 
 5. To hide; to close the eyes. Puk. 3:6. 
 
 6. To shut up one, as if sick or infected. 
 Oihk. 13:4. 
 
PAP 
 
 455 
 
 PAW 
 
 7. To bold fast ; to bind : to hinder one 
 from doing a thing. 
 
 8. To turn ou the hinges, as a door. 
 Pa-fa-ni, adj. Shutting out; parting 
 
 off, as a partition ; clpsing up. 
 Pi.-PA-No, adj. See'PANO and Pano- 
 
 PASO. Thick ; black ; glossy black. 
 Pa-pa-no-a-no-a, s. Any substance full 
 
 of holes or cracked; he banonanona, he 
 
 panonono. ■_ 
 PA-PA-Nob> adj. See I^ANO and Papano. 
 
 Dark colorisd ; black, as a black cloud. 
 Pa-pa-no-na-no-na, adj. Thick together; 
 
 collected; laid up in store; rising up; 
 
 standing tpgetiier. 
 Pa-pa-pa, ». A kind of food; beans, 
 
 from the flat pods; also applied to' purslain. 
 Pa-pa-pa, adj. Low; broken down; 
 . .flat and smooth, as the smooth. sniface of 
 
 lava. 
 P.*-pa-pa-i.na, s. PajM and pama, to 
 
 eat. An eating table,; a table. 1 Kor. 
 
 10:21. 
 
 Pa-pa-pau, v. Papa, a double redupli- 
 cation of pan, all. To put all together in 
 one ; to sum ap together. 
 
 2. To consider all alik« or all as in one 
 condition; mai mpapau na kanaka i ka 
 make, nearly all the people died, i. e., they 
 were nearly aUed by death.. 
 
 3. To be all together in one place ; mai 
 papapau ibo kakou ia nei,let aanotajlstay 
 in ms place. 
 
 4.' To bring to an end, as the «nd of lifef 
 the same as e pau ke aho, or e mamake, to 
 caiiseitq die pr perish together. . 
 
 Pa-pa-i**!!, adj. All together ; con- 
 sumed ;'ifi]iished ; ^@cely at an end; all 
 dead. : ■', , 
 
 Pa-pa-pa-la-o-a, 'S^.I'apa and palaoa for 
 
 falaoa 
 
 , fionr. -A cake ; a wafer ; a 
 
 flat loaf of bread.' ler. 7:18. 
 
 Pa-pa-pa-la-pa-la, s. Fapa and pala- 
 Boto, a writing. A writing table. Xufc. 
 1:63. A writing desk./ 
 
 Pa-pa-po-ha-kt;, s. Papa and pohaku, 
 stone. A board on which food or poi is 
 ponnded ; the pestle is made of stone ; he 
 pohaku kui ai; the board or Wck plni^ is 
 slightly hollowed out like a very flat tray. 
 ,8e^ Kcu.1 and PiPAwaui. 
 
 2,. A row or tier of stones. Ezef. 6:4. 
 
 3. A slate ; a stone for writing on. 
 
 4. A table of stone. Kant. 5:19. 
 
 Pa-pa -pu, v- Papa and pu, together. 
 See Papapad. To do all together ; to do 
 all alike.; a lele mai kekabi poe o kakou, 
 a pap(ipu mai mamnli o ko kumu. 
 
 Pa-pa-pu, s. Papa and pu, a gun. A 
 row or tier of guns 
 
 Pa-pa-wae-na, s. Papa and waena, be- 
 
 tween. The middle story of a building of 
 
 three stories. Em. 6:16. 
 Pa-pa-wa-ha-nu-i, s. Taking fish with 
 
 a long net ; o ka upena ka mea hana Ipor 
 
 pawalmnui. 
 Pa-pa-wi-li, ),. Papa, board, wiU, 
 rA-PA-wi-LI-AI,-) to mix, and ai, food. A 
 
 board tor mixing food ; a poi board ; a 
 
 very flat tray on which poi is pounded ; a 
 
 kneading trough. Puk. 12:34. 
 Pa-pa-be-ee-na, s. Papa and berena 
 
 {Ung.), bread. Flat cakes. ISn. 18:6. 
 Pa-pa-gh-la, s. Papa and guia (Eng.), 
 
 gold.; A plate of gold. Puk. 28:36. 
 Pa-pa-eai, s. Pa,m.n, and parai (Eng.) 
 
 for /oral, to fry. i. frying-pan. Oilik.iil. 
 Pa-pi-o, adv. Pa a.nd pio, an arch. 
 
 Lying face downward with nothing for the 
 
 belly to rest on, for the purpose of enlarg- 
 ing the belly; e moe yapio, e huli ilalo ke 
 
 alo i nui ka opn. 
 PAipi-o-pi-o, s. Name of a fish like the 
 
 ulna; perhaps the yonng of the ulna. 
 Pa-pi-pij s. The prickly pear.. 
 Pa-Po-ha-ktt, s. Pa, fence, and ^^(lAte, 
 
 stone. Stones laid into a wall; a stone 
 
 wall, ifoft. 35:4. : 
 
 2. Miame of a kind of soft stone. 
 Pa-pu, s. A plain; a level piece of 
 
 ground of considerable extents Nah. 36.13. 
 2. Pa, wall, and pa, gun. A gun fcaGe> 
 
 1. e., a fort ;' be pa kaua.. 
 Pa-po, v. To explain ; to make clear ; 
 
 to converse freely. 
 Pa-pu, adv. Fully; wholly covered t 
 
 established; plainly; clearly. 
 Pi-Ptr-A, ti. Pa, to throw (see Pa 5), 
 
 and pwi, an arrow. To cast or throw an 
 
 arrow, a pastime or exercise for men, 
 
 women and children; name of a game 
 
 played In former times. 
 
 Pa-pu-he-a, s. a mist; fine lain; a fog. 
 2. A gray head ; a'gray headed person. 
 
 Pa-pxt-he-ne, s. a row of men in a cer- 
 tain game. See Exmnmasm. na hewa 
 kahiko, o ka liula, o ka pili, o ka papuhme 
 k«kahi; he lealea ino o ka papiiliene i 
 ka po. 
 
 Pa-putKo, «. 'nie Egyptian "papyrus. 
 Jo6.S:ll. 
 
 Pa-wA, s. a garden ; s cultivated patch 
 ' of ground. 
 
 2. The sky ; the blue expanse of the 
 heavenfr. ; 
 
 3. The brei^ng df the dawn ; ka wabi 
 awa ke alaula ; the period early in tiie • 
 moniing ; Kani aua ka beie i ka wanaao, i 
 ka webe aha o k;, pawa o ke ao; A ike ke 
 kafauaa, xia moka ka pavoa o jce ao. 
 
 4. .A. Iratch ; a period of time ; a partic- 
 
PAT 
 
 456 
 
 PEA 
 
 ular time of tbe twenty-four hours. 1 Sam. 
 11:11, 
 5. Some early part of the morning dawn, 
 
 Pa-waa, s. Wildness ; fearfulness, like 
 that of an untamed animal ; rudeness ; in- 
 civility of uncultivated persons. 
 
 Pa-waa, adj. Wild; rude; rough in 
 habits and manners ; untamed, as an ani- 
 mal. 
 
 Pa-wai, s. Pa and wai, water. Lit. A 
 water plate. A watering' trough fti cattle. 
 mn. 30:38. 
 
 PA-WAi-i-Ntr, s. Pawai as above, and 
 inv,, to drink. A drinking trough for cat- 
 tle. Zin. 30:41. 
 
 Pa-wai-na, s. Pa, fence, and vmna, 
 grapes. A vineyard. 
 
 Pa-wag, v. To see with indistinctness; 
 to be uncertain ; to be in doubt. 
 
 Pa-wa-u, adj. See Puali. Crooked; 
 deceitful ; unjust ; perverse. 
 
 Pa-wa-pa-wa, adj. Fat; plump; mus- 
 cular ; with shaking or rolling muscle. 
 
 Pa-wa-pa-wa, s. Fatness ; muscular 
 fleshed; -roundness; i ka paioapawabat^aa, 
 onildniki. 
 
 Pa-we<>, v. See Pawaa. To be wild; 
 to bo untamed; to express rudeness; to be 
 uncivilized ; to make blunders in every- 
 thing attempted ; to turn askance, as the 
 eyes ; to turn away the eyes. Xaieifc. 71. 
 Jo be displeased with; a ike mai la o Poki 
 ia ia, paweo ae la kona maka ia ia. 
 
 Pa-wk-he, adj. A kind of spotted mat 
 made on Niihau ; moena pawSie. 
 
 pA-wfi-LTT, s. Pa and vxlu, a lag. Any 
 worthless thing, as opala, paKcHa and po- 
 wdu; anything useless, valueljess or of no 
 account ; ua hoolilo i ka olelo a ke Akua i 
 pahola, a i pawdu. i mea ole, i mea lapu- 
 wale. 
 
 Pa-wi-wi, v. Pa, fence, and twjOT, slim. 
 To make a Terytall, high fence so as to be 
 weak. 
 
 Pa-wi-wi, s. A tall, slim, weak fence. 
 
 Pa-eai, v. Eng. To fry. OM. 7:12. 
 The word should be written with/ instead 
 of j3, thus : farai oxferai. 
 
 Pa-ba-'bo-le, s. Eng. from Gr. A par- 
 able ; an enigmatical discourse ; he olelo 
 nane. 
 
 Pa-ba-dai-so, 1 s. Gr. Paradise^ahappy 
 
 rA-BE-DAI-SO, *■ ^ ■ - ' 
 
 garden ; ;> happy place. 
 Pa-BA-DI-SO, ) iMk. 23:43. 
 
 Pa-so-a, s. Eng. The passover; the 
 name of a feast of the Jews in oommemora- 
 tion of the p;.ssing of the Angel of Death 
 over them when he slew all the first born 
 «f the Egyptians. Pufc. 12. . 
 
 Pa-tait-sa-ni, adv. Pa and tamani 
 
 iSng.), thousand. By thousands ; a thoQ- 
 sand fold. Kanl.l-.ll. 
 
 Pe, adv. Thus ; so ; as ; in this way; 
 it is often prefixed to la, nei and ia;,. as, 
 pda, thus, so ; penei or peneia, like this, 
 thus ; peia, this way, like it, &c. It also 
 stands by itself, especially in asking ques- 
 tions, as, pe keia ? I iho la au, pe keia 2 I 
 said, how is this? Pekeia are sometimes 
 written! together, signifying as this, thus, 
 aftfer this manner, &c. 
 
 Pe, v. To anoint; to apply odoriferous 
 ointment. 
 
 2. ifoo. To anoint ; to pour on odorifer- 
 ous ointment 
 
 3. Fio. To scent, i. e., to give tone and 
 character to one's life ; applied also to the 
 soul ; o ke fcupaoa ia e lioope ai na iJiane. 
 See KuPAO^. 
 
 Pe, v. To humble; to crush; to pound 
 fine. See Pepe. ► 
 
 Pe, adj. Broken or flatted down j de 
 
 pressed; crushed. ^ 
 
 Pe-a, v. To make a cross; to set up 
 
 timbers in the form of a cross ; to make 
 
 four arms or four, prominent points ; to be 
 
 opposed to. 
 
 2. Hoo. To accuse through envy. Mat. 
 27:18. To punish for. little or no crime; 
 ame ka hoimea waie o ka poe koikoi i ka 
 poe liilii, sind the great accused (punished) 
 the smalL • 
 
 3. To be in bonds ; to suffer^ as a pris- 
 oner. Kol. 4:3. To bind one's hands be- 
 hind his back or to a post ; ua peaia kona 
 man lima i kona kua, no ka aihue. 
 
 4. To be bound or restrained from pro- 
 ducing an eflSect 2 'Bm. 2:9. Hou aku la 
 i ka hulu i ka inika, kakau iho W,psa ae 
 la no, kohu hele. 
 
 Pe-a, s. The extremity of a viUage or 
 settlement; mai kelap«a a i keiapeo,ftom 
 one end of the settlement to the (fther end. 
 ,^ 2. The name of one of the six: houses of 
 the ancient Hawaiians; he hale pea, oia 
 kekahi hale. See HAiiE. E pani i ka piia 
 o ka pea kapu, to shut the dDor of the pea 
 kapu, aacred house. Lai^. 167. 
 
 3. The sail of a canoe or ship.. 
 
 4. The extreme end of a leaf of a tree. 
 
 5. A flying kite ; he Ispe hoolele. 
 
 6. The ground of offense ; an, entangle- 
 ment in law ; a diffldulty. 
 
 7. The name of a many-prosged fish in 
 the ocean ; he mea ola manamana maloko 
 o ka moana. 
 
 8. He hale koko. See H«.epka. 
 
 9. The excrements of men ; the piafift 
 where they are thrown. 
 
 10. A cross or timbers put crosswise 
 ^^ X> fwmerly placed before the hciaua 
 as a sign of kapu (taboo) ; « kau pixt, to 
 placeia the form of & cross. See E^ ' 
 
PEE 
 
 457 
 
 PEH 
 
 Ps-A, ad], Filtiiy; unclean; kapa -pea. 
 ba. 64:6. Welu pta, a menstruouB cloth. 
 Isa, S0:22. Defiled; faaamia; belonging to 
 menstruation, tiee H&LEFBi.andKu>APEA. 
 
 Pe-ao, v. To roll up, as a piece of 
 paper. 
 
 Pe-a-hi, s. The bones of the hand dis- 
 tinct from tlie arm ; e malama i kona man 
 iwi ame rotpeaM lima. 
 
 2. Tbe open band; an open band as a 
 symbol of power. .SoJ. 44:3. 
 
 3. A fan. Mai. 3:12. Tbe sign or pic- 
 ture of a ian marked on anytbiug ; be pe- 
 ahi ko kona poe kanaka, oia o lakou boai- 
 lona ; ua kakauia ma ko lakoa papalina. 
 
 4. A gentle fanning breeze; a. soft wind, 
 as though made with a fan ; He' koaniani. 
 
 Pe-a-hi, V. To fan; to sweep; to brush; 
 to make wind with a fan. 
 
 2. To motion or beckon to one with the 
 hand or otherwise. 
 
 3. To make signs with tbe band. See 
 
 KUNOU. 
 
 Pe-a-hi-u-ma, «, The palm of the hand. 
 
 See Peahi. A hand's breadth. Ezek. 40:5. 
 
 Pe-a-pe-a, v. See Pea, u To get into 
 
 a difficulty; to quarrel ; to be opposed to ; 
 
 to be entangled. 
 
 2. To be (sossed together; to be braided 
 or woven, as mats. 
 Pe-a-pe-a, adj. DiiRcult ; perplexed ; 
 entangled ; twisted ; braided or wo^^Ji to- 
 gether. 
 Pe-a-pe-a, s. Water made dirty by 
 washing fish or other i things. 
 
 2. The crossing of slats, as in verandas, 
 at an oblique angle. 
 
 Kohola 1 kipeapea, 
 Eoele iho lesa, kahsdiai— e— 
 Lens kohoia i ka peapea ike, 
 Uola is ate ia ks beka, 
 Kaheka Hilo ma ka ua. 
 He makaba oa i ka laai. 
 
 Pe-a-pe-a-a-hi, V. See Peahi. To sweep; 
 to bmsb a floor, as in former times.'iiy strik- 
 ing a kapa down upon it. 
 
 2. To fan ; to cool ; to cause a wind. 
 
 3. To' flap the wings, as a bird in flying. 
 Pe-e, e. To hide away from some per- 
 son ; to run and hide ; to conceal one's 
 self. iTm. 3:8. To flee away. Piifc. 21:13. 
 Ke hoolobe neiua kanaka la e pee ana i ka 
 olelo. See Haupeepeb. Kakah na kanaka 
 i kahi a lakou i pee ai, the people staid in 
 the place where they hid. 
 
 Pee-o-ne, s. Pee, to hide, and one, sand. 
 A species of crab that burrow? in the sand. 
 
 Pee-ku-e, adj. Thick, as a plank or 
 board; manoanoajmakolukMn; nokapiba 
 kona. poo' i na kabiko peekue o ka manao. 
 
 Pee-lu-a, s. Fee and but, hole. A spe- 
 cies of worm destructive to vegetation ? 
 58 
 
 the same as the anvhe or enuke. 2 Oih\ 
 
 6:28. A caterpillar perhaps. 
 Pee-fee, s. a kind of sea moss. 
 Pee-pee-a-ku-a, j. The play of hide 
 
 and seek. 
 Pee-pee-ku-e, aijf. SeePEEKtrE. Thick,. 
 
 &c. See Hanoa. 
 Pee-po-li, b. Pee an^ "ptti, bosom. To 
 
 be or to lie in the bosom, as a child. 
 Pee-pee-pu-e-o. 
 Pei, adv. Thus; so; as follows, &c.; 
 
 alalia, manao iho la aupei, then I thought 
 
 thus ; kauoha ia pa, ia kakou i na la Sabati 
 
 a pau, he charged us t}ma on erery Sabbath 
 
 day. 
 Pe-i, V. To lift up; to raise up; e ha- 
 
 pai, e kaikai. 
 Pe-i-a, adv. Pe and ia, it. Thus ; likei 
 
 it; after this manner. Stn. with penei,. 
 
 peneia, menei, keia, meia, &c. £ like me 
 
 /ka moa e hoouluulu ana i kana man keiki 
 
 malalo o kona mau eheu, peia no hoi keia 
 
 kula nuL 
 
 Pei-pei, v. See Pei. To rouse up; to 
 stir up one to duty; to excite to action; to 
 cast off sluggishness. 
 
 Pei-pei, ) adj. Exciting ; stirring up ; 
 
 Pe-PEI, \ rousing to a«t^on. See the verb. 
 He manao pdpei no kei% ia kakou. 
 
 Pe-o, s. a house with a rounding roof, 
 
 Pe-o, adj. Round; rounding; globular.. 
 
 Pe-o-pe-o, adj. Round; roundish; with- 
 out angles or corners. 
 
 Pe-u, ) D. To throw up; to turn up, 
 
 Pe-PE-U, ) as a hog turns or throws up 
 his nose in rooting; hence, applied to any- 
 thing of that motion. 
 
 2. To hunch or touch for flje purpose of 
 attracting attention. 
 
 Pe-u, ) s. Words often used in las- 
 
 Pe-pe-u, J civious meles. 
 
 Pe-u-pe-u, v. To make frequent and 
 many tracks. See HEEEn;. 
 
 Pe-u-pe-u, adj. Tracked or trodden, as 
 through liie grass. 
 
 Pe-ua, v. To meet together; to unite; 
 to kiss. See Meua and Med. 
 
 Pe-ija, adj. Uniting; joining; adher- 
 ing. 
 
 Pe-h-ta, s. Eng. Pewter; tin. NaA. 
 31:22. See Picta and Piula. 
 
 Pe-he, adv. See Pe, as, in this manner, 
 and He, indefinite article. As a; so as; 
 like asi See Mebe. 
 
 Pe-he, s. A snare; a kind of trap for 
 catching owls. See Peueafueo. PeAeiaa 
 kekino. 
 
PEK 
 
 458 
 
 PEL 
 
 Pe-be-a, adv. finter. Pe, as, and hea, 
 how? Inwhatmanner? Uowt why! what? 
 
 Pis-HE-Aj V. See t}ie adverb above. To 
 aak how or in what manner a thing was 
 -done ; to inquire how a person is ; alaila, 
 pehea iho la kela ? pane mai la ia, pehea 
 hoi, then that person osfced how it vxis 
 donef be ansWeredj kmo indeed. 
 
 P^-HE-A-Pu-E-o, s. See Pehe, snare, A, 
 "of, for, and Pdeo, owl. A snare or trap for 
 catching owU. 
 
 Pe-he-u, adj. Pe and heu, soft ; flexi- 
 ble. Soft and flabby, as flesh; soft and 
 tough ; vibrating to and fro. 
 
 2. Webbed, as thafoot of a duck or goose; 
 he peheu ke kapuai o ke koioa amc ka nene. 
 
 Pe-he-d, s. The wing. of a bird. See 
 EHEtfj The fin of a. shark : a flipper of a 
 turtle ; the brm of a hat. See Pelslec. 
 
 Pe-he-u«he-u, adj. Soft; spongy; flex- 
 ible, as the muscle of the calf of the leg or 
 of the thigh. 
 
 2. Plump or swollen, as the neck in 
 mumps ; a-i peheuhtu. 
 
 3. Whfekered ; having large whiskers. 
 Pe-hi, ?j. To pelt with stones ; to throw 
 
 stones at. Fuk. 21:18. To shoot, as. an 
 arrow. Hal 18:H. Stn. with pana. To 
 . throw any missile at one ; to threaten t(J 
 stone, as a criminal. 1 iSiim. 30:6. See 
 Non, KiPEHi and Pana. Epehi i ka nlu, to 
 throw the maika stone. 
 Pe-hu, v. To swell, as any part of the 
 body from injury or disease. Kanl. 8:4. 
 Hoo. To cause a swelling. Nah. 5:2. 
 
 2. To swell, i. e., to increase in size gen- 
 erally ; to enlarge. See Upehc and Upe- 
 
 HUI'EnB. 
 
 Pe-hu, i. A swelling ; a blain ; a boil. 
 
 Oihlc. 13:2. Pehu nut, a gre-it swelling. 
 2. The name of a game ; o ka pthu ma 
 
 ka hale. i'' 
 
 Ps-in;, a^. Swollen; enlarged; mai 
 
 peku, the dropsy. See Upbhcpehu. 
 Pe-hu-a. See Pekua. 
 Te-hu-a-^oa, s. The name of a kind of 
 
 kapa, colored with the bark of the koa tree. 
 Pe-|h;-pA"La, s. Pehfi, swollen, and mla, 
 
 soft. A. scftV; the name of a disease. Kanl. 
 
 28:2?. 
 
 Pe-hc-pe-hu, a^. See Pehu. Swollen; 
 
 enlarged. See Upeuoveuu. 
 Pe-ka, adj. A false interpretation in 
 
 trading ; favoring one's self. 
 
 Pe-ka, v. ScbPaka. To teach one spe- 
 cifically something to say or do. 
 
 Pe-kaa, s. Name of a fruit like a bean; 
 
 he pipa. 
 Pe-ka-pe-ka, v. To advise one to do 
 
 wrong. 
 
 2. To calumniate another for self ad- 
 vancement ; to detract ; to find fault with 
 one. 
 
 3. To be hard in dealing with one. 
 Pe-ka-pe-ka, s. Slanders detraction; 
 
 saying bard things of one. 
 
 Pe-ka-pe-ka, adj. Slanderous; reviling; 
 calumnious; stingy; close; parsimonious. 
 
 Pe-ke, adj. Short. See PotO. Low; 
 aot tall; poupou. 
 
 Pe'KE-keu, s. The wing of a fowl. See 
 Ekekeu and ^iaea. 
 2, The fin 6f a fish. Oihk. 11:9. 
 
 Pe-ke-pe-ke, adj. See Peke. Short;, 
 low. 
 
 Pe-ki, v.: To send one ofi" in haste on 
 an errand ; to send away. 
 
 Pe-ku, e. To kick with the foot. See 
 Kgbbi. £lua psku ana me ka wawae, he 
 Idoked him t^ce with his foot; to kick, or 
 to act as one about to kick; he keehi uukd 
 
 , me he mea hoowahawaha la ; applied to a 
 hdrse or a man. 
 
 Pe^ku-a. 
 
 PE-Ka-PE-KtJ, V. Frequentative. To kick 
 frequently. ^. 
 
 Pe-la, V. To tie up a bundle for a pil- 
 low of pulu. See Pelamoe. - 
 
 2. To be unclean ; to be filthy ; to emit 
 stench. See PeLapela. 
 
 3. T9 be thus, that is, after the manner 
 specified; to be done as before mentioned. 
 See the adverb. 
 
 Pe-la, adv. See Pe, thus, so, and La, 
 particle of place. Thus ; in th|t manner. 
 It always refers to a past ttatisaction or 
 something absent as p&iei does to some- 
 thing present. Pda io no, adrerbial phrase, 
 so be it; amen. 
 
 Pe-la, s. Bones burnt for manure to 
 enrich the ground ; he a ahi 1 kipuluia, he 
 hoomomona i ka lepo. 
 
 2. The putrid flesh and bowels' of the 
 dead body of a chief after the bones were 
 separated ; the mass was thrown into tie 
 sea. 
 
 Fe-la-mo-e, s. Pda, a pillow, and moe, 
 ■ to He down. A pillow for the comfort of 
 sleeping. See Pbla, v. 
 
 Pe-la-nEj adj. Heb. Of or belonging to 
 chestnut'; na l?iau ptkem, chestnut rods. 
 Sxiu 30:37. 
 
 Pe-la-pe-la, v. SeePELAS. To be de- 
 filed; to be unclean; to stank ; to emit a 
 bad smell. Se6 Eka, Hacbka, Kaeka and 
 Pau^au. 
 
 Pe-la-pe-la, s. Uncleanness ; filth; re- 
 fuse dirty matter. Ua. 4:4 ; 1 Kor. 4:13. 
 
 Pe-la-pe-la, adj. Filthy; stinking; 
 dirty; mean. 
 
PEL 
 
 459 
 
 PEN 
 
 Pe-la-ta-no, s. Heb. Name of a/ tree 
 mentioned in Ezik.Zl:i; chestnut perhaps. 
 See Pelase, 
 
 Pe-le, *. The name of the fabled god- 
 dess of volcanoes. 
 
 2. A yolcano ; he ahi ai honua ; a fire 
 consuming tbo earth ; i neia wa, ua pio ka 
 nui o na pe2e; i ka wa liahil^o, he pde no 
 ma Maui, at the present time the greater 
 number of volcanoes is extinct ; in ancient 
 times there was a volcano also on Maui. 
 
 3. Sulphur proceeding from a volcano. 
 
 4. A stone from a volcano used in the 
 play called puhenehene. See Hoa. 
 
 Pe-le, v. To swell oiit; tobelar^ge; to 
 
 be fleshy; 'to be fat; to have a large belly. 
 
 Pe-le, mj. Swelled out; enlarged; 
 
 Pe-le-u, o. To break a kapu ; to vio- 
 late some article of th6 chiefs that was 
 kapu or sacred ; na pdeaia ke kapa o ke 
 alii, the dress of the chief has hem dMed. 
 '2. To hide one's sins or offenses from a 
 chief. 
 3. To hide the siiis of another. 
 
 Pe-le-u, adj. Hiding or concealing the 
 sins of one ; he kanaka peleu oia. 
 
 Pe-le-hu, s. Name ofa species of kapa 
 made on Kauai. 
 
 2. Epithet of a turkey, from peZe, to swell, 
 and fca, to awell or puff out. See Palahu. 
 
 Te-le-W-ntt, adj. Having a rank smell ; 
 strong-scented ; sour ; musty; pdilaimi, ka 
 ia. 
 
 Pe-le-le-u, s. a fishing canoe of the 
 largest size, made shorter in proportion 
 
 ,,' than ordinary. 
 
 2. Name or a large double-canoe used in 
 war. 
 
 3. The brim of a hat. See Pbheu. 
 
 Pe-le-ie-u, ». To bear away small 
 quantities of a thing^j to carry away fre- 
 quently ; to carry a little at a time. 
 
 2. To make many separations or divis- 
 ions of a thing ; e hoohikihiki. 
 
 Pe-le-le-it, edj. Note.— .Pefcfcw is 
 used as a noun. See aSove. ,. But it is also 
 frequently used as an adjective with waa, 
 canoe ; as, voaa peleleu, a short canoe ; ka- 
 lal iho la ia arae na 'lii i na woa peleleu he 
 nui loa.he and the chiefs hewed out a great 
 many large war canoei. 
 2. As ati odjetiive, short and thick. 
 
 Pe-le-ta, *. Ikh. A species of vegeta- 
 ble u$ed for food f fitches perhaps.' Mkele. 
 
 Pe-li-ka-na, s. Eng. A pelican, an un- 
 clean bird. Rcml. 14:17. 
 
 Pe-lu, ». To double ovferj to bend or 
 flex, as a joint; to open and shut, as a pen- 
 
 knife ; to double or fold over, as a cloth. 
 Puk. 26:9. To bend or curve up. ' 
 
 Pb-lc, adj. Doubled; folded over; shut 
 up, as a knife ; pahi pelu, a shut knife o." 
 any kind; crooked; bent; panipe^u, a fold- 
 ing door, 
 
 Pe-lu-a, s. Nime ofa greenish kind of 
 worm which eats and iitjures vegetables. 
 See Pelue and Kakala. 
 
 Pe-lu-e, s. See Pelua aboveJ^iA worm 
 that eats potatoes and other vegetables, 
 between a black and green color. 
 
 Pe-lu-pe, v. To project; to send out. 
 
 PE-LU-PE-LUi V. See Pelu. To double 
 over and over., 
 
 2. Fio. To talk here and there ; to re- 
 . capitulate. 
 
 3. Hoo. Hocpdupelu iho la i kana oleloy 
 he dot^led una twisted his speech, i. e., he 
 was viry repeUtions. 
 
 Pe-lu-pe-lu, s. A binding; a doubling; 
 a folding over. Fuk. 28:32. 
 
 Pe-lu-pe-lu, qdj. Doubled over. Fig. 
 Made hard or unfeeling, as fhe heart. 
 
 2. Doubled over, i, c., shortened ; thick, 
 &c. See Peleleu. HoIq a hiki i ka waa 
 pelupdu o lakou, they ran till they arrived 
 at their short carwe, i. e., their boat. 
 
 Pe-na, v. Eng. To paint; to apply 
 coloring matter to anything. Note. — The 
 Hawaiian word is hooluu. 
 
 P]^-na, s. Eng. Paint; any substance 
 mixed with oil or water to give another 
 color; perm ulaula, vermilion. Ezek. 23:14. 
 The Hawaiian term is wai hooluu. . 
 
 Pe-nei, adv. See Pe, thus, and Nei, 
 here ; this. L&e this ; after this manner ; 
 thus. Sec Peu, Fela and Fekeia. 
 
 a-'e-i.e-te-ko-ta, s, Gf. The fiftieth; 
 Pentecost, i. e., with to, the fiftieth day after 
 the Israelitee came out of Egypt, or the 
 fiftieth day after the Passover, one of the 
 three great annual feasts of the Jews, 1 
 Kor. 16:8. 
 
 Pe-ne-te-ko-ta, adj. The fiftieth; la 
 penelekota, the fif^etb day. OVi. 2:1. 
 
 Pe-ni, «. Eng. A pen for writing. 3 
 loan. 13. The Hawaiian word is hulu, quill, 
 
 Pe-ni-ka-la, s. Eng. A lead pencil, 
 'Aria Son. 4. See Pbmpohako. ~ [ 
 
 Pe-ni-po-ha-ku, s. Peni {Eng.), a pen, 
 andpoAofcu, stone. A slate pencil. 
 
 !Pe-no, v. To wet ; to moisten ;" to be 
 mouldy through moisture; hence, to be 
 strong BmelUng. 
 
 Pe-no-pe-no, adj. Wet and strong smell- 
 ing, as mats with urine ; he hohono... 
 ' 2. Wet and dirty, as a neglected child ; 
 he maka penopejw, a sm«% face; pswopeno 
 oe i lea na, yon are tcet witn rain. 
 
PEI 
 
 460 
 
 PEP 
 
 Pe-nh, v. To wipe one's eyes with a 
 kapa or handkerchief. 
 
 2. To dip one's piece of fish that he is 
 eating into the gravy, to absorb as much as 
 it can; e miki, e penu kai. Olelo ia, he ono 
 ka malolo, apmu no ia i ke kai. Penu do 
 ia i ke kai me ka opulcao. See Opdeao. 
 
 Pe-pa, s. Eng. Paper, especially writing 
 paper. The Hawaiian word is katana or 
 kanana. 
 
 2. The common name for gambling cards; 
 e paani pepu, to play at cards. 
 
 Pe-pe,' v. To throw down; to throw 
 down flat ; to spread ont. 
 
 2. To flatten or spread out after falling. 
 
 3. To crush. OUik. 22:24. To bruise. 
 i. To make small by compression. 
 
 5. Hoo. To scatter abroad, as things 
 crushed fine. 2 Sam. 22:43. 
 
 Pe-pe, s. Any substance crushed fine 
 or flattened down; that which is spread out 
 by pressure. 
 
 Pb-pe, adj. Broken or flattened down; 
 broken fine ; bruised : ground fine. 
 2., Bent ; soft ; pliable; rotten. 
 3. MoraUy, soft; kind; gentle ; applied 
 to the voice of a friend ; ka olelo a na ka- 
 naka maikai; he waliwali ka olelo, he jtepe. 
 See Upbpb and Pbpbpe. 
 
 Pe-pe E, v. To be. broken but not sepa- 
 
 ' rated, as the parts of a broken limb; to ad- 
 here, though broken; te be bent or doubled 
 over. 
 
 Pe-pee, s, Pepee baka, a plug of to- 
 bacco. 
 
 Pe-pei-ao, v. Pepe and ao, a fresh bud 
 just unfolding leaves ; pe-pe-i-ao, to flatten 
 down that which might grow more protu- 
 berant ; hence the name of the ear of man 
 or beast. 
 
 1. To shoot or put forth a bud or young 
 twig ; to sprout or grow, as a vegetable. 
 
 2. To ear out, as corn ; to send forth a 
 shoot.' 
 
 Pe-pei-ao, «. Any protuberance not very 
 promiiient. 
 
 1. The external ear of man or beast; 
 hence, 
 
 2. The hearing or audience. Puk. 24:7. 
 
 3. The projections inside of a canoe to 
 which the iako is fastened. 
 
 4. The first shoots or swelling buds of a 
 vegetable. 
 
 6, Protuberances of the material heart 
 iu men or animals. ArwL 44, 45. 
 
 Pb-pei-ao, adv. Bj the ear; with the 
 
 ear; ehaliupepeioo, listen o<tentwe!«. I<^. 
 13:17. 
 
 Pe-pei-ao-a-ku-a, I j5. A species of fun- 
 
 
 Pe-PEI-AO-la-au, ) gus or touch-wood 
 that grows from some of the forest trees on 
 iBawaii. and used by the Chinese as a deli- 
 
 cate article of food ; it has aUo become an 
 article of commerce. 
 Pe-pei-ao-ha-0, s. Pepeiao, ear, and hao, 
 horn. Any hard projection; pipiamrhau, 
 the horn of an animal. 
 
 2. Pepeiaohao o ke kuaha, horn of the 
 ftltar. Oafc. 4:7. 
 
 3. Via. Power; strength. Bal. 88:17. 
 
 4. A horn, i. e., the name of a wind in- 
 Btrument of miisic. IIal.98:6.i Pepeiaohao 
 kao, a goat's horn or a goat's ear. 
 
 Pe-pei-ao-ia-att, s. See Pepeiaoakca 
 
 above. 
 Pe-pei-ee, s. Name of a breadfruit ripe 
 
 and baked ; ame ka pepeUe ua ai nui ia 
 
 keia. 
 Pe-pe-tt, V. See Pet;. To raise up the 
 
 nose, as a hog in rooting; to make that 
 
 motion. 
 
 2. To swell ; to rise up. 
 
 3. To pout; to project the lips or mouth. 
 
 4. To project or send out. 
 Pe-pe-tja, v. To be hard; to be thick; 
 
 to be disobedient. > 
 
 Pe-pe-hi, v. See Pehi, to pelt. To beat 
 severely ; to strike ; to smite. 
 
 2. To pound a thing until it b soft; 
 hence, 
 
 3. To kill ; to commit murder. Puk. 
 20:13. 
 
 4. To slaughl^er, as an animal. Oi^ 8:15. 
 Pe-fe-hi-ka-na-ka, s. Pepefd and ka- 
 
 iwka, man. Killing; murder; manslaugh- 
 ter, &c. Note. — Pepehi kanaka is now used 
 in law for murder in any degree; formerly 
 it was nsedj as the words imply, for all 
 
 ■ kinds of striking and beating as well as 
 killing ; it was used as synonymous witti 
 hooeha and kuikui. Nui na hewa kahiko— 
 o ia, peptki kanaka, many were the ancient 
 sins — striking men; this, of course, included 
 murder. 
 
 Pe-pe-hu, v. See Pehu. To swell ; to 
 grow large ; to become fleshy. See Upb- 
 
 HHPEHn. 
 PE-PE-SSiJ H> '^^'''^' ^^°"''°- 
 
 Pe-pe-la, t>. Pc and pe/a, SO J thus. To 
 ask is i^ sot is it in this manner? It ap- 
 plies to a scholar asking his teacher. 
 
 Pe-pe-la, v. See Pela and Pelapela. 
 
 To be strong smelling or offensive; to emit 
 
 offensive effluvia. 
 Pe-pe-le, s. a species of kapa made 
 
 on Kauai. 
 Pe-pe-Su, v. See Pelu. To bend or 
 
 double over; to measure round; to double 
 
 up, as the knee. 
 Pe-pe-lu, adj. Doubled over; bentj 
 
 arched. 
 Pe-pe-ma-ka-wa-lu, s. Pepe and wwita, 
 
PIA 
 
 461 
 
 PII 
 
 flice, and vsalu, to scratch. A kind of epi- 
 
 der. 
 Pe-pe-na, v. See Pena (Eng.), to paint. 
 
 To paint; to lay on colors; to make differ^ 
 
 ent colors ; to apply colore to any object ; 
 
 to daub ; to smear ; e bamo, e paele. 
 Pe-pe-no, adj. See Peno and Peno- 
 
 PENO. Dirty ; strong smelling ; filthv. 
 Pe-pe-pe, v. See Pepe. To flatten 
 
 down; to fall flat; to depress; to liumble; 
 
 to make low. 
 Pe-pe-pe, adj. Low ; flat ; applied to a 
 
 house ; depressed. 
 Pe-wa, s. The tail of a fish. 
 
 2. The dawn of day. See Pawa. 
 Pe-wa-pe-wa, *. The side fins and tail 
 
 of a fish ; the spreading oiit of the tail of a 
 
 Ssh. 
 Pe-r1-o, adj. A foreign word, origin not 
 
 known. Couirterfeit, as money; nncurrent. 
 
 Fio. He dalatjeriomaolinomakouiwaena 
 
 na dala maikai, we are really unoirrerd 
 
 money among good money. &e perio io 
 
 no makon, be mea lawe ole la ma na wahi 
 
 kuai, we are real had money, we are not 
 
 taken in market places. 
 Pe-sa-ia-te-ei-a, Is. A psaltery, a mu- 
 Pe-SA-LE-te-EI-A, J sical instrument among 
 
 the Jews in ancient times. 2 Sam. 6:5 ; 1 
 
 Nal. 10:12. 
 Pi, v. To sprinkle, as water. Oe'AA. 6:27. 
 
 2. To throw water with the hand. See 
 PiPi, Kapii and Kapipi. 
 
 3. To cause water to flow drop by drop; 
 to flow in very small quantities. 
 
 i. Hoo. To be stingy; to be close; to be 
 hard upon the poor. 
 Pi, adj. Green; soggy; incombustible; 
 emoking.as greenwood; e maniaikaumu; 
 e waiho ana aku ka momoki'pi e. 
 
 2. Farsimonions ; stingy ; close ; hard ; 
 unkind ; ungenerous. See Uahoa. 
 Pi, s. Closeness; stinginess; parsi- 
 mony, &c. 
 
 2. JSng. Peas ; leutiles. 2 Sam. 17:28. 
 Pi-A, *. Any white substaswe, as flour 
 or arrowroot, eaten by Hawaii&ns only in 
 time of scarcity. See Haupu. 
 
 2. The flour or starch of the arrowroot ; 
 the plant tacca pinnatifida. 
 
 3^ The name of a bird in Jer. 8:7 ; Lat 
 pius ; the stork. 
 
 4. A kind of stone hammer. 
 
 Pi-AJ, s. The fruit of the kukui tree; a 
 
 kukui nut ; i uka la i ka hua piai la. 
 Pi-Ao, V. To curl up, as a leaf in the 
 
 sun or as paper; piao la'i, a leaf folded up 
 
 for a cup. 
 Pi-AO, s. The hot reflection of the sun 
 
 on a smooth surface or dry land ; in the 
 
 abstraet, beat. Jsa. 25:5. 
 
 Pi-A-LTJ, V. To be heavy, as the eyes ; 
 to be almost blind, as an aged person, or an 
 aged person with weak eyes ; ua pialu na 
 maka. 
 Pi-A-PA, s. The name of the first little 
 primer or spelling book printed in the Ha- 
 waiian language, January 7, 1822. The 
 first sheet is said to have been pulled by 
 Liholiho himself to bis great satisfaction, 
 laauari 7, 1822, ua paiift ka pslapala Pi- 
 Orpa Hawaii, on the 7th of January, 1822, 
 was printed the Hawiiian Spelling Book. 
 Note. — The word ie Sormed like the English 
 word alphabet from the names of the two 
 first letters of the Greek alphabet; or more 
 like our word ABO, meaning the first 
 rudiments of letters. The missionary said 
 to bis pupil, h, a — &a; the Hawaiian would 
 repeat, r>, a— pa ; hence the word and the 
 name of the book. 
 
 Pi-A-Fi-A, s. The thick white liquid 
 matter from sore eyes. 
 2. -Sore eyes generally. 
 
 Pi-A-pi-A, adj. Disordered, as the eye ; 
 changed ftom its natural appearance by 
 disease or anger; e wiki iho oe, o hoi e 
 mai kahi maka piapla huhn mai. 
 2. Dirty ; watery, as the eyes. 
 
 Pi-E, adj. Slimy. See Piepie. 
 
 Pi-E-LE, V. To trade; to traffic. Kin. 
 31:21. Hele ia i Honuaula i ka pieSta,, he 
 went to Honuaula to peddle fish. See Ph- 
 
 ELE. 
 
 Pi-E-LE, s. A disease consisting of lit- 
 tle bunches on the head ; he mai puupuu 
 ma ke poo. 
 
 2. A kind of food made by grating kalo 
 very finely and then cooking it. 
 
 Pi-E-LE-E-LE, adj. Cleaned and hung up 
 to dry ; clean ; pure ; makau ana, 
 
 Pi-E-NA, adj. Wild; untamed; angry; 
 disagreeable. 
 2. Rough ; rude in speaking ; uncivil. 
 
 Pi-E-NA-E-NA, adj. Pi and enaena, raging 
 heat. Very offensive to the smell ; stink- 
 ing beyond endurance. 
 
 Pi-E-Fi-E, V. To be slippery, as a thin^j 
 besmeared with, slime. 
 
 Pii, V. To ascend; to go up in various 
 ways. 
 
 2. To ascend, as a mountain or hill. Mat. 
 5;J. 
 
 S. To go up, as from a low place to » 
 higher. los. 4:16, 17. 
 
 4. To mount, as into a vehicle, carriage, 
 cart, &c. . 
 
 5. ilfeiap/ioricaZIj^, to come from darkness 
 to light. 
 
 6. To go up, i. e., to strike upon, as the 
 shadow of a substance upon something else; 
 ina e pii ke aka o ke Jtanaka maluna o ke 
 alii, mikia ke kanaka, if the shadow of a 
 
PIO 
 
 ccuimon man should fail upon a chief, the 
 iDraii must die. 
 
 7. To throwup from the mouth; to vomit. 
 
 8. Soo. To accuse ; to charge one with 
 a misdemeanor or crime ; to give informa- 
 tion against otie ; hoopii kekahi i ke kamu 
 no na haumana. 
 
 9. To have a lawsuit; e hoopii i kekana- 
 wai. 
 
 10. To appeal from the decision of one 
 court to another. 
 
 Pn, S. A small substance on the side of 
 a thing ; he wahi apana iki ma ka aoao. . 
 2. Any medicine acting as an emetic; he 
 laaapil. 
 Pii, adj. Accusing; complaining. 
 
 2. Causing to vomit ; laau pii, medicine 
 causing to vomit. 
 Pii-E-LEi 0. To sellj to peddle. See 
 
 PlELE. 
 
 Pii-E-LK, s, A trafficker, including the 
 idea of a peddler ; a market man ; a mer- 
 
 * chant, &c. Note. — ^This word is daid to 
 facv« been used mostly on Maui, maaiiauwa 
 ' tm Oahu, and ^oJepa on Hawaii for the idea 
 of trafiSo. ' 
 
 Pn-KO-i, .». To go aff^r, as the desire 
 after this and that. 
 2. To practice onanism. 
 
 Pk-ko-i-^o-i, v. See Pukoi, also Haa- 
 Kpi and PiKOiKoi. 
 
 Pii-EC, s. A drink made from the leaves, 
 'branches and fruit of the kukoi tree and 
 tissd as a medicine. 
 
 Pn-LAE, adj. Vaia; haughty. 
 
 Pn-NA, s. f'M and djsffl, going up. Name 
 of a path aaceuding a hiU, Lit. The going 
 -up (a hill.) See also. HooprwA. 
 
 Pn-p«, V. See Pn, to go up. To as- 
 cend; to leap up. 
 
 2. To flow upwards, as water in a spriug. 
 Kanl. 8:7._ To vomit. 
 
 3. To rise up, as waves in a storm. Mai. 
 107:25. 
 
 i. To tarn or bend up, as the raniior of 
 a sleigh. 
 
 6. Hoo. To turn this way and that ; to 
 "beat, as a vessel against the wind ; hoholo 
 makou me ka hoopiipii mau ana ame ka 
 hakalia. 
 6. To seek for some ground of anger ; e 
 'rimi i kurau e huhu ai. 
 Pi>.pii, ■ s. Curls of hair. 
 Pii-pu, adj. CurLing, as the hair of a 
 negro. 
 
 2. Furious; rushing together, as an angry 
 mob ; rushing, as a sti'ong^ wind. 
 
 Pi-'o, «.To bend; to bend around, as 
 
 the areh of a, rainbow; to curve, as an arob; 
 
 to bend, as an elastic substance. Hoo. The 
 
 same. 
 
 ■ 2. To be extinguished; to go out. (Hhk. 
 
 462 HO 
 
 To be put out, as fire or a lamp. ler. 
 
 6:13. 
 4:4. 
 
 3. To be vanquished or overcome, as an 
 enemy. Boo. To vanquish; to conquer; 
 lib reduce to servitude. Kin. 34:29. 
 
 4. To administer food or medicine to a 
 i Tson far gone in a disease. See Pioo. . 
 
 5. To alight for want of wind, as a kite; 
 pio ka lupe no ka makanl ole ; to cjaea 
 spinning, as a top ; ua jiio ka ho. 
 
 6. To cohabit, as a brother with a sister. 
 Pi-o, s. A prisoner; a captive. Nah. 
 
 14A Pio ana, bondage; captivity. -BonJ. 
 30:3. A state of captivity, /er. 26:6. One 
 enslaved ; anything taken by force, as a 
 ■. prisoner ; a prey. 
 
 2. That which may be quenched or put 
 .out. 
 
 3. An arc of a circle. Atm Son. 23. 
 
 4. In the marrying or cohabitation of two 
 high chiefs related to each other, as brother 
 and sister or father and daughter, the off- 
 spring, ' if any, was called he <dii pio; 
 hence, 
 
 5. The highest grade of chiefs. See Ni- 
 Aupro. 
 
 6. The measure of a fathom and a half, 
 i. e., three yards. 
 
 Pi-o, adj. Extinguished ; put o^t ; 
 quenched, as fire or a lamp. 
 
 2. Bent ; crooked ; curved ; arched. 
 
 3. Superior ; highest ; chief. 
 Pi-0, adv. Kelaiing to captivity; cap- 
 
 tively. llpes. 4:8. 
 
 Pi-0-E-o-E, s. Nameof a species of mus- 
 cle or small shell-fish. See Nahawelb. r 
 
 Pi-o-o, V. To disrelish food, as a sick; 
 person. 
 
 2. To apply, i.e., to force into IhemosiUi 
 of a sick person a medicine made of potsr 
 toes and other things with something fra- 
 grant, to be applied when neai-ly dead ; e 
 Eanai i ka mai me ka hiki pono ole o ka ai 
 ana. 
 
 3. To pour water, as into a calabash ; e 
 pioo i ka wai. 
 
 4. To cast the eyes about, as in confu- 
 sion. .„ 
 
 5. To be in trouble ; to be pcrpioxed ; i 
 kuu wa i ku ai iluna, pioo kuu mauao i 
 a i o i keia hana a onkou. 
 
 6. To be out of one's senses, though able 
 to_ look about ; to be wandering, sis the 
 mind ; e alaalawa na maka a pono ole ka 
 manao. 
 
 Pi-o-o, s. A wandering state of mind; 
 a state of doubt, anxiety atid ptrplesitv ; 
 a slight derangement. 
 
 Pi-o-LO, V. See Olo, to make a motion 
 back and forth, or up and down, a.? a saw. 
 To rub; to polish; to strike the hand back 
 and forth, as in playing a jewsharp. 
 
 Pi-o-i.E.po, V. Ph, bending, and feps, 
 
pro 
 
 463 
 
 PIH 
 
 dirt. To fly crookedly, as dlrf in the wind; 
 me be anuenne la, hele a pio ka lepo. See 
 Pjpiolbpo. 
 Pi-o-Lo-p-M, u See Pioo 2. To feed 
 the frtilt of the noni to a sick person. See 
 
 HfllOPIOLOOLO. 
 
 Pi-0-LO-KE, V. To gabble ; to make a 
 great noise by confused talking. 
 
 2. To be teased or harassed by unneces- 
 sary talk. 
 
 3. To be in confiislon or tronble of mind^ 
 as a weak person. IM.6:3. 
 
 4. To be ashamed, as a persoii confused 
 in mind. 
 
 5. To make a mistake; to commit a blun- 
 der in confusion. 
 
 6. Hoo. To rex; to disturb. Ezek. 32:9. 
 
 Pi-o-Lo-KE, s. Art. ke. A talk ; a con- 
 fused sound of voices; a gabble; a nui loa 
 ae ke pidoke ana ; an inquiry about some- 
 thing. 
 
 2. A great extiitement among people 
 through fear or any cause. 
 
 3. Haste without thought or carefliluess. 
 
 Pi-o-Lo-KE, adj. Confusedly; without 
 
 order; o hee pic^ke, to flee ia disorder.' 
 
 lunk. 20:41. 
 Pi-o-pi-o, ti. To muke a noise, as apy 
 
 youug feebln animal ; e kani me he mea; 
 
 liilii la. See loio. 
 
 2. To peep, as a chicken, 
 
 3. To pray, as with the pule anaana. 
 
 4. Moo. To use ourious arts; to practice 
 " j"g'Slery- Oih. 19:19. To practice witch- 
 
 craflli tJiil. 6:20: See libe substantive. 
 
 Pi-0-Pi-o, s. Hoo. A pmcticer of sorcery 
 or witchcraft. Hoik. 2'i:15. I wake no i 
 ka hoopkpio, he died indeed by sorcery. 
 
 2. A whoremonger. Heb.lS-.i. 
 
 3. A reveling 1 Pet. 4:3. Wildijmnod- 
 est behavior; ne biu. Note. — ifot^opto 
 
 . is often used for hooipoipo in a lascivious 
 sense. In 1 Prf. 4:3, some editions of the 
 Testament have hooipoipo and others Aoo- 
 piopio. 
 
 1. He hale pio. 
 
 6. An old fonn of prayer-; he pule ana- 
 ■ ana. 
 
 Pi-o^j'i-o, adv. Boo. Examining caie» 
 
 fully, as a prisoner; e nina^i hoopiopio. Oih. 
 22:24. 
 
 Pi-u, s. The distance or length of threp 
 yards, i. e., the length of the arms extended 
 called anatM, and then the length from the 
 end of the longest finger to the middle of 
 the chest; generally written jpfe.' See Pio. s. 
 
 Pi-n-?.A, s. A vicious orthography and 
 pronunciation for roWa (j^.), a mule, a 
 mongrel breed of the horse and the ass. 
 Sen MiuLA. 
 
 2. The same of a game at cards. 
 
 Pi-u-LA, ) s, Eng, Pewter ; tin, &c. ; 
 
 Pi-u-TA, ) any jaetal the color of pewter. 
 Nuh. 81:22. No«E>-Pju2a is ah erroneoaa 
 orthography for piufef. 
 
 Pi-HA, 0. To be full, as a vessel or con- 
 tainer. Fio. To be full of anger. Eaet. 
 8:5. • 
 
 2. To have conceived, as a female; to be 
 .pregnant ; ua pito anei kela bipi wahine 1 
 ae, uaoitet, is that cow wUh calf? she is. 
 
 3. Hoo. To fill; to cause to be full, as 
 . with water or other things. 
 
 4. To overflow its banks, as a river. 
 
 fi. Fio. To fill, as the heait with joy or 
 sorrow. 
 
 6. To be moved or energized by the Holy 
 Spirit. Oi/i. 2:4, 
 
 7. To fill to overflowing. 
 
 Pi-HA, s. FuUness ; strength, as a high 
 
 tide. Ptifc. 14:27. 
 2. Fullness of angryfitelings, 
 Pi-HA, adj. Full, as a container of any 
 
 kind. 
 Pi-HA, «. Name of a species of small 
 
 a«b. 
 Pi-ttAA, «. Drift-wood. Hd. 102:3. 
 
 That which floats swiftly by ; he wahie na 
 
 ka Waikahe. 
 Pi-fiA-Li-MA, s. PihaeLnilima,hand. A 
 
 handful. ISzek. 13:19. 
 Pi-HA-No, adj. Sitting still in time of a 
 
 kapn with no noise ; still, as an assembly 
 
 for worship under the kapu system ; pa 
 
 wahine i ke anaina pi/iano kanu awa. 
 Pi-HA-pi-HA, V. SeePiHA. To swell out; 
 
 to be full; to swell, as a bud before it 
 
 opens. See Polapola. 
 Pi-HA-pi-HA, s. SeePiHA. The lungs or 
 
 lights of a fish. 
 2. & ruffle; a fringe of a garment, ifoft. 
 
 15:38. A raffle, as of a shirt. 
 Pl-HA-pi-HA, adj. Full; large; flovying, 
 
 as a garment. See Polapola. 
 Pi-HA-WEtr-WEn, s. The name of a fiat 
 
 fish. 
 Pl-HE, s. The sound or voice of wail- 
 ing ; he pihe keia e olo nei. See ler. 7:27. 
 
 Generally iised with olo. See Olo. A 
 
 lamentation'; a oonfiisod noise: ->lao with 
 
 uwe '; a pan ka lakou pihe uwe. Lai&k. 142. 
 
 Pi-HE, adj. Lamenting; mourning; 
 
 wailing with a voice of sorrow, /er. 3:15. 
 
 Syn. with uwe. 
 Pi-HE,ffldB. Na wahine olo^Ae ana, the 
 
 mourning women. 
 
 Pi-HE, s. Takes the article ke. A but- 
 ton ; a fastening for a garment. 
 
 Pi-HE-A, s. Flood-wood, such as floats 
 down the swollen streams in storms of rain; 
 pihea na kahawai, ka ka ptAea i kaL 
 
PIH 
 
 464 
 
 PIK 
 
 Pi-HE-A, V. To float down a swollen 
 
 stream, as flood-wood ; pUiea na kahawai. 
 
 Pi-HE-KA, adj. Inflamed, as the eyes. 
 
 Pi-HE-LE-HE-LE, odj, fi and hekhde, tp 
 divide into sniaU parts. Ground to pow- 
 der ; grated off, as a potato, that tbe sick 
 may swallow It. 
 
 Pi-Hi, s. See PiHE above. A button. 
 Not'E.— It is written both ways. 
 
 Pi-Hi, s. A species of the venereal dis- 
 ease ; at foreign disease. 
 
 Pi-Hi, adj. Blunt; dull. 
 
 Pi-Hi-Pi-Hi, V. To be blunt or dull j to 
 have a round or blunt edge; to be without' 
 edge, as a cutting instrument. 
 
 Pi-Ho, V. To be almost filled with water 
 and swamped, as a canoe; aole make, piho 
 wale no. Hoo. To plunge under a sea, or 
 a sea to go over a vessel or boftt. 
 
 Pi-Ho, adj. Sinking or being sunk; 
 xaa\upihOf a sinking vessel, 
 
 Pi-Ho-4, s. Dizziness of the head afiect- 
 ing the eyes. ■ 
 
 Pi-HOi, ' ». To be surprised at ; to be 
 startled at suddenly seeing a stranger ; to 
 be agitated. 
 
 Pi-Hoi-Hoi, ». To admire; to wonder; 
 to be surprised at ; to be astonished. 
 
 2. To tremble with fear ; to be afraid. 
 Kcad. 20:3. 
 
 3. To be troubled. 2 Sam. 4:1. To speak 
 or act as in great perturbation of mind. 
 16b. 21:5. To be- troubled in one's spirit I 
 or mind. Dan. 2:3. 
 
 4. To rejoice; to express gladness; e 
 hauoli. 
 
 5. To be excited ; to get up an excite- 
 ment; to talk confusedly; e pidloke. Mai. 
 21/10. 
 
 Pi-Hoi-HO), s. Astonishment, wonder and 
 fear; a mixed emotion of pleasure and 
 fear, like that occasioned by the presence 
 of a superior. 
 
 2. Joy; rejoicing; excitement of a plcas- 
 urftble kind.. 
 
 ij. Fear; a trembling. ler. 30:5. A state 
 of great anxiety on r .count of some evil 
 expected. Kcml. 28:28. 
 
 Pi-Ho-LO, V. To plunge into the water; 
 to be overwhelmed with water; to sink 
 down. 
 
 Pi-Ho-Lo-HO-LO, s. A thin kind of poi 
 made of kalo or potatoes for the sick. 
 
 Pi-Ho-pi-Ho, V. SeePdTO. To pitch fre- 
 quently in the sea, as a canoe that takes in 
 water. 
 
 2. To sink in the ocean and go out of 
 Bight. 
 
 Pi-Ho-Pi-HO, adj. Heavy and sinking in 
 the water instead of floating well : applied 
 
 to a canoe which is heavily loaded ; piAo- 
 piho ba waa. 
 
 Pi-KA, s. Half of a thing. Note.— This 
 word is probably of foreign origin, Irom 
 ^eul. As two picida of sandal-wood were 
 usually weighed at once, a pika (pieul) 
 was of course half; hence the word as now 
 used means half. 
 
 Pi-KA-LE, adj. Little; a small quantity; 
 a Utile at a time ; pikale ka ai i ke keiki 
 liuku, litMe the food for a little child. 
 
 Pi-KA-KA, ) J. Eng. A peacock, a for- 
 
 Pl-KO-KA, )• eign bird having a long tail. 
 2 cm. 9:21. A peacock. 1 Nal. 10:22. 
 
 Pi-KA-KA, adj. Smooth ; smoothly pol- 
 ished ; nemonemo. 
 
 Pi-KA-KA, s. The entrance of a, chief's 
 house ; he puka hale alii. 
 
 Pi-KA-NE-LE, adj. Probably {loai, pii4> 
 kcHneU, to go' up into nothing. Small; 
 diminutive; makaliiloa. Nors. — ^Theword 
 pickanmy of veiy common use among folr- 
 eigners, and said to b£ a Chinese word, is 
 from the Weei Indies, and is in common 
 use among the slaves, meaning an ii^ant, 
 a litSe child. 
 
 Pi-KA-wAi, s. Pika {E?ig.), a pitcher, 
 and «ioi, water. Tbe n^me ^ven by Ha- 
 wtiiians to a water pitchec 
 
 Pi-KE-LE, s. A pitcher. 
 
 Pi-Ki, V. To cut short ; to shorten ; to 
 cut off. 
 
 Pi-Ki-pi-Ki, 5. See PiKi. To shorten a 
 transactiQU or an act ; to do instantly. 
 
 2. To milk, as tbe sudden, squeezing of 
 tbe teat forces out the milk, which is quickly 
 done. 
 
 Pi-Ki-pi-Ki, adj. Sough, like a choppsd 
 sea. 
 
 Pi-Ki-pi-Ki-o, ». To stand up iu heaps, 
 aa water in a current of the sea, especially 
 when the wind and current are contrary. 
 
 2. jHoo. To cause iiie sea to roll or be 
 rough ; to be tempestuous. See Kitpisrei- 
 
 EIO. 
 
 Pi-so, s. The end ; the extremity of a 
 thing in cases as follows : plko o ke kua- 
 hiwi. the top or summit of a mountain. Isa. 
 iiO-.n. .P&o ka pepeiao, the tip of the 
 ear. Pufc. 29:20. Pifco o ke poo, the crown 
 of the head. Kara. 28:35. The navel ; the 
 end of a rope ; the extreme corner or 
 boundary of a land ; e wehe hoi i ka piko 
 la e ka hoahauan. Lawa ae la ke kahuna 
 i ka piko o kaua hanai a lei Iho la ma bona 
 a-i. IiaieUc. 137. 
 
 Pl-KO-I, ) 
 Pl-KO-NI, ) 
 
 The core of the breadfruit. 
 2. Any substance that will 
 cause a fish net to float: small buoys; floats. 
 See PiKONi. 
 3. A club or a long kind of ball festened 
 
PIL 
 
 4S6 
 
 PIL 
 
 to a tope, ftnd need for robbing and plun- 
 dering. 
 
 Pi-Ko-i, V. Tobeproudorhigfa-miDded; 
 hookano ; he kanaka pi/cot, a prond man. 
 
 2. To follow one's incHnation; to go 
 after one's desire. See Ftekoi. 
 
 3. To crave or covet what is another's, 
 as food or kapa. 
 
 4. To call as to birds by way of entice- 
 ment; also pUcoikoi. 
 
 Pi-Koi-Koi. V. See PiKoi above. To call 
 or entice birds so as to catch them. 
 
 2. To collect together ; to assemble, as 
 persons for pleasure or business. 
 
 3. To snck ; to stick together, as fay at- 
 traetion ; applied to the wgana of speecb: 
 .hence, 
 
 ' ' 4. To speak inarticnlatoly; to stammer j 
 e omoomo, e eneo. ' 
 
 6. To work and effect but little; to make 
 tt great effort and bring little to pass. 
 
 6. To practice onanism. 
 Pi-soi-koi, s. Hardlabor with littk pro- 
 duce. 
 
 2.' The practice of onanism ; self abuse. 
 
 Pl-KO-KA, S. See PlKAKA. 
 
 Pi-Ko-Ni, s. The cords connected with 
 the buoys and sinkers of a fish net; a float 
 connected with a net ; a buoy. See Fikoi, 
 Pi-Ko-pi-KO, V. SeePiKo. To be spotted; 
 to be ' variegated with different colors; 
 mostly applied to the smooth unruffled 
 spots OB Uie surface of the ocean in a calm. 
 See Maoeioei. 
 Pi-Ko-pi-Ko, s. The juice of the squid 
 under the tails. • Notb.^ — Tbe liquor (rf the ' 
 squid when ^emitted in the water in differ^it 
 degrees causes tbe water to assume differ- 
 ent colors." He waiu no ka hee malalo o 
 ke aweawe. 
 Pi-Ku, s. Eng. A fig; also written jCAa. 
 Pi-la, *. E?ig. The Hawaiian pronun- 
 ciation of the word fiddle. A fiddle ; a 
 violin. 
 2. Any musical instrument. 
 Pi-iJiii, V. To emit a loathsome smell; 
 to emit stench, as a dead body or putrid 
 matter. Ioan.il:39. Morally as £{71.34:33. 
 To stink. Pufc. 7:21. 
 
 2. To be hateful to one ; -to be disliked. 
 2iSfeTO. 10:6. To fill the air with putrid ex- 
 halations ; e ino ke ea. 
 Pi-LAU, s: A stench; a stink; an un- 
 savory smell. 
 
 2. Fio. Evil influence ; vileness ; t\a ku 
 ko'u pilau mai Hawaii a Eauai, my vUeness, 
 extends &om Hawaii to KauaL 
 Pi-LAU, adj. Dirty; filthy; especially,6[ 
 
 a bad smell. 
 Pi-LA-BJ-i^, adj. Broad; wide, as a fiat 
 
 surface. 
 Pi-LA-LA-Hi, adj. Pi and lalahi. See 
 59 
 
 Lahi. Broad ; wide; extended ; flat, as a 
 brottd, flat surface. 
 Pi-LA-Li, s. Thegumof thekukuitree. 
 
 2. The gum Or sticky substance of any 
 tree; piUdi palolo, slime; wax. Hal. 68:2. 
 
 3. Cartilage; kamumumu. 
 Pi-tA-Li-o-HE, adj. Leaning, as the roof 
 
 of a house. 
 
 ' 2. Fiat, as- a surface. 
 3. Thin; spare. 
 
 Pm,Ap*&ul-li, adj. See Pilali. Having 
 water gathered on the outside, ;{ks fish. or 
 meat tmit has been dried; itis applied also 
 to pot which has water floating on the top; 
 slimy; jaicy, as any substance that absorbs 
 walor «n,.thft surface. 
 
 ¥vLL'UrfjL^i. See Pilali. The viscid 
 watery fluid that collects on the outside of 
 Subst&idea^ absorbed ii'om a damp atmos- 
 phere or; &om internal moisture; e kowali 
 a pau ka pUaliMi, work up. (the poi) till 
 the mdeidi moisture is gone. 
 
 B-LA-pi-jjAH, i^ A turnip. SeeLAULEiE 
 ' aad Ananu. 
 
 Pi-LE-KA;LE-KA, *. Moisture or water 
 
 fathered on dry fish or diy nieat, &a., on 
 eing exposed to moisture ; |lso on poi 
 when water setties on -top; e kowali a pau 
 )LBi pUekaleka. See BiLAUiiAU. 
 
 Pi-LE-KASLE-KA, flfij. Moist outside, as 
 fish, meat, &b., which has-been :dried but 
 exposed to moisture; it also applies to poi 
 when water settles on Ute ■ suifao^ See 
 
 PiLAULAU, ot^'. 
 
 Pi-Li, V. To coincide; to agree with, as 
 boards JQtated. 
 
 2. To clejive or adhere to, as persons 
 good or bad as f)ri«n<te; to lay a wager; to 
 bet ; a piii Boi mi^i i ko lakou waiwal a 
 pan ; pili kekabi wabine i kona kino.iho, a 
 lilo i ka pu. 
 
 3. To becomfe. one's to account for or to 
 take care of. 
 
 4. To agree together, as witnesses. 
 .5. To belong to ; to accompany ; to fol- 
 low. 
 
 6. Hoo. To join company with'; to ad- 
 here to one ; applied to persons. 
 
 7. To seal np, as a document Dm. 12:4. 
 
 8. To approach to one of the opposite 
 sex for defilement. 
 
 9. To be united to ; to adhere to ^ach 
 other, as husband and wife. 
 
 10. To add something else to a thing. 
 Kard. 4:2. 
 
 11. To treat badly; to reproach; to cast 
 up to one. 
 
 Pi-Li, s. The name of the long coaiSQ 
 grass' used in thatching houses ^o caU<»d 
 from the easy manner in which -the seeds 
 are detached from tjie stalk and adhere to 
 a person's clothes. 
 
p;ti 
 
 466 
 
 PIL 
 
 2. The adheriog or uniting of one tbmg 
 with another. 
 
 S: The name of shingles from their taking 
 the place of the grass pUi in covering 
 heuges. '"•- 
 
 4. The name given tonine o'clock in the 
 evening, from the game puhenehene ; ka 
 pUi o ka po. See Piufoea. 
 
 5. The name of what belongs to one, as 
 Ids property, children or frieniSs; kona mea 
 pili, what belongs to one. Wta. Ka piM 
 ame ka maun, all that belongs to one. 
 
 6. Sfa pili .ke ao ae, nearness ; united 
 ■with ; in the morning. Mar. 1:36. 
 
 Pi-Li, adj! Of or belonging 4o a person 
 or thing ; ka pili ana o ke aMafai, first of 
 evening ; after dark. 
 
 2. United ; joining. 
 
 3. Things adhering or coming in contact 
 that ovight not : hence, 
 
 4. Topsy-turry; heller-slMlter ; huikau. 
 &.- Poor ; destitute. 
 
 Pi-Li-A-A-i-KU, \ g. Pili and a4, neck, 
 
 Px-Li-A-i-KU, J : an! fat, to stand. Iiir. 
 That which belongs t» a stiff neck. Numb- 
 ness ; stiffness of joints with a lack of 
 warmth. See Opiu and Hailoibl 
 
 Pi-u-A-Lo, s. Pili to adhere, and aZo, 
 the front. One's iosom friend ; one's be- 
 loved wife. 
 
 Pi-iii-A-No, s. P£j.anda«o, meaning. A 
 modern form, ised in grammar for adjec- 
 tive or particijie. 
 
 Pi-Li-Hi-Hi-A, 0. In gamMiitg, the fre- 
 quent transftr of property from one to an- 
 other; alai1», piU nui lakon, pUihihia, pVi 
 kaakna. 
 
 Pi-Li-HD-A. «. PUi andAzM!, woid^ pj in. 
 To be siJ ; to 'be distressed in mind. 
 
 2. Tobesonrowful; to be cast down; to: 
 be disoayed. Mek.3:9'. 
 
 3. 7o be amazed ; to be astonished ; to 
 wonder greatly. Oih. 2:7. 
 
 4. To be in despair ; to be utterly cast 
 do»n, 2 Kor. 4:8. 
 
 &. To stick fast, as words in a person's 
 mouth when afraid br astonished ; to be 
 unable to speak through fear. 
 . 6. Hoo. To ttonble ; to vex with sor- 
 ceries. Oih. 8a, 11. 
 
 , . Pi-ti-Hu-A, s. Sadne«; sorrow; dejec- 
 tion of heart. Kanl. 28:65. 
 
 2. Astonishment connected with fear and 
 wonder. 
 
 .3. Perplexity ; difficulty ; want of some- 
 thing esseatial. 
 
 4. An in^ility to apeak or utter any- 
 tbing through fear or astonishment. 
 
 Pi-3a-H0-A, ody. Speechless; perplexed; 
 
 sorrowful; astonished. /«r. 14:9. 
 Pi-Li-MC-A, adv. Sadly; Silently from 
 
 sorrow. Ezera9:S. 
 
 Pi-Li-Hir-Ki, V. To clash ; to have sep- 
 arate interests ; to separate. 
 
 Pi-Li-KA-NA, V. Tt) be related to one,' to 
 have an interest in one. 
 
 Pi-Li-KA-NA, '*.. An interest m one; a 
 relation to one; a fi-iend ; a mofive; heaha 
 kon kuleana e wena aku m ia iat he hoar 
 hanau. 
 
 Pi-Li-KAi, «. A kind of medicine con- 
 sisting of some kind of seeds, one handful., 
 beaten up and sifted and taken as a purga^ 
 tive. 
 
 2. The name of a shrub, the seeds of 
 which are used for medicinal purposes, 
 
 ^ especially to children as a cathartic- 
 
 3. A kind of berry growing near the sea 
 shore. 
 
 Pi-litKI-a, v. PUi and kia, a mast or 
 post. To be crowded ; to be in want of 
 room. 2 iVa? 6:1. 
 
 2 To be in straits ; to be in djfSealty ; 
 to be entangled in any way. Puk. 14:3. 
 
 3. To be cramped for want of means or 
 Instruments for d0''ng a thing. 
 
 4 To be stinted in a provision for one's 
 living. 
 
 5. Soo. To bring 6r cause one fo be in 
 difficulty. £in. 34:30. To trouble. Pufc. 
 14:2'. '^ 
 
 Pi-Li-Ki-A, s. A difficulty; a hindrance; 
 a perilous situation; extreme danger, as 
 in distress. 
 
 Pi-Li-Ki-A,' adj. Crowded close together; 
 strait ; narrow ; difficult 
 
 Pi-Li-KU-A, V. PUi and hut, back. To 
 run upon another's back, as when many 
 flee together ; to cleave to the back. 
 
 Pi-Li-KU-A, s. A land or country exist- 
 ing only in the imaginations of men; he 
 aina e manao wale ia e na kanaka. 
 
 Pi-u-LO-Ko, V. PUi and loko, internal. 
 To beiaitg to that which ia internal ; to go 
 close to. 
 
 Pi-u-LO-xo, s. A friend; arelatiim; one 
 interested in ; one who sympathizes with 
 another. See Fiukana. 
 
 Ti-Li-ME-A-Ai, Bv .P«';"aad»7iea, purpose, 
 thing, and ai, food, living. To live with or 
 follow one for the sake «f food or a living, • 
 as the chiefs in former times had many fol- 
 lowers because they fed them. Boo. To 
 live in idleness, pretending to belong td'& 
 chief merely to get a living, while indiffer- ■ 
 ent as to his honor orauthority or interests." 
 
 Pi-u-.ME-A-Ai, s. One who followed a 
 chief or other person for the sake of food 
 or a living. Note. — Such persons wore 
 always spoken of with contempt. 
 
 Pi-Li-Mo-E, s. Name of one of the fire 
 
 puu kapus in playing at the game of noa. 
 
 Pi-Li-Mu-A, s. PUi and mua, before. In 
 
PIL 
 
 467 
 
 PIN 
 
 grammar, an article from its position ivith 
 - the nouii ; a late coined word. 
 
 Pi-^u-FA, s. PUia.ndpa,{eiice. Ahed^. 
 Jbu/c. 14:23. A h^dge fence. 
 2. A joinittKtogether; adhering closely. 
 
 I|^^IA^TlA., v.jPilia.Dipaa,{tLSti tight. 
 To lire together in close union or in con- 
 stant fdendsliip ; to tie seldom separate 
 icoja each other. 
 
 Pi-u-rAA, 3, Constant friendship ; liv- 
 b^ tti^ether in great harmony Vith unity 
 
 of seh^ment ; ka jnHpaa o ka houpo, the 
 cementing, of affection. 
 
 Vi-Li'Pi-u, adj. See Pai. Adhering; 
 sticking to; connected with. J3oo. Con- 
 stantly adhering; never failing; ikapdno 
 pau ole,i ka pono hoopU^Ui, he pono man 
 loakeia. 
 
 Pi-Li-Pi-Li-n-iA, *. PQipili (see Pru,) 
 and uZa, red. A species of small, low 
 Itearded grass, the beards of which adhere 
 tightly to the dress of one walking through 
 it See JfunABiAiTLA. 
 
 Pi-u-FTT, v.PUi and Tw,, together. To 
 unite; to join and'adhere together; to come 
 id khii contact, as ^e skin 4nd bone in a 
 poor animal. JSqI. iOiA. ' ' 
 
 2. To come together, as the lips, i. e., to 
 shnt th^ mouth ; to be silent ; to cease an-' 
 Swerinj[.. 
 
 3. To piit to silence either by argument 
 or authority. .Jfar. 3:4. ^. 
 
 4. To be confounded; to know not tfhai; 
 to say tbror^h astonishment ; to ce!0 te- 
 plying ; to m satisfied with one's answer. 
 
 Pi-Li-FU-KA, I. PUi and puka., a door ot 
 gate-way. The name given to the boxii or. 
 time of three o'clock in the morning; oia i 
 ka pili ke kakahiaka, i ka pUipuka. See; 
 Kau, s. 
 
 2. Name of one«f tliepuukapusiaplay- 
 ing the game of iioa. 
 
 Pi-u-WAi^wsi, s. The general name of 
 b^t,tiijig and gambling and obtaining prop- 
 erty without work arid with more or Jess 
 deceit. Note.— 'The ancient forms qt pUi- 
 
 ■imiym were almost innumerable; cards 
 icalled by Ba^aiians pepa have taken the 
 place «f many of them, but many still re- 
 main. SeePEPA. 
 
 Pi-Li-WA-LE, V. PUi and vxde, gratuit- 
 ously. To join one% company or party for 
 the sake of a living. 
 
 2. To live carelessly regardless of the 
 future ; to live idly. 
 
 3. To be exposed to the weather; to die 
 with hunger. 
 
 Pi-Li-WA-LE, I. Poorness or thinness in 
 flesh ; wiwi o ke kino. 
 
 2. ' Scarcity of food ;' suffering on account 
 of famine. 
 3. An adhering to, or Jiving on soother. 
 
 Pi-Li-WA-LE,'- adj. Silenced ; awed ; un- 
 able to answer. 
 
 Pi-lo, V. To be corrupt; to be impure; 
 to be much injured ; obikihiki i ka nibo a 
 pOo. 
 
 Pi-M-xr-Ku, t. Pilo&adukUy^y. Aohe 
 piUntHu, notliing wrong in ike pay, any re- 
 ward is acceptable ; I will take anything 
 for pay which you will give. 
 
 Pi<Lo-u, V. See Loli. To make small; 
 to weaken ; to make diminutive. 
 
 Pi-U)-pi-LO, adj. Corrupt J impure ; ap- 
 plied to impure water. Sol.^:iS. Fouled;, 
 dirty, as water. 
 
 Pi-io-pi-Lo, s. An offensive smell from 
 any cause. See POiAU. 
 
 Pi-LU, u To shake ; to vibrate. 
 
 Pi-LU-Pi-LU, adj. Bich, as a woman, 
 richly dressed, with her rich turban, or a - 
 child adorned with rich pretents. 
 
 2. Rich 2 used in ridicule by llie poor ; 
 also in ridionle of the pbor'on account of 
 their pover^. 
 
 Pi-LU-pi-OTJ t). SeePiLC. Toshake; to 
 vibrate strongly. 
 
 Pi-KA, s. A pih or instrument for fastenr 
 
 ' lug up the hair on the ^des of the hesid ; 
 he mea m^amaha lauoho. Notjb.— This 
 might seem' to be f^om tfie English ^n, but 
 it is aeenuine Hawaiian word; 
 
 2. ,1^6 dragon-fly. SegPi^Au. , 
 
 3. A pin. Ana Eon. 2. 
 
 Pi-wii, Pf To patch a garment ; to 
 ' mend ; to^ iqi a vacancy. 
 
 2. To weric constaiiitly ; e hana mau. 
 
 3. To adheretoa chief or rich peumifor 
 : the sake <^food or-a support. 
 
 4. To. gtaiid thick together; to crpwd 
 each ^Qier^ ' ~ 
 
 Pi-NAB, s. The dragon-fly. See Pina 
 
 above. Eaulapimtu, the string that holds 
 
 a dragon4y. . 
 Pi-NAtr-E-A, s, A species of kapa; a pa-u. 
 Pi-NA-NA, V, Pi for jMe, and miTm, to 
 
 look. To climb up, as a cat climbs up the 
 
 side of a house. 
 ^2. To be mischievous, as a child that 
 
 climbs where he aught not; to climb up 
 
 mischievonslyi 
 
 3. To croo^; to-ben^; to.bendoveri to 
 bend out of Shape. 
 
 4. To be higher, as one part of an object 
 than another. 
 
 5. Soo. To roll away ; to flow tast, as a 
 current; to miss the way; to £0 crookedly. 
 See HooNANAAu. 
 
 Pi-NA-NA, adj. Mischie vOus;. acting mis- 
 chievously ; going here and there. 
 
 Pi-NA-NA-E-A, V. To baVo the eyes be- 
 dimmed,aaivith cobwebs; epunawelewele 
 namaka. 
 
PIP 
 
 468 
 
 PIP 
 
 Pi-WA-Hii, V. To rise up, as the bow of 
 
 a ship or canoe in pass'mg over a swell ; 
 
 lanaiea ; pinanM e k« feaikaina e ka aa. 
 Pl-NA-NAI-E-A, V. See PiNANAI and La- 
 
 siisk. To tuiu aside, as the bow of a ship 
 
 li^^n struck by a strong sea or wave. 
 2. 1^0 turn one's head aside to looj^. 
 Pi-HE, s. A falsehood; a felsifiCT; he 
 
 kanaka wahahee. 
 Pi-«E-pi-NE, 0. To do frequently; to do 
 
 often ; to repeat 
 Pl-NE-Pi-NE, adv. Often; frequently. 
 Pi-Ni, ». Eng. A pin. 
 Pi-NO-Pi-No, adj. See Pilopilo. Bad 
 
 smelling^ corrupt. 
 Pi-pa, », To turn sideways; t» edge up 
 
 to a thing ; to dodge ; to^parrj off. 
 Pi-PA, s. A pali or precipice. 
 
 2. The fruit of the kae, a f niit like a bean. 
 See Eaeb. 
 
 3, The -name of a medicine given to mad- 
 men. See KiPA. 
 
 P^PA'Pl-Pi, «. See Pipa. To sit strad" 
 
 dle-of a fence ^ e nihi ma ka pa ; to tlodge 
 
 tfiis way -aod that. 
 Pi-pE, s. ~Eng. A pipe; a large «ask; 
 
 he ^ihu nui, 
 Pi-PE-wA, s. See ^WA. The tail of a 
 
 Qsh. 
 Pi-pi, 0. See Pi, to throw water. 'To 
 
 Bprlnkle. Oihk. 1:5. To w^t bj^riattling 
 
 wsteror blood. Fio.if'orwuifying. ha. 
 
 62:16. 
 
 2. Tbo. To smoaUer J in oontinne to 
 l)<irn~ witiiout a flame, asihe wick of a tamp. 
 Jita. 42:3i To bum, as green w wet wood. 
 
 3. To talk back^ to reply in «ffeD3ive 
 terms to something said; to chide; to quar- 
 rel. 
 
 4. To be multitudinous <«■ many; to 
 «tand thickly together; to be a mulfinide; 
 See KwiPi. 
 
 Pt-pi, s. An oyster; he ano paiea, he 
 ano ia^ a kind offish. 
 
 2. The center of a sea-shell, that is, tlie 
 place where the meat adheres to the shell; 
 hence, 
 '3. The center of ^e eye ; tiie sight 
 
 4. The hen or female of the bird oe. 
 
 5. O kahi malalo e poltpoli^ima, he pipt 
 ka inoa o ia wahi. 
 
 Pi-pi, s. Eng. More properly written 
 bifi. A foreign animal, first introduced by 
 Captain Vancouver -in 1793 or 1791. from 
 Mexico ; neat cattlo generally. See Bim. 
 
 Pi-pi, adj. Incombustible; smoulde^bg, 
 as Ore under green wood. 
 
 2. Almost extinguished ; not burning 
 easily. Hoo. Smoking, like some^hinf>; that 
 will not blaze. Mai. 12:20. 
 
 3. Thick together ; ku pipt; set thickly 
 together, as kalo in rows. 
 
 4. Thick together without order; huikau. 
 6. Multitudinous ; crowded many to- 
 gether. 
 
 Pi-pi. Note. — ^With this orthography 
 may be found some words which should 
 have been written piipii. See Pni'ir, adj. 
 
 Pi-pii, V. See Piipii. To spring up ©r 
 flow upwards, as water in a spring or foun- 
 tain. 
 
 2. To overflow; to effervesce, as in open- 
 ing a bottle of beer ; e piha me he bia la. 
 
 Pi-pi-o, V. See Pio. To bend over, as a 
 tali, stoop-shouldercd.man ; to bend, as m 
 bowing ; to bend forward^ 
 2. To bend, as the rainbow. 
 
 Pi-pi-o, s. A tall, stoop-shouldered man. 
 
 2. An arch ; a bending line. 
 
 3. The name of a species offish. 
 Fi-Fi-o, adj. Crooked; bending; arched. 
 Pi-pi-o-LE-po, ». See PioLEFo. To fly, 
 
 as dirt or opala in the wind, i. e., crook- 
 edly. In whirls, or any way except in 
 straight lines; me he anucnuela,heleapio 
 ka lepo. 
 Pi-pi-KA, V. To flow over; to overflow, 
 as a stream over a bank ; e hu ma kapa. 
 
 2. To turn asidefromtiie natural course. 
 
 3. To rush agunst the sides of any con- 
 fining object 
 
 4. To thrust or push agunst, as a waU. 
 Nah. 22:25. 
 
 6. Hoo. To wander; to go here and there, 
 as without object; to fetch op against 
 
 Pi-pi-KA, adj. Turning aside; moraig 
 
 out of the mrect line. 
 Pi-pi-Li, T. See Piu. To stick fest to, 
 
 aswitti pitch; to cleave to. Katd. 13:1«. 
 
 2. To adhere to one, as a friend; to 
 fasten ; to adhere to, as the tongue to the 
 
 'roof of the mouth, i. e., to be speechless.. 
 HaU 137& 
 
 3. To be joined or united with ; to be 
 long to. 
 
 Pi-Ti-u^u, t. A be^;iiig repeatedly; if 
 one obtains to_ go agun, like a -fly when 
 bmdied away it returns again; tkeneipoe 
 kanaka i kaj>ipi<i2t o nei kanaka i ko lakou 
 nei knmu. 
 
 Pi-pr-LO, adj. See Pilo. Bad smeHinf ; 
 
 disgusting to the smell. See PitoPiLO. 
 Pi-pi-NA, I i. A foreign word ap{^ed to 
 Pl-Pl-NE, J girls desired by foreigners; a 
 comqion girl; ina paha 1 1 mai kefadiL-o 
 hele e ke kama e upaa me ka paptns, i aku 
 ke kama he kapipino i huiia me ke kamaioa.. 
 
 Pi-pi-No-KE, V. See PiPi and Noke, to 
 fret To scold; to quarrel with one; to 
 dispute ; to contradict ; to go on scolding, 
 
POA 
 
 469 
 
 POA 
 
 as one party when the other paiiy stops. 
 See Oleole.' 
 
 Pi-pi-H, V, See PiPi. To be thick to- 
 gether ; to stand thickly together, as peo- 
 ple or thinga: to crowd one against an- 
 other; kapinat. 
 
 Pi-pi-Fi, «. A species of shell. SeePirii 
 oyster. 
 
 Pi-pi-pi, ' adj. Thickly ; near together ; 
 crowded. 
 
 Pi-pi-pu, p: See Pu. To spring or rise 
 up continuallyi as water in a spring or 
 fountain. 
 
 2. To ascend a hill together, as a com-' 
 pany of people: to go up. 
 
 Pi-pi-WAi, s. Pg» and wai, vrater. A 
 place.where water springs up or oozes out 
 of the ground on rook^. 
 4. The oozinff.or dropping of water. 
 
 Pi-WAI, *. A distinctive name of a spe- 
 cies of wild duck ; maou koloa pitnti. 
 
 2. The name of a species of iiard rock 
 out of which kois were made. 
 
 Pi-WE-KA-WE-KA, odj. Pi, Stingy, and 
 wefco, hard. Close; stingy; hard in a bar- 
 gain. 
 
 Pi-SE-TArKi-A, s. ^ng. The nut of the 
 pistacia, the kernel eatable. Kin. 43:11 
 
 Po, J. Night; the time after the going 
 down of the sun ; the time of the twenty- 
 four hours opposite to oo, day. 
 } 2. Darkness; the time when the sun gives 
 
 ' no light. 
 
 3. Chaos; the Ijme before there was 
 light ; mai ka po mai, from chaos (dark- 
 ness) hitherto, that is, from the beginning, 
 from eternity. 
 
 4. Theplaceof departedspirits; the place 
 of torment. Note. — fiawaiians reckon timo 
 by nigMs rather than by days; as, Po 
 akahi; first night, i. e., Monday ; Po alua, 
 second night, Tuesday. Po was cbunted 
 as a god among the poe akuanoho. 
 
 Po, V. To be dark; to darken; to be- 
 come night; to. be put of sight; to vanish; 
 hence, to be slain ; to be lost ; e po i ke 
 jcana, to be lost in war. 
 -2. Fig. To be ignorant ; to be wild ; to 
 be rude ; to be uncultivated. 
 
 3. To overshadow, as the foliage of trees, 
 
 4. To assemble thickly togethor, as peo- 
 ple ; to come together in multitudes. 
 
 5. To emit an odorilerous smell. Sec 
 Pou. 
 
 Po, adj. Dark; dark colored; obscure. 
 
 -2. Fig. Ignorant ; rude ; wild ; savage. 
 
 3. Unsocuil; sour; unfriendly; crabbed. 
 
 Po is prefixed to a good -many words, 
 
 and seems to denote. an intensive, thus: 
 
 maikai,. pomaika! ; ino, poino ; eleele, pa- 
 
 eleele ; ' pilikia, popilikia, &c. 
 
 Po-A, V. To castrate; to emasculate; to 
 
 make one a eunucli; i poaia, cas'rated. 
 Oihk. 22:44. G hoopau 1 ice ano kane: 2 
 OiU. 18:8. 
 
 2. To throw water over one's self; to 
 dive, paddle or play in the water. 
 
 3. To cast up or spatter water. 
 
 4. ,To wallow and roll in the water like 
 a hog. 
 
 Po-A) *■ One castrated ; a eunuch. 
 
 Po-A, adj. Castrated ; despoiled of Viril- 
 ity ; be luna i poaia. 2 Nal. 8:6. 
 
 Po-A-A-HA, s. The bark of the cloht 
 mulberry. 
 
 Po-A-A-LA, t». To thrum with the iBn- 
 gers on a drum head ; kilipoipoi e, e poo- 
 ala la. See Kilipoipoi. 
 
 Po-AE, I. A company; a vegetable; he 
 poe, he mea uln. 
 
 Po-AE-AE, j. The hollow .pilace under 
 the arm ; the armpit. See Poke. 
 
 Po-AE-AE, adv. Obscurely; indistinctly 
 seen ; darkly. 1 Kor. 13:12. Ike poaeae, 
 to have indistinct ideas of a thing. . See 
 
 P0WEH1WBU1._ 
 
 Po-A-iA. Particle passive of poa. One 
 
 castrated : a eunuch. Dan. 1:3. 
 Po-Ai, V. To encircle; to go round; to 
 
 encompass, as a city besieged. los. 6:3- 
 
 2. To go round an object in prder to see 
 it on all sides ; « makaikai. 
 
 3. To pass or sail round an island, as a 
 ship. 
 
 4. To surround for evil ; poaiia oia a 
 puni, e make ai ola,he vxis surrounded en- 
 tirely that he might be' killed. 
 
 Po-Ai, s. A circle real o/t imaginary; a 
 hoop; a girdle. In geogrdphy,poai waena, 
 the equinoctial line ; poai anu akau, the 
 arctic circle, &c. 
 
 Po-Ai, adv. A poai, round about ; ,ku 
 poai, to stand .around. 
 
 Po-Ai-Ai, V, See PoFOAi and Poai. To 
 go round and round ; to surround. 
 
 Po-Ai-HA-PA-LU-A, s. Poai and hapalua, 
 half. A semicircle. Ana Eon. 23. _ 
 
 Po-Ai-HEE, V. To flee, as a party in bat- 
 tle. 
 
 Po-Ai-HE-LE, V. Poai and hde, to go. 
 To travel about from place to place. Mai. 
 23:15. To encompass : to go round, as an 
 Island. 
 
 Po-Ai-LO-i-Hi, s. Poai and Imhi, long. 
 An oval figure ; an elipse. Ana Hon. 24. 
 
 Po-Al-PtJ-Ni, V. Poai and ]n>?d, around. 
 See PoAiuELB. To travel round here and 
 there ; to go round a country for any pur- 
 pose ; to pircumambulate. 
 
 Po-A-o-No, s. Po, night, and aono, six. 
 Lit. The sixth night, i. e., Saturday. See 
 next word. 
 
POA 
 
 470 
 
 POE 
 
 Po-A-HA, s. Po and o^, four. The fourth 
 
 day (night See Po, note), 1. e., Thuraday. 
 
 Po-A-HA, 0. To encircle; to go round ; 
 
 to go about here and there. 
 Po-A-HA, *. A circle. 
 
 ,%. A ball wonnd with a hollow on one 
 (aide as something to set a calabash in. 
 
 S. A smaller ball of the same kind to 
 apply to any swelling. 
 
 1. The name of a tree. 
 Po-A-HA-NiTri, *. The liame given by 
 
 Hawaiians to the hollyhock. 
 Po-A-Hi-A-Hi, ad^. Dim; obscure. 
 Fo-A-EA, s. A circulair paper; he oala- 
 
 pala poepoe. 
 Po-A-KA-Hi, t. Po and kaM, one ; ^rst. 
 
 The name of the finit day (night See Toys.) 
 
 of tiie week, Monday. 
 Po-A-Ko-HT, t. Po and A»Za, three. Ljr, 
 
 The third ni^t, i. e., Wednesday. 
 Po-A-LA, J7. To roll up, as a ball; to 
 
 : wind' up string into a ball; e owili i ke 
 
 kanla, e hana popo. 
 
 2. E kani i ka pnu i ka ono ana i kekahi 
 mea, e uioaka puu. 
 
 Po-Atla, J. The name of a tree ; he puu 
 
 poatoikamonie. 
 Po-a-la-a-la, adj. Boiling; tumbling 
 ■I over and over. 
 P0-A-LA-A-1.A, adv. Going towards land 
 
 and oat to sea again, as in sailing along a 
 
 coast in a canoe; mai hole pooHaala ka waa 
 
 i uka i kal. 
 Po-A-LE, V. Po and cde, to swallow, as 
 
 .,a wave. To be open; to be absorbent; to 
 
 drink in ; e hamama, e aleale. 
 
 Po-A-M-A-LE, adj. Open; absorbent; 
 
 . lying useless. 
 
 Po-A'-Li,' adj. Po and ali, a scar. Dark! 
 confused; obscure. 
 
 Po-A-Li-MA, s. Po and lima, &vb; the 
 fifth. The name of the fifth day (night) of 
 flie week, Friday. Hawaiians counted by 
 nigUs rather than by days. See Po. I ka 
 21 o Angate oia ka Poalvma, the 2Ist of 
 A.ugust, tiiat was Friday. 
 
 '2. The name of a religious meeting on 
 Friday of each week, formerly very gener- 
 ally attended by the people tnt'oughout the 
 Islands. 
 
 Po-A-Lo, V. To pluck or dig out the 
 eyes. Mat. 6:29. TTa poaloia kona man 
 maka, a make no ia ma kahiki, his eyes 
 wfre dug out, aud he died in a foreign coun- 
 try. 
 
 2. To twist round and draw oat, as a 
 tooth. 
 
 3. To take or force out,, as beans ftom a 
 pod ; to shell out beans. 
 
 4. To surround ; to circamambulote. 
 
 Po-A*ti-A, J. Po and alua, two; ^ 
 
 , second. The second day (see Po, note) tt 
 the week, Tuesday. 
 
 Po-A-NA, s. The name of the sea oat- 
 ride of where the snrf breaks; alsopueone. 
 
 Po-A-NA-A-NA, adj. Weary; lame; wm, 
 as with walking or lying in one position ; 
 fatigued, as with carrying a bnrden. 
 
 Po-A-Po-A-Ai, s. Name of a small coSt 
 ing shell-fish, a species of the pupn. 
 
 Po-A-Po-A-Ai, V. SeePoAi. To coil in a 
 circular form, as in winding a ball; to wmd 
 ronnd and round; eowiliwUi; to surround.' 
 
 Po-A-po-A-LA, V. See Poala. To wind 
 frequently ; to wind round and roimd. 
 
 2. To go round : to sorround ; to travel 
 round a city or cobnfa?. 
 
 Po-A-Fo-A-Fo-LA, V. To go about from 
 house to house. 
 
 2. To eat greedily; to swallow down food 
 rapidly. 
 
 Po-E, s. A company; a number of pe^ 
 sons or animals, from three to any indefl- 
 fiitely large number. It is not so often ap. 
 plied to things as to persona utd animals; 
 bat the idea is that of a certain oompwy 
 or' assemblage as distincttromsomeoraets. 
 A cluster; a bunch. Itisoftensynonymons 
 with pat and jnea. 
 
 2. The name of a Testable resembling 
 the akuliknli or parsiain ; a water or sea 
 plant _ ' 
 
 Po-£. A^ sign of the plural number of 
 nouns; synunymona with pae and puu, but 
 much more frequently ns^. When applied 
 as B sign of the plum, it still retains the 
 idea of a separate class. Grwm. ^ 85, 86, 
 
 ' 91 and 92. Nois^ — Poe is sometimes used 
 where tui would be proper. 
 
 Po-E, V. To br^ "up; to mash; to 
 pound, as in pounding poi. 
 
 Po-E, adj. Bound ; circulaT. See Poe- 
 poe and PoAi. 
 
 Po-E-E, s. The armpit. Jcr. 38:12. See 
 
 FOAEAE. 
 
 Po-E-Ko, adj. SkiHfiil; clever; intelli- 
 gent; able to think. 
 
 Po-E-LA-MTr-KU, s. An officer who at- 
 tended the person of a chief and executed 
 bis orders. See Iiamcko and Law£Kahii.i. [ 
 
 Po-E-LE, t>. Po, night, and efe, black. 
 To be very dark, as a dark night; to be 
 black colored. 
 
 2. Fio. To be sinking in death; to expe- 
 rience the darkness that often precedes 
 death. 
 
 3. To feel the pangs of death. 
 
 Po-E-LE, adj. Dark blue; black as night; 
 dark colored. 
 
 Po-E-LE-E-LE, V. See PoEiE. To be « 
 
POI 
 
 471 
 
 POI 
 
 become dork, aa night ; to become black. 
 . Hoo. To cause darkness. Puk. 10:21. 
 Po>E-LE-E-LE, adj. Black; dark as night; 
 
 b^nigbted. 
 2. Applied' to 'fhen^d, ignorant; beiril- 
 
 3. Roond; smooHb; polished; pokaka, 
 nemonemo. 
 Fo-E-Fo-E, V. To be. short ; to be low, 
 in opporition to tail, high, 
 , 2. £bo., To round; to make round. OWc. 
 i«:27. 
 
 8. To throw a,way ftom one, as a (MIlA 
 
 is thrown awiur from the arms. 
 
 Po-E-Po-E, adj. Round; round and 
 
 ' smooth; globniar; dicular; he mea poe- 
 
 . poe ka honua, the earth is a round thing. 
 
 Po-E-Fo-E-HA-WAf , s, A flattened sphere. 
 
 Am Son. 29. 
 Po-B-Fo-E-pixKoi, s. Alengtfaenedsphere. 
 
 Ana Sen. 29. 
 Po-i, V. To make clear or explicit. 
 
 2. To excite ; to stii up ; to hurry. 
 
 3. To cover; to shut, as a door or book; 
 to coyer over; to protect. 
 
 '4. To cover, as a pot or calabash; 
 
 6. To curve -and break over at 4he 'top, 
 as a high surf. See Popoi. To cover or 
 overwhelm, as the sea. Ma. 7S:53. Pol 
 mai ka nalu ; pot mai ]» ale. 
 
 6. To catch flies with the hand; to catch 
 as an owl does mice or small birds ;^ e,p(H 
 no lafia (ka pueo ame ke kaio) i ka iole. 
 
 7. Hoo. To examine by torture or by 
 threatening. 
 
 Poi, s. The paste or pudding which was 
 formerly the chief food of BbiwaiiauB, and 
 is so to a great extent yet . It is made of 
 kalo, sweet potatoes or breadfruit, but 
 mostly of kalo, by baking the above arti- 
 cles in ovens under ground, and afterwards 
 peeling and pounding tiiem with more or 
 less water (but not innch) ; it is then left 
 i^ a mass to fermenV; after fermentation, 
 it is again workled^over with more water 
 until it has the consistency ol thick paste. 
 It is eatta cold witli the fingers. 
 
 Po-i, *. A cover of any vessel or cop- 
 tainei:;eij>ecia%, the cover «r upper gourd 
 of a calabash ; nence, 
 
 2. Perhaps the name of the food kept 
 under or protected by it. 
 
 3. the cover of a pot or other vessel. 
 Pwfc. 25:29. 
 
 4. The top of a curling surf where it 
 breaks : he wahi e baki iho ai ka nalu. 
 
 5. A hes>d of cabbage, a foreign vegeta- 
 ble. 
 
 Po-i-A-wA, s. Poi and awa, sour; bitter. 
 Sour poi, or poi too much fermented. 
 2. Fib. a person of a sour or crabbed 
 
 Po-i-A-WA-A-wAi ) rtK, Sour, a« poi. 
 
 Po-i«A-WA-Hi-A, J , See PoiAWA. . 
 
 2.. Sour in disposition; tajsitum: refusing 
 to answer when spoken to. See Poifufov. 
 
 Po-nr, V, Po, intensive, and ne, sacred; 
 consecrated. To be imder the protection 
 or care of some one having power fa pro- 
 tect. 
 
 2. To be prohibited or forbiddoa; to be 
 under a kapu. 
 
 3. To be consecrated; to be holy. See 
 Iran. 
 
 Po-iu, adj. A&t off; at a great distance. 
 
 2. Grand ; solemn, as a sacred place ; 
 glorious. 
 
 3. Precious; desirable. 
 
 Po-iu-io, t. See Poro abovfe. To be very 
 tax off or high up ; o lia hoa i poiwiu o ka 
 ike nei, the fHend who is a&r off beyond 
 titesuhb 
 
 a. To be very kapu or Sacred. See Jtt^ 
 andSoiDiu. ..' . 
 
 Po-i-xA-LO, V. To cover up kalo (lip- 
 land), i. e., to spread over the hills^^ed 
 grass, banana leaves or aaythta^ to «erve 
 as manure and shade the roots. 
 
 Po-i-NA, V. To forget; to be forgotten. 
 Kin. 41:30. Note.— In this form, it is used 
 only in a neuter or passive sense. 
 . 2. Boo. To cause to forget; topassftom 
 tiie mind or memory. 
 
 3. To forget a person or an event. Kiri. 
 40:23. To forget God. LutOc. 3;7. 
 
 Po-i-NO, V. Po, intensive, and i;u>, bad; 
 eviL. To be in distress ; to.be in misera- 
 ble chrcumstances. 
 
 2. To suffer from some cause ; to suffer 
 an imuty ; to be injured. 
 
 3. To be ill-fated or destined totaffm.. 
 Po-i-NO, s. Hard fatigue; sufiering; af- 
 
 'flictfoa; Iiann; injury; whatever is unfiir- 
 
 iaiiiste. 
 Po-i-No, adj. Unlucky; unfortunate; 
 
 iU-&ted. 
 Po-i-FA-LAir,'^ s. A kind of food; a mix- 
 ture of potatoes and cocoanut. 
 Po-i-FO, V. To ambuscade; to set an 
 
 ambuscade for an army. 
 
 : 2, To fall upon, as an enemy in the night; 
 
 to surprise ; mai poipoia lakon ilaila, wey 
 
 were near heing mtrprised there. 
 3. To overcame; to conquer. JSn. 14:15. 
 Po-i-Fo, s. An ambuscade; that part of 
 
 an army which is set for an ambuscade. 
 Po-i-FO-i, V. See Poi 3. To cover over 
 
 with weeds or grass. 
 
 2. To quench fire by pouring on water. 
 
 3. To Interrupt a discourse when one is 
 speaking. 
 
 4 To hush or quiet, as a child. 
 6. Boo. To examine one, as by torture. 
 See F<x> feoo.,«ad also Pofol 
 
POO 
 
 472 
 
 POO 
 
 Po-i-pu, », To cover over; to 6urywiih 
 a flood. Pufc!l5'.6. 
 
 2. To shadt deeply ; to Bhade from the 
 light of the gun bo as to he almost dark, as 
 a glen thick Wth trees. 
 
 3. To cover over the heavens with thick 
 dark clouds. 
 
 Po-i-ptJ, s. The state of being covered 
 
 np, overwhelmed or darkened by a thick 
 
 covering, as with clouds, water, ttiick 
 
 shade, £c. 
 Po-i-Pir, adj. Covered or buried up, as 
 
 one overwhelmed with waves or the surf. 
 
 Laieik. 133. Hoke o ka halehale poipn o 
 
 ka nalu. 
 Po-i-PD-Pun, V. To be full of ^ard lumps, 
 
 like poi not well pounded or made from 
 
 had kalo. 
 2. To be unsocial; to he sour; to he un- 
 
 liriendly. 
 Po-i-PtT-Ptnr, s. Food full of lumps. 
 
 2. Fio. A sour, morose person. 
 Po-i-pu-PUP, adj. Hard; luinpy, as bad 
 
 poi. 
 2. Sour ; unsocittl, as a person. 
 Poo, V. To scoop tip, as water; to dip 
 
 down into the water ; to stir up or trouble 
 
 water, as in bathing, or as a hog in rooting 
 
 under water. 
 
 2. To make a noise by putting the-fingers 
 in the mouth and snapping the lips. 
 
 3. jHoo. To add ; to join on ; e hookni. 
 
 4. To do with the head, L e., as we say 
 in English, to do head<Bork ; e hanaia ka 
 mea-akamai e na mea poo noonoo. 
 
 5. To dig; to dig deep down; e hoopoo- 
 poo : to make a deep hole in the ground ; 
 e kolil, e ell. 
 
 6. To cause to be light; to swimj to 
 press upon the ama of a canoe; e konu ma 
 ke ama. 
 
 Poo, s. Takes the article Se. The head; 
 the summit, Ac. ; ke poo o ka mauna, the 
 top of the mountain. 
 
 2. The head of a person; the seat of 
 thought; the seat of the intellectual powers; 
 he wahi e noho ai ka noonoo,-ka noho ana 
 o ka nhane. 
 
 3. The head or chief pelnt of a discourse; 
 the text of a sermon ; ke knmn olelo e hai 
 Aku. See PocIolelo. 
 
 i. The name of a place under the Band ; 
 pehea kau puaa? eia i kapoo. 
 
 5. A kind of sea^ell. See Poopauioa. 
 
 6. Achief of anumberofpeople; ahead, 
 guide or leader. SJanl. 1:15. Opposed to 
 hado, a lowQi- ,cla8S. Kard. 28:13. The 
 head of a people either in civil or military 
 matters; often Synonymous with luna; o 
 ke alii, naua no e hai^ule na heiau, poo ka- 
 naka, oia hoi na luauul. 
 
 Poo-E-E, s. See Poo above, No, 4, 
 PoQrO-LE-Lp, s. Poo and okh, speech. 
 
 The £eadof a discourse ; the text of a ser- 
 mon; luakana ^loooZefo ma ka Oihana. _ 
 
 Po-oxi,,s, A species of fish of a reddish 
 color, sii^ai in etiaracter to tbebuli, aawa 
 andea. 
 
 Poo-HE-PA-U, *. One who tos the best 
 of a bargain. 
 
 Ppo-m-NA, V. Poo and Mna, to fall off, 
 as the hidr. To be gray headed; to be old. 
 Ha. 46:4. 
 
 Pdo-Hi-NA, ». The gray hairs of an aged 
 person. Oihic. 19:32. 
 2. A gray haired person. 1 Not. 2:6. 
 
 Poo-Hi-NA, adj. Gray haired or gray 
 headed ; gray with age. iiirai. 32:25. 
 
 Poo-Hi-wi, s. Poo, top, and Mwi, to di- 
 minish ; a diminishing point. 
 L Tlie sharp top of anything. 
 
 2. Applied to the shoulder. ., Sin. 9:23. 
 The shoulder ; hoolei i ke kapa ulanla ma 
 kona poohiwi, they cast the red (royal) 
 kapa upon his shoulders. 
 
 3. The point, of union of the upper arm 
 bonewithUie shoulder blade; henooknina 
 lewa ka iwi uluna me ka iwl hoehoe ma 
 kela aoao ma keia aoao. ■■~- '■- 
 
 Poo-Bi-vn, adj. Of or pertaining to the 
 shoulder. P«fc. 28:7. 
 
 Poo-Hoo-LE-WA, s. Poo and Aodlewa, to 
 bear or carry. Epithet of a very high chief 
 who was always carried by the people. 
 
 Poo-Hou, s. Poo, head, and Ao», new. 
 Name of the character § used in writing or 
 printing to designate a new subject or par- 
 agraph. 
 
 Poo-HU, V. To sing; to sound, as a bell 
 or other sounding matter. 
 2. To Crack ; to squeak, as shoes. 
 
 Poo-HU, s. A wound, particularly if 
 swollen ; a braise. 
 
 Poo-BU-Ai, s. A pain; a disease; the 
 headache. 
 
 Poo-Hu-KD, s. The top point of a hil- 
 lock, ridge or moun4- 
 
 2. The sharp tops of the ridges of a file 
 or rasp. 
 
 Poo-Bu-NA, adj. Appellation of one of 
 the lying gods : he wahahee maoli keka&i 
 akuai, ua kapaia he popAutM i ke aouli, be . 
 wahahee ke ano oia inoa. 
 
 Poo-KA-EO. E pauaalina me he pookaeo 
 
 la. • 
 Poo-KE-0-KE-o, fld/. Poo and Areo, white. 
 
 White headed; bald headed; epithet of as 
 
 aged person. _■ . 
 
 2. Wry or crooked necked. 
 
 3. Prosperous'; successful. 
 
 Poo-KE-o'-Kfe-o, *. Prosperity; success. 
 
 Hal. 73:3. 
 Poo-KE-o-KE-^), V. To be prosperous in 
 
POO 
 
 473 
 
 POO 
 
 business; to be sncceesM in an enterprise. 
 
 Hal. SJ:7. To n-nJte a good bargain. 
 Poo-KE-LA, Vi Poo an4 k4a, to excel. 
 
 To excel ; to be or act is cbief ; to be put 
 
 fpiemost. 
 Poo-KE-LA, ». A chief i a prince or chief 
 
 among men. iVoA. 16:2. 
 
 2. A superior eitber by birth or by great 
 exploits; the greatest, cbief, highest among 
 a number of persons. Kol. 1:18. 
 
 3. :Official dignity or insignia. Jer. 13:18. 
 Poo-KE-LA, adj. More excellent; exceed- 
 ing ; better ; a lilo ai kakou ipookela ma- 
 liina na holoholona, that we may become 
 more excelkni than (aboye) the brutes. 
 
 Poo-KE-FA, s, foq and Arepa, 'tideways; 
 edgeways. The l(!ur cat so aa to be made to 
 stand (Merently firom what it naturally 
 would: 
 
 2. A part of the hair cut and a part left 
 standing. 
 
 3. A one-sided head. Notb^— It was cus- 
 tomary aniong Eawaiians in mourning for 
 the loss' of friends, to cut the hair in very 
 fimtastical shapes as a sign of son'ow. 
 
 Poo-KE-PA-Li, s. Probably poo, head, and 
 keprjl, of the precipice. The man who 
 makes the best bargain In itaA^, i. e., he 
 caps the pali. . 
 
 Poo-KO-1, s. Poo, head, and kdi, sharp 
 as ."an axe. A person having a sharp or 
 pirojecting forehead. Notbj— Such were 
 supposed to have something supernatural 
 about ^em and had the J)ower.of using the 
 pak anaana^ that is, of praying people to 
 death,. ' 
 
 2. A person livcking good sense; hemea 
 { manaoia he lapnwale. 
 
 Poo-KO-n, V. To be envied on account 
 of one's riches. 
 
 Poo-KO-n,- s. One who is envied on ac- 
 count of his riches. . 
 
 Poo'-KU-i-KE-A, adj. Poo, head, kua, 
 back, and'ltp^, white. White or bald headed. 
 See FooEEOKEo. 
 
 Po-o-LA, s. Name of a sj;tfecies of fisli. 
 2. The name of a tree. 
 
 Poo-LA-PA-LA-PA, ». Poo and lapaiapa, 
 cornered. A square head; a head with 
 many angular points. 
 
 Poo-LE-io, s. Poo and delo, the chief 
 speech. The man who makes the best bacr 
 gain in trading. See Pookefali. 
 
 Po-o-LO-P0, ». See OoLAPn and OoLopir. 
 A blister ; a rising of the skin. 
 
 2. The swelling np of cloth when thrown 
 into the water. 
 
 Poo-Lir-A, «. Pop, head, and lua, two. 
 A child who has two fathers ; he keiki na 
 na makuakane elna ; a nominal and a real 
 one 
 
 AH 
 
 2. A child born o»t of wedlock; a bas- 
 tard. Eanl 23:3. 
 Poo-LU-A, adj. Of a double meaning or 
 
 sense. 
 2. Double headed; sinfiil; adulterous. 
 
 JKar. 8:38. ^ . 
 
 Poo-iM-LV'V^, adj. Poo and /u^, &tigu- 
 
 ing labor. ' Cloudy ; dark. 
 2. Depressed with labor or soitow. 
 Poo-MAC-NU, *. Poo and maunu, bait of 
 
 a hook. The bait of a fisherman's hook ; 
 
 he maunu lawaia. , 
 2. The end ; the remainder, 
 Poo-MO-K0, V. Poo and nadeu, cut off; 
 
 the head cut off. To cut off ; to sever, as 
 
 witii a knife or sword. 
 Poo-Ni-u-Ni-TT, ) s. Dizziness of the head; 
 Poo-NU-NU, , } the vertigo. 
 Poo-N<)o, p. Poo axii-noonoo, to think. 
 
 To think; to reflect; to turn over and over 
 
 \fi the mind. 
 Poo-KOOHNoo, s. Thought ; reflection ; 
 
 the act of reflecting. 
 2. A person skilled iii thinking ; one 
 
 taught to think ; he poonoeau. 
 Poo-Noo-Noo, adj. Thinking; reflect^ 
 
 ing ; using the mental powers, 
 Poo-PA-LA-oA, s. Name of a sea sbell. 
 
 See Poo. 
 Poo-Poo, ) J. A ball of an oval shape. 
 Po-PO, ) Note. — The orthography of 
 ■ popo is the more correct. See Popo. 
 Poo-Poo, V. To be deep; to be lower 
 
 down J to be sunk in. OiMc. 24:37. 
 2. 1*0 be deep down, as a pit dug deeply. 
 
 Hal. 7:15. E hoea akn ai i ka lua nui, i 
 
 poopoo nahonaho. 
 Poo-poo, adj. Deep, as a hole dug deep 
 
 in the gronnd ; a deep pit : poopoo hoi na 
 
 maka fioko lilo, their eyes were set deep 
 
 within ; sunken, as the eyes of a person 
 
 from disease. 
 Poo-Po-NO-PO-NO, V. Poo aiid pono, to 
 
 put in order. To seat persons in regular 
 
 order; to arrange sitting jlaces-for a great 
 
 number; to seL up near to each other. 
 Poo-pu-AA, s. One of the wooden gods 
 
 in a heiau whose bead resembled a hog's ; 
 
 a like me ke poopxiaa ke kii, ua kapaia kela 
 
 kii he puaa kukui ka inoa. 
 Pdo-puta-li, s. Poo, head, and pudli, 
 
 hinding. The depression or slight hollow 
 
 on th^ crown of the head! See Popuali. 
 
 Poo-pup, s. Poo and puM, a rise of 
 ground; a hillock. The top of a hillock or 
 mound ; the top of a ridge. See Poohdku. 
 
 Poo-WAi, s. Poo and wai^ water. A toun- 
 tain head of water ; o ke kahiko poovm o 
 Kuaikua. 
 
POU 
 
 4*74 
 
 POH 
 
 Pou, s. The name of the side posts of 
 a Hawaiian honee. 
 
 2. A post or pillar of a building. Puk. 
 27:10. £ banala i paa a kukulu la ka jpou 
 ma ka waa akau ; e haaaia ka pou i ke 
 kaula mai luna a lalou 
 
 3. A disease said to be a hard, long sub- 
 Btance lying perpendicnlarly above the 
 umbUicas. 
 
 Po-uo-uo, s. The substance that fisher- 
 men U8C to bear up tlieir nets, light bnoys, 
 floaters, lighters, &c. See Move and Mo- 
 roco. 
 
 2. The name of the net thus prepared j 
 npena pouono. 
 
 Pon-o-MA-N0, J. Pou, post, 0, of, and 
 manu, an ancient god. The post of a chiefs 
 house, into the hole of which a man was 
 first put as a sacrifice, and then the post set 
 in. (This was a work of former times.) 
 
 Pon-HA-NA, s. See Pou. The long end 
 post of a house to which the ridge pole is 
 fasteued. 
 
 Pou-HA-Nun, adj. Pou aai hanuu, short 
 protuberance^. Short ; round ; broken in 
 short pieces. 
 
 Poij-Hi-A, adj. See Pauhia. Overcome 
 withsleep; drowsy; dreaming; inatrance. 
 
 Pou»Hi-o, ». Pou and ^(0, slanting. The 
 corner post of a house. 
 
 Po-Tj-H0, adj. Po, head, and«^, groan- 
 
 , ing. Homely; ugly looking; bad looking, 
 as the countenance ; ano inolno ma ka he- 
 lehelena. 
 
 Po-u-BU, s. Aspeciesof fish; the shell- 
 fish Mu> perhaps. 
 
 Pou-Ki-Hi, s. Pou dittikihi, comer. The 
 corner post of a Hawaiian bouse. See Pot;- 
 
 HIO. 
 
 Po-u-Ki-u-Ki, V. Po, intensive, and ukU 
 uki, wet; mouldy. To be wet; to be damp 
 and cold; to be mildewed; hence, to smell 
 musty ; to be bad smelling. 
 
 Po-u-LE, s. Po and ule, penis. The ule 
 or stamen of the male flower of the J^read- 
 fhiit; poiie ulu; he ule no kaulu i ka hoo- 
 maka ana e hua mai. 
 
 Po-n-LK-u-Lu, s. Poule, see above, and 
 ulu, breadfruit The stamen of a bread- 
 fruit flower. 
 2. Something that grows on the extreme 
 
 • branches of the ulu or breadfhiit tree; it is 
 used for making kapa. 
 
 Po-u-Li, V. Po, night, and uli, black j 
 dark. To be or become dark, as night. 
 Pufc. 1 0:22. To be aflfcoted with silence or 
 sadness; spoken of the efffects of lovo; 
 aolc loaa ia la ka ono o ka ai, no ka mca, 
 ua pouli 1 ke aloha, she perceived no sweet- 
 ness in food, because she was in a dark 
 state through love. Xoteifc. 205. Hoc. To 
 cause darkness ; to be darkened. 
 
 2. To darken ; to blind morally. ; jBobj. 
 1:21. E hoopoeleele mai i ka naan. 
 
 Po-u-u, s. Darkness; want of light; 
 night; moral darkness; ignorance; gener- 
 ally expressed by the word mtmipo. 
 
 Po-TJ-u, adj. Dark; obscure. 
 
 Po-u-u-u-u, adj. The intensive of po- 
 uK. Very dark. 
 
 Po-u-H-u-u-c, V. See Lid and hiuixa, 
 a long time; a great stance off. A great 
 ways off; a far distance ; o ka lanipaa oia 
 no kabi e pouliuliu ana ke nana akn. 
 
 Po-u-m, *. Name of a shrub or small 
 tree fi'ora the bark of which a qtecies of 
 kapa was made. 
 
 Po-u-NA, *. Eng. A pound in weight. 
 Katd. 25:13. 
 
 2. A pound in money ; ttrenty sh&lings, 
 Luk. 19:13. 
 
 Pou-NA-KAU, ) ». Poi{na,seeabove, 
 
 PoU'NA-iAU-lI-KE, ) and fcau, to pat upon 
 or place. A balance for weigiung; scales. 
 Ha. 40:12. See KACFAONAi, 
 
 Pou-NA-NA-HU-A, s. Name of a certain 
 post ina heiau near the door. 
 
 Pou-pou, adj. Short of stature; low;- 
 shortgenerallyi pokop(Ao; ualikekapou- 
 pou me ka baabaa. Note.— This word 
 shotild not be confounded with poopoo, 
 which means de^4own. ' 
 
 Pou-pou-A-NA, *. Name of a prayer at 
 the luakini; o Poupowma ka inoa oia aha. 
 
 Potr-poTT^io-Ho-Ki-0, *. Falsehood; evil 
 reports to the ipjnry of one. 
 
 Pou-DA, t. Eng: Powdfer; gun-powder. 
 The Hawaiian name for powder is one a, 
 burning sand. See Waipahu. The word 
 is also written pauda, and awkwardly pauto. 
 
 Po-HA, V. To burst; to burst forth, as 
 a sound; to thunder; poha ka nana (nalu), 
 ke wewe o wahulu mai. See Wbwb. 
 
 2. To rush upon ; to make an irroption', 
 - as an enemy. 1 (ML 14:11, 
 
 3. To come upon suddenly, as in anga ; 
 to punish. Puk. 19:22. 
 
 4. To burst or break for&, as a boil or 
 sore. i)ufc.9:9. ■ . 
 
 6. To unstop, as the ear of a deaf person. 
 6. To burst fbrib suddenly, as light in a 
 dark place. 
 7; To appear ; to come in sight, aS the 
 f moon ; to appear ; to flow out, as the men- 
 strual flux ; ua poha ua wahine la. 
 
 8. To appear in sight, as the leprosy 
 under the skin. 2 Om. 26:19. 
 
 9. To burst forth ; to overflow, as tears. 
 ler. 9:18. 
 
 10. Hoo. To burst suddenly, as the sound 
 of thunder. 2 Sam. 22:14. 
 
 11. To burst or break through oppod- 
 tion, as a torrent. 16b. 28:10. 
 
POH 
 
 475 
 
 POH 
 
 Po>BA, ». The crack of a whip. 
 
 2. Tbe noise of tlinader; the noise of any 
 expldsiye substance. 
 
 3. Tbe barsting or breaking of a boil. 
 
 4. tbe bursting or flashing of light. 
 
 5. The name of the Cape gooseberry; 
 article ke. 
 
 Po-HA, adj. Bursting; cracking; spark- 
 ling. 
 
 Po-HAE, 0. Po and hoe, to tear. To be 
 torn, as a bole in a handle. 
 
 2. Boo. To tear, as a hole in a package 
 or bundle/; to tear a bole in the thatching 
 of a house ; luai hoopohae oe i ka ha'e e 
 Dvna. 
 
 3. To make the sound of tearing cloth or 
 kapa. 
 
 Po-HAE-BAE, adj. Po and hoe, torn. 
 
 Rotten J brittle, Sua., as cloth easily torn. 
 
 See Fakupaios and Haeua^:. 
 Po-HAi, V. To be surrounded and gath^ 
 
 erod into an iucloHurc. 
 2. To be gathered together in a circular 
 
 form, as fish inclosed in a,Det; ua poliai ka, 
 
 ia ; aajw/iui na waa ; uapo/iui na kanaka. 
 Po-HA-HA, adj. Kou»4; circular, as a 
 
 sore, as a pit, &c.; round, as the crater of 
 
 a Yolcano ; deep down, as a pit. Sco Po- 
 
 • KAHA. 
 
 Po-HA-KA, s. A printed or painted kapa. 
 2. A cincture ; a girdle ; a belt. 
 
 Po-HA-KAA, *. The name of a god sup- 
 posed to live in ravines or precipitous 
 places where stones were often rolled down. 
 
 Po-HA-KAU, s. An anchor by which a 
 ship is fastened by means of4he cable : he 
 helenma, he mea e paa a! ka moku i ka 
 hehaii. 
 
 Po-HA -KAU-LEi, V. To draw in; to con- 
 tract. 
 
 2. To iwse or lift up; to raise to a higher 
 place. 
 
 Po-HA-Kii-KU, V. To place and to carry 
 a ciiild oil the back part of tbc: neck <Jiot 
 on tbe shoulder.) 
 
 2. To carry anything on the back part of 
 tbe neck, like a Icihei. 
 
 Po-HA-Ki-o-Lo-A, s. A stone used by 
 fisbenneUr probably as anchor to the canoe. 
 
 Po-HA-Koi, V, Po, intensive, and htikoi. 
 To be very heavy; to bear down. See Koi 
 and Koikoi. 
 
 Po-HA-KU, t. The general name of 
 stones, rocks, pebbles, &iii.;pokakii ula, a 
 brick ; a ^e. JS&cfc. 4:1. Pohakv. lepp, an 
 adobie ; a gun-dried brick, Fvk. 1:14. 
 na mea paa ^e pohioka ia. Large stones 
 were called poli pokalcu} lesser ones po- 
 AoAnt wifcu;. melted stones or' lava was 
 . called 00/ small stones rubbed or worn 
 emootb ia mis water were called iUUi; the 
 
 least of all hard substances was called one. 
 sand. 
 
 Po-Ha-ku, adj. Of the nature or quality 
 of stone, bard. 
 
 Po-ha-ku-he-le, s. Pohaktt and hek, to 
 go. Lit. a walking stone. A species of 
 crab which has a shell like a stone. 
 
 Po-ha-ku-kaa, Sj^ Pohakv, and kaa, lo 
 tarn. A millstone. KmH. 24:6. PoAofcu- 
 haa palaoa. Z/unfc. 9:53. 
 
 Po-HA-Ktr-LE-Po, s. Pohaku and lepo, 
 dirt. A brick made of ^dirt or soil mixed 
 with grass or straw, and dried in the sun. 
 See Adobie. 
 
 Po-HA-KU-PAA, s. Po^Att and jNUi, firm; 
 solid. Arock.' Job. 28:9. Note. — JPohaku' 
 paa is the general name of bard or solid 
 stones out of which kois were made, and 
 pohaku paa stands in opposition to j3oAa/i.-!t 
 
 - n(eA<ee, soft or porous stones. 
 
 Po-HA-KU-FA-E-A, s. Pokaku and paea, 
 the Hawaiian pronunciation for the English 
 wordjire. Afire stone; a flint stone. Ezek. 
 3:9. A flint. 
 
 P0-HA.-KU-WAI-KI, i. Pokaku and ivai, 
 water, and ki, to shoot, as a gun. A name 
 given to a ball or bullet formed anciently 
 from a stone, and adapted to a squirt-gun. 
 See Waiki. 
 
 Po-HA-LA, V. To be healed; to recover 
 from sickness. lak. 5:14. 
 . 2. To recover from a swoon or fainting ; 
 alaila,;>o^iaaelakonanmn&o. ftn. 45:27, 
 Used also with naau, 
 
 3. To breathe freely and easily after 
 being relieved from severe pain. 
 
 4. To-be f^ed from constraint; to break 
 loose from confinement 
 
 £. ' To anfold; to burst forth, as the petals 
 cf a flower. 
 
 ' 6. Hoo. To question in a captions man- 
 ner ; to spetk against a person or a meas- 
 ure. 
 
 7. To object to;' to interfere ;te reply 
 ti; tofindfeultwith. XuJfe.l4:6. To for- 
 bid. 
 
 8. To use inflnence with one to prevent 
 a thing; mai hoole, a bofpbhala, a haua 
 
 . hewa. 
 
 Po-HA-LA, s. Rest; ease after pain or 
 suffering; relief from constraint. 
 
 2. Hoo. A pretense; a specious course 
 of conduct. 
 
 Po-HA-LA^ adj. Quiet; breathing freely; 
 opening, as a flower; relieved from con- 
 cement. 
 
 Po-HA-LE, V. See PoALE, A inserted. 
 To be very full of waves ; to be open' on 
 top, as a rough sea. 
 
 Po-HA-LE, adj. Absorbent ; swallowi^ 
 
 up. 
 Po-HA-iE-HA»i.E, adj. See Poale and 
 
POH 
 
 476 
 
 POH 
 
 PoaLeaub. Open; uuprotected: lying use- 
 less. 
 Po-HA-iLH, ». Po, intensive, anihalut'to 
 sink in or to sink down. To sink down, as 
 Bomcthing weak or overcome. 
 
 2. To Ue or, be folded up. 
 
 3. To rcBt securely or quietly in a jilace. 
 Po-HA-LU, adj. Broken ; wounded; coiled 
 
 up ; lying quietly. 
 
 Po-HA-NO, adj. Po, intensive, and hano, 
 hoarse. Hoarse; unnr.tnr£l,'a3 tbe voice 
 rrom a cold or other cause ; hard breath- 
 ing, as one with the phthisic. 
 
 Po-HA-Po-HA, V. See Poha. To burst 
 I'c.rth suddenly, as any sound; to pai'cb, as 
 corn ; to crack, as a whip ; to squeak, as 
 shoes. 
 
 2. To burst or break forth, as a boil. 
 
 3. Hoo. To cause to bubble, as water in 
 ~ boiling ; to break up with a noise, as the 
 
 surface of water. -■ 
 
 4. To trouble tbe water, as the flukes of 
 a wtiale or other fish. lob. 41:31. 
 
 Po-HE, 0. To cut short.;^ to round off, 
 ' «B the comers ; to cut into siiort pieces. 
 Po;HE, «. The marshmallows. 
 
 2. A small plant like low mallows, the 
 baVk of which is used like olona or hemp. 
 
 Po-HE, adj. Cut short, as a rope with a 
 .knife or witit the teeth; cut smoothly oif 
 instead of being broken. Zam. Saw. 10:4. 
 He weluwelu ka ka ia, he poke keia. 
 ~-^. Round ; smoothed by cutting off the 
 corners. 
 
 3. Cut into short pieces. 
 Po-HEE-UA, V. See Poheepali. To slip 
 
 or fall down a steep precipice on account 
 of a'great rain. 
 Pa-HEE-PA-Li, 0. To die mysteriously, 
 no one knowing the canse ; e make me kn 
 pbino, aole maopopo ka mai ame ka popi- 
 likia. 
 
 2. To fall down a slippery pali when 
 alone and be killed. 
 
 3. To get the advantajfc of one. 
 Po-HE-o, s. A stone; some hard thing; 
 
 he mea paakiki. 
 Po-HE-o-HE-o, s Any small, round, hard 
 
 substance. 
 2. Specifically, the head of a nail or pin ; 
 
 the head at the top of a rafter. 
 Po-HE-o-HE-o, adj. JSound> smooth; 
 
 hard. See Pohe. 
 P6-HP-HE-0, V. To swell up round and 
 
 smooth ; to be round aud plump, as' a 
 
 woman with many folds of pa-u on. 
 
 Po-HE-Mo, 1). To slip out of the hand, 
 as one c&rries a bundle and it falls ; e pu- 
 hemo, e alualu, e oloolo^ e baalnea. 
 
 Po-Hi, V. To sink down; to settle away; 
 to grow less. Bee Paho, to go out of sight. 
 
 Po-Hi-Hi, V. Po, intensive, and MM, t^o 
 
 be thick and tangled, as viries. To be very 
 
 much tangled, as a thick growth of vin^ 
 2. To be shady, as with thick leaves and 
 
 branches of trees. 
 Po-Hi-Hi, adj. Dark; obscure; intricate. 
 
 6W. 1:6. Confused, as long tangled hair. 
 Po-Hi-Hi-n, adj. Po and MM and hiu, 
 
 wild. Entangled ; puzzling ; not plain. 
 Po-Hi-Hi-Hi, adj. See Pohihiu. Ohscure, 
 
 H3 language ; puzzling, as a question ; sot 
 
 plain; enUingled; Taca,pohihihi,a mystery; 
 
 a dark saying; hard qncstlons. l;^i. 10:1. 
 
 Forgotten ; not known. 
 Po-Hi-Hi-Hi, s. A mist; an obscurity of 
 
 vision^ anything dark orl^atanglsA; that 
 
 which 18 obscure or mysterious; a mystery. 
 
 2 2fe.2:7. 
 2, Forgetfalness ; ignorance ; awkwwd- 
 
 nesE. 
 Po-Hi-NA, s. See PoHi and Ana. A mist 
 
 or fine rain ; a fog ; a thin cloud. 
 
 2. A person with gray hairs; one having 
 white hairs. See Poouina. 
 
 3. Any white substance, as pia, flour. &<s. 
 Po-Hi-MA, adj. White ; whitish i hav- 
 ing a white appearance. 
 
 Pohina luna i ke ao uakaci kaluo. 
 Kaue ka lehua ka poa o ka laau, 
 HakaiTAi ka obaa r Okvanli, 
 tJli ke a i na haa e Be nkaa. 
 
 Po-Hi-NA-Hi-«A, s. A>»TWildngdown,aE 
 a tree or shrub ; he walua na laau. 
 
 2. The' name of a plant of a silvery gray 
 color ; he hinnhioa. • 
 
 Po-Hi-wE-m-wE, adj. By change of let- 
 tere for pcwehimAi. Dark; obsear«; hav- 
 ing but little IJeht ; seeing faintly. 
 
 Fo-Hi-wi, s. the shoulder, &c. See 
 
 PoOHlWt. 
 
 Po-Ho, V. To sink, as in water. Puk. 
 15:4. To plunge ia tbe water out of sight. 
 
 2. To sink, i. e., to lose money or prop- 
 erty in business, 
 
 3. Poho ka maoto, to tink, as tbe mind; 
 to despond ; to despair; 
 
 4. To blow gently, jut tbe -wind ; to fill 
 the sails. 
 
 5. To olasp hands, as men two and two 
 in carrying a canoe. 
 
 6. IIoo. To go beyond in a bargain; to 
 overreach. 1 Tfes. 4:6. 
 
 Po-Ho, s. A slight hoUon' or cavity; 
 poAo lima, the 7(o«ow of thp hand. OiUt, 
 14 :15. Poho wawne, the hoOow of the foot 
 See Pom. 2 Ao?. 19:24. Opposite to »«co 
 ke poo, top pf the hc^a. iso. 1;6. 
 
 2. The name of a ehalkv white earth ; 
 hence, chalk as imported; 'he hnuone, be 
 ano keokeo mo he puna la. 
 
 .3. A deep place ; a deep pit. 
 .i*'.A '^^^P baiskct or container made «f 
 the te *o put fish in when ssugbt. 
 
POH 
 
 477 
 
 POH 
 
 5. Lo9a ; damage by loss. Eatl. 7:4. 
 
 6. A goal or ba!!e; any encb place marked 
 in a game ; ke poho o Ic.i moka. 
 
 Po-Ho, (wy. Lost; dead; sunken. Sol. 
 21:16. 
 
 Po-Hb-tA, V. To open} to spread out, 
 as the petals of a flower Wlicn Ijlcssoiniiig: 
 to open ; to expand ; to grow larger. 
 
 Po-Ho-LA-W), V. Poko and lalo, down- 
 ward. To .give or furnish a thing to be 
 trampled npon ; e hauwi qiai inalalo o ba 
 wawae. 
 
 Po-Ho-LA-LO, s. Mischief done by dis- 
 turbing one when' sitliiig down ; nti bana 
 kolohe malalo o ka okole; 
 
 P0-K0-I.A-WA, V, To be water-soaked, 
 as kalo; to beworm-citfen, as potatoes; to 
 Beinteilliany^eteQtivo, as vegetables; 
 
 Po-HO-LA-WA, aij. Partially rotten or 
 doeayod, as Tjpgetablos. 
 
 Po-Ho-LE, V. To break forth ; to open, 
 Bs a flower. 
 
 2. To wound; to bruise; c hai kona lima, 
 &me ka ihu, pohole kona umauma: 
 
 3. To peel off, as the skin. Ezek. 29:1S. 
 Po-Bo-iE) s. A wouncl; a bruise; an 
 
 opening or lireakiug. of the skin: a mark 
 
 made^'on the skih by a blow. 
 Po-Eto-Li-MA, s. Poho and lima, hand. 
 
 The hollow of the hand. Fuk. 9:8. The 
 
 palm of the band. Isu. 49:16. Kahi pala- 
 
 balaha o ka lima. 
 Po-ho-loj », To slip, Sink or glide down 
 
 into the' water, as a piece of lead or other 
 ' : betivy substance. - 
 
 2. To slip off, as an axe -from its helve. 
 2jra«. 6:S. 
 
 3. To cast, as a female her young ; to 
 miscarry by premature birth. 
 
 Po-HO-Lo-HO-1.0, », SeePoHOLO. To ad- 
 here only slightly, as a work of many 
 "pieces ; to be brittle ; to be easily broken 
 or separated. 
 
 Po-Ho-LO-Ho-LO, ftdj. Slightly adhering; 
 easily separating : sinking. 
 
 Po-HO-LU-A, V. To set the sails of a ves- 
 
 . sel to the wind so as neither to go forward 
 o* backward ; to lie to. 
 
 Po-Ho-LU-A, i. Poho and hue, pit. The 
 deep cavitjr of tbft anus. 
 
 Po-Ho-Ki, i. A sinking in oj sinking 
 down, as with pain ; a contraction of the 
 mascles in disease : a sinking of the lips 
 41)4 cheeks from the loss of t^th. 
 
 Po-ao-po-Ho, adj. See PbHO. Sinking; 
 marshy; miry. EaUc^'liXi.' 
 
 Po-HD, ». SeeKuPOHO. To becalm; to 
 lull, as the wind ; po/tu loa ka makaui, the 
 wind Mlei greatly ; to be or become calm 
 ^er a storm at soa. Mar. 4:39. 
 
 Po-Hir, s. A calm after a storra. Hal. 
 10T:29.- 
 
 2. A calm' still place in the sea ; aia ke- 
 kabi wahi pohu ma Lanai, ua kapaia o Ka- 
 holo mahope o ka banee a}ia o kn pali ; 
 ealm still water out of the wind; niakemake 
 niii ko Uilo poo alii ia Kona, no ka pohu, 
 the Hilo chiefs greatly desired ICona for 
 the calm xiaier (of the sea.) 
 
 Po'^v, adj. Cahn; still; quiet, as the 
 wind or sea after a storm. 
 
 Po-HO-E, s. A biokea piece of calabash. 
 
 2. A water calabash. 
 
 3. A piece of the bitter calabash; a pot- 
 sherd. jSo2. 26:33. Hookomo 1 ka.apana 
 po/me maloko o ka nalo; nnnhi ae la ia i 
 
 ' KO pahut mai kona aoao ao : i ac la. 
 
 Po-HiT-E, adj. Of or pertaining to a 
 gourd or calabash ; elua ipn, he ipa laau, 
 he iptt poieux. Hana hou no i hale pohue. 
 
 Po-HU-E-HU-E, i. The name -of a run- 
 ning plant like the koali. 
 
 2. The name of the, root of a species of 
 the Gonvolvulils growing on sand banks, 
 and UBed with the koali as a cathartic. 
 
 3. The name of a species of stone used in 
 polishing canoes. 
 
 Po-iiu-HU. See Hoofwahi. 
 
 Po-HW-KU, 'adj. Round and smooth, i. e., 
 
 without prominent corners; smooth, as the 
 
 shell of the paulin ; smooth and round, as 
 
 a baldbcad. ' 
 Po-HU-KU-HiT-KU, s. Any White globular 
 
 substance, as a white baldhcad. 
 
 2. Anydiing growing or increasing in 
 size. 
 
 3. One having flie bead larger at the top 
 than at the bottom. 
 
 4. Tlie rising up of a lai^c white sab- 
 stance, as a wbite cloud, a pillar of smoke. 
 See PoxuuD. 
 
 Po-HU-KO-HU-KiT, ttdj. Much in quan- 
 tity ; copious ; overflowing, as pblcgin in 
 a severe cold when working off; pokuHat- 
 Au/mt ka male, i^a nui loa. 
 
 Po-Hu-Ku-Hu-Ktr, V. To get the advan- 
 tage ia a bargain. See Pooukpali. 
 
 Po-HU-Ku-Htr-Ku, adv. Uaitedly; acting 
 together. 
 
 Po-Hu-Li, V. To plant that which has 
 bccA dug up for transplanting/as a tree, 
 banana, &c. 
 
 2. To transplant: See Hru, to set, as ft 
 slip in the ground. Xsa. 17:10. 
 
 Po-Hir-u, s. The sucker, branch or 
 sprout of any vegetable to be transplanted 
 for producing its bind. . 
 
 2. Anything which is transplanted, as a 
 banana or other vegetable. . 
 
 Po-HCT-iu-Hi, V. Poku and luhi, fatigue. 
 To be be%v7 firao fiitigoe ; to bO; weighed 
 
POK 
 
 47« 
 
 POL 
 
 -down, M by sleep ; to be Very sleefy ; to 
 be overcome by.iatigUiB. 
 Po-KA, s. A small globular substance ; 
 
 a ball; ftttnllet. 
 To-tk, adj. Round; rolling; rolling 
 
 round. 
 Po-KAA, c. Po and ^aa, to roll. To turn; 
 to go ronad; to^urroand; to tui^n, i. e.. to 
 make go round, as a rope or band round a 
 wheel. ■' 
 Po-KAA, s. That which is wound up 
 
 a ball, as of rope or twine. 
 Po-KA-o, e. To be poor; to be naked; 
 
 to be destitute of the comforta of life. 
 Po-KA-o, adj. Very poor, as vne desti- 
 tute of decent clothing; naked. 
 Po-KAo-KAo, adj. Poor,' as land; un- 
 yielding', as dry barren soil ; destitute of 
 verdure. 
 Po-KA,-KA, ) J. A wheel, as of a pulley; 
 Po-KA-KAA, y the wheel of a cart or car- 
 riage, tmk. 6:28. 
 Po-KA-KAA, adj. Turning; rolling; tum- 
 '.Jng over and over. 
 Po-KA-KAo, adj. See Pokaokao. Dry 
 
 and barren, as land ; producing nothing. 
 Po-TCA-NA, adj. J'okaa.niaTia. The qual- 
 ity of being round; rounded; liable to 
 roir; rolling easily. 
 
 ^. Boiling in upon ; coming to one gra- 
 tuitously or without care; e loaa wale mai 
 a nui. 
 Po-KE, $. A piece; a part; a portion; 
 
 he pauku, be apahu, he apana. 
 Po-EE-o, s. The time or period of child- 
 hood ; the time when one is little. 
 Po-KE-i-NA, s. Poke and «««, sea egg. 
 A calabash of ina, a species of the'sea egg; 
 faeia poepoe kalakala. 
 Po-KEo-KEo, s. The name of property 
 given gratuitously; a present. 
 
 2. Bonndness; plumpness; smoothness. 
 See PooKEOEEo. 
 Po-Ki, ». The name of a worm which 
 destroys vegetables. 
 
 2. A standing or setting close together, 
 as a crowd of people. 
 Po-Ki, V. To stand or sit thick together, 
 as people crowded. 
 
 2. To be united eo as not to be sepa- 
 rated. 
 Po-Ki-A, s. Fo and Ida, a post. A post 
 set up for birds to light on when they aro 
 caught; he kia i]Aanu, he laau lawaia manu. 
 Po-Kii, s. The youngest itfember of a 
 family ; ka hanau muU loa ; the youngest 
 born of several children. 1 Sam. 16:11. 
 The younger of two children of the same 
 B9X ; an endearing appellation. 
 i?o-Kn-KAi-NA, s. A double epithet for a 
 
 younger brother or sister; A real flear UV 
 
 tie brother or sister. 
 Po-Ki-NA-HTJ-A, s. Name of an aha or 
 
 asaem jly for honoring the chief.. 
 Po-Ki-Ni-Ki-Ni, s. A word used in prayer 
 
 by the priests. 
 2. It is also called pomanomano, a place 
 
 where the wicked forever dwell. See Po- 
 
 LIOIA. 
 
 Po-Ki-po-Ki, s. A species of the oniscus, 
 an animal which lives in the month of the 
 
 flying-flsh, or attaches itself to the •side qf 
 - the fish ; he wahi ano ia ma ka moana, a 
 
 ma ka ae kai, a ma ka aina. 
 Po-Ki-po-Ki, V. See Poki. To stand 
 
 thickly together, aspeoplcin % crowd ; to 
 
 sit close together ; to be multitudinous, 
 Po-Ko, s. See Poko, short. The epithet 
 
 often applied to the smaller division of a 
 
 district of -country ; as,' Koolau loa, long 
 
 Koolau ; Koolau poko, short Eoolau ; Ha- 
 
 makna loa, long Ham.akua; Hamakua|)oA;o, 
 
 short or smaU Hamakua, fee. 
 2. The name of a species of worm, th4 
 
 same perhaps as the pedxia and amuhei- a 
 
 caterpillar. Eal. 78:46. 
 Po-KO, adj. Short ; not long ; hence, 
 
 incompetent; insufficient. 
 Po-Ko, adv. Shortly; briefly; summa- 
 rily. Horn. 13:9. 
 Po-KO-A, adj. See PyiKo'n and Pakoljt. 
 
 Shprt; poko ; the opposite of long. 
 Po-Ko-Hu-Ko-Hu, s. Po, intensire, and 
 
 kokU, A red dye made of the noni. 
 Po-Kcy-LE, > adj. See Poko, short. 
 ro-KO-po-KO, ) Short in comparison with 
 
 something long ; not long ; hana pokole, a 
 
 short woti. . 
 2. Insufficient for a purpose ; inpompe- 
 
 tent for a place ; low; humble ; pot tall. 
 
 See Pakole and Poopod. Ua likp ka po- 
 
 hole me ka pako'u. 
 Po-ko-le, v. To be short. Hoo. To 
 
 make short, Fio. To be unable to do a 
 
 thing. Ndh. 11:23. 
 Po-Ko-KE, e. See Kokoke, to be soon. 
 
 To be near at hand, as time or place ; e 
 
 polcoke ka ai. 
 Po-Ko-KE, J, Name of a disease; a chill; 
 
 he kulu. 
 Po-Ko-po-Ko, adj. Short. See Pokolb 
 
 above. 
 
 Po-KtT, V. To cry out, as one of the 
 terms of a public crier ; to cry out in the 
 night, as a person making mischief. 
 
 Po-LA, J. The edge or end of a kapa, as 
 a pa-ufor instance which is tucked in from 
 above, and haaga down after beinie tucked 
 in. " 
 
 '2. An end of a kapa which hv>gs «v«r 
 the back. 
 
POL 
 
 419 
 
 POL 
 
 ^ 3, The Banging down of the bloBSom of 
 the maia or banana. 
 
 4. The lower end of a bunch of bananas; 
 na eka malalo. 
 
 6. The high seat between the canoea of 
 a doubleKianoe. iaieifc. -112. 
 
 6, The Hawaiian pronunciation of the 
 Bnglish word bowl; a cup. See Bola. 
 !Po-i.A-LA-WA-Hi, *. The name given to 
 a certain great darkness over the Islands 
 in ancient times. 
 Po»LA-LE, adj. Clear; bright; splendid: 
 ' See MoLALB and'Moi.Aijst.ALE. 
 Po-LA-po-LA, V. To sprout; to shoot 
 out ; to grow, as a bud or leaf. 
 
 2. To put on or clothe one in large flow- 
 ing-garments; e aabu polapola, e poaka. 
 
 3. To recover; to get well from sickness. 
 Po-LA-po-LA, s. A sense of fullness in 
 
 ■ the stomach ; pihapiha. 
 
 Po-LA-Po-LA, adj. well; healthy j pda- 
 pola na maka : bright, as the face of one 
 recovered trom sickness ; full ; flowing, as 
 a garment. 
 
 Po-LE, V. To defend off; to sepaiate; 
 to divide between. 
 
 Po-LE-A, V. To be smooth j to bs with- 
 out edge or points ; to be smooth, as the 
 gumS without teeth ; to sink in, as Cheekr 
 without teeth. 
 
 Fo-tE-A, adj. Without projections; with- 
 out sharp edge or border ; sunken in, as 
 the face of one without teeth. 
 
 Po-LE-HE-LE-HE, adj. Not bound tightly, 
 as a bundle ; paa ole. See Ulehelehe. 
 
 Po-i,E-HC-LE-HU, V. To be between dark- 
 ness and light; to be in a state of twilight; 
 to be a Uttle dark. See MouEHraj!Hy._ 
 
 Po-LE-HU-LE-HU, *. Sunsetting; twilight 
 of morning or evening ; partial light. 
 
 Po-LE-KE, V. To be unfortunate; to'be 
 stripped of one's property ; to lose one's 
 property by authority of a chiel'. 
 
 Po-LE-Ko, V. To be easy and fluent in 
 conversation ; e akamai i ke kamailio. 
 
 Po-LE-Mo, V. To sink down in the water; 
 - to plunge. See Palemo. 
 
 Po-LE-NA, V. To be mixed, as dirt or 
 coloring matter with water ; *.o be discol- 
 Oied, as water ; ina e hookomoia ka lepo 
 iloko o ka wai, alaila, ua polena ka wai. 
 
 Aole Ins o ke M lena i ka ua, , 
 
 Lena makalepa ka maka o ka lebua, 
 Lena, potena a ki lena 
 I ka hoowiwo e ka makani, 
 Laaua wiwo ka pua, ka pua makahala, 
 ■• Hala aku no oe, owau aku no. 
 
 Po-LE-NA, *. A species of the bird oo, 
 yellow feathers made into the aahu alii, 
 royal r«be. 
 
 )afoUna hula mann bola la. 
 
 Po-L.^-NA, s. Sails drawn tightly; all 
 the sails of a vessel made fast, tight and 
 secure ; hao na pea a pau. 
 
 Hao na polena o Haupu, 
 
 Na beke liuia o ke olewa. 
 
 Po-i,E-PO-LE» V. See Pole. To ward off; 
 to defend ; to separate. 
 
 Potepole i na Uhlllbi o ka obai, 
 Onoonoa kela i ke knia o Makahnoa, 
 Ahi lapalapa kela 1 ke pill o Piihonaa. 
 
 Po-LE-po-LE, s. A kind of child's play 
 which consisted in putting up one band 
 above another and saying as follows : 
 Polepote .ka mamallhlni, fcaa niai, kaa mal 
 I kou, i koa kaobale, kauhale oaou, 
 Ee akia nei kuu piko e kauleleu la e ko lae. 
 
 Po-LE-WA, V. To swa.y to and fro; to 
 
 flow ; to run, as a lictnid ; to bo. uastea(^ 
 
 fast. 
 Po-LE-WA, s. Anything swinging or 
 
 loose ; that which is not tights 
 Po-LE-WA, adj. Loose; swinging; net 
 
 fast. 
 Po-Li, s. The lower part of the belly ; 
 
 the lap ■'when one is sitting; the bosom. 
 
 JRut-iilB. Wahine kou poK. JTanL 13:7. 
 
 2. A slight concavity, as the hoHow of 
 the foot ; poli wawae ; the space between 
 the breasts of females. Mel.BoUlHS. 
 
 3. Fig. Friendly presence; Icve. See 
 
 POHO. 
 
 Po-Li, adji Having a slight hollow or 
 cavity, as the bosom or lap ; ilio moe poli, 
 puaa moe poli, a dog or pig often carried 
 in the bosom, i.e., greatly beloved; petted. 
 
 Po-Li-Ai, V. To send or call for an ab- 
 sent person on business or conversation ; 
 to give in charge to one. i 
 
 Po-ti-A-Htr, s. A soft touch; a gentle 
 adfaerauce of one thing to another. 
 
 Po-Li-E, s. A shining substance; a 
 brigjit gleam or flash of light. 
 
 Po-Li-E-LE, adj. Deep blue; black; 
 shining black ; panopano. 
 
 Po-Li-o, adj. Dark, as a place of mis- 
 ery. See PoKiNiKiNi. 
 
 Po-Li-o, s. A place of torment for wicked 
 men ; a place dark and far off from good 
 . men. See Pomaxomano. 
 
 Po-Li-o-iA, s. A distant place of suffer- 
 ing; a place of torment for the wicked; ka 
 po make mau loa, ka li!o i ka make. See 
 
 POKINIKIXl. 
 
 Po-Li-ir-KU-A, s. An. imaginary place 
 away in the back part of tile heavens, wliere 
 the-stars are fixed ; it is supposed to. be a 
 very daric place •■ ma kahi o na hoku i kau 
 ai ma ka paia ku:. o ka lani; ma kahi po- 
 eleele. 
 ?. Thiok or gross 4arkuess. 
 
 Po-Li-n-Li-u, s. Whatever is at a great 
 
POL 
 
 480 
 
 POL 
 
 distance of time or place ; sonretMng very 
 fer off; that which is WiMy separated from 
 sdmethiug else. 
 
 Po-Li-u-u-u, adj. Far off; widely sepa- 
 rated ; at a great (tistanoe. 
 
 Po-Li-Hi-u^, s. Besplendency i some 
 shining, g^tteflfig Bubstance; a flash of 
 Mghtmng. 
 ^. Shining black ; a deep blue. 
 
 Po-ti-Hi-wAs s. A bright shining cloud. 
 
 Po-Li-Hi-t*A, aij. Bright; shining; ap- 
 plied to efoiids. » 1 
 
 Po-u-Ki-A, s. Whatever is tied tightly 
 or bound fast ; severe .suffering ; oliofi no 
 boi lakou i ka hiki ana mai o ka. pofifcia 
 malana o lakou. See Fiuku. 
 
 Fo-Li-Li-MA, t. Pelt and Uma, hand^ 
 . The hollow of the hand. 
 
 Po-Li-NA-HE, V. To blow softly, as a 
 light breeze. 
 
 2. To exhibit the qualities of softness, 
 fineness, thinness, £c. 
 
 Po-Li-NA-HE, adj. Soft and gentle, as 
 the voice of affection; soft, as ^ sennd of 
 low music ; gentle, as a zephyr._ 
 
 Po-Li-po-Li, s. Name of a species of soft 
 porous stone. 
 
 Po-Li-po-Li, V. To soften, as a slone in 
 the art of making stone adzes ; o kahi ma- 
 lalo epdlipoli ana, he pipi ka inoa. 
 
 Po-Li-wA-WAE, s. Poii and icawoe, foot. 
 The hollow of the foot. 
 
 Po-Lo-Ai, V. To send orders for one to 
 come. 
 
 Po-LO-D-Hi-WA, adj. Dark brown ; deep 
 blue ; makue. 
 
 Pb-LO-HA-NA-o-LE,$. Epitbetof awomaa 
 wheuwill not workbat lives npoii her hus- 
 band's earnings.. 
 
 Po-Lo-Hi-WA, adj. Dark; Mack, as a 
 black cloud ; shinine black, i^ife. 19:16. 
 
 Po-Lo-Hi-WA, s. A shining black dond. 
 
 Po-LO-HU-A, s. The fruit of the pepelo 
 which was eaten in time of scarcity. 
 
 Po-Lo-HU-Kir, See PoHomrttr. 
 
 Po-LO-KA, t. A bunch of the haJa fruit, 
 especially the lower end of the bunch. 
 
 Ka pololapo/oito oikl h&lale, 
 Na hae maka moku kapae ka ua, 
 Na hakakae nawali 1 kana e he.< 
 
 PO-LO-KA-NI-KU-A-MATT-NA, S. A specieS 
 
 of locust See FOU>UE!IKM<IKDAMAimA. 
 
 Po-Lo-KA-WAE, s. A long sickness. 
 2. A long spear. 
 
 PoiLo-KE, s. New fresh food, as poi just 
 pounded up from kalo. See also Pololei, 
 another uame. See Aiaeaeai. 
 
 Po-Lo-KE, v. To be fresh, as pewpoupded 
 poi ; VLupoloke i ke kai ole ka loaa. 
 
 Po-Lo-LEi, e. To be straight; to be cor- 
 rect, naturally or morally. 
 
 2. To make straight ; to direct 
 
 3. IIoo. To become straight; to make that 
 straight which has become crooked nafa- 
 rally or morally. 
 
 4. To direct ; to put in order. 
 Po-i.o-LEr, s. Uprightness ; rectitude of. 
 
 conduct ; he pololei kona aoao. 
 
 . 2. A name given to new fresh food (poi.) 
 
 See Pbi-oSE. 
 
 Po-io-tEi, arfj. Straight J correct; accu- 
 rate, iii opposition to crooked, irregular or 
 perverse. 
 
 Po-M-tEi, adv. Straiightly; uprightly} 
 certainly. 
 
 Po-M-LBI-KA-NI-Kn-A-MAII-NA, t.- A Sje- 
 
 cies of locust See Polokash^axicna. I 
 Po-Lo-M, V. To sink down with weak- 
 ness. 
 
 2. To be attenuated or tiiin far want of 
 food ; hencei 
 ' 3. To be hungry in opposition to being 
 
 , 4. Sock To cause to be hungry f to tat 
 for any purpose. JTeA. 1:4.^ 
 
 Po-Lo-Li, s. That which sinks down in 
 opposition to that which swells up ; op- 
 posed to maona, filled with. eating; hence, 
 2. Hunger; want of food. Pufc. 16:3. 
 
 Po-LO-u, adj. Having lately eaten noth- 
 ing ; hungry ; maona ole. 
 
 Po-w-io-A, V. To blunder; to act awk- 
 wardly ; to Btiss the mark ; to go astray. 
 
 Po-Lo-Lo-Htr-A-ME-A,^ odj. Xrreeaandfar 
 ~off, as the sea at a great (Ustance ; ke kai. 
 pokHokaamea a Kane. 
 
 Po-Lo-LU, t. A spear. Lunk- 5:8. A 
 long spear; he Isau kaua, he ihe.loihi. 
 Hina iho la ia no ka Mlua i ka pcMa, he 
 fell, being entangled by the long spear. 
 
 Po-ilo-jrA) '• Sickness at ^ stomach ; 
 naWa; vonuting. 
 
 2. Sense of fiitlgue; beacviness;. slnggiBh- 
 negs. 
 
 Po-Lo-PE-A,^ s. The stem of a bunch of 
 hala- fruit 
 
 Po-u»-Po-Lo-o-A, «, A bunch of haia 
 fruit still unripe but growag ;. he polppeft- 
 noMaalelea. ' 
 
 Po-Lo-po-LO-NA, s. See Polonav TSw 
 - offensive smell of a crowded, confined'reom: 
 the vitiated air of a confined room; a house 
 uninhabited ; punahelu. 
 
 Po-lo-po-lo-na, .ady. Mouldy; rancid; 
 worm-eaten ; faauna. 
 
 Po-MJ, s. Thick woolen cloth; lion skin. 
 
 Po-LU-A, $. Po, head^.aad but, two. 
 DSzzioess; .sickness. 
 
 2. A wind blowing from two directions. 
 See FoLOBUA. 
 
POM 
 
 481 
 
 PON 
 
 3; Bina ai e oa lilo paha. 
 
 Po-LU-E-A, t. The sickness felt after 
 intoxication ; loss of appetite, &c. 
 
 2. FuUness afl»r eating ; a pan iho la 
 kakoa i ka luai no i& nni loa o ka pobua, 
 a poninnia mai la na maka. 
 
 Po-LU-E-A, V. To be heavy ; to be dull 
 and stupid, as one coining out of a debauctt. 
 
 Po-LU-KU, 0. Po and luka, to slay in 
 great numbers. To slay and destroy in 
 great numbers, as in a battle; to make>.a 
 slaughter of men or animals. 
 
 2. To turn over and over ; to tarn up- 
 side down. 
 
 Fo-LU-KU, s. A slaughter; a destruction 
 of many persons, as in battle. 
 2. He paia. 
 
 Po-nj-Kn-Lu-Ku, v. To pound fine ; to 
 bruise small ; to masb down flat. 
 
 Po-LU-Lxr-Hi, adj. Po and Ittluhi, black 
 and heavy, as clouds. Thick and heavy, 
 as watery clouds banging in tlie atmos- 
 phere; covering over; shady; foggy; dark; 
 misty ; po okoa Hilo e pMuhi i 1^ na. 
 2. Dull ; stupid ; inactive. 
 
 ■Po-LU-Mi-LU-Mi, s. Po and land, to 
 gather together. A cloth or handkerchief 
 gathered up in the hands. 
 
 Po-m-MU, s. A vine. 
 
 Po-LH-NU, adj. Short; round; globular. 
 2. Mahumahu, polunulunu. 
 
 Po-LTJ-NU-LU-ND, od;'. SeePounTOabove. 
 
 Po-LU-PO-LU, adj. See Polu. Thick; 
 
 ' fat; gross; heavy, as a very fleshy person; 
 
 large, fat and weak, as a man ; feeble, as 
 
 one who ha.s been sea-sick. See FjoxfAUJ. 
 
 Fo-MA, s. Lat, An apple. 
 
 Po-MAi-KAi, V. Po, intensive, and tnai 
 kai, handsome; good. To be fortunate; 
 to be lucky. 
 
 2. To be Bttccessfal in a pursuit. 
 
 3. To be happy ; to be blessed ; to en- 
 joy peace ; to be highly favored. 
 
 4. Moo. To bless ; to make prosperous ; 
 to be prospered. Kin-ZSH. To cause to 
 ■prosper. 
 
 Po-MAi-KAi, y. Good fortune; peace; 
 
 quietness; cnjojing what one desires; 
 
 comfort ; a blessug. 
 Po-MAi-iui, adj. Fortunate; successful; 
 
 prosperoas ; happy ; blessed ; ka laka, ke 
 
 kttonoono. 
 Po-KA-No, s. Po and wiarw, thick; many. 
 
 A stone wall ; that which is set or laid in 
 
 good order, as stones in a wall. See Kv- 
 
 XAKO. 
 
 Po-MA-NO-MA-HO, s.- Po, Tjight or inten- 
 sive, and manoniano, multafudinous ; eter- 
 nal. :^eeB8iTe darkness ; the name of the 
 place where the wicked dweBfbrever in 
 61 
 
 separation; eternal night. See Pokiniuot. 
 2. A place where pointed clouds arise 
 
 out of the ocean. See Popuaku. 
 Po-ME-GE-BA-NE, ) ,. Eng. Apomegian- 
 Pq-WE-KAI-TE, ) ate. Kunl. 8:8 ; Md. 
 
 Sill ^!3.- 
 Po-NA, J. The joints, as of the spine 
 
 and the fingers; the spaces between the 
 
 bulbs or joints of bones. 
 
 2. That part of a stalk of sugarcane 
 which is between the joints. 
 
 3. The joints themselves of sugar-cane 
 or bamboo. 
 
 Po-NA, V. To divide off into joints or 
 
 2. To cut into parts ; e pauku aku. 
 
 3. To show spots differently variegatea, 
 as places in the sea in a calm. 
 
 Po-NA, adj. Cut up in pieces; variegated 
 with spots ; spotted. 
 
 Po-NA-HA, V. To be in a circular form, 
 as an arc of a circle, or the arm beat a 
 Umbo; as the legs when the knee's aresep- 
 arated and the feel together; e o, e poepoe 
 kanoa, e fcae kanoa. 
 
 Po-KA-HA, adj. Kound; circular, as a 
 sore, a pit or a volcano. 
 2. Deep, as a pit. See Onaha and Po- 
 
 HAHA. 
 
 Po-NA-HAi-AU-A, s. The half of a circle; 
 a semicircle; ponahaiaua ke kihi o ka moku. 
 
 Po-NA-HA-NA-HA, B«^". Round; circular, 
 as the full moon. See.PoNAHA above. 
 
 Po-NA-HA-NA-HA, V. To surround ; to be 
 surrounded by sometlilng else ; ponalMTiaha 
 ka moku me ka aina. See Onahasaha. 
 
 Po-NA-Lo, .9. The dying or drying up of 
 potato tops, kalo, &e. ; he hoopulu e make 
 ai ka ai, 
 
 Po-NA-LO-NA'LO, V. To be dim, as the 
 eye. 
 
 Po-HA-NA, *. Dry land, 
 
 Po-NA-NA, adj. Lame ; sore from trav- 
 eling ; applied only to the calf of the leg. 
 
 Po-NA-NO-NA-NO, odj. Obscure ; apt 
 plainly seen; blurred; blotted out. See 
 
 FONALONAIO. 
 
 Po-NA-PO-NA, adj. See Pona. Having 
 many joints ; divided up in small parts ; 
 variegated with spots. 
 
 Po-Ni, V. To besmear ; to daub over. 
 
 2. To anoint. loan. 12:3. To coaseorate 
 by anointing, as a priest. Pufc. 23:41. To 
 anoint, as a king. ' lAoik. 9:3. Mea poni, 
 an anointed one. 
 
 3. To rub over some odoriferous matter; 
 to cause a pleasant odor. 
 
 4. To be cold, as in bathing early in the 
 morning when the water is cold (and the 
 skin turns purple.) 
 
 pO"Mi, «. A variety of the kalb Virith 
 
PON 
 
 4S2 
 
 PON 
 
 purple stalks. Note.— In using, the out- 
 side of the stem is gtripped off; squeezed iO 
 water, and then lemon juice and pox are 
 added for stiffening, which makes a oeanti- 
 ful red. 
 
 2. Color; coloring matter. ler. 10:9. 
 
 3. A mixture of colors ; pm-ple. Puk. 
 25:4. The light indistinct shades of colors 
 in cloth. 
 
 -4. The early dawn of the morning. 
 5. The anointing of a chief or god;_ka 
 hamo ana i ka mea ala 1 alii, 1 akaa ; oint- 
 ment, loan. 12:3. 
 Po-Ni, adj. Of or pertaimng to color, 
 as colored cloth or garments ; aahu poni 
 nliuli. Eset. 8:15. Having the changeable 
 colors of silk; hence, loleponi, purple. Oih. 
 16:14. , Lole fKmi mahana,the warm, sweet- 
 scented (variegated) gariOents. Xunfc. 8:26. 
 
 2. Sweet smelling ; agreeable ; odorifer- 
 ous, as perfumed colored kapa ; mea poni, 
 ointment. 
 
 3. Skillfal at diving so as not to spatter 
 water ; poni ia wahi kanaka. 
 
 Po-ni, adv. Suddenly; in an instant; 
 
 without waiting j kaiii poni ka make o ka 
 
 puhl baka ; ka<li poni ka banu. 
 Po-Ni-tr, V. Po and niu, cocoanut, out 
 
 of which Hawaiians formerlymade tops for 
 
 playthings ; hence, 
 
 1. To spin round like a top. 
 
 2. To have a vertigo, or dizziness. 
 Po-Ni-u, *. Dizziness of the head; ver- 
 tigo. 
 
 2. Name of a low creeping plant like the 
 
 koali ; he msa ulu kolo ma ke ano koali. 
 Po-Ni-u-Ni-xT, V. See Poniu. Tp. turn 
 
 like a top ; to be dizzy ; to be sick from 
 
 hanger or weakness. ' 
 Po-Ni-u-Ni-u, Si A vertigo; a dizziness; 
 
 a sickness. 
 
 2. Particularly,tlie sickness that follows 
 intoxication or a debauch. 
 
 3. Forgetfulness of events recently passed 
 throngh some disease of the brain. 
 
 i. The anguish of trouble and disap- 
 pointmenk 2 Sam. 1:9. 
 
 Po-Ni-Ho, V. Po and niho, a tooth. To 
 
 turn up ; to turn off, i. e., to uncover ; to 
 lay open what has been covered up ; to 
 skin or separate the lips from the teeth. 
 Ponitio ino ka lae o Pipa, 
 Aha wale ka ina uli ka ina eleele, 
 Ka waoa ku ka Tana ahalula, 
 Ea bakakae akau kihi malama 
 na kakaka i haul! poia e ke kaL 
 
 To-Ni-Ni-u, V. SeePoNiu. To turn round 
 frequently , to walk by turning round. 
 
 ;Po-Ni'Si-u, s, A turning; a circular mo- 
 tion, as of a wheel. 
 
 2. That, which causes dizisinesa or a ver- 
 tigo. j\]-' 
 
 Po-Ni-Po-Ni, s. See.PoNi, The different 
 
 but somewhat blended colors of changeable 
 silk. 
 
 2. Kapa painted with different colors. 
 
 3. The early dawn of the morning from 
 the mixed colors ; hence, purple, 
 
 Po-Ni-PO-:;i, adj. Mixing; mingling, as 
 of different colors ; mixing of different in- 
 gre^ents to make an odoriferous perfume; 
 sweet smelling, as a perfume. 
 
 Po-No, V. To be good; to be right; to 
 be just ; to be morally, upright. 
 
 2. To do good ; to bless ; to be fo- the 
 comfort or convenience of one. 
 
 3. To be well, i. e., in bodily healtii. 
 
 4. Hoo. To justify one suspected of 
 wrong ; to clear or acquit, as an accused 
 person. See Apono. 
 
 6. To avenge an injured person. 
 
 6. To ordain ; tQ appoibt 
 
 7. To use, as money; to trade. Nora.— 
 Pono is frequently used impersonally and 
 also as a helping verb before an infinitive, 
 and signifies, it is right ; it is proper ; it 
 onghi; it may; it is worthy, Ac. The form 
 e pono ai or i pono ai is used very fre- 
 quently; the word expressing the thing 
 causing the favor or good or benefit, going 
 before. ka naauao ka mea e pono ai ke 
 aupuni, knowledge is a thing to Uess a 
 kingdom. 
 
 Po-No, s. Goodness; ./lightness; moral 
 good ; rectitude of conduct 
 
 2. That which is right or excellent ; a6- 
 stract, righteousness ; excellency. 
 
 3. Dufy; obligation; authority.. Mark 
 11:28, 29, 33. Note.— The Hawaiians now 
 speck of the pono kahiko and tht pono hoa 
 by way of comparison and also of contrast. 
 
 Po-NO, adj. Crood; right; lawful; ac- 
 ceptable; beautiful; nani. 
 , 2. Possible; able; proper; fit; wa pono, 
 a proper time. 
 
 PO'NO, adv. Is used in various senses. 
 
 1. As qualifying verbs, «nd signifies, 
 well ; rightly ; truly ; properly, &o. 
 
 2. It is used as an intensive of the pre- 
 ceding verb ; as, haka^ pono, to look at 
 earnestly ; ku pono, to stand opposite to. 
 
 Po-No-i, adj. That which belongs pecu- 
 liarly to one's self, either of persons or 
 things, and may be rendered by the terms, 
 own, sdf, otiiy, &6. Nau ponoi, for yourself 
 exclvsivdy ; kau keiki ponoi, thine own 
 child, in distinction from an adopted one ; 
 o ka makuakane ame kana keiki ponoi, the 
 father and Jiis own child; he poe kanaka 
 ponoi nona, a company of people for him- 
 self, i. e., ai his disposal. KanL 7:6. No 
 wai ia hale? no'u ponoi no, for whom is 
 that house? it is for myiself, i. e., it is for 
 my particular use, or it is my own in dis- 
 iinotion from the claim of any one else. 
 
POP 
 
 483 
 
 POP 
 
 Po-NO-i, adv. Exactly so J truly; exclu- 
 sively. 
 
 Po-No-Hu-xu, adj. Polohuku, pokeokeo. 
 
 Po-No-Ki, s. A piece of ki root cut off, 
 in distributing it out. 
 
 Po-No-po-No, V. See Pono, v. and s. 
 Hoo. To put in order ; to make riglit ; to 
 prepare ; to reform, as a wicked person ; 
 to amend ; to correct, as something erro- 
 neous. 
 
 2. To jndge; to settle a controversy. 
 Kin. 49:16. 
 
 Po-No-po-NO, s. Hoo. Judgment; a dec- 
 laration of wbat is right. 
 
 2. The practice ot what is right. 
 
 3. That which is right in itself. Jer. 22:3. 
 Po-No-PO-No, adj. Just; upright; cor- 
 rect. 
 
 Po-Ntr-Hff, V. See Punohu. To rise up 
 like a pillar or column of smoke ; to have 
 the {^pearance of a ship when her sails are 
 suddenly set; to ascend, as a mass of 
 smoke from the bottom of the volcano. 
 
 Po-mr-HU, s. See Punohu. The rising 
 up of a pillar of smoke; the appearance of 
 a ship near by with all her sails set ; the 
 rising up of smoke, as from a pit of lire. 
 Kin. 19:28. 
 
 Po-NU-HU, adj. Grand; wide spreading, 
 as a ship undef 'sail, or a column of smoke 
 ascending. 
 
 Po-NUrLU, V. Po and «kZm. To rise and 
 float off, as smoke; to send out or cause 
 smoke or steam. 
 
 Po->'u-LU-LU, adj. Thick and short, as 
 » bundle. 
 
 Po-NU-LU-NU-LU, adj. Large and loosely 
 done up, as a bundle of materials more 
 than the wrapper will contain ; mahu, pa- 
 hupafau. .. 
 
 Po-NU-Nu-NU, V. To be short and thick; 
 
 ' to be clumsy ; e mahumahu, e poupou, e 
 polohuku. ' 
 
 Po-NU-NU-NU, s. A large bunch or bun- 
 dle of anything, as poi loosely bound n^ ; 
 he mahumahu. 
 
 Po-PA-Hi, s. A small man or woman. 
 
 Po-PE, s. Lat. papa. The Father or 
 highest pricsi of tV.c B.vmi.ih Church ; ke 
 Kahuna nui o fea [:li;ivlesia Roma. 
 
 Po-pE-LA, adj. Eng. Of or belonging 
 to poplar. Kin. 30:37. 
 
 Po-pi-Li-Ki-A, 8. Po, intensive, and joHi- 
 hia, thick together. Want of room. 
 
 2. The "wafit of something necessary for 
 a particular pursuit. * 
 
 3. Difficulty; distress; tribulation. Kard. 
 4:30. 
 
 4. Oppression ; designed vexation. 
 
 Po-pi-u-Ki-A, v: To cause distress to 
 
 one ; to oppress ; to bear hard upon one ; 
 to cause one to work like a slave. Hoo. 
 To vex : to harass. Nah. 33:.55. 
 
 Po-Pi-Li-Ki-A, adj. Distressing; afflict- 
 ive; difficult. 
 
 Po-po, s, A mass of matter of a round 
 
 or oval shape; he mea poepoe me he poka 
 
 la; popo berena, a loaf of bread. Fuk. 29:2. . 
 
 2. The rot in timber or vegetables; worm 
 
 dust ; the rust of metals. 7«fc. 5:3. See 
 
 POPOPO. 
 
 8. A ball for playing ball or for cricket.. 
 
 See Kiwi'opa; 
 Po-PO, V. To rot; to be without strength, 
 
 as worm-eaten firaber ; to be rotten, as 
 
 ropes or cords. Lunk. 15:14. 
 2. ffoo. To make a thing round; to turn 
 
 to roundness, as in a lathe. 
 Po-PO, adj. See Popopo. Rotten ; de- 
 cayed ; what is eaten by the m«. 
 Po-PO, adv. For apopo, to-morrow. Popo 
 
 hoao. Laieik. 128, 
 Po-po-Ai, s. See Poaiai. A bunch qr 
 
 bundle of pounded kalo. 
 Po-Po-Ai, V. To surround; to make a 
 
 circle. 
 Po-Po-E, V. To blcSsom, i. e., to swell 
 
 and shoot out, as a blossom ; as plants. 
 Po-po-i, V. See. Poi, v. To cover ; to 
 
 cover up, as a vessel or container; to stop, 
 
 as with a bung. 
 
 2. To overwhelm, as water. Puk. 14:28. 
 To come upon suddenly, as a cold breeze ; 
 ia manawa, popoi max la ke auu i ka aha 
 Icalea. Laieik. 121. 
 
 3. To riseiip against, as a robber against 
 a traveler. jfcwS. 19:11. To fall upon, as 
 banditti. lob. 1:16. ' 
 
 4. Eoo. To cover up ; to overwhelm, as 
 the sea or as the surf. Kanl. 11:4. To 
 break, as the snrf over the reef. See Poi- 
 
 POI. 
 
 Po-po-i, s. A bung; a stopper for any 
 oriSc6. 
 
 2. The place where the surf, on approach- 
 ing the ^ove, rises high and breaks with 
 roaring noise ; the combing of the surf. 
 Popoi hakt kauhola, 
 Eahela ka tnalu o ka pae lauhala. 
 
 Po-po-i-wi, s. A corner of a wall; a- 
 turning place. 2 Oifd. 2G;9. Ka hookuina 
 o Da aoao ; the corner of a room or of a 
 kalo patch. 
 
 Pb-pp-0-Li-MU, s. The moss that grows 
 on stones, especially on the mountains 
 where there is much rain ; he ip no ke po.. 
 
 Po-PO-u-LU, s. The plantainibearing the 
 short round fruit. See Popoub and Nra- 
 HrwA. 
 
 Po-POU'-NO-BO-Ni-A, »;To cuf frequently. 
 '2. To baJcklifite. S^ NAibAiKAE, to slan- 
 der. 
 
POP 
 
 484 
 
 PU 
 
 3. To eat the refuse of food. 
 Po-po-HE, adj. See Pohe. Cut short 
 
 and smooth, as a rope cut with a knife. 
 Po-po-Ki, s. A species of crab fish. 
 
 2. A small animal; pierhaps a crab found 
 on the Bca 'b.each. 
 
 3. Acat. Note. — Popdld applies to that 
 which is short and thick ; and a cat is so 
 called from its plump, short, thick head. 
 
 Po-po-Ki, €idj. Short and thick ia oppo- 
 sition to long and slender. 
 
 Po-po-Li, adj. See Poll Arched or curv- 
 ing over, as a leaning precipice, or one that 
 curves over beyond a perpendicular ; po- 
 poli mai ka pali; it applies also to a board 
 warped inward; ba aoaopopoJi o ka papa. 
 
 Po-po-Lo, s. The name of a pknt some- 
 times eaten in times of scarcity ; it is also 
 used as a medicine: ela kona laau, o ka 
 popdo a ke kowaha, k^iliia ilio la malana 
 o kona poo. 
 
 Po-po-Lo-Hff-A, adj. Blue, as the sky 
 fliboTe in a clear daf ; pnka mai kona he- 
 molele mai loko mai o na ao p<q>dloh\ia. 
 
 Po-po-Lo-NA, adj. Mouldyj worm-eaten; 
 ranctd. See Polopolona. 
 
 Po-po-iu, s. See Popoulit. Name of a 
 species of banana; eia na maia a Papa e ai 
 ai, o ka popolu, o ka Iholena ame ka nia- 
 hiwa, these are the bananas of which Papa 
 may eat, the popolu, &c. 
 
 Vo-vo-m, ; adj. Full of fear or dread; 
 weak with fear ; hooweliweli ae oia no ka 
 manle poponi. See Poni 4. 
 
 Po-po-Ni, V. SeePoNi4. To be cold and 
 shivering, the hair erect, &c., through fear. 
 
 Po-Po-PA-LA-0-A, s. Popo, ball, and pa- 
 laoa (Sng.), flour! A cake or loaf of bread. 
 Othk. 7:12. See Popobbkena. 
 
 Po-po-po, s. See Popo. The rot in tim- 
 ber and vegetables. 
 2. Corruption ; decay. Oikk. 22:26. 
 3.' The offiil of worms. 
 
 Po-po-Po, adj. Rotten; decayed. 
 
 Po-Po-Po-No, V. See Pono, the first syK 
 lable twice reduplicated,. To put right ; 
 to correct ; to justify. 
 
 Po-po-po-NO, adj. Very good; very right; 
 well done ; blessed ; profited. 
 
 Po-Po-BB-KE-NA, s. Papo and berena. 
 (Mng.), bread. A loaf of bread. 1 Oihl. 
 16:3. See Popopalaoa. 
 
 Po-PU-A-KH, s. The place where pointed 
 clusters of «Ionds arise out of the ocean ; 
 kahi e puka mu.ai na ao opua mai ka mo- 
 ana. 
 
 Po-pu-A-u, ) p. See PtrALi. To girdle 
 Poo-PO-A-LI, J round ; to tie up tightly ; 
 
 to irednce to small dimensions^ 
 Po-PD-A-Li, «. See PuALi. A hollow on, 
 
 the crown of the bead ; a depressioa from 
 
 tight binding. 
 Po-WA, V. To rob ; to kill ; to kill and 
 
 rob. 
 2. To castrate ; to separate the testicles 
 
 of a male.' 
 Po-WA, s. A robber; a bighwaymanj a 
 
 murderer. 
 Po-WE-Hi, V. Po and weki, darkly. To 
 
 see indistinctly. Fig. To have a feeble'or 
 
 indistinct knowledge of a thing. 
 Po-wE-Hi'WE-Hi, ». Intensive of poioe^t. 
 
 To grew dim ; applied to the eyes. S3,n. 
 ■ 27:1. To be weak sighted. 
 
 2. Applied to the inind, to have obscure 
 
 and indistinct ideas of a thing. 2 Pet. 1:9. 
 '3. To be obscnre; to be uncertain; o lu 
 
 mooolelokahikoloa, uapoweftiioeftila. . 
 Po-wE-Hi-WE-Hi, s. Obscure vision; twi- 
 light. JSzek. 12:6. 
 2. Fio. Indistinct ideas of a truth or &ct. 
 Po-wz-m-WE-m, adj. Dark; obscure to 
 
 the sight; seeing in^stinctly; knowing but 
 
 Jittle ; not distinctly manifest ; he powehi- 
 
 wehi ko ke kanaka aloha. 
 Po-wE-Ko, V. To be skillful or eloquent 
 
 in conversation ; epoweko, e akamai i ke 
 
 kamailio. See Poleeo. 
 Po-TE-RA, s. Eng. A potter. Mat. 27:7. 
 
 He mea hana ipulepo. 
 
 Po-Ti-KO, i. Eng. A portico; a short 
 veranda. . 
 
 Pu, V. To come forth from; to come 
 out of, as words out of the month.; to draw 
 out or move off, as a canoe from the place 
 where it was dug out ; alalia iiele mai ke 
 kahuna e pu ia ka waa. 
 
 2. To hold water in the mouth and try to 
 talk ; to mumbie ; to suck wind into the 
 motttii. 
 
 3. To call ; to call ont ; to proclaim ; to 
 call npon inanimate matter, as to call upon 
 the mountains. 
 
 4. To cast lots;. to choose by lot See 
 Pim. This was done usually by doubling 
 the band and one telling whether anything 
 was in it 6r not 
 
 5. Soo. To sit with the knees bent up 
 and the hands over them ; to sit idly ; to 
 do nothing. 
 
 Po, s. A shell; a horn; a trumpet; 
 anything that would make a loud noise by 
 blowing into- it; na pu kiwi hipa ehiku, 
 seven trumpets of rams' horns. los. 6:4.' 
 
 2. Anything that would make an explo- 
 sive noise; a gun, pistol or firelock; na 
 kanaka«me napu kau poohiwl he nui loa, 
 people |nd guns carried on the shoulders, 
 a great di&ny. 
 
 3. A musical instrument made by twist- 
 ing a leaf : pulal. Laieik.79. 
 
 •4. Alttt as in casting lots. 
 
PUA 
 
 485 
 
 PUA 
 
 5. Nameof the olonafitriog used in play- 
 ing at the game called puhoMla; he ^ahi 
 kaula olona 1 hili oioi, a be anana pafaa ka 
 loa. 
 
 €. A gourd ; a pumpkin ; a squaeh ; pii 
 lima, the hand dcnMed up. See the verb, i. 
 
 Pv, adv. With; together with; along 
 with; in company; k\xpu,tos\ati6.tog^her; 
 like pv,, just alike. 
 
 Pc-A, V. Toblossom, asaplantj toput 
 forth hlossoms or flowers. Is«,.3A:l. To 
 bud, as fruit or flowers. Mel. Sol. 6:11. 
 
 2. To appear at a distance ; to rise up, 
 as columns of smoke in small quantities. 
 
 3. To raise in the thraat" in order to feed 
 out of the mouth, as pigeons feed their 
 young; o ka pnaa hoi, na pud io ka ai mai 
 ka waha aku o ko kanaka nonaka pnaa, e 
 like tne liA hanfti ana i ka ilio. Note. — In 
 ffis way Hawaiiana fed their pets or favo- 
 rite animals. 
 
 4' To put food into another's month from 
 one'a own,asinto a child's; tospitorspew 
 food into a child's mouth. 
 
 5. To tic up in bundles; to bind in bun- 
 dles, as sheaves of grain. JRn. 37:7. To 
 tie in bundles, as the bones of the dead; a 
 paa" kona mau iwi i ka puma, when his 
 bones u'CT-e titd wp. 
 
 6. To lay siege to ; to bpsiege, as a city. 
 2 Sam. 11:1. 
 
 7. To bear ; to carry. 
 
 8. Hm. To make fast ; to confine ; to 
 establish. 
 
 9. To cut or hew off obliquely, as in 
 hewing off the sharp ends of a canoe; penei 
 e kalai ai, e ■pun ia o mua o ka waa ame 
 hope i uuku ai kti41in. 
 
 10. To bunch, as cards when there is a 
 mistake made in dealing them out ; e piia 
 i ka pepa, no ka mea ua hewa ka haawi ana. 
 
 Po-A, s. A blossom;; a flower ; a carv- 
 . ing in imitation of a flower. Puk. 26:31. 
 
 2. The upper part of the sugar-cane when 
 it blossoms, as pua ko, and which was used 
 for arrows, and in modern times by chil- 
 dren in play, as hoohipua; hence, 
 
 3. The name of a play or game. 
 
 i. An arrow for shooting in connection 
 with the kakdka or bow. 
 
 5. A bundle of sticks ; a sheaf of griin 
 or grass. Sin. 373. 
 
 6. Posterity ; descendants. Xaietfc. 181. 
 Children ; a household. Pvk. 19:3. 
 
 7. A flock ; a herd, as of catfle or goats; 
 hepuakoo; hepiathjpa; he pna Wpi; a 
 school of fish'; hepaaanae. 
 
 8. A species of small fish; he pm araa- 
 ama. 
 
 9. The name of a tree foundatKapua on 
 Hawaii and other islands; the woodis very 
 
 ' bard. 
 
 10. The name applied to a deranged per- 
 son. 
 
 11.' A kind of deity suppoaed to reside 
 in some person who was called Kahupua 
 and Who had power to sen* Pua to do in- 
 jury to others. He akuapua was api>lied 
 to some kindi! of sickness inducing delirium, 
 a sickness supposed to bfc sent by some in- 
 dividual in anger. 
 
 12. The nante of a goddess, the sister of 
 Kalaipahoa. She came with him and Kapo 
 from a foreign country, and they entered 
 'Certain trees. 
 
 13. The name of the kind of hook used 
 in-taking turtles or the ea. 
 
 Pu-A, s. A^epuiLaiahikilaua(mau 
 mea heenaln) mauka, e lana ana kekahi 
 mono, ua kapaia kela mea he pu<t. 
 
 Ptr-AA, V. To flee, as a child from its 
 parent to avoid punishment; hooimnlr 
 puni — ^holo, puaa. 
 
 2.. As if puaia. To be gathered into a 
 bundle, as sticks for kindling a Are. See 
 Pca5. 
 
 3. To gird tightly, as in tying up the 
 bones of a-deceased person for preseiTa- 
 tion. 
 
 4. To be girded ti^tW around the throat; 
 pilikia ma ka p'nu, See Puapbaa. 
 
 5. To tie up tightly so as to make the 
 substance small; hence, 
 
 6. To be small, thin or fine, as a spider's 
 web; me kahi malo, ua pvioa bilo. See 
 
 PuiHILO. 
 
 Ptr-AAj 5. A hog ; a swiae ; the flesh 
 of a hog. OiW!.ll:7. Note.— The hog waa 
 found indlgenoiis, when the Islands were 
 visited by Captain Cook. 
 
 2. A bundle of small wood for fuel;. a 
 fagot. See Pua. 
 
 3. '.The name of an unclean bird, puaa 
 Uioi, rendered in English bittern. 2ep, 2 :14. 
 i. Anything very small and easily blown 
 away. See Poepvjbhc. 
 Pa-AA, adj. Small; fine; thin; easily- 
 dispersed. 
 Pir-AA-o-Hi, s. Name of children whose 
 father had gambled them away. See Kv- 
 
 AKI. 
 
 Po-AA-HA-HA, V. Ta Call out; to call to 
 
 some one ; to make a vociferous noise. 
 Ptj-AA-HE-A, s.^'See Hea, s. Name of 
 
 the last or second hog sacrificed on a cer-. 
 
 tain occasion; kaluakekahi puaa, he pwm- 
 
 hea ka inoa. 
 Por-A-A-Ho-EB-Ho-LE, «. Name of a small 
 
 fish. 
 Pu-AA-KU-MU-LAir, *. Nameofawoman 
 
 whose husband had^ambled her away with 
 
 all bis property. 
 
 Pi7-A-A-NAE, s. Name of a species of 
 
 fish. 
 Pt?-AA-pi-"Ei, J. A name applied to the 
 
 first catUe brought to tte islands by Cap- 
 
PUA 
 
 486 
 
 PUA 
 
 tain Taneottrer; aa mahaloiakelapoepipi 
 e ko Hawaii, a ua kapaia aku ka iapa he 
 puaapipi, those cattle were admired by the 
 Hawaiians and they called them caiile-hog. 
 
 Pu-A-A-WA, J. Name of a species of fish. 
 
 Pir-Ai, V. To flow, as blood from a vein J 
 as water from a fountain. 
 
 2. To proceed from one; to fall from one, 
 as an expression, an idea, or as something 
 said. Mii;. 7:15. To flow from the mouth, 
 as the words of an orator j a pnai mai la 
 ka leo ku e. 
 
 3. To gag; to heave ; to throw np.from 
 the stomach ; to vomit 
 
 4. To blow -water out of the mouth. 
 
 5. To cast up; to boil up, as water from 
 a spring. ler. 6:T. Fio. To throw out, as 
 sin from the heart. 
 
 Pu-Ai, s. The gullet. 
 
 2. A vomiting; a spitting; a heaving 
 frcTi sickness of the stomach. 
 
 PtT-Ai-A, V. To blow gently, as wind; 
 used at Hawaii the same as onini at Maui ; 
 lub pnaia a puaia kae ka pona waa. a ma- 
 hope sa mm ka makani as it increases in 
 stren^h. 
 
 Ptr-Ai-Li-MA, s. Name of a Hawaiian 
 cathartic medicine. 
 
 Pu-Ai-NA-WE-iE, adj. Very small; very 
 fine ; thin like spider's webs. 
 
 Pu-Ai-NA-WE-LE, V. To reduce to fine- 
 ness ; to make small or fine. 
 
 Pir-AO, s. The dashing of two or more 
 waves that meet together; the place where 
 a retreating wave meets one coming in in 
 shallow water ; also called koalca. 
 2. The OS iinsae or oriflee of the womb. 
 
 Pcr-A-uu, II. To practice onanism o'n 
 one's self. See Haakoi. 
 
 Pu-A-uu, s. The name of the same kind 
 of wickedness. 
 
 Pn-A-HAd, s. Ptm, blossom, and kau, 
 name of a tree. A hau blossom ; the blos- 
 som of the hau tree. 
 
 Ptr-A-HA-NU-i, s. The name of a tree; 
 also called akioKala. 
 
 Pu-A-Hi, V. To do quickly ; to be spry. 
 See HooptJAUi. 
 
 Pu-A-m-A-Hi, 
 
 s. The name of a foreign 
 flower, foar-o'clock ; i kuu ike ana i ka 
 puahiahi mohala mai la. 
 
 Pu-A-Hi-0, V. To come and go suddenly; 
 to arrive, as a person, and sta,rt off again 
 quickly. 
 
 Pu-A-Hi-o-Hi-o, s. A whirlwind. 2 Nal. 
 2:1. He mau makani ku elua e umc ana i 
 ka opala iluna. 
 
 Pu-A-Hi-Lo, ti. To be small; to be fine; 
 to be slender, as a thread of spider's web ; 
 e nawali e like me he punaWelewele la. 
 
 2. To exhibit a fine slender appearance, 
 as the new moon. 
 
 Pc-A-Hi-Lo, s. A -fine slender-'appear- 
 ance ; no ka pvakilo ana o ka mabina. on 
 account of the slender ajrpearance of the 
 (new) moon. 
 
 Pu-A'Hi-LO-iii-Lo, V. See Pda&ilo. To 
 break up fine; to crack; to chap or break, 
 as th« human skin. 
 
 Pu-A-Hi-LO-Hi-Lo, s. The scaly appear- 
 ance of. the scarf-skin; the breaking or 
 cracking of the skin from some disease ; 
 the cuticle which peels ofl' from the skin of 
 new born children. 
 
 P[7-A-Hu-Kn, s. A word us«d in black- 
 guard language ; ke pii la oc i piuihuku. 
 
 Pu-A-HD-LU, V. To hasten; to get ready 
 quickly ; to prepare suddenly ; to be in a 
 ■fluster. 
 
 Pcr-A-Htr-nr, s. A sudden start ; an af- 
 fright; the doing a thing quickly and with- 
 out much thought or reflection. 
 
 Pu-A-KA-A-KA,"'». To tie up small; to 
 tie up in a small compass. SeePAUAKAAKi. 
 2. To compel one to work hard or wiUi- • 
 out reward. 
 
 Pc-A-KAij^s, A journey; a going in. 
 company. See Hijakai. 
 
 2. A dye for coloring red ; he wai hoo- 
 luu ulanla. ■■' 
 
 3. Hair of the head that has been colored 
 white ; he lauoho i hookeokeo la. 
 
 Pu-A-KAi-oE, s. Pua and kaioe, a plant. 
 
 A blossom of the kaloe. , 
 
 Pu-A-KAirA-u-LU, s. The name of a wind; 
 
 a light gentle breeze ; a dying breeze of 
 
 the trade wind. 
 Po-A-KA-LA, s. Pua and kala, rough. 
 
 Name of a shrub of the thorn kind; Argemo- 
 
 ne Mexicana ; he laau oioi ; a thistle. Kin. 
 
 3:18. 
 
 Pu-A-KE-A, V. To spread out, as the sails 
 
 of a vessel ; to enlarge. 
 Pu-A-KE-A, adj. Pale ; wanting color. , 
 
 Boik. 6:8. 
 Pc-A-Ki, V. To be stingy ; to be close ; 
 to treat without compassion. 
 _ 2. E hiaa, c puka, e hone, i muM hiaka 
 mho. 
 
 3. To sit quietly without speaking ; to- 
 shut the mouth ; e pani i ka waha. 
 Pd-a-ki, adj. Light; swift in running; 
 active. 
 
 2. Thin ; spare ; famished ; poor in flesh, 
 as a person ; he kanaka wiwi. 
 
 Pu-A-Kii, s. An image for idol worship. 
 
 2. He opvakii, he ao opuakiikii. 
 Pu-A-KH, V. To take without right ; to 
 
 go wrong ; to do wrong. 
 Pa-A-Ko, s. The top und blossom part, 
 
PUA 
 
 48Tf 
 
 PUA 
 
 ilicluduig the leaves of eugar-eane ; oia no 
 
 ka malama e owili ai kajmako. 
 Pu-A-Ko-Lii, *. Name of a common tree. 
 Ptr-A-LA, u To collect together in a- 
 
 2., To be not sufficiently cooked, as food; 
 to be badlj cooked. 
 
 Pc-A-LAU, V. To carry on the hips sup- 
 ported by the aims. 
 Z. £ limalau, e puualu, e paapa. 
 
 Pn-A-tA-wA-Hi, v.- To divide into parts 
 or spaces. 
 
 Pu-A-LE, s. A ravine on the side of a 
 monatain. 
 
 Pu-A-iBi, s. The top leaf or branch of 
 the tree when the lower ones are cut off. 
 
 Po-A-LE-NA, V. To wander; to go about 
 ihere and there ; to be idle ; to do nothing 
 -beraase no chief commands to work; to be 
 
 , lazy. See Poana. 
 
 2. To be muddy, as water; to want clear- 
 ness; pvalma k& moana, the ocean is dirty. 
 ZaieUc. 163. 
 
 Pd-a-le-na, s. The glimmering or first 
 dawn of light in the morning. Pyk. 14:27. 
 A wche ke alaula^ a makna, a ad loa. 
 
 Pn-A-LE-NA, adj. Idle; loitering about 
 •nithout any fixed purpose, without busi- 
 ness. ' 
 
 2. Obscure, as water when! one cannot 
 see the bottom. 
 
 Pu-A-iE-WA, V. To be unfixed; to be 
 unsettled, as an unsteady person; to go 
 from place to place ; to be unfurnished 
 ■ with comforts. 
 
 Pu-A-LiS-WA, adj. Unsettled; Unfur- 
 nishcil; not established; often changing 
 one's residence or employment. Hele a 
 piiolewa applies to travelers who find no 
 place to lodge, no food, nothing comforta- 
 ble. ^ ' 
 
 Pa-A-Li, V. Fu and alt, a scar ; a con- 
 traction of the skin. To gird round tightly; 
 to draw in by binding tightly. 
 
 2. To be latge and small in placos, as a 
 rope of uneven size ; e pawali, e puaniki, 
 e kualiali. 
 
 Pu-A-Li, s. A place compressed, that is, 
 a small or diminished place between two 
 larger ones. 
 
 2. An inclosing about : hence, a neck of 
 land almost surrounded by water; in geog- 
 raphy, an isthmus. 
 
 3. The small part of a wasp. 
 
 4. Fig. A woman, from her being girded 
 with a pa-u (much more with corsets.) 
 
 5. Anything gfrded tight and made small. 
 
 6. A malo H'om its use. 
 
 Pc-A-Lj, s. A life guard. , ^Lakik. 42. A 
 company of soldiers; koi niai la mnpuali ia 
 Kiwalao, the sMiera pressed npoD Kiwa- 
 !ao. 
 
 ■■%. An a liny ; a host. iMttk. 7:1. 
 
 3. A company prepared for war. and 
 pursuing. Puk. 14:4. ' • 
 
 4. FiQ. A great number; a host; hs,^ 
 all ka lani, the host of heaven, that is, the 
 stars. , . 
 
 Pu-A-Li-A-Li, c. See PtfAii. To be of 
 irregular jsize, large and small. 
 
 Pt-A-ui, s. Name of a person who lived 
 ^dly with the chief; ua kapaia ka inoa o 
 na kanaka noho wahi alii he pmiii, he aiaio 
 i|£ahi inoa. See Atalo. 
 
 Pit-A-Lo-A-Lo, *. The name of a tree. 
 
 Pa-A-LC, V. Pa, together, and alu, to 
 combine. To work together ; to combine 
 in aid of one or of each other ; to act in 
 concert ; to work like a multitude at one 
 kind of business. 
 
 Pff-A-LU, I s. Acting in concert, as 
 
 Ptr-A-Ltr-A-LTJ, ) a great number of peo- 
 ple working together; a combinaUon in 
 favor or against 
 
 2. The name of a species of fish. 
 
 3. A cord for binding. 
 
 Pu-A-LU, adv. Unitedly in action^ unan- 
 imously in opinion ; no Ha biki ole paba i 
 na kanaka a pau ke malama pudhi, aku i 
 ke aupuni. 
 
 Pu-A-MA-NA, s. A caret ( A ) or sign of 
 omisBion in writing. 
 
 Pu-A-NA, V. To crowd together in great 
 numbers ; to rush together, as soldiers ia 
 pursuit of one. 2 Oihl. 18:31. 
 
 2. To surround, as an enemy;, to encom- 
 pass. 
 
 3. To try ; to begin the recitation gf a 
 melc ; to act the part of a precentor' or 
 leader in singing; to commence a tune that 
 others may follow. ' 
 
 4. To cry out or proclaim in behalf of 
 others. 
 
 6. To pronounce distinctly, as in utter-, 
 ing a word or sentence very plainly. 
 6. Boo. The same. 
 Pu-A-NA, V. To be idle J to be lazy; to 
 
 go from place to place without object 
 Pir-A-NA, adj. Idle; lounging; unsteady; 
 small; insignificant. 
 
 Pu-A-NA, s. The signal or first words 
 in beginning to recite or cantillate a mele. 
 Note. — The Hawaiians in chanting their 
 meles or songs in ancient timers, had some 
 one as leader or chorister who commenced 
 the recitation in so clear and distinct a 
 manner, that, after the enunciation of two 
 or tiiree words, the whole company were 
 able to jojn ii» chorus. 
 
 2. That which makes the prononciation 
 plain. Note. — ^Accorijing to the foregoing 
 note, the_ puana must consist in a distinct ' 
 enunciation, so that others may at once 
 recognize the subject; hence, ' 
 
PUA 
 
 3. The pronunciation of a word ; pehea 
 
 kapuciM? how is tbeprommdaUonf 
 Pu-A-NA-A-NA, V. To swbII and dimin- 
 
 iBh frequently, as poorly made ropes; a 
 
 pauakaaka, e paalinaUna. 
 Pu-A-NAE-NAE» ff."The name of aflower 
 
 growing on Kauai; he Alio pvanaetiae no 
 
 Waialoha. See Naenae. 
 Pu-A-NE-A,-NE, s: A Stage of extreme 
 
 old age, when universal decay is coining 
 
 on, and yet the person is &ee from pain or 
 
 suffering. See also Kolopcpd. 
 
 2. A world of light and life ; he ao ma- 
 lama, he wahi e ola mau loa. 
 
 3. Eternity. 
 
 Pu-A-NE-A-NE, «., To llTC foKVer J tO 
 
 live to eternity ; e ola man loa a hild i ka 
 
 puaneane. 
 ■Pu-A-Ni-Hi, -«. See Pauanihi. Young 
 kalo tops ; the young of kalo. See Om- 
 
 Po-A-Ni-Kii u Pua, to bmd, and niki, 
 
 tight. To bind up in a small space ; to 
 
 l)ind tightly. 
 PtJ-A-Ni-ij, s. Kapa colored with the niu 
 
 or cocoanut 
 Pb-a-nu-a-nu, v. See Anu, cold. To be 
 
 cold ; to be damp and shivering ; to be 
 
 chilly. 
 Pu-A-NU-A-iro, adj. Cold ; chilly, as in 
 
 foggy or damp weather. 
 Pu-A-Poo, *. JPiw, blossom, and poo, the 
 
 headJ A head, blossom, 1. e., the comb of 
 
 a cock or other bird ; a tuft Of feathers on 
 
 the head of a bird; % iapuapoo o kamanu 
 
 punkoa. 
 Po-A-PU.' 
 Pu-A-PC-A) tj. To force j" to urge on ; to 
 
 compel. See Fdefde. To overwhelm ; to 
 
 overcome. 
 
 2. To hang down like the tail of an ani- 
 mal 
 
 3. To project like the 1»il feathers of a 
 cock. 
 
 4. To be glorious ; to be beautiful. 
 Pc'-A-Ptr-A, «, See PoA, bundle. A bun- 
 dle of brush-wood, siiokg or grass. OUi. 
 28:8. 
 
 2. The name of a fly that bites. 
 
 PtT-A-PiT-A, a<^'. Unpalatable; disagree- 
 able ; vicious. 
 
 Pu-A-Pu-AA, V. SeePaAA. To be gath- 
 ered up into a bnndle, as fagoto or stick.s 
 for kindling a fire. 
 
 Pn-A-pn-AA, adj. Collected; gjithered 
 together ; me he ao puapuaaila & aloha e 
 kau nei, as g, thick cloud love settles apon 
 me. XaMtfc. 206. 
 
 PtT-A-Pty-AT, «, See Poai. To bubble or 
 epring up, as w^ter from a spring or foun- 
 tain. Ja/c.'3:l]fh See°HDAHDAi. 
 
 8 FOE 
 
 Pu-A-PO-Ai, s. The ebullition of water; 
 
 a spring or fountain of water. 
 Pu-A-Po-A-LA, V. See Puala. To collect 
 
 togsliber in small heaps. 
 Pir-A-pu-A-Mo-A, s. See Pupumoa, i. e., 
 
 puapua and moa, a fowl. A long skirted 
 
 coat. See Piupua, u., 3. 
 Pn-A-PTT-A-wA, s. Name of a long, thin 
 
 shell out of which they used to drink awa. 
 Pc-A-WA, ) s. The root of the awa 
 
 Pu-A-WA-A-WA, ) plant; a small awa plant; 
 
 he wahi pnaa, he moa lawa, me ka puauia. 
 
 Laieik. 4S. 
 
 2. Abstract, bitterness; a bitter medi- 
 cine. 
 
 3. The hala, the leaves <rf which were 
 made into mats; so called when the leaves 
 are young and most fit for mats. 
 
 Ptr-A-WA, s. The Hawaiian pronuncia- 
 tion of guava, which see. 
 
 Po-A-wAi, s. The slaver orspittl© of one 
 with a sore mouth, as if salivated; the epi- 
 thet of a slavering, dirty mouthed child. 
 
 Pc-A-wAi, ) s. Name of a hill near 
 
 Pn-A-WAi-NA, ) Honolulu. 
 
 Pp-a-we, adj. Thin; soft; fine,likethe 
 threads of a spider's web. 
 
 Pu-A-WE-A-WE, s. Thinness; fineness; 
 smallness. 
 
 Pn-E, V. To thrust, as with a spear; to 
 make an attack, as in battle ; to make aa 
 onset. 
 
 2. To crowd on; to gain what is another's; 
 to force ; to compel ; a lohe na kanaka, ua 
 make kekahi alii, /me lakoa e kaua, when 
 the people heard tliat one of their chie& 
 was dead, they wwe urgent to ight; to 
 urge ; e pue ana lakou ia Kiunehameha, 
 they were urghig Kamehameha. 
 
 3. To solicit strongly. 
 
 4. To manage so as to make it necessary 
 for one to do a thing ; a pv£ iho la o Poki 
 ia Kaahumanu e kauaJPoki urged Kaahu- 
 manu to war, i. e., he planned to .make a 
 war unavoidable. 
 
 6. To force ; to compel, i. e., to oomiait 
 lewdness. JEset. 7:8, 
 
 6. To solicit to lewdness ; to seduce, es 
 a virgiq ; to commit a rape. Puk. 22:16. 
 E hoala i kamea e moekolobeai. SeePos- 
 vfkiJE. % pue i ka wahlne, to ravish ; to 
 commit a rape. 
 
 7. To make a round elevated bill, as in 
 weeding out and hiUing up potatoes. 
 
 8. To attack or besiege a city. ler. 32:2. 
 
 Pp-e, s. a round heap of dirt or mud 
 for planting kalo or potatoes; a potato hilL 
 
 2. A raised surf of ftresh water ; he nalu 
 ka WM. 
 
 3. The name of a bush or tre«. 
 
 PtT-E-A, v^ Passive of pue for jnwia. To 
 
PUE 4 
 
 be forced, compelled or urged to do a 
 thing. 
 Pu-E-A, *. The name of a god worshiped 
 ia the uigbt ; he itkaa kil Piiea; ma ia po 
 ana iho, boaia ke ahi o Puea; maikai ka 
 po o Puea. 
 •Pu-E-E-KE, V. See Eeke. To shorten; 
 to cut off or cut short ; to wrinkle up ; to 
 contract 
 Pn-EO,.*. An owl. Ira. 34:11. He menu 
 lele hihiu. Note. — The pueo was formerly 
 worshiped as a god: one of the poe akua 
 mana. 
 
 2. A shroud of a ship. 
 
 3. The strings used to tie around the 
 posts of a house in building. 
 
 Ptj-E-o-NE, s. Name of the place in the 
 sea outside of where the surf breaks ; also 
 
 '"called poana kai, 
 
 Pu-E-Hu, V. To bio^ a way; to scatter; 
 
 ' to disperse. Pass. To be scattered, as iliist 
 
 or light sabstances by the wind. IM. 1:4. 
 
 2. To be routed and scattered, as an 
 
 «rmy. Oife."26:36. 
 
 d. . To be scattered or separatedfrom each 
 other, as a fleet of canoes in a stotm. 
 
 4. Boo. To scatter or drive out, as a peo- 
 ple. Nah. 33:5. 
 
 5. To remain : to. be oyer and above. 
 Puk. 26:12. 
 
 Pn-E-HU, s. A dispersion; a scattering 5 
 a flurry of wind when it strikes suddenly 
 aaytiiiag and puts in motion whatever can- 
 not resist it, aa small dust or bits of paper 
 before the^bake of a £aB. 
 
 2. The remainder; the remnant of a 
 ttung; what is over and above. Pttfc. 26:12. 
 
 Po-E-HU-K-HU, adj. See Puehw. Scat- 
 tered; dispersed. 
 
 2. Rougb; ragged, as the skin after 
 . drinking awa; mahnna ka ill, nakaka jnie- 
 
 huehw. inoino loa ke nana akn. 
 
 3. Small ; fine, as dust. 
 4.- Baw:. uncooked; as, aipvehuehu, kalo 
 
 but partially cooked, so that in pounding 
 It, its parts are easily- separated or scat- 
 tered. 
 
 Pir-E-Ko-LE-A, adj. Round and plump, 
 as a duck. See Makueolea. 
 
 Pn-E-LE-Hu, V. Pue, to force, and le-hu, 
 ashes. To push into the embers. 
 
 Pu-E-LE-WA, V. File and lewa, swing- 
 ing. To be wandering about ; to be un- 
 fixed ; not settled. 
 
 Pp-E-LE-WA, adj. Going here and fh'eifS; 
 UHDieady; unsettled. .i,- • 
 
 Ptr-E-PU-E, adj. Large ; thick ; plump; 
 ua loihi kona kino a ua ptiepue. 
 
 2. Rotten, as timber; worm-eaten; fall 
 of holes. See ratem. 
 
 Pu-E-pn-E, V. To be large; to b e plum p; 
 ,io be full, as a tat animal. See Puu-ui. 
 62 
 
 » PUI 
 
 3. To make up into hills, as potatoes or 
 kalo. 
 Pu-e-pu-e; s. a round bunch ; a hill of 
 potatoes or kalo. 
 
 2. The name of a duck from its plump- 
 ness. See PUEKOLBA. 
 
 Pu-E-PU-E-Hu, V. SeePuEHtr. To scatter 
 greatly ; to disperse frequently. Uoo. To 
 cause a great or thorough dispersion. 
 
 Pu-E-p(j-E-LU, adj. Hard; tough; ap- 
 plied to potatoes that are paakiki, and pur- 
 haps to other food. 
 
 Pd-e-wa, V. To float about; to be car- 
 ried hither and tliither by the wind or cur- 
 rent and scattered; e laweia iloko o ka wai 
 me ka.puebu. 
 
 Pc-E-WAi, s. Pue and wai, water. The 
 waves at the mouth of a stream as the 
 stream rushes into the sea. 
 
 Po-E-WA-LE, V. Pue and vide, without 
 cause. To ravish ; to force, as a female, 
 Zek. li:2. To commit lerfness. 2 Sam. 
 13:12. To commit a rape. 
 
 Pu-E-WA-tE, s. A rape; ravishment; 
 forcible lewdness. 
 
 Pu-i, adj. Large ; swelled out, as a fat 
 person; See Pcipci. 
 
 Pu-i-A, V. To spread; to diffuse abroad, 
 as an odor ; to fill with odor or perfume ; 
 e ala, e kuhinia. 
 
 Pu-i-A, adj. Beautiful; grand; full of 
 sweet-scented flowers adding to the beauty. 
 
 Pu-i-HO, V. To start suddenly; to be 
 fHghtened. See Pdiwa. 
 
 2. To cry out suddenly ; to shout. 
 
 3. To bum ; to make a butnming noise ; 
 e hoomumu iho. See Pdoho. 
 
 Pcr-1-KAi-KA, V. To tte close or crooked 
 in dealing ; to be unyielding to another's 
 judgment or opinion ; mai noho oe a puir 
 /mite mai ia'u, don't be hard upon me. 
 
 Pn-i-KAi-KA, adj. Close or crooked in 
 dealing; unyielding to the wish or opinion 
 of another. 
 
 Pu-i-Li, V. To gird round; to embrace; 
 
 to clasp ; e puUi a paa. See Puuki. E 
 puUi me ka lima, to holdfast with the hand. 
 
 Pu-i-Lij s. One bent on a thing, as 
 pleasure ; one seeking satisfaction in any 
 way. 
 
 2. That which gives temporary delight 
 or pleasure; ho puili pau wale no ia no ka 
 poe bana lealea. 
 
 3. A kind of play or game with sugar- 
 cane flowers. 
 
 4. Name of a smallish kind of rope. 
 
 Ptr-i-U, adj. Seizing; holding fast with 
 the hand. ' 
 
 Fuili ka ohelo ai a ka maun, 
 • A ka haln i viliia e ka makaoi, 
 A ka.tebiia nee i ka papa. 
 
PUO 
 
 490 
 
 PUU 
 
 Pir-i-Li-PAA, ttdj, Taking strong hold; 
 holding tightly. 
 
 Po-i-pu-i, V. To be fat; to be full; to 
 be large; to be corpolent; to be thick set, 
 as the body of a person. Se^ FnEFui:. 
 
 Pu-i-ptJ-i, s. A fat plump person or ani- 
 mal, laa. 1U:16. Plumpness ; fbllness of 
 person ; liki i kona ■wm.wdpai Ihia. 
 
 Pu-i-P0-i, adj. Fat; plump; flourish- 
 ing; stout. Zunfc. 3:29. Aple i pan ke 
 kino puApai o ke akamai ia'n i olahonua; 
 large'; corpident 
 
 2. Bitter.; pungent to flie taste; soar; 
 awaawa. ' 
 
 3. Hard; Berere; oolea. 
 
 Fn-i-wA, V. Ta be taken by surprise j 
 to start suddenly, as a h(g!8e when fright- 
 ened ; to be i»%nghted, as team sleep ; to 
 meet with isidden sarpriBe^^om any cause. 
 
 2. To jump or start suddenly!'' 
 
 3. Hoo. To cry out or sound an alarm. 
 % OUil. 13:12. See Pdoho and Pumo. , 
 
 Pu-l-wA, s. AmazemeatI a surprise; a 
 stupe&ction on account of ponder; a, start- 
 ing from fright; sudden excitement. 
 
 Pu-o, V.' To mix up; to put in confu- 
 sion ; hnikau. . 
 
 2. To strike or clasp tbe handstogetiier; 
 e pal na Uma. 
 
 3. To lash, as Ae sea does the shore)/ 
 poo ae la ke kai i ke one. 
 
 4. To bend, a» a-cocoacut leaf in the 
 wind ; to yield to the wind, as the-spread 
 sails of a ahiD. . ,» 
 
 Ipuo tenillte kal o Cwpea aJca nana, 
 OkaioeoMilottabookalalEaa, , 
 He kapoa ka lanl ao ks Bwka— e< 
 
 Pu-o-A, t. See Fduoa. A house built 
 ^^with the poles uniting at the top in the 
 shape of a pyramM ; bnce, 
 
 2^'In 9eome^,-a p^mid. AmS6n.iS. 
 
 "91 A temporary residence; a small house 
 hastily put up ; ua nui na puoa ke nana 
 ako, were were many temporary residences 
 to appearance. 
 
 4.. A small incloswe of poles. ^ 
 
 $. A plant choked with weeds. '^ 
 
 6. A honse for depositing a corpse ; lie 
 baitdtope^ao. 
 
 7. He uloa. 
 Pb-o-ho, ». See PtnWA. To start and 
 
 cry out ; to start in a fright; to jump sudr 
 denly, as from a sleep. £aieifc.26. To cry 
 out or sound together. 
 Pn<0'Ho, t. A sudden stftrt; a fright, 
 
 i. e., e oho pa. 
 Pd-o-hai, *. The root and body of the 
 oliai shrob ; kamnohai. 
 2. A bunch of the ohai flowerr; opuohai. 
 He kamuohsl, he opuohai, 
 Akua pee puoluti o ke kaha, 
 I valea vale la I ke a 
 I ka nlu kabu a Kahal, 
 Halua oe e ka 00 « ka manu Kaneblli. 
 
 Pd-o-ko, e. To rage; to be hot. 
 
 Po-o-KO-o-Ko, s. See Pd and Oeooko, a 
 red beat A great hoi fire; i^aonoAipono 
 o ka la, i ka pvohooko hoi o ka wela loa. 
 l;<i^. 17& 
 
 Po-o-LA-Ni, «, To lay upon a conse- 
 crated place, as an altar ; to lay by as 
 sacred ;' to bind or tie up, a? a sacrifice. - 
 
 Pir-o-LA-Ni, 0(2;. Setuponhigh; raised- 
 up ; set apart; " , 
 
 Pu-o-LO, V. To tie up, as a bundle tied 
 on top ; to bundle up ; alalia, puo2o ae la 
 a paa, awe mai la, then he tied up a hmUt 
 tightly and brought it. 
 
 Pu-d-LQ, if A bundle of kapa folded and 
 bound, up BO as to appear round like a 
 paii«f. 
 
 > 2. A bundle tied at the top for carrying 
 on a stick. 
 %, A scrip; s bag; a container. Jos- 9:4 
 
 Pi;<o-to-o-Lo-H£B, s, A species of grass 
 having a Airzed top. 
 
 Pff-o-NB, adj. S«e Fitoohe. 
 
 Po-o-aji, V. To lay up for a long life or 
 for a friture age; e kau i ka puaneane ola; 
 to lay up &e means of livinj^ forever. 
 
 Pc-o-FE-LTT, i. A bimqh of stones lying 
 I natnitf ly or brought together where trav- 
 elers or persons heavily loaded stopped to 
 rest; olioi o'u hoapill i ka la opuopdvt, . 
 See OioiKA. 
 
 Pu-o-pu-o, V. To clap together the hol- 
 low hands with a sound. See Hoofdopdo, 
 
 Pur, t. To collect together; to lay by, 
 particularly in heaps, 
 
 2. To boll; to form aground seed, as 
 flax; to swell and break, as a boil; ffoik. 
 16:2. 
 
 3. To cast or draw lots (a Hawaiian, cus- 
 tom formerly io. practice) by using a 
 knotted string. 
 
 4. To gather or dip up water in tba 
 hands. 
 
 6. E pim pahanauanei ka lae i kauaokt 
 Eawaiuiuu. 
 
 & Boo. To heap or pile up, as stones. 
 
 7. To cast lots ; to divide a country by 
 loC los. 7:26. 
 
 Puu, s. Any round protuberance belong- 
 ing to a larger substance. 
 
 2. A small roimd hill; a peak: a pim- 
 ple; a wart; th^kducklesj'tiieEinklejouits; 
 the Adam's A^ple of the throat; hence, the 
 throat ; a knop ; an ornament of a candle- 
 stick. Pufc. 26:3. 
 
 3. The material hearty 2 Sam. 18:14. 
 
 _ 4. A heap ; he pvcu o^tftla, a heap of rob- 
 ' bisb ; na puu huapalaoa, shocks of grailk 
 
 5. A tower ; a citadd ; a substance ; ft 
 
 portion: alotin-eaaHinrl/vta w-i oj.ia 
 
putr 
 
 491 
 
 PUU 
 
 6. A quantity; part; property; destiny; 
 appointmnnt ; fortune. Hut. 2:5. 
 
 7. Habit; custom; eia ko kakou wabi 
 »uu iki, o ka hoobaunaele i ka manawa 
 Icula. 
 
 8. Any act or thing causing ridicule, 
 contempt, or perhaps anger, aM an offense 
 against good manners or morals ; he iiio, 
 he mea e loiloi ai, a e hoowahawafaa ai 
 paha ; he kina, no ka hilabila kona holo 
 ana (o Poki), no ka mea, aole he puu. nul 
 ma ka puka o kona bale, out of shame, he 
 (Poki) sailed away, because there was no 
 at the door of his house." 
 
 9. A hand, i.e., the cards held at a ^me. 
 Puu, adj. Dying with one for a^ch- 
 
 ment's sake ; as whenva chief dies soitfe of 
 his people, for love's sake, wish to dieralso; 
 ke oleloaku nei au ia oukon,okamoe puu 
 oia nei ; a i moe ka moe puu ilaila ; a oiki 
 ae ilaila ka moe puu. 
 
 Pvv. A sign of the plural number. 
 Gram. § 86 and 92. It mostly has refer- 
 ence to a collection. Synonymous in some 
 cases with poe or pae. He puu puaa ! he 
 puu kanaka; this last form is not often 
 found. 
 
 Pu-u-A, V. See Piiuwa. To be full ; to 
 be choked or suBbcated, as in swallowing 
 food ; to stick in the throat ; to Btr?ngle ; 
 e keu i ka puu. 
 
 2. To be in difficult labor, as in child- 
 .birth. ' Km. 35:10. Mai puhi malu, opuua 
 a loaa. 
 
 Pu-u-A, s. Hardness, as in food; diffi- 
 culty in swallowing ; he wai ka inca e inu 
 ai i ka paina ana no ka puua ame ka wela 
 ka ai. 
 
 Pirn-A-LTT, V. To carry on the hips. See 
 
 PUAIAC. 
 
 Pffu-o-A, s. A small inclosure of sticks 
 «r poles leaning together at tbe top in the 
 form of a pyramid. See Puoa. 
 
 Puo-oi-oi, ) s. Puu, heap, and om 
 
 Pun-oi-0!-NA, J or owlna, a resting place 
 for travelers. An elevated spot by the road- 
 side: a heap of stones"; a shady tree, or 
 possibly, a pool of water, used as a resting 
 place. 
 
 Puu-o-NE, r. Puu and one, sand. A 
 mound of sand ; a heap of earth. 
 
 2. The name of a hciau ; o ka mea kuhi- 
 kubi heiau, he kuhikabi piaume ia. 
 
 Pnu-0-PA-LA, s. Puu, heap, and opala, 
 dirt ; dust. Dust, litter, dirt. &C., piled up 
 into a heap. 
 
 Putr-HAtJ, s. A hard lump growing on 
 the flesh, 'particularly on the joints. See 
 
 OlUKDLM. 
 
 Puu-Hoo-MA-HA, s. Puu and koemaha, 
 
 to rest. See Pi-ooioi above. 
 P(ru-HO-LE, s. The slight protubetsnce 
 
 below the abdomen, or the lower part of 
 
 the abdomen ; ke Ami la i ka puuhole. 
 Pcn-Ho-ifcr-A, s. Puu and nonua, flat 
 
 land. A place of reftige for one pureued. 
 
 Ifah. 35:6._ A place of safety in time of 
 
 war; a refuge. Isa. 25:4. 
 Pini-KAU-A, s. Puu and kaua, war. , A 
 
 fortification; a hold. 1 Sam. 22:43. -A 
 
 stronghold ; a fort. Lunk. 6:2. He mau 
 ^ puu e kaua ai e like me Kauiki. 
 
 2. The commander-in-chief; he alii is ia 
 
 ka omaka kaua. 
 Puu-KAU-LA, V. In gg.mbling, to stake,. 
 
 as a man his wife, or a wife her' husband. 
 
 to bo won or lost ; e puukavXa mai C^ ia 
 
 lakou, e lehova. 
 Puu-KA-Ni, adj. Pleasant; sweet, as the' 
 
 sound of a pleasant voice in singing. 
 
 2. Sweet, as the tones of a flute or other* 
 . instrument. 
 
 3. Fio. A handsome person. 
 PcB-KA-Ni-LU-A, adj. Drawn straight 
 
 and tight, as a rope. 
 2. Obstinate, as one who contradicts. 
 
 Puu-KA-PE-LE, s. The name of a tree 
 on Kauai, the IcauiMla. 
 
 Pdu-ka-pu, s. Kukuluia lia jnaJtapi 
 elima raawaena o na pae kanaka elua>' 
 
 2. A hand of cards dealt out and left un- 
 touched until the other bands are all played 
 out. 
 
 Pon-Ki-E, 0. To insnarej to entrap; to 
 get one into difficulty. Hoo. The same. 
 
 Pu-tr-Ki-u-Ki, s. The name of the spots 
 of water dammed by the uki ; he wai no 
 ke uki na ka mahu i hookiokio i ka lau o 
 ka uki, be opu uki. 
 
 PiTiT-KO-A, adj. Small; diminutive, as 
 fine grass; i ka poapoo o ka maun puukoa. 
 
 Tvv-Ko-A, s. Name ofa species of grass. 
 
 Ptnr-KO-KO, s, Puu and koko, blood. The 
 heart of an animal which by its muscular 
 action throws the blood through the sys- 
 tem. 
 
 PtitJ-KO-tE, *. The mons veneris. See 
 
 H&N^. 
 
 Puu-Kt7, s. One entrusted with the care 
 
 of goods. Mn,.^5■.20. A steward. 1 Nal. 
 
 16:9. The office of a steward; a provider; 
 
 stewardship. 
 PnU'«0-K0.-i, *. A kind of kapa made 
 
 of wauke and pouleulu. 
 Po-BrKU-u-KU, c. To be many; to be 
 
 numerous; to be multitudinoUfr.'' See Fun- 
 
 IPtlLF. 
 
 Pi[-tr-LA-v*LA, s. Puu and ulaula, red. 
 
 A bank or mass of red earth; redness; the 
 color Of red earth. 
 Potr-LE-LE, s. Pkm, a swelling, and Ze^e, 
 to fly. A rupture: a hernia; bo called be- 
 cause it disappears suddenly. 
 
PUU 
 
 492 
 
 PUS 
 
 Poc-jLE-NA, adj. Name of a cold wind 
 on the mouDttiinB or at the Tolcaco; ka ab6 
 pmdend o ka lua. Zaieifc. 34. 
 
 Puc-LE-po, s. A mound of earth ;€arth 
 used in coloriag. '' 
 
 2. A place designated in the game of 
 papua. 
 
 Pc-D-Li-u-Li, adj. Dark ; black ; dark 
 coloi-ed. See PODiicia. ' 
 
 Puu-Li-MA, s. Puu and ^ima, hand. The 
 wrist joints; the knackles and wrist bones; 
 tbe palm of the hand ; ka peahi lima. 
 
 Po-.B-LtJf-'j. A great number of men or 
 tilings ; a multitnde ; an army of soldiers. 
 
 Po-n-Lu-u-Lu, V. To be thick together ; 
 to be maltitudinous ; to be. numerous or 
 many. 
 
 Pn-u-LU-FAU-A, ». Name of a division 
 of aqi army prepared for battl^.j 
 
 Ptju-NA-UE, )». To divide into par- 
 
 Poo-NAC-WE, { eels or parts ; t>} divide ; 
 to give out ; to separate. Kin. 10:5. To 
 divide, as spoil. Puk. 15:9. E paunauioe 
 ma ka hailona, to divide (the land) by lot. 
 los. 13:6. To divide, as property. los. 
 22:8. 
 
 P'co'NO-Hu, s. The foot of a cloud hang- 
 ing on a mountain ; a thick cloud. 
 2. The motion of waves succeeding each 
 
 • other. See Phnohd. 
 
 Pot-pa, v. To receive freely or gratu- 
 itously ; to give fifeely or gi-ataitoosly ; 
 puupa iaolo wale no ia leo. \ 
 
 Puc-PA, ». Name of a Stone from which 
 maika stones were made. 
 
 Pou-PAA, s. Puu and pas, fast. The 
 reins: the kidneys. Anat. 53; Hal. 7:9. 
 IG'io. The affections ; the principles of ac- 
 tion. 
 
 . 2. An epithet of female purity ; virgin- 
 ity; a virgin. Kanl22:li. Pwipaaana, 
 the state of virginity. Lunk. 11:38. 
 
 Pou-PAA, adv. In a virgin state ; free- 
 dom from impurity. Laieik. 115. 
 
 PoD-PAU, *'. Puu, . throat, and pan, to 
 destroy. The name of a,corroding or eat- 
 ing disease in the .throat; when the disease 
 is seated in theinouthitfaas another name. 
 
 Pon-Po-0-LA, V. SeeA'?ooLA. To eat in 
 ' a hurry so as to choke ; to strangle. 
 
 P(tn-pco, V. To break out into boils and 
 blisters. See Puu. 
 
 2. Hoo. Toheapup; to pile up in heaps, 
 
 3. To be or become lumpy; potsnioothjy 
 soft as good poi. 
 
 Pou-PDu, s. A protuberance ; a swell- 
 ing ; a joint. Anat. 18. See Ptju, s. 
 
 2. The pimples of the itch; the knuckles; 
 the ankle bones. Znieik. 45, 47. 
 
 3. 4 knot of a tree ; a hillock ; a fist 
 doubled up Sir figbting. Lakik. 47, 
 
 4. A bunch ; a handful ; a knop of a 
 lamp or candlestick. Puk. 25:31. 
 
 6. A scurvy or scabby person. .OiAfc. 
 21:20. 
 
 6. Poi not well pounded ; puupuu kaua, 
 r- warlike defense on a wall. tsa. 54:12. 
 Puupuu koko, emerods. 1 Sam. 5:9. Ka 
 puupuu a kona maka, thd eye-ball (per- 
 haps) ; ua hele ka pwupuu a kona maka, 
 aoleonaeuae. . ~ ._ . 
 
 Pcu-Pou, adj. FxiU of blotches or pim- 
 ples ; rough with uneven places. 
 
 Puu-Puu, adv. Roughly; unevenly; holo 
 puupuu, to run over rough places. 
 
 ■Pou-PDU-o-NE, adj. Fortune telling; liv- 
 ing in a strange bouse called hcUe puucm; 
 
 ■ kukula oia i hale puupuumie. 
 
 PdC-Piro-WA-wAE, *. P«» and wawae, 
 feet. The ankle bones. Oih. 3:7. Tlie 
 ankles. Mek. 47:3. 
 
 Ptr-u-WA, *. To have something in the 
 throat; to be choked; to have difficulty in 
 swallowing. See Poca. 
 
 Puu-WAi, s. Puu and wai, liquid. The 
 material heart ; the active muscle which 
 receives and distributes the blood through 
 the animal system; the heart 2 iVoZ. 9:24. 
 Note. — ^The ancient Bawaiians supposed 
 „that there was nothing but water in the 
 muscle called the heart, hence tbt name 
 puuwai. 
 
 2. Food of different kinds of vegetables 
 tied up in bunches and put into the oven ; 
 he luau i hana lanlau ia a hookomois } ka 
 pohaku. See IiVAC. 
 
 PO0-WA1-U, *. Puu and watu, milk. Epi- 
 thet of the female breast ; a milk breast or 
 breast of milk. ..^efc. 16:7. 
 
 Po-HA, B. SeeJPoHA. To. burst or break 
 Open, as^'sore or boUV'to pass through or 
 out; to burst fbrth, 
 
 2. To hawk as a means of raising phlegri) 
 from the lungs. 
 '3. To be loathsome, as a running sore. 
 Z06. 7:5. 
 
 4. To breathe like' a sea-turtle; e hanu 
 tne he honu la. 
 
 Pu-HA, $. Rottenness inside of timber; 
 wood internally defecl\ve; the disease 
 gonorrhea. See Puhikaokao. Puha laau, 
 a hollow tree. Laieik. 77. 
 
 Pd-ha> adj. Broken or burst open, as a 
 sore or boil ; mai puha, an issue ; a run- 
 ning sore. 2 Sam. 3:29. 
 
 Pp;pA-A-A, V. To be clear ; to be light 
 colored ; to be white ; to appear distinct, 
 as a thing by itself. ' > 
 
 Pu-HA-A-A, adj. Having large light spots; 
 
 applied to kalo or potatoes when partially 
 
 roasted, i. e., the uncooked part having a 
 
 white appearance distinct from the cooked. 
 
 2. Applied to the light spots of the lebo. 
 
PUH 
 
 493 
 
 PUH 
 
 3. White, as the uncommon whiteneas of 
 
 the eye of men or women; he maka pahaoM 
 ' kona ; be luho puhaaa, sole e aina. ka bee. 
 
 Aole leho, he j)u7io«a wale no. 
 Pc-HAA-KA-KAi, I «. A species of bird 
 Po-HAA-KA-KAi-E-A: ) like the noio j a 
 
 small black bird. SeeNoio. 
 Pc-HAi-NA-NA, V. To loolc Only instead 
 
 of answering a request. 
 Po-HAu-BAu, adj. Loose ; not bound 
 
 tigbtlr. 
 a. Large; fat, as men; puhauhau o mea. 
 Po-HA-HA, V. To wish evil to one j to 
 
 speak to one ; to speak loudly. See Leo- 
 
 UiOA and Leoleova. 
 Fv-uk-UA-hv, adj. Tough; applied to 
 
 kalo ; kalo pvlmmta. 
 Po-HA-KA, I V. p„ and haka, a 
 
 Po-HA-KA-HA-XA, ) space between two 
 
 things. To be yaoant, as a space between 
 
 two things. 
 2. To be destitute : tb be wanting ; a])- 
 
 plied variously i lie lohe ma KnapeUu nei, 
 
 a ma Kailaa, a puAaA^a mai o a o mawaeua, 
 
 we bear (prcaohing) here at Kuapehu and 
 
 at Eailua, but all between is Aeslituie. 
 Pu-HA-LA, 5, The body of the hala tree. 
 Ptj-HA-LA-AU, I. A hollow tree. See 
 
 PtTiA. Lakik. 129. 
 Pa-HA-LA-TJA, ». A covetous person. 
 Po-HA-LA-trb; ) adj. Stingy ; parsinio- 
 Pu-HA-LA-t^O, ) nious ; he awa, he pi. 
 Pn-HA-iA-LUj V. To burst or break forth 
 
 suddenly, as the voice. See Palalv. To 
 
 imitate the voice ot a bird. 
 Pu-HA-LA-LU,. adj. Large; plump; fat 
 
 and woak, a» men or beasts. 
 Po-HA-Li^ s. Stinginess; covetousness. 
 • See PuHALAUO. ^ <, ' 
 
 2. Name of a small delicate ssa^hell. 
 Pi!-HA-LU-HA-L0, odj. Gazing; starjpg 
 
 at. See Ujamjhalu. 
 Pir-HA-N^-HA-Ni-HA, V. To rue what One 
 
 has done in a bargain; to regret an agree- 
 ment; to pay an obligation with reluctance; 
 
 e ana. ^e PuxmANiBA. 
 Pu-HA-NC, V. To breathy easier; to rest 
 
 a little. See Hanu. _ 
 Pu-HEE, V. To disperse; to scatter. See 
 
 Hue, 
 Po-HEE, s. For poohee. The head of the 
 
 hce or squid. ,; 
 
 Pt;-EE-o-HE-o, s. A sport of children 
 
 like jumping the rope. . See Kohbohko. 
 
 NoTK. — If grown people attended the play 
 
 it was eaVe&kilu. 
 Po-HEE-rA-Nuc, adj.. Pu for puu, and 
 
 hee, squid. Lit. The largb hxuuA on the 
 ' ^ad of the squid.' 
 
 2. Swelling ; strutting, as a.danSy. 
 Ks puhteuanuu o Kahtti 
 Na ke kamatrama laabaka, 
 Ina i o ka poni alii.' 
 
 Po-HEE-Mi-Ki, V. A present made to one 
 of two persona, when the one having not 
 received anything seizes the other's and 
 deprives him of it. 
 
 Pu-HE-MO, V. To be slack; to be re- 
 miss ; to fall behind. Hoo. The same. 
 
 Pu-HE-NE, V. To use lascivious words 
 and actions slily; to tempt to different 
 k'.ads of wickedness, especially to adul- 
 tery ; e lojcu, e loha. 
 
 2. To tie or bundle up food (pai-ai) in 
 the shape of a nest 
 
 Pn-H|-NE, s. Lascivious gestures and 
 words slily used to excite to adultery ; be 
 lokn, he loha, he bana, he alea. 
 
 2, A bundle made in the form of a nest, 
 for food ; a neat-Uke bundle of food. 
 
 Pu-HE-NE-HE-NE, *. The name of a play 
 performed by biding a stone called noa 
 
 . (see Noa) under a kapa; and the game 
 coni^sts in guessing where to find it. See 
 Kao, s., 6. 
 
 Pu-HE-Nir, ?. A breath; a breathing. 
 See PnHANU and Hanu. 
 
 Pn-Hi, V. To blow or puff wind ; to 
 breathe bard. 
 
 2. To blow, as to blow the fire ; e pvhi i 
 
 ke abi ; to burn in the fire ; to set on lire ; 
 
 tQjburn up, 
 
 '8. E puhi i ke kukui, to blow o^lt the lamp. 
 
 4. To blow the (conch) shell or trumpet, 
 
 Mh. 10:34. 
 
 i". To blow, as tbe wind; as a strong 
 wind. Kekah. i:6. To blow Up. 
 
 6. To puff tobacco smoke. 
 
 7. TO puff at ope in a way of contempt ; 
 to treat insolently. 
 
 8. To distill rum or any liqu6r ; e jnAi 
 rama ; te burn incense ; e pAi i ka mea 
 ala. Puk. 30:1. ' E puhl ka awa mai ka 
 awa a biki i ke koa. 
 
 Pu-Hi, s. A puffing ; a blowing ; puhi 
 haka, tobacco smoking. i 
 
 2. An eel ; he ia loibi, mau maka kala- 
 lea.' 
 
 3. 'Name of a place in tbe sea where the 
 water is black from depth or from, deep 
 holes in the rocks. 
 
 Pu-Hi, adj. He mai pulpu, he puM. 
 
 Pu-Hi-A-Hl, s. A man who tends the 
 
 ' fires of a Bteam-eDgine,'4^. 
 
 Po-Hi-0-i-Lo, *. rvM, eel, and oilo, a 
 small fish. A small white eel. 
 
 Pd-hi-0-hi-o, v. To break wind; to dis- 
 cbarge wind audibly ; e bookani okole, e 
 pumakani, e puhiu. 
 
 Po-Hi-0-MO-LE, *. A belching up of 
 vrind. 
 2. A white eel ; be puhi keokeo. 
 
PUH 
 
 494 
 
 PUK 
 
 Ptr-H!-o-Ni-o, c, To paint or color in a 
 spotted mannev; to stamp with differeut 
 colors, ns kapa in former tiraes. 
 
 Pu-Hi-o-ptJ-iE, s. A small spotted eel. 
 
 Pu-Hi-n, V. Controetion for puhi hihiu. 
 To go wrong; to get out of the right path; 
 to go far off. 
 2. To break wind. 
 
 P(j-Hi-u-Hi-tr, . *. See PuHioHio. He pu- 
 makani, e hookani i ka okole. , * 
 
 Pcr-Hi-Hi-o, V. To sound, as a pipe or 
 wind Instrument. 
 
 Po-Hi-KAO-KAo, ». To, rbuTst Open jor 
 break the skin, as the kapkao or some kinja 
 of the venereal disease. 
 
 Po-Hi-KA-PA, s. See Kafa, an eel. An 
 epithet of Kamehameb^ 
 
 P(i-Hi-K0-LE, ». To act the spendthrift ; 
 to lounge about idly; to waste one's prop- 
 erty ; to become poor. 
 
 PotHi-KU, s. A species of small flying- 
 fish, called kaawilijpvMkii ; they swim on 
 the surface of the sea. 
 
 Pu-Hi-u, *.. A scar on the face ; a scar 
 by burning. 
 
 * 2. A running vegetable ; green things ; 
 herbs. 
 
 PtJ-Hi-PAt;, V. To be bearer of an accu- 
 sation against one's self. 
 2. To revile; to reproach. 
 
 Pu-Hi-PA-KA, ». A species of eel. 
 
 2. The Hawaiian orthography for pahi- 
 haka, tobacco smoking. 
 
 Po-Hi-PA-KA, V. For pukibaka. To smoke 
 tobacco. 
 
 Ptr-Hi-PA-LA-Ho-A-NA, s. A species of 
 fish of the eel kind. 
 
 Ptr-Hi-PA-LA-Lu, V. To flatter and amuse 
 one that has property in order to obtain ; 
 e pu/tipoJalu ia feekahi poe. waiwai. 
 
 Pir-Hi-PA-Li-LA, s. Atall,«limmanwith 
 little flesh ; he like me he kola la ka lina- 
 lina; 
 
 Pu-Hi-pc-Hi, V. To anoint over with 
 anything medicinal. 
 
 2. To blow any substance which has been 
 chewed in the mouth into the sea in order 
 to decoy or intoxicate flsh. 
 
 3. To bind up tightly. 
 Pu-Hi-PC-Hi-A-Hi, s. A cross, overbear- 
 ing person. 
 
 P(f-Ho, V. To be broken out in ulcers, 
 
 • asscrofnlouslegs; bemaipuAo. SeePuHAi. 
 
 Pu-Hoo-KA-Ni, s. Namfe of a shell-fish. 
 
 Po-Ho-LO, V. To roast blood ;-^i^o 
 l(pko. See Haeui. 
 
 Pu-Ho-Lo-HO-LO, s. A perspiration pro- 
 duced by tiie steam of leaves covering over 
 a fire arid the patient sits covered with a 
 kapa over it; ' a o ka puholoholo kekahi mea 
 
 e poDO ai, a o ka laau naha kekabL Anai. 
 
 64. 
 Pff-Ho-LU, V. To cook fish with hot 
 
 stones in a calabash. 
 Ptf-Hu-E-HU-E, *. A species of the .con- 
 volvulus. 
 Po-HU-LAiLiT, adj. Fat and weak, as a 
 
 man. 
 Pd-hu-li, v. To be full grown, as food 
 
 or vegetables ; to be ripe ; hookahe matt 
 
 no k^ wai, a laupai a puhiili. 
 Pu-HU-LU-Hn-fLu, adj. Full grown; full 
 . sizedj as an animal ; as fruit. 
 Pu-KA, V. To enter or pass through a 
 
 hole, srevice, a gate or door-way. 
 
 2. To enter in or to pass out, according 
 as it is followed by mai or aku. With aku 
 it signifies to go out; to go from one place 
 to another ; to go forth. 1 Nah. 19:11. 
 
 3. To rise, as a subject, to obtain the 
 government ; to usurp the authority of a 
 ruler. 
 
 4. To cheat ; to defraud one of what is 
 due. J. 
 
 6. Sgo. To appear in sight when at a 
 distance, as the sun rising or a ship appear- 
 ing at a distance. 
 
 6. To bring along, as the wind brings 
 clouds. 
 
 7. To utter ; to publish ; to proclaim a 
 thing. Kekah.5-2. 
 
 8. To pass from one state or condition 
 to that of another, as from ignorance to 
 knowledge ; o kakou hoi ka poe i hoopii- 
 kaia noloko mai o ka pouli. 
 
 9. To end ; to finish ; e hoopau. aku. 
 10. To separate from; to go away; ehoo- 
 
 kaawale aku. , 
 
 Pu-KA, s. A door-way;' a gate-way; an 
 entrance ; a hole ; pvka o ke kui, puka »■ 
 ke kuikele, the eye of a needle ; pvka Ion, 
 a loop hole. Puk. 25:5. Any place of en- 
 , trance or egress ; pvka pepeiao, the ear ; 
 i hoakakaia'ku ma ka puka o ko oukou 
 man pepeiao. Note. — Pvka as a noun 
 takes various forms, aspufca, aipt^a, ipuka, 
 upuka and kanipuka, all which see. 
 
 2. The art of making spears, ropes, Ac, 
 that appear well but really are good for 
 nothing and vice versa. 
 
 3. A curious art ; a trick ; the practice 
 of legerdemain ; hoopiopio. 
 
 Ptr-KA-A-Ki, s. A pile of fish to be di- 
 . vided out. 
 
 PH-KA-A-KI, », To divide out fish ac- 
 cording to the shares of several ; to share 
 according to a rule agreed on. 
 
 Ptj-KAi, ». To paint or color the hair 
 with lime or whitewash, a practice of former 
 times. 
 
 Pir-KAi, s. The name of the wash used 
 in painting the hair. 
 2. Name of a species of fiah. 
 
PUK 
 
 495 
 
 PUK 
 
 PtT-KAi, adj. Stained or colored with 
 the pukai ; a ike oia i ka wahine pukai 
 maiSai, when he saw a womsn beauotully 
 painted. 
 PiT-KA-i-Htr, i. Puka and ihu, the nose. 
 The nostril. PvkMiS. Ea puka o ka ihu, 
 he mau paka hann. 
 Pu-KAi-KAi-KA, V. 'f rise Up, as smokc; 
 to swell; to raise up on high. See Kaieai, 
 Po-KAtr-A, ». An oflBcer in an anny ; a 
 general ; he lana kana ; a cnampion of a 
 company. Laieik. 45. 
 Pu-KATi-i-A, s. A playing of cards; gam- 
 *bUng ; the name of a game. 
 
 2. A bag or bundle tied up for carrying. 
 Pu-KAU-po-Hi-wi, s. Pu, gun, kau, to 
 place, and pohiwi, shoulder. A gun car- 
 ried onthe shoulder ; a firelock. 
 Pu-KA-HA-LE, s. Puka and hale, house. 
 A window of a house. Jsa. $0:8. 
 
 2. A gate or door-way of a honse; a 
 place for going out and coming in to a 
 house, 
 Ptr-KA-KA, V. To ascend in a zigzag 
 direction. 
 
 2. To clack, as a ben ; to cackle in sym- 
 pathy, as a cock with a hen when she has 
 laid. See Pdeoeo. E koko (pukaka) e like 
 me ha moa kane i ka manawa e hoohemo 
 ai ka moa wahine i ka hua. 
 Pu-KA-KA, V. To go here and there; to 
 go about without object. 
 
 Pukaka na lehaa o Maaa, 
 Auwana wale ibo tut 1 ka aaml^ 
 Be ole ka launa me Makalii, 
 Ike i na muliwal holo a ka ia 
 B holo ana ka oopu,-lie ia Iki— e. 
 
 Pir-EA-KA-LA, V. Pu and kola, rough. 
 To be rough; to be jagged; to have sharp 
 points. 
 Pd-ka-ku, u To go out of a straight 
 line ; to run here and there. 
 2. To OTCrflow, as water over a baq^ 
 8. To lean over out of a perpendicular 
 line,; to wander out of the way. 
 
 4. Hoo. To be smart ; to act inueprnd- 
 ently of others; to separate one's self from 
 others in work. 
 
 5. To injure one; to make an example of. 
 Ptr-KA-MA-KA-Ni, *. ful(a and makani, 
 
 wind. A window; a place for yeutilation. 
 
 1 iSam. 19:12. 
 Pu-KA-NAE-NAE, s. Name-of an open 
 
 spot near the summit of Mauna Waialeale 
 
 on EauaL 
 Pu-KA-Ni, s. Pu and hmi, to sound. A 
 
 sounding instrument ; a truiupei. 1 OxH. 
 
 :3:& 
 
 Pu-KA-Ni, adj. Stingy; hard; severe; 
 
 unfeeling for others. 
 Pd-ka-ni-ltj-a, v. Pukani and lua for 
 
 ha, rery. To be strong ; to be energetic. 
 
 2. To be hard; to be severe in exactions. 
 
 3. To be large ; to be plump ; to be full 
 fed. Note. — ^These two last ideas were 
 often united in the same person, especially 
 in the second, third and fourth grade of 
 chiefs. 
 
 4. To oppose, as the authority of a chief 
 or head man. 
 
 5.' To contend, as from anger. 
 
 Pu-KA-Ni-LU-A, a. The contention of two 
 parties for the'prevalence of their respect- 
 ive opinions. 
 
 Pu-KA-NU-i, adj. Applied to a basket 
 used in catching fish ; hinai pukamd. 
 
 Pu-KA-PA, s. The gate of a yard j the 
 gate of a city. ler. 17:24. 
 
 Pu-iiA-PAA, ». PwAraandpoa, fast; con- 
 cealed. The ossa vagina; he ulapaa, he 
 pnupaa. 
 
 Po-KA-PA-HA-ij;, s. The gate of a city 
 or village. Bal. 9:14. 
 
 Pu-KA-PA-KA-HA, s. A vrindow barred. 
 with sticks. 
 
 Pu-KA-PA-Ki, V. PwAa and pfflii, to drop, 
 as tears. To shed tears; to drop, as water 
 from holes ; aote e pvkapaki mai ko lakon 
 waimaka. 
 
 Pu-KA-pu-KAj ». Frequentative of jjwAra, 
 To get through frequently. 
 
 2. Fio. To seek to obtain the ascendency; 
 to get the advantage of. 
 
 3. To speculate in trading; to get the 
 best bargain. 
 
 4. Moo. 1 ka hof^kapiako, dala ame na 
 mea kupono. 
 
 Pn-KA-pn-KA, s. A window having sticks 
 across for a defense. 
 
 2. Whatever is full of holes, not joined 
 well together. 
 
 Pn-KA-pn-KA, adj. Full of holes, chinks, 
 cracks, Ac; net-work. Pwfc. 27:4. Mea 
 ulanapufcaputo, net-work. Jer. 52:22. Eke 
 pvkapuka, a bag lull of holes. Hag. 1:6. , 
 
 Pu-KA-wA, s. A door or window pro- 
 jecting outward; he puka e oil! loa iwaho. 
 
 Pu-KE, V. Pu and he, to force. To hit; 
 to strike, as one calabash against another ; 
 to strike together, as the Imees of, one in 
 trepidaton. Ban. 5:6 
 
 Pn-KE-A-WE, *. A kind of tree. 
 
 Pu-Ki, V. To run suddenly; to dash pff, 
 as a horse in a race ; e holo, e ka i ka holo 
 me he lio la. 
 
 Pu-xn, s. Name of a species of fish. 
 
 Pc-Ki-Kiy V. To blow Strongly or furi- 
 ously, as the wind ; to be stormy or very 
 rough, as the weather. 
 
 Pn-Ki-Ki, s. A strong boisterous wind ; 
 ' a heavy storm. 
 
 2. A name given to tight walsted dresses 
 for females. 
 
PUK 
 
 4m 
 
 PUL' 
 
 Pu-Ki-Ki, adj. Starongj furious; stonny, 
 
 as the- wind. 
 2. Sewed tightly; akainai i ka hnmu- 
 
 hftma papale pda, me lia papale pukiki. 
 Pff-KO, B. To bejough like the sea, 
 
 2. To be separated ; to be scattered ; to 
 be driven away. ' ^ 
 
 3. .To be. daring, able to conquer; puko 
 momona. Zaieik. H.: 
 
 Ptr-KO-A, v. To ascend; to rise up, as 
 smoke. Sal. 18:8.' Pukoa ae la ka uahi o 
 ka luapele. « 
 
 2. To aiz and.mingte, as Bmoke; to col- 
 lect together. 
 
 Pc-KO-A, . Si Hocks hidden or sunken 
 under water, but such as ships may strike 
 upon. 
 
 2. The coral rocks of the ocean ; ka pu- 
 . koa nui e nee ae uei: — e t Oh, the great 
 
 rocks of the reef all cpming this way I 
 
 3. Smoke united in a column and ascend- 
 ing, as from a volcano. 
 
 '4. The name of a hog with long tushes ; 
 
 ina loloa.na nSiia o- ka pnaa, he pukoa ia 
 
 puaa. 
 P0-*o-A-WA-WA-Hi-WAA, s. The name 
 
 of a tree like vegetable coral growing in 
 
 the sea, to the great annoyance of fisher- 
 men with their nets and canoes. 
 Pu-Ko-Hu-Ko-HU, adj. A red malo or 
 
 other kapa ; e hawele ana me kona aahn 
 
 pakohukohu. Zaieik. 40. 
 Po-Ko-HU-KO-HU, s. The name of a malo 
 
 colored with the noni or red ; a thick red 
 
 malo. 
 Bff-Ko-Ko, V. To cackle like a cock; ka 
 
 u^e ana a ka moa kaue me ka pakoko. 
 Ptr-Ko-LU, s. The name ofa triple canoe. 
 
 i. e., three canoes rigged up abreast ; ms.- 
 -luiia laaa o na pukoht. Zaieik. 100-. Ua 
 
 hanaia o Eaenakane i ekolu waa, ua kapaia 
 
 hepttkolu. 
 Pv-KO, V. To finish; to pad; to put 
 
 out, as fire ; e hoopuln ahi. 
 Pu-KU, s. Property given by a chief in 
 
 charge of his servants. 
 Pu-KU-A-WA, V. To be troubled in mind 
 
 through fear of the gods ; ho hooahi no na 
 
 "kkua. 
 Pp-KU-A-WA, *. The fear of the anger 
 
 of Qie gods. 
 Pu-Ktr-i, V. To sit doubled up; to be 
 
 bent.up ; to fold together, as the arms. 
 Purk'u-i, s. An assembly or collection 
 ■of ;the ^ods at the luakini ; o Waka, o ka 
 
 wahine i ka^utet. 
 
 Pa-KU-i-KU-i, V. To gather thickly to- 
 gether ; to assemble ; to become a multi- 
 tude. 
 
 Pu-KU-KA-Li-NA, adj. Will ; whirling ; 
 sweeping, as a small whirling wind that 
 
 removes light things ; makani pukideaiim 
 o iCahikihiki. 
 
 Pu-KU-Ni-A-Hi, s. Pu,kuni and aki,&ie. 
 A cannon ii-om the manner of firing. '' 
 
 Pu-Ku-Ptr-KU, ». To wrinkle the fore- 
 head; to draw down the eyebrows; toP 
 frown, as in anger; e hoomainoino i ka lae, 
 
 Ptr-KCT-Pu-Ktr, s. 'A crimping; a folding 
 in fine plaits ; a wrinkling. . 
 
 Vu-so-rv-KV, adj. Wrinkled, as die skin 
 
 • by age or otherwise. 
 
 Pti-Ki7-PU-Kn-Kir-E-MA:KA, «. The wrin- 
 kles on the forehead between the eyebrows. 
 
 Pdt-la, *.. A small particle of anythii^, 
 as dust; a mote in the eye ; aole e ike ka 
 maka 1 kona pxda iho ; the mucus in the 
 corner of the eye. 
 
 2. Theleaves of the bala tree when used 
 with a net in catching fish. . 
 
 3. The name of the stick used in driving 
 fish into a net ; laaa ulnln. 
 
 Ptr-LA-us, I'. To hurry ; to hasten ; to 
 
 ezciteto do a thing quickly. See Hoolajle. 
 P0-LA-LE, «. Quicloiess; despatch; hurry 
 
 in doing a thing.- 
 2. An 'Instrument used ta scare fish into 
 
 a net. ., 
 Pu-LA-MA, s. Pu and lama, a torch. A 
 
 light, generally inade from kukoi nuts ; a 
 
 flambeau. See Iomasd. 
 Pn-LA-pu-LA, s. A devotee ; one who 
 
 follows another abcfut. 
 
 2. Anger; revenge; opposition. 
 
 3. The tops of sugar-cane cut for plant- 
 ing. 
 
 Pir-LA-WA, e. T« surround, as with a 
 cloud or fog ; to be foggy } to cover the 
 
 i heavens with thick fog or clouds ; to ren- 
 
 '■ der the-land and mountains invisible. 
 
 P0-L4.-WA-LA-WA, adj. SeeLAWA. Fui*- 
 nished ; having a supply of what is neces- 
 sary ; prepared ; ready for an emergency. 
 
 2. Bound tightly or firmly, as a thatched 
 house with cords from post to post; braced 
 firmly, as a building. 
 
 3. Strong and active for work, as a man; 
 pxdavialatDa ka hale ; puUtwdbmia ke ka- 
 naka. 
 
 PyrLE, », To pray; to supplicate; to 
 worship; to call, with adoration, upon 
 some invisible being ; e kahea aku, mb ka 
 mahalo aku 4 ka mea ike maka ole ia. 
 
 Pu-LB, s. The act of worshiping some 
 god; conversation with an invisible being; 
 religious service; begging some favor from 
 heaven. 
 
 Pu-LEi-PU-LU, V. To have an offensive 
 smell ; to emit a disagreeable effluvia ; to 
 stink. 
 
 Puri^E-HE, V. To be loose, as a bundle 
 loosely bound; to hang loosdy ;-,to vibrate. 
 
PUOj 
 
 497 
 
 PUL 
 
 PviiSnt, ad]. Loose; not fast; not 
 bound tightly ; viliratiog. 
 
 PjT-ia-Hi, «. . To be accustomed to do 
 - oDything; to kovw how to do a thing, as a 
 mechanic by pr»Stice.' 
 
 PU-I4K-H0, «. See Leho. A small shell- 
 fish :' the shell is used for beads. ' ■ 
 
 Pu-iE-Ho-LE-Ho, s. See pEHo, A string 
 of lebos or shells for be^s. 
 
 2. A knot or callous pidee on the Bbont- 
 der fiom carrying burdens. 
 
 Pu-LE-Htr, e. To roast on coals or em- 
 bers ; to bake on the fii'e ; to roast in the 
 blaze and smoke ; hence, 
 2.; To bum ; to consume by fire. 
 
 Pu-L£-BD, s. A roasting on coals or 
 emberg;_ cooking food in a harry by wrap- 
 ping it in leaves and laying; it on the fire, 
 whether it be coals, hot aAes, flame or 
 smoke. 
 2. A'waterspont 
 
 Po-UE-Hu-LK-HO, «. Tq bring together 
 several different things to one place. 
 
 Pu-LE-LEi s. Some disease or con^laint 
 about the neck. , " 
 
 Pc-LE-LE-HD-A, «. To J)e scattejcd, as 
 water into spray by falling from a great 
 height, or from b^ing bloWn by the wind. 
 
 Pu-LE-LE-HD-A, s. A butterfly; he pee- 
 Ina i hoomaluleia a Ulo i kino Mele me he 
 manu la. 
 
 Ptr-tE-Lo, 4h To floafoin the air, as a 
 fiag ; Co wave to and fVo in the wind ; to 
 hAhg loosely ; i kapa i pidelo mai ka lua. 
 
 2. To change, as one's opinion ] e ake.e 
 pideto iki ae na manao kakou.'^- 
 
 Pff-LE-LO, adj. Floating; changeable; 
 unstable. 
 
 Pq-LE-NA, s. Name of. the south-east 
 Wind at Hilo, Waimea, &c. 
 
 Po-LE-NA, adj. Softly blowing, as ia gen- 
 tle wind. SeePuuMiSA. 
 
 Pu-LE-PE, V. To rain heavily. See 
 Eawa. 
 2. To perspire freely and copioosly. 
 
 Pn-iE-pu-uB, adj. Spotted ; speckled ; 
 of different colors. ■ 
 
 Pd-le-wa, v. See Lewa, swinging. To 
 be changeable; to turn this way and that; 
 to float here and there, as one of unstable 
 opinion; to be. varying; to be tremulous, 
 as a quagmire; hepviewa ka fiina,he n^a 
 Hawaii 
 
 Pu-le-wa-le-wa, v. To be open ; to be 
 porous ; to be full of hales. See Fdlewa 
 and Lbwa. . .•- 
 
 2. To be empty ; to be hungry ; e hau- 
 polewalewa. 
 
 Pu-wwa-I/E-wa, adj. Weak ; foeble ; 
 
 iqconstant; ^vkwalewa wale no ka nobo 
 
 an*, aole' ikaika^' 
 
 63 
 
 Pu-u-u-Li-n, s: A^mall gourd in which 
 the laaa waiiki (a medicine) was made. 
 
 Pt7-Li-Hi, s. A whirlwind. 
 
 Pu-ti-Hi-Li-Hi, s. The name of ah herb. 
 
 Pu-Li-Ki, V. Pu and ItJn, to bind up. 
 To gij'd up tightly ; to Wrap around, as a 
 vest or armor, i^es. 6:14. 
 
 2. To embrace or fold in one's arms, as 
 an infiint. 2 Mcl'iiU. 
 
 3. To gird or tie round. 1 8am. 22:18, 
 
 4. To embrace with affection. JKtn. 48:12. 
 
 5. To hold fast ; to make tight. 
 Pc-u-Ki, *. A vest; any garment girded 
 
 around the body. 
 Po-Li-Ki-KAU-A, ) s. A habergeon; a war 
 Pir-U-KI-KO-A, J dress. 2 OiW. 26:14. 
 Po-Li-MA, s. PafotpMa,andH»ta,hand. 
 
 The wrist bones; the wrist; ptUima palulo, 
 
 ''wristbancte'of s shiirL 
 
 2. The name of a fire kindled for the ben- 
 ' eflt of a sick person in the practice Of the 
 
 ancient phyacians ; a mike ao ana us 
 
 po la, ««it» hoata ke ahi, he puHma kk 
 
 moa oia ahi, 
 Pr-u-MA, adj. Pertaining to the wrist; 
 
 iwi puBma, the wrist bones. Amxt. 19. 
 P0-1-O, V. To pass ,by ; to pass on ; to 
 
 go about. - ' " 
 
 Po-Lo-A, s. A species of fish ; he hee ; 
 
 a squid. 
 Pn-Lo-'tr, v.. To cover the head ; to veil 
 . tile eyes. 
 
 2. To hide or conceal from view' ; puUni 
 iho la ia i ke kapa. Laieik. 174. ' 
 
 3. Hoo. To blindfold ; to veil ; to^^v^esr 
 with & veil. 2 Sam. 19:4 - • . T ' 
 
 Pu-w-u, s. A veil ; a covering for the 
 ,, head. Esa.5Hi. 
 
 2. A black kapa ; a kapa'^f any dtkrk 
 color. 
 
 3. The act of putting a black kapa oves 
 one for the purpose of concealment. 
 
 4. Name o^ a disease ; m^pulou. 
 Tu-Lo-TJ, adj. Bound up; covered out 
 
 of sight ; be maiptifou: 
 Pu-Lor-Lot, ». Bunches or bundles of 
 
 black-kapa. Iioieik. 112. 
 Pn-toc-Lou, *. See Pitlou, a veiL A 
 
 veil ; a co\rerittg. as of a canoe; me TiA.pu- 
 
 loulou alii iluna na waa. 
 2. A kapa on a stick (called jiaftu) erected 
 
 as a sign of kapn, - 
 Pu-LO-Hi-WA| (. Shining black kapa. 
 
 Pu-Lo-Hi-WA, adj. ExceiediBgly bkck ; 
 
 shining black. 
 Pn-LO-an, adj. Tender; soft; delicate; 
 
 Sue looking, as a woman; comely. Isa. 
 
 47:1; ler. 6:2. 
 
 Pu-LO-u-A, V. Passive, of pido. To be 
 uustabi»; going b«re-and there. 
 
PUM 
 
 496 
 
 PUN 
 
 p0-LC, e. To be wet; to bathe; towasb i 
 Tob. 24:8. 
 
 2. To be ioti as that which is soaked in 
 water. 
 8. Hoo. To wet ; to moisten ; to soften. 
 
 4. To water, as a plant. Isa. 16:9. 
 
 5. To malje soft the material for kapa, 
 that is, wauke, mamaki, &c., hy soaiking it 
 in water until -it becomes wali, paste-like. 
 
 Pd-lu, s. Any substance partially liquid 
 6nd soft. 
 
 2. That which is soft, as cotton. 
 
 3. The soft matter ot which kapa is ma^e; 
 so called when made soft by soaking ; me 
 he pulu kapa i ka hale. 
 
 4. Specifically, name of the material that 
 grows ctn and is collected from a species of 
 large fern ; it has lately become an article 
 of export. 
 
 ■ Pc-iu, adj. Wet, as clothes. 
 
 2. Soft ; cooked to softness. 
 
 3. Hbo. Deceitfnl ; he kin hoopnlu, a 
 treacherous spy. 
 
 Pu-LU-A, *. Pu and hia, two. A couple 
 
 of men in a canoe; he pvdua na kanaka ma 
 , ka-waa. 
 
 2. Two men mutual assistants to eavl. 
 
 other ; he man kokoolua elua. 
 £a-LV-LV; adj. .Fat^ plump and weak, 
 
 as a man. 
 Pn-LU-LU-Hi, adj. Hazy; foggy; cloudy; 
 
 dull, as the weather. 
 
 2. Dull, as a person just waking from 
 sleep. 
 
 Pu-LU-NA, t. The relationship that ex- 
 ists between the parents of a man and the 
 parents of his wife ; or the relation of the 
 parents of married parties to each other, 
 
 Pc-Lu-NA-Lu-NA, s. Clothes thrown Care- 
 lessly together. 
 
 Pij-LU-PD-LU, V. To warm; to cherish; 
 to brood QTer, as a hen her chickens ; e 
 boopiinana me he makuahine moa la i kana 
 raau kciki. 
 
 Po-LU-PU-LU, s. Cotton; hp. mala^w- 
 pulu, a cotton field. See Hdldhuld. 
 ± Tinder. Isa. 43:17. 
 
 3. Fine linen. 2 OM. 2:14. 
 
 Pd-W-pu-lf, adj. Wet, &c. See Ptrnr, 
 adj. 
 
 Pu-MAi-A, s. A bunch of bananas. See 
 
 Opuu and Opdu Maia under ormu. 
 Pu-MA-HA-NA, ) ^, p^ and mahana or 
 Ptf-ME-HA-NA, ) mc/jona.warm. Thp first 
 orthography is the most correct. To be 
 warmed, as with clothing. lob. 31:20. To 
 be warm in friendship; to have fellow feel- 
 ing with » person ; aole e pumaMna Ike 
 aloha i waena o ke kane ame ka wahine : 
 to be warm, as in contact with another. 
 JSTaicflA. 4;U. flix). fo war^ one'; ::Ii by 
 
 a fire. loan. 18:18. To iieat a thing in a 
 
 small degree.* 
 Po-MA-HA-KA, s. Warmth physically. 
 2. Warmth of feeling, of love or attachr 
 
 ment. 1 Pet. 4:8. 
 Pu-MA-HA-NA, adj. Warm; lukewarm. 
 Pu-MA-KA-Ni, V. Pu and makani, wind. 
 
 To blow or rage, as a whirlwind; e puhip- 
 
 hio, e puhiu. 
 Pu-NA, V. Hoo. To collect or unite with 
 
 one's self, as two or more wives, friends, 
 
 favorites, &c. Haa. or hoo. O k^koa uu ka 
 
 lakon poe i haapuna al i ka la o ka maka- 
 
 lii, ame ka ua o ka hooilo. 
 Pu-NA, s. The stone coral; lime un- 
 
 burnt ; mortar. Oihk. 14:42. He pofaaku 
 
 keokeo no ka moana. 
 
 2. Name of a district on Hawaii. 
 
 3. A well ; a spring ; a cavern ; a pit ; 
 punaioai. a spring. 
 
 4. Ajointofsugar-caneor bamboo; also 
 written pona. 
 
 5. Eng. A spoon. 
 
 6. The name of a foreign surf-board ; he 
 kioe kahikL 
 
 Ptr-NA, adj. Of or belonging to a spring. 
 See Waipdna and Mapdna. 
 
 Pc-NA-HE-LE, V. To be or become an in- 
 timate friend of one. Hoo. To make one 
 an intimate, a friend or a favorite ; to be- 
 come one's friend; to honor one with pres- 
 ents and dignity ; e hoohanohano, e hoo- 
 waiwai. 
 
 Pu-NA-fiE-LE, s. A friend; a favorite; a 
 beloved one. 2 Ifal. 25:19. Hemea i hoo- 
 waiwalia c ke alii, he mea i hoohauohanoia 
 me ka manao nui ia ia. 
 
 Pu-NA-HE-LE, adj. Beloved, as a child; 
 honored, as a favorite ; he hoalaunapuno- 
 hde. 
 
 Pd-na-he-lit, e. -To have a strong and 
 somewhat rancid smell like that of a vari- 
 ety of articles in <i tight, damp room. 
 
 2. To be obscure ; to be intricate. 
 
 3. To be mouldy and full of cobwebs, as 
 a closed, empty room. 
 
 Pu-NA-HE-LU, s. Mould; mildew. Sani. 
 
 28:22. 
 
 Pu-NA-HE-Lir, adj. Mouldy. 
 Pff-NA-KE-A, s. The white sand that a 
 
 high surf throws up on the beach ; ku ka 
 
 punakea iuka. Laieik. 167. 
 
 Pd-NA-Lu-A, s. The several husbands of 
 one wife, or the several wives of one hus- 
 band ; he mau kane na ka wahine, he mau 
 wahine na ke kane hookahi ; one of two 
 wives, or favorites of same chiefs. Lamk. 
 118. 
 
 2. A friend on 6qual terms with cue. 
 Rut. 1:15. 
 
 Pu-NA-Lu-A, V. To mak« an equal of 
 
PUN 
 
 499 
 
 PPN 
 
 one ; to come on terms of reciprocity with 
 one ; ua puiMva ole ka pono na ka hewa. 
 
 2. To. have in commoa seTeral wives or 
 husbands. 
 
 3. To be or to have one for illicit pur- 
 
 roses ; ot kc l{ii i ka hai wahine, ua kapaia 
 keia manawa he moekolohe; aka, i ka wa 
 kahiko o ka punahm. 
 Ptr-NA-NA, 13. To sit on a nest, as a bird; 
 . to hatch eggs. 
 
 'i. jffoo. To brood over; to cherish. Ua. 
 34:16. 
 
 3. To nestle ; to cherish' one's self ib a 
 comfortable place : ke hoi t.ei makou e 
 hoqpunana i ka poll o ko makoa mau ma- 
 kua. . 
 
 4. To live ; to dwell ; applied to birds. 
 Pu*NA-NA, t. A nest; a bird's nest; jwt- 
 
 nana mauu. Kanl. 22:6. 
 
 2. Eio. The enjoyment of comforts. loh. 
 29:18. A place of residence. Hab. 2:9. 
 
 3. A kind of white kapa. 
 Pu-NA-NA-NA, s. A species of ^ider. 
 
 See Namana. 
 2. A spider's web. 
 Pir-NA-pc-NA, V. To scatter; to blow 
 away, as small particles of some substance. 
 
 2. To make fine or'small as dast 
 
 3. To sit on eggs ; to 'brood, as a ben. 
 Pir-NA-FC-NA, adj. Made fine; scattered; 
 
 blown away. . 
 
 2. Hard, as food ; tough to eat. 
 
 3. Dry and mealy or hard, as a potato 
 that is cooked. 
 
 4. Weary, lame or sore, as with walking 
 or lying. 
 
 Pff-NA-WAi, s.PMMfl and UJai, water. A 
 spring of water; a well; a fountain. Mn. 
 
 Tai. 
 
 PiiT-NA-WE, V. To divide. SeePtruNAWE. 
 Po-NA-WE-LE, V. Pu and nawele, to be 
 fine or small. To be small in size; to be 
 ' fine as threads of spider's webs. 
 
 Pn-NA-WE-LB-WE-LE, «. Aspecies of spi- 
 der. 
 
 2. A spider's.'Web. Jfoo.69£. The web 
 of the species olf ispider called lanalana. 
 
 Pd-nee, v. Pk and Ttee, to move along. 
 To come to one ; to approach one for the 
 purpose of asking a favor. Note. — This 
 
 - was done in ancient times, in the case of a 
 common person approaching a chief, on the 
 hands and knees,'in a slow, hitching man- 
 ner. , > 
 
 Pu-NEE, s. A drawing towards one ; a 
 riding ; a moving ; he hukihee, he holo- 
 papa ; a table. Mar. 7:4. 
 
 Pu-NEE-NEE, V. To rnove along, as a 
 shower of rain. 
 
 Puneenee ka ua o Hilo, 
 £ nee mal ana i ka hapapa, 
 E koi mai ana i fca lehaa — e. 
 
 Pir-Ni, V. To surround as Wf^teit'does an 
 island. 
 
 2. To ini'lose ; to be hemmed in, as one- 
 person by multitudes. 
 
 '3. To surround, i. e., to get round one by 
 deceit ; to prevail over ; to get the better 
 of. ~ . 
 
 4. To be surroaoded; to be deceived; to- 
 be insnared ; to be taken. 
 
 5. To go around ; to encircle ; hence, 
 
 6. To finish ; to complete ; to terminate. 
 
 7. To close, as an appointed period of 
 time; as the end of the year. 1 Nal. 20:22. 
 To finish the period oCgestation. 1 8am.- 
 4:19. 
 
 8. To gain possession of; hee o Kaiani- 
 knpule ia Kamehameba, a puni Oahu a me 
 Molokai, i. me Lanai a me Maui a me Ka- ' 
 
 . hoolawe, Ealanikupuie fled before Kame- 
 hameba, and he came in possession o/ Oahu 
 and Molokai and Lanai and Maui and Ka- 
 hoolawe. 
 
 9. To covet; to desire greatly. See Note 
 below. , ' - J 
 
 10. To be addicted to ; to be influenced 
 ., by, as pleasure or gain j ua puni na lii 
 
 ' ame na kanaka i na hana ino loa, the chiefs 
 and people were addicted to very evil prac- 
 tices. 
 
 11. Hbo. To give felse testimony; to de- 
 ceive. 
 
 12. -To surround forprotection.Jo6. l:10i 
 -Note. — Puni is conneeted with many other 
 
 words and sigrnBea,'.ir\fluencedy led' by, or 
 addicted to, as well as deceived ; puni lea- 
 lea, addicted to pleasure ; puni waiwai, 
 greedy of property ;~}Hini hula, given to the 
 practice of the hula, &o. 
 
 Ptr-Ni, s. Name of fish neits with small 
 meshes. ' 
 
 2, The termination of a fixed period, as 
 the end of the year ; ka purii o ka maka- 
 hiki ; the termination of the period of ges- 
 tation, &c. * 
 
 3. A desire ; a strong inclination for the 
 . possession of a thing, or a particular course 
 
 of conduct; he kii ka,pani o ua wahine la, 
 an image was the great desire of that woman.. 
 
 Pu-Ni, 'adv. Around; on every side; 
 a puni, around about. 
 
 2. An intensive. Greatly; exceedingly; 
 hotly, as in anger ; mai nlu puni mai. kou 
 buha, be not exceedingly angry. JP^k. 
 32:22. See Ulu. 
 
 Pd-ni-a, s. a pain in the headi above 
 the eye. 
 
 Fv-m-v, s. Pu and maia. copoanut. 
 The shell of a cocoanut ; ka iwi o ka niu ; 
 hence, a small calabash for food ; wehe ae 
 la i ua puniu la. 
 
 ' 2. The skull of m^a from some resem- 
 blance to a cocoanut. 2 Nai. 9:35. 
 
 3. A knave ; a chca^t ; one who refuses 
 
FUN 
 
 500 
 
 PUN 
 
 to give up wiiftt be has lost in a game ; a 
 
 dishonest gambler. 
 Ptr-Ni-Uj V. Tq spin round ; to turn, as 
 
 a top ; lo be dizzy ; to have a vertigo. 
 2. To be hot ; to have a fever. See Po- 
 
 Nin. 
 Pij-Ni-B-HU-i, s. Puniu, the skull bone, 
 
 and hui, to unite. The place on the top of 
 
 tW head where the bones unite. 
 P0-NI-HAI, liij. Funi and hai, to run 
 
 Addicted to running ; cowardly ; full of 
 
 fear. 
 Pu-Ni-HA-Ni-HA, V. To refuse; to be 
 
 stingy; to be close and little in a bargain; 
 
 to be hard to trade with. See Pchakiha- 
 
 NIHA. 
 
 Pu-Ni-HA-Ni-HA, s. Stinginess ; close- 
 ness in a bargain. 
 
 Pn-Ni-HA-Ni-HA, adj. Stingy ; close ; dif- 
 ■ficnlt to trade with. 
 
 .Po-Ni-HEi, V. Puni and hei, to insnare. 
 To surround with a net; to insnare; to en- 
 tar**. 
 
 2. To lay a plot for one. 1 Sam. 28:9. 
 To deceiye ; to act treacherously ; to be 
 deceived ; punihei aku la ka poe i koho i 
 ka ino, they are insnared who choose evil. 
 
 Pu-Ni-HE-iiE, adj. Puni and hele, to go. 
 Fond of traveling'; given to going about. 
 
 Pu-Ni-Hi, adj. Lofty ; majestic. 
 
 Po-Ni-Ho, V. To force away ; to pluck 
 up by the roots ; to dislodge a disease. 
 Puniko ino ka lae ka pipa, 
 Oohu wale ka ina ulif ka ina eleele. 
 
 P(j-Ni-KA-LA, I). Puni and kola (Eng. 
 dala), money. To have a strong desire for 
 money ; to have a covetous disposition. 
 Note. — This is a modern word come Into 
 use with cjyilization. 
 
 Pu-Ni-KA-LA, s. One greedy for money; 
 a strong desire for property; covet"" »ness. 
 Ueb. 13:5.- 
 
 Pu-Ni-Ki-Hi, s. Name of a game ; he 
 bin, be pahiubiu.he amo paha, a he lalani, 
 a he punikihi paha, aia no i ko laua mau 
 lunamanao. 
 
 Pu-Ni-Ko-Ko, «. ,Puni^a.nd hoko, blood. 
 A Blood-thirsty person ; one reckless of 
 murder. Sol. 29:16. 
 
 Pu-Ni-Ko-xo, adj. Greedy for blood; 
 ■Teekless of murder. 
 
 Pu-Ni-Kuc-A-LA, V. Puni and kuala. See 
 
 ' Exrii.A. To long tor the time set for pay- 
 ment (of money or a debt) to come; to ex- 
 pect gain for something lent or given ; he 
 manawa i oleloia e kuuala ai ka mea i ole- 
 loia. 
 
 Pu-Ni-Kuu-A-LA, adj. Longing for the 
 payment of a debt ; expecting gain for 
 something leu'; oi ^iven. 
 
 Pu-Ni-LE-A-i-E-A, s. See PuNi, given ,to, 
 
 engaged in, and Lealea, pleasure. The 
 practice of pleasure : being given or de- 
 voted t? sensual gratifications. 
 
 Pir-Ni-Ni, V. To go here and there out 
 of a straight course ; to tack, as a ship j to 
 sail crookedly; to float here and there. 
 Soo. Ke hoapunini nei no ke alii i ka mo- 
 ana maluna ka waapa. the Isiagfioais here 
 and there over the ocean on a boat. 
 
 Pti-Ni-PE-Ki, s. Name of a game like 
 " fox and geese ; " the fox they called Bor 
 nepate — Punipeki; a o kayunipefcijUa ko- 
 koke like me ka hana ana o ke paruuhiu. 
 
 Po-Ni-PU-Ni, V. See Puni, To deceive; 
 to tell a lie ; to speak falsely. 
 
 2. To act ti'eacheronsly in any way so aa 
 to deceive one. 
 
 3. Hoo. To cause one to be deceived. 
 Oihk. 6:2. Connected in the next verse 
 with hoohiki vxihahee. To act deceitfiilly; 
 to deceire one; e punihei aku ai ma ka 
 aoao ino. 
 
 Pu-Ki-^FU-Ni, t. A falsehood; a lie; a 
 deceit; he wahahee. 
 
 Pn-Ni-PU-Ni, adj. False; deceitful; hyp- 
 ocritical ; vain. 
 
 Ptr-Ni-WAi-WAi, r. Puni and ivaiwai, 
 property. To desire the acquisition of 
 property ; hence, to be covetous ; to give 
 one's self to accumulate. Note.— ^Punt- 
 waiwai was anciently what jnmjfcaio is now. 
 
 Pu-Ni-WAi-WAi, s. Covetousness ; the 
 strong desire of wealth ; he manao nui ma 
 ka waiwai ; he hoolilo i ka waiwai i akua 
 nona. ^ 
 
 Pn-Ni-WAi-WAi, adj. Covetous; greedy 
 after property, 
 
 Pu-m-WA-LE, V. Puni and waU, easily. 
 To be overtaken by treachery ; to be tie 
 subject of deceit ; to be insnared by any- 
 thing ; e lilo i ka punihei. 
 
 Pu-Ni-WA-LE, adj. Deceived; insnared. 
 2. Boisterous with anger ; Overawed. 
 
 Pu-No-HD, c. To arise or ascend, as 
 smoke, jso. 9:17. To arise, as a high flame 
 or column of smoke. ImJc. 20:40. See 
 PocNOHO and Ponxhc. 
 
 2. To make a white appearance, as the 
 sails of a ship quickly set; me he moku la 
 i pan na pea i ka huki iluna. 
 
 Pn-No-Hu, s. The volumes or curls of 
 ascending smoke ; he hina me he uahi la 
 no ka lua o Pele; the gray-like smoke 
 (steam) of the volcano; smoke arising from 
 a fire. Kin. 19:28.. Pwnohu uwahL Mtl. 
 Sol 3:6. See Pokchd. 
 
 Pc-No-Ni, s. Name of a dye, probably 
 of the noni, for coloring kapaa. 
 2. The kapa so colored. 
 
 Pct-uo-no, v. SeeNoNo. To be dressed 
 gorgeously, Hoo. To be red, as kapa. 
 
 Pu-wo-No-u-iA, u. To be SBotted,*as the 
 
PXIP 
 
 501 
 
 PUP 
 
 ekiu in some diseasee-; to be colored white 
 
 and red. 
 Pu-no-notHU, v. To swell out; to be 
 
 large like the sails of a ship. See Ponohu 
 
 and HoopuNOHCxoHV. 
 Pc-No-No-HU-u-LA, adj. Blowing the 
 
 dust ; raising the duet, as a strong wind ; 
 
 ka wilikoi ula, punonohuidaX ka lani. 
 Pu-wo-NU, adj. Spoiled; rotten; addted, 
 
 as eggs ; be kewakewal. 
 Pu-No-Nu-NO-NiT, 0. To be spoiled; to 
 
 be unfit for use : to be addled, as eggs. 
 
 See Kbwai. Ua punonunonu, ua towake- 
 
 wai. 
 Pu-Nu-A, V. To be without hair or feath- 
 ers, as some young birds. 
 Pu-NU-HU, s. A cloud apparently stand-' 
 
 ing erect having some of the colors of the 
 
 rainbow. 
 Pu-NU-KU, s. A halter; a noose parsed 
 
 over the nose of a beast. 
 Po-PAA-KAi, V. To eat when there is 
 
 only vegetable food ; a,pupaakai an. 
 Pu-PA-SA-PA-NA, *. Pu, gun, and pana, 
 
 to discharge. A pistol ; he pu liilii. 
 Pir-pn, V. To be rough j to be uneven, 
 
 as a road. 
 
 2. To be heavy, as a thing drawn or car- 
 ried. 
 
 5. To walk as one carrying a heavy bur- 
 den; heaba ka oukou mea kaumaha ipupu 
 
 ai oukpu makai la? 
 
 4. To drag a log or canoe through brush 
 and among rocks, &c. 
 
 5. To be slow ; to lag behind. 
 
 6. To gather and biud up into a bundle; 
 e pupu a paa, 
 
 7. Hoo. The same. 
 
 8. To sit still in one place ; to sit still, 
 not to go. 
 
 Pn-pu, *. An old man or woman who 
 walks feebly and carefully for want of 
 strength. 
 
 2. A species of snail, the meat of which 
 is eaten byHawaiians. Hai. 5S:8. Note — 
 Fupu is the general uatue for shells, both 
 sea and land, though not often applied to 
 large ones. 
 
 3. A bunch, as of grass, leaves or flow- 
 ers : pupu bnsopa, a buneli of hyssop. JPuk. 
 X2:22. SeePiiu. 
 
 I i. A bundle or something bound up, as 
 of grass. 
 5. A glass.bead. 
 
 Pc-pu, adv. Rou^ly; heavily; disa- 
 greeably. Puk. 14:25. Hele pupu, hele 
 mamau, hele lualdu. 
 
 Po-po-A, s. The rump or tail feathers 
 of a fowl. 
 
 Pt7-FU-A, V. See P^A, a blo.sBoiE. To 
 open ; to unfolrf, as a blossom; to spread 
 x>ut ; ua pupua, mohola wale i ke a'(7akea. 
 
 Pu-Ptr-A-H0-i,u, V. Tobe in a fluster; to 
 be in a flntter or bustle, as those going but 
 not ready for want oi preparation; e piboi- 
 hol. 
 
 Pu-FU-A-HU-Lu, adj. Bustling; in a. 
 hurry ; not prepared for a duty. 
 
 Pu-pu-A-Mo-A, s. PwpM and jwoa, a fowl. 
 A long skirted coat ; so called from its re- 
 semblaace to the tail of a fowl. 
 
 Po-pu-A-WA, 5. Name of a species of 
 shell-fish. 
 
 Pu-PU-E, V. To lie in wait; to watch 
 for one to injure or miirder him ; to be 
 ready for any sudden attack npon one : o 
 pupue i ka hao e alii la. Moo. To seize 
 upon suddenly. 
 
 Pn-PU-E, s. The action of a cat. in pre- 
 paring to seize a mouse ; a lying in wait 
 for one. 
 
 Pu-po-i, adj. Swelled; enlarged; pupui 
 ka maka, a swelled or enlarged eye. See 
 Pn and Puipci. 
 
 PiT-PTTU, V. To crouch; to curl up; to 
 be d(>'ibled up, as the fingers. 
 
 Pu-Puu-A-Nu, V. Pmk, pimple, and (^K, 
 cold. To come out in cold pimples; to try 
 to get warm in vain. 
 
 2. To be dizzy and tieeling cold. 
 
 3. To persevere in doing a thing ; boa 
 inea, maka^oammx pupuvanu hoomanawa- 
 nui. 
 
 Pn-piT-Hi, V. Pu and puhi, to blow. To 
 blow violently, as a strong wind. Puk. 
 15:10. Ua pupuhi wale ia na waa i holo 
 ma ka moana ; to blow, as wind from the 
 mouth. 
 
 2. To spout water, as a 'whale. 
 
 3. To burn with fire, as incense. 2 OiU. 
 16:14. To consume in the ^. Jos. 7:25. 
 Pupuhi aku la lakou i lama io i ke abi, 
 they burnt (consumed) his flesh in the fire. 
 
 4. To blow, as a trumpet. Seek. 7:14. 
 
 Pt-;PU-Hi, s. A blowing; persons who 
 blow, i. e., the trumpeters ; na pnpuhi. 2 
 hoi. 11:14. 
 
 Pu-PC-HO-A-KA, s. Pupu, shell, and ho- 
 oka, a crescent. An orqameot for the wiist 
 
 . made of small shells. 
 
 Ptj-pu-HU, adj. Large; plump;. round; 
 fiill. 
 
 P»»Fn-KA, s. An epithei of reproach, 
 signifying goodfbr nothing, 
 
 Pc-pu-KA, mj. See Puka and Pdka- 
 PUKA, fill! of holes. Lit. Vain; without 
 substance. Mai. 5i22. Anything full of 
 holes ; hence, worthless ; having an un- 
 sightly appearance ; of no value. 
 
 Pu-pu-KA-HU-u, ». Name of a class of 
 small shells. See Pufv. 
 
 Pn-Ptr-KA-Ni-oE, i. Name of a class of 
 mottDtaia snails having shells, the achat! 
 
w 
 
 5C» 
 
 WA 
 
 . nella. The Hawaiians declare that the ani- 
 mal sings. See Pupir. ' - ' 
 
 Po-PU-KE-A-WE, ' ». The name of a small 
 plant found on the tops of the mountains ; 
 ua jtahelehele maluaa o na ku&hiwi, ua 
 
 ' kapaia'ku ia he pupukeawe. It is also 
 called maieli. 
 
 Pc-ptr-Kir, V. To curl, as the hair; to 
 shrink ; to start from f^ar ; to shrink firom 
 pain, as a muscle : to contract. 
 
 P^^v-xv, adj. Wrinkled; shortened; 
 contracted; curled, as hair. See Pdkupokd. 
 
 Pff-pu-LE, «.-|To be Iliad; to be crazy; 
 to act insaifely'; to ^^ infatuated. Jer. 
 .50:38. To make'one imad. Kekah.l\!. 
 
 Pff-PU-LE, s. Insanity; madness} infat- 
 uated conduct. 2 Pel. 2:16. 
 
 Ptj.pp-LE, adj. Crazy; insane;, bereft of 
 reascQi. ..' _ 
 
 Pa-pu-LO-LO-A, s. Name of a species of 
 shell-fish. , 
 
 Pu-Pn-Ltr, V. To be many; tobemulti- 
 
 ' tu^nous, as a people; to congregate in 
 masses; to he full; to he crowded, as a 
 place with people. 
 
 2. To sit conversing together in a clus- 
 ter. See MnMOLP. 
 
 PiT-PCT-w, s. A great company; a mul- 
 titude, as of flies on spoiled meat ; a great 
 collection of individual things. 
 
 Pff-to-nr, adj. Assembled; thick to- 
 gether. , 
 2. Adhesive; soft. 
 
 Ptr-pty-Ni, adj. See Puni. Greedy; de* 
 sii'ous of something and laboring to obtain 
 it, as property, pleasure, grandeur, power, 
 "&e. ; ka aid lauoho pupwrd waiwai. 
 
 Pu-PTJ-PCT, e. To extend; to project; to 
 Jie.promlneit. 
 
 P^.-ptr-P0, s. A small out-house; ashel- 
 
 tei- from the sun. See Kamlila. A sm%ll 
 
 house such as is used ^r beating kapa ; 'ft 
 
 temporary shed. 
 
 2. A kind of white kapa used for pa-us. 
 
 3. A heap of refiise, worthless kapa. 
 
 Pn-PBrPtr, adj. Temporary; frail; hale 
 'pupapa. ha. 1:8. 
 
 Po-pff-WA, V. See Pupua and Pua, a 
 
 ' blps^om. To unfold ; to open, as a blos- 
 som. 
 
 Pu-WA, V. See Pua. To dscend and re- 
 main suapended, as smoke or a cloud. Pvk. 
 24:16. ;. 
 
 2. To shiAe ; to glitter, as the surface of 
 a thing. Puk. 34:30. 
 
 3. To reflect Mghtness, as a red gar- 
 • ment, as eibuds, or as a bright fire by night. 
 
 Po-WA, •«. A shining appearance ; re- 
 flected brightness. Pule. 34:29. ' 
 
 2. A small bush : a flower. See Pva. 
 
 3. Little fish ; iepmna ia, he liilii. 
 Pa-wAi, si Seei Ecuwai, the heart. An 
 
 alarm : % sound of an alarm. lod. 2:1. 
 
 2. The, fountaTn head of a stream of 
 water; hence. 
 
 3. The material heart; the fountEoa of 
 blood; he mea e hoi ka haalulu o kona 
 puwai, strange was the beating of his heart. 
 Laieik. 166. , - 
 
 Pn-WAi-KAU-A, s. Puwai, alarm, and 
 kaua, war. An alarm of war. ,.Iod. 2:1. 
 
 Pu-WA-LU, V. See PtrALU, to act in con- 
 cert. To work together, as in, lifting ;'-to 
 make a united effort 
 
 2. To cry out all together. . _ 
 
 3. To rehearse or speak or recite in con- 
 cert, as a class in school. Note.— This was 
 
 ■ the general practice in the first schools of 
 the Mands, and helped much to keep up 
 the enthusiasm of the thing. 
 
 Pu-WA-LU, s. The ancient flag of the 
 Bawaiians placed on the tdaogaW suls 
 of canoes- 
 
 Pti-'w;A-Ltr, *. Name of a Iwdy vi mea 
 who worked together; a gang; a company 
 of fellow-workmen. See Lavuhll. 
 
 Pa-RA, s. Heb. or Ckal. A lot in cast- 
 ing lota. Esd. 3:7. 
 
 w. 
 
 Wthe twelfth letter of the Hawaiian 
 J alphabet. The real sound represented 
 by it is one between the English w and v. 
 In Tahitian the u sound is most universal; 
 In Hawaiian the m sound predominates. In 
 many cases the letter w is superfluous, the 
 vowel tt before o, e, i, o, producing the same 
 gouudasismadebyttxeuseof 'u); aa,uv>dla, 
 v/Aa ; uwao.vao.; uu)a, na ; uwe, we ; uweke, 
 ueke; vwi, ui ; uvoila, uila; uwo, uo; ka- 
 wowo, kauouo, &o. In other places the mi 
 ia an important Icttev, aji^.sometimes, if 
 
 the orthography of the language were fully 
 settled, its use would serve to make a dis- 
 tinction in the meatiing of words, as kava, 
 war, and kauwa, a servant, &e. 
 AVa, s. A space betvyeen two objects, 
 as between two rafters or two posts of a 
 house ; hence, 
 
 2. A space between two points of time. 
 
 8. A definite period of time, as tffe life- 
 time of a person ; i ka loo i hiki mai ai o 
 Vanekouva, at the time Vancouver arrived; 
 wa kamalii, time of childhood; ka wa ana, 
 
WAA 
 
 503 
 
 WAE 
 
 »o (see WANAA6),.the early dawQ of the- 
 inomioi;. Note. — ^The Hawaiian fear was 
 formerly divided into two xms. EIua ho 
 ■ uia o .Ira malcabiki bookabi, o ke kau a o 
 ka ItooUo, there are two was (periods) in 
 toe year, the kau (sammor) and the hooUo 
 (winter.) 
 
 4. In grammar, a tense. 
 
 5. A situation without friends or con- 
 nexions, as in the phrase kttika icajlnde- 
 peadent. He alii e noho walc^ ana i ka wa, 
 a chief without subjecte. S 
 
 Wa, s. Private talk or gossip concern- 
 ing the characters of others. . 
 
 Wa, v. To reflect; to think; to rea- 
 son. Mat.l6il,.S. 
 
 2. To seek to know, to wish. Pass. To 
 be the subject of conversation. LaieOe. 87, 
 
 3. To say to one's self; to ponder ; to 
 revolve in one^s mini ; to consider. 
 
 4. To hit as a stone faits'a mark; to com- 
 pass, as a man his designs. 
 
 5. Boo. To sicken; to make sick; to cause 
 to vomit 
 
 Waa, v. For teaha, a ditch. Boo. To 
 dig a ditch or pit ; to make a furrow. 
 
 Waa, s. a canoe; a small boat; waa 
 kome. Fuk. 2:3. Note. — The ancient ca- 
 noes of the Bawaiians were dug out of 
 single logs or trees, generally of the koa ; 
 many were large. The specific names were 
 fcaufco^i, a single canoe ; kaulua, a double 
 canoe ; pdeUm, a short blunt canoe, &o. 
 
 Waa-kau-a, s. a division of an array 
 as about to enter into battle ; a mahope 
 mai o lakou (huna paa) ixa, waakaua. 
 
 Waa-kA0-xa-hi, I. Waa and kaukoM, 
 one place. A single canoe, or a canoe 
 moved with one paddle ; be waa hoe hoo- 
 kahi. 
 
 WAA-KAn-LuiA, 'y.' Waa and kaulua, 
 
 . ^ two-fold. T^o canoes united ; a double 
 
 ''-canoe; more generally written simply /cau- 
 lua; he mau' waa elua i hoapipiia. 
 
 Waa-kj-o-lo-a, s. a very small hand- 
 some canoe. 
 
 Waa*o-i-hi, s. a waterspout; a great 
 rush of water from above; be wai nui i iho 
 mai, mai luna mai. 
 
 Wa-a-na-ao, s. Wa, time, a of, na, arti- 
 cle, and 00, light. Lrr.^The time of the 
 lights, i. e., the first rays 4jf the sun ; early 
 morning; tbeearly dawn: Notb. — In com- 
 mon use, the word is contracted into v>a- 
 naau. See Wanaao. 
 
 Waa-pa, «. Waa,canoe,and7)a,aboard. 
 A canoe made of boards; a skiff; a boat. 
 2 Sam. 19:18. A waapa is shorter and 
 wider than a canoe. He waa pelnpelu. A 
 ship boat; he keiki na ka moka, a child of 
 the ship. ' 
 
 JVaa-waa, V. To act ignorantly or 
 
 without fsrethought, as if. a person, with- 
 out thought, should in a freak of geaeroa- 
 ■ ity; giveaway all his property, and after- 
 ward should remember his own act when 
 it was too late. • 
 Waa-Waa, s. The upper end of a lob- 
 ster's leg; also the &ont side of a ilobster's 
 bead.. 
 
 2. Tbe upiper part of the thorax; the 
 lower part of the throat. ...•(:• 
 
 8. Mischief from ignorance, from bad- 
 ness generally; applied to all classes of 
 persons ; kn 1 ka tcaawaa o ke kapn la. < 
 Waa-waa, adj. Plump, as the shoul- 
 ders of a young man ; bard ; full. 
 
 2. Dark-hearted ; ignorant ; nnskillfui ; 
 awkward; naaupo. .^Seethe verb.) Waar 
 waa iki naauao kahi ki^iki; teaawaa iki 
 naanpb kahi keiki. 
 
 3. Full of hillocks or knolls; hewooMoa 
 ka lae, an expression of blackguardism? 
 
 Wae, v. To seluct; to pick. out; to 
 choose. Pvk. 12:21. 
 
 2. 'To sort out tbe good fton the bad; to 
 separate ; to set aside ; to di'aw oat some 
 from among others ; usae ae la ke kuhina i 
 na waa knpono ke holo._ Zaieik. 100. 
 
 3. To break and separate, as the parts 
 of a thing. 
 
 4. To dwell upon, as tbe mind in think- 
 ing of an event. ' 
 
 5. To think ; to /eflect ; to consider a 
 case. See Wa. _ 
 
 Wae, s. a choice ; a thing that suits 
 one's desires; something according tc one's 
 wish. 
 
 2. The knee ; the side timbers in a boat 
 or ship ; he wae wsa, he wae mokii. 
 
 3. Name of a species of kalo. 
 .Wa-e-le, V. To clear away weeds, 
 
 grass, bushes, &c., preparatory to planting. 
 , 2. To clear away grass, weeds, &c., pre- 
 ' paratory to building a bouse. ' ^ 
 
 3. To weed ; to hoe ; to cultivate food. 
 Ier.4:3. ■ 
 
 "^s-NA, T. The middle; the central 
 
 ""point of a substance or of a period of fime; 
 
 . i ha waen^ o ka po, midnight. 1 Ifal, 3:20. 
 
 "STith the article, ka waena, the middle. 1 
 
 Ami. 6:6. 
 
 2i A space inclosed by bounding lines. 
 Ana Hon. 10. - 
 
 8. A field ; a farm ; a garden ; a enW- 
 vated spot Kin. 3:18. 
 
 4. A dead body. Sis. with fcapapau. 
 
 Wae-na, comp. prep. Between ; in the 
 middle ; in the midst ; prefixed by i, ma. 
 mai, no. Oram. § 161. 
 Wae-na-ko-lu, ) ,. Waeiia and kottu, 
 WaE-NA-KO-nc, \ center.. Lit. The mid- 
 dle center. The central point ; the very 
 or real center. Pajfc. 14:29. Tbe center of 
 a circle. Arta Eon. 26.' Tbe midst, as of 
 
WAI 
 
 504 
 
 WAI 
 
 ail assembly of people. Laieik. 120. Note. 
 The fir.st orthography is seldom used. 
 
 Wae-na-ko-nu, adv. Through the midst; 
 in the middle ; in the center. 
 
 Wai, s. a general name for what is 
 liquid; fresh water in distinction from fcai, 
 salt water ; woi maka, tears ; wai kahe, 
 running water; waiu,milk; wai elede,tok; 
 wai hoolmi, dye ; wai puna, spring water, 
 &c. Sec the compounds. 
 
 Wai, inter, pron. Who ? It refers only 
 to persons or to the names of persons or 
 things. See the forms in the paradigm, 
 ffram. § 156-158. 
 
 Wai-a, adj. Strong and bad smelling ; 
 stinking ; foul ; filthy ; polluted. 
 
 Wai-au, s. Wai and au, current. A 
 place where water runs continually j water 
 where one can always bathe. 
 
 Wai-au-au, s. TTai and aiWK, to bathe- 
 A pool ; a bathing place. loan. 5:2. 
 
 Wai-a-hu-lu, s. Wai and ahulu, red- 
 dish ; dirty. Water of a muddy color ; 
 dirtyish red water. 
 
 Wai-a-le-a-le, s. Wai, water, and ale- 
 ale (see Ale), to ripple ; to disturb, as the 
 surface of water. The name of a spring or 
 fountain on or near the top of the highest 
 Inountain on Kauai. 
 
 2. The name of the mountain above men- 
 tioned. See the mele. 
 
 Aloba fVaialeaie 
 Ke kuahlm a Kauai. 
 
 Wai-a-li, ) s. The place assigned to the 
 Wai-k-u, ) 
 lie affairs. 
 
 king wbfeta he speaks on pub- 
 
 Wai-a-m-a-li-a, s. Wai and alidia, a 
 
 hard, smooth surface. Water reflecting 
 
 light. 
 Wai-a-nuu-ko-le, s. Name of a species 
 
 of soft porous stone. 
 Wai-a-po, s. Water of a dirty reddish 
 
 color: he lOaiapo, he wainao; he wai me he 
 
 kukae }iao la ; water of the color of iron 
 
 rust 
 Wai«E"*l, s. Name of a class of heiaus; 
 Wai-e«xt, s. a file or rough stone; 
 
 any substance that will grind or polish 
 
 iroo. 
 Wai-k-li, j. See Wauli. 
 Wac-e-le, v. To poison or intoxicaia 
 
 l^sh ; ts catch i)?h by making them numb. 
 Wai-e-le, », Wat and e^e, dark colored. 
 
 A dye for cloth or kapa. 
 Wai-e-le-e-le, s. Wai and eleele, black. 
 
 Lit. Black water, i. e., ink. See Inika. 
 Wai-i-ki, *. A medicine used in the 
 
 sickness -called haikala, 
 2. A medicine made of ipw awaawa for 
 
 injections. See Waiki. 
 Wai-o-ih-a, *. Wai and ohia, the Pa- 
 
 waiiaa apple. The juice or cider from the 
 
 ohia. 
 Wai-0-ki-la, j. Name of a place in 
 
 Kahukuloa full of precipices and ravines ^ 
 
 hence the verb in the meles. 
 Wai-0-ki-la, v. SeeKoLOAu. To go up 
 
 and down, as going across palis. 
 Wai-o-hu-hu-ki-jji, s. Name of a class 
 
 of Eamehameha's laws. 
 Wam-pu-a, is. Name of an internal 
 
 disease among Hawaiians. 
 Wai-u, s. Wai and k, the breast. Lit. 
 
 Breast water. Tbebiviistodemales. Md. 
 
 Sol 4:5. 
 2. Milk ; the ooze of the breast. 
 S. Fio. Blessings ; favors. JVaft. 14:8. 
 Wai-U-a, s. Wai and ua, rain. Rain 
 
 water ; water from the clouds ; also loai 
 
 maoli in distinction from well or spring 
 
 water, which is wai fcai. 
 Wai-u-paa, s. Waiu and paa, hard. 
 
 Hard milk; cheese. 1 Sam. 17:18. 
 Wai^ha, v. To desire or request of the 
 
 gods, as in prayer; pela ka'u leailM, aku 
 
 ame ka'u waipa aku ia oe e ke akna. 
 Wai-hau, s. a round heap; a. bundle 
 
 done up in small ci>!ii!>B»ii ; * bundle done 
 
 up again smaller than before. 
 Wai-hau, v. To do over again ; to tie 
 
 up anew, as a bundle; to compress into 
 
 smaller compass. 
 Wai-hau-na, s. Wai and himna, bad 
 
 smelling. Water that has been used for 
 
 different purposes, as washing Ssh and 
 
 other matter offensive to the smell. 
 W^ai-hi, s. Wai and hi, to flow down, 
 
 A cataract ; a cascade ; a waterfall. See 
 
 WilLELE. 
 
 Wai-ho, v. To lay or set down a thing; 
 te lay on, as one in striking. Laieik. 44. 45. 
 
 2. To place or set aside ; to let remain. 
 
 3. To leave off doing a thing ; to quit ; 
 to stop ; to let alone ; to leave uuhurt. 
 
 4. To set aside or lay up for future use ; 
 e waiho wale, to set aside as void or use- 
 less. 
 
 5. To give up or offer up; as one's life ; 
 . to trust or commit to another. 
 
 6. To carry away to a certain place. 
 
 7. To leave ; to pass by. Pvk. 12:13. 
 
 8. To give, afford or suggest an idea or 
 expression to another ; to put a word into 
 another's mouth. JVaft.23:5. M mtuho itima, 
 to set before one. Kard. 11:26. 
 
 Wai-bo-a, v. See Waiho. To lay down; 
 
 to put down a tl\Jng ; ,to give up. 
 WAi-Hoo-tun, s. Wai and kooliiu, to 
 
 dye. Water for coloring ; a dye. 
 Wai-ho-lo-mo-ku, s. WainnAholomoka, 
 
 ship swimming. A great or deep flood so 
 
 that a vessel might swim. Mai. 124:5. 
 
WAl 
 
 605 
 
 WAI 
 
 Wai-So-na, s. Waiko and ana, parti- 
 cipial termination, a laying together. . A 
 
 '.' place for laying iip things for safe keeping; 
 the things are designatettby the qualifying 
 term. 
 
 Wai-ho-?ia-i-pu, s. WaihoTia emi ipu, 
 Clip. A base of a pillar. 1 Nal. 7:35. 
 
 W-a-HO-NA-KA-LA, s. WaihotM arid kola, 
 money; silr jr. A treasur-; a placewhere 
 money is laid np. iufce 2*1:1. See Waiho- 
 
 NADAIA. ' 
 
 Wai-ho-na-tcu-ku-i, s. Waihonaattiku- 
 kui, light. : A candlestick ; a lamp stand. 
 1 Oihl. 28:15. 
 
 Wai-ho-na-me-a-laa, s. Waihona and 
 meet laa, consecrated things. A place for 
 sacred things ; A treasury of things conse- 
 crated to sacred purposes. Neh. 7:70, 71. 
 So also in the ancient temples of Hawaii. 
 
 Wai-ho-na-me-li, s. Waihona and nuli 
 (Xat. mel), honey. A honey-comb ; a de- 
 pository of honey. 1 Sam. 14:27. 
 
 Wai-ho-na-mo-ni, s. Waihona and im/ni 
 (j&tj.), money. A place for keeping money; 
 a treasury. See Waihonad.41a. 
 
 Wai-ho-na-wai-wai, s. Waihona and 
 loaiviai, property. A treasury or deposit- 
 ory of goods or property. 2 OiU. 5:1. 
 
 2. The treasurer, the person who over- 
 sees the property of a nation or commu- 
 nity. 
 
 Wai-ho-na-da-la, s: Waihona and dala 
 {Mng.), coin, dollars, &c. A treasury ; a 
 depository of money. See Waihonakala. 
 
 Wai-kai, s. Wai and kai, sea. Brack- 
 ish water ; any saltish fluid. 
 
 Wai-kau-a, adj. Epithet of a robe used 
 in war; no ke alii ai moka la aahu ula, oia 
 no kona kapa waikoMO,: iilso o^ a heiau ; 
 he beian waifcaw ia na ke alii nui. 
 
 Wai-ka-he, s. Wai and kahe, to flpw. 
 Knnning water ; a Stream. Bid. 124:4. A 
 flood. 7sa.59:19- 
 
 Wai-ka-he, v. To flow; to overflow 
 with water ;>oasfcaAe ka aina. Laieik. 163. 
 
 Wai-kA-kaa, «. Name ofa waterfall on 
 Kauai one hundred and fifty feet in height. 
 
 Wai-p;-a, s. Eight fresh kukui nuts 
 
 ■ burAed in water. 
 
 WAt-KEo-KEo, s. Wai and keokeo, white. 
 Tie/uor albus, a disease of females. 
 
 Wai-ki, s. Wat, watOT, and Ai,. to shoot, 
 as a gun. A medicine made of ipu awaawa 
 for injections. 
 2. The gonorrhea. See Ui^ehiu). 
 S. The sharp end or point of a thing; aip- 
 plied to the welan de. 
 
 i. The ball anciently made of stone and 
 
 projected from a squirt-gun ; hai mai, ua 
 
 make o Kapnpuu i ka voaiki, he said that 
 
 Kapupuu was killed by the woifci, i. e., the 
 
 64 
 
 wad or ball of the gun. No ka puka o ka 
 waiki a.kakuu i lohe ai, he mea kani, the 
 whizzing of the ball was heard. Ua lohe 
 mua ia he mea kani ka loaiki, we had heard 
 before that the waiici (ball of she gun) made 
 a noise. Note. — Hawaiiiuis supposed at 
 first that the sound of a gun (kani pa) bad 
 some efl'ect in the execution. 
 Wai-ki, s. The epithet of a personwho8o 
 father was a chief and his mother not. See 
 
 KULU, 
 
 Wai-lau, s. A- bundle of food (poi) 
 done up for carrying ; a pai-ai. 
 
 Wai-la-na, v. Wai and lana, to float. 
 To cast out, as an evil person from society; 
 to banish ; to reject as unworthy of confi- 
 dence. 
 
 Wai-la-na, s. Wai and lana, fo float. 
 Still, calm water; a quiet place in liie ocean. 
 
 2. A state of banishment from society. 
 
 3. One cast out for1)ad conduct. 
 Wai-le-lg, s. Wai and lele, to jump ; 
 
 to fly. A cataract; a waterfall. SeeWAJBi. 
 
 Wai-le-na-i,e-na, s. JFaJ,. water, and 
 lenalena, yellow — ^yellow water. Name of 
 a small valley near the top of Mount "ifai- 
 aleale on Kauai remarkable for the plant 
 apeape found there. 
 
 Wai-lii-lii, s. Thick striped kapa; the 
 stripes are yellow. 
 
 2. Deceitful language ; puzzling expres- 
 sions leading to error. 
 
 Wai-ld-a, s. a ghost or spirit of one 
 seen before or after death, separate from 
 the body. See Kikowailha and Kikoaka- 
 
 LAU. 
 
 Wai-li-u-la, s. For waiUk^, red sur- 
 face water. Lit. Water with a red surface. 
 The water in a salt-pond ; water with the 
 oxyd of iron on the surface. 
 
 2. The reBectioB of lightto the eyes &om 
 any body which causes the^n to dose, or 
 wink, or tui^n a*ay. 
 
 3. A Sash of light ; the hot penetrating 
 rays of the sun. 
 
 4. The evening twilight; a mixture of 
 light and darkness. 
 
 Wai-ma-ka, s. Wai and maka, eyes. 
 Water flowing from the eyes; tears. Kekah. 
 i:\. Ehookaheina waimdka, to shed tears ; 
 e haule.ka waimaka, to drop tears. 
 
 Wai-ma-ka-le-hu-a, s.. Waimaka and 
 Uhva, the lehua tree. W^ter drops from 
 tiie lehua trees; o ^wiimakale}aia nonohl 
 e uli. 
 
 Wai-ma-no, s. Name of a soft porous 
 
 stone. 
 Wai-me-a, s. a species of tree; the 
 
 same as olomea. 
 Wai-mi-mi, s. Wai and ndmi, urine. 
 
 Urine. 2 Sal. 18:27. 
 
WAO 
 
 M6 
 
 WAV 
 
 Wai-na, j, Eng. A grape vine; grapes j 
 
 •2; Wine; dronkenness. £in. 9:24. 
 Wai-nao, s. W(m' and boo, dirty. Dirty 
 
 water ; vatei; -with filthy' ingredients. See 
 
 Waiapo. 
 Wai-ni-ha, s. Name of a stream near 
 
 tbe top of Waialeale on Kaoai. 
 Wai-k&-hI"A, s. a state of safety. 
 Wai-nui, *. An injection. 
 Wai-pa, vv See W aiha; To desire ; to 
 
 request from tli6 gods in prayer; pela ka'n 
 
 waiha ak«L ame ka'u waipa aka la oe e ke 
 
 akna. ' 
 Wai-faa,' s. Wdi and paa, fast ; hard. 
 
 Name of ice; hard water: lob. 6:16. 
 Wai-p,au, ». The knd breeze at Wai- 
 . mea, Eauai. 
 Wai-pa-hu, ». PPai and pa^M, to burst. 
 
 tinn-powder. Ua, Bnst for shooting. See 
 
 Onea. ' ' 
 Wai-pe-ha, $, A- state oi safety. See 
 
 VfltkoBti. ' 
 Wai-ph, *. Wai and pit, to ascend A 
 
 flood ; an overflowing of water. ler. 46:7. 
 Wai-pu, s. Gun-powder; one-a. 
 Wai-pp-i-iua-ni, s. Tfaj and jpM«, forcing, 
 
 and Utni, heaven. A waterspout; water 
 
 drawn up into the clouds or poured down 
 
 ■from the clouds. I!ai. 42:7. 
 Wai-pu-hi-a, *. Wai&nipiiJdia.hh'wn 
 
 by the wind. The spray of water blown 
 
 by the winds when rashing down a pali ; 
 
 water falling in very smail drops, 
 Wai-pij-na, s. Wai and puna, R^'prittg. 
 
 A deep spring of water; a place where the 
 
 water boils op.' Siutl'. 8:7. 
 Wai-wai, s. Goods; property; that 
 
 which is possessed or owned ; property in 
 
 distinc^OQ from money or cash ; loaiwqi 
 
 auhau, tax ; tribnte. 
 Wai-wjj, adj. Costly; ricH; dear; val- 
 uable. 
 'Wai-wai, v. To enrich; to gi^e orie 
 
 property. Sbo.- To make rich ;. to stipply 
 
 one's desires. 
 Wai-wai-pio, *. Wahmi and pio, cap- 
 ' tnred. Property taken in war or in rob^ 
 
 bevy : plunder ; spoil.-' /o.>.". 11:14. 
 
 Wa»o, b. See WXtf. To scralch ; to 
 scrape ; to grate ; ^isoo aka l«i ke kahnna i 
 ka ipu Awa, a tne ke knlcui, a me ka nala, 
 a' me ke ko, a me ka wai maoU. 
 
 'Wfi-o, s.-'A space on the sides of mo«n~ 
 tains' neit' below the tcMOhea,; it is also 
 called totoMiofteJe and vxiodwa^ a place oi' 
 sj. irits ; the dwelling place. If the s'.ide : a 
 wild place as'lippearsfromtoOcompouMS. 
 NoTK.—; ITao a)i<! wdii are Bifidlar iu rwme 
 ef their niean{ni!f! 
 
 'Wao, o^j. High ; long ; a high shady 
 place nn&equented ; tUck with vines. 
 
 'Wao-a-kd-a, s. Wao, pkce, and akua, 
 god. A region on the side of a monntaia ■ 
 below the viaomaukele; it has but a small 
 growth of. tre^ ; or perbf^s wa, space, o, 
 of, anid.oJ^^ god, that is, a region of the 
 gods; a ^^ert; a desolate place, generally 
 backfromtheseaand uninhabited; a place 
 
 ' where gods, ghosts and hobgoblins are 
 supposed to reside. See Auakha. 
 
 Wao-e-i-wa, s. Name of ar region on 
 the sides of mountains covered witti vege- 
 tation and small forest trees. Stn. witti 
 wao and waonahele. 
 
 Wao-ka-na-ka, s. a region on the sidi9 
 of a mountain next below the waoakua; it 
 is a region where people may live and 
 where vegetables may be cultivated; ma'« 
 is another name. 
 
 Wao-ke, s. The name of a shrub or 
 bush from the bark of which kapaismade; 
 a species of mnlberry; also written wetike 
 and kawauke. 
 
 Wao-ke-le, «. The shadow of death; 
 death's sliade. See Maldkoi and Hi.tiHAA- 
 
 2. A long tail ohia tree. 
 
 'Wao-la-ad, s. An upland and raiculti- , 
 vated 'region, w-jiore tall tree? grow atsd ' 
 tb;ck shades are found. 
 
 Wao-mau-.ke-i.e, s. Narae of a region 
 Oil the sides of inountahis next below !h? 
 wuotiwa and above the loaoakaa; the trees 
 are larger than 5a the waoeiiva. 
 
 Wao-na-HE-le, ». TFooaiftd?taA«?e,. cov- 
 ered wife vegetation. Aplacs on the sides 
 •of mountsirjis overgrown w}th.grsss, weeds, 
 bushes, &c.; a wildsrueH;; a «xioafc!«z, but 
 with vegetation. 
 
 Watt, ^p8rs.|wim., first person- I. Gtam. 
 <j 122, 124. -Note.— Tta w in this word 
 seems uiinecaissary : it is formed by the cos- 
 lescence of the emphatic o aaa^aii, the 
 prououn proper ; thus the simple form mi, 
 emphade o etc pronounced quickly be- 
 comes ictu. file severalfocnis are aa, 04111. 
 uau acd ovau. 
 
 Wau, v. To say I; to answer I t<> a 
 question ; vxiu aku la no hoi au, mmt, I 
 ■snsicered to Sim, I. 
 
 Wa-u, ». See Wao. To scrape; to 
 scratch ; to rub ; to polish. 
 
 2. To clean oilt, as the inside of u cala- 
 bash which would require aerai)in<j. ' See 
 "Wacwaw. 
 
 \Wav-av-, p. Ta go out of the path in 
 Traveling; ia Swivtl crookedly v7l!eTO thoi!« 
 ie no road. 
 
 ■WAU-A0, adv, Ci'6!>kedly; perversely,* 
 unfeelingly. 
 
 ■WAtr-A-HA, adj. Itt prayer; etvure de* 
 
WAH 
 
 507 
 
 WAH 
 
 livoranee, freedom from, &a. ; pali wauaha 
 
 kua makan! holo oka. 
 Wau-a-ku-a, s. See Waoaktta. 
 Wad-kk, *. See Waoke. The kapa 
 
 shrub. 
 WAu-KE-LE-Nu-i-Ai-KKr, s. The name of 
 
 t,iif> chief who killed the fabled hirakalidw. 
 2. The young of the bird that waited on 
 
 Kiwaa; he^eiki na ka mami,i lawe iia 
 
 Kiv/aa. See the mele. 
 V/au-wau, v. SeeWAo. To scratch as 
 
 a cat; to scratch when one itches; to rub: 
 
 to polish ; to scrape. lob. 2:8. 
 Wa-ha, *. A mouth ; an opening gen- 
 erally. 
 
 2. The mouth of a person ; e olelo he 
 walM no he vMka, to apoakmouth to mouth. 
 
 3. The month of a cave or pit ; ka tocAa 
 o ke ana. los. 10:18. 
 
 4. The throating In the lower end of a 
 raftor. 
 
 6. The mouth of a hag. See Auwaha, a 
 
 furrow. 
 6. A bundle to be carried on th'^ back. 
 
 See Waha, v. 
 Wa-ha, v. To carry on the back, as a 
 
 child, or a person, or a bundle. 
 2. To dig a furrow or a ditch, especially 
 
 a long one. See W.iha, s. 
 Wa-ha-a, v. To talk or speak with the 
 
 month ; to mumble ; to dispute. 
 Wa-ha-a-ma, v. Waha a.ni, ama, tat' 
 
 tling. Jo tell tales ; to reveal secrets. 
 Wa-ha-o-he, v. To talk scandal; to 
 
 scandalisso: See TVaiiaoiii. 
 Wa-ha-o-he, s. a great tattler; a scan - 
 
 dalizcr; 
 Wa-ha-o-hi, V, To talk like a crazy 
 
 person ; to talk oontasedly about this and 
 
 that; to utter many words without mean- 
 ing. 
 . . 2, To scold ; to tattle. 
 Wa-ha-o-hi, s. Foolish; crazy; loud 
 
 talk. 
 
 2. TSie persoia so talking ; applied to fe- 
 males. ■ • 
 
 3. A 'scold; a slanderer; a tale bearer. 
 Wa-ha-u-hatj-ha, s. Waha and uhauha, 
 
 dJrty. A long or hoggish mouth. 
 2. A gormandizer; one who eats as long 
 
 as he can. 
 Wa-ha-u-hait-ha, adj. Hoggish in one's 
 
 mannera; filthy; ciamiaing one's self with 
 
 food. 
 Wa-ha-ti-kae, s. a filthy mouth. See 
 
 Wahahaumu, 
 Wa-ha-hau-mi-a, s. WahannAImum,ia, 
 
 dirty; fonl. A foul mouth; a blackguard. 
 Wa-hes, s. a contraction of wahahee, 
 
 which see. 
 Wa-ha-eee, 0. FiTaAa and Aee, slippery. 
 
 To lie ( to speak falsely ; to deceive in 
 speaking. 
 
 Wa-ha-hee, *. A lie; a false speech;, 
 a dceeit in speakiiip;. 
 
 Wa-ha-hee, adj. Lying; deceitful; de- 
 Ceiviog. 
 
 Wa-ha-hee, adv. Falsely; not truly.. 
 Kani.5:n. 
 
 Wa-ha-he-v/a, s, Waha, mouth, and 
 hcwa, wrong; wicked. The wickedness of 
 the mouth ; any false conversation. In a 
 prayisT to the gods for the sick, e kala raai 
 i kona hewa, a me koua aiku, a me kona 
 aia, a mo kona, '^txihaheioa, fonl mouth. 
 
 Wa-ha-ko-ko, v. WaAa and Aofe*, blood.. 
 To contend ; to yuarrel. 
 
 Wa-ha-ko-ko, a^/. Talebearing; slan- 
 dering. 
 
 Wa-ha-ko-le, s. Waha and Me, red. 
 A long. protuberant month ;, waha nuku. 
 
 2. A month that belches out filthy mat- 
 ter ; a boistei'ons, raving person. 
 
 Wa-ha-xo-i^e', aclj. Clamorous; noisy; 
 obstreperous; contradicting. Synonymous 
 with wahapaa. 
 
 Wa-ha-le, s. The same tree as the 
 loulu or palm tree. 
 
 Wa-ha-le-he, s. Waha and lehe, lips. 
 The outside of a holoor oriCce. 
 
 Wa-ha -IE-HE, adj. Wide, or broad, as 
 a hole in a board; open wide, as the mouth 
 of a bole. < 
 
 Wa-ha-ma-ka, s. Waha and marui, di- 
 vided. A screen ; a shutter. 
 
 2. A digression in one's speech ; a turn- 
 ing off the subject in conversation. 
 
 Wa-ha-paa, s. TTs/i* and jjaa, hard. A 
 person full of noise in his talk ; a raving 
 person ; a scold ; one who talks angrily 
 and furiously ; he waJutpaa ia ; mai hele 
 oc i ka wakapaa: o ka wakapaa, oia ka 
 
 , hoopaapaa. 
 
 Wa-ha-paa, adj. Noisy; clamorous; 
 raving. 
 
 Wa-ha-pio, v. Waha and pw>, a prisoner. 
 To speak a,? one that is under constraint 
 and knows not what to say ; e like me ka 
 pio. 
 
 Wa-ha-puh, s. JlP'a^ and jjWK, swelled. 
 
 A person who speaks unintelligibly in 
 
 conversation ; a boisterous person ; a loud 
 
 talker. 
 Wa-ka-puh, adj. Rude ; obstreperous 
 
 in conversation ; unintelligible. 
 Wa-ka-wa-ha, v. See Waha, moiith. 
 
 To make mouths at ; to open the mouth at 
 
 by way of contempt. 
 
 2. To be dishonored; to live unhoriored. 
 
 3. To hate; to dislike; to be ashamed of. 
 
 4. Hod. To mock ; to scorn ; to ml at : 
 
WAH 
 
 508 
 
 WAH 
 
 to despise. A'aft. 14:31. .To treat contempt- 
 uously ; to deride. 
 
 5. To' abominate. OiAfc. 19:7. To hate. 
 lJVa!.22;8. 
 
 6. To be unbelieving; to be disobedient; 
 ua lilce ka hoowahawaha m^kahoomaloba, 
 
 Wa-ha-wa-ha, s. Dislike; hatred; con- 
 tempt, lob. 31:34. 
 
 Wa-ha-wa-ha, aij. Disliked; displeased 
 with ; objected to ; ahu iho ka pua ■mth'.i- 
 waJta i Wailua. 
 
 Wa-he-a-wa, s. The giving up of a 
 plan, device, op intention, as a desire to go 
 to a chief, but on thinking, gives it up; ka 
 waheama o ke alaula. 
 
 Wa-hi, art. Gram. ^ 63. Some ; some 
 little ; a few. It unites or takes with it the 
 indefinite article fte; as, he wahi ■wa,i,some 
 water. It also takes kau betbre it, and 
 both the definite article ke; as, lawcae la 
 ia i ke kau wahi leho no ka honua, in which 
 case it means, some ; some little ; sonsle in- 
 definite quantity . It has Do corresponding 
 word in English ; as, owau nei o ko ouknu 
 wa?ti k^ikaina unkn hope loa. 
 
 Wa-hi, .i. A place ; a space ; a situa- 
 tion ; wahi kaawale, a vacant place; syn- 
 onymous with fcafti, but used differently in 
 a sentence. SeeKAia. TfaAi hilahila, pri- 
 vate parts. Kanl. 25:11. Nt. wahi a pau 
 loa, all places. los. 1:3. Na wahi paa, 
 Strong holds or places. 1 Sam. 23:14. It 
 is used with ka for kau .■ a- ka wahi (kau 
 wahi) e noho ai, the dwelling place. Med. 
 26:8. 
 
 Wa-hi, s. Accent on the last syllable. 
 That which surrounds or envelopes any- 
 thing ; a covering ; a sheath ; a wrapper, 
 as kapa, paper, ki leaf, cloth, (fee."; wahi 
 pahi kana, a swordsco56a?'d. 1 Sam.l7;5]. 
 
 Wa-hi, s. A word; a saying; a remark. 
 Note. — This word is somewhat anomalous; 
 it has no article and has some of the prop- 
 erties of a verb ; as, wahi a wai ? wo'rd of 
 whom? whose word .' whose saying, or who 
 said it? Ans. Wahi a ke alii, the king 
 said so. 
 
 Wa-hi, s. One that is above law, or is 
 so much a favorite, or is so holy that the 
 law cannot affect him. 
 
 2. A favorite or high servant of the king; 
 pepehiia o Kainapau wahi alii e Kainapan 
 kuaaina, Kainapau the-king's favorite was 
 slain by ICainapftu the backwoodsman. 
 
 Wa-hi, v. To break by casting out of 
 one's hand. Puk. 34:1. Svx. with naha. 
 
 2. To break through, as an army ; to 
 break or rush through, as through a troop. 
 Sal: IS-.'a. 
 
 8. To break, as one's head. Lunk. 9:53. 
 
 4. To separate; to open; to rend: to 
 break through. Isa. 64:1. 
 , 6. To open; to cause to flow. isa. 41:18. 
 
 6. To break ; to cleave ; to break, as a 
 rock. IM. 105:41. See Wawahi._ 
 Wa-hi, v. To cover over; to b'nil.up, 
 as a wound. ler. 30:26. ■ 
 
 2. To wrap up, as a body for burial ; to 
 ti' up in a wrapper, as a bundle. 
 
 3. To roll or fold up in kapa -or cloth ; 
 to swathe ; to wrap up; 
 
 4. To surround, as a wrapper ; to over- 
 lay ; to cover up; Puk. 36:34. 
 
 5. To cover, as the body of a person with 
 clothing. SvN.withuhi. Okalolekamea 
 e wahi ai i ke kino. 
 
 Wa-hi-a, v. See Wahi, to break. Wahia 
 is for wahiia, to be broken. 
 
 Wa-hi-e, s. Wood for burning; fuel. 
 Oilik- 1:7. Wahie is used for/«e( in dis- 
 tinction from loan, timber. 
 
 Wa-hi-e-a-la, s. Wahie and ala, odor- 
 iferous. An epithet of sandal-wood ; san- 
 dal-wood. Its appropriate name Is Uiahi. 
 
 Wa-hi-ke, s. A- female in distinction 
 Irom kane, male. 
 
 2. A woman ; a wife. The term is ap- 
 plied to men and animals, and when ap- 
 plied to animals it merely marks the femi- 
 nine gender. In grammar, ano wahbie, 
 feminine gender. Wahine, he mea ia e nani 
 ai ke kane, he lei alii maikai no ke kane, 
 woman, she gives honor to the man, she. is 
 a crown of beauty for the husband. 
 
 Wa'Hi-ne-he-li-a-ka-ea, s. The names 
 of two goddesses. 
 
 Wa-hi-ne-ka-ne-ma-ke, s. WaMneaLuA 
 kane and make, dead. A woman whose 
 husband is dead ; a widow. Kanl. 16:11. 
 
 Wa-hi-ne-ma-nh-a-hi, s. Wahkie and 
 manuahi. A kept mistress. 
 
 Wa-hi-ne-puu-paa, s. Wahine s.-aipiu- 
 paa, epithet of virginity. A^virgin ; virgo 
 intaeta. Pufc. 22:17. Hence, purity ; a state 
 of undefilement. 
 
 Wa-ho, comp. prep. Out; out of; out- 
 side ; outward ; prefixed by o, no, ko, i, ia 
 and ma. Cfram.-^' 161. Ia waho, tlie out- 
 side. Mai. 23:25. 'Opposed to ia loko. 
 iMk. 11:40. 
 
 Wa-ho, adv. Outwardly. Eseh. 44:1. 
 
 Wa-ho-ka-hu-a, *. WoAo, outside, and 
 kahua, foundation of a house. What is out- 
 side of a house. 
 
 Wa-hu, 11. To take by force. Hoo. To 
 rob ; to take by force. 
 
 Wa-hu-a, V. To set a snare or trap. 
 ll'oo. To insnare ; to entrap. 
 
 Wa-hu-a, s. , a snare ; a trap for catch- 
 ing small animals. 
 
 Wa-hu-lu, v. To bake food in the oven 
 for a long time till it is b"rnt or turned 
 yellow or black ; poha ka nanu (ualu) ke 
 wewe, o wahulu mai ka piko. 
 
WAL 
 
 509 
 
 WAL 
 
 Wa-hU'WA-HTi, v. To lean upon a per- 
 son with the anus across the shpulclers. 
 See Wahu. , 
 
 Wa-ka, s. Appearance; tlie personal 
 appearance of one. 
 
 Wa-kai-kai, c. To examine; to look 
 at ; to look lonnd. See Makaikal 
 
 Wa-ka-wa-ka, adj. See Waka. Shin- 
 ing; glisteniug; flaming. Kin. 3:24. Ww 
 kawcdcao Mauo e mokii ai ka bako. 
 
 Wa-ke-wa-ke, s. See Wekawejca. The 
 black liquid of the squid. 
 
 Wiv.-Ki, s. ^ng. See Wati. 
 
 Wj|.rLA, V. See HoALA. To excite; to 
 stir np; to throw stones ; to pelt ; to be or 
 feel hurt, , v - . 
 
 Wa-laa, u fpttmlaia. To be thrown; 
 tq be tbi'owjii as a stone; to be pelted; 
 walakikp fca jhe. walaa ka pohafcu', the 
 Bpeans ^ere hailed back and toi&k, the 
 BtoneB were thrown. 
 
 Wa-la-au, v. To ^peak in a boisterous 
 tatmner, as a crazy persop. 
 
 2. To cry out, aa in ieai ; to shout, as in 
 battle. 
 
 S. To make a noise of lamentation for a 
 deceased person. 
 
 d. IToo. To cause or make a. noise. Isa. 
 i%% To make a cuufuaed unmeaning noise. 
 
 Wa-la-au, s. A noise ; a confused noise 
 as ftf a riotous multitude, fuk. 32:17. See 
 XJvAimA. 
 
 2. A noise, as a wailing for the dead. 
 
 3. Any loud boisterous talk or noise with 
 more oriess indistinctness or want of mean- 
 ing. 
 
 Wa-la-au, , a<f;. Noisy;; obstreperous; 
 
 confused; disorderly. 
 VVa-la-hee, «. Name of a shrub, the 
 
 leaves used in coloring black. 
 Wa-la-ki-ke, v. See Walaa above. To 
 
 toss or throw back and forth, as spears in 
 
 battle ; walakike ka ihe, walaa ka pohaku. 
 Wa-la-ni-a, ) „. For walaia, n inserted, 
 Wa-LEHSI-A, ) to be hurt. To smart, aa 
 
 a wound ; to feel pained from an external 
 
 hurt. 
 S. To feel pain mentally; to feel the pain 
 
 of dislike or ol hatred by another. 
 
 3. To feel revengeful ; to feel cut to the 
 heart by something said. Oih. 2:37. 
 
 4. IIoo. To cau.se pain to another by 
 one's words ; to use. sharp, words. 2 Kor. 
 13:10. 
 
 Wa-la-ni-a, s, A stinging pain, as a 
 burn. 
 
 2. Deep anguish of heart at something 
 s^id. 
 
 Wa-la-wa-la, v. SeeWALA. To h? ex- 
 cited; to make a, great noise; to shont^ to 
 cry out. 
 
 2, To fall, as a mai; from a high place, 
 turning over and over. 
 
 , 9. To rofuae;- to deny; no'njo ka hewa, 
 aole au e loalawala ae ; ae aku no. 
 Wa-la-wa-la-au, V, SeeWALAAu. To 
 make a noise so as to disturb one's hearr 
 ing ; to make a great noise in talking ; e 
 paepac, e lohclohe, 
 
 IValawalaau l ka, p«li o Eolokio!, 
 Me he hwelgane la kit lea i Waialoha. 
 
 Wa-le, adv. A State of being or exist- 
 ing without, qualification ; used mostly in 
 an adverbial sense ; only ; alone ; gratuit- 
 ous, &c. ; as, e noho wale,'to sit ordy, i. u., 
 to sit mEj(; ft hana loak. to woik on(y. i. e,, 
 10 work without rewwrd, gratuitously f e 
 bldo wale, to. spealc wUhond ^ect; e'hele 
 uxtZe, to go OS one is, i. c., to go naked. As 
 ua2e has i\o corresponding term in English, 
 it is difficult 'to define, ^tbe idea must be 
 gained by thie connectioff. 
 
 WAriE , *. The pKle-gm or matter coughed 
 up from the lungs, 
 
 2. Saliva like that nmniiig from the 
 moutb of an iniant; kahe ka wale, to drool; 
 ka wale o kona waha, spittle ; .saliva. 
 
 Wa-le-a, v. To indulge in ease; to 
 please one's self; to dwell in quiet free 
 from care. 
 
 2. To be satisfied with one's circum- 
 stances. Puk. 2:21. 
 
 3. To be accustomed or habituated to a 
 thing ; to do often. 
 
 Wa-le-a, edj. Accustomed; frequently 
 doing; constant- 
 
 Wa-le-a, s. Name of a fish. 
 
 Wa-le-hau, *. The name of a medi- 
 cine. 
 2. The mucous from the nose. 
 
 Wa-le-ke-a, s. Wale, slime, and kea, 
 white. A disease of the eye; a liquid ftom 
 a sore eye ; white mucous. 
 
 Wa-le-ni-a, adj. Hard; painful; severe. 
 See Walania. 
 
 Wa-le-wai-ka-po, s. WPo/e, spittle, and 
 wai. i. e., the water is spittle. Used in a 
 prayer ; walewaikupo; the saliva of the 
 mouth ; a prayer for a blessing. 
 
 Wa-le-wa-l-e, v. See Wale. To be 
 deceived ; to be led astray by one. Isa. 
 36:14. To deceive ; to entrap ; to get the 
 advantDge. 
 
 ?. IIoo. To tempt: to entice; to insnare; 
 to deceive by flatteries; hoowakwale nui 
 mai na liaole ia ia (ia^Liholiho) i ka inu 
 rama, the foreigners greatly enticed him 
 (Liholiho) to drink rum. 
 ■ 3. To suborn ; to influence to wrong. 
 Oih. 6:11. 
 
 Wa-le-wa-le, s. A temptation to evil. 
 
 2. A tempter to evil. 
 
 3. Forgetfnlness ot a thing. 
 
 4. Indifference ; slowness ; destitution. 
 
WAL 
 
 510 
 
 WAW 
 
 Wa-le-wa-le, s. One set apart as de- 
 Glei, as a woman having given birth to a 
 child ; itt her condition sfie was called ma- 
 leinale. . A hata na la ehiku, a ma ita wa e 
 paa ai ka wultvMle, alalia hoi nai ma ka 
 hale o kaaa kane iho ; a tela ka la awalu, 
 hoi xnaitana.kane, noho pu, no ka mea ua 
 vau ke. walcuiaie keiki. 
 
 Wa-le-wa-ie, adj. Insnaring; enticing 
 to evil i tempting. 
 
 2. Stringy; slimy, as the secretion of the 
 nose; as matter coughed np from the lungs.. 
 
 3. Slimy, as certain states of the fseoes ; 
 nearly synonymous with aweawe; walewaie 
 ka.lepo. 
 
 Wa-le-wa-le, adv. At a venture. 1 
 
 Ifal. •22-M. Without object; he\e wgleiBaie 
 
 lakou a lilo loa i ka hewa. 
 Wa-£.e-wa-le-na, v. To pinch; to gnash 
 
 expressive of great anger. 
 Wa-le-wa-le-na-he-sa, v. Walewak 
 
 and nahesa {Heb.), serpent. To act the 
 
 part of a sorcerer ; to enchant. 
 Wa-le-eu-sa, s. The walrus. 
 Wa-li, o. To grin^ to powder; to mince 
 
 fiae ; to mix. Puk. 30:36. 
 
 2. To grind. Fio. To oppress; to over- 
 bear, as a chief his people. Isa. 3:15. 
 
 3. IIoo. To make soft or pliable ; to re- 
 duce to powder. Fuk. 32:20. 
 
 4. To break up ground finely. 
 Wa-li, adj. Fine; soft; minced finely; 
 
 fine, like soft paste ; fine, as flour. Kin. 
 18:6. 
 Wa-li-na, adv. Used in answer to a 
 salutation; as, wcUina wale iaua. See We- 
 
 LINA. 
 
 Wa-li-wa-li, adj. See Wall Fine; 
 
 soft ; paste like. 
 2. Weak ; limber : weak from sickaess. 
 
 See Nawauwam. 
 .3. Soft ; gentle ; kind, as language ; ka 
 
 oMo a na kanaka maikai, he vicUheali ka 
 
 olelo, he pepe. 
 Wa-li-wa-li, v. See Wall To soften, 
 
 as stone er wood to make it work easily ; 
 
 alaila, hahao (i ka pohaku) maloko o kahi 
 
 wai ' mea e walimM ai, 
 Wa-lo, «. See Ualo, to cry out; to 
 
 complain. 
 Wa-lo-i-nA, V. To call to a chief with 
 
 a voice of praise arid admiration ; waloina 
 
 aku ke alii o Kaakahi. 
 
 Wa-lo-wa-lo, v. To strike, as a sound 
 upon the ear ; to hear a sound; to hear in- 
 distinctly; to strike back, as an echo. See 
 Walawalaac. 
 
 Walowalo e hea ka ieo o Kalnkua, 
 Waktwalaau 1 ka pall o Kalo^ini, 
 M'j ho hanehane la ka Ieo i Walaloha, 
 Me I ka uwo booiiwe a ka lawakea. 
 
 Wa-lp, V. . To scratch, as a cat'; to 
 
 scratch, as a person with his fingers. 
 2. To rub : to rasp ; to polish; to piifcfa. 
 
 Wa-lu, adj. num. Eight; ka wdu, the 
 eighth. Oiftfc. 9:1. As a card!n?il it is gen- 
 erally prefixed by a or e; a,s,awahl,eiealu, 
 eight. Oram. § 115:4. • 
 
 Wa-ht, s. Name of a fish having very 
 hard scales. 
 
 Wa-lu-a, s. The middle ; the interior. 
 Mil Sol. 3:10. 
 
 Wa-lu-na, j. a prophecy. 
 
 Wa-l0-wa-hj, «. SeeWALn. To scratch 
 much or frequently ; to pinch up with all 
 the fingers. See UmKi. 
 
 Wa-na, u To come ; to approach ; to 
 appear, as the early dawn. See Wanaao. 
 
 Wa-na, s. a species of the sea-egg of 
 the size and shape of a teirnip ; he ia poe- 
 poe me he ina la, he oioi mawaho. 
 
 Wa-na, adj. Pronged ; sharp pointed ; 
 externally jagged. 
 
 Wa-na-ao, «. Wana, to appear, and 
 00, light. To dawn, as the first light in the 
 morning; to appear, as the dawn. See 
 Waanaao. 
 
 Wa-na-ao, s. The near approach of 
 morning. Kin. 19:15. 
 
 2. The early dawn of the morning ; the 
 first light of day. ibs. 6:15. Twilight; mo- 
 lebulehu. 
 
 Wa-na-oa, v. To project; to extend 
 any way beyond the body of a thing. 
 
 Wa-na-oa, s. a projection or an exten- 
 sion, as the fingers of the sea-egg. 
 
 Wa-na-hi-na, adj. Becoming gfray, as 
 a person ; gray headed, 
 
 Wa-ka-na, v. To prophecy; to foretell 
 future events ; to preach ; to declare the 
 will of the gods. NaK 11:26. 
 
 Wa-na-na, s. a prophecy; the decla- 
 ration of the kilo or of the kaula ; a decla- 
 ration made before hand of what is to be, 
 which was known by ita fulfillment. 
 
 Wa-na-wa-na, ». See Wana and Wa- 
 NAOA. To extend ; to stretch out ; to pro- 
 ject. 
 
 Wa-na-wa-na, adj. Having sharp 
 points ; thorny. 
 
 Wa-wa, ». To sh out in a noisy tumult- 
 uous way; to bawl in a vociferous con- 
 fused manner. 
 
 Wa-wa, s. ' A tumult, as the action of 
 a turauftuous assembly. . 
 
 2. Babbling, vain, foolish talldng. 1 Tint. 
 6:20. 
 
 3. A confused noise, as of a battle at a 
 distance. 2 Sam. 18:29. The confused 
 noise of a multitude. 
 
 Wa-wa, adj. Noisy on account of great 
 multitudes; tumultuous. /sa.'22:2. 
 
WE 
 
 511 
 
 WEH 
 
 Wa-wae, s. The leg of a person or ani- 
 fiial; the foot. Note. — Hawailans have no 
 separate worfls for log and foot, xeawae 1q- 
 cludes both; so lima iucludea both band 
 and arm. See Lima. 
 
 2. A pair of pantaloons ; so called from 
 the legs ; breeebes. Pule. 28:4l 
 
 3. A post of doty belonging to gods and 
 priests. 
 
 Wa-wai, s. Wa, space, and wai, water; 
 A land of water ; a well watered land ; be 
 auwai, he pipiwni, he nwabiwai e kulu ana, 
 he kowakowau. 
 
 Wa-wau, v.. See Wau and Wauwau. 
 To scratchy to pinch with theJingers: hence, 
 to be quarrelsome ; to be unfriendly ; i«(«- 
 wau i ka ill o ke kane ame ka wahine. 
 
 Wa-wau, adj. Scratching; pinching; 
 cross ; nnfriendly. 
 
 W*'WA-Hi, *,• Lit. To mouth. See 
 "^jtax. To rail •, to' storm at one j to curse 
 with a loud obstrieperous voice. 
 
 Wa-wa-hi, v. See Wahi, to break. To 
 break to pieces; to break down; to demol- 
 ish, as a house or building. 2 ifal. 21:3. 
 
 2. To break, as bread; to break open, 
 as a box or chest. 
 
 3. To split; to break up, as rocks. 1 
 Ml. 19:11. 
 
 i. To break an, as a boat; wawahiia hoi 
 ka waapa i i ai honhon, the boat also was 
 broken up for the nails to make awls. 
 
 5. To break down, as idols. Puk. 23:24. 
 
 6. To break up, L e., to take down, as a 
 -tent Ifah. 10:17. 
 
 7. To break down, as a tower. Xunfc.8:9. 
 Wa-wa-'Bma, .*. Participle passive. A 
 
 breaking up : a destruction, as of a city. 
 
 Jer. 19:8, 11. 
 Wa->wa-li, 6. See WAuand Waliwali. 
 
 To sdften; tomakefise; to reduce to pulp. 
 Wa-wa-li, adj. See Wall Soft; fine; 
 
 flexible; good humored. 
 Wa-wa-lo, v. See Ualo, Walo and 
 
 UwAi/>. To cry out; to call; to make a 
 
 noise of calling. 
 
 ' 1T& lal hea wmealo i ka ohn no na mauna, 
 Vbat ka wai o na molokaqaaaha. 
 
 Wa-wa-ltj, V. See Walu. To scratch, 
 as a cat or a person; to pinch; to quarrel, 
 as a man and liis wife. 
 
 Wa-wa-na, adj. Rougfrj thorny, as a: 
 road; difficult of traveling. See Wana, 
 adj. _ . . 
 
 WA-yfE,-adv. QuicMy; suddenly; hast- 
 
 _J^y ; soon ; liikl viawe, quickly done. 
 
 Wa-ti, s. JSng. A watch; a clock; a 
 period of lime. Pufc. 14:24. 
 
 We, v. See Ue and Uwe, To weep; 
 to cry ; to salute. 
 
 2. To move anything forward or side- 
 ways. See IJii, to Iiiteh along. 
 
 We-a, v. To question for the purpose 
 of eliciting some secret, as theft, or to try 
 to buy stolen articles ; to act skHlfully in 
 questioning one so that he shall not sus- 
 pect the desigfl of the questioner. 
 2. To print or color red. 
 
 We-a, «. A red dye; red coloring mat- 
 ter ; he koho ulaula. 
 
 We-a-we-a, s, a procurer; a pimp; 
 one who acts or bargains for another ui 
 licentious matters. 
 
 We-a-we-a, adj. Bed; reddish; spotted 
 with red. 
 
 We-0, s. See "We a, Eediiess; fresh- 
 ness; a red color; ua like ka ulanlame ka 
 vieo; be weoke kanaka, he pauo ke alii. 
 
 We-0-we-o, adj. SeeWEO. Fresh; red, 
 like fresh meat just killed. 
 
 We-tt, v. To be covered with beard or 
 
 ^flown, as a young unshaven boy. 
 
 Vit-v-yn-v, a. A general na&e for herb- 
 age ; grass ; green grass. Katil. 11:15, 
 
 2. Name ot a fish to be caught only in 
 the night ; hence, 
 
 3. FIG. Snccess in night iniquity. 
 We-hE, V. To open, as a door; to open. 
 
 as the dawn or advance of light in the 
 morning ; a wehe m la ke alaula o ke ao, 
 pau );a pouli. 
 
 2. To uncover what is covered up ; to 
 uncover, as the head. Oihk. 10:6. To un- 
 cover for illicit purposes, Oihk. 18:6, 7. 
 
 3. To strip off the clothes ftoid one. 
 
 4. To open^ as the eyes. Fio. To open, 
 as the heart. 
 
 6. To open, as a well or cave. los. 10:22. 
 
 6. To open, as a book ; to unfold, as a 
 scroll. JVeh. 8:5. 
 
 7. To loosen ; to untie, as a string or 
 rope. 
 
 8. To disregard or disbelieve one's word. 
 
 9. To reject a favor, Note. — ^The passive 
 is sometimes written wehea instead of we- 
 
 We-he, I. An opening; an untying; a 
 solving, as a problem; an explanation of a 
 diffica%. 
 
 We-he, adj. Opened; separated; loos- 
 ened. 
 
 We-he-a, v. Passive of leehe. See 
 Webb, note. 
 
 "We-he-we-he, v. SeeWEHE. To open 
 frequently ; to open, L e., to^ expound, as 
 language; to explain what is mysterious; 
 to explain, as a writing or a passage in a 
 book. i«fc. 24:27. 
 
 We-he-we'He, s. An explanation of 
 anything obscure or intHcate; a solving 
 of a problem; explaining ibe intoicaciesof 
 language. 
 
 We-be-we-he, adj. Looaening; ex- 
 plaining ; unfolding. 
 
WEL 
 
 612 
 
 WEL 
 
 W£-Hi, s. Bkckness ; a black spot ; a 
 
 deep dark color, 
 2. A wre^tb for ibe neck. 
 We-hi-wa, s. The name of a species of 
 
 kalo. 
 WE-Hi-wE-ra, V, To be deep blue; to be 
 
 black ; to have black stripes. 
 
 2. To be thick, as leaves; to be deep 
 shaded. 
 
 3. Hoo. To braid ; to twist, as a wreath 
 for the neck; helaanaheleiAootcebtwe^tia, 
 e kaei ana ma ka ai. 
 
 We-hi-we-hi, adj. Thick tt^ther, as 
 
 the leaves of a shady tree. 
 2. Splendid ; beautiM of fteae ; i ka ue- 
 
 HiBehi, 1 ka onaona. 
 We-ka, {.'The meconium inchildien; 
 
 kukae weka ; any slimy, mncons substance; 
 
 the matter in ^e cyst of the squid. 
 We-ka-we-ka, v. SeeWEiA. To have 
 
 a foul stomach. 
 
 2. To fail in thefiilflUment of a b&rgain. 
 
 3. To be hard; to be stingy; to be close; 
 to be slippery. 
 
 We-ea-we-ea, s. Foulness of the stoii)- 
 ach ; the black substance or liquid in &e 
 cyst of the squid. 
 2. Fat uoctnons matter. 
 
 We-ka-we-ka, adj. Stingy; close; hard; 
 
 refusing to fulfill a contract 
 We-ke, v. See Wehe. To crack or 
 
 open, as the joints of a floor ; to separate, 
 
 as two things dnited ; to open, as a door. 
 
 SeeTJwBBB. Hoo. To canse to be opened. 
 We-ke, ; . A ciack; an opening, 
 
 2. Name of a species offish. ' 
 We-ke-a, s. The topmost part of a tree. 
 
 We-ke-we-ke, V, Boo. To cause to 
 blaze up, as a fire ; to kindle a flame ; to 
 mount upwards, as a pointed flame. 
 
 We-ki-u, t. The small branches of a 
 tree that hang down from larger ones ; ka 
 lala liilii ma ka lewa o ka laau ; the union 
 Qf the small branches with the larger ones. 
 2. The top of a tree, house, mountain or 
 other object. 
 
 We-la, t». Tobum. Kanl.4:ll. Tobe 
 on fire. 
 
 2. To bum or rage, as anger. Pvik. 4:14. 
 To be hot in mind; mai loeJo ko onkou 
 manao i kela olelo, be not exsctfed at the 
 speech 
 
 3. To be warm. 'Sia. To be warm, as 
 the heart with affection for one. 
 
 4. Hoo. To cause to bum; to set on fire; 
 -to scorch, ^oik. 16:8, , 
 
 We-la, s. The heat of fire or. of the 
 Bun. Fio. The heat of anger. A burning, 
 as of a sore. Oihk.U^i6. Warmth. Fio. 
 Strong feelings. 
 
 We-la, a^'. Warm; hot; burnt; cooked; 
 
 burnt very much. 
 We-iau, ^ 5. The end oi extremity 
 We-LAU-LAU, > of a thing; the top, as of 
 We-lb-lati, ) atree; natosfeiKonalaan. 
 Oihl. 14:15. The tip end ; the ridge ; the 
 end of a finger ; the ridge or jsummit of a 
 precipice; the extreme boundary of a conn- 
 try, los. 15:4. Fic. Welau o ka make, 
 point of death; weHau akau, the north pole; 
 ueiau hema, south pde. 
 We-La-we-la, adj. See Wela. Hot; 
 very hot ; kuu hoa hoi o ka la wekuoela o 
 ke knla o Auwaiowao ; i ka la welamla o 
 ke awakea. 
 
 2. Parched ; dried up ; scorched. 
 We-la-we-la, s. a burning; a scorch- 
 ing; a heating. 
 
 We-la-we-la, v. See Wela., Hoo. To 
 heat intensely ; to be very warm ; to dry 
 up. 
 
 Wb-la-we-la, v. To give a thing and 
 afterwards to tatie it back ; to regret hav- 
 ing given ; e aua. 
 
 We-le, j>. See Waele. To clear off 
 land ; to cultivate thegronndi to pulver- 
 ize the earth ; e mahi, e waele, e ode ako - 
 i ka weuweu o kona aina. 
 
 WeU ilnna ka mala lani a ka aa 
 Ke piilu ino ka tilo« ka nakani, 
 Km mabakea ola lani o pna ke to 
 I p^ a kivaavaa a ola peha ke kino, 
 Ula kopa hakakal a malaina. 
 
 We-le-a, s. The name of a species of 
 fish which burrows in the sand. See Ea- 
 wEi£i. and Halau)a. 
 
 We.-le-H0, t. A species of fish. 
 ' 2. Name qf one of the Hawuian months. 
 
 3. Name of one of the days of the month. 
 We-le-lau, s. See Welatt. The end 
 
 or extremity of a thing ; the most distant 
 part of a country. ler. 60:1? 
 
 We-le-we-le, v. To refuse to fulfill an 
 
 agreement 
 We-le-we-le-i-wi, j. The extreme end 
 
 of a thing ; the point fnrtherest off; wei»- 
 
 tixidm ka nana a lehova. 
 
 We^ij, V. To branch out, as the roots 
 of a tree ; to take root, as a tree ; to have 
 . many roots. 
 
 We-li, s. a form of salutation. See 
 Wkuna and Walina. 
 
 2. The phosphorescent light in the sea ; 
 the light of sparks of fiee. 
 
 3. A long black worm found in the sea ; 
 he mea ola maloko o ke kai ma Ewa, me 
 he pubi la ke ano. .«^ 
 
 4. A cion or shoot firom the roots of a 
 dead plant or tree ; tike spreading roots of 
 a tree.. 
 
WEyL 
 
 513 
 
 WIU 
 
 Kan maj ka wdUfear fell upon him. Laidk. 
 
 167. 
 Ws-Li-NA, s. See Well A reply to a 
 
 salutation, as aloha or anoai ; it applies to 
 
 the poreoa of the house when addresied by 
 
 a Btratiger. 
 We-u-wb-li, v. See Weli, s.. 5. To 
 
 tremble witli fear ; to fear ; to dread. 
 
 2. To be astonished; to be amazed. Puk. 
 16:15. 
 
 3. To fear; to reverence as a child should 
 a parent. Oi/ifc. 19:3. 
 
 4. To fear and obey, as God. Oifefc. 25:17. 
 
 5. To be in anguish through fear. JLard. 
 2:25.. 
 
 6. To be afraid of anonemy. XanJ. 20:3. 
 ,7. Moo. To cause one to tremble; to put 
 
 one in fear. 
 
 8. To give one a charge; to threaten 
 Beverely in, case of disobedience. See Olblo 
 HoowBLiwisLi, to threaten. Oih. 4:17, 21. 
 
 We-li-we-li, s. Fear ; dread '; a trem- 
 bling ; a tremor through fear ; a cause of 
 fear. .Saieifc. 101. 
 
 We-li-we-li, adj. Fearful; causing 
 
 fear; dreadful; terrible. Don. 7:7. Oifino 
 
 . hoi ka pahu kapu tceSttoeii loa. Laieik. 101. 
 
 We-li-we-li, mv. Boo. Fearfully; trem- 
 blingly. 
 
 We-lo, v. See Kowblo and Koelo. To 
 float or stream in the wind, as an ensign, 
 colors or fiag; to flutter or shake in the 
 wind. 
 
 Eoweloirelo klhel a vtlo ka oa— c— Jlfe«. 
 
 We-lo, s. Name of one of the months 
 of the year corresponding to April ^ hiki 
 ia WtHo hoi koi ia nei keiki papa. 
 
 2. The getting of the siln (in the ocean); 
 the appearance of the son floating upon the 
 ocean. 
 
 3. The &mal«8 Of men or animals which 
 tiring forth yqnng of a large size. See Ku- 
 MOLAu. A good breeder on account of the 
 number and size of the offspring. 
 
 i. A breed ; a cast or kmd, as of hogs, 
 dogs, iui. ; he wdo puaa, he wdo maikai. 
 
 6. Name of a native medicine ; the same 
 as watki or the ipu.awahia or pipa. 
 
 We-lo-we-lo, v. See Wdlo, v. To float 
 or fla:p in the wind ; to float, as the tall of 
 a kite ; to float, as colors or an ensign. 
 
 We-lo-we-lo, s. Colors or cloth stream- 
 ing in the wind. 
 
 2. A tail, as of a kite. 
 , 3. Light streaming from a brand of fire 
 thrown into the air in the dark. Jba. 7:4. 
 
 We-lo-we-lo, ctdj. Floating j stream- 
 .^9, &c. ; hoka lodoviAo, a blazing star ; a 
 
 ' ineteor ; a comet fTom its tail. 
 
 We-lc, s. a rag; a piece of torn kapa 
 
 or cloth. 
 We-lu-u-lAi «. TTcZuftBdMtojred. The 
 
 rmae of a kind of kapa made of pieces of 
 red kapa beaten up with waoke; more gen- 
 erally called paiida. 
 We-ld-we-lt7, v. See Welu. To tear; 
 to rend in pieces, as kapa or -cloth. 
 
 2. To kill a person, as a mob would. 
 
 3. To be torn in pieces, as a person by 
 a wild beasts Kin. 44:28. 
 
 4. To be torn or broken to pieces, as 
 vegetation or trees by a whirlwind. Pvk. 
 9:25. 
 
 5. To become ragged, as a garment. 
 Kanl. 8:4. 
 
 Wb-lu-ws-ltj, adj.- Torn ; broken up ; 
 
 ragged. Toa. 9:13. 
 We-na, V. To cleave to ; to adhere to, 
 
 as one to another; the same asjjili; heaha 
 
 kou kttleana e wena aku ai ia ia ? He hoa- 
 
 hanau ke^na loa ae nui vxum. 
 Vf^z-vl-vft-wi, izdji Red; of a reddish 
 
 color. 
 We-pa, i. ting. A wafer J it should be 
 
 written we/o. 
 W£-wE, V. Secundines feminaram par- 
 
 turientium ; the after-birth ; poba ka nanu 
 
 ke.teewe o wahnlu tnaL 
 We-we-o, v. See Weq. To bie red; to 
 
 be fresh. 
 We-we-la, v. SeeWELA, To bum; to 
 
 be hot, as a feverish sore. Oihk. 13:24._ 
 We-we-la, s. a burning or feverish 
 
 boil or sore. Oihk. 13:28. 
 
 2. A very great heat of anger. ler. 2:6. 
 
 3. A burning zeal, i. e., a horror. ; great 
 fear. Ps. 119:53. 
 
 4. Great excitement of mind; walaoia. 
 We-we-lo, V. To stream out, as the 
 • streamer of a ship ; to draw out ; to be 
 
 loose ; e meatelo ana ka naau o ke kanaka, 
 
 We-we-na, 0. Tobeofareddishcolpr; 
 
 ahiahia ; some faded or indistinct color. 
 We-fa, J. Eng, See Wepa. A wafer; 
 
 a seal. Pvk> 16:31. * Wepa palaoa, thin 
 
 cakes. Nah. 6:15. 
 
 Wi, o. To be impoverished, as a coun- 
 try; to be saffering a grievous famine. 
 Bvi. 1:1. ^00. To reduce one's flesh; to 
 make one poor in flesh; e hoopaa' i ka mo- 
 mona. 
 
 Wi, s, A famine; a destitution of food. 
 .EanZ. 8:9. A time of famine. 
 
 2. A name given bj Hawaiians to the 
 tamarind tree and its ffuit. 
 
 Wi, adj. Poor in flesh ; lean ; famish- 
 ing ; poor ; barren, as land. Nah. 13:20. 
 
 Wi-0, V. To be dirty, as one engaged 
 in filthy work ; to be unclean ; to be dirty 
 all over. 
 
 2. To be or become entangled, as a kit«; 
 VA vAii ka lupe. 
 
WIL 
 
 51,4 
 
 WIW 
 
 Wi-0, a^j.. Ditty all over; filthy; un- 
 clean. 
 
 Wi-o-u, adj. Grand; solemn. 
 
 Wi-Hi, jr. Ta tarn one's eyes askance; 
 to wink ; to express some idea by a wink, 
 ogle or oblique look. 
 2. To roll up, as a bundle. , 
 
 Wi-KA-Hi, adj. Close; haidy; compact; 
 robust. 
 
 Wi-Ki, V. To hasten; to be quick i^ 
 doing a thing. 1 Sim,, 20:38. 
 
 Wi-Ki, adj. Quick. 
 
 Wi-Ki-wi-Ki, V. See Wiki. To hasten; 
 to hurry; to do quickly. los. 4:10. Hoo. 
 To stir one up to speed. 
 
 Wi-Ki-wi-H, adj. Quick; expeditious; 
 not slow. 
 
 Wi-Ki-wi-Ki, adv. Quickly; very quick; 
 in haste. 
 
 Wi-LA, s. Lightning. See Uila. 
 2. A ribbon. See War. 
 
 Wi-Li, ». To twist; to wind; to turn, 
 as a crank; to grind at a hand-mill. iMnJe. 
 16:21. To bore, as with an auger or gim- 
 let 2 JS/al. 12:10. 
 
 2. To writhe in pain. 
 
 3. To mix, as liquids of different quali- 
 ties, i; e., to stir them round and round. 
 
 i. Boo. To torture; to give pain; to 
 tear ; to be in anguish. 
 Wi-ti, s. A ribbon. See Wila. 
 
 2. A roll; a twist See Ownj. WiSS, 
 lauoho, a lock of hair ; o na viili o ke poo. 
 
 3. Sadness: a writhing in pain. 
 
 4. The sickness 'bflhogs; a cough; a 
 strangUng. .1 
 
 5. The name of a fi^. 
 
 Wi-Li, adj. Winding; tortuous; ala 
 w/Si, a winding path; iia mea wili, mills for 
 grinding. Nah. 11:8. Mai wUi, the vene- 
 real disease or gonorrhea. 
 
 Wi-Li-A, "v. For ioiliia, passive of toUi. 
 To be twisted; to be contorted by the 
 wind ; ka hala i wUia e ka makani. 
 
 Wi-Li-AU, s. Wili, to twist, and au, to 
 swim. The circular motion of an eddy in 
 a rivet or in the ocean. 
 
 2. The circular motion of the hand in 
 mixing poi. 
 
 Wi-Li-iA, adj. Passive ofteili. Anything 
 made by braiding or twisting ; he hena i 
 tciliio, wre(Men work, Nah. 8:4. 
 
 Wi-Li-o-KAi, V. To go or move in great 
 numbers, as a buakaibele; as a small army 
 or the retainers of a high chief. 
 
 Wi-n-KA-HEi, «. WUi and kaM, to tie 
 round. A bit for boring rocks; a bit of 
 any kind for boring. 
 
 Wi-Li-Ko, p.» WUi and ho, sugar-cane. 
 To grind sugar-cane. 
 
 2. To manufacture sugar in general. 
 Wi-Li-Ko-i, s. The substances that are 
 
 taken up in the center of a wMrlwindi me 
 
 he kanaka la no ka viUikoi. . 
 Wmj-pc-aa, s. a cork-screw. 
 Wi-u-wi-Li, V. To stir round; to mix, 
 
 as different ingredients by stirring. 
 
 2. To shake, as a flexible rod. isa. 10:15. 
 
 3. To rub tlie hands hard, as in washing 
 the hands when very dirty. 
 
 4. ffoo. To be writhing in pain, espe- 
 dally the pains ot child-birth ; hocnoUivoVi 
 hookokohi e hanau, e hanau iuai aha oia 
 nei i na keiki. 
 
 6. To be uneasy, as in constant pain; 
 hoewUimli ae oia no ka manle poponi. 
 
 6. To loosen ; to separate, as in partort 
 tion. ; 
 
 7. To brandish, as a sword. Eiek. 32:10. 
 Wi-Li-wi-Li, s. Name of a tree, the tim- 
 ber of which is, for its buoyancy, made into 
 outriggers for canoes ; erythnoa corallo- 
 dendron. 
 
 Wi-Lou, s. Eng. The name of a for- 
 eign tree ; a, willow. Isa. 44:4. Nora- 
 One species of the willow has lately been 
 introduced into the Islands. 
 
 Wi-Lir, s. A disagreeable smell; a 
 stench. 
 
 Wi-LiT, adj. Disagreeable of smell; (tf- 
 fen.sive ;- smelling badly. 
 
 WtNi, V. To reduce to a sharp point; 
 to be sharp pointed. Eoo. To point; to 
 make sharp. 
 
 Wi-OT, ) ,. SharpnesSi the result 
 
 Wt-Nt;WI-]!ll, J of grinding to a point 
 2. The sharp |ioint of any sharp iastrn- 
 ment, as the point of a needle, pin, nail, 
 
 *». 
 i-Ni, > aij. Pointed; sharp; re- 
 
 Wl-NI-wi-Nl, ( ducedto a point, as a nee- 
 dle, pin, or any sharp instrument; e kalai 
 ft utintwini. 
 
 Wi-wi, V. See Wi. To be poor; to be 
 sliriveled up. 
 
 2. ^00. To lessen ; to diminish ; a i ke 
 kalai ana, e hoonui ae o mua, a e Aootnui 
 ae o hope, e kalai a maikai. ' , 
 
 3. To grow poor in flesh, as a person or 
 animikl. .Zefc. 14:12. 
 
 Wi-wi, ' J. Leanness of flesh. Ich. 16:8. 
 
 2. The name of a beer made from sugur; 
 cane. 
 
 3. A small kind offish. 
 
 Wi-wi, adj. Poor in flesh; slender; fee- 
 ble. Exn. 41.-6. Oppoate to ohaha. 
 
 Wi-wi, adj. Full; plenty; no want; ap- 
 plied to a chiefs plate where there is alwaT) 
 plenty ; as, pa vnvA, a lull plate ; a sum- 
 ciency of food. 
 
 Wi-wi-Ki, V. To shine, as a, faint light 
 
BA*f 
 
 615 
 
 B£I^ 
 
 through a smaU aperture into a dark room; 
 to glinofiner faintly. 
 Wi-wo, ». To fear ; to dreadi! 
 
 2. To be ashamed ; to blUsh. &er. 9:6. 
 
 3. Moo, To become feArftil ; to be .^um- 
 4>le. laa. 6:ld. 
 
 Wi-wo, $, Featj shame; disgrace; 
 
 dread. 
 Wiowo, ttdj- Afraid} bashful; modest; 
 
 astonished. 
 
 Wi-wo-o-LE, s. Witeoaadole,hQt. Bold- 
 ness ; fearlkasness. Oih. 4:13. 
 
 Wo'-Hi, s. One who accompanied, i. e.,. 
 went before or followed after the king, to 
 conTey and execute his orders; in his per- 
 son and office he added to the lung's dig- 
 nity. He was generally soime relation of 
 W he king. 
 o-LU, s. Name of a species of fish,, 
 sometimes a fathom in length. 
 
 NoTE.-^'the following words have been introduced from foreign, langiiageg.. 
 Owing to the peculiar structure of the Hawaiian (eyery syllable ending in a 
 vowel sound), the forms of these words are somewhat modified, by dropping a 
 letter or syUaUe of the original, but more frequently perhaps by inserting or 
 adding a vowel in order to Hawaiianize them. A sufiiiciency of foreign letters 
 is retained to show their fjLcriTBtion and distinguish them from native words by 
 their orthography. 
 
 BAi-BA-LA, s. Eng. Bible ; the united 
 inspired bDOica' of the Old and Kew Test- 
 aments. 
 
 Bai-la, «i *!E»g\ To bojli to seethe. 
 KoTE. — The cotfresponding Hawaiian word 
 is hoolapalapa. 2 Oihl. 3o:13 ; Ezek. 24:6. 
 
 Bai-la, adj. Boiled; seethed. Ezek. 
 24:6. 
 
 Ba-ka, s. Eng. Tobacco; e puhi baka, 
 to smoke tobacco. 
 
 Ba-ke-ke, ) s. Eng. A bucket; a pail; 
 
 Ba-KE-TE, ) a small cask. 
 
 Ba-le, s. Eng. Barley, a species of 
 grain. Oihk. 27:16. 
 
 Ba-le-sX^la, t. Eng. Balsam, a medi- 
 cinal vegetable. :Ezek. 27:17. 
 
 Ba-ma, s. Balm, an odoriferous plant. 
 Sin. 43.11. 
 
 Ba-pe-ti-so, )e, Gt. To baptize; to ad- 
 
 Ba-PE-TI-zo, ) minister the ordinance of 
 baptism. loan. 1:2S. 
 
 Ba-pe-ti-so, ) ,. Gr. Baptism; the.rite 
 
 Ba-PE-W-zo, J of baptism. Mai. 20:22. 
 
 Ba-ra-ni, s. Eng. Brandy, an intoxi- 
 cating drink distilled from wine. 
 
 Ba-se-ka, s. Heb. A carbuncle, a pre- 
 . cious stone. 
 
 Ba-ta, ) s. Eng. Butter. JEn. 18:8; 
 
 Ba*TE-ra, ) - :flo«. 55:21. 
 
 Ba-to, s. Heb^ A bath, a Hebrew meas- 
 ure. lA\i/.7:26. 
 
 Be-a, ;. Eng. A bear, a wild ferocious 
 animal. 2 Nal. 2:24 ; Lam. Saw. 18:1 and 
 19:1. 
 
 Be-a-va, ) s, Eng. A beaver, an aquatic 
 
 Be-A-WA, ) animal. 
 
 Be-ka, s. flcJ. a half shekel, a- meas- 
 ure of weight. Pufc. 38:26. 
 
 Be-ia-ki, s. Puka kona kaula ma ka. 
 .Mold ma ka ono o ka maha.- Anal. 28. 
 
 Be-le, s. Eng. Abell; ieZegula. Puk. 
 28:33. 
 
 Be-lu, adj. Eng. Blue; the color blue. 
 Szek. 23:6. 
 
 Be-re-na, s. FMg. Bread; food gener- 
 ally. Mat. i-.i. Serena 'mrica, dough. 
 
 Be-r£-na-ho-i-ke, i. Eng. with hoike.. 
 Show bread. Pufc. 2530. 
 
 Be-ee-na-hu, *. Eng. with Aw. Leav- 
 bned bread. Pufc. 23:18. ;. . 
 
 Be-ee-na-eu-o-le, ». Eng.'vrithhuole. 
 Unleavened bread. Pvk. 23:15. 
 
 BE-RE-NA^Ktr-LA-LA-NI, s. EngiVnthku 
 Idlani. The twelve loaves of bread se); by 
 the Jewish priest every Sabbath oh, the 
 golden altar. OOik. 24-.5, 6. 
 
 Be-ri-IaA, *. trr. A beryl, name 6f a 
 precious stone. Hoik. 21:20. 
 
 Be-ei-la, adj. Of or like a beryl. Ezek., 
 10:9. 
 
 Be-ei-ta, s. Heb. A covenant; the cov- 
 enant- between God and man. Kin. 9:9. 
 
 Be-ri-ta, r. Heb. Tbcovenant; to agree 
 
516 
 
 FAL 
 
 to do something. ITtA. 65:1. 
 covenant. S<d. 60:5. 
 
 Be-KO-lo, «. Gr. A beryl. SeeSERiLA. 
 Pvk. 28:20. 
 
 Be-ru-mi, v. Eng-. To broom; to sweep 
 with a broom. Note.— The Hawaiian equiv- 
 fiient is kaMi. 
 
 Be-ru-mi, s. Eng. A broom, an instra- 
 ment for sweepiiig. 
 
 Bi-pi, *. Eng. The Hawaiian pronun- 
 ciation for \)e4, and sliould properly be 
 TTritten Ufi. An ox or cow \ the general 
 name for aeat cattle ; bipt kanc. an ox or 
 bnU ; tiipi wahine, a cow ; hipi kaiilua, a 
 yoke 0/ oxen; Uw. kauo, a draft ox ; dipi 
 waliiae hOu; $ beifer. Sah. 19:2. 
 
 Bi-pi-KAtJ-o, i. See Bipi. 
 
 Bi-K-KAU-LU-A, s. See Bipi. 
 
 To enter into Bl-PI-KA-Hfi, J. See BiPl. 
 
 Bi-pi-KU-A-pou, *. Eng. If jp with fetB- 
 puM, humpback. The biaou (in the United 
 States Of America, the buffalo .) lam. Saw. 
 
 8:1. 
 
 Bi-TU-ME-NA, $. Eng. Bitumen, a min- 
 eral Blime. Kin. 11:3. 
 
 Bo-LA, s. Eng. A bowl; a disk Lunlc. 
 6:38. The Hawaiian word is ipu. 
 
 Bu-BO, s. HcJ. -A species of owl. Kani. 
 
 14:16. 
 
 Bn-KE, s. Eng. A book; a volume. 
 
 Pvk. 24:7. 
 Bc-FA-LO, s. Eng. A buffalo, a species 
 
 of ox. Lam. JIaw. 9:1. See Bu-iiuAPCff. 
 Bu-Ni-BE-Ti, s. The name of a game. 
 Bu-SE-LA, s. Eng. A bushel, a dry 
 
 measure of thirty-two quarts. Ana Hem. 60. 
 
 D. 
 
 BAi-.\-KO-NA, Is. Gr. One who ser»cs; ; 
 Dai-a-ko-xo, \ a deacon ; a deaconess. 
 
 S'un. 13:1, 
 Bai-ma-jia, ) s. Eng. A diamond, a pre- 
 Dai-MO-MA, ) cious stone. Pufc. 28:13. 
 Dai-mo-ki-o, s. Gt, a demon ; an evil 
 
 spirit. Oi^ik. 17:7. 
 2. A person possessed or ruled by an 
 
 evil spii'it. Mat. 8:31. 
 Ba-la, *. Eng, A dollar in money. 
 2. Silver generally; the Hawaiian or- 
 thography is fcoJa. 
 Da-ma, s. Lat. A species of deer ; the 
 
 fallow deer ; the pygarg. H(»r(Z. 14:5. 
 De-a, s. Eng. A deer; a "stag. Kant. 
 
 12:15. See BiA. 
 De-le-u-ma, ) s, Gr. Bdellium ; the 
 De-LI-U-MA, ) name stands in connection 
 
 With metals in Kin. 2:t%. In modern times 
 
 bdellium is a gum. 
 De-ma, s. Lat. See Dama abov^>^ ^ 
 De-na-ki, s. Lat. The name of a small 
 
 Eoman coin ; a penny. loan. 6:7. 
 De-ra-co-na, f. Gr. A iragoa. Hoik. 
 
 12:3. He is called a serpait and saian "in 
 
 verse 9. 
 De-ra-ma, s. Gr. A drachm, a small 
 
 weight, Ifeh. 7:71. 
 
 De-eo-ra, s. Heb. Name ofa little bird; 
 a swallow. Bill. 84:3. 
 
 Di-A, «. Eng. A deer; a stag. SeeDEA. 
 
 Di-A-KO-NA, ) s. Gr. See DAiAKONi. A 
 
 Dl-A-KO-Nl-o, > deacon, an officer in a 
 
 Dl-A-KO-NO, ) church. Note.— TtS or- 
 thography of this word is not settled? all 
 the five forms aroused by ^fiferenf trans- 
 lators of the Bible. 
 
 Di-A-Bo-LO, s. Gr. The devil; the 
 tempter. Mat. 4:1, 3, 5. 
 
 Di-A-wA-Hi-NE, s. Eng.mibitBaMne. A 
 female deer ; a hind. Sin. 49:21. 
 
 Di-DE-RA-MA, s. Gr. Tribute; tribute 
 money. Jfai. 17:24. NoTE^-The word Ao- 
 pdha IB used in the late editions of the New 
 Testament 
 
 Di-LA, *. Eng. A small Hebrew meas- 
 ure ; a deal. Oilik. 23:13 and 24:5. 
 
 Dir-Ki-MA, s. Cheid. A dulcimer, an an- 
 cient insti-ument of music. Iton. 3:5. 
 
 Dc-DAi-MA, ) J. i{eb. Hua dttdima, a 
 
 Du-Dl-MA, ) mandrake. Kin. 30:14. 
 
 Du-TE, s. Eng. In law, custom; toll 
 paid for the privilege of receiving foreign 
 merchandise. Bom. 13:16. Note. — Wai- 
 wai mthau is used for date in the last edi- 
 tions of the Now Testament. 
 
 F. 
 
 C^ Though Hawaiians easily and nit- 
 ■*■ " uraUy run the sound of the letter/ into 
 that of p, yet it is not difficult for them to 
 pronoiiuce/. It has been introduced only 
 in a few cases, especiall; iu commencing 
 words. 
 
 Fa-la-o-a, s. Eng. Flour; ground gisiU), 
 
 2. Breai!.- baked flour; hua/aiaoo, wheat; 
 
 grain generally. It is often written palaoa. 
 
 Fa-le-ko-na, s. Eng. The name of an 
 uucleaa bird ; a falcon. OihJe. 11:14. 
 
s 
 
 517 
 
 Fa-rai, ) -0, Eng. To fry; to cook in 
 rE-BAl, ) fat. It lias been written ^xtrai. 
 
 but tbe/ should be used ingt(;ad ot'p. 
 Fi-Ku; s. E?t^. A fig; Jaau^, a % 
 
 tree. Mat. 21:19.^ Manawa/fcM. a time of 
 figs. Mar. 11;13. 
 Fi-EA, *. Eng. A fit tree. Mel. Sol. 1:17. 
 
 G. 
 
 Gjs used in Hawaiian only ot mostly 
 in its hard sound; the word <jtiii, gin, is 
 perhaps the only exeeption ; it is easily 
 Vnn ipip the k sonod. 
 GA-x-Arifi, *. Eng, A gallpDj a measure 
 of four quarts ; mostly used as 4 }i(}iud 
 measure ; a flrlcin. loan. 2:6. 
 (Ja-li-ka, s. Eng. A garlic, a plant. 
 Nah. 11:5. 
 
 6a-ze-la, s. Eng. The gazelle, the 
 uame of an animal. Karil. 12:15. 
 
 Ge-he-na, s. Heb. The name of the 
 valley south of Jovusalem; also called the 
 yalley of the Son of Hinnom ; it -waa used 
 as a place of punishment for criminals. 
 jSfat5:22. ; 
 
 Ge-ka, s. Hebtf A gerah, a small piece 
 
 of money, or the 0)),3-tweiittetb of a nbekel. 
 Puk. 3:13. A Je\r|sh coin. 
 
 Gi-Ni, r. Eng. Gin, a distilled intoxi- 
 cating liquor. 
 
 Gi-EA, s. Heb. A Hebrew coin. See 
 GrKKA above. Nalt. 18:16, 
 
 Go-tA, ) y, Eng. Gold. Adj. Golden j 
 
 Gou-LA, > • jdijio paftj beaten gold. jPuk. 
 
 Gu-LA, ) 25:36. 
 
 Gu-LA-A-i, «. Eng. Gitla and a-i, neck. 
 A golden ornament tor the neck. Puk. 
 35:22. 
 
 Gu-LA-PAA, s. Beaten gold. See Gola 
 above. 
 
 Gu-LA-PE-PEi-Ao, s. Gula {Eng.), and 
 vepHuo, ear. Gold for the ear, i. e.,aa ear- 
 ring. Pufc. 35:;i2. 
 
 J. 
 
 Tu-EE, s. Eng. In law, a jury; the popular element in a court of justice. 
 
 ¥> The letter f as a rolling liquid is 
 -■-*" easily assimilated witii the letter I; 
 hence the meaning of many fpreiga words 
 is mistaken by the qrthogra'hy- 
 Rai-si, s. Eng. Rice, a plant ktely in- 
 ti'oduced : is now plfinted and growing at 
 the Islands ; Hawaiian pronunciation 
 
 f "'"''' I s. Rice, &c. 
 Lai-ki, 5 
 
 Ra-ko-o-na, s. Eng. A raccoon, an an^ 
 
 imal of the oat genus. 
 Ra-bi, s. Syr. A master; Hawaiian, 
 
 kmnu. Mat. 23:7. 
 Ra-bi-ta, s. Eng. A rabbit; the name 
 
 of a small animal, a cony. Sol. 30:26. 
 
 Ra-ma, 
 liquor, 
 
 s. Eng. Rum ; intoxicating 
 
 Ra-na, s. Lot. A frog, Puk. 7:27; Hrd. 
 78.45. Hawaiian, moolele. 
 
 Rei-na-di-a, s. 
 
 Eng. 
 
 A reindeer. Lerm. 
 A ribbon. See Lx- 
 
 J/aio, 17:1, 
 Ri-Bi-NA, s. Eng. 
 
 iir.vA. 
 Ri-Bi-NA, adj. Kaula rzMna uliuli, a 
 
 string of blue rJiion. IfoA. 15:38. 
 Ro-PE, ) s. Eng. rope. Thread ; sew- 
 Ro-PI, ) ing thread. Pufc, 26:36. Aline. 
 
 1 Nai. 7:16. See also Lopt. 
 Ro-SE, s. Eng., Gr. A rose, Mel. Sol. 
 
 2:1. 
 
 Ro-LE-MA, adj. Heb. A Hebrew word 
 translated jumper. Bai. 120:4. 
 
 Ru-E, *. Eng. Rue, the name of a bit- 
 ter herb, iwfc. 11:42. 
 
 s. 
 
 8 
 
 Hawaiians have no sibilants in their I 
 language; hence they naturally run the I 
 
 sound ■signified by s into that of k, as ka- 
 haki or kapaki for sabati. 
 
TAU 
 
 518 
 
 TAL 
 
 Sa-BA-ti, iJHei, The Sabbath; a rest- 
 ing day; the name of the seventh day of 
 4be week among the Jews. Kin. 2:2; Futk. 
 20:10. By the Christian Church it is termed 
 the Lord's day. Hoik.UlO. Lao lea Baku. 
 
 s. Gt. The name of a pre- 
 cious stone; a sapphire. lob. 
 28:6; Puk. 24:10; Mel. Sol. 
 5:14. 
 
 Sa-pei-ko, 
 
 Sa-pi-ea, 
 
 Sa-pi-re, 
 
 Sa-pe-ra, 
 
 Sa-r£-i)1-o, s. Gr. A sardius, the name 
 of,a precious stone. Boik. 21:20. 
 
 Sa-ee-do-nu-ko, s. Gr. A sardonyx, 
 the name of a precious stone. Eoik. 21:20. 
 
 Sa-ta-na, s. Gr. from Hd>. An adver- 
 sary; the' prince or leader of the fallen 
 angelB ; Sa«n. lob. 1:6, 7, 8. 
 
 3a-ta-na, t>. To act the part of an ad- 
 versary or enemy. Sal, 109:4. 
 
 Sa-to, s. Gr. A dry measure among 
 the Jews. Mat. 13:3.3. 
 
 Sa-tit-de, s. Eng. Saturday, the name 
 of tJie last day of the week ; called more 
 frequently by HawaiSans Pooono, the sixth 
 ^'Digbt, or la hoomalolo, the day before a 
 kapa day. 
 
 Sa-tu-re-na, s. Eng,, Lot. Saturn, the 
 name ot one of the planets. See Almanae 
 for 1835. The Hawaiian name' is ^a^ofo- 
 hoh. 
 
 Se-ke-la, )s. Heh. A shekel, the nanic 
 
 Se-KE-li, ) of a small Hebrew coin. 
 ' 2. Name of a weight Kin. 23:16. 
 
 •Se-ko-na, s. £ng, A second of time ; 
 an instant ; a moment. 1 Kor. 1SS2. 
 
 Se-ltt, s, Heb, A quail, a bird- Ptik. 
 16:13. Another orthography is sih. See 
 Su.0. ''' . 
 
 Se-i«e-na, s. Heb. Name of a tree, some 
 ;spe{iies of pine. 
 
 Se-me-na, ou/. Of or belonging to a 
 pine tree. lueh. 8:15. . 
 
 Se-ra-Pi-ma, s. Heb. Plural of seraph. 
 
 Serapbim, the trigbest order among the an- 
 
 geli&'bosts. Isa. 6:2, 6. 
 Se-eu-ti-o,' s. The name of an unclean 
 
 bird ; a night hawk. Kanl. 14:15. 
 Se-ta-di-a, s. Gr. A furlong^, name of 
 
 a long measure. loan. 6:19.* 
 Se-to-re-ka, s, Eng. A stork, a large 
 
 bird similar to the heron. Zek. 5:9. 
 Si-Li-KA, «. Eng. Silk; Hawaiian pro- 
 nunciation, kUika. See Kiuka. 
 Si-Li-KAi adj. Silken; made of silk; 
 
 laan silika, mulberry trees. 2 Sam. 5:23. 
 Si-LO, s. Heb. Shiloh, a prophetical 
 
 name of the Messiah. Kin. 49:10. 
 Si-LO, s. Heb. A wprd translated jaae?, 
 
 the name of a bird. .fioZ. 105:40. in Puk, 
 
 16:13 it is written adv.. ' 
 
 Si-NA-Pi, s. Gr. Mustard, stalk and 
 .plant Lak. 13:19. Hua sinapi, mnstat'd 
 seed. 
 
 Si-TirMA, s. Heb. Shittim wood, a Idn^ 
 of furniture wood. Pafo* 25:10; Kani.lO-J/. 
 
 So-PA, «. Eng. Soap. Jer..2:'22. See 
 KoPA, the Hawaiian pronuitciation. 
 
 Sn-KA-Mi-No, ) ,. Gr, These are dif- 
 
 Su-KA-MO-RE-A, J ferent orthographicsfor 
 the same thing. Sycamore, the name of a 
 tree and fruit See Robinson's Lexicon, 
 art; Sdeomorea. As an adjective, of or be- 
 longing to a sycamore tree. 
 
 Su-NE-DE, s. Eng. Sunday; originally 
 applied among the Saxuns as a day for 
 worshiping the sun ; the Christians in the 
 dark ages applied it to the Lord's day or 
 Christian Sabbath. With Hawaiians the 
 po ehiku is the to hoomaha or resting day. 
 Note.— Hawaiians do not often use 'tins 
 word, they prefer the word Sabaii or te 
 pule. See SiBATi. 
 
 Su-JA, «. Eng. Soup; gravy, &c.; the*- 
 Hawaiian term is kai. Isa. 65:4. ^roth 
 or some liquid offering. 
 
 T. 
 
 TThis letter was introduced in order 
 • to distinguish words wMch were Intro- 
 duced from other languages containing it 
 It is distinguished from fc'by being pro- 
 nounced from tbe end of the tongue ; but 
 the ears of Hawaiians do npt readily per- 
 ceive the diflerence. 
 
 Tau-sa-ni, J. Eng. A thousand; the 
 ^npiber ten hundred. Kin. 20:16. 
 
 Tau-sa-ni, num. adj, Gfra»B.H15,4th; 
 j'ufc. 18:21. Kanaka understood. 
 
 Ta-ha-sa, 1 j_ Name of an animal in 
 Ta-he-sa, > Scripture called a badger. 
 Te-ha-sa, ) Pufc. 25:5. It is mostly used 
 
 with Ui as an ai^ective; as. Ui teltasa, a 
 
 badger's ekin. i&efc. 16:10. 
 
 Ta-le-na, s. Eng. from Gr. A talent, 
 a measure of weight, equal to about fifty- 
 seven pounds. Puk. 26:39. 
 
 2. A denomination of money, about fif- 
 teen hundred dollars. 
 
ZEB 
 
 519 
 
 ZIZ 
 
 Ta-ke-de, s. Eng. Thursday; origin- 
 ally Thor's day, i. e., a day Bet apart for 
 the worsbip of Tbor,. tJhe god of thunder ; 
 among Hawaiians, the fourUi day of the 
 week, poo^. Note ^In English reckon- 
 ing it b the fifth day of the week. 
 
 Te-a-so-ea, ) s. Heb. The name of a 
 
 Te-A-SU-EA, ) tree in laa. 41:19 translated 
 the box tree; also in Isa. 60:13. 
 
 Ti-la, s. Eng. Steel. See Kila. 
 
 Ti-me-be-ea-la, ) s. Eng. A timbrel, a 
 
 Ti«E-RA-LA, ) small dram, a very an- 
 cient musical ipstniment, similar to the 
 kmlokani of Hawaiians. "Eol. 68:25. For 
 various other instniments, see 2 8am. 6:5. 
 
 Ti-DA-KA, s. Heb. The name of a tree 
 
 mentioned by Isa. '41:19 and translated 
 
 pirn. See also Isa. 60:13. 
 Ti-GA, s. Eng. A tiger, an animal of 
 ■ the cat kind. Lam. Maw. 16:1. 
 Ti-EE-sA, *. Heb. A cypress tree. Isa. 
 
 44:14. 
 
 To-PA-ZA, > ,. Eng. from Gr. A topaz, 
 To-PA-ZO, ) the name of a precious stone. 
 Mel. Sol. 6:1'4 ; Boik. 21:20. 
 
 Tu-Mi-Mi, s. Heb. The thummim, some- 
 thing worn on the breast-plate of the Jew- 
 ish high-priest. Pule. 28:30. See Ubika. 
 
 Tu-SE-DE, s. Eng. Tuesday, name of 
 the third day of the week; with Hawaiians 
 the second day, Foabia. 
 
 V. 
 
 VThe sound of the letter v is as sel- 
 • dom distinctly heard in Hawaiian as it 
 is in the Tahidan dialect. The real sound 
 represented by w from a Hawaiian's mouth 
 is between that of v andno; but the double- 
 you sound predominates.; the letter v is 
 therefore used' only in words derived from 
 foreign JasftfageB. 
 Ve-nd-saj *. Lot. The name of the 
 planet Venus. See Alemanaka for 1836. 
 The Hawaiian name is Hookdeicaa. 
 
 Vi-o-LA, s. Eng. A viol, a musical in- 
 strument. Isa. 38:20. 
 
 Vi-o-LA-u-Mi, s. Viola and um, ten. A 
 musical instrument of ten strings. BcU. 
 33:2 ; fiii!. 144:9. 
 
 Vi-NE-GA, s. Eng. Vinegar. Mat. 27:34. 
 He wai awaawa. Hawaiian pronunciation, 
 pineka. 
 
 Vu-LE-TU-EA, i. Eng, The vulture, the 
 name of an unclean bird. Sard. 14:13. 
 
 z. 
 
 Z There are but few words commenc- 
 • ing with tMs letter, and those mostly 
 from the Greek. 
 Ze-po-ea, *. Heb. The name of a small 
 
 bird ; a sparrow perhaps. Sol. 26:2. _ 
 Ze-be-ra, s. Eng. A Zebra, a species 
 
 of the horse. Zom. Baifl. 13:1. 
 Ze-bu, s. Eng. An animal of the ox 
 kind ; a zebui Lam. Saw. 10:1. 
 
 Ze-ltt, s. The name of an animal. 
 
 Zi-6-NA, s. Heb. The name of a hill in 
 Jerusalem, Zion. F(o. The whole city and 
 to the Christian Church. Mai 137:1. 
 
 Zi;ZA-Ni-A, s. Gr. Tares ; cockles ; 
 plants injurious to ilie growth of grain. 
 Jfoi. 13:26, 26, 30. 
 
AN 
 
 ENGLISH-HAWAIIAN VOCABULARY. 
 
 Note. — It was not the -design of the Author of the fOTegtang Dictionary to 
 add anything like an English-Hawaiian part, inasmuch as, in his opinion, such 
 a work must be so concise as to be of little avail to Hawaiians or others who 
 mi|^t wish to use it in studying English. But on account of the strongly ex- 
 pressed opinions of some whose judgment he respected — that such an addition 
 would be valued — he waived his own opinion and wrote out the follotring 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 The.EngKsh words are taken from "a Samoan Dictionary, English and 
 Samoan,"" by l^ey. George Pratt, and jointed at Samoa, 1862. The Hawaiian 
 definitions are the Translator's, except as the«" Hoakaka olelo no na Huaolelo 
 Beritania" printed at Lahainaluim,- 1845, was open before him, and to which he 
 had recourse when the proper definition did not readily occur. It is hoped that 
 those who may use this Vocabulary will know how to account for it if (hey fail 
 in finding the words they need. L. A. 
 
 ACC 
 
 AFF 
 
 A, art. he, kahi, kekahi. 
 
 A-ban-don, e haalele loa. 
 
 A-basb',' e &oopalaimaka> 
 
 Ab-do-'ilien, ka opu. 
 
 Ab-boT, e hoQwahawaha. 
 
 AMe, be mea hiki. 
 
 Ab-oT-tion, ,o ka bemo e ana o ke keiM. 
 
 A-bove, iluna, malnna. . 
 
 A-bonnd, a nui ae, e 1e^. 
 
 A-bont, a puni ; aneane. 
 
 A-bridge, e boopokole. 
 
 Ab-seeea* he maipalabee. 
 
 Ab-Bcond, e m9.buka. 
 
 Ab-sent, nalowale. 
 
 A-bun-<lance,-be lako, be nui wale. 
 
 A-bnse, e hana ino aku. 
 
 Ac-cept, e lawe 1 ka mea i haawiia. 
 ~ Ac-cess, ke ala e bikiai, kahi e hiki ai. 
 
 Ac-ci-dent, kahi poiao hiki wale maL 
 . Acrflom-parny, eiele pu, e ukali. 
 
 Ac-com-plisb, e booko i ka hana. 
 
 A&«9Td-mg, e like me, ka like ana. 
 
 Ae-ooant, he mooolelo, be mooaie. 
 
 A<Hia-ma-late, e hui ae, e mahuafaua. 
 
 Ac-cu-rate, e oiaio, e pololei. 
 
 Ac-corse, e hooino. 
 
 Ac-CQS-tom, e maa, e hana pinepine. 
 
 Ache, be hui, eha. 
 
 A-cid, awaawa e like n^e vinega, 
 
 Ac-qui-esce, e ae ako. 
 
 Ac-qnire, e leaa. 
 
 Ac-rid, wewelaikawabakeboao. [abaoae. 
 
 A-cross, e kau kea, mai kekabi aoao a i kekahi 
 
 Act, he mea i banaia. 
 
 A-d£^t,^ boopili aku.1 
 
 Add, p hui, e hoopili hou. 
 
 Ad-here, e pipili, e' laaaa. 
 
 Ad^PUlD, e hoopanee a i ka la hou. 
 
 Ad-mi-ra-ble, s mahaloia, nanL 
 
 Ad-mon-ish, e ao aku. 
 
 A^dopt, e hookama. 
 
 A-dorn, e hoonani, e kahiko. 
 
 Ad-ver-si-ty, he pilikia, ka poino. 
 
 A-dult, ka mea i hele i ka nui, he oo. 
 
 A-dol-te-ry, he moekQlohe. 
 
 Ad-TO-cate, he mea^^'vrao, he loio. 
 
 A-far, e loihi ^ku, he mamao. 
 
 Af-ia-ble, e ksmailio oluolu ana. 
 
APP 
 
 Af-fect-a-tion. b^ hoike wale ano ole, 
 
 A^f-fec-tion, alobA, tnakemake. 
 
 Af-firm, e boooift; e hoopaa. 
 
 Af-flict, e bana ifio, e boopilikia. 
 
 Af-frigbt, e hotfweliweli. 
 
 Af-front, e hooflauki. 
 
 A-fraid, Utakatt. 
 
 Af-ter, maho^,' mamnli. 
 
 Af-tei'-birtbj ka iewe. ' 
 
 Af-ter-noon, nsihope o ke avrakea. 
 
 A-gain, ka wa hou. 
 
 A-gainst, e ktf e akn. 
 
 Age, ka loihi 6 kahi manawar' 
 
 A-ged, mm, ^emakule ; womm, luwahine. 
 
 Ag-gres-sor, ka mea hoouka ia hai. 
 
 Ag-i-tate, e Mn, e luliluli. 
 
 A-go, wa i bala, mamua aku nei. 
 
 Ag-o-ny, ksi elia nol, 
 
 A-gree, e mianao like, e launa. 
 
 A-ground, iii ka moku, ma ka honua. 
 
 A-hal ijwel aikolal 
 
 Aid, e kokita. 
 
 Aim, ^e nl^emake, ka mea i imi ia. 
 
 Air, l;e etf,' ka makani. 
 
 A-lasl auwcl alobaino! poino! 
 
 A-lpce, like, e like me. 
 
 A-Iive, mstke ole, e ola ana. 
 
 All, pac Ife'a. aohe mea koe. 
 
 Al-le-vi-ate, e hoomama i ke kaumaba. 
 
 Al-loW, e ee aku. 
 
 Al-lure, e boowalewale. 
 
 Al-most, aneane, kokoke pau loa, 
 
 A-lone, oiahookabi. 
 
 AI-so, Iioi, oia boi, kekabi. 
 
 Al-ter-nate, e bana pakabi na mea elua. 
 
 Al-thougb, ina, ina paha, aka. 
 
 Al-wayg, oia mau, he mea mau. 
 
 A-mass, e ohianui, hoouluulu. 
 
 A-ma-ze>fl:, pihoiboi, eebia. 
 Am-bajp-'sa-dor, he liina, he elele. 
 Am-big-u-ouB, ha ano elua, akaka ole. 
 
 Am-bi-ti<m,-ikaika ka manao e loaa. 
 A-mends, he mea e pani ai ka hewa. 
 A-^idst, iwaena, jwaena kqnu. 
 A^congst, iwaena pu. 
 Am-ple, he lawa, be nui. 
 JiA, he, kaM. 
 An-cbor, ka helenma. 
 And, a, a me, hoi. 
 An-ger, huhu, inaina. 
 An-i-mal, ka mea e ola ?«» 
 An-kle, pimpuu wawae. , 
 
 An-noy, e hooulubua, e hoonauki. 
 A-noint, e bamo, e poni. 
 An-otb-cr, e, he mea e, okoa. 
 An-swer, e pane aku, e hai aku. 
 Ant, be oonanooa. 
 
 Anx-ious, he makau o hiki mai ka ino. 
 A-ny, kekahi o na mea he nui. 
 A-part, kaawale. . 
 A-part-ment, he ketena okoa. 
 A-pol-o-gize, e olelo hooakaka. 
 Ap-par-el, he lole komo, aabu. 
 Ap-pa-ri-tion, he lapu, kinowailua. 
 Ap-pear, e ikeia, e puka mai. 
 
 522 
 
 BAN 
 
 Ap-plaud, e mabalo. 
 
 Ap-jjoint. e hoonoho, e wae akn. 
 
 Ap-ptoacb, e hookokoke. 
 
 Ar-gue, e wehcwehe i ka manao. 
 
 A-rise, e ku iluna, e ala mai. 
 
 Arm, lima. 
 
 Arms, he mau mea kaua. 
 
 Ar-my, he poc kana, he puali. 
 
 A-round, a puni, a poai, 
 
 Ar-rive, e hiki aka i kaa wahi. 
 
 Ar-ro-gance, he kaena, he hookiekie. 
 
 Ar-row, he pua pana. 
 
 Ar-row-root, he pia. 
 
 Arie-ry, he aalele. 
 
 Ar-ti-fice, be bana hoopunipani, maalea. 
 
 As, me, pe, penei. 
 
 Aa-cend, e pii iluna, ae. 
 
 As-cent, he piina. 
 
 A-sham-ed. i hilabilaia. 
 
 Ash-es, he leba, Ichu abi. 
 
 Ask, e niiiau, e noi. 
 
 A-8lant, he bio. 
 
 As-sem-ble, e hoeulualu, e halawai. , 
 
 As-Sisfc, e kokua. 
 
 Astb-ma, be nae, he hokii. 
 
 As-ton-ish, e puiwa, e ano e ka manao; 
 
 A-stray, he auwana, hele hewa. 
 
 A-sun-der, kaawale. 
 
 A-sy-lum, he wahi e malumalu ta. 
 
 At, i, ma. 
 
 A-tone, e kal'a i ka hala. 
 
 A-tone-ment, ka uku no ka hewa. 
 
 At-tain, e loaa, e hiki aku. 
 
 At-tempt, e hoao, e hooikaika aku. 
 
 At-tend, e hele pu, e hoolohe. 
 
 A-vail, e lilo i mea e pono ai. 
 
 A-va-rice, he puni kala, puni waiwai. 
 
 A-void, e alo ae, e launa ole. 
 
 Aus-tere, he pi, paakiki. 
 
 A-wait, e kali, e noho boomanawanui. 
 
 A-wake, makaala, pau ka biamoe. 
 
 A-way, ma kahi e, kahi kaawale. - 
 
 Axe, be koi, he koi lipi. 
 
 B. 
 
 Babe, he keiki uuku, he kama. 
 
 Back, kua, mahope ae. 
 
 Back-bite, e aki. 
 
 Back-bone, ka iwi kuamoo. 
 
 Back-side, ma ke kua, muli. 
 
 Back wards, emi hope, mahope. 
 
 Bad, ino, he hewa, kolofae. 
 
 Bag, he eke, he hipuu. 
 
 Bait, he inaunu. 
 
 Bake, e hooimu, e Koomoa i ka imu. 
 
 Bald, ohule. 
 
 Bale, he opeope nui he waiwai oloko. 
 
 Bale, e ka, e ka i ka liu. 
 
 Bam-boo, be obe. 
 
 Band, he kaei, he apo. 
 
 Ban-ish, e kipaku i ka aina e. 
 
 Ban-uer, ka hae koa. 
 
BI.A 
 
 523 
 
 EEI 
 
 Barb, kahi e paa ai ma ka inakau. 
 Bark, ka iii o ka laan. 
 Bark, (mo he ilio la) e aoaoa. 
 Bar-ren, pa, hua ole. 
 
 Bar-ter, u hoololi waiwai no kekahi waiwaL 
 Bask-et, liinai. 
 Bat. be opeapoa. 
 Bathe, o auau i ka wai. 
 Bat-tie, c kaua^ he hoouka kaua. 
 BcacI;. kahakai, ke one ma kahakai. 
 Bead, he pupu no lea lol. 
 Beak, ka nuku manu, niikii moku. 
 Bear, e lawe, e amo ; e banau. \ 
 
 Bear, he bea. 
 Beard, ka umiiimi. 
 Beast, ka holuholona. 
 Beat, e paopao, o pcpchi. 
 Bcun-ti-iul, raaikai, naui. 
 Be-calm-ed, c ku malii! uua i ka poha. 
 Be-cause, no, no ka moa. 
 Beck-on, e poahi. 
 Bo-oome, e lilo. ■ 
 Be-oom-ing, kupono, e lilo ana. 
 Bod.hc moe, wahi e hiamoe ai. 
 BeA-i?id7dea, i moe mau ma ka moo. 
 Be-fisre,' mamua ao, laa kc alo. 
 Beg, e noi, c makilo. 
 Be-get, e ko (me he kano la.) ■■ 
 
 Be-gin, e hoomaka. 
 Bc-bav-igr, kc ano o ka iioho ana. 
 Be-hind, ma ke kiia, raahope iho. 
 Be-hold ! aia hoi 1 aia la ! e nana I 
 Belch, e luai. 
 
 Be-liere, e paalete, e manaoio. 
 Bel-ly, ka opu. 
 Be-lov-ed, lalohaia. 
 Be-low, malalo, malalo iho. 
 Belt, he kaei. 
 
 ■ Bench, noho loloa, he noho papa. 
 Bend, e hoopio, e hookoekee. 
 Be-neath, malalo ae. [maikti ai. 
 
 Be-ne-fi-ciul, ho raea e pono ai, ho mea o po- 
 Bc-nev-o-lcncc. lokomaikai, hoomauawalea. ■ 
 Be-nig!it, he hiki e inai ka po. 
 Be-soech, e noi e pule aku. 
 Be-side, lie mci, a ken, he mea o ae hoi. 
 Bc-siegc, c hoopuai 1 ke kalaaakauhale i ka 
 
 puali. 
 Best, he oi ma ka tnaikai. 
 Be-»tow, e haawi wale aku. 
 Bc-lray, c kumakaia. 
 Be-troth, e bgopalau. 
 Bc-t\rcea, iwaena. 
 Be-wail, e kanikao, o uwe aku. 
 Bc-wil-der, e ike ole i kafai c helo ai, e hoopo- 
 
 uli, ike powehiwehL 
 Be-yorfd, mao aku. 
 
 Big, niii. [hine, 
 
 Big~a-my, o ka mare hookahi kane elua wa- 
 Bil-low, ho nalu nui o ke kai. 
 Bind, e hoopaa ike kanla, e nakii. 
 Bird, he manu. 
 Bite, e nahu, e aki. 
 Bit-ter, he awaawa, he a^ahia. 
 Black, ekele; 
 
 Blad-dcr, opu mimi. 
 
 Bias-pbeme, e bailiili i ke Akua, e booino. 
 
 Bleed, e hookahe koko. 
 
 Bless, e boomaikai. 
 
 Blind, makapo, ike ole. 
 
 Blink, e nana powehiwebi, c amo ka maka. 
 
 Blis-ter, he pohu ili ho wai oloko. 
 
 Blood, he koko, he wai ula. 
 
 Blood-y, hapalaia me ke koko. 
 
 Blos-som, ho pua o ka laau. 
 
 Blotch, e hapala i kaiii luti. 
 
 Blow, lie hahau ana. 
 
 Blow, e pa ka makam. 
 
 Blue, uli, uliuli. 
 
 Blun dor, be knhibewa. he lalaii. 
 
 B!un-der-bns.9, he pu kau poohiw; pokole. 
 
 Blunt, he oi ole, meuraeu. 
 
 Boar, he puaa kane. 
 
 Board, be papa, he laau i olo lahilabi ia. 
 
 Boast, c liki, e kaena, e haaheo. 
 
 Boat, he waapa. 
 
 Uod-y, kino. 
 
 Boil, me he wai la e boolapalapa. 
 
 Boil, mai pehu, a hche paha. 
 
 Bold, he koa, makau ole. 
 
 Bone. iwi. 
 
 I!on-net, he papalo waliiiic. 
 
 Bo-ny, paa i na iwi. 
 
 Book, he palapala i paiia, he buke. 
 
 Bor-der, be palena, mokuna. 
 
 Bore, e hou i ka wlli. 
 
 Bor-row, e noi aole nae lilo loa. 
 
 iki-aom, ka umauma. 
 
 Both, laua a elua. 
 
 Bot^tle, he oraole wai, he hue wai. 
 
 Bot-lom, kumu, mole, aoao lalo. 
 
 Bough, he lala laau. 
 
 Boun-da-ry, mokuna, palena. 
 
 Bow, e kulou ke poo. 
 
 Bow, be kakaka. 
 
 Bow-els, he naau. 
 
 Bowl, he apu, he bola. 
 
 ]iow-string, be kaula kakaka. 
 
 Box, he pahu. 
 
 Box, e mokomoko, o kui me ka lima. 
 
 Boyr he keiki kane. 
 
 Boy-ilit>5 he ano kamalii. 
 
 Bi'scbiKh, mananalo, be wai kai ikl 
 
 Brag, e akena, e kaena. 
 
 Brain, ka lolo, poo. 
 
 Branch, he lala, he manamana laau. 
 
 Bran-dish, e oniu aku me ka.hooweliweli. 
 
 Brave, makau ole, he koa. 
 
 Bread-fruit, ka hua ulu. 
 
 Breadth, he akea, he laula. 
 
 Break, as a law, hai; as ghss, &c.,'Rah3; ai 
 
 a rope, moku, *«. 
 Break-«r, be kai koo. 
 Breast, umaoma. 
 Breathe, e hanu. 
 
 Breeeh-es, he wawae komo, he wawae niukn. . 
 Breed, e hanau, e loaa ke keiki. 
 Breeze, he makani oluolu. 
 Bridge, he holopapa, be wapo. 
 Bright, buali, aiai. 
 
CAP 524 
 
 Brim-fni, piha, piha a hu. 
 
 Bring, e ho mai, e laire mai. 
 
 Brink, he kae, be kapa oka muliwai. 
 
 Brit-tle, mea n&ba wale, Iiai wale. 
 
 Broad, akea, laula. 
 
 Broil, e koala, e pulebu i ke ahi. 
 
 Broil,, e faakaka ana, e bhumu. 
 
 Brood, be ohana, be ohua manu. 
 
 Brood, e hoo|)aD;ina me he moa la. 
 
 BrothnBr, he h«ahanan kane. 
 
 Brown, be ano ulaul'a ahiahia. 
 
 Bruise, e hoeha, e palapn. 
 
 ^rush, e kabili, e kabi. 
 
 Brush, he hulu.puaa i bana kahili ia. 
 
 Bnd, e opuu,'e .opuupuu maL 
 
 Buf-fet', e kui, e kul ak'u. 
 
 Build, e kapill,.e kukulu. 
 
 Bnild-er, he kanaka kukulu hale. 
 
 BttWet, he poka pu. 
 
 Bunch, he huhui, be abui, he pun. 
 
 Bun-die, be ope, be puolo. 
 
 Bur-den, he uJcana kaumaha. 
 
 Burn, e aa, e wela. 
 
 Bur-nish, e anai, e boohuali. 
 
 Burst, e poha, e bobnaha. 
 
 Bn-17, e kanu ibo, e ubi i ka lepo. 
 
 Bush-y, paaptt i na laan liilil. 
 
 But, slka. 
 
 But, he pahu nul. 
 
 But-ter-fly, he pulelehua. 
 
 But-tock, he kikala. 
 
 But-ton, he pihi. 
 
 Buy, e kuai lilo mai. 
 
 By, Cj ma. 
 
 By, kokoke, ma. 
 
 By-and-by, mamuli. 
 
 By-word, lie inoa 1 kapaia'l kekahi nokaino. 
 
 CLA 
 
 c. 
 
 Ca-blb, be kaula nui e paa ai ka raoku. 
 
 Cack-le, e alala me be moa la, e pukoko. 
 
 Ca-da-ver-ous, me he kupapau la ke nana aku. 
 
 Cage, lie hale manu, he hale holoholona hibiu. 
 
 Cake, be popo berena uuku, be berena liilii. 
 
 Ca-lamri-ty, he poino, he pilikia nui. 
 
 Cal-ctt-late, e imi ma ka noonoo. 
 
 Cal-dron, he ipii hao nui. 
 
 Calk, e boopaa bamamama ka moku. 
 
 Call, e bea aku, e kahea. 
 
 Caliii, be pohn, bo malie, tnakani ole. 
 
 Calm, e pobu, e main. 
 
 Ca-lum-ni-ate, e boino ia bat, e niania al^i. 
 
 Camp, be wahi e boomoaina ai iia koa. 
 
 Can, e hiki, e ikaika. 
 
 Can, he ipu tini no ka mea wai. 
 
 Cane, ko, ka ohe, he laau kookoo. 
 
 Gau-non, be pu nui kuniahi. 
 
 Can-not, he biki ole. ' 
 
 Ga-noe, he waa. 
 
 Cap, be ubi no ke poo, be papalekapu. 
 
 Cape, be lae, he aahu no ka poohiwi. 
 
 Cap-tive. he pio, ka mea i lawe pio ia. 
 
 Care, ka manao nui e kaumaha ai. 
 Car-pen-ter, be kamena, he kapili bale. 
 Car-ry, e lawe, e balihali, e amo. 
 Carre, e kalai, e mahele ponb i ka ia. 
 Case, he pale, be wahi. 
 Cast, e boolei, e booheebee i ke kepau. 
 Cas-tle, be hale papu, be pa ikaika. 
 Cat, be popoki, he owau. 
 Cat-a-ract, he wailele. 
 Catch, e hopa. 
 
 Cat-e-cbise, e ao aku ma ka niele. 
 
 Cave, he ana, be lua. 
 
 Cav-il, e boobalabala, e hoopobala. 
 
 Cause, be kumu, kumu hookolokolo. 
 
 Caus-tio, he aai ana me he mai aai la. . 
 
 Cau-tion, be makaala, he kuoo. 
 
 Cease, e okl; e hoopau. 
 
 Cel-e-brate, e hoonani. 
 
 Cen-snre, e aJiewa, e hoohewa. 
 
 Cen-ti-pede, he. mea kolo niho awa, kanap*. 
 
 Cen-ter, waenakunu, mawaenakonu. 
 
 Chain, he kaulabao. 
 
 Chair, be noho. 
 
 Cbal-lenge, e aa aku. . 
 
 Cham-ber, he keena maluna. 
 
 Chance, he mea hikl wale mai. 
 
 Change, e ano bou ae, e faooloU. 
 
 Cfaant, e mele beluhetu. 
 
 Chap, be nakaka ka ili, be ili naha. 
 
 Chap, he kanalja opiopio. 
 
 Char-ac-ter, ke ano o ke kanaka. 
 
 Char-coal, he nanahu. 
 
 Charge, be kauoha, be mea e malamaia. 
 
 Char-i-ty, be manawalea, be aloha. 
 
 Charm, e hoolealea. 
 
 Chase, e babai. 
 
 Cbasm, be awawa hohonu. 
 
 Chas-tise, e bahau^ e baua. 
 
 Cheap, be knmnkuai uuku, makepono. 
 
 Cheat, e epa, e boopunipuoi. 
 
 Cheek, ka papalina. 
 
 Cheer-ful, oluoln ka manao, hoihoi. 
 
 Cber-ish, e malama maikai. 
 
 Chest, he pabu papa. 
 
 Chew, e nau, e mama. 
 
 Cbick-en, he ohana moa, moa opiopio. 
 
 Chide, e ao, e boopaapaa. 
 
 Chief, he alii, be kiaaiaa. 
 
 Child, be keiki, be kama. 
 
 Child-ish, ma ke ano kamalii. 
 
 Chill, he anu, he haukoke, lie li. 
 
 Chin, auwae. 
 
 Chip, be apana okiia. 
 
 Cbirp, e nunulu, e ioio me he manu la. 
 
 Cbis-el, he kila. 
 
 Choice, ka mea i koho ia, ke koho ana. 
 
 Choke, e puua, e umi. 
 
 Choose, e koho, e wac ae. 
 
 Chop, e oki, e kua aku. 
 
 Clam-my, be pulupulu a he pili ana. 
 
 Clara-or, he walaau, he uwauwa. 
 
 Clang, he leo o ke liaua, he leo kani niu. 
 
 Clap, <jf the hands, e pai ka lima j <)fthuttder, 
 
 he kui hekili. 
 Clasp, e apo, e pulild. 
 
COM 
 
 525 
 
 COR 
 
 Class, he papa,he-poe. 
 
 Glat-ter, e koele, e kamailio lapuwalc. 
 
 Claw, of a bird, be maiuu. 
 
 Clay, be palolo, be lepo pipili. 
 
 Clean, maemae. 
 
 Cleanse, e buikala, e hoomaemae. 
 
 Clear, aiai. 
 
 Cleave,^ pili aku ; cleavt asunder, e mabelCc 
 
 Cley-er, akamai, oliiolu. 
 
 Climb, o pil iluna. 
 
 Cling, c puUl, e pili aku. 
 
 Close, e pi, e paakiki. 
 
 Clotb, lole,*kapa. 
 
 OTotfae; e aaha, e komo i ka lole. 
 
 Cloud, bj» ao, be oho paapu. 
 
 Clou(l-y,.j>aapu j^na ao. 
 
 Clo-ven, iiidaheieja. . 
 
 Club, be newa, be laau e pepchi ai. 
 
 Cluck, e koakou akii. 
 
 Clum-sy, be bawawa, be mama ole i kahana, 
 
 Clus-ter, he abui, he hnihui. 
 
 Clutch, e hppu a paa. 
 
 Cob-web, he punawelewete. 
 
 Cock, be moa kane. 
 
 Cock-crow-ing, ka wa o ka po'i kani ai ka tnoa, 
 
 Coclt-le, bemea ulu, be zizania. 
 
 Co:Co.a* ka laau niu.'" • 
 
 Co-c-qual, be like ke anome kahi mea e ae. 
 
 Cof-fio, he pahu kupapav. 
 
 Cog-i-tate, e noonoo. 
 
 Coil, e poai, o will poai rae he kaula !a. 
 
 Cold, he anu, he baukeke, he hni. 
 
 Cdl-ic, he nahu, be eba o ka naau. 
 
 Col-lar-bone, ka iwi o ka a-i. 
 
 Col-lect, e hui pu,.e obi 
 
 Col-lec-tlon, he man mea i buiia. 
 
 Col-lis-ion, he ku, he pi^i, be anal. 
 
 Col-or, ke ano owa)io, he eleele paba, he ula- 
 
 ula, he melemele paha, he mea booluu. 
 Comb, be kahi no ka lauofad. 
 Com-bajt, he kaua, h(i boouka. 
 Com-bine, e alu, « bu! pu. 
 Com-bng-ti-ble, be hiki ke boaala-. 
 . Come, e hele mai. 
 Com-ct, hQ hoku welowelo. ' 
 Com-fort, he oluolu, he maha. 
 Com-mand, c kauoba, c olulo paa aku. 
 Com-mand-mcnt, he kanawai, he kaiioha. 
 Com-mcm-(]i-ratc, c baaa ma ua mcaeboooia- 
 
 nao ai. ^. 
 
 Com-meacc, e houmaka. 
 Corn-mend, e hoapono. [naau. 
 
 Com-icit, e baawi aku la bai, c hoopaa maka 
 Com-mon, he mcailoaapii)upine,be.kaulana. 
 Com-mS-tioD, he "haunacle, be pioloke, 
 Com-pan-ion, he boa, he mea launa. 
 Com-pa-ny, b^'po&,hc mau kanaka hui. 
 Com-pare, e hoohalike. 
 Cora-pas-sion, aloha. 
 Com-pcl, c koi aku, c booikaikEh. 
 Com-pen-sate, c pani aku no ia, mea i lilo. 
 Com-plain, o ohnmu, e bai i ka pilikia. 
 Com-plete, e hoopau, e hoopaa i kahi liana. 
 Gom-plex, he mea ano nui, bibia. 
 Com-plji e ae aku me ka liana a malsma. 
 
 Com-poso, e hooohiolu, e kakau manao; to ' 
 ' compose e mele, c hakn. 
 'Com-prc-hend, e ike maopopo. 
 Com-pute, e helu, e loaa ma ka holu. 
 Com-rade, be boa, boa hele, hoa bana. 
 Con-ceal, e buna, e uhi 
 Con-ccit-ed, Lc manao nni ia ia iho. [opu. 
 Con-cuivc, c loaa ma ka noonoo, e ko ma ka 
 Conch, he pu nui no ka moana mai. 
 Con-cjl-i-ate, o hoolaulea, c hoooluolu. 
 Con-cise, pokole ma ka olelo ana. 
 Con-cbiirse, he aha kanaka nni. 
 Coh-d<'ian, e hoahewa aku. 
 Con-do-sccnd. e hoohaahaa, e ae aku. 
 Con-dubt, ka ano o ka nobo ana o kckahi. 
 Con-ferje kuka pu, c haawi ia bai. 
 Con-fcss, e bai »ku i kahi hana malu. 
 Con-firm, e hoopaa, e hooia. 
 Gon'flict, he ku e, he kana. 
 Con4'oUtid-ed, be pili paa, he hoopobihila. 
 Con-gre-gate, e hui, e hele nui mai me kanaka. 
 Con-jec-tnre, e koho, e manao wale. 
 CoD-nect, e hui pu, e hoobui. 
 Oon-qner, o lanakila, e hoopio. 
 Gdn-scieoce, ka manao oloko e hoomaopopo 
 
 ana i ka hewa, ka lunaikehala. 
 Con-sent, ka ae, ka ae ana. 
 Con-sid-er, e noonoo, e noonoo. 
 Con-sign, e baawi ia Ijai c malama ia. 
 Console, e hooolnolu, e hoona. 
 Con-spic-u-ous, i ikeia, i maopopo. 
 Con-spiiTe, e Aoonoo ku e, e ohumn aku. 
 Con-8t!l(it, mau, paa, kuibe ole. 
 Gon-gtilht-ly, e mau ana, e paa mau ana. 
 Cou-ster-na-ti«n, be wcliweli, he wiwo. 
 Con-sti-pa-tion, he paa. 
 Con-struct, e kapili. 
 Con-suit) e nlelc aku ia bai. 
 Con-same, e pan i ka ai ia, pau i ke abi. 
 Con-Hump-tion, be ano mai. 
 Con-ta gious, he mai i hoolahaia ma ka pili. 
 Con-tam-i-nate, e boohaumia. 
 Gon-temn, e hooino. 
 Coji-tem-plate, e poonoo. 
 Con-tend, e ku e, e hakaka. 
 Con-tent, walea, oluolu. 
 Gon-t«i-fion, haunacle, hakaka. 
 Con-tig-u-ous, e pili ana. 
 Con-tin-u-al, o mau ana, old ole. 
 Gon-tin-ue, e hoom^tf, e oia mau. 
 Con-tract, c hooemi iho. 
 Gon-tri-yanc£,'be mea i loaa i ka noonoo. 
 Con-tro-ver-»y, he hoopAapaa. 
 Con-tn-ma-cy, ho hojAohe ole. 
 Con-vene, e hioobftlawai. 
 6<m-ver-Sa-tion, he kamailio. 
 Gon-vert, e boohuli, e hoololi i ka manao. 
 Gon-rey, e lawe aku, e bali. 
 Goo, e uwe me he manu nunu la. 
 Cook, e kahumu i ka ai, he.kuke. 
 Cool, oluolu, wela ole. 
 Co-pi-ous, nui wale. 
 Gop-per, he keleawe melemele. 
 Cop-u-la-tion, be hui e ai pu ana. 
 Cor-al, he akoakoa, he puna. 
 
CEY 526 DEF 
 
 Cord, be Kaula liilii. 
 
 Cu-bit, he ana ma ka loa 18 iniha. 
 
 Cord-age, na kaula znoku. 
 
 Cum-ber, e bookaumaba, 
 
 Core, h« kaku, pikoi. 
 
 Cun-i)ing, akamai, noiau, maalea. 
 
 .Cor-ner, he kibi, hiiin<». 
 
 Cup, he ipa, he apu. 
 
 Cor-ner-stone, he no'aaku kihi. 
 
 Cure, e boola i fca mai. 
 
 Coi-pse, he kiipapau. 
 
 Cur-ly, mimilo, piipii. 
 
 Cmips, he poe koa. 
 
 Cur-rent, he au, ke kabe wai ana. 
 
 Cor-pu-lent, he kino puipui, momona. 
 
 Curse, c booino, e ku^muamu. 
 
 Clor-rect, he pololei, he oiaio. 
 
 Curve, e bookekee, e peln, 
 
 Cor-rofie, e al me he popo la. 
 
 Cus-tom, he maa, be hana mau. 
 
 Cor-rupt, e hoohaumia, e bauna. 
 
 Cut, e oki, e katai. 
 
 Cos-tire, ho paa ka lepo. 
 
 Outclass, he pabi kaua. 
 
 Oot-toc, he pulupulu. 
 
 
 CoY-e-nant, e ae like ana, he kuikabi. 
 
 
 Cov-er, he ibi, he poi. 
 
 D. 
 
 Oov-et, e kuko, e Uai, 
 
 Cough, kunu. ' 
 
 
 Coan-cil, he poe e kukakuka pu ana. 
 
 Dai-lt, kela la keia la. 
 
 Count, e helu. 
 
 Ual-U-aoce, be hoopanee, he alobaloha. 
 
 Coun-te-nance, he belebelena, maka. 
 
 Dam-age, be poino, he kina. 
 
 Ooun-ter-act, e hana ma ka mea e ku e ai. 
 
 Damp, mau, koekoe. 
 
 Coun-ter-fei(, e hoohalike kolohe. 
 
 Dance, e haia, e hula. 
 
 Count-leB9, e hiki ole ke be(a la. 
 
 Dare, e aa ekn. 
 
 Coiiji-ky, he aina, he aupunL 
 
 Dark, poeleele, ke ano o ka po. 
 
 Oo-jp^b, «laa, papalna. 
 
 Dar-lingJ he hiwahiwa, mea i aloha nui. 
 
 Cour-age,-he raakau ole. 
 
 Dart, be ibi, he pna no ke kakaka. 
 
 Coiir-te-ous, '.okomaikai. 
 
 Dash, he kahamaba. 
 
 Cour-te-san, he wabino moekolohe. 
 
 Dangb-tcr, kaikamabine. 
 
 Oona-in, to'hoabanau. 
 
 Daunt, e boomakau. 
 
 Covr-ard, he kanaka bee waJe. 
 
 Dawn, he wanaao. 
 
 C'JW-er, e knlou iho, e ae wale aka. 
 
 Day, he ao, pan ka pouli. 
 
 Coy, maka hilabila. 
 
 Daz-zle, e olinolino. 
 
 Crab; h& papal. 
 Crack, he aakaka, naka. 
 
 Dead, make, pau ke ea. 
 
 Deaf, kuU, aa. 
 
 Crack-le, e paapaaina. 
 
 Deal, e mabele aka. 
 
 Craft, he maalea, ka oihana. ! 
 
 Dear, he r^ni ke kumu kuai, be aloha nui ia. 
 
 Cramp, maele. 
 
 Dearth, he wa wi. 
 
 Crave, e noi me ka ikaika. 
 
 Death, be msUie, he kaili ke aho. 
 
 Craw-flab, be papal, be wabi nla. 
 
 De-bate, e kukakuka, e paio. [lobe me ia. 
 
 Crawl, e kolo, e bele me he ilo la. 
 
 De-1»aach, e boowalewale ja hai ehoomoeko- 
 
 Creak, e uwi, e nakeko. 
 
 De^bil-i-tate, e hoonawaliwali. 
 
 Cre-ate, e bana, e hoololi faou. 
 
 De-cap-i-tate, e hoooki i ke poo. 
 
 Creep, e 4olo me be keiki la. 
 
 De-cay, e pala, e maloo, e popopo. 
 
 Crev-lcei, be naba, nakaka. 
 
 De-cease, e make. 
 
 Crew, ka poe luina, ka poe hobolo mokn. 
 
 De-ceit, e hoopunipuni. 
 
 Criek-et, be mea ano uhini. 
 
 De-eent, kobu pono. 
 
 Crhne, be hewa e pili ana ke kanawai. 
 
 De-cide, e hoomaopopo, e paa ka manao. 
 
 Crjm-son, he ulaula loa. 
 
 Deck, hoQnani. 
 
 Crip-ple, he mea oopa. 
 
 Deck, ka inoa o ka papa maluna o ka moka. 
 
 Crisp.e wela a paapaa. 
 
 Declare, e bai aku. 
 
 Crock-e-ry, be mau ipu naba. 
 Crook, e bookekee, e pio. 
 
 Dec-o-rate, e boonani, e kahiko. 
 
 De-coy, e boowalewale. 
 
 Crook-back, he kua^uu. 
 
 De-crease, e emi iho, e hooliilii. 
 
 Cross-way, he ala liilii moe kea. 
 
 Ded-i-cate, e hoolaa, e hoolilo ia baL 
 
 Crouch, e kulou, e mpe iho. 
 
 Deep, hobonu, poopoo. 
 
 Crow, be manu eleele. 
 
 De&me, e boino, e boowahawaha. 
 
 Crow, e bookani ka loo me he moa kane la. 
 
 De-feat. « lauakila, e hooaubee. 
 
 Gi^wd, he poe nui a paapu. 
 
 De-feud, e hoomalu, e pale aku. 
 
 Grown, he papale alii, ka piko o ke poo. 
 
 Dte-ier, e hoopanee. 
 
 Cru-el, he oolea, be paakiki. 
 
 Dof-er-cnce, he ao aku, be boolohe. 
 
 Crumb, he buna liilii, be fauna ai. 
 
 De-fi-ance, he aa aku. 
 
 Crum-ble, e helelel liilii. 
 
 X)e-B-cient, emi iho, be nele. 
 
 Cnim-ple, e hoomimino. 
 
 De-file, e hoohaumia. 
 
 Crush, e boopepe. 
 
 Do-fine, e hoakaka, e boiko i ke ano. 
 
 Cry, e ue, e uwe. 
 
 De-form, e boomiunukuia. 
 
DIM 
 
 527 
 
 DOC 
 
 De-form-ed, he hookinaia, he mumuka. . 
 
 De-fraud, e hoopunipuni ia hai. 
 
 De-fy, e aa aku. 
 
 De-grade, e hoohaahaa. 
 
 De-lay, he hoopanee. 
 
 De-lib-er-atp, e kiika, e noonoo. 
 
 Di'-li-cious, ono i ka ai, miko. 
 
 De-light, ho olioli, ho nianao lealea. 
 
 De-liv-er, c faoopakcle. 
 
 Del-uge, he wai kahe nni, kaiakahiaalU. 
 
 De-lu-sion, he manao kuhihcwa. 
 
 De-mol-ish, e wawahi, e boohiolo. 
 
 De-mon, he daimoaio, he ubaQe ino. 
 
 De-ni-^1, he hoole, ae ole. ' 
 
 De-part, e hele alcu. 
 
 De-pend, e kau aku, e pili aua ia hai. 
 
 De-pop-u-late, e hooemi iho na kanaka. 
 
 De-pose, e hemp i kekahi i kana oihana. 
 
 De-pr^ye, e hoolilo aku 1 hewa. 
 
 Depth, he hofaonu, he poopoo. 
 
 Dep-u-ty, he hope, he pani haka. 
 
 De-ride, e hoowahawaha, e akaaka. 
 
 De-ecend, e iho, e hele ilalo. ' 
 
 De-scend-aot, he mamo. 
 
 De8-«-CTate, e hooino i ka mea i hoolaaia. 
 
 Des-ert, he wao, he wahi kanaka ole. 
 
 De-sert, e hele aku, e haalele. , 
 
 De-sign, e nianao e mamua. 
 
 De-sire, he makemake, he akc. 
 
 De-slst, c hooki, e boopau i ka hana. 
 
 Des-o-late, he mehamcha, kanaka ole. 
 
 DcB-pair, lie manao. poho, lana pie. 
 
 Des-p»teh, he hana i paa wawo ia. 
 
 Des-pi-ca-i)le, he mea manao ole ia. 
 
 Des-pise, e hoowahawaha, e liooiao. 
 
 Des-pond, e poho ana i ka manao. 
 
 Des-ti-tute. nele, ilihane. 
 
 De-stroy, e hoopau aka. 
 
 De-tach, e hemo aku, e hookaawale. 
 
 Dc-tail, e hai nui a loihi aku. 
 
 De-tain, c kaohi, e hoololofai ia hai. p hewa. 
 
 De-tect, e loaa ka mea i nalo, ehopuikamea 
 
 De-ter-mine, e booholo ka manao. 
 
 De-test, e hoowahawaha, e inaina aku. 
 
 Dc-vi-atc, e hole hewa, e hull ae. 
 
 De-vice, he manao hana maalea. 
 
 De-Toid, he ole, he neoneo. 
 
 De-Vote, e hoolaa, e hookapn. 
 
 De-vbur, e pau i ka ai ia, e ai wikiwiH. 
 
 Dew, he haa, he hau o ke kakahiaka. 
 
 Di-a-dem, heJioailona alii. 
 
 Di-a-lect, ka ololo i hoohuli iki a kekahi poe. 
 
 Di-a-logue, he olelo kike a na mea clua. 
 
 Di-a-phragm, ka pale mawaena o ka opo. 
 
 Di-ar-rhe-a, ka hi. 
 
 Dib-ble, he wahi oo. 
 
 Die, e make, e kaili ke aho. 
 
 Dif-fer, e like ole, e bookoa. 
 
 Dif-fl-cult, be oolea, be paakiti. 
 
 Dif-fl-dent, maka bilahila. 
 
 Dif-fuse, mahuahna, hoonui. 
 
 Dig, e eli, e kohi i ka lepo. 
 
 Dil-a-to-ry, lolohi, hoomolowa. [ia. 
 
 Dim, powebiwebi, maopopo ole ka mea i Jini 
 
 Di-miu-iglb, ^ hele liilU, e hooenii ihp. 
 
 Dip, e knpcnu, e bookomo i]s.a wai. 
 
 Dire, he ino nui, be weliwell. 
 
 Di-rect, e kuhikubi aku, e hoopololei. 
 
 i)irt, he lepo, he paumaele. 
 
 Dis-a-gtee, e like ole, e ku e aku. 
 
 Di8-ap-pear, e hoonalowalc. 
 
 Dia-as-ter, he poino, he lilo, he pilikia. 
 
 Dis-cern, e hoomaopopo, e ike. 
 
 Dis-cbarge, e hookuu aku, e bona a paa. 
 
 Dis-ci-ple, haumana. 
 
 Dis-close, e webe, e hoobn ae. 
 
 Dis-com-pose, e boopobibi, e hoohuhii. 
 
 Dis-cord, kobu like ole^launa ole. 
 
 Dis-coy^r, e loaa ma ka imi ana. 
 
 Die-courae, he wahi olelo, he haioo. 
 
 Dis-cour-te-ons, be oluola ole. 
 
 Dis-crim-in-ate, e ike maopopo lea. 
 
 Dis-dain, e hoowahawaha. 
 
 Dis-ease, be mai. 
 
 Dis-fig-ure, e booano e i ka l^lehelena., 
 
 Dis-grace, e boobaabaa iho. 
 
 Dis-gust, be hoopailua, ono ole. 
 
 Dish, be ipu, he luaba. 
 
 Dis-beart-en, e manaka, poho ana o ka manao. 
 
 Dis-bev-el-ed, lauoho i kahi ole ia. 
 
 D!s-in-ter, e buai i ke kupapan. 
 
 Die-join, e hemo ae, e hookaawale akn. 
 
 Dis-iike, e makemake ole, e launa ole. 
 
 Dis-lo-eate, e hemo i ka ami o ka iwi. 
 
 Dis-misB, e hookuu akii. 
 
 Dis-mount, (s Icle ilalo o ka lio. 
 
 Dis-o-be-di-ent, hoolobe ole, malaina ole. 
 
 Dis-own, e hoole, olelo kekahi aole nona, 
 
 Dis-perse, e hooaubee, e bcle liilii. 
 
 Dis-pir-it, he pau ka manao ikaika. 
 
 Dis-play, he boike hanohano. 
 
 Dis-please, e pono ole ka manao. 
 
 Dis-po8-se8S, e hemo wale, e bao. 
 
 Dis-pute, e boopaapaa. 
 
 Dis-re-gard, e faoolohe ole, malama ole. 
 
 Dig-res-pect, e malama ole. 
 
 Dis-6em-ble, e hopkamani. 
 
 Dis-sev-er, e booki, e hookaawale. 
 
 Dia-sim-i-lar, be like ole. 
 
 Die-si-p&te, e booheleleL 
 
 Dis-«olT^, e hoohee. 
 
 Dig-eo-lute, boomaunauns. 
 
 Dis-tant, mao loa, iu. 
 
 Dis-tem-per, be mai lele. 
 
 Dis-tend, e pehu ae a nuL 
 
 Di8-tin-gUi8b, e noonoo 1 ka like de. 
 
 Dis-trees; he eba, be pilikia. 
 
 Dig-trib-nte, e baawi akOj, 
 
 Dis-trict, he apaca moku; 
 
 Dia-tnrb, e mea akn, e bauoaele. 
 
 Ditch, he auwil 1 eliia. 
 
 Dive, e Inu ib'--, 1 k» wai. 
 
 Di-vensa, be like ol^tne ka mea e ae, 
 
 Di-vide, e mahele, e pnnnawe. . 
 
 Bl-vorce, e oki i ka mea i mare ia. 
 
 Di-vulge, e hoopuka i ka mea i bunaia. 
 
 Dizrzy, be poniuniu. 
 
 Do, e hana. 
 
 Do-cile, be hikiwawe i ke aoia. 
 
 Doc-tor, be kahuna lapaau. 
 
__^ EAT 5 28 
 
 Bog, ilio. 
 Dol-pbih, be ia. 
 
 Dolt, be mea lolobi i ke ao ana. 
 Do-mln-ioD, ka boalii ana. 
 Doom, be hooj^id pono ana. 
 Door, ipoka, be pani pnka. 
 Do-ta^e, be aiio elem&ale. 
 Doobrie, palua, pscpalaa. 
 Doiib-le-mind'ed, be manao paa ole. 
 Doubt, be kcnalna. 
 Dove, be manu uunn. 
 Down, lalo, ilalo. 
 Down-waid, e ibo, e imi ilalo. 
 Drag, e kauo; ' 
 Drake, bo mana koloa kane. 
 Drangbt, ka mea i kauo ia. 
 Dread, makaa, ka eebia. 
 Dream, be moe nhane. 
 Dregs, be oka, na mea banle ilalo. 
 Dresii, be kapa komo. 
 Drill, be mea e bana ai ka pnka. 
 Drink, e inu, e moni iho. 
 Drip, e knlu uoko., 
 Drive>' e boenea, e kipaka akn. 
 Driv-«1, e kabe ka wale. 
 J>cy-dock, be aki bocilana, 
 DroU-e-ry, be mea boomsyke akaaka. 
 Droop, mae ibo. 
 Drop, e bauleibo. 
 Drop, be kalii wiii. 
 Drop-sy, be mai pehu o ka opo. 
 Drown, e make iloko o ka wai. 
 DtoM-fij, he ano biamoe. 
 JDnimj be pahu, be pahu kani. 
 ' Dnuik, i6na. 
 Dry, ualbo. * 
 Duck, be manu kolqa. 
 Doll, oi ole, maaoaaoa. 
 Dnmb, be aa, be leo ole. 
 Dung, be lepo kipulu. 
 Dnng-y, me be lepo la. 
 Da-rarble, e mau ana, paa ole. 
 Dtt-ring, oiai. 
 
 Dnsk, he malamalama uuka, moiubolelra. 
 Dost, he lepo makaliL 
 Dwell, e noho. 
 Dyg-en-ter-y, he hi koko. 
 Dys-pep-si-a, he waM mai ma ka opu. 
 
 Bach, kela mea kda mea. 
 
 Ea-ger, ikaika ka manab. 
 
 Ear, pcpeiao. 
 
 £ar-ly, wawe, e biki mamua. 
 
 Ear-nest, he manao ikaika, papau oka manao. 
 
 Earth, ka honna nei, be lepo. 
 
 Earth-qaake, olai, haaliilu honna. 
 
 Earth-worm, be ilo lepo, anube. 
 
 Ease, maba, oloolo. 
 
 East, bikina. 
 
 Ea-sy, maba, nobo «fl(l«3u. 
 
 Eat,e^. 
 
 ENR 
 
 Eat-a-ble, be~mea Iriki ke ai ia.. 
 
 Eaves, na umala o ka hale. 
 
 Ebb, e emi ke kai, emi ibo. 
 
 E-bul-li-tion, e boolapalapa tOd he w^ la. 
 
 E-cho, be kapinai. 
 
 E-clip8e,.ka pouU ana o !» la, maMna paba. 
 
 Ed^e, he kae, be palena. 
 
 Ed-i-ble, be mifa biki ke ai ia. 
 
 EdrU-cate, e malama a boonaaoao aku. 
 
 Eel, be ia, he puhi.. 
 
 Ef-fem-i-nate, e hoopalupala me be wahine la, 
 
 Ef-fni-gent, be alohilohi, be nani 
 
 Egg, be baa ; ken's egg, baa moa. 
 
 Eight, awalu. 
 
 Eigbt-een, umikumamawida. 
 
 Eight-y, kanawalu. 
 
 Ei-ther, kekahi o na mea elaa. 
 
 E-late,'e hookiekie, e lana. 
 
 El-bow, ke kaekae lima. 
 
 El-ders, he poe kahiko, maa lana ekalesia. 
 
 Eld-est, ka mua loa, maka hiapo. 
 
 B-lect, ka mea i kohoia, i waeia. 
 
 El-e-gy, be kanikau. 
 
 El-e-pban-ti-A-sis, be mai pehn miL 
 
 El-e-vate, e hapai Uana. 
 
 E-lev-en, be bmikamamakaihi. 
 
 E-lttde, e oni'to, e pakele. 
 
 E-mit-ciate, e hoowiwi i ke kino. 
 
 E-mas-cn-iate, e boopaa i ke ano kane, e poa. 
 
 Em-balm, e ialoa;- 
 
 Em-bas-sy, ka poe i hoounaia i ka aina e. 
 
 Em-bel-lisb, e hoonacii.bemeamaikaiowabo. 
 
 Em-bers, be nanabn abi ane pio. 
 
 Em-brace, e apo aku ia hal a e honi paba. 
 
 E-merg9, e pnka mai. 
 
 Em-i-nence, he wabi kiekie. 
 
 Em-is-sa-ry, ka mea i hoounaia, he kia. 
 
 Em-met, he naonao, be mea kolo. 
 
 Emp-ty, kaawale iloko, be nele. 
 
 £m-u-late, e hooikaika e like mekameaeae^ 
 
 En-camp, e hoomoana. 
 
 En-«loBe, e kaapuni, e bookomo iloko. 
 
 En-com-pass, e poai ae. 
 
 En-coun-ter, e boouka, e kana aka. 
 
 En-conr-age-ment, e hooikaika, e paipai i ka 
 
 manao. . .. 
 
 Ea-croach, e komo iloko o ko hai wabi. 
 En-cttiu-ber, e bookanmaha, e hoopilikia. 
 End; he hope, he pan ana. 
 En-ueav-or, e hoao aku. 
 End-less, pan ole, e mau ana. 
 Ea-darc, e hoomanawanoi - . 
 En-e-my, be mea manao ino mai, he ka e. 
 En-fee-ble, e booeml i ka ikaika, e boopslo- ; 
 
 pain. 
 En-force, e hqoko, e hoopaa aku. 
 En-gage, e olelo ae like'e hana. 
 Ea-p;rave, e kaba keleawe a mea e ae. 
 En-join, e kauoha aku. 
 En-joy, e pomaikai i kcbahi mea. 
 En-kin-dle, e hoaa, e kuni i ke ahL 
 Sn-large, e hoonui, e boomahuahua. 
 Ea-ligbt-en, e boonaauai;se hoomaUmalain. 
 E-nougb, ua lawa, ua nui. 
 En-rage, e wela ka bubo. 
 
EXP 
 
 529 
 
 FEA 
 
 En-8ign, he hae, he kanaka lAwe bae. 
 
 Ea-sUve, e hookauwa, e'lio6liana iika ole. 
 
 £a-tan-gie, e hoofaibia. 
 
 En-ter, e korao tioko. 
 
 Ea-tace, e boowalewale, e kai i ka bewa. 
 
 En-tire, okoa, pau, aohe mea koe. 
 
 Ea-traUs, he naau. 
 
 En-traoce, kahi e komo ai. 
 
 En-trap, e upiki, e hopu. 
 
 En-treat, e noi ikaika. 
 
 En-vel-op, he wahi, he pale. 
 
 E-nu-mer-ate, e helu. 
 
 En-voy, he elele, he ).una. 
 
 En-vj, e huahua, e lili wale. 
 
 Ep-i-dem-ic, he mai i hoolaha nui ia. 
 
 Ep-i-lep-By, he mat i kau koke mai. 
 
 E-qual, e like, e boohalikeia. 
 
 K-quiv-a-lent, he mea waiwai like. 
 
 Ere-long, mahope aole nae kiihi. 
 
 E-red, ku pololei iluna. 
 
 Err, e hele bewa, e lalau. 
 
 Er-rand, e hele imi i kahl mea a hoi mai. 
 
 E-rup-tion, e poba ana, be puupuu ma ka ill. 
 
 Es-cape, he pakele. 
 
 E»-cort, he poe koa e bele pn aua me ke alii. 
 
 Es-say, e hoao. 
 
 Es-tab-liah, e hoopaa. 
 
 £-ter-nal, oia man, aohe mua aohe hope. 
 
 £-vade, e pale aku, e aio ae. 
 
 E-va-sive, ma ke ano pale ae. 
 
 E-ven, laumaaia, e moe like ar.a. 
 
 Eve-njng, ahiahi. 
 
 Ever, i ka mauawa a pan. 
 
 Ev-e-ry, kela a me keia. 
 
 Ev-i-dent, maopopo, akaka. 
 
 E-vil, ino, bewa. 
 
 E-vil-speak-ing, he ahiahi ia hat 
 
 Eii-lo-gy, he olelo mahalo. 
 
 Ez-&ct, ka pono, pololei loa. 
 
 Ex-alt, c hookiekie ae. 
 Ex-am-ine, e ^lilimili, s hull. . 
 Ex-am-ple, he kumn hqohalike. 
 Ex-iVE-pe'rate, e boon&ukinkt 
 Ex-ceed, e oj aku, e kela aku. 
 Ex-cel, e oi akn, e maikai ae. [beluna. 
 
 Ez-cept, he mea kaawale aole e komo i ka 
 Ex-cbange, e hoololi, e baawi i kekahimeano 
 
 kekahi mea e ae. 
 Ex-cite, e hooala mai, e hooeueu. 
 Ex -claim, e hooho, e kabea nui. 
 Ei-cre-ment, he kjona, he kukae. 
 Bx-cuse, e ae akn, e kala aku. 
 Ex-e-ci'ate, e hoowahawaba, e boino. 
 £k-e-oate, e hooko. 
 Ex-era-pli-fy, e hoike maopopo. 
 Bx-«mpt, kaavrale, pakele. 
 E.'s-ert, e hooikalka. 
 £k-bib-it, e boike akn. 
 Ex-hort, e paipai. 
 KT-ile, e kipaku aku i ka aina e. 
 Bx-paud, e aiohola, e wehe ae. 
 Ex-pect, e kakali. 
 Ex-pec-to-rate, e kuba. 
 £x-pe-di-ent, e pono ke bana'ia. 
 Ex-pe-dite, e hana koke, e boohiidwaire. 
 67 
 
 Ex-pel, e bookuke, e kipaku. 
 Ex-pert, akamai, hikiwawe. 
 Ex-pi-ate, e uka aku no ka bewa. 
 Ex-pire, e make aku, e kaili ke ahp. 
 Ex-plain, fe hooakaka, hoomaopopo. 
 Ex-plode, € naha aku me he pu la. 
 Ex-pose, e boike aku. 
 £x-ponnd, e boakaka i ke ano. ' 
 Ex-tend, e kikoo, e hoololhi aku. 
 Ex-ten-Uratc, e hoemi i ka hewa. 
 Ex-te-ri-or, o waho, ko waho. 
 Ex-ter-min-ate, e hoopau. 
 £x-tinct, e hoopio ia me be abi la. 
 Ev-tir-pate, e uhuki i na aa a pan loa. 
 Ez-tol, e hoonani, e hoolea. 
 Ex-tort, mi ka hooweliweli e loaa ai. 
 Ex-treme, kahi e oi loa ai, ka welau. 
 Bx-trem-i-ty, ka hope, ka welau. 
 Ex-tri-cate, e hoopakele, e faoobemo aku. 
 Ex-u-be-rant, e ulu nui ana, huoha ana. 
 Ex-ult, e olioli, e boaikola. 
 Eye, maka. 
 
 Eye-ball, onobi o ka maka. 
 Eye-brow, ke kuemaka. 
 Eye-lid, kuapoi o ka maka. 
 Eye-aoie, ka mea e eha ai ke nana aku. 
 
 F. 
 
 Face, ka maka, ka papalina. 
 Fade, e mae. 
 
 Faint, e maule, be nawaliwali. 
 Fair, maikai, laelae." 
 Faitb, manao io, manaolana. 
 Faith-fttl, hoolohe ana, ku pono. 
 Fall, e haule, e hina. 
 F»l-iow, mahakea. 
 False, oiaio ole, boopnuipuni. 
 I False-hood, be wahahee, oiaio ole. 
 Fal-ter, e hooemi iho, e nawaliwali. 
 Famed, e kaulanaia. 
 Fam-i-ly, ka ohua, ka ohana. 
 ji'am-ine, he wi,; he nele i ka ai ole. 
 Fam-isb, e hooviwi, e make 1 ka wi. 
 Fan, be peabi. 
 Fan, e peabi akn. 
 Far, mamao aku, loibi aku. 
 Fare-well, be uwe aloba. 
 Par-thc3t, loilu loa aku. 
 Fash-ion, ke ano c hoomahiiiia. 
 Fast, e booke ai/ e hoopololi. 
 Fast, he mama, heJdki. 
 Fas-ten, e hoopaa,' e hana a paa. 
 Fast-ness, he kauwahi e piiikia ai. 
 Fat, momona, puipui. 
 Fa-tber, makuakane. 
 Fatb-om, he anana. 
 Fa-tigue, he iuhi, he maloeloe. 
 Fault, be hala, he hewa. 
 Fa-vor, he lokciii.a,ikai, he aloha. 
 J"a-vor-ite, he makamaka, hoa alok<t. 
 Fear, makau, hopobopo. 
 Feast, ahaaiua. 
 
FLA 
 
 530 
 
 FOS 
 
 Feather; lie hiiln o ka manu. 
 
 Flea, he ukulele. 
 
 Fe.e-ble, nawaliwaU. 
 
 Flee, e holo aku, e mahuka. 
 
 Feed, e hanai. 
 
 Fleet, he ulu moku. 
 
 Peel, e haha aku. 
 
 Fleet, mama. 
 
 Fei^, e hoopunipnni. 
 
 Flesh, he io. 
 
 Fe-li-ci-ty, he oluolu no ka pomaikd. 
 Fell, ua hina, ua haule. 
 
 Flex-i-ble, e hiki ke peluis. 
 
 Flinch, e'ioohalahala, e hooemi iho. 
 
 Fel-low, he hoa. 
 
 Flingr^Bou aku. 
 
 Fe-male, wahine. 
 
 Flint,'4ie pohaku paakikL . 
 
 Fence, he pa, pa pohaka, pa laau. 
 
 Flirt, e boomahie. 
 
 Fer-ment, ka hu ana, ka pii ana. 
 
 Float, e lana aku. 
 
 Fern, he mea ulu ano amanman. 
 
 Flock, he anna manu, he poe.- 
 
 Fe-ro-cious, hlhiu, hihiu bae. 
 
 Flog, e hafaan, e baua. 
 
 Fer-tile, momona me lie lepo la. 
 
 Flood, he waikabe nui, kaiakikbinaliL 
 
 Fer-veot, e wela, mahana nui. 
 
 Flonn-der, e knpaka. 
 
 Fes-ter, e akoakoa ka wai maloko o ka eha. 
 
 •Flour-ish, e ulu nui. 
 
 Fetch, e kii aku, e Isiwe mai. 
 
 Flow, e kabe me be wid la. 
 
 Fet-id, pilau, hauna; 
 
 Flower, he pua mohola. 
 
 Feud, he'ku e, he hakaka. 
 
 Flu-ent, makaukau i ka olelo. 
 
 Fe-ver, he wela, he kuni. 
 
 Flu-id,.bebee, kabe me be wai la. 
 
 Fewjiakaikahi, he uuko. 
 
 Flute, he obi kani mele. 
 
 Fi-bre, he olona, he kaula liilii. 
 
 Fly, he nMo. 
 
 Fick-le, he tnanao lolelua, paa ole. 
 
 Fly, e lele me he manu la. 
 
 Fierce, he hae me he ilio la. 
 
 Foain, be buwabuwa. 
 
 Fif-teen, he xmtikumamaluua. 
 
 Foe, he mea ku e, be enemi. 
 
 Fifth, ka lima. 
 
 Fog, ohu. 
 
 Fif-tieth, ke kanalima. 
 
 Fold, e opioin, e opi me be kapa la. 
 
 Fif^y, kanalima. - 
 
 Fold, be pa bipa. 
 
 Fig, he fiku, he hua ai. 
 
 Fol-low, e nkali, hahM, 
 
 Fight, e 'hakaka, e paio. 
 
 FoMow-er, be mea habai ana, baumana. 
 
 Fig-nre, Be hoailona helu, he helehelena. 
 
 Fol-ly, be lapuwale; 
 
 File, he-apnapu. 
 
 Fond, e lanna ana, e aloha ana. 
 
 Fill, e hoo^ha. 
 
 Food, be ai, be mea e ai ai. 
 
 Filth, he opala pilau, he lepo ino. 
 
 Fool, be mea naanpo, he aia. 
 
 Fi-nal, ka hope loa, ka paU ana. 
 
 Foot, he wawae, be kapoaL 
 
 Find) e loaa ma ka imi. ' 
 
 Foot-path, ke ala e bele wawae ai. 
 
 Fine, he%iakalii, uuku. 
 
 For, i, no, na. 
 
 Fin-giir, manamana lima. 
 
 For-age, he ai no na holobolona. 
 
 Fin-ish, e hoopau. 
 
 For-bear, e oki ae i kahi bana, e alia. 
 
 Fire, he ahi. 
 
 For-bid, e papa aku, e boole. 
 Force, he ikaika. 
 
 FSK (agnn), e kipn. 
 
 Fire-shov-el, he kope ahi. 
 
 Ford, he wai papau. 
 
 Fire-wood, wahie. 
 
 Fore-Sn-ger, ka manamaua lima mua. 
 
 Firm, paa, naue ole. 
 
 Fore-go, e waiho wale, e haalele. 
 
 First, ka mua. 
 
 Fore-head, ka lae. 
 
 S'irst-boi'n, ka hanau mua, he makahiapo. 
 
 For-eign, he mea kabiki mai.. 
 
 Fish, he ia. 
 
 Fore-land, he aina e oi ana i k^jHi. 
 
 Fish (to), e hepu i ka ia, e kalawaia. 
 
 Fore-most, ka mea e oi e maama. 
 
 Fish-hook, makau. ^ ' 
 
 Fore-noon, mamua se o-ke awakea. 
 
 Fish-er-raan. he kalawaia. 
 
 For-est, be ulu laau. 
 
 Fis-sure, he wahi naha, he maawe. 
 
 Fore-tell, e bai e mamna, e wanana. 
 
 Fit, he mal e popilikia tu ke kino. 
 
 For-get, e boopoina. 
 
 Five, elima. 
 
 For-give, e k:da i ka bewa. 
 
 Fix, e hoopaa, e paa man. 
 
 Fork, he o manamana. 
 
 Flab-by, alualu, palupalu. 
 
 Fork-cd, he mahele manamaaa ia. 
 
 Flag, he hae, he hoailona o ke aupuni. 
 
 For-lorn, he poino, he nele. 
 
 Flame, he lapalapa ahi. 
 
 Form, ano owaho, be ano kino. 
 
 Flank, ka aoao. 
 
 For-mer-ly, mamua, i ka wa mabope. 
 
 Flan-nel, he lole hnlu hipa. 
 
 For-ni-ca-tion, he moekolohe. 
 
 Flap, e kapalili, e kilepalepa. 
 
 For-sftke, e baalelo. 
 
 Flat, lalulahi, honua, itiwai. 
 
 Port, he papu. 
 
 Flat-ter, e hoomalimali. 
 
 For-ti-tnde, be manao ku pe^, makau ole. -. 
 
 Fla-Tor, ke ano o ka'faoni o ka ai paha. 
 
 For-tu-nate, pomWkai. 
 
 Flaw, he naha, he kina. 
 
 Por-ty, kanaha. 
 
 Flay, e lole i ka ili. 
 
 
GAR 
 
 631 
 
 GRE 
 
 Foul, eka, paumaele. 
 Foun-da-tion, Ice kumn, ka mole. 
 Found-er, ka mea e hookuma akn. 
 Foun-taia, he punawai, kahi e piipii ai ka wai. 
 Four, aha, kanoa. 
 Four-fold, paha. 
 Fom-foot-ed, wawae eha. 
 Four-teen, he umikamaTnaha. 
 Fowl, he moa, he mea lele. 
 Fowrl-ing-piece, he pu ki manu. 
 Fra-gile, hikiwawe ke boonaha ia. 
 Fra-grani, he ,mea ala maikai ke boui. 
 Frail, he palupalu, ikaika ole, 
 Frame, o kapill laao. 
 Fran-tic, he huha loa, jpiha i ka huhu. 
 Fraud, he hoopunipuni, be bana epa. 
 Free, be kaawal^, kuikawa, he ku okoa. 
 Freight, ka ul^aua o ka moku. 
 Fre-queut, plnepipe, he mea mata. 
 ' Fresh, maka; mea hou. 
 Fret-ful, he walea ole, he uwe wale. 
 Friead, he makamaka, he boa launa. 
 Fright-en, e hoomakau/hooweliweU. 
 Fright, he hikilele, be weliweli. " 
 Fringe, ka aoao kajja i weluwelu la. 
 Frisk, e lele me be ilio la. 
 Friv-o-lous, be ano paani lapuwale. 
 From, mat, aku. 
 
 Front, alo, ma ke alo, ka aoao mua. 
 Fron-tier, ka aoao ? ke aupuni. 
 Froth, he buwa. 
 
 Frown, he hookuekue o ka maka. 
 Fru-gal, e malama waiwai ana. , 
 Fruit, baa, he mea ulu i mea ai. 
 Fniit-less-ly, he bana inea, hua ole. 
 Fins-trate, e boolilo i mea ole, e keakea. 
 Fry, e boomoa ma ke pa bao, e paiai. 
 Fu-el, he wahie. 
 Fugbl ka! kaboho! 
 Fal-fill, c hooko, e boopaa i ka olelo. 
 Fttl-gent, be alobilohi. 
 Full, piha, maona. 
 Fum-ble, e haba. « bana hawawa. 
 Fan, be paani lealea. 
 Far-bish, e boobuali. 
 Fu-ri-ous, ukiuki, wela ka hnhu. 
 * Fur-ni-ture, he lako no ka hale. 
 Fur-ther, mamao aku, loihi aku. 
 Fu-tile, maiehewa,, lapuwale. 
 Fu-ture, ka wa mab6pe. 
 Fu-tu-ri-ty, ka maaawa mahope aku. 
 
 Gab, e bele i p ia nei. 
 
 Gain, ka mea oi ma ka loaa. 
 
 Gal-ax-y, ka leleiona, keala waiuona boku. 
 
 Gall, he mea awaawa iloko o ka opu. 
 
 Gall, e hooeba, e anai 1 ka ili. 
 
 Gam-bol, e paani lealea. 
 
 Gat)l, jail, he hale paabao. 
 
 Gape, e boohamama i lea waha.^ 
 
 ^ar-gle, be wai laau e holoi ai i ka waha. 
 
 Gar-ment, be lole no ke kino. 
 
 Gar-nisb, e hoomaikai, e boonani. 
 
 Gar-ru-loiis, be kamailio pau ole, alapi. 
 
 Gash, he Oki ma ke kino. 
 
 Gaap, be mauliawa, he hann paa. 
 
 Gate-way^ he ala mawaena o ka puka. 
 
 Gate, be pani puka no ka pa. 
 
 Gatb-er, e obi, e hui pu. 
 
 Gaze, e baka pono. 
 
 Geld, e poa akn. 
 
 Gen-cr-al, be alibi kaua. 
 
 Gcn-er-al,_pili i na^mea a pau. 
 
 6en-e-ra-tion, he hanauna. 
 
 Gcn-tle, laka, oluolu. 
 
 Gen-tle-man, be kanaka nobo a hana pono. 
 
 6en-u-ine, maoli, kaawale i ^ mea e. 
 
 Ger-miu-ate, e ulu, e hookupu. 
 
 Gpt, e loaa. 
 
 Ghost, he lapn, be uhane. 
 
 Gid-dy, ponianiu, lanalana. 
 
 Gift, be makana. 
 
 Gill, ka mahamaha o ka ia. 
 
 Gim-let, he will uuku. 
 
 Gin-ger, he awapuhi. 
 
 Gird, e kaei, e naklikii a paa. 
 
 Girl, he kaikamahine. 
 
 Give, e haawi aku. 
 
 Glad, olioli. 
 
 Glare, e olinolino. 
 
 Glass, be aniani. 
 
 Glis-ten, e alobilohi maL 
 
 Glob-u-lar, he ano poepoe. 
 
 Gloom, he poeleele, he naan kaumahft. 
 
 61o-ri-fy, e boonani 
 
 Glow, e ula mai me he ahi'la. 
 
 Glut-ton, be pakela ^. 
 
 Gnash, e uwi i na niho i ka huhu nui. 
 
 Gnaw, e nau. 
 
 Go, e bele, e nee. 
 
 God, ke AJiua, lehova. 
 
 God-li-ness, he manao i ke Akua, e haipule. 
 
 Gog-glee, be aniani uhimaka. 
 
 Good, pono, maikai, oiaio, bemolele. 
 
 Gore, be koko kahe. 
 
 Gore, e o akn i ka pepeiao hao. 
 
 Gtirge, e ai nui, e moni okoa. 
 
 Gos-sip, he holofaolo olelo. 
 
 Gov-ern, e boomalu, e hooponopono. 
 
 GoT-efn-ment, ka boomalu anal ke aupuni. 
 
 ^race, he lokomaikai. wale, be aloha wale. 
 
 Gran-u-late, e oneoae. . 
 
 Grap-ple, e puliki, e apo i^ka. 
 
 Grasp, e apo, e hopu. 
 
 Grass, he manu, be weuweu. 
 
 Grate, e anai aku, e olo. 
 
 Grave, he lua kupapau. [pan.. 
 
 Grave-stone, he pohaku i kauiaikaluakupa- 
 
 Grav el, ka iliili. 
 
 Gra-vy, ke kai no ka io moa. 
 
 Greas-y, paumaele i ka.aila. 
 
 Great, nui, nunui. 
 
 Greed-y, pakela ai. 
 
 Green, omaomao, maka. 
 
 Greet, e uwe akii, e aloha al^ a. , 
 
 Grey-hair, lauobo ahiua. 
 
HAR 
 
 Grieve, e uwe, e kaumahajka naau. 
 
 Grind, e anai, e wili. ' 
 
 Grind-stone, be ho;uis, hoana kaa. 
 
 Gripe, e lalsa a pulifci ikaika. 
 
 Gris-tie, he kumumu., 
 
 Grist-ly, be ano kttiiiimu. 
 
 Groan, e kaDiuhn,;:e ttire;eha. 
 
 Grope, 'fe hele haba melire makapo la. 
 
 Ground, he lepo, henna. 
 
 Gronnd-less, kumu ole. 
 
 Grow, e ulu, e (nahuabua, 
 
 Growl; e hookeke, eohumn, 
 
 GTrab, be enube a me na mea like. 
 
 Grudge, e aua, e lili. 
 
 Gmff, ieo baab^a. 
 
 Grum-bie, e obumn, pono OI0 ka tnanao. 
 
 Grunt, e nha me be puaa la. ' 
 
 Gtiard, e kiai. 
 
 Guess, e kobo. 
 
 Guest, ka mea i bookipaia. 
 
 Guide, e alakai. 
 
 Gnil-ty, hewa io. 
 
 Gtill, e boopunipuni. 
 
 Gul-let, ka pun, kaU e moni ai. 
 
 Gulp, e ai irikiwiki a moni okoa. 
 
 Gum, he pilali. 
 
 Gun, he puknniabi. 
 
 6un-pow:-der, he eoe-a, he pouda. 
 
 Gut, iiaau liilU. 
 
 532 
 
 HOA 
 
 n* 
 
 HiB-rr, he mea inau ma ka hana. 
 
 Hab-it-a'^on, kahi e noho ai. 
 
 Ha-bit-u-al, he maa ka hana. 
 
 Ha-bit-n-ate, e hana a mia. 
 
 Hack, e oki hawawa mc ka lipi. 
 
 Haft, ke au, ke kumu ka p:^. 
 
 Hair, ka lauobo. 
 
 Hale, ikaika, puipui. 
 
 Half, be bapalua. 
 
 Half-fall, he bapalua ka piba ana. 
 
 Half-way,, like alike ke ala. 
 
 Hall, be keena biUawai. 
 
 Hal-low, e hoolaa aku. [ana i ka la. 
 
 Ha-lo, ka ulaula powehiwehl e poai kaawale 
 
 Halt, e ku ka bele ana, 
 
 Halve, e mabele bapalua. 
 
 Ham-per, e boopililria. 
 
 Hand, lima. 
 
 Hand-fnl, piba ka poho lima. 
 
 Hand-ker-chief, he hainika. 
 
 Ra'n-dle, e lawelawe. 
 
 Han-dle,-he au. 
 
 Hand-saw, he pabiolo. 
 
 Hand-some, maikai, nalii ke nana ako. 
 
 Hang, kau iluna, c li. 
 
 Hank, e owili ropi. 
 
 Hank-er, e makemake uui. 
 
 Hap-py, pomaikai, oluolu ka manao. 
 
 Har-augue, e bai aku i ka manao. 
 
 Har-bor, he awa, kahi e Iduluu ai ka moku. 
 
 Hardj paakiki, oolea. 
 
 Hard-ly, he aneane biki ole. 
 
 Hark, e lobe, ehuli ka pepeiao. 
 
 Har-lot„he wabine bookamakama. 
 
 Harm, he poino, he hewa. 
 
 Har-poon, he 6 ka mea e hon ai ka ia. 
 
 Harsh, be lokoino, he kalakala. 
 
 Haste, he biki wawe, he iji'ikiwiki. 
 
 Has-ty, mama, wikiwiki.- .' " 
 
 Haf, papale. 
 
 Hatch, e kiko ka hna. 
 
 Hatcb-et, he koilipi uuku. 
 
 Hate, e inaina aku. 
 
 EaTe, ua loaa. 
 
 Haugh-tj, be kickie ka manao. 
 
 Haul, e kano, e bukL 
 
 Haunch, be apana o ka io. 
 
 Hav-oc, ka luku ana. - - 
 
 Haze, be omalumalu. 
 
 HO; oia (pili i ke Itane.) 
 
 Head, ke poo, ka luaa Ee kanaka. 
 
 Head-land, be lae. 
 
 Head-long, e baule ana ilalo ke po&. 
 
 Head-strong, ubu, iookuli. 
 
 Heal, e lapaaa, e boola. 
 
 Heap, be puu, he abu. 
 
 Hear, e lobe, e baliu ka pepeiao. 
 
 Heart, ka puuwai, ke kumu ke aleha. 
 
 Hearth, be kapuahi. 
 
 Heat, wela, wewela. 
 
 Heo-tben, he naaupo, he ike ole ia lehoya. 
 
 Heave, e naenae, e pani. 
 
 Heay-en, lani, ouli. 
 
 Heav-y, kaumaha. 
 
 Heel, ke knekae wawae. 
 
 Height, he kiekie. 
 
 Helm, hoeuli ka moku. 
 
 Help, he kokua. 
 
 Helve, be an ke koilipi. 
 
 Hem, ka pelu ma ka aoao ka lole. 
 
 Ren, he moa wahine. 
 
 H'^^, ia, oia (pili i ia wahine.) 
 
 Herd, he ohana hlpi, pnaa, hipa. 
 
 Here, maanei, ia nei. 
 
 Here-af-ter, ma keia hope aku. 
 
 He-ro, he kanaka koa loe. 
 
 Her-ring, he ia. 
 
 Hew, e kalai. t 
 
 Hic-cougb, he mauliawa. 
 
 Hide, 8 pee, e bona. 
 
 Hide, he ill bipi. 
 
 High, kiekie. 
 
 High-mind-ed, he naau kiekie, hookano. 
 
 High-wa-ter, he kai nui, kaikoo. 
 
 High-way, alanui. 
 
 Hill, he puu, he mauna uuku. 
 
 iiil-iock, be puu uuku.- 
 
 Hilt, ke au, ka mea e paa ai. 
 
 Him, ia ia (pili i ke kane.) 
 
 Hin-der-most, ka mea hope loa. 
 
 Hinge, be ami. 
 
 Hint, c kubikuhi maopopo ole. 
 
 Hit, e kn, e pili aku. 
 
 Hith-er and tbitb-er, i o ia nei. 
 
 Hoard, e boahu. 
 
 Hosise, Ieo ha, hanapilo. 
 
IGN 
 
 533 
 
 IND 
 
 Hob-ble, e hele oopa, e hclo puupau. 
 
 Hoe, be puaa. 
 
 Hoistj, e bapal iluna. . 
 
 Hold, e boppaa, e malamo. 
 
 Hold ! ua oki 1 hamaa I 
 
 Hole, pnka, he laa. 
 
 Hoi-low, kaawale oloko, hakabaka. 
 
 KoniK, kahl e noho ai kekabi. 
 
 Hbu-oT, ka maaao nui no ka maikai. 
 
 l!oof, bo maimi, ka wawae o ka boloholona. 
 
 Hook, be makau. 
 
 Book-ed, ka mea i pelaia me he makau la. 
 
 Hoop, bo apo, me be apo pahu la. 
 
 H!ope, manao tana. 
 
 Hor4.-zon, ka huina aouli. 
 
 Horn, he pe'pciao bao. 
 
 Hor-ri-blo, KiTmea eebia, weliweli. 
 
 Hor-ri-fied, he moa 1 hoomakauia. 
 
 Horee, he lio. 
 
 Hos-]^i-ta-ble, be bookips'malihini. 
 
 Hot, wcla. 
 
 Hot-head-ed, ikaika ma kona manao iho. 
 
 Hor-er, e lelo nulmai na raanu malina o kau- 
 
 wabi. 
 House, be hale. 
 
 House-hold, ka poe ohua no ka buie. 
 House-bold-er, ka mea nona ka hale. 
 How? pehea? make ano hca' 
 How-ev-er, aole manao i ke ano. 
 Howl, aoaoa, te u we me he ilio la. 
 Hug, e pnliki i na lima, e apo. 
 Huge, nui, nunui. 
 Hnm,"e'bamnmU. 
 Hu-mane, lokomaikai, oluolu. 
 Hum-ble, baabaa. 
 ' Hu-inid,pulanuku, mau. i i 
 Hu-mor-oU8, pill i ka lealea. 
 Hump-back, be kuapuu. 
 Hun-dred, he baneri. 
 Hun-ger, he poloU. 
 
 Hunt, e imi i ka mea i buna ia, e bahai. 
 Hurl, e non, e hoolei akn. 
 Hur-ri-cane, he makani ikaika. 
 Hur-ry, « hana wikiwiki. 
 Hurt, e^hooeha. 
 Hurt, he elia, he kina. 
 Hus-band, he kane mea wahine. 
 Hush ! e kuli ! e malie ! 
 Hush-up, e hoomalie, e kulikuli. 
 Husk, ¥ hemo i ka aa o ke kurina. 
 Hut, he hale uukn, hale ino, he kamala. 
 Huz-za, ka leo olioli, he aikola. 
 Rjmn, he'bimene, he mele 1 ke Akua. 
 Hy-poc-rl-sy, ka hookamani. ' 
 
 I. 
 
 I, au, wau, owau. 
 I-di-ot, he hupo he lola. 
 I-dle, iioho walo, aole hana. 
 If, i, ina. 
 
 Ig-nite, hooa, e kuni ahi. 
 J^-no-raot, naaupo, ike ole. 
 
 Ill, m A, nawaliwali. 
 Im-age, he kii, he aka. 
 Im-ag-ine, e noonoo. 
 Im-bol-den, e koa, e makau ole. 
 Im-i-tate, c bana like, c beohaUke. 
 Im-ma-ture, pala ole, oo ole. 
 Im-me-di-ate-ly, ano, hoopance ole. 
 Im-merBe, e kupenu, c hookomo i kawaL 
 Im-mbr-tal, make ole. 
 Im-mov-a-ble, nauwe olo, paa loa. 
 Im-mu-ni-ty, be noa ke kapu. 
 Im-mu-ta-ble, hiki ole ke hoololiia. [elua. 
 Im-par-tial, c hana like i na roca o na aoao 
 Im-pa-tient, paupauah-, pauaho, 
 Im-pede, e hoobihia, e koakea. 
 Im-pel, e boonce akn. 
 Im-por-fect, paa ■ '3, hemolele ole. 
 Im-pe-ri-ons, e hookiekie ana. 
 Im-per-ti-nent, maoi, mahaoi. 
 Im-pet-u-ou8, e bolo ikaika ana. 
 Im-plant, e kanu, e hookomo. 
 Im-plore, e pvile, e n6i aku. 
 Im-por-tune, e noi ikaika aku. 
 Im-pose, e kau maluna o kekahi mea. 
 Im-po-si-tion, e kau ana maluna o ka mea e, 
 
 e boopunipuni. 
 Im-pos-si-ble, he hiki -le ke hanaia. 
 Im-po-tent, be hiki ole, nawaliwali. 
 Im-pre-cate, e hoohiki paa. 
 Im-prop-er, pono ole, pololei ole. 
 Im-prove; e hoomaikai ae. 
 Im-pru-dent, malama ole, waiho wale. 
 Im-pu-dent, maka bilahila ole. 
 Im-pu-ni-ty, he hana hewa me ka hpopai ole. 
 Im-pure, paumaele, aole i holoi ia. 
 In, i, iloko, maloko. 
 In-a-bil-i-ty, he ikaika ole. 
 In-ac-ces-si-ble, hiki ole ke hookokoke aku. 
 In-ac-tive, hana ole, molowa. 
 In-ar-tic-u-late, be hai leo maopopo ole. 
 In-ca-parble, hiki ole. 
 In-car-nate, maloko o ke kino. 
 In-ces-sant, mau, maba ole. [ke mare. 
 
 In-cest, moekolohe o na hoahanau pono ole 
 In-cis-ion, he kaba iloko. 
 In-ci-sor. ka niho ipuka mua mai. 
 Ih-cite, e faoala, e hocueu. 
 In-clin-ed, e hio ana, aole ku pololei- 
 In-olude, e hookomo pn. 
 In-com-par-a-ble, aohe mea like. 
 In-com-pat-i-bl«i ku like ole, launa ole. 
 In-com-pc-tent, biki ole, makaukau ole. 
 In-comrplete, paa olo, aole hemolele. 
 In-com-pre-hen-si-ble, hiki ole ke ike lea ia. 
 In-con-gru-ous, e kobu ole ana. 
 Ipi-con-sid-er-a-hle, aole nui loa. 
 In-con-sist-ent, kohu ole. 
 In-con-sol-a-bie, aole e hoooluoluia. 
 In-con-stant, lauwili, paa ole. 
 In-cor-rect, hewa, pololei ole. 
 In-cor-ri-gi-ble, biki ole ke hoopololei iho. 
 In-crease, e mahuahua. 
 In-cum-ber, e hookaumaha. 
 In-de-cent, maemae ole, pono cle. 
 la-deed, no, oia, boi. 
 
INS 
 
 634 
 
 lEB 
 
 lD-de-fat-!-ga-b)e, hana mau, luU ole^ 
 In-def-i-nite, maopopo ole. - 
 Ia-del-]-ble, hiki ole ke holoiia. 
 la-del-i-cate, koha ole me ka maemae. 
 In-dem-ni-fr, e pani i ka mea i lilo. 
 Iq-de-ter-oun-ed, he mea 1 kanaluaia. 
 In-4l-oate, e kubikohi, e hoike. [elua. 
 
 I%4if-fer-eiitj he lewa mawaena o na aoao 
 Ia-di-gen{, ilihune. 
 Ta'dig-nant, hahu. 
 
 JCn-dig-nl-ty, he pakike, hoowahawaha. 
 In-di-rect, kapakahi, pololei ole. 
 la-dis-creet, aole hana me ke akamai. 
 In-^is-crim-in-ate, he hiki ole ke manao ma- 
 
 waena o ka pono a me ka hewa. 
 In-dis-pos-ed, he manao ka e. 
 In-dis-tinct, maopopo ole, pohihibi. 
 In-do-lent, molowa. ' 
 In-dus-tri-ous, hana mau. 
 lo-e-bri-ate^ ona, be ona ^inepine. 
 In-ef-fi-ca-cious, he mea hiki ole ke hooko. 
 In-el-o-qnent, he hiki ole ke hai pololei. - 
 In-er-it-a-ble, ka hooko ka mea e pono ai. 
 In-ez-haust-i-ble, hiki ole ke hoopau ia. 
 Iji-ez-pe-di-ent, aole pono ke ttauaia. 
 In-«z-pe-Ti-enced, he maa ole, mea hou. 
 In-ez-pert, maa ole, naaupo. 
 In-fal-li-ble, kuhihewa ole ana. 
 In-fa-mous, he mea hoowahawahiua. 
 In-fant, he keiki, lie keiki aukn. 
 In-feot,-e-boolaha i ka mei lele. 
 In-fe-ri-or, malalo iho. 
 In-fl-nite, he hope ole, palena ole. 
 In-firm, ikaika ole, nawalivrall . 
 In-form, e hoonaanao aka, e hoike. 
 la-fringe, e haalele i ka ae like. 
 In-grat-i-tnde, he aloha ole nokalokomaikai. 
 In-hab-it, e noho ma kanwahi. [e hana. 
 
 In-hale, e hookomp' i.ke ea i ^e ake mama, 
 In-her-ilrance, heMoiUna. '. ' ■_ 
 In-'hU'4uan, he kii e i ka ke kanaka hana. 
 In-i-qtti-^, he hana kekee, he pono ole, 
 In-junc-tion, he papaana, he,olelo ao. 
 In-jure, e hana'iao aka. 
 la-juB-tice, he paewaeva, he pololei ole. 
 Inki wai^leele, he inika.- 
 In-land, mauka, iuka. 
 In-land-er, he kiiaaina. 
 In-most, maloko loa.. 
 In-na-mer-a-ble, hiki ole ke heln ia. 
 In-quire, e jiinau, e emi aka. 
 In-sane, he papule. 
 In-sa-ti-a-6le, aole maona, walea ole. 
 In-se-cnre, paa ole, hiki ke ohemo ai. 
 In-sep-a-ra-ble, aole e kaawale, e pUi pn. 
 U-side, maloko loa. 
 
 In-sig-nif-i-cant, ano ole, he manao ole !a^ ' 
 In-sin-cere, aole oiaio, hookamani. [hai. 
 In-sin-u-ate, 6 hookomo maalea i ka manao ia 
 In-sip-id, mananalo, ono ole. 
 In-sist, e koi aka, e. kupaa ka manao. 
 In-snare, e hoopuni, e hoopahele. 
 In-30-Ient, h» pakike. 
 ,In-3pect, e nana, e ball 1 ike. 
 In-spire, e hanu i ka makani. 
 
 In-sta-bil-i-ty, he paa ole o ka manao. -— 
 
 In-stant-ly, hiki wawe, emo ole, ano no. 
 
 la-stead, kafai o ka mea e ae,_ 
 
 In-Bti-gate. e paipai, e hoala i ka manao. ' 
 
 In-gti-tate, e hoomaka. 
 
 In-stract, e ao aku. 
 
 In-Btru-ment, be mea « hana td. 
 
 In-sof-fer-a-ble, hiki ole ke hoomanawanuL 
 
 In-suf-fi-cient, lako ole, aole lawa. 
 
 In-snlt, e hoonauldaki, e booico aku. 
 
 In-sap-firt-a-ble, hiki ole ke hoomanawanui. 
 
 Jn-sur-rec-tion, he kipi ka e i ke aapuni 
 
 In-ten-tion, be manao e hookoia. 
 
 In-ter, e kana me he kupapaa la. 
 
 In-ter-oede, e awao ae. 
 
 In-ter-cept, e hopa. 
 
 In-ter-change, e lilo aka lilo mat 
 
 In-ter<Uct, e papa, e hookapa. 
 
 In-te-riTor, iloko, maloko. 
 
 Xn-ter-me-di-ate, he wahi mawaeua. 
 
 In-ter-min-a-ble, hopa ole, pan ole. . 
 
 In-ter-nal, ko loko. 
 
 In-^er-posie, ekomo mawaena,.e awao, 
 
 In-ter-pret, e mabele olelo. 
 
 In-ter-ro-gate, e ui aka, e ninau. 
 
 In-ter-nipt, e boopilikia. 
 
 In-ter-val, he wa mawaena. 
 
 In-ter-view, he kamailio. 
 
 In-tes-tine, ko loko. 
 
 In-tlu'all, e boopilikia. 
 
 In-ti-mate, he hoa aloha. 
 
 In-ti-mate, e knbl aka- akaka ole nae. 
 
 In-tim-i-date, e hoomakaa. 
 
 In-to, iloko. 
 
 In-tol-er-a-ble, hiki ole ke hoomanawanui. 
 
 In-tox*i-ca-tlon, ka ona ana. 
 
 In-tract-a-ble, hiki ole ke aoia. 
 
 In-trep-id, he ano koa, wiwo ole. 
 
 In-tri-cate, ilioohihiaia. 
 
 In-trade, e hole ma kahi i nol ole ia. 
 
 In-traati ^ walho aku me kekahL 
 
 In-un-da-iion, ka halaha ana o ka wu. 
 
 In-yadc,-e komo ano kaua i ke aupaiti e. 
 
 In-yarlid, he'oopa, he nawaliwali. 
 
 Ii^-rert, hoololi, e hulTkamaa i.hopd. 
 
 In-Tes-tl-gate, e hali a ike lea. 
 
 In-vid-i-ouB, be manao lili iki aka. 
 
 In-Tig-o-rate, e ikaika ae ana. 
 
 In-Tin-ci-ble, hiki ole ke hoopioia. 
 
 In-yis-i-ble, i nana ole ia. 
 
 In-vite, e kono aku. 
 
 In-Voke, e noi aku me he pule la. 
 
 In-ward, ko loko. 
 
 Ire, he huhu, he inaina. 
 
 Irk, e Idbi. 
 
 Iron, he hao. 
 
 I-Ton-ic-al, he ano laa. 
 
 Ir-re-coT-er-B-ble, hiki ole ke loaa hon. 
 
 Ir-ref-a-ta-ble, blki ole ke hooleia. 
 
 Ir-re-me-di-a-ble, hiki ole ke lapaauia. 
 
 Ir-rep-re-hen-si-ble, hiki ole ke boohewaaku. 
 
 Ir-re-proach-a-ble, he hoowahawaha ole. 
 
 Ir-res-o-lute, kanalna, paa ole ka manao. 
 
 Ir-rev-er-ent, manao ole i ke Akua. 
 
 If-ri-tate, e hoonauMuki aku. 
 
LAB 
 
 685 
 
 LIE 
 
 lel-and, he mokupuni, lie aina pnni i ke kai. 
 l8-sae, he kei^i, ka hope. 
 Itch, kti meau,' puupuu, kakio. Taku. 
 
 I-tiu-er-ftat, ka mea hele ia wahi.aktt ia wahi 
 
 J. 
 
 Ji.so, he pnn, kauwahi oi. 
 
 Jan-gle, e uakaka, e ku e. 
 
 Jar-gon', he ololo pohihi, he namnnama. 
 
 Jaw, he iwi a. 
 
 Jcal-ouB, lili. 
 
 Jeer, e boino, e mika. 
 
 Jest, he olelo ano lua. 
 
 Jin-gle, e kani. 
 
 Jo-cose, he olelo e akaaka ai. 
 
 Jog, e hele malie, e pahu aka. 
 
 Join, e hookm, e pakuL 
 
 Joint, he hai, he ami. 
 
 Joke, he olelo 6 lealea ai. 
 
 Joa-tle, e hoohaalulu. 
 
 Jour-ney, he hele mo he poe huakaihele. 
 
 Joy, he olioli. 
 
 Judge, latiakanawai. 
 
 Jug, he ipu lepo, he omole apu lepo. 
 
 Juice, ka wai mai ka mea ulu mai. 
 
 Jum-ble, e huikau. 
 
 jump, e lele ma na wawae. 
 
 Just, kupono, pololei. 
 
 Jus-tice, ka pololei iwaena o kitnaka. 
 
 Ju6-ti-t'y, e apono, e hoapouo. 
 
 JuB-Ue, e laliliili iki 
 
 K. 
 
 Eebl, ke kikala o ka moka, ka iwi kaele. 
 
 Keen, he maka oi loa o ka mea oki. 
 
 Keep, e malama, e kaohi. 
 
 Ke4p-er, ka mea malama. . ,...., 
 
 Ker-nel, ka hna o ke kurina al!{rm*<9KepahB, 
 
 Kick, « keehi, e peku. 
 
 Kid, he keiki kao. 
 
 Kld-ney, ho punpaa. 
 
 Kill, e pepehl a make. 
 
 Kin, he boahanau. 
 
 Kind, lokomaikai. 
 
 Kindle, e hoaa, e kani. 
 
 King, he alii moi. 
 
 ^8-man, he hoahanau. 
 
 Kiss, ehoni. 
 
 Kit-ten, he popoM opio. 
 
 Knee, ke kuU. 
 
 Kneel,'6 kukuli iho. ■ 
 
 Knife, he pahi. 
 
 Knock, e kikeke. 
 
 'Knot, he lala, he pona. 
 
 Know, e ike, e hoomaopopo. 
 
 Knuckle, ka puupuu lima. ' 
 
 La-pob, e hana akn. 
 
 La-bor, he ham. 
 
 Lan-guieh, e nawaliwali iho. 
 
 Lan-guor, he nawaliwali. 
 
 Lap, ka uha. 
 
 Lap, e palu, e pain aku. 
 
 Lar-board, ka aoao'hema o ka moku. 
 
 Lard, he aila puaa. 
 
 Large, nui, modiona, nunui. 
 
 Lar-ynx, kahi o ka a-L 
 
 Las-civ-i-ous, be kuko ana. 
 
 Laah, he iti i hiliia i mea habau. 
 
 Lass, he kaikamahine. 
 
 Last, ka hope loa. 
 
 Last, e boomau a loihi loa. 
 
 Last-ing, e mau ana. 
 
 Laud, e hooapono, e hoonani. 
 
 Laugh, e akaaka. 
 
 Law, he kanawaL 
 
 Law-lesB, e malama ole i ke kanawai. 
 
 Lay, e waiho aku, e hanau buamc hemoa la. 
 
 La-zy, molowa, palanalelo, hana ole. 
 
 Lead, be kepau kaumaha loa. 
 
 Lead, e kai aku, e alakai. 
 
 Leaf, he lau, * ' 
 
 League, e nana kuikahi. 
 
 Leak, e knlu, e komo ka Ilu. 
 
 Lean, kah^ ole, momona ole. 
 
 Lean, e hio. 
 
 Leap, e lele,'e lelele me he lio la e lele i ka pa. 
 
 Learn, e ao, e hooAaauao ibo. 
 
 Least, ka mea uuku 11)0. 
 
 Leath-er, ka ill holobolona i hoolunia. 
 
 Leave, e haalele aku. 
 
 Leare, be ae akui 
 
 'I^eaTe-off. e oki I e hoopau I 
 
 Leav-en, ne hu. 
 
 Xeav-ings, na'koena, na mea i haaleleia. 
 
 Lech-er-ous, kuko ana. 
 
 Leer, e hoomoe 1 ka pepeiao me he }io la. 
 
 Lees^na oka o ka waina a me na mea Uke. 
 
 Left, hema : left hand, lima hema. ■ 
 
 Leg, he ^irawao. 
 
 Le-gis-la-tor, he mea hana kanawai. 
 
 Xeis-ure, he kaawalo, pilikia ole i ka hana. 
 
 Lels-nre-ly, me he hana wikiwiki ole la. 
 
 Lend, 3 haawi ia bai a mahope boihoi bott mai. 
 
 Length, loa, ka loloa. 
 
 Lengtb-en, e boololoa, e booloQu aku. 
 
 Len-i-ty, he lokomaikai. 
 
 Less, he uuku iho. 
 
 Les-sen, e hooliilii iho. 
 
 Lest, 0, ina i ole. 
 
 Let, e ae aku. 
 
 Let-ter, he palapala boouna. 
 
 Ley-el, he iliwai. 
 
 Lev-i-ty, ke ano akaaka lapuwale. 
 
 Lewd, e lilo ana i ke kuko. 
 
 Li-ar, he mea wahahee. 
 
 Lib-er-al, lokomaikai. 
 
 Lib-er-ty, he ku olekekanawa' i kanwaleia. 
 
 Li-bid-in-ons, he manao nui i ke kuko. 
 
 Li-cense, e ae akn i kekahi hana. 
 
 Lick, e palu iho me ke alelo. 
 
 Lid, be poi' no ka ipu. 
 
 Lie, he wahahee. 
 
LUK 538 . MEA 
 
 Ue, e inp« ilalo. 
 
 LoU, e malie ka makam, e hoohiamoe. 
 
 Life, ke'ola ana.' 
 
 Lu-na-tic, pupule. 
 
 Lift, fr^bapai iltma. 
 
 Lungs, kahi e bann ai, he s,kim9,ma. 
 
 Lure, e boowalewale ia hai; • 
 
 Ligbt, nama, kanmaha ole. 
 Liglit^n, h hoomama ilio. 
 
 Lurk, e hoomakaakin. 
 
 Luz-u-rijuit, ulu nui ana. 
 
 Ligbt-head-ed, e pooniunio. 
 Ligbt-ilihg, uila, ka uwila. 
 
 
 M. 
 
 Like, like, e like me, pe, peia. 
 
 Like, e mabalo, e manao nai aku. 
 
 Map, behena, pupnle. 
 
 Like-ness, ma kd ano, he like ana. 
 
 Mag-ni-fy, e hoonoi, e hoomahuahna. 
 
 Lim-bo, he pilikia ntiL 
 
 Mag-ni-tude, ka nui. 
 Maid, he wahine puupaa. 
 
 Lime, he puna, he hna awabia. 
 
 Lime-tree, he laaa lemi. 
 
 Maid-serv-ant, kauwa wahine. 
 
 Lim-it,'moknna, ka aoao owaho. 
 
 Maim-ed, ua oopa, na mumukn. 
 
 Limp, be hele me he oopa la. 
 
 Main, nui, oi ana. 
 
 IJmp-id, be uai, he lepo ole me be wai la. 
 
 Main, ka ikaika ; ka moana. 
 
 Line, be kaala, (fishing) he aho lawaia. 
 
 Main-tun, e malama, e bookipa. 
 
 Lin-e-age, he ano mamo, he obana. 
 
 Ma-jor-i-ty, ka nui, ka nui ma ka belvna. 
 
 Lin^ger^e lolobi, e lohi, e emi ibope. 
 
 Maize, he kurina. 
 
 Lin-i-ment, he laaa mea hamo. 
 
 Make, e hana. 
 
 Up, he lehelehe. 
 
 Mal-a-dy, he mfu. 
 
 Li-qae-fy, e hoohee.' 
 
 Male, he kane. 
 
 Li-quid, he wai, ^Hiee me he wai la. 
 
 Mal-e-dic-tion, Ita hoino. 
 
 lAsp, e bai pahematema i ka olelo. 
 
 Mal-e-fac-tor, he mea hana ku e ikekaoawaL 
 
 Lis-ten, e boolohe. 
 
 Mal-ice, he lokoino ka manao. 
 
 Lit-tle, uukn, lu, liilil. 
 
 Man, be kanaka, ka mea uhane. < 
 
 Live, e ola, e noho; 
 
 Man-age, e hooponopono. 
 
 LiT-er, ke akepaii. 
 
 Man-gle, e oki weluwelu. 
 
 Liz-ard, he moo. 
 
 Man-i-fest, e hpike aku. 
 
 Lol eiahoi! enana! 
 
 Man-i-fesi. maopopo lea. 
 
 Load, he nkana, he haawe. 
 
 Mau-i-fold, manomano, nui wale. 
 
 Loaf, he popo berena. 
 
 Man-kind, na kanaka. 
 
 Loathe, e hoopailua. 
 
 Man-ner, ka aoao, ke ano. 
 
 Lock, kahi lauohb o ke poo ; he laka. 
 
 Man-sion, he hale e noho aL 
 
 Tiodge, he bale noho paa ole. 
 
 Man-u-foc-ture, e hana akamai me na lima. 
 
 Lof-ty, kiekie. 
 
 Man-u-mis-sion, e hookuu ana i ke kainwa i 
 
 Log, he kino laau nnl. 
 
 hooluhiia. 
 
 LoinB, pubaka. 
 
 Ma-ny, nui loa, nai wale. 
 
 Loi-ter, e lolohi, e emi ibope. 
 
 Mar, e hooino i ko Waho. 
 
 Lone-lv, meba, mehameba. 
 Iiong, loa, loloa, loibi. 
 
 Mare, be lio wahine. 
 
 Mar-gin, kaha, palena, aoao o ka Inn w^ 
 
 Look, e Jiana. 
 
 Mark, he kaha, e boailona aku. 
 
 Loo'k-ing-glass, be aniani nana. 
 
 Mar-riage, ka mare ana, ka hoao ana. 
 
 Loose, e kala, e wehe, e hemo. 
 
 Marsh, be aina wai, aina pulu i ka wfu. 
 
 Loos-en, %.kala aku.- 
 
 Mar-vel, e kabaha. 
 
 Loose-ness, he paa ole, he liii. 
 
 Mash, e boopepe iho. 
 
 Lop, e oki me ka pokole ae. 
 
 Mas-sa ere, e luku, e hiulnka. 
 
 Lo-qua-cious, he kamailio nui ana. 
 
 Mast, be Ida mioku. 
 
 Lord, haku, alii. 
 
 Mas-tor, he luna, he kumu ao. 
 
 Lose, e nele me ka lilo aku. 
 
 Mas-ti-cate, e nau, e ai a moni iho. 
 
 Loud, he leo nui ana, he iii;aika ma ka leo. 
 
 Mat, he moena. 
 
 Love, e aloha aku. 
 
 Match, he like, he hui like ana. 
 
 Love; he aloha. 
 
 Match-less, hei lua ole, aohe mea like. 
 
 Lounge, e noho wale. 
 
 Mate, he hoa, ka Ina o na 'lii moku. 
 
 Louse, (head) uku poo, (kapa) uku kapa. 
 
 Ma-te-ri-als, ke kumu o na mea hana. 
 
 liow, haahaa, malalo iho. 
 
 Mat-ri-mo-ny, ka mare.ana. 
 
 Low-er, haahaa iho. 
 Low-er, e hookuu iho. 
 
 Mat-ron, he makuahine. 
 
 Mat-ter,.be mea kino, he male. 
 
 Low-ly, haahaa. 
 
 Ma-ture, he oo, he pala, he makna. 
 
 Lu-'cid, aiai, akaka. 
 
 May-be, ae paha, e hiki paha. 
 
 Luck-y, pomaikaL 
 
 Mea-gre, nuku, he wiwi. 
 
 Mea-ly, he okaoka liilii loa me he falaoa la- 
 
 Luff, e huli i ka mcku i ka mricani. 
 
 Lug, e balihaU i ka mea kaumaba. 
 
 Mean, be ano ino, he lapuwale. 
 
 Lttko-warm; he mahani^, aole «ela. 
 
 Meaa-nre, he ana e ana ai. 
 
MIS 
 
 537 
 
 MtJS 
 
 M»^;«te, e uwao aka, e kemo Iwaena. 
 
 Ke-di-a-tor, he mea uwao. 
 
 l{«d-i-cine, he laan lapaaUi 
 
 Med-i-tate, e noonoo, e haliilo iho. 
 
 Keek, akabal, he oaau nohomalie. 
 
 'MeetjC halawai pu. 
 
 Meet-ing, e halawat ana> 
 
 Me-liiO-rate, e hoohiolu, e hoomamti iho. 
 
 Uel-Iov, pala, palupala. 
 
 Uelt, e hoohehee, 
 
 Mem-p-rj, ka manao hoopaa i ka mea i ikeia. 
 
 Men-ace, he hooweliweli. 
 
 Mead, e fcapili hon i ka mea 1 baiia. 
 
 Hen-tion, ka hai ana, ka olelo ana. 
 
 HeTKse-na-ry, he mea i hooliaalima ia. 
 
 Heivchant, he mea kalepa iraiwai. 
 
 iler-ci-ful, lokomaikaL ' 
 
 Uer-ci-lees, aloha ole, paakiki. 
 
 Here-ly, inaoU, wale no. 
 
 Ue-ri-di-an, awakea. 
 
 Mer-ry, olioli, lealea. 
 
 Mesh, ka maka o ka upena, 
 
 Mee8, he kuina o na mea ono e al ai. 
 
 lies-sage, he olelo, he manao i hoounaia. 
 
 MeJi-al, be mea no ka honna mal hiki ke hoo- 
 heheeia e like me hao.' 
 
 Met-a-phor, he olelo none. 
 
 Me-thoughtr manao iho la au. 
 
 Me-trop-o-lis, he kulanakauhale nui 
 
 Mid-day, he awakea. . ' 
 
 Mid-way, mawaena, like a like iwaena. 
 
 Mid-die, mawaonakona. 
 
 Mid-dle-a^ged, aole opio aole elemakole. 
 
 Mid-dliDg,.aole oi akn aole.emi iho. 
 
 Mid-night, aamo@, like a like ka po. 
 
 Midat, kabi mawaeua. 
 
 Mid-wife, he pale'keikL 
 
 Might, Ikaika, mana. 
 
 Ifild, akahai, oiuolu, malie. 
 
 Mil-dew, he i^nalo. 
 
 Milk, he.waiu. {lani. 
 
 Milk-y-iway, ka leleiona,. he ala keokeo ma ka 
 
 Mim-fq, e bapa like, e hoobalike. 
 
 Mince, eokiliiiii. 
 
 Mind, e malaiua, e hoolohe. 
 
 Miae, ko'n, ka'a. 
 
 IBu^w, is hui, e hui pn. 
 
 Miit4»-ter, he kahunapiile, be elele. 
 
 Mi-nor-i-ty, ka poe uuka o na po.e kn e elna. 
 
 Mint, h^wahi mea nla,'kahi hana dala. 
 
 Mia-ute, be hapa kaaaono o ka bora. 
 
 Mi-nnte, he uuku loa. 
 
 Mile, he lepo p(ibo,Jepo kelekele, 
 
 iDr-ior, he Uniani nana, be kilo. 
 
 Mirth, he akaaka, be lealea. 
 
 Mis-be-come, ka hana knpono ole. 
 
 Mis-be-bare, e kolohe, e hawawa. 
 
 Mi»«ar-ry, e owili wale. ' 
 
 Mis-cbiev-ons, kolobe, apiki 
 
 Mis-coimt, e helu hewa. 
 
 Mia^e-mean-or, e baoa hewa aku ia hcu- 
 
 ttif!-^l:-»^ble, he pilikia no ka hewa. 
 
 Mig-for-tune, he poino, pilikia. 
 
 IGdfiv^ he kanalua, he poho kalu manao. 
 
 Mis-guide, e alakai hewa. 
 
 Mis-bap, he wahi poino i biki mai. 
 
 Mis-in-form, e hai bewa aka. 
 
 Mis-in-ter-pret, e mahele hewa i ka olelo. 
 
 Mis-lead, e alakai hewa. 
 
 Mis-pend, e ubauha.waiwai.- 
 
 Mis-rep^re-sent, e olelo hewa akn. 
 
 Miss, e hala, ka ole ka poa ke paaa ia. 
 
 Mis-sion-a-ry, be misionari, he eleie. 
 
 Mist, he obu, aa makalii. 
 
 Mis-take, he kubibewa, he ItUaa. 
 
 Mis-trnst, he paulele ole. 
 
 Mis-un-der-stand-iog, be knhihewa. 
 
 Mis-use, e hana ino aka. 
 
 Mit-i-igate, e hooemi iho. 
 
 Mix, e kaawili, e hni pn. 
 
 Moan, e ohnuha, e uwe aku. 
 
 Mock, e hoomaewaewa. . 
 
 Mod-er-ate, e boomalie, e hoomalili. 
 
 Mod-est, akahai, baahaa. 
 
 Moist, man, pnla ikL 
 
 Mo-lest, e mea aku, e hoopilikia. 
 
 Mol-li-fy, e hoopalupala. 
 
 Mon-ey; he mea dala, he boiulona waiwai. 
 
 Month, malama, he mabina. 
 
 Moh-u-ment, be kia poha&u. 
 
 Mood-y, he ano kaumaba ka manao. 
 
 Moon, mabina. 
 
 M6or, ka aina paapu i pohopoho. 
 
 l^or-alj t>9iio> pololei ma ka noho ana. 
 
 More, noi ae.. mahuabua ae. 
 
 Morn-ing, kakafaiaka. 
 
 Morn-ing^tar, ka bokaloa, hokaao. 
 
 Mor-tow, apopo, ka la hpn. 
 
 Mor-sel, wabi mea iki, he huna ai. 
 
 Mdss, be lima. ' 
 
 Most, he nai loa ke helu ia. 
 
 Moth, he mn. 
 
 Moth-er, makaahine.. 
 
 Motb-er-ly, ma ke ano makaahine. 
 
 Mo-tion, he nee, he he!e, he kapaliU. 
 
 Moald, be punidiela. 
 
 Moulder, e pope aku.- . 
 
 Moult, ka baale ana o na hnlu o na raan^ 
 
 Mount, be pun, be wabi kiekie. 
 
 Mpunt-ain, be mauna, be kuahiwi. 
 
 Mourn, e kania^a.'e ue. 
 
 Moath, he waba, he nuka. 
 
 Moatb-falj ka piha o ka waha, ka oolopn. 
 
 Much, usiloa, nui wale; 
 
 Mad;ous,Jie yraietviAe, be hupe. 
 
 Mud, be lepo kaawili met ka wai. 
 
 Mnd-dy, mea lepo, be ino. 
 
 Mul-ber-ry,"he laau kilika. 
 
 Sful-ti-ply, e taoonoi, e boomahuahua. 
 
 Mul-ti-tade, na mea nui wale. 
 
 Mum-ble, e uu, maopopo ole ka olelo. 
 
 Mu-uif-i-cent, madawiilca, lokomaikai. 
 
 Maimer, ho p^pebi kanaka, ka lawe ola. 
 
 Mnr-der~ou8, ma ke ano popebi kanaka. 
 
 Mur-mur, e.obumn, e boobalahala. 
 
 Mns-cle, be ib, heio huki. 
 
 Mus-cle, bo wahi ia. 
 
 Mase, ho akaa no ka mele ma Helene. 
 
 Muse, e nconoo nai me ka leo ole. 
 
NIN 
 
 538 
 
 OBS 
 
 Mnsk-et, he wahi pu kau pohiwi. 
 
 Must-y, punahelu. 
 
 Mn-ta-ble, lauwili; lolelua.. 
 
 Mute, paa, leo ole, kuU, aa. 
 
 Mo-ti-late, e oki aku, e hoomumuku. 
 
 Mu-ti-riy, he hana ano kipi. 
 
 Mut-ter, e nama liilii. [o na mea elua. 
 
 Mu-ta-al, hana mai hana akn, hana iike iwaena 
 
 Muz-zle, e lipopaa i ka nuka. 
 
 My, ko'n. ita'u. , 
 
 Myr-i-ad, lehulehu loa, tnanomano. 
 
 My-self, au ihc, wau iho no. 
 
 Nail, mainu, maiao, be koi hao^ 
 
 Na-ked, Qlohelohe, kapa ole. 
 
 Name, inoa, he ano kanlana. 
 
 Nape, ka ami o ka a-i. 
 
 Nar-rate, e hai aku, e olelo aku. [olelo. 
 
 Nar-ra-tive, ka olelo e hai an^ i kekahi moo- 
 
 Nar-row, haiki,-oloii, 
 
 Nas-ty, haumia, lepo. 
 
 Na4ion, lahiii k^aka, he aupuni. 
 
 Na^yel, ka piko oka opu. 
 
 Naugh-ty, kolohe, ino, hewa. 
 
 Nau-3e-ate,je liliha, e hoopailua, 
 
 Nau-ti-luS, he auwaalalua, 
 
 Na-vy, he ulnmoku. 
 
 Nay, aole, aohe. 
 
 Neap-tide, kai make, kai man. 
 
 Near, koke, kokoke. . 
 
 Near-ly, kokoke, aQeanef 
 
 Neat, maemae, mikioe. 
 
 Ne-ces-sa-r^, he ano nni ke loaa. 
 
 Neck, ka a-i. 
 
 Neck-cloth, he lole no ka a-i. 
 
 Neo-ker-chief, he lolo no ka a-i, luunaka. 
 
 Neck-lace, he lei no ka a-i. 
 
 Need, he neje, he pilikia no k^ ole. 
 
 Nee-dle, be kuikeie, ke kuhikiihi o ke panana. 
 
 Nee-dlc-work,'he mea i hanaia i ke kuikeie. 
 
 Neg-lect, e.waiho wale, e malama ole. , . 
 
 Neigh-bor,'he hoauoho. 
 
 Neigh-bor-ly, he launa ana. 
 
 Nest, he punana. 
 
 Net, he npena, be koko. 
 
 Neth-er, malalo. 
 
 Nct-tle, he mea ulu oioi ka heu. 
 
 Net-tie, e hoohnhu, e o aku. 
 
 Ilev-er-the-less, aka hoL 
 
 Nen-ter, aole ia ^ole kela. 
 
 New, hou, kahiko ole. 
 
 Next, kokoke loa mai. 
 
 Nig-gard, he kanaka aua a pi. 
 
 Nigh, kokoke, anetkiie. 
 
 Night, po, wa poeleele. 
 
 NJght^ly, kela po keia po. 
 
 Nim-ble, mama. 
 
 Nine, aiwa, eiwa. 
 
 Nine-fold, paiwa. 
 
 Nine-teen, nmikumamaiwa 
 
 Nine-ty, kanaiwa. 
 
 Nip, e umiki. 
 
 Nip-pie, lie maka wain. 
 
 No, aole, aohe. 
 
 No-ble, manao kiekie, anoTianohano. 
 
 No-bod-y, he mea ole, he kanaka lapuwale 
 
 Nod, e Brno i ke poo, e kunou. 
 
 Noise, he leo, he haalulu. 
 
 Noi-80me, he ino, he mea e poino ai. 
 
 Nom-iu-ate, e hoike i ka inoa. 
 
 None, aole, aole kekahi. 
 
 Non-plna, he hikfole, pohihihi 
 
 Noon, awakea. 
 
 Noose, he pahele. 
 
 Nor, aole hoi. 
 
 N5rth, he knkuln zisa, he akan. 
 
 Nose, ka ihn. 
 
 Nos-tril, ka puka ihn. 
 
 Not, ole, aole, aohe. 
 
 Notch, nihomole.. 
 
 Note, he boailona, he pal-apala pokole. 
 
 No-ted, kaulana. 
 
 Noth-ing, he ole, he mea ole. 
 
 No-tioe, e hooakaka, e hoike aku. 
 
 No-ti-fy, e hoike aku. 
 
 No-tion, he 3!anao,'he mea i noonooia. 
 
 No-to-ri-ous, kaulana, he ike lea ia. 
 
 Not-with-stand-ing, aka hoj, aole nae. 
 
 Nov-^1, he mea. hou, mea an^ e. 
 
 Nought, he ole, he mea ole. 
 
 Nov-ice, he mea, he kanaka hawawa. 
 
 Nour-ish, e hanai, e kokua. 
 
 Nour-ish-n.ent, he ai e ikaika ai ke kino. 
 
 Now, ano, i keia manawa 
 
 Now-a-days, i keia mau la. 
 
 Nox-ious, he mea e ino ai, he ino. 
 
 Nu-di4y, he olohelohe, he hune. 
 
 Ntti-sance, he mea e haumia ai, he pQan. 
 
 x^nl-li-fy, e hoolilo i mea ole. 
 
 Numb, maele, lolo. 
 
 Num-ber, he helu, he heluna. 
 
 Num-ber, e helu ; akahi, alua, ^olu, aha. 
 
 Num-ber-lesa, hikl ole ke tieluia. 
 
 Nu-mer-ous, he manomano, he nni wale. 
 
 Nurse, e hanai, e malama i ka mai. 
 
 Nut, he hua paa iloko o ka iwi. 
 
 Nutmeg, he hUa ala; he hua laau. 
 
 Nut-shell, ka i,wi .0 kaljua. 
 
 Nu-tri-meat, he ai, he mea e ikaika ai ke kino. 
 
 o. 
 
 Oar, he hoe waapa. 
 Oatb^ he hoohiki ma ke Akua. 
 Ob-iu-rate, paakiki loa. 
 0-bey, e hoolohe, e malamos 
 Ob-ject, e hoolei : hoohalahala, e ku e. 
 Ob-lig-ing, lokomaikai. 
 Qb-scene, hilahila ke nana aku. 
 Ob-soure, powehiwehi, pobihi. 
 Ob-serve, e nana, c jiakaikai. 
 Ob-Btarcle, he mea e hihiaiai, he alalai. 
 Ob-sti-nate, piaakiki, lohe ole. 
 Ob-fltrep-er-ons, he walaau wide. 
 
OVE 
 
 539 
 
 PAN 
 
 Oft-struct, e keakea, o alalai. 
 
 Ob-tain, e loaa mai. 
 
 Ob-tiu-sive, kipa pono ole. < 
 
 Ob-vi-oiis, akika, maopopo. 
 
 Oc-ca-dion, he kuran, he mea e pono ai. 
 
 Oc-cult, ike olc, bima ia. 
 
 Oc-cu-pation, ka oihana a ko kanaka. 
 
 Oe-eu-py, e lawe hana, e noho hale. 
 
 0-cean, moauai 
 
 Olid, aohc mea like, lua ole. 
 
 0-di-ou3, hoowaliawaha ia. pono ole. 
 
 0-dor, he ala oluolu, he mea pilau hoi. 
 
 O^ 0, a. 
 
 On, ak'j, mamao, helc pela. 
 
 Of-fend, e huna ino aku, e hoohihia. 
 
 Of-fense, he hala, be bewa ka o i kokabi. 
 
 Of-fcr, e liaawi. 
 
 Of-fer-lng, he haawina, be mohai. 
 
 Off-spring, be ohana keiki, he bua. 
 
 Of-ten, pinepino. 
 
 O-gle, e awibi kc poo, c nana tS'.iVialeba. 
 
 Oh I auwc! 
 
 Oil, aila, momona. 
 
 Old, kahiko, elemakule. 
 
 0-mcn, be onli,lie haina. 
 
 On, iluna, malana. 
 
 Once, aKahi, bookahi. 
 
 One, akahi. 
 
 O.-ne-jrous, kaumaha. 
 
 On-ly, hookahi wale no. 
 
 On-ward, wamua ao, imua ka hele. 
 
 Ooze, e kulii, e kahe malie. 
 
 O-paqne, moakaka ole, he pna. 
 
 O-pen. e wohe, e boohamama. 
 
 O-pen-htind-ed, lima boomanawalca. 
 
 0-pen-ing, he paka hamama. 
 
 O-pen-ly, ma ke akea. 
 
 Oph-thal-my, he maka mai, makole. 
 
 D-pin-ion, manao. . 
 
 Op-po-nent, be kaneika ku c mai. 
 
 Op-por-tune; kapono i ka ruanawa. 
 
 Op-pose, e kn e akn, c keakea. 
 
 Op-po-filte, ka mea ku pono aku. 
 
 Op^press, e hookaumaba. 
 
 Op-tion, he koho ana. 
 
 Op-u-lence, he'hoho wai«'ai nui ana. 
 
 Or, he mea, a i ole ia. 
 
 Or-ange, be alani, be hna kahiki. 
 
 O-ra-tion, be oleloi baila i mua o kanaka. 
 
 Or-a-tor, he kanaka hai pono i ka oleic. 
 
 Or-daitt, e boopaa i ks^ manao, e hoolilo no 
 
 kekahl oihana. 
 Or-der, he hoonoho pololei ana, e kauoha. 
 Or-der, kanoha aku. 
 Or-durc, he pilau no ka lepo. 
 Or-i-Sce, be pnka liilii, he waha. 
 Or-i-gio, makamna, kumu. 
 Or-na-mcnt; he mea e naui ai, e kahiko ai. 
 Or-phan, be keiki makua ole, he huahaule. 
 Os-ten-ta-tious, he auo hoobanohano wale. 
 Otb-er, he mea e ae, kekahi mea e. 
 O-ren, he imu, he nmu. 
 O-ver, maluna. 
 
 O-yer-aw-ed, i boomakauia, ua hooweliweliia. 
 O-ver-cast, e uhi paapa ko ao. 
 
 O-ver-come, e lanakila maluna. 
 O-ver-flow, e ka..o ae, e balana ae. 
 0-ver-hang, o lewal vva ae maluna. 
 O-rer-boad, malun^ ae o kc poo. 
 O-ver-look, e makaikai, e waiho wale.. 
 0-ver-much, imi loa, nui a kcu aku. 
 0-ver-plus; ke koena, ka mea kcu. 
 0-v6r-pow-er, e lanokila maluna. 
 0-vei:-riin, e lahaklla, e hooino. 
 d-yer-Sct, o hookabuli oc. 
 Q-Tcr-shade, e hbomalu iho. 
 0-vor-sleep, o hiamoe loa. 
 0-Vcr-spread, e bohola maluna au. 
 0-ver-take, e hele mahope a loaa no. 
 O-ver-throw, e hoohioto. 
 O-ver-tum, e hookabuli. 
 Ought, e pono -no. 
 Oiir,, (dual) ko maua, ka maiia ; ko kaua, ka 
 
 kaua; (plural) ko makou, ka makou; ko 
 
 kakou, ka kakon. 
 Our-selves, ko nuiua iho, &c., e riona Uuna. 
 Oust, e hemo, e kipaku. ^ 
 Out, mawaho ac, iwaho. 
 Ontrof, mawaho aku. 
 Out-oast, lie mea kijiakuia i ka aina e. 
 Out-cry, he wawa, he walaau. 
 Out-do, e hana a pakcla ae. 
 Out-or, mawaho loa. 
 Outrlet, he puka e boopuka aku ai. 
 Out-rage, he hana kolobo loa. 
 Out-right, hikiwawe. 
 Out-rpot, e uhuki ae. 
 
 Out-BaS' [ * "^ "'"^ ^^ ^^ ^'^^° ^°*' 
 
 Out-aide, njawaho ae, kahi mawaho. 
 
 Out-ward, ma ka aoao.mawaha. 
 
 Owe, e aie, o noho aic ana. 
 
 Owl, pueo. 
 
 Own, e lilo loa kekahi mea na kekahi. 
 
 Own-er, ka mea nona kekahi waiwai. 
 
 P. 
 
 Pa-ci-py, e hoona, e hoolaulea. 
 
 Pad-die, e boo waa. 
 
 Pad-die, ho hoe no ka waa. 
 
 I'a-gan, he mea hoomana kii. 
 
 Pago, be aoao o ka buke, keiki lawelawe. 
 
 Pain, he eha, ho bui. 
 
 Paint, e hapala, e boolua. 
 
 Pair, na mea elua j kaulikeia. 
 
 Pale, be mao ka houluu ana, ke keo^eo o ka 
 
 mea mai nanakea. 
 Pal-li-ate, e booemi i ka hews a uukn, 
 Pclm, he lonln. 
 
 Palm, (of the hand) poho liina. 
 Pal-pa-ble, hiki no ke haha ia. 
 Pal-pl-tate, e kapalili,te pcna. 
 Pal-sy, he lolo, he mai lolo. 
 Pal-try, inoino, pupuka. 
 Pan-der, he weawea, he kanaka ino. 
 iPang, he bui, he eha nui. 
 F&nt, e nae^ae. 
 
PEN 
 
 540 
 
 PIT 
 
 Pap, ka n ka vrabine, ka ai palupalu. 
 Fa-paw, he bei, he laau nulikaDa. 
 Par-a-ble, he naoe, he olelo nane. 
 Par-ade, e paikau me he poe koa la, 
 Par-a-lyt-ic, he loohia e ka lolo. 
 Par-a-mouat, be oioi ae, he pookela. 
 Par-oel, he puolo uukn. 
 Parch, e papaa ke wela ma ke ahi. 
 Far-don, e kala ana i ka hala. 
 Pare, e kolikoli, e oki a hemo 1 ka Ui. 
 Pa-rent, makua ponoi. 
 Far-ley, he olelo kike. C 
 
 Far-ox-ysm, ka hoi bou mai nca o ka mat 
 Par-o-quet, he manu omaomao. 
 Par-si-mo-pi-ous, be pi, aua. 
 Part, hapa, he apana. 
 
 Par-take, e lawe pu e like me ka mea e ae. 
 Par-fial, lawe kapakabi, he paenraewa. 
 Par-tial-ly, be hapa wale no. 
 
 ■ Par-tl-oi-pate, e lawe like me kekabi poe. 
 Par-ti-tion, he paka e kaawale at. 
 Fart-ner, he boa hana. 
 
 Par-ty, kekabi aoao o na kanaka, poe okoa. 
 
 Pass, e hele ae, e maalo ae. 
 
 P«is-sage, he wabi ala hele. 
 
 Pas-sen-ger, he mea hele, he ohaa. 
 
 Fas-sing, he hele ae ana. 
 
 Pas-sion, ka eha^o ka manao a o ke Idno palia. 
 
 Past, na bala, uapau. 
 
 Fas-time, he paani, he hana lealea.- ^ . 
 
 Pat, ka, inskaukaa. 
 
 Patt.lt>.e j)ai malie me ka lima. 
 
 Patch, he apana ; be mala aina. 
 
 Pate, ke poo. 
 
 Path, he alanai,bewabi e hele ai, lie kuamoo. 
 
 Pa-tience, he ahonui, belioomanawanui. 
 
 Pat-ri ot-ism, ka imi ana 1 ka pono o ke au- 
 
 puni. 
 Pat-tern, he kumu e hana like ai. 
 Pau-ci-ty, nuku, be kakaikahi. 
 Pare, e kipaepae poh&ku. 
 Paunch, ka opu a me na mea oloko. 
 
 ■ P^w, e helu me ka wawae. 
 
 Paw, ka wawae'mua o kekabi holoholona. 
 
 Pay, e hookaa i ka aie. 
 
 Peace, he wa kaua ole, he kuikahi. 
 
 Peak, kahi oi o ka pun, he wekiu. 
 
 Peal, he baalnlu nui. 
 
 Pearl, he momi. 
 
 Peck, e kiko me he manu la. 
 
 Pe-cul-iar, e pili ana ia ia wale no. 
 
 Ped-i-gree, he kuauhau. 
 
 Peei; he ili i ihiia. 
 
 Feel, e hooihi i ka ili me be maia la. 
 
 Peep, e nana malu. 
 
 Peep, ka leo o ke keiU moa. 
 
 Peer-less, lua ole, pakela oi. 
 
 Peev-ish, buhu wale, na ole. 
 
 Pelt, e pebi, e nou aku i na mea liilii 
 
 Pen-al-ty, ka uku boopaL 
 
 Pen-dant, e lewaleWa ana. 
 
 Pend-ing, e lewa ana. 
 
 Pen-e-traie, e komp iloko lilo, e bou. 
 
 Pen-i-tence, he manao mihi 
 
 PeiMlve, he noonoo ana, lealea ole. 
 
 Pent-house, he hale hoopaa. 
 
 Peo-ple, na kanaka, be poe kansJica. 
 
 Peo-pled, he aina kanaka, paapu i kanaka. 
 
 Per-ad-ven-ture, ina paha. 
 
 Per-ceive, e ike, ehoomaopopo. 
 
 Perch, e kau ma ka lala laau me he manu la. 
 
 Per-chance, paba, ina paha. 
 
 Fer-di-tion, kahi e poino man ana. 
 
 Fer-fect, paa, hemolele, aohe mea koe. 
 
 Per-fid-i-ou8, malama ole i kana olelo iho. 
 
 Per-fo-rate, e bou i wabl puka me ka will. 
 
 Per-force, e koi ako. 
 
 Per-form, e hana i kekahi mea. 
 
 Per-fume, he mea ala. 
 
 Per-haps, paha, ina paha. 
 
 Per-ish, e make, e lilo i mea ole. 
 
 Fer-ju-ry, be hoohiki wafaahee. 
 
 Psr-ma-nent, he mea mau, aole pan koke. 
 
 Per-mit, e ae aku i hanaia. 
 
 Fer-pet-u-al, he oia man, pan ole 
 
 Per-plez, e hnikau, e hoohihia. 
 
 Per-ple£-«d-nes8, he hoopilikia ana ka manao. 
 
 Fer-se-cnte, e hoomaau, e hoohihia wale. 
 
 Per-se-vere, e booman^wanui. 
 
 Per-sist, e hookupaa i ka manao. [pabx 
 
 Fer^oUj ke kino o ke kanaka, wahine, keild 
 
 Per-fipic-u-ons, akaka, pohihihi ole. 
 
 Fer-apire, e kahe ka bou. 
 
 Per-8\iade, e hoohuli ma ke ao akn. 
 
 Per'-tur-hllftton, ka aleale ana o ka moana. 
 
 Per-Terse, paakiki hewa, kekee. ~ 
 
 PeTruse, e heluhelu. '■■■■■ ..._ 
 
 Pest, be mea kolohe, be mea i&o. 
 
 Pest-i-lence, he mai lelc, he ahalau. 
 
 Pet, he mea hiwahiwa, he punahele loa. 
 
 Pe-ti-tion, he noi, he pule. 
 
 Pet-ty, uukn, liilii. 
 
 Phan-lom, he mea manao w;?.le ia, he lapu^ 
 
 Phy-gi-cian, he kahuna la^^au. 
 
 Phys-ic, he laau lapaau. 
 
 Pick, e wae, e obi. 
 
 Piece, be apana, he hakina. 
 
 Pierce, eo aku, e hou. 
 
 Pig, he puaa keild. 
 
 Pi-geon, he tnanu nunu. 
 
 Pile, be pua i hoopuuia. 
 
 Piles, he mai. 
 
 Pil-fer, e aihne i na mea nuku. 
 
 Fill, he huaale. 
 
 Pill (see peel.) 
 
 Pil-lage, e hao, e lawe wale. 
 
 Pil-low, he uluna. 
 
 Pim-ple, he puupuu ma ka iU. 
 
 Pinch, e iniki, e umild. 
 
 Fine, be laau kaa. 
 
 Pine, e hokli, e iini nuL 
 
 Pine-ap-ple, he bala ai. 
 
 Pipe, he obe, he ipu baka. 
 
 Pique, he hoohuakeeo. 
 
 Fish I .kahaha I he leo boowahawiAa. 
 
 Pis-nlire, he nonanona. 
 
 Fit, he lua. 
 
 Fitch, he kepau, he ta (tar.) 
 
 Flthi he iho. 
 
 Pit-i-Ail, aloha, menemene. 
 
POS 
 
 541 
 
 PRO 
 
 Fit-saw, be pabi ololua. 
 Plt-y, be aloha menemene. 
 Pla-ca-bie, biki be boolanleida. 
 Place, wahi, kahi. 
 
 place, e kau aku, e waiho, e hoonoho. 
 Fla-cid, oluolu, akahai, malle. ) 
 
 Plague, be mai abulau. 
 Plague, e hana ino aku, e hoooaqld. 
 Plain, maniania, maopopo. 
 Fiaiat, be ieo u, be kanikan. 
 Plait, e opeope pono, e ulana. 
 Plan, e manao boopono i kekabi bana. 
 Plane, be koikabi.. 
 Plane, e kabc me ke koikabL 
 Flank, bo papa laau manoauoa. 
 Plant, be mca kann. 
 Flan-tain, be maia popolu. 
 Flan-ta-tion, te aina nni i mab!ia,hekihapai. 
 FlaD-ter, be puna i pai pn ia me ke one. 
 Flas-tcr, c bamo i ka puna. 
 Plat, be wahi papu.iki. 
 Fiaud-it, be booinaikai ana, be hoolca. 
 Flay, e paani, e bana lealea. 
 Plead, e nonoi, e koi akn. 
 Fleas-ant, oluolu. , 
 Please, e hoooluolu, e hoolanlca. 
 Ple-be-ian, be^^kanaka makaainana. 
 Flen-ty, be itfalea, he mabnabtia, be nui. 
 Pli-ant, e ae ^oke aku, e will ka manao. 
 Plot, be manao e boopuni, be ohumu. 
 Pluck, e unubi, e ufauki. 
 Plug, be umpki, be pani no ka pahu. 
 Flu-mage, ns hiilu o ka mann. 
 Plump, nemonemo, piha, momona, puipuL 
 PluU'^er, be wsliwai i bao wale ia. 
 Plnnge, e luu i ka ^ai. 
 Plunge, e bou iho; 
 Ply, e kulou iho { ka bana ikalka. 
 Pod, ka aa e wab^ &na maw&|io o na anoano. 
 Fo-et, be baku mele. 
 Point, kahi oi, he welau, be kiko 
 Point, e kubikuhi. [akuabanai. 
 
 Foi-son, be mea make ke ai ia a inii pafaa, 
 Foi-isb, e anai, e boomaniania. 
 Po-lite, be ano pili ana i ka booluolu. 
 Pol-lute, e boopelapeta, e hoobaumia. 
 Po-lyg-a-my, ka mare lebulehu ana. 
 Pomp, be hanobano. 
 Pond, he loko, he kiowai. 
 Pon-der, e noonoo, e boomanao. 
 Fon-dei>ons, b? kaumaba, koikoi. 
 Poor, he ilihune, wiwi. 
 Fop, e poha aku. 
 
 Fop-u-laoe, na kanaka, ka lebulehu. 
 Pop-n-lar, ku like me ka manao o kanaka. 
 Fop-u-lpus, paapu i kanaka. 
 Fork, ka io puaa. 
 ' For-poise, ka naia. 
 Fort, be awa ku moku. 
 Por-tent, boallona o ka poino e Mki mai ana. 
 For-tion, he puu waiwai, he putt okoa. 
 Pos-sess, e paa lima ana, e lilo ponoi. 
 Pos-si-bie, biki no. 
 
 FoBt, he pou hale, be laau ku, be elele. 
 FoB-te-ri-ors, kahi hope o kanaka, kikala. , 
 
 Poa-teH-ty, na hanauna mahope, na mamo. 
 Post-J>(Jne, e waitio aku, o hoopanee. 
 Po-tentj'he ikaika nni, be mea mana. 
 PoT-er-ty, be iUfaane, he nobo waiwai ole. 
 Pound, e paopao, e kuikui iho. 
 Pour, e nmini. 
 
 Pow-der, be one-a, be okaoka, be panda. 
 Pow-er, mana, ka pono no ka bana i kekabi 
 
 mea. 
 Pow-er-ful, he ano mana, be ikaika nui. 
 Prac-tice, he bana mau. 
 Praise, e boomaikai, e hoolanilani. 
 Prate, e ol^lo wale, e olelo ano ole.'- 
 Pray, e pule, e noi aku. 
 Pray-er, he pule, he noi. 
 Preach, e hai aku i ka olelo maikai. 
 Pre-ca-ri-ous, akaka ol0 ke ko ana. 
 PreHsede, be bele iind'inamua. 
 Fre-cept, be kanawai i kakauia. 
 Previous, nui ka waiwai, makamae. 
 Frec-i-pice, be pali ku pololei iluna. 
 Pre-cip-it-ate, e hbolei ilalo i ka pali 
 Fre-dict, e hai e mamua, e wanana aku.i. 
 Prenem-i-nent, kiekie maluna. 
 Fre^fer, e kobo e mamua o na mea e ao. 
 Freg-nant, ko i kekeiki, piha i kahua,bapai. 
 Pi^rpare, e boomakaukau. 
 Prfcpos-ter-ona, lapuwale. 
 Presage, e boike mamua, wanana. 
 Pr£>8Cilbe, e kubikuhi. 
 Pqss-ence, ma 1^ alo pono. 
 Fres^ent, e nobo nei, e kq nei. 
 Pres^ent, be faaawina, fae'makana. 
 Pres-ent-ly, kokoke, aolo liuliu aku. 
 Pre-serre, e malama, e malama o make. 
 Pre-sido, e nobo maluna. 
 Press, e kaomiiho, e hookeke. 
 Pre-sume, e manao, e kuhi. [bookamani. 
 Pre-tend, e h9oike wabahee me be oiaio la, e 
 Fret-ty, maikai ma ka belehelena. 
 Pre-rail, c lanakila, e laha a kiekie maluna. 
 Fre-var-i-cate; e banhili i ka olelo, e lauwili 
 
 i ka olelo. 
 Pre-rent, e bookee, e keakea'. 
 Pro-vi-ous, mamua ae. 
 Price, ke kumuknai. 
 Prick, e o aku, e bou. 
 Prick-ly, ooi, kuku. 
 Pride, baaheo, he manao kiekie. 
 Priest, be kabunapule. 
 Prime, be mua, be oi. 
 Prince, be alii opio. 
 Prin-ci-pal, be mca pookela, be mua. 
 Print, e pai, e pai palapala, e pai kapa; 
 Pri-or, mamua, bele mua ana. 
 Pris-on. balcpaahcM). 
 Pri-vate, ka nobo^ ana o k^ kanaka oia iho 
 
 wale no, ka waiwai ponoi o ke kanaka. 
 Friv-i-lege, be mea i ae ia, he oihana. 
 Pi-iv-y, malie, e ike main ana. 
 Frota-a-ble, oiaio paha. 
 Fro-ba-tion, he boao ^na i ka oiaio. 
 Prob-i-ly, be pololei, he oiaio. 
 Pro-oeed, e b'-^le akn. 
 Fro-claim, e hai akn, e kukala aku. 
 
PUO 
 
 5^ 
 
 QUI 
 
 Pt'o-oraS-ti-nate, e hoopanec. 
 
 I'ro-cure, e loaa: 
 
 Prodi-gal, hoomaunauna, hooleilei wale. 
 
 Pro-di-gioas, nui !"», knpanaha. 
 
 Pro^duce, e hoohua, e loaa ma ka haca. 
 
 Pro-duc-tive, e pono ke. hoohua. 
 
 Pro-fane, ehoolilo i kamealaa i <iiealaaole, 
 
 ". hoohsnmia. 
 Pro-fane, <j hoohiki ino. 
 Prof-fer, e baawi akn. 
 Pro-fl-cient, he makaakan i kahi hana. 
 Prof-it, ka wAiwai i loaa. 
 Pro-found, hohonti, naacao loa. 
 Pro-ge-ny, he poe niamo, he poe hanau hope. 
 Prog-nos-ti-cate, e hoi'ie e mamua i ka meae 
 
 hiki mai ana. ^ 
 
 Pro-hib-it, e hookapu, e papa. 
 Pro-ject, he manao ma ke kumn o ka hana. 
 Pro-ject, e hooi aku i-nraUo. 
 Pro-lif-ic,.e hua nui ana. 
 Pro-llz, loloa, hooluhi no ka loloa ana. 
 Pro-long, e hooloihl ae. 
 Prom-l-nont, Maopopo, oi. _ 
 Pro-miB-cu-ouB, liuikau, hulia. 
 Prom^ei he oloio ae hooko. [he-lae, 
 
 Protn-bn-to-ry, he aina pali e oi ana i ke kai, 
 Pro-mote, e kokua mamuU q keUabibaua. 
 Prompt, makaukau.'" 
 Pro-BUl-gate, e hoolaha, e hoike akea. 
 Prone, kulou ana imua. 
 Pro-nounce, e^puana, e hai akaka aku. 
 Proof, he ho^iaio ana, he'raea e maopopo ai. 
 Prop, he kia, he koo, he paepae. 
 Prop-a-gate, e hoolaha aku. _ ■ 
 Pro-p^, e pahu aku> e hooholo imab. 
 Prop-er, kupono, ku like, ponoi. 
 Prop-er-ty, 'Waiwai ponoi, ano ponoi. 
 Proph-e-cy, he wanana, he hai e nlamua. 
 Pro-pin-liui-ty, he kokoke ana. 
 Pro-pi-tiate, e hoolaulea, e hookalahala. 
 Pro-pi-tioua, lokomaikai, laulea. 
 Pro-por-tion, he like ana, he kuleana like. 
 Pro-pri-e-tor, ka mea nona kekahi mea. 
 Pios-e-cute, 6 hahai aku i mea e loaa ai. 
 Pros-per-ous, e noho pomaikai ana. 
 Pros-ti-tute, e llochuli hewa, e hoohaumia. 
 Pros-trate, emoe ana ilalo. 
 Pro-tect, e malama, e hoomalu. 
 Pro-test, e hoohiki ku e,« hoole aku. 
 Pro-tract, e hoopanee i ka manawa. 
 Pro-trade, e hooi aku, e hoopuka aku. 
 Pro .tu-ber-ance, he puu, he mea oi. 
 Proud, ho manao kiekie ana. 
 Prove, e ijoao a ike, e hooraaopopo. 
 Prov-erb, he olelopokopokoanninaekeano. 
 Pro-vide, e hana a makaukatt e. 
 Pro-vis-ion, he ai i hoahuia. 
 I'ro-voko, e hoonaukiaki, e hoala hnhn. 
 Prox'jim-i-ty, he kokoke ana. 
 Prox-y, he pani no ka moa nalowale. 
 Pru-dent, hoopono, he noonoo. 
 Pshaw 1 he olelo hoowahawaha, ka ! 
 Fnb-lio, i mna o na kanaka a pau. 
 Pab-lish, e hoike ma ke akea. 
 Puck-er, be pukapuka, he alu. 
 
 Pu-er-ile, ma i:e ano kaiaalii. 
 
 Puff, he puhi ana. 
 
 Puff, e hoomaikai wale, e haanou. 
 
 Pug-na-cious, makemake e hakaka. 
 
 Puke, e luai, e hoowa. 
 
 Pull, e hnki, e kauo. 
 
 Pulp, ka io ka hua. 
 
 Fnl-pit, he aval kahi e hai ai i ](a olelo. 
 
 Pulse, ka pana. 
 
 Pnl-ver-ize, e hoowali a okaoka liilii. 
 
 Pun-gent, oi, awaMa. 
 
 Pun-iah, e hoopai. 
 
 Pun-ish-ment, ka hoopai ana. 
 
 Pu-ny, liilii, nawaliwjili. 
 
 Pup, he kelki ilio. 
 
 Pu-pil, he haumana. 
 
 Pup-py, he keiki ilio. 
 
 Pur-chase, e kuai lih) mai. 
 
 Pure, maemao. 
 
 Purge, e holoi, e hoomaemafc 
 
 Pur-loin, e lawelawe, e aibue. [kne poni.- 
 
 Pur-ple, be ulaula i paipuia me ka eleele. roo- 
 
 Pur-port, ke ano. 
 
 Pur-pose, ka manao e hana. 
 
 Pur-sue, e habai mahope. 
 
 Pur-u-lent, e pala behcc ana. 
 
 Push, e pahu aku. e koo aku. 
 
 Push-ing, e pahu ana, e hooneenec ana. 
 
 Pu-sil-lan-i-mous, he makau wale. 
 
 Pias-tule, he puupuv. ma ka ili. 
 
 Pua-tu-lous, ma ke ano puupuu iU. 
 
 Put, e kau, e waiho. 
 
 Pa-tre-fy, e palaho, e popo. 
 
 Pcx-zle, he pilikia i ka manao. 
 
 a. 
 
 Quifi-Ru-FED^e holoholona wawae eha. 
 
 Quake, e haalulu, e nawe. 
 
 Qual-i-fy, e hoomakaukau. [e ao. 
 
 Qual-i-ty, kekahi ano, he like olo me ka mea 
 
 Quan-ti-ty, ka nui, ke kaumaha. 
 
 Quar-rel, he ku e, he hakaka, ho paio. 
 
 Quar-ter, he hapaha o kekahi mco. 
 
 Quar-ter, e mahele 1 eha hapa like. 
 
 Quash, e hoopau. 
 
 Queen, he alii wahine. 
 
 Quell, e hoopau, e hoolaolu. 
 
 Quench, e kinai, e hoppio (i ke ahi.) 
 
 Quer-u-lous, he ohumu mau ana. 
 
 Que-ry, he ninau. 
 
 Quest, ka imi ana, ka huli ana. 
 
 Ques-tiott, he ninau, he niele. 
 
 Quick, e wikl, e hikiwawe. 
 
 Quick-lime, he puna moa i hoOhu oIo in. 
 
 Qui-et, maha, malie, na. ' 
 
 Qui-et, e hoona, e hoomalie. 
 
 Quill, he hulu. 
 
 Quit, e hooki, e haalele, uoki. 
 
 Quite, loa, paa. . 
 
 Quit-tanoe, e haalele ana, e faoold ana. 
 
 Quiy-er, he aa no na pua, he eke pua. 
 
 Qulv-er, he haalulu, he eehia. 
 
feEC 543 
 
 Quo-ta-tibn, ka olelo a hai i Uwe pono ia. 
 
 REM 
 
 Bab-bi, he kumuao ludaio. 
 Bab-id, huha, haebae, hehena. 
 Baee, he habai ana. he bolokiki ana. 
 Ba-di-ant, he hoopuka malamalama, olinolino. 
 Baft, he baina papa e Una ana i ka wai, 
 Baf-ter, he oa bale. 
 Bag, he weln kapa, w:ela lole. 
 Bage, e enaena, e wela ka huhn. 
 Bag-ged, he weluweln ke kapa. 
 Bail, he laaa kaola o ka pa laaii. 
 Bail, e kuamuamu aku ia hai. 
 Eail-le-ry, he olelo henehene. 
 Bain, he ua. 
 Bain-bow, be anuenae. 
 Baise, e hapai iluoa, 6 hoiila ae. 
 Bal-ly, e boouiunlu i na koa ) pnehn i ke kaua. 
 Bam-ble, e hele i o ia neL 
 Ban-cor, be inaiaa, be mtmaQhoino. 
 Ban-dom, be bana wale, he'hanakninn ole. 
 Bange, be wahi i'hoopuiulft ,. ., '* ' 
 Bank, he kn papa ana, he Jbtknohano alu. 
 Ban-kle, he palahehee me he mai la. 
 Ban-sack, e faali ikaika ma kanwahi. 
 Ban-8om, he Oku hoola i na pio. 
 Bap, e kikeke, e pai. 
 Bap-id, bolokiki, kabe ikaika. 
 Bare, kakaikabi loa, moa hapa. . , 
 :Ba8-cal, be kanaka hana hoopuqipuni. 
 IKase, e hokai. 
 
 Bash, he hana wikiwiki me ka noonoo ole. 
 Basp, he apoa^n kalakala. 
 Bat, he iole noi. . 1 
 Ba-tan, he ohe mea kookoo. 
 £atb-er, e aha 
 
 Bat-i-fy, e booko i ke knikabi. 
 Bat-tie, he mea kanikanL < 
 
 Bar-age, e hao wal«, e lawe waiwid pio. 
 Bave, e ^alaau ae me ka hubu. 
 Bav-el, e webewebe i ka mea i nlanaia. 
 BaT-ish, e moekolobe me ka limaikaika, 
 Ba'w, maka, moa ole. 
 Baze, e hoohiolo, e wawahi 
 Ba-zor, bo pahi uminmi. 
 Beach, e k&o aka, e o aku, e lalan. 
 Bead, e heluhela. 
 Bead-y, makaukan. i 
 .Beal,-maoli, be oialo^ 
 
 Bear, ka hope. ' [la- 
 
 Bear, e ku ijona manawaWaehopeni&heliO 
 Bea-son, be kumu e ka manao. 
 Be-as-sem-ble,' e-akoakoe boa. 
 Beb-el, be kanaka kipi i ke aupunL 
 Be-bake, e ao ikaika ana. 
 Be-cant, e mibl a e hoopaa i ka manao>_ 
 Be-eeire, e lawe i ka mea 1 haawiia. 
 Ee-ceat, be mea bon. 
 Be-cip-ro-cal, kekabi i kekahi. , 
 Be-cite, e hai waba i ka mea i paanaau ia. 
 R^-less, noonoo ole, uumdo ole. 
 
 Beck-oD, e booulnulu ma na hua helu. 
 Be-cline, e bilinai, e moe jUi 
 Bec-og-nize, e ike me ka poina ole. 
 Bec-ol-lect, e boomanab, e boala manao. 
 Bec-om-mend, e hoike aku he maikaL 
 Bec-om-pense, be nku. 
 Bec-on-cile, e boolaulea. 
 Be-coT-er^ e loaa bou i kekabi mea i lilo. 
 Be-coiint, e boike liilii a pan. [mua. 
 
 Be-cre-ate, e hana bou i ka mea.i banaia ma- 
 Be-orim-in-ate, e boohewaaku i kameaihoo- 
 
 bewa mai. 
 Eec-ti-iy, e hooponopono. 
 Bed, be ulanla. 
 
 Be-deem, e nkn.hoola, e hoopanai. . 
 Be-dress, e hoopuka i ka pilikia. 
 Be-duce, e hooemi iho, e mahele i uaku ibo. 
 Be-dnnd-ant, he keu wale ana^. 
 Reed, he ohe. 
 
 Eeek, e punohn i ka maba.' 
 Reel, he bikaka. 
 
 Be-fer, e' kobikuhi-akur - [me he aniani la. 
 Be-fleet, e noonoo, e hoihoi bou mai i ke aka 
 Be-fluz, ka mimiki ana aku o ke kai hohono. 
 Be-form, « hana bou a pono. 
 Ee-frac-to-ry, ku e, hele kekee, hooknli. 
 Re-irain, e hookaawale, e pakiko. 
 Eef-uge, he puuhonna, he wahi c pakele aJ. 
 Bef-uae, be opala, be koesa opala. 
 Ee-fnse, ehoole, e a« ole. 
 Re-gard, be malama ana, he makemake. 
 Re-gion, he moku aina. 
 Be-grei, e minamina, o mihi. 
 Eeg-u-lar, ku i ka pololei. 
 Reg-u-li^te, 9 hooponopono, e hoopolotoi. 
 Ee^iearse, ebai pakabi i kaineaipaanaania. 
 Be-ject, e hookuke, e baalele. 
 Reign, e nobo alii, e nobo aitpnni. 
 Eein, be kanlawaba, be kaula4)aa lima o ke 
 
 kanlawaba. 
 Ee-joice, e bauoli, e olioli. 
 Ee-join-der, he pane hou ana. 
 'Re-late, e hai aku. 
 Rel-a-tivo, he pili ana, be hoahanan. 
 Ee-lax, e boolilolu,,e hooalualn, 
 Ee-lease, e hgokuu aim, e weLe ae. 
 Ee-Ient, c boolnolu i ka paakiki. 
 Ee-lt-ance, e pili i kekahi mea. 
 Re-liere, o hooknu, e hoomaba. 
 Re-lieted, na maba. [hoomana. 
 
 Re-li-gion, be manao i ke Akna, he oihana 
 Re-lin-quigh, t hookua, e haalele. 
 Rel-ish, e ono, e boui ala. 
 He-ly, eliilinai, e paulele. 
 Re-main, e koe, e nobo hele pu ole. 
 Be-main-der, he kocna. 
 Bem^^e-dy, he laau lapaau. 
 Be-mem-ber, o hoornannu, e paa ma ka manao. 
 Ee-mind, e paipai manao. 
 Be-miss, kapulu, nawaliwali. 
 Ee-mis-sion, be kala ana. 
 Eem-nant, be apana koe. [ibo. 
 
 Bc-moTse, ka «haeba o ka naaa no konahewa 
 Be-motej mamao, loihi aku. 
 Ee-ma-ner-aUi, e uku i ka mea pobo. 
 
BET 
 
 544 
 
 ROU 
 
 Ren-cona-ter,'be hakaka. 
 
 R«nd, e.hoonah'ae, e hoowelnweln. 
 
 Reil-dez-vous, be wahi e akoakoa ai na koa. 
 
 Bje-nounce, e faoole loa, e haalele loa. 
 
 ike-no wned. kaulaca no ka maikai.. 
 
 Be-pair, e hana bou a maikai. 
 
 Be-past, he ai ana. 
 
 Be-peal, e boopau i kekabi kanawai. 
 
 Be-peat-ed-ly: pinepine. 
 
 Be-pel, e pale aka, e kipaku. 
 
 Be-peat, e mihi me ka haalele i ka hewa. 
 
 lle-piae,'e minamina heoino. 
 
 Be.plete, piba, paaput 
 
 Eo-ply, e pane hou aku, e Jiike. 
 
 Re-port, e olelo hoikeike. 
 
 Re.pose, e moe malie, e biamoe. 
 
 Re-posc, he hoomaba ana, he hiamoe. 
 
 Rep-re-bend, e ao me ka hoohewa. 
 
 Rep-re-sent, e bai hoike. 
 
 Re-press, ekinai, e lioopio. 
 
 Rep-ri-mand, e ao ikaika aka no ka hewa. 
 
 Re-proach, e olelo hobhewa aim. 
 
 Ee-proof, he hoohewa ana. 
 
 Rep-tite, he mea kolo me be ennbe la. 
 
 Re-pn-di-ate, e hoole aka, e hooheiuo. 
 
 Re-piig-nance, be manao ku e, ae ole. 
 
 Re-pulse, e kipaku aka e hoi. 
 
 Re-pu-ta-ble, manao maikai ia. 
 
 Re-pu-ted, be olelo wale ia no kekahi. 
 
 Re-quest, he noi, he hoike makemake. 
 
 Re-quice, e noi no ka hemahema. 
 
 Re-quis-ite, ka mea e pono ai no ka hemahema. 
 
 Re-quite, e hoihoi i ka mea like. 
 
 Res-cue,'e hoopakele i ka pilikia. 
 
 Re-search, he imi ikaika ana. [lena. 
 
 Ke-sem-ble, e hoohalike, e ku like ka helehe- 
 
 Rc-sent, e hubu,.e ukiuki. 
 
 Re sent-ment, he jnanao huha. 
 
 Re-serve, e aua, e hoomaka mae. 
 
 Re-side, e aoho paa ma kekahi wahi. 
 
 Res4-dence. kabi e nobo aL 
 
 Res-i-due, ke koena, ka mea i-koe. 
 
 Re-sign, e waiho i ka oihana q kekahi. 
 
 R^g-na-tion, ka bookaa ana 1 kahi oihana. 
 
 Resin, be k^»sa ta. 
 
 Ee-sist, e k«..e, a pale aku. i . ' 
 
 Be-solve, e paa ka manao, e hookaawale liilii. 
 
 Be-sort, he aha kanaka, he wahi e akoakoa ai. 
 
 B&«ound, e kani hoti mai, e knpinaL 
 
 Be-tource, he kumu e loaa mai ai. 
 
 Bes pect,''e manao pono aku, e mabalo aku. 
 
 Bes-pire, e ha, e hanu. 
 
 ''Bes-pite, ka hoopanee i ka hoopai. 
 
 Be-splend-ent, nani loa, hinubinu. 
 
 Bes-pond, e pane mai, e olelo kike mai. 
 
 Best, he maha, bo hianiioe. 
 
 Rest, ke'koena. 
 
 R4-gtore,-e boihoi i kahi mua, e hoola. 
 
 Restrain, e kaobi, e keakea, e hoopaa. 
 
 Re-sult, ka bua i loaa. 
 
 Bes-UT-reo-tion, ke ala hou aua, 
 
 Retain, e kaobi, e hoopaa m& sa malama. 
 
 Re-tal-i-ate, e-hoopai akii e like me ka hana 
 
 ia mai. 
 Be-tard, e hoohakalia, e hoolohi. 
 
 He*ch, e hoolualuai. 
 
 Ee.tire, e hole i kabi e. , 
 
 Re.treat, e hookaawale i'kahl e. 
 
 Re-treat, he wahi nvebameha e noho ^. 
 
 Rf-trieve, e loaa hou. 
 
 R&tro-grade, hoi hope ana. 
 
 Re.turn, e hoi hou. 
 
 Re-turn, e hoihoi hou aku. 
 
 Re-veal, e hoike i na mea i ike ole ia. 
 
 Re-venge, e hoopai ino i ka hana ino mai. 
 
 Re-vere, e hoomaikai weliweli ana. 
 
 Re-verse, e hoololi. 
 
 Re-view, e nana hou. e hull e ike. 
 
 Re-vile, e hoomaino, e nuku, e hooino. 
 
 Re-vive^e hoi hou i ke ola. 
 
 Re-volt, e kipi, e malama ole i ke alii. 
 
 Re-volve, e hull me he kaa la, e noonoo. 
 
 Re-ward, e uku aku." 
 
 Uhea-ma-tism, ka eha o ka ami iwi. 
 
 Rheu-mat-ic, mai eha o ka anu. 
 
 Rib, ka iwi aoao. 
 
 Rich, he waiwai nui. 
 
 Rid, e kaawale ae. , 
 
 Ride, e holo ma ka lio, makekaa,ameaeae. 
 
 Rjd-i-cule, e hoowahawaha, e akaaka. 
 
 Ei-fle, e lawe pio i kekahi waiwai. 
 
 Right, e hoopololei i ka mea kekee. 
 
 Rig-id, ikaika, paa, naue ole. 
 
 Rig-or, he ikaika, paa. 
 
 Rim, ka lihilihi o kekabi ipn. 
 
 Rindj ka ili mawaho. 
 
 Ring e bookaui, e o me he bele la. 
 
 Eingj he apo poepoe. 
 
 Ring.worm, he haukeake, he kane. 
 
 Rinse, e bou iloko o ka wai. 
 
 Rip, e haehae, e nahae. 
 
 Ripe,"ua"-'oo, pono ke aiia. 
 
 Ri-pen, e oo, e hoopala. 
 
 Rise, e ala ae, e euen, e pii. 
 
 Ri-val, he hoa kn e mai me be mau punalua la. 
 
 Rive, e hoonaha, c mahele i ka laauJ 
 
 Eiv-er, he muliwai, he kahawai nui lana malie. 
 
 Road, he alanui, he ala akea. 
 
 Roam, e kaabele wale, e bele i o ia nei. 
 
 Roar, he haalulu n\u, e uwo. 
 
 Roast, e koala i ke abi. 
 
 Rob, e bao, e kaili wale. 
 
 Ro-bust, ikaika, puipui. 
 
 Rock, he pabaku nui. 
 
 Rock, e hoolulilnli. 
 
 Roe, be dia wahine. 
 
 Roll, "■ kaa,' e olokaa. 
 
 Roll, he owili pepa, lole, ic. 
 
 Roof, ka ubi malana o ka hale. 
 
 Room, he keena. be walii akea. 
 
 Roost, he wahi e kau ai na manu. 
 
 Root, ka IT ole, ke aa o ko laau. 
 
 Rout, e eku me he puaa la. 
 
 Rope, he kanla nui. 
 
 Rose, he pua laau, be rose. 
 
 Rot, e pa!a, e palabo, c boi hou i ks lepo. 
 
 Rove, e aea, e kuewa wale. 
 
 Rough, e kalakala, apuupuu. 
 
 Round, poepoe. 
 
 Round, a puni. 
 
. SAP 545 
 
 Bouse, e hoala, e booeueu. 
 
 Runt-ed, i hooheeia me he poe koa la. 
 
 Row, e ku lalani, he ku papa ana. 
 
 Row, e hannaele. 
 
 Row, 6 hooh.o!o ma na hoe. 
 
 Rub, e anai. 
 
 Rub-bish, he opala. 
 
 Rud-der, ka boeuli. 
 
 Rude, hawawa, naaupo. 
 
 Rue, he laau kanu awaawa. 
 
 Ruf-fian, he powa, he pepehi kanaka. 
 
 Ruf-fle, e hooaleale i ka ili o ka wai. 
 
 Ruf-fle, he pibapiha lole. 
 
 Ru§-ged, kalakala, apuupuu. 
 
 Ru-ia, be hookabuli ana, he boohiolo ana. 
 
 Rule, e hoDmaln aupuni, c hoopololei. 
 
 Rule, he laau men hoopololeikaha. 
 
 Eum-ble, he kumumu, haalulu. 
 
 Ru-mor, he lohe wale, he lono. 
 
 Rump, ke kikala, ka. hope. 
 
 Rum-pie, e hoominomino. 
 
 Run, e bolo, e kukini. 
 
 Runt, ka mea lillii o ka ohaua puaa. 
 
 Bush, e holokiki aku. ., 
 
 Rush, he kaloha, he mea ulli. 
 
 Bust, be popo, he Icukae hao. 
 
 Hus-tle, e kawewe, e nakeke. 
 
 Ruth-less, aloha ole, menemeDe ole. 
 
 s. 
 
 ■Sj.-blb, eleele, uU. 
 
 Sa-bre, he pahl kaua loloa. 
 
 Sack, he eke nul. [enemi. 
 
 Sack, e hao wale i ke kulanakauhale o ka 
 
 Sac-ra-ment, aakarema, oihana hoallona eka- 
 
 lesia. 
 Sa-cred, laa, kapn, hoano. 
 Sad, kauoiafaa ma ka naau. 
 Sad-die, he noho lio. 
 Safe, palekana, maluhla. 
 Sage, he naauao, he noonoo pono. 
 Sage, he laau kanu. 
 Sail, he pea o ka moku. 
 Sail, e holo ae me he moku la. 
 Sake, he mea e pono aL [keia wa. 
 
 Sal-a-ry, he knmu e hoouku like i kela wa i 
 Sale, ka lilo ana i ke kuaiia. 
 Sarline, mikomiko me he paakai la. 
 Sal-i-ya, he kuha, he wale o ka waha. 
 Sal-i-varted, hookaheia ka wale o ka waha. 
 Sal-low, maimai, lenalena ma ka maka. 
 Sal-ly, he hoopuka nni ana mai kekahi wahi 
 
 aku. ^ 
 
 Salt, he paakai. 
 
 Salt, e kopi i ka paakai a miko. 
 Sal-va-tion, he hoola ana mai ka make ae. 
 Sa-lute, e uwe aloha aku, e honi aloha. 
 Same, oia kookahi no. 
 Sauc-ti-t'y, e hoano, e hoolaa. 
 Sand, he one. 
 
 Sand-stone, be pohakn oneoue, he papaakea. 
 Sap, he wai iloko o ka mea ula. 
 Sa-pi-ent, naauao. akamai. 
 69 
 
 scu 
 
 Sar-casm, he olelo boohilahila. 
 
 Satch-^el, he eke lawe buke a na haumana. 
 
 Sa-tiate, e maona, e hoopiha a maona. 
 
 Sat-is-fy, e hooluolu i ka manao. 
 
 Sat-ur-day, ka-la hoomalolo. 
 
 Say-age, hupo, lokoino. 
 
 Sauce, he inai ai, he olelo pakike. 
 
 Save, e hoola, e hoopsdcele. . [pakela. 
 
 Sar-ior, he mea hoola, o Kristo, ka mea boo-: 
 
 Saun-ter, e aea wale, e bele a hana ole; 
 
 Sa-Tor, he boalaala ana, he ala olnolo. 
 
 Saw, be pahi olo, he pahi ololua.- 
 
 Saw-dust, he okaoka o ka laau i oloia. 
 
 Say, e olelo, e hai, e i. 
 
 Scab, he papaa maluna o ka cha. 
 
 Scaf-fold, he papa kiel^ie kahi e kuainap.oa- 
 
 haua hale.' 
 Scald', e hoowela i ka wai wela. 
 Scale, be mea kaupouna. 
 Scale, e pii i ka pa nui me he papu la. 
 Scale, be unabi ia. 
 Scalp, ka ili ma ka piko o ke poo. 
 Scam-per, e holo ikaika. 
 Scan-dal, he olelo hoohihia, he aki. 
 Scant, bapa, lawa ole. 
 Scar, be linalina o ka ili i moku i ka pahi. 
 Scarce, kakaikabi, hapa. 
 Scarce-ly, aneane hiki ole. 
 Scar-ci-ty, he manawa wi, ai ole. 
 Scare, e hoomakau, e hoopuiwa. 
 Scar-let, ulaula. 
 Scat-ter, e hoohelelei, e lu aku. 
 Scent, he hohono, he mea honi. 
 Scent, e honi, e hooala. 
 Scheme, be manao kumu hana. 
 Schol-ar, he haumana ao palapala. 
 School, he kula ao palapala. 
 School-mas-ter, he kumu kula kane. 
 Scis-sors, he upa oki uuku. 
 Scoff, e olelo hoowahawaha aku. 
 Scold, e nuku. e olelo huhu. 
 Scope, he kaawale, he akea. 
 Scorch, e papaa ka ili ma ka wela. 
 Scorn, e hoowahawaha loa. 
 Scour, e anaanai, e bQloi ikaika. 
 Scourge, e hahau i ke kua a eba loa. 
 Scout, hemeaheleahoomakaakiu i ka enemi. 
 Scowl, e hoomakainoino. 
 Scram-ble, e hopubopu wikiwiki. 
 Scrap, he apana liilii, be hakina. 
 Sorapp, e koekoe, e wau. 
 Scratch, e wauwaii, e kaffa ma ka ili. 
 Scream, e hooho me ka leo uwa. 
 Screen, e pale, e hoomalu. 
 Screen, he paku, be pale. 
 Screw, he mea nao wili. 
 Scrib-ble, e kakan wikiwiki mo ka lalau. 
 Scrip-tures, ka palapala hcmololeake Akua. 
 Scrof-u-Ia, he mai alaala ma ka a-i. 
 Scrub, e boloi ikaika. 
 Scvu-ple, he kuihe, he haohao. 
 Scru-ti-nize, e emi ikaika i ke ano. 
 Scuf-fle, be aumeume ikaika. 
 Scnlk, e buna ia ia iho. [mahopc. 
 
 Scull, e unenue, e koo i ka waa me ka hoc» 
 
SEV 
 
 546 
 
 SHE 
 
 , Sonlp-ture, ka oihana kalai kii. 
 
 Sea> ke kai, he moana, he ale noi. 
 
 Etearcoaat, kafa&kai. 
 
 Se^ck, ka liliha ma ka holo moka ana. 
 
 ScMide, kahakai. 
 
 Searwa-ter, kai, wai kaL 
 
 S^al, he ilio o ke kai. 
 
 Seal, e hoopaa i ka wefa. 
 
 Seam, ke knina o ka lole hiunuhumu. 
 
 Search, e imi, e huili. 
 
 Seai-Eon, he wa pono, he manawa okoa> 
 
 Searson, e hana a mikomiko. 
 
 SearBOn-injg;, he mea'inai, he hoomikomiko. 
 
 Seat, noho, he pnnee. - 
 
 Seat, e noho iho, e hoonoho. 
 
 Sea-ward, makai. 
 
 Se-cede, e hookaokoa aku. 
 
 See-ond, he mea kpkua, he sekona. 
 
 SecKind, e kokua mahope. 
 
 Se>ciet^hmia ia, pohiUhi, Be hsi ole ia. 
 
 Sect, he poe e kulkahi ana ka manao. 
 
 Seo-a-lar, ina ko ke ao nel aole ma ka lani. 
 
 Se-cure, maluhia, paa. 
 
 Se-cnre, e hoopaa, e hoomala; 
 
 Se-date,*nohomalie, oluoln, kaoo. 
 
 Sed-i^ent, he okaj he maku. 
 ' Se-duce,:e alakai iloko o ka hevra. 
 
 Sed-u-louB, kaamaujkaika ana, hoomau ana. 
 
 See, e nana maka, e hoomaopopo. 
 
 Seel e nana 1 aia hoi t 
 
 Seed, he haa mea kanu,.he anoano. 
 
 Seek; e emi, e hnli iho. 
 
 Seem, e akaka ma ka manao. 
 
 Scem-ly, ka i ka pono. 
 
 Seine, he npena nui.' 
 
 Seisse, e hopu, e lalau koke aku. 
 
 Sel-dom, biki kakaikahi. 
 
 Be-lect, e koho, e wae. 
 
 Self, iho, ponoi. 
 
 Sell, $ knai hoolilo aku. 
 
 Sem-blance, ka'like ana, ke ano like. 
 
 Sen-ate, he aba kan kanawai. 
 
 Sen-a-tor, kekahi o ka poe kan kanawai. 
 
 Send, e hoonna, e hoolele. 
 
 Sen-ioT, hanau mua, be hanan maa. 
 
 Sen-si-nve, hiki wawe ka manao. 
 
 Sen-aa-al, ma ko ke kino. 
 
 Seh-ti-ment, he manao, he olelo pili. 
 
 Sen-ti-nel, he koa e ku kiai ana. 
 . Sep-a-i'ate, kaawale, kuokoa. 
 
 Sep-nl-chte, he hale hnpapau. 
 . Se-qnel, e pili ana mithope, ka hope. 
 
 Se-rene, aiai, malie, oluoln, 
 
 Ser-mon, he olelo no ka ke Akua. 
 
 Ser-pent, he mooomole, he naheaa. 
 
 Sf r-vant, he kauwa lawelawe. 
 
 8er-Tice-a-61e, ku i ka pono, e pomaikai ai. 
 
 Set, e kan, e hoonoho iho, e napoo iho. , ' 
 
 Set, he man uea e ku like ana. 
 
 Set-tie, e nobo iho ma ka alna hou. 
 
 'Settle, e eml iho malalo. 
 
 SeT-en, abiku, ebiku. 
 
 Sev-en-tcen, umiknmamabika:; [hiku. 
 
 SeT-en-ty, kaiiaha me kaAakbitt ken, kana- 
 
 Sev-er, e hookaawale i ka mea e kui ana. 
 
 Sev-er-al. he man mea, mahaahua. 
 
 Se-yeTe,,oolea, kanmaha, ikaika loa. 
 
 Sew,.e;hnmuhnmu me ke kui a me ka ropi. 
 
 Shade,' he malumalu, he aka. 
 
 Shade, e hoomalu, « nhi ka malumalu, 
 
 Shad^ow, he aka, he hoailona. 
 
 Sbag-gf , paapu i ka hulqhulo. 
 
 Shake, e lulti, e baalulu. 
 
 Shake, he liiUi ana, he haokeke ansk 
 
 Sbal-low^ papan, atiua. 
 
 Sham, he. hana lio^nnipum, he oi^o ole. 
 
 Sbam^, he bilaVi!'' 
 
 Sbame-ful, ku i ka biiabjla. ■ 
 
 Shape, e hana aka ike ano. 
 
 Shape, kaltelebel^na o ke kino. 
 
 Share, he hapa d ka mea okoa. 
 
 Sb&re,e eannawe i na apana. 
 
 Shac-er, kamea lawe i kekahi bapa. 
 
 Shark, he-mano, hd ia nui, he kanaka epa. 
 
 Sharp, oi, ooi 
 
 Sharp-en, e hana a oL 
 
 Shat-ter,.e wawabi Uilii. 
 
 Shave, e kahi ae. 
 
 She, ia (pili i ka mea wabine.) 
 
 Sheath, he wabi no ka pabi a me na mea oL 
 
 Shed, he hale malnmalti malana a hamama 
 
 malalo. 
 Sheep, be hipa. 
 Sheet, be kibd moe. 
 
 Shelf, be papa e kauial na mea malnna. 
 Shell, be iwi mawabo o ka io. 
 Shell-fish, he ia mea iwi mawabo. 
 Sbel-ter, he mea hoomalu, he mea obi maluna. 
 Sbel-ter, e heomald, e pale aku i ka ino. 
 Sh^lv-ing, e saoe kapakabi ana, e moe hio 
 Sherd, baMna ipn. 
 Shield, be paku e pale si i ke kana. 
 Shield, e paku pale aka, e pale ae. 
 Shift, e hoololi, e hooUlo. - 
 Shift, ka hoololi ana; kapalnle wahine. 
 Sbin, ka lapa wawae. 
 Shine, e hoomalamalama. 
 Ship, be moka kiakoln. 
 Sbip-wreek, he ill ana o ka moku a nahaba. 
 Shirt, palule note kane. 
 Sbiv-er, e baalnlu, e nahaba liilii. 
 Shoal, he la paapu ; be wai papau. 
 Shoe, he kamaa. . 
 Shoqt, e ki i ka pu, e pana i ka pua. 
 Shore, be kabakal. 
 Short, pokole, poko. 
 Sbori-ly, kpkoke, emo.ole. 
 Short^ind-ed, naenae. 
 Shot, he In, he poka pu liilii 
 Shove, e pnUu aku, e koo mahope. 
 Sbov-el, he oo palabalaha mea^kioUk lepo. 
 Sbov-el, kope a e hoolei atoi. 
 Shoul-der, ka poobiwi. 
 Sbonl-der-blade, ka iwi o ka uha mua. 
 Shout, li-i booho olioli. 
 Sbow, •} iioike imua o na maka. 
 Show-ev, he ua naulu. 
 Shred, he apana liilii. > 
 Shriek, e hoobo me ka leg uwo. » 
 Shrill, oi loa, kaui loa. 
 
SLA 
 
 547 
 
 SOB 
 
 Shriuk, e emi ibo a auku. 
 
 Shrir-cl, e emi ibo a mimino. 
 
 Sbud-dcr,i! baalnlu. e baukeke. 
 
 Shiif-fle, e hoololi walo. e lauwili. 
 
 Sbnn, c laaalo ma kckabi aoaO. 
 
 Shut, e pani a paa. , 
 
 Shut-tcr, hu pani mawabo. 
 
 Sick, inai, maimai. 
 
 Side, aoao. 
 
 Siego, ho hoopuni ana me na koa kaua. 
 
 Sign, he banu loloa, c uhu.iho. 
 
 Sight, ka ike maka ana. 
 
 Sight-)y, maikai i ka nana ia. 
 r.Sign, he boailona, he onli^ 
 
 SJg-nal, be boailona hoike, kapanaha. 
 
 Sig-ni-fy, o hoike i ke ano. 
 
 Silence, he nohomalie, walaau ole. 
 
 8i-lunce ! e hoopaa i lea waha) e hoomalie. 
 
 Sil-ly, lapiiwalo,>ano ole. 
 
 Sim-i-la^, like, he likepu. 
 
 Sim-i-le, he hoolike ana, heVnane. 
 
 Sim-pie, akamai'ole, makankau ole. 
 
 Sin, he bewa, he ku o i ke kanawai, he lawe- 
 hala ana i ka ke Akua. 
 
 Sin, e-hana i ka mea ka e i ka ke Akua. 
 
 Since, mahope mai! 
 
 Sin-cera, oiaio, hookamani ole. 
 
 Sin-ew, ke olona ma ke kino. 
 
 Sing, e mele, e hooica me ka leo mcle. 
 
 Singe, o'kuni a wela na Itnlu ma ke ahi. 
 
 Sing-er,'fae mea akamai i ka leo mele. 
 
 Sin-gle, bookahi, pakahi. 
 
 Sing-ly, ma ke ano pakabi ana. 
 
 Sin-gu-Iar, akabi ana, kakaikahi. 
 ' Sink, e poho,, e ppholo, e emi ibo. 
 
 Sin-ner^ihc mea lawchala, he kanaka hewa. 
 
 Sip, eiJioao i ka mea inn, e inu liilii. [paha. 
 
 Sir, hs'dlelo pili i ke kane i ka meanuia like 
 
 Sis-ter|&e hoabanau wahine a na makaa boo- 
 kahi. 
 
 Sit, noho iho. , . 
 
 Site, be kabua, be wahi pono ke noho. ^ 
 
 Six, eono. 
 
 Six-teen, omikumamaouo. 
 
 Sixth, ke ono. 
 
 Six-ty, kanaono. 
 
 Size, ka nui ana o kekahi mea. 
 
 Skate, he hele pahee. 
 
 Skili-ful, akamai, makaukau. 
 
 Skin, he ili, he alualn. 
 
 Skin, lole, c hemo i ka ili. 
 
 Skin-flint, ho kanaka alunu paakiki. 
 
 Skin-ny, alualu, wiwi, ili wale no. 
 
 Skip, e hele me ka Iclelo, o lele iki ana. 
 
 Skip-per. ke kahu o ka mokn liilii. 
 
 Skir-mish, ho anmeume ana, he kaua iki. 
 
 Skirt, ka lihi o kekahi mtfa. 
 
 Skit-tiBh, puiwfi vale, makau wule. 
 
 Skulk, e hole malie, e pee. 
 
 Skull, he puniu, iwi poo. 
 
 Sliy, ka Inni. ke aonii, ka lewa. 
 
 Sky-col-or, he uliuli e like me ke aouli, 
 
 SUb-ber, e hgoluolu n! i ka mea iua, 
 
 Slack, alualn, haWBliwuli, kapulu. 
 
 Slack en, e hoaluala, e hqolobi. 
 
 Slan-IJer, e aki wahahee. 
 
 Slant, e hio, e moe kapakahi. 
 
 Slap, e pai ma ka poho lima. 
 
 Slate,' he papa pohaku, he papa kahakaha. 
 
 Slave, he kanaka nolfo kauwa kuapaa. , 
 
 Slaugb-ter, he lakn, he pepehi nui wale. 
 
 Slay, e pepehi a make. 
 
 Slet'p, hiamoe. 
 
 Slen-der. lahilahi loa. 
 
 Slide, e pahee, e pakika. 
 
 Slight, ololi. wiwi. 
 
 Slight, e haalele, e hoowahawaha. 
 
 Slim, ololi, loloa. 
 
 Slime, he wale, he mea palupalu pipili. 
 
 Sling, he lAaa nou pohaka. 
 
 Sling, e maa aku, e nou pohaka i ka ka maa. 
 
 Slink, e pee aka rae ka hilahila. 
 
 Slip, e pahee, e pakika, e hina. 
 
 Slip-per-y, paheehee. 
 
 Slit, he uahae. 
 
 Slob-ber, e kahe ka wele. 
 
 Slope, e waiho bio ana. 
 
 Slope, he wahi pii iki. 
 
 Slop-py, kelekele, pohopoho. 
 
 'BIpfh, he lohi, he molowa, he ano hiamoe. 
 
 SloT-en, he kanaka lole pelapela, a welnweln. 
 
 Sloagh, be wahi poho, he nenelu. 
 
 Slow, lohi, bahalia. 
 
 Slow-nes9, hd lolobi, he akahele loa. 
 
 Slug-gard, he kanaka hiamoe wale. 
 
 Slnm-ber, e hiamoe, e biamoe iki. 
 
 Slat, he wahine hoopelapela. 
 
 Smallj nuku, palanaikL 
 
 Smalt, wiklwiki, hana koke. 
 
 Smear, e hapala i ka lepo. 
 
 Smtftl^'-c hooi ; he ala. 
 
 Smile, e aka iki. 
 
 Smite, e hahau, e papai, e kui. 
 
 Smit ten, hahauia, papaiia. 
 
 Smoke, he nabi. 
 
 Smoke, e puhi i ka nahi. 
 
 Smouth, pahee, Uumania. 
 
 Smiioth, e hana a pahee. 
 
 Smoth-er, e hoopaa i ka banu. 
 
 Smut-ty, paumaele, paeleia. 
 
 Snail, be pupu ka honua. . 
 
 Snake, he mooomole, he nahesa. 
 
 Snap, e pana, e haki me ke kani. 
 
 Snare, he pahele e hoohei manu. 
 
 Snarl, e nana hahu me be ilio la. 
 
 Snatch, e hopu, e kaili aku. 
 
 Sneer-, e aka benehene. 
 
 Sneeze, c kihe iho. 
 
 Snore, e uono, e hoho. 
 
 Snot, he upe, be hupe 
 
 Snout, be nuku. 
 
 Snuff, be baka honiboni. 
 
 Snuff, e honiboni a komo i ka ihu. 
 
 So, pe, pela, peia. 
 
 Soak, lioomau i ka wai. 
 
 Soap, he kopa. 
 
 Soar, e lele raaluna. 
 
 Sob, e baab»a, e nae, e uwe. 
 
SH 
 
 ^So-ber, manao pono, aole one. 
 
 So-ci-s-ble, launa, ksmailio, olnolii. 
 
 Soft, palupala, pope, akaiiaii 
 .Soil, he iepo maikiii. 
 
 oo-journ, e noho malihint 
 
 So-Iace, be mea hoolaolu. 
 
 Sole, akahi, oia bookahi, 
 
 So-li-cit, e noi, e koi aku. 
 
 So-li-oiitude, be mauao nui ana, 
 
 Sol-i-t^iry, niehameha, goho bookahi. 
 
 SoIt^; e fabakaka, e wehewehe. 
 
 Som^ he mau mea, kekabi hapa. 
 
 Some'-bod-y, kekahi kanaka. 
 
 £ome-thiiig, kekahi mea, he wahi mea. 
 
 Some-times, kekabi manawa. 
 
 Son, he keikikane. 
 
 Son-iii-la'vr, hunonakane. 
 
 Song, be mele. 
 
 So-no-riniB, kani moakaka ana. 
 
 Soon, wawe, koke, kokoke ka wa. 
 
 Sooiii, e. hoona, c hoolaulea. 
 
 Sopth-say, e hoopiopio, e hai wanano. 
 
 Soot-y, ;plli ka iepo nahi. 
 
 Sore^Jie eha ma ka io. 
 
 Sar-row'.'he eha ma ka naan, kaumaha. 
 ,-8oT-er-eign, he moi, be kiekie loa. 
 
 Souli-he uhane o ke kanaka, he ea. 
 ■' Sound, he haalnlu, he kani, he leo. 
 
 ■ Sound, e kani, e kuf ae, e pyha. 
 Sour, awahia, ai^'aawa. 
 Source, ke kumn, he punaffai. 
 South, he kaku'u hema. 
 
 Sow, he ruaa wahine. 
 Sotr, e lulu hua. 
 'Spa-cious, akea, lanta. 
 8pade, he oo palahalaha. 
 Span, he ana o ka lima, he kiko. 
 Spare, wiwi, lahilahi. 
 Bpaa-c, e waiho, e hookuu. 
 Spark, he buna ahi. ' 
 Spilt-ter, e kopipt i ka wai. 
 Spawn, na bua o ks ia. 
 Speak, e h»i, e i, e olelo, e ekemu. 
 
 ■ Spear, he ihe, he polola. 
 
 ' Spe-oi-fjT, ebocike i kekahi mea pakahi. 
 
 Bpeck-le, ie kikiko. 
 
 Speote'cle, he mea e makaikaiia ana. 
 
 Speo-ta-tor, he mea e mukaikai ana. 
 •8p>rc-tre, he uhane lapu. 
 
 Speech, he olelo i olelnia. 
 ■^peed, he hiilo biki wawe. 
 
 Spell, e hookttikui i na hua. 
 
 'Spend, e huokaa aku i ka waiwai. 
 
 :Sp8w, e Inai aku. 
 
 ' Spi-der, he laualana. 
 
 -Spill, e hanini iwabo. 
 
 Spine, ka iwi kuamoo. 
 
 ' Spi-nous, ma ke auo iwi kaamoo. 
 
 Spir-it, ka ul.ane, ka hauu, ke ea. 
 
 Spir.it.u.aii,ko ka nhane. 
 
 Spit, e kuha. 
 
 Spite, e huhu, e huhu koke ana. 
 Spitctle, he waieo ka waha, he kuhh 
 
 &48 
 
 STB 
 
 Splash, e non akd i ka wai. 
 
 Splen-did, nanii hanohano. 
 
 Splin-ter, he hakina laau liilii. 
 
 Split,- e mahele ma ka loa, e wahi. 
 
 Spoil, e hao wale, e hoonele i ka waiwaU 
 
 Spoil, he waiwai i lawe wale ia, a i liao ia.^ 
 
 Sponge, he hnalnakai 
 
 Spon-ta-ne-ous, ka makemake iho. 
 
 Sport, e paani, e lealea. 
 
 Spot) he wahi kina, he pamnaele. 
 
 Sprain, he okape, |ie haL 
 
 Spray, he eha wai, he eha kai. 
 
 Spread, e hohola ae, e bpopalabalahft aktt. 
 
 Spring, e lele, e Iclle iluna. 
 
 Spring, he wai mapaca. 
 
 Spring-tide, kai nui,'kai piho, 
 
 Sprio-kle, e kapipi, s kopi. 
 
 Sprout, e kupu'.' 
 
 Sparn,-e kipaka me ka imuna. 
 
 Spy, he kin, he makai. 
 
 Spy-glass, he ohe nana. . 
 
 SqaabLble, he aumeame, he hakaka, 
 
 Squil'idj he pelapela, weluwelu ke kapiu 
 
 SqnAll, e uwie aku me ka leo nui. 
 
 S^ueakt he leo e like me ka iole. 
 
 Sqaeeze,.e kaomi iho, e uwi iho. 
 iScuint, e nana kapakabi ka maka. 
 
 Squirt, eJ^iki aku mai ka ohe ae. 
 
 Stab, e hou aku, e oo ska, 
 
 Sta-ble, pas, naue ole, 
 
 Sta-ble, he hale no na helpholcna. 
 
 Staff, he kookoo, he mea kokua. 
 
 Stag-^er, e hikakn, e hele hikaka. 
 
 Stag-naot, lana qialie, e kahe ole. 
 
 Stain, s kohu Iepo, e hooka jmia. 
 
 Stair.rhe alapii inun. 
 
 Staleymananalo, liliha. 
 
 Stal-Uoa, he lio kane' hoolaha. 
 
 Stabi-mer, e olelu me ka namu, e nn. 
 
 Stanob, e pani i ke koko kahe. 
 
 Staboh'edi-he k6ko i^&niia ke kahe ana. 
 
 Stan-ohioD, kekahi ano koo e naa ai. 
 
 Stand, e ku, e ku malie. 
 
 Stand-wrd, he hae, he kanawai hoopono.. 
 
 Star, hoku. 
 
 Star- board, ka aoao afcau o ka mokn. 
 
 Stare, e haka pono ka maka. 
 
 Start, e hikilele, e paiwa. 
 
 Starve, e make i ka pololi. 
 
 Stave, he laau ho ka paha. 
 
 Stay, e noho, e kali ma kahi wahi. 
 
 Stay, he kali ana, he alia ana. 
 
 Stead-fast, hoomao, paa mau. 
 
 ."itead-y, paa, luli ole. 
 
 Steal, e aifaue, e lawe vale. ' 
 
 Stei>m, be mahu. 
 
 Strep, palipali, nihinihi. 
 
 Steep, e hoomaa i ka wai. 
 
 Steer, e bookele, e hoeuli. 
 
 Sleers'man, ke kanaka m? ka hoeuli. 
 
 Stench, he pilau. 
 
 Step, be meheu, he kapuui, he hete kutn, 
 
 Ster-iU, pa, aolo hua mai. 
 
- STU 549 
 
 Stetn, ka hope o ka inoku. 
 
 SterCir, he fauliu ma na maka. 
 
 Stick, iie pauku laaa. 
 
 Stick, e pipili, e hon. 
 
 Stick-le, e hoopaapaa, e paio. 
 
 Stiek-y, pipili, linilina. 
 
 Stiff, oolea, maloeioe. 
 
 Sti-flo, e puua, e uumi i ka hanu. 
 
 Still, malie, e kemu ole, nawe oie. 
 
 Still, e hoomalielie, eiioona. 
 
 Still-born, make i ka wa hanau. 
 
 Stim-u-late, e booenea i ka ikaika. 
 
 Sting, p o, e pahu i ka mca.oi. 
 
 Sting, he mea o6i mahope 6 kekahi nalo. 
 
 Stin-gy, he pi, ha aua. 
 
 Stink, e pilau, e hohono. 
 
 Stip-u-ia-tioc, he olelq ae like. 
 
 Stir, e oni, e neenee, e mine. 
 
 Stom-ach, ka opu nauu. 
 
 Stone, he pohaku. 
 
 Stone, e pehi i ka pohaku. 
 
 Sto-ny, paaa, paapu i ka pohaku. i 
 
 Stool, he Aoho kna ole. 
 
 Stoop, e kulou, e faele papa. 
 
 Stop, e hooki, e oki i ka hrJe, e ka malie. 
 
 Stiop, ke ku ana, he kiko hoomaha. 
 
 Storm, he ino, he m.ikani Ikaika. 
 
 Stq-ry, he kaao, he mooolelo. 
 
 Stout, nui, ikaibi, paa. 
 
 Strad-dle, e kihclei £«. 
 
 Straight, pololei, nono. 
 
 Strait, oioli, pilikia, 
 
 Strand, he kahakai.. 
 
 Strand, c pae wale fuka a kau i ke one, 
 
 kjtx'ange, kupaiaoaha, kamahao, 
 
 Stran-ger, be malihini. 
 
 Stran-gle, e paa ka hanu, e umi i ka hanu. 
 
 Strat-a-gem, be bana maalea e boopum ai. 
 
 Stray, e auwana, e aea. 
 
 Streak, he kaha oiiionio. 
 
 Stream, be waikahe. 
 
 Strength, he ikaika. 
 
 Stretch, ehooloihi aku ma ka huki ana. 
 
 Strew, e haalii, e hoolelet 
 
 Strife, be hakaka, he auineume. 
 
 Strike, e habau, e papai.' 
 
 String, he kaula liilii. 
 
 Strip, he mea welnwelu loloa. 
 
 Strip- ling, he kamalii aneana makaa. 
 
 Strive, e aumeume, e hooikaika noi. 
 
 Stroke, he babau ana, be kaha. 
 
 Strong, ikaika. 
 
 Strug-gje, e oni ae, e aumeame. 
 
 Strum-|)et, he wahine hookamakauia. 
 
 Strat, e hele hoohenobano, e haabca. 
 
 Stub-bpr^, be oolea, he paakiki ka naau. 
 
 Stub- by, ppapou a puipui. " 
 
 Stud-y, be ao aoa i na mea e naauao.ai. 
 
 Stum-ble, e okupe, e kii a hina. 
 
 Stump, ke kumu o ka laaii i okiia. 
 
 Stuut-ed, he mea uuku ke kino. 
 
 Stu-pid, hawawa, maaao ol6. 
 
 SUr-djTi ikaika aui. 
 
 SUE 
 
 Stut-ter, e nU; e uuu. 
 
 Sub-due, e hoopio, e hoolaks. 
 
 Sub ji.ct, e hoolilo malalo iho. 
 
 Sub- merge, e hoopobo iloko o ka wai. 
 
 Snb-mis-sion, be ee ana i ka na luna. 
 
 Sub-Be-quent, e pili ana msbope. 
 
 Sub-serve, e kokua mai ana mahope. 
 
 Sub-side, e hooemi iho, e mimiki aku. 
 
 SubfBti-tule,, he pani no ka hakahaka. 
 
 Sub-ter-fnge, he mea hoapuka kapaksriii. 
 
 Sub-tie, maalea, lahilahi. 
 
 Sub-tract, e uouhi se, e lawe i kekatii. 
 
 Sub-vert, e hooktihuli, e hnoauhee. 
 
 Suo-ceed, e ko, e kKli, e hahai. 
 
 Suc-ce8s, he ko ana, he pomaikai. [kahi. 
 
 Suo-oeB-sive, e hahai ana kekahi mamnli o ke- 
 
 Suc-cor, e kokua i ka pilikia. 
 
 Suo-oumb, e ae akn, e hina malalo iho. 
 
 Snob, e like ana, like me. 
 
 Suok, e omo ma ka vaha, 
 
 Suck-er, he oha, he ia. 
 
 Suck-le, e hanai i ka waiu. 
 
 Bud-den, koke, emoble, hiluvave. 
 
 Sue, e hoopii i ke kanawaii. 
 
 Sa-et, ke koiiahua. 
 
 Suf-fer, e hoomanananui i. ka eha, 
 
 Saf-fice, e hooluoln, e hana a nui. 
 
 Suf-fo-ca-teJ, ua hoqpaaia ka hanu. 
 
 Su-gar-cane, be lo). 
 
 Sngge^it, e bai iki i vahi manao. 
 
 Su-i-oide, he pepehi make ana ia ia ibo. 
 
 Suit, he mau mea ko like. 
 
 Suit, e ke like. 
 
 Sul-ky, mumule, hnhu maloko. 
 
 Sul-try, wela, mehana. 
 
 Sum-mit, kabi oi o ke kuahivi. 
 
 Sum-mon, e kii akn ma ka lunakanavai. 
 
 Sun, la. 
 
 Sun, e kaulai i ka la. 
 
 SuD-day, ka la o ka Haku, be Sabati. 
 
 Sun-der, e bookaawale ae, e hookaokoa. 
 
 Sun-dries, be wahi itan mea i buiia. ' 
 
 Sunny, alo ana i ka la. 
 
 Su-per-a~bound, e nui loa ana, e lawa a kcu. 
 
 Su-per-flu-i^ty, he moa e oi ana i ka mea e 
 
 pono M 
 Sa-pe-ri-or, kiekie ae, malana. 
 Bu-pine, palaleha, molowa. 
 S>»p-pcr, he aina ahiahi. 
 Sap-p!e, m vale ana mamuli o kekahi, 
 Sup-pli-cate, e not baabaa. 
 Sup-ply, e boolako, e kii i na mea e.pono ai. 
 Sap-port, he pacpae; be kokua ana. 
 Sup-pose, e manao, e kuhi wale. 
 Sap-preSB, e'kinai, e hoopau. 
 Sup-po-r&ts, e kahe ka palahehs. 
 Sa-preme, kiekie loa maluns. 
 Sure, oiaio, luUluIi ole, paa. 
 Sur-mlse, he manao hewa ia bai. 
 Sur-pasg« e hele rrao aku, e hooi aku. 
 Snr-plns, ke keu ana, ka m.'ia e oi ajia. 
 Sur-prlse, be kahaha i loaa koke. 
 'Sur-prijti, 6.kau!Jioke aku,'^ hoohlkilele. 
 
TEN 
 
 550 
 
 TIG 
 
 Sur-ren-der, e hooliio malalo, e lilo i pio. 
 
 Sar-round, e hoopuni. 
 
 8us-peot| e manao hens ia hai. 
 
 Sus-pense, he manao kanalua, he kaihe. 
 
 Swal-lov, e moni iho, e sle iho. 
 
 Snamp, he aina lepo neoe'a. [e kukai. 
 
 Swap, boololi i kahi waiwai no keksbi vaiwai, 
 
 Sway, e hoalii, e hoomalu aupuni. 
 
 Svear, e boohiki imna o ke Akua. 
 
 Sweatf he hou, be h abe ana ka boo. 
 
 Sweep, e kaliili lepo ana, e hoe loloa. 
 
 Sweet, ono, oliiolu. 
 
 Swell, e pebu ae. 
 
 Swerve, e lalau, e kapae ae. 
 
 Swift, hikiwawe, holo mama. 
 
 Swim, e aa iloko o ka wai. 
 
 Swine, he paaa. 
 
 Swing, e lewa ae i o ia nei, e lele kowali. 
 
 Swiog, he lele kowali. 
 
 Swoon, e maule, he maule ana. 
 
 Swop (e nana swap.) 
 
 Sword, he pahi kaua, he pahi hahau. 
 
 Symp-tom, he hoailoua boike i ke ano o ka mai. 
 
 T. 
 
 Ta-blb, he papa, papapaina, Ac. 
 
 Ta-ci-tur-ni-ty, he inanao ekemu ole. 
 
 Tack, he kui bao uuku. 
 
 Tail, ka bin, ka huelo, ka hope. 
 
 Take, e lawe, e lalau lima. 
 
 Tale, be kaao. 
 
 Talk, he kanmilio, he olelo kike. 
 
 Talk-a-tive, lilo i ke kamailio ana. 
 
 Tall, klekie ma ke kino. 
 
 Tame, laka, makau ole i ke kanaka. 
 
 Tan-gle, e kalAi, e hoobihia pu. 
 
 Tap, e paipai iki me ka lima. 
 
 Tar-dy, lobi, puka mai mahope. 
 
 Ta-ro, kalo. 
 
 Tar-ry, e kali, e noho liulia iki. 
 
 Tait, awahk;, bi, ehaeha. 
 
 Taste, e hoaff ma ka waha. 
 
 Taunt, e olelo ino, e nuku. 
 
 Teach, e ao aka, e kuhikubi. 
 
 Tear, be waimaka. 
 
 Tear, e nahae, e baehae. 
 
 Tease, e boonaukiuki. 
 
 Teat, be u, ka maka o ka u. 
 
 Te-dl-ous, hooloM a luhi. 
 
 Teem, e hoohua a aui. 
 
 Tel-es-cope. he obe nana. 
 
 Tell, e hai aku, e j^l&lo hoike. 
 
 Te-mer-i-ty, he aa ana, he wiwo pie. 
 
 Tem-per-ance, ka pakiko ana 1 ka mea ai a 
 
 me na mea inn. 
 Tem-pest, he makani ikaika, he ino. 
 Tem-ple, be beiau, he Inakini. 
 Tem-po-ral, pili ana i ko keia ao. 
 Tempt, e hoao, e hoowalewale. 
 Ten, he umi ; ten days, he 'anahnlu. 
 Te-na-cions. paa i kahi mabao,, paakiki. 
 Tend, e malama, e laweiawe. 
 
 Ten-der, palupaln, ehaeba. 
 Ten-don, he olona ma ka lala. 
 Tenth, ka umi. 
 Ter-min^a-tion, he oki ana, be paa ana. 
 
 Ter-ri-bie, be eehia, he hooweliweli. 
 
 Ter-ri-fy, e hooweliweli. e boomakau. 
 
 Ter-ror, he weliweli, he makau nui. 
 
 Tes-ti-fy, e hai aku i ka mea i ikeia. 
 
 Text, be kumuolelo, he pooolelo. [mat 
 
 Thanks, be aloha aku i ka-lokomaikai wale 
 
 That, kela, ua mea la. ' 
 
 Thatch, e ako hale i ka pili. ' 
 
 The, ka, ke. [laua. 
 
 Their, ko lakou, ka lakou; (dual) ka laua, ko 
 
 Them, lakou ; (dual) laua. 
 
 Then, alalia. 
 
 There, malaila, ilaila. << 
 
 There-fore, no ka mea, no ia mea. 
 
 These, lakou nei, o keia man mea. 
 
 They, o lakou, o laua. 
 
 Thick, manoanoa, paapn. 
 
 Thief, he aihue. 
 
 Thigh, be uba. 
 
 Thim-ble, he komo lima hamahnma. 
 
 Thin, lahilahi, wiwi. 
 
 Thing, mea. 
 
 Think, e noonoo, e manao ae. 
 
 Thirst, e make wai. 
 
 Thir-teen, be umikumamakolii. 
 
 Thir-ty, be kanakolu. 
 
 This, keia, eia. 
 
 Thorn, be laau ooi. 
 
 Thor-ough, paa pono, pololei. 
 
 Those, kela mau mea. 
 
 Thou, o oe. 
 
 Though, ina, ina paba. 
 
 Thought, be manao, he kubi ana. 
 
 Thon-sand, he tausani. ' 
 
 Thral-dom, e noho booluhi ana. 
 
 Thrash, e hahau iho me ka ikaika. 
 
 Thread, be kanla makalii, he ropL 
 
 Threat, he olelo hooweliweli. 
 
 Three, akolp, ekolu. 
 
 Three-fold, pftkolu. 
 
 Thres-hold, ka paepae puka. 
 
 Thrive, e noho me ka pomaikai. 
 
 Throat, ke kani a-i, ka puu a-i. 
 
 Throb, c panapana, e pana. 
 
 Throng, be lehulebn o kanaka. 
 
 Throt-lle, e lalau a paa ma ka a-i. 
 
 Through-out, mawacna a pan. 
 
 Throw, e kiola, e hoolei. 
 
 Thrush, ka ea, ka caea. 
 
 Thrust, e kipaku ikaika. 
 
 Thumb, ka lima nui. 
 
 Thump, e kui akn. 
 
 Thun-der, ka hekili. 
 
 Thun-der-Btrike, ka poba ana o ka hekili. 
 
 Thus, pe, penei. 
 
 Thwart, e keakea, e ku e. 
 
 Tick-le, e iniiniki, e opaopa. 
 
 Ti-dlogs, be mea hou, he oleic hmke. 
 
 Ti-dy, maemae me ka; maikai. 
 
 Tie, e nakii a paa. 
 
 Tight, paa, oolea. 
 
TRA 
 
 S51 
 
 UGL 
 
 Till, until, a hiki i ka maaawa. 
 
 ?1io-i^, maiau wale.^palaimaka. 
 
 Tin, lie fccpaji. kfiofeeo, be tini. 
 
 Tin-gle,.e kaiii hookulikuli 
 
 Tin-klc, c kani ooi me he uele uQ&u la. 
 
 Ti-ny, makalii, palanalki. ' 
 
 Tip,-welau, kahi oi. ' 
 
 Tip-ay, ona i ka inu i mea ona. 
 
 Tiie, e faooluhi, e hoomaloeloe. 
 
 Tire-Home, kaumaha, hoolubi ana. 
 
 Ti-tle, he inoa lima, inoa buke. 
 
 Tit-ter, e aka henebene. 
 
 T©, i, ia, io; before the infinitive e. 
 
 Toe, manamana wawae. 
 
 ■iO-geth-er, pu; sit iogeiher. noho pu. 
 
 Toil, e hana ikaika, e kaiuau hana. 
 
 To-kea, he hoailona. 
 
 Tol-et^aie, e ae e banaia. 
 
 Tongs, he upa ahi. 
 
 Tongue, ka elelo, alelo. 
 -Tools, he mau mea patiataa. 
 
 Tooth, niho. 
 
 ToJ^,.ka welatt, kabikiekie. 
 
 TiOrch, he lama^ he lamako. 
 
 TtfNaeat, e-hooeba loa, e hoovalania. 
 
 T6r-renf,.hewaikahe ikaika. ' 
 
 Tof-rid, wela loa, maloo i ka wela. 
 
 Tor-toise, he bona, b« ea.' •• 
 
 To^Jture, e hooeha, e boowalauia. 
 
 T^«^4 hoolei lima liana. 
 
 "ftj-^t; okoa. pau loa. 
 
 Tot^r, e haalulu. 
 
 loach, e hoopa, e pa aku. 
 
 Toiich-y, huhu wawe. 
 
 TQitg!^«aua, paakiki. 
 
 ToW/e l?auo maloko o kawai. 
 
 't(j0raiA, ma, i. 
 
 i^ira, he kauhale kinikini. 
 
 Toy, he mea milimili ho na kamalii. 
 
 Toy, e hooleaiea wale. 
 
 Trace, e kabakalia aku, e liabai me ka imi. 
 
 Tract-a-ble.'hiki ke boopouopouo koke ia. 
 
 Trade, ka oihana paahana. 
 
 Trade-wind, ka makanl mau. 
 
 Trai4>-tion, be mooolelo no na kuprsa mai. 
 
 Trailj e kaao mahope ibo. ' 
 
 Train, e ao i ka paikau, e alakai. 
 
 Trailror, he kanaka kipi, he kumakaia. 
 
 Tram-pie, e behi ilalo. 
 
 .Tran-quil, maUe, malubia. 
 
 Trans-act, e hana. 
 
 Trans-cend, e pii Uuna, e hoohala aku. 
 
 Trans-fer, e boolilo aku, elawe mai kahi wabi 
 a i kahi wahi e ae. 
 
 Trana-Qx, e hou iho a pttka. [bou. 
 
 Trans-form, e beomalule, e boololi i ke ano 
 
 Trans-gress, e ]aweh»la, e hele mao aku. 
 
 Tran-sient, hele ana, aohe nobo loa. 
 
 Trans-late, e unubi i ka' olelo e. 
 
 Trana-mit, c lawe aku ma kahi e. 
 
 Tran»-pa-rent, moakaka lea. 
 
 Trans-plant, « kanu ma kabi e. 
 
 Trap, be mea upiki e paa aiaa mea hiMu. 
 .Trash, be opala, be mea waiwai ole. 
 
 TraT-el, he nel3 ana, he holo ana. 
 
 Trav-el-er, ne aea hele i na alna e aku. 
 
 Treacb-er-oua, boopnnipuni, wahahee. 
 
 Tread, e behi maluna iho. 
 
 Trea-son, be kipi i ke alii. 
 
 Treas-ore, he Traiwai i ahuia. 
 
 Treat-y, he olelo kulkabi. 
 
 Tree, he laau. . 
 
 Trem-ble, e haalulu, e haukeke. 
 
 Tre-men-dous, weliw^, kupanaha. ' 
 
 Trem-u-lous, haalulu ana. 
 
 Trench, he auvraba. 
 
 Trep-i-da-tion, be haalulu ana. 
 
 Tres-pass, e koms wale i ko hai wahi. 
 
 Tri-al, he bottb ana, he hookolokolo ana. 
 
 Trib-u-iartio^, he popilikia ntti. ■ 
 
 Trick, he hanar^iki, he hoopunipuni. 
 
 Trick-le, e kahe uuku ihq, e kulu. 
 
 Tri-fle, he mea liilii, waiwai uuku: 
 
 Trig-ger, ke.ki o pana ai ka pu. 
 
 Trim, e paipai, e booponopono. 
 
 Trip, e hele mama, e okupe. 
 
 Trip-le, pakolu. 
 
 Tri-iimpb, e lanakila.. 
 
 Troop, he poekoa. 
 
 Troub-1^ he pilikia. 
 
 Troub-le-some, hoopilikia ana. 
 
 Trough, be papa auwai loloa. 
 
 Trow-sers, he tolewawae no na kane. 
 
 True, oiaio, pololei. 
 
 Trum-pet, he pu kani memele. 
 
 Trun-dle, e kaa maluna o na huila. 
 
 Trust, e bllinai aku, e p: ulele. 
 
 Try, e bo'ao. ' 
 
 Tiut, be eka lanofao. 
 
 Tug, e buki ikaika, e-kauo. 
 
 Tum-ble, e kaa ilalo, e bookM ilalo. 
 
 Tu-mM, pebu.. 
 
 Tn-mnlt, be baunaele. 
 
 Tune, he leo mele. 
 
 Tilr-bid, paapu i ka lepo. 
 
 Tur-key, he manu palaho. 
 
 Tur-mer-ic, he olena. 
 
 Tur-moil, he wawa, be pioloke; 
 
 Turn, e bnli ae, e baliu, e Will. 
 
 Tar-tle, be bOun, he ea. 
 
 Tush! ka! kabaha!. 
 
 Tusk, be nibo loloa. 
 
 Twelve, be uraikumamalua.. 
 
 Twen-ty, be iwakalua. 
 
 Twice, papains. 
 
 Twig, he lala nuka o ka laau. 
 
 Twi-light, he wanaao, he -wan!»poo. 
 
 Twins,' be mahoe. 
 
 Twine, he kanla ropi. 
 
 Twin-kle,.e imoimo me he hoku la. 
 
 Twiiri, e kaa, e wili. 
 
 Twist, e liiloj e wili. 
 
 TwiteJ^ekaiti. 
 
 Two, alna, ellia; 
 
 Two-fdj^, palua, papnliiu. 
 
 Tyr-an-ny, be faana bookaumaUa. 
 
 u. 
 
 Ug-lt, ino, kekee. 
 
UNL 
 
 553 
 
 VAN 
 
 Ul-cer, he mai puba. 
 Um-brel-la, he. mamalu, he lonlu. 
 -Un-a-ble. he hiki ole. 
 Ua-at-tend-cd, aobe inea hele pa. 
 Un-a-wares, me ka ike ole. 
 Un-be-oom-ing, ku ole i ka pono. 
 UB-bend, e hoalaalu. 
 Un-biad, e wehe i ka mea i tiakinakiia. 
 Un-boand-ed, aole i puuiia. 
 Un-cer-tain, maopopo ole, akaka ole. 
 tJn-civ-il, launa ole, lokoino." i 
 
 Un-cle, h« hoabanau kane o ka tnakua ponoi. 
 TTn-clean, maemae ole, pelapela. i 
 
 TJn-clothe, e webe ae i ke kapa. 
 Un-com-mon, kakaikahi, aole pinepine. 
 UD-coa-3tant, aole paa man, be ano lull, 
 tfn-cov-er, e webe i ka uhi. 
 Fu-conr-te-ous^ aole olnola ka baua. 
 Dnc-tit>ia, he.poni ana i k» aila. 
 lJiie-ta-ous,Wii>oua, piba i ka aila. 
 Un-cnl-pa-ble, be bana me ka hewa ole. 
 Un-<;am-ber-«d, aole ibookaamahaia. 
 T^^arse, e boino ole aku, 
 Un-daul-aged, bana ino ole ia. 
 Uii-de-«i-ded, kaQalua, paa ole ka mabao. 
 .TJB-der, malalo, ilalo. 
 Un-der-go, e boomanawanui i ka eha. 
 lln-der-most, malalo ioa. 
 Un-der-6tand, e ike maopopo. 
 Un-der-take, e lawebana. 
 TTn-do, e wawahiiho i ka mea i banaia. 
 Un-dresc, e wehe i na kapa aaba. ^ 
 Un-em-ploy-ed, aobe hana e bana ai. 
 Ua-e-ren, like'ole, apuupuu. 
 lln-ex-pect-ed,.hiki mai me ka ike e ole ia. 
 Fn-ex-pert, hawawa, bemahema. 
 Ua-fas-ten, e kala, e heme, 
 tln-fath-om-ed, he hohonu ana ola ia. 
 Ua-fle^-ed^ be maun puka ole ia ka bulu. 
 tJu-fold, e wehe webe i ka opiopi. 
 TJn-for-tu-nate, poino, popiUkia. 
 tJa-#e-quent, aole hiki jjinepine. 
 tJn-fre-quent-ed,kipa kakaikahiia, mebameha. 
 Un-gov-ern-ed, toomalnhia ole ia. 
 Ua-hand-some, maikai ole ka belebeleua. 
 Ua-han-dy, bawawa ka bana ana. 
 Un-hap-py, kaumaba ka naan. 
 Un-hon-or-ed, aole i hooiiiaikaBia. 
 T7n-boB-pi-ta-ble, lokomaikaloldtna malihini 
 Uu-biurt, he eha ole ia. 
 TJ-ni-form, e ano hookahi ana. 
 Un-rin-jur-ed, aole i hana ino ia. 
 Un-in-ten-tion-al, me- ka manao ole. 
 Un-in-ter-rapt-ed, aole i alalaiia. 
 Unrion, be hookul ana, e kuikabi ana. 
 U-nite, e bui pu, o hookni. ' 
 U-ni-ver-sal, a pan loa,'ma na wabi a pau. 
 Un-just, ku ole ma ka pono. 
 Un-kind, lokomaikai olo, 
 Un-known, i ike ole ia. 
 Un-law-ful, ka ole 1 ke kanawai. 
 Xln-less, ina ole, ke ole. 
 Fa-like, like ole, ku like ole. 
 lln-like-ly, aole palta oiaio. 
 Fn-lock, e wehe me ke ki. 
 
 Un-loose, e wehewche. 
 Un-luck-y^ poino. 
 
 Un-man-ner-ed, ka ole i ka naauao. 
 Un-mar-ri-ed, aole i mareia. 
 trnmeaa-ured, aole i anaia. 
 Un-me)'-ci-fttl, aloba ole, menemene ole. 
 Un-moT-a-ble, paa Ioa, aole e hiki ke nee. 
 Fn-neigh-bor-ly,. launa ole. 
 Un-ob-serv-*d, aole i ike ia. 
 Un-paid, uku ole ia. 
 Un-par-don-ed, aole i kala ia. 
 Un-p^of-it-a^ble, e waiwai ole ana. 
 Un-rav-el, e wehewehe i ka mea bihia. 
 Uh-ripe, 00 ole, opiopio. 
 Un-roll, e wehe i ka owili. 
 tJn-ru-ly, kotobe, bookuU. 
 Un-sat-is-fied, aole i oluoia, waleaole. 
 Un-sigbt-ly, be ino ke nana aku. 
 Un-skill-fal, akamai ole. 
 Un-sac-cess-^l, a'ole pomaikai. 
 Un-suit-a-bla, bu'ole, pili ole. 
 Un-thank-fal, aloba ole i ka lokomaikaiia. 
 Un-tie, e wehe i ka nakiaaki o ke kanla. 
 Un-til, a, a hiki i ka manawa. 
 Ua-trae, he oiaio ole. 
 Un-u-sa-al, maa ole, walea ole. 
 Un-whole-some, pono ole no ke ola. 
 Un-wil-ling, makemake ole. 
 Un-wont-ed, laka ole, bihia. 
 Up ! e ala ae ! iluna. 
 tJp-braid, e nuku, e ao ikaika. 
 Up-hold, S kokna. 
 Up-on, maluna iho. 
 Up-per-most, maluna Ioa aku. 
 Up-right, kupono, pololei.. 
 VpjToar, be haunaele, he walaan. 
 Up-root, e uhuki ae, pau pu me ke aa. 
 Up-sido-down, ilalo ka aoao luna. 
 Up-ward, maTiahi maluna ae. 
 Urge, e koi ikaika. 
 U-rine, be mimi. 
 
 Us, ia makon, iaTiakou, ia maua, ia kaua. 
 Use, he hana, he oihana. 
 Use, e hoolUo i kahi mea i mea hana. 
 Use-fal, pono ke banaia. 
 U-Bu-al, e man ana, e pinepine ana. 
 U-surp, e lalau wale i ko bai wabi. 
 U-te-rus, ka opu. 
 
 V. 
 
 Va-oant, bakahaka, aole i noboiih 
 Vag-a-bond, be mea aea, he kuewa wale. 
 Vain, makehewa, lapuwale. 
 Vain-glo-ri-ous, baanou, kaenm 
 Vale,he aina mawaeha o na mauna, he awawa. 
 Val-e-dic-tion, he aloba o ka mea hele. 
 Val-iant, makau ole, koa. [mauna. 
 
 Val-ley, he awawa, he wa mawaena o na 
 Val-u-a-ble, poto e waiwai ai. 
 Van, he poe k..ua hele m(ia. 
 Van-iah, e nalowale iho. 
 Vaa-quiah, e lanakjla maluno. 
 
WAD 
 
 553 
 
 WES 
 
 Va-por, he mabu. 
 
 Va-ri-a-ble, lairwili, huli i o ia noi. 
 
 Va-ri-onoe, he ku e ana. 
 
 Va-ri-e-ty, nui ke ano o kela mea keia mea. 
 
 Vast, nui, nuQui. 
 
 Vaunt, e kaena walCj-eliaaaou. 
 
 Veer, e haliu ae. 
 
 Veg-et-a-ble, he meaScanu, mea kupu. 
 
 Veil, e uhi. 
 
 Vein, he aa koko. 
 
 Vc lo^i-ty, ka mama ana o ka hele. 
 
 Veadj e kuai aku, e kaleipa, 
 
 Ven-e-rate, e maha\o nui, e hoomaikai. 
 
 Ve-ne-sec-tion, e hobkabe i ke koko. 
 
 Ven-geanoe, he hoopai hahu ana. . 
 
 Ven-om, he mea awaawa mak«. 
 
 Vea-o^-oiis, he ano o ka mea e make ai. 
 
 Verlk-al, psist ka waha, hai waha ia. 
 
 Ver-5 -fy, c hooiaio. 
 
 VerBe,ihe i>auku olelo. 
 
 Vers-ed) l^.makaukaii, he akamal. 
 
 Ver-texj.feahi i oi maluna. 
 
 Ver-ti-g<f,-h'fe poaiuniu. 
 
 Ver-y, io, oiaio, maoli. 
 
 Ves-i-cate, e hoopohapoha i ka ili. 
 
 Ves-i-ole, he wahi puu ma M ili. 
 
 Vcs-sel, he'ipu, he paba, be waa, he mokn. 
 
 Vestrigc, he kapuai, he kaha. 
 
 Vex, e hoqnaakiuki, e hoopilikia. 
 
 Vex-a-tions, e boonaukiaki ana. 
 
 Vi-al, he oWle aniani uitkn. 
 
 Vi-brate, e lewa i o ia nei. 
 
 Vice, he kina, he bewa. 
 
 Vic-tor, be koa lanakila. 
 
 Vio-to-ry, be lanakila ana. 
 
 Vict-uals, he mea ai na kanaka. 
 
 Vie, e hoolike, e baoa like. 
 
 View, he ike maka, e makaikai ana. 
 
 Vig-i-lant, makaala. 
 
 Vig-or-ou8, ikaika. 
 
 Vile, ino, kolohe, liankae. 
 
 Vil-i-fy, e olelo ino, e aki. 
 
 Vil-la^e, he kanh&le. 
 
 Vin-di-cate, e kokua ^e, hoopnka ae. 
 
 Vin-dic-tive, manao hoopai wale. 
 
 Vl-o-late, e uhai, e wawahi,-e limaikaikft 
 
 Vi-o-leiit, ikaika, huhu. 
 ■i Vi-per, he"TBiQpomole, he mea niho awa. 
 
 Vif-gin, hcf wanise puupaa. 
 
 Vis-it, e hele ei^e. 
 
 Viz-en, be wabine nuka wale. 
 [. .Vo-ca-tion, he oinana. 
 
 Voice, he leo. 
 
 Void, hakabaka, nele. [boOna, 
 
 Vol-ca-nj), be pele, luapele,fae ahi iloko a ka 
 
 Vol-nme, he owili palapala, he bake. 
 
 Vol-un-ta-rj. no ka makemake ifao. 
 
 Vom-it, e luai aku. 
 
 To-ra-cious, ai. nui loa, aifaamn. 
 
 Voy-age, he bolo ana ma ka moana. 
 
 w. 
 
 Vfux, e auhele. 
 
 70 
 
 Wag, e neenee me ka luliluli ae. 
 
 Wa-ges, he uku no kekabi hana. 
 
 Wail, e uwe kanikau, e kumakena. 
 
 Waist, ka puhaka. , 
 
 Waist-coat, he puliki. 
 
 Wait, e kali, e ukali. 
 
 Wake, ala, e ala mai ka hiamoe ae. 
 
 Wake,; ka maawekai mahope o ka moku. 
 
 Walk, e hele wawae. 
 
 Walk-ing-staff, he k$^oo. 
 
 Wall, he pa pobaku, he paia bale. [paka. 
 
 Wal-low, e kaa ika/ji^po me he puaa la, e ka- 
 
 Wan-der, e aea, b kuewa wale. 
 
 Wane, e erai ibo. 
 
 Want, be nele, he ilihpJte ana. 
 
 Wan-ton, nliaaba, makaleho. 
 
 War, he kaoa. ' 
 
 War, e kana aku. 
 
 Warm, mabana, pni^bana. 
 
 Warm, e boomabana. 
 
 Warn, e ao aku i makaala ai. 
 
 Warp, he ropi e moe ana ma ka loaokalole. 
 
 War-ri-or, he koa kaua. 
 
 Wart, be ilikona. 
 
 Wash, e holoi, e hoomaem&e i ka waL 
 
 Wasp, be nalo hope eha. 
 
 Waste, e boomaunanna waiwaL 
 
 Watch, e kiai, e inakaala. "^ 
 
 Watch, he wati ; be poe kiai 
 
 Wa-ter, wai, kai.' ' 
 
 Wa-ter-fiill, be wailele. 
 
 Wa-ter-y, pulu ma-u. 
 
 Wat-tie, be lala laan nuku. 
 
 Ware, he ale o ke kai. 
 
 Wave, e luli, e ka i o ia nei. 
 
 Wax, be kepau ta, be mea pipili. 
 
 Way, ke'aK alanni, ka aoan hana. 
 
 Way-lay, e hoohalna. 
 
 We, kakou, makon, kana, maua. 
 
 Weak, nawaliwali, palupalu. 
 
 Weal, be pomaikai ana. 
 
 Wealth, he waiwai. 
 
 Wean, e nknbi i ka waiu. 
 
 Weap-on, he mea kana. be mea pale i ka enemi. 
 
 Wear, e aaba lol'e, e hoopau lulii. 
 
 Wea-ry, luhi, panabo. .. 
 
 Weave, e ulana.; ^ 
 
 Web, ka mea i nlanaia, be punawelewele. . 
 
 Wed, e mare, e lawe i wahine. i kane paba. 
 
 Wed-nes-day, w^ftpde, ka poakolu. 
 
 W«e^uakv,.lahilabi. ^ 
 
 .Weed, he mea 'nlu wale. 
 
 Weed, e waele i ka nabelohcle. 
 
 'Weep, e uwe me ka waimaka, 
 
 Weigh, e kaupouna. 
 
 Wei|ht-y, he k;aumaha, koikoi. ' 
 
 Wel-come, e hookipa me ke aloha. 
 
 Well, he luawal, he punawai hohonn. 
 
 Well, ^ono, 'mai pie. 
 
 Well-nigb, kokoke, aneane. 
 
 Well-aptinig, he puna, he waipw^. 
 
 Wel-ter, e kaa malokQ o ke koko. 
 
 Wen, he pun maloko o ka io. 
 
 Wench, be kaikamahine, wahine mare ols ia. 
 
 We jt, komohana. 
 
WON 
 
 554 
 
 ZON 
 
 Wet. kockoe, pnln i ka waj. 
 Whale, he kohola. 
 What? heaha? 
 Whee-dle, e hooptinipani. 
 Whelp, he kelki Uio. 
 
 When 7 (with the past) inahea ? (future) ahea ? 
 Whence? noheamaif ibeamai? . 
 Where? aihea? mabea? aflamaliea?. 
 Whore-fore? no keaha lat 
 Whet, e hookala i oL . 
 Wheth-er, ina paha. 
 Whet-stone, he pobakn boana. 
 Whiflh? hemeahea? 
 While, ) . . . 
 
 Wbllat (' °'^' i''^°^'^3'> 1^ i<^ manawa. 
 Whip, e haua, o faahao. a eha. - 
 Whirl, e wiU iksiika. 
 
 Whirl-pool, he imiiiilo,lie\rili iloko o'ke kaL 
 Whirl-wind, he pnahiohio. 
 Whisk^sr, he nmiumi loloa ma ka papalina. 
 Whis-per, e hawanawana. 
 Whie-tle, e hookio, epio. 
 White, keokeo, kea. 
 White-vrash, he mea haino keokeo. 
 Whith-«r7 ihea? i kahi hea! 
 Who? wai? bwai? 
 Whole, okoa. ' ■ 
 
 Whoop, he hoohp kana, he hoolw. 
 Whoro, he wafaine hookamakama. 
 Why?^no keaha la? i mea sjia? 
 Wick, he uwikl o ke kukui. 
 Wiok-ed, aia, hewa, lawehala. 
 Wide, alt«a, lanla, palahalaha. 
 Wld-ow, wahlne kane make. 
 Wife, he wahioe mea kane. 
 Wild, hlhiu, laka ole. 
 Wild-Jiess, he hlhiu. 
 Wile, apiki, hana maalea. 
 aWUI, he palapala kauoha i ka waiwtd. 
 Wil-iing, e ae ana, oluolu. 
 Wirt, e loaa, e ko. 
 Wind, he makani. 
 Wind, e will. 
 
 Wind-bound, paa i ka makani. 
 Win-dow, he puka makani. 
 Wing, ehen, pekekeu. 
 Wink, e imo, e imoimo. 
 Wipe, e holoi me ke kawele. 
 Wise, naauao, akamai, ike. 
 Wish, manao. 
 With, i, ma, me.,^ 
 With-draw, e hoi iwafao. 
 With-ef , e mae a make. 
 With-hold, e aua, e hnna. 
 With-ln, maloko, iloko. 
 With-ont, mawaho, Iwaho. 
 With-oat, ke ole, me ole. 
 With-stand, e ku e, e hooke, epapa. 
 Wit-nesg, e hoike. 
 
 Wo, ,woe, auwe I poinol e poino ana. 
 Wo-man, he wahine makua. 
 Womb, ka pttao. 
 
 Won-der, e mahalo, e kahaha ka manao. 
 Won-der-ful, kupaianiiha. 
 Wont, maa, walea. 
 
 Wood, laan, he wahie, he olulaan. 
 
 Woof, na kaula i ulanaia. 
 
 Wool, he hnlu hipa. 
 
 Word, he.huaolelo. 
 
 Work, haua, he oihana. 
 
 Workj.he mea i hanaia. 
 
 World, ke ao nei, kela ao. 
 
 World-ly, lilo. i na lealea o ke ao nei. 
 
 Worm, enqhe, he mea liilii e kolo ana. 
 
 Worm-eat-en, aiia i ka mn. 
 
 Worse^ he oi i ka hewa. 
 
 Wor-ship, e hoomftn;t. 
 
 Worst, hewa loa, Ino Ipa. 
 
 Worth, ke kumti Icuai, ka pono. 
 
 Wound, e hooeha. 
 
 Wran-glej e hakaka, e hoopaapaa. 
 
 Wra.p, e wahi'ae, e opeope. 
 
 Wrap-per, he wahi no kekatii mea. 
 
 Wrath, huhu, inaina. 
 
 Wreath, he lei i ulanaia. 
 
 Wreck-ed, nahahaia me be moka la. 
 
 Wre^**' 1 * ^^^ ikaXkb, e kaiU hewa. 
 
 Wres-tle, e hakoko. 
 
 Wretiph, he kanaka inoino loa. 
 
 Wretch-ed, ehaeba loa, popilikia. 
 
 Wring, e uwl, e wili Ikmfca. 
 
 WrSn-kle, he minomino. 
 
 Wrist, ka pulima. 
 
 Write, e kakanlima. 
 
 Writhe, e wili, e oni ae. 
 
 Wrbng, kekee, pono ole, he hewa. 
 
 Wrong, e hana hewa. 
 
 Wrong-ing, e hana ino ana i kekahi mea. 
 
 Wry, i wiliia, kapakahila. 
 
 Yam, uhi. 
 
 Yawn, e bamama. 
 
 Ye, oukou, olua. 
 
 Year, he makahik!. 
 
 Year-ly, ma ka makabiU. 
 
 Yeam,,e iini, e makemake nni. 
 
 Yell, be booho me ka leo noi. 
 
 Yel-low, melemele, be lenalena. 
 
 Yes, e, ae, ola. 
 
 Yes-ter-day, Inehinei. 
 
 Yet, aka, i keia manawa. .. 
 
 Yiel4, e boohua ; e kuu ae. 
 
 Yon-der, mao, mamao. 
 
 You, singular, oe: dual, olua; pluraL onkon. 
 
 Young, opip, opiopio. [oukou. 
 
 Your, singular, kou; dwd, ko olua; plural, ko 
 
 Youth, he wa keiki, ka wa kamalii. 
 
 z. 
 
 ZeaIaODS, piha i ka manao ikaika. 
 Zeph-yr, he makani nawaliwali. 
 Zig-zag, he kekee i o ia nei. 
 Zink, he kepau keokeo. 
 Zone, he kaei o ka bouua. 
 
A CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE 
 
 OF 
 
 EEMARKABLE EVENTS 
 
 CONNECTED IWITH 
 
 THE HISTORY OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 The following Chronological Table i&a translation of a Table compiled by 
 the Kev. A. Forbes, of Molokai, and was designed for a Hawaiian Almanac for 
 the present year, 1865. The Compiler says ; " This Table has been made up 
 from the Hawaiian History (Moooielo Hawaii) and some fifty or more ar^cles 
 added. It is not, however, supposed that all deficiawies are supplied, but onjy 
 some of .the defects of previous tables. There will be facts and dates to be 
 added hereafter." 
 
 The first Chronological Table of notable' events at these Islands was published 
 in the Hawaiian Almanac for 1835, before the Hawaiian History was vmtten. 
 To that Table additions have been made from time to time, until the present. 
 
 L. A. 
 
 1716. iteaulamoku was born at Naohaka in 
 
 EoMla. 
 1752. Kalaniopuu King of Western Hawaii. 
 1769. Transit of Venus, observed by Cook 
 
 and Green. 
 
 1774. Keaulnmoku was living with Eahahana, 
 
 King of Oalia. 
 
 1775. Kaabumanu became the wife of Kame- 
 
 hameha I. 
 
 1776 to 1778. KdJiekili, King of Maui, was at 
 war with Kalaniopttu, King of Ha- 
 waii. 
 
 1778. January 18, Capt Cook first anchored 
 at Wumea, Kauai, having first seen 
 Oahn. 
 
 1778. November, Capt. Cook touched at East 
 Maui. 
 
 1778. Eamehameha, a soldier under Kalahi- 
 
 opua, was on Maui fighting agains 
 
 KaheMli. 
 1779. Januaryl7i Capt. Cook anchored in the 
 
 * Bay of Kealakeakua, Hawaii. 
 1779. February 14, Capt. Cook was slain at 
 
 Kaawaloa, Hawaii. 
 1782, April, Ealaniopuu died, leaving his 
 
 Kingdom (Western Hawaii) to Ki- 
 
 walao, who was his own son. 
 
 1782. Jnly, the battle named Mdhaakae, i.e.,, 
 
 «ie fight of Kamehameba with Kiwa- 
 lao and his party at Keomo,Hawaii}: 
 Kamehameha triumphed, Eiwalao- 
 was slain, and Keoua became King, 
 of Kan and Pnna. 
 
 1783. Keawemauhill reigns as King at HUo, 
 
 Hawaii. 
 178?. Keaulnmoku composed the mele'jBaui 
 
656 
 
 CHEONOLOGICAL TABLE. 
 
 lea Lani, or a Prophecy of the over- 
 throw of Hawaii by Kamehameha. 
 1782. Kamehameha reigns King over Kona, 
 Kohala and Hamakua. 
 
 1782. December, Kanekoa was slain la battle 
 
 by Keoua. 
 
 1783. March, at Laiipahoehoe mua, Kameha- 
 
 meha fought with Keawemauhili and 
 Keoiia, Kings of Kau and Hilo. 
 
 1784. They fpnght at Hapuu. 
 
 1784. Keauliimolcu the Poet died, aged 68 
 
 years. 
 
 1785. At . Lanpahoeboe alua, Kamehameha 
 
 fonght with Keawemauhili and Ke- 
 oua, Kings of Kau and Hilo. 
 
 1766. The ship Zo anchored. 
 
 1787. August, KaJana sailed to a Foreign 
 Country XChioa.) 
 
 1790. The battle called Kapaniwai was fought 
 between Kumehameha and Kalani- 
 , kupnle atWailnkn, Maui. 
 
 1790.TPirst American ship {Eleanor, Captain 
 Metealf) visited the Islands. 
 
 1790. Keawemanl^iU Was slain in battle by 
 ■Keoua. ' , 
 
 1790. Kamehameha, lives at Kaunakahakai, 
 MOlokai. . 
 
 1790. Keoua was taken prisoner by Kameha- 
 
 meha at Koapa{>aa, Hamakua, Ha- 
 |ifaii,and Kamehameha thus became 
 ■ .&ole King of the whole Island. 
 1790; John Young and Isaac Davis became 
 attached to Kamehameha. 
 
 1791. Kaeo, King of Kanai. and Kahekili, 
 
 Iking of Maui, met Kamehameha at 
 Kohala, Hawaii; the battle was 
 called KepuwahauUmla. 
 
 179li Kahekili, King of Maui, died. 
 
 1,791. In this year the biittle of Nunanu was 
 fougbi, in which Kalaniknpale, son 
 pf Kahekili, King of Maui and Oahu, 
 was slain ; 'and thus Maui, Molokai, 
 Lanal and Oahu fell into the hands 
 of .Kamehameha. 
 
 1792. Keoua was slain at Kawalhae. 
 
 1792. March 3, Capt. V5»nconver first visited 
 the Islands, and left cattle, sheep, &c. 
 
 1792. the i)cB(2a!uff, store ship, vMtsWaimea, 
 
 Oaba ; a Massacte. 
 
 1793. Kamehameha: atiembted a voyage to 
 
 Kanai, bnt could not succeed, the 
 wind being against him. That voyage 
 was called leiewaho. 
 
 1793. March 12, Vancouver anchored at La- 
 
 haina. 
 
 1794. December, first diflcov^^y of Honolulu 
 
 harbor. Entered by JackxiU and 
 Frince Lehoo, American. 
 
 1795. January 12, last visfit of Vancouver. 
 ,J179S> Dceda!u« visits Niihau. Massacre. Jan- 
 uary 1, Murder of Captains. 
 
 1797. LihoHno (Kamehameha 11.) was bom. 
 1797, Namakeha dies at Hilo, in the battle of 
 , Kaipalaoa. 
 
 1798. The work of digging out a fleet of canoes 
 was commenced; the canoes were of 
 the class called PeMeu. 
 
 1801. The fleet of canoes ealled Peleleu ar- 
 
 , rived at Kawaihae. 
 
 1802. The Peleleu arrived at'Lahaina. 
 
 1802. KaVneeiamoku dies at Lahaina. 
 
 1803. The Peleleu arrived at Oahu. 
 
 1804. The great pestilence called cAutouoibtu. 
 1804. Keeaumoku dies. 
 
 1808. Ualakaa? 
 
 1809.*KanUionui was slain for making an at- 
 tempt on Kaahumanu. 
 
 1810. Kamehameha and Kaumualii, Kin^ of 
 
 Kauai, meet, and Kaumualii ^vea 
 
 Kauai to Kamehameha. . Hence all 
 
 the Islands of Hawaii' became one 
 
 ' Kingdom under Kamehameha I 
 
 181g. Kamelutmeha returned to Hawaii That 
 voyage was called Niaulcani. 
 
 1612. The stone wall of Kibolo was built. 
 
 1814. March, KauikeaouU (Kamehameha HI.) 
 was born. 
 
 1816. Nahienaena (the Princess) was bom. 
 
 1816. 3ome Russian ships arrive. 
 
 1816. The building of the fort at Honolulu 
 
 commenced by. Kalanimoku. 
 
 1817. The Fort at Honolulu finished. 
 1819. May 8, Kamehameha I.' died. ' 
 
 1819. Hay, Liholiho (Kamehameha H.) reigns 
 
 King. 
 1819. October, lajholiho breaks kapu on the 
 
 night of Kukabi. , 
 
 1819. Kapu broken on Oahu in N^ember. 
 
 1820. January, a battle on aeconnt of break- 
 
 ing kapn at Kuameo on Hawaii. 
 1820. March 30, first Missionaries arrived at 
 
 Kailua. 
 1820. April 18, Missionaries first arrive at. 
 
 Honolulu. 
 1820. July,: Messrs. Whitney and Buggies 
 
 sailed for Kauai. 
 
 1820. December, liiholiho sails for Maui. 
 1830. First whaler {Mary, Capt Allen) enter* 
 
 Honolulu harbor. 
 
 1821. February 4, Liholiho sails for Oahu. 
 1821. July 22, Liholihd arrives at Kauai. 
 
 1821. J'irst house of Christian worship built 
 
 in Honolulu. 
 
 1822. Jaduatj 7, Printing first commenced at 
 
 the Islands. It u said that Ejng Li- 
 holiho was allowed to pull the first 
 
 1823. January, Kasyhumanu returniBd from 
 
 Hawaii. 
 
 1823. April 4, Mr. Ellis arrived firom. Tahiti. 
 
 1823. April 27, the second conipaoy of Mis- 
 sionaries arrived. 
 
 1823. September 16, Keopuolani died. 
 
 1823. November 27, Liholiho, his Queen and 
 
 attendants sailed for England, leav- 
 ing the Kingdom in the care of Kaa- 
 humanu. 
 
 1824. May 26, Kaumualii, King of Kauai, died. 
 
CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE. 
 
 557 
 
 1824. July 8, Kamamaln, wife of Liholibo. 
 
 ai«d in London. 
 1824. July 13, Liholibo died in London. 
 1824. Angust, Humebume (George Tamoree) 
 
 raised a Eebelliou on Kanai. 
 1824. August 18, Kaimakani was slain in 
 
 battle. 
 
 1824. August, Kapiolani descended into the 
 
 Vdlcano of Kilaueu. 
 
 1825. iia.y 4, Bolci and his companions return 
 
 from England with the Remains of 
 the King and Queen in the English 
 frigat« Blonde. 
 
 1826. February, the ship iondo/i was wrecked 
 
 on Lauai. 
 
 1826. February 20, the crew of the war brig 
 MpMn cheated a great disturbance 
 in Honolulur-attacked and broke 
 into the house of Kalanimoku. 
 
 1826. August, Kaahumanu made her first -cir- 
 cuit of Oahu. 
 
 1826. September 27, the first Meeting House 
 at KaUua was dedicated. 
 
 1826. Kahalaia died. 
 
 1827. February 8. Kalanimoku died. 
 
 1827. October 23, Capt. Clark fired into the 
 Village of Lahaina. 
 
 1827. October, Kioau and Kekuanaoa were 
 
 married. 
 
 1828. March 30, the third company of Mis- 
 
 sionaries arrived. 
 
 1828. The stone Meeting House at Wainee, 
 
 Labaina, commenced. 
 
 1829. Kaahumanu took the bones of the Chiefs 
 
 from the " House of Keawe " and 
 deposited tbem at Kaawaloa. 
 
 1829. July 3, first Meeting House at Hono- 
 lulu dedicated. 
 
 1829. Namahana died. 
 
 1829. Deceinoer 2, Boki and his company 
 sailed away firom the Islands and 
 were lost. 
 
 1829. Fiia died. 
 
 1830. Kaahumanu ahd her train made tbe cir- 
 
 cuit of Maui and Hawaii. 
 1830. March, Kaaliumanu. the second time, 
 made the circuit of Oahu. 
 
 1830. December 11, His Majesty Kamehameha 
 
 V. wa.s bor.n. 
 
 1831. June 7, the fourtb company of Mission- 
 
 aries arrived. 
 
 1831. September, Kaahumanu ^ade the cir- 
 cuit of Oahu for the tlurdljae. 
 
 1831. September, the High School at Lahai- 
 nalnna was commenced. 
 
 183L The erection of the Fort at Lahaina 
 commenced. 
 
 1831. p«eemlM!r 29, Naihe died. 
 
 1BS2. itcei second visit of Kaahumanu to Maul 
 anftJIlVwaiii. 
 
 1832. May it; the fifth company of Mission- 
 
 aries arrived. 
 \toi. Mari^, the stone Meeting House nt Wai- 
 '"' n&f, bahaiaa, dedicated. 
 
 1832. June 6, Kaahumanu died. 
 
 1832. June, Kinau was appointed Tremier 
 
 (Kuhins. Nui.) 
 1832. September, Kaomi begins to make (tis- 
 
 turbance. 
 1832.- Messrs. Alexander, Whitney and Tinker 
 
 sail to examine the Marquesas Id- 
 
 ands as a field for Missions. 
 1632. The Fort at Lahaina was finished. 
 
 1832. The Oahu Charity School was com- 
 
 menced. 
 
 1833. Kuakiui returns to Hawaii and Kinatt 
 
 dwells in the Fort as Governess. 
 
 1833. March, Kamehameha IH. a^umes the 
 reins of Government, and Kinau be- 
 comes His Minister (Knhina'Nai) 
 
 1833. "May 1, the sixth company of MissSoa- 
 ariesarrive. 
 
 1833. Jtily 2, Messrs. Alexander, Armstrong 
 tmi Parker sail foir the Marquesas 
 Islands. 
 
 1833. The Bethel Cbnrch built at Honolulu. 
 
 1833. Kaomi died. 
 
 1834. February 9, Kamehameha IV. (Alex- 
 
 ander Liholiho) jras bor.".. 
 
 1834. Ktoiauele died. 
 
 1834. Keola died. 
 
 1834. February 14, first Newspaper printed 
 at the Hawaiian Islands, called the 
 Lama JSawaii, at Labainaluna. 
 
 1834. The Newspapc* Kumu Hawaii com- 
 
 menced at Honololo. ' 
 1335. Leleiohoku and Nahienttena were mar- 
 ried. . , 
 
 1835. June 6, the 'seven&^'CDmpany of M.i3- 
 
 sionaries arrived. 
 
 1835. First Hawaiian Almanac printed. 
 
 1836. January 2, the Queen Dowager Emma 
 
 was bom. 
 
 1836. TheFemale8emlnaryatWailakc,Maui, 
 commenced. 
 
 1836. The .first Weeldy Newspaper in English 
 commenced. 
 
 1836. The High School of Mr. Lyman com- 
 menced at Bilo. 
 
 1836, December, Nabienaena died. 
 
 1837. February 4, Kamehameha IIL and K»- 
 
 lama were married. 
 
 1837. April 9, the eighth company of Mission- 
 aries arrive jl. 
 
 1837. Aikanaika died. 
 
 .1837. The Sag was burnt at KalamakiniJ 
 
 18'37. The business of laying out public 
 streets in Honolulu was commenced. 
 
 1837. November 7, remarkable rise and over- 
 
 flow of tide thronghout i&e Islands. 
 
 1838. -August, the Chiefs commence the Study 
 
 of Political Economy with Mr. Biclii- 
 
 ardar - , 
 1838. November 1, Victoria Kamamala was 
 
 "1>Qrn. 
 1838. Great attention to religion among the 
 
 people. 
 IgiiO. April 4, Kinau died. 
 
fi68 
 
 CHBONOLOGIOAL TABLE. 
 
 1839. Anril 6, KekauluoM became PTemier 
 (Kuhiiia Nni.) 
 
 18.19. May 10, the printing of the First Edi- 
 tion of the Hawaiian Bible finished. 
 
 18S9. July 9, the French maa-of-war I' Arte- 
 mise (Capt. Laplace) arrived. • 
 
 1839. Kaikioewa died. 
 
 1840. The School for the Young Chiefs com- 
 
 menced at -Honolulu — ^Mr. and Mrs. 
 Cooke Teachers. 
 
 1840. January, Hoapili, Governor of Maui, 
 died. 
 
 1840. Thestonn'Mceting House atEawaiauao, 
 Honolrhi, commenced. 
 
 1840. August 3, Mr.Bicgham and Family re- 
 turned to the United States. 
 
 1840. October 8, Kamc-hameba HI. gives the 
 first written Constitution to 'the peo- 
 ple of the Hawaiian Islands. 
 
 1840. October 20. Kayianawa and others were 
 
 publicly executed for .crime. 
 184Cl^ September, the United States Exploring 
 Expedition arrived. 
 
 1841. May, Kapiolani died. 
 
 1841. May 21, the nintb company of Mission- 
 
 aries arrived. 
 184L The School for Missionaries' Children 
 
 at PunabbU (now Oahu College) 
 
 commenced. 
 1842.- January, Hoapili Wahine (Ealakana) 
 
 died. 
 
 1842. July 8, Haalilia sailed as Commissioner 
 
 to the Courts of France, England and 
 
 the United States. 
 184^ July 21, the Meeting House at Kawai- 
 
 ahao finished. 
 1642. /September 21, flie tenth company of 
 
 Missionaries arrived. 
 
 1843. The United States consent to &ts Inde- 
 
 pendence of the Hawaiian,' Islands. 
 1843. Febniary2S,Lei46eorgePaulet8eiEed 
 
 the Hawaiian Man^s and raised the 
 
 English Flag. 
 1843. July 31, the sovereignty of &e Mands 
 
 was restored by Admiral Thomas of 
 
 the English Navy. ■■ 
 
 1843. September, Bartimens PuaaiU died. 
 
 1844. The Government of Belgium consents 
 
 to the Independence ef Uie Hawai- 
 ian Islands. 
 
 1844. November 28, the 6ov«mm«int8 of Eng- 
 land and Prance recogntKp tike Inde- 
 pendence of the Hawaiiaii Mands. 
 
 1844. July 15^ the eleventh eotaptaif of Mis- 
 sionaries arrived. ' , > 
 
 1844. Silk eicporied from the Islaad»<-197 
 pounds. 
 
 1844. HaaUU(> died on hH retorn voyage to 
 the Islands, 
 
 1846. April 2, Representatives first chtisen 
 from the common people under the 
 Constitution of October, 1840. 
 
 1846. Mr. Sichaids, the Interpreter of Haali- 
 Uo, returned with bis Remains. 
 
 1845. KekaulHohi died. 
 
 1845. First export of Cofiee — 248 pounds. 
 
 1845. John Young (Keoni Ana) is appointed 
 
 Premier (Euhina NnL) 
 
 1846. Febniary 11, Commissioners ^pointed 
 
 to settle land claims. . 
 1846. March 20, Mr. Whitney died at Lahai- 
 naluna. 
 
 1846. November, G. L. Kapeau returned to 
 
 Hawaii as Governor. 
 
 1847. November, Mr. Richards died. 
 
 1848. Leleiohoku (William Pitt) died. 
 1848. Mose Eaikoewa died. 
 
 1848. 'Eaiminaauao died. 
 1848. Th«' twelfth company of Missionaries 
 . arrived. 
 
 1848. The Measles (mai punpuu ula) pre- 
 
 vailed, *nd very fatal. 
 
 1849. The Fort'seized at Honolulu by Ad- 
 
 miral Tromdin of the French Navy. 
 184|^ Beef first exported from the Islands— 
 ^ ' 158 barrels. 
 I85I. The Hawaiian Misuonary Sociefy wu 
 
 formed. 
 1S5L June, th& Conrt House at Honolola 
 
 built. 
 
 1851. First Wbale Oil and Bone transhipped. 
 
 1852. April 2, Ealioka\ani died. 
 1862. First export of Fnngns. ■ 
 
 1852. TlieSmsn-P(Hc(maipanpua^ii)swept 
 over tile Islands. ' 
 
 1864. The Fort at Lahaina . demolished by 
 
 order of Government. 
 
 1854. December 15, Eamehameba III.<EanI- 
 
 keaonli) died, and Eamehamehw IV. 
 - became Eing. 
 
 1856. Paki died. 
 
 1855. Mr. Hitchcock, of Moloksi, died. 
 
 1865. Flour exported — 463 barrels. 
 
 1856. June 2, Eamehameba IV. was nnited 
 
 in marriage with Emma Rooke. 
 185?. J. Aikuke was married to Ruta Eeeli* 
 kolani. 
 
 1857. The Fort at Honolulu was demolished 
 
 by order of Govenuneat 
 
 1857. Konia (Widow of Paki) died. 
 
 1857. John Young (Eeoni Ana) th& Premier 
 
 ^ed. 
 1857. Victoria Eamamain appointed Euhina. 
 1857. William I/,- Lee^jQhief Justice of the 
 
 Supreme Cotfft, died. 
 1857. Mr. Armstrong sailed for the United 
 ^■States. 
 
 1857. Governor AdaB» lEnak'ni) died. 
 1S57. David Halo died. 
 
 1858. May 2«, the Prince ^f H^wis (Haku. 
 
 Hawaii) was bora. 
 
 1859. An eruption of the Yolcano on Hawaii, 
 
 as before in 1840, 1852, 1855. 
 1869. April 26, Jonas Piikoi died. 
 ISaa. July, the Civil Code first published. 
 
 1859. September, Gas-light (ea aa) first intro-. 
 
 duced int» Honolulu. 
 
 1860. IcWt., Cttstoib House built at Lahaina. 
 
CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE. 
 
 65» 
 
 i860. Ifarob, New Custom Hou»e built at 
 ' BOnolnln. 
 
 ^m. Itey 27, l W. B. Maifc^tt died. 
 
 18(I0< Q^n'ti llospiliiiil buQt; souauedfrom 
 Qiumf Eranita- 
 
 1860. "Hm steamer XUawa arrived at Hono- 
 lulu- 
 
 1880. PrinCjoLotXRamelbaraehaV.) sailed for 
 Cal|forma. 
 
 1860: September 23, Dr. Armstropg, Minister 
 of Public Instruction, diedl 
 
 1860. Qistober, G. L. Kapeau, Goremor of 
 Hawaii, die^. 
 
 186(^ December, B. Namakeba died. 
 
 186£ Tlie PiOKOG of Hawah died. 
 
 1662. October 11, Beformed Catholic MiasiouT 
 ariea arrive. '^ 
 
 1862. Jnly 18, the building of the Seminary 
 ' ' at Liahainalaaa burnt. 
 
 1862. Naw building erectied. 
 
 1863. November SO, His Miqesty Kameba- 
 
 meha lY. died, and Filnce Lot took 
 ,fbe Throne as Kamebani«ba V. 
 1864. Klay 5, GbuTentibn of Delegates was 
 
 ' cialled by the King. 
 1864. June 13, Members of theGonrention 
 chosen by the people. ' 
 
 1864. Jnly 7, Convention assembled. 
 1864. Ajwast 13, the Constitntion ^ven bv 
 . - Eamehameha IH. abrog^tted by Bis 
 . Majesty and the ConvenUon dis: 
 ' missed. 
 1864. August 20, the King gives a NevCon- 
 
 ' atitutioa. 
 1864. September 29, RapresrataUves for a 
 ; Legislatnie cho^eti under the New 
 Consti^tnuon. 
 1864. 6B<-l5,''thenew Legislature assembled. 
 IBM. L. Haaletea died. 
 lesi, October, Act passed the Legislature 
 authorizing the erection of two Dis- 
 tilldll^s in Honolulu. 
 

 iii